CONTENTdm
University Publications
application/pdf
The University of British Columbia 1994/95 Calendar Published by: The University of British Columbia Registrar's Office 2016-1874 East Mall Vancouver, B.C., Canada V6T1Z1 Desktop Publishing and Editorial: Registrar's Office The University of British Columbia Editor: Angela Runnals Information Coordinator: Mary Raphael Design and Production: Laura Palmer Publishing Assistant: James f.owther The Registrar's Office publications team thanks all of the faculty and staff at UBC who contributed to this publication. This Calendar was produced on Macintosh Quadra 700 and Macintosh Ilci computers using Microsoft Word 5.0 for text entry and Aldus PageMaker 5.0 for layout and design. The typefaces for this publication are Garamond Narrow (text) and Helvetica Black (headings). Cover art was created in Aldus FreeHand 3.0. Cover photograph of the David Lam Management Research Centre taken by Raymond Du, Registrar's Office. Printer by: Ronald's Printing, March 1994 Interior Stock: 22.51b, Directory Newsprint Cover Stock: Cornwall 8pt. C/l/S Printed: 70,000 copies TELEREG*' is a registered trademark of The University of British Columbia. Calendars This publication is circulated to all universities, colleges and secondary schools in British Columbia; to all universities in Canada; to other universities on an exchange basis; to public libraries in British Columbia. Calendar Fees The Calendar fee is $3.50 plus GST = $3-75 If you would like to receive the Calendar by mail, the prices below include the Calendar fee. GST and postage. • Canada $8.00 • U.S.A $9.50 • Outside Canada (excluding U.S.A.) ... $12.50 Please send a cheque or money order (in Canadian funds) payable to "The University of British Columbia" Any student who has had previous experience on any orchestral string instrument or wind instrument is encouraged to contact the School of Music to play in the UBC Symphony or Symphonic Band. Singers are encouraged to take part in the offerings of the three choirs. These ensembles are available for credit in some cases. For more information, contact the School at (604) 822-3113. Don't give up all your hard work. Come out and have fun making music! .•J Table of Contents Application Dates 5 Academic Year 6 Governing Bodies 10 Administrative Officers 11 General Information 17 Admissions General Academic Regulations Fees University Services and Facilities Related Organizations and Agencies Enrolment 1993/94 Health Sciences 56 Faculty of Agricultural Sciences ... 57 Departments: Agricultural Economics Animal Science Food Science Plant Science Soil Science School: Family and Nutritional Sciences 139 Faculty of Applied Science 65 Departments: Bio-Resource Engineering Chemical Engineering Civil Engineering Electrical Engineering Mechanical Engineering Metals and Materials Engineering Mining and Mineral Process Engineering Schools: Architecture Nursing Architecture 75 (a School within the Faculty of Applied Science) Faculty of Arts 81 Departments: Anthropology and Sociology Asian Studies Classics Creative Writing Economics English Fine Arts French Geography Germanic Studies Hispanic and Italian Studies History Linguistics Philosophy Political Science Psychology Religious Studies Russian and Slavic Languages and Literatures Theatre and Film Schools: Library, Archival and Information Studies Music Social Work Audiology and Speech Sciences..111 (a School within the Faculty of Medicine) Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration 115 Community and Regional Planning 121 (a School within the Faculty of Graduate Studies) Faculty of Dentistry 123 Departments: Clinical Dental Sciences Oral Biology Orai Medical and Surgical Sciences Faculty of Education.... 129 Departments: Administrative Adult and Higher Education Counselling Psychology Educational Psychology and Special Education Language Education Mathematics and Science Education Social and Educational Studies Visual and Performing Arts in Education School: Human Kinetics Family and Nutritional Sciences.. 139 (a School within the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences) Faculty of Forestry 143 Departments: Forest Resources Management Forest Sciences Wood Science Faculty of Graduate Studies 151 School: Community ard Regional Planning Human Kinetics 191 (a School within the Faculty of Education) Faculty of Law 195 Library, Archival and Information Studies 199 (a School within the Faculty of Arts) Faculty of Medicine 203 Departments: Anaesthesia Anatomy Biochemistiy and Molecular Biology Family Practice Health Care anc! Epidemiology Medical Genetics Medicine Obstetrics and Gynaecology Ophthalmology Orthopaedics Paediatrics Pathology ancl Laboratory Medicine Pharmacology and Therapeutics Physiology Psychiatry Radiology Surgery Schools: Audiology and Speech Sciences Rehabilitation Sciences Music 225 (a School within the Faculty of Arts) Nursing 233 (a School within the Faculty of Applied Science) Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences 237 Rehabilitation Sciences 242 (a School within the Faculty of Medicine) Faculty of Science 247 Departments: Botany Chemistry Computer Science Geological Sciences Geophysics ancl Astronomy Mathematics Microbiology and Immunology Oceanography Physics Statistics Zoology Social Work 277 (a School within the Faculty of Arts) Courses of Instruction 279 Listed alphabetical])' by subject Index 412 Some Important Telephone Numbers Admission Enquiries • Undergraduate Studies Only 822-3014 • Graduate Studies - contact the department concerned or phone 822-2848 Athletic and Sport Services Office 822-2901 Awards and Financial Aid (Scholarships, Bursaries, Canada Student Loans) 822-5111 Child Care Coordinator 822-5343 Conference Centre 822-5441 Continuing Studies (non-credit courses) 222-2181 Counselling (See Student Resources Centre) 822-3811 Disability Resource Centre 822-5844 English Language Institute 822-5208 Extra-Sessional Studies 822-2657 Faculty of Agricultural Sciences 822-3453 Faculty of Applied Science 822-6556 Faculty of Arts (Senior Adviser) 822-4028 Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration 822-83.33 Faculty of Education (Teacher Education Office) 822-5221 Faculty of Forestry 822-2727 Faculty of Law (Admissions) 822-6303 Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences 822-2390 Faculty of Science (Advisers) 822-3820 Financial Services 822-2454 Guided Independent Study (call collect if long distance) 822-6565 International Student Centre 822-5021 Landscape Architecture Program Office 822-4481 Reading, Writing and Study Skills Centre 822-5245 Registrar's Office (Registration and Records) 822-2844 or by E-Mail regrec@iinixg.ubc.ca School and College Liaison Office (Tours for Prospective Students) 822-4,319 School of Family and Nutritional Sciences 822-2502 School of Human Kinetics (previously Physical Education) 822-3838 School of Music 822-3113 School of Nursing 822-7497 School of Rehabilitation Sciences 822-7771 Student Health Service 822-7011 Student Housing 822-2811 Student Resources Centre 822-3811 University Library (General Enquiries) 822-2077 University Switchboard 822-2211 University Writing Centre 822-9564 Women Students' Office 822-2415 Tours for Prospective Students (School and College Liaison Office) 822-4319 Application Dates Application Dates 1994/95 The following deadlines apply to new students and UBC students transferring from one program to another. Applicants to those programs with deadlines falling on dates later than April 30 are advised to make application in advance ofthe published deadlines in order to take advantage ofthe early registration system (TELEREG). Agricultural Sciences B.Sc. (Agr./' Family and Nutritional Sciences B.H.E." B.Sc.(Dietet.)'' Landscape Architecture B.L.A4 April April April April Applied Science Engineering B.A.Sc. - Including transfers irorn other programs and readmission:-1 April Nursing B.S.N, (four-year program)"1 April R.N's. for admission to third year February Students returning after interrupted studies February 30 30 30 30 30 Arts B.A"1- Including transfers from other programs Creative Writing B.F.A." Diploma in Applied Creative Non-Fiction* Diploma in Applied Linguistics'1 Diploma in Art Histoiy Diploma in Film Studies'* Diploma in French Translation B.A. (Film;"a Library, Archival, and Information Studies Music —B.Mus.1" Social Work —B.S.W;' Fine Arts B.F.A. Studio Program (Third Year) '■' Admission to Second Year Studio Art Courses prerequisite to B.F.A. and B.A. Studio Ans programs: April April June June August April August April February April January March Portfolio Deadline: March Theatre B.F.A. (Acting)1'1 April B.F.A. (Design/TechnicalTheatre)' April Internal Departmental Deadlines For additional supplementary application forms: Economics Major4 June English Honours June General B.A.' May International Relations Major Mav Political Science Major May Theatre or Film Major April Commerce and Business Administration B.Com.-' April 31 1 30 1. 15 IS 15 IS 1 30 Dentistry D.M.D, - Including application for readmission B.D.Sc. December 15 April IS Education B.Ed. - Including transfers from other programs April 15 Application by March 15 is advisable. All documents except transc ripts for wo'kin progress are required by April 15.Tran- scrbts showing completion of work in progress are required by June 15. Human Kinetics; B.H.K.1 - Including transfers from other programs April 30 Diploma Programs Applications are accepted all year and should be received one month before anticipated registration date. Forestry B.S F., B.Sc. (Forestry) 4 B.Sc. (Natural Resource Conservation)'1 April April 30 30 Graduate Studies For studies commencing September 1,1994 Please check with department concerned in the event that earlier deadlines may apply. Overseas international applicants March 31 Canadian and U.S. applicants April 30 Law. LL.B. Application for readmission Medicine M.D.2 February 1 Mav 31 December 15 Rehabilitation Sciences (Second Year)' B.Sc. (O.T.) and B.Sc. (PT.) Including application for readmission: February 28 Medical Laboratory Science B.M.L.Sc' April 30 Pharmaceutical Sciences B.Sc. (Pharm.)2- Including application for readmission and transfers from other programs Aprii 30 Science BSc.4 - including transfers from other programs: April 30 Diploma in Meteorology" June 30 Documentation Deadlines 'M„y31 'June 15 'June 30 'July 15 Other Deadlines 'Manuscript Deadline, April 30 'Portfolio Deadline, March 31 "Audition Deadline, April 15 'Audition Deadline, April 1 Special Application Deadlines • Auditors • Concurrent Studies • Unclassified • Visiting • International Undergraduate Applications* June 30 June 30 June 30 June 30 March 31 * unless earlier date indicated for particular program Winter Session Readmission June 30 Students returning to the University to the same program following an interruption of studies, and students whose mark statements for the previous Winter Session did not indicate eligibility to return, must submit an Application for Readmission by this date, unless an earlier deadline is specified above for a particular program. Applications for Readmission received after this date will be processed as time permits but may result in late registration. Summer Session Term 1 (Evening Courses) International students February 28 All other students April Term 2 (Day Courses) International students Ail other students February 28 April 15 Guided Independent Study (UBC ACCESS) For courses starting in: September November January March May July Apply by: August 2 October 3 December 1 February 1 April 3 June 1 *Notc: Where an application deadline falls on a day the University is closed, applications will be accepted on the following working day. 6 Academic Year Academic Year 1994/95 22 Monday 23 Tuesday 24 Wednesday Augustig94 3 Wednesday Orientation '94 - Get a Head Start! offered for new First Year undergraduate students, and College transfer students by the School and College Liaison Office on several different dates between August 4 and September 2. 4 Thursday Deadline for completion of the Lan guage Proficiency Index (LPI) Test by B.C students intending to take a first- year English course in September. 14 Sunday International Student Reception Pro gram - August 14 - September 3, inclusive - for newly arriving international students. 15 Monday Graduate Studies — last day for sub mission of doctoral theses to the Faculty of Graduate Studies for November graduation. Last day for graduation applications to be submitted to the Registrar's Office by all students expecting tograduate in November. 17 Wednesday Deadline for completion of the LPI Test by out-of-province students intending to take a first-year English course in September. Architecture — First Year Workshop, August 22 - September 2 inclusive. Dentistry—First Year orientation begins. Medicine — First Year registration. Fee deferments - last day for early student loan recipients to submit applications for Winter Session fee deferment. Students who do not meet the deferment deadline will be required to pay the first instalment of tuition fees by September 7 to avoid cancellation of registration. Last day for students who hold major external graduate or undergraduate fellowships to apply for Winter Session fee deferments. Last clay for Teaching ancl Research Assistants to apply for payroll deduction of winter session tuition fees. Last day to submit application to have fees billed to a sponsoring organization. Students who do not submit their applications by the deadline will be required to pay the first instalment of tuition fees by September 7 to avoid cancellation of registration. Dentistry— First Year, classes begin. Medicine — First Year, classes begin. 28 Sundav Forestry Interior Field School for Third Year (FRST 351), August 28 - September 3 inclusive. 29 Monday AgriculturalSciencesFieldTrip(AGSC300), August 29 - September 2 inclusive. *Note: Where an application deadline 29 Monday Dentistry —Second, Third and Fourth Years, Orientation. Dentistry — Second Year Medical classes begin. Forestry Suivey School (FOPR 263), August 29 - Septen iber3 inclusive, plus three successive Saturdays during the term. International Student Orientation, August 29 - September 2 inclusive - for new international students. Medicine — Second and Third Years, registration and first day of classes. Mining and Mineral Process Engineering Field Trip for Fourth Year (MMPE 492), August 29 - September 5 inclusive. Pharm.D. - First year, classes begin 31 Wednesday MasterofBusinessAdministration'Orientation Seminar', August .31-September 2 inclusive. 2 Friday 5 Monday 6 Tuesday September 1994 I Thursday Academic year L994 - 95 begins. Community and Regional Planning Field Camp, September I -3 inclusive. Dentistry - Third and Fourth Years, clinics and classes begin. AMS New Student Retreat, September 2 - 4 inclusive. labour Day. University closed. TELEREG unavailable. Classes begin for Winter Session day and evening courses for all faculties not already in session, TELEREG available for Registration and course changes for Winter Session. Guided Independent Study —Term A course start date. Law — First Year Orientation begins. law — Second and Third Years, classes begin. First day for application for assessment adjustment of Student Recreation Centre contribution. Students who wish to opt out of this contribution must apply in person to the Intramurals Office, Room 66, Student Union Building. Monday to Friday, 8.30 a.m. - 4.30 p.m. prior to the end ofthe fourth week of classes (second week if Term 1 only). 7 Wednesday Last day for payment of first instalment of fees for registration and course changes made before September 1. If an outstanding balance is not paid in full by this date, registration in all courses will be cancelled. Students may re-register by TELEREG subject to course availability. Graduate Studies — last day for payment of September instalment of tuition fees. New students who have not paid their first instalment in full by this dale will have their registration cancelled. Continuing students with outstanding balances will be placed on falls on a day the University is closed, applications will be "financial hold" (see FEES, item 5). Interest will be assessed on the outstanding balance until it is paid in full. Graduate Studies — last day for submission to most departments of Master's degree theses in final form for November graduation. Wednesday Meeting of the Senate. 9 Friday 14 20 Tuesday 23 Friday 30 Tuesday Guided Independent Study— TELEREG closes forcourses starting in September, Last day for changes in registration and for withdrawal without a "W" standing recorded on transcript. Last date for changes in registration and for withdrawal from most Term I courses without withdrawal standing of "W" recorded on transcript. Last date for changes in registration and for withdrawal from most two-term courses without withdrawal standing of "W" recorded on transcript. TELEREG remains open for fee information and for Term 2 registration. Last dav for completion of Bachelor's degree program requirements for graduation in November. Graduate Studies — last day for major papers for non-thesis Master's degrees to be approved and submitted to departmental or faculty graduate offices for students wishing to graduate in November. October 1994 1 Saturday General University Bursaries — last day for applications to be submitted to the Awards Office. Work Study Program — last day for applications to be submitted to the Awards Office. Faculty textbook adoptions required by Bookstore for courses beginning in January 3 Monday Guided Independent Study — TELEREG available li ;r« wrses starting in N( > .ember. 7 Friday last day for payment of fees for any courses added between September land September 30. Students who have nol paid the minimum payment (see Fees, item i) will have their registration cancelled. Students who have paid the minimum payment and have not paid the balance of their fees will have their registration, release of grades, and related activity placed on financial hold and interest will be assessed on the outstanding balance until it is paid in full. 10 Monday Tbanksgiung Day. University closed. TELEREG unavailable. la Friday Last date lor withdrawal from most Term 1 courses with withdrawal standing of "\\"' recorded on transcript. 15 Saturday" Graduate Studies — last day for submission to Library of Master's and Doctoral theses for graduation in November. iccepted on the following working day. Academic Year 15 Saturday* Graduate Studies—last day for departments to notify Faculty of Graduate Studies that major papers have been submitted and all requirements met for non-thesis Master's degrees to be awarded in November. 19 Wednesday Meeting of the Senate. 31 Monday Last day for submission of applications for supplemental and deferred Examinations from Summer Session. November 1994 1 Tuesday Guided Independent Study — Term B course start date. 7 Monday Rehabilitation Sciences — Fourth Year — Clinical Fieldwork begins: Occupational Therapy (November 7 - December 16); Physical Therapy (November 7 - December 2). 10 Thursday Guided Independent Study —TELEREG closes for courses starting in November. Last day for changes in registration and for withdrawal without a "W" standing recorded on transcript. 11 Friday Remembrance Day. University closed. Service in War Memorial Gymnasium for all students, faculty, alumni, staff and friends, 10:45a.m.TELEREG unavailable. 16 Wednesday Meeting of the Senate. 24 Thursday Congregation ceremonies for conferring of degrees, War Memorial Gymnasium. 25 Friday Last date forwithdrawal from most two- term courses with withdrawal standing of "W recorded on transcript. 30 Wednesday Graduate Studies — last day for submission to the Faculty of GracluateStud- ies of Killam Memorial Postdoctoral Fellowship applications. December 1994 1 Thursday Guided Independent Study—TELEREG available for courses starting in January. 2 Friday Lastdayofclassesformostfacultiesschecl- uling formal December Examinations. Dentistry—First Year, last day of Dental classes, Medical classes continue. Law — All years, last day of classes. Medicine — First Year, mid-term Examinations (December 2-9). Medicine — Second Year, last day of classes. 5 Monday Supplemental and Deferred Examinations, Summer Session only. Dentistry — First Year, examination period begins. Medicine — Second Year, study week (December 5 -9). Graduate Studies — students wishing to apply for University Graduate Fellowships for 1994-95 should check wath their department for internal deadlines. 6 Tuesday December Examinations begin for most faculties, day ancl evening classes. Law — All years, December examinations begin. 7 Wednesday Dentistry —Second, Third and Fourth Years, last day of classes. 9 Friday Medicine — First Y'ear, last dayofclasses. 12 Monday Medicine — Second Year. December Examinations (December 12 -16). Dentistry — Second, Third and Fourth Years, Examinations (December 12-16). 14 Wednesday Meeting of the Senate. 16 Friday Medicine — Third and Fourth Years, last day of classes. 22 Thursday Last day of December Examinations for most faculties. Law — A1 years, last day of December examinations. 24 Saturday TELEREG unavailable until Wednes day, December 28. 25 Sunday Christmas Day. 26 Monday Boxing Day, University closed. 27 Tuesday University dosed in lieu of Christmas Day. 28 Wednesday TELEREG available for Term 2 registra tion and course changes, Guided independent Study registration, and fee information, 30 Friday Deadlineforapplicationfordeferment of tuition fee payment for Term 2 for new and returning students not registered in Term 1. This applies only to student loan recipients and students who hold major external graduate or undergraduate fellowships. January 1995 1 Sunday New Year's Day. University closed. TELEREG unavailable until January 3. 2 Mon day University closed in lieu of New Y'ear's Day. 3 Tuesday TELEREG available for Term 2 regis tration and course changes, Guided Independent Study registration, and fee information. Second term begins, Winter Session — all faculties, day and evening classes. Guided Independent Study —Term C course start date. Dentistry — First, Second, Third and Fourth Years, classes begin. Law — All years, classes begin. Medicine — First, Second, and Third Years, classes begin. Medicine — Fourth year, Clinical Rotations begin. Rehabilitation Sciences — Third Year, Clinical Fieldwork for Physical Therapy students (January 3 - February 8). 7 Saturday* Last day for payment of second instalment of fees for registration and course changes made on or before Saturday. December 31 ■ If an outstanding balance Saturday* 17 Tuesday 18 Wednesday 31 Tuesday is not paid in full by this date, registration, release of grades, and related activity will be placed on financial hold ancl interest will be assessed on the outstanding balance until it is paid in full. Registration will be cancelled in all courses forstudents registering in Term 2 only, if their fees are not paid in full by this date. Students may re-register through TELEREG subject to course availability'. Graduate Studies — last day for payment of Januaiy instalment of tuition fees. New students who have not paid their first instalment in full by this date will have their registration cancelled. Continuing students with outstanding balances will be placed on "Financial hold" (see FEES, item 5). Interest will be assessed on the outstanding balance until it is paid in full. Last day for application for tuition fee payment by payroll deductions for Winter Session Term 2 (January - April). Guided Independent Study-TELEREG doses for courses starting in January. Last day for changes in registration and for withdrawal without "W" standing on transcript. Last date for changes in registration and forwithdrawal from most Term 2 courses without withdrawal standing of "W recorded on transcript. TELEREG remains open for fee information. Meeting of the Senate. Exchange Programs—Last day for applications to be submitted to the Registrar's Office for the Education Abroad Programs and the Canadian Exchange Programs. February 1995 1 Wednesday Faculty textbook adoptions required by Bookstore forcourses beginningin May. 'Graduate Studies—last day for departments to submit nominations for University Graduate Fellowships on behalf of students. Guided Independent Study - TELEREG available for courses starting in March. 7 Tuesday Last day for payment of fees for any courses added between January 1 and 31. Students who have paid the minimum payment and have not paid the balance of their fees will have their registration, release of grades, ancl related activity placed on financial hold and interest will be assessed on the outstanding balance until it is paid in full. tO Friday Last date for withdrawal from most Term 2 courses with withdrawal standing of "W" recorded on transcript. 13 Monday Law — Reading Week, lectures cancelled February 13 -17. *Note: Where an application deadline falls on a day the University is closed, applications will be accepted on the following working day. 8 Academic Year 15 Wednesday Last day for Graduation Applications to be submitted to the Registrar's Office b\ all studentsexpecting tograduate in Mav. Meeting of ihe Senate. 16 Thursday Mid-term break most facilities, Febru ary 16 and P. Lectures and laboratories cancelled. Library and other facilities open 20 Monday Rehabilitation Sciences — Fourth Year — Final Clinical Fieldwork begins for Occupational Therapy and Physical Therapy students (ends April In. March 1995 I Wednesday Facultytextbookadoptions required by Bookstore for courses beginning in July Guided Independent Study — Term D course start date. Graduate Studies -■ last day for sun- mission of doctoral theses to the Faculty of Graduate Studies for Spring graduation. 3 Friday Dentistry — First Vear, Lw day of classes, end of Phase I. Medicine — First Year, end of Plia.se I. Open House (March .3 - Si. 6 Monda\ Dentistry and Medicine - First Year study period (March 6 - Hj. 9 Thursday Dentistry and Medicine — First Year Examinations (Marsh 9 - Pi. IO Friday Guided Independent Study--TELEREG closes for courses start ing in March. Last day for changes in registration and for withdrawal without "W" standing re- couleri on transcript. 15 Wednesday B.C. Student Assistance Program^ (BCSAP) — last day for applications and appeals for 1994 - 95 Winter Session. (Subject to change.) Guided Independent Studv-TEI.EREG available for < i nirses starting in May. Summer Session — TELEREG available for registration for all tourses. Most courses run: Term I (Eveningcourses) - May 1 -Julv2); Term 2 (Daytime courses) —July a - August 12 or 18. 20 Monday Dentistry and Medicine — First War vacation week (March 20 - 2-ti. 22 Wednesday Meeting of the Senale. 2i Friday Medicine—ThirdYearJastdav of<lasses. 2" Monday Medicine — FirsI Year, beginning of Phase II. Medicine — Third Year, Examination Week (March >" -Ml). Dentistry — First Year beginning of Phase II.' .30 Thursday Facully Association Annual Meeting. 1:00 p.m. ..I Friday Graduate Studies — last (lav for sub mission to mos! departments of Master's degree theses in final form for Spring graduation. 31 Friday Last day for submission of graduating essays and theses, most Bachelor degree programs. Faculty textbook adoptions required b\ Bookstore for courses beginning in September. Lasi day ol classes for most faculties Dentistry —Third and Fourth Year, last day of clinics and classes Layy — All years, last day of classes. Medicine — Second Year, last day of dasses second term. Phase 1. Graduate Studies — last day for major papers for non-thesis Master's degrees to be approved and submitted to departmental or faculty graduate offices for Spring graduation. 28 Fridav May 1995 1 Monday April 1995 3 Mondav Medicine— Second Year Examination Week (April 3-). Medicine — Third Year Elective Block commences (April 5 - 28), a Tuesday April Examinations begin (day and evening classes), most faculties. Dentistry — Third and Fourth Year Examinations begin. Layy --All years, examinations begin. It) Mondav Medicine-•■ Second Year. Second Term classes recommence. !3 Thursday Dentistry - Second Year, last clay of Medical (lasses. 11 Friday Good Friday. I 'i liversitvclosed.TELEREG unavailable until Tuesday, April 18. 15 Saturday* Deadline for application for entrance scholarships for students enrolling at UBC from Grade 12. Deadline forapplication for deferment of tuition fee payment for Summer Session Term I. P Mondav Easter Monday. University closed. TELEREG unavailable. 19 Wednesday Meeting of lhe Senate. 22 Saturday Geography ■- Third-Year students begin Field School (GEOG 309). 2.3 Sunday Forestry — Third-Year students begin 18-dav Field Work at the University Research Forest Maple Ridge, B.C. :FRST |51) 2-t Monday Dentistry — SecondYearExaminations hegm. April ExaminaiK ins end li a most fat ulties. 28 Friday Civil Engineering Surveying Fieid Si hool begins tClYL 2.35). Graduate Studies — lasl day foi submission to Library of ALL Master sand Doctoral theses lor Spring graduation. Graduate Studies —lasl day for departments to notify ihe Facully of Graduate Si tidies that major papers have been submitted and all requirements met 5 Fridav 7 Sunriav* 8 Monday 12 Friday for non-thesis Master's degrees for Spring graduation. Graduate Studies—last day for departments to submit applications for University Graduate Fellowships in Late Competition on behalf of students not currently registered at UBC. Law—All years, last day of examinations. Medicine—Third Year, lastdayof classes. Winter Session Ends Geological Sciences — Second Year students begin Fieid Trip (GEOI. 235). Geological Sciences — Third Year students begin Field School (GEOI. 3.35). Graduate Studies —last day for departments to submit nominations for University Graduate Fellowships on behalf of students (open to incoming students only). Guided Independent Study — Term A course start date. Summer Session,Term 1, firstdayof classes. Term 1 courses run: May 1 -June 9; and/ or June 12 -fitly 21; or May 1-July 21. Summer Session — TELEREG available for registration and course changes. Summer Session — Last day for Teaching and Research Assistants to apply for payroll deduction of Summer Session tuition fees. Last day to submit application to have fees billed to a sponsoring organization. Students who do not submit their applications by the deadline will be required to pay the first instalment of fees by May 7, to avoid cancellation of registration. Dentistry — Second Year preclinical session starts. (May 1 - 26). Rehabilitation Sciences — Second and Third Years — Clinical Fieldwork he- gins for Occupational Therapy and Physical Therapy students. Medicine —First and Fourth Years, last day of classes. Dentistry—First year, lasl day of medical classes. Graduate Studies — last day for payment of May instalment of tuition fees. SummerSession, Term 1 —Tuition feesdue Dentistry — First year, Final Examinations for medical classes (May 8-12). Medicine — First Year Final Examinations (May 8- 12). Guided Independent Study —TELEREG closes for courses starting in May. Last day for changes in registration and for withdrawal without "W" standing recorded on transcript. Medicine—SecondYear, lastdayof classes *Note: Where an application deadline falls on a day the t..Diversity is closed, applications will be accepted on the following working day. Academic Year 15 Monday Affiliation Scholarships — last clay for applications to be submitted to the Awards Office. General University Scholarships — last day for applications to be submitted to the Awards Office by students entering UBC from other post-secondary institutions, or returning to UBC after a year or more of absence Guided Independent Study-TELEREG available for courses starting in July. Medicine—Second Year—Study Week (May 15- 18). Medicine — Fourth Year, 1995 - 96 session begins (May 15,1995 - May 3, 1996). M.S.I, inter-departmental course begins (May 15 - 19) 17 Wednesday Meeting of the Senate. 19 Friday Medicine — Second Year Examination Week (May 19-26). 22 Monday Victoria Day. University closed. TELEREG unavailable. Medicine — Fourth Year, 1995 - 96 Clinical Rotations begin 25 Thursday Dentistry — First and Second Years, last day of classes. 29 Monday Baccalaureate concert, 8:00 p.m. Dentistry — First Year, Final examinations (May 29 -June 2). 30 Tuesday Congregation ceremonies for conferring of degrees, War Memorial Gymnasium. 31 Wednesday Congregation ceremonies for conferring of degrees. War Memorial Gymnasium, June 1995 1 Thursday 2 Friday 9 Friday 15 Thursday 19 Mondav Congregation ceremonies for conferring of degrees, War Memorial Gymnasium. TELEREG available for Winter Session Registration. Students should refer to their admission letter/statement of grades for their TELEREG access date. Graduate Studies — last day for Faculty of Graduate Studies to receive recommendations from departments for overseas international students to be admitted in September. Congregation ceremonies for a inferring of degrees, War Memorial Gymnasium. SummerSession, some Term I courses end. Deadline forapplication for deferment of tuition fee payment for Summer Session, Term 2, This applies only to student loan recipients and students who hold major external graduate or undergraduate fellowships. Summer Sessions, Terms 1 and 2—last day for submission of applications for Scholarships and Bursaries. Summer Session, Terms 1 and 2 — last day for B.C. Student Assistance Program applicationsfor 1995-(Subject tochange.) 23 Friday 30 Friday July 1995 1 Saturday 3 Monday 4 Tuesday Last day for submission of applications for supplemental and deferred Examinations from previous Winter Session. Last day for "early" submission of applications forB.C. Student Assistance Program (BCSAP) (B.C. and Canada Student Loans) for 1995 - 96 Winter Session. Students applying after this date may not receive funds by the commencement of the term and may be disqualified for deferments and emergency loans. Graduate Studies — last day for Fac ulty of Graduate Studies to receive files from departments on North American students accepted for registration in September. Affiliation Bursaries — last day for applications to be submitted to Awards Office. 7 Friday 14 Friday 2! Friday 22 Saturday 28 Friday August 1995 3 Thursday 7 Monday 11 Friday Canada Day. University closed. TELEREG unavailable until Tuesday, July a. University closed in lieu of Canada Day. ! Summer Session, Term 2 — TELEREG available for registration and course changes. Guided Independent Study — Term B course start date. Summer Session, Term 2 — classes begin most courses. Term 2 courses run July 4-21; and/or July 24 - August 12; or July -t - Augusl 12. Some courses run until August 18. Summer Session, Term 2 — Tuition due date. Guided Independent Study—TELEREG closes for courses starting in July. Last day for changes in registration and for withdrawal without "W" standing recorded on transcript. Summer Session evening credit courses, lectures and Examinations completed in all courses ending July 21. •-. Medicine and Dentistry—Supplemen- | ral Examinations (July 21 - 28). Summer Session Examinations for courses ending July 21. ' Supplemental and Deferred examination pei'iod (Winter Session), Week- ] days, July 28 - August 4 Deadline for completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) Test by B.C students intending to take a first- year English course in September. B.C. Day. Uniyersity closed. TELEREG unavailable Summer Session, Term 2 classes end, most courses. P Thursday 18 Friday 21 Monday 23 Wednesd; 12 Saturday Summer Session, Examinations for courses ending August 11. 15 Tuesday Graduate Studies — last day for submission of doctoral theses to the Faculty of Graduate Studies for November graduation. Deadline for completion of the LPI Test by out-of-province students in- lending to take a first-year English course in September. Summer Session, Term 2 classes end for seven-week courses Summer Session,Term 2 Examinations for courses ending August P. Orientation for International Students. August 21 - 25 inclusive. ty Fee deferments - last day for early student loan recipients to submit applications for 1995-96 Winter Session fee deferment. Last day for students who hold major external graduate or undergraduate fellowships to apply for Winter Session fee deferments. Students who do not meet the deferment deadline will be required to pay the first instalment of tuition fees by September ~ to avoid cancellation. Master of Business Administration — Orientation Seminar August 23 - 25, ty Last day for Teaching and Research Assistants to apply for payroll deduction of winter session tuition fees. Last day to submit application to have fees hilled to a sponsoring organization. Students who do not submit their applications by the deadline will be required to pay the first instalment of tuition fees by September 6 to avoid cancellation of registration. Forestry Interior Field School for Third Year (FRST 351), August 27 - September I inclusive Agricultural SciencesFieldTnp(AGSC300), August 28 - September 1 inclusive. Forestry Survey Schooi (FOPR 2(>3i. August 28 - September 1 inclusive, pius three successive Saturdays during term Academic Year Ends Note: Offices are closed Saturdays and Sundays. 23 Wednesd. 27 Sunday 28 Mondav *Note: Where an application deadline falls on a day the University is closed, applications will be accepted on the following working clay. 10 Governing Bodies The University of British Columbia Chancellor R. H. LEE, O.B.C., B.Com. President and Vice-Chancellor D. W. STRANGWAY, M.A, Ph.D., D.Litt.S., D.Sc, F.R.A.S., F.R.S.C. Senate Board of Governors Ex-Officio The Chancellor The President Elected by Faculty \V. It. CljLI.EN, M.Se., Ph.D D.J PAVLICH, BA.LL.B., U..M. (Terms expire 1996) Appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council T. LOtllE, B.ScMAgr.l. U..D (Terms expired 1993I .VIA. PARTRIDGE, B.Com (Term expires 199-1) T. R. BERGER, O.C. Q.C, ISA., LL.B. S.Y CHAN. ISA.. MES. (Terms expire 199s) li. CROMI'TON, B.Ed R. KUNIN, Ph.D. (Terms expire 1996) Elected by Students 0. TAU M. K.Y. HUGHES, B.Sc. (Terms expire 199s) Elected by full-time non-faculty employees L. MOEN (Term expires 1996) The Chancellor The Presiclcnl, Chairman The Academic Vice-Presideiii The Deans of Faculties The Librarian The Direclor of Continuing Sindies The Registrar, Secreiarv Elected by the Faculties Agricultural Sciences C>. W. EATON. U.S.A.. Ph.D., P.Ag. I. VANDERSTOEP, M.S A.. Ph.D, P.Ag Applied Science M. ISAACSON. M.A.. Ph.D., P.Eng., C.Eng., M.A.S CE.. M.C.S C E.. M.E.l.C. M.R.l.N'.A.. M.l.A.II.R. S E. THORNE. B.S.N.. ,V1 S.N., Ph.D., R.N. Arts S. E. GRACE. B.A., M.A., Pn.I).. F.R.S.C. R.A. SHEARER, H.A.. M.A., Ph.D. Commerce and Business Administration A. E. BOARDMAN.IS.A , PhD, D. A. WFIIRl.'NG. A.B, M.Se. Ph.D. Dentistry D. M BRUNETTE, 11.Si , MSc , Ph.D. M. MacENTEE. L.D.S., Dipl. Prosth., Ph.D.. F.R.CD.(C). Education J. BARMAN, B.A, AM.. \t ES.. Ed.D. j. G. T. KF1.SEY, M.A , M.Ed., Ph.D. Forestry S. AVRAMIDIS, Dip For., M S., Ph.D. I). It. COHEN, Dipl , U.S., Ph.D. Graduate Studies D.J. RANDALL B.So. Ph.D.. F.R.S.C I). I.E. WILLIAMS. B.So, Ph.D l.aw D.J. MacDOllGAI.LI.I..B..J.D ITS. REID. (..IT, B.A. M.A.. LL.B. Medicine R.T. A .MacGlI.LIV'RAY. H.St., Ph.D. C. E. SI.ONFCKEH, DD.S.Ph.D. Pharmaceutical Sciences M. LEVINE, B.Sc., B.S! (Pharm.I. Ph.II. D. M LYSTER. B.So I Pharm I. M.Se, Ph.D. Science I. M. GOSIINE, B.A.. Ph.D. II. 11. RICHER. B.So, M.Sc Ph.D. (Terms expire 1996) Elected by a joint meeting of the Faculties A P. AtlTOR. B.A., M.Sc.. Ph.D. J. D BERGER. A.M., Ph.D. T. S.COOK, B.Ed., M.A.. Ph.D. M. G. R. COOPE. MA., Ph.D. J II V. GILBERT, M.S., Ph.D., L.C.S.T., Dip. Phon M QHAYI.E, B.LA.. M.L.A. M.B.C.S.I. V, F.C.S LA.. M.C.E.LA. J. A. RICE, B.S.N.. M.S..R.N. R. C. TEES, B.A.. Ph D. E. WHITTAKER. B.A. M.A, Ph D P.M. WILL B.A..A.M., Ph.D (Terms expire l')96) Elected by the Professional Librarians M. PRICE. B.A.. BIS. (Term expires 1990) Representatives of the Student Body Agricultural Sciences: A. A. RAGHAVJI Applied Science: K. K. MaeLAREN Ails: AG. HEYS Commerce and Business Administration: S C S. TAM Dentistry: H. IT F. I.ELNG Education: P. G CHAN, B.St Forestrv: S.J SPHNCK Graduate Studies: E B. GOEHRING, H Ed , B.A , M A. Layv. C. LIM. B..V, B.Pjsloral Thcoloey Medicine: E. CH WOO, B.Sc (Pharm.) Pli_rmac-tiric.il Sciences: S. Y, DA WOOD Science: K. A. DOUGLAS (Terms expire 199s) Elected by the students at large J. B0RII7, B.Malii., M Math. I.. CHIU B. B.M. HORNER. 11 A., CE.P. J. A KING I). B PREIKSIIO'I (Terms expire 199s) Elected by Convocation J. A. BANHE1.D, B.Com. P. T. BRADY, B.Ec D. G.A.CARTER. B.Com.. Ph.D R. 1.. DEPEYFI-'ER. B.Sc. (Agr.) S. B. KNIGHT, BM.M.&L. Ph.D. S. C LINDSTROM, B.A., M.Sc, Ph.D. R W. LOWE, B.A., M.A. W B MoNlU.TY, B.P.E., M.P.E., M.A. C A. SOONG. BA.B.SW. L. J. STAN, B.S.R., MKd„ Ed.D. I), R. VERMA, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.Ed. ('terms expire If)96) Appointed by the Lieutenant- Governor in Council S. Al.SGARD. N.D.C., O.M.M., CD.. B.A. (Term expires 199-1) H D. McDONALD M.IT., D.H.A. (Term expired 19931 L. M. SPARROW, Dip.Dental Hygiene, B.A., M.A.. LL.B. (Term expires 199')) Representatives of affiliated colleges Vancouver School ol'Theologv: Rev. « . J. PHILLIPS, B.A., B.D., Th.D. St. Mark's College: Rer. J. HANRAHAN, C.S.B., M.A., M.S.I.. Resent College: W. C. WRIGHT, JR. B.A., M.Div.. Ph.D. Administrative Officers 11 ■MSB Administrative Officers President and Vice-Chancellor: D. W. STRANGWAY, MA,, Ph.D. (Tor). D.l.itt.S. (Vic.B.C), D.Sc. (Nfld.), P.Eng. (One), F.R.A.S., F.R S.C. Vice-President Academic and Provost: D. R. BIRCH, MA (Brit. Col), PhD. (Calif., Berkeley). Vice-President Administration and Finance: A B. GELIATI.Y, B.A. (W.Ont.), l.LD. (Wat.), F.C.G.A. Vice-President External Affairs: P. W. UFFORD Vice-President Research: R. C MILLER, Jr., B.Sc. (Trinity College). M.Sc (Penn. Slate). Ph.D. (Penn.), F R.S.C Vice-President Student and Academic Services: K. D. SRIVASTAVA, B.Sc (Agra), B.E. (Roorkee), Ph.D. (Glas.), University Professor Honoris Causa (Paraiba), C.Eng. (U.K.), P.Eng. (Ont.), F.I.E.E.E., F.I.E.E. Dean of Agricultural Sciences: J, F. RICHARDS. M.Sc (Manit.), Ph.D. (Minn.), P.Ag. Dean of Applied Science: A. MEISEN. B.Sc. A.C.G.C. (Imp. CoL, London), M.Sc (Cal.Tech.), Ph.D. (McG), F.C.I.C. P.Eng, Dean of Arts: M. P. MARCHAK, B.A. Ph.D (Brit, Col.), F.R.S.C. Dean of Comimerce and Business Administration: M. A. GOLDBERG. B. A. (Brooklyn College), M.A, Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley;, Dean of Dentistry: M. A. BOYD, D.D.S (Alia.), M.A. (Brit Col), F.A.C.D. i to June 30, 1994); E. 11 K. YEN. D.D.S. (McG.), Dip.Ortho., Ph.D. (Tor.) (fromJuly I, 199-1). Dean of Education- N. M. SHEEHAN, ISA, B.Ed (Mount St. Vincent), M.Ed. (Calg), Ph.D. (Alta ). Dean of Forestry: C S. BINKLEY, A.B, M.S.. (Harv.), Ph.D. (Yale). Dean of Graduate Studies: J. R. GRACE, B, E Sc. (W.Ont), Ph.D.(Cantab), F.C.I.C, M.I.Ch.E., P.Eng. Dean of Law: C L. SMITH, Q.C, B.A. (Calg.), LL.B. (Brit. CoL). Dean of Medicine.- M.J. HOLLENBERG, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit ), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Wayne State), FRCPC Dean of Pharmaceutical Sciences:]. H. McNEILL, B.Sc (Pharm), M.Sr iAlia.). Ph. D. (Mich.). Dean of Science. B. C. McBRIDE, M.Sc (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (111.). Coordinator, Health Sciences: W. A. WEBBER, M.D. (Brit, CoL). FRCPC Office of the Vice-President, External Affairs Director of University Relations C E. SLONECKER, D.D.S., Ph.D. (Wash.). Director of Development R. DUMOLICHELLE, B.Com. (Windsor). Office of the Vice-President Academic and Provost Associate Vice-Presidents, Academic A.J. McCLEAN, LL.B, (Bclf,), Ph.D. (Cantab). W. A. WEBBER. M.D. (Brit. CoL). FRCPC Associate Vice-President, Continuing Studies W. T. UEGAMA, B.Com. (Brit. Col,). M.B.A. (Calif.. Berkeley), Ph.D. (Oregon). Associate Vice-President, Equity T.B.A. Vice-Provost E. J. NASON. B.A. (McG). Deans of Faculties Coordinator of Health Sciences Continuing Studies Division Directors Academic Performance Division F. ANDREW. B.A., M.A., Ph.D, (Paris X-Nanierre). Career and Corporate Division J HUTTON, B.A, M.I.S (Brit.Col). Credit Programs Division K. SLADE. B.A, M.Ed. (Brit. Col l, Ph.D. (Oregon;. International Division D. MOSEDAI.E, B.Ed. (Vic.B.C). M.A. (Bril. Col) First Nations House of Learning J. ARCHIBALD, B.Ed. (Brit. Col), M.Ed (S.Fraser), Director. International Liaison L. R. SPROUT, B.Com, B.A. (Alta.), M.A. (S.Fraser), Director. Sexual Harassment Policy M. HOEK, B.Ed, M.A. (Vic.B C .), Adviser. M SARKISSIAN, B.A, M.A (Brit. CoL), Adviser Office of the Vice-President, Student and Academic Services Associate Vice-President, Information and Computing Systems B. S. SHEEHAN, B.E (Technical University of Nova Scotia), S.M, (M.I.T.) Pn.D. (Conn.), P. Eng. (Alta.I. Media Services I. T. VC. FRANKS, Director. Information Services Management C. J. BIRD, B.A. (Sask.). M.A. (Tor), Director Telecommunications J S. C TOM, B.S< (Bril. Col), M. Eng. (Car.), M.S, Ph.D. (Stan.), Director, LIniversity of British Columbia Press P. MILROY, Director. University Computing Services J L. LEIGH, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Brit CoL), C.D.P, Director Executive Coordinator B. H. HENDER, B. Corn, (Brit. CoL). Athletic and Sport Facilities M. KELLY, B.A. (Car.), Director. Athletic and Sport Services R. PHILIP, B.A. (Sir Geo. Williams). B.Ed (McG). M.A. (Concordia), Director. Disability Resource Centre R. WARICK, B.A. (Sask.), M.A, M.Ed (Regina), Director. Housing and Conferences M. I.. RISEBROUGH, Director Library R. J. PATRICK, B.A. (S.isk.), M.L.S, Ph.D (Calif, Berkeley), University Librarian. National Fellow R. HANSEN, CC, O.B.C., B.P.E, LL.D. (Brit. Col.), LL.D. (Calg). Registrar and Director of Student Services ^ R. A. SPENCER, B.E, Ph.D. (Auck.), P. Eng. Executive Coordinator D. KENT, B.Sc. (3rit. Co!,), M.S. (Cal. Tech.), M.B.A. (Brit. CoL). Awards and Financial Aid Office C GIBSON, B.P.3, M.Ed. (Brit CoL), Director. International Student Centre *'. CHEUNG, B.A. (Chinese, U.K.), M.A. (Canterbury, N.Z.), Director. Student Resources Centre M. STOTT, B.A. i Brit. Col.;. M.B.A. (Queen's), Director. School and College Liaison Office Manager to tie appointed Student Placement E, BURIAK, B.Mus. (Brit.Col.), Manager. Student Health Service D. FARQUHAR, M.D. (Tor), F.R.C.S, Direcior. Women Students' Office M. TREW, B.A. (Kansas), M.A. (Missouri), Ph.D. (Mich.), Director. Office of the Vice-President, Administration and Finance Bookstore D. HARVIE, B.A. (Bril. Col. and Alta.), Director. Budget and Planning J. S. CHASE, B.B.A, M.A, Ph.D (Mich.), Director and Executive Assistant to the Vice- President, Administration and Finance. Campus Planning and Development T. MINER, B.Sc, B.Arch. (Bril. Col.). Director. Financial Services T. SUMNER, B.A. (S.Fraser), Lie. Accl. (Brit. CoL), CA, Director Food Services C. SAMSON, B.Sc. (Acadia), R.D.T. (Alta.), Director, Human Resources F. C EASTHAM, B.Sc. TLB (Hull), M.A. (McM.), Associate Vice- President. Internal Audit M. HARTWICK, B.Com (Brit Col.). CA, CIA, Director. Parking and Security Services J. SMITHMAN. Director. Plant Operations C. E. ROONEY, B.Eng. (Technical University of Nova Scotia), Director. Purchasing K. BOWLER, Director, Office of the Vice-President Research Associate Vice-President, Research (Physical and Applied Sciences) M. E. SALCUDEAN, B.Eng, Ph.D. (Rumania), P.Eng, Fellow C.S.M.E Associate Vice-President, Research (Social Sciences and Humanities) H. OLAVSLAYMAKF.R, M.A. (Cantab), A.M. (Harv), Ph.D. (Cantab). Animal Care J. LOVE, B.V.M.S. (Glas), Ph.D (Tor.), Director. Industry Liaison j, W. MURRAY. B.Sc. (Alta.), M.A, Ph.D. (Prin.), Director. Research Services R. D. SPRATI.EY, B.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley), Director. Western Canadian Universities Marine Biological Society (WCUMBS) ANDREW SPENCER, B.Sc. (Lond.), Ph.D. (Vic.B.C), Director The University Library R.J. PATRICK, B.A. (Sask), M.L.S, Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley), University Librarian N. BALDWIN. B.A. (Cal:f. Lutheran College), M.L.S (Calif.), Assistant Universily Librarian, Technical Services. J. E. DE BRUIJN, B.A. (Vic B.C.), B.L.S, M.L.S. (Brit. CoL), Assistant Universily Librarian, Administrative Services. S. DODSON, B.A, B.LS. (Brit. Col). Facilities and Preservation Manager, H. KEATE, B.Sc, B L.S. (Brit. Col.), Assistant University Librarian, Public Services. J. KREIDER, B.A (Goshen College), M.A.T.. M.L.S. (Indiana), Coordinator of Collections. G »'. B. OWEN, B.A. (S.Fraser), B.C. Teaching Certificate, M.L.S. (Brit Col), Systems Manager. A. TURNER, B.Mus, M.B.A. (Brit. Col), M.L.S (Wash ). A.R.C.T. (Tor.), C.G.A, Financial and Butiget Manager. Asian Library 1. JOE, B.A, B.L.S (Brit.Col), Head. Biomedical Branch N. FORBES, B.Sc. (Hanover College), P.ll.N, M.Sc (Calif, Berkeley), MLS. (Brit. Col.l, R.N Catalogue Division N OMELUSIK, B.A, B.LS (Brit Col), Head. Circulation Division L. CREMA, B.A, M.A, MLS. (Bril. CoL). Head. Collections Accounting and Budget Division J. DAVIDSON, BA, B.L.S. (Brit. CoL), Head. Crane Library P.T-IIELE, B.A. (Brit Col), Head. Data Library H. COLENBRANDER, B.A (Natal), B.L.S. (Pretoria), Head. David Lam Management Research Library E. CASKEY, B.A. (York). B.L.S. (Brit. CoL), Head. Education Library H. HURT, B.A. (Brit. Col), Certificat d'Etudes Franceses (Grenoble), B.L.S. (Brit. Col.), Head. Fine Arts Library IE BURNDORFER. B.A, B.LS. (Brit. Col), Head. Government Publications & Microforms J. GODOLPHIN, B.A. (Manit.j, M.A. (Oregon), M.L.S, (Bril. CoL), Acting Head. Hamber Branch PL I.YSYK, B.S.N, B.A. (Sask.), MLS. (Brit. CoL). Humanities and Social Sciences Division J GODOLPHIN, B.A. (Manit ), M.A. (Oregon), M.L.S. (Brit Col), Head. Interlibrary Loans Division M. FRIESEN, B.A, B.LS (Bril Col), Head, Law Library T.J SHORTHOUSE, B.A, B.LS. (Brit. CoL). Head MacMillan Forestry-Agriculture Library I, BRONGERS. B.A (Man.), B.L.S. (McG.). Head. Map Library T. ROSS, B.A. (Concordia), M.L.S. (Wayne State), Map Librarian. Music Library H BURNDORFER, B.A . B.LS. (Brit. CoL). Head. Order Division N. BALDWIN, BA. (Calif. Lutheran College), M.L.S. (Calif.). Head Patent Service R, V. SIMMER, B.A. (Brit. CoL), B.L.S (On), Patent Librarian St. Paul's Hospital Branch B. SAINT, B A, M.L.S (Brit. Col.) 12 Administrative Officers Science and Engineering Division B.A. STABLEFORD, B.A.. M.L.S. (W.Ont.), Heal. Sedgewick Library and Wilson Recording Collection J. STEVENS, BA , B.L.S (Bril. Coll. Undergraduate Services Coordinator, Special Collections and University Archives Division II. BURNDORFER, B.A, B.L.S. (Bril. Col.l. Interim Head. C HIVES, B.A, M.A. (W.Ont.), M.A.S. (Brit. Col.l. University Archivist. Woodward Biomedical Library I. VAN RF.ENE.N, B,S<, M.Sc, Dipl. in I.ihran Science (Pretoria). Head li. C DE BRUIJN. B.A (Vic.B.C), B I. S (Tor > Assoc .ate Head Continuing Studies W. UEGAMA, B.Com, M.B.A., Ph.D., Assoc late Vice President. 1). MOSEDALE, B.Ed, M.A, Director, Administration. D KEPLER. B.Com, M.B.A, Director. Finance and Administration. M. HOLMES. B.Com, M.B.A, Director. Marketing and Support Services. Academic Performance Division F R. ANDREW. B.A, M.A, Ph.D, Division Director. Language Institute/Institut des Langues F II. ANDREW, B.A, M.A, Ph.D., Program Director. I. PI.ESSIs, B.A, M.A, Associaie Director. Math Centre P. KIERNAN. B.S . M.A, Ph.D, Math 012 Coordinator. University Writing Centre D.M. SHUI.TZ, B.A, M.A, APSC 201 Coordinator. It. MONTAGNES. 11 A, M.A, Writing i).« Coordinator. Career and Corporate Division J. HUTTON. B.A, M.I..S, Division Direclot. Computer Science Programs j. HUTTON. B.A, M.L.S, Program Director. C. TREMEWEN, B.A, Coordinator. Personal and Career Development Programs/Women's Resources Centre R. S1GAL B A, M bd . Program Director. Retirement Planning |. HUTTON. B.A, M.L.S, Program Director. Science and Environmental Studies H. DEAL, B.A, M Sc, Program Coordinaior. Credit Division K SLADE, B.A, M.Ed . Ph.D, Division Diiei lor Certificate and Diploma Program Development B.C.. RIDDELL. B A, M.A, Program Dire. lor. UBC Access Guided Independent Study M.B. BOSSHAFD-I1AWKF.S, BA, M.A, Program Director M. BUII.EN, B.Ed, M A, Coordinator-Designee (. CROWLEY, B.Sc, Dipl Film.TV Studies, Video Specialist B. GROPEN, B.A . Ooordinatop'Designer 1, KOROI.LK, B.A . B.Ed., M.Sc, Ph.D, Senior Coordinator/Designer. Genera! Public Division D MOSEDALE, B.Ed, M.A, Ac ling Divisi. in Dircc tor Arts and Humanities, Public Affairs N. HALL, B.A, M A , Program Coordinator. Educational Travel J. LEDINGHAM. B.A, M.A, Program Director International Division English Language Institute C TREPAN1ER. B.A, M.A, Director. S FLEMING, B.A . M.A, Coordinator, Immersion Program. I REDMOND, B.A, M.Ed, Coordinator. Special Group programs. Intercultural Training and Resource Centre M. CHASE, B.A , M Eti, Coordinator. Emeritus Staff Chancellors Emeriti D. F. MILLER, B.Com, s M. (ITS) The Honourable N T NLMET/.; IT5.1 L R. PETERSON. Q 0 , 1.1. B , LI. D . Ed !>. F it S A 11993) W. R. W.MAN B Com. 098". President Emeritus D. T. KENNY. President Emenon .Lin", Deans Emeriti J. II. M. VNDREWS. Dean Emeritus of Education 11988) G. S. BEAGRIF. Dean Emeritus of Dentistry i 198. ) I McT. COWAN, O.C . Dean Emerilus of Graduate Studies ! ITS) G F. CURTIS. (.EC, Dean Ementus of Lave (1'.> "I i C. V FINNEGAN. Dean Emefitus nf Solent c (1988. I. A. F. GARDNER. Dean Emerilus of Forestry ! 1 Wv, R KENNEDY. Dcm Emeritus ,,f Forestrv (1002) W. D. KILLS, Dean Emeritus ol Agricultural Sciences 119S-U M. T). MAWDSLEY Dean Emerita ol Women I I9S9i II. McCRAE, Dean Lmci ita of . omen ('pr. ; V. J OKULITCII, Dean Ementus of Si icu. e I I9"i) B. E RIEDEL Dean Emerilus of Pharmaceutical Scent es(198S) G M. VOI KOFI', M.B.E , Dean Rmi olus of Science i I'P'ti Program Directors Emeriti A 1, D.MACDONEI1. Program Din-, tor Emeritus tl. II); . M. MACFARIANF. Program Dim lor ITrieina <V>')l), K C. WOODSWORTH, Progiam Director Emerilus . I9')i)| Librarians Emeriti F BAILEY, Librarian Emerita iBV "i M BANHAM. Atlmiii.sti.nive Librarian Emerita (190(1; I. M BEyy LEY, Piofessor Fmenta of 1 ihrarv. Archival and Information Studies 119921 li J. BRONGERS, Librarian Emeritus 11090) R. BUTTERFTELD. Librarian Hmeiita i 1 US") I.. J. CARRIER, Librarian Etricnla 11988 F L DAMEI1.S. Lilly eisilv Arc liive-l Lmenia (19SS: G.DOBBIN, General I ilnarian Enicnla M99i). M. DUTTON. Lii-.raiiaii Lmenia < !9Ssi .'.Li. 19 .YER. Librarian friierit.i il'M., T. ERICKSON, General Librarian Emerilus . L"'2i C F. FORBES, General Librarian lii.eruus flooii M FUKUYAMA. librarian Emrnia i)9«si J. C F. GRAY. Librarian Emenlus ; 1978; I! M HAMILTON. Assislum ijhran.iu Emeritus ' IT"! W. HARRINGTON, librarian Emeritus i iWI i S.JOHNSON librarian Emeritus I 198.1 R, G. D. KAYE, Librarian Emeritus i I'M. j R, FANNING. Lil-ii-ariaii Emeritus 119"", M. LEIGHTON. Librarian Emerita 119SS. A, R. i.El'lll. librarian l-'menia , I :),■'.] M. ,', MacAREE, Librarian Emerila (I9SS) .li W, MacDONALD, Assistant I Tint rsio Librarian Fmerilus ( 19»2 D, MtlNNES. Univeisiiv lihrarian Emeritus i !9('l) F MERCER. Assistant Librarian Emerita I IT.) F M1SEWTCII. Librarian Emerila (1988) A. M, NELSON. Administrative Librarian Emerita 11991) 1: NEITFI.U. Geiicui l.ibranan Fmenlus i 1991: T.-K. NG. Librarian Emerila i l"S"> M, PAI1R. Librarian Emerila (199") .1 SEI.BY. Librarian Emerila iI9S"i I.) SHIELDS. Librarian Fmenta il''«Sl W J. WATsO.N Assist nu University Librarian Frneriuis (190 I) M. WILSON. Librarian FmeiCl ibTo Professors Emeriti A.ACTON, i'lutuss... Fmeri|..s,.i/..o!,ig: , iwoi I ADAMO.JCH Prole.,,,, lauenms. if Forestrv i I'M-)) II. ADAsKIN. Pii.iess..i I;ii,.iii,|,,.i Musi. . IT"! I.) \GI7. ITSARlSAcLi, I'r, ■;,-■■■.: ■■■-... ....,.,! ilNpamc and Italian s .1 Mathematics (J987) I Civil Engineering (1988) .rots. Epidemiol!igy(P.>92j n! Surgery OTO) G P V AbSIGc, Pioicc. i I.ico.,a ol C'l ANDERSON tv, ,.:..■ Co. .;,.,:• i J. I). ANDERSON Ivtcis-b.,:, ..or Em T.W. ANDERSON. !..,!-.-■,-,. Lm.-mus ,i I G | .N'KF.N Vb\\, I luu a Pi ■',■■,,.. ',■•• (,,C AROHIBMIi IV.Vss.ir lo.musoY!-c.!iomics . 1992) K E ARGUE. IYo:os-oi Fiiiu.tusol hio, ation il'i'li N ARMSTRONG. Assooac Pcoio.soi F.ucma.il Fducition (109-n I, F ASHLEY. Associaie Professoi Fmerilus ol ILL. anon r 1982) N. M, ASIIWORTH Prolesso. Emerita oi Lanuuur. Education • 1988 I. AVAKUMOVIC Professor Emeritus of History (1992) G. A. BADGER, Clinical Associate Professor of Surgery 098") 1Y A, BAIN, Associate Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Educalion (1990) J. M. BAK, Professor Emerilus tif History (1992) J. A. BALFOUR. Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (19"8) R.J. BANDONI. Professor Emeritus of Botany (1989) D. BANKSON. Professor Emeritus of Creative Writing (I98S) 1, BARCLAY. Associate Professor Emeritus of Education (1976) N BASCO. Professor Emeritus of Chemislry 0991) V BASCO. Ciinical Professor Emerita of Surgery (1991) 1). V BATES. Prolessor Ementus of Medicine (198") T. BATES. Associate Professor Emerilus of Mathematics and Science Educanon .198s; M. s. BATTs. Professor Ementus of Germanic Studies (1991i R.J. BANDONI. Pi olessoi Emerilus tif Botany (1992) R. BARRIE, Professor Emerilus of Plavsics (1993) 1). BAUIXil IN, Prolessor Emeritus ol 'French (1991) K BEAMISH, Professor Emerita of Botany (19"'"l 1. BEATTIE. Assetrale Professor Emerilus of Mathematics and Science Education i 19931 M. P. BEDDOEs. Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering 11989) A BELDI.F. Professoi- Emeriius of Commerce and Business Atiniinisrralioii (1983) C '['. BEER. Professor Emerilus of Biochemistry cl981i IT R. BELL Associate Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (198S) L P BELI.LCF. Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1988) C S. BF.LSIIAyv. Professor Fmerilus of Anthropology anti Sociology (198") K. BENSON, Clrntcal Associate Ptofessor Emeritus of Health Care anti Fp!cleiTii.iicigvil98S) is G. BFRRY, Senioi In.sl nn tor Fmerilus tif Electrical Engineering (199,1) J C BERR), Professor Fnierilus of Animal Science (19^0) F E BERTH AM. Asset iate Professor Emenlus ol Language Educ ation(l98Si R. V. BEST. Assoi iaie Professor Emeritus of Geological Sciences (I WI i ■ BFIHUNE JOHNSON, Assistant Prolessor Emerita of Social and Educational Studies i 198-0 W. F. BIF. Clinita! Professor Emeritus of Obstetrics ami Gynaecology (1982) E. A. BIRD. Assuialc Prolessor Emeritus of French (1981) A C, BIRKE IT, Prolessor Ernerua of Education (I9"41 'I BISALFi TRA, Professor Emeritus of Botany (1989) J. E BISMANIS. Prolessor Emerilus of Medical Microbiology (IT" i S. BLACK, Professor Emenlus of Education (1978) N Bl.yiP.i'iiiucli Professor Emeritus of Surgeiy i!98"i S BLANK. Pp.lesstir Emeritus of Educational Psychology ancl Special A. BOGGIE. Assoi iaie Prolessor Emeritus of Family Practice (1988) E V BOHN. Pi-ole-s.,!- Enicritu, of Eleiinoal Engineering (1989) W B. BOI.DT. Professor emeritus of Educational Psychology and SpeiiaiEd.:clli.!ii(]993. F A. BONGIE. Assoc iaie Professor Emerila of Classics (1992; I. 1. BONGIE. Piolessor [--moot,iso: Front h 11992) M. Bob I.BY, Professor Fmerilus of Germanic Studies (1988; (. B. BOURNE Prolessor Emeritus .it Lm il98b) F. BOWERS. Assnt un- Professor Emenlus of English (1989) F. K BOyy FRS, Prolessor Emerilus of Electrical Engineering i 19911 E.J Bi.IWMFE.Ciini.al Professor Emerilus of Medical Microbiology (1980) R. W. BOYD Clmicil Associale Professor Fmerilus of Diagnostic Radiology i p)"(o D A ROYFS. Clinical Professor Emenlus of Obstetrics and Gynaecology il'N'ii S M. BOYU-.S. Piolessor Emerita of Educalion 11TI) W.J BRYCIIER Assistant Prolessor Emerita of Family and Nutritional Sciences l I9Su E I BR Mil FI. Associaie Professor Lmenia ol Health Care and ( BUM 'NFR. Ft. -lessor Emenlus ol SoUai anc! Educational Studies 11993) K. )". BRI-AE1EY. A-so. iaie Prolessor Emerita of French 11981!) G BKFDIN Acss,., cue professor Emerita of Education (1968) p 1. BEENNAN. senior Instructor Emerila of English (1988) V. 0 BRINK. Piofc-ssoi Emeritus of Plain Science I19"8) 0 A. BUCK Kl.l-A. Prolessor Fnierilus of Mechanical Engineering (19831 H. BROOM. Profess, u Fmern.is of Physical Educalion and Recreation 119931 F. B BROOME Pr, ..-sor Emeritus of I.li .ration (I'M S CL BROLG1I Associaie Prolessor Fmerilus ol Mathematics and Science Education 'l'>92 D. BROWN. ■Assistant Piofessor Fmenius of Music (1990) D. G. BROWN. P...lessor Emeritus of Philosophy (1989' L BROWN", Prol'e.sM,ri-'n:en:us of Metals and Materials Engma-ringf 19921 M. BROWN Assisia.a Professoi Fmenta of Language Education (I98S) S R. BROWN Profcs,,„■ Emeritus of Ph,-sica! Education (1988) T. IE BROWN. Associaie Professor Emerilus of Pharmaceutical Sciences 1198"'. F. E. BEYANS, Professor Emeritus oi Obstetrics and Gynaecology (I989i C BRYNER, Piolessor Emerilus of Slavonic Studies (19"3i W. BI'CilA-s. ■V-.sisi.,.ii Professor Emerilus of Familv Practice 11993 P s, BI Yla-IN, Prof.-ssor Fmenius. .I'Maineinan. s i'IWj M H. BLLLOciclbufcssur Emeritus of Cicutivc Writing 11983 > Emeritius Staff 13 ILL BURHENNE, Professor Emeritus of Radiology (1991) B. E. BURKE, Associate Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1980) R W BURLING, Professor Emeritus of Oceanography (1986) K. 0. L. BURRIDGE, Professor Emeritus of Anthropology and Sociology (1988) A. F BURTON, Associale Professor Emeritus of Biochemistry (1991) J. D BURTON, Ciinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Pathology (1991) A. M. BUTLER, Assistant Professor Emerita of Nursing (1988) R. G. BUTTERS, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Metals and Materials Engineering (1991) W. K. CAIRO, Associale Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1992) J.H. CALAM, Professor Emeritus of Social and Educational Studies (1985) 11. CALLEGARLNT, Clinical Associate Professor Ementus of Paediatrics (1992) K CAMBON, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1988) D.J. CAMPBELL Professor Emeritus of Pathology (1990) J.J. R. CAMPBELL, Professor Emeritus of Microbiology (1983) P. READ CAMPBIT.L, Associate Professor Emerita of Education (1972) J. IE CATTERSON, Professor Emerila of Language Education (1989) H F, CAWSTON. Associate Professor Emerila of Nursing (1982) A. C D. CHAKLADER, Professor Emeritus of Metals and Materials Engineering (1993) D. J. CHANG, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Anaesthesiology (1991) F.-C. CHANG, Professoi- Emeritus of Asian Studies (1973) C.-Y. Cl 1AO. Prolessor Emerila of Asian Studies (1990,) J. D. CHAPMAN, Professor Emeritus of Geography (1989) W. II. CHASE. Professor Ementus of Pathology 11992) li. CHAVE, Assistant Professor Emerita of Social Work (19 ■Ml IF T. CHEN. Senior Instructor Emeritus of Asian Studies (1992) S. CHERRY. Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (1993) D. IT CH1TTY. Professor Emerilus of Zoology (1978) R. R. CHRISTIAN, Associate Prolessor Emeritus of Mathematics (1990) M. IT CHUNG, Clinical Professor Emerita of Obstetrics and Gynaecology (1990) W. B. CHUNG. Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1989) R. M. CIAKK, Prolessor Emeritus of Economics 11983) B. R. CLARKE, Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1987) R. CLARKE, Associate Professor Emeritus of Architecture (1990) A. E. C1.1NGMAN, Professor Emeritus ol Visual and Performing Arts in Education (1992) Wc 11. COCKROFT, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Medical Microbiology and Pathology (1976) W. COHN, Professor Emeritus of Anthropology & Sociology (1986) M. L IE COI.BECK. Associate Professor Emerita of English (1966) K. COLE. P-ofessor Emerita of Botany (1987) P CONSTANTIMDES. Clinical Professor Emeritus of Anatomy (1990) 11. G. COOPER. Clinica! Assistant Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1979) D. 11. COPP, Professor Emeritus of Physiology (1981) '!'. I, COt l.THARD, Professor Emeritus of Agricultural Engineering and Mechaniis(197Si I COULTHARD ADAMS, Senior Instructor Emerita of Music (1973) S. C COVA1, Professor Emeritus of Philosophy- (1993) II. M. COVELL Professor Emeritus of Education (1978) ILL COWAN. Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1986) R. C. CRAGG. Professor Emenlus of the Fine Arts (1970) C 1-'. CRAVIER, Associate Professor Emeritus of Physiology (1987) J. A CRANE. Prolessor Emeritus of Social Work (1990) VI. E R. CRAWFORD, Clinical Associate Professor Emerita of Family Practi.e (1990) A. O. |. CRICHTON, Professor Emerita of Health Care and Epidemiology (1989) E P. CRICHTON. Clinical Associate Professor Emerila of Pathology (19.89) J U, CRICHTON. Professor Emeritus of Paediatrics (1987) 1, G. R CROUCH, Professor Emeritus of Mineral Engineering (1978) j. DAH1.1E, Professor Emeritus of Social anti Educational Studies (1985) F W D.AI.BY, Professot Emerilus of Physics (199.3) W. R. DANNFR, Prolessor Emeritus of Geological Sciences (19891 C G DAVID, Professor Emerita of Educational Psychology and Special Education. (1985) I. DAVIES. Clinical Instructor Emerita of Anaesthesia (1988) I. DAVIS, Associate Professor Emeritus of Commerce anti Business Administration (1983) J. dc BRUYN, Associate Professor Emerilus of English (198,3) I De VR1ES, Associate Professor Emeritus of Soil Science (1992) J. R. DEAKINS, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Social Work (1991) I. DEHNEL Senior Instructor Emerila of English (1991) P A. DEHNEL, Professor Emeritus of Zoology (1985) R. E. DELAy/AUIX Associate Professor Emeritus of Geological Sciences (1973) J. R. il. DEMPSTER, Associate Professor Emenlus of Computer Science (1993) D, DERRY. Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1974) J. DiCK, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1987) N.J. DIV1NSKY, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1991) J R. DOHF.NY, Assistant Professor Emeritus of English (1993) W. DOLL Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Anaesthesia (1993) C E DOLMAN, Professor Emeritus of Microbiology (1971) P. M. DOUGLAS, Professor Emeritus of Music (1992) P. DOW, Professor Emeritus of Oral Medical and Surgical Sciences (1988) G. E. DOWER, Associate Professor Emeritus of Pharmacology and Thetapeutics (1989) I, DOWNEY, Professor Emeritus of Administrative, Adult and Higher Education (1987) P, J DOYLE, Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1992) V. R. D'OAIEY, Professor Emeritus of Social and Educational Studies (1993) S. DRANCE, Professor Emeritus of Opthamology (1990) J. P. DUNCAN, Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Engineering (1985) B. A, DUNELL, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1985) IL CL DUNN, Professor Emeritus of Paediatrics (1982) W. I, DUNN, Professor Emeritus of Pathology (1987) G. H, DURRANT, Professoi Emeritus of English (1981) G. G S. EiUTTON, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1988) S A. EGOFF, Professor Emerita of Librarianship (1983) H. EIDER, Professor Emeitus of Architecture (1974) A. J ELDER, Associate Professor Emerita of History (1992) H. ELFEIIT, Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing (1990) A J. ELLIOT, Professor Emeritus of Ophthalmology (1978) G, B. ELLIOTT, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Pathology (1985) G R. F. EllIOTT, Professor Emeritus of Heaith Gire and Epidemiology (1978) N. EPSTEIN, Professor Emeritus of Chemical Engineering (1989) K, I, ERDMAN, Professor Emeritus of Physics (1991) A. I, FARLEY, Professor Emeritus of Geography (1986) J. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor Emerita of Education (1977) E. G. FIEDLER, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1988) D. B. FIELDS, Professor Emerilus of Commerce and Business Administration (1984) D. G FINLAY, Professor Emeritus of Social Work (1991) H. D. FISHER, Professor Emeritus of Zoology (1985) R. C. FITZSIMMONS, Associate Professor Emeritus of Animal Science (1992) '/.. FOLEJEWSKI, Professor Emeritus of Slavonic Studies (1976) J, FOORT, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Orthopaedics (1987) D, K. FORD. Professor Emerilus of Medicine (1989) M. FORSTER, Assistant Professor Emerila of Mathematics and Science Education (1987) M. I. FOSTER, Professor Emeritus of Visual and Performing Arts in Education (1989) J. G FOULKS, Professor Emeritus of Pharmacology (1987) I. K. FOX, Professor Emeiitus of Community and Regional Planning (1982) G. IE FRANCIS, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1978) L. B FRATKIN, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1986) W E. FREDEMAN, Professor Ementus of English (1991) C L. FRIEDMAN, Associate Professor Emerita of Anatomy (1986) S.M. FRIEDMAN, Professor Emeritus of Anatomy (1985) C T. FRIZ, Professor Emeritus of Anatomy (199.3) D. C FROST, Professoi- Emeritus of Chemistry (1989) A M. FURNESS, Associaie Professor Emerita of Social Work (1988) M. FURSTENWALD, Associate Professor Emerila of Germanic Studies (1985) M. H FiJTRELL, Professor Emeritus of Slavonic Studies (1990) F, E, GAMBLE, Professor Emeritus of Education (1983) F. D. G/tRRETT, Professor Emeritus of Anatomy (1977) E GAUTSCHI, Senior trstructor Emeritus of Physical Education and Recreation (1984) G GAY.MAN, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Paediatrics (1980) H. M. GEMEROY, Professor Emerita of Nursing (1977) D, C. GIBBARD, Professor Emeritus of Education (1978) W. C GIBSON, Professor Emeritus of History of Medicine and Science (1978) W, H. GILBERT, Associate Professor Emeritus of Fine Arts (1986) D. C GILLESPIE, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1992) P. C G.LMORE, Professor Emeritus of Computer Science (1990) F P. CLICK, Associate Professor Emeritus of Health Care and Epidemiology (1992) G GOERTZEN, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Family Practice (1993) M. GOETZ-STANKIEWICZ, Professor Emerita of Germanic Studies (1992) P. GOFTON, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1987) M. K. GOIOBERG, Professor Emeritus of English (1991) T. GOLDBERG, Professor Emeritus of Visual and Performing Arts (1987) A. M. COODEVE, Assistant Professor Emeiitus of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1986) G. B. COODMAN, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1991) H. G. GOODWIN, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Social'Work (1991) G. GORELIK, Associate Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1991) F. A, GORNALL, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1983) E B. GOSE, Professor Emeritus of English (1991) C. E. G GOULD, Clinica. Associate Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1976) P. GOULDSTONE, Prolessor Emerira of Visual and Performing Arts in Education (1984) C C GOURLAY, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1982) R. IE GOURLAY, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery- (1987) J. I. GC'W, Assistant Professor Emerita of History (1989) D. C. GRAHAM, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1980) K. GRAHAM, Professor Emeritus of Forestry (1977) H. B, GRAVES, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Anaesthesiology (1983) J. U. GRAY, Professor Emeritus of Visual and Performing Arts in Education (1992) P. GRAY, Lecturer Emerita of Education (1989) R. F. GRAY, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1985) F. M. GREENWOOD, Associate Professor Emeritus of History (1988) H.J, GREENWOOD, Professor Emeritus of Geological Sciences (1990) R. J, GREGG, Professor Emeritus tif Linguistics (1978) B. I, GRENBERG, Associate Professor Emeritus of English (1993) B. G, GRIFFITH, Professor Emeritus of Forestry (1967) G. M. GRIFFITHS, Professor Emeritus of Physics (1989) E. V. GRILL, Associate Professor Emeritus of Oceanography (1988) F. J. GROVER, Professor Emerilus of French (1985) S. GRZYBOWSKI, Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1985) D. T. GUEST, Associate Professor Emeritus of Social Work (1989) A. M. GUNN, Professor Emeritus of Social and Educational Studies (1985) P. G, HADDOCK, Professor Emeritus of Forestry (1978) H.J. HAHN, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Clinical Dental Sciences (1993) W. F. HALL, Professor Emeritus of English (1990) J, E, HALLIDAY, Professor Emeritus of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1977) P. HANN, Professor Emeritus of Obstetrics and Gynaecology (1989) F. R. HAMLIN, Professor Emeritus of French (1992) M, E. HARDMAN, Senior Instructor Emerita of English (1992) F. C. HARDWICK, Professor Emeritus of Education (1972) A. HARDYMENT, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Paediatrics (1980) R. HARLOW, Professor Emeritus of Creative Writing (1989) T. R, HARMON, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Pathology (1979) P. HARNETTY, Professor Emeritus of Asian Studies (1992) B. HARRISON, Professor Emeritus of History (1974) R. C. HARRISON, Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1987) T.J. HARROP, Professor Emeritus of Clinical Dental Sciences (1989) Pw, J, HARTRICK, Professor Emeritus of Education (1984) H. B. HAWTHORN, Pnifessor Emeritus of Anthropology and Sociology (1976) L. D. HAYWARD, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1984) S. HEA1.Y, Associate Professor Emeritus of Visual and Performing Arts (1985) R. G. HERBERT, Professor Emeritus of Law (1985) ■A. HERSTEIN, Clinical Assistant Professor Emeritus of Obstetrics and Gynaecology (1989) V. 0, HERTZMAN, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1985) M, A. HILL, Associate Professor Emerita of Social Work (1986) R. H, HILL, Professor Emeritus of Paediatrics (1992) J. HINGSTON, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Paediatrics (1986) J. N. HLYNKA, Professor Emeritus of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1991) W, S. HOAR, Professor Emeritus of Zoology (1979) W. L HOLLAND, Professor Emeritus of Asian Studies (1973) M, R, HOOD, Associate Professor Emerita of Rehabilitation Medicine (1979) R. F. HOOLEY, Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (1990) V. G. HOPWOOD, Associate Professor Emeritus of English (1984) G. M. HOUGHAM, Professor Emeritus of Social Work (1986) B. HOWARD, Assistant Professor Emerita of Physics (1988) J. F. HOWES, Professor Emeritus of Asian Studies (1989) W. J. HUDSON, Associate Professor Emerita of Rehabilitation Medicine (1988) J. F, HULCOOP, Professor Emeritus of English (1993) C. R. HULTBERG, Professor Emeritus of Music (1993) F. W. B, HURI.BURT, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1982) E. J. HYDE, Assisiant Professor Emeritus of Preventive and Community Dentistry (1985) K. HYElE, Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing (1988) S. IIDA, Professor Emeritus of Religious Studies (1992) M. JACKSON, Assistant Professor Emerita of Zoology (1990) H. E. JACOBSON, Associate Professor Emerita of Anthropology and Sociology (1992) I.. G. JAHNKE, Professor Emeritus of Law (1987) A, JAKUBOVIC, Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1989) D. G. L.JAMES, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1990) S. M. JAMIESON, Professor Emeritus of Economics (1979) L. C. JENKINS, Professor Emeritus of Anaesthesiology (1991) A. M. JOHNSON, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1982) R. C.JOHNSON, Assistant Professor Emeritus of English (1993) F. R. C.JOHNSTONE, Professor Emeritus ofSurgery (1984) D, P. JONES, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1985) R. G JONES, Professor Emeritus of Social and Educational Studies (1991) R. M.JORDAN, Professor Emeritus of English (1989) F, A. KAEMPFFER, Professor Emeritus of Physics (1986) R. KF.ELER, Professor Emeritus of Physiology (1992) D. C. KENDALL, Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1988) J. M, KENNEDY, Professor Emeritus of Computer Science (1993) R. B. KERR, Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1974) L, R, KERSEY, Associate Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering (1980) S. L KHANNA Assistant Professor Emeritus of Clinical Dentai Sciences (1989) M. M. KTIARADLY, Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering (1992) V. J. K1RKNESS, Associate Professor Emerita of Administrative, Adult and Higher Education (1993) D. KLANG, Associate Professor Emeritus of History (1993) M. KLIMAN, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus ofSurgery (1990) 14 Emeritius Staff C KITNE, Clinical Associale Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry. (1983) 11 KLONOFF, Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1990) F KNOBLOCH, Professor Ementus of Psychiatry (I982) J, KNOBLOCH, Clinical Associate Professor Emerila of Psychiatry (1991) G. KNOX, Professor Emeritus of Fine Arts 1198~) IE C KNUTSON. Professor Emeritus of French (I988i K. I. KOBBERVTC, Professor Ementus of Hispanic and Italian Studies I1993) G.W. KORN. Clinical Professor Emeritus of Obstetrics and Gynaecology (1990) S. KORT, Program Director Emeritus (1990) G KOVACS. Clinical Assistant Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1990) I, KRAINTZ, Prolessor Emeritus of Oral Biology (198'') W. KRAYENHOFF, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (198.3) C R. KRISI1NAMIJRTI. Professor Emeritus of Animal Science (19911 IE KRIVEL Clinical Professor Emeritus of Paediatrics (1986) R. E. Ki.lCERA, Associate Professor Emeritus of Geological Sciences (1987) J. KULICH, Program Director Emerilus ol Continuing Education (1991) IT. IAIMON, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus ofSurgery (1991) R. lAKOWSKI. Professor Emeritus of Psychology 11992) F. C LANGDON, Professor Emerilus of Political Science (1984) W. S. LANNING, Associate Professor Emeritus of Educalion (1972) J. A. LAPONCE, Professor Emeritus tif Political Science (1991) P. A. IARKIN, University Professor Emeritus (1990) D. P. LAVENDER, Professor Emeritus of Forest Science 11992) J. C LAWRENCE, Assisiant Professor Emerilus of History (1983) C S. C LEAR, Professor Emerilus of Clinical Dental Sciences (19901 R. J. I.EDUC, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1987) M. LEE, Professor Emeritus of Family and Nutritional Sciences (1991) P. O. EEHMANN, Clinical Instructor Emeritus ofSurgery (1978) K. M. LEIGHTON. Professor Emeritus of Anaesthesiology 119911 I. IFJA. Professor Emeritus of Mining ancl Mineral Puicess Engineering (1983) R. C LEWIS, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education 11986) C LI. Professor Emerita of Asian Studies (1970) I. I.1ELMEZS. Professor Emeritus of Chemical Engineering (19911 T. Y. LIN. Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1986) W.-C1.IN, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry Il980i D. A L1NDQUIST. Senioi Instructor Emeritus of Physics (1988) C C LINDSEY. Professor Emeritus of Zoology (1988) F. UOY. Professor Emeritus of Physiology (199)31 11 1JTHER1.AND. Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1992) H V, IJVERMORE. Professor Emeritus of Hispanic and Italian Studies (1981) A. F I.IVESEY, Senior Instructor Emerita of English (1981) D. LIVINGSTONE. Assistant Professoi- Emerila of Visual and Performing Arts in Education (1988) J. A. I.OBAN, Professor Emeritus of Music 11992) R. R I.OFFMARK, Professor Emeritus of Commerce anti Business Administration (1985) I LUND, Professor Emeritus of Metals and Materials Engineering (1993) II, S. MAAS, Professor Emeritus of Social Work (1981) (1 MACAREE, Associale Professor Emeritus of English 0985) J. A. MacDONALD, Associate Professot Emeritus of Social WYirk (19911 J. A. S. MacDONALD, Professor Emerilus of Visual and Performing Arts in Education (1985) A. N. MACDONALD, Associate Professor Emeritus of History (1990) M. E. MacFARIANE, Asscxiiaie Professor Emerita of Home Economics (1967) A R MACKAY, Associate Professor Emeritus of French (1992) J. R. MacKAY, Professor Emeritus of Geography (1981) V. A. MACKAY. Associate Professor Emerita of Education (19^9) C. MACKENZIE. Clinical Assisiant Professor Emenlus of Family Practice (1991) IE M. MacKENZIE, Associale Professor Emerila of Education (19773) C J. G. MacKENZIE, Professor Emeritus of Health Care and Epidemiology (1986) S. MADD1N, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1987) B. MADSEN. Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering (19921 H. E. MALLORY. Professor Emerita of Nursing (1967) K. C MANN. Professor Ementus of Phvsics (19811 M.A. MANZALAOUL Ptofessor Emeritus of English (1989) J C T MAO, Professor Emeritus of Commerce anti Business Administration (1988) B. E. MARCH, Professor Emeiita of Animal Science (1986) A MARCUS. Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1992) F, t, MARGETTS. Professor Emeritus o( Psychiatry (1985) S. F, MARKS, Associate Professor Emeritus of Counselling Psychology (199.31 A J H. MARRIAGE. Associate Professor Emeritus of Sociology i 1990) A. W MARSHALL, Professor Emeritus of Statistics (19871 R II. MARSHALL, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1987) W. H MATHEWS, Professor Emeritus of Geological Sciences (1984) E. J. MATTE. Associate Professor Emerilus of French (19931 R V MATTESS1CH, Professor Emeritus of Commerce anti Business Administration (1988j R. McCONNELL. Professor Emerita of Education 11981) I. A. McDONALD. Associate Professor Fmerilus of Spanish (19"")) C E, McDONNELL. Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine 11990) T. B, McDONOUGH, Assistant Professor Emerita of Education (1981) C. A. McDOWELL. University Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1984) J. McGECHAEN, Professor Emeritus of Education (1975) E. McGEER, Professor Emerita of Psychiatry- (1989) P. L McGEER. Professor Emeritus ol" Psychiatry (1992) D. E. McGREER. Professor Emenlus of Chemislry (1993) B. 1. McGREGOR, Assistant Professor Emerita of Rehabilitation Medicine (1986) II. W. MclNTOSH. Prolessor Emeritus of Medicine 119851 T. I). McKIE. Professor Emerilus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1988) D. M. McLEAN. Professoi Emeritus of Pathology 11991) H. McIENNAN, Prolessor Emeritus ol Physiology (1990) GIF McMOKFAND. (Jinii al Professor Emerilus ol Anaesthesiology (19911 F. E Ml NA1R, Clinical Assistant Professor Fnierilus of Psychiatry (198-11 J. A. McNEEFY. Associale Prolessor Emerilus of Germanic Studies (1987) C McNTVEN, Associaie Professor Emerila of Social Work (1989) J. A. McRAE, Assistant Professot Emerita til Education 119~'4) K. C MoTAGGART. Professot Emeritus of Geological Sciences (1985) J. D. McWIlANNEI, Assistant Ptofessor Emeritus of Education (1981) T. K. MFNON, Prolessor Emeritus of Geophysics and Astronomy (1993) R. F. MERRIAM. Assisiant Professot Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1987) M MEISSNER, Pr. .lessor Emeritus of Sociology (199.31 W. E. MESSENGER, Associate Professor Emeritus of English 119881 D. MILBURN. Professor Emeritus of Social and Educational Studies (1991) .1 E. MILES. Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry 119921 C W MILLER, Associaie Professot Emeritus ol English (198(11 II. S. MILLER. Clinical Professor Emeritus of Orthopaedics (1991) 1,1, MILLER. Associate Professor Emenlus of Germanic Studies (1992) M MILLER, Clinical Assisiant Ptofessor Emerita of Anaesthesia (1993) S. MILDER. Clinical Professoi Emeritus ol Anatomy (1982) R. S. MILNE Professor Emerilus of Political Science (1984) ^ J. H. Mil .SIM. Professor Emeritus of Health Care and Epidemiology (1991) F. MIKHADY, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Paediatrics (19KBi C L MITCHELL Ptofessor Emeritus of Commerce ancl Business Administration (1986) II. MITCHELL, Professor Fmerilus of History 11989) J. R. MITCHELL Associale Professor of Physical Education anti Recreation (lOSci V. F. MITCHELL Prolessor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1988) L CL MITTEN. Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Administration (1989) J. MOGAN. Assisiant Professoi- Emerila of Nursing (1990) J G MOIR. Assistant Professor Emeritus of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1988) P.J. MOIONEY. Associate Professor Emeritus ofSurgery (I988i P. MONTGOMERY Associate Professor Emerita of Educational Psychology anti Special Education (198") P. MOORE, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Paediatrics (1990) P. R. MOODY, Assistant Professot Emerilus of Physical Education (1989) A. LY MOORE, Professot Emenlus of Electrical Engineering (1988) A. M. MOORE, Professor Emerilus of Economics (1984) M M. MOREIIART. Asst male Professoi- Emerita of Fine Arts (1989) J. MORLSON. Assistant Professor Emeritus of Family- Prat lice (1988) R. B. MORRIS, Prolessor Emeritus of Music (19861 B, M. MORRISON, Professor Emerilus of Asian Studies (1991) F, MORRISON. Professor Emeritus of English 11970l F. A. MORRISON, Professor Emeritus of Pharmaceutical St lences (19831 K, S. MORTON, Prolessor Emeritus of Orthopaedics (1990) M MORTON, Senior Instructor Emeritus of English (1987) B. B. MOSCOW.!!. Clinical Associate Prolessor Emenlus of Medicine 097") B. N. MOY1.S. Professor Emeritus ol Mathematics c 198 _ r M. MUL1.INGER, Asset iaie Professor Emerila of Paediatrics 1198") P M. MULLINS, Assoc rate Professor Emeritus of Physical Educalion and Recreation (1086) W. J. MULLINS, Associaie Professor Emeritus of Philosophy (1986) R. MURATORIO-POSSE. Senior Inslriit tor Emeritus of Anthropology and Sociology 11989) D. C MURDOCH. Professot Emeritus of Mathematics (197'"') A, B. MURRAY, Professor Emeritus of Paediatrics (1992) F. E. MURRAY, Professor Emerilus of Chemical Engineering (1984) J. S. MURRAY. Assoi. Iaie Prolessoi Emerilus of Visual and Performing Arts (198") J. E. MUSGROVE. Cinical Associate Prolessoi Emerilus of Surgery (1982l S. NAKA1, Professor Emeritus of Food Science (19921 S. D. NAI.EVYKLN, Assistant Prolessor Emerita of Education 1198") S. W'. NASH. Professor Emeritus ot Mathematics (1981) N. 1). NATHAN. Professor Emenlus of Caul Engineering (1991) J. W. NEILL, Professor Emenlus ol Plain Science 119811 R. D. NEMSFR, Asset iaie Professor Emeiita of English 11990) P. M. NERIAND, Clinical Associate Ptofessor Emeritus of Health Care and Epidemiology- (198""! M. B. NEV'ISON, Prolessor Emeiita of Education 11982) F S. NEWBY Assistant Professor Emeritus of English (1979) 11. N1C1IOL Associate Professot Emeritus of Psychiatry (1990) C. G W. NICHOLLS, Professor Emeritus of Religious Studies i198 u W. NICHOLLS, Professor Emeritus of Social Work (1986) D.J. NTEDERAUER, Professor Emeritus of French (1987) J. E. NIXON, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Anaesthesia (1988) R A. NODWF.LL, Professor Emeritus of Physics (1984) H C. NORDAN, Associate Professor Emeritus of Zoology (1988) J, M. NORRIS. Professor Emeritus of History of Medicine (1991) T. G NORTHCOTE, Professor Emeritus of Forest Sciences (1992) S M OBERG, Professor Emerilus of Commerce and Business Administration (1988) II. P. OBERLANDER, Professor Emeritus of Community ami Regional Planning (1988) G ODDO-DE STEFAN1S, Associate Progessor Emerita of Hispanic and Italian Sludies (1990) A 1, OGILVIE, Professor Emeritus of Oral Medicine (1986) A. H. OHANJANIAN. Senior Instructor Emeritus of Slavonic Studies (1988) O A. 01 DR1DGE, Professoi* Emeritus of Educational Psychology ancl Special Educalion (1989) P G Ol.t.EY, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1990) W OPEC1 lOWSKI, Professor Emeritus of Physics (1985) M. A. ORMSBY. Professor Emerila of History (1974) R F OSBORNE, Professor Emeritus of Physical Education (1978) B D OWEN, Professor Emeritus of Animal Science (1991) N. 1, PADDOCK. Professor Emeritus of Chemistiy (1983) B F. PAIGE. Clinical Professor Emerilus of Medicine (1987) G V. PARKINSON. Professor Emerilus of Mechanical Engineering (1990) R. PARKINSON, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1988) T R. PARSONS, Professor Emerilus of Oceanography and Zoology (199.3) B PATE, Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1993) F. P. PATTERSON, Professor Emeritus ofSurgery (1981) W. .1. PATTERSON, Clinical Associale Professor Emeritus ofSurgery (1991) J I..PAVEI.ICH, Senior Instructor Emerita of English (1987) R H. PEARCE. Professor Emeritus of Pathology (1989) J Ii. I PECK, Professor Emeritus of Computer Science (1984) M. E. M. PENNEY. Professor Emerita of Physical Education (197.3) C D. PENNOCK. Associate Professor Emeritus of Language Education (1987) S, A. PERKINS, Professor Emeritus of Education (1986) E, PETERS, Professor Emeritus of Metals and Materials Engineering (1991) R. J PHILLIPS, Senior Instructor Emerilus of Physical Education and Recreation (1980) G. I, PICKARD. Professor Emeritus of Oceanography and Physics (1979) A. E PII.OTO, Associate Professor Emeritus of English (1984) H.-K. PILTZ. Professor Emeritus of Music (1989) A. C. PINKERTON. Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1991 ( P. P1NKI IS, Professor Emeritus of English (1984) G F, PIR1E, Associate Professor Emeritus of Paediatrics (1993) A. B. PITERNICK, Professor Emerita of Library, Archival ancl Information Studies (1992) G PITERNICK, Professor Emeritus of Librarianship (1983) J. PITERS, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Paediatrics (1976) B |. P POLAND, Professor Emerila of Obstetrics and Gynaecology (1985) W.J. POLGLASE, Professor Emeritus of Biochemistry (1982) II. S POLOWY, Assistant Professor Emerita of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1993) J B POMFRET, Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education anil Recreation (1988) M. POMFRET. Assistant Professor Emerita of Physical Education and Recreation (1987) N POPPE, Associaie Ptofessor Emeritus of Slavonic Studies (1992) G B PORTER, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1991) R. POTASHIN, Assistant Professor Emerita of Psychology (1987) R. POUTT. Assistant Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1989) WD POWRIF, Professor Emeritus of Food Science (1992) M E. PRANG. Professor Emerita of History (1986) J PRICE, Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1992) M.A PRIMEAU, Associate Professor Emerita of French (1979) M, II. I, PRYCE. Professor Emeritus of Physics (198a) D. I, PUGH, Professt ir Ementus of Physical Education and Recreation (198") E. G. PULLEYBIANK. Professor Emeritus of Asian Studies (1988) H M C PURKIS, Associate Professor Emerita of French (1984) L N QUASTEL, Assisiant Professor Emerita of Rehabilitation Medicine (1990) M D RAINEY, Assistant Professor Emeritus tif Language Education (1989) II. K RALSTON, Assistant Professor Emeritus of History (1987) M V RALSTON, Associaie Professor Fmenta of Language Education (1989) R. 1, RAMSAY, Associale Professor Emeritus of Physical Education and Recreation 11989) F. N RAND, Senioi Instructor Emeritus of Philosophy (1993) S. E READ, Professor Emeritus of English (1966) I. REBRIN. Senior Instructor Emerita of Slavonic Studies (1992) R REE. Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1988) F. 1. C REED. Professor Emeritus of Forest Resources Management (1993) C REID, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1984) 1. REID, Assistant Professor Emerita of Slavonic Studies (1991) M REITZIK, Associate Professor Emerilus of Oral, Medical & Surgical Sciences (1990) P. REMNANT, Professor Emeritus of Philosophy (1988) Emeritius Staff 15 A.J. RENNEY, Professor Emeritus of Plant Science (1979) C S. RENNiE, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1982) G. D REUBART, Professor Emeritus of Music (1986) V. REVUT5KY, Associate Professor Emerilus of Slavonic Studies (1976) A.J. REYNERTSON. Professor Emerita of Theatre (1988) J. E RICI1ARDS, Professor Emeritus of Biochemistiy (1992) J. 1. RICHARDSON, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Religious Studies (1982) W. 0. RICHMOND. Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Engineering (1973) W. A. RICHTER. Professor Emeritus of Clinical Dental Sciences (1989) D. L RIZER. Associate Professor Emerita of Education (1975) W. ROBBINS, Ptofessor Emenlus of English (1975) R. F, ROBINS. Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1991) C. E G ROBINSON, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1983) C I, N. ROBINSON, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1986) G C. ROBINSON. Professor Emeritus of Paediatrics (1987) H. S. ROBINSON, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (198a) J. L ROBINSON, Professor Emerilus of Geography (198-i) R F, ROBINSON, Associate Professor Emeritus of Philosophy (1993) R. A. 11. ROBSON, Professoi- Emerilus of Anthropology _ Sociology (1986) R. 1! RODGERS. Professor Emeritus of Family and Nutritional Sciences (1991) A. ROGATNICK, Professor Emeritus of Architecture 11985) M W. RC3SE, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Visual and Performing Arts in Education (1984) G. ROSENBLUTH, Professor Emeritus of Economics (1986) A. ROSENTHAL Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1979) IE ROSENTHAL Program Director Emeritus (1990) 1. S. ROSS, Professor Emeritus of English (1993) I. E. ROSS, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Obstetrics and Gynaecology (1982) J. V. ROSS. Professor Emerirus of Geological Sciences (1993) S. ROTHSTEIN. Professor Emeritus of Library, Archival and Information Studies (1986) I, A ROUSSEAU, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1987) R J. ROWAN. Professor Emeritus of Philosophy (1987) C. A. ROWLES, Professor Emeritus of Soil Science (1980) R. H ROYDHOUSE, Professor Emerilus of Oral Biology (1989) K. M. RUPPENTHAL, Professor Emerilus of Commerce and Business Administration (1983) R, D. RUSSELL, Professor Emeritus of Geophysics ancl Astronomy (1991) B. SAINT-JACQUES, Professor Emenlus of Linguistics (1990) C S. SAM1S. Professor Emeritus of Metallurgy (1977) H D SANDERS, Associate Professor Emeritus of Pharmacology and Therapetiiics (1991) A. G SAVERY, Senior Instructor Emerita of English i 1983) A. R. SAWYER, Professor Emeritus of Fine Arts (1984) R F. SCAGEL, Professor Emeritus of Botany (1986) M. H. SCEIUI.TZ, Clinical Instructor Emeritus of Anaesthesia (1988) W. E. SCHWAHN, Associate Professor Emerilus of Educalion (19811 CJ. SCHWARZ, Associate Professor Ementus of Psychiatry (1988) W. B. SCIIOFIELD, Professor Emeritus of Botany (1993) A. D SCOTT, Piofessor Emerilus of Economics (1989) W. R. F. SEAL, .Associate Professor Emerilus of Education (1979) R. W. SEA'TON. Associate Professor Emeritus of Architecture (1989) S. SEGAL Professor Emeritus of Paediatrics (1985) CL R. 5F.LVAN, .Associate Professor Emeritus of Administrative. Adult and Higher Education (1992) D SHADBOLT, Professor Emeritus of Architecture (1990) M. SHAW. Uniyersity Professor Emeritus (1989) IE SHORE. Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing (1990) R. SHULV.AN, Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1988) B. SHUMAN, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Paediatrics (1982) R 1. SIKORA, Piolessor Ementus of Philosophy 11993) R. SIMPSON. Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Anaesthesiology (1987) N. R. SINCLAIR, Associate Professor Emerita of Education (1981) M. SION, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1989) II. C, SLADE, Professor Emeritus of Family Prauice (1984) W. F. SLAyVSON, Professor Emerilus of Geophysics ancl Astronomy (1992) L H Si.lND. Professor Emeritus of Music Education (1975) CL SMEDI.EY. Prolessor Emerilus of Fine Arts (1992) D. C SMITH, Professot Emeritus of Education 119"5) G. A. SMITH. Professor Emeritus of Education (1983) J. E. SMITH, Associale Prolessor Emeritus of Mathematics (1971) J. M. SMITH. Senior Instructor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1987) R. N. SMITH, Professor Emeritus of Education (19791 J. H G SMITH. Professor Emeritus of Forest Resources Management (1990) G. SNYDER, Assistant Professor Emerita of Language Education (199,3) M. SOGA. Professor Emeritus of Asian Studies (1992) J.J. SOLECKI. Associate Professor Emeritus of Slavonic Studies (1984) D. F, SOULE, Professor Emeritus of Theatre (1984) if. M. SOUTHARD, Assistant Professor Emerita of Rehabilitation Medicine (1983) R. «. SPITZER. Clinical Professor Emeritus of Pathology (1986) R. B. SPLANE, Professot Emeritus of Sixial Wi irk (1982) J. D. SI'OUGE. Protessor Emeritus of Oral Medicine (1985) J. K. STAGER, Professor Emeritus of Geography (199,31 I, M. STAI.EY, Professor Emeritus of Bio-Resource Engineering (1988) W, J, STANKIEWICZ, Professor Emeritus of Political Science (1987) S, STANTON, Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing (1990) R. C STEELE, Associate Professor Emeritus of Visual and Performing Arts in Education (1990) J. R. STEIN, Professor Emerita of Botany (1987) M W. STEINBERG, Professor Emeritus of English (1983) D. C. STEPHENS, Professor Emeritus of English (1988) G H StTEPHENSON, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1982) R. STEWART. Professor Emerilus of Chemislry (1989) W. D. STEWART, Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1990) H. F. STICH. Professor Emeritus of Zoology (19911 J.J. STOCK. Professor Emeritus of Microbiology (1985) R. STOKES. Professor Emerilus of Librarianship (1981) K. G STRASSMANN, Associate Professor Emeritus of Theatre (1991) M. M. STREET, Associate Professoi Emerita of Nursing (1972) B, STUART-STUBBS, Ptofessor Emeritus of Library', Archival and Information Studies (1992) G. T. S"UBBS, Associaie Professor Emeritus of Education (1981) F, G. SUMMERS, Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1992) S.-C. SUNG. Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1990) A. E. SWANSON, Associate Professor Emerirus of Oral Medical ancl Surgical Sciences (1992) D. SYEKLOCHA, Assistant Professor Emerita of Microbiology (1991) P. J. SYKES, Assistant Piofessor Emeritus of Physics (1984) B. SYLVESTER. Associate Professor Emeritus of English (1991) W'. F. S/7ETELA, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and Science Education (1991) O SZIKLAI. Professor Emeritus of Forest Sciences (1990) M. TAfiYCH, Assistant Professor Emerita of Social Work (1986) W. TAI.I.MAN, Associate Professoi Emeritus of English (1987) J. M. TEASDALE, Associate Professor Emerita of Paediatrics (1990) F, TEGHTSOONIAN, Professor Emeritus of Metals and Materials Engineering (1988) G. M. TENER, Professor Emeritus of Biochemistiy (1993) J. V, THIRGOOD, Professor Emerilus of Forest Resounes Management (1989) P. THOM, Program Director Emerila (1990) H. L THOMAS, Senior Instructor Emerita of English (1993) J. P. W THOMAS, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Pathology and Medicine (1987) I, A. J. THOMAS, Associate Professor Emeritus of Fine Arts (1980) A. R THOMPSON, Professor Emeritus of law (1990) G. THOMPSON, Professor Emeritus ofSurgery- (1992) M. THOMPSON, Assistant Professor Emerita of Education (1973) W. J. THOMPSON, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Surgery (1983) S. C. Tl 10RSON, Associate Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1990) J. E. THORNTON, Associate Professor Emerilus tif Administrative, Adult and Higher Education (19931 H. A. THURSTON, Associate Piofessor Emerirus of Mathematics (1987) C A. TIERS. Professor Emeritus of Architecture (1990) E. C. E, TODD, Professor Emeritus of Law (1993) M. TOLMIE, Associate 'rofessor Emeritus of History (1990) J. TONZETICH, Professor Emeritus of Oral Biology (1990) C. WESLEY TOPPING, Professor Emeritus of Sociology (195-1) G. TOUGAS, Professor Emeritus of French (198-i) GIL I.. TOWERS, Professor Emeritus of Botany (1991) P.M. TOWNSLEY, Professor Emerilus of Food Science (1991) G C. TROWSDALE, Professor F.meritus of Visual and Performing Arcs in Education (1988) F. A TURNBULL, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus ofSurgery (1976) J S. TYHURST, Professor Emerilus of Psychiatry (1987) I, TYHURST, Associate Professor Emerita of Psychiatry- (1983) M. UPRICHARD, Professor Emerila of Nursing (1977) F, fi, VEY, Assistant Professor Emerita of Educalion (1976) D. J. V1NCE, Professor Emerilus of Paediatrics (199,3) R. VRBA, Associate Professor Emerilus of Pharmacology and Therapeutics (1990) J, A. WADA, Professor Emenlus of Psychiatry (1991) IE G. W'ADMAN, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Obstetrics and Gynaecology (1987) A. WA.D1E, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Family Practice (1987) D. E. WALKER, Senior Instructot Emerita of Fine Arts (1986) A W. c, ALLACE, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Heaith Care and Epidemiology (19"77) J.HA. WALITN, Professor Emeritus of Administrative, Adult and Higher Education (1990) G. WALSH, Associate Professor Emeritus of Education (1979) G. G WALSH, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1982) J. WALTERS, Professoi Emeritus of Forestry (1985) L L WALTERS, Associate Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1,989) M. WALTERS, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1987) H, V. WARREN, Professor Emeritus of Geological Sciences (1973) J. B. WARREN, Professor Emeritus of Physics (1980) T. WATANABE, Professor Emeritus of Geophysics anti Astronomy (1993) E. L, WATSON, Professor Emeritus of Bio-Resource Engineering (1979) N, WATT, Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education (1992) D. J. WATTERSON, Clinical Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1982) N. WAXI.ER-MORRISON, Associate Professor Emerita of Social Work (1992) J. M, WEAKLAND, Associate Professor Emerita of Visual and Performing Arts (1987) S. A. WEESE, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Theatre (1989) C. F. WEHRHAHN, Associate Professor Emeritus of Zoology (1992) F. WEINBERG, Professor Emerilus of Metallurgical Engineering (1990) E. M. WEISGARBER. Professor Emeritus of Music (1985) W. G. WELLINGTON, Professor Emeritus of Plant Science (1986) T, I, WESTERMARK, Associate Professor Emeritus of Language Education (1988) G. W-'ESTGATE, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus ofSurgery- (19921 CL K. WHITE, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1992) R. B. WHITE, Assisiant Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology and Special Education (1987) R, I, WHITE, Professor Emerita of Ftench (19891 L. M. WHITEHEAD, Associate Professor Emeritus of English (1988) D. M. WHITELAW, Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1978) R. L WHITMAN, Clinical Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1985) H D WHITTLE, Professor Emeritus of Physical Education and Recreation (1982) E. WICKBERC, Professor Emerilus of History (1992) B. WTESMAN, Professor Emeritus ol Community and Regional Planning (1991) D. H. WILLIAMS, Professor Emeritus of Medicine (1974) L. R, WILLIAMS, Clinical Assistant Professor F.meritus of Surgery (1978) J. W, WILSON, Professor Emeritus of Harvesting and Wtxxl Science (1990) N. WILSON. Professor Emerita of Physiology (1992) N.J. WILIMOVSKY, Professor Emeritus of Animal Resource Ecology (1991) J. H. WINTER, Professor Emeritus of History (1991) C. C. WISNICKI, Assistant Professor Emerita of Architecture (1984) B.J. WOOD, Associate Professor Emerita of Radiology (1991) I, G. WOOD, Clinical Instructor Emeritus ofSurgery (1978) W.F.J, WOOD, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Commerce and Business Adminisiration (1990) r W. S, v, OOD, Professor Emeritus of Pathology (1992) G. WOODCOCK, Lecturer F.meritus (1977) L. I WOOI.F, Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry. (1984) D. J. WORT. Professor F.meritus of Botany (1975) A. YANDI.E, Administrative Librarian Emerita (1992) D.J. YEO, Professor Emeritus of Clinical Dental Sciences (1987) W. YEOMANS, Assistant Professor Emeritus of English (1990) N, J. YORKSTON, Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry (1991) J. T. YOUNG, Professor F.meritus of Education (1976) L. YOUNG, Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering (1991) M, N. YOUNG, Assistanl Professor Emeritus of Theatre (1992) Y.-N. YU, Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering (1975) N C, ZACHARIAS, Senior Instructor Emeritus of Pharmaceutical Sciences(19801 J. W. ZAHRADN1K, Professor Emeritus of Bio-Resource Engineering (19911 S. H, ZBARSKY, Professor Emerilus of Biochemistry (1985) J, ZILBER, Professor Emeritus of Creative Writing (1989) General Information 17 The University Act The Universities Act was rewritten in 19 74 and has since been further revised. The University currently operates under the authority of the University Act of the Province of British Columbia (R.S.B.C. !979, c4l9). Following are excerpts from the Act. ".., the following ... universities in the Province (a) "The University of British Columbia"; (b) "University of Victoria"; (c) "Simon Fraser University". "Each University shall be composed of a chancellor, a convocation, aboard, a senate, and faculties. Each university shall have in its own right and name the power to grant degrees established in accordance with the provisions of this Act," "The convocation of each university shall be composed of: the chancellor, who shall be chairman; the president; the members ofthe senate; all faculty members; all persons who are graduates of the university; and all persons whose names are added to the roll ofthe convocation by regulation ofthe senate.. ." "The board shall be composed of fifteen members as follows (a) the chancellor; (h) the president; (c) two faculty members elected by the faculty members; (d) eight persons appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council, two of whom shall be appointed from among persons nominated by the Alumni Association; (e) two students elected by and from the Student Association; (f) one person elected by and from the full-time employees of the university who are not faculty members." "The senate of each university shall be composed of: (a) the chancellor; (b) the president, who shall be chairman; (c) the academic vice-president or equivalent; (cl) the deans of faculties; (e) the chief librarian; (f) the director of continuing education; (g) a number of facultv members equal to twice the number provided in clauses (a) to (f), to consist of two members of each facultv elected by the members of that faculty, and the remainder elected by all the faculty members in such manner as they, in joint meeting, determine; (h) a number of students, equal to the number provided in clauses (a) to (fi, elected by and from lhe Student Association in a manner that ensures that at least one student from each faculty is elected; (ii four persons who are not faculty members, elected by ancl from the convocation; (j) four persons appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council; (k) one member to be elected by the governing bodv of each affiliated college of the university; and (I) such additional members as the senate mav from time to time determine without altering the ratio set out in clauses (g) and (h)." "Each university shall, so far as and to the full extent which ils resources from time to time permit... i a) establish and maintain colleges, schools, institutes, faculties, departments, chairs, and courses of instruction; (b) provide instruction in all branches of knowledge; (c) establish facilities for the pursuit of original research in all branches of knowledge: (d) establish fellowships, scholarships, exhibitions, bursaries, prizes, rewards, and pecuniary and other aids to facilitate or encourage proficiency in the subjects taught in the university and original research in all branches of knowledge; (c) provide a program of continuing education in all academic and cultural fields throughout the Province; and (f) generally promote and carry on the work of a university in all its branches, through the co-operative effort ofthe board, senate, and other constituent parts of the university." "Each university shall be non-sectarian and non-political in principle." The Establishment and Constitution of the University "\ | "I 1 tJ.J The creation of a university in British Colum- 1 \\VlJ #"■_/ / I bia was first advocated in 1877. In 1890 an act of the Provincial Legislature established "The University of British Columbia" but the venture failed for a lack of a quorum at the first meeting of the Senate. In 1908 the earlier act was repealed and a new act established incorporating the University. The University operated under this act and its amendments as the sole public university in the Province until 1963 at which time a new Universities Act was passed by the Legislature making provision for sister institutions. The University opened in the autumn of 1915 in temporary quarters on part of the site of the General Hospital in Fairview. At the beginning of the Session 1925-26 the University commenced work on its permanent campus in Point Grev. L, Coat-of-Arms of the University Argent three Bare wavy Azure issuant from the base of a demi Sun in splendour proper on a Chief of the second an open Book also proper edged strapped and buckled or inscribed with the words "Tuum est". Courses of Study and Degrees The University oTers instruction in each of twelve faculties and ten schools. Doctoral and Master's degrees listed below are offered by the Faculty of Graduate Studies which also includes the School of Community and Regional Planning ancl several institutes and centres. Degrees Offered Agricultural Sciences Bachelor of Science in Agriculture (BSc. (Agr. It Bachelor of Landscape Architecture (B.LA) Master of Landscape' Architecture (M.L.A.) Mas.erof Science (M.Sc.) Masier of Applied Science (MA.Sc.) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Applied Science (Engineering) Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc; Master of Applied Science (MASc.) Master of Engineer ng (M.Eng ) Master of Science (M.Sc.) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Architecture Master of Architecture (M Arch.) Master of Advanced Studies in Architecture (M.A.S.A.I Arts Bachelor of Arts IP A i BitchelorofFineA-tstB.P.A.i Master of Arts (M.A.I Master of Fine Arts (M,F.A.) Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) Audiology and Speech Sciences Master of Science (M Sc.) Docior of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Commerce and Business Administration Bacheloi of Commerce (B.Com i Master of Business Admim'sti. lion (M.B.A.) Masler of Science in Business Adiiiinislration (M.Sc. (Bus. Admin.)) Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) Community and Regional Planning Master of Arts in Planning (M.A. (Planning)) Master of Science in Planning (M.Sc (Planning)) Doctor of Philosophy (Phi).) Dentistry Bachelor of Denial Science (B.D.Sc ) Doctor of Denial Medicine (D.M.D.) Master of Science (M.Sc.) Docior of Philosophy-(Ph.D ) Education Bachelor of Education (Eleinentarvi (B.Ecl.) Bachelor of Education (Secondary'i (B.Ed.) Bachelor ot Education (Special Educalion) (B.Ftl.) Master of Educalion i.M.Eil ) Master of Aits in Educalion (M.A.) Doctor of Education (Ecl.D,) Docior of Philosophy- (Ph.D.) Family and Nutritional Sciences Bachelor of Home Economics (B.H.E.) Bachekir of Science in Dietetics (B.Sc.iDi ciei.)) Master of Arts (M.A.) Master of Science (M.Sc.) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D,) Forestry Bachelor of Science in Fore.siry (B.S.E.) B.Sc. (Forestry') B Sc (Natural Resources Conservation) Master ol Forestry (.Vi.F.i Master of Science (M.Sc i M„ster of Applied Science (M.A.Sc. Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) 18 General Information Human Kinetics Bachelor of Human Kinetics (B.H.K,) Master eif Human Kinetics (M.I1.K.) Master of Arts (M.A.) Master of Science (M.Sc.) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Law Bachelor of Laws (LLB.) Master of Laws (LL.M.) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.lJ.) Library, Archival and Information Studies Master of Lihrary Science (M.T.S.) Master of Archival Studies (M.A.S.) Medicine Bachelor of Medical Lahoratory Science (B. M L Sc) Doctor of Medicine (M.D.) Masler of Health Administration (M.H.A ) Master of Health Science (M.H.Sc.) Master of Science (M.Sc) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Music Bachelor of Music: (B.Mus.) Master of Music (M.Mus.) Docior of Musical Arts (D.M.A.) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Nursing Bachelor of Science in Nursing (B.S.N.) Master of Science in Nursing (M.S.N.) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Pharmaceutical Sciences Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy (B.Sc. (Pharm.)) Master ol Science (M.Sc.) Doctor of Pharmacy (Pharm.D.) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Rehabilitation Sciences Bachelor of Science in Occupational Therapy (B.Sc.(O.T.)) Bachelor of Science in Physical Therapy (B.Sc. (P.T,)) Master of Science (M.Sc.) Science Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) Master of Science (M.Sc) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Social Work Bachelor of Social Work (B.S.W.) Master of Social Work (M.S.W. I Diplomas Offered Administration for Engineers Adininisiralion for Foresters Applied Creative Non-Fiction Applied Linguistics Art History Fcliicaiion Film Sludies Meieorologv Oral Medicine Oral Pathology Oral Radiology Periodontics (in coniunction with an M.Sc. in Dental Science) Translation (French) Certificate Offered She Planning Honorary Degrees The degrees of Doctor of Laws (Honoris Causa), Doctor of Science (Honoris Causa) and Doctor of hellers (Honoris Causa), I.L.D.. D.Sc, and D.I.itt., respectively, are the honorary degrees conferred from time to time by the Senate of the University upon persons who have achieved distinction in scholarship or public service. Academic Dress The undergraduate's gown is black in colour ancl ofthe ordinaiy stuff material, of ankle length, and with long sleeves and the yoke edged with khaki cord. The Master's gown is the same, without cord. The Ph.D. regalia consists of a gown, Cambridge style, of maroon silk material with front facing panel and sleeves of UBC blue with gold piping; hood, Cambridge pattern, blue silk outside and gold lining; cap, decanal bonnet, of maroon silk with gold cord and tassel. The Ed.D. regalia consists of a gown similar in style to that ofthe Ph.D. but of black stuff; hood American stvle with lining of light blue and with chevron of University blue, white and gold; cap, decanal bonnet of black stuff with gold cord and tassel. The D.M.A. regalia is similar to that of Ed.D. with hood lined with alizarin crimson and a chevron of University blue and gold. The colours for the various degrees are: B.A. University-blue B.F.A. 1 'niversity blue: wilh magenta c ord BA.Sc. scarlet B.Com. lighl grey with hiac'k and grey cord B.Ecl. while Willi cord of University blue B.H.E turquoise B.L.A. maize wilh scarlet cord M.L.S. cadmium yelloyv M.A.S. Universily- blue yviih silver and cadmium yellciyy twisted cord B.Mus. Universily blue with cord ol alizarin crimson B.Sc. lighl blue B.Arch. scarlet yviih yvhitc cord B.D.Sc. lilac and red wilh iwisted cord on white D.M.D. lilac anil reel Ed.D. roval hlue and lighl blue, with blue, yvhite ancl gold chevron malachite green B.H.K. B.Sc (Agr.) B.Sc (Dietet B.S.F. B.Sc (Forest BS.N. maize tiinjiiiiisc yviih gold and yvhitc tvvisicd cord bioyy-n yvith green cord brown with a light blue cold Universily hlue anc! scarlet wiih twisted o while B.Sc. (Pharill.) dark green with cord of scarlet B.Sc (O.T.) scarlei and while twisied cord on nival blue B.Sc. (P.T.) scarlei and while twisied cord on royal blue B.S.W. magenta LLB. I amethyst vioicl M.D r scarlei and roval hlue B.M.L.Sc. I scarlei and royal blue lwisteel cord on yvhue M.H.A. red and paie blue M.H.Sc scarlet and grey M.A. (PlanningI Uniycrsiiv hlue wilh dark green and slaiegi-ey .M.Sc (Planning) Universiiv blue yyiih dark green and white Ph.D. blue and gold D.M.A. royal blue and .iii/aiin crimson, yyith blue and gold chevron Pharm.D. American style with lining of Universily blue and yviih chevron of Universily- blue and gold. The Master's hood is the same as the Bachelor's, lined yvith the distinctive colour. The M.B.A. hood conforms similarly to thai ofthe B.Com. The M.Sc. (Bus. Admin.) hood is similar to thai of M.Sc. with grey trim and black and white cord. The M.Eng. hood is the same as that ofthe M.A.Sc. except that ii is trimmed with a University blue cord. The hood for the honorary degree of LL.D. is of scarlet broadcloth lined yvith dark blue velvet, that for the D.Sc. is the same yvith dark purple lining: and for the D.I.itt., the same with cream lining. Academic Year The Academic Year begins on the first dav of September and ends on the last dav of August. Winter Session The Winter Session is divided into two terms — the first term generally from early September to late December, although some studies begin in August — the second term, from earlyjanuary to, generally, the end of April but some sludies continue well into the month of Mav. During the Winter Session classes are offered in the evening as well as in the dav. Enrolment is possible beginning in January to certain courses offered completely in the second term, subjecl to space being available. Summer Session Term 1 of Summer Session (former Spring Session) begins in early May and continues through July, In general, the courses tire given during the evening. Term 2 of Summer Session (former Summer Session) begins in early July and consists generally of six weeks of study. Guided Independent Study, UBC Access (Distance Education Courses) Courses are offered in a limited number of disciplines by distance education (formerly correspondence courses). Registration for most distance education courses is at six specified intake periods during the year. Cancellation of Classes The University of British Columbia accepts no responsibility for the cancellation or discontinuance of any class or course of instruction which may be made necessary- or desirable as a result of an act of God, fire, riot, lock-out, stoppage of work orslow-down, labourdisturbances, lack of funds, the operation of law or other causes of the kind. General Information 19 Undergraduate Admissions General Policy on Admissions The University of British Columbia seeks applications from students who can benefit from and contribute to the varied and stimulating academic life at this university. The University's admission regulations and procedures are intended to identify such students and to ensure that they enter programs at a level which will allow them to get the maximum benefit from their university studies. Excellent students who do not meet all of the published admission requirements may be considered for admission in exceptional cases by the Dean ofthe Faculty or the Dean's designate. The University reserves the right, the published regulations notwithstanding, to deny admission on the basis of overall academic record and to limit enrolment by selecting from among qualified applicants those who will be admitted. Except in special circumstances no student under the age of sixteen is admitted. Note: Because of enrolment limitations the academic standing required for admission to most programs is higher than the published minimum. Students with Disabilities Academically qualified students who have physical, sensory or specific learning disabilities are encouraged to attend The University of British Columbia. The University has a wide variety of services, including several forms of special assistance, designed to accommodate the needs of students challenged by their disability. Students requiring special assistance or consideration in order to meet program or degree requirements should advise their dean's or director's office of the nature of their disability as soon as they have been admitted or the need for assistance is known to exist. Students with disabilities should also contact the Disability Resource Centre (see Calendar index under Disability Resource Centre) for a description of the services available and to arrange access to them. Appeals Applications are screened carefully in accordance with Senate policy. The Senate Admissions Committee reviews doubtful cases and cases of appeal against decisions made on the basis of Senate policy. Transfer Credit or Placement Transfer credit and/or advanced placement may be given where appropriate. These provisions apply particularly to Advanced Placement and International Baccalaureate (Higher Level). Advanced placement may be assigned in appropriate subjects with high academic achievement on Advanced Level (G.C.E.) and Principal Level (H.S.C). Interested students should apply to Undergraduate Admissions, Registrar's Office, for more information. An applicant admitted to the University may be given credit, where appropriate, for subjects previously taken at a college or another university, subsequent to the applicant's graduation from secondary school, but such transfer credit will be tentative only and will be subject to review after one or more sessions have been completed by the student in attendance at the University, The University of British Columbia Admissions The admission requirements in this section refer to the minimum educational level necessary for admission to the University. Reference must also be made to those sections ofthe Calendar giving specific requirements for admission to the various programs of study in the Faculties and Schools. English Language Proficiency Requirement As English is the medium of instruction at the University of British Columbia all applicants, regardless of country of origin or of citizenship status, will be required to demonstrate proficiency in the English language prior to admission. With the exception of applicants to the Faculty of Graduate Studies, applicants may demonstrate English language proficiency by one of the following: • Five years of full-time education in English in Canada or the equivalent in another country' where English is the principal language. Such education must include B.C. Grade 12 or equivalent and can be in a combination of secondary and post-secondary education. • A score of 570 minimum on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Some programs have a higher minimum, e.g. 580 for programs in the Faculty of Arts. A score of at least 90 on the Michigan English Assessment Battery (MELAB). TOEFL or MELAB tests taken more than two years prior to application for admission will not be considered. • Successful completion of six credits of post-secondary English studies for which UBC gives transfer credit. • A grade of 80% or better on the Provincial Examination portion of B.C. English 12 or English Literature 12 or the equivalent; or a grade of 6 or 7 on the International Baccalaureate Higher Level English course; or a grade of 5 on the Advanced Placement English (Language Composition: Literature and Composition), • Successful completion ofthe equivalent of five years of full-time instruction in a school/institution in Canada in which the major language of instruction is other than English but where the level of English proficiency required is equivalent to that in English language .schools/institutions in Canada. (This will include applicants from CEGEP's who have completed English as a first language.) • Graduation from a recognized degree program at an accredited university at which English is the primary language of instruction and in a country where English is the principal language. Note: This requirement is distinct from the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) test requirement for first-year English courses at UBC. Please consult the following entry for further information about the LPI. Language Proficiency Index (LPI) Examination If you are planning to enrol in any first-year English courses or in the Arts One Program, you must completeall sections ofthe Iiinguage Proficiency Index (LPI) examination and achieve a score of level 5 (30/40) on the essay section of the test. Exemptions Students in the following categories are exempt from the LPI requirement; all other students must write and pass the test: • those with a final grade of "A" in English 12, English Literature 12, or OAC English at the time when they gain access to TELEREG; • those with a grade of 5 in the Advanced Placement course in literature and composition and those with a grade of six or seven in the International Baccalaureate course in English Literature; • those who passed UBC's English Composition Test (ECT) prior to September 1992; • those who have completed six credits of first-year English or the equivalent. Deadlines for Completion of the LPI In order to be eligible for term one English courses (English 110, 111, 112 or 120), students must complete the LPI by the following deadlines: • B.C, Students: Thursday, August 4,1994 • Out-of-Province Students: Wednesday, August 16,1994 Any student who misses the deadline must contact Judy Brown at the First-Year English Office. For assistance, telephone (604) 822-5651 or (604) 822-4247. Registration for the LPI • B.C. Students — The LPI is administered by the Educational Measurement Research Group (EMRG). It is offered a number of times and at a number of locations around British Columbia each year. Students must register for the test in advance with the EMRG Office, Room 1311, Scarfe Building, 2125 Main Mall, The University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1Z4. On the registration form, or in your personal letter, include your name, address and postal code, telephone number, and the date, time, and place where you wish to write the exam. Students must complete and return the registration form at least five working days prior to the test date, togetherwith the registration fee of $33.00 (payable by personalized cheque or money order). Test admission 20 General Information tickets will then be mailed to students approximately one week before the test date. Any student who has not received a ticket three days prior to the test date should notify the EMRG Office at (604) 822-4145 immediately. Students must present their tickets ancl photo identification in order to be admitted to the examination room on the day of the test. • Out-of-Province Students — Students living outside B.C. may arrange a private sitting ofthe test in their own area. To do so, they should contact a high school, college or university administrator or counsellor who would be willing to supervise their writing of the LPI. These administrators or counsellors should then contact EMRG by letter (at the address given above), by telephone (604) 822-4145, or by fax (604) 822-91-h, indicating their willingness to undertake this supervision. Upon receipt of a personalized cheque or money order for $40.00 (payable to EMRG) from the student, a copy of the LPI exam will be sent to the supervisor who can then arrange with the student where and when the test will be written. (Any charge for invigilation services is the responsibility ofthe student.) Students must present their tickets and photo identification in order to be admitted to the examination room on the day of the Test. The Test The LPI is a two and a half-hour test that provides the University with a way to determine a student's competence in summan,' and essay writing and in the recognition of common errors in English usage and sentence structure. Part i requires students to identify errors in sentence structure; Part II requires them to identify errors in English usage; Part III involves the evaluation or summary of paragraphs; and Part IV involves the t ompo.sition of an expository- essay of between 300 and 400 words. Performance on the essay will determine a student s eligibility for first-year English courses, hut.studenls must complete all parts ofthe test. Incomplete papers will not be marked. Information on preparing for the LPI is available from the EMRG Office forafeeof$l3.70. (GST and postage included.) Results Students' results will be mailed to them within four weeks of the writing of the test and forwarded to the English Department immediately upon the completion of marking. Students should keep the report of their results; they may be asked to present results in their English classes in September. Students with scores of level 5 or 6 on the essay section should proceed with enrolment in their first-vear English courses or in the Arts One program; those with a level 4 or below cannot register either in a first-vear English course or in the Arts One program. Students in this letter category are strongly advised to enrol in Writing 098, a non-credit course in the University Writing Centre, telephone (604) 822-9564. Further Enquiries For further information about the LPI, contact EMRG. Room 1311, Scarfe Building, The Universily of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1/,-t; telephone (60-u 822-4145 or (604) 822-4140; fax (60-u 822-91 )4. For further information about eligibility for fit st-year English courses, contact the English Department at The University of British Columbia; telephone (604) 822- 42-i~ or (604) 822-5651. For information about the LPI and the Arts One Program, telephone (604) 822-3430. For information about registration, fees, and withdrawals in connection with Writing 098. contact the University Writing Centre at (604) 822-9561. Scheduled LPI Sittings for 1994 Details relat ing to room locations will appear on your admission ticket. January 8 9 am I'BC January Is Si am UCC Kamloops Januaiy 22 9 am, 1:30 pm, 7 pm Langara College 9 am, 1:30 pm, 7 pm I'BC February' 2 6:30 pm 1. CC Williams Lake February 19 '-) am UCC Kamloops February' lb 9 am. I:3D pm. "" pm Langara College 9 am, 1:3(1 pm, 7 pm CBC March 19 9 am, 12.-.. I pn Capilano College 9 am CMC, Prince George 9 am, 1:30 pm Douglas College 9 am, 1:30 pm Kwantlen, Langley 9 am, l:3()pm Kwamlcn. Richmond 9:im, 1:30 pm Kwantlen, Surrey 9 am Malaspina, Nanaimo 9 am OUC. Kelowna 9 am Selkirk Cc illcgc. Castlegac 9 am, F30 pm, 7 pm Lmgani College 9 am, 1:30 pm, 7 pm CBC 9 am UCC Kamloops 9 am ►lICC Williams Lake: March 25 1 pm Malaspina, Duncan March 30 Participating B itish (. (iunibia High Schools April') 9 am UCC Kamloops April 13 6:30 pm PCC Williams Lake April 2} 9 am, 1:30 pm 7 pm Langara College 9 am, 1:3(1 pin. 7 pm CBC May i 6:30 pm L'CC Kamloops May 11 6:30 pm I..CC Williams Lake May 21 9 am, ! :30 pm, 7 jim Langara College 9 am, 1 30 pm. 7 pm I'BC Mav 25 1:00 pm Malaspina, Duncan Mav 28 9 am PCX! Kamloops June 11 9 am Malaspina, Nanaimo 9 am, 1:30 pm. 7 pi n Utng.tta College 9 am, 1 30 pm, 7 pm IT. .: June 15 6:30 pm UCC Williams l_kc July. d:30 pm UCC Kamiocips July 9 9 am, 12...n prr Capilano College 9 am. 1:30 pm CMC. Prince Geoigc 9 am, P30pm Douglas College 9 am. 1:30 pm Kyvamten, Umglcv 9 am. l.SUpm Kwantlen, Richmond 9am 1:50 pm 9 am Kwantlen, Surrey OUC, Kelowna 9 am Selkirk. Castlcgar 9 am, 1 -50 pm. ~' pm Langara College 9,mi, l.sn pm 7 pm I.1KC July 13 c-1.30 pm UCC Williams lake July 23 '.-OOaiit l. BC July 30 9,(ill um I.X.CKahi loops 9 am, 1-3'lpm " pm !_.ng.:ra College 9 am, l-SOpm 7 pm LB(, August 3 6.30 pm UCC Vwilianis lake Credit for Secondary School Calculus Courses All prospective UBC students who have completed or who are registeted in a calculus course in secondary school (Locally Developed Calculus [LD calculus), AP Calculus AB, or IB Mathematics [subsidiary or higher] i will be allowed to write a MATH 100 (Mathematics 100) examination. Students who pass this will be able to obtain credit for MATH 100 with the mark obtained appearing on their UBC transcripts. Those students already eligible for credit because of high AP or IB scores will keep this eligibility regardless of their examination score and can waive the examination grade and'or credit. Other students who are not satisfied with i heir grade may waive die examination grade but theii will not leceive credit. Application must he made to the UBC Mathematics Department io write the MATH 100 examination prior to entering I'BC hoiii secondare si hook Onlyoneattempl is permitted. After registering in a UBC degree program, a sludent may apply to the Mathematics Department to receive credil for MATH 100. The UBC transcripts will then show chaiienge credit foi MATH 100 yvith the grade obtained appearing on the UBC transcript. Registration Applications to write the MATH 100 examination must be made to the 1 BC Mathematics Department by March 1 f< >r the April examination, by June 30 for the first Summer Session examination, and bvjtily ! . for the second Summer Session examination. A non-refundable fee, equal io the ciist i if a one <rerii! undergraduate course, (see Index cinder "Pecs, 1 ndergradiiaie") must accompany the application Scheduled MATH 100 Sittings for 1994/95 Details relating to UBC room locations will be sent to the .studenl. 1994 July 12 " pm First Summer Session examination August 13 0 am SecondSunimerSessionexaniinatiori 1995 April Date and time TBA. This sitting ofthe MATH 100 examination will also take place in participating B.C. high schc i< ils. July 23 " pm First Summer Session examination Angus; H i)am SccondSummerSessionexaiiiinaiion The Examination The examination is a scheduled - U'2-hour MATH 10<i final examinalion. A cotitse syllabus and samples of recent MATH 100 examinations and their solutions are available from the UBC. Mathematics Department for a fee of $15.00 for Canadian addresses and 520,00 for non-Caiiaaian addresses (C.s'f and postage included). Further em jtiirics about writing the MATH lOOexamina tion should be dirts, teri to the Department of Mathematics, The University i if British Columbia. 198. Mathematlc s Road. Vancouver. B.C., CUT 1/.2; telephone (004) 822- 2(106, fax 100-11 s22-6;r-i. General Information 21 British Columbia/Yukon Secondary School Applicants Note: There will be changes to the B.C/Yukon Secondary School admission requirements that will take effect May 1, 1995. These are described in the right hand column below. Requirements for 1994/95 Winter Session The minimum academic standing to qualify for admission to the University is Secondary School Graduation with a C+ (2.5) average. Because of enrolment limitations the academic standing required for admission to most programs is higher than 2.5. Admission to some programs requires a minimum standing in specific: courses. In Grades 11 and 12, students must include all prescribed courses fnr the degree program selected. These are listed under "Specific Program Requirements". The admission gradepoint average is calculated on the following courses: 1) English 11 2) English 12 3) Social Studies ll1 4) Mathematics 11 5) French 11 or another approved language 11 (A beginner's language 11 does not fulfil this requirement.) 6) one Science U1 (Programs in the Faculty of Science may require that the average be calculated on a specific Science 11.) 7-8-9) three courses, numbered "12" from the following Biologv 12 Chemistiy 12 Computer Science 12 English literature 12 Francis 12 iLingue )- German 12 History 12! Japanese 12 latin 12 M.indann Chinese 12 Francais 12 (Communication et Liiterauire)" Malhematics 12 French 122 Music 12* French 1_V Physics 12' Geography 12' Spanish 12 Geologv 12 Suivey Mathcmaiics 12 Geometry 12 Western Civilization 12! 1 or French-language equivalent -' students may include a maximum (Ttwocourses in French: either Trench 12 and 12A. or Francais 12 (Langue) ancl Francais 12 (Communication et l.iilerature). ' tne B Mus. applicants only Notes 1) Applicants who because of administrative difficulties in their schools cannot present the courses as required may be excused the specific deficiency on petition (for reasonable cause) by the principal of the school concerned. In these cases other courses will be substituted in the calculation of standing. 2) Any applicant who, in June, has any deficiencies clue to failures or who docs nol meet lhe minimum average cur rently required for admission to the program of choice will not normally be considered for admission in that same year on die hasis ot summer school grades or supplemental examinations. 3) The coii'se requirements indicated above apply to sludents entering first year directly from secondary school. Applicants to any level above first year, who present at least a full year of university-level studies as transfer credit, will he considered for admission, in general, on iheir university- level studies. No studenl will be admitted with incomplete or conditional standing. The University reserves the right to require additional studv time of those admitted whose previous studies are inappropriate to the program to be taken at University. Requirements Effective Summer Session 1995 The minimum academic qualification for admission is Secondary' School Graduation, including the following Grade 12 and 11 courses: Grade 12 • English 12 • three additional examinable Grade 12 courses (see Program Requirements, below) Grade 11 • English 11 • Mathematics 11 • Social Studies 11 • At least one approved Science 11 (see Program Requirements below for programs requiring two . Science ll's) • An approved Language 11 (a beginner's Language 11 does not satisfy this requirement) The admission average will be calculated on English 12 ancl the three additional examinable Grade 12 courses, except for the Bachelor of Applied Science (Engineering) program where the average also includes four specified Grade 11 subjects. A minimum average of 67% is required for admission to all programs. However, due to limited enrolment, a higher average is required in most programs. Notes 1) Applicants who, because of administrative difficulties in their school cannot present the courses as required may be excused a specific deficiency upon appeal, if there is reasonable cause and if the appeal is supported by documentation from the principal ofthe school concerned. 2) All courses must be completed by June Summer School courses or grades obtained in supplemental examinations vol! not be considered Examinable Grade 12 Courses1 JJiology 12 Geologv 12 Chemistry 12 German 12 English Literature 12 History 12 Knglis/i 12 iaiin 12 Francis Langue 12 Mathematics 12 French 12 Phvsics 12 Geography 12 Spanish 12 Approved Grade 11 Science Courses1 BinkiR' Chemistry Computer Studies Farth Science Physics Approved Grade 11 Language Courses Athapuskan- (School Disc 50) Latin Chilcctin (School Dist. 27} Mandarin Chinese Francais iCouimunicalion el Lilteouui. i Nishga (School Dist. 27) Francais (langue) Muxhalk (School Disc 49) Freno-i Russian cSchcxil Dist. 9 & 12) German Shusyvap (School Dist, 27) Hebrew (Maimerikies School! Japanese Italian (School Disc 39 and i 1; Spanish 1 Apf roved courses ottered in French wili also be accepted. (Francais 12 is n >c accepted in pace ol Lnglish 12. i - yvith Athapaskan 12 Program Requirements Effective Summer Session 1995 The chart on page 21 shows the required courses used in the calculation of the admission average for specific programs, as well as courses which are required but which are not used in the calculation of the average. International Baccalaureate and Advanced Placement The University of British Columbia is pleased to recognize enriched secondary school programs of this type. Most courses are eligible for transfer credit or advanced placement. Concurrent Enrolment Policy Students who are enrolled in grade 11 or 12 in a B.C. secondary school may he admitted to the University to pursue Concurrent Studies. Normally no more than 12 credits obtained in this way may later be applied towards an appropriate degree at The University of British Columbia. The following conditions will apply at The University of British Columbia: • The applicant must have a superior academic record, • The applicant must be enrolled in a B.C. secondary school at the grade 11 or 12 level, in a program that meets regular UBC entry requirements. • The applicant must have the written recommendation of the secondary school Principal. • The applicant must have the written consent of the parent or legal guardian if under the legal age of majority on the opening day of classes. • The applicant must have the support ofthe Dean ofthe Faculty for the courses in which the applicant plans to enrol. • Admission wall generally be limited to one academic session; however, this may be renewable with the continued support of the school Principal and the faculty Dean. Students in Concurrent Studies will be treated as regular students in most respects except that they may not register in a full range of courses and their eligibility to register is valid for one academic session only (unless renewed as per above). Standard transcripts will be issued and fees and deadlines will be as for regular students. Students who have enrolled in Concurrent Studies at other recognized post-secondary institutions prior to secondary school graduation may also be eligible for transfer credit. Adult Basic Education — Provincial Diploma The University recognizes the ABE Provincial Diploma for admission to the first year of an undergraduate program A minimum average of "C+" is required based on mathematics, English, a science and a language at the Advanced Level and English plus three academic subjects at the Provincial Level chosen from the following: biology, chemistry, physics, geography, history, literature, mathematics, and computer science. Note: University transfer courses may not be used as part of the ABE Provincial Diploma for admission to UBC. 22 General Information Applicants for Transfer from a College or University in British Columbia The University will accept students on transfer from public colleges on the same basis as students transferring from a provincial university. A sludent who chooses courses at a public college that are appropriate to an academic objective at the University and who obtains adequate standing in them will be accepted for further studies at the University under the same conditions that apply to a student who has taken all post-secondary studies at the University. A student with an unsatisfactory record at a college or another university will not be accepted for transfer. Transfer Policy 1) General Admission Requirements — The basic principle is that transfer be considered only for those students whose previous academic records are satisfactory. The minimum academic standing to qualify for admission to the University is a C average or grade point average of 2.0 (calculated on a 4-point scale: A=4, B=3, C=2, D= 1, F=0) on all college or university courses attempted, including failures and repeated courses. Certain schools and faculties require a higher grade point average for admission and some may require a minimum standing in specific courses. Note: Because of enrolment limitations the academic standing required for admission to most programs is higher than the published minimum. B.C. Regional College students should refer to the College-University Transfer Guide for assistance in planning their college programs. 2) Unassigned Credit — May be granted for university transfer courses where a course-to-course equivalent cannot be established. This credit may be used as elective credit. Elective credit may be either in a particular discipline, e.g. "Economics (3) credits," or in a Faculty, e.g. "Arts (6) credits." Students should be cautioned that specific requirements exist at the Faculty level and in most Department programs. These cannot normally be fulfilled by elective credit. 3) Minimum Passing Grades — Students transferring from any college or university may begranted transfer credit for courses in which the minimum passing grade has been obtained, subject to the approval of the faculty/school concerned. 4) Maximum Credit Granted — Course transfer will be recognized for all appropriate courses taken at colleges or universities, although the amount of credit granted is limited to a maximum depending upon the particular study program elected. In general transfer credit is limited to the initial two years of a degree program, but credit at a more senior level is possible if prior permission has been obtained from the Faculty concerned. Students enrolled in UBC degree completion programs at Cariboo and Okanagan Colleges enjoy special status. Such students may transfer up to a maximum of 90 credits should they wish to complete their degree program at UBC. Of these 90 credits , the maximum number of credits of 100- and 200-level courses that may be transferred is 66, and the maximum number of credits of 300-and 400-level courses that may be transferred is 30. Ofthe 300-and 400-level courses applicable to any particular Major or Honours program, at least IS credits of such courses must be completed at UBC. All UBC departmental require ments regarding Major ancl Honours programs must also be met. 5) Course Descriptions — Students applying for admission on transfer to this University from another University or College may be required to supply a current copy of the calendarof the University at which they have previously studied in order that an evaluation of their records can be made. 6) Challenge Credit — Courses that have been successfully "challenged" at other institutions wall be useful to provide advance placement at the University, but credit for such courses will not be given toward a degree. The University of British Columbia will grant credit on transfer only where the course concerned is recognized by the University as suitable for transfer credit and is taken in the normal way by the student. 7) Appealing for Additional Credit — Students who feel an error has been made in the credit granted on transfer should first make a written request to the Registrar for a review of credit granted on transfer, and if they are not satisfied with the review decision, they should consult the Dean ofthe Faculty to which they are seeking admission. 8) Institutes of Technology and Colleges of Applied Arts and Technology—Consideration will be given to applicants from institutes of technology and colleges of applied arts and technology provided they have acceptable standing. Such applicants wall be considered for admission ancl possible advanced standing on an individual basis. Transfer credit for up to one full year of degree study mav be granted where appropriate. Secondary School Applicants from other Canadian Provinces Applicants will be considered for admission to The University of British Columbia who have followed an academic program leading to University Entrance. Students will be required to present English to the Senior Year level and all prescribed subjects for the university studies sought. (See Specific Program Requirements.) Completion of secondary school graduation is mandatory and a minimum averageof"C+" or equivalent is required. Note: Because of enrolment limitations the academic standing required for admission to most programs is higher than "C+." Admission to some programs requires a minimum standing in specific courses. Whether secondary school graduation represents 12 or 13 years of schooling the minimum study for a university degree is four years. The following requirements apply: • Ontario — Ontario Secondary School Diploma with six Ontario Academic Courses (OAC's) including English or Secondary School Honours Graduation Diploma (Grade 13). Note: Transfer credit will not begranted for secondary' school courses. • Quebec — At least one year of an academic diploma program of a CEGEP with an overall average of 75% or a completed CEGEP diploma with an overall average of 70%. Transfer credit for up to one full year of degree study may be granted where the two-year diploma has been awarded. • Alberta, Saskatchewan, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, P.E.I., Newfoundland, and Northwest Territories — Grade 12 graduation with standing in at least five academic Grade 12 subjects including English. Note: Early admission is possible for students with strong academic standing enrolled in the final year of secondary school. Applicants must arrange for their schools to provide official transcripts including first-term or mid-term grades and a listing of courses in progress with predicted final grades. Conditional offers of early admission are subject to satisfactory completion of secondary school graduation requirements and maintenance of the current admission average for the program to which acceptance has been offered. Offers of admission will be withdrawn from students who do not satisfy these conditions. Applicants Transferring from Post-Secondary Institutions in Canada The minimum academic standing required for admission to the University is a C average or gradepoint average of 2.0 (calculated on a 4-point scale: A+=4.33, A=..0. A-=3.67, B+=3.33, B=3, B-=2.67, C+=2.33, C=2, C-=1.6", D+=1.33. D=l, D-=0.67, F=0) on all university transfer courses attempted including failures and repeated courses. Certain Schools and Faculties require a higher gradepoint average for admission and some may require a minimum standing in specific courses. Note: because of enrolment limitations the academic standing required for admission to most programs is higher than the published minimum. Institutes of Technology and Colleges of Applied Arts and Technology Consideration will be given to applicants from institutes of technology and colleges of applied arts and technology- provided they have acceptable standing. Such applicants will be considered for admission and possible advanced standing on an individual basis. Universities and other Colleges A student must present an entirely satisfactory academic record with an overall average of at least 60% or the equivalent. Certain Schools and Faculties require a higher average for admission. See first paragraph in this section. Notes 1) A student who is on academic probation at another post-secondary institution is not eligible for admission to The University of British Columbia. 2) An applicant who has studied at a university or college outside Canada must submit an appropriate calendar from that institution at the time of application to The University- of British Columbia. International Applicants The University of British Columbia welcomes applications for admission from outstanding students from other countries. However, because ofthe limited number of places available for international students in undergraduate programs, competition for admission is keen and superior academic standing is required for admission. English Proficiency See Index under English language Proficiency Requirement. General Information 23 Minimum Standing for Admission in terms of Educational Credentials • General Certificai:e of Education (G.C.E.) or General Certificate of Secondary Education (G.C.S.E.)—A Certificate with standing in at least five different subjects with two at the Advanced Level. The subjects must inclide English plus Mathematics or another language and prerequisites appropriate for the intended progiam of study. • School Certificate (S.C.) — A Division 1 Certificate with standing in at 1 east five different subjects with two at the Principal Level on the Higher School Certificate (H.S.C). The subjects must include English, Mathematics or another language ancl prerequisites appropriate for the intended program of study. • International Baccalaureate (I.B.) — A Diploma with standing in at least six subjects appropriate to tbe student's intendec program of study, three at the subsidiary level and three at the higher level. • Certificate of Matriculation—Applicants who have matriculated at a recognized university may be admitted provided subjec t prerequisites and academic standing for admission t) UBC are met. • Secondary Schooi Graduation in the United States of America — Seeondary School graduation on an academic program. The Secondary School subjects must be appropriate to the student's intended program of study and should include four years of English and at least three years of Mathematics. Notes 1) Because of the differences in world educational systems, satisfactory completion of,secondary' school is not necessarily an acceptable basis for admission to first year. The University of British Columbia reserves the tight to detetmine whether or not a student is eligible for admission and to determine what transfer credit, if any, may be granted. 2) Applicants presenting appropriate subjects with high academic achievement on the (Advanced Level (G.C.E.), Principal Level (H.S.C.)), Higher Level (I.B.), or Advanced Placement will, where appropriate, be considered for achanced placement or transfer credit. 3) Applicants should realize that the financial assistance that is available it the undergraduate level is very limited and that opportunities for gainful employment will be severely restricted as a result of immigration regulations. Undergraduate Admission Procedure Enquiries concerning admission should be made to: The University of British Columbia Undergraduate Admissions, Registrar's Office, Brock Hail 2016-1874 East Mall Vancouver, B.C. V6T 121 Telephone (604) 822-3014; Fax (604) 822-3599 Application and Document Deadlines for the various Faculties and Schools are shown at the beginning of the Calendar. All necessary educational documents and an Application for Admission form must be submitted by the designated date. For those Faculties/Schools which have more eligible applicants than they can admit, applications received after the deadline will be returned to the applicants. For those Faculties/Schools which expect to have space available, late applications may be accepted. However, hue applications will only be considered after all other eligible applications, and it may not be possible to process them before the start of classes. Applications which are not complete by the document deadline may be cancelled if the program sought has been filled by that date. Documents submitted in support of applications become the property of the University ancl may not be returned to the student. Notification of admission decisions is given to applicants after all necessary documents have been received and evaluated. Offers of admission and information concerning registration procedures will be provided to all successful applicants. Students receiving offers of admission to most limited enrolment programs will have their offer of admission revoked and their eligibility to register cancelled if they do net register by the cancellation date given in their letter of acceptance. Offers of admission or readmission are valid only for the session(s) indicated on the letter of acceptance. Registration Registration is the process of formally assigning and recording the enrolment of a student usually in a course or courses. Registration is available only to those students who have received a letter of acceptance for admission or readmission, or to students continuing from one Winter Session to the next, whose statement of grades indicates eligibility to continue. The registration process at the University is conducted by touch-tone telephone using TELEREG. There are certain courses that are not available through the TELEREG system and these are identified in the course schedule section of the Registration Guide general publication. Registration as an auditor is not available by TELEREG. New students and students who ha ve applied for readmission to the University will receive a letter of acceptance followed by a registration package. Registration Deposit A registration deposit of $ 100.00 for the Winter Session, must be paid with n two weeks of initial registration. In the case of the final two weeks of registration, all fees, including the deposit, must be paid by September?, 1994. If tbe student attends the session the deposit is applicable to the tuition fees for that session. Failure to pay the deposit will result in the student's registration being cancelled and all courses being dropped. The deposit is not refundable if the student fails to attend the session. Warning If all relevant documents have not been received by the Registrar's Office at least six weeks prior to the beginning ofthe session applied for it is unlikely the application for admission can be processed in time to permit registration. 24 General Information Student Declaration and Responsibility Each student is required to furnish the information necessary for the University record, to keep the Registrar's Office informed of changes in name, address, etc., and is bound by the following declaration: "I hereby accept and submit myself to thestatutes, rules ancl regulations, and ordinances of The University of British Columbia, and of the faculty or faculties in which I am registered, and to any amendments thereto which mav be made while I am a student ofthe University, and 1 promise to observe the same." The University authorities do not assume responsibilities which naturally rest with adults. This being so, it is the policy ofthe University to rely on the good sense and on the home training of students for the preservation of good moral standards and for appropriate modes of behaviour and dress. Classification of Students In terms of academic studies being followed there are eight categories of students: 1) Regular: a student enrolled for studies leading to a degree or a diploma whether on a full-time or a part- time basis. 2) Qualifying: a student enrolled in make-up studies in preparation for registration as a regular student in a graduate or professional program. Qualifyingstatus is granted only to thosestudentswhoare recommended for such status by the Departments concerned and the Faculty of Graduate Studies. 3) Unclassified: a student enrolled for studies not intended to lead to a particular degree or diploma. Unclassified students should normally have a recognized degree. Students without a degree who are eligible for admission to the university may be admitted as unclassified students (a) to allow them to take a limited number of courses in a specific area to upgrade or achieve a qualification, or (b) when they are not admissible to or do not wish to enter a specific program. Students in category' (b) may take no metre than 12 credits per academic year and no more than 18 credits in total while registered as unclassified. Admission asan unclassified student does not guarantee that a student wall be able to register for any course offered. Unclassified students may only register in a course with the permission ofthe Faculty giving thecourse. Admission asan unclassified student does not imply future admission as a regular student. Unclassified students will not receive transfer credit since they are not in a program to which credit can be transferred. Unclassified credits will not be transferred to graduate programs. Students yvith a failed year in a Faculty will not be admitted as unclassified until they have discontinued their studies for at least one year. After a second failed year admission as unclassified will be subject to the approval of the Senate Admissions Committee. 4) Visitor: a student enrolled in studies for transfer to a degree program at another recognized universily. Student must be in good standing at the home university and must submit official transcripts and a Letter of Permission with their application. Course registrations will be made on a space-available basis only. Note: A Letter of Permission is valid for one session onlv. A Letter of Permission must be submitted foranv subsequent sessions in which a student wishes to register forcourses 5) Exchange: a visiting student studying at the University of British Columbia under a Senate approved Educat ion Abroad Program a nd enrolled in studies for transfer to a degree program at another university. 6) Concurrent Studies: a student who is enrolled in Grade 11 or 12 in a H C. secondary school and who has been admitted to the University to pursue concurrent studies (see Admission tothe University,Concurrent Enrolment Police). 7) Resident: a dental resident, medical resident or intern or pharmacy resident registered in a postgraduate training program in the Faculty of Dentistry, Ihe Faculty of Medicine or the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences. 8) Auditor: a si i idem registered in a credit course whose participation is limited to that deemed appropriate by the instructor but who, in general, is expected to maintain the same schedule of readings as regular students although not expected to write examinations. An auditor may not transfer to the category of regular student during the term nor may a regular student transfer to the category of auditor except upon the recommendation of the Dean of the Faculty concerned. Application for admission as an auditor must parallel the procedures for the application of regular students. The application for admission must be accompanied by a written explanation of the reason that status as an auditor is sought. Where an applicant has not met formal requirements for admission to the University, or to the course involved, a full statement of previous relevant activities must be submitted with the application in order that consideration can he given for special admission in the category- "mature." Once formal application has been made the decision on acceptance or < itherwise will be made by the Dean of the Faculty concerned or the Dean's delegate. The fees for auditors will be the same as those for regular undergraduate students. There will be a statement of "audit" on the permanent academic record for any course taken by a student as an auditor Students taking a combination of credit and audit courses will be subject to restrictions on maximum work load imposed by the Faculties as interpreted by Faculty' advisers. Other Applicant Types Senior Citizens B.C. residents aged 65 years or over, who are eligible for admission to the University mav enrol in credit courses without payment of tuition fees. This does not apply, however, to areas where only a limited number of students mav be accommodated, such as Medicine, Dentistry, Law, Nursing, or any faculty or department where existing facilities ancl resources are limited. Mature Students A student classified as "mat tire" is one who is a resident of B.C.. whose formal educalion has been interrupted and who lacks formal university matriculation but whose interests and acthiiies have led io continued intellectual development to an extent dial would permit acceptance ofthe student to the Uniyersity-. The- University reserves the right to determine whether or not a student can be classified as "mature"; the determination will not be made on the sole criterion of chronological age. An applicant who applies for admission as a mature student and is not granted admission in this category, will be advised of an alternate route of study, usually at a college, in order to prepare for future admission as a regular student. Each applicant is considered on an individual basis. Application must be made to the Registrar, giving the applicant's school and employment background. It may be necessary' for the applicant to be interviewed by the Dean ofthe Faculty concerned. A mature student is permitted to undertake degree or diploma studies on the same basis as a fully-matriculated student. Admission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies The minimum requirement for admission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies is graduation from a recognized university or four-year college with at least a bachelor's degree in an honours program or the equivalent. The standing required is at least an upper second class. For details, see Index under Graduate Studies, Faculty of. General Information 25 Current Specific Program Requirements for 1994/95 Winter Session (See also requirements effective Summer Session 1995.) Program of Studies in Secondary School Graduation Must Include In Addition If Possible Agricultural Sciences Math 12 Twoof; Biology 11, Chemistry 11, Physics 11 One of Biology 12, Chemistry 12, Geology 12, Physics 12 Preferably all three Applied Science (Engineering) A professional four-year program (may also he entered following one or more years in Science) Chemistry 11 and 12 Math 11 and 12 Physics 11 and 12 Architecture A professional program requiring completion ot a first degree for admission. For specific secondary school program requirements see Applied Science, Atts or Science. Archival Studies A professional program first requiring completion of a Bachelor's degree. See requirements for the Faculty of Graduate Sludies. Arts Physical Geography and Honours Psychology- Economics Speech Science Major (Linguistics) Languages other than English required for B.A. degree: a) French 12 or another language 12. or b) French 11 or another language 11 plus one University year (6 credits) in same language. c) Two University years (12 credits) in a language. Math 11 Math 12^ Maih 12 Math 12 Physics 12 Audiology and Speech Sciences A graduate program first requiring completion of a B.A. degree in Speech Sciences or Psychology. See Arts requirements (under Linguistics). Math 12 Physics 12 Commerce and Business Administration A professional program first requiring completion of undergraduate preparatory year. (See Commerce Section.) Math 12 Dentistry D.M.D. A professional program first requiring completion of a minimum of three years in Science or Arts, or the equivalent thereof. See requirements for Faculty of Science. Dental Hygiene (B.D.Sc.) A degree completion program requiring graduation from a Dental Hygiene Program accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation of Canada \ minimum 65% or 2.5 GPA). Education The minimum requirement for admission to the Elementary Program is completion ofthree years (90 credits) of an approved course of study leading to a degree at UBC with an overall standing of not less than 65%, or the equivalent at an approved university. For admission to the Secondary Program, the minimum requirement is a completed Bachelor's degree in Arts, Science, Human Kinctcs, Commerce, or Home Economics with appropriate background in the selected teaching subject(s) Family and Nutritional Sciences Dietetics major (B.Sc. (Dietet.)) Family Science major (B.A.) See requirements for Faculty of Arts Home Economics major (B.H.E.) As many Home Economics courses at the Grade 11 & 12 levels as possible (Family Management, Foods, Textiles) Nutritional Sciences (B.Sc.) See requirements for Faculty of Science Math 12, Chemistry 11, Physics 11 Math 12 Biology 11, Chemistiy 12, Foods 11 and 12 Biology 11, Chemistry 12 Family Management 11 and 12 Foods 11, 12Aandl2B Textiles 11 and 12 26 General Information Current Specific Program Requirements for 1994/95 Winter Session (cont.) Program of Studies in: Secondary School Graduation Must Include In Addition If Possible Forestry B.S.F. and B.Sc. programs with admission following: a I Secondary School b) Pinst Year Science or equivalent: 0 A ivvo-year Forestiy diploma program Irom a recognized instil ule of technology; or (tl An approved one- or two-year Forestry transfer program at a B.C. College B.Sc. (Natural Resources Conservation) program with admission following: a: Secondaiy School , or h) FirsI Year Universily or equivalent Maih 12 Twoof Biology- 11. Chemistry 11. Physics 11 One of Chemistry 12, Physics 12 Cheniisirv 11. Math 12 All three recommended Human Kinetics Maih 11. English 12 Maih 12, Biology Hand 12 Chemislry 11, Physics 11 Landscape Architecture Math 11, Biology 11 Chemistry 11 or Physics 11 A Science 12 (preferably Biology 12) A Social Science 12 (preferably Geography-12) Law A professional program first requiring completion of a minimum of three years ('111 cieciiis) in an approved undergraduate program. See requirements for Arts. Commerce, etc. Library and Information Studies A professional program first requiring completion of a Bachelor's degree. Sec requirements for the Faculty of Graduate Sludies. Medical Laboratory Science A professional program requiring a diploma in Medical Laboratory Technology, Registered Technologist General Diploma, ancl Chemistry 205 ancl 230 or equivalent (or Chemistry 230 and six credits ol Arts electives). Alternative route for Science si intents requires Biology I0l or 102,201)201: Chemislry lltlor 120.205,230-.sixcreditsof first-year English; Maihemallcs 100.101(120,121';.Microbiology 21)0: Physics 110. 115 or 120, and an Arts elective (six credits). Applicants seeking the R.T. qualification should consult B.C.I.T. or Universily College of the Cariboo calendars or oilier instil ution offering M.1..T. program. Medicine A professional program first requiring completion of a minimum of three years (!) 0 credits) in Ails or Science (or equivalent). See requirements for Faculty of Arts or Science. Music (as for Arts) For B.Mus. degree a Music 12 mav be substituted for one ofthe required 12 level subjects. Nursing Biology 12. Chemislry 12, Physics 11* ('under review) Pharmaceutical Sciences A professional program first requiring completion of one year in Science csee Science requirements) or Arts. Maih 12, Chemislry 11, Physics 11, Biology 11 Biology 12, Chemistry 12, Physics 12 Rehabilitation Sciences Professional programs in physical therapy or occupational therapy entered following completion of prerequisite studies, which normally can be completed in une year at university or college. Physics 11 Biology 11, Chemistty 11 or 12 Mathematics 11 or 12 Science Mali] 12* Chemistry 11, Physics 11 One of Biology 12, Chemislry 12, Computer Science 12, Geology 12. Physics 12 i'minimum C+ grade! Additional courses from: Biology 11/12, Chemistry 12. Computer Studies 11, Computer Science 12, Eanh Science 11, Geology 11.12. Physics 12 Social Work A professional program first requiring completion ol a minimum of two veais in the Facuilv ot An.s (or the equivalent) Math i 1 General Information 27 Specific Program Requirements effective Summer Session 1995 The following chart shows, by Faculty, the specific courses which are used in the calculation of the admission Grade Point Average (GPA), as well as the courses which are required but which are not used in the GPA for students entering UBC from a secondary school in B.C, or the Yukon. Program of Studies to which students may be admitted following Grade 12 Average Calculated on the following Required Courses Additional Courses Required but not used in the Calculation of the Average Agricultural Sciences, B.Sc. (Agr.) English 12 Math 12 One of: Biology 12, Chemistiy 12, Geology 12, or Physics 12 One other examinable grade 12 course English 11 Language 11 Math 11 Two ol: Biology 11, Chemistry 11, or Physics 11 Social Studies 11 Applied Science, B.A.Sc. English 11 and 12 Chemistry 11 and 12 Math 11 and 12 Physics 11 and 12 Language 11 Social Studies 11 Arts, B.A. English 12 Three other examinable Grade 12 courses English 11 Language 11 Math 11 Science 11 Social Studies 11 Family and Nutritional Science, B.H.E., B.Sc. (Dietet.) English 12 Math 12 ™ Tyvo other examinable Oracle 12 courses English 11 Language 11 Math 11 Social Studies 11. Science 11 (B.H.E.) Chemistiy 11, Physics 11 B.Sc. (Dietet.) Forestry B.S.F., B.Sc.(Forestry) B.Sc. (Natural Resources Conservation) English 12 Math 12 One of: Chemistry 12 or Physics 12 One other examinable Grade 12 course English 12 Math 12 Two other examinable Grade 12 courses English 11 Language 11 Math 11 Two oi: Biology 11, Chemistry 11, or Physics 11 (all 3 recommended) Social Studies 11 English 11 Chemistry 11 Language 11 Math 11 Social Studies 11 Human Kinetics, B.H.K. English 12 Three other examinable Grade 12 courses English 11 Language 11 Math 11 Science 11 Social Studies 11 Landscape Architecture, B.L.A. English 12 Math 12 One oh Biology 12, Chemistry 12, Geology 12, or Physics 12 One of: English Literature 12, Geography 12, or Histoiy 12 English 11 Language 11 Math 11 Social Studies 11 Biology 11 One of: Chemistiy 11 or Physics 11 Music, B.Mus. English 12 Three other examinable Grade 12 couises English 11 Language 11 Math 11 Science 11 Social Studies 11 Nursing, B.S.N. English 12 Biology 12 Chemistry 12 One other examinable Grade 12 course English 11 Language 11 Math 11 Science 11 Social Studies 11 Science, B.Sc. English 12 Maih 12 (minimum C+ grade) One of: Biology 12, Chemistry 12, Geology 12, or Physics 12 One other examinable grade 12 course English 11 Language 11 Math 11 Chemistiy 11 Physics 11 Social Studies Tl 28 General Information General Information 29 Academic Freedom The members of the University enjoy certain rights and privileges essential to the fulfilment of its primary functions: instruction and the pursuit of knowledge. Central among these rights is the freedom, within the law, to pursue what seem to them fruitful avenues of inquiry, to teach and to lean unhindered by external or nonacademic constraints, to engage in full and unrestricted consideration of any opinion. This freedom extends not only to the regular members of the University but to all who are invited to participate in its forum. Suppression of this freedom, whether by institutions ofthe state, the officers of the University or the actions of private individuals, would prevent the University earning out its primary functions. All members of the University must recognize this fundamental principle and must share responsibility for supporting, safeguarding and preserving this central freedom. Behaviour which obstructs free and full discussion, not only of ideas which arc safe and accepted but of those which may be unpopular or even abhorrent, vitally threatens the integrity of the 'university's forum. Such behaviour cannot be tolerated. Freedom from Harassment and Discrimination The University of British Columbia is committed to ensuring that all members of the university community — st udents, faculty, staff, and visitors—are able to study and work in an environment of tolerance and mutual respect that is free from harassment and discrimination. Teaching Evaluation The University recognizes the importance of high quality teaching for the academic preparation of its students and accordingly requires that instructors be annually evaluated bv procedures which include provision for assessments by students. Policies and Procedures Senate Appeals on Academic Standing Appetal Procedure Students who wish lo protest decisions relating to their academic studies may do so. The protest should be made initially as near the source of difficulty as possible, presumably an instructor, and progress to the Head of Ihe Department concerned and then to the Dean of the Faculty. There is a standing committee ofthe University Senate, the Committee on Appeals on Academic Standing, that reviews all appeals made to the Senate which is the senior academic authority in the University. Following are the policies and procedures of this Committee; 1) Composition of the Committee l.Ol The Committee consists of eleven members, six of whom are members of Senate who arc faculty members. three of whom are members of Senate who are students, and two of whom are members of Senate who are neither faculty members nor students. The Chancellor, the President and the Registrar are members ofthe Committee ex officio; the Chancellor and the President, but not the Registrar, shall be entitled to vote. 2) Terms of Reference 2.01 (1) The Committee shall hear and dispose of appeals by students from decisions of Faculties on matters of Academic standing, but the Committee has no jurisdiction where the sole question raised in an appeal turns on the exercise of academic judgement by a Faculty. General Academic Regulations 2.01 (2) Not only in this part, but in these regulations generally, a "Faculty" shall be deemed to include, where necessary, any other appropriate administrative unit of the University, and "Dean ofthe Faculty" shall be deemed to refer, where necessary, to any other appropriate officer ofthe University. 2.02 (1) Subject to (2) ol this paragraph, the decision of the Committee on an appeal is a final disposition of that appeal. Senate has conferred on the Committee the power of making final decisions pursuant to Section 36(b) ofthe University Act. 2.02 (2) If an issue on an appeal raises, in the opinion of the Committee, an unsettled question of policy or procedure of general importance to the University, the Committee may refer that question to the Senate for a ruling. 2.03 (T) The Committee shall allow an appeal where it decides that the decision lias been arrived at through improper or unfair procedures, and that as a result a wrong decision on the merits has or may have been arrived at. Without limiting the generality of tbe phrase "improper or unfair procedures" it shall be construed to include the consideration of information which ought not to have been considered, and the failure to consider information that ought properly to have been considered. 2.03 (2) "Allow an Appeal" means such one ofthe following as the Committee deems appropriate in any given case: a) A reversal o" the decision of the Faculty, and the k granting of such academic standing to the appellant ▼as the Committee thinks fit in the circumstances; or b) A quashing of the decision of the Faculty, and the sending of tl e matter back to the Faculty to be dealt with in accordance with proper procedures. 2.0-1 (1) in all cases other than those falling within paragraph 2.03 the Committee shall dismiss the appeal. 2.0*1 (2) "Dismiss the Appeal" means to decide that the decision being appealed from is confirmed. 2.05 hi order to ensure that an appeal is fairly conducted, the Committee may in any particular case waive any of the procedural rules provided for in these regulations, or may make such furtherancillary rulings on procedure as it sees fit. 2.00 Members of the Committee will not discuss the substance of an appeal with any of the parties other than at a hearing. 2.0"7 The Committee shall make annual reports to Senate. The report shall slate the number of appeals heard, their disposition, and the general nature of the appeals, and shall draw Senate's attention to any other matters of general significance in the University which have arisen out ofthe Committee's work. 3) Procedures Prior to the Hearing 3.01 A student who washes to appeal a decision of a Faculty shall lodge a written notice of appeal with the Registrar within 10 days of being informed in writing of the Faculty's final decision. ' 3.02 Within 5 days of receiving a notice of appeal, the Registrar shall send to the appellant a copy of these regulations, and in addition shall inform the appellant that he or she is entitled to appear before the Committee in person and may also be represented by counsel. 3.03 Within 15 days of receiving the regulations, the appellant shall file with the Registrar a statement of appeal. This should contain: a) A statement of the decision from which the appeal is being taken; b) A statement of the relief which the appellant seeks; cj A brief chronological statement ofthe circumstances relating to the appeal; d) Copies of any documents which the appellant intends to rely on at the hearing; c) The names of any witnesses the appellant proposes to call at the hearing It is the appellant's responsibility to ensure that such witnesses are present at the hearing. 3.04 Within 5 days of its receipt the Registrar shall send the appellant's statement of appeal to the Dean of the Faculty from which the appeal is being taken. 3.05 Within 15 days of the receipt from the Registrar of the appellant's statement of appeal, the Dean shall file a response with the Registrar. This should contain: a) A confirmation of the nature of the decision from which the student is appealing or, if the decision is not properly stated in the appellant's statement of appeal, a statement as to the nature of the decision; b) A statement whether, assuming the appeal were to be allowed, the relief sought by the student ought properly to begranted; c) The Faculty's response to the grounds of appeal; d) The Faculty's comments on the chronological statements of events; e) Copies ofanydocuments which the Faculty intends to rely on at the hearings: f) The names of any witnesses the Faculty proposes to call at the hearing. 3.06 Within 10 days of tbe receipt of the Faculty's response, the Registrar shall set a date for a hearing. The hearing should usually take place within two months of the receipt of the Faculty's response, 3.07 Prior to the hearing the Registrar shall circulate copies of material submitted by the appellant and the 30 General Information Faculty to the members ofthe Committee, the appellant ancl the Faculty. 3.08 The time limits referred to in paragraphs 3.01-3.06 are intended as outside limits, and all parties are encouraged to make every' effort to proceed more quickly if possible. 3.09 Not only in this part, but in these regulations generally, a reference to a number of days shall not be construed as including Saturdays and Sundays and any other days on which the University is closed. 3.10 The Registrar may, of his own volition or at the request of the appellant or the Faculty, extend the time limits provided for in these regulations. If the Registrar refuses to extend the time limits on the request of the appellant or the Faculty, his decision may be appealed to the Committee as a whole, and the Committee may, acting pursuant to its authority under Paragraph 2.05, extend the time limits as it sees fit. 3.11 The Senate Committee may, at its discretion, dismiss an appeal for lack of prosecution. 4) Procedures at the Hearing 4.01 A quorum for any hearing before the Committee shall consist of at least five voting members, or any lesser number if that is agreed to bv the appellant and the Faculty. 4.02 A member of the Committee shall not take part in an appeal where to do so would involve the member of the Committee in a conflict of duty and interest. 4.03 At the hearing, subject to the rulings ofthe Committee, the following procedure should be followed: a) The appellant may make an opening statement; b) The appellant may call ancl examine such witnesses as the appellant sees fit; c) The Faculty may cross-examine any of the witnesses called by the appellant, including, where appropriate, the appellant; d) The Faculty may make such opening statement as it sees fit; e) The Faculty may call and examine such witnesses as it sees fit; f) The student may cross-examine any of the Faculty's witnesses; g) The appellant may make a closing statement; h) The Faculty may make a closing statement; i) The appellant may respond to any' matters arising out of the Faculty's statement to which the appellant has not yet spoken. 4.04 The Committee mav request that it be provided with further information other than that supplied initially by the appellant or the Faculty. Without limiting this general power if, after a hearing, the Committee is ofthe opinion that it requires further information in order to reach a decision it may either ask that that information be supplied at a further hearing or, without a hearing, it mav ask that the information be supplied to it in writing. In the latter case both the appellant and the Faculty must be given the opportunity of commenting on the information so supplied before the Committee reaches a final decision. 5) The Decision 5.01 The Committee may arrive at a decision on the basis of a majority vote of those voting members of the Committee present at the hearing. 5.02 In the event of a tie vote an appeal shall be dismissed. 5.03 The decision of the Committee shall be communicated in writing to the appellant and to the Dean of the Faculty within 10 days of the final hearing of the appeal. 5.04 The Committee shall give reasons for its decision; and in the case of a minority vote, the minority may if it wishes give reasons for its dissent. Attendance Except where specifically stated otherwise in the regulations of a particular faculty or school a student may not receive a degree without completing the equivalent of two winter sessions in attendance at the University, one of which should be the final year. Regular attendance is expected of students in all their classes (including lectures, laboratories, tutorials, seminars, etc.). Students who neglect their academic work and assignments may be excluded from the final examinations. Students who are unavoidably absent because of illness or disability should report to their instructors on return to classes. Students, who because of illness are absent from a December or April examination, must submit a statement of illness, obtained from a doctor, to the Student Health Service as promptly as possible. Students may not, concurrently with their University attendance, take studies for University degree credit through any other institution by correspondence, evening or regular session class without the approval ofthe Dean ofthe Faculty in which they are studying at the University. The University reserves the right to limit attendance, and to limit the registration in, or to cancel or revise, any of the courses listed. Information concerning limitations on attendance for the various faculties and schools is found in the sections ofthe Calendar devoted to those faculties and schools. Letter of Permission After the start of the first session to which a student has been admitted any student yvho is eligible to continue studies and who intends to complete a UBC degree may obtain transfer credit from another institution only if prior permission has been obtained from the Faculty in which the student is enrolled. Degree or Program Requirements Degree or program requirements are established and modified with the knowledge and approval of Senate and are recorded in the Calendar under the appropriate listing. Unless a student takes an extraordinary number of years to complete prescribed studies, the student is usually given the option of meeting requirements in effect when first enrolled or of meeting revised requirements subsequently approved by Senate. Interpretation of the requirements will be provided in normal cases bv the Dean of die Faculty concerned and where differences occur by the Registrar. Space in Courses Enrolment is limited in ail courses and admission does not guarantee that space will be available in any course or section. However no student in a graduating year may' be excluded from a course necessary to meet degree program requirements because of lack of space (this rule does not apply to elective courses or preferred sections of courses). Any student in a graduating year who is confronted with such a situation should consult the Dean, Director, Department Head or Faculty adviser. Academic Concession The University encourages all students to complete their course work and degree programs. Students who arc suffering from medical, emotional or other problems which may adversely affect their attendance or performance in a course or program must notify the Office ofthe Dean of their Faculty or Director of their School, as well as their instructors, as soon as possible. Students who wish to request academic concession must apply to the Office of the Dean or Director as close as possible to the time their attendance is adversely affected. The University, in considering these requests or any appeals of decisions on academic concession, will not normally take into account untimely notifications. When a student requests academic concession, he or she wiil be asked to provide such evidence as is deemed appropriate. If there is a medical problem, the student should submit a Statement of Illness obtained from the Student Health Service or the attending physician. The student may be asked to provide additional information. Academic concessions are granted only by the Dean or Director and are a privilege not a right. Among the academic concessions that may be granted are permission to drop a course (sec "Change of Registration"), aegrotat standing or deferred standing (see "Grading Practices"; and withdrawal from the university (see "Withdrawal"). If permission is given to drop a course, it will be removed from the student's record. Any refund of fees will be in accordance with normal policy (see "Refund of Fees"). Students in good academic standing who are permitted to withdraw from the University may apply to re-enrol in the program from which they withdrew. Application to re- enrol must be made by the published application deadline for the program. A student permitted to withdraw may be told tbe time period during which an application to re-enrol will be permitted. A medical certificate may be required to satisfy the University that the student is ready to continue studies. In addition to acting in accordance with this general policy, students should also observe the specific provisions on "Examinations" below, and on "Routine Regarding Absence Due to Sickness or Injury'" (see Index under "Student Heaith Service"). Change of Registration Except in special circumstances, a one-term course may be added or dropped from a student's program only within the first two weeks ofthe course, and a two-term course within the first three weeks. If a course is dropped during these periods, no record ofthe registration in the course will appear on the student's academic record. Students mav withdraw from courses in which they are registered at any time up to the end ofthe sixth week of class forcourses which are offered in a single term, and of the twelfth week for courses which span two terms, subject to approi -al by tbe appropriate faculty or school. Withdrawals will be noted on the academic record by a standing of "W" Such standings will not be included in computing averages. The effective dales for 1994/95 are: General Information 31 Tuesday, September 20,1994 Last date for withdrawal from a Term 1 course wilh net T' notation appearing on the academic record. Friday, September 23,1994 Last date for yvithdrayva! from a two-term course with no "W" notation appearing on the academic record, Fridav. October It, 1994 last date for yvithdrawa! from a Term 1 course yvith a standing of "W" noted on the academic record. After this date withdrayy-al is not permitted and studenls will be graded on the basis of yy-hatever (hey have done in lhe course. Students yvho do not attend hut remain registered and neglect to withdiaw during the withdrawal period yc-ill normally- find an "F" standing on their academic record. Friday, November 25, 1994 Last date for yvithctrawai from a two-term course with a standing of -'W noted on the academic record, Tuesday, Januaiy 17,1995 Last date tier wiilidiayvai from a Term 2 course yvith no "W"' notation appearing on the academic record Friday, February' 10,1995 Last date for withdrawal from a Term 2 course yvith a standing of "W" noted on the academic fecord. Fee refunds for withdrawals will be calculated on a prorata basis. (See Fees, Item 15, Refund of Fees.) The dates for withdrawal given above also apply to students auditing courses. Students may withdraw from courses outside the limits described above only with the permission ofthe Dean of the Faculty in which they are registered. In such cases, the instructor should be informed. Such withdrawals will be recorded as "W" on the student's academic record Faculties may, at their discretion, limit the number of "W" standings permitted to a student. Any withdrawals in excess of that limit that would normally produce a standing of "W" will result in assignment of "F" for the course or courses involved. Normally, a student may not withdraw from a course more than once. A student must be registered in all courses being taken for credit. A student who ceases to attend a course, does not write the final examination, or otherwise fails to complete course requirements, and who neither qualifies for a deferred examination (see "Deferred Examinations" below), nor has obtained official permission to drop the course, will be given a standing of "F" with a grade which reflects performance in the course. No supplemental examination can be granted under these circumstances. The student is responsible for the completeness and accuracy of registration as it relates to the regulations of the degree or diploma program in which the student is enrolled. Examinations Formal examinations are held in most courses in April and in many courses in December. The holding of any examination, formal or informal, during the two weeks preceding the formally-scheduled examinations of December and April is forbidden. (This does not apply to regular weekly or bi-weekly tests or to traditional and current practices in laboratories.) Other tests are held at the discretion of the instructors and Faculties concerned. AJI prescribed examinations are mandatory'. Students who miss an examination either in December or April because of medical, emotional or other problems must notify the Dean of their Faculty or Director of their School as soon as possible. If there is a medical problem they must submit a statement of illness obtained from a doctor to the Student Health Service. This statement must be in the hands ofthe Student Health Service within the current examination period. If appropriate, a medical certificate will be issued by the Student Health Service with copies to the Registrar and the Dean of the Faculty or Director of the School in which the student is registered. Other tests are held at the discretion of the instructors and Faculties concerned. All prescribed examinations are mandator)'. Students who miss an examination either in December or April because of medical, emotional or other problems should apply as soon as possible to the Dean of their Faculty or the Director of their School for academic concession (see "Academic Concession" above). Rules Governing Formal Examinations 1) Each candidate must be prepared to produce, upon request, a Library/AMS card for identification. 2) Candidates are not permitted to ask questions of the invigilators, except in cases of supposed errors or ambiguities in examination-questions. 3) No candidate snail be permitted to enter the examination room after the expiration of one-half hour from the scheduled starting time, or to leave during the first half hour of the examination. 4) Candidates guilty of any of the following, or similar, dishonest practices shall be immediately dismissed from the examination and shall be liable to disciplinary action. a) Making use of any books, papers or memoranda, calculators, computers, audio or video cassette players or other memory aid devices, other than those authorized by the examiners. b) Speaking or communicating with other candidates. c) Purposely exposing written papers to the view of other candidates. The plea of accident or forgetful- ness shall not be received. 5) Candidates must not destroy or mutilate any examination material; must hand in all examination papers; and must not take any examination material from the examination room without permission ofthe invigilator. Grading Practices In most Faculties, individual courses are normally graded as follows: Percent Letter Grade 90-100 A+ 8S-89 A 80-84 A- 76-79 B4- 72-7-5 13 68-71 B- 64-6"! C4- 60-6.1 C SS- S. C- SO-S-i D 0-a9 F If a student in a baccalaureate program who receives a "T" standing in a graduating essay or other course approved by the Faculty completes the course within 12 months of the end ofthe term in which the student first registered for the course the "T" standing will be replaced by the grade assigned. If the course is not completed within 12 months the "T" standing will be replaced by a grade of zero (or "F" standing in a Pass/Fail course). The Faculties of Dentistry', Medicine and Graduate Studies and the Schools of Library' and Archival Studies, Nursing, and Rehabilitation Sciences, define Fail ("F") as below 60%. Some courses are graded as "P" (requirements of subject completed satisfactorily, no quality grade assigned) or ("F"); such courses are excluded from the calculation of averages. Some Faculties indicate degree standing on graduation based on the average forthe degree as follows: Class 1,80% or over; Class II, 65% to 79%; Pass, 50% to 64%. Faculties, Departments ancl Schools reserve the right to scale grades in order to maintain equity among sections and conformity to University, Faculty, Department or School norms. Students should therefore note that an unofficial grade given by an instructor might be changed by the Faculty, Department or School. Grades are not official until they appear on a student's transcript. A few- programs of study make provision for an "honours standing", and where this is done it is explained in the Calendar material ofthe particular Faculty. However, in most Faculties where "honours" is used it is applied to a study program where expectations in terms of achievement and level of study are higher than in other programs. Aegrotat standing (AEG) allows a student credit for a t course even though the course requirements have not (been completed due to medical, emotional or other difficulties. This standing is awarded only if the course instructor and the Dean agree that the student has demonstrated the capacity to deal with the course material satisfactorily. When AEG standing is awarded, a letter grade is assigned. This will be converted to the minimum percentage for that category forthe calculation of averages. Deferred Standing (SD) may be granted when a student has a valid reason for not completing course requirements as scheduled and does not qualify for Aegrotat standing. Students granted Deferred Standing in Winter Session courses must complete all outstanding course requirements by August 24 following. Students granted Deferred Standing in Summer Session courses must complete all outstanding work by December 23 following. Students granted Deferred Standing are responsible for making satisfactory arrangements with their instructors for completion of outstanding course requirements. If a student fails to complete deferred requirements by the dates specified, the Deferred Standing will be replaced with a grade or standing that reflects requirements completed in the course. Students unable to meet the specified deadlines because of further medical, emotional or other difficulties must make an additional application for Academic Concession no later than August 31 for Winter Session courses or December 31 for Summer Session courses following the original deferral. Examination Results The results of final examinations (including supplementals) are considered confidential until they have been approved by the Faculty or School concerned and released by the Registrar, Results ofthe final examinations in Winter Session, Terms 1 and 2, Summer Session and Guided independent Study courses are available to students by calling the TELEREG number, (604) 222-3444. Hours of operation are 8:00 am to 8:00 pm on weekdays and 11:00 am to 4:00 pm on weekends. 32 General Information Results of the final examinations in April are mailed to students in the graduating classes bv the time of Convocation, and to students in the lower years by approximately June 15. Any sludent who must meet an application date for another institution prior to June 15 should inform the transcript clerk in the Registrar's Office in order that arrangements may be made to meet the deadline. Results of final examinations in Summer Session and Guided Independent Study courses are mailed to students as soon as possible after they are approved. Supplemental Examinations Supplemental examinations regulations vary among Faculties and are described in the Faculty/School sections of the Calendar. Students are governed by the regulations ofthe Faculty or School in which they tire registered. Supplemental examinations are not available in all Faculties or in all courses. In courses ir. which proficiency is judged on a continuing basis throughout a term, or in which final examinations are not given, or in Commerce and Pharmaceutical Sciences courses where the final examination contributes less than 40% of the course grade, no supplemental examinations are provided. Supplemental examinations are not granted to students registered in a graduate program. However, a course in which a grade of less than 65% was obtained may be repeated for a higher standing if recommended by the Department and approved by the Dean of Graduate Studies. In a course that is repeated, both marks will appear on the transcript. The higher mark will be used to determine promotion in a program and in any decision to admit a student or withdraw a student from a program. Averages calculated for other purposes will include both marks. Where a supplemental examination is provided, a student may write it in tin attempt to obtain "higher standing" in the course concerned. The result of the supplemental examination will be shown on the student's record as an additional entry. In some situations a higher mark may enhance a student's chance of meeting some specific program requirement. In a Guided Independent Study course a supplemental will normally be granted if the student obtains a final standing of not less than 40%. In the Summer Session a student who satisfactorily completes a six-credit course will be granted a supplemental examination in a second subject if the final mark is not less than 40% in the second subject. In all but the Final Year a candidate who has been granted a supplemental may write it once only. If the candidate fails, the course must be repeated ora permissible substitute taken. Normally in the Final Year a second supplemental examination may be written. Supplemental examinations will be held in late July or early August. Applications must be made to the Registrar's Office bv June 24,1994 and must be accompanied by the required fee. Supplemental examinations my be written at the Univer- sitvand at standard centres* in Campbell River, Chilliwack, Cranbrook, Dawson Creek, Kamloops, Kelowna, Nanaimo, Nelson, Penticton, Port Alberni, Powell River, Prince George. Prince Rupert, Vernon, Victoria, Whitehorse, YT and Williams Lake (*iist subjecl to change). In special cases a student may be permitted to write supplemental examinations at a university outside British Columbia or at a special centre other than a university if satisfactory arrangments can be made. Since permission is contingent on completion of arrangements, only early applications to write in special centres will be considered. In the event that a candidate does not appear for an examination a refund ofthe required fee will be considered only if, within 10 days after the scheduled examination, the candidate submits to the Registrar an adequate explanation for the failure to write the examination. If a supplemental examination is not written by the end of the next regular supplemental examination period for that session, the supplemental standing will be removed. If a student, because of exceptional circumstances, is permitted to postpone a supplemental beyond the first regular supplemental examination period the student will be responsible for the content of the course as currently offered. If the course is discontinued, the supplemental privilege may be cancelled. Review of Assigned Standing Reviews of assigned standing are governed by the following regulations: 1) Any request for the review of an assigned grade other than for a supplemental examination (in which a request for a review will not be grantetl). must reach the Registrar within four weeks after the announcement of final results (for the Winter Session not later than July 15) and must be accompanied by the necessary fee for each course concerned which will be refunded only if the mark is raised. 2) Each applicant for a review must state clearly why he or she believes the course deserves a grade higher than it received; pleas on compassionate grounds should not form part of this statement. Prospective applicants should remember that under Senate regulations instructors must re-examine all failing grades and indicate in their records thai this has been done. 3) An applicant who has been granted a supplemental should prepare for the examination since a change in the original mark is unlikely and the result of the review may not be available before the end of the supplemental examination period. 4) Reviews will not be permitted in more than two courses in the work of one academic year, and in one course in a partial program of 18 credits or fewer or in the work of Term 1 or 2 of a Summer Session. Viewing Marked Examinations A final examination becomes the property ofthe University and must remain in the possession ofthe University until destroyed or otherwise disposed of. No later than one month from receipt of end of session results a student may make written application to ihe Department Head, Director or Dean, who will make every effort to arrange for the student to view her or his marked final examination paper(s Hvith the course instructor or designate. The purpose < if this exercise is purely pedagogic ancl distinct from the "review of assigned standing". Advancement Regulations Advancement practices vary among Faculties and are described in die Faculty sections ofthe Calendar. General regulations applicable to all Faculties are: 1) except in special cases, or where the Faculty provides otherwise, no student may repeal a course more than once; 2) each Faculty has regulations on advancement. Students who do not meet the required standard in any session will be assigned Failed standing and will be required to discontinue or withdraw; 3) a student in a year of study which may normally betaken in the first or second year following secondary- school graduation who is assigned Failed standing will be required to either discontinue for at least one year or to withdraw; 4) courses which are not for credit toward the student's degree ordiploma program will not be included when a studenl is considered for advancement; 5) students who are assigned Failed standing in one Faculty may transfer to another Faculty if they meet the advancement and admission requirements of the second Faculty; 6) students who have been required to discontinue or withdraw may be readmitted subject to the regulations of the Faculty' which they wish to enter; 7) a student at any level of University study who fails for a second time, will be required to withdraw from the University. After a period of at ieast one year, an appeal for permission to re-enrol will he considered. Such an appeal will be granted only after the appeal has been reviewed and approved by the Dean of lhe Faculty concerned. A negative decision by the Dean may be appealed to the Senate Admissions Committee. Rentention of Student Records Academic Records, including all information appearing on a Transcript of Academic Record, are retained indefinitely. Notations of student discipline are retained at - cording to the terms of the penalty imposed. Materials supporting applications for admission, correspondence and transcripts from other institutions and similar material may be destroyed five years after a student's last registration. Other material may be destroyed sooner. Students who submit irreplaceable material may request the return of that material. Such requests must be submitted yvith the original material. The office to which the material is submitted will return the material as soon as possible and not later than six months after the student's graduation or last registration. Transcript of Academic Record An official transcript of a student's academic record will, on written request of the student, be mailed directly to the institution or agency indicated in the request or given to the student in a sealed envelope carrying the inscription "Official transcript enclosed. Invalid if envelope presented with seal broken". Each transcript will include the student's complete record at The University of British Columbia. Since credit earned is determined on the results of final examinations, a transcript will not include results of midterm examinations. Students' records are confidential Transcripts are issued only at the request of students or appropriate agencies or officials. No transcript will be issued to or for a student who has not made arrangements satisfactory to the Department of Financial Sen ices to meet any outstanding indebtedness Application for a transcript should be made at least one week before die document is required. Fees for transcripts are payable in advance: transcripts will not be provided until payment is received (see the Calendar entry. Fees, item 2". "Special Fees, Transcript of Academic Record"). General Information 33 Graduation Eveiy canditlate for a degree must make formal application for graduation. Application for graduation must be made not later than February 15 for graduation in May and not later than August 15 for graduation in the Fall. Special forms for this purpose are provided by the Registrar's Office. Students are reminded that, because of the extended Winter Session in the Faculty of Medicine, academic- results for the First Year are not available from this Faculty in time for Spring graduation. Thus, all applications for degrees by students completing their Science degrees while registered in the First Year of Medicine, will be treated by the Faculty of Science as applications for Fall graduation. Students completing degree requirements at another institution are also reminded that, because ofthe delay in obtaining official transcripts, all applications for degrees for such students will be treated by the Registrar's Office as applications for Fall graduation. No student will be allowed to graduate until all academic fees have been fully paid. Withdrawal When TELEREG is available undergraduate students may withdraw from the university by using TELEREG to withdraw from all courses. In all other cases a studenl yvho wishes to withdraw from the University must obtain the approval of the Dean, Director or Faculty Adviser on a "Change of Registration" form. When the withdrawal is approved the academic record will show the date of withdrawal ancl a standing of "W" in all courses that are not completed on that date. When the withdrawal is not approved the student will remain registered in all courses and a final grade and/or standing will be assigned at the end of the term or session. Unclassified students who wish to withdraw should apply to the Registrar's Office. A student who does not complete formal withdrawal procedures will be liable for all assessed fees until such procedures are completed. Withdrawal for Unsatisfactory Conduct The Senate of the University mav require a student to withdraw from the University at any time for unsatisfactory conduct, for failure to abide by regulations, for unsatisfactory progress in a program of studies or training, or for any other reason which is deemed to show that withdrawal is in the interests of the student and/or the University. Office of Guided Independent Study This office is responsible for the administration of degree credit courses offered through guided independent study (distance education). Full university degree credit may be obtained in a number of fields by guided independent study courses and other forms of independent study. Some faculties have established credit limits for the number of independent study courses which may be applied to a degree program. In general, a student may complete one-third to one-half of a degree program through such study. Students are advised no enquire at the Office ofthe Dean ofthe appropriate faculty' before undertaking an extensive program of independent study Many courses have up to six sessional offerings each year. Standards in the final examinations ancl notations on academic records are the same as those for regular students. Except in special cases, students may repeat a course only once. Office of Extra-Sessional Studies This office is responsible for the administration of degree credit courses offered during the evening Winter Session; all courses offered during the Summer Session; and Directed Study Abroad. Summer Session The Summer Calendar is issuetl in February' by the Office of Extra Sessional Studies, and is available upon request from this office or the Registrar's Office. Regulations are as follows: 1) The maximum numberof credits forSummerSession in any one calendar year is normally 12. 2) All students desiring formal credit for studies in Slimmer Session must be eligible for admission on the same basis as for Winter Session students. 3) A student who obtains Fail standing in a Winter Session is normally required to discontinue study at the University for at least a year. Students who register in Term 1 of Summer Session, and who obtain Fail standing in their Winter Session results will be allowed to complete Term 1 ofSummer Session but will not be permitted to take courses in Term 2, registration in Term 2 ofSummer Session will be cancelled and fees will be refunded. Exchange Programs Opfiortunities are available for the exchange of graduate and undergraduate students with other universities, in- dud ingEclucation Abroad Programs ancl Canada Exchange Programs. Education Abroad Programs (EAP) Education Abroad Programs ate reciprocal exchange programs approved by Senate. UBC students selected to participate remain registered at UBC, pay tuition and student fees to UBC and remain eligible for UBC awards, scholarships and financial aid. Students pursue academic programs which are planned in consultation with their Fac aides. To lie eligible to participate in these programs, applicants must be registered at UBC and have at least a 70% average for all courses completed for credit toward their current degree program. Undergraduate students are normally eligible to study abroad in third year only. Graduate students are limited to 12 transfer credits from another institution. UBC has exchange agreements with the following institutions: Australia: Australian National Uniyersity The University of Melbourne 'Ihe University- of Western Australia Belgium: Leuven t.'nivcr.sity Der mark: University ol Copenhagen France: Universicc Jean-Mouiin - I.von 3 Grenoble Institute of Political Science Ecole Nationale Superieure de.s Beaux Arts Germane: Universitat Acigsberg University of Bonn llniversiiiit-GH Sieg en Hong Kong: The Chinese University ot Hong Kong University of Hong Kong Japan: Ritsumeikan University (Kyoto) Sophia University (Tokyo) Korea: Lvvha University (Seoul) Yonsei University (Seoul) Mexico: Universidarl de la Americas-Piiebla Singapore: Nanyang Technological University National University of Singapore Syveden: Lund University Uppsala University United Kingdom: University ot Keele Lancaster University University of East Anglia I ISA. Universily ol California Hastings College ofthe Law (San Francisco! Oregon State University Information Sessions are held throughout the first term and during the month of January. Information materials such as academic calendars are located in the International Opportunities Area ofthe Student Resources Centre, Brock Hall. This list is accurate al the time of printing, but there may , be more exchange agreements under development. Application forms and information may be obtained from the Student Exchange Program Office, Registrar's Office. The deadline date for EAP applications is the last day of January. UBC students participating in the exchange program must register in (he non-credit activity "Exchange Programs" at The University of British Columbia in each term of study in which they arc studying away from UBC. Canada Exchange Programs (CEP) UBC is developing exchange agreements with specific universities within Canada. The criteria, selection and application procedures are similar to those for Education Abroad Programs. UBC students selected to participate remain registered at UBC, pay tuition and student fees to UBC and remain eligible for UBC awards, scholarships and financial aid. Students pursue academic programs in consultation with their Faculties. Information is available from the UBC Student Exchange Program Office. Students must register in the appropriate non-credit activity "Study in Canada" at The University of British Columbia in each term i if study while studying on exchange. Programs not sponsored by The University of British Columbia Many students choose to attend study programs sponsored by institutions and organizations other than UBC. These students must make all necessary' arrangements on their own. There is an International Opportunities Area in the Student Resources Centre, Brock Hall, where students can research options to study, work, or volunteer. Before enrolling in any program, students should consult faculty advisers concerning the transferability of course work, degree requirements and procedures for readmission. Students planning on obtaining transfer credit must obtain a letter of Permission from the Faculty in which they arc enrolled before leaving UBC (see Transfer policy: letter of Permission). Student Discipline The President ofthe University has the right under the University Act (Section .8) to take whatever disciplinary action is deemed to be warranted by a student's misconduct. The specific provisions as to Offences, Penalties and Procedures which arc set out below should not be construed as limiting the general authority of the President under the University Act. 34 General Information Offences Misconduct subject to penalty includes, bul is not limited to, the following offences: Tl Plagiarism Plagiarism is a form of academic misconduct in which an individual submits or presents the work of another person as his or her own. Scholarship quite properly rests upon examining and referring to the thoughts and writings of others. However, when excerpts are used in paragraphs or essays, the author must be acknowlegecl through footnotes or other accepted practices. Substantial plagiarism exists when there is no recognition given to the author for phrases, sentences, and ideas of the author incorporated in an essay. Complete plagiarism exists when an entire essay is copied from an author, or composed by another person, and presented as original work. (Students in doubt as to what constitutes a case of plagiarism should consult iheir instructor.) 2) Submitting the same essay, presentation, or assignment more than once whether the earlier submission was at this or another institution, unless prior approval has been obtained. 3) Cheating on an examination or falsifying material subject to academic evaluation. Cheating includes, inter alia, having in an examination any materials other than those authorized by the examiners. 4) Impersonating a candidate at an examination or availing oneself of the results of such impersonation. 5) Submitting false records or information, in writing or orally, or failing to provide relevant information when requested. 6) Falsifying or submitting false documents, transcripts or other academic credentials. T) Disrupting instructional activities, including making it difficult to proceed with scheduled lectures, semi-, nars, etc., and with examinations and tests. 8) Damaging, removing, or making unauthorized use of University property, or the personal property of faculty, staff, students or others at the University. Without restricting the gerncralitv ofthe meaning of "property" it includes information, however it be recorded or stored. 9) Assaulting individuals, including conduct which leads to the physical or emotional injury of faculty, staff, students, or others at the University, or which threatens the physical or emotional well-being of faculty, staff, students, or others at the University. 10) Attempting to engage in or assisting others to engage in or attempt to engage in conduct in respect of which disciplinary action may be taken. 11) Failing to comply yvith any penalty imposed for misconduct. 4) Restitution in the case of damage to, or removal or unauthorized use of, property. 5) A notation on the student's permanent record ofthe penalty imposed. Warning 1) The penalty for substantial or complete plagiarism, or for cheating, normally is suspension from the University'. 2) The laving of charges under federal or provincial legislation, or the commencement of civil proceedings, does not preclude disciplinary measures being taken bythe University. Procedures Section 58 ofthe Universily Acl gives the President ofthe University the power to suspend students and to deal summarily with any matter of student discipline. To advise him on measures to be taken, the President has established the President's Advisory Committee on Student Discipline. An alleged instance of sludent misconduct deemed serious enough for action by the President shall be referred to this Committee. After an investigation and a heating at which the studenl is invited to appear, the Committee reports to the President. The,student then has the opportunity' to meet with the President, if he or she- wishes, before the President arrives at a decision. A studenl suspected or apprehended in the commitment of an offence shall be notified within a reasonable period of time of intention to report the alleged offence to the department head, dean, or other appropriate person. The student shall also be given the opportunity to explain the incident and, if he or she requests, to meet yvith the department head, dean, or other appropriate person, before the alleged offence is reported to the President. Appeals A student has the right to appeal the decision of the President to the Senale Committee on Student Appeals on Academic Discipline. A student who wishes to appeal the decision of the President must notify the Universily Registrar in writing and must provide a full explanation ofthe reasons for appealing. Appeal hearings are relatively informal. Thev take place before several members of the University Senate. A student is entitled lo be represented or assisted throughout the appeal process by an advocate who may be a friend, a relative or legal counsel. The student is entitled to explain the reasons for appealing either orally or in writing, ancl may call witnesses. The President is represented by his representative who presents the reasons for the President's decision. The members of the Committee may ask questions of both the student and the President's representative. As soon as possible after the hearing is completed, the Committee will notify the studenl of its decision in writing. Penalties The penalties which may he imposed, singly or in combination, for any ofthe above offences may include, but are not limited to, the following: 11 A failing grade or mark of zero in the course, examination, or assignment in which the academic misconduct occurred. 1) Suspension from the Uniyersity for a specified period of time, or indefinitely. 3) Reprimand, with letter placed in student's file. General Information 35 1) The University reserves the right to change fees without notice. Increases in tuition fees will be equal to the annual percentage increase in the Vancouver Consumer Price Index for the preceding year plus 4.5% in 1994/95,4% in 1995/96 and 3.5% in 1996/97. Of the total increase, 1.5% will be allocated to the Student Aid Fund in each of 1994/95 and 1995/96; 1.0% will be allocated in 1996/97. In addition, and again of the total increase, 1.0% will be allocated to the Teaching and Learning Enhancement Fund in each of the next three years. The maximum number of credits used in calculating per credit fees for the Winter Session in most undergraduate programs (see item 6) will be 44 credits in 1994/95 and 46 credits in 1995/96. There will be no maximum in following years. Increases are effective May 1 in each year. Students who have not completed their course requirements when a change in fees is made will be affected by the change. A student upon registering and paying an amount at least equal to the minimum payment required (see Item 4) has initiated a contract with the University for payment of assessed fees. A student may only terminate this contract by withdrawing from the University (see "Withdrawal" and item 15, "Refund of Fees"). 2) Payment Fees may be paid without charge at any branch of the Bank of Montreal using the Tuition Payment. Form in the Registration Guide. Students who have an account with the Bank of Montreal can pay tuition fees via a bank machine by using the bill payment option. Students who do not have an account with the Bank of Montreal can pay their fees at the customer service counter. A tuition fee payment form must be completed for all payments made either at a bank machine or at the counter. Cheques or money orders or travelers cheques should be made payable to "The University of British Columbia." If fees are mailed to UBC Financial Services they must reach Financial Services by the due date. Tuition fees, student fees and other approved fees are consolidated in a Student Financial Account. The outstanding balance in this account will reflect changes in registration, any awards made to the student (or the cancellation of an award), penalties for late payment and other approved charges as well as payments made by the student. It is the responsibility of students to make their payments by the due dates. Students should check their outstanding balance by calling TELEREG. 3) Due Dates The due date is Wednesday ofthe first week of classes for Winter Session Term 1, January 7 in Term 2, and May 7 in Summer Session (July 7 for courses and programs starting in Term 2 of Summer Session). The due date for any increase in a student's balance resulting from an assessment during a term is the seventh ofthe next month. When the due date falls on a Saturday, Sunday or statutory holiday payment may be made on the next business day. 4) Minimum Payments To avoid cancellation of registration: Undergraduate students must pay the following minimum amounts (see the Registration Guide or Summer Session Calendar for specific dates): a) when registering two weeks or more before the start of a Session: a non-refundable deposit of $100 is required within 14 days of registration; full payment of the first instalment of fees is required by the due date in Term 1. b) when registering during the last two weeks before a Session: full payment ofthe first instalment of fees is required by the due date in Term 1. c) when registerirg during a Session: a payment of not lets than $100 for that Session is required by the next due date. Failure to pay fees in full by the due date will result in an interest penalty and financial hold (see Item 3, below). Graduate Students must pay the full amount ofthe first instalment of fees by the due date in the term in which they first register. Note: Certain programs require students to indicate their accep tance of an offer of admission by paying a portion of their tuition fee. Students will be notified of this when they are offered admission to the program. 5) Penalties for Non Payment and Overdue Fees Undergraduate Students Students who have not paid at least the minimum payment by the due date (see Items 3 and 4) will have their registration in all courses in the current session cancelled. Students may re-register within the period allowed for adding courses subject to the availability of space. Students who have not paid their outstanding balance in full by the due date but have paid an amount at least equal to the minimum payment (see item 4) will be placed on financial hold. Graduate Students New graduate students who have not paid the first instalment of fees by tin? due date will have their registration cancelled but will remain eligible to re-register during the current session and may re-register for courses within the period allowed for adding courses subject to the availability of spate. Continuing graduate students who have paid the first instalment of fees in full but have not paid a subsequent outstanding balance in full by the due date will be placed on financial hold. If the overdue amount is not paid in full by the fust da)'of the next session their registration will be terminated at that time. They will remain liable for the outstanding balance plus all interest assessed up to the date on which the outstanding balance is paid in full. Subsequent registration will only be allowed with the written approval ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies. Ret- roac live fees and interest wiil be assessed prior to registration and all outstanding fees and interest must be paid at that time. Financial Hold When a student has been placed on financial hold, no subsequent registration activity will be allowed, no statement of grades or transcripts of academic record will be issued and the student will not be allowed to graduate. The Awards and Financial Aid Office, the Faculty and the Library will be notified and use of the Library may be restricted. The student will not be eligible to register in any future session until the financial hold is removed. The financial hold will be removed when the outstanding balance, including all interest penalties, is paid in full. In respect of any other indebtedness to the University, subsequent registration may be denied until these accounts are fully paid. Interest Penalty Interest will be charged at a rate of 1.5% per month, compounded monthly, which is equivalent to 19.56% per annum. Interest is charged on all outstanding amounts that are past due and is calculated towards the end of each month See Item 3 for due dates. Late Registration Fees payable by late registrants will be considered to have been assessed on the starting date of the course or I program and to be due seven days later. An interest | penalty based on these dates may be assessed. 6) Undergraduate Tuition Fees Fee payment in the Winter Session may be in two instalments. In general, the first instalment covers tuition for Term 1 courses and the first half of full session courses plus all student fees and the second instalment covers tuition for Term 2 courses and the second half of full session courses. Students enrolled in a study program restricted to Term 1 or Term 2 must pay the full amount assessed by the due date for that term. Fees shown do not include student fees nor do they include Laboratory and other Special Fees. See items 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 26 and 27 for an explanation of these additional amounts. Per-credit fees A fee of $73.25 per credit is charged for all undergraduate diploma, baccalaureate and post-baccalaureate programs except those programs in Dentistry', Law, Medicine and Pharmaceutical Sciences shown below. Fees paid for a graduate program do not cover courses being taken to complete the requirements of an undergraduate degree. Illustration of tuition fees charged a) 30 credit program at $73.25 per credit: Tuition (30 x $73,251 $ 2.IT.50 Student Fees (see Items 10, Hand 121 $ 168 30 Plus applicable student society lee (see Kent 13) $ $ i total i b) 36 credit program at $73.25 per credit: Tuition (36 x $73.25) $ 2,63" 00 Student Fees (see Items 10, Hand 12) $ 168.30 Plus: applicable student society fee (see Item 13) $ $ (total) Note: Except for students in 12-month programs in the Faculty of Education or students registered in more than one program, the maximum tuition fee payable in the 1994/95 Winter Session by an undergraduate student in a 36 General Information program for which there is a per-credit fee will be the fee for a 44-credit program, i.e.: Tuition (44 x $73.25) $ 3.223.00 Student Fees (see Items 10, Hand 12) $ 168,30 Plus applicable student society tee (see Item 13) $ $ (total I instalments in the Winter lowing programs: Refugee students assistance Total .50 $ 39.50 Program Fees, assessed in two Session, are charged for the foi Dentistry Doctor of Dental Medicine Combined D.M.D. and B.Sc. Diploma Program (Periodontics) Residents l.aw (Bachelor of Laws) Full time — First year (32 credits) — Second year (30 credits) — Third vear (30 credits) Part time — First year — Second year — Third year Medicine Doctor of Medicine Combined M.D, and BSc. Residents and Interns Pharmaceutical Sciences Residents $ 3,767.00 per year . 3,767.00 per year $ .,280.00 per year S 274.00 per vear . 3.061.00 per year $ 2,870.00 per year $2,870.00 per year I 1,530.50 per year $ 1,135.00 per year $ 1,435.00 per year . 3,"67.00 per year $3.767.00 per year $ 274.00 $ 50.00 7) Unclassified Students, Qualifying Students and Auditors A fee of $73.25 per credit is charged for undergraduate courses (normally those numbered under 500). For graduate courses (normally those numbered 500 and above) the fee is 1186.00 per credit. 8) International Students All international students except those registered in the Faculty of Graduate Studies will beassessed tuition fees in the amount of 2.5 times the corresponding tuition fee for Canadian Citizens and Permanent Residents (landed immigrants). Where reciprocity agreements exist, international students shall pay only regular fees. International students registered in the Faculty of Graduate Studies are assessed fees on the same basis as Canadian citizens and permanent residents. 9) The Graduating Class Fee A fee of $7, authorized by the Board of Governors, is assessed for all students in the Winter Session who are registered in the final year of a course leading to a bachelor's or the M.D. or the D.M.D. degree and who have not previously paid the fee. This fee is for the support of student-sponsored graduating class activities. Enquiries:- with respect to this fee should be directed to the Alma Mater Society. /,.-, / '■}'■■ \". 10) The Stydent Activity Fee A fee of $88.80 is assessed for all students in the Winter Session who are enrolled in a program of 18 credits or more. Students taking fewer than 18 credits will be assessed at }/-.. 3 per credit. The fee is assessed by the Board of Governors and is used to support athletic and recreation programs and facilities. 11) Alma Mater Society Fees These fees are authorized by student referendum and the Board of Governors. They are collected by the university at the request ofthe Society. Students enrolled in 18 or more credits are assessed fees of $39.50 made up as follows: Operating expenses of the AMS I 12.50 Capital projects (CPAC) 15.00 Intramural sports 4,50 Athletic fee (Intercollegiate) 7.00 Students taking fewer than 18 credits are assessed fees of $2.25 per credit. 12) Student Recreation Centre A contribution of $40 per year per full-time student will be assessed for a five year period beginning with the 1991-92 Winter Session. The funds, along with matching funds, will be used to construct a Student Recreation Centre adjacent to the Maclnnes Field. The contribution will be assessed as follows: Undergraduate students registered for 18 or more credits $ 40.00 Undergraduate students registered for fewer than 18 credits S 2.25 per credit Graduate studenls $ 10.00 Part time graduate .students on Payment Schedule B $ 20.00 Students who wish to obtain a charitable receipt for income tax purposes may complete a request form during the period of eligibility at the Intramurals Department, Room 66, Student Union Building or should write to the Development Office, 6253 NW Marine Drive, Vancouver, B.C., V6T 1Z1. Requests must include the student name ancl student number, ancl be received by December 31. All students must pay the assessed amount bv the due date (see Item 3). Students who wish to opt out of this contribution must apply in person to the Intramurals Department, Room 66, Student Union Building ancl fill out a form for an assessment adjustment. Adjustments will be credited to the student's tuition account. Students registered in one term of Winter Session or in either term ofSummer Session must apply by the end ofthe second week of classes. Students registered in both terms ofthe Winter Session must apply by the end of the fourth week of classes and will have adjustments credited to their second fee instalment. 13) Undergraduate Society Fees The Board of Governors approves, on the recommendation ofthe Alma Mater Society, special fees for Undergraduate Societies. The fees for Winter Session are as follows: Agriculture (B.Sc:. (Agr.)) S 30,00 Agriculture (B.L.A,) $ 20.00 Architecture S 20.00 Arts (B.A,, B.F.A,, B.Mus, and Diploma Programs; $ 7,00 ^Commerce (B.Com,) $ 8.00 Dentistry i 40,00 Education (including Diploma Programs) $ 10.00 Engineering S 35.00 Special addilional levy for 199-1/95 $ 2,00 Family and Nutritional Sciences (11.1 I.E.), B.Sc. (Diciet.) $ "COO Forestry- S 30.00 Human Kinetics $ 10.0(1 Law i 15,00 Medicine First & second years $ 38,00 Third & fourth years S ...00 Nursing S 18.50 Pharmacy $ 18.00 Rehabilitation Sciences $ 6.00 Social Work $ 5.00 Science S 10,00 These fees are not related to credit load. 14) Graduate Society Fees These fees are authorized by student referendum and the Board of Governors. The annual fees are: Capital Improvement Fund (for 1994/95 and 1995/90) I 5.00 Graduate Studenl Society $ .34.00 15) Refund of Fees Refund of fees, if any, is calculated from the day on which a student drops or withdraws from a course or program. (See Change of Registration and Withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is not approved, the student will be liable for all assessed fees including any interest penalty. Students must apply to the Department of Financial Services to receive payment. Undergraduate Students The first $100 of tuition fees paid for any session is nonrefundable. a) Refund for two-term courses: Term 1 During lirst three yveeks of classes 100% of the first insialmeni of the fee for credits dropped During fourih yveek 60% ofthe first instalment During fill It and sixth yveeks 40% ofthe first insialmeni During seventh and eighth weeks 20% of the first instalment After the ninth week of classes there is no refund of any part of the first instalment of tuition fees. The second instalment of fees will not be assessed. Term 2 During first two yveeks of classes 100% of the second instalment of the fee for credits dropped During ihird ancl fourth yveeks 60% ofthe second insialmeni During fifth and sixth yveeks 4076 ot the second instalment During seventh and eighth yveeks 20% ofthe second instalment After the eighth yveek of classes there is no refund of tuition fees for two-term courses. b) Refund for one-term courses: During first two weeks of classes 100% ofthe fee forcrediis dropped During third nr fourth yveek 60% of the fee for credits dropped During fifth or sixth week 40% ofthe fee for credits dropped During seventh or eighth week 20% of the fee lor credits dropped Graduate Students The refund of fees for graduate students who withdraw from either Term I or Term 2 of Winter Session or from Summer Session after registration will be calculated as shown below. During first tyy-o weeks of Winter Session, 100% ofthe instalment for Teint 1 or Term 2 or Summer Session: [hat term or session. During third or fourih yveek 60% ofthe instalment During fifth or sixth yveek 40% of the instalment During .seventh or eighth week 20%i ofthe instalment After the eighth week there is no refund of any part ofthe tuition fee instalment. Student Fees These include the Student Activity fee, the AMS fees, and any other special fees for undergraduate student societies, facilities or activities. If a si udent's sessional cred it load drops below 18 credits: a) before or (luring the fifth week of classes in Term ; or b) before TF1.ERKG closes for Term 2 course changes when Term 2 courses are dropped: the Student Activity fee and lhe AMS fees are adjusted based on credit load. General Information 37 16) Master's Degree Tuition Fees Every candidate enrolled in a Master's program is required to maintain continuous registration by paying tuition instalments according to Schedule A or B or the schedule for a combined program plus authorized student fees, as listed below. Failure to pay fees will result in the cancellation of registration or a financial hold followed by termination of registration (see Item 5). All graduate students are automatically assessed fees according to Schedule A. Students who are planning on taking a Master's Degree through part-time study must apply in writing to the Registrar's Office prior to the beginning ofthe term in which fees are first assessed. Candidates planning to complete their degree through full-time study must select Schedule A. Only candidates planning to take their degree through part-time study are permitted to select Schedule B. Candidates who change from full-time to part-time study must apply in writing to the Registrar's Office to change from Schedule A to Schedule B. Such a change will normally be allowed retroactive to the date on which part-time study began. The total fees assessed following a change to Schedule B will not normally be less than those already assessed under Schedule A at the time of the change. Any overpayment after the candidate is moved to the new schedule will be applied first to currently assessed fees. Candidates who select Schedule B are advised that, by virtue of their part- time status they are normally ineligible to receive government loans, interest-free status and University Fellowships or Scholarships. Candidates are not permitted to switch from Schedule B to Schedule A after the initial payment. Schedule A (available to all students) The normal fee for the full-time Master's degree is the amount paid in six continuous instalments according to the following schedule (plus authorized student fees); First year total fees $ 2,181.00 Instalment No. 1 $ 727.00 Instalment No. 2 $ 727.00 Instalment No. 3 5 727.00 Second year total fees $ 2,181.00 Instalment No. 4 $ "27.00 Instalment No. 5 S ^727.00 Instalment No. 6 $ 727.00 No candidate who selects Schedule A wiil pay total fees of less than the first three instalments. Schedule B (available only to part-time students) The normal fee for the part-time Master's degree is the amount paid in twelve continuous instalments according to the following schedule (plus authorized student fees): First year total fees $1,251.00 Instalment No. 1 $ 417.00 Instalment No. 2 $ 417.00 Instalment No. 3 $ 417.00 Second year total fees $ 1,251.00 Instalment No. 4 $ 417.00 Instalment No. 5 8 417.00 Instalment No. 6 $ 417.00 Third year total fees $ 1,251.00 Instalment No. 7 $ 417.00 Instalment No, 8 $ 417.00 Instalment No. 9 t 417.00 Fourth year total fees $1,251.00 Instalment No. 10 t 417.00 Instalment No. 11 $ 417.00 Instalment No. 12 f 417.00 No candidate who selects Schedule B will pay total fees of less than the first nine instalments. Fees applicable to both Schedules A and B Each subsequent year, continuing fee t 1,166.00 On Leave fee per year $ 257.00 Extension fee per yea- $ 1,637.00 Fees Payable on Completion of Degree Candidates who have paid more than the minimum for the degree (three instalments on Schedule A or nine on Schedule B) will have their fees prorated to the end ofthe month in which the Faculty of Graduate Studies confirms that all degree requirements have been completed. Combined Master's Degree and Diploma in Dentistry First cear t 4,280.00 Second year $ 4,280.00 Third year $ 2,31100 Each subsequent year, continuing fee $ 1,166.00 On Leave fee per year $ 257.00 Should additional clinical studies be required in the third year of the program a further fee of $1,482.00 will be assessed in the third year. Combined Master of Business Adminis- traition and Bachelor of Laws First year $ 2,919.00 Second year $ 2,800.00 Third year 1 2,919,00 Fourih year $ 2,800.00 Each .subsequent year, continuing fee $ 1,166.00 On Leave fee per year J 257.00 Student Fees The annual student fees for students paying according to Schedule A are 100% of those in Items 10,11,12 and 14. The annual student fees for students paying according to Schedule B are 50% of those in Items 10, 11 and 12 plus 100% of those in Item 1.4. The fees are paid in three instalments, along with tuition fees. There is an additional authorized student fee of $ 10.00 for students in Community and Regional Planning, $5.00 for students in Forestry and $15.00 for students in Library, Archival and Information Studies. These fees are collected by the student societies. Graduate students are required to pay student fees regardless of the student's place of residence. 17) Doctoral Degree Tuition Fees Every candidate enrolled in a Doctoral program is required to maintain continuous registration by paying tuition instalments plus authorized student fees according to the appropriate schedule below. Failure to pay fees will result in the cancellation of registration or a financial hold followed by termination of registration (see Item 5). AH candidates are considered to be "full-time" for the assessment of tuition and authorized student fees. The normal fee for the Doctoral program is paid in nine continuous instalments according to the following schedule (plus authorized student fees): First year total fees $2,181.00 InsialmcntNo. 1 $ "_7.00 Instalment No. 2 $ 727.00 Instalment No. 3 $ 727.00 Second year total fees $2,181.00 Instalment No. 4 $ 727.00 Instalment No. 5 i 727.00 Instalment No. 6 t 727.00 Third year total fees $ 2,025.00 Instalment No. 7 f 675.00 Instalment No. 8 $ 675.00 Instalment No. 9 J 675.00 Each subsequent year, continuing fee $ 1,166.00 On Leave fee per year $ 257.00 Extension Fee per year t 1,637.00 A student at this University who transfers from a Master's program to the Doctoral program will receive credit toward the fees required for the Doctoral program. Students who were on Master's fee Schedule A will receive credit for one Doctoral instalment for each Master's instalment paid to a maximum of six. Students who were on Master's fee Schedule B will receive credit for up to three Doctoral instalments based on the total fees paid for the Master's program prior to transfer. No candidate in any Doctoral degree program will pay- total fees of less than the first six instalments. Combined Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Medicine First yeat $ 3,767,00 Second year $ 2,181,00 Third year $ 2,025.00 Fourth year $ 3,76700 Fifth year $ 3767.00 Sixth year $ 3,767.00 Each subsequent year, continuing fee $ 1,166.00 On leave fee per year $ 257.00 Extension Fee per year $ 1,637.00 Fees Payable on Completion of Degree Candidates who have paid more than the minimum for the degree (the first six instalments) will have their fees prorated to the end of the month in which the Faculty of Graduate Studies confirms that all degree requirements have been completed. Student fees The annual student fees are the same as those for full time Master's students. 18) Other Programs Students in Senate-approved combined degree programs who have completed the full requirements for one ofthe degrees and who have paid fees at least equal to the normal fee for that degree while in the combined program may apply to receive that degree before completing the combined program. Students in Senate-approved combined degree programs for which a program fee has not been established will be assessed the higher of the fees for each of the separate programs. Students registered in more than one degree program, other than a Senate-approved combined degree program, will be assessed fees for each program. Student fees that are common to more than one of the programs will only be assessed once. Students who have paid total tuition fees for a graduate degree or a degree with a program fee equal to the total amount normally assessed for the degree (excluding continuing, on leave and extension fees) may appeal to the Registrar to have their -assessment for that program waived if they are being assessed fees for another program. 19) Qualifying Students Applicants not admissible to the Faculty of Graduate Studies who hope to qualify for admission may register as "Qualifying" and will be assessed fees on a per-credit basis for all courses taken (see Item 7). Fees paid under these circumstances will not subsequently be credited in a graduate degree program. Admission in this category is limited to students receiving support for their applications by the Departments concerned-and the Faculty of Graduate Studies. 38 General Information 20) Visiting Students Visiting Undergraduate students will be assessed fees at the prevailing per-credit rate (see items 6 and 8) plus authorized student fees. Visiting graduate students who wish to take credit courses must register for those courses and will be assessed tuition fees at the prevailing graduate per credit rate, (see Item 7) plus authorized student fees. Other visiting graduate students may register for the non-credit activity "Visiting Graduate Student.'' The fee for each registration in this activity, which covers either Term 1 of Winter Session, Term 2 of Winter Session or Summer Session, is equal to the tuition fee for one credit of course work plus authorized student fees. 21) Western Exchange Graduate Students Graduate students paying regular tuit ion and student fees at a Western Canadian University can register at UBC as exchange graduate students to take courses that are unavailable at their home university without paying fees to UBC if there is a reciprocal agreement between the institutions. 22) Students on Formal Exchange Programs Students visiting UBC on approved exchange programs covered by a formal agreement between their home university and this university pay fees to their home university. These fees cover credit courses taken in the Winter Session. UBC undergraduate students whoarestudying elsewhere on approved exchange programs covered bv a formal agreement between the two universities must register for the appropriate non-credit exchange activity and pay UBC tuition fees for 30 credits plus student fees for the Winter Session. All other UBC students on such exchange programs pay to UBC the normal tuition fees for their program for Winter Session plus student fees. 23) Non-degree Students Students not working toward a degree will be assessed fees on a per-credit basis (see Item 7). 24) Hospital Insurance Students from outside the Province of British Columbia must be covered with some form of hospital insurance as a condition of their acceptance to the University, See "The Student Health Service" for details. 25) Summer Session Tnilion fees payable (except Graduate Studies): Summer Session Association (tor stud registered in Summer Session Term 2 Auditor {73.25 credit $ 5.00 regular tuition fee Summer Session students are assessed a Student Activity fee of $4.93 per credit, an AMS fee of SI.00 per credit, and a Student Recreation Centre contribution of $2.23 per credit. The maximum undergraduate student fees payable for the period September I to August 31 are $39.50 (AMS), $88,80 Student Activity Fee and $40.00 Sludent Recreation Centre Contribution. Students should refer to the Summer Session Calendar for further details on these fees. 26) Guided Independent Study Courses Fees will be charged on a per-credit basis plus a non- relundabieadministrative charge of $30.00 for each Guided Independent Study course. Refunds will be granted if applied for in writing and received at the Guided Independent Study office by the end ofthe month ofthe course start date. Course materials must be returned in new condition. The minimum assessment will be $ 100.00 or 20% of the tuition, whichever is greater. A refundable examination fee of $15.00 is payable for examinations held at UBC and other designated centres, and is assessed when you register in the course. Where examinations are permitted at a location not normally set up for UBC examinations, a Special Invigilation and Outside Examination Centre Fee of $55.00 is payable with your examination application. The following fees also apply: Forestiy 111 (Section 99A) - additional Lahonitory fee $ 100.00 Forestry 202 & 203 I Sections 99B) - additional Laboratory fee $ 65.00 Forestiy 237, 238,308, 309 (Section 99C) - additional Laboratory fee $ 65.00 Forestry 405 (Section 99A) - additional laboratory fee } 80.00 Nursing 335 (Section 99Ai - additional Clinical Tutorial fee $200.00 Nursing 440 (Section 99Q - additional Clinical Tutorial fee $2252)0 Nursing -41 (Section 98A) - additional Clinical Tutorial fee $200.00 Nursing 442 (Section 99C) TBA Soil Science 200 (Section 99(4 - addilional laboratory fee $ 65.00 27) Special Fees Application Processing Fees For applicants presenting British Columbia documents (including applicants for reaclniission and/or change of Faculty) $ 17.00 For applicants presenting documents from outside B.C $ 42.00 Note: Fees shown are for most undergraduate programs. Some programs have higher or additional fees. Dishonoured cheque $ 15.00 Duplicate tuition fee receipts $ 5.00 Guided Independent Study credit course examinations at UBC and at designated centres (per paper) $ 10,00 Special Invigilation and Outside Exam Centre Fee (per paper) $ 55.00 . 25.00 $ .30.00 j 20.00 $ 55.00 $ 40.00 $ 25.00 $202.00 variable $ 50.00 $ (i.OO Supplemental examination a! UBC. per paper Sttpplemental examination at standard centres, per paper Deferred examination at standard centres, per paper Deferred or supplemental examination at special centres, per paper Special examination (where permitted), per paper Review of Assigned Standing, per course Co-operative Education Program, fee per course Education, supplementary- fee for M. Ed. programs partiall offered outside the Lower Mainland Dentistry, short-term visiting students Library (replacement cards) See also entries under the Faculties of Education, Gradu ate Studies, haw ancl Medicine, and the School of Rehabili tation Sciences. Field Trip Fees Agricultural Economics 400 Agricultural Sciences 300 Anthropology 306 Architecture 406 Architecture 512 (extra sessional) Biology 205 (optional field trip) Biology 326 (optional field nip) Biology 328 (optional field irip) Biology a()9 Biologv 426 Biology 427 Biology 428 (optional field trip) Geography 309 up lo Foresliy 351 (interior Field Trip) Forest Operations 552 Forestry 451 (Coast Field Trip) Wood Science & Industry 353 Geologv 235 Geology 335 $ 25 00 $ 225.00 variable $ 450.00 $ 550.00 variable variable variable variable variable variable variable $ 325.00 $ 330.00 variable $ 455.00 variable $ 300.00 $ 100.00 Landscape Architecture 199 — accommodation, insiruciion, administration $ 200,00 transportation, meals $ 150.00 ■ 350.00 Calendar Fees Calendar Fee ($3,50 plus GST) Calendar sent by mail (including $3.50 fee and GST): Canada U.S.A. Outside Canada (excluding U.S.A.) Transcript of Academic Record Official transcripts are normally available for pickup at the Registrar's Office on the next business day after they are ordered. Official transcripts are normally mailed within 5 working davs of ordering. Fees for transcripts are payable in advance. $ 8,00 $ 9.50 } 12,50 Single copy Addilional copies ordered al the same time, each copv Addilional fee for facsimile transmission, each copv • in Canada & USA • outside Canada & USA Additional fee lor Courier delivery, each copy • in Canada • in USA • outside Canada & t ISA - depends on destination 4.00 5.00 10.00 TELEREG Transaction Fee Use of TELEREG is free for the first 50 transactions (entry of student number and session code, fee enquiry, exit and some other commands are not included in this total). There is a fee of $1 per transaction in excess of 50 to a maximum of $35. Use of TELEREG is prohibited without special authorization after the $35 fee has been assessed. Flease see the Registration Guide for more details. Library - Extramural Services Fees have been authorized for extramural borrowing. Information concerning these fees may be obtained from the Librarian. General Information 39 Awards and Financial Aid The University offers a wide range of programs to recognize students with high academic achievement and provide financial assistance to those who cannot meet basic educational costs. Academic awards for undergraduate study as well as all financial need-based awards are administered by the Office of Awards & Financial Aid. Academic- awards for students in graduate studies are administered by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Detailed information on awards and application procedures is included in the UBC publication, Awards and Financial Aid, which is available from the Awards Office. The Awards Office is located in Brock Hall, Room 1036,1874 East Mall, Vancouver, B.C. V6T1Z1; telephone (604) 822-5111. The Faculty of Graduate Studies is located in Room 235 ofthe General Services Administration Building; telephone (604) 822- 4556. Both offices are open from 8:30 am to 4:00 pm, Monday through Friday. Undergraduate Students There are many forms of assistance available to undergraduate students (including those in professional programs) attending winter session at the University of British Columbia. Assistance programs fall into two general categories: those based on academic achievement (scholarships and prizes, etc.), and those based on financial need (bursaries, loans and work study). Scholarships Students demonstrating outstanding academic performance will be considered for scholarships and other academic awards. These awards are made available through contributions from corporate and individual donors as well as from the University operating budget. A majority of scholarships are awarded on the recommendation of a specific faculty or department, without the need for an application; however, some scholarships do require that the student apply. Several major entrance scholarships with annual values ranging from $2,500 to $6,500 are offered to students entering the University from secondary school. These awards include: • National Scholarships — The University of British Columbia offers up to ten awards of $26,000 (payable at $6,500 a year) each to outstanding students entering undergraduate programs from secondary schools in Canada. The awards will be based primarily on the student's scholarly achievement. Renewals are subject to continued scholarship standing. • The Mount Pleasant Branch #17, Royal Canadian Legion Scholarship — A $20,000 scholarship (payable at $5,000 a year) has been made available by the Mount Pleasant Branch of The Royal Canadian Legion, Vancouver, B.C., through the Vancouver Foundation. It will be awarded to a student entering the University from a Canadian secondary school. The applicant must be a Canadian citizen (a) born in Canada or (b) born of Canadian parent(s). In selecting candidates, consideration will be given to scholastic achievement and personal qualities, as well as interest and participation in school or community activities. In order to receive the renewals, the winners must maintain scholarship standing, • The Bert Henry Memorial Scholarship — An $18,000 scholarship (payable at $4,500 a year) has been made available by the late Gladys Henry. The award will be made to a student proceeding from a secondary school to The University of British Columbia. The award will University Services and Facilities be based primarily on the student's scholarly achievement. In order to receive the renewals, the winners must maintain scholarship standing. • Chancellor's Entrance Scholarship—The University of Bri ash Columbia offers up to 20 scholarships of $14,000^ each (payableat$3,500a year) to outstandingstudents entering undergraduate programs from secondary schools. The awards will be based primarily on the students' scholarly achievement. In order to receive the renewals, the winners must maintain scholarship standing. • President's Entrance Scholarships — The University of British Columbia offers up to 25 scholarships of $3,000 each to outstanding students entering undergraduate programs from secondary schools. Holders of this scholarship who maintain scholarship standing may receive a minimum scholarship of $1,800 per annum for a further three years of study. • University of B.C. Royal Institution Entrance Scholarships—Two scholarships of $3,000 each will beawarded to outstanding students entering undergraduate programs from secondary schools. The awards will be based primarily on the students' scholarly achievement. Holders of this scholarship who maintain scholarship standing may receive a minimum scholarship of $1,800 per annum for a further three years of study. • Charles A. and Jane C. A. Banks Foundation Entrance Scholarships—Five scholarships of $2,500 each will be offered to outstanding students entering the faculties of Science, Applied Science (Engineering), Forestry or Agricultural Sciences, from secondary schools. Holders of this scholarship who maintain a first class standing in a full program of study or who stand in the top 10% of their class will be assured a minimum level of scholarship support in the amount of $ 1,800 per annum for a further three years of study. • Norman Mackenzie Alumni Entrance Scholarships — Scholarships of $2,400 each are offered to B.C. residents entering undergraduate programs from senior secondary schools in 21 designated geographic regions ofthe province. In addition to the major entrance scholarships listed above, the following faculties or schools offer large scholarships to outstanding students entering their discipline: Engineering, Forestry, Agriculture, Music. There is also a range of smaller general scholarships, ranging in value from $500 to $2,200 each, to recognize academic excellence in entering students. Students entering UBC directly from Grade 12 must apply for major entrance awards and general scholarships by April 15. Other new students and those who are returning to UBC after one or more years' absence must submit an application for general scholarships by May 15 if they wish to be considered for academic awards. Some scholarships require special affiliations with clubs, unions, businesses, the armed services, etc. Applications for affiliation scholarships are available in early spring and must be submitted by May 15. Note: Since deadlines may change from year to year, I students planning to enter UBC in 1995 should contact the Awards Office early next year. Financial Aid I The major source of assistance for B.C. students who require financial assistance to pursue their educational objectives, is the British Columbia Student Assistance Program (BCSAP). B.C. students may obtain up to $7,344 ($11,254 for students with dependent children) in a combination of Canada Student Loan and British Columbia Student Loan or Equalization Payments. Students from other provinces may be able to obtain assistance through their "home" province. The University also offers bursaries, work study, and emergency loans to students demonstrating financial need. Students wishing to apply for BCSAP or similar assistance are encouraged to apply- early. Applications are available in the spring and should be submitted to the Ministry of Skills, Training and Labour prior to the last working day in June, for students needing their funds by the beginning ofthe term. Students in part- time studies (less than 6096 of a full load) may apply for the Part-time Student Assistance Program (PTSAP), which is intended to assist with the cost of tuition and books for Canadian citizens or permanent residents who can establish assessed financial need. A limited number of affiliation bursaries require a special application which must be submitted byjune 30. Applications for general bursaries are available in September and the submission deadline is October 1. Students wishing additional information may- obtain the UBC publication, Awards and Financial Aid. which contains detailed award descriptions. Graduate Students Financial support for graduate students usually comes from one of four basic sources: (a) merit-based awards administered by the Faculty of Graduate Studies; (b) teaching and research assistantships administered by individual departments; (c) need-based awards administered by the Office of Awards and Financial Aid; (d) external awards from other agencies. The major source of assistance for B.C. students anticipating financial difficulties in the pursuit of their educational objectives is the British Columbia Student Assistance Program (BCSAP). B.C. students may obtain up to $5,460 40 General Information in Canada Student Loans and $5.T"2 ($11.232 for students with dependent children) in B.C. Student Loans for a twelve-month program. Students from other provinces may be able to obtain assistance from their "home" province. The University also offers bursaries, work study, and emergency loans rosttidents demonstrating financial need. Students wishing to apply for BCSAP or similar assistance are encouraged to apply early. Applications are available in the spring ancl should be submitted to the Ministry of Skills, Training and Laboui prior tojunc 50, for studenls needing their funds bv the beginning ofthe term. Applications for genera! bursaries are available in September and the deadline is October 1 Students requiring assistance should obtain the UBC publication. Awards and Financial Aid. which contains detailed information. International Students International students who will require financial support to attend UBC must arrange this support prior lo their arrival in Canada. International students are eligible lo compete for awards assigned on the basis of scholastic performance for which the source of funds is the University operating budget, annual gifts, or income from endowments managed bv UBC. Competition for these awards is keen and the monetary value of each award covers only a portion ofthe full cost of study for one year al UBC. Funding for international students with demonstrated financial need is extremely limited as international students are not eligible for assistance through the Canada Student Loan Program. United States citizens or nationals are eligible to apply for Stafford Loans or SLS Loans to attend UBC. Further details about funding programs may be obtained through the Awards and Financial Aid Office. Regulations Governing University Awards Tbe following regulations, as approved bv the I iniversiiv Senate, govern all awards over which the University has jurisdiction. 1) It is the policy of the University to attract, at both graduate and undergraduate levels, the best academically qualified studenls. whatever their origin. With that objective in mind, it is the primary policy ofthe University to encourage donations, whether to individual Faculties or to the University's general scholarship and bursary funds, that can be used lo reward excellence or to support needy students without restrictions based on non-academic considerations.^ Such donations maximize fairness, flexibility and efficiency in the administration of available funds. 2) Unless otherwise stated, awards are tenable only at UBC ancl are open to winter session students onlv. Marks obtained in extra-session courses are not taken into account. 3) An award designated as a scholarship will normally be made only to a student standing in the top 10% of his' her year and facully. or with an average of "5". or higher. Prizes or other academic awards which are based on performance in a specific course require that the student stand in the top 10',. ol students registered in the course, or obtain an average of "'4 or higher for the course in question. Where scholarships are renewable or include a guarantee of continuing support to a.studenl maintaining "scholarship standing", this shall be interpreted as meaning that a student must successfully complete at least 90% of a full program of study with an overall average of at least 80%, or stand in the top 10% of his/her year and degree program. •i) To be eligible for a scholarship, a student must normally have completed a full program of study for the year and facility in which he/she was enrolled. This is defined as 90% or more of a full course load as prescribed bv the Dean ofthe Faculty. The standing of students taking more than the required number of credits will be determined on the basis ofthe required number of credits to be chosen in a manner most advantageous to lhe student. 5) Candidates are permitted to hold more than one academicaward only with the permission ofthe Awards Office. A winner may retain the honour of winning an award but resign the monetary value. Any funds thus made available will be used for additional awards. 6) Awards issued by the University are applietl to t uition fees. II the amount of the award is greater than the tees, the excess is paid to the student after the tuition fees have been deducted. Cheques should be picked up at the Awards Office, Room 1036, Brock Hall (East VOmg), on lhe dates indicated on individual award notices. 7) Holders of scholarships and bursaries are expected to be enrolled in at least 80%: of a full program of study. Awards are made only to those who continue their studies to the satisfaction of the Awards Office and may be withheld for unsatisfactory attendance or progress. 8) Students who have completed at least one year of study at UBC may be eligible to defer certain scholarships for one year, provided they show satisfactory reasons for postponing attendance. Application for deferment must he made to the Awards Office. Studenls wishing to take up an award deferred from a previous vear musl advise the Awards Office by July 1st. Entrance scholarships are not normally deferred. Exceptions mav be made, however, for students who are recipients of specific awards such as the Rotarv Foundation Scholarship and the Pacific Rim Scholarship (through the Province of British Columbia). 9) Scholarships awarded for achievement in a specific faculty or discipline are normally conditional upon the winner continuing studies in the same discipline during tbe following year. A course-change to an ineligible faculty or discipline will usually result in reassignment of the award to another student. 10) Bursaries are awarded on lhe basis of financial need. 11) If invested funds do not provide the necessary income for any endowed award, payment ofthe award may be reduced or the award withheld. The University does not guarantee the pavment of any awards other thant hose from the funds ofthe University. The I Iniversity reserves the right to withhold awards donated bv individuals or organizations where the funds required have not actually been received. 12) The Senate of the University of British Columbia reserves the right to change the terms governing an award, so that they may better meet new conditions, mav more fi illv carry out the intentions of the donor, or maintain the usefulness of the benefaction. The rights so reserved shall be exercised by resolution of tbe Sena: ed u Ivconfit med by the Board of Governors, provided always that a year's notice shall be given in Senate of any proposed change and that the donor or his representative, if known, shall be consul ted about the proposed change. Regulations Governing Graduate Awards 1) The fellowships offered are available only for full-time study and/or research leading to a higher degree in the Faculty of Graduate Studies at the University of British Columbia and will normally be paid if the recipient is in full-time study and/or research at the Univeratyon thepayment dates. Full-timestudy means that the student may not commit more than 12 hours per week of working time, including teaching assistant or research assistant duties, to matters other than the degree. Students whose programs require off- campus field work must submit a letter of authorization from the head ofthe department, 2) A fellowship recipient is not permitted to hold, simultaneously, other major fellowships or scholarships. 3) Students should note that the University does not deduct income tax from the fellowship awards, which are taxable in the hands of the recipient. 4) Board and room, and other fees are the responsibility ofthe student. 5) Subject to satisfactory standing and progress, Full University Graduate Fellowships are normally renewable for a second year. After one renewal, candidates who wish to apply for a further award must re-enter the competition. Partial University Graduate Fellowships and awards from the Hugo E. Meilicke Fund, ~and the Tina and Morris Wagner Foundation are for one year only, 6) Killam Predoctoral Fellowships are subject to the same terms of award as University Graduate Fellowships. General Information 41 First Nations House of Learning Since its inception in 1987, First Nations House of Learning has continued to work towards making the University's vast resources more accessible to B.C.'s First People, and to improve the University's ability to meet the needs of First Nations. The House of Learning is dedicated to quality preparation in all fields of post-secondary study, with quality education being determined by its relevance to the philosophy and values of First Nations, The House of Learning promotes a number of programs developed specifically for First Nations students. These include: First Nations Health Care Professions Program, Native Indian Teacher Education Program, First Nations Law Program, and Ts' 'kel Graduate Studies. The House of Learning is committed to assisting First Nations students achieve their academic goals in all areas of post- secondary study. The First Nations House of Learning is responsible directly to the President's Office, and is guided by a President's Advisory Committee. This committee includes representatives ofthe First Nations community, government, and UBC faculty and students. We are pleased to be located in our new home, the First Nations Longhouse, which unites the First Nations programs under one roof and serves as a home away from home for Aboriginal students. Students are encouraged to visit the First Nations Longhouse at 1985 West Mall, The University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C., V6T1Z2; telephone (604) 822-8940, fax (604) 822-8944. School and College Liaison Office The School and College Liaison Office provides information services and programs for counsellors and prospective UBC students from Canadian secondary schools and colleges. Counsellors and students with inquiries about undergraduate programs, admission requirements, awards and financial aid, student housing and other student services at UBC are encouraged to contact the Office. Liaison Office representatives visit B.C. secondary schools and colleges each year to meet with prospective UBC students. The Office also arranges visits to UBC for groups of secondary school students on request from counsellors or teachers. Individual students can arrange to take a guided walking tour of campus most Fridays throughout the year by calling the Liaison Office. The Office also organizes Orientation programs on campus each summer for new students entering first year at UBC in the fall and for college transfer students. For information or assistance, please contact the School and College Liaison Office, The University of British Columbia, Room 206, Brock Hall, 1874 East Mall, Vancouver, B.C., VST 1Z1; telephone (604) 822-4319. The office is open from 8:30 am to 4:30 pm, Monday through Friday. Student Resources Centre The Centre provides a confidential counselling service for students attending the University. Able ancl disabled men and women may discuss their educational, career, personal or inter-personal concerns with a professionally trained Counsellor, free of charge. Career and personality testing is arranged for UBC students in conjunction with counselling. Appointments maybe made Monday through Thursday, 8:00 am to 6:00 pm and Friday, 8:00 am to 4:30 pm. A career and educational library is also available containing self-help books and career information. In addition to individual counselling, various skill-based group workshops are offered throughout the academic year. Enquiries regarding counselling, workshops or testingshould be addressed to the Student Resources Centre, Brock Hall, #200 -1874 East Mall, The University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 17,1: telephone (604) 822-3811. International Student Centre The primary functions ofthe International Student Centre are to assist international students achieve their academic ambitions at UBC and to promote understanding andgoodwill among international and Canadian students. Since 1992, some direct services to the growing population of post-doctoral fellows, international scholars and exchange students have had to be suspended due to insufficient resources to service the rapidly growing international student body.) With the assistance of about 400 volunteers a year, the professional staff manage the centre and offer services in the following areas: Summer Services to In-coming International Students and Scholars 1) Pre-departure Information 2) Airport reception 3) Temporary Accommodation 4) Intensive Orientation Year-round Services to International Students and Scholars 1) Advising—providing information and advice on non- academic matters, e.g. visa, work permit, health insurance, cross-cultural adjustment and financial aid, 2) Wellness programs — regular fitness classes, sports, social, intellectual and cultural activities. 3) Peer Program—a buddy system in the Winter Session which matches new International Students with trained Canadian Students. 4) Language services — ESI. classes, English tutorials, Language Exchange, Language Bank (translation ancl interpretation). 5) Monthly newsletter. 6) Special programs for spouses ancl family members, 7) Re-entry Program — workshops scheduled at different times ofthe year to prepare students for return to their home countries Facilities at International House International House is an international student centre with facilities for cultural, social and intellectual activities. Student groups, university departments and community organizations mav apply to use the facilities through prit ir booking. WASAIL-A Work and Study Abroad Information Library is run by volunteers at International House to meet the needs of outgoing exchange students and the University community. Advocacy and Liaison Work at University, Community, Government, National and International Levels The Director ofthe International Student Centre works closely with other university departments, community groups, government agencies as well as national and international organizations involved in international educalion. We also look after CIDA-sponsored students ancl iobhv for government policy changes to facilitate international education ancl exchanges. International House is located at 1783 West Mall. The University nf British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C.: telephone (604) 822-5021 or fax (60-i) 822-5099. The Disability Resource Centre Director: Ruth Warick, B.A. (Sask.), M.A., M.Ed. (Regina). The Disability Resource Centre was established to facilitate the development of programs and initiatives which foster the participation of persons with disabilities in post-secondary institutions. The Centre's role is to promote the full involvement of students, faculty, staff and visitors with disabilities in all that the University of British Columbia has to offer. One of the Centre's goals is to foster an accessible learning environment at UBC and to work with the university community, and the community at large, in eliminating systemic, structural and attitudinal barriers to the partici- rpation^Bisabled persons within the University. The Centre has a mandate to work cooperatively with the various faculties, schools and administrative units on campus to support services, research, teaching and pro- l gram initiatives which relate to disabilities. The Centre also provides a service liaison function to students with disabilities at UBC. An advisory committee comprised of university faculty, staff, ancl student representatives from community organizations, government ant! tbe private sector provides advice to tbe Director ofthe Centre. The Committee is chaired by the incumbent of the Rick Hansen National Fellow Program. The Centre is financed by contributions from the federal government, the provincial government, the Vancouver Foundation and the private sector. The centre is located at 18" i East Mall. For information please call the Disability- Resource Centre at (604) 822-5844; TDD only (604) 822- 9049; fax (MM) 822-6655. Services for Students with Disabilities Information and referral concerning services for students with disabilities can be obtained from the Disability Resource Centre. These services include the lending of specialized equipment; interpreter services; the co-ordination of arrangements for students who need special conditions for examinations; and the Students Helping Students program whereby note taking, peer tutoring and other services arc provided. Information on campus accessibility and general information on the assistance the University offers students with disabilities with their education is provided through the Centre. In order to discuss individual needs, students with disabilities should make an appointment with the Liaison Officer as soon as they apply for admission to the University. To arrange an appointment, or for information on all the services available to sludents wilh disabilities, telephone (604) 822-5844, TDD only (604) 822-9049, Monday to Friday, 8:30 am to i:00 pm. 42 General Information The Rick Hansen National Fellow Program Rick Hansen, CC, O.B.C The Rick Hansen National Fellow Program, established to perpetuate the ideals and values of Rick Hansen and the Man in Motion World Tour, and to support national and international advocacy as it relates to persons with disabilities. The National Fellow Program focuses on all areas of society and provides a positive influence for social change in Canada and throughout the world. The Rick Hansen National Fellow Program is financed bv an endowment from the Federal Government and the Province of British Columbia. The offices are in the Disability Resource Centre, currently located in Room 1040, Brock Hall, 1874 East Mall. For information please call the Rick Hansen National Fellow Program at (604) 822-4433. Women Students' Office The WSO assists the University (students, faculty, and staff) in creating a welcoming environment for all women students regardless of race, religion, age, disability, ethnic background, or sexual orientation. It is part of UBC's commitment to an equitable environment. The WSO provides feminist counselling and referral services for individual women students, identifies problem areas and issues which lead to individual advocacy, and works with faculties/departments to assist them with creating a welcoming environment for women students. Women's safety (forexample, acquaintance sexual assault prevention and education) is a top priority for the WSO; workshops and video/discussions on prevention are available. Services and Activities • Individual services: advocacy, information, counselling, support, referrals. • Support groups: educational, therapeutic and support groups includegroups for mature women, graduate students, sexual abuse survivors, and women worrying about their weight. • Workshops: a variety are offered, for example, "Navigating UBC," "Being Heard in Seminars," "Time management," "Assertiveness" and "Managing School-related Stress." • Raise awareness of women's issues: working with other units, the WSO cooperatively offers programs on Acquaintance Sexual Assault Prevention and Education. • Organizational climate: we assist units and faculty in addressing organizational culture and climate for women (chilly climate and inequity in the classroom) by providing resources and/or working with them to accomplish their goals. • Practicum and volunteer placements: opportunities to participate in feminist work include volunteering and practicum placements. • Out-reach: we offer customized workshops for departments and faculties on request. • Resource library: features a collection of books, articles, government publications and dippings related to women's issues. Drop in to Brock Hall, Room 203,1874 Fast Mall, between 9:00 am and 4:30 pm, or call (604) 822-2415 for an appointment. Sexual Harassment Policy Office This office was established in 1989 to implement the University's Sexual Harassment Policy. The Advisers in this office have two mandates. First, they advise and assist individuals who have received unwelcome comments and/or conduct of a sexual nature from any member of the campus community. They explain the protection and procedures, both disciplinary and non-disciplinary, available under the Sexual Harassment Policy. Discussion with an Adviser is confidential. Second, the Advisers conduct workshops and seminars for groups seeking information on sexual harassment and the Sexual Harassment Policy. The office is located in Brock Hall, Room 306. Office hours are 9:00 am to 4:30 pm, Monday to Friday; telephone (604) 822-6353. UBC Student Placement Services UBC Student Placement Services, also known as "TheJob Shop", links students and alumnae with employers and employment opportunities using state-of-the-art electronic touchtone telephone systems called "JobsLine and Carcerslane", telephone (604) 822-81.68. Employment opportunities are also posted in the Career Opps glass cases. Resume preparation, job search, and interview skills expertise are available from experienced staff. Interview facilities are provided for employers. Located in Brock Hall, Room 31F, 1HT-4 Fast Mall, hours are 8:30 am to 4:30 pm, Mondav to Friday; telephone (604) 822-4011. Child Care Facilities There are twelve child care programs on campus caring for children from birth to twelve years of age. The programs are popular so applications must be made early. Contact the Child Care Services Office, 5590 Osoyoos Crescent, Vancouver, B.C., V6T 1X7; telephone (604) 822-5343 for information and waiting list applications. Student Housing On-Campus Accommodation • Single Students — Furnished residence accommodation is available for single students during Winter Session from August 31-April 30 on a room-and-boat'd basis in Place Vanier and Totem Park Residences, or on a room-only basis in Walter H. Gage Residence or Ritsunieikan-IJBC House. Year-round, room-only, furnished accommodation for senior students is available in the Fairview Crescent townhouses. The Housing Department's application process is entirely separate from the University's admissions system, so students should not wait until they are admitted to UBC before applying for housing. Information booklets, application forms and rate sheets for Place Vanier, Totem Park, Walter Gage. Ritsumeikan-UBC House, and Fairview Crescent Residences are available from the Housing Office. The University of British Columbia, Brock HalUS^i East Mall, Vancouver. B.C. V6T 17.1, or telephone ((>0i) 822-2811. fax (604) 822-6935. The office is open Monday to Friday, 8:30 am to 44)0 pm and is closed on weekends and statutory holidays. • Student Family Accommodation — Five hundred and thii'tv-one unfurnished apartments and townhouses are available on a vc.iilv tenancy basis in the Acadia Park development, for couples with or without children. Families should apply to Family Housing, The University of British Columbia, Brock Hall, 1874 East Mall, Vancouver, B. C V6T 17.1 ortelephone (604) 822-4411, fax (604) 822-6935. • Faculty/Staff Accommodation — Two hundered sixty- eight unfurnished apartments are available on a yearly tenancy basis in Acadia Park for singles and couples with or without children. Applicants should apply to Faculty/Staff Housing, The University of British Columbia, Brock Hall, 1874 East Mall, Vancouver, B.C., V6T 1Z1, or telephone (604) 822-4411, fax (604) 822-6935. Residence Advisers Some positions as Residence Advisers are offered each year to students who have demonstrated ability to relate well to others in a community environment, to maintain high academic standards, and to participate actively in student life in residence. Application forms and detailed job descriptions are available in early January at the Housing Office or at the Residence Front Desks. Personal interviews are necessary. Additional On-Campus Accommodation Green College is a residential graduate college. For further information see Graduate Studies section of the Calendar. Theological Colleges provide a limited number of beds in the following residences. Contact the Dean of Residences directly. Carey Hall, Baptist (Men ancl Women) 224-4308 St. Andrew's Hall, Presbyterian (Men and Women) 822-9720 Vancouver School uf Theology (Men and Women) 228-9031 Off-Campus Accommodation International Studenl Centre (International House) and the Graduate Student Centre have listings of off-campus accommodation available to students on their notice boards. TheAlma Mater Society (AMS) recently created a new off- campus housing registry, the AMS RentsLine®. This is a computerized telephone registry that is open to landlords and students 24 hours a day, providing up-to-date information on off-campus housing availability. It can be used from any touch-tone telephone in the world. Students seeking accommodation may call (604) 822-9844, local calls are free of charge. Landlords wishing to advertise space for rent, or students seeking roommates, mav call (604) 822-9847 to post their voice listing. Listings will stay on the system for two weeks. A $ 15.00 charge will be levied for each new listing posted. For more information, call (604) 822-8725. RentsLine® is a trademark of Career VoiceLINK. Inc., Orinda, CA. The Student Health Service The Student Health Service is located in the Acute Care Unit, University Hospital Reception room is Main Floor Room M334; telephone (604) 822-7011. Clinic hours are Monday to Friday from 84)0 am to 44)0 pm. There is an Emergency Department in the Acute Care Unit where help is available for acute injuries or sudden illness, when the Health Service is closed. The Student Health Service is available for the use of all currently registered UBC students who are taking credit General Information 43 courses. The unit is staffed by qualified personnel and is not part ofthe teaching facility ofthe University Hospital. Services include care of illness or injury, psychiatric services, preventive medicine, counselling, antigen and immunization administration. When necessary, hospitalization will be arranged in a hospital, either on or off campus, depending on the type of facility required. Medical Requirements for Registration The University reserves the right to insist upon a medical examination if circumstances warrant. Routine Regarding Absence due to Sickness and Injury 1) Students absent from December or April examinations must submit a Request for Academic Concession form to the Dean of their Faculty or Director of their School as soon as possible. These forms are available from the Dean's or Director's office. The request should be accompanied by a Statement of Illness form completed by either the Student Health Sendee or the attending physician. Academic concessions are granted only by the Dean or Director (or their delegate) and are a privilege not a right. The student may be asked to provide additional information. 2) Students absent at other times because of illness should report their absence to their instructors. If they wish to request academic concession, they should follow the procedure outlined in point 1 above. General Information on Medical and Hospital Insurance 1) Hospital Insurance a) Students who are classified as residents of B.C. are entitled to B.C. Hospital Insurance benefits. b) St udents who are not classified as residents of B.C. are not eligible for payment of hospital costs under the British Columbia Hospital Service. Please make enquiries regarding eligibility for residents at BCHIS office; telephone (604) 660-2-406. All Canadian provinces accept responsibility for hospital costs for their students attending The University of British Columbia provided the hospital insurance premiums (where required) have been paid. 2) Sickness Insurance It is advisable for all B.C. residents to have coverage under the Medical Services Plan of B.C. Unmarried students whose parents are enrolled in the M.S.P.B.C. are insured as dependents until their 19th birthday. The coverage may be continued until the student's 25th birthday if the student is in full-time attendance at university and mainly dependent on his or her parents, but the Plan must be notified of these facts each September, otherwise coverage ceases on the 19th birthday. For students who are not covered by their parents' medical insurance plan, the following plan is available:— • Medical Services Plan o/'B. C-. Students covered by this Plan as individual subscribers may be eligible for a subsidy. Students who have not established residency (see General Information on Medical and Hospital Insurance, item l),b) above) are not able to purchase this plan. Coverage should be maintained in the home Province. Non-Canadian students are strongly advised to have adequate hospital/sickness insurance coverage. A three- month coverage should be obtained, either in their coun try of origin or immediately upon arrival in British Columbia. After three months, those on either student or working visas may be eligible for the Medical Services Plan of British Columbia. (Applicat ion should be made on arrival) Application forms for medical insurance coverage are available at your Student Health Service and enquiries are always welcome. Please feel free to drop into the clinic when you arrive and meet our staff (see paragraph 1). For further details consult the Health Service or the Medical Services Plan of B.C., telephone (604) 669-4211, New Enrolment Office or write to M.S.P.B.C, 1410 Government Street, Victoria, B.C., V8W 112. Sludents who allow their insurance to lapse will be billed directly. The following Faculties and Schools have special requirements; please see the appropriate Calendar section: • Faculty of Medicine and School of Rehabilitation Sciences • Faculty of Dentistry • School of Nursing — undergraduate and graduate programs The University Library The University of British Columbia Library is the second largest academic library in Canada and has more than eight million items. There are libraries at eleven locations on campus and three off campus. Library Orientation Tours and orientation programs are offered at the beginning of Winter and Summer Sessions. Times are posted. Tou rs may also be arranged at other times. The Library publishes numerous guides and handouts explaining the organization of the system and outlining the resources and services available. These may be picked up at information and reference desks throughout the system. Main Library Main Library, located on Main Mall, west of the Student Union Building, holds research collections in the humanities, social sciences and physical sciences and offers specialized reference services in these areas. Includes separate divisions for Data library, Fine Arts, Government Publications and Microforms, Maps, and Special Collections. Branch Libraries Sedgewick Library (Main Mall) — Serves undergraduates in Arts and in first and second year Science and Engineering. All campus libraries are open to undergraduates, but Sedgewick is usually tbe best source of the materials they need. Asian Centre Brock Hall (Braille, large print, and tape- recorded materials) Education Building, Top Floor, centre block David Lam [Management Research Centre Law Building MacMillan Building, Room 360 Mathematics Building, Main Floor, south wing Music Building, Fourth Floor Sedgewick Undergraduate Library Medical Sciences Complex Vancouver General Hospital Hamber Branch St. Paul's Hospital Branch Children's Hospital St. Paul's Hospital Asian Library Cratie Library Education Library Lan: Library Law Library MacMillan Forestry and Agriculture Library Mathematics Libraiy Music Library Wilson Recordings Collection Woodward Biomedical Library Biomedical Branch Services Reference assistance is available in all libraries. Other services such as photocopying and interlibrary loan are also provided. Hours of service are posted in each library. Extramural Services Although the Library's collections and services are maintained primarily for UBC students and faculty, they may also be used by persons outside the University whose studies cannot be pursued in other libraries in the province Those who qualify as extramural borrowers may purchase library cards at the Circulation Division, Main Library. Archives Part ofthe Main Library, the University of British Columbia Archives serves as the central repository for information and records created by, for, and about the University. It has the primary responsibility to select, receive, de- ' scribe, reference, and administer recorded data in all formats produced as part of the official business of the University for all faculties, departments, affiliated agencies, and related bodies. The Archives also collects the papers of selected faculty members and former students and the records of independent student, alumni and employee organizations. In addition to its textual material, the University Archives' holdings also include approximately 200,000 photographic images, 3,500 audio and visual tapes, and 2,500 maps, plans and drawings. Computing and Communications Supports the campus community in the development and operation of information and communication infrastructure including: Academic and Administrative Computing Printing and Publishing Voice, Data and Video Network Services For information about services contact: University Computing Services (UCS) 822-6611 Information Systems Management (ISM)... 822-6611 Telecommunication Services 822-2555 Media Services 822-5931 UBC Press 822-3259 Continuing Studies In response to the evolving needs of the public, UBC united three offices in 1992 (the former Centre for Continuing Education, Office of Extra-Sessional Studies and UBC Access Guided Independent Study) into one unit called Continuing Studies. The administrative offices of Continuing Studies' credit division and non-credit Language Institute/fMStiftt/ des Langues will be relocated in April 1994 to the University Services Building, 2329 West Mall. Vancouver, B.C., V6T 17.4.. Continuing Studies Non-Credit Courses 5997 Iona Drive, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1, telephone (604) 222-2181. Continuing Studies offers over 650 non-credit courses each year to increase enjoyment of the arts, humanities and sciences, to improve communication skills and to enhance personal and career development. Most courses have no prerequisites and take place on tbe UBC campus. 44 General Information Seasonal course calendars are published in April, September and January. Call to receive a free calendar. Extra-Sessional Studies Credit Courses 2329 West Mall, Vancouver, B.C., V6T 17.4, telephone (60a) 822-2657. Extra-Sessional Studies is responsible for the coordination and administration of ail credit courses offered after 4:30 pm during the Winter Session, on a daytime and evening basis over the two Summer Session terms, anti through a Directed Study Abroad program. Working in cooperation with over 100 academic and administrative departments in seven faculties, the Office offers an expanding number of degree programs available entirely- through part-time study. This diverse program enrols over 15,000 students each academic year, meeting the needs of a wide range of people who wish to work toward a degree on a part-time basis. UBC Access Guided Independent Study 2329 West Mail, Vancouver, B.C, V6T 174, telephone (604) 822-6565. UBC Access Guided Independent Study offers credit courses in Agricultural Sciences, Arts, Education. Forestry and Nursing (post-R.N.) for home study. These distance education courses provide one ofthe study options open to UBC students who are unable to attend scheduled classes. Flexibility is an important characteristic of the program: many courses have six sessional offerings each year. The courses combine tutoring by qualified instructors with the convenience of home study. The degree credit offerings carry full credit toward degree or diploma programs in accordance with the requirements of the faculty concerned. For calendars, brochures and registration information relating to these three areas, contact them by telephone or write to the unit (c/o The University of British Columbia) as listed above. University Writing Centre The University Writing Centre offers two one-term non- credit courses in writing to students who wish to enrol in first-year English courses but who have yet to achieve a level 5 or 6 on the language Proficiency Index (LPI) Writing 098C/D is for students with English as a first language. Writing 098A/B is for students with English as an additional language. The purpose of these courses is twofold: to assist students in developing the skills in language and composition necessary to achieve the necessary level on the LPI and to enable them to prepare for the writing tasks they wiil face in first-year English and in many other credit courses which require students to write essays and reports. UBC students enrol in Writing 098 using TELEREG. The course schedule is listed in the Registration Guide under "University Writing Centre Courses." Non-UBC students should call the Writing Centre. Please note that course fees and withdrawal procedures differ from those of regular credit courses. For more information, telephone (604) 822-9564. English Language Institute (English as a Second Language) The English Language Institute offers courses in English as a second language for students who wish to improve their ability in spoken and written English. The Academic Preparation Program is designed for students who wish to study at post-secondary institutions where instruction is given in English. The program is open to students who have not achieved the 570 TOEFL (580 for Arts) score required for admission to UBC. The Communication Program is designed to improve students' fluency and overall listening and speaking skills. Both the Academic Preparation and Communication programs are offered during the day, four times per year. A TOEFL Preparation program is offered to prepare students for all parts of the TOEFL test, including listening comprehension, structure, vocabulary and reading comprehension. This program is offered in the evening, three times per year. All courses offered by the English Language Institute are non-credit and do nol guarantee admission to a university or college. For further information, write or telephone the English Language Institute, Continuing Studies, 5997 Iona Drive, Vancouver, BC, V6T 171; telephone (604) 222-5208; fax (6()4) 222-5283. Canadian Armed Forces Subsidization Plans The high professional ability required of present clay military officers demands the best in education and training. The Department of National Defence therefore sponsors programs of university education and leadership training for selected young men and women who have the potential to become officers in the Canadian Armed Forces. The admission standards are high bin, for those who qualify, the way is open to a challenging and rewarding career. The programs sponsored are the Regular Officer Training Plan (ROTP), Medical Officer Training Plan (MOTP) and Dental Officer Training Plan (DOTP). Training given under these plans is divided into two parts: normal attendance at university throughout the academic vear, and military training each summer. A period of compulsory military service is a condition of acceptance to any of these plans. ROTP This plan combines university subsidization with career training as an officer in the Regular component of the Canadian Forces. Successful applicants are enrolled in the rank of Officer Cadet. They are required to maintain a good standing both academically ancl militarily while in the plan. All tuition and other essential fees arc paid by the Department of National Defence. As well, a monthly salary is paid to cover living expenses. Free medical and dental care is provided. Annual leave with full pay and allowances may be granted each year, usually before and after the summer training period. On graduation the Officer Cadet is commissioned as an officer in the rank of 2nd Lieutenant. Undergraduate students are also eligible to apply for this program provided they have at least one full year remaining before graduation. MOTP Subsidization is provided under the Medical Officer Training Plan for the final three years of medical school ancl up to two years of internship, it consists of paid tuition, paid hook ancl instrument expenses, complete medical and dental coverage, paid holidays and a monthly salary for living expenses. Successful MOTP applicants are enrolled in the rank of 2nd Lieutenant, promoted to the rank of Lieutenant on the day they commence internship ancl to the rank of Captain the dav thev become licensed to practice medicine. DOTP Subsidization is provided under the Dental Officer Training Plan for a maximum of four ofthe final years of study in a faculty of dentistry. It consists of paid tuition, paid book and instrument expenses, complete medical ancl dental coverage, paid holidays and a monthly salary for living expenses. Successful DOTP applicants are enrolled in the rank of 2nd Lieutenant, and are promoted to the rank of Captain the day they receive a licence to practice dentistry. Admission An applicant must: 1) be a Canadian citizen; 2) be physically fit for enrolment in the Canadian Forces; 3) if ROTP — be at least 16 years of age on the first day of Januaiy of the year he/she commences first year studies at university, or if MOTP or DOTP — be at least P years of age; and 4) be recommended for enrolment bya Canadian Forces Recruiting Centre or Detachment. Application Individuals interested in obtaining more information on, or wishing to make application for, any of these plans are requested to contact: Commanding Officer Canadian Forces Recruiting Centre 757 W. Hastings Street Suite R12S, Sinclair Centre Vancouver, B.C. V6C1A1 Telephone (604) 6u6-4192 or 1-800-663-1210 (Toll Free) The University Bookstore The UBC Bookstore, in its 55.000 sq. ft. premises at 6200 University Boulevard, and its Health Sciences Bookshop at 2750 Heather Street, is one ofthe largest bookstores in North America. The Bookstore is prepared to supply all course materials and supplies required bystudents,includingbooks, notebooks, instruments and all kinds of specific and general supplies. As the major academic bookstore in British Columbia the UBC Bookstore regularly stocks over 100,000 general and academic titles for the convenience of the students, faculty and staff of the University, as well as professional and business people and the general public. In addition, the Bookstore specializes in electronic calculators, microcomputers and software. The Bookstore is also a franchisee for Canada Post and provides all the postal facilities of a Post Office. Normal hours are 8:30 am to 5:00 pm, Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday; 8:30 am to 8:30 pm, Wednesday; 9:30 am to 5:00 pm, Saturday. For your convenience, extended hours are announced at the start of some Sessions. To allow students the choice between buying new books and used hooks, the Bookstore will re-purchase from students used books, in good condition, up to the estimated requirements ofthe next regular session. Dates of the buy-backs arc advertised ahead of time in the store and campus media. The UBC Bookstore is owned and operated by the University, on a self-sustaining financial basis, with respect to both operating and capital development costs. General Information 45 Parking Regulations Regulation of parking is enforced on the campus. Maps outlining parking regulations are available at the Traffic Office at 6501 N.W. Marine Drive. These regulations remain in effect throughout the year, and all faculty, staff and students ofthe University, ancl visitors, are responsible for familiarizing themselves with them. No parking is allowed on roadways or in any area not designated for parking. "B" lots provide inexpensive daily parking for all mem hers of the University and parking permits are sold at the Traffic Office to allow faculty, students and staff members to park their vehicles in various registered-vehicle parking lots. Pay parking lots and parking meters are provided for campus visitors. Athletic, Intramural Sports and Recreational Programs Opportunities are available at the University of British Columbia for students to participate in a wide variety of sports-related activities. In co-operation with the Alma Mater Society, the University sponsors an extensive Intercollegiate, Intramural and Recreational sports program. Students are encouraged to participate in the activities which best suit their needs. Students who meet university athletic eligibility requirements are encouraged to try out for any one of several sports administered through the Men's and Women's intercollegiate programs. In competition with other universities, UBC has established a reputation as being one of the most outstanding universities in Canada. The Intramural and Recreational sports programs provide on-campus facilities for competitive and drop-in sports for faculty, staff and students. Over 10,000 participants are attracted annually to these programs. Opportunities are also provided for those who wish to participate in self-directed sport activities. Facilities such as the Osborne Centre can be booked for this purpose. For the use ofthe Thunderbird Winter Sports Centre and the Aquatic Centre, contact must be made with the administrative offices located in each facility. For further information on any of the above programs, please contact the appropriate offices listed below: Aquatic: Centre (604) 822-4521 Athletic and Sports Services Office Room 272, War Memorial Gym (60.) 822-2531 Intramurals 66 Sub Plaza (604)822-6000 Recreational Sports & Outdoor Rentals Fitness Centre, Room 2^0, War Memorial Gym (604) 822-3996 Thunderbird Winter Sports Centre (60a) 822-6121 Athletic and Sport Facilities A newly developed department within the University, the Department of Athletic ancl Sport Facilities, is coordinating the management of several facilities on campus. For infomation and availability please contact the individual facilities listed below or the general office: Athletic and Sport Facilities 6081 University Boulevard Room 100 - War Memorial Gym Vancouver, B C, V6T 1Z1 Telephone (604) 822-3917 Fax(604) 822-6011 Thunderbird Winter Sports Centre The Thunderbird Centre complex is the result of several construction phases. The initial phase was officially opened on October 25,1963. This phase included the 1,284 seat main rink, a six sheet curling rink and a licensed lounge and restaurant, which has since been named the Thunderbar. The $500,000 facility was funded by theAlma Mater Society, the Molson Foundation, the Federal, Provincial Winter Works Program and the UBC Board of Governors. In December 1969, a$1 million expansion was completed and contained a court centre with four squash and two handball courts, several change and ancillary rooms and two additional hockey rinks The new area included a pro- shop with a wide range of rental and retail hockey services, h 1990, the Thunderdeck was completed including a licensed and seasonal lounge with an outdoor patio overlooking the outdoor playing fields and tennis courts. The 1969 expansion was funded with retained earnings from facility operations. This funding precedent for campus cevelopment was again applied in 1993 with the conversion of the curling rink to a fourth hockey rink. Also constructed were several changerooms, an upgraded main entrance and extensive infrastructure upgrade. The total cost for construction and concession was in excess of $1.5 million. The Thunderbird Centre hosts varsity and intramural hockey, tournaments, and campus and community league play. The lounges provide year round food and beverage and medium size banquet services. The Banquet room operates September through April. The lounges offer full satell ite TV Sports bar services year round and the squash and tacquetball courts serve the campus and community populations. Paid parking is available immediately adjacent to the centre. Thunderbird Stadium The Stadium is the largest outdoor public assembly facility on campus. Opened in October 1967, the 3,500 seat stadium is home to the UBC football Thunderbirds. The $1 million development was funded by the UBC Board of Governors. The seats are covered by a roof suspended by cables supported by twelve reinforced columns topped by concrete Thunderbirds. The scoreboard was donated by the graduating class of 1967. Conventional field lighting was installed in 1980. The Stadium provides a range of event services required for 'football, rugby and soccer games and has been reconfigured to handle crowds of 30,000 for festivals. Not generally available for individual student activity, it does provide an opportunity for students to use it for spectator events. In 1992, Thunderbird Stadium was ranked fourth internationally for stadium of its size by the facilities industry. Over 70,000 tickets were sold for events in the Stadium - equal to twenty capacity crowds. War Memorial Gymnasium The gymnasium was officially dedicated on October 26, 1951. A student-alumni campaign contributed funds towards the $800,000 cost to construct the facility to honour the men and women of British Columbia who served in World Wars I and II. The main hall currently holds 2,100 spectators with seating to be increased to 3,500 by 1995. The facility contains offices ofthe Department of Athletic and Sport Facilities, the School of Human Kinetics and the Athletics division of the Department of Athletics and Sport Services. The gymnasium serves as a site for basketball and volleyball practices and games for varsity and intramural sports, for sport tournaments and championships and for special events. The gymnasium also hosts convocation ceremonies, at which time all UBC degrees are awarded. The facility is the primary locker and shower facility for students, faculty, and staff with full services available at a nominal cost. UBC Lost and Found Services are provided through the equipment dispensary ofthe gymnasium. UBC Aquatic Centre The Aquatic Centre includes an open air fifty metre pool and an indoor fifty metre pool. The outdoor Empire Pool, which adjoins War Memorial Gymnasium, was completed in 1954 to provide competitive swimming and diving facilit les for the British Empire and Commonwealth Games hosted that year. Funded by the British Empire and Commonwealth Games Canada (1954) Society, the pool includes five and ten metre diving platforms. The indoor pool, completed in 1978, was funded primarily by the Alma Maier Society, the Alumni Association, the Federal and Provincial Governments and the UBC Board of Governors. The $5.8 million complex includes a fifty and a twenty five metre pool and a twenty five yard pool, a five metre diving platform and, one and three metre diving boards. The lower level of the indoor complex includes an extensive fitness centre complete with sauna and steam room facilities, and the John M, Buchanan Fitness and Research Area. The centre is a significant employer of students throughout the year offering opportunities in life guarding, swim instruction andgeneraloffice operations. University swims provide an opportunity for students, faculty and staff to utilize the facility on a regular basis. The centre also hosts the combined UBC Thunderbird and Vancouver Dolphins Swim Clubs, a wide range of campus and community aquatics lessons and special events. Playing Fields The William Eugene Maclnnes Field is situated north of War Memorial Gym and south of the site dedicated for the Student Recreation Centre. The field was funded by Mr. and Mrs. W. H. Maclnnes in memory of their son who graduated in Arts and Mining Engineering. Utilized more heavily than any other playing field for intramural field events, the field is also used for special events and serves as a green space for student activity. Thunderbird Park is located south of the Thunderbird Winter Sports Centre and includes eighty acres combining fifteen playing fields. Construction of the fields was largely completed in June 1967. While it includes Thunderbird Stadium, the park is generally described as including the Wolfson I and II Fields, the O. J. Todd, Arthur Lord, Frank Buck, Chris Spencer, Whitt Matthews, Harry Warren, Malcolm McGregor, Evelyn Lett and Osborne Fields. Also included is the Harry Logan Track. The four Wolfson Rugby Fields had lights installed in 1979. The Chris Spencer Field was developed for cricket and field hockey and funded by the Chris Spencer Foundation and university friends. The Wolfson Fields were funded by the Wolfson Foundation, London, England through the efforts ofthe B.C. Playing Fields Association, Sir Ouvery Roberts, Dr. Harry Warren and Robert Spray of the B.C. Rugby Union. In 1980, Evelyn Lett, O.J. Todd and Wolfson II Fields had sand-cellular systems installed to allow wet season play. Used primarily for varsity practices and games, the fields are experiencing increasing use for intramurals, summer sport camps, special event and community usage. Given 46 General Information availability and condition, fields can be booked for tournaments or special events by campus or community groups. Student Recreation Centre Scheduled for completion in May 1995, the centre is the first on campus dedicated to student recreation and intramural pursuits. Located on Student Union Boulevard at the north end of Machines Field, the facility will contain three gymnasiums, a fitness centre, studios for martial arts and dance and a plavcare area. Largely a student initiative, the project is funded by $5 million in student contributions matched by the Provincial government as part of the UBC campaign. The facility is intended to become the campus centre for physical activity with extensive locker and shower room facilities for users of Machines Field, bicycle commuters, building users and the general campus community. As a community centre, the facility will host a range of sporting, social and cultural activities. UBC Tennis Centre The University has ten outdoor courts adjacent to the Thunderbird Winter Sports Centre. The centre offers a range of Spring and Summer lessons for adults and juniors. Courts can be booked individually for a nominal fee. Plans lo develop an indoor tennis facility are ready to go pending funding becoming available. There are four outdoor courts allocated to be covered for indoor use. The new facility would have to meet the needs of students and the broader campus community Community Relations Office This Office provides a comprehensive community relations program directed toward the campus community, the general public, government, industry and the media. The primary goals of the Office are to increase public understanding and support for the University, encourage public use of campus facilities and attractions, promote interaction between the University and the private and public sectors, and to keep the campus community informed about issues that affect it. The Office provides the news media with accurate and timely information about research activities and other matters of public interest, coordinates special events such as Open House and produces a wide range of publications, including President's Reports, a visitors' brochure and the tabloid newspaper UBC Reports. Community Relations also provides public and media relations counselling to UBC administrative and academic units and offers promotional services to campus units. The telephone number for Community Relations is (604) 822-3131. Development Office The Development Office works to advance the goals of the University by increasing private funding to UBC. Individuals, corporations, foundations and service organizations contribute to UBC's development through annual, special, and major campaign gifts. Individual donors also contribute through bequests, gifts-in-kind, and other planned gifts. Monies raised are used for buildings, scholarships, endowed chairs, libra ly acquisitions, equipment and other academic projects. The Development Office has the mandate to be UBC's institutional focus for central fund-raising support, expertise and assistance to campus development and fund- raising activities. This includes co-ordinating and integrating the fund-raising initiatives ofthe University as a whole, its various academic units and departments, in order to achieve optimal long-term development results and success with donors. For more information about gifts to UBC, call the Development Office at (604) 822-8900. Human Resources Human Resources works in partnership with departmental managers and supervisees in the delivery of recruitment, job evaluation, organizational change, human resources planning, total compensation management, training and development, employee relations and the management ofthe University's human resources data bases. University Food Services Food Services has been operated by The University continuously since its formation in 1949. The Department is vital and progressive with facilities located throughout the campus to provide a variety of services to students, faculty, staff and visitors to the University. It is comprised of twenty operations - two major residences presenting contract meal plans, cafeterias, snack bars, mini marts, a Chinese restaurant and a complete catering service. It is a major employer with over four hundred employees including many student workers. " Food Service locations are: • Acadia Mini Mart: Convenience store for Fairview residents. Everything from milk and bread to gummy bears. Open Mondav lo Friday 9 am to 9 pm and on weekends from 11 am to 6 pm; telephone (604) 822-6497. • Arts 200: Convenient service for quick in-between class snacks. Located in Buchanan Lounge in Room 200. Open during ihe winter and summer sessions from Monday to Friday; telephone (604) 822-2002. • Barn Coffee Shop: VerypopularSouth Campus Snack Bar for burgers, custom sandwich bar and a variety of snacks. Cosy atmosphere on the inside or outdoors on the patio. Open Monday to Friday; telephone (604) ^422-3651. • Edibles: Friendlv, warm atmosphere for coffee breaks, lunch or an early supper. Beverages, sandwiches, burgers, baked goods, etc. Located in Scarfe (corner of Main Mall and University Boulevard) on the lower level. Open Monday to Fridav; telephone (604) 822-6258. • Gage Mini Mart: Convenience store for Gage residents. Handy for essentials as well as frozen entrees and other quick meals. Open Monday to Friday 10:30 am to 10:30 pm and on weekends 11 -.30 am to 6:30 pm Caters to Conference Centre from May until August; telephone (604) 822-549i. • Hubbards: Early and late night eatery conveniently located in the lower level of Place Vanier. Provides snacks and convenience store items. Open seven days a week; telephone (604) 822-5805. • IRC Snack Bar: Efficient, cheery staff provide convenient take-out service for beverages, snacks, sandwiches, baked goods and hot soup for cold, blustery days. In the heart ofthe Medical Block, at the East end ofthe Lounge in the Instructional Resources Centre. Open Monday to Fridav; telephone (604) 822-4291. • Magdas: Snack Shop and Convenience Store located in the lower level of Totem Common Block. Open seven evenings a week; telephone (604) 822-4221. • Place Vanier Dining Room: Warm, cheery atmosphere where Place Vanier residents meet ancl greet during meals. Non-residents are welcome either on a contract or cash basis. Open seven days a week; telephone (604) 822-2622. • The Ponderosa: Meet your friends in the Ponderosa by the big ponderosa pine located on the corner of West Mall and University Boulevard. Burgers, snacks, custom sandwich bar, custom salad bar and daily specials. Open Monday to Friday; telephone (604) 822-2372. • Roots: Tucked away in the MacMillan Building lounge, it caters to Foresters and Aggies for snacks and beverages. Open Monday to Friday; telephone (604) 822-6118. • Subway Cafeteria: UBC's largest cafeteria located on the main level ofthe Student Union Building. Extensive and exciting menu selection, including a mega salad bar, sandwich bar, Asian food bar, pizza, vegetarian and old favourite specials, snacks and short orders. Watch for daily specials. Open Monday to Friday; telephone (604) 822-3461. • Totem Park Dining Room: New bright and colourful updated facilities make dining a pleasure for Totem Park residents as well as non-residents. Snack, beverages, custom sandwich bar, salad bar. Full meals. Telephone (604) 822-6828. • Trekkers & Express: Food Services' newest addition. Located on the old Bus Stop Coffee Shop site on the Main Mall. Enjoy something from the grill menu in the new exciting restaurant named for the Great Trek, or take-out from the Express. Monday to Friday; telephone (604) 822-3256. • UBC Catering: Full catering service offering a wide range of services including coffee breaks, luncheons, banquets, teas, receptions, weddings, barbecues and wine and cheese parties. Pick-up is also available. Office is located in the Graduate Student Centre: telephone (604) 822-2018. • Underground: Located in the Sedgewick Library under the Main Mall, it provides snacks to those wanting a break from the stacks and carrels. Open Sunday to Friday; telephone (604) 822-6867. • Yum Yums: It's UBC's answer to Wok and Roll where delicious and authentic Chinese Food is available Monday to Friday. Also available is a full snack service with custom sandwich bar, burgers and snacks. Open Monday to Friday; telephone (604) 822-2569. Food Service Administrative Office The central administration office is located in the Upper Ponderosa on the West Side. For information call UBC- FOOD or (604) 822-3663. Publications UBC Press UBC Press was founded in 1971 and publishes works written not only by UBC faculty but also by faculty from other Canadian and non-Canadian universities and by non-academic authorities in their fields. Recently published books include Shorebirds ofthe Pacific Northwest, by Dennis Paulson; Maps and Metaphors: The Pacific in the Age of Vancouver, edited by Robin Fisher and Hugh Johnston; Public Funds, Private Provision: The Role oftheVoluntary Sector,by Josephine Rekart; The Green Economy: Environment, Sustainable Development, and the Politics ofthe Future, by Michael Jacobs; Kwakwaka'wakw Settlement Sites, 1775-1920: A General Information 47 Geographical Survey and Gazetteer, by Robert Galois; Discovering the Americas: Canadian Foreign Policy and Latin America, by James Rochlin; Bitter Feast-. Amerindians and Europeans in the American Northeast 1600-64, by Denis Delage; History of Chinese Medicine, by Dominique and Marie-Joseph Hoizey; Exploring Vancouver. The Essential Archiiectural Guide, by Harold Kalman, Ron Phillips, and Robin Ward; Ships and Memories: Merchant Seafarers in Canada's Age of Steam, by Eric Sager; Yukon: The Last Frontier, by Melody Webb; Relocating Middle Powers: Australia and Canada in a Changing World Order, by Andrew Cooper, Richard Higgott, and Kim Nossal; and Tammarniit (Mistakes): Inuit and Relocation in the Eastern Arctic 1939-63, by Frank Tester and Peter Kulchyski. The UBC Press offices are located in the Old Auditorium on campus. They house the Press's editorial, marketing, production and book-ordering facilities. Shipping and warehousing are located at 8591 Fraser Street; telephone (604) 327-6591, fax (604) 327-1009. Information and catalogues of recently published books and of all books in print are available from UBC Press, 6344 Memorial Road, Vancouver, B.C., Canada, V6T 172; telephone (604) 822-3259, fax (604) 822-6083. B.C. Asian Review Editor: Brittani Faulkes Co-editors: Susan Edmonds and Stephen Eskildsen The B.C. Asian Review is a refereed annual journal of graduate research on intellectual, political and historical topics; textual studies in both ancient and contemporary sources; literary pieces, translations, and reviews. Copies can be purchased through the Department of Asian Studies, Asian Centre, 1871 West Mall, UBC, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 17,2. Canadian Literature A Quarterly of Criticism and Review. Editor: William H. New This journal serves as a continuing symposium on the | nation's literature and on literature in its relation to society. The journal also contains reviews of all significant Canadian literary works. The Canadian Yearbook of International Law Editor: D. M. McRae The Yearbook presents contemporary thought and practice in the field of international law. Each edition investigates some recent legal and policy changes of stales and of international organizations. Particular topics and their legal status are also discussed. Sections dealing with Canadian practice in international law as reflected in public statements and correspondence, treaties, and judicial decisions are included each year. The Yearbook, published since 1963, is issued under the auspices ofthe Canadian Branch ofthe International Law Association and the Canadian Council on International Law. It is distributed by the University of British Columbia Press. Pacific Educational Press Pacific Educational Press is a publishing house located within the Faculty of Education. It has been publishing progressive educational materials for students and teachers since 1971. Over 125 titles have been published, and over 75 titles are currently in print. They include student hooks for use in elementary and secondary schools, teacher guides written to accompany the student books and to help teachers plan teaching units on certain topics, and audio-visual materials to enhance programs of study. The press also publishes materials for use by university students of education, teacher resource books, and scholarly works in the discipline of education. Ongoing series of the press focus on environmental and science education, native studies, fiction for young readers, multicultural books, and music education. Recent titles include Sima Come join Me, a book on Native Canadians designed for use in Grade 4 social studies, Wild Trees of British Columbia, a field guide and reference work for science students and general use, and Educalion in the Third Age-. Canadian and Japanese Perspectives, a scholarly anthology of papers on education of older people in Canada andjapan. Pacific Educational Press's offices are in Hut 0-4, behind the Scarfe Building. Information about the press or any of its titles can be obtained by writing to Pacific Educational Press, Faculty of Education, University of British Columbia, V6T1Z4, or by telephoning (604) 822-5385, or faxing (604)822-6603. PRISM International Editor: Anna Nobile Executive Editor: Vigeland B. Rubin Advisory Editor: Keith Maillard PRISM Irilernational is a literary journal published by the department of Creative Writing, featuring poetry, fiction, drama, creative non-fiction, and translation by emerging and established authors from around the world. 1984 marked PRISM'S 25th anniversary, making it Western Canada's oldest literary magazine. Since 1978 editorial staff has been drawn from the graduate students of the Department of Creative Writing. Quarterly; individual subscription rates: one year $16.00, two years $24.00. Annual Short Fiction Contest: deadline December 31 of each year, first prize $2,000.00. Studies in Medieval and Renaissance History Editors: J. A. S. Evans and R. W. Unger UBC's Committee for Medieval Studies has revived the series: Studies in Medieval and Renaissance History formerly published by the University of Nebraska Press. Volumes I (1978) II (1979), III (1980), IV (1981), V (1982) and VI (1983) ol the new series have been published. Volt me VII and succeeding volumes published by AMS Press, New York. UBC's Committee for Medieval Studies has published the new series of Studies in Medieval and Renaissance History since 1978. Volume VII and succeeding volumes are published in cooperation with AMS Press, New York. Museums Museum of Anthropology MICHAEL M. AMES, B.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Harv.;, F.R S.C, nireclor. MARJORIE M. H/VI.PIN, M.A. (George Washington), Ph.D. (Brit Col.l, Curator of Ethnology J, E. MICHAEL KEW, B A. (Brit. Coll, PhD (Wash ), Curator of Ethnology LOUISE M.JACKSON, B.A. (Lond.), M.A. (Mich.). Ph.D. (Calif., Los Angeles), Curator of Ethnology. R. G. MATSON, B.A. (Calif., Riverside), Ph.D. (Calif.. Davis), Curator of Archaeology. MIRIAM CLAVIR, B.A. (Tor.), M.A, (Queen's), Honorary Lecturer, Conservator. The Museum of Anthropology was founded in 1947 and now contains about 150,000 archaeological artifacts and 30,000 ethnographic artifacts. Of these, the Northwest Coast collection is outstanding, consisting of a broad ethnographic range of materials, both ceremonial and domestic, somedonated and others purchased with grants made by Dr. H. R. MacMillan, Dr. Walter C. Koerner and the Leon and Thea Koerner Foundation. The Oriental collections are extensive and include gifts made by the Fyfe-Smith family ancl items purchased by them to extend the range of materials to illustrate the history of Japanese and Chinese Art. Also included are gifts from the late Mr. and Mrs. B. E. Clegg, the Japanese Association of Prefecttiral Governments, and Dr. and Mrs. Miguel Tecson. Classical materials of Greece, Cyprus, and Rhodes are mainly from the gift of Mrs. Sid Leary and the Baroness Van Haersolte, The collections in the Laboratory of Archaeology are primarily the result of four decades of UBC faculty and student research in south western British Columbia. Artifacts gathered before 1914 from the domestic and ceremonial life of the Oceanic cultures were the gift of Mr. Frank Burnett. A major donation of 600 pieces of 15th - 19th century European ceramics by Dr. Walter Koerner is featured in a ceramics gallery, located in the west wing, which opened in 1990. The addition of this collection to the Asian, Central and South American, and European ceramics already represented in the Museum provides a unique resource in Canada for ceramics research. The wing also contains teaching and research spaces. Collections from North American Native cultures are reasonably extensive and the Inuit material from the Coppermine River area, much of which was collected bv Michell Pierce in 1930, is excellent. The Inuit collections have grown substantially through recent acquisitions. These collections are used in teaching, especially in museum training courses, and in various anthropology courses as well as courses in other disciplines. They are also resources for research work by students and scholars. The Museum of Anthropology moved to new premises on Mav 30, 1976. The building was part of a Centennial gift from the federal government to the people of British Columbia to allow tbe University to "share the collections ofthe U.B.C. Museum of Anthropology with the public" and "house the additional gift ofthe Indian art collection of Walter and Marianne Koerner of Vancouver." The spectacular building enhances the Museum's collection of massive carvings of the Northwest Coast, and permits the public display of most of its ethnographic collections in the visible storage galleries. The operations and programs ofthe Museum are funded in part by the Government of Canada through the .Museums Assistance Program of Heritage Canada, the Canada Council; and by the Government of British Columbia through the Ministry of Tourism and Culture. The Museum is located at 6393 N.W. Marine Drive. The Nl. Y. Williams Geological Museum J.J. NAGEL, B.Sc (Call.). M.Sc (line Col), Curator. Located on the first floor of the Geological Sciences Centre, the museum includes displays of spectacular rocks, minerals and fossils. This exhibit is the only one of its kind in British Columbia, and displays are changed periodically. The most prominent display is the wall-mounted example of the dinosaur lambeosaurus. This animal, 80 million years old. occupies a permanent position just inside the door. Collected in southwestern Alberta in 1913, this 48 General Information dinosaur illustrates a number of features peculiar to the hadrosaurs or hooded dinosaurs. These were common in some parts of Canada during the Upper Cretaceous Period, Minerals, rocks and fossils are drawn from departmental collections which total approximately 40.000 items. Geological specimens are unusual in that they have aesthetic appeal over and above their scientific interest. It is this fact which makes the displays especially interesting to the layperson. The museum, located on the first floor of the Geological Sciences Centre, is open to the public Monday to Friday. 8:30 am to 4:30 pm. Group visits can be arranged by calling the department secretary at (604) 822-2t-iy. A "Friends of the Museum" group meets a number of times each year. A collector shop carries a superb assortment of minerals and fossils for collectors. For tho.se with an interest in geology, further details can be obtained from the curator at (604) 822-5586. Herbarium G. B. STR.AI.EY, B.S. (Virginia Polvteeh i. M S lOlliu). Ph.D. (Bill. Col], Directed ofthe 1 lei hai rum ancl Curaiorol Vascular Plant Collections R..I. BANDONI, B.S. (Nevada), M.S , Ph.D (Iowa,. Curator of the Mycological Collections I. GOWARD, B.A (Mt. All, j, Assl. Curator of the Lichen Collections. II. KENNEDY, B.S,, M.S., Ph.D. (Calif. Davis), Asm Cuiaioi of liie Vascular Plain Collections S. C 1INDSTRO.M, B.S, (Reed), M.S., Ph.D. (liril Colo, Assistant Curator of ttie Phvcological Collec lions R F. SCAGEL, M.A (Brit. Cof), Ph.D, (Calif ). f.R.S.C, F.L.S.. Curator of ihe Phycological Collec turns. W. B. SCHOFIELD, B.A. (Acadia), M.A. cSlan ), Ph.D, (Duke). Curator of the Bryopliyre Collections The Herbarium consists of permanent reference and research collections of dried piant specimens housed in cases in the Biological Sciences Building. All groups from the algae to the flowering plants are represented. The total number of flowering plants and ferns is over 215,000 sheets. An effort is being made to preserve in this collection all species known to occur in the province. Its value in this regard has been greatly augmented through the donation bv the late). W. Easlham of several thousand B.C. specimens. In addition it contains a number of smaller collections by other botanists working in the province as well as considerable material from other parts of North America, and from Europe, South Africa, South America, the Hawaiian Islands, New Zealand and Australia. The Phycological Collections comprise over 80,000 specimens of marine algae. They are rich in.species from British Columbia. Washington. Oregon. Alaska and major representations from Australia, New Zealand, Europe, Japan and South Africa. Collections were made in researcli projects supported in part by grants from the Natural Science ancl Engineering Research Council and the Defence Research Board to the Department of Oceanography- and the Department of Botany. The Mycological Collections comprise over 38,000 specimens of fungi. This includes an excellent collection of Myxomvcetes as well as representatives of most groups of true fungi. The Bryophyte Collections contain the largest and most complete collection of British Columbia bryophytes in existence It is well represented by material from other Canadian Provinces, Japan. U.S.A . Latin America. Western Europe, Australia and New Zealand. The collection has been built as a direct result of sponsorship by the National Science and Engineering Research Count if The collections of bryophytes contain over 20-4.000 specimens, of which over 169,000 are mosses ancl 3\00U are hepatic:;, and the lichen collections contain over 30,000 specimens. The collections are available for .study to students and research institutions. Zoological Museum G G E. SCI:DI)i:R, B.Sc. (Wales), I) Phil (Oxoni. F.R.E.S,, EL S.C , F.R.S.C . Cucalocnf lhe Speiu cr Entomolngical Museum. ,1 I), MCPllAlf. M V illnt Cnli,PhD : MrC.i. Ciualoiof Ichthyological Museum. .1, N, M. SMI'lll. B.Sc. i Edin.) D.Phil. (Oxon), Cucaloi of the Cowan Vei-fehcate Museum, The Zoological Museum contains material representative <if both vertebrate and invertebrate taxa. It is housed in several rooms in lhe Biological Sciences building. The Cowan Vertebrate Museum contains 13,490 specimens of mammals, 14.300 birds, 6650 bird eggs, and 1.311 amphibians and reptiles. Major accessions include the K. Racey collection of birds and mammals, the HR. Macmillan bird collection, and the zoological collections of W. S. MaguireandJ. Wynne. Majorgeograpbica! representation is British Columbia. The George J. Spencer Entomological Museum now contains about 000.000 specimens mostly from British Columbia and the Yukon. Notable holdings include the State-Smith Collection of Coleoptera, the Foxlee collection of I lipicia and Hymenoptera, the Downes collect ion of llemiptcra, and the Llewellyn-Jones collection of lepidoptera. The Ichthyological Museum has one of the two largest collections offish in Canada with over 25.000 catalogued entries comprising over 800,000 specimens. Fifty percent of the collection is from North America and the remainder from throughout the world. In addilion to preserved specimens, the collection is rich in skeletal and x-ray material'Fhe data base is amenable to computer manipulation, permitting searching for specific geographical areas and/or fauna! associations. The limnological collection contains a large number of plankton and bottom fauna samples irom several hundred lakes in British Columbia North East Pacific Culture Collection of Marine Phytoplankton F.J, R. TAYLOR. H.St (lions, l, Ph.D (Cape To. Director. E V SIMONS. B.Sc , M.Sc. (Caig.l, Curator. The North East Pacific Culture Collection (NEPCC) originated in die late I960's in the Department of Oceanography under the administration and instigation of Dr. F.J. R. Taylor, it is housed in the Biological Sciences Building in Department of Oceanography space. The NEPCC is registered with lhe World Federation for Culture Collections and receives partial financial support from the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council. It is, with respect to marine phytoplankton, the onlv one of its kind in Canada and is one of lhe most comprehensive in the world. Approximately 352 isolates (213 species) are currently in culture and all ofthe major alga! groups appearing in the marine phytoplankton are represented. The major emphases are on local species of ecological and toxieological importance and those which may be of importance in biotechnology. Currently. "'5% of the isolates arc from B.C. waiers and the remainder are from tropical and other temperate regions. 5 unique feature of die NEPCC is the inclusion of various spcies of oceanic microflagellaies isolated from the NE Pacific. The dinoflagellate collection with 97 isolates (53 species) is one of the largest in the world. Cultures are supplied to courses at UBC and to researchers and commercial operations, worldwide. A nominal fee is charged to cover processing costs, unless an exchange of cultures can be arranged. Further information, including a current list of species in culture and relevant technical data, is available from the curator; telephone 1604) 822-43"8. Botanical Garden The history of the Botanical Garden at the University dates back to 1912 when two acres of land were set aside on the Provincial Colony Farm at Essondale. In 1916, the collections established at Essondale were moved about 20 miles to the present University site. Dr. John Davidson was appointed as the first Director of the Botanical Garden. The present gardens consist of 70 acres on the western edge of the campus. Forty-four acres were set aside in 1966 west of the Thunderbird Sports Stadium as a new Botanical Garden area. An older established area of the Botanical Garden is represented by Nitobe Memorial Garden. This Garden, which opened in June 1960, was dedicated to the memory of Dr. lna/.o Nitobe, distinguished educator and international civil servant, who did much to interpret Japan ro the West and the West to Japan. It was designed by Professor K. Mori ofthe University of Chiba and was developed to provide an authentic example of Japanese landscape architecture for the campus. Plants contained in the garden are of both Japanese and North American origin. The garden represents one ofthe finest examples ofjapanese landscape architecture in North America. Areas have been established, including a nursery in the south campus, an Alpine Garden, a B.C. Native Garden, a Contemporary Garden, Arbor, Physick Garden, a Food Garden and an Asian Garden, ail in the Main Garden site near Thunderbird Stadium wilh the entrance at 6804 S.W. Marine Drive. In April I978, ihe 2.5-acre alpine garden was officially dedicated and named The E. H. l.ohbrunner Alpine Garden in honour of Mr. Lohbriinner's continuing contribution to alpine piant horticulture in British Columbia. At the same time, the 8-acre B.C. Native Garden was dedicated to Professor John Davidson, first Botanical Garden Director and longtime member of the UBC Faculty. In May 1981 the specialized medicinal and pharmaceutical garden known as the Physick Garden was officially dedicated and, at the same time, the 30-acre Asian Garden was also dedicated. It contains an outstanding collection of over 400 species of Rhododendrons, along with a good collection of woody and herbaceous plants from Asia. This garden is now called the David C. Lam Asian Garden. In September 1990. a new education, visitors', and research centre was opened at the David C. Lam Asian Garden. The Botanical Garden serves as a repository for living plant collections used for teaching and research programs and is open to the public. A public horticultural information service is available by calling (604) 822-5858. An endowment membership program, The Davidson Club, was established in 1982 to provide public support for the Garden. Office anti Shop-in-the-Garden are located at 6804 S.W. Marine Drive. General Information 49 The Asian Centre The Asian Centre opened on the U.B.C. campus in 1981, built with funds donated by Asian business interests, largely Japanese, the provincial and federal governments of Canada, Canadian business and the general public. The Asian Centre houses the Asian Library, the Institute of Asian Research, the Department of Asian Studies, the International Liaison Office and provides space for the Asian interests ofthe School of Music. The Asian Centre has an auditorium seating up to 200 people, a music performance studio with seating capacity of 100, meeting rooms, and a Japanese Tea Gallery. These facilities can be made available to both university and public groups concerned with Asia. To book these areas call (604) 822-4688, Monday to Friday. The building is open during the regular hours of the Asian Library. The Norman MacKenzie Centre for Fine Arts The Norman MacKenzie Centre for Fine Arts, named in honour of UBC's President from 1944 to 1962, is a tribute to his continuing interest in thearts throughout his career as one of Canada's leading educators. The Centre, dedicated in September, 1965, is comprised ofthe following buildings: the Frederic Lasserre Building, named for the founding director ofthe University's School of Architecture from 1946 to 1961, which provides facilities for faculty members and students in the Architecture School, the School of Community and Regional Planning and the Department of Fine Arts; the Music Building, which contains a variety of facilities for training students as instrumentalists, composers, singers and music teachers and a 289-seat recital hall for public performances; and the Frederic Wood Theatre, named for "Freddy" Wood, who taught at UBC from 1915 to 1950, which houses the University's Department of Theatre and includes two theatres, one seating 400 for major theatrical and musical productions and the Dorothy Somerset Studio, named for the founding head of the Theatre Department and a UBC faculty member from 1938 to 1965, which seats 80 persons. The UBC Fine Arts Gallery Curator: Scott Watson Assistant: Mary Williams The Fine Arts Gallery is located in the basement of the North Wing of the Main Library Building. The gallery is a public facility contributing to the cultural life of the campus, the city, the province and beyond. Throughout the year the Fine Arts Gallery hosts a variety of informative and provocative exhibitions which confirm the creative and eclectic aspects of contemporary art. Exhibitions are formed or borrowed, drawing on work from both local and national artists, other Canadian art institutions, art organizations and international sources, in an attempt to expose the broadest possible spectrum of visual concerns to both the University community and the public at large. Hours September to April Summer hours: Tuesday to Friday, 10 am to 5 pm Saturday, 12 pm to 5 pm to be announced. General Information 51 Student Organization Alma Mater Society President Bill Dobie Vice President: Janice Boyle Director of Finance: Randy Romero Director of Administration: Tim Lo Coordinator of External Affairs: Leah Costello Every student automatically becomes a member of the Alma Mater Society (A.M.S.) when enrolled in a credit course at the University. The A.M.S. supports all student activities. The A.M.S. isgoverned by the Students' Council which is composed of a five member Executive, representatives from the faculties and schools, two of the student representatives to the Senate and the two student members ofthe Board of Governors. The A.M.S. Executive, Senate and Board of Governors representatives are elected by the general student body in Januaty of each year to represent all students at the different levels of Administration and Government. The offices of the Alma Mater Society are located in the north west corner of the second floor of the Student Union Building; telephone (604) 822-2901. Student Administrative Commission The Student Administrative Commission (S.A.C.) is the administrative arm of the A.M.S. S.A.C. is responsible for implementing and enforcing A.M.S. policies regarding the Student Union Building (SUB) and A.M.S. constituted clubs. It is also responsible for overseeing student elections, SUB Security, the A.M.S. Art Gallery and Clubs Days. S.A.C. is chaired by the A.M.S. Director of Administration and is comprised of one Secretary and nine Commissioners who are appointed by the Student Council Selections Committee in October and February of each year. AMS Student University Affairs Office If you believe that you have been unfairly treated by an authority within the University, the AMS Student University Affairs Office might be able to help. The Office has j four main objectives: 1) to advise members ofthe University community on the policies and procedures of the University community; 2) to receive and investigate the concerns of UBC students; 3) to help UBC students resolve their concerns through communication and mediation; and, 4) to refer UBC students to other appropriate organizations for addressing their concerns. For the purposes of these objectives, "UBC students" may include individuals applying for admission to UBC and recent alumni of UBC. The AMS Student University Affairs Office is staffed by volunteer students in various academic disciplines. The AMS Student University Affairs Office enjoys the cooperation of the vast majority of academic and administrative authorities while remaining independent of the University administration. Located on the main concourse of the Student Union Building, the AMS Student University Affairs Office is open year round to deal with the concerns of students and answer any questions students may have. Its hours, however, depend on the time ofthe year. If you are unable to drop in during the posted office hours, please call the Office at (604) 822-4846 in order to arrange a mutually convenient time to meet. You may also wish to write to us at the MS Student University Affairs Office, The Univer- Related Organizations and Agencies sity of British Columbia, Box 60, 6138 S.U.B. Boulevard, Vancouver, B.C.. V6T2A5. Constituent Societies Associated with each faculty or school there is a students' society, of which each student in that faculty or school is a member. These societies are responsible for organizing activities and programs in their respective constituencies. The societies are subsidiaries of the Alma Mater Society, and each elects member(s) to the Students' Council. Student Union Building The Student Union Building (SUB) was completed in the fall of 1968 and officially opened by Dean W. H. Gage in January 1969. SUB houses the offices ofthe Alma Mater Society and provides the necessary facilities for most student activities. Originally initiated by students in 1958 and extensively plan ned by them, SUB was financed jointly by the Alma Mater Society and the University Administration. Total cost of the project was approximately $5 million, the students' share being approximately 78 percent which was financed by a $15 per year levy paid by all students. Recently, students financed a f 1.5 million expansion to the Student Union Building. The SUB expansion contains club offices and meeting rooms, a new home for the Intramural Sports program, a restaurant, a snack bar, and a word processing facility. The original SUB contains rooms of various sizes and uses. These range from a large ballroom to small conference rooms, to seminar rooms, to club areas (photography studios and darkroom, radio station, dive shop, pottery and graphic studios, newspaper). Special facilities include recreation areas (billiards, pub, lounge), commercial areas (delicatessen, bank, college shop, travel service, copy centre, and ticket-centre), cultural areas (art gallery and auditorium), meeting rooms and general open lounge space. These facilities can handle most student- sponsored activities. SUB also contains the largest university-run food sen/ice facility on campus. SUB is managed by the A_ AS Student Administrative Commission, The Alma Mater Society publishes twice weekly the stu- den t newspaper, The Ubyssey. Inside UBC, an orientation publication, student handbook and calendar of events, is published by the A.M.S. and distributed during the first week of lectures in September. Additional publications are TheDiscorder, the CITR- UBC Radio Program Guide, The Point ,the UBC Intramurals Newspaper, and several constituent society newsletters and journals of interest to members. University Clubs and Associations Clubs and associations on campus can become subsidiaries ofthe Alma Mater Society. ' There are currently over 225 clubs and associations on campus and information can be obtained from the A.M.S. Business Office, located on the second floor of SUB; telephone (604) 822-2901. Fraternities and Sororities Fraternities and sororities are recognized by the Senate of the University as student organizations. Sororities are governed by the Women's Panhellenic Association. Membership in sororities and fraternities is by invitation. Alumni Association of the University of British Columbia Board of Directors Executive Committee President: James M. Stich, B.Sc. (1971), D.M.D. (1975) Past President: Martin Glynn, B.A., M.B.A. (1976) Senior Vice President: Debra Browning, LL.B. (1980) Vice President: Al Poettcker, B.Com. (1970) Treasurer: Dickson Wong, B.Com. (1988) Acting Executive Director, UBC Alumni Association: Agnes Papke, B.Sc. (Agr.) (1966) Members-at-Large (1992-94) Louanne Twaites, B.Sc.(Pharm.) (1953) Pamela Friedrich, B.A. (1967) Gary Moore, B.Com. (1976), M.B.A. (1982) Members-at-Large (1993-95) Beryl March, B.A. (1942), M.S.A. (1962), D.Sc. (1988) Tricia Smith, B.A. (1980), LL.B. (1985) Grace Wong, B.Ed (1974), M.B.A. (1983) Appointed Members AdministrationRepresentath^ChuckShneckerfi.D.S.^hD. Awards Chair: Martin Glynn, B.A.(Hons), M.B.A. (1976) Branches Chair: Bob Hindmarch, B.P.E. (1952) Convocation Senate Representative: L.Joanne Stan, B.S.R. (1968), M.Ed. (1981), Ed.D Divisions Committee Chair.Chris LeTourneur, B.A. (1988) Faculty Representative: Barry McBride, B.Sc. (1963), M.Sc. (1965), Ph.D. (1970) Finance Committee Chair-. Dickson Wong, B.Com. (1988) Homecoming Chair. Bob Hindmarch, B.P.E. (.1952) Long Range Planning/Transition Committee Chair: Debra Browning, LL.B. (1980) 52 General Information Marketing Chair: Anne Lavack, M.B.A. Nominating. Recruitment & Membership Chair: Debra Browning, LL.B. (1980) Past Presidents' Council Representative: George Plant, B.A.Sc.(1951) Alma Mater Society Representative President: Bill Dobie The UBC Alumni Association subscribes to the concept that a universily is an institution with which members enjoy a lifelong relationship beginning with their student years. The role ofthe Association is to facilitate the relationship of graduates with their university and to support the university in its pursuit of excellence. Membership is open to all graduates of the University and is automatic upon graduation. The Association is governed by a Board of Directors elected each year. The Association offices are in Cecil Green Park, 6251 Cecil Green Park Road, Vancouver, B.C., V6T 1Z1; telephone (604) 822-3313. There are now over 140,000 UBC graduates worldwide. The Association produces and distributes its magazine, the Chronicle, to all graduates with known addresses. An address file is maintained for all alumni. This forms part ofthe roll of Convocation from which the Chancellor and Convocation members of Senate are elected every three years. The Association sets criteria for the NAM. MacKenzie Scholarships, the Walter H. Gage Bursary Fund, and John B. Macdonald Bursary' Fund and a number of individual scholarships. The Association is also one of the trustees of the Walter Gage Memorial Fund which provides aid to individual students and to campus projects. The Association sponsors a wide range of activities including reunions, student events, programs for graduates of specific faculties and events for alumni living in Canadian and foreign cities. For further information contact the Executive Director, at Cecil Green Park, 822-3313. International House Honorary Founding Life Members-. Thomas H. Flinn, Paul Harris Fellow of Rotary International, Vancouver South Rotary (dub, and Herrick B. Young, Executive Director, International House Incorporated, New York. Chairman ofthe Board of Directors. George Egerton Executive Director: Winnie L. Cheung Rotary Club of Vancouver Representative: Brice Mactlougall Rotary Club of Vancouver South Representative: Harvey White International House is a centre for both international and Canadian students as well as visiting scholars and fellows. Besides providing assistance to the international community on campus, International House also aims at promoting cross-cultural interaction and international understanding through its volunteer programs. The facilities, including a resource library, a licensed lounge, a meeting room and open lounges are available to users in support ofthe mission of International House. B.C. Research B.C.. Research is an independent industrial research corporation, located at 3650 Wesbrook Mall, south of 16th Avenue tin The University of British Columbia Campus. B.C. Research offers services in the fields of waste management, fisheries and food, forest biotechnology, analytical chemistry, occupational health, specialty products and processes, ocean engineering, engine systems and alternative fuels, integrated engineeringservices and business development. The function of B.C. Research is to solve practical industrial problems for clients in both the private and public sectors by performing contract research on a confidential basis. It cooperates with the National Research Council in providing free technical information and industrial engineering services. B.C. Research has a total staff of 180, of which 110 are professional scientists, engineers, and economists. Close cooperation is maintained with the science, engineering and other related departments tif the University. Students undertaking graduate studies may be able to carry'out their research in association with B.C. Research. The thesis topics for such students will be in areas of interest common to the university ancl to B.C. Research and this arrangement is likely to be of most interest to students planning a career in industrial research or development. Normal procedures will apply for acceptance of students and evaluation of the thesis. Biotechnology Laboratory Director: Michael Smith The Biotechnology Laboratory was created specifically to develop fundamental scientific knowledge and technology in the area of biotechnology, and to build an interface between basic and applied sciences in the Faculties of Agricultural Sciences, Applied Science, Forestry', Medicine and Science. The academic appointments of the twelve faculty members in the Biotechnology Laboratory span five faculties and ten depart ments at UBC. The faculty members in the Biotechnology Laboratory are organized in three principal groups, each with a different focus. The Human/Animal group emphasizes the application of molecular biology to human and animal disease and to neurobiology. The Fermentation/Process Engineering group work on the mass culture of animal cells, sophisticated process biosensors, downstream processing and protein engineering. The Plant/Forest group studies fungal molecular genetics, plant pathogens, the use of DNA probes in tree genelics, and the development of new variants of plants and trees using genetic engineering techniques. An advanced teaching laboratory has been set up to make available to advanced undergraduate and graduate students a hands-on knowledge of the principles and techniques basic to molecular biology and biotechnology research. In cooperation with academic departments in the university, the teaching laboratory offers courses in molecular biology and fermentation technology to meet the needs of students in various degree programs to obtain training and experience in these areas. Although there is no Department of Biotechnology at UBC and no formal piogram leading to a degree in this field, many departments throughout the University offer courses relevant to biotechnology anti related areas. A student wishing to specialize in biotechnology at the graduate level will normally be located in a single department and follow a normal degree program by working with a faculty member in the Biotechnology Laboratory. Students requiring additional information should contact the Biotechnology laboratory at UBC. The Laboratory has a Steering Committee consisting of the Deans of Science (Chairman), Applied Science, Medicine, Forestiy and Agricultural Sciences. Centre for Integrated Computer Systems Research Director: James M. Varah The Centre for Integrated Computer Systems Researcli (CICSRi has been established to facilitate and foster research and graduate training related to computer anti information systems. The Centre encompasses research in computer communications and systems; VLSI design, architecture, and microelectronics; integrated systems design/software engineering; computational intelligence: perception, reasoning and action; robotics, telecontrol and CAD/CAM; algorithms, computational geometry, complexity: graphics, visualization, image processing and user interfaces; numerical computation and applications Emphasis is placed on interdisciplinary studies. The Centre actively promotes closer links with the computer and telecommunication industry as well as external organizations interested in the application of computer technology. The Centre has a Management Committee consisting of the Heads of the Departments of Computer Science, Electrical Engineering, and Mechanical Engineering, and senior researchers representing the research groups. Pulp and Paper Research Institute of Canada (PAPRICAN) The Pulp and Paper Research Institute of Canada is a nonprofit research ancl educational organization dedicatee) u > enhancing the scientific and technical strength of Canada's pulp and paper industry. The funding of the Institute is borne largclybv maintaining member companies which represent nearly all ofthe pulp and paper producers in Canada. Fundamental and applied research is carried out in laboratories in Pointe Claire and Montreal, Quebec and in Vancouver, B.C., with a total staff of 360. The Institute aisosupports programs of post-graduate studies at McGill University anti The University of British Columbia, assisting studenl research for advanced degrees under the supervision ot staff members located at these universities. The program at UBC is housed in the Pulp and Paper Centre. Pulp and Paper Centre The Centre houses collaborative research and teaching programs between The University of British Columbia and the Pulp and Paper Research Institute of Canada (PAPRICAN). Affiliates ofthe Centre drawn from University faculty and PAPRICAN staff supervise graduate sludent research in a variety of engineering fields. The Pulp and Paper Master of Engineering teaching program is also located in the Centre. These academic activities are linked to the Industry through PAPRICAN's post-graduate program begun more than sixty years ago at McGill University. The West-East Centre for Microbial Diversity The University of British Columbia's Department of Microbiology anti Immunology and the National University of General Information 53 Singapore's Institute for Molecular and Cellular Biology have entered into a joint venture to pursue research in the area of microbial diversity. Microorganisms play a critical role in the biology of terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems and yet it is estimated that at present we can identify less than 5% of the total number of species. The work to be undertaken in the centre will focus on the identification of new organisms and their unique metabolic and physiological characteristics. In addition, the organisms will be evaluated to determine if they have properties of interest to the pharmaceutical ancl bioremediation industries. The West-East Centre will bring together the IMCB's excellence in molecular biology with U.B.C.'s outstanding groups in biotechnology and microbiology. Together they will work on problems central to developing a better understanding of biodiversity. The research is timely, germane and has the potential to identify organisms which can be exploited by all sectors of the biotechnology industry. UBC Chaplains University Religious Council The Council is a President's Committee whose functions are to co-ordinate and supplement activities of religious organizations on the campus, to provide opportunities for liaison among the University, the Chaplains, and the student religious clubs, anti to act as a forum for the discussion of problems of religious organizations on the campus. Its membership includes all the Chaplains, religious advisers to student clubs, representatives of the teaching Theological Colleges on the campus, representatives from each ofthe student religious clubs, and a number of members of facully appointed by the President. The clubs represented in the Council arrange studies of various aspects of religion under their own auspices, and from time to time the Council, either itself, or in conjunction with one ofthe clubs, sponsors meetings of wider interest. The attention tif interested students is also drawn to the courses offered in Religious Studies (see the Faculty of Arts section ofthe Calendar). From time to time courses are offered on a non-credit basis by the Centre for Continuing Education. Certain courses of similar interest may also be taken in the Departments of Anthropology and Sociology, English and Philosophy. Students are invited to consult the following Chaplains and advisers, whose services are offered on a voluntary basis: Mr. Rob Ogilvie and Mr. Salt Jones, B.A., M.Div, M.A.R.E., (Baptist); Rev. Bill Wiegert, B.A., M.Div. (Lutheran); Mr. Kevin Hansen, B.A., M.T.S. (Pentecostal Assemblies of Canada); Rev. LeoJ. Klosterman, Ph.D., C.S.V.. Sister Marina Smith, B.Ed., M.Ed., Rev. Neil Kelly, M.A., (Roman Catholic); Mr. Zac Kaye, M.A., Cert. Ed. (Jewish); Rev. Brad Newcombe, B.S.L., B.Th., S.T.M. (United); Rev. Kathleen Zang, B.A., M.A., M.Div. (Anglican). Affiliated Theological Colleges Statute of the Senate of The University of British Columbia Affiliation of Theological Colleges January 18, 1978 The Senate of The University of British Columbia, under the powers conferred by theUniversitiesAcl, 1974, enacts as follows: (a) Any incorporated theological college in this province desiring affiliation with The University of British Columbia shall make application therefore to the Secretary' of the Senate and the Secretary of the Board of Governors of the University and shall furnish with its application a copy of its calendar. (b) No such college shall be admitted to affiliation unless by a two-thirds vote ofthe members of Senate present at a regular meeting thereof, and also by a two-thirds vote of the governors present at a meeting of the Board of Governors. Nor shall the question of such admission be put to vote at such meeting of the Senate until after opportunity has been given to the several Faculties to make such representation as they may see fit; nor yet, unless by unanimous consent of the members of Senate present at such meeting until the expiration of three months' notice. (c) Any affiliated theological college may at any time, by duly notifying the Senale to that effect, withdraw from afliliation with t he University provided that one year's notice of withdrawal has been given. (cl) The Senate may also at any time, by the like vote and under the like restrictions as are above prescribed for the admission of a college to affiliation, terminate the affiliation of any theological college with the University provided that a one year notice of withdrawal of the affiliation has been given by the University. (e) An affiliated college must agree, as a condition of affiliation, to provide the following statement in all of its publications that indicate affiliation with the University including students' transcripts of records: "The granting of affiliation means that the college meets lhe criteria for affiliation established by the senate of The University of British Columbia but does not imply any scrutiny or approval of the course offerings ofthe affiliate by lhe University Senate." (f) The criteria for affiliation i if theological colleges are as follows: (i! A college shall be incorporated in the Province of British Columbia with power io confer and grant degrees in theology. (ii) A college shall be, and shall remain in good standing with a recognized religious community or with other theological colleges affiliated with The University of British Columbia, or both. (iii) A college shall have a physical presence on, or juxtaposed to, the campus ofthe University. (iv) A college shall appoint to its regular teaching staff only people who have the equivalent:standard of training normally required in university work, preferably an advanced degree in theology or a related discipline. (v) A college must maintain an academic program, either (a) leading to a degree, in which case it shall maintain at least four full-time properly qualified faculty in residence, or (b) not leading to a degree, in which case it shall maintain at least two full-time properly qualified faculty in residence. (vi) A college shall normally require university graduation as a prerequisite for admission to its academic programs leading ro a degree. Though a college would have the right to admit to its degree programs some students without previous university training, these should not ordi narily constitute more than one-fifth ofthe total number of students registered in such programs. University matriculation should be required as a minimum. (vii) A college offering courses in theology shall do so al an academic standard acceptable to the appropriate recognized theological accrediting agency associated with the religious community of that college. (vui) A college shall maintain, or otherwise supply, library resources adequate to the academic programs which it offers. These resources shall be made available to the university community. (ix) A college shall have a sufficient degree of sepa- rateness and independence from any other institution: (a) to identify its assets and expenditures (b) to mark its specific functions as a theological college, and (c) to give it a governing body of its own. (x) A college shall submit a resume of its academic operations to the Secretary of Senate annually and shall be prepared to respontl to a request from the Senate from time to time for a review of its conformity to the criteria for affiliation. (xi) A college shall allow the Senate ofthe University to have a representative on the academic planning body of the college. Vancouver School of Theology (Anglican, United, Presbyterian, United Methodist) Principal: Rev. William J. Phillips, B.A., B.D., Th.D. VST offers varied Masler's level programs for general theological study and also provides graduate degrees as preparation for ordained ministry and priesthood in several Christian denominations. As a graduate multidenominatioiial school it seeks to be a centre lor theological research and dialogue. It caters to both full and part-time study and, with a focus on educational competence, leads to the following degrees: • M.P.S. (Master tif Pastoral Studies) — a two-year program, for persons wanting a theological basis for specialized ministries in social work, teaching, counselling, pastoral care. • M.T.S. (Master of Theological Studies) — a two-year program with thesis. Suitable for persons wanting a theological basis for careers in law, or other professions, or a basis for higher theological education. • M.Div. (Master of Divinity) — a three or four year program leading to professional ministry m the Anglican Church of Canada, the United Church of Canada, the Presbyterian Church in Canada and the United Methodist, Presbyterian, United Church tif Christ and Episcopal Churches in the U.S.A. • Th.M. (Master of Theology)— an advanded degree with thesis. As part ofthe Native Ministries Consortium, VST offers a degree program bv extension to prepare Native Indian ancl non-Native persons for professional and lay ministry in the Church. During the month of July, two summer school programs are offered. One provides courses at the graduate level for clergy and at the undergraduate level for laity which, with appropriate prerequisites, can be taken for credit The other offers courses in support of the Native Ministries Degree Program. 54 General Information The VST Library is available to persons showing a valid UBC, Libra ry card. Vancouver School of Theology was incorporated under this name by B.C. Legislature in 1971, but continues the former Anglican and United Church Colleges both of which were built on this campus in 1927. The Presbyterian Church in Canada was associated with VST in 1984. VST is formally affiliated with The University and is fully accredited by the Association of Theological Schools in the United States and Canada. Enquiries should be directed to The Registrar, Vancouver School of Theology, 6000 Iona Drive, Vancouver, BC, V6T 11.4: telephone (604) 228-9031, fax (604) 228-0189. St. Mark's College (Roman Catholic) Principal: Rev. T.James Hanrahan,C.S.B.,B.A.,M.A.,LM.S. Registrar: Rev. LeoJ. Klosterman, C.S.B., B.A, M.S., Ph.D. St. Mark's College, an affiliated College ofthe University, offers certificate programs in theology and religious education, and a limited number of other courses in Theology at several levels. It also provides a theological library' open to all members of the University, and facilities for worship and pastoral care. Regent College President: Walter C. Wright, JR., B.A.. M.Div., Ph.D. The College is an autonomous body, trans-denominational in character and evangelical and Biblical in basis. Regent College offers graduate level Biblical and Interdisciplinary courses of instruction for lay men and women that lead to a one-year Diploma in Christian Studies, and a two-year Master of Christian Studies degree. A three- year Master of Divinity degree designed for men and women entering professional ministries is also offered and a fourth post-Master of Divinity year leading to a Master of Theology degree. Summer Sessions consisting of one- and two-week periods as well as a seven-week intensive Hebrew and Greek-Language Session are held each year. The College has formal affiliation with the University, and is a full member of The Association of Theological Schools in the U.S.A. and Canada. Enquiries should be addressed to The Registrar, Regent College, 5800 University Boulevard, Vancouver, B.C., Canada V6T2E4. Residential Theological Colleges St. Andrew's Hall (The Presbyterian Church in Canada) Dean of Residence: Rev. Brian J. Fraser, M.A., M.Div., Ph.D. St. Andrew's Hall, in association with Vancouver School of Theology, offers theological education for those preparing for various forms of ministry in the Presbyterian Church in Canada. The Hall provides a dormitory for some 40 men and women, together with chaplaincy services to its theological students and residents. Summer accommodation, with self-catering kitchen facilities is available from May 1 until August 31. Ninety-three new self-contained apartments should be ready for occupancy by July 1, 1995, housing single sludents, couples and families. Enquiries should be addressed to The Administrator, St. Andrew's Hall, 6040 Iona Drive, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 2F.8; telephone (604) 822-9720. Carey Hall (Canadian Baptist Federation) Principal/Director, Field Educalion: ?hi\ipCol\im,li.T\, B.D., M.Div., D.Min., Ordained Minister. Faculty Members ROY D. BELL, B.Div., M.Ed., D.Min,!).!).. Ordained Minister. STANLY J. CRENZ. HA, M Div.. I) Theol., Ordained Minister, Pioneer McDonald Prolessor of Baptist Heritage. Theology and Ethics. ERB GULLISON, Professor of Family Ministries, Registered Psychologist. JOHN C. ZIMMERMAN, A.B., M.Div., D.Min. Ordained Minister, Professor, Applied Theology, Charles Bentall Professor of Pastoral Studies. As a residential college, Carey Hall provides residence and dining facilities for 40 co-educational undergraduate students, mostly in single rooms. Carey I lall is also the centre for pastoral studies and graduate internship programs for the Baptist Union of Western Canada offering courses in applied theology, supervised field education, and continuing education programs for church leaders; working in cooperation with Regent College in terms ofthe M.Div. Enrolment 1993/94 (as at November 1, 1993, including CIS and Extra Sessional) M F Total Faculty of Agricultural Sciences Firsi Year 73 77 1511 Second Year -a 83 lie Third Year 28 48 70 Eonrth Year 21 39 SO Away (in Exchange 0 3 1 Total 165 250 415 Landscape Architecture First Year 11 12 It Second Year 10 12 }i Third Year 9 10 19 Fourth Year 9 6 15 Awav on Exchange 1 0 1 Total 40 40 80 School of Family and Nutritional Sciences First Year 3 S3 SI: Second Year 3 ()4 67 Third Year 2 So 58 Fourih Year (I 60 60 Total 8 233 241 Total in Faculty 213 523 736 Faculty of Applied Science Engineering First Year 378 103 mi Sccond Year 39S 88 |81 Thiril Year 422 108 5. I Fourth Year 189 "3 502 Fifth Year 32 7 59 Away on Exchange 1 0 I Total 1,717 379 2,096 School of Architecture First Year 0 1 Second Year 3d IS 15 Third Year 36 21 6(1 Total 72 40 112 School of Nursing First Year 11 195 206 Second Year 8 UK) Ha Third Year i 188 192 Fourth Year 2 171) r.» Total 25 659 684 Total in Faculty 1,814 1,078 2,892 Faculty of Arts Arts First Year 530 1,091 1,621 Second Year 48S 984 1,409 Third Year 584 1,1". 1 -v, Foiirth Year 842 1,391 2,230 Awav on Exchange 8 r 25 Total 2,449 4,658 7,107 Fine Arts Second Year . 16 20 Third Year 16 25 il Fourth Year 18 31 -i9 Total 38 72 110 School of Music First Year 13 28 ■il Second Year 12 ■ill 52 Third Year 30 40 70 Fourih. Year 30 48 7« Total 85 156 241 School of Social Work Third Year 4 17 21 Fourih Year 12 53 65 Fifth Year S 35 ill Total 21 105 126 Diploma Programs Applied Creative Non-fiction 3 4 - Applied Linguistics 4 9 n An History 7 14 2I FiinPI.V. Studies 2 5 French Translation I 8 7 Total 17 40 57 Total in Faculty 2,610 5,031 7,641 General Information 55 M Total Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration Second Year 163 Third Year 220 Fourth Year 275 Total in Faculty 658 Faculty of Dentistry Dentistiry First Year 2-1 Second Year 27 Third Year 2* Fourth Year lit Total 107 Dental Science Third Yea- 0 Fourth Year 0 Total 0 Diploma in Periodontics 4 Dental Residents 3 Total in Faculty 114 Faculty of Education Elementary First Year 97 Second Year 59 Third Year 3 Fourih Year 4 Fifth Year l Total 144 Secondary First Year 195 Second Year 10 Third Yea- 0 Fourth Year 2 Fifth Year 5 Total 210 Diploma in Education PO School of Human Kinetics First Yeat -17 Second Year 73 Third Year 155 Fourth Year 123 Total 398 Total in Faculty 922 Faculty of Forestry First Year TT) Second Year ^i Third Yea- 69 Fourth Year ^ Total in Faculty 291 196 219 220 635 9 3 12 24 33 (l 502 IF 0 0 I 195 704 59 123 92 309 ,710 21) 123 Faculty of Graduate Studies Ph.D. Agricultural Sciences 51 Applied Science 224 Arts 242 Combined Ph.D./M.D. 3 Commerce and Business Administration 53 Dentistry 6 Education 05 Fores I ry 62 Graduate Studies 78 Law I Medicine 81 Pharmaceutical Sciences 16 Science 31 29 Total Ed.D. Pharm D. D.M.A M.A. Agricultural Sciences Arts Community anti Regional Planning Education Graduate Studies Total •t-l6 1,328 216 51 139 3 412 100 li 69 I 60 111 142 701 8 8 li 298 63 357 737 359 4.39 495 1,293 ill 39 39 39 157 9 3 12 405 87i 82 1.32 278 215 707 2,632 115 112 k 90 97 414 82 253 459 5 80 8 165 73 I--I"? 2 111 26 588 2,029 102 12 20 P 514 114 196 8 1,149 M F Total M.Sc. Agricu tural Sciences 63 7S 1,38 Arts 8 7 15 Commerce and Business Administration 33 25 56 Community and Regional Planning 12 8 20 Dentistry 1 5 9 Forestry 50 26 75 Graduate Studies 30 28 58 Medicine 66 108 17-1 Phanntceutical Sciences 13 12 25 Rehabilitation Sciences (I 4 4 Science 257 117 3"4 Total 536 413 949 M.Sc /[lip. Periodontics 0 1 I M.F.A. 29 61 90 M.H.A. 14 18 32 M.H.Sc. 11 16 30 M.Mus. 15 17 32 M.A.Sc. 302 79 381 M.A.S.A. 7 5 12 M.Arch. 25 16 41 M.Eng 82 18 100 M.S.N. 3 142 145 M.R.A. 2P 124 3^1 M.B.A/l.L.B. 5 4 9 M.F, 15 I 16 M.F.d. 158 388 546 M P.E. i1 25 n2 I.L.M. 31 20 51 M.S.W 24 80 104 M.A.S. II lb 48 M.L.A. 2 0 2 M L.S. 21 81 102 Total in Faculty 3,400 3,046 6,446 Faculty of Law First Y.-at 95 88 183 Second Year 106 112 218 Third Year HO 99 209 Awav on Exchange 5 8 1,3 Total in Faculty 316 307 623 Faculty of Medicine First Ys-ar i 53 6" 120 Second Year 64 55 119 Third Year "I 69 53 122 Fourth Year 7,, /,() p., Total 260 215 475 Medical Residents ,313 175 488 Medical Laboratory Science ThirdYear 19 54 73 Fourth Year 4 IS 20 Total 23 70 93 School of Rehabilitation Sciences Second Year 18 53 71 Third Year 15 54 69 Fourth Year 13 57 "0 Total 46 164 210 Total in Faculty 642 624 1,266 Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences Total Winter Session 14,661 Summer Session 1993 6,619 Grand Total 1993/94 21,280 16,954 31,615 8,460 15,079 25,414 46,694 FirsI Year 47 91 Second Year 52 70 Third Year 52 59 Fourth Year 55 52 Total 206 272 Pharmacy Residents 11 6 TotaII in Faculty 217 278 Faculty of Science First Year 5,33 606 Second Year 6 la 503 Third Year 681 507 Fourth Year 644 447 Away on Exchange 0 1 Total 2,472 2,064 Diploma in Meteorology 7 2 Tota I in Faculty 2,479 2,066 Qualifying Year 7 6 Unclassified 7^0 1,195 Visiting 167 220 Concurrent Studies 0 2 Auditors 0 5 Exchange 35 37 Tota I 985 1,465 122 111 HP 478 17 495 1,1.39 i,ir 1,188 1,091 I 1,536 9 1,545 13 l/ri 387 Degrees Conferred 1993 Spring Ph.D.-l IS; Pharm,D.--6; Ed.D,—i; D.M.A.-l; M.A.S.A.- 2; M.A.Sc-45; M.A.-105; M.A.(Planning)-7: M.B.A.- 153; M.Sc.(Bus. Admin.)-16; M.Ed.-50; M.Eng.-19 M.F.A.-9; M.F.-l: M.H.Sc. 5; LL.M.--9; M.Mus.-6 M.P.E.-9; M.Sc—115; M.Sc.(P!anning)-l; M.S.N.-13 M.S.W.-5: M.A.S.-1; M.LS.-32; B.A.Sc-330; B.Arch.- 36; B.A.-1212; B.Com.—130; D.M.D.-.'); B.Ed-229; B.F.A.-35, B.H.E.-12; LL.B.—203; M.D.-l 15; B.M.LSc- 13; 15.Mus.-53; B.S.N.—152; B.P.E.—135; B.Sc-686; B.Sc (Agr.)-39; B.L.A.-17; B.Sc.(Dietct.)-36; B.S.F.- 44; B.Sc.(Forcstry)-8; B.Sc.(Pharm.)-103; B.Sc.(O.T.)- 29; B.Sc.(P.T.)-36, B.S.W.—45; Total—4,762. Fall Ph.D.-132;Ed.D.-3;MA.Sc.-46;M.A.-149;MA(Planning)- 10; M.A.S.-6; M.B.A.-16; M.Sc.(Bus.Admin)-6; M.Ed- 69; M.Eng.-18; M.F.A.-24; M.F.-2; M.H.A—i; M.H.Sc- 4;lI.M.-6;M.Mus-2;M.P.E.-3;M.Sc.-97;M.Sc.(Planning)- 2,M.S.N.-10,M.S.W.-26;M.LS.-8,B.A.Sc.-51;B.Arch- 3; B.A.-277; B. Com.-23; BM-690; B.F.A.-8; B.H.E.- 2; U...B.-9, B. Mus.-9; B.S.N.-23;B.P.E.-20; B.Sc-80; B.Sc.(Agr.)-9;B.S.F.-16;B.Sc.(Forestrv)-];B.Sc.(Dietet.)- 1, B.Sc.(Pharm.)—4; B.Sc.(O.T.)-l; B.S.W.-6; Total—1,876. Diplomas Granted 1993 Applied Creative Non-Fiction Applied Linguistics Art History Education Film and TV Studies French Translation Meteorology Periodontics Total Spring Fall 0 0 4 l) 8 0 136 186 3 2 3 0 160 190 56 General Information Health Sciences The John F. McCreary Health Sciences Centre of The University of British Columbia provides a common learning environment for students ofthe Health Sciences and Professions. Located in the Health Sciences Centre are buildings that house the basic medical sciences; the Faculty of Dentistry; the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences, the Schools of Nursing, Rehabilitation Sciences, and Audiology and Speech Sciences; and three units (Acute Care, Psychiatry and Extended Care) that constitute Universitv Hospital- UBC Site. The Campus Family Practice Unit, the Biomedical Research Centre, and a biomedical library are also part of the Health Sciences Centre. The Instructional Resources Centre includes administrative ancl researcher's offices and teaching facilities ftir the Health Sciences faculties and schools. The Health Sciences Co-ordinatingCommittee, comprised ofthe deans and directors ofthe Health Sciences faculties and schools, participates in the planning of the physical and administrative structures ofthe Health Sciences. The Office of the Co-ordinator of Health Sciences, which is administratively responsible for shared facilities in the Instructional Resources Centre, includes three divisions that provide common services for the Health Sciences faculties and schools. The Centre for Health Services and Policy Research facilitates and undertakes research in a broad range of areas, and sponsors public fora to disseminate research results in these areas. Office of the Co-ordinator of Health Sciences Co-ordinator of Health Sciences: William A. Webber, M.D., FRCPC, Associate Vice-President, Academic, and Professor, Department of Anatomy, Faculty of Medicine. The Co-ordinator of Health Sciences chairs the Health Sciences Co-ordinating Committee and a decanal committee with administrative responsibility for the Centre for Health Services and Policy Research. The Co-ordinator also represents the Health Sciences on appropriate University committees, and the University on committees of external agencies involved in health care, teaching and research. Division of Biomedical Ethics Director. Vincent P. Sweeney, M.B, Ch.B., F.A.C.P., FRCPC, Professor (Medicine). The recently established Division of Biomedical Ethics operates within the Office of the Coordinator of Health Sciences in order to develop and support programs in bioethics within the Health Sciences disciplines. Interdisciplinary programs for the various faculties and schools have been developed as part of the mission of the division. Close liaison exists between the Division of Biomedical Ethics and the UBC Centre for Applied Ethics. Division of Continuing Education in the Health Sciences Director, Continuing Dental Education: Jane M. Wong, Dip.D.H, B.A, Program Director. Dean's Office, Clinical Assistant Professor (Oral Medical and Surgical Sciences), Faculty of Dentistry Director, Continuing Medical Education: David S, Lirenman, B.Sc, M.D, FRCPC, F.A.C.P, Professor (Paediatrics) and Associate Dean, Faculty of Medicine. Coordinator, Continuing Education in Nutrition and Dietetics: Jan K. Greenwood, B.Sc, R.D.N, C.N.S.D. Director. Continuing Pharmacy Educalion: Sharon McKinnon. B.Sc, Lecturer (Pharmacy Administration), Facility of Pharmaceutical Sciences. Director. Continuing Education in Rehabilitation .Screwed.-Christine Carpenter. Dip.(P.T. j, Instructor, School of Rehabilitation Sciences This division includes and co-ordinates the individual professional conl in 11 ing educat ion programs of a number of Heaith Sciences faculties and schools, and also provides a base for interprofessional programs. Division of Educational Support and Development Director: Coition G. Page, M.A, Etl. D, Associate Professor (Medicine). Associate Director: Marc Broutio. M.A. This division was established in 1975 to provide consultation and service to the Health Sciences faculties and schools on issues such as educational program development and evaluation, lhe evaluation of students, instructional materials development, and teaching and course evaluation. The division is involved in provincial, national and international research and development programs on the evaluation ofthe clinical competence tif students and practising health professionals, and on the improvement of educational programs and the effectiveness of teaching in the Health Sciences. Centre for Health Services and Policy Research Director-. Morris L. Barer, M.B.A, Ph.D., Professor (Health Care and Epidemiology). Associale Director-. Arminee Ka/.anjian. M.A, Dr. Soc, Assistant Professor (Health Care and Epidemiology). The Centre was eslablished in 1990 to promote and conduct multidisciplinary research and to develop and maintain databases necessary to these areas of research. Research is carried out in areas of population health, health services research anti program evaluation, health technology assessment, health policy development and analysis, and health human resources research. The research program at the Centre involves clinical epidemiologists, health economists, medical sociologists, operations researchers, health policy analysts, medical anthropologists, social workers, anil other faculty at UBC. Faculty are involved in collaborative projects with researchers at other institutions in Canada, the United States and elsewhere. The B.C. Office of Health Technology Assessment, the Health Human Resources Unit, the Health Policy Research Unit, and the Health Information Development Unit are situated at the Centre. Advice and assistance on issues falling within the Centre's mandate and expertise are provided to both governmental and non-governmental agencies. The Centre communicates results of faculty and staff research activities bv sponsoring public seminars, workshops and conferences and circulating discussion papers, research reports and publication reports. While the Centre does nol offer courses, it provides a variety of research resources for studenl projects and theses, and a potential site lor summer work and research clerkships. Courses of Instruction The following faculties and schools offer courses in Health Sciences: FacuitvoI'Dentistrv, School ol Familyand Nutritional Sciences, Faculty of Medicine, School of Nursing, Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences, Department of Psychology (in the Faculty of Arts), School of Rehabilitation Sciences, School of Social Work. For more information, see Index, forthe Faculty/School listings. Agricultural Sciences 57 Bachelor of Science in Agriculture Degree The Faculty offers a four-year program of study designed to prepare graduates to enter a wide variety of careers associated with agriculture in business, education, extension, farming, management, marketing, quality control and research in either private enterprise or the public service. The first two years are devoted mainly to laying a foundation in the sciences and the humanities. The student is also brought into early association with the fundamental agricultural sciences and techniques. In this way the student has the opportunity of obtaining the proper background for specialization in the final two years. Study programs in the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences are offered in the following departments: • Agricultural Economics • Bio-Resource Engineering (through the Faculty of Applied Science) • Animal Science • Food Science • Plant Science • Soil Science Note: There is sufficient flexibility in the programs of the above departments to accommodate individual student interests. Students with a special interest are advised to consult the Associate Dean who will refer them to appropriate departments. With advice ofthe Head ofthe appropriate department, students can select a program of courses that emphasize biotechnology. Co-operative Education Program: Agricultural Sciences Co-operative Education integrates academic study with related and supervised work in co-operating employer organizations. An optional Co-operative Education Program is available for students in Agricultural Sciences. The program is intended to help prepare interested and qualified stu- j dents for careers in theagriculture and food sector through ' work placements that are supervised by practising professionals. Faculty advisers also visit students at their place of work and provide advice on technical reports required of all students on the program. Applicants to the program must be qualified or completing qualifications for admission to the second or higher years ofthe B.Sc. (Agr.) program. Selection of students will be based on academic performance and general suitability to the work environment as determined by resume and interview. The total enrolment will he subject to the availability of appropriate work placements. The work placements last a minimum of 3.5 months and arc- arranged by mutual agreement between students and employer organizations. Participating students register for AGSC 199, 299 or 399 (summer only placement) or AGSC 199, 298, 397, 497, 498 (year-round schedule) as appropriate and are required to pay a Co-operative Education Program fee (see Index under "Fees: Special Fees"). To graduate in the Co-operative Education Program students must complete three work terms for a summer only program and at least five work terms for a year-round program, in addition to the normal academic requirements. Students will have each satisfactorily completed course noted on their academic record. The Co-operative Education Program is currently being re-evaluated, and maybe discontinued. Detailed information on the program can be obtained from the Office of the Dean, Faculty of Agricultural Sciences. The Faculty of Agricultural Sciences The Faculty of Agricultural Sciences offers courses leading to: " Bachelor of Home Economics (B.H.E.) " Bachelor of Science in Agriculture B.Sc. (Agr.) " Bachelor of Science in Dietetics (B.Sc. (Dietet.)) » Bachelor of Landscape Architecture B.L.A. » Master of Science (M.Sc), Faculty of Graduate Studies. " Master of Landscape Architecture (M .LA.), Faculty of Graduate Studies. • Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.), Faculty of Graduate Studies. The Faculty of Agricultural Sciences offers a wide selection of courses emphasizing the basic and agricultural sciences in agriculturally related disciplines, with the object of developing an understanding of the appropriate applications of scientific and design principles in students whose aptitudes and interests lie in the natural and social sciences and whose career objectives are directed towards scientific research, business and industry, teaching, or public and private service. The Faculty's School of Family and Nutritional Sciences offers four undergraduate programs, which are described elsewhere in the Calendar. Bachelor of Landscape Architecture Degree In the Bachelor of Landscape Architecture program, the Faculty offers a four-year program of study designed to prepare graduates for entrance into the profession. The B.L.A. program consists of a core of required courses and a wide range of elective courses. The program emphasizes design, and covers the range of landscape contexts from the urban setting to regional and natural resource situations. Master of Science Degree and Doctor of Philosophy Degree See the Faculty of Graduate Studies section ofthe Calendar. Master of Landscape Architecture Degree See the Faculty of Graduate Studies section ofthe Calendar. Vetterinary Medicine The Western Coliege of Veterinary Medicine (W.C.V.M.) was established ai the University of Saskatchewan to serve the four western provinces. A pre-veterinary program is required in preparation for admission to the four-year veterinary program at the W.C.V.M., and may be completed at UBC. in the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences. The course requirements ft >r admission to W.C.V.M. are: six credits each of English. Biology, Biochemistry'. Chemistiy. Physics and Mathematics; three credits each of Genetics, Organic Chemistry and Introductory Microbiology; and additional electives to complete 60 credits. Competition for admission to W.C.V.M. is severe, and although pre-veterinary requirements can be met in two years, few applicants are currentlyadmitted with less than three years of university coursework. Pre-veterinary students are therefore strongly advised to follow a program that also satisfies the requirements of the B.Sc.(Agr.) program. For information and program approval contact the office of the Dean, Faculty of Agricultural Sciences. The following selection of courses meets the requirements ofthe Western College ofVeterinary Medicine at the University of Saskatchewan and also those for the first two years of the program for the B.Sc. (Agr.) degree at The University of British Columbia. Pro-Veterinary students entering the Faculty for the first time in First Year First Year Course Credits AGSC 100 0 AGSC 110 3 BIOI, 110 or 115 3 BIOL 120 3 CHEM 103, 110 or 121/122 6 LCON 100 6 MATH 100, 120 or HO 3 MATH 101. 121 or HI 3 PHYS 100/101. or 101/102 or 121/122 6 Total 33 Second Year Course Credits AGSC 213 3 ANSC 2,8 3 58 Agricultural Sciences AGSC Klcai.es' CHEM :3U ENGL l()0-level; MICB 20(1 lilOI. 200.111(1201 Total 6 33 ! For dtaailfd list of courses see Note i below under Requirements lor the R.Sc. (Agr.) Degree, -' A student must obtain ereclit for nvo of English 11(1, 111, 112, 120 and 121. English 112 is recommended. Qualified sludents are encouraged lo consider English 120 .ind'or 121. ' Il is possible lo meel lhe admission rcqtiiiement.s for the W.C.V.M through .some programs in ihe Facully of Science. However, tins normaliv takes longer lhan the minimum two years. Part-time Students Students wishing to take less than a full course load should consult the appropriate Department Head or the Dean's Office before registering. Some evening classes are available. Continuing Education Specialized non-credit courses in various areas of agriculture are offered periodically. Announcements giving details ofthe various courses are issued each year, anti may be obtained from the Office of the Dean, Faculty of Agricultural Sciences. Professional Associations Agrology — Agrology is the profession of applying science and scientific principles to the business and art of agriculture. In British Columbia, agrology is recognized by the provincial statute of 1948, the Agrologists Act, under which the British Columbia Institute of Agrologists (B.C.I.A.) is incorporated. A graduate ofthe Faculty holding the B.Sc. (Agr.) degree meets the educational requirements for membership in the B.C. Institute of Agrologists. A graduate who plans to practise as an agrologist in the province of British Columbia is expected to register as a member of the B.C.I.A. Applications should be forwarded to the Registrar, B.C.I.A. Landscape Architecture — In order to practise as a Professional Landscape Architect in the Province of British Columbia, it is necessary to he registered as a member in the British Columbia Society of Landscape Architects as laid down in the B.C. Landscape Architects Act. A student who plans to become a landscape architect may enrol with the Society. Applications should he forwarded to the Registrar, B.C. Society of Landscape Architects. Arrangements exist forstttdents in the Faculty to regularly receive the communications and periodicals of the profession upon payment of a nominal fee. For further information contact lhe Landscape Architecture office. Study Programs at Other Canadian Universities fhe program of study leading to the B.Sc. (Agr.) is similar to programs offered by faculties of agriculture al universities in other provinces in Canada. Students may wish to consider taking a portion of their program at one of these oilier faculties forsubsequent transfer to the University of British Columbia. Interested students should consult the Dean's office for further information Bachelor of Science in Agriculture B.Sc. (Agr.) Admission Students should refer to the General Information section on Admission. Students mav gain admission directly from secondary school or on l ransfer from a recognized university or college, or on the basis of maturity and experience. Students seeking transfer from other universities or colleges will be granted advance credit for parallel courses in the first two years ofthe degree program where standings obtained are above the minimum passing grade at the other institutions. For admission lo lhe B.Sc. (Agr.) program, students from Grade 12 British Columbia schools must meet the general University admission requirements and must have completed English II and 12; Social Studies 11: French 11 or another approved language 11; Mathematics 11 and 12; at least two of Biology 11, Chemistry 11 and Physics 11; a science course numbered "12" chosen from Chemistry 12, Physics 12, Geometry 12, Biology 12, Geology) 2: a course numbered "12" chosen from among those listed in the prescribed Senior Secondary School Curriculum in the category 'Arts or Science.' English Requirement To qualify for the degree of B.Sc. (Agr.) a sludent must obtain credit for two of English 110,111,112,120 and 121. English 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider English 120 and/or 121. Note: Satisfactory completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) examination is prerequisite to all first- year English courses at UBC. (See Calendar index under "Language Proficiency Index".) Students who have not completed at least three credits of first-year English will not normally be permitted to enrol in third-year or higher-level courses in the Faculty. Four-Year Course Curriculum CandidaiesfortheB.Sc. (Agr.) degree must complete 136 credits of work as required below; 66 of these credits normally are taken in lhe first two years. In selecting courses for each vear, the student is advised to consult a Faculty or departmental adviser. Normally no more than 38 credits of study mav be taken bv a student in any one year. On graduation, honours standing will begranted to those students who obtain an average of at least 80% in the best 66 credits of courses selected by the department which meet the requirements ofthe Third and Fourth Years. Requirements for the B.Sc. (Agr.) Degree The faculty requirements set out below pertain to all students pursuing the B.Sc (Agr.). Students who enter the Faculty for the first time al the second year or third year level must register ft >r required courses from the first and second veais. Credits (I 3 3 3 3 3 6 0 6 33 First Year Course AGSC 100 AGSC im BIOI, 11(1 or 11 BIOI, 120 MATH 100, 120 MATH IDE 121 Cl 1EM 103, 110 ENGL 100-level ECON int. Total Second, Third and Fourth Years3 Course Credits Agricultural Sciences requirements and electives1 9 from the following: AGEC 201, 2S8; ANSC 258; BIOI: l^:. FOOD 258, 259; PLNT 259; SOIL 200, 204 AGSC 30(r 2 AGSC iii! "> ■'123 Appropriate Major Program Seminar 2 498 < ir 199s Appropriate Major Program Under- 3 or 6 graduate Essay or Thesis PLNT 321 or equivalent10 3 Humanities, fine arts or social sciences electives" 6 Unrestricted Electives 9 or 12 Sub-Total 37 or 43 Major Program requirements and electives1- 63 or 66 Total 100 or 109 Minimum credits for graduation 136 1 Enrolment in MATH 100 requires at least a C+ in Math "12. - A studenl must obtain credit for two of ENGL 110, 111, 112, 120, 121. ENGL 111 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and,or 121. Studenls enrolled in CHEM 110 or 120 require a suitable Physics course as a co-requisite and therefore mav he given permission fodder first-year English or ECON 100 until second vear. Students who have nol completed al least three credits of first-year English hy the end of second vear will not normally be permitted to enrol in third vear or higher level courses in the faculty. First- year English courses mav require the Language Proficiency Index examination. For additional information on this examination, please refer to I he "Language Proficiency Index" entrv in the Faculty of Arts. ■' Students are advised to choose their major field of study no later than the end of second vear. Students intending to specialize in Agricultural Economics should have made that choice bv the beginning of second year. 1 This requirement mav be met bv a choice of courses offered within the Faculty but outside the Department in which the student is specializing. The choice normally will be made from the above list. Normaliv AGSC 300 (Field Trip) is taken between second and third year. 1: A total program must include a minimum of six credits of breadth elea lives chosen from the humanities, fine arts or social sciences (agricultural economics majors also may choose courses in the natural sciences) and be appn >ved by the Head ofthe student's major department. " These electives may be chosen so as to provide additional breadth of knowledge in agricultural sciences, or other subjects, io provide additional depth in the major field or to develop a secondary or minor interest area. The choices are to be made in consultation with the head of die department in which the student is majoring. * In the gradual ing year each student is required to prepare a thesis or an essay, ihe title of which must be approved by the head of ihe department concerned. Two copies ofthe report should he deposited bv April 1 for Spring graduation or September 15 for Fall graduation '' Courses should :ie chosen to meet the requirements of one of the Undergraduate Study Programs listed below and in consultation with ihe appropriate department head or his delegate. iuA student must obtain approval of any course to be substituted for PLNT 321 from the head ofthe department in which he is specializing. Students specializing in Agricultural Economics may take ECON 325 and 326 instead of PLNT 521. Attendance, Examination and Advancement 1) Regular attendance is expected of students in all their classes, Students who neglect their academic work and assignments may he excluded from the final examination. Students who are unavoidably absent because of illness or disability should report to their instructors on return to lecture or laboratory class, 2) Students who are absent from December or April examinations because of illness must submit a certificate obtained from a physician to the University Health Sendee as soon as possible. If injury or illness did not cause the absence, an explanation of the circumstances should be written to the Dean. Applications for special consideration on account of illness or domestic affliction must be submitted in writing to the Dean as soon as possible after the close ofthe examination period. Agricultural Sciences 59 3) Formal written examinations are required at the end of all courses terminating in December or April and also in December for courses continuing all year. The formal written examination may be replaced by alternative examination procedures only upon approval of the Head of Department and with permission ofthe Dean. Passing of the final examination may not be sufficient to pass a particular course but in some courses it may be a requirement. Students may be denied a passinggrade for unsatisfactory work during the session or if their essays, reports or examinations are notably deficient in English. Also, in any course which involves both laboratory work and written examinations, students must complete and pass both parts to pass the course. Any student whose academic record, as determined by tests and examinations ofthe first term, is unsatisfactory may be required to withdraw from the Faculty at any time. A passing grade is 50-64%; second class is 65-79%; first class is 80-100%. 4) Students will be classified or promoted according to the following criteria: to Second Year Level: Successful completion of 21 or more credits of prescribed courses of first year. to Third Year Level: Successful completion of total of54 or more credits including all the required courses of first year and the Language Proficiency Index. Students who do not meet this requirement will not normally be permitted to enrol in third year or higher level of courses in the Faculty to Fourth Year Level: Successful completion of a total of 89 or more credits. 5) Fail standing will be assigned in a session when a student a) has taken a study program of more than 12 credits and passed in less than 60% of it; or b) has taken a study program of 12 or fewer credits and passed in less than 50% of it. A student who fails a year will normally be required to withdraw from the University for a period of at least one year after which time an appeal for permission to re-enrol will be considered. Before applying for permission to re-enrol, a first or second year student who fails a year is advised to complete satisfactorily ("C" average or better) those courses outstanding from the failed year at a community college. A student who fails a year but passes in some courses will receive credit for the courses passed upon reinstatement in the Faculty. 6) Probationary status will be assigned to a student a) who is readmitted to the Faculty after having been required to withdraw or b) who passes the Winter Session, but fails in more than six credits of work or fails to achieve an overall average of 55% on all courses attempted. At the end of a probationary year, the student may be reinstated or if there has been insufficient improvement the student will not be permitted to proceed to the next year level. ~!) The privilege of writing supplemental examinations may be granted by the Faculty to a student after consideration of the student's complete academic record. The following conditions normally apply: a) the student must have achieved at least pass standing in the session b) the student must have written the final examination and achieved a final grade of at least 40% in the course. c) in any session, a student will be granted the privilege of writing supplementals in no more than six credits except that the Faculty may at its discretion grant supplemental privileges in a further three credits to a si udent whose course load during a full Winter Session is 33 or more credits. d) in all but the final year, a candidate who has been granted a supplemental may write it only once. If the candidate fails, the course must be repeated or a permissible substitute taken. Normally in the final year, a second supplemental examination maybe written. 8) In the Winter Session, the total of all courses taken may not exceed 38 credits except with approval ofthe Dean. 9) Students in the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences who wish to take courses at other institutions for transfer of credit toward the B.Sc. (Agr.) or the B.L.A. degrees must obtain permission in advance from the Dean. 10) A student who decides to withdraw from the University should refer to the General Information section of the Calendar. (See Index under "Withdrawal".) Teacher Education Course As well as satisfying ;he requirements of their own departments in the Faculty, students planning to enter the Faculty of Education to qualify as Secondary Teachers of Agricultural Sciences, must have BIOI. 110 or 115 and BIOL 120, CHEM 103 or 110 or 121/122, MATH 100 and 101, ECON 100, PHYS 100/101 or 101/102 or 120/121, and in addition must have at least 18 credits in approved courses selected from one of the following: Biological Sciences, Chemistry, Geological Sciences, Mathematics, Physics or other Academic Concentration agreeable to the Faculty of Education. The particular courses should be selected according to the requirements ofthe Faculty of Education (Secondary Teaching Field Requirements). Three 70 six credits of Geology or Geophysics are strongly recommended. For further particulars see Faculty of Education section. Undergraduate Study Programs Students seeking the degree of B.Sc. (Agr.) must complete the requirements of one of the study programs listed below. The study program must be selected before entering the third year, but it is to a student's advantage to make the choice of program before beginning Second Year. Rancieland Resources Students planning to complete study programs in the Departments of Animal Science or Plant Science may focus their studies on Rangeland Resources by completing a common core of 39 credits and an additional 30 credits chosen to meet the requirements of one of the depanments. Common core courses: AGEC 258 (3), ANSC 258 (31, BIOL 302 (3), ECON 370 (3), PHYS 100/101 or 101/102 or 121/122 (6). PLNT 259 (3), 304 (31, 401(3), 404 (3), SOIL 200 (3). The additional 33 credits are itemized in the departmental programs which follow. Interested students should consult the appropriate Head or the Dean prior to the beginning of second year for details. Descriptions of individual courses appear alphabetically by department or faculty in the section, Courses of Instruction. Agricultural Economics Agricultural Economics is concerned with the commercial and economic aspects of agricultural production and marketing. It is an applied discipline using economic theory to solve problems in the agricultural sector. Agricultural economists examine methods of improving the management of farms and agribusinesses, the marketing and pricing of agricultural products at all levels in the marketing chain, rural and agricultural development problems, international trade and resource allocation questions. Agricultural economists are employed throughout the food system: in farming and input supply industries, in the food processing and retailing sectors, in agricultural development and commodity trade organizations, and in research and government organizations. Students have considerable flexibility in choosing courses to meet their own interests. Two broad fields of study in the B.Sc. (Agr.) program are available: applied economics and management. Areas of specialization within these fields include: general agricultural economics, agribusiness, farm management, agricultural marketing, international trade and rural development, and resource management. The general agricultural economics specialization is of interest to those thinking of a career in research or government. The agribusiness and farm management specializations are suggested for those whose interests lie in the business and farming sectors ofthe food system. The marketing, international trade and rural development specializations are concerned with the national and international marketplaces and problems faced by developing economies. The resource management specialization emphasizes resource economics and allows for courses from other disciplines in land, water, range or other renewable or nonrenewable resource areas. Requirements forthe Bachelor's degree are noted below. For information concerning the Masters and Doctorate degrees the Faculty of Graduate Studies section of the Calendar should be consulted. Requirements for the B.Sc. (Agr.) Degree First Year Course Credits AGSC 100 0 AGSC 110 3 BIOL 100 or lis 3 BIOL 120 3 CHEM 103, 110 or 121/122 6 ECON 100 6 ENGL 100-level' 6 MATH 100, 120 or 140 3 MATH 101, 121 or 141 3 Total 33 Second Year Course Credits Agricultural Sciences requirements and electives2 9 from the following: ANSC 2.8; BIOE 258; FOOD 2.8, 259; PLNT259; SOIL 200, 201 AGEC 201,258.260' 9 ECON 201 and 202' 6 Program electives* 3 Humanities, fine arts, soda! sciences c ir natural 6 sciences electivess Total 33 Third Year Course Credits Agricultural Economies Core' Irom the : following: 9 AGEC 302, 306, 340, 361, 374, 400, 407 and 420 AGSC 300 60 Agricultural Sciences ECON 303 or AGEC 310 ECON 325 and 326' Program Eleciives* Unrestricted Electives Total 12 ,3 35 Fourth Year Course Credits Agricultural Economics Core' irom the following: 6 or 9 AGEC 302. 306, 340, 361, .30. 400, 407 and i20 AGSC ilo AGEC 423 AGEC i98 or 499 Program Electives" 9 Unresincted Electives 9 Total 35 1 A student musl obtain credit for twi lolEM a, 1 HI. 111,112.120 and 121. ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified studenls are encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121. 3 2 3 or 6 Tins requirement mav be met by a i hoice ofc l-'aculiv hut ouisidc the Department Thecho Irorn lhe above list. ursesol'feicd within the enormailvwillhe made 1 ECON 320 may be substituted for AGEC 261! with approval from the Head of the Department. 1 ECON 206 mav be substituted foi ECON 201, and ECON 30"' m:'v be substituted for ECON 202 wilh approval fiotn lite Head of the Depanmenl. ' Breadth electives are to txohosen ftom l he ruimanines. fine arts, social science,', or natural sciences. Course> oilered hy die Fatuity ot Agriciii- tm.il Sciences Faculty of Commerce and Bioiness Administration and the Department ol'Economics are specificailv excluded. Selected 1a mtses must he approved by the Head of tlie Department " Students '-electing AGEC 499 must choose a minimum of 15 credits from this list, those taking AGEC 498 require IS credits. ' STAT 3IIS and 31-6. PLNT 321 and 522. or COMM 290 ami 291. may be substituted with approval ironi ihe Head uf the- Department. M Students may choose from 3110 or lOO-ieve! courses in the faculty of Agricultutal Sciences, the Department ol Economics, and from COMM ki-.A'-F 393.390. 15" ami 458 Courses offered by other Faculties Apart from courses in other faculties listed as requirements for the options in Agricultural Economics, there are many others which could he chosen as electives. The following departments and faculties ofier courses directlv complementary to programs of study in Agricultural Kconomics: Anthropology. Commerce. Computer Science, Economics, Education, Forestrv, Geography. Mathematics. Political Science. Psvchologv and Sociology. Bio-Resource Engineering 'lhe Department has teaching ami research facilities for the study of biological anti physical aspects of terrestrial and aquatic food production systems. The Department offers service courses for students who wish to choose electives related to ihe physical aspects oi terrestrial and aquatic food production systems. Appropriate courses are BIOE 258. 300. 303. .31)6, 300 am! 403 Other courses offered bv the depanmenl may be selected wit I; the prior approval of lhe Department Head, lhe Department offers an M.Sc. and for qualified studenls an Inierdiscipli- narv Ph.D. program can be arranged in the following are.ts: Bio-environmental t onirol and waste management, irrigation, drainage and hydrology, biomachine svsiems, food processing systems, and aqiucultural systems. For departmental offerings in Bio Resent ce Engineering refer to the Facullv of Applied .science. Animal Science The Department has teaching anil research facilities for study in nutrition, physiology, genetics, production management, behaviour, wildiife management and aquacultural science. Laboratories .ire lot ared in the main Agricultural Sciences building (II. R. MacMillan Building) and the National Centres of Excellence Building. Ancillary facilities are available f< ir teaching and research involving avian species (layer, broiler, breeder, quail and pigeon), beef cattle, dairy cattle, fish, sheep, swine and wildlife. Field research areas are available also for studies of livestock anti wildlife productivity. The Department offers opportunities forstudv leading to Doctoral, Master's and Bachelor's degrees. For information on the Ph.D and M.Sc. degree requirements and courses see the Graduate Studies section of lhe Calendar. Requirements for the B.Sc. (Agr.) Degree Students enrolled in the B.Sc.(Agr.) program in Animal Science can pursue several areas of special interest (e.g. genetics anti breeding, biochemistry, nutrition, physiology, animal ami poullrv production, wildlife management, and aquae, kuici. Requirements lor the different programs aie shown below. First Year Course AGSC 100 AGSC BIOI. 110 110 or, 120 mo Clli:'.'. ECON math MATH llil. 121 PHYS 100,101 Total 103. 100 100, ir I il) ir 111 21/122 Second Year Course Agricultural Sciences electives' from the following: AGEC 20 i. 2S. ; WOK 278- FOOD 23. , 23'e PI.NT23":SO!l. 200. 20t AGSC 213 ANSC 238 BIOI. 201 CHEM 230 KNG1. KiO-levc1 Kleciivesv Total Third and Fourth Years Course AC.SC .31111 AGSC till ANSC 319 ANSC 320 ANSC ill ANSC i23 ANSC. t9hort'lv i'l.iNT 321 or equivalent Program requirements and elei live-, Total Options Livestock Option Course ANSC 313 321 12i Credits 0 3 Credits 9 /tions hclow) 48 or 13 ISO ANSC ANSC ANSC ANSC ANSC filer live: Total Poultry Option Course ANSC .307 ANSC 321 ■WSC ii" ANSI 121 Credits 3 3 30 or 2" 48 or 45 Credits 3 3 3 3 ANSC '1.39 X ANSC ISO 3 Electives' !':: 30 ni-27 Total 48 or 45 Fish Option Course Credits ANSC 313 3 ANSC t«(i 3 ANSC 481 3 ANSC 482 3 11101, 302 3 BIOE 306 3 BIOE (SS 3 BIOI. 426 0 Electives1 "'" 21 or IH Total 48 or 45 Rangeland Resources Option Course Credits ANSC 321 s ANSC 122 3 ECON .Oil 3 FRST 202 3 PINT 30i ,3 Pi.NT illi ,3 Pi.NT nn ,3 SOU 31Sortl6 3 Elecuvcs''"' 2 ior 21 Total 48 or 45 Credits 3 3 ,3 3 3 3 30 or 1" 48 or 45 Wildlife Option Course ANSC 321 ANSC, i2i FRST 202 FRST .393 FRST 193 PI.NT ,3'n Electives"1 ' Total 1 Astuden: ina-iohiaiinredit foi Iwool'ENGL 111). 111,112. I2ll.ind 121 HNG1 112 is recommended Qualified students are encouraged in consider I-.NCi. 120 and/or 121 - The program musl include nine credits offered outside the Dcpan mem of Animal Science hut within the Faculty of Agnrul l oral Soon es In i onsullalioti volh a t-'actillv advisct these courses should iionnallvhr selected from ihe ahove list. Some of the nine credit requirements ma', he dclaved until third vear hut no later. For the Rangeland Resources opium dice electives musr include SOU. 200, PINT 239. ami AGKC2.K Foi the Fish option, these decides must include AGF.C 201 or 23s and H. in 2.X or 239. ' The total program musl contain at least six credils of non-scicmr elccnves. ' The following electives are sirongly recommended lal MIC.I5 2UO do a course in experimental design (c) a course m computer science ' 'ihe program allows nine credits of unrestricted electives " Fleuivcs must he selected in consultation with a Faculty adviser ' '!':» he selected in consultation with the Head uf the Departtiieul ' Recommended electives include BIOE 283, " Three crediis uf animal nulrition numhered 400 or greater musl he included. Courses offered by other Departments and Faculties Wlten choosing electives students should consider courses offered in the following subjects: Agricultural Economics, Biochemist iv Biology, Bio-Resource Engineering, Chemistry, Commerce. Computer Science, Economics, hood Science, Foiesiry Geography, Mathematics, Microbiology and Pharmaceutical Sciences. Food Science Food Science is a discipline which encompasses Food Chemistry. Physical Bromatology, Food Process Seiente and Sinictui.il and Environmental Bromatology with re- Agricultural Sciences 61 spect to the manufacture, preservation, quality control and development of food products. Students at the undergraduate level can pursue a general program or an area(s) of special interest through choice of elective courses. The minimum requirement of the Bachelor's degree program in the Department of Food Science is outlined below. Students wishing to specialize in or concentrate on certain areas should consult the Flead ofthe Department. The department offers M.Sc. and Ph.D. degree programs in the fields of Food Chemistry', Food Microbiology, Structural Bromatology, Environmental Bromatology, Physical Bromatology and Food Process Science. Requirements for the B.Sc. (Agr.) Degree Credits 0 3 6 6 3 3 6 6 33 Credits 9 First Vear Course AGSC 100 AGSC. 110 BIOI. 101 or 102 CHEM 103, 110 or 120 MATH 100, 120 or 140 MATH 101,121 or 141 ENGL 100-level1 ECON 100 Total Second Year Course Agricultural Sciences electives-from the following: AGEC 201 or 258: BIOE 238; ANSC 258; PI.NT 259; SOIL 200 or 204. CHEM 230 FOOD 259 PHYS 110. 115 or 120 MICB 200 BIOI. 201 or BIOC 300 Total 33 Third and Fourth Year Course AGSC 300 AGSC 410 BIOE 300 FOOD 301 FOOD 302 FOOD 30.3 FOOD 308 FOOD 309 FOOD 404 FOOD 423 FOOD 499 MICB 309 PLNT .321 or equivalent Electives Course Food Science Electives' Nutrition Elective' (One of; HUNU 205, 305; ANSC 322) Humanities, fine ares or social sciences electives" Program Electives' Unrestricted Electives" Total 67 or 70 ! Asludent must obtain credit for two of UNCI. 110, 111, 112,120andl21. F.N'GI. 112 is recommended Qualified students ate encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/orl21 - The program must include nine credits ol courses chosen from the above list in consultation with a Faculty adviser, ' Program electives can he chosen from various Departments, Schools and Faculties including: Agricultural Economics, Animal Science, Applied Science, Biochemistry, Bio-Resource Engineering, Botany, Chemistry, Commerce, Computer Science. Economics, English, Forestry-, Family and Nutritional Sciences, Mathematics, Mictobiology, Plant Science. Psychology and /oology ' Food Science electives are to be selected from FOOD 401, 402, 405, 410,414,416,418. s The nutrition elective is to he selected from HUNU 203 or 305, or ANSC 322. 6 3 6 6 3 or 6 Credits 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Credits 6 3 6 6 9 6 Each student's program must contain a minimum of six credits of electives chosen from the humanities, fine arts or social sciences and approved by the Head ofthe Department. " The unrestricted electives may be chosen so as to provide additional breadth of knowledge in agricultural sciences or other subjects, to provide additional depth in the major held or to develop a secondary or minor interest area. The choices are to be made in consultation with the 1 lead ofthe Department. Courses offered by other Faculties Students may wish to select electives from the Departments of Biochemistry', Botany, Chemistry, Computer Science, Economics, Mathematics, Microbiology, Physics, Psychology and Zoology; from the School of Family and Nutritional Sciences (Human Nutrition); and from the Faculties of Applied Science, Commerce and Business Administration, and Education. Plant Science The department offers opportunities for study leading to Doctoral and Master's degrees and to the degrees of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture, B.Sc. (Agr,), and Bachelor of Landscape Architecture, B.L.A. For information on the Ph.D., M.Sc. and M.L.A. degree programs, see the Faculty of Graduate Studies section of the Calendar. Information on the B.L.A. degree program is given at the end of the Agricultural Sciences section of the Calendar. Fields of study for the B.Sc. (Agr.) degree include agronomy, range management, horticulture, crop physiology, plant pathology, weed science, genetic engineering, plant breeding, applied entomology, and tissue culture, with teaching and research facilities in the main Agricultural Sciences building (H. R. MacMillan Building), the Plant Science Annex, the Horticulture Building and greenhouses, and the Totem Park Field Station (which houses the landscape architecture studios) with its associated arable lands on the Totem and South Campus fields. Requirements for the B.Sc (Agr.) Degree First Year Couise I AGSC 100 AGSC 110 BIOL 110 or 115 BIOL 120 kOHEM 103, 111)or 121/122 ECON 100' MATH 100, 120 or 110 MATH 101, 121 or 111 ENC1. 100-ievelu Total Second Year Course Agricultural Sciences Core Requirements3''from the following: AGEC 201 or 258; ANSC 258; BIOE 258; FOOD 258 or 259; SOU. 200, 204 AGSC 213M BIOL 201' CHEM 230 PHYS 100/101 or 101/102 or 120/121- PLNT 259 Unrestricted Electives1" Total Third and Fourth Years Course AGSC 300 AGSC Credits 0 3 3 3 6 6 3 3 6 33 Credits 9 PI.NT PLNT PLNT PLNT PENT 110" 321 or eqti 32a 331 336' 338 ■r.leni 3 3 6 6 3 3 33 PLNT 423' 2 PLNT 498 or 499' Ecological principles8 Program electives' 3 or 6 3 24 or 27 Humanities, line arts or social sciences electives" b Unrestricted electives'" Total 12 or 6 70 1 Students enrolling in CHEM 110 or 121/122 require a suitable Physics course as a co-requisite and therefore may be given permission to defer First-year English or ECON 100 until second year. 2 AstudentmustobtaincreditlortwoofENGLllO, 111,112.120and 121. ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged lo consider ENGL 120 and/orl 21. i Someorall of these requirements may bedeferred to third yearhul no later, ' Sludents specializing in Rangeland Resources are recommended but not required to take AGSC 213, BIOI. 201 and PLNT 336 s Sludents in the Department of Plant Science are required to take SOIL 200 in second year as one of lhe Agricultural Sciences core courses. The remaining six credit minimum should normally be selected from above courses. AGEC 258 andANSC 258 are both required of students specializing in Rangeland Resources 6 Students may not register for these courses before fourth year However, they should note the requirements for PLNT 498 and 499 described in the section of the Calendar dealing with Courses of Instruction. PLNT 499 > may require PLNT 322, or suitable equivalent, as a prerequisite. 7 Each student's program must contain a minimum of six credits of electives chosen from the humanities, creative and performing arts or social sciences and approved by the academic adviser. " Students are required to complete one couise in ecological principles. Recommended courses include BIOL 303, FRST 202, or equivalent ' Students should select an appropriate academic curriculum, as approved by a department academic adviser. At least 12 credits of lhe program electives must be at the 400 level or above. Students registering for PI.NT 499 may require PLNT 322, or suitable equivalent, as a prerequisite. "These electives may be chosen todevelop additional depth in a specific field of interest in plant biology, to provide additional breadth of knowledge in scienceor agriculture, or to pursue general interests in arts and humanities. Rangeland Resources In addition to the requirements listed above, students specializing in Rangeland Resources are required to take the following courses; BIOL 302 (3) or FRST 202 (3); ECON 370 (3); PLNT 258 (3), 304 (3), 326 (3), 401 (3), 404 (3), 408 (3). Recommended electives include: AGEC 374 (3); AGSC 213 (3); ANSC 322 (3); FRST 442 or GEOG 370 (3); SOIL 416 (3). Entomology Courses of study in entomology are offered through the Department of Plant Science, the Faculty of Forestry'and the Biology Program. The Department of Plant Science offers courses in economic entomology, insect ecology, insect physiology, pesticides, biological control and plant disease vectors. Forestry offers courses in insect ecology and the special problems of forest entomology and forest protection. The Biology Program offers an introductory course in general entomology, and insect ecology and physiology, cross-listed with Plant Science. The Department of Zoology maintains a museum collection and specialized library. At the graduate level, research guidance is available in problems relating to classification, structure, function and bionomics of insects, as well as in specialized areas such as biological control, genetics and plant-insect relationships. There are also opportunities for graduate studv in population biology, ecological genetics and mathematical modelling of biological processes. Cooperative research on ultra-structure, biology and population dynamics tif plant viruses and plant-disease vectors can be arranged with the Vancouver Research Station of Agriculture Canada, located on campus. 62 Agricultural Sciences Courses offered by other Departments and Faculties Courses offered in other Departments and Faculties other than those recommended in the options listed above may be suitable for certain students. Courses suitably complementary to programs of study in Plant Science are offered by other faculties and departments in the following subjects: Agricultural Economics, Biochemistry, Biology, Commerce, Computer Science, English, Food Science, Forestry, Geography, Geology, and Soil Science. Students are reminded that all programs of study must be approved by the Flead of the Department. Soil Science The Department offers a variety of programs which focus on soil as a basic natural resource and on appropriate utilization of this resource. The relationship of soil to environmental quality is also emphasized. Special reference is made to the subject areas of soil chemistry and fertility, soil genesis and classification, soil physics, soil biology, biometeorology, soil and water conservation, forest soil, land classification, land use, and remote sensing techniques. The Department has laboratories equipped for study in these areas and, in addition, the Province of British Columbia constitutes an exceptional outdoor laboratory for the study of soils. The Department's association with the Faculties of Agricultural Sciences and Forestry, as well as the Ministry of Environment; Soils and Engineering Branch, Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries; and B.C. Land Resource Unit, Agriculture Canada and other resource agencies facilitates the development of programs for studying soil in the field. The Department's programs are based on a knowledge of chemistry, biology, geology, physics and mathematics and offer work leading to Bachelor's, Master's and Doctor's degrees. Requirements for the Bachelor's degreeare noted below and for information concerning the Master's and Doctor's degrees, the Faculty of Graduate Studies section ofthe Calendar should be consulted. Requirements for B.Sc. (Agr.) Degree1 First Year Course Credits AGSC I00 0 AGSC 110 3 BIOL 110 or 115 3 BIOL 120 3 MATH 100 or 120 3 MATH 101 or 121 .3 CHEM 103. 110 or 121/122 6 ECON 100 6 PHYS 100/101 or 101/102 or 120/121 6 Total 33 Second Year Course Credits CHEM 20. or208 b ENGL 100-level2 6 MICB 41"' 3 SOIL 200 3 SOIL 204 3 GEOL 1003 3 Electives' 0 Total 33 Third Year Course Credits AGSC 300 2 PLNT 321' 3 SOIL 304 3 SOIL .313 3 SOIL 314 3 SOIL 321 Electives' Total Fourth Year Course AGSC 410 SOIL 403 or 415 416 423 i ■ 498 or 499 3 18 35 SOIL SOIL SOIL SOIL Electives' Total Credits 3 3 .3 2 3 3 or 6 18 or 15 35 1 Although the order in which the courses are listed represents a desirable sequence, other sequences may be necessary 2 Astudent must obtain credit fortwoofENGI.llO, 111, 112,120and 121. ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualiled students are encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121. ' The following substitutions are routinely acceptediCHEM 201 plus three creditsol'additional CHEM lorCHF.M205or208;MlCB 200(6) foHP (3); GEOI, 150 (3,1 for 125; BIOI. 300 or FRST 131 or STAT 300 for PI.NT 321. ' "Restricted" and "Free" Electives (42 to 45 credits) include six credits of humanities, fine arts or social science; nine credits chosen from ANSC 258, AGEC 201, AGEC 258, BIOE 258, FOOD 259, PLNT 259; six credits chosen from CHEM 230, MATH 200, MATH 221, PHYS 200, PHYS 216. PLNT 322, FRST 130 (or, with approval of Department adviser, other courses offered by Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics or Statistics); thiee* credits chosen from PI.NT 258 (same as BIOI. 324), FRST202, PLNT324 (same as FRST 311 and BIOL 3511: six credits chosen from SOIL 403. 115, 417, 422, 430, 4^2. 443; 12 to 15 credits of free electives, to be chosen in consultation with the Department adviser. Electives When choosing electives, students should consider courses from the Faculties of Agricultural Sciences, Applied Science, Arts and Forestry' and the Departments of Biochemistry, Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, Economics, Geography, Geological Sciences, Geophysics, Mathematics, Microbiology, and Physics. Bachelor of Landscape Architecture B.L.A. The Landscape Architecture Program offers opportunities for study leading to the Bachelor of Landscape Architecture (B.L.A.) degree. The landscape architecture studios are located in Totem Field at 2613 West Mall. The Landscape Architecture office is located in Room 346 of the MacMillan Building. Admission For admission to the Bachelor of Landscape Architecture program, students from Grade 12 British Columbia Schools must meet the general University admission requirements and must have completed English 11 and 12; Social Studies 11; French II or a foreign language 11; Mathematics II and 12; Biology 11 and either Chemistry' 11 or Physics 11; a science course numbered 12 (Biologv 12 strongly recommended); a social science 12. Students may also gain admission by transfer from a recognized university or college. Students transferring from other universities or i olleges will begranted transfer credit for parallel courses in ihe first two years ofthe program up to a maximum of n credits for courses where the grade obtained exceeds the minimum passing grade. It should be nou-d ih.n uciipietion ofthe academic requirements does noigeai.tiiiee admission to the program. Admission is resitu.tre .::./ sciecion is based on academic standing i oi ",m it me1 it lo die discipline, and creative capacity, ihe .select ton process entails completion of the standard UBC undergraduate admission application and completion of a supplementary Landscape Architec ture Program application form. Both application forms may be obtained from the Registrar's Office. The UBC undergraduate admission application must be received by the Registrar's Office by April 30. The supplementary- Landscape Architecture Program application form must be received in the Landscape Architecture Program Office by May 15. A portfolio of creative work is a required element of the application. Portfolio requirements are described in the explanatory information that accompanies the Landscape Architecture Program application. English Requirement as for the B.Sc. (Agr.) degree. Requirements for the B.L.A. Degree Candidates for the B.L.A. degree must complete a minimum of 125 credits. The program consists of a core of required courses and extensive lists of elective courses. The particular program of courses taken by a student in any year must be prepared in consultation with an assigned Faculty adviser. A student's standing at graduation will be based on the best "2 credits of course work completed in the second, third or fourth years including the core courses specified in each of those vears. Credits 0 3 3 31 Credits 6 6 3 I 3 6 3 3 31 Credits 6 d 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 33 First Year Course F.NGI. |l()0-level' GEOG 101 GF.OG 20" SOIL 300 or 200 "Basic. " electives- LARC 199 LARC 221 IARC 220 Total Second Year Course lARC 205 IARC 20b LARC 251 lARC 25a IARC 355 FRST HI FRST 292 PLNT 316 Total Third Year Course IARC 305 IARC 306 IARC 3-1(1 IARC 351 IARC -120 IARC. 440 Environmental History Elective Arts El ective Recommended Elective" Total Fourth Year Course lARC 4(15 LARC -199 LARC 451 LARC 454 ARCH ■T2 Arts Electives1 Recommended Eleclive Total 30 ' Astudent mustomain credit for twoof ENGL HO. Ill, 112, UOand 121 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider KNGI. 120 ami,or 121. - incoming sludents choose "Basics" electives in consultation with an adviser before beginning their course of study in the program. This choice is based on a student's previous performance in arts and sciences at the high school and post-secondary level, F.lectives from Agricultural Sciences 63 this group are chosen to provide students with the prerequisites required for their chosen electives program concentrations. 1 During the program, students are required to complete six credits of course work from the Faculty of Arts, exclusive of courses in the required core or in the lists of recommended electives. A partial list of available general Arts electives is provided in the Landscape Architecture Program application brochure. ' This list of acceptable electives in environmental history is available through the Landscape Architecture Program office. * Students shall choose these electives in consultation with their adviser to suppon their electives program concentrations (the electives program concentration is initiated in year one with their choice of "basics" electives). Human Nutrition Program in Nutritional Sciences B.Sc. This program is offered by the School of Family and Nutritional Sciences, the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences and the Faculty of Science. The Human Nutrition Major in Nutritional Sciences is available to students registered in the Faculty of Science. Students should consult the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar for the general Faculty requirements and regulations pertaining to the Major. The program in Nutritional Sciences is specifically intended for those students interested in basic nutritional sciences, who desire preparation for graduate study and research in Nutrition, and for students who plan to proceed to an area of Agricultural or Health Sciences in which a background in nutrition would he of value. All students take required courses in both animal (comparative) and human nutrition, but each student may select additional courses to emphasize one area or the other. Before registering for each of the Second, Third and Fourth years of this program, every student must obtain formal program approval from an adviser in either the School of Family and Nutritional Sciences or the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences. lis' First Year Course BIOI. Ill) orl BIOL 120 CHEM 121,122(110) ENGL 100-level2 PHYS 101' MATH 101), 101 Electives' Total Second Year Course BIOL 200,201 CHEM 230 MICB 200 Electives5 Total Third Year Course BIOC 301,302 BIOI. 30(1 BIOL 363 HUNU 305. 307 Electives' Total Fourth Year Course ANSC 321 or FOOD 301' ANSC 323 or HUNU 309" ANSC 425 BIOI. 33., 335 Electives5 Total Credits 3-0 3 6 6 6-3 6 0-6 30 Credits 6 6 6 12 30 Credits 6 3 6 6 9 30 Credits 3 Students with at least 80% in Biology 12 are nol required to take BIOI. 110 or 115 and instead are encouraged to take three credits of BIOL courses. BIOL 120 is required of all students. ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 120 or 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 1 StudeniswithoutcreditforPhysiesl2will require PHYS lOOpriorto PHYS 101. 1 Chosen from 100-level Arts or Science courses or 200-level BIOL courses. ' Electives must satisfy the following: (i) Ai least 12 credits must be for courses numbered 300 or higher. Al least six of these must be in Arts or Science. HUNU 303, 403, 407, 411, 419, 467; ANSC 420; FOOD 302,402, 418 may not be used to satisfy the Arts and Science requirements. (ii) At least 12 credits must be in the Faculty of Arts (in addition to six credits of 100-level English) (iii) Six credits can be in any faculty including Science and can be within the field of the Maior. (iv) Of the remaining credits, nine must be either Science electives outside the field of the Major, or in Arts. The field of the Major for Nutritional Sciences is defined as all courses in Human Nutrition, Animal Science, Food Science, Biochemistiy, Biology, Microbiology, and Physiology. ' Students must take either Sequence A: ANSC 321 and 323, or Sequence B: FOOD 301 and HUNU 309. Agriculture Canada, Research Branch Vancouver Research Station Director: Dean L. Stmble, B.A., MA, Ph.D. (Sask.), F.E.S.C. The Vancouver Research Station of Agriculture Canada conducts multidisciplinary research at the cellular and molecular level on viruses, bacteria and fungi of significance toagriculturalcrops.The Station breeds new cultivars of raspberries and strawberries, and develops integrated management controls of nematodes, insect pests and plant diseases of crops in the coastal region.Research is also carried out on land evaluation, degradation and interpretation of B.C. soils The Station is on the Campus at 6660 N.W. Marine Drive, and co-operates closely with the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences. 1 The Dr. and Mrs. A. S. Dekaban Foundation The Foundation was established by Dr. and Mrs. A. S. Dekaban primarily to permit graduate students from the Polish agricultural universities to study in the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences. Polish students may spend up to six months in the Faculty, undertaking research related to their study program in their home institution. The students are selected by the Polish agricultural universities. The Foundation also supports occasional short-term visits by members of the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences to Polish, agricultural universities and visits by scientists from :he Polish agricultural universities to the Faculty. Academic Staff .1 F. RICHARDS, M.Sc. (Manit), Ph.D. (Minn.), P.Ag., Prolessor of Food Science and Dean. M.D. PITT, B.Sc, M.S., Ph.D. (Calif.). P.Ag, Associale Professor of Plant Science and Associate Dean. * Department of Agricultural Economics R. R, BARICHEI.LO, B.Sc. iAgr) (Brit. Col), A.M., Ph.D. (Chic), Associate Professor and Head. G. KENNEDY, B.A. (Brit. Col), M.Sc. (Minn.), Ph.D. (Purdue), Associate Professor. G. C. VAN KOOTEN, B.Sc, M.A. (Alta.), Ph.D, (Oregon Slate), Associate Professor. M. BOHMAN, B.S.F.S (Georgetown), M.S., Ph.D. (Calif., Davis). Assistant Professor. J.A. VERCAMMEN, B.Sc M.Sc, (Sask,), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), Assistant Professor. L. M. ARTHUR, B.A.(Pacifi< Lutheran),M.A, Ph.D.(Arizona), Adjunct Professor. Lecturers from Other Departments W. S. GRIFFITI I, Professor, Administrative, Adult and Higher Education. T.J. SORK, Associate Professor, Administrative, Adult and Higher Education. Department of Animal Science 1. R. THOMPSON, B.S.A., M.S.A. (Brit. Col), Ph.D. (Calif,, Davis), P.Ag.. Professor and Head. R, M. BEAMES. M.Agr.Sc. (Queensland), Ph.D. (McG.), P.Ag., Prolessor R. BLAIR. B.Sc, (Glas.), Ph.D. (Aberdeen), D.Sc. (Sask.), P.Ag, Professor. B. E. MARCH. B.A, M.S.A, D.Sc (Honoris causa) (Brit. Col), F.A.I.C., F.R.S.C, F.P.S.A.. P. Ag, Professor (part-time). K. M. CHENG B.S. (Tenn. Tech), M.S. fS. Illinois), Ph.D. (Minn.). Associate Professor. G. K. IWAMA, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Associate Professor. R. G. PETERSON, B.S. Wyoming). M.S., Ph.D. (Ill), Associate Professor R. RAJAM.AHENDRAN. BV Sc. (Ceylon), M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG), Associate Professor. D. M. SHACKLETON, B.Sc. I Leicester!, M.Sc. (W.Ont.). Ph.D (Calg.), Associate Professor. J. A. SIIELFORD, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Bril. Col), P.Ag, Associate Professor. R. M. TAIT, B.Sc. (Durham), Ph.D. (Newcastle), P.Ag, Associate Professor. B. A. BURTON, M.Sc. (Brit. Coll, D.V.M. (Sask.), Sessional Lecturer (part-time) W.T BUCKLEY, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C). Ph.D. (Alta), Adjunct Professor, G. W. CUMBERBIRCH, B.Sc. (Agr.) (Brit. Col) D.V.M. (Sask), Adjunct Piofessor. L.J. FISHER, M.Se (Sask), Ph.D. (C'nell), Adjunct Professor. D. A. HIGGS, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), B.Sc, Ph.D. (Manit.), Adjunct Professor E. D. LANE, M.Sc. (Brit. Col). Ph.D. (Texas), Adjunct Professor. J. A. LOVE, B.V.M.S. (Glas.), M.R.CV.S. (U.K.), Ph.D. (Tor.), Adjunct Professor. B. N. McLLELLAN, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Bril. CoL), Adjunct Prolessor R C NEWBERRY, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Edin.), Adjunct Professor. J. H ROBINSON, D.V.M. (Wash.), M.S, Ph.D. (Wis.), Adjunct Professot. E. TOLKSDORFF, D.V.M. (Germany) Dipl. Surgery Vet.Med. (Guelph). Adjunct Professor. Department of Food Science J. VANDERSTOEP. M.S.A, Ph.D. (Brit. Col). P.Ag, Associate Professor and Acting Head. J. F. RICHARDS, M.Sc. (Manic), Ph.D. (Minn.), PAg, Professor and Dean. E.J. BOWMER, M.C, M.D. (Liverpool). F.R.CPath, Honorarj- Professor, S. NAKA1, BSc, Ph.D. (Tokyo), F.C.I.F.S.T, Honorary Professor, W. D. POWR1E, M.A. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Mass.), F.l.F.T, F.C.I.C, F C.I FS T, Honorar)- Professor. D D. KITTS, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit Col), Associate Professor. B. J. SKURA, M.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Brit. Col), Associate Professor. T. D. DURANCE, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. Col .), Assisiant Professor. E. 1.1-CHAN, M.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D (Brit. Col), Assistant Professor. T. BEVERIDGE, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. Col), Adjunct Prolessor. D, B. CUMMINS, MSc. (Guelph), Ph.D. (Bril. Col), Adjunct Professor. J. C. MUELLER, Dipl. Ing. Agr, D.Sc. Tech (Swiss Fed.), Adjunct Professor, M A. TUNG, M.S.A, Ph.D (Brit. Col), F.C.I.F.S.T, Adjunct Professor C. WL1, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Research Associate. B. MORGAN. B S.A. (Brit. Coll. Honorary Lecturer. I. WOODROW, M.Sc. (Alta.), M.B.A. (Brit, CoL), Honorar)- Lecturer. Department of Plant Science B. E. ELLIS, B.Sc. (New Brunswick). Ph.D (Brit. Col.), Professorand Head G W. EATON, B.S.A. (Tori, Ph.D. (Ohio State), P.Ag, Professor of Horticulture. F B. HOLL, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Manit), Ph.D. (Cantab), PAg, Professor. M. SHAW. M.Sc, Ph.D, 1) Sc. (McG.), F.A.P.S, F.R.S.C, University- Professor Emeritus and Honourary Professor P. AJ01.UFFE, B.Sc (Qucen'si, Ph.D (Brit Col), Professor. 64 Agricultural Sciences J. H, MYERS. B.Sc. (Chatham Coll.). M.S. (Tuffs), Ph.D. (Indiana), Prolessor. V, C RUNECK1.ES, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Lond.), Dipl. Imp. Coll, F.R.S.A, M.B.CS.LA. (Hon.), P.Ag, Professor. A. R. FORBES. B.A. (Brit. Col), M.S. (Oregon Stale), Ph.D. (Calif), Honorar)-Professor R STAGE-SMITH, B.S.A (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Oregon Slate). Honorary Professor. II. R. MacCARTHY. B.A. (Bril. Col), Ph.D. (Calif.), Honorary Professor. M. WEINTRAUB, B.A, Ph.D (Tor.), F.N.Y.A.S., Honorary Professor. R. J. COPEMAN, B.Sc. (McG). Ph.D, (Wi;.,), Associale Professor. M B, ISMAN, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Brit. CoL). Ph.D (Calif.), Associate Professor. M D. PUT, B.Sc, M.S, Ph.D. (Calif.), Associate Professor, and Associate Dean. M K, UPADHYAYA, B.Sc. (Ag.) (Jawaharlal Nehru Agric), M.Sc. (Indian Agric. Res. Inst.), M.A. (Princ), Ph.D. (Mich,), Associate Professor. J. W. KRONSTAD, B.S. (Oregon Slate). M.S., Ph.D. (Wash.), Assistant Professor. K. C. EASTWEI.L, B.Sc, Ph.D, (Alta.). Adjunct Professor S. FTTZPATRICK, B.Sc, MSc. (Brit. Cof), Ph.D. (Lival), Adjunct Professor. R. 1 HAMILTON, B.Sc. (Mont. State), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Nebraska). Adjunct Professor R, R. MARTIN, B.S, Ph.D. (Wis.), Adjunct Professor. D. M ROCHON, B.A, M.S., Ph.D. (Wayne State), Adjunct Professor. G. B. STRAI.EY B.Sc. (Virginia Polytechnic & State), M.Sc. (Ohio), Ph.D. (Brit. Col), Adjunct Professor, D. A TIIEII.MANN, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Queen's). Ph.D. (Texas A & M), Adjunct Professor. P. M. TOIVONEN, B.Sc, M.Sc (Guelph), Ph D. (S.Fraser), Adjunct Professor. R. S. VERNON. B.Sc, M.P.M., Ph.D. (S Fraser). Adjunct Professor. T C VRC1N. M.S.V. (Caen), Ph.D. (North Carolina Stare), Adjunct Professor. A. B. MacDONALD, B.Sc. (Lond.). Sessional Lecturer (part-time). N. P. WENDT, B.LA. (Oregon). Sessional Lecturer (part-time) A. P. WHARTON, B.Sc. (North Wales), Sessional lecturer (part-time). N. I, GIASS, B.Sc. (Colorado State), Ph.D. (Calif, Davis), Associate Member. V. G. K, MARSHALL, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.), Adjunct Professor. D. E. MOON, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. Col), Adjunct Professor. C. M. PRESTON, B.Sc. (McM.), Ph.D. (Brit. Col), Adjunct Professor. L. VAN VLIET, B.Sc. (Netherlands), M.Sc. (Guelph). Adjunct Professor. B.J. ZEBARTH, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Guelph), Ph.D. (Sask.). Adjunct Professor. Landscape Architecture Program P. M. CONDON, B.Sc , M.L.A. (Mass.). Associate Professor and Director. P. F. MOONEY, B.Mus, (Brit. Col), M.I..A. (Guelph), Associate Professor. D D. PATERSON, B.Sc. (Manit.I, M.L.A. (Mich), Associate Professor. M. QtiAYLE, B.LA. (Guelph). M.LA. (Calif, Berkeley), Associate Professor. D. S. EUSHTEY, B.LA. (Guelph). LL.B. (Brit. Col), Adjunct Professor. S. T. MORIARTY, B.Sc, M.LA. (Mass.), Adjunct Professor. Department of Soil Science B. E. ELLIS, B.Sc. (New Bruns), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Professor and Acting Head T, M. BALLARD, B.S.F, M.F, Ph.D. (Wash), Professor. T. A. BIACK, B.S.A. (Brit. Col), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Wis), Professor. I. M. LAVKULICH. M.Sc. (Alta.l, Ph.D. (C'nell), Professor L E. LOWE, M.A. (Oxon), M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.), Professor. P A. MURTHA, B.Sc.F. (Tor.). M.S., Ph.D. (C'nell), Professor tl. E SCHREIER, B.A (Colorado), M.Sc. (Sheffield), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Professor. A A. BOMKE, M.S. (Southern Illinois), Ph.D. i Associate Professor. M. I). NOVAK, B.Eng. (McG.), M.Sc. (W.Ont.) (Brit. Col), Associate Professor. C. A. ROWLES, M.Sc. (Sask.), Ph.D, (Minn.), Honorary Professor. J. D. BEATON, B.Sc.Agr, M.Sc. (Brit. Col), Ph.D. (Utah State), Adjunct Professor. S M. BF.RCH. B.Sc, M.Sc. (Wat.), Ph.D. (Laval), Adjunct Professor. III). , Ph.D. Applied Science 65 Bachelor of Applied Science - B.A.Sc. The Faculty offers programs of undergraduate study leading to the Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc.) degree in the following areas of engineering: • Bio-Resource Engineering • Chemical Engineering • Civil Engineering • Electrical Engineering • Geological Engineering • Mechanical Engineering • Metals and Materials Engineering • Mining and Mineral Process Engineering • Engineering Physics The Faculty of Applied Science admits suitably qualified applicants directly from secondary school into first-year Engineering. These students will normally complete the B.A.Sc. degree in four years, except in the case of Engineering Physics which requires five years. Students may also enter the Engineering program after spending one or more years in the Faculty of Science, either because they wish to avail themselves of a broader range of electives or because they do not meet the entrance requirements for admission directly from secondary school (see below). Depending on the transfer credit in Engineering received from first-year Science (see below under "Admission from Science"), such students may be able to complete an engineering degree with three further years of study, otherwise they will require four further years. Scheduled field trips, and the activities of professional and technical societies all contribute to the rounding out of the undergraduate programs and students are expected to participate in them as fully as circumstances permit. Extension of engineering studies at the post-graduate level is becoming increasingly important. The Faculty offers post-graduate programs leading to the degrees of Master of Applied Science, Master of Engineering and Doctor of Philosophy, and provides research facilities, in many areas of engineering. The requirements for admission to these programs are set out in the Faculty of Graduate Studies section of the Calendar. Part-Time Study The Faculty will consider proposals from qualified applicants for part-time study towards the degree of B.A.Sc. Since the flexibility for such study may be limited, approval must be obtained from the Office ofthe Dean. The M.Eng. degree may be obtained by part-time study in all departments. Part-time study towards the M.A.Sc. degree is permitted in some departments. Admission Undergraduate Programs Application for admission to the Engineering program must be made through the Registrar's Office not later than April 30. All supporting documents, including official transcripts, must be received by the Registrar's Office by June 30, otherwise the application will not be considered. The applicant is responsible for ensuring that official transcripts are received byjune 30. Due to limited resources, the Faculty has been authorized to restrict enrolment in first-year Engineering, and within individual Engineering programs at the second year level. Attainment of the minimum academic requirements listed The Faculty of Applied Science The Faculty of Applied Science offers undergraduate and graduate programs in Engineering, Architecture, and Nursing. Seven Departments and two Boards of Study offer programs in Engineering. The two Schools in the Faculty, Architecture and Nursing, offer programs in their respective disciplines, which are described in separate sections ofthe Calendar. In addition, the Faculty contains the Centre for Metallurgical Process Engineering listed at the end ofthe Calendar entry for this Faculty. below means that the applicant is eligible for selection, but does not provide assurance of admission. The selection is based on academic standing. For most engineering programs, the competition for places is such that standing above the minimum prescribed requirements is necessary to ensure admission. Students previously registered in the Faculty of Applied Science who were required to withdraw following a failed year will normally be considered only after other eligible candidates have been placed. Admission from B.C. Grade 12 (or the equivalent) In addition tt) satisfying general University admission requirements, applicants must have completed Mathematics, Physics, and Chemistry at the British Columbia Grade 12 level, or the equivalent. Students will be selected on the basis of their standing in Grades 11 and 12 courses in Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics and English. Applicants from schools where either Physics 12 or Chemistiy 12 is not available may petition to be excused this deficiency. Note: The University is prepared to offer early- admission to Secondary School students graduating in June based on interim or projected final grades submitted by the schools. Admission From Science Applicants who have taken first-year Science at UBC are eligible to be considered if they have achieved an overall average of at least 55% on all courses, including any failed courses, and at least 60% in each of Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics (60% average in MATH 100 and 101, minimum 60% in MATH 101). Applicants from a college or another university are eligible for consideration if they have achieved an overall gradepoint average of at least 2.5, including any failed courses, with a gradepoint average o'at least 2.7 in Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry with no grade less than "C" in these subjects. Applicants registered in Science who have taken 60 or more credits must normaliv have an average of at least 60 per cent on all courses taken in their most recent 60 credits of study in Science, including any failed courses. Applicants from first year at an approved university or college should normally have taken the following prerequisite subjects (applicants who are deficient in one or more of these subjects should consult the Office ofthe Dean of Applied Science): Courue Credits ENGL 112 or anothe- first-year English course 3 MATH 100 and 101 (or 12(1 and 121) 6 kCHEM 1111 or 120 PHYS one of 111). 115 or 12(1 Appropriate electives Total 9 30 Applicants with more than 24 credits of transfer credit in first-year Engineering may be eligible for secoiid-vcar Engineering, depending on the program which thev wish to enter and the transfer credit received. I Advice on transfer credit is available from the Applied Science Dean's Office. Applicants admitted to second year may be able to complete their Engineering program in three years following first-year Science, depending on the first-year Engineering courses that they lack and the arrangements that they can make for completing these courses. These applicants must obtain a "Second Year Program Preference Form" from the Applied Science Dean's Office and return the completed form to the Dean's Office byjune 15. Exemptions are given for courses in first-year Applied Science for the following courses normally taken in first- year Science at UBC: Cours e Exemption CHEM HOoi-120 CHEM 1.1 MATH 100orl20 MATH IS.) MATH 101 or 121 MATH 154 PHYS 111), lis or 120 PHYS 153 The following courses, which can be taken as electives in first-year Science, also give the exemptions indicated: Course Exemption CPSC 111 CPSC 1S2 CPSC 124 and 12h (Pair) CPSC 152 and 128 (Pair) MATH 221or223 MATH 152 GEOL 105 GEOL 150 MATH 221, or equivalent, is required for students wishing to enter Electrical Engineering or Mechanical Engineering. GEOL 105, or equivalent, is recommended for students wishing to enter Civil, Geological or Mining & Mineral Process Engineering. Applicants with 24 or fewer credits of transfer credit in Engineering will normally enter first-year Engineering and take a program similar to the 'Typical Transfer Program Following First-Year Science" shown below. They will normally require four years following first-year Science to complete their Engineering programs. Admission from UBC Engineering Transfer Programs Students who have completed first-year Engineering at a college offering a UBC transfer program are eligible to be 66 Applied Science considered for admission to second year Engineering provided that they have obtained an overall gradepoint average of at least 2.5. Admission from Engineering Programs at Other Universities Engineering students attending other universities and wishing to transfer to the Faculty of Applied Science al UBC will be considered on an individual basis. Students who have been required to withdraw from an engineering program at another university will not normaliv be admitted. Admission Following Two-Year Technology Diploma Programs Students are eligible to be considered for admission if they have completed an appropriate two-year Technology Diploma Program with an overall average of at least "0%. Admission is normally into first-year Engineering. Mature Students (B.C. Residents Only) Applicants who do not meet die normal University or Faculty requirements for admission, bul who have relevant work experience in Engineering, may be considered for admission on the written recommendation of a registered Professional Engineer who is familiar with the applicant's work. Mature student applications are considered on an individual basis and are subject to the approval ofthe Senate Admissions Committee. Mathematics The attention of applicants is drawn to the importance of mathematics as a preparation for engineering courses Experience has shown that UBC students with grades below 65% in mathematics (below "B" at a college) are likely to have difficulty with many engineering courses. Degree Requirements A student shall be granted a B.A.Sc. degree only after obtaining credit for all courses listed in the program of study for a given Engineering Program. This requirement will normally be met by completing four Winter Sessions with full credit load (five Winter Sessions for Engineering Physics). With the approval of the Office of the Dean, a student may be allowed to study on a part-time basis. Credit will he granted for courses completed during the Summer Session. A student transferring from an Engineering program at another university or from a Science Faculty may be granted transfer credit for courses if the student has completed courses of equivalent content. Honours Standing Students in anv Winter Session with a sessional average of at least 80% while taking 30 or more credits will receive the notation "Dean's Honour List" on their record. On graduation students will be granted Honours standing if they obtain an average of not less than 80% in the Winter Session of the Final Year and either a minimum of "5% in each of the preceding two Winter Sessions or. if the minimum of 75% is not achieved in one or more ofthe preceding two Winter Sessions, an overall average in the three years of 80%. or higher. To be eligible, students must have had full-time status for all four years, with no failed courses. Elective Courses in Engineering Program Students are advised that enrolment in elective courses offered within the Faculty mav be restricted. English Requirement To qualify for the degree of B.A.Sc. a student must complete English 112 (or another first-year English course) and a three-credit technical writing course. Successful completion of the Language Proficiency Index Examination (LPI) is normally required for admission to first-year English courses (see Calendar Index under language Proficiency Examination). Registration in the final 30 credits ofthe degree program will not be permitted until a student has completed three credits of first-vear English. Complementary Studies Courses Students must lake complementary studies courses totalling at least 21 credits. The minimum requirements are as follows (except for Chemical Engineering, which requires an additional three credits of humanities or social science courses): 1) Professional Development • APSC 121- 1 credit • APSC 450 (or equivalent) - 2 credits 21 English • ENGI. 112 (or another first-year English Course) - 3 credits • APSC 201 or EN'GI. 301* (Technical Writing) - 3 credits 3) Engineering Economics - 3 credits All engineering programs include a three-credit engineering economics course, usually taken in third or fourth year. Approved courses include: CHML 359, CIVL 300. ELEC 150, MECH 391 or 431, MMAT '166. and MMPE 396 i) Impact of Technology on Society - 3 credits Acceptable courses include: APSC 261 (3), APSC 262 (3). GEOG 310 {..), GEOG 415 (3). HIST/PHIL 115 (6). HIST215(6).IIIST'i25(6),PHII.3l3(3),PHIL314(3). PHII.407(3),POLI36l(6).SOC12IO(6),SOC1260(3/6), URST 200 (6). Students may seek approval from the Dean's Office for other courses in this area. 5) Humanities and Social Sciences Electives - minimum 6 credits. (Chemical Engineering - minimum 9 credits.) In general, scientific geographv courses, statistical courses, studio/performance courses in fine arts, music and theatre, will not satisfy this requirement. Introductory language courses in a student's first language are not acceptable. Guidelines for acceptable courses are available from the Dean's Office. * Available only to students who have completed .six credits ol first-vear Lncrli.sri courses: places in the course are limiled Student Classification Regular students are considered to he "full time" or "part time" as follows; In order to be considered as "full time", a student must carry a credit li >ad in the Winter Sessit >n which is equal to at least 80% ofthe standard credit load for the year and program in which the student is registered. A student mac- take more than the I till credit load with the approval of ihe Office ofthe Dean. Note that the Faculty's definition of full time status may not be lhe same as that used by the Awards Office in determining eligibility for financial assistance. Studenls wishing io ensure that they are eligible for consideration for scholarships or other forms of award should check with the Awards Office. A student who has approval for a credit load in a Winter Session which is less i han thai required for full-time status shall be considered as a "part-time" student. Apart-time student will nol normally be eligible for scholarships or for Honours standing. A student who is taking courses from more than one year level shall normally be given year status based on the program year of the majority of credits being taken. Examinations Examinations are held in December and in April. In anv course which includes both lecture anti laboratory work, a student must complete the laboratory assignments with satisfactorv standing before being admitted to the wrii i cn examination ofthe course and must pass in the material of both components before standing will be granted in the subject. The minimum passing mark in each course is 511",, Applications for special consideration for examinations missed on account of illness or domestic affliction musl be submitted to the Dean before or immediately after lhe missed examination^). For information regarding medical certificates see the General Information section ofthe Calendar. Advancement In order to pass the vear. a student musl both obtain an overall average of at least 55%) in the Winter Session and pass in 65%, of credits taken. A student who fails a year will be required to discontinue studies in the Faculty for at least one vear but is eligible to apply for readmission after that vear. A student who fails a second time will be required to withdraw. In a failed vear a student will be granted credit for all courses passed A student who withdraws during the second term of the Winter Session after obtaining less than 55% on the Christmas examinations will not be readmitted for the following Winter Session hut is eligible lo apply for readmission after that year. Term essays and examination papers may be refused a passing mark if they are noticeably deficient in English Supplemental Examinations Astudent in a Winter Session who is not classified as "Fail" bul who has failures in some courses, mav write a supplemental examination in each failed course in which a supplemental examinalion is available, and in which a final grade of not less than i0%> has been achieved. Sin h examinations mav be wriuen on'v once, normally during the supplemental examination period inJuly-Augusi but not in December. In the fourth year a supplemental mac be written twice. Supplemental examinations for courses which terminate at Christmas will normally be made available to studenls onlvduring the supplemental examination period in Juh August. Appeals A sludent mav appeal an admission or year standing decision to the Committee on Admissions, Standing and Courses. Letters of appeal should be directed to the Registrar's Office Field Trips Students who are required to participate in field trips will be responsible for expenses incurred in such trips. Co-operative Education Programs The Engineering Co-operative Education Program is in- tended to provide interested and qualified students in Civil. Chemical, Electrical. Mechanical and Engineering Applied Science 67 Physics with work experience relevant to their future careers. It is optional and is available as follows: • a summer-only program entailing three consecutive summer work terms, available in Civil and Chemical Engineering and Engineering Physics. Students intending to enter these programs must apply in the fall term of their first year, except for Engineering Physics. (See Engineering Physics section for further details.) • a year-round program entailing three summer placements and, in addition, one Winter Session Term 1 placement and one Winter Session Term 2 placement, necessitatingan additional year to complete the B.A.Sc. requirements. This pattern, requiring five work terms, is available in Electrical Engineering and Mechanical Engineering. Students intending to enter these programs must apply in the fall term of their second year. Faculty advisers or co-ordinators visit students at their places of work and provide advice on the technical reports that are a requirement ofthe program. Students who wish to he considered for the program must meet all requirements of the Faculty of Applied Science (Engineering) and will be selected on the basis of academic performance and suitability for the work environment. The total enrolment is subject to the availability of appropriate work placements. Accepted students will register in the appropriate non-credit Co-operative Education courses (see Applied Science courses in the "Courses of Instruction" section) for each work term, once a suitable position is confirmed, and will be required to pay a Co-operative Education Program fee (see Index for Fees - Special Fees). Completion of each of these courses, including a technical report will be recorded on the student's transcript. In order to graduate in either the summer-only or the year-round Co-operative Education Program, a student must have completed the required number of work placements satisfactorily, in addition to the normal academic requirements. For further information on Co-operative Education Programs please contact the Engineering Co-operative Education Office, Room 2205, CEME Building, 2.324 Main Mall, Vancouver, B.C. V6T IZ4; telephone (604) 822-3022 or fax (604) 822-3449. Professional Associations The right to practise engineering and accept professional responsibility in Canada is limited to those who are registered members of the Association of Professional Engineers in the Province concerned. During the period between graduation and registration, the graduate who intends to practise in B.C. should be enrolled with the Association as an 'Engineer in Training'. All of the B.A.Sc. degree programs at UBC are accredited by the Canadian Engineering Accreditation Board (C.E.A.B.) ofthe Canadian Council of Professional Engineers. Graduates of C.EAB.-accredited programs are accepted as being fully qualified academically for professional engineering registration anywhere in Canada. However, there are also experience qualifications and professional practice requirements that must be fulfilled before full registrationisgranted.The.se qualifications vary within Canada and applicants should obtain the necessary details from the appropriate Association(s). Curricula First Y6i ar Cours n Credits APSC 121 1 Society and the Engineer Al'SC 122 0 Introduction to Engineering APSC. 151 3 Cumpuier-Aidcd Engineering Graphics CHEM 1.1 b Engineering Chemistrv CPSC 152 3 Principles ol'Softwate Development ENGL 112 3 Strategies lor University Writing, or another first-year English course MATH 152 3 Linear Algebra & Differential Equations MATH 153 3 Differentia! Calculus MATH 154 3 Integral Calculus PHYS 153 (i Elements of Physics PHYS 170 3 Mechanics 1 Plus 3 Complementary Studies electives'1 Total 37 Second Year Course Credits Term APSC 201 3 Technical Communication 1 Term BIOE 230 .3 Biosystems for Engineers 1 1 BIOE 251 3 Biological Systems Engineering 2 ■ BIOE 285 3 Intro to Bio-Resource Engineering Analysis 2 Both CHEM 260 4 Organic Chemistry Both 1 CHML 251 3 Transport Phenomena 1 2 CIVL 228 3 Mechanics in Civil Engineering Design 1 CIVL 230 .3 Solid Mechanics 1 t CIVL 235 4 Plane Surveying At end of 2nd Term, 1st Year MATH 25.3 3 Multivariable Calculus 1 Both MATH 25-1 3 Vector Calculus 2 2 .MATH 25s 3 Ordinary Differential Equations 1 Either Plus Total! 3 41 Complementary Studies Electives2 2 Typical Transfer Prograum Following First-Year Science1 Note: MATH 257 and STAT 251 have been moved and will appear in Third Year in 1995/96. Course Credits Term Third Year APSC 121 1 Society ancl the Engineer 1 Course Cl re< APSC 122 0 Introduction to Engineering 2 APSC 380 3 APSC 151 3 Computet-Aided Engineering Graphics 2 BIOE 355 3 CPSC 152 3 Principles of Software Development 2 MATH 152 3 Linear Algebra & Differential Equations 1 BIOE 356 3 MATH 253 3 Mjltivariable Calculus 1 MATH 254 3 Vector Calculus 2 BIOE 361 3 MATH 255 3 O-dinary Differential Equations 2 ■ BIOE 376 3 PHYS ro 3 Mechanics 1 __J ^ STAT 251 .3 Eiemeiuarv Statistics 2 BIOE 390 3 Plus 6 Complementary Studies Electives" (3 eiedits in each term) CHML 351 3 Total 31 Applicants with more t hail 24 credits ol Engincenng transfer credit eligille for second-yea r Engineering (see "Admission from Science'': Second, Third and Fourth Years The curriculum tables which follow show the require merits for each program year as they are in the current session. However, because of possible curriculum revisions, these requirements will not necessarily be the same in future sessions. Students should therefore be aware that the requirements which they will have to satisfy in subsequent years n lay not be the same as those which appear in the current Calendar. CHML 351 3 CHML .359 3 mav be ELEC 263 ,3 above). ELEC 370 3 MICB 417 3 quire- SOIL .313 3 Plus 6 Introduction to Microcomputers Physical Properties of Plant and Animal Materials Principles and Engineering Applications of Plant and Animal Physiology Soil ancl Water Engineering Applications of Heat, Mass and Momentum Tiansfer Biological Waste Systems Design and Management Transport Phenomena II Chemical Engineering Economics Basic Circuit Analysis Electrical Machines and Power Transmission Introduction to Applied Microbiology Soil Physics Technical electives selected in consultation with the department before the end of second vear. Term 2 Total Fourth Year Course Credits Options in Third and Fourth Years In some departments selected groups of courses are offered as options which represent different areas of interest. High-quality performance in any option or field qualifies the student to continue his studies at the graduate level if he chooses to do so. Students entering third year should consult representatives of the departments concerned before registering for the courses offered. Bio-Resource Engineering Bio-Resource Engineering is concerned with the application of engineering principles to biologically based systems. It incorporates basic knowledge of the biological sciences into engineering practice. Building on a core of engineering courses, students may pursue a specialization through their choice of elective courses (28 credits out of a total of 83 in third and fourth years) in the following two interrelated areas: 1) Environmental Engineering 2) Bioprocess Engineering Please consult with the student adviser in the Department of Bio-Resource Engineering for details ofthe technical elective courses. APSC BIOE BIOE BIOE Plus Plus 450 2 Professional Engineering Practice 471 3 Systems Design I 489 2 Seminar 499 6 Thesis 24 Technical electives selected in consultation with the department before the end of third year with a minimum of nine credits taken from department offerings 6 Complementary Studies Electives (3 in each term) Term t 1 Both Both Chemical Engineering Second Year Course Credits Term APSC 201 3 Technical Communication 1 APSC 278 3 Engineering Materials 1 CHEM 250 2 Inorganic Chemistry 2 CHEM 251 3 Physical Chemistry 1 1 CHEM 252 2 Physical Chemistry 11 2 CHEM 255 2 Chemistry Lab Both CHEM 260 4 Organic Chemistry Both CHML 241 3 Mass & Energy Balances 1 CHML 242 2 Chemical Process Technology 2 CHML 251 3 Transport Phenomena. 1 2 CHML 261 1 Chemical Engineering Laboratory I 2 MATH 25.3 3 Multivariable Calculus 1 MATH 254 3 Vector Calculus 2 MATH 255 3 Ordinary Differential Equations. 1 MATH 257 3 Partial Differential Equations 2 PHYS 270 3 Mechanics 11 2 Total 43 a Please refer to the statement headed "Complementary Studies Courses" above. Chosen m consultation with Director. 68 Applied Science Third Year Course Credits CHEM 352 3 Analytical Chemistry CI1ML 341 3 Diffusional Operations I CHML 3-ls 2 Applied Thermodynamics I CHML 346 2 Applied Thermodynamics II CHML 351 3 Transport Phenomena II CHML 353 2 Mechanical and Thermal Operations CHML .356 3 Process Control CHML 357 2 Interfacial Phenomena CHML 358 2 Properties of Fluids CHML 359 3 Chemical Engineering Economies CHML 362 2 Chemical Engineering Lab II CHML 363 2 Chemical Engineering Lab III ELEC 263 3 Basic Circuit Analysis 3 Elementary Statistics 6 Complementary Studies ElectivesJ (3 credits in each term) 2 Technical Electives 43 Term Both STAT Plus >51 Plus Total Fourth Year Course Credits APSC 450 CHML 4.2 CHML 454 CHML -155 CHML 457 CHML 464 CHML 491 CHML 492 CHML -498 ELEC Plus Plus Term 1 Both Both 1 370 3 Total Professional Engineering Practice Diffusional Operations II Process Design Projeci Chem Eng. Reactor Design Process Synthesis Chemical Engineering Lab IV Thesis Proposal 1 Thesis 2 Summer Essay - Summer Task Electrical Machines & Power Transmission 2 Technical Electives - 2 credits in each term Complementary Studies Electives" (3 credits in each term) Chemical Engineering - Chemistry Honours The Chemical Engineering - Chemistry Honours program is jointly administered by the Departments of Chemical Engineering and Chemistry. Enquiries regarding the program and student advising should be made to the faculty advisers in either Department. The completion of the B.A.Sc. degree in Chemical Engineering - Chemistry Honours will normally take five years of university study. Entry to the program is normally from first-year Applied Science. To obtain permission to enter the program students must consult faculty advisers in the Departments of Chemical Engineering and Chemistty. The five-year Chemical Engineering - Chemistry Honours Program has an integrated sequence of Chemistry courses which are different from those in the regular four-year Chemical Engineering program. Because of this and other differences between the programs, transfer from one to the other becomes progressively more difficult after first year. Students who complete four years of the combined program (including fourth-year Chemical Engineering) would have a number of deficiencies to make up if they wished tograduate at that point with a B.A.Sc. in Chemical Engineering. Students who satisfactorily complete the program and who obtain a minimum overall 65% average in their chemistry courses numbered 300 and higher, will receive a B.A.Sc. in Chemical Engineering - Chemistry Honours. Second Year Course 1 Credits APSC 201 3 Technical Communication CHEM 201 3 Physical and Analytical Chemistry CHEM 202 3 Inorganic and Analytical Chemistry CHEM 203 6 Organic Chemistry CHML 2.1 3 Mass ancl Energy Balances CHML 242 2 Chemical Process Technologv CHML 251 3 Transport Phenomena I Both 1 CHML 261 1 Chemical Engineering Laboratory I MATH 253 3 Multivariable Calculus MATH 25-t 3 Vector Calculus MATH 255 5 Ordinary Differential Equations MATH 25"" 3 Partial Differential Equations ELEC 263 3 Basic Circuit Analysis Total 39 Third Year Course Credits CHEM 304 6 Physical Chcmisirv CHEM 311 CHEM 312 CHML 341 CHML 3 is CHML 346 CHML 351 CHML 353 CHML ,356 CHML 358 CHML 359 CHML .362 CHML 36.3 Plus Total 3 41 Analytical Chemistry Quantum Chemistiy and Spectroscopy Diffusional Operations I Applied 'thermodynamics I Applied Thermodynamics II Transport Phenomena II Mechanical and Thermal Operations Process Control Properties of fluids Chemical Engineering Economics Chemical Engineering Laboratory II Chemical Engineering Laboratory III Complementary Studies Electives'1 Term Both Both Both Fourth Year1 Course Credits APSC 450 2 1 CHML .357 CHML 442 CHML 454 CHML 455 CHML 457 CHML 464 CHML 491 CHML 492 CHML 498 ELEC 370 STAT 251 Plus Term 1 Professional Engineering Practice d Interfacial Phenomena 2 Diffusional Operations II f Process Design Proiect Both Chemicala Engineering Reactor Design Both Process Synthesis 1 Chemical Engineering Laboratory IV 1 Thesis Proposal 1 Thesis 2 Summer Essav - Summer Task Electrical Macbines & Power Transmission 2 Elemeniary Statistics 1 Complementary Studies Electives'1 (3 credits in each terml Total 44 Eoutth ancl fifth year may he taken in either 1 ircler. - In the total program, sludents must lake al least one of CHML 491 and 492, or CHEM 449. If CHML 491 and 492 are not taken they must be replaced by six credits of CUM I. technical electives. 3 Fifth Year1 Course Credits CHEM 310 6 Inorganic Chemistry CHEM 330 6 Advanced Organic Chemistiy CHEM 415 4 Practical Chemistry Laboratory CHEM 449 6 Seminar and Thesis Term Both Both Both Both CHEM Plus 6 6 Electives - 3 credits in each term Complementary Studies Electives ,i Total 34 (5 credits in each terns) 1 Fourth and fifth v ear mav he taken in either order. - In the total program siudesus musl take :H leasi one ol CHML 491 and 492 If CHEM 449 is nol taken it musl be credits of 400-level CHEM electives CHEM 449. or replaced by six Civil Engineering Second Year Course APSC 2(1 CIVL CIVL CIVL CIVL CIVL CIVL CIVL CIVL CIVL CIVL 205 215 220 221 Credits 3 Technical Communication 3 Municipal Water Supply and Waste Disposal 3 fluid Mechanics I 3 Civil Engineering Materials 1 3 Cavil Engineering Materials II 3 Compuler Applications in Civil Engineering 3 Mechanics in Civil Engineering Design 3 Solid Mechanics I 3 Solid Mechanics II 3 .S11tKiur.1l Design I 4 Plane Surveying (ai caid tif 2ml term, b GEOL 15(1 3 Earth Sciences for Engineers MATH 253 .3 Multivariable Calculus MATH 254 3 Vector Calculus MATH 255 3 Ordinary Differential Equations Total 46 Third Year Course Credits Term CIVL CIVL CIVL CIVL CIVL CIVL CIVL CIVL CIVL CIVL CIVL MATH STAT Plus Total 300 301 .305 310 311 315 316 321 331 332 340 Engineering Economic Analysis I Optimization and Decision Anavlsis in Civil Engineering 2 Water Treatment and Waste Managemenl 2 Soil Mechanics I I Soil Mechanics II 2 Fluid Mechanics II I Open Channel Hydraulics 2 laboratory Proiect in Engineecing Materials 1 Structural Design II 2 Structural Analysis 1 I Transportation Engineering 1 2 Partial Differential Equations 1 Elementary Statistics I Complementary Studies Electives11 2 Fourth Year Course Credits CIVL UK) 3 CIVL CIVL CIVL CIVL CIVL CIVL CIVL • Plus Plus Total •102 4()5 aid 1.30 ■i3i 6 9 38 Construciion Engineering and Management Engineering I_w and Contracts in Civil Engineering Environmental Impact Sludies Foundation Engineering I Water Resources Engineering Structural Design III Structural Analysis II Engineering Design ancl Analysis Complementary Studies Electives1 Technical electives from Civil Engineering Both Technical Electiccs are 10 be chosen in consultation wilh departmental advisers and apjiroved bv the Head of [he Dcpartmenl 2 ■t vear) Electrical Engineering In addition lo the regular Electrical Engineering program, there are two options, 1 lonours Mathematics and Computer Engineering, as described below. Many third-year Electrical Engineering courses, and CPSC 310, are offered in both terms to accomodate students in the year-round Co-operative Engineering program. Engineering Economics Requirement ELEC 450 (three credits) Economic Analysis of Engineering Projects, was introduced as a core course in 1988/89 as part of the new complementary studies requirement (which replaced the former applied humanities requirement). Studenls already in the Faculty prior to 1987/88 have the option of completing either the former applied humanities requirement or the new complementary studies requirement. For those who elect to satisfy the former applied humanities requirement. ELEC 450 is not a core course but, if taken, can be counted as an elective. For those who elect to satisfy the new complementary studies requirement, ELEC 450 is a core course and must be taken in fourth year Regular Electrical Engineering Program Second Year Course Credits Term CPSC 118 1 Principles of Computer Programming I CPSC 128' 3 Principles of Computer Science i ELEC 251 5 Circuit Anaivsis I I ELEC 255 3 Circuit Anaivsis II 2 a Please refer to the statement headed -Complementary Studies Courses'' above onsultation with Director. Applied Science 69 Electronic Circuits I 2 Digital Logic Design 1 Introduction to Microcomputers 2 Engineering Electromagnetics 2 Electrical Laboratory I 1 Electrical Laboratory II 2 Multivariable Calculus 1 Vector Calculus 2 Ordinary Differential Equations 1 Complementary Studies Eleclivesa (3 credits in each term) '' Recommended for students who want to take Computer Science courses which require CPSC 128 as a prerequisite ELEC 254 3 ELEC 256 3 ELEC 259 3 ELEC 261 3 ELEC 280 2 ELEC 281 2 MATH 253 3 MATH 254 3 MATH 255 3 Plus 6 Third Year Course Credits APSC 2011 3 Technical Communication Term 2 or Practical Writing 2 Program Design and Data Structures 2 System Software Engineering 2 Physical Microelectronics 1 Electronic Circuits II 1 Signals ancl Communications 1 Systems and Control 2 Electromagnetic Fields and Waves 2 Power Circuits and Devices 1 Rotating Machines 2 Electrical Laboratory 111 1 Electrical Laboratory IV 2 Partial Differential Equations 1 Complex Variables and Applications 1 Elementary Statistics 2 1 Credit will be given for only one ol APSC 201 or ENGL 301. - Electrical engineering students who do not intend to register for additional Computer Science courses may lake ELEC 314 instead of CPSC 216. Students who do intend to register for additional Computer Science courses must take CPSC 216. ENGL 301' 3 CPSC 216' or 3 ELEC SU 3 ELEC SS 1 .3 ELEC 356 3 ELEC 359 3 ELEC 360 3 ELEC 364 4 ELEC 371 3 ELEC 372 3 ELEC. 380 4 ELEC 381 4 MATH 257 .3 MATH 350 3 STAT 251 3 Total 45 Fourth Year Course Credits APSC ELEC ELEC ELEC ELEC ELEC Plus Total 450 450 452' 474 475 498 2 24 42 Term Professional Engineering Praclice 1 Economic Analysis of Engineering Projects 2 Electrical Engineering Materials t Instrumentation Design I^boratop' t Project Laboratory 2 Engineering Report Both Electives2 1 Students who enter fourth year with credit for ELEC 352 will be required to replace ELEC, 452 with a thtee-credit technical elective. Credit is given for only one of ELEC 352 and ELEC 452. - Electives total 24 credits with at least 18 credits from groups A, B and C below, with at least three credits from each. The remaining six credits are to be selected from a list made available by the Department in March. Fourth Year Electives (All are one-term courses except those with an asterisk*, which are two-term.) A. Signals, Communications, Control Course Credits ELEC. 455* 6 Communications Systems ELEC 460 3 Control Systems ELEC 461 3 Non-Linear and Optimum Systems ELEC 466 3 Digital Signal Processing Systems ELEC 468 3 Digital Process Control B. Electrophysics Course Credits ELEC 469 3 Microwave Engineering ELEC. 470 3 Microwave Circuits ELEC 479 3 Integrated Circuit Engineering ELEC 480 3 Semiconductor Devices ELEC 482 3 Optical Waveguides and Photonics ELEC 483 3 Antennas and Propagation C. Systems, Technology, Applications Course Credits ELEC 456 3 Computer Communications ELEC 457 3 RF Electronics ELEC 463* 6 Power Systems Analysis ELEC 464 3 Microprocessor Systems Design ELEC 472 3 Transducers and Advanced Instrumentation and Measurement Introduction to Computer Architecture Computer Graphics Optimization Methods for System Design Introduction to Robotics Power Electronics Real-Time Digital System Design Industrial Drives ELEC ELEC ELEC ELEC ELEC ELEC ELEC 476 478 486 487 493 494 495 D. Otlier Courses Courne Credits ELEC 490 3 Topics in Electrical Engineering I ELEC 491 3 Topics in Electrical Engineering II Honours Mathematics Option It is possible for students in Electrical Engineering to complete, in addition to the Electrical Engineering Program, the basic Mathematics requirement of a combined Honours degree in Mathematics, by: • obtaining 65% in MATH 226/227 or MATH 253/254 (MATH 220 is recommended for students taking MATH 253/254). • obtaining a 65% average in the following courses: MATH 300 and 301 (instead of 350), 320,321,400,401 and three addilional credits chosen from MATH 322, 323, 402, 403, 416-429, 449, Students who satisfactorily complete such a program will be given recognition as receiving the B.A.Sc. in Electrical Engineering (Honours Mathematics Option). Note that for sludents who enter Engineering directly from high school, some summer courses or additional winter session terms will probably be necessary in order to accommodate the extra load of the Honours Mathematics Option. Students interested in undertaking this program should consult Undergraduate St udent Advisers in the Departments of Electrical Engineering and Mathematics. Computer Engineering Option The Computer Engineering Option in Electrical Engineering is a modification of the regular Electrical Engineering program in which Computer Science courses replace some of the regular program core courses. Students who satisfactorily complete the following program will be given recognition as receiving the B.A.Sc. in Electrical Engineering (Computer Engineering Option). Second Year Couise Credits Term CPSC 128 3 Principles of Computer Science CPSC 216 3 Program Design and Data Structures ELEC 251 3 Circuit Analysis 1 ELEC 253 3 Circuit Analysis II ELEC 254 3 Electronic Circuits I ELEC 256 3 Digital Logic Design ELEC 259 3 Introduction to Microcomputers ELEC 280 2 Electrical Laboratory I ELEC 281 2 Electrical Laboratory II MATH 253 3 Multivariable Calculus MATH 254 3 Vector Calculus MATH 255 3 Ordinary Differential Equations Plus 6 Complementary Studies Electives3 (3 credits in each term) Total 40 Thiird Year Course Credits APSC 2011 3 Technical Communication Term 2 ENGL CPSC 301' .310 Practical Writing Software Engineering Plus one of: CPSC .319 3 Software Engineering Project Both ELEC 389 3 Software Engineering Project 2 ELEC 261 3 Engineering Electromagnetics 1 ELEC 315 ,3 Introduction to Operating Systems 1 ELEC 320 3 Introduction to Discrete Structures 1 ELEC 351 3 Physical Microelectronics 1 ELEC .356 3 Electronic Circuits 11 2 ELEC 359 3 Signals and Communications 1 ELEC 360 3 Systems and Control 2 ELEC .364 4 Electromagnetic Fields and Waves 2 ELEC 382 4 Electrical Laboratory 111 A 2 MATE 257 3 Partial Differential Equations 1 STAT 251 3 Elementary Statistics 2 Tota 44 ' Credil will be given for only one of APSC 201 or ENGL 301. Fourth Year Course Credits Term APSC -150 2 Professional Engineering Practice 1 ELEC 450 3 Economic Analysis of Engineering Projects 1 ELEC, 456 3 Computer Communications 1 ELEC 464 3 Microprocessor Systems Design 1 ELEC 474 4 Instrumentation Design laboratory 1 ELEC 475 4 Project Laboratory 2 ELEC 476 3 Computer Architecture 2 ELEC 498 2 Engineering Report Both Plus 15 Electives - at least 9 credits from iist A below; remainder from list B Plus one of the following three: CPSC 415 3 Advanced Operating Systems 2 CPSC 416 3 Distributed Systems 1 ELEC 494 3 Real-Time Digital System Design 2 Tota 42 Fourth Year Computer Engineering Electives The following are suggested elective courses. Other courses may be substituted with the approval of the Computer Engineering Undergraduate Coordinator. List A Course ELEC 455 ELEC 466 ELEC 468 ELEC 478 ELEC 479 ELEC 480 ELEC 487 ELEC 494 CPSC 311 CPSC 312 CPSC 320 CPSC 322 CPSC 404 CPSC 411 CPSC 415 CPSC 416 CPSC 418 CPSC 422 List B Course ELEC 3XX Any 300-level course not in the core program ELEC 4XX1 Any other 400-level ELEC courses Other Other courses from a list made available by the Department in March 1 Credit is given for only one of ELEC 352 and ELEC 452. Credits 6 Communication Systems 3 Digital Signal Processing Systems 3 Digital Process Control 3 Computer Graphics 3 Integrated Circuit Engineering 3 Semi-Conductor Devices 3 Introduction to Robotics 3 Real-Time Digital System Design 3 Definition of Programming Languages 3 Symbolic Computing 3 Analysis of Algorithms 3 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence .3 Introduction to Database Management Systems 3 Introduction to Compiler Construction 3 Advanced Operating Systems 3 Distributed Systems 3 Advanced Computer Architectures 3 Intelligent Systems Geological Engineering Geological Engineering is an interdisciplinary program under the jurisdiction of the Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science and administered by a Board of Study. Enquiries regarding the program and student advising should be made through Dr. A. J. Sinclair, Director, 1 Please refer to the statement headed ''Complenientaty Studies Courses" above. Chosen in consultation with Director. 70 Applied Science Geological Engineering, Room 102, Department of Geological Sciences, telephone (604) 822-3763- In the third and fourth years, students can choose their programs from one of three options: • Option 1 — Fuels and Minerals • Option 2 — Applied Geophysics • Option 3 — Environmental and Geotechnical Students in Option 1 are given the choice of focussing on hydrocarbon exploration and production or mineral exploration and development. Option 2 is for those interested in the application of geophysics to mineral or petroleum exploration or to geotechnical and environmental engineering. Applications of mathematics and physics are emphasized in Option 2. Option 3 is a common choice fot those interested in the applications of geology to water resources, foundation engineering and construction or environmental fields. Second Year Course Credits Tei APSC 201 3 APSC 278 3 CIVL 235 4 GEOL 150 3 GEOI. 200 3 GEOL 202 3 MATH 253 3 MATH 254 3 MATH 255 3 MATH 257 3 MECH 260 ■ PHYS 2^0 3 STAT 251 3 Technical Communication Engineering Materials Plane Surveying (End of 2nd Term. 1st Yeai Earth Science for Engineers Mineralogy I Introductory Petrology Multivariable Calculus Vector Calculus Ordinary Differential Equations Partial Differential Equations 2 Introduction to Mechanics of Materials 1 Mechanics II 2 Elementary Statistics 2 Plus one of the following: For Fuels and Minerals (Option 1) MMPE 290 4 Introductionto Mining ancl Mineral Processing GEOI. 205 3 Geological Time For Applied Geophysics (Option 2} GEOP 232 3 Introduction to Experimental Geophysics 2 GEOL 256 3 Stratigraphy ancl Sedimentology 2 For Environmental and Geotechnical (Option 3) SOIL 200 3 Introduction to the Study of Soils 2 GEOL 256 3 Stratigraphy and Sedimentology 2 Total Option 1 48 Option 2 47 Option 3 47 Third Year Core GEOP .322 MATH 350 PHYS 251 Plus Plus Plus one of: GEOL 302 3 GEOL 303 3 Time Series Analysis in Geophysics Complex Variables and Applications Electric ancl Magnetic Fields Complementary Studies Electives'1 Technical Electives Principles ol Igneous Processes Melamorphic Petrology Option 3 (Environmental and Geotechnical) CIVL 215 3 Fluid Mechanics CIVL 310 3 Soil Mei bank si CIVL 311 3 Soil Mechanics II Plus 6 Complementary Studies E!ectives:f (3 credits in each term! Plus one of: GEOL 302 3 GEOL 303 3 Principles of Igneous Processes Metamorphic Petrology Plus the following: Environmental Option (3a) GEOG 310 3 Environmental Resources GEOL 32,3 3 Introductory Geochemistry Plus 3 Technical electives Geotechnical Option (3b) MMPE 503 3 Rock Properties Plus 6 Technical electives (3 term) redits in each Total Option 1 44 Option 2 43 Option 3 45 GEOP 499 6 Option 1 GEOL 425 (Fl 3 GEOP 400 MMPE 396 6 3 MMPE 40,3 3 Plus r, Plus one of: GEOL 445 GEOL 447 3 3 Course Credits Term GEOI. 235 3 Field Techniques 2 Option 2 (AF GEOL 251 3 Geomorphology 1 GEOP 420 3 GEOL 307 3 Structural Geology I I GEOP -_>1 6 GEOL 3.35 3 Field School (At end of 3rd year) GEOP 426 3 GEOL 342 3 Groundwater Hydrology 1 Plus one of: GEOL 407 3 Structural Geology 11 2 MMPE 396 3 CIVL 300 Plus three 3 Option 1 (Fuels and Minerals) of: CIVL 310 3 Soil Mechanics I 1 CIVL 310 3 GEOI. 302 3 Principles of Igneous Processes 1 GEOL 368 i GEOL 303 3 Metamorphic Petrology 2 GEOI. 4i5 s MMPE 303 2 Rock Properties 2 GEOL 447 3 Plus 6 Complementary Studies Electives;i (3 credits in each term: Both GEOI. 162 Plus 3 0 Plus 6 Technical Electives Both Plus one of: GEOP 232 3 SOIL 200 3 (3 credits in each term) Introduction to Experimental Geophysics 2 Introduction to the Study of Soils 2 Both Fourth Year Core Course Credits Term APSC 450 2 Professional Engineering Practice^ 1 One of: GEOL 499 6 Thesis1 Both or •sis1 Both (Fuels and Minerals) Geological Evolution of North America 2 Applied Physics of lhe Earth Both Engineering and Mineral Economics I I.ock Mechanics 1 Technical Electives (3 credits each term) Both Petroleum Geology 1 Goal Geology 2 Plus the following: Fuels Option (1a) GEOL 421 3 Paleontology I GEOL 368 3 Mineral ENploration and Mining Geology2 I Minerals Option (1b) IGI'OL 419 3 Mineral Deposits I 1 GEOL 420 3 Mineral Deposits II 2 Potential Methods 1 Applied Geophysical Laboratory Bolh Advanced Phvsics ofthe Earth 2 Engineering and Mineral Economics Engineering Economic Analysis Soil Mt^hanics 1 Mineral Exploration and Mining Geology Petroleum Geology Coal Geology Principles of Geological Engineering Technical Electives (3 credits in each term! Complementary Studies Electives^ Both Option 2 (Applied Geophysics) GEOP 320 3 Introduction to Theoretical Geophysics I GEOP 321 3 Seismology 2 Option 3 (Environmental and Geotechnical) CIVL 300 3 Engineering Rconomic Analysis CIVL 402 3 Engineering Law and Contracts-'' CIVL 410 3 Poundation Pngineering 1 CIVL 411 3 Foundation Engineering II GEOI, 4S2 1 Geotechnical Engineering Practice GEOL 462 3 Principles of Geological Engineering Plus the following: Environmental Option (3a) CIV1. i05 :> Environmental Impact Studies 1 G1.0L -Vil 3 Groundwater Contamination 2 I GEOL 4 ,.. 3 Groundwater Geochemistry 2 Pius {) Technical. Electives _.._-- (6 credits in 1st Term, 3 credits in 2nd Term i Geotechnical Option (3b) 1 GEOP 400 c. Applied Phvsics ofthe Earth Boil 1 MMPE 403 .. Rock Mechanics i 2 Plus <-) Technical Electives Both (3 credits in 1st Term. 6 credits in 2nd Term} Total Option 1 38 Option 2 41 Option 3 43 ; Option, i and < lake GEO] _W: Option 2 lakes GEOP _99- ■: Student, in Option la who choose to take GLOI. 419 and 420 inMeai of GEOL ..nX will he ahle to applv the additional three credits to ilua Technical Elective requirement. 1 " Student-Mii Option 3 (Environmental and Geotechnical) lake CIVL a0 i n. teado.APM; .nOandadd an additional two credits to their Tech nn.; Mechanical Engineering In addition lo ihe regular Mechanical Engineering program, there are ihree options: Naval Architecture, Computer-Aided Automation, and Industrial Aerodynamics and Aircraft as described below. Second Year Course Credits APSC 2(H APSC 2~S ELEC 2h3 MATH 2s. MATH 25. MATH 255 MKCH 250 MF.CH 2s 1 MECH 260 MUCH 26s MECII 211 MECH r\ MECH M) Plus Total 5 43 Technical Communication Engineering Materials Basic Circuit Analysis Multivariable Calculus Vector Calculus Ordinary Differential Equations Introduciion ro Engineering Software Introduction to Design Iniroduction to Mechanics of Materials Rigid Bodv Dynamics Thermodynamics Thermodynamics Laboratory Iniroduction to Fluid Mechanics Complementary Studies Electives Third Year Course Credits ELEC 36s 5 Applied Electronics & Electromechani< MATH 2s" 3 Pariial Differential Equations MF.CH 351 HI Engineering Product Design MECH 3.2 -I Design of Mechanical Components MECH 360 l Mcihanics of Materials I MECH 36s 2 Machine Dynamics and Vibrations II ."TO i Thermal Systems .•Fs 3 Heal Transfer I 380 -i Fluid Dynamics 'CH 1 Manufacturing Processes Structures and Properties of Materials MFC MECH MECH MECH MMAT Total 41 APSC |S( 1 ELEC 4S'; 1 MECH -l.it • MECH -i.il MECII as" MECH 165 Fourth Year Students pre-register for fourth year courses with a Faculty Advisor towards the end of third year. Each student takes r credits as core in the fourth year, and chooses a minimum of 12 i redits of Technical Electives and three credits of Complementary Studies electives. Course Credits Term Professional Engineering Praclice I Digital Instrumentation for Mechanical Systems 2 Engineering Data Analysis 2 Engineering Economics 2 Mechanical Engineering Project Mechanical Vibrations Both 1 Please refer to the statement headed Complementary Studies Courses" above. b Chosen in consultation yviih Director. Applied Science 71 MF.CH 466 1 Automatic Control I Plus 12 Technical Electives (6 credits in each term) Total 43 The following are suggested technical elective courses. Note that some of these may not be offered in a given year. Wtih the approval of the Department three credits of technical electives may be chosen outside the Department or from MECH graduate courses. Complex Analysis and Applications Composite Materials 1 Mechanical Pulping ami Paperworking Technology Statics of Manne Vehicles Ship Resistance and Propulsion Acoustics and Noise Control Special Topics in Mechanical Engineering Computer-Aided Ship Design Ship Structures and Vibrations Experimental Naval Architecture Friction, Wear and Lubrication Fluid Film Lubrication Mechanics of Materials II Finite Element Analysis Advanced Dynamics Modern Control Engineering Dynamic System Modeling Thermal Power Generation Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Heat transfer II Computational Fluid Dynamics Aerodynamics of Aircraft I Wind Engineering Aerodynamics of Aircraft IT Aircraft Design: Aerodynamics Aircraft Design: Structures Fluid Flow in Industrial Equipment Production Engineering Computer-Aided Manufacturing industrial Engineering Engineering Management Naval Architecture Option By taking the following modified program in third and fourth years, students can complete the requirements of the Naval Architecture Option in Mechanical Engineering. Students who satisfactorily complete ihis program will be given recognition as receiving the B.A.Sc. in Mechanical Engineering (Naval Architecture Option). In this option, the third and fourth years are modified by deletion of the core course MECH 166 and all technical electives; moving ELEC 365 to fourth year (lerm one) and MECH 392 to fourth year (term two); and the addition of the Naval Architecture courses MECH 3-iO. 341 (taken in third year) and MECH 441,442,443 (taken in fi mrth year j. Fourth Year El Course ( Credits MATH 350 3 MMAT 49a 2 CHML -n 1 MECII 34(1 5 MECH 3-11 s MECH -alls 3 MECII .1(1 2-6 MECH a-il 5 MECH ■t-i2 3 MECH ■H. 3 MECH 453 2 MECH 454 2 MECH anil 3 MECH a(i2 3 MECH -«r 3 1 MECH 468 3 MECH 469 3 MECII 47i) MECH -t"'3 2 MECH 4'*5 2 MECII ISO 5 MECII -iSl 3 MECH 482 3 ^ MECH 4153 3 / MF.CH 484 3 / MECH 485 3 . MECH 486 5 MECH 490 3 MECH 491 4 ( MECH 495 3 MECII 496 3 Computer-Aided Automation Option Admission into the Computer-Aided Automation Option is limited to students with high academic standing. Interested students are encouraged to apply to the Department. Sludents who satisfactorily complete this program will be given recognition as receiving the B.A.Sc. in Mechanical Engineering (Computer-Aided Automation Option). In this option, the third and fourth years are modified by deletion of the core courses MECH 370,}11. .380.457, and by the addition of the courses MECH -i5., 456. 491 and ELEC 31-4,367.464,468 and t78. Also, the requirement of 12 credits of technical electives in fourth year is replaced by one course selected from the following: ELEC 494,495 or MECH 469, 490, 496. Industrial Aerodynamic:; and Aircraft Option Admission into the Industrial Aerodynamics and Aircraft Option is limited to students with high academic standing. Interested students are encouraged to apply to the Department. Students who satisfactorily complete the program will be given recognition as receiving the B.A.Sc. in Mechanical Engineering (Industrial Aerodynamics and Aircraft Option). In this option, the 12 credits of technical electives in fourth vear must be selected from the following: ViATH 350, MECH 453,473.480, 481, 482,483,484, 485,486. IMmmmmmmmmmxmmmimmmmmmmm Metals and Materials Engineering Second Year Course Credits APSC 278 3 Engineering Materials MATH 253 3 Multivariable Calculus MATH 254 3 Vector Calculus MATH 255 3 Ordinary Differential Equations MATH 2s"' 3 Partial Differential liquations MECH 260 t li troductina 10 Mechanics of Materials MMA'l 252 4 Pyroineiallurgy I MMAT 26,3 i T_nspori Phenomena I MMAT 280 3 Materials in Design MMAT 350 4 Metallurgical Thermodynamics 1 Plus 6 Complementary Studies Electives'1 (3 credits in each term) Total 40 3 'I Third Year Course Credits APSC 201 MMAT 330 MMAT 332 ' 360 .hi MMAT MMAT 366 MMA'.' MMA" MMAT VI) Immat . :■ MMAT 3" MMAT 3"S MMAT 382 MMAT 390 MMAT 391 MMAT 398 Plus Total 41 echnical Communication Metallurgical Thermodynamics I Process Metallurgy Heat Transfer Application of Numerical Methods to Materials Mass T'ransler Solidification Structure of Metals Structure and Properties oi Steel Engineering Alloys Pfuoe Transformations Ceramics I Seminar I Polymers Engineering Report Mettives which must be approved by the Department Head or Faculty Adviser APSC 130 2 MMAT 430 4 MMAI' 4S6 7 MMAf 466 3 MMA r 190 1 MMAT 193 2 MMAL 49s 3 MMAT 498 1 MMAT 499 3 Fourth Year Core Coui'se Credits Professional Engineering Practice 1 Meialiurgical Thermodynamics II I Corrosion Engineering 1 Metallurgical Engineering Economics 1 Seminar II Both Quality Engineering 2 Metallurgical Laboratory 2 Engineering Report Both Research or Design Project Both Plus one of Option 1 or Option 2 Option 1 (Materials Processing) CHML 336 3 Control of Process Variables 2 MMAT ts2 2 iron anil Steelmaking l MMAT 438 2 Hydrometallurgy 2 MMAT 462 2 Process .Modelling I MMAT 483 2 Processing of Ceramics and Composites 2 Option 2 (Materials Science and Engineering) MMAT -)"'> 2 Failure Analysis ' 2 MMAT 18O 2 Fracture ' 2 MMAT 482 3 MMAT 488 2 MMAT 494 2 Plus 12 MMAT 434 2 MMAT 468 2 MMAT 472 3 MMAT 474 2 MMAT 47K 2 MMAT 484 2 MMAT 492 2 Total 44 Ceramics II Strengthening in Alloy Systems Composite Materials I Approved technical electives of which at least 6 credits must be selected from the other option and/or the following list of Metals and Materials Engineering electives: Reactive Metal Processing Thermodynamics Problems Welding and joining Mechanical Working Electronic Materials Refractory Practice and Problems in Metallurgical Industries Powder Metallurgy Mining and Mineral Process Engineering Term 1 Second Year Course Credits 1 "erm 1 APSC 201 3 Technical Communication 7 1 CHEM 262 3 Physical Chemistry of Surfaces ■ 1 CHML 231 3 Transport Phenomena I 2 2 CIVL 230 3 Solid Mechanics 1 1 1 CIVL 23s 4 Plane Surveying (End of 2nd Term, 1st Year) 2 GEOI. 130 3 Earth Science for Engineers 2^B GEOL 308 3 Introduction to Mineralogy and Petrolog 2 MATH 233 3 Multivariable Calculus 1 MATH 234 3 Vector Calculus MATH 233 3 Ordinary Differential Equations MMPE 202 3 Basic Mining Methods 2 MMPE 290 4 Introduction to Mining & Mineral Processing 1 MMPE 293 1 Seminar Both Term 1 MMPE 295 3 Computer Applications in Mining and Mineral Processing 2 1 STAT 231 3 Elementary Statistics 2 1 CIVL 228 3 Mechanics in Civil Engineering Design 1 PHYS 270 3 Mechanics II 1 2 Total 48 7 Third Year 1 Course Credits Term 1 APSC 278 3 Engineering Materials 1 2 ELEC 263 3 Basic Circuit Analysis 1 1 ELEC 370 3 Electric Machines & Power Transmission 2 2 GEOL 368 3 Mineral Exploration and Mining Geology 1 Both MMPE 301 ■ Mine Services 2 s MMPE 303 3 Rock Properties 2 Both MMPE 304 . Rock Fragmentation 1 Either MMPE 3.31 4 Unit Operations 1 MMPE 333 4 Flotation 2 MMPE 39,3 1 Seminar Both MMPE 396 3 Engineering Economics 1 Term MMPE W 3 Mineral Economics and Ore Reserve Estimation 2 Mining Option GEOI. 334 3 Structural Geology Plus 3 Complementary Studies EIectivesa Mineral Processing Option MMAT 331 3 Process Metallurgy Plus 3 Complementary Studies Electives1 Total 42 Fourth Year Core Course Credits APSC 430 MMPE 401 MMPE 4,31 MMPE. 491 MMPE. 492 MMPE 493 MMPE 494 MMPE 493 MMPE 498 Plus Professional Engineering Practice Mine Design Plant Design Mining and the Environment Field Trip Seminar Thesis/Keport Systems Materials Handling Complementary Studies Eleetive.s:l Term 1 Both Both a Please refer 10 the statement headed 'Complementary Sludies Courses" above. b Chosen in consultation with Director. 72 Applied Science Mining Option MMPE 402 3 Mine Ventilation MMPE 403 3 Rock Mechanics Plus [0 Minimum of technical electives' Mineral Processing Option Third Year Core Course Credits Either MMPE 4.32 3 MMPE 4.3-1 3 MMPE 462 3 Plus Total 43 1 Tei htiical elective courses are selected with I he approval of the Department Control of Mineral Processes Processing Precious Metal Ores Coal Preparation Technology Minimum of technical electives1 Either Engineering Physics Engineering Physics is a program under the jurisdiction of the Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science and administered by the Department of Physics. AH enquiries regarding the program and student advising should be made through Dr. E. G. Auld; Program Director, Engineering Physics, Hennings Building. The completion of a B.A.Sc. degree in Engineering Physics will normally take five years of university study. There are two main routes to achieve this goal: the "Direct" and "Transfer" routes. The "Direct" route is for students who enter first-year Applied Science directly from Grade 12. Having completed first-year Applied Science, the student must then complete four years in the Engineering Physics program as described below. The "Transfer" route is for students who have completed first-year Science or the equivalent before entering the Faculty of Applied Science. Thev will take a modified version of first-vear Applied Science that is somewhat more advanced than the standard first year (please sec, under First Year, the "Typical Transfer Program Following First-Year Science"). After completion of this year, the student will then be required to complete three years in the "Transfer" route ofthe Engineering Physics Program. Students who are considering entering this Program via the "Transfer" route, are advised to consult with the Program Director concerning the transferability of course credits. An optional co-operative education program is available for students in Engineering Physics. To be eligible, students m ust be admitted into the second-year Engineering Physics program and have at least a 70% average. Interested students should apply at the beginning of the second year (by September 30) to: Co-operative Education Programs. Science/Engineering Phvsics, Room 309 Hennings Bldg., The University of British Columbia, 6224 Agricultural Road, Vancouver, B.C., V6T IZI. Second Year Course Credits APSC 201 3 Technical Communication APSC m 3 Engineering Materials CPSC 128 1 Principles of Computer Science ELEC 231 3 Circuit Anaivsis 1 ELEC 233 3 Cireuir Analysis I! MATH 233 3 Multivariahle Calculus MATH 234 3 Vector Calculus MATH 233 3 Ordinary Differential Equations MECH 2X6 4 Introduction to Eluid Mechanics PHYS Is" 7 Heal and Thermodynamics PHYS 139 1 Experimental Techniques IT 1YS 236 4 Introduction to Modern Phvsics PHYS I'D 3 Mechanics II Total 38 ELEC 234 3 Electronic Circuits I MATH 237 3 Partial Differential Equations (Opt 1 - 1st term, Opt. 2 - 2nd term) MATH 307 3 Linear Algehra PHYS 251 4 Iniroduction to Electricity & Magnetism PHYS 351 3 Applied Electromagnetic Theory PHYS 352 2 l-aboratory Techniques in Phvsics STAT 251 3 Elementary Statistics Plus 6 Complementary Studies Electives3 (3 credits in each term) Choose one of the following Options: Option 1 CPSC 128 3 Principles ol Computer Science CPSC 216 3 Program Design and Data Structures ELEC 256 3 Digital Logic Design ELEC 259 .3 Digital Systems ELEC 281 2 Electrical Engineering Laboratory II Option 2 CPSC 118 7 Principles of Computer Programming MECH 251 4 Introduction to Design MECII 260 4 Im rod union lo Mechanics of Materials MMAT 280 3 Materials in Design Total Option 1 41 Option 2 41 Term Option 5 CPSC 220 (CPSC) 3 Introduction to Discrete Structures 1 CPSC 315 CPSC 310 Plus 3 3 12 Introduction to Operating Systems Software Engineering Minimum of technical electives from 2 1 Either 1 2 Engineering disciplines relevant to Computer Science11 Fourth Year Core Course Credits APSC 459 MATH 300 MATH .301 PHYS 398 PHYS 452 PHYS 455 Engineering Physics Project I Iniroduction lo Complex Variables Applied Analysis Technical Report Quantum Mechanics Statistical Mechanics Term Both 1 2 1 1 2 Choose one of the following options: Option 1 ELEC 351 ELEC 35ft ELEC 359 ELEC, 360 Option 2 APSC 380 MECH 351 MECH 36C' MECH 365 Plus Option 3 APSC 380 MMAT 3.0 MMAT 370 MMAT 37(i MMAT 377 MMAT 378 Plus Option 4 APSC 38(1 GEOP 320 GEOP 321 GEOP 322 Plus (ELEC) 3 Physical Micro-Electronics 3 Electronic Circuits II 3 Signals ancl Communications 3 Svs!ems& Control 8 Minimum of technical electives normally relevant to Electrical Engineeringb 1 1 1 2 Either MECH) 3 Introduction to Microcomputers Engineering Prod. Design Mechanics of Materials Machine Dynamics and Vibrations Minimum of technical electives normaliv relevant to Mechanical Engineering11 10 Either (MMAT) 3 Introduction lo Microcomputers 2 2 Heal Transfer I 3 Structure of Metals 1 3 Structute and Properties of Steel 1 2 Engineering Alloys 2 3 Phase Transformations 2 3 Minimum of technical electives normally Either relevant to Metals and Materials Engineeringh (GEOP) 3 Introduclion lo Microcomputers 2 3 Introduction to Theoretical Geophysics 1 3 Seismology 2 3 Analysis of Geophysical Time Series 1 8 Minimum of technical electives, 6 of Either which should lie from Computer Science or an Engineering discipline related to Geophysics Option 6 (OCGY) Introduction to Microcomputers Fluid Dynamics Introduction to Oceanography I Introduction to Oceanography II Oceanographic Methods Minimum of technical electives from an Engineering disciplineb 2 2 1 2 1 Either APSC 380 3 MECH 380 4 OCGY 308 3 OCGY 309 3 OCGY 408 3 Plus 4 Total Core 19 Plus Option 1 20 Option 2 22 Option 3 19 Option 4 20 Option 5 21 Option 6 20 Fifth Year Core Course Credits Term APSC 450 2 Professional Engineering Practice 1 APSC 479 4 Engineering Physics Projects II 1 MATH 400 3 Applied Partial Differential Equations Either Plus 3 Eree Electives1 2 Applied Classical Mechanics 2 Applied Optics Both Applied Nuclear Physics 1 Applied Solid State Physics 2 Applied Plasma Physics 2 Plus one of the following options: Plus three of: PHYS 456 3 PHYS 458 4 PHYS 473 3 PHYS 474 3 PHYS 477 3 Option 1 (ELEC) ELEC 450 ELEC 455 ELEC 460 Plus 3 Economic Analysis of Engineering Projects 1 6 Communication Systems Both 3 Control Systems 1 6 Minimum of technical electives relevant Either to Electrical Engineering^ Option 2 (MECH) MECH 370 3 Thermal Systems MECH 431 3 Engineering Economics MECH 465 4 Mechanical Vibrations MF.CH 466 4 Automatic Control Plus 3 Minimum of technical electives normally relevant to Mechanical Engineering11 Either Option 3 (MMAT) MMA T 466 3 MMA T 495 3 Plus 12 Metallurgical Engineering Economics Metallurgical Laboratory Minimum of technical electives, of which not less than 9 credits must be chosen from the MMAT courses. The remaining three credits can be courses relevant to Metals and Materials Engineering11 2 Either Option 4 (GEOP) ELEC 450 3 Economic Analysis of Engineering Projects 1 GEOP 420 3 Potential Methods 1 GEOP 421 6 Applied Geophysical Laboratory Bolh GEOP 426 3 Advanced Physics of the Earth' 2 Plus 6 Minimum of technical electives, Either 3 from an Engineering discipline and 3 from a related discipline^1 Option 5 (CPSC) CPSC 310 3 Software Engineering 1 CPSC 319 3 Software Engineering Project Both ELEC 450 3 Economic Analysis of Engineering Projects" 1 Six credits of courses from CPSC chosen in consultation with the Director of Engineering Physics, such as: 3 Please refer to the statement headed "Complementary Studies Courses' above. Chosen in consultation with Director. Applied Science 73 CPSC 402 3 CPSC 403 3 CPSC 405 3 CPSC 407 3 CPSC 414 3 CPSC 415 3 CPSC 416 3 CPSC 417 3 CPSC 430 3 CPSC 435 3 Plus Numerical Linear Algebra Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations Modelling & Simulation Organization of Computerd Projects & Facilities Computer Graphics Advanced Operating Systems Distributed Systems Computer Communication Computers and Society Computer-based Image Analysis for Forest Inventory Systems Minimum of technical electives from Either a relevant Engineering discipline11 Option 6 (OCGY) ELEC 450 OCGY 414 OCGY 449 Pius Total Core21 or 22 Plus Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Option 5 Option 6 Economic Analysis of Engineering Projects'1 1 Geophysical Fluid Dynamics 2 Oceanographic Research Both Minimum of technical electives, at Either least three credits of which must be from an Engineering discipline11 18 17 18 18 18 18 'Students in Option 4 should take GEOP 426 in place ofthe free elective. The Centre for Metallurgical Process Engineering Director: J. K. Brimacombe, Alcan Chair in Materials Process Engineering. The Centre for Metallurgical Process Engineering has been established to facilitate and foster research and graduate training related to metals and materials processes. The Centre encompasses processes in both the ferrous and non-ferrous industries from raw materials preparation to metal finishing. Processes for the production of other materials such as ceramics, electronic materials and composites are receiving increasing attention. Emphasis is placed on interdisciplinary studies which reflect the complexity of overall process routes and individual unit operations. The Centre actively promotes closer links with the metals and materials industry together with the involvement and support by industry of programs within the Centre. The Centre has a Board of Management comprising the Dean of Applied Science (Chair), the Dean of Graduate Studies and the Head of the Department of Metals and Materials Engineering. A Technical Advisory Council with representatives from industry!, government and the University has been formed to make recommendations concerning research projects and graduate programs. Academic Staff Office of the Dean A MEISEN, B.Sc, A.C.G.C. (Imp College, London). M.Sc (Cal.Tech.), Ph.D. (McG.), F.C.I.C.. F LET. P Eng., Eur. Ing., Professor of Chemical Engineering and Dean. M. S. DAVIES, M.A. (Cantab), M.S., Ph.D (TIL), Mem. I.E.E.E, P.Eng., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering and Associale Dean. R. I.. EVANS, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col), M.A.Sc. (Tor.), Ph.D (Cantab), P.Eng, C.Eng., M.l.Mech.E., Mem.A S.M E., Mem.S.A.E, Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Associate Dean. S MI .DESS, B A. B.Sc. (C.E) (Manit.), M.S., Ph.D. (Stan.), P.Eng,, Professor of Civil Engineering and Associate Dean. D. M. SHULTZ, B.A, M.A. (Brit CoL), Instructor I. Technical Communications Coordinator Co-operative Education Programs D. A. OLIVERS, B.Sc. (C.E.) (Manic), P.Eng., Cixirdinator. PC. UVAI.LEE, B.A. (Manit.), Coordinator. Department of Bio-Resource Engineering Associate Professor and Acting Head S T. CHIF.NG, B.Sc. (Nat. Taiwan), M.Sc. (McG,), Ph.D. (McG.I.I'Eng. Professor i K. V. LO, B.Sc. (Nat. Taiwan), M.Sc. (Hawaii). Ph.D (Mass.), P.Eng. Assistant Professors A. K. f. LAU, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Guelph), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). P.Eng. R.J. PETRELI, B.A. (Minn.), M.Sc. (Penn. Stale), Ph.D. (Florida). Adjunct Professors W. E McLEAN, B.Sc. (Brit Col.), M.Sc. (Brit. Col.) A. I.. MOYLS, B.A.Sc. (Brit Col). M.Sc, Ph.D (Cal.Tech.). J VOM BECKMANN, B.Sc. i Ml All l, M.Sc., Ph.D. (But. Col), J B. WALLACE, B.E.Sc, Ph.D. (W.Ont.). Department of Chemical Engineering Professor and Head A. P. WATKINSON, B.Eng. (McM.), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), P.Eng, F.C.I.C. Professors J L. BERT, B.S. Ch.Eng. (CoL), M.S, Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley) B. D. BOWEN, B.A Sc, Ph.D. (Bril. Col.). R. M R. BRANION, M.A.Sc. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Sask.), P.Eng, F.C.I.C. J. R. GRACE, B.E.Sc. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Cantab). F.C.I.C, M.I.Ch.E, P.Eng. C. J. LLM. B.Sc. (Chem Eng.) (Sing.), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. Col), M.C.I.C, P.Eng. A. MEISEN, B.Sc, A.C.G.C. (Imp. College, Icindon), M.Sc. (Cal.Tech.), Ph.D. (McG.), F.C.I.C, P.Eng. C. W OI.OMAN, B.Eng. (Syd.), MASc. (Bril. CoL), M.C.I.C, P.Eng. K. I. PINDER, M.Eng. (McG.), Ph.D (Birm.), F.C.I.C., P.Eng. D. W. THOMPSON, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Birm), P.Eng, F.C.I.C, M.I.Ch.E, M.A.I.Ch.E. Associate Professors C. BRERETON, BA.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). J. R. MEIIAFFEY, B.Sc. (York). M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.) K. SMITH, M.SclEng.), (Natal), Ph.D. (McM.). M.CS.Ch.E, M ACS, M.C l.C, Assistant Professors S. DUFF, B.Sc. (Guelph). M.E.Sc. (W.Onl.l, Ph.D. (McG.), NSERC/COFI Junior Chair in Forest Products Waste Management. P. ENGLEZOS, B.Eng (N.T.U., Athens), M.Sc, Ph D. (Calg), MCIC, MAIChE. S. HATZIKIRIAKOS, Dip. (Thessaloniki), M.A.Sc. (Tor.). Ph.D. (McG.), M.CS.Ch.E, Soc of Rheology. C. A. IIAYNES, B.S. (Tex), Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley), loint Biotech. Lab. J. M. PIRET, B.A. (Harv.). M Sc, Ph.D. (M.I.T), Joint Biotech I_b P. TEISSIER, B.A.Sc, D.E.A. (I.N.T. de Grenoble), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Sherbrooke), ISA, C.P.P.A, P.tng, NSERC/PAPRICAN Junior Chair in Process Control in the Pulp and Paper Industry. Sessional Lecturer D. !■' SHERATON, B.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. Cof). Sessional Lecturer. Adjunct Professors C. P.J. BENNINGTON. B.Sc M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit Col.). J. T. IVISON, B.Sc (Eng.) (Edin.), P.Eng, CP R. K. REED, M.D, Dr. Med. (Bergen) K. C 'LEO, B.Sc. (Sing ), Ph.D. (W.Ont.,. Honorary Professors N. EPSTEIN, M.Eng. (McG), Eng Sc.D (NY.), P.Eng, FCLCF.A.I.Ch.E. R.J. KEREKES. B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc. (Tor), Ph.D. (McG), P.Eng, FC.A.E. S. LEVINE, B.A.. M.A, Ph.D. (Tor.), D.Sc. (Mane). Honorary Lecturers B. R. BLACKWELJ, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. Col.) D. BRUCE, M.Eng (McG.). I, R. GALLOWAY, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. Co! ) J V HATTON.M.A, D.Phil. (Oxon). G. N. IONIDES, B.Sc. (Imp. College, London). M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), M.B.A. (S.Fraser). LJOZSA, B.S.F. (Bril. Col.l. R W. KENNEDY, BSc. (New York), M.F (Brit. Col), Phi). (Yale). J. P. MORGAN, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc, (Brit Col.) P.Eng I.. PASZNER, B.S.F. (Sopron), M.F, Ph.D. (Brit. Col.). I. S. D SHAW, B Eng, Ph.D. (McM.), P.Eng G.ASMOOk, B.S. (Calif.). P.Eng. P. THOMAS, B.Sc, Ph.D (Dorhaiii), MACS, M.C.I.C J. K. TURNBULL, B.Sc. (Glas), Ph.D. (Guelph). K E. VROOM, B.Sc. (McG.). R. N.VYSF, Ph.D. (Brit Col.). J.T. WEARING, BSc. (New Br.) tl E. WORSTER, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tech. Univ. Darmstadt I. Associate Member I). C. KILBURN, B.A.Sc. (Bril. Col), Ph.D. (Lond). Department of Civil Engineering Professor and Head M. ISAACSON, M.A , Ph D. (Cantab), P.Eng, C.Eng, M.A.S C.E, M.CS.CE, M.E.l.C, M.R.I N.A, M.I.A.HR, MISTYPE. Professors D. L. ANDERSON, BSc. (Alta.), M.S. (Ill), Ph.D (Stan), P.Eng, M.E.l.C, F.CS.CE. P. M. BYRNE, BE (Nat. Univ. Ireland), MASc, Ph.D. (Brit.Col), P.Eng. R G CAMPANEI.LA B.S, M S, Ph.D. iCalif, Berkeley), P.Eng, M.A.S.C E, M.CG.S, M.AS.T.M. W. 1) l, FINN, B.E. (Nat. Univ. Ireland), M So, Ph.D. (Wash), P.Eng, M.A.S.CE, M.E.l.C, M.CG.S, M.CANCOLD, M.ISMFE, M.SIAM R. O. FOSCHI, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Stan.), P.Eng, M.CS.CE., M.A.S.CE, FLAWS. K.J. F HALL. B.S.A. (Guelph). Ph.D. (Wis.;. A.S.L.O I). S. MAVINIC, M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Windsor), P.Eng, M.W.P.CF, M.B.CP.CA, M LA.W.P.R.C M.CS.CE, M.E l.C S. MINDESS, B.A, B.Sc. (C.E.I (Manic), M.S., Ph.D (Stan.;, P.Eng. F. P. D NAVIN, B.Eng. (Civil) (McM.), M.S. (Missouri), Ph.D. (Minnesota), P.Eng, A.M.LT.E, F.CS.CE, M.E.l.C W. K. OLDHAM, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col), Ph.D (Texas), f Eng, M.W.P.CF, F.CS.CE. M. I). OLSON, B.A.Sc. (Bril. CoL), M.S., Ph.D. (Cal.Tc.h.;. P.Eng, M.CS.CE. M. C QUICK, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Bristol), P.Eng, M.CS.CE, M.A.S.CE. A. D RUSSELL, BASc, MA.Sc. (Brit. Col), Ph.D (M.I.T), P.Eng, MC.S.CE, MAS.C.E,M.P.M.I.,M.T.l.M.S. S. <). RUSSELL, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Belfast), P.Eng, M.A.S.CE, F.CS.CE. S. P. STIEMER. Vordiplom, llauptdiplom, Dr.-lng. iStuttgan), P.Eng, MAG.A.D. Stuttgart e.V, M.CS.CE. Y. P. VAID, B.Sc. (Punjab), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. Cof), P Eng, M.A.S.CE, M.CG.S. 1 Please refer to the statement headed "Complementary Studies Courses" above. b Chosen in consultation with Director. 74 Applied Science Associate Professors J. W ATWATER, BA.Sc, M.A.Sc. (Bril. Col.,, P.Eng, M CS.CE, M.E.l.C N. BANTH1.A B.E, M.Tech, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), M.A.C.L, M.A.S.CE, M.S.E.M, M.CS.CE. G. R. BROWN, B.Sc. (Queen's). M.Sc, Ph.D. (Bril Col.!. P.Eng W. F. CASEI.TON, B.Sc. (Leeds;, M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Bril. CoL), P.Eng, M.CS.CE, M.E.l.C E. R. HALL, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph D. (McM. c P.Eng. G. A LAWRENCE. B.E. (W. Aust.), M.S, Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley). P.Eng, M.LE.A, M.A.S.CE. I) M. McCl.UNG, B.Sc (North Dakota), A.M (Roll,. Ph.D. (Wash.|. P.Geo, M.CS.CE, M.CG.S, MAAG.Lt R.G. SEXSMITIL B.A.Sc. (Brit, col), M.S, Ph.D I Stan.), P.Eng, F.CS.CE, M.A.S.CE, M.A.C.I, MTAB.S.E. R A. SPENCER, B.E, Ph.D. [Auik.l. P Eng. Assistant Professors P. E. ADEBAR. B E. (Lake), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. I Tor.), P.Eng, M.CS.CE, M.A.C.L R. |. FANNIN. B.Sc (Belfast). D.Phil. (Oxon), P.Eng.. M CG S. T M. FROESE, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc. (Bril Col), Ph.D. (Sian.l. II. G. I, PRION, B.Eng. (Stelienboschi. Ph.D. (Tor.l. P.Eng, M CS.CE, M.S.A.I.CE R, VAZiRLB.Sc. (Uilld.l,MASc, Ph.D (Brit. Cof), M.A.A.M. ti E. VENTURA, BASc. (San Carios l, M.C E , Ph D. (Rice). Adjunct Professors C B CRAWFORD, B.St (Queen's). M Se (North western, 111.1, DIG (Imperial College., LL.D.Hon. (Concordia), P.Eng, Geoiccrinical J.M. 0 HUGHES, B.E, M.E. (Auck), Ph.D. (Cantab) Geotechnical. 0. HflNGR, M.A.Sc. (Ott,). Ph.D. (Alia.), Geotechnical. P. T. SEABROOK, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Alta,), Conciele Technology. B S SHAPIRO, B.A. (Manic). LL.B. (Brit. Col I, Engineering law. P. R. B WARD, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Lond.). Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley), P.Eng, Hydraulics. Department of Electrical Engineering Professor and Head R. W DONALDSON. BA.Sc. (Brit. Col. I, S.M, Ph.D. I.MTE), P.Eng, Sen. Mem. LEFT. Professors H. W. DOMMEL. D.Eng. (Tech. Tl Munich), P.Eng, Fellow I.E.E.E. G A. M DUMONT, Ing. Dipl. (ENSAM, Paris), Ph.D. (McG.i, Mem. ...A.A.I, Mem. I N.N.S, Sen. Mem. I.E.E.E, Mem. C.P.P.A, Mem. T.A.P.P.I, Eeilow A.S.I, PAPRICAN/NSERC Industrial Research Chair. M. R ITO, M.Sc. (Manit.). Ph.D. (Brit. Col), P Lug, Mem. I.E.E.E. E V. Jl'LL. B.Sc. (Queen's). Ph.D, D.Sc (ling i i Lond ). P.Eng, Fellow I.E.E.E. C. A. LASZLO. B.Eng, M Eng, Ph.D. (McG.i, P.Eng, Sen. Mem. I.E.E.E, Mem. CM B.FS . Sen Mem. I.S.A. P.I) LAWRENCE. BA.Sc. (Tor.). M.Sc. iSask.i. Ph D (Case Western Reserve), P Eng, Mem IEEE, Fellow A.S.I, Assoc CI.A.R. C S K. LEUNG, B.Sc. (lond,), M.S, I'll I). (Sian.l, P.Eng, (Oni.)aMem.lE.EE, A.M.I EE. I). L PUIT'REY. BSc, Ph.D. (Manc.i, P.Eng, Mem. I.E.E.E A SOUDACK, B.Sc. (Manic), M.S, Ph.D. (Stan.i. Life Mem. S.C.S. K. D. SRIVASTAVA. B.Sc. (Agra), B.E. (Roorkee,. Ph.D (Gla.s.i, Fellow I.E.E.E, F.I.E.E, P.Eng, fOnt.l T. TIEDJF BA.Sc. (Tor.). M.Sc, Ph.D. I Brit. CoL), P.Eng, Mem. I.E.E.E, FellowA.P.S. (join: appoiniment with Phvsiesi R. K. WARD, B.Eng. (Cairo;. M.Sc, Ph.D. (Calif. Berkeley!. P.Eng, Sen. Mem. I.E.E.E, Mem. CSECE 1, M. WEDEPOHI, B.Sc. (Eng.), (Witw.i, Ph.D. (Mane), ECS.E.E, FI.E E, C.Eng . P.Eng. Associate Professors I. G. GUMMING, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc. (Tor.l. Ph.D (Lond). Mem. I.E.E.E, MDA,'NSERC Industrial Research Chair. M. S. DAVIES, M.A. (Cantab), M S, Ph.D (111.;. PEng, Mem. I.E.E.E. W G. DUNFORD, B So (Eng), A C.G.I , M.Sc, D.I.C. (Lond,). Ph.D. (Tor.). Sen. Mem. I.E.E.E S. KAI.I.I-T, B.Sc A. il.nal), M.Sc A, Ph.D (Ecole Poll,i, Mem. 1 FEE. (,. E SCHRACK, B.A Sc, M.A Sr (Bin Col ), Dr. Maih (E.T.IL.Z.iirich), Mem ACM Assistant Professors II M. Al.NUWEIRLB.S, M.S. (Petr. Miner, Dhahran). PhD. (S. Calil.l. Men, I.E.E.E I) W G 1LI.1ES, BS (M.I.T.). MS, Ph.D iTH.i Mem. A.CM, Mem. I.E.E.E. G E. HOWARD, B.A Sc, M A.Sc, Pit 1). iW'ai.i. Mem. I.E.E.E, A IVANOV, B.Eng . M Eng , Ph.D. (McG i, P.Eng . Mem. I.E.E.E, Fellow A.S.I. M. K.JACKSON. B.Sc. (Alta.), M.S, ITl 1). (Cal lech.) N. A. EJAEGER, B.Sc. (Pacific), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Bill. Colo Mem. I E EF,. Mem. S.P.I E, Mem.O.S.A, Mem. ALP, Fellow A.S.I V C M. ITl l\G, B.A.Sc, Ph.D (Brit. Col.). Moil 1 ET. E. C C H. MA, B.A.Sc, Ph.D. (War I, Mem I E E.E J. R MARTI, Elec Eng. (Venezuela;, M.E.EP 1, (Rensselaer), Ph.D. (Brit. Col.i, P.Eng, Mem. I.E.F.E. P. T MATHIOPOULOS. Dipl EE. 'Patrasl. M.Eng. (Car I. Ph D. (Ott.i.P. Eng, Mem. LETT, Fellow A.ST M. R. PALMER. B.ASc, M.A.Sc. iBrit. Coi i, Ph.D. (M.I.T.), Mem. I.E.E.E S. SALCUDEAN, B.Eng, M.Eng. (McG.). Ph.D. (Call, Berkeley), P.Eng, Mem. I.E.E.E, Eeilow A S.I (joint appointment wilh Pores! Resource ManageiTienii. It TURNER, BSc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta.). Mem I E.l'E, Mem CLC (Alta.). (|oim appointment witli Biotechnology Lahoialor), M. D. WVONG, M E (New Soul!) Wales), I'll I) (Bril Col.l, P.Eng. M.YFDUN, BSc. (Altai,M.Sc.(Tor.) Ph.D.(Bin.Col, (joinl appointment wilh Geophysics and Astronnmv; Adjunct Professors G. BIRCH. B.A.Sc. Ph.D. (Bra. Col 1. D S. CAMPORESE, BASc, Ph.D. (Bill Col.,. Mem l.EE.E. S. CHERUKUPAI.1,1, B.K. (B.M S. Cull, of Eng . ■ Bangalore). M.E. (ELS, Bangalorec Ph.D (Bril. Col) Sen. Mem. IE E.E .1 1TKAET, M.Sc K'zccha, Ph.D. (Alia ), Mem. LEE E. M. LeNOBI.E, B A.Sc, Ph.D. (Bril. Col). S. P. McAI.ISTER. B.Sc, M.Sc (Nalall. Ph.D. iCanlah). J A McEWEN, BASc, Ph.D (Brit. Col,,. P.Eng, Mem. I.E.E.E, Mem. A.A.M 1, Mem. C.M.B.E.S, P.Eng. E VAAIIEDLM.s,, Ph.d. (Lond.),P.Eng . Sen Mem LETT. Mem. I EE Sessional Lecturers M P. BEDDOES, B.Sc (Glas.), D.I C . Ph.D. (Lond , P.Eng, Sen. Mem I.E.E.E. B iOLI.IFFE, B.Sc. (But. Col), M.Math (Wat.) F KARRAY, M.E, Eng.DipUENLE T'uiii.sc Ph.D (111), Mem. l.EE.E, Mem A.I.A.A P NAS10P0UL0S. B.Sc iTIicssalomki,. B.A.Sc M.A.Sc (Brit.Col I.Mem. I.E.E.E J.M. PAVEI.ICH.BA, (Bril. CoL) MA. (Da1 ! C SCHOI.EITEI.U, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Wales,. Mem. I li E Mem. I FEE X. C WANG. BASc, M.A.Sc (Harbin,, Ph D. I \\ al.. Board of Study for Engineering Physics A. MEISEN. P.Eng. (Dean. Faculty of Applied Science) E G. ATI I), P.Eng. (Phvsiosi. Program Direi toi IE DEMPSTER. (Computer Science) B DI'NWOODY. P.Eng. (Mechanical Engineering!. Ii IIAWBOI.I. PEng (Metals and Materials Engineering; E. VILLI, P.Eng. (Electrical Engineering). V ) MODI. P.Eng. (Mechanical Engineering: R. PARSONS. P Eng. (Physics) S POND, (Oceanography). D. I, PUIT'REY. P Eng. (Eleclnci! Engineering! N R. RISEBROUGH. P.Eng (Mela)---am' Material-. Engineering i It 1) RUSSELL (Geophysics and Astronomic. Two Sliiclenl Representatives Board of Study for Geological Engineering A ROBERTSON. P.Eng. (Geological Sciences!, (.hair A J SINCLAIR. P.Eng, P Geo (Geological Sciences), Direcior R. G. CAMPANULA. P.Eng. "'nil Engineeringi I. IANNIS. P Eng (Civil Engineering, ami ll.ie.esiingf, vtoocl Science). I) W. OLDENBURG [Geophysics ancl Aslionoinvi. R. I'll! UN, PEng i Mining and Mineral Process Engineering! K A SAV'IGNY. P.Eng. P Geo. (Geological Sciences;. Two Sliiclenl Repicseniatiu-s Department of Mechanical Engineering Professor and Acting Head I S. GARI'sliORE, D.PA (Olds.;. B.ASc. (Bill Colo, MSc i Eng.i i Lond . I'll IT (McG.i. P.Eng, Follow C A.SI,.Mon A I AM .Mem T..PP.I Professors K. V. BI'RY B.ASc iTor.i. II A Isir.Geo. Williamsi. MS iC.ii.'iech.i.M.BA (Si.ui i.Ph.D.il'or i s M C .I.h.M, B.Sc (Roller! College, Tuncevi. M s, Ph.D. (Calif. Bcikclevi. P.Eng . Mem S.N A.M E I) B CllERCHAS, B.A.Sc (Bill. Col i. M.A.Sc iTor.i. Ph.D. (Tor i. P.Eng. C A. DE SIIA'A, B.Sc Engrg. (lions! (Ccvloio. VI AS,. (Tor ., M.S. (Cincnnati, Ph.D. (Vt l.Ti.P Eng. Senioi Mem. I LEE. Mem. \.S M.E. Fellow...SI . NSERC Industrial Researcli Proics.sor of hldnsiriai Automation in die Fish Processing bullion-. R.I. EVANS. BA.SC (Bill. Col.l, M A.Si. (Tor.l. PhD (Ciinain PEng. C.Eng, M I Mis b.E, Mem. A.sUE, Mem.S.A.E E G HAITI MANN, B.Sc (Aha i. M.S . Ph I). , Cal. lei h ),P.Eng. Eeilow C.SM.E P G. Hill, lis,. (Hems.) (Queer-s;. M.Sc. iBirtn,. Sc D, (VL1.1 !. I- R.sC. P.Eng, Mem. A'-ALE. MemSAE, I'eilov, CSM.E S (,. Ill TION. B.Sc (Noll i M.Sc (Calg,). Ph.D. iBill Co i. PEng. Mem. A.S.M.E, Mem S N.A.M.E. M. IQHAL. B A, B.Sc .Eng (Punjab). M ling Ph D. i McG ., Mem. A.S.M.E, Mem. A.S.H.R.A F. V J MODI. IS li (Bombay.!. D.I I Sc (hid. Inst ot Scciicc). V! S. iWasic. PhD (PnriluCi. F R.s C . P.Eng, fellow A.A.S, Eeilow A.I.A A, Fellow A. s M.E, Eeilow It IS, Fellow CA ST, Aiailcun Member LAA II RAMSEY. B.Sc. (Alia.i. Ms. Ph.D (Sum.!. P.Eng. M E SALCUDEAN. B.Eng, Ph.D (Romania.!, Docloi.ile (On i, P Eng . Fellow C.S.M.E . I' CAT. II VAUCIDN, B.Sc (Bristol). M.Sc. (Cantab). Ph D. iCI.is ,. fellow it.ivallilsl.nl Naval Architects, 1 .Eng. P. Eng I \ El lOW LEY, BSc (Non.i.M.S, Ph I) iManci Associale Professors Y Ai UVEAS. B.Sc. (Istanbul Tech Univ.i, M Sc (Ne-.c Brims ;. Ph.D cMcM i Mem. A.SM E. Cooes Mem C I.R l» A B DI NWOODY B.ASc (Brit Col.l. Ph.D. ■:M.l T.i, P.Eng. M. s. GAD.M.A. B Se, M.Sc iCanoi, Ph.D. (Mam ,. I" SAssANI. B.Sc (Sharif I ntcol fee h, Tehran.i M.S. , Ph I) (Mane ). Mem A.S.M.E, fellow I Maul , PEng. G.S scidipr, BA.MA (CiiiuIk.MS, Ph.D .Calif, Berkeley i, P E- Eiu. Ing, Mem. A.s Mt, Mem s EM. Assistant Professors s I GREEN, li A.S, iToi-.j. M.S, Ph.D (Cal. led] ,. PEng. Mem A.S.M E, Mon. S.NAM i: M IIODGstiN. BSc. itions KQneen'si,.M.Sc, Ph.D. (Sdiithalnploiij, C Eng. ii. P KOVIII.l.Y, BASc, I'll. 1).! Wal j. Mem S.EM, Mem A.sM Senior Instructor I) A MeVDAM. B.Sc (Alia.I. Ph.D (Bril ! ol ,. I'.liii;. Adjunct Professors k AiiOL-,.(clIED. B.So ('(eels), M.Sc (Calif Bc-ikelei,. Ph I). (Slan.i, Mem. A.S.H.RAE P l-'ug G S Bill .AVE. Eng (Bllopal, liuliai M. Tc-rh ll.IT. Madias,. PhD iMlc! i. K. BROCKWEI.L. M.Sc (Newcastle i. H. HAWTHORNE, Ph.D (Strathc Ede). R. D. IBSCOCKS, B.A.Sc (Tor.l J KALOl.SEK.Ph.il. (McG), P.Eng. P Y. KIM, Ph.D (Oil.), P.Eng. P I. KO, Ph D. i Brit. CoL), P.Eng. A ROBB, Ph.D (Wat.). S N. ROGAK, B.A.Sc (Bill. Col.l. Ph.D (Cal.Tc. li , Department of Metals and Materials Engineering Professor and Head I R. MEADOWCROET, B.A.Sc (Bin. Co! .. i) l.C , Ph.D (Loilcl i. P.Eng, Professors J. Is BRIMACOMBE, O.C. .B.A.Sc (lint (.,,],. D.I C (Lond.,. Ph.D, D.Sc (Eng.; (Lond.), P Eng, F.R.S 1,1 T.M.S, EC I M . .Alcan Prolessor in Maicnals Process Enginceiing. E B HAA BOLT, B.ASc .MA.Sc, Ph.D (Bill. Coi i. P.Eng. •V MITCHELL, B.A , M.A, D Phil. lOxnnj, P.Eng . C Eng. NSERC lnclusiri.il Reseaich Prolessoi in Nickel .Alloy Develonmcnl I V. SAMARASF.KERA B Sc (Sri Lanka,. M Sc i Calif. I. PhD. (Bril. Coll. PEng. I) TROMANS B.Sc PhD (Leeds). Associate Professor D. It DREISINGER. B.Sc, Ph I). iQueen s), P.Eng. N. R. RISEBROUGH. li A Si, M YSc (Tor), PhD. (Bin, (oil, P.Eng Assistant Professors P V. BARR, B Sc , M.Sc (New Br.), Ph I). (Bril Col,. Plug. S 1. COCKCROIT. B.Sc, B.A.SC, M.A Sc, Ph.D (Bril. Col) D. G. DIXON. B.S, Ph.D. (Nevada). A POLRSARTIP, B.A, M.A, Ph.D. (Camabi. T. TR0CZYNSK1. B.Sc, M.Sc. (Polandi, Ph.D. (McM ). R. VMIRl. 11 Sc (London), M.A Sc , I'll D (Bnl.Col , Adjunct Professors -\ AK1ITAH B.Sc .BE. (India). Ph.D. I licit Col , W C.COOPER. 11 A. M.A. (Brit Cola Ph D. (Piin c F.C.I.C, ECLAT (,. OPREA, B.Sc, MSc, Ph.D. (Romania;. G. G. RICHARDS, B.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Bill. Col i, P Eng, Department of Mining and Mineral Process Engineering Head T. It MEADOWCROET. BA.Sc. (Brit. Cola. D.I.C, Ph.D. (Lond.). P.Eng Professors ( O BRAWNER. B.Sc. (Manic), M.Sc. (N.S.'EC i. P.Eng, M.A.I.M.E. J. S I.ASK0WSK1. BSc, M.Sc, Ph.D, D.Sc iSllesi.in l'ni\. of Technology), M.C EM, A.I.M.E, M. Amer Chem Soc, Am. Fine Panic le Socieiv A I. MITAR. BSc. M.Sc. (Mont. Sch. ol Mines,. PEng, F.C.I.M, DM.A.I.M.E. G. A. POLING. M.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta. I, P.Eng . PCTM . F.I.M.M , M A.I.M.F. Associate Professors A. E HALL. li.I'ng. (Sheffield), Ph.D. (Nona, P fag M CUM, E M.V.S, M.s.ATM.M. R. Vs LAW HENCE, B.Sc. Ph.D. (Wales), C.Eng, M.C.I M,,M.A EM.E, F.I.M.M J A MEECILBEng (Mi Gill,, M.SclEng.i, PhD. (Queen's). P Eng, F.CI M, M.I E.E.E Comp So, Assistant Professors R 0 I'.KALNIS. B.Eng iM(Gill). M.A.Sc . Ph.D l Brit (.ol i, I'Eng. M.CI.M I! POI LIN. BA.Sc. .MA.Seal, ole Polv,). Ph I) (McGiib PEng, M.C.I M Adjunct Professors M j A. BFATITE HAS,, MA.Sc, Ph.D iBni ('„; . B C IT.IMOIT BSc (S.Elaserl.M.Sc (Alta i. Ph i). (Alia i , Clllils. Bsc ,Unn oniahg.MAIM E G HAWTHORN. B Sc. (Queen's). P.Eng . M.< .1 M MA.LM I. Architecture 75 Introduction Architecture is one of several professions concerned with the human environment: the architect is educated to understand and participate in the design of the built environment. As an academic discipline, architecture relates the humanities, sciences, technology and the creative arts. To create architecture makes demands on a sound academic background and an ability in the realm of creative problem solving. It is essential therefore that all students entering the School of Architecture be academically mature and that they possess an imaginative outlook. The School thus selects students from a variety of disciplines on which to build architectural understanding and competence. The tasks undertaken by the architect today embrace areas not previously of professional concern. As part of their work of design, architects now assist in the preparation of feasibility studies, programming for building, urban design, the development of buildingsystems and the analysis of the building needs ofthe community. They are also called on to predict the efficiency and performance of materials used in building and are expected to know the effect of their buildings on people and social customs. These demands call into being new areas of research in which the physical, social and behavioural sciences and the humanities are involved. The School thus brings together in its faculty not only architects, but building scientists, engineers, historiansand others offering courses in architecture and related disciplines. The Master of Architecture (M.Arch.) program is a new- program which replaces the old Bachelor of Architecture (B.Arch.) program. The School of Architecture also offers a post-professional Master of Advanced Studies in Architecture (M.A.S.A.) degree program. Bachelor of Architecture B.Arch. Although the B.Arch. program will continue until September 1, 1999, only individuals previously admitted under the B.Arch. program are eligible. These individuals have until September 1,1999 to complete degree requirements. Individuals interested in begining a professional degree program in the field of architecture should refer to the entry under "Master of Architecture". The B.Arch. degree is a recognized professional degree designed to meet the requirements for entrance to the profession of architecture. The School also offers a post- professional graduate degree, Master of Advanced Studies in Architecture, for those persons interested in pursuing research or advanced studies in an area of specialization within the field of architecture. The Bachelor of Architecture degree program is of three years' duration for students in full-time attendance during Winter Session; students .studying on a part-time basis will need more than three years to fulfil degree requirements. Students may be advised to interrupt their academic studies at the end of first or second year for a prescribed period in order to experience conditions in practice, or take part in construction work, or to travel in countries outside Canada. When appropriate arrangements can be made, the School will offer, Study Abroad program whereby approximately 20 second- or third-year students will travel to a selected location and, under the direction of faculty from this School and the host country, will undertake a full term's work, including design tutorials, lectures, and field trips. The School of Architecture A School within the Faculty of Applied Science. The School of Architecture offers the following degrees: * Bachelor of Architecture (BArch.) - a three-year professional program requiring a first degree for admission (to be phased out by 1999, no new students accepted). * Master of Architecture (MArch.)- a three-year professional graduate program replacing the BArch. degree effective September 1993- " Master of Advanced Studies in Architecture (M.A.S.A.) - a post-professional graduate program. These programs require planning well in advance ofthe leavi rig date, and every effort is made to give the students adequate lead time to make their own arrangements. Students interested in participating in this unique program must be prepared to meet the considerable extra expenses involved. For information on the Master of Advanced Studies in Architecture degree program at The University of British Columbia, please refer to the Faculty of Graduate Studies section of the Calendar. Re-admission Students previously registered in the School of Architecture who were not registered in the immediately preceding winter session must make application for readmission through the Registrar's Office not later than June 15 or by December 1 for the second term. Students registering in the School of Architecture after a period of absence are subject to the regulations and degree requirements in effect at the time of re-registering. Any deviation from these regulations and requirements must be approved by the Director. Program of Study Instruction in the School is offered through several types of courses: 1) The Introductory Workshop, given to all new students entering the program, for a period of approximately two weeks prior to Labour Day; involves the study of selected environments in the form of an extended fie d trip 2) Lecture Courses and Seminars 3) Design Tutorial Courses based on individual instruction using the project method. The student develops designs and communicates ideas through drawing for projects which may be hypothetical, or proposals for actual projects and sites. Students are expected to present and defend their proposals in the course of critical dialogue with faculty, visiting professionals, and their peers during reviews. To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Architecture a student must complete .satisfactorily a minimum of 110 credits of course work selected on the basis of the following program of study: Throe Required Workshop Courses Course Credits ARCH 406 2 Introductory Workshop ARCH 411 0 Computer Workshop ARCH 412 2 Techniques Workshop Total 4 Fourteen Required Lecture Courses Course Credits ARCH 404 .. Architectural History' ARCH 405 3 Architectural History' ARCH 413 3 Introduction to Issues and Ideas in Architecture one of: ARCH 424 3 Historyof Urban Form or 42S History of Urban Planning: Workshop or 445 Current Theories of Architecture or 446 Current issues in Architecture or 448 History of Theories of Architecture ARCH 409 3 Introduction to the Behavioural Basis of Design' ARCH 416 3 Architectural Structures 1' ARCH 422 1 Project Costing ARCH 423 3 Process and Practice of Architecture 1' ARCH 426 3 Architectural Technology 1' ARCH 427 3 Architectural Technology 2 ARCH 436 3 Architectural Structures 2 ARCH 452 3 Environmental Control Systems 1' ARCH 454 3 Environmental Control Systems 2 ARCH 498 3 Graduation Project, Report Preparation Total 40 ' These courses are a prerequisite to more advanced level courses and should therefore be completed in the first and second year of the program ARCH412,413, and 426aretaken concurrently with ARCH 400 design tutorial. Six: Design Courses Course Credits ARCH 400 9 Arch Design 1A ARCH 401 9 Arch Design IB ARCH 420 9 Arch Design 2A ARCH 421 9 Arch Design 2B ARCH 440 9 Arch Design 3A ARCH 499 9 Graduation Project: Part 2 Total 54 Four Elective Courses normally selected from the following list: Course Credits ARCH 40? 3 Research Methods in Arch Evaluation ARCH 408 3 Social Aspects of Arch Space ARCH 410 3 Arch Graphics ARCH 417 3 Computer Applications 1 ARCH 419 3 Computer Applications 2 76 Architecture ARCH 421 3 Historyof Urban Form ARCH 425 3 History of Urban Planning: Workshop ARCH 430 3 Arch Acoustics ARCH 431 3 Light, Colour, and Space ARCH 442 3 Housing and Community ARCH 445 3 Current Theories of Arch ARCH 446 .3 Contemporary Issues in Arch ARCH 417 3 Urhan Design Workshop ARCH 448 3 Histoiy of Theories of Arch ARCH 450 3 Design Management ARCH 451 3 Process and Practice of Arch 2 ARCH 455 3 Energy and Building Design ARCH 456 3 Structures: Special Topics ARCH 458 3 Arch Seminar ARCH 459 3 Directed Studies ARCH 471 3 Meaning in Arch ARCH 472 3 Meaning and Behaviour in the landscape ARCH 474 3 Introduction to Facilities Planning ARCH 485 3 Special Topics in Arch Technology Total 12 Program Total 110 Note: Astudent who enrols in the Study Abroad Program in a year may substitute ARCH -l6l (Study of Architecture Abroad) for nine credits of electives and ARCH 460 (Design Abroad) for one ofthe nine-credit tutorial courses in ARCH 420,421 or 440, so as to make up a full term's work abroad. A student who has valid credit for a course similar to a required lecture course in this program may with faculty approval take an extra elective course in lieu of that required course, but still must complete a total of 110 credits in this program. In addition, with the approval of a designated faculty adviser, a student mav substitute a course or courses offered by another Department for nor more than two electives, providing the course(s) can be shown to be relevant to the program. Course descriptions are to be found in the alphabetical listings of the Departmental offerings in the Calendar. See the School Handbook for more complete details, including term, time, and location of courses. Standing and Promotion A student must: 1) Attain a mark of at least 65% in ARCH 400. ARCH 440, and ARCH 499, and at least .0% in all other tutorials and courses. 2) Attain an average mark of at least 65% over each term's work. This applies to courses taken in all terms and sessions. 3) On completion of ARCH 421, submit a portfolio including work from ARCH 400, ARCH 401, ARCH 420, and ARCH 421 (ARCH 460 if applicable) for review by the faculty. Should a student not attain a 65% mark in ARCH 400, the following conditions would apply: 1) If the mark is less than 50% then the student is required to withdraw from the program for eight months and retake ARCH 400 in a subsequent Fall Term. 2) If the mark is between 50% and 65%. then the student will not be given credit for the ARCH 400. The student will be required to re-register for ARCH 400 in the following term. Should a student not attain a 65% mark in ARCH 440, then the student must repeat the tutorial. Should a student not attain an average of 65% for a term's work the student will lose credit for those courses in which a grade of less than 65% was achieved. Under special circumstances studenls will be granted the oppor tunity to undertake supplementary work in a course to raise their average to 65%. Failure to attain any of the above requirements after two consecutive attempts will require that the student withdraw from the program for 12 months. Failure to attain any of the above requirements in a total of three attempts will require a student to withdraw from the School, and the student will not be allowed to reregister in the program. Faculty approval is required, based on a portfolio including work from ARCH 400, 401, 420, and 421 submitted on completion of ARCH 421, before a student may register in ARCH 440. If this approval is nol given, the student will be required to re-register in ARCH 421. The criteria lo be used in determining faculty approval will be: overall academic standing in design; design ability in a broad range of design topics and demonstration of a "state of readiness" toproceed with the Graduation Project. Those students who have not maintained an average grade for ARCH -iOO, ARCH 401, ARCH 420, and ARCH 421 of 65% may be required to repeal ARCH 421. Other students may be advised to repeat ARCH 421. Graduation Project Special requirements and conditions apply to the Graduation Project, which includes both ARCH 498 and ARCH 499. Part 1 (ARCH 498): Research, Preparation and Definition of the Graduation Project In order to enrol in ARCH 498, a student must have successfully completed all the requirements for second year. Each student enrolled in ARCH 498 will select a member of faculty from a published list to act as a Mentor for the project. The Mentor must approve the topic and agree on the approach. A Statement of Intent, approved by the Mentor, must be submitted by the end ofthe first week of term. A Proposal for a specific project, approved by the Mentor, must be submitted by the end of the seventh week of term. The ARC11498 Report is due on the last day of course work for the term. The ARCH 498 Report mus! be completed in one term and a grade assigned prior to the marks meeting of that term. Should the work be incomplete a fail grade will automatically be assigned, 'fhe student may then re-register for ARCH 498 in the following term. If the ARCH 498 Report is not completed and graded with a satisfactory standing al the end of the term in which it was started, the student may not proceed with ARCH 499 in the following term. Failure to complete ARCH 498 after two attempts will require thai the student withdraw from the program for 12 months. Part 2 (ARCH 499): Design and Presentation of the Graduation Project No student will be permitted to proceed with ARCH 499 until the student has passed ARCH 498 and reduced any outstanding course requirements to a maximum of 18 credits. Each student enrolled in ARCH 499 shall work under the supervision of a Committee, the Chair of which will normally be the Mentor from ARCH 498, or else a member ofthe faculty chosen from lhe published list. The student. with the approval ofthe Chair, will select two additional members for the Committee who may be from the School faculty or the community at large. Under the direction of the Chair, the student will call a minimum of four meetings ofthe Committeeat appropriate stages ofthe project to review progress. At the First Meeting of the Committee, the terms of reference for the project and the expectations ofthe Committee will be defined. At the Term-End Meeting, to be held by the last day of course work for the term, the Committee will determine whether the project is substantially complete, and is to be prepared for presentation. At the Term-End Meeting the following conditions apply: students whose work is judged to be substantially complete and of acceptable quality will be required to make a public presentation of their work at the Final Review on a date scheduled by the School. Work that is not of an acceptable standard will be assigned a fail grade. Should the Committee decide that the project is not substantially complete it may either assign a fail grade or, alternatively, it may give the student permission to work on the project for one additional term. If the student wishes this extension, he must make a presentation to the Committee and an assigned group of faculty and request an extension. Ai this time the Committee may, only with the agreement of the assigned faculty, allow the student to continue work on the project. The student must complete the project by the end of that term or else a fail grade will be assigned All studenls eligible to do so must exhibit their projects at the Preview Exhibition scheduled just prior to Final Review. Students whose substantially complete projects are considered by their Committee to be inadequately presented may not be allowed to proceed to Final Review, and will be required to upgrade the presentation for the next Preview Exhibition. At the Final Review, the grade for ARCH 499 will be established by the Committee in consultation with the assigned group of faculty and guest critic, immediately following the public presentation. In order to obtain credit for the course, the student must attain a mark of not less than 65%.. To complete the requirements for graduation, the work in the courses, ARCH 498 and 499, including reductions of all the presentation drawings, must be summarized and put together in a single Report on the Graduation Project. One copy ofthe approved Report, initialled by the Chair of the student's Committee, must be deposited in the School Office by the specified date for file in the School of Architecture Reading Room, Failure to submit an approved report by the specified date will prevent the student from graduation at that convocation. If a fail grade or no credit is assigned for ARCH 499, the student will be required to withdraw from the School for a minimum period of twelve months. The student may then re-register for ARCH 499 and begin again with a new topic, Mentor, and Committee. It will be necessary for the student to undertake preparatory work acceptable to the new Committee Chair without credit, prior to re-registering. Failure to attain the necessary requirements after repeating ARCH 499 will require the student to withdraw from the School, and the student will not be allowed to reregister in the program. Should the program not be completed in six calendar years from the date of first registering in the School, the student must appeal for permission to re-enrol. Such an appeal will be granted only after it has been reviewed bv the Director ofthe School of Architecture. Architecture 77 Honours Standing At graduation, successful candidates will be graded as follows: First Class, an average of 80% or over; Second Class, 65% lo 79%. Honours standing will be granted to a student who has obtained an over-all average of 80% or over in the Final Year and 75% or over during the two previous years with no subject below 50%. Portfolio All students are required to keep a portfolio of their work in each tutorial for review by faculty at the end of each term in which the tutorial is held. The portfolio must contain, at a minimum, all the presentation drawings from each project in a tutorial, but these maybe reproductions of originals. The portfolio is to be kept available for review in case of an appeal of grade in the tutorials or other dispute regarding the student's standing. Advanced Standing Depending on previous experience and success in both studio and course work, in certain circumstances students may be given advanced standing in the program. This will be on a course for course basis and normally onlv granted when valid University level credit has been obtained at another institution in the subject area concerned and the School is satisfied that the work is equivalent. Advanced standing will not be considered until the student has successfully completed one year in the program, and only then on the recommendation of the student's adviser and current tutorial Chair. External Courses Students may undertake courses outside the School of Architecture for credit toward their degree. Such courses must be demonstrated to be relevant to the student's program of study. Students must submit the request for permission to enrol in the course, in writing, to the Standing and Promotions Committee. Credit will be granted on presenting a valid transcript from the institution concerned. Except for special circumstances, the limit on external courses is six credits. Supplementary Work No Supplementary work is available in tutorials. For courses other than tutorials, the normal universitv regulations apply. Only in exceptional circumstances will a student be allowed to undertake supplementary work in those other Architecture courses which are assessed on a continuing basis throughout the term. Evaluations and Appeals In the event that a student disagrees with the evaluation for a particular course, the student should first consult the faculty member in question and then, if necessary, seek the advice ofthe Chair ofthe Standings and Promotions Committee. If a re-read of a course examination is requested, the student should follow the normal university procedure. In the event that a student disagrees with the evaluation in a design tutorial, a student should: 11 Consult the design tutors involved, and then, if still not satisfied, formally request in writing to the Director that an Appeal Committee be established to hear the case. This request will only be granted if it occurs within one week of the student formally receiving the grade, and will not be granted if. in the intetim. the student has enrolled in and completed an adtlitional tutorial. The tutorial Appeals Committee will consist of three ofthe full-time design tutors plus the Director, ex-officio, and it will have the authority to interview all persons involved and to recommend to the Director that the grade be affirmed or changed. The decision of the Director shall be final with respect to the academic aspect of the appeal. 2) If the student is not satisfied with respect to procedure or feels unjustly dealt with, the student can appeal further through the Registrar to the Senate Committee on Appeals on Academic Standing. Practical Experience In the summer months students are encouraged to gain practical experience in areas closely related to their interests in the School. Travelling is encouraged, orworkin an architect's, engineer's, landscape architect's or planner's office. Alternatively, research is suggested at a university or with a public or private organization. Experience in the field of construction is also recommended. The School will advise the student whenever possible. Professional Registration The practice of architecture in Canada is governed by legislation enacted by the Provinces. The Architectural Profession Act in British Columbia, prescribes the qualifications for membership including academic and experience requiremenis. Legal protection ofthe title "Architect" is contained in the Architectural Profession Act. The architectural profession has undergone significant changes in both structure and operation particularly with respect to the objectives, standards, and procedures affecting admission to the profession. The first of these developments relates to academic qualifications. The ProvincialAssociations (except Quebec) have established the Canadian Architectural Certification Board which administers a national program of academic certification and which has been adopted as a pre-requisite to registration in each of the Provinces. The Architectural Act in B.C. requires a minimum of three years of experience in the employ of an architect subsequent to certification. During this Internship' period, candidates are required to enrol in the Architect-In-Training Program administered by the Examining Board ofthe A.I.B.C. Passing the prescribed Registration Examinations comprises the final stage of the registration process. Students are encouraged to make contact with the profession by applying for admission as "Student Associate Members'' in both the Provincial Association and in the Royal Architectural Institute of Canada. Interested students should contact the offices of the Architectural Institute of British Columbia at 103-131 Water Street, Vancouver, B.C., V6B 4M3 to obtain full particulars concerning student memberships in the A.I.B.C. as well as the academic and other requirements governing admission to the profession in British Columbia. Anticipated Expenses Involved Apal from the cos; of living and tuition, certain additional expenses must be anticipated to cover books, equipment, printing costs and ARCH 406, Introductory Workshop. Students electing to participate in the Study Abroad program must be prepared to meet further expenses. Master of Architecture M.Arch. Effective September 1,1993. The Master of Architecture degree program is of three years' duration for students in full-time attendance during the Winter Session; students studying on a part-time basis will need more than three years to fulfill degree requirements. Students may be advised to interrupt their academic studies at the end ofthe first or second year and withdraw for a prescribed period in order to experience conditions in practice or to travel in countries outside Canada. When appropriate arrangements can be made, the School will offera Study Abroad program whereby approximately 20 students from the second and third years will travel to a selected location and, under the direction of faculty from: this School and the host country, undertake a full term's work, including design tutorials, lectures, and field trips. These programs require planning well in advance of the departure date; every effort is made to give the students adequate lead time to make their own arrangements. Students interested in participating in this unique program must be prepared to meet the considerable extra expenses involved. Admission Students entering the program should demonstrate interest and potential in the broad field ofthe creative arts and architecture. Prior instruction and experience in the arts, crafts, or other design oriented activities, with emphasis on visual communication in various media, is extremely valuable. Similarly the selection of university courses covering a broad range of studies in the arts, humanities and social sciences on the one hand and the physical and applied sciences on the other, offers a desirable breadth and mix of academic experience. Irrespective of specific degree requirements within various faculties or universities, the School of Architecture considers it desirable that entering students have completed university-level course-work in mathematics, English literature and composition, and a survey course in architectural history. For students seeking general information and guidance in preparation for entry to the School, a brochure entitled Information for Prospective Students is available from the School on request. Candidates for admission will be of two types: (1) those holding a Bachelor's degree from a recognized university who have achieved First Class standing (80% and above) in at least 12 credits of course work and at least an upper second class standing (74% to 79%) in the remainder of the course work in the last two years of undergraduate study, or their equivalent in the case of a student completing the undergraduate program on a part-time basis; (2) in special circumstances, designers who demonstrate advanced artistic achievement and would benefit from the program. Applicants must demonstrate aptitude for the study of architecture and creative potential. Applicants must submit all of the following by February 15 (except as specified in point 2 below): 1) Two application forms - (ai 'Application for Admission to the School of Architecture' and (b) 'Application for Admission to Graduate Studies.' 2) Two official transcripts of all post-secondary study completed to date, including mid-year (December) grades, should accompany the application or be forwarded to the School no later than February 15. An 78 Architecture evaluation will be made on the basis of these transcripts and a letter of conditional acceptance mav then be issued. To satisfy the conditions of acceptance, two official transcripts confirming that the degree has been awarded must then be received bv the School no later than June 30. 3) A brief biographical summary, including chronology and description of education, travel and work experience. 4) A portfolio containing evidence of creative work consisting of original sketches, drawings, paintings, sculpture, crafts, photography or other similar work. Adcli- tional information and instructions pertaining to the presentation of this portfolio is given in the 'Information for Prospective Students' brochure issued by the School. 5) A Statement of Interest outlining the reasons for wishing to study architecture and why the applicant has chosen the School of Architecture at The University of British Columbia. 6) Three confidential letters of reference from persons familiar with the applicants experience, interests and abilities relevant to the study of architecture. These must be sent directly to the School of Architecture by the writers. Some applicants who meet entrance requirements mav not be accepted because of limitations in the number of available places. Ail admissions must be approved by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. All applicants to the School should note that a workshop course is mandatory for entering students. This workshop course is an integral part ofthe design program in first year. It is normally of two weeks duration and commences about mid-August. Dates and other particulars concerning the workshop course are normally provided with the letter of acceptance. Students who are unable to attend the complete workshop course or who fail to remit the course fee by the prescribed time will have their admission cancelled. A workshop fee of $450 is payable within two weeks of the date of an applicants's acceptance of admission. After this time, no refund is possible. I Students accepted for admission to the School who subsequently find that they are unable to attend must reapply for admission at a later date. A student whose application is rejected may seek the advice of the School before submitting a new application. The advice may include pursuit of academic studies or of specific kinds of experience. Re-lnstatement Students in good standing who interrupt their si tidies by not registering in one or more Winter Sessions must make application through the School Office not later than March 31 (April 30 forstudents from Canada and the U.S.) for September re-instatemetit or by October 1 (November 1 for Canadian and U.S. students for January reinstatement. All re-instatements must be approved by the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Studenls are subject to the time limits of Master's pr< igrams detailed in the Graduate Studies section of the Calendar. Students registering in the School of Architecture after a period of absence are subject to the regulations and degree requirements in effect at the time of re-registering. Any deviation from these regulations and requirements must be approved by the Diret tor. Program of Study Instruction in the School is offered through several types of courses: 1) The Introductory Workshop, given lo all new students entering the program, fora period of about iwo weeks prior io Labour Dav, involves the study of selected envtronmenis in the form of an extended field trip. 21 Lecture Courses and Seminars 3) Design Tutorial Courses based on individual instruction using the prujeci method. The student develops designs and communicates ideas through drawing for projects which may be hypothetical, or proposals for actual projects and sites. Students are expected to present and defend iheir proposals in the course oft vitica! dialogue with faculty, visiting professionals and their peers during reviews. To qualify for the degree ol Master of Architecture an incoming sludent must complete .satisfactorily a minimum of 119 credits of course work selected on the basis ofthe following program of study: Two Required Workshop Courses Course Credits ARCH 502 2 Introductory Workshop ARCH Sis 2 Teihni.[i:cs Workshop Total 4 Fourteen Required Lecture Courses Course Credits ARCH 503 3 LntrixliK tion to Issues ancl Ideas in Architecture ARCH 504 3 Architectural IlismrV ARCH 50s 3 Architectural History AKCH 509 3 Introduction of the Behavioural Basis of Design Arch 511 3 Architectural Technology L Arch 512 3 An hiiei lurai Structures V Arch 5L3 3 Fiivironnienta! Svsienis and Conti'ols 1 one of: ARCH 522 3 Current Issues in Archiiec.ture or 523 Current Theories of Arcintecture or 52a History of Urban Form or 526 Historv of Theories of Architecture or 538 Study uf Architecture Abroad (includes 2 ARCH 5.11 3 Architei ttinii Todmoiogv 2 ARCH 532 3 Arciiiicuurai Siiuctiircs2 ARCH 533 3 linvironinenial Systems and Controls 2 ARCH 5-tl 3 Pro. ess and Practice of A:\hiteclure 1 ARCH 542 1 Projeci Costing ARCH 548 3 Graduation Project, Report Preparation Total 40 : These courses are a pRacajinsiie in mure advanced level courses and should therefore he completed in lhe firsl and second year of the program. ARCH 503.51 Land 5 iSaretakenniiic'im-ntlt with ARCH 5110 design tutorial. Six Design Courses Course Credits ARCH 500 9 ArchlVac;!! LA ARCH 50! 9 Arch Design 111 ARCH 520 " Arch Design 2A ARCH 521 9 Ar<h Design 211 ARCH 54(1 9 Arch Designs.. ARCH 5l<) 9 (Ir.idiijiii.-n l'io|... t. Design Total 54 Seven Elective Courses which may be selected from the following fist: Course Credits ARCH 511' 1 Coiiipiiici y.i.lcauous 1 ARCH 522 3 Curiam cv«a a Aiaiineiaiire ARCH 523 i ' area I in ones ol An hilectuiv ARCH 524 3 llcliiis •.; Lilian harm ARCH 525 3 Ibsioi. at Crnan Planning: VCorkshop •\HC.II 52n 1 then ,„ i'hc.ricMii'Aichiieitiire .RCH 52~ 1 Mcaune hi Amnio, lure ARCH 52K 5 Meaning id IVnacor in :be Landscape ARCH 529 3 Innacic •. iaaiines i'lanniiia ARCH 511) 1 I rban Design Workshop ARCH 53i 3 Light, Color and Space ARCH 51s" 3 Energy and Building Design ARCH 5y 1 Computer Applications 2 ARCH 5 f.l 3 Housing and Community ARCH sci 3 Architecture Seminar ARCH 5a5 Sii Directed Study ARC i I 595 3 Planning the Residential Rnvironment ARCH 5(iS .1 Research Methods in Architecture ARCH 5'. i 5 Behavioral Aspects of [he Life Cycle ARCH sal i Seminar on Building Technology ARCH 5"2 3 Advanced Structures ARCH 5~5 3 Advanced Building Science ARCH 5~~ 5 Advanced Computer Applications Total 21 Program Total 119 Note: A student who enrols in the Study Abroatl Program in a vear mav substitute ARCH 538 (Study of Architecture Abroad) for nine credits of electives (or six credits of electives and three credits of required history/theory), and ARCH .39 Design Abroad for one of fhe nine-credit tub vial courses in ARCH 520,521 or 5-'i0, so as to make up a lull term's work abroad. A student who has valid credit for a course similar to a required lecture course in this program may take an exira eleclive course in lieu of that required course, but still must complete a total of 119 credits in this program. Students may undertake courses outside the School of Architecture for credit toward their degree. Such courses musl be demonstrated to be relevant to the student's program of study. Students must submit the request lot permission to enrol in the course for credit towards the M.Arch. degree, in writing, to the Standing and Promotions Committee. Credit will be granted on presenting a valid transcript from the institution concerned. Course descriptions are to be found in the alphabetical listings ofthe Departmental offerings in the Calendar. See the School Handbook for more complete details, including term, lime, and location of courses. Standing and Promotion A student must' 1) Obtain at least 60". in anv course taken in the program for a sludent to be granted Pass standing. However, onlv 18 credits of Pass standing may be counted towards the program; for all other courses credited lo the program, at least 68% must be obtained. 2) Obtain at ieast 68% in ARCH 500, ARCH 540 and ARCH 548. Should at student not attain a 68% mark in Arch 500, the following conditions would apply: a) it the mark is less than 60% then the student is required to withdraw from the program for eight months and retake ARC11500 in a subsequent hall Term; bt If the mark is between 60% and 68% then the studenl will not be given credit for ARCH 500. The student will he required to re-register for ARCH 500 in the following term. Should a sludent not attain a 68% mark in ARCH 540. then the sludent musl repeat the tutorial. Failure to obtain credit for a total of three tutorials will require the siudeni lo withdraw from the School and lhe student will nol be allowed io re-register in the program. Fourth Term Review. Faculty approval is required, based on a portfolio including work from ARCH 500. 501, 520 and 521 submitted on completion of ARCH 521, before a student mav proceed to ARCH 5a0. If this approval is nol given, the student will be required to re-register in Architecture 79 ARCH 521. The criteria to be used in determining faculty approval will be: overall academic standing in design; design ability in a broad range of design topics ancl demonstration of a 'state of readiness' to proceed with the Graduation Project. Those students who have not maintained an average grade for ARCH 500, ARCH 501, ARCH 520 and ARCH 521 (or ARCH 539 if applicable) of 68% may he required to repeat ARCH 521. Other students mav be advised to repeat ARCH 521 Graduation Project Special requirements and conditions applv «> the Graduation Project, which includes hi >th ARCH 54. and ARCH 549. Part 1 (ARCH 548): Research, Preparation and Definition of the Graduation Project In order to enrol in ARCH 548, a sludent must have successfully completed all the requirements tor second year, each student enrolled in ARCH 5i8 will select a member i if faculty from a published list to act as a Mentor for the project. The Mentor must approve the topic and agree on the approach A Statement of Intent, approved by the Mentor, must be submitted by the end of the first week of term. A, Proposal for a specific project, approved by the Mentor, must be submitted bv the end of the seventh yveek of term. The ARCH 548 Report is due on the last day of course work for the term. The ARCH 5a8 Report must be completed in one term and a grade assigned prior to the marks meeting of that term. Should the work be incomplete a fail grade will automatically be assigned. The student may then re-register for ARCH 518 in the following term. If ihe ARCH 548 Report is not graded with a satisfactory standingat the end ofthe term in which it was started, the student may not proceed with ARCH 549 in the following term. Failure to complete ARCFI 519 after two attempts will require that the student withdraw from the program for 12 months. Part 2 (ARCH 549): Design and Presentation of the Graduation Project No .student will be permitted to proceed with ARCH 549 until the student has passed ARCH 548 and reduced any outstanding course requirements to a maximum of 18 credits. Each student enrolled in ARCH 519 shall work under the supervision of a Committee, the Chair of which will normally be the Mentor from ARC! 1 5i8, or else a member ofthe full-time facully chosen from the published list. The student, with the approval ofthe Chair, will select two additional members for the Committee who may be from the School faculty or the community at large. Under the direction ofthe Chair, the student will call a minimum of four meetings ofthe Committee at appropriate stages ol the project to review progress. At the First Meeting ofthe Committee, the terms of reference for the project and the expectations of the Committee will be defined. At the Term-End Meeting, to be held bv the last dav of course work for the term, the Committee will determine whether the project is substantially complete and is to be prepared for public presentation. At the Term-End Meeting the following conditions apply: students whose work is judged to be substantially com plete and of acceptable quality will be required to make a public presentation of their work at the Final Review on a date scheduled by the School. Work that is not of an acceptable standard will be assigned a fail grade. Should the Committee decide that the project is not substantially com plete it may either assign a fail grade or, alternatively, it may request that the student be given permission to work on the project for one additional term. If the student wishes this extension of time, he must make a presentation to the Committee and an assigned group of faculty. At this time the Committee may, only with the agreement of the assigned faculty, allow the student to continue work on the project. The student must complete the proiect by the ertl of that term or else a fail grade will be assigned. All students eliginle to do so must exhibit their projects at the Preview Exhibition scheduled just prior to Final Review. Students whose substantially complete projects are considered by their Committee to be inadequately presented may not be allowed to proceed to Final Review, and will be required to upgrade the presentation for the next Preview Exhibition. At the Final Review, the grade for ARCH 549 will be established by the Committee in consultation with the assigned group of faculty and guest critic, immediately following the public presentation. In order to obtain credit for the course, the student must attain a mark of not less than 68%. To complete the requirements for graduation, the work in the courses, ARCH 548 and 549, including reductions of al! the presentation drawings, must be summarized and put together in a single Report on the Graduation Project. One copy of the approved Report, initialled by the Chair or the student's Committee, must be deposited in the School Office by the specified date for file in the School of Architecture Reading Room. Failure to submit an approved report by the specified date will prevent the student from graduation at that convocation. If a fail grade or no credit is assigned for ARCH 549, the student will be required to withdraw from the School for a minimum period of twelve months. The student may then re-register for ARCH 549 and begin again with a new topic, Mentor and Committee. It will be necessary for the student to undertake preparatory work acceptable to the new Committee Chair without credit, prior to re-registering. Failure to attain the necessary requirements after repeating ARCFI 549 will require the student to withdraw from the School, and the student will not be allowed to reregister in the program. Should the program not be completed in six calendar years from the date of first registering in the School, the student must appeal for permission to re-enrol. Such an appeal will he granted only after it has been reviewed bythe Director of the School of Architecture and the Dean of Graduate Studies. Honours Standing Astudent who has obtained an over-all average of 8096 or over in the Final Year and 75% or over during the two previous years with no subject below 60% will be recognized by the School to have attained Honors Standing. This standing is not an official component of the University grading system. Portfolio All students are required to keep a portfolio of their work in each tutorial for review by faculty at the end of each term in which the tutorial is held. The portfolio must contain, at a minimum, all the presentation drawings from each project in a tutorial, but these may be reproductions of originals and photographs of other presentation materials such as models, etc. The portfolio is to be kept available for review in case of an appeal of grade in the tutorials or other dispute regarding the student's standing Advanced Standing Depending on previous experience and success in both studio and course work, in certain circumstances students may be given advanced standing in the program. This will beonaeourse for course basis and normally only granted when valid University-level credit has been obtained at another institution in the subject area concerned and the School is satisfied that the work is equivalent. Advanced standing will be considered only on the recommendation of the student's adviser and current tutorial Chair and the approval of the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Supplementary Work No Supplementary work is available in tutorials. For courses other than tutorials, the normal university regulations apply. Only in exceptional circumstances will a student be allowed to undertake supplementary work in those other Architecture courses which are assessed on a continuing basis throughout the term. Evaluations and Appeals In the event that a student disagrees with the evaluation for a particular course, the student should first consult the faculty member in question and then, if necessary, seek the advice ofthe Chair ofthe Standings and Promotions Committee. If a re-read of a course examination is requested, the student should follow the normal university procedure. In the event that a student disagrees with the evaluation in a design tutorial, a student should: 1) Consult the design tutors involved, and then, if still not satisfied, formally request in writing to the director that an appeal committee be established to hear the case. This request will only be granted if it occurs wathin one week from the lime the marks are posted in the School and will not be granted if, in the interim, the student has enrolled in and completed an additional tutorial. The tutorial appeals committee will consist of three ofthe full-time design tutors plus the Director, ex-officio, and it will have the authority to interview all persons involved and to recommend to the director that the grade be affirmed or changed. The decision of the Director shall be final with respect to the academic aspect of the appeal. .Any change of grade must be approved by the Dean ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies. 2) If the student is not satisfietl with respect to procedure or feels unjustly dealt with, the student can appeal further through the Registrar to the Senate Committee on Appeals on Academic Standing. Practical Experience In the summer months students are encouraged to gain practical experience in areas closely related to their interests in the School. Travelling is encouraged, or work in an architect's, engineer's, landscape architect's or planner's office. Alternatively, research is suggested at a university orwith a public or private organization. Experience in the field of construction is also recommended. The School will advise the student whenever possible. 80 Architecture Professional Registration The practice of architecture in Canada is governed by legislation enacted by the Provinces. The Architectural Profession Act in British Columbia prescribes the qualifications for membership including academic and experience requirements. Legal protection of the title "Architect" is contained in ihe Architectural Profession Act. The architectural profession has undergone significanl changes in both structure and operation particularly with respect to the objectives, standards and procedures affecting admission to the profession. The first of these developments relates to academic qualifications. The Provincial Associations (except Quebec j have established the Canadian Architectural Certification Board which administers a national program of academic certification and which has been adopted as a pre-requisite to registration in each ofthe Provinces. The Architectural Act in B.C. requires a minimum of three years of experience in the employ of an architect subsequent to certification. During this 'internship' period, candidates are required to enrol in the Architect-In-Training Program administered by the Examining Board of the A.I.B.C. Passing the prescribed Registration Examinations comprises the final stage of the registration process. Students are encouraged to make coniact with the profession by applying for admission as "Student Associate Members" in both the Provincial Association arid in the Royal Architectural Institute of Canada. Interested students should contact the offices of the Architectural Institute of British Columbia at 103-131 Water Street. Vancouver, B.C., V6B 4M3 to obtain full particulars concerning student memberships in the A.I.B.C. as well as the academic and other requiremenls governing admission lo the profession in British Columbia. Anticipated Expenses Involved Apart from the cost of living and tuition, certain additional expenses must be anticipated lo coverbooks, equipment, Itilroductory Workshop (ARCH 502), the computer lab and the materials shop. Students electing to participate in lhe Study Abroad program must be prepared to meet further expenses. Master of Advanced Studies in Architecture M.A.S.A. See Faculty of Graduate Studies Academic Staff Professor and Director SANFORD 1I1RSHEY A.B . II.Arclc .Cola, F A.I A.. M.A.I.B.C., M R.A.I.C. Professor RAYMOND J COLL. B.Sc. (Civ Lai;; j (Chi I uiutsiiv London). Ph.D. (Vale, i Associate Professors ANDREW. GREET. BArch (Gape T.I. M.R.A.I.C . M.A I.B C. PATRICIA PATKAL. II.I.Da Maun.!, VI An h. (YaleI, M.R.A.I.C. M.A.I.ILC MOL'R.A (IIIAVLE. II LA. (Gileiph) M.L.A (Calif., Berkeley), M.B.CS.i-A.,F.C.S.I.,A..M( .FLA. RONALD B. WAI.KFY. II Arch (Bril Cola, ,V1 Arch. (Calif., Berkeley), M.R.A.I C. |ER. Y VCOJTOWIO/.. B.Arch. llloii.) (Manna, M.Arch.. Dr.Des. (Han-.). M.O.A.A..MA.IIJC WOODRUFF Vi'. WOOD. BArch. (Oregon). M.A i.B.G. F.R.A.l.C, B.C.S.L.A (lion.I Assistant Professors LINDA D. BROCK. It AaMuiitanal, M Arch (I'lah). M.Dcs.S (Bldg Techn.) (Hare), Reg.Arch. U.S.A. JOHN A. GA1TANAK1S. B.Arch.. M.Arch. (Oregon). M.A LB C , M.R.A.I.C. Reg.Arch. L.S.A., M.N.A.L (Noivvav). DINO P. RAPANOS, B.Arch.. M.Arch. (Brit. Col.l, M.A.I.B.C. jOFI. SHACK, B.Arch. (Tor.), M O.A.A. GEORGE S. W AGNFR, B.A. (Bard College, NY.), VI Arch. (Wash.) DEBORAH F B. WF1NFR B.A., M A. iCalif., Beikelcvl. M.A. (Calif, )__i Angeles), Ph.D. iPnnc.l Senior Instructor STEPHEN I. TAYLOR. B.A.Si. (Bril. Coi), M.S. iC.il. lei h.i. P.Fng., A.P.E.B.C. Adjunct Professors (1993/94) GLENN IIARDIE, M.Fil. (Bill Co! ). F.H.I.C.S. SHELAGII LINDSEY, B.A. (Tor i, M.A., Dipl. Fricic T.V. cSian.l. SIIERRY.McKAV, BA..M.A (Bin Cola BRIAN PALMOLIST, li Si . (Arch.), B.Arch. l.McGa, M.A.I.B.C. M.R.ALC.M.OAA XWANFTTF PFRFBOOM 11 Sc M.Arch.. 1.1 B (Bril. Oil ). M.L.S B.C.. M.A.I B.C. M.R A.I.C WILLIAM THOMSON, Mech. Fug. Dipl (Chelsea Poluechiiical, London), Sessional Lecturers (1. 93/94) .IOOST BAKKFR, II A. (Trimly College - Toninloi, B.Arch. (Holl.) (Toronto), M.A.I.B C. M.C! A.A . M.R A.I.C. BRLCFCARSCADDFN, ILArch (Bril. Cola, B F.A. (Calg.), M.A.I.B.C. IAN CARTER, B.A.'h. (Macintosh, Gldsgou I, M.A.I.B.C, M.R.A.I.C. BRFN11.A CLARK, B.A., B.Arch. i Bril. Cola. M.A.I.B.C SHLLLFYCRAIG, B.F.S. (Wata, A.A. Dipl ll.oiida, M A.I.B.C. BOIIEIIW'El.L ll.HS clanila A.A. Dipl (Loud l. M.A.I.B C. FREDA I'AGANl, B.Arch. IStiath. lyric, Glasgow), MFS (York), M A.I.B.C, M.R.A.I.C. JEFF VASEY. BArch. (W.il.i. Arts 81 Admission Admission requirements are specified in the General Information section of the Calendar (see Index under "Admission to the University"). Advanced Credit and Advanced Placement The Faculty of Arts may grant advanced placement and/or course credit to students who complete certain International Baccalaureate, Advanced Placement or other enriched secondary school courses with appropriategrades. When granted, the credit/placement will be indicated on the student's notification of acceptance to UBC. Advising Degree, Program, and course advice is provided through the Arts Faculty Advising Office, located in Room A207 of the Buchanan Building, and through departmental and General B.A. advisers. The staff of the Faculty Advising Office assist first and second year students to plan their programs, and offer advice about Arts Faculty regulations to all students in the Faculty; they also administer regulations governing B.A. and B.F.A. degrees, and evaluate and approve (as appropriate) requests for course changes, withdrawals, academic concessions (for medical, emotional or other reasons), and letters of permission for study elsewhere. This office does not advise students about the requirements for admission to, or continuation in, other faculties. Students should contact other faculties directly for such information. Departmental advisers, who are located in the relevant department, advise students about Major, Minor, Double Major and Honours programs in that department. Advisers for students in the General B.A. program can be contacted through the Faculty Advising Office. (See "Program Planning" and "Program Requirements'' below.) The Faculty Advising Office is open to students from 10:00 to 12:00 and 2:00 to 4:00, Monday to Friday. Students may "drop-in" to speak with a faculty adviser or | an advising officer during these hours. To schedule an appointment with an advising officer or the Assistant Dean, students should contact the office in person, by telephone (604) 822-4028, or by mail (addressed to the Faculty Advising Office, Office of the Dean of Arts, The University of British Columbia, Buchanan Building, 1866 Main Mall, Vancouver, B.C., V6T 17.1). Program Planning Every student is responsible for drawing up a program of study that meets faculty, departmental, and degree program requirements. All students should consult appropriate Facully Advising Office staff and departmental or Cieneral B.A. advisers tas applicable), in the preparation of their program of study. However, the responsibility for meeting requirements is the student's. Although most degree programs are of four years' duration (implying successful completion of 30 credits per year), students may take more or less time than this to complete degree requirements. Credit obtained in Summer Sessions can be combined with that obtained in Winter Sessions. Students wishing to register for more tha i K '"edit- iaSu.iiiuu Session yor tor more tlian nine credits in either Term 1 or Term 2 of Summer Session) must obtain permission to do so from the Faculty Advising Office. Likewise, students wishing to register for more than 30 credits in any Winter Session, must obtain permission to do so from the Faculty Advising Office, unless they are enrolled in a program that requires more than 30 Fhe Faculty of Arts The Faculty of Ms, through its Schools and Departments, offers the following degrees and diplomas: " Bachelor of Arts (BA) " Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.FA.) in Creative Writing, Fine Arts, and Theatre " Bachelor of Music (B.Mus.) • Bachelor of Social Work (B.S.W.) " Diplomas in: Applied Linguistics, Applied Creative Non-fiction, Art History, Film Studies, French Translation Information about the programs leading to these degrees and diplomas is given below, and in the sections for the Schools of Music and Social Work. For information about the MA, M.FA, MAS., M.L.S., M.Mus., M.S.W., Ph.D., and D.MA degrees, see the Faculty of Graduate Studies section. credits in the session. In Summer and Winter Sessions such authorization is normally given only to students with high academic standing. Students who register in fewer than 27 credits per Winter Session are not normally eligible for scholarships; those registered in fewer than 18 credits are ineligible for recognition on the Dean's Honour List. Attendance Regular attendance is expected of students in all their lectures, laboratories, tutorials, seminars, etc. Students who neglect their academic work and assignments in a course may be excluded from its final examination. Students who are unavoidably absent from scheduled classes because of illness or disability should report to their instructors immediately on their return. Students whose attendance or academic performance is severely affected by medical, emotional, or other problems should apply for special consideration through the Faculty Advising Office. (See "Academic Concession" below and in the General Information section of the Calendar.) Change of Registration Inthe Winter Session, one-term courses may be dropped without record from a student's program within two weeks of their commencement; two-term courses may be dropped without record within three weeks of their commencement. Thereafter, students may withdraw from a one-term course up to the end of the sixth week, and from a two-term course up to the end ofthe twelfth week of classes, with approval from the Faculty Advising Office. If granted, such withdrawal will be recorded on the transcript by a "W". Students are not normally permitted to withdraw from courses after these dates (or their Summer Session equivalents, which may be ascertained at the Faculty Advising Office). Students who cease to attend or otherwise fail to complete exams, assignments or other course requirements will receive a grade reflecting requirements completed in the course. (See also "Change of Registration" and "With- drawal" in the General Information section of the Calendar). Academic Concession Students whose attendance or academic performance is severely affected by medical, emotional, or other problems should apply for special consideration through the Faculty Advising Office. They will be required to complete an application for Academic Concession form and provide supporting documentation as requested. In some cases it will be necessary for the student to attend an interview. Academic concessions are granted only by the senior staff of the Faculty Advising Office, and are a privilege not a right. Among academic concessions that may be granted are Aegrotat Standing, Deferred Standing, and withdrawal from ihe university. • Aegrotat Standing allows a student credit for a course, although the student has not completed course requirements due to medical, emotional or other difficulties. This standing is awarded only if the course instructor and the Dean agree that the student has demonstrated the ability to deal wilh the course material satisfactorily. When AEG standing is awarded, a letter grade is assigned; this will be converted to the minimum percentage for that category for the calculation of averages. • Deferred Standing may be granted when a student has a valid reason for not completing course requirements as scheduled, hut does not qualify for aegrotat Standing. Students granted deferred standing in Winter Session courses must complete all outstanding course requirements no later than August 24 following. Students grained Deferred Standing in Summer Session courses must complete all outstanding war1, no Liter than December 23 following Studcno <ya ;^a. referred standing arc responsible lor making satisfactory arrangements with their instructors for completion of outstanding course requirements. If a student fails to complete deferred requirements by the dates specified, the deferred standing will be replaced with a grade ca standing that reflects requirements completed in the course. Students unable to meet the specified deadlines because of further medical, emotional or other difficulties must make an additional 82 Arts application for Academic Concession no later than August 31 (for Winter Session courses ) or December 31 (for Summer Session courses) following the original deferral. (Seealso "Academic Concession" and "Grading Practices" in the General Information section of the Calendar.) Transfer Credit Students entering the Faculty of Arts from a college or another university will receive credit for appropriate coutses completed there, subject to the provisions listed in the General Information section ofthe Calendar (see "Applicants for Transfer from a College or University in British Columbia") and in the Faculty Requirements section below. Studenls in the Faculty of Ans who wish to interrupt their UBC studies and lake courses in other institutions for credit toward a UBC degree must obtain, in advance, a Letter of Permission from the Faculty Advising Office. Students currently registered in UBC courses may not take courses for credit toward the B.A. at other institutions without specific written permission from the Faculty Advising Office. The Faculty has no obligation to grant transfer credit unless a Letter of Permission has been obtained. Students will not normally be permitted to complete the Faculty of Arts English Requirement at another institution. (See also "Attendance" in the General Information section of the Calendar.) Granting of Credit Credit is granted for all courses completed with at least the minimum passing grade (normally 50%), provided they are eligible under the requirements specified for the degree. Failed Courses A student may repeat a failed course only once. This restriction does not apply to courses required to satisfy the Arts Faculty Language Requirement or to Mathemat- ics 100 and Mathematics 140, each of which may be repeated twice. Failed Standing Students in the Faculty of Arts who register in (and do not officially withdraw from) 12 credits or more in any session, and obtain a sessional average of less than 45% will be assigned Failed Standing and required to withdraw from the faculty. They may apply for re-admission after one year. Students required to withdraw who have completed 51 or fewer Arts eligible credits will he readmitted if: 1) thev attend a B.C. College or similar institution and complete the required number of university transfer credits specified below before seeking readmission to UBC. 2) they meet the appropriate GPA for college transfer students. No. of credits complstnil u®. of university transfer credits required .1 3.--0 -a 48-54 _a Continuation Requirements and Academic Probation Students in the Faculty of Arts who a) register in (and do not officially withdraw from) 12 credits or more in am session and have a sessional average of more than i50;, bu; less than 55% or b) register in fewer than 12 credits in any session and have a cumulative average of less than 55°, at the end of that session, are placed on Academic Probation. This will be noted on their statement of grades. Students on academic probation must maintain an average of at least 55 % in each subsequent session for continuation. Should thev not do so, they will be assigned Failed Standingand required to withdraw from the Faculty. They may apply for re-admission after one year, but no student required to withdraw has a right to re-admission. All students in the Facully of Arts must obtain a cumulative average of at least 55"! on the final 60 credits of their program in order to graduate. Supplemental Examinations The Faculty of Arts does not offer supplemental examinations in any of its courses. Letter of Permission See "Transfer Credit' above. Scholarships and Awards Information on scholarships and awards available lo academically outstanding students can be found in the General Information section of the Calendar (see "Awards and Financial Aid") and in the student awards supplement to tbe Winter Session Calendar. Dean's Honour List Students who complete 18 credits or more in anv Winter Session with an overall average that places them in die top five percent of students in the Facully receive the notation "Dean's Honour List" on iheir permanent records. Faculty Requirements B.A., B.F.A. and B.Mus. Degrees • All programs leading to the B.A.. B.F.A. and B.Mus. degrees require a minimum oi 120 credits. • No more than 60 credits completed at other post- secondary institutions can be (otinted toward the B.A. degree at UBC. (Special conditions apply lo students transferring to UBC from UBC degree completion programs at University College of the Cariboo and Okanagan University College; they mav transfer a maximum of 90 credits should they wish to complete their B.A. degree program at UBC. I • No more than 60 credits of UBC Guided Independent Study courses can be o united toward the B.A. degree; no more than i2 such credits may be taken after the completion of 60 credits toward the degree program Unless special permission is given in writing, in advance, by the Faculty Advising Office, students musl complete their final 30 credits at UBC. At least 30 of the final 60 credits toward the degree must be completed at UBC for through UBC-GIS courses). • Students are not permitted to register in more l ban 12 Science credits (IS including Malhematics and Computer Science courses) before completing 30 credits in the Faculty of Arts • All students in the B A anti B.F.A. programs must complete the following: 1; lhe Faculty of Arts English requirement 2) the Faculty of Arts Language rcquiieniciH 3) the Faculty of Ans Science requirement i) the Faculty of Arts Literature requirement Each is specified in more detail below. Even' effort should be made to coinpleie these requirements in the firs! (>0 credits. Students who fail to meet the English require ment before completing 60 Arts-eligible credits will not be permitted to register in courses other than first-year English until this requirement is satisfied. Students who have not satisfied the Language requirement must maintain their registrafk in in course (s) leading to its fulfilment through all Winter and Summer Sessions attended until the requirement is met. Students intending to enter the General B.A. program must satisfy lhe Language requirement before registering in that program. All .students in the B.Mus. program must complete the Faculty of Arts English and Lileralure requirements. The English Requirement • Successlul completion of six credits of first-year English or Ans One. • Completion ofthe I.PI with a satisfactory score or the equivalent (see "Language Proficiency Index il.Pli Examination" in the Admission section ofthe Calendar: is a prerequisite for all first-vear English courses and the Arts One program. St udents who have not completed the I.PI with a satisfai fory score or the equivalent should not register for more than 12 credits pier term and are advised to take a non- credit course from the University Writing Centre. Students who fail to achieve a satisfactory I.PI score bcfi ire the completion ol 30 credits in Arts-eligible courses wili he required tocliscontinue their UBC studies until they di >so. Students who do not complete six first-year English credits in their first 60 credits will not be permitted to register in courses other than first-veai English until the Facultv of Arts English requirement has been met. Students who fail a first-vear English course (i.e., ENGL 110, HI. 112, 120. or 121) mav repeat that course once only Students will not normally be permitted to satisfy the English Requirement at another institution. The Language Requirement Either: 1) successful completion of a Grade 12 course in an approved language other than English; or: 2) successful completion of either 6 or 12 universily credits in a language other than English according lo the requirements below. Six-credit Requirement Studenls who have passed Grade 11 in one ofthe languages listed below, and who continue the study of that language, will meet the Language requirement by successful completion of the course indicated in the table below, French' I _l..\ I h> a . Spanish- ( with grade A or ii; SPAN 200 (6) Spanish/ (with grade C or P; SPAN 110 (6) Hebrew (Maimonides Schooi) HEBR 405 (6) Italian (School District 39) ITAL 200 (6) or 1TAI. 201 (61 Mandarin Chinese CHIN 101 (6) Russian. (School Districts <) and 12) RUSS 200 (6i Japanese JAP.1 101 ft.) or German1 : Students with Grade 11 French will not normally receive credit for the completion (if French HIS, orits eqnivalt'nl elsewhere. Ileccc;-. plarertiein will he ilia ided bv a (tesaiuaca.;! tea .i; case el (lonhl, and (-'-..'(lil will be aranlo! loci!, c i"-o. a any :■). i cat a j,-).,: 83 -' Students with Grade 11 Spanish will not receive credit for the completion of Spanish 100. It is understood that students with Grade 1! Spanish have also studied Spanish 9 and 10 or Spanish IIB. ■ Nine 1 ol 12-credlt requirement (htiow). Twelve-credit Requirement If the student has not passed Grade 11 in an approved language other than English, or chooses to meet the Language requirement through study of a language other than one completed to the Grade 11 level, 12 credits in a single language are required. French: FREN 100 (12); or FREN 105 (6) and FREN 110 (6) Spanish: SPAN 105 (12); or SPAN 100 (6) and SPAN 110 (6)/SPAN 200 (6) Italian: ITAL 100 (6) and ITAL 200 (6); or ITAL 101 (6) and ITAL 201 (6) Portuguese: PORT 102 (6) and PORT 202 (6) German1 GERM 104 (12); or GERM 100 (6) and GERM 200 (6); or GERM 110 (6) and GERM 210 (6) Scandinavian-. SCAN 301 (6) and 401 (6) Mandarin Chinese2: CHIN 180 (12); or CHIN 100 (6) and CHIN 101 (6) Japanese: JAPN 180 (12); or JAPN 100 (6) and JAPN 101 (6); or JAPN 102 (6) andJAPNI03(6) Korean: KORN 102 (6) and KORN 200 (6) Hindi': HIND 110 (12); or HIND 102 (6) ancl HIND 200 (6) Indonesian: INDO 102 (6) and INDO 200 (6) Punjabi: PUNJ 102 (6) and PUNJ 200 (6) Sanskrit: SANS 102 (6) and SANS 200 (6) Asian Languages: ASIA 300 (6) and ASLA 400 (6) Arabic (Classical): ARBC 300 (6) and ARBC 400 (6) Greek: GREK 100 (6) and GREK 200 (6) Latin; LATN 205 (12); or LATN 100 (6) and LATN 200 (6) Hebrew (Biblical): HEBR 305 (6) and HEBR 405 (6) Russian: RUSS 110 (12); or RUSS 100 (6) and RUSS 200 (6); or RUSS 102 (3). RUSS 103 (3) ancl RUSS 200 (6) Polish: POLS 110 (6) and POLS 210 (6) Ukrainian: UKRN 325 (6) and UKRN 425 (6) 1 Students with secondary school German oi German-language background wishing to register in German language courses are required to take a placement tesl before lhe beginning of classes. They will be placed in a German language course according lo their competence in the language and regardless ol lhe level of ihen previous study. Students placed in German 200 or German 210 wall satisfy the language requirement by successful completion of this course. Students placed in German 100 or German 110 are required incomplete that course and German 200 or German 210 successfully to satisfy the language requirement. Credit will be assigned for all (nurses completed successfully, regardless of the level of previous study. -' Students with secondary school Chinese 0;iPanese) or Chinese-language Oup'-incse-tanguage) background wishing to enrol in Chinese (Japanese) language courses are required to attend a placement interview administered in late August bv the Department of Asian Studies (see the I dlC Regislralion tiiitdc for exact time and place). They will be placed in a Chinese (Japanese I language course according to their competence in the language ancl regardless ofthe level of their previous study. Credit will be assigned for all courses completed successfully, legardless ofthe level of previous study. Students judged to have a language competence bevondthe levelof Chinese (Japanese) 101 will he asked lo (ake the Chinese (Japanese! language proficiency examination. ' Students with knowledge of another North Indian language before entetingthe university may also satisfy'the requirement with Hindi 110 (6). Students may satisfy the language requirement in any of the above languages by proving the appropriate competency through examination. Arrangements for such examination must be made through the Faculty Advising Office. No course credit will be awarded for satisfaction of the language requirement in this manner. Students who wish to present a language other than those identified above to satisfy the language requirement may be permitted to do so through a challenge examination, where appropriate expertise to test the student's competency in the language is available. Arrangements for such examination must be made through the Faculty Advising Office. No course credit will be awarded for satisfaction of the language requirement in this manner. The Science Requirement The requirement can be met by successful completion of: 1) six credits in the Faculty of Science or 2) Geography 101 or Geography 330, or Geography 102 and three additional credits in a Faculty of Science course, or Geography 103 and three additional credits in a Faculty of Science course, or Geography 102 and Geography 103 or 3) Forestry 300 or 4) Human Nutrition 351 and three additional credits in a Faculty of Science course. Science courses that include laboratory work are recommended. Students may, however, choose to meet the Science requirement through successful completion of six credits from the following list of courses: Biology 343, 344, .345, 346, 446 Geology 310 Geophysics and Astronomy 310 Mathematics, all courses Oceanography 310 Physics 140, 340,341 The Literature Requirement » successful completion of six credits, in the Faculty of Arts, of work in literature in addition to the English requirement. Courses in composition and writing (such as English 301, English 303, Creative Writing 202, Creative Writing 301) and courses intended to develop fluency in reading newspapers, etc. in languages other than English (e.g. Japanese 315, Japanese 416, Chinese 300) do not satisfy this requirement. With these restrictions, eligible courses are: Asian Studies: 302.335,345,350,375,415,435,445,447 Chinese: all 300- and 400-level courses except 300, 301, 302 Classical Studies: 310. 315, 316 English: all 200-level courses; ENGL 310-319, 330-337, 341-451 (provided the student has completed a minimum of 54 credits of which at least six must be from first-year English) French: 220,300, 320, 321, 3,30, 400, 403, ancl all 400-level literature courses except 401,402,420,426,499 German: 202, 301, 302, all 300- and 400-level literature courses Greek: all 300- and 400-level courses except 410 Hindi: .05,410* Italian: Italian Studies: Japanese: Latin: Religion: Russian: Sanskrit: Scandinavian: Slavic Studies: Spanish: Theatre: Urdu: Women's Studies: * with the permission ol all Italian 300- and 40v literature courses except 449 310, 431 all 300- and 400-level courses except 301, 302, 310, 315 all 300- and-400 level courses except 410 .311 206, 207,306, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411 300* 410,4)1,412 307 220, 311, 312; all 300- and 4004evel literature courses except.349,444,449 220 401* 224 the Department of Asian Studies Course Selection: First Year Students will choose: Required Courses li Six credits of first-year English or Arts One; 2) Language, if the requirement is not yet satisfied. Eilectives Additional courses including, normally, the science requirement, chosen from List A, to bring the total number of credits to 30. Special arrangements apply to students who take Arts One. See "Arts One" below, in the Programs of Study section. List A Note: courses followed by asterisks have prerequisites — consult course descriptions in the Courses of Instruction section before drawing up a program. Anthropology 100 (3), 103 (3), 140 (3), 204 (3), 205 (3), 206 (6) Arabic 300 (6) Arts One (18) Asian Languages 300 (6) Asian Studies 105 (6), 115 (6), 206 (6) Astronomy 101 (3)*, 102 (3)* Biology 101 (6) or 102 (6)* or 103 (6)* Chemistry 103 (6)*, 110 (6)*, 120 (6)* Chinese 100 (6), 101 (6)*, 180 (12) Classical Studies 100 (6), 204 (3), 210 (6) Computer Science 100 (3), 118 (3)*, 124 (3)*, 126 (3)* Creative Writing 202 (6)*, 301 (6,1* Economics 100 (6) English 110 (3)*, HI (3)*, 112 (3)*, 120 (3)*, 121 (3)* Family Science 200 (6) Fine Arts 100 (6), 125(6), 181(6) French 100 (12), 105 (6), 110 (6), 121 (3), 122 (3), 123 (3) Geography 101 (6), 102 (3), 103 (3), 121 (3), 122 (3), 210 (3), 260 (3), 290 (3) Geology 105 (6) Geophysics 120 (3)* German 100 (6), 104 (12), 110 (6)*, 200 (6)*, 204 (12)* Greek 100 (6), 125 (6) 84 Arts Hebrew 305 (6) Hindi 102 (6), 110 (6) History 101 (6), 115 (6), 120 (6), 122 (6), 125 (6), 135(6), 170 (6), 171 (6), 205 (3) Indonesian 102 (6) Italian 100 (6), 101 (6), 105 (12), 200 (6)*, 201 (6)* Japanese 100 (6), 101 (6)*, 102 (6), 103 (6), 180 (12) Korean 102 (6) Latin 100 (6) Linguistics 100 (6) Mathematics 100 (3), 101 (3)*. HI (6), 120 (3)*, 121 (3)*, 130 (6), 140 (3), 141 (3)* Music 103 (3), 104 (3), 106 (5/6), 120 (3), 121 (3), 135 (2), 150-157 (2-i), 159-165 (2) Philosophy 100 (6), 115 (6), 120 (3), 125 (3), 210 (6) Physics 110 (6)*, 115 (6)*, 120 (6)*, 140 (6) Polish 110 (6) Portuguese 102 (6) Psychology 100 (6) Punjabi 102 (6) Religious Studies 100 (6), 202 (6), 204 (6), 205 (6) Russian 100 (6), 101 (3), 102 (3), 110 (12), 206 (3), 207 (3), 215 (3) Sanskrit 102 (6) Scandinavian 301 (6) Slavic Studies 105 (6) Sociology 100 (6) Spanish 100 (6), 105 (12), 110 (6)*, 200 (6)*, 205 (6)*, 211(6) Theatre 120 (6), 150 (6), 160 ((3) Ukrainian 325 (6) Course Selection: Second Year Students will choose: 1) a language other than English if the language requirement is not yet satisfied (language courses in List A may be taken in the second year), 2) English at the 200-level or another course satisfying the literature requirement (see above), 3) a number of elective courses to bring the total number (/credits to .30. These second-year electives are normally chosen from List A and List B, although six credits of senior course work may be included which will form part of the student's program (see "Beginning the Major, Double Major or Honours Program in the Second Year" below). Note: there are prerequisites for many ofthe courses in List B. Consult course descriptions in the Courses of Instruction section before drawing up a program. List B Anthropology201 (3/6),202 (3/6), 213 (3/6), 214 (3/6), 215 (3/6), 217 (3),218 (3), 220 (3), 221 (3) Arabic 400 (6) Ans Studies 201 (3), 202 (3) Asian Languages 400 (6) Asian Studies 225 (6), 302 (6), 335 (6), 345 (6), 350 (6), 435 (6) Astronomy 200 (6), 310(6) Biology 200 (3), 201 (3), 204 (3), 205 (3), 209 (3), 210 (3) Chemistry'201 (3), 202 (3), 203 (6), 205 (6), 208 (6), 230 (6) Chinese 200 (6), 201 (6), 280 (12) Classical Studies 305 (6j, 310 (6), 315 (6), 316 (6), 330 (6), 3.31 (6) Computer Science 216 (3), 218 (3), 220 (3 Economics 201 (3), 202 (3), 206 (3), 30.3 (3), 306 (3), 312 (3), 31,3 (3), 317 (3), 319 (6), 320 (3), 325 (3), 326 (3), 3,34 (6), 336 (6), 341 (3), 342 (3), 343 (3), 345 (6), 350 (3), 355 (3), 360 (3), 361 (3), 365 (3), 367 (3), 370 (3), 371 (3), 374 (3), 384 (3), 387 (3) English 201 (6), 202 (6), 203 (6), 204 (3i, 205 (31, 206 (3), 207 (3), 208 (6), 210 f6),211 (6), 303 (6), 329 (6) Family Science 314 (3) Film 230 (6), 233 (3) Fine Arts 225 (3), 226 (3), 251 (3), 261 (3), 281-290 (3) French 215 (6), 220 (6), 222 (3), 223 (3), 340 (6), 341 (6), 400 (6), 403 (6) Geographv 200 (3), 204 (3), 205 (3), 207 (3), 306 (3), 370 (3), 371 (3), 372 (3), 373 (3), 374 (3) Geology 200 63), 206 (3), 226 (3), 309 (3) Geophysics 310 (6) German 201 (3), 202 (3), 210 (6), .300 (6), 301 (3), 302 (3) Greek 200 <6) Hebrew 405 (6) Hindi 200 (6) History 201 (6), 202 (6), 203 (6), 207 (3), 208 (3), 237 (6), 250 (6), 270 (6), 271 Human Nutrition 209 (3) Indonesian 200 (6) ] Italian 200 (6), 201 (6) Italian Studies 310 (6) Japanese 200 (6), 201 (6), 280 (12) Korean 200 (6) Latin 200 (6), 205 (12),.301 (6) Linguistics 200 (6) Mathematics 200 (3), 201 (3), 205 (3), 220 (3), 221 (3), 223 (3), 226 (6), 227 (3), 302 (3)315(3) Medieval Studies 200 (6) Microbiology 200 (6) Music 203 (3), 204 (3), 220 (3), 221 (3), 225 (3), 235 (2), 321 (3/6), 324 (3), 325 (3), 326 (3/6), 345 (3) Oceanography 310 (6) Philosophy 220 (3), 230 (3), 240 (3), .320 (3), 3.30 (3), 340 (3) Phvsics 213 (4), 215 (4), 216 (2), 217 (2), 230 (2), 340 (6), 341 (3) Polish 210 (6) Political Science 200 (3), 220 (3), 2_0 (3), 260 (6) Portuguese 202 (6) Psychology* 201 (3), 202 (3). 203 (3i. 204 (3) Punjabi 200 (6) Russian 200 (6), 306 (6), 401 (6), all) (3/6). 411 (5/6) Sanskrit 200 (6) Scandinavian 401 (6), 410 (3). 411 (3), 412 (3) Slavic Studies 30" (3/6i Sociology 201 (3/6), 210 (3/6), 21.3 (3/6), 214 (3/6), 215 (3/6), 240 (3/6i, 250 (3/6), 260 (3/6) Soil Science 300 (3) Spanish 200 (6), 205 (6), 220 (6i, 311 (6) Statistics 200 (3), 203 (3). 205 (3), 302 (3) Theatre 220 (6), 250 (6), 251 (6), 260 (6), 261 (6), 262 (6), 345 (6), 363 (3) Ukrainian 425 (6) Urban Studies 200 (6) Women's Studies 222 (6), 224 (6) * See Mole ,5 under Psychology in the Courses of lostruction sec lion about 300-level Psu hology courses. B.A. Degree Program Requirements Bv the beginning ofthe third year, a student must enter one of the following programs: Honours Program: This program usuallyinvolves intense specialization in a single field or combination of fields, and is the normal route to graduate study. The Honours program in Environmental Sciences is morebroadlvbased and is not intended as preparation for graduate study in a specific discipline without additional qualifying studies. ( An Honours program requires maintenance of high academic standing and, usually, preparation of a graduating thesis. Major Program: Tins program involves specialization in a single field or area of interdisciplinary'study. It may lead to graduate study if sufficiently high standing is obtained. Double Major Program: This program involves specialization in two fields or areas of interdisciplinary study. It is an ambitious program allowing a dual focus with few electives outside the Major subjects. General Program-. This program permits a student to select courses that wall provide a broad liberal education, encompassing several disciplines with a limited concentration in one discipline. Enrolment in a Major or Honours Program Students may enrol in a Major or Honours program when they: 1) have completed, or are registered in courses which complete. 60 credits from List A and List B; and 2) have obtained six credits in first-year English or Arts One; and 3) have completed the prereqttisite(s) for the proposed program. Major Program On entering a Major program, the student must draw up a plan of study for the last 60 credits of course work in consultation with a departmental adviser. Before undertaking the final 30 credits of the program, the student must have the plan of study reviewed by a departmental adviser. In the last 60 credits of course work toward the B.A. degree, a student in a Major program must: 1) complete at least 48 credits of work in courses numbered 300 or above; 2) satisfy the Major requirement by completing at least 30 credits of work in one subject or field of specialization, in courses numbered 300 or above; and 3) completeat least 12 credits of work in courses outside the subject or field of the Major requirement. The degree nill be granted when 120 credits of work approved by the Faculty of Arts have been completed. A typical Major program is patterned as follows: Arts 85 Third Year Fourth Year 1) Course in Major subject 1) Course in Major subject 2) Course in Major subject 2) Course in Major subject 3) Elective course outside 3) Course in Major subject Major subject 4) Elective course outside 4) Elective Major subject 5) Elective 5) Elective A student who, after obtaining the Bachelor of Arts degree, plans to enter the elementary or secondary1 teaching program of the Faculty of Education should consult the Education section and the Teacher Education Office of that Faculty (Room 103 in the Scarfe Building). Students should note that courses in the Faculty of Education are not normally available for credit toward a B.A. degree. (See "Courses in other Faculties or Degree Programs" below.) Double Major Program • Prerequisites — 60 credits of first- and second-year credit including six credits from first-year English or Arts One, requirements in language, literature, and science, as well as prerequisites for two Majors in the Faculty of Arts. • Third and Fourth Year — The credit requirement for each of the two Majors, plus six credits of third- or fourth-year electives outside the subjects or fields of specialization. In a Double major program, individual courses may be counted towards one major only. Note: Modern European Studies may be taken in combination with certain other fields of specialization (see Index) as one component of a Double Major program. There is no single major in Modern European Studies. Honours Program Students contemplating an Honours program are advised to complete Faculty requirements before entering the program. On entering an Honours program, the student must draw up a plan of study for the last 72 credits of work in consultation with a departmental adviser. Prior to the final 36 credits ofthe program, the student must have the program of study reviewed by a departmental adviser. The departments that offer Honours programs design their own programs. Such programs are open only to students who, in the opinion of the department, have shown special aptitude and the capacity to profit from working intensively in this subject or field. A student will be granted the degree with first- or second-class Honours upon completion of a total of 132 credits of work approved by the candidate's department or, in the case of courses of study combining more than one Honours program, by the departments concerned and the Senior Faculty Adviser. At least a 65% average in the final 72 credits of work is required. In the last 72 credits ofthe Honours program, a student must satisfactorily complete: 1) at least 12 credits of work in courses outside the subject or field of specialization and 2) at least 60 credits of work in courses numbered 300 or above. Beginning the Major, Double Major, or Honours Program in the Second Year Several departments (e.g. Asian Studies, Fine Arts, Geography, Hispanic & Italian Studies, Philosophy, Russian and Slavic Languages and Literatures) and the School of Music permit qualified students to take six credits of senior course work towards the Major or Honours degree in the first 60 credits. A student who chooses to begin specialization in the second year must complete al least 18 credits of work in courses outside the field ofthe Major or Honours program in the final 60 or 72 credits. Students in the Double Major program must complete 12 credits of electives outside the subjects or fields of specialization (six of these must be at the third- or fourth-year level). General Program The General B.A. program allows students to achieve a broad liberal education through a course of study that includes several disciplines Students admitted to lhe Progiam design their own course of study in consultation with an adviser. The Program may be appropriate as preparation for professional programs in other Faculties, including elementary and secondary programs in Education. The Program is distinct from departmental majors and honours programs, and is not intended as preparation for graduate studies in Arts or Science. It is administered by the Board of Studies for the General B.A. Admission To be admitted to the General B.A. program, students must have 1) completed at least 60 but no more than 90 credits towards the B A. degree 2) obtained an overall average of at least 60% in all previous courses attempted towards the B.A. degree, 3) satisfied the Faculty of Arts English and Language Requirements, and 4) obtained approval of their proposed course of study. Applications will be accepted only before May 15 of each year. Inquiries should be addressed to the General B.A. program, Faculty of Arts, Room C158 Buchanan Building, telephone (604) 822-2595* Requirements Acceptable disciplines and courses are classified by the Board into four categories: Humanities, Social Sciences, Crealive and Performing Arts, and Sciences. Disciplines are as defined by the Board and do not necessarily coincide with offerings of particular departments (e.g., language and literatu re are each a discipline, while particular languages, including English, are nor). Within their last 60 credits, students must complete: 1) at least 30 credits of 300,'400-ievel course work in one category, including an 18 credit "primary concentration" in one discipline, and 2) at least 12 credits of 300/400-level course work in one other category. Except for those undertaking Thematic Options or Special Individual programs, sludents may complete no more than 18 credits of 300/400-level course work in any one discipline within their last 60 credits. Courses selected must be acceptable for majors or honours credit within the Department offering them. Before enrolling in their final 30 credits, students musl consult with an adviser and obtain specific approval of their remaining course work. For graduation, students must complete all Faculty of Arts requirements, including the English, Literature, and Science requirements. Thematic Options and Special Individual Programs Thematic Options are interdisciplinary programs developed by faculty members. A Uttin American Studies Thematic Option is presently offered. In exceptional cases, special individual programs may be designed by students in close consultation with an adviser. For individual programs, the student must have obtained an overall average of at least 65% in all previous courses attempted towards the B.A. degree. In Thematic Options and Special Individual Programs, up to 24 credits may be taken in one discipline providing that the course work for these credits involves several departments. A Thematic Option in Cognitive Science is offered only at Okanagan University College. For further information contact the Division of Arts, Okanagan Universily College. Courses in other Faculties or Degree Programs The following courses in other faculties or degree programs are accepted for credit toward the B.A. degree: 1) All courses designated Family Science in the Family Science program of the School of Family and Nutritional Sciences. 2) History of Medicine 400 and 401 (prerequisites: Biology 101 or 102). 3) All courses in the history, theory and composition of Music; a maximum of eight credits from the ensemble courses in musical performance (Music 150-157). Under special circumstances, other musical performance courses will be allowed (see, however, special conditions for the B.A. in Music). 4) All courses in the Faculty of Science, subject to the limitation described below regarding credit for special introductory courses. A maximum of 12 credits from lhe following list of special introductory courses offered by faculties other than the Faculty of Arts or by schools within the University mav count toward the last 60 credits (Major) or 72 credits (Honours) of a student's program for the B.A. degree: Biology (BIOL) 343 (3) Plants and Peoples 344 (3) Human Heredity and Evolution 345 (3) Human Ecology .346 (3) Mil robes and Society 446 (6) Principles and History' of Biology Commerce (COMM) 457 (3) Introduction to Financial Accounting 458 (3) Introduction to Managerial Accounting Forestry (FRST) 300 (6) Principles of Forestry and Wood Science- Geology (GEOL) 310 (6) Canadian Geology Geophysics/Astronomy (GEOP/ASTIR) 310 (6) Exploring the Universe Human Nutrition (HUNU) 303 (3) World Problems in Nutrition 351 (3) Human Physical Growth and Development Oceanography (OCGY) 310 (6) The Oceans: Past and Future Physics (PHYS) 110 (6) Available Energy Sources 340 (6) Elements of Physics Planning (PLAN) 425 (3) Urhan Planning Issues and Concepts Social Work (SOWK) 301 (3) Social Welfare in the Modern Era 302 i3) Family and Child Welfare in the Modern Era Soil Science (SOIL) 300 (3) Soil in the Human Environment 86 Arts In certain Major and Honours programs leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree, students may take up to 12 credits in courses offered by other faculties or schools if the department in which they are registered agrees to accept such courses as part of the Major or Honours requirement (i.e., as part ofthe 30 or more credits of work required in one subject or field of specialization). Qualified fourth-year students may be allowed to register in up to six credits of courses in the Faculty of Arts at the 500- level toward completion of a Major or Honours degree program. Whenever such permission is granted, the department or General B.A. adviser must notify the Senior Faculty Adviser in writing before the permission takes effect. With the above exceptions, no course in another faculty or degree program is accepted for credit toward the B.A. degree. Programs of Study It should be noted that there is no Major or Honours degree program in some ofthe areas of interdisciplinary study described below. Students in the General B.A. program interested in these multidisciplinary thematic areas may wish to use the entries in planning their program of studies. Anthropology The Department of Anthropology and Sociology offers programs of study that lead to the degrees of Ph.D., M.A., B.A. (See also Museum Studies.) Requirements for the B.A. Degree Major: First and Second Years • Anthropology 100 • Anthropology 103 and/or 140 • three credits chosen from other anthropology courses at the 200 level Third and Fourth Years 30 credits in Anthropology and Sociology, including: • at least three credits from courses in each of the following areas: 1) evolution and cultural ecology (ANTH 318, 319, 320,321,322,323,325,'i22,460) 2) the anthropology of knowledge and power (ANTH 300,312,316,3.31,332,333,341,413,415,417) 3) the practice of anthropology (ANTH 317, 400, 407, ■108,409,418,424.431) • six credits from tbe following ethnographic area courses: ANTH 302-304. 315,350- 353, 401-405 • other courses to be chosen in consultation with a departmental adviser Also, students majoring in Anthropology must at some point io their course of studies take either Linguistics 200 or Anthropology 317, or equivalent. A course in social statistics such as ANTH 218 is also recommended as part of an anthropology Major program. Admission or Continuation to Fourth Year • high second-class average in the first three years and two first-class marks in courses in the major discipline Third and Fourth Years 36 credits in Anthropology and Sociology, including: • at least three credits from courses in each of the following areas: 1) evolution and cultural ecology (ANTH 318, 319, 320,321,322,323,325,-122,460) 2) the anthropology of knowledge and power (ANTH 300, 312, 316, 331, 332, 3.33, 341, 413, 415, 417) 3) the practice of anthropology (ANTH 317,400,407, 408,409.418,424,431) • six credits from the following enthnographic area courses: ANTH 302-304, 315, 350-353, 401-405 • Anthropology 449 • other courses to be chosen in consultation with a departmental adviser Also, students in the Honours Anthropology Program must at some point in their course of studies take either Linguistics 200 or Anthropology 317 or equivalent. Undergraduate Courses Anthropology 100,103,140,201,202,204,205, 206,213, 214, 215, 217, 218, 220, 221, 301, 320, 325, and 329 are- general courses open to all students. Anthropology 301 cannot be taken for Major or Honours credit. Other courses listed in "Courses of Instruction" under "Anthropology" are intended primarily forstudents in the Major and Honours programs. Except for Anthropology 449, these arc open to non-majors and students in the General B.A. Program with appropriate prerequisites or permission of the instructor. Anthropology 100 is a prerequisite to all courses in the Department except those described above as "general", unless specific permission of a departmental adviser is obtained. Native Peoples Students who want to concentrate in the study of Native peoples and cultures may choose from among the following courses beginning in the second year: Honours: Admission to Third Year • high second-class average in first and second years • Anthropology 100 • Anthropology 103 and/or 140 • three credits in anthropology courses at tbe 200 level Anthropology (ANTH) 220 Native Peoples of British Columbia: Cultures and Resources 221 Native Peoples of British Columbia: Art and Myth 301 Contemporary Native Peoples of British Columbia 304 Ethnography of the Northwest Coast 321 The Canadian Far West in Prehistory 329 Native Peoples of Canada 401 Native Peoples of North America 411 Prehistory of a Special Area in the New World 420 Archaeology of British Columbia The following courses also regularly include material relating to native cultures: • Anthropology 331, 332, 3i 1, 407, 408, and 424 • Fine Arts 261, 369. and 469 • Histoiy 302 Each May the Department issues a pamphlet to inform students in detail about courses that will be offered the following September. Students should obtain a copy before choosing courses. Archaeology Students may emphasize archaeology both at the undergraduate and graduate levels by selecting courses offeied in a number of departments at the University of British Columbia, especially the Departments of Anthropology and Sociology, Classics, Fine Arts, and Religious Studies, In each case, a Major or Honours program can be developed with an emphasis on archaeology. The University is strong in areas complementary to archaeology, such as ethnology, ecology, geography, geology, metallurgy, biology, and quantitative methods; and students are urged to begin courses in these fields at an early date. They arc- encouraged to acquire a broad knowledge of different geographical areas, techniques, and theories. Several possibilities are listed below under "Courses" and''Courses Which are Ancillary to Archaeology". Within the Department of Anthropology and Sociology. the focus is on anthropological archaeology, cultural ecology, the economic patterns of hunters and gatherers and agriculturalists, and the nature of complex societies. Instruction covers field techniques, analysis, and the study of various culture areas (such as Western North America, Mesoamerica, Oceania, and East and South-east Asia) and includes a local field school and training in computer applications. The Museum of Anthropology offers extensive archaeological facilities and houses collections from various parts ofthe world. Classical archaeology in the Department of Classics covers the art an cultural history of the Greek and Roman world from the Bronze Age to the founding of Constantinople. Though primarily descriptive, courses include a certain amount of archaeological material and method, and discussion of relevant social and historical processes Some attention is paid also to ancillary disciplines such as epigraphy and numismatics. Field experience is acquired through a summer practicum on a Classical site in Europe There is a small teaching collection in the Museum of Anthropology The Department of Fine Arts offers a number of courses at the undergraduate and graduate level which depend to a greater or lesser extent on material deriving from archaeological work. Although these courses are not concerned with archaeological techniques as such, they may be of great value to the student as suggesting some ofthe ways in which archaeological findings contribute to the history of art, particularly in Asian Art, Medieval Art in Western Europe, and the Indigenous Arts of the Americas. The Department of Geography offers courses of value to the archaeologist in a variety of fields. Research on wetland agriculture in Central America has been carried out for several years with student participation. In past years, studenls have undertaken combined programs with Anthropology in the fields of subsistence and cultural ecology. The Department of Geological Sciences offers several courses thai may prove of value to the student of archaeology, particularly m the fields of mineralogy and the analysis of materials. The Department of History offers various courses on cultural history relevant to those working in archaeology. The Department also offers an introductory course in historical archaeology which concentrates on material culture in the period of written records, with an emphasis on North America. The Department of Religious Studies offers courses at the undergraduate level in the archaeology ofthe ancienl Arts 87 Near East (including Egypt), Biblical archaeology, and Islamic art and archaeology. Courses in Biology, Botany, and Zoology which deal with the basic structures and functions of the plants and animals found in archaeological sites are also listed below. Courses Courses Which are Ancillary to Archaeology Anthropology (ANTH) 103 Introduction to Anthropological Archaeology 204 Introduction to Classical Archaeology (also listed as Classical Studies 204) 205 Introduction to Historical Archaeology (also listed as History 205) 305 Theory in Archaeology 306 Summer Field Training in Archaeology 318 Old World Palaeolithic Archaeology 319 The Emergence of Old World Civilizations 321 The Canadian Far West in Prehistory 322 Archaeological Foundations of East and Southeast Asian Civilizations 323 Archaeological Foundations of New World Civilizations 4(16 Analytical Techniques in Archaeology 410 Prehistory of a Special Area in Asia or Oceania 411 Prehistory of a Special Area in the New World 420 Archaeology of British Columbia 42 4 Applied Archaeology 517 Archaeological Methods 520 Advanced Prehistory Classical Studies (CLST) 204 Introduction to Classical Archaeology (also listed as Anthropology 204) 330 Greek and Roman Art (also listed as Fine Arts 329) 335 Summer Practicum in Classical Archaeology 429 Studies in the Art and Archaeology of Greece and Rome (also listed as Fine Arts 429) 4.30 Topography and Monuments of Ancient Athens 4.31 Topography and Monuments of Ancient Rome 501 Topography and Monuments of Athens 502 Topography and Monuments of Rome 503 Studies in Greek Architecture 504 Studies in Roman Architecture 505 Studies in Greek Town Planning 506 Studies in Roman Town Planning 508 Studies in Roman Painting and Mosaics 509 Studies in Greek Sculpture 510 Studies in Roman Sculpture 511 Studies in Greek Regional Archaeology 512 Studies in Roman Provincial Archaeology 513 The Archaeology of Greek and Roman Technology 514 Greek and Roman Minor Arts 518 Topics in Greek Archaeology 519 Topics in Roman Archaeology History (HIST) 205 Introduction to Historical Archaeology Religious Studies (RELG) 300 Archaeology of the Ancient Near East (also listed as Fine Arts 327) 306 Archaeology and the Bible 34l Islamic Art and Archaeology (also listed as Fine Arts 359) Anthropology (ANTH) 140 Introduction to the Study of Human Evolution 325 Introduction to Physical Anthropology 425 Behaviour and Social Relations in Non-Human Primates 426 Anthropometry and Osteometry 431 The Care of Cultural Property 460 Cultural Evolution and Cultural Ecology Biology (BIOL) 101 Principles of Biology (or 102 or 103) 204 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology 205 Comparative Invertebrate Zoology 209 Non-Vascular plants 210 Vascular Pants 324 Introduction to Seed Plant Taxonomy 343 Plants and Peoples 412 Phytogeography 421 Paleobotany 422 Palynology Fine Arts (FINA] 251 Aspects of Asian Art 261 Native Arts of the Americas 331 Early Medieval Art 333 Architecture of the High Middle Ages 351 History of Early Chinese Art 353 Buddhist Art of japan 357 Early South and Southeast Asian Art 363 Arts of the Aztecs and their Predecessors 365 Dynastic Arts of the Classic Maya 369 North American Indian Art Geography (GEOG) 101 Introduction to Physical Geography 207 Geography of Ecosystems 308 Quarternary and Applied Geomorphology 315 Environmental Inventory and Classification 317 The Physical Environment of British Columbia 329 Introduction to Political Geography 370 Geographic Data Analysis 372 Cartography 373 Introductory Remote Sensing 418 Environmental Change 472 Geographic Information Systems 495 Selected Latin American Habitats Geological Sciences (GEOL) 100 Physical and Historical Geology 200 Mineralogy I 202 Introductory Petrology 205 Geological Time 256 Stratigraphy and Sedimentology 301 Sedimentology 312 Environmental Geology 321 Paleontology I 421 Paleontology II Arts One Students entering the first year may enrol in Arts One, an 18-credit program of liberal education. Arts One is organized in teaching groups, each consisting of a maximum of 120 students and six faculty from various University departments, who address themselves to a year's study of themes of basic human concern. The aim ofthe curriculum is to provide a coherent focus for the student's attention throughout the year. The impact of the program, made possible by the ratio of faculty to students, comes through weekly lectures, seminars, tutorials, and individual conferences. A sense of membership in a community of learners is created through use of the Arts One Building, located near the centre of the campus. For the students enrolled, Arts One satisfies the Faculty of Arts requirement for first-year English and the departmental requirements for first-year History and Philosophy. On successful completion of Arts One and two regular courses (twelve credits), students receive second-year standing in the University. Owing to the nature of the course, supplemental examinations will not be given in Arts One. Students who enrol in Arts One are expected to remain in the program for the complete session, but they may drop it without penalty during the period officially allowed for course changes. Information about Arts One and appointments for counselling concerning the program can be obtained from the Secretary, Arts One; telephone (604) 822-3430. Registration for Arts One is accomplished in the same way as registration in other courses in the Faculty of Arts. Arts Studies The Faculty of Arts offers special topics and interdiscipli- 1 nary courses for upper-division students in the Faculty of ' Arts, and two second-year level courses in the UBC- Ritsumeikan Joint Program. Distinguished Visitors (ASTU 401) (3-6) - Special topics course offered by distinguished visitors in the Faculty of Arts. Topics announced annually Interdisciplinary Studies in Arts (ASTU 400) - The Faculty of Arts offers interdisciplinary courses taught by faculty from two or more Departments. These courses appear cross-listed under the relevant Departments. Topics announced annually. UBC-Ritsumeikan Joint Program (ASTU 201, ASTU 202) - These two courses explore the relations between, and compare facets of, Canadian and Japanese societies. Offered as part of a joint academic program with Ritsumeikan University in Kyoto, they are taught jointly by UBC and Ritsumeikan faculty, and normally include students from both universities. Description of these courses can be found under Arts Studies (ASTU) in the Courses of Instruction section of the Calendar. Further details are available from the relevant Departments, from the Director of the UBC- RitsumeikanjointProgram (UBC-Ritsumeikan House),and from the Senior Faculty Adviser's Office (Buchanan A207). Asian Area Studies See Asian Studies. Asian Studies The Department of Asian Studies offers programs of study that lead to the degrees of Ph.D., M.A., B.A. The courses offered at the undergraduate level fall into two categories: 1) courses on the contemporary and historical cultures of South, Southeast, and East Asia, which do not require knowledge of an Asian language (these are listed under the heading Asian Studies); and 88 Arts 2) courses in language, including advanced reading courses, which introduce the student to literary, philosophical, and historical works in their original language (these courses are listed under the specific language headings). Courses in category 1) are open to all students in the Faculty of Arts. Courses in category 2) are designed to provide the essential training for those who wish to proceed to further scholarly studies in the field of Asian Studies at the graduate level. However, in the more elementary' courses, language training at the appropriate level is also provided for those who wish to obtain some knowledge of Chinese, Indonesian,Japanese, Korean, or South Asian languages (Hindi, Punjabi, Sanskrit, Urdu) as part of their general education or with a view to later practical use. The Department offers Honours and Major programs in Chinese, Japanese, and South Asian Languages, and, in cooperation with other departments, a Major program in Asian Area Studies which requires less language study. Study of the necessary languages should begin as early as possible in a student's academic career. A good foundation in language studies is a prerequisite for admission to graduate studies. Those who do not have the necessary-' preparation when they apply will be asked to make up this deficiency. Credit is not normally given to graduate students for such preparatory work. Requirements for the B.A. Degree Major: Asian Area Studies Area of specialization Each Asian Area Studies major should choose a regional specialization within Asia: East Asia, South Asia, or Southeast Asia. Within the East Asia specialization, three sub- specializations are possible: China, Japan, and Korea. Students who intend to do graduate work specializing in the Asian field are encouraged to take at least 18 credits in a single discipline (e.g., History, Political Science, Geography, Anthropology). First and Second Years Students anticipating a major in Asian Area Studies must complete the following 18 credits of prerequisites: ^ 1) a six-credit introduction to the civilization ofthe area of specialization (Asian Studies 105 for East Asia, Asian Studies 115 for South Asia; Asian Studies 206 for Southeast Asia). 2) 12 credits of instruction in one ofthe languages ofthe area (Chinese, Japanese, or Korean for East Asia; Hindi, Punjabi, or Sanskrit for South Asia; Indonesian for Southeast Asia). While students are urged to take the 12 credits of language during the first two years, upper-year credit will still be given if they take it later; that is, Asian Area Studies majors may tai.. 100-and 200-level Asian language cou rses as part of their required 48 credits of upper-level Arts courses. Students having no prior background in the language must take one ofthe following sequences: Chinese 100 and 101, or Chinese 180 Hindi 102 and 200, or Hindi 110 plus three credits from among Hindi 405, Hindi 410, Urdu 401 Indonesian 102 and 200 Japanese 100 and 101, or Japanese 102 and 103 (001), or Japanese 103 (002) and either 200 or 201, or Japanese 180 Korean 102 and 200 Punjabi 102 and 200 Sanskrit 102 and 200 Students having prior background in an Asian language mav be required to take 12 credits of upper-level work in the language. First- and second-year students are also encouraged to take other relevant 100- and 200-level courses such as: Anthropology 100, Economics 100, Fine Arts 251, History' 125, 270, Religious Studies 204. Third and Fourth Years The major in Asian Area Studies requires 30 credits of upper-level (300- and 400-level) courses in the third and fourth years. These30 credits should be in courses related to the area of specialization: East Asia, South Asia, or Southeast Asia. Lists of courses approved for each area are given below, divided into the following three categories: 1) humanities (art, language at theadvanced level, literature, music, philosophy, religion) 2) history 3) social sciences (anthropology, economics, geography, political science, sociology) The 30 credits should include at least six credits from each category. East Asia, Humanities (Equivalents) Asian Studies (ASIA) 302 (6) 324(3) 325 (6) 327(3) 335 (6) 365(3) 366 (3) 368 (3) 370 (6) 375 (6) 415(6) 417 (6) 435 (6) (Philosophy 386) (Religious Studies 365) (Religious Studies 366) (Religious Studies 368) Political Science 424) Chinese (CHIN) courses numbered 200 and above Fine Arts (FINA) 351 (6) 352 (0) 353 (6) 354 (6) .356 (6) 451(6) 45.3 (6) Japanese (JAPN) courses numbered 200 and above Religious Studies (RELG) 361 (3) 364 (3) 367 (3) 431 (3) Theatre (THTR) .340 (6) East Asia, History (Equivalents) Asian Studies (ASIA) 320(6) (History 382) 321(6) (History 381) 322(6) (History 386) 330(6) (History 383) 370 (6) 423 (6) 450 (6) (History 482) History (HIST) 380 (6) (Asian Studies 380) 422 (6) (Asian Studies 422) 480 (6) (Asian Studies 480) East Asia, Social Sciences (Equivalents) Anthropology (ANTH) 315 (3/6) 322 (3) 352(3) 402 (3/6) 410 (3/6) 416 (3/6) (by permission)* Asian Studies (ASIA) 405 (6) 417(6) (Political Science 424) Economics (ECON) J« (3) 342 (3) .343 (3) 444 (3) Geography (GEOG) 380 (3) 385 (3) 425 (3) 481 (3) Political Science (POLI) 321 (3/6) 322 (3/6) 365 (3/6) * Only when the area covered in the course is East Asia, will the Department of Asian Studies grant permission to take the course as part ofthe (East) Asian Area Studies Major program. South Asia, Humanities Asian Languages (ASLA) 300(6)* 400 (6)* Asian Studies (ASIA) 345 (6) 347 (6) 350 (6) 355 (6) 360 (6) 370 (6) 375 (6) 445 (6) 447 (3) (Philosophy 355) (History 389, Religious Studies 358) Fine Arts (FINA) 357(6) 358 (6) 455(0) Hindi (HIND) 405 (6) 410 (6) South Asian Languages (SOAL) 440 (6-18) Religious Studies (RELG) 354 (6i 364 (.3) Arts 89 431 (3) 452 (6) Sanskrit (SANS) 300 (6) Theatre (THTR) 340 (6)* Urdu (URDU) 401 (6) South Asia, History (Equivalents) Asian Studies (ASIA) 340(6) (History 384) 355(6) (Philosophy 355) 360 (6) (History 389, Religious Studies 358) 420 (6) 438 (3) History (HIST) 385 (6) (Asian Studies 385) 387 (3) (Asian Studies 387) 388 (3) (Asian Studies 388) South Asia, Social Sciences Anthropology (ANTH) 302 (3/6) 403-5 (3/6) (by permission)* Asian Studies (ASIA) 450 (6) (History 482) Geography (GEOG) 380 (3) Political Science (POLI) 323 (3/6) * Only when the area covered in the course is South Asia, will the Department of Asian Studies grant permission to take the course as a part of the (South) Asian Area Studies Major program. Southeast Asia, Humanities Asian Studies (ASIA) 362 (6) 370 (6)* 375 (6)* Fine Arts (FINA) 357(6) 358 (6) South East Asian Languages (SEAL) 440 (3-18) Theatre (THTR) 340 (6)* Southeast Asia, History (Equivalents) Asian Studies (ASIA) 362 (6) 450 (6) (History 482) History (HIST) 434 (6) (Asian Studies 434) Southeast Asia, Social Sciences Anthropology (ANTH) 303 (3/6) (by permission)* 322 (3) 403-5 (3/6) (by permission) * 410 (3/6) (bypermission)* Asian Studies (ASIA) 450 (6) (History 482) Economics (ECON) 341 (3) Geography (GEOG) 380 (3) 468 (3) 484 (3) Political Science (POLI) 324 (3/6) * Only v/hen the area covered in the course is Southeast Asia, will the Department of Asian Studies grant permission to take the course as a part of the (Southeast) Asian Area Studies Major program. Additional courses should be chosen in consultation with an adviser; at least 12 credits must be outside theAsian field. Major: Chinese First and Second Years • Chinese 100,101, and 200, and either 201 or 301 • Asian Studies 105 is recommended. (Chinese 180 is equivalent to Chinese 100-101 and 280 to 200-201.) Third and Fourth Years • 18-24 credits in courses in Chinese numbered 300 or above, which must include Chinese 300/305,301 (if not already taken in th e first two years), and a 400-level course • 6-12 credits in Asian Studies courses on China numbered 300 or above Major: Japanese First »nd Second Years • Japanese 100 and 101, or 102 and 103, and 200 and 201 • Asian Studies 105 and 225 are recommended (Japanese 180 is equivalent to Japanese 100-101 or 102- 103, and Japanese 280 to 200-201.) Third and Fourth Years, • 18-24 credits in Japanese courses numbered 300 or above, including at least one 400-level course • 6-12 credits in Asian Studies courses on Japan numbered 300 or above A Double Major in Chinese ancl Japanese is possible, but will probably require more than four years. Students interested in a Double Major should seek departmental advice at an early stage. Major: South Asian Languages First and Second Years; • a total of 18 credits in lower level (100-200) South Asian language courses, including 12 credits in one language from among Hind , Punjabi, and Sanskrit, and six credits in another. (Hindi 102 and 110 may not both be taken. Students with previous knowledge of any of the three languages must consult a Department adviser for placement.) • Asian Studies 115 is recommended. Third and Fourth Years • 18-24 credits in South Asian language courses, including 12 credits in one language from among Hindi, Punjabi, and Sanskrit, and six credits in another. At least 12 of these credits must be in courses numbered 300 or above 6-12 credits in Asian Studies courses on South Asia numbered 300 or above Honours: Chinese (Japanese) First and Second Years • as for Major in Chinese (Japanese), with at least a 76% average • Asian Studies 105 and 225 are recommended. Third and Fourth Years • 36 credits in Chinese (Japanese) numbered 300 or above (including 342 and 442) • 24 credits from Asian Studies courses selected in consultation with the Department • 12 credits outside the Asian field In addition to the cross-listed 300- and 400-level courses bearing on China and Japan, the following courses will be accepted as Asian Studies courses for Major or Honours programs in Chinese and Japanese, subject to the approval ofthe Department: Anthropology (ANTH) 303 Ethnography of Special Areas (when the area covered is China or Japan) 322 Archaeological Foundations of East and Southeast Asian Civilizations 352 Ethnography of East Asia 402 Ethnography of China 403-5 Ethnography of Special Areas (when the area covered is Japan) 410 Prehistory of a Special Area (when the area covered is China or Japan) 416 Ethnography of Japan Economics (ECON) 341 Economic Development of Asia 342 The Economy of China since 1949 Fine Arts (FINA) 351 History of Early Chinese Art 352 HistoryofChine.se Painting 353 Buddhist An of Japan 354 Japanese Painting Traditions 451 Seminar in Chinese Painting 453 Seminar in Japanese Art Geography (GEOG) 380 Introduction to the Geography of Monsoon Asia 385 Geography of China 425 Historical Geography of China 468 Geography of International Economic Systems 481 Geography of Japan History (HIST) 423 Economic and Business History of Modern Japan Political Science (POLI) 321 Chinese Government and Politics 322 Japanese Government and 365 Asian International Relations (when the area covered is China or Japan) Advanced Topics in Comparative Politics (Non- Western) (when the area covered is China or Japan) 421 Religious Studies (RELG) 361 The New Religions of Japan 364 Buddhism in India and East Asia 90 Arts 367 431 Approaches to Zen The Buddhist Religious Tradition Theatre (THTR) 340 History ofthe Oriental Theatre (when the course deals with China or Japan) Honours: South Asian Languages First and Second Year • as for Major in South Asian Languages, with at least a 76% average • Asian Studies 115 is recommended Third and Fourth Years • 36 credits in South Asian Languages numbered 300 or above. • 24 credits from Asian Studies courses selected in consultation with the Department. • 12 credits outside the Asian field. In addition to the cross-listed 300- and 400-leve courses bearing on South Asia, the following courses will be accepted as Asian Studies Courses for a Major or Honours program in South Asian Languages, subject to the approval ofthe Department: Anthropology (ANTH) 302 (3) Comparative Ethnography of South Asia 403 (6) Ethnography of Special Area (when the area covered is South Asia) 410 (3) Prehistory of a Special Area (when the area covered is South Asia) Economics (ANTH) 341 (3) Economic Development of Asia Fine Arts (FINA) 357 (6) Early South and Southeast Asian Art 358 (6) Later South and Southeast Asian Art 455 (6) Seminar in the Art of India and Southeast Asia Geography (GEOG) 380 (3) Introduction to the Geography of Monsoon Asia Political Science (POLI) 323 (6) South Asian Government and Politics Religious Studies (RELG) 364 (3) Buddhism in India and East Asia 452 (6) Reading in Hindu Religious Texts Note: A brochure describing the offerings of the Department of Asian Studies in more detail is available from the Department. Canadian Studies The Canadian Studies major program provides an opportunity for contact with the way disciplines in the humanities and social sciences have shaped understanding of Canada. Students in the program will be required to take courses in each of five areas — politics and economics, society, culture, history, and geography. In their fourth year they will enrol in the Senior Seminar in Canadian Studies, to be taught by the distinguished Canadianist holding the Brenda and David McLean Chair in Canadian Studies (in 1994/95 this will be Professor Alan Cairns of the Department of Political Science). Enrolment is limited to 25 students in each of the third and fourth years. Admission is by application. The pro gram must be approved by a Canadian Studies adviser. For further information consult Dr. Allan Smith, Chair, Canadian Studies Program, Department uf History, The University of British Columbia, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z1; telephone (604) 822-5193 or 822-2561. Requirements for the B.A. Degree Major: First and Second Years • either French 121 (3) (Contemporary French Language) ancl French 123 (3) (Contemporary French Language and Literature II), or French 122 (3) (Contemporary French Language and Literature I) and French 123 (3) (Contemporary French Language and Literature II). Students intending to meet more than the minimum program requirements in French are advised to complete French 222 (3) (Studies in French Language and Style I) and French 223 (3) (Studies in French Language and Style II). • either Economics 100 (6) (Principlesof Economics) or Political Science 200 (3) (The Government of Canada).' • six credits from the following courses: Anthropology (ANTH) 201 (3/6) Ethnic Relations 220 (3) Native Peoples of British Columbia: Cultures and Resources 221 (3) Native Peoples of British Columbia: Art and Myth Economics (ECON) 100' Principles of Economics English (ENGL) 202 (6) Introduction to Canadian Literature 423 (3/6) Canadian Drama 424 (3) Canadian Novel 426 (3-12) Studies in Canadian Literature Geography (GEOG) 290 (3) Introduction to the Geography of Canada History (HIST) 135 (6) History of Canada Political Science (POLI) 200' The Government of Canada Sociology (SOCI) 100 (6) Introduction to Sociology 210 (3/6) Canadian Social Structure - Students planning to take Sociology 310 or 410 must take Sociology 100. '' Neither Economics 10(1 nor Polilical Science ZOO can be used to satisfy more than one of these requirements In planning the first and second years students should take into account the prerequisites for the 300 and 400 level courses they intend to take in subsequent years. Third and Fourth Years In consultation with a Canadian Studies adviser, students will compose a program which includes: • Canadian Studies 150 (3) (Senior Seminar in Canadian Studies) - to be given bv the Chair in Canadian Studies • six credits of work in each ofthe following five areas of study, for a total of 30 credits. In special circumstances, and with the permission of the program chair, other courses may be substituied for those listed. Culture French (FREN) 335 (6) French Canadian Civilization 403 (6) Survev of French Canadian Literature in Translation Fine Arts 343 (6) Art in Canada 443 (6) Seminar in Canadian Art Geography Geography (GEOG) 327 (3) Historical Geography of Canada I: Canada Before 1850 328 (.31 Historical Geography of Canada IL Canada After 1850 499 (3) Economic and Social Geography of Canada History History (HIST) 302 (6) History ofthe Native Peoples of Canada »()7 (6) French North America to 1803 326 (6) The British North American Colonies, I749-18"3 329 (6) Canadian Social History 401 (6) French Canada from the end ofthe 18th Century to the Present 426 (6) Twentieth Century Canada 430 (6) Canadian External Policy since Confederation 437 (6) The American Impact on Canada Society Anthropology (ANTH) 329 (6) Native People of Canada Sociology (SOCI) 310 (6) Canadian Society 410 (3/6) Special Studies in Canadian Society Politics and Economics Political Science (POLI) 301 (3) Canadian Political Parties 303 (3) Federalism in Canada 305 (3) Canadian Political Ideas 363 (3) Canadian Foreign Policy 336 (6) Economic History of Canada • up to 15 credits from the following courses (il not alreadv taken). The total number of upper division courses in anv one discipline may not exceed 12 Anthropology (ANTH) 301 (3) Native People of British Columbia: Contemporary Issues 30 i (6) Ethnography of the Northwest Coast 321 (.3) The Canadian Far West in Prehistory 329 (6) Native People of Canada 331 (.3/6) Anthropology of Art 332 (3/61 Oral Tradition 333(3/6) The Anaivsis of Myth 420 (3/6) Archaeology of British Columbia English (ENGL) 420 (3) Canadian Literary Genres 421 (3) Canadian Poetrv Economics (ECON) 317 (31 Poverty and Inequality 336 (6) Economic History of Canada 345 (6) Monev anti Banking 350 (3) Public Finance Polity Topics 351 (3) Women in the Economy Arts 91 355 (3) International Economics 360 (3) Labour Economics 361 (3) Economics of Industrial Relations 365 (3) Topics in Canadian Industrial Organization and Regulation Policy 370 (3) Benefit-Cost Analysis and the Economics of Project Evaluation 371 (3) Economics of the Environment 374 (3) land Economics 384 (3) Economic Analysis of Health Services 450 (3) Economics of Taxation 456 (3) International Macroeconomics and Finance 460 (3) Economics of Labour Markets 461 (3) Economics of Trade Unions 480 (3) Transportation The amount of Canadian content in these courses may vary from year to year. Please check with the instructor. English (ENGL) 333 (3) Canadian 420 (3) 421 (3) 422 (3) 423 (3/6) 424 (3) 425 (3) Canadian Canadian The Long Canadian Canadian Canadian 426 (3-12) Studies in 427 (3-12) Studies in Criticism and Theory Literary Genres Poetry Poem in Canada Drama Novel Short Fiction Canadian Literature First Nations Writing Family Science (FMSC) .320 (3) The Contemporary North American Family in Societal Context 340 (3) Family Financial Management Fine Arts (FINA) .343 (6) Art in Canada .348 (6) The Rise of North American Architecture 369 (6) North American Indian Art ■i43 (6) Seminar in Canadian Art 448 (6) Seminar in North American Architecture 469 (6) Seminar in North American Indian Art 330 (3/6) French-Canadian Literature 335(6) French-Canadian Civilization 403 (6) Survey of French-Canadian Literature in Translation 419 (3/6) Women's Literature in France and French Canada 422 (3/6) Women Writers of France and French Canada 430 (3/6) French-Canadian Literature Geography (GEOG) 317 (3) The Physical Environment of British Columbia Historical Geography of Canada, I: Canada Before 1850 Historical Geography of Canada, II: Canada After 1850 The Geography of Resource Industries Historical Geography of British Columbia I Historical Geography of British Columbia II: Research Seminar Urban Analysis Geography of International Economic Systems: Canada and the Pacific Basin Geography of the Canadian Arctic Economic and Social Geography of Canada 327(3) 328 (3) 363 (3) 426 (3) 428 (3) 450 (3) 468 (3) 497 (3) 499 (3) History (HIST) 302 (6) History of the Native Peoples of Canada 303 (6) History of the Canadian West 307 (6) French North America to 1803 326 (6) The British North American Colonies, 1749-1873 329 (6) Canadian Social History 401 (6) French Canada from the End of the 18th Century to the Present 404 (6) British Columbia 430 (6) Canadian External Policy since Confederation 437 (6) The American Impact on Canada Requirements for the B.A. Degree Linguistics (LING) 433 (3) Native Languages of North America 434 (3) Native Languages of Canada 440 (3-6) Regional Linguistics 445 (3/6) Sociolinguistics Political Science (POLI) 3C1 (3) Canadian Political Parties 302(3/6) Public Administration 303 (3) Federalism in Canada 304 (3) British Columbia Government and Politics 305 (3) Canadian Political Ideas 306 (3) Local Government and Politics in Canada 307 (3) Quebec Government and Politics 363 (3/6) Canadian Foreign Policy 401 (3/6) Canadian Provincial and Regional Politics 402 (3/6) Politics ofthe Canadian Constitutions 403 (3/6) The Political Economy of Canada 404 (3/6) Public Policy and its Administration 405 (3/6) Topics in Canadian Politics Religious Studies (I.ELG) 312 (3) Jews and Judaism in Canada 420 (6) Religion in Canada Sociology (SOCI) 1 310 (6) Canadian Society 360 (3/6) Sociology and Natural Resources 361 (6) Sot ial Inequality 410 (3/6) Special Studies in Canadian Society 420 (3/6) Sociology of the Environment 425 (3/6) Urban Sociology 4 70 (3/6) Sociology of Crime and Justice • at least 12 credits from 300- and 400-level courses not part of this program, chosen in conformity with faculty requirements, credit value determined by the department offering the course. Chinese See Asian Studies. Classical Studies The Department of Classics offers Major and Honours programs in Classical Studies. A knowledge of the Greek or Latin language is not required for any course in Classical Studies. These courses are designed to investigate the life, literature, and thought ofthe Greek and Roman world. Classical Studies 204,210, 305,310,315,316,330, and 331 maybe taken by second- year students. The Department of History recognizes Classical Studies 311, 312, 331, 332 and 333 as History courses (although only six credits from this list may be counted toward a Major in History). Six credits in Fine Arts will be given fer each of Classical Studies 330 and 429. Classical Studies 310,315, and 316 are acceptable alternatives to English at the 200 level, except for students majoring in Classical Studies. Classical Studies 436 maybe credited toward a Major in Philosophy. Major: Classical Studies Second Year • Classical Studies 310 or 330 or 331 Third and Fourth Years • 30 credits of Classical Studies courses numbered 300 or above (which must include 310,330, and 331 if not already taken) • Classical Studies 305 is highly recommended Those who wish to concentrate on art/archaeology should take Classical Studies 335,429,430, and 431; on literature, Classical Studies 315 and 316; on history, two or more of Classical Studies 332,333, and 334. Greek or Latin courses numbered 300 or above maybe substituted for 12 ofthe 30 credits of Classical Studies. Religious Studies 300 and Philosophy 333 and 343 are accepted within the Classical Studies Major. Honours: Classical Studies First and Second Year • 12 credits of Classical Studies and/or Latin and/or Greek with at least a 65% average, and the permission of the Department of Classics • required: Classical Studies 210 • recommended: Classical Studies 310, or 330, or 3.31. Students are encouraged to take courses in the ancient languages. Thiird and Fourth Years • 48 credits of Classical Studies, which must include Classical Studies310,330and331 (if not taken earlier); Classical Studies 436, if offered (may be substituted for Classical Studies 210), and 449. • latin or Greek courses numbered 300 or above may be substituted for 6 ofthe 48 credits of Classical Studies. Classics The Department of Classics offers programs of study that lead to the degrees of Ph.D., M.A., B.A. Requirements for the B.A. Degree Major: Greek • Classical Studies 331 (preferably in the second year) • 30 credits of Greek numbered above 300; for six of these, a course in Latin or in Classical Studies numbered above 300 mav be substituted. Major: Latin • Classical Studies 3.31 (preferably in the second year) • 30 credits of Latin numbered above 300; for six of these, a course in Greek or in Classical Studies numbered above 300 may be substituted. Honours: Classics Prerequisites or co-requisites • Greek 200, 301 92 Arts • Latin 200,301 (Latin 205 mav be taken in place of Latin 200 and 301.) • Classical Studies 3)1 Third and Fourth Years • 60 credits in Greek and Laiin courses numbered 300 and above, which must include either Latin 410 (composition) or Greek 410 (composition). Students preparing for admission to a graduate program in Classics should take both Greek -110 and Latin 410 (offered in alternate years). The Department is prepared to arrange Honours programs in collaboration with other deparmicnts (eg..English, French, Hispanic and Italian Studies. Religious Studies). Note: For information regarding the Major and Honours programs in Classical Studies, please refer to the preceding section, "Classical Studies". Comparative Literature The Program in Comparative Literature < liters opportunities for interdisciplinary study at the graduate level, leading lo the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees. Undergraduates who are interested in preparing for these degrees should acquire competence in at least two languages other than their native language. In addition, comprehensive knowledge of at least one, and preferably two. 1 iterant res should be acquired through study in a double Major program or through the Honours program of one of the ianguage departments. While retaining:! primarv focus in thestudv of literary texts, the Program also encourages study of interrelationships among literature, the arts, and the social sciences. Students interested in Comparative Literal tire should consult Professor Eva-Mane Kroller, Chair iBuchanan E278), for further information, and should obtain from the Program's main office (Buchanan E270j a copy i if the Handbook for Graduate Studenls in Comparative literature which provides details of the Program's entrance requirements and degrees. wmmms0mmM®mmmfflm^mmmmmmmmMMri?^t*mm^ Creative Writing The Department of Creative Writing offers programs of study that iead to the degrees of M.F.A, (including interdepartmental programs in cooperation wilh the Department of Theatre and Film) and B.F.A. Requirements for the B.F.A. Degree First and Second Year • Creative Writing 202 or 301 and the requirements for the first two years ofthe B.A. program Admission to courses and the Major or Honours Program Applicants for Creative Writing 202 and .301 will he admitted if the applicant's submission of 20-25 pages of recent original fiction, creative non-fiction, drama, or poetrv, or a combination of these, is judged acceptable by the Department. Sludents seeking admission to the Major or Honours piogram in Creative Writing should apply at the end of their second year of university by submitting to the Department a written request accompanied by their i reative writing manuscripts. Students who wish to be considered for the Major or Honours program should submit 30-35 pages of original writing in two or more genres. Applicants will be accepted into the Major or Honours programs on the recommendation of the instructors assigned to evaluate their manuscripts. Students who wish to be considered lor a particular 400- level course, hut not for a specialization in Creative Writing, should submit 20-25 pages of t iriglnal writing relevant to that course. Applicants lor Creative Writing interested in Creative Writing 404, aOo, or iff mav submit fiction or plays. First-year students are not eligible to take a 400-level course. Major: Third and Fourth Years Students must complete 60 credits, 30 of which are in Creative V, riring courses. The .30 credits will be chosen in consultation wilh their adviser from Departmental workshops and tutorials, and must include: • any three ofthe following workshops (in satisfying the three-genre requirement for the Major, 408 and 409 are treated as a single genre, fiction;; Creative Writing (CRWR) 403 Writing of Children's Literature 4(14 Radio Plavs and Features i()5 Creative Forms and Techniques of Non-fiction 406 Screen and Television Plays 4(P Stage Plays 408 Novel and Novella or 409 Short Story ■ 10 Poetry 415 Translation lid Applied Creative Non-fiction -13') Special Projects in Creative Writing • One or more of the following tutorials in areas of the student's special interest-. Creative Writing (CRWR) 4.7 Directed Reading (not necessarily offered every year) 191 The Writing of Children's Liletature 492 Non-fictional Prose -t93 Radio Plavs and Features 49-i Screen and Television Plays 495 Translation 496 Poetry l97 Ficl ion 4<W Stage Plavs Honours: Third and Fourth Years The same as the Major, with the different e that students must complete i2 credits in Creative Writing, which will be chosen in consultation with the adviser from the Departmental workshop and tutorials, and include any three ofthe workshops listed above. As pan ofthe program, Honours students will be required to complete a thesis of a length and lorm appropriate to the genre. Double Major: Students who have completed all the degree requirements for a Double Major in Creative Writing and another subject falling within tbe B.A. program may choose to graduate with either a B.F.A. or B.A. degree. Diploma: Applied Creative Non-fiction Prerequisite A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in any discipline, or in the case of mature applicants with considerable professional experience, extensive work in lite field of Creative Non-fiction, Candidates for admission must submit at least 30 pages of original material containing samples of writing in Creative Non-fiction and at least one other imaginative form (fiction, poetry, playwriting, etc.). Course of Study The program consists of 24 credits of course work: • Creative Writing 30) or equivalent (comprised of 01 her writing courses or equivalent writing experience), • Creative Writing 405: • Creative Writing 416 (405 and 416 may be taken concurrently): and • Creative Writing 4.39 and/or 492 Notes 1) Successful completion of 301 does not automatically result in acceptance into 405 or 416 clue to limited enrolment. 2) All requirements for the Diploma must be completed within live years of the initial registration in the program. Instruction Instruction is based on the premise that promising .student-authors can benefit from professional criticism and the necessity of producing regularly and meeting deadlines. Workshi ips. conferences and tutorials are designed to focus attention upon the student's own work. Reading assignments may be made in the Department's magazine of current writing, PRISM International, and other relevant journals and books. There are no examinations, and marks are based on lhe writing done and on participation in workshops throughout the year. Economics 'fhe Department of Economics offers programs of study that lead to the degrees of Ph.D.. M.A., B.A. Admission to the Major or Honours Program Admission to the Major or Honours program in Economics is not automatic. To be admitted students must submit a formal applicatii in. Because there are a limited number of places sonic students who satisfy the minimum prerequisites may not be admitted. Selection for admission is based on the average standing in all credits of post-secondary coursework attempted, with the exception of 12 credits which may be excluded from the calculation. The average is calculated on at least ■18 credits, including English 100, Economics 100, Mathematics 140 and Til (or equivalent). Students not adm it- ted to die Major in Economics who are eligible to take Economics 490 may be admitted to the fourth year of the program, hut only if places become available, which is unlikely. Students who are considering a Major or Honours program in Economics are strongly encouraged io seek advice on their program from Department advisers upon completion of their first year. Application A written application for admission to the Major orl It 111- ours program should be received byjune 15. prior to registering for lhe third year, to ensure that the student will be considered for admission. Application forms are available from the Undergraduate Admissions Secretary, Department of Economics, The University of British Columbia, #99-187,3 East Mali, Vancouver, B.C.. V6T 1X1. The application form must be accompanied by a copy of the student's permanent record from UBC (unless applicatii in is post-marked May 20 or earlier) and official transcripts ofthe student's record from all other post-secondary educational institutions atiended. Arts 93 Requirements for the B.A. Degree Major: Prerequisites To be admitted to the Major program a student must have obtained 54 credits of credit applicable to a B.A. degree from this University, including credit for: • six credits of first-year English • Mathematics 140 and 141 (or their equivalent) • Economics 100 • Economics 201 and 202 (or their equivalent) Students without Economics 201 and 202 may be considered for admission under certain circumstances. Requirements • Economics 303 • Economics 325 and 326 • one of: Economics 334, 336, 437 • Economics 490 • another six credits* in Economics at the 400-level • another six credits in Economies at the 300- or 400-level • three credits for students pursuing a Double Major in Economics and another subject, for a tota! credit requirement in Economics of 30 credits. See Double Major Program under the Program Requirements section for the Facully of Arts. Mathematics 200 and 221 are recommended but not required. Students should note the prerequisites for senior courses and plan their programs accordingly. Particular attention should be paid to the prerequisites for Economics 490; Economics 303,325 and 326 (or their equivalent) must be successfully completed before the beginning of the student's final vear. Honours: Prerequisites To be admitted to the Honours program a student must have obtained 60 credits of credit applicable to a B.A. degree from this University with an overall average of 65% or better, and have completed successfully: • six credits of first-year English • Mathematics 140 and 141, or 100 and 101 • Economics 100 with at least a 65% average • Economics 206 and 306 with at least a 65% average (or, with permission of the Honours adviser. Economics 201 and 202) Students considering an Honours program in Economics should consult the Department's Honours adviser on completion of their second year (if possible, on completion of their firs! year). Students without Economics 206 and 306 (or their equivalents) may be considered for admission pending satisfactory completion of the required courses. Requirements • Economics 325 and 326 • one of: Economics 334, 336, 437 • Economics 307 with at least a 65% average • another six credits in Economics at the 400 level • another six credits in Economics at the 300 or 400 level • Economics 495 and 499 Mathematics 200 and 221 are strongly recommended. To continue in the Honours program a student must attain at least a second-class average in all courses taken in Economics. Courses for Students not Specializing in Economics Economics 309 is designed for upper-year students who want a survey course in economics but who do not want to specialize in the field. Economics 309 may replace Economics 100 as a prerequisite to other 300- and 400- level courses. Non-specialists should also note that most 300-level courses have as prerequisites no more than Principles of Economics (Economics 100 or 309). Students are referred to the Department of Economics Undergraduate Handbook for updated information on courses to be offered each session. English The Department of English offers programs of study that lead to the degrees of Ph.D., M.A., B.A. The Department offers Honours and Major programs in English with emphasis in either literature or Language. In March, the Department circulates its own booklet, English Courses Offered, which gives detailed information about the courses to be offered in the next academic year. This booklet states the credit-value of courses listed in the Calendar with variable credit. Interested students should write to the Department for a copy of English Courses Offered. ■ J Six credits of first-year English or Arts One and third-year standing are prerequisite to al! English courses numbered 304 or above except as rioted. The designation "(3/6)" means that the Department will offer the course at some times for one term (three credits) and at other times for a full year (six credits). The designation "(3-12)" means that during their complete programs of study, students may take up to 12 credits of work in any course so marked if the specific topic of that course changes from term to term. Requirements for the 13.A. Degree Major: Second Year • English 201 (or under special conditions 450 or 210: see English Courses Offered for details) Third and Fourth Years Students must choose either the Literature Emphasis program or the Language Emphasis program. • Requirements for the Literature Emphasis program: 1) at least 30 credits in courses numbered 304 and above 2) Of these 30 credits, at least 24 credits must be completed in areas 1-9 (listed below). 3) These 24 credits must be distributed to cover five areas, as follows: a) at least three credits in each of three areas chosen from areas 1-5, and b) at least three credits in each of two additional areas chosen from areas 1-9. 1. Old and Middle English (includes Chaucer): 340;341;350's . ,,: , acr. ntuty(includesShakespeare):360's 3. SeventeenthCentuiydnc!1 idesMiltotf):370's 4. Eighteenth Century: 380's 5. Nineteenth Century: 390's 6. Twentieth-Century British and Anglo-Irish: 400-416 7. American: 430-437 8. Canadian and Commonwealth: 420-429; 440, 446 9. Criticism, Bibliography, and Special Studies*: 310-319; 330-337; 438; 450; 451 lO.English Language and Rhetoric: 304; 306; 307; 308; 320-329 * Special studies courses sometimes fit into areas 1-8; consult current English Courses Offered for area designation of these courses in a given year. • Requirements for the Language Emphasis program: At least 30 credits distributed as follows: 1) 320 and 329 (six credits each) 2) at least six credits from the following list: 340, 341, 350,351,352,353,355 3) at least 12 more credits from the following list: 304, 306,307,321,322,323,324,325,326,340,341,350, 351,352,353,355, and Linguistics300,301,319,427 (Linguistics 200 is recommended as preparation for English 329.) The requirements for the English Major may be completed through part-time study. Further details are available in English Courses Offered. Honours: Admission • at least a 76% average normally in English 201; or at least a 76% average in both English 210 and 211. For admission requirements to English 210 see course listing. Thiird and Fourth Years • at least one course must be taken in each of the following areas; at least two ofthe courses must be full- year or six-credit courses: 1) Language: 320 (6); 321 (3); 322 (3); 324 (3); 325 (3); 326 (3); 329 (6); 340 (3); 345 (3) 2) Chaucer: 355 (6); 356 (3) 3) Shakespeare: 365 (6); 367 (3) 4) Milton: 375 (6); 376 (3) In addition, students are required to take English 491 in their third year, and 492 and 499 in their fourth year. Seventy-two credits are required in the third and fourth years: at least 54 credits in English courses and at most 60 credits. Suggested Courses for Intending Secondary School English Teachers The English Department, in collaboration with the Faculty of Education, recommends the following courses for majors who wish to prepare themselves to teach English in secondary schools. Second Year • English 201 (Major Authors), and either • English 202 (Canadian Literature) or 203 (Biblical and Classical Backgrounds) Third and Fourth Years A total of 36 credits, including English 304 (Advanced Composition) six credits of English language (320-329) English 365 (Shakespeare) English 420 (Canadian Literary Genres) (if not 202) six credits of Twentieth-Century British or American Literature (400-416, 430-438) Also recommended are English 311 (Literature of the Bible) (if not 203), and English 330 (PracticalCriticism). 94 Arts Students in this program must complete all the normal area requirements of an English Major (B.A.I, and should also consult the Calendar description of the English Concentration and Major in the Faculty of Education. Environmental Studies Several Departments in the Faculty of Arts offer courses with an environmental focus. The Department of Geography has identified a group of related courses as an Environmental "stream" within their Major program. Students interested in this program should consult the listings for Geography, in this section of the Calendar The Faculty also offers a B.A. Honours program in Environmental Studies, designed to give students a broad perspective on the environment It provides a significant foundation in science, and the social sciences, and through a series of Environmental Studies seminars, brings together students in the B.A. Environmental Studies and B.Sc. Environmental Sciences programs to consider and address environmental problems. Students enrolling in this program require Mathematics 12, Chemistry 11 and Physics 11 and should normaliv have satisfied the language requirement of the Faculty of Arts. The Environmental Studies Honours program concentrates on understanding and appreciating the major environmental issues facing human societies rather than on training students in a specific discipline. The program will serve especially those students with a general academic interest in environmental topics. It is not intended as preparation for post-graduate work in a specific discipline (additional qualifying studies may be necessary for further work in some fields); it will, however, provide an excellent preparation for a number of post-baccalaureate environmental and resource management programs offered by other universities. Enrolment in the second and subsequent years of the program is strictly limited to 24 students in each year and is controlled by stringent academic criteria. Admission to second year will be based on academic performance in first year and will require a minimum 72% average in that vear. However, attainment of this minimum average does not guarantee acceptance into the program. Students must maintain at least a 68% cumulative average for continuation after second year. Students who do not meet the required standards for continuation, or who choose to change programs after the second or third year, may seek permission of the Faculty tti transfer to the General Arts program. Transfer tt) a Major program after second year, or to the General Program after third year, may result in some deficiencies in program requirements and a need for additional course work. Applications for entry to the program must be submitted, on forms available from the Political Science Department, to the Environmental Studies Coordinator, Department of Political Science, by April 30 prior to registering for second year. Requirements for the B.A. Degree First Year English 100-level Biology 101'or 102' Economics 100' or Chemistry 103, 110' or 12()! Geography 101, or 102 ancl 103 Mathematics 100j. 101'or 120', 121' Total Second Year Literature course Economics 100iJor Chemistry 103, lilt or 120- Two of: Geography 2002, 205 . 207 Nine credits from: 9 Biologv 2(fr or 20s'; Biologv 211.' or 2 lit; Chemistry 201"' or 202a Physics HO; Polilical Science 200i; Sociology 210'; Psychology 202 Environmental Studies 200' 3 Total 30 Third Year two of: Economics 201, 3'70-.!~ I - 6 Geographv 3 Ut, 3 IS 6 Statistics 200'or 203 or Computer Science 100 or IIS 3 Nine credits ftom: 9 Philosophy 3.r; Policial Sacncc 302'. Sociology 301'; Psychology 321 Six credits from: d Chemistry 301'. 302'; Microbiology 417'; Oceanography 308': Biology 303'; Soil Science 200' Environmental Studies 300' 3 Electives1 3 Total 36 Fourth Year Philosophy 435' 3 Environmental Studies 400' 6 21 credits from: 21 Economics .71'. C2', Geography 410, 418, 423', 417; Philosophy 434'; Polilical Science 404'; Sociology 360, 420 (Up to nine ot these credits mav be chosen from; Law 356-, 358'. 359'. 302'. 388', 450'. 452'; Occupational Hygiene 40laForestrv 202, 38""; Natural Resources 1 Consei .ation 200', 330') Electivess 6 Total 36 ! Students who have mil met the i-'acully at Arts second language requiremenl might postpone one ol these courses to second year and defer the literature requirement to fourih \eac when it mav be taker, in lieu of six creclils ol electives ' Courses included in both HA. and B.Sc. piogranis. although not all required ancl nol necessarily ai die same- jiuulure in each program. ■ If not taken in first veil. ■ ' Mav include courses from above lists ' May include courses from above I in any program permilled ouisid Requirements for the B.A. Degree si although no more than 12 credits the faculties ol Arts and Science. «__*! «< s^BKat_MM_tanHMBiiaaasiii Ethnic Studies Mas* Ethnic Studies refers to the study of ethnic groups within Canadian society. Work ordinarily centres on a single ethnic group, on relationships between ethnic groups, or on a comparison of the situations of such groups in Canada and in other countries. Ethnic Studies involve many disciplines (e.g., history, political science, anthropology, sociology, language, literature, health, education) and are carried on in various departments, schools, and faculties of the university. Subjects may van' widely (e.g., from ethnomusicology to nutrition) ancl arc frequently studied on an inter-disciplinary or inter-faculty basis. Although there is no Department of Ethnic Studies and no formal program leading to a degree in this field, many departments offer courses relevant to Ethnic Studies and related areas. Students who wish to emphasize Ethnic Studies at the undergraduate orgraduate level will usually follow a normal degree program in a single department. Such students should consult the Committee on Ethnic Studies for guidance in planning their course-work; they should do so by the end of their second year. The Chair of the Committee is Dr, Richard Menkis (Department of Religious Studies), telephone (601) 822-5825. mMgmmmmxmmmmim Family Science flu. aiiiool of Family and Nutritional Sciences offers students in the Faculty of Arts the Family Science Major, an academic program in social science leading to the B.A. degree. Major: First and Second Years • Family Science 200 and Statistics 203 Third and Fourth Years • Family Science 420 and 422 • At least 24 additional credits of Family Science courses including: at least one of: 320. 322, 32a. 326, 436 at least one of: 312, 314, 316, 410, tli at 'east one of: 338, 340, 342, 440, 442 mMmmmt-«mmmMmmm<msr&<!' ww upm wra *»«*#■» Film The Department of Theatre and Film offers programs of study that leacto the degrees of M.A., M.F.A., B.A., and the Diploma in Film Studies. Requirements for the B.A. Degree Major: Film The selection uf students for admission to the Film Map it program normally takes place during the week after term finishes (end of April, beginning of May). Prospective candidates should contact the Film Division Office concerning admission requirements and to make appointments for interviews. Second Year • Film 230 Third Year • Film 330. 331. 333 Fourth Year • Film 433. 4.35, three credits chosen from Film 43" or 439, and three credits chosen from Film 332, 430, or 432. Diploma: Film Studies Applicants must have completed a Bachelor's degree in Arts. Science, or Commerce. The program will take two years of part-time stuth Additional courses, above the three required, may be taken on an elective basis. No longer than five years should elapse between initial enrolment in the program and attaining the diploma. Thirty-six credits of course work are required as follows: First Year • Film 330, 3,31, 332, 333 Second Year • Film 430. 432. 433, 435 • three credits chosen from Filni 437 or 439 Enrolment in the p" 0i am c ill be limited, and preference will be '"■■. 11 to students v. ah strong evidence of creative .uuiiiy, either in film ot in one of the other fine arts Prospective students should enquire at the Film Division Office for audition materials required and for times when materials are evaluated. Arts 95 Fine Arts TheDepartment of Fine Arts offers programs of study that lead to the degrees of Ph.D., M.A., M.F.A., B.A., B.A. in Studio Arts, B.F.A., and the Diploma in Art History. These courses of study have one common goal: the development of critical approaches to visual art. They may be pursued for purposes of general education or for professional activity in the fields of art, and the available programs reflect both the areas of focus and the depth of concern, in art history, the Department offers the degrees of B.A. (Majorand Honours), M.A. and Ph.D. A Diploma in Art History is available forstudenls who havea first degree in another discipline and who wish a foundation in art history' for their own purposes. The B.F.A. and M.F.A. degrees are offered in studio art; and for those intending to pursue a post-graduate program in secondaiy education, a B A. in Studio Arts is available. Depending upon the purposes of lhe student and the nature of each program, however, the student can give some attention to both art history and studio art. Brochures which introduce art history and studio goals, programs, and courses are available from the Department. Requirements for the B.A. Degree Requirements for the B.A. in Studio Arts This program is intended for, but not limited to, students contemplating a post-B.A. professional program in Education. Major: First and Second Years • any 12 credits in Fine Arts, of which at least six credits must be in art history. Third and Fourth Years • 18 credits of Fine Arts courses numbered 300 or above in one ofthe following three areas: 1) Western art and architecture 2) Indigenous art of the Americas, or 3) Asian art See the departmental art history brochure and consult with an adviser for courses in these areas. • 12 additional credits in Fine Arts courses numbered 300 or above which must include at least six credits in indigenous art of the Americas or Asian art courses for students in Western art, or six credits in Western art for students in indigenous art of the Americas or Asian art • Students, especially those who are contemplating graduate work, should include at least six credits of fourth-year seminar courses in the minimum requirements for the Major. No more than six credits of cross- listed courses offered by other departments, excepting Fine Arts 329, may be counted toward the minimum requirements for the Major. Honours: First and Second Years • any 12 credits in Fine Arts, of which six credits must be in art history and in which first- or second-class standing must be obtained Third and Fourth Years • Same requirements as for the Major, with the exception that six credits in art history numbered 300 or above and the Honours Essay (Fine Arts 499) are required in addition, fora total of 42 credits of Fine Arts courses in the third and fourth years. • A reading knowledge of at least one language other than English, appropriate to the field, of study, is strongly recommended. Major: First Year • a minimum of 12 credits in Fine Arts, including Fine Arts 181 and six credits in art history- Second Year • Fine Arts 281 (three credits) and nine credits from Fine Arts 282-290. For admission to these courses, see note in the Courses of Instruction section. Third and Fourth Yeairs Admission to the Major requires at least a 68% grade in each second-year studio art course. • a minimum of 30 credits in courses numbered 300 and above, including at least 12 credits in art histoiy and 18 credits in studio art courses A maximum of 12 credits in ARTE (Art Education) courses offered by the Faculty of Education may be substituted for Fine Arts studio art course requirements, and six additional A.RTE credits may be credited towards Faculty of Arts requirements. Potential Education students are also advised to choose 18 credits of electives in a single non- Fine Arts discipline (any prerequisites shouid have been taken in the second year), which should be chosen in anticipation of a second teaching area. Requirements for the B.IF.A. Degree The program leading to the B.FA. degree normally consists of four years of study. The first two years are the first two years of the B.A. program. Application to enter the B.F.A. program proper is to be made by March 31 of the student's second year. The number of places available in the program is strictly limited, hence entry into the program is by selection Students from Community Colleges intending to enter the B.F.A. program should normally apply to the University at the end of their first year. However, transfer students may be accepted into the B.F.A. in the third year subject to the submission of transcripts showing the completion of courses equivalent to 12 credits from Fine Arts 287-290 (including Fine Arts 281) with at least a 68% grade in each, an assessment of a portfolio of works and, if possible, an interview. Arrangements for this should be made with the Department by March 31. In all cases, admission will depend upon the spaces available and is at the discretion ofthe faculty. Students who do not maintain at least a 68% average in the B.FA. courses may not continue in the B.F.A. program. A brochure concerning the B.F.A. program is available upon request from the Department of Fine Arts. Prospective candidates may obtain details concerning the principles and procedures governing the selection of students from the Department of Fine Arts. First Year Requirements of the first-year B.A. program, including Fine Arts 181 and six credits of an: history, with at least a 68% average in each. Second Year Requirements ofthe second-year B.A. program, including Fine Arts 281 (three credits) and nine credits from Fine Arts 282-290, with at least a 68% grade in each. For admission to these n 'urses, see the note in the "Courses of Instruction" section. Third Year • 36 credits in courses in the Faculty of Arts including Fine Arts 380 (six credits) • 12 credits chosen from Fine Arts 381-386, and Fine Arts 339 or 340 or 343 (six credits) Fourth Year • 36 credits in courses in the Faculty of Arts including Fine Arts 480 (six credits) and 18 credits chosen from Fine Arts 481-486 • at least 60 ofthe last 72 credits for the B.F.A. degree in Fine Arts must be in courses numbered 300 or above Diploma: Art History Students shall already have a first degree in another discipline. Applications for admission should be made to the Registrar no later than and preferably before 1 August for entry in September. The Diploma program requires 30 credits of courses in art history numbered 300 or above. No more than six credits of cross-listed courses offered by other departments, excepting Fine Arts 329. may be counted toward the requirements Fine Arts 373 and 375 are required for all students unless written permission to the contrary is given by the Department. Only six credits of C standing may be credited toward the Diploma requirements. French The Department of French offers programs of study that lead to the degrees of Ph.D., M.A., B.A., and the Diploma in Translation. Requirements for the B.A. Degree Students wishing to specialize in French will normally choose to concentrate either in literature or in language. Both programs include combinations of general and specialized courses. Other combinations may be approved after discussion of individual needs and interests with departmental advisers. Major: French with emphasis on Language First and Second Years • French 122 and 123; French 220, 222, 223 (These second year courses may be taken in the third year with permission ofthe Department.) Third and Fourth Years • French 353,355 and 370 • six credits from French 357, 4.3, 455, 45T • 15 credits of senior French courses, of which at least nine must be from language courses numbered above 350. Major: French with emphasis on Literature First and Second Years • French 122 and 123; French 220, 222 and 223 (these second year courses may be taken in the third year with permission of the Department.) Third and Fourth Years • French 353 and 355 96 Arts • 24 credits in courses numbered 300 or above (excluding.. 40-346, 400,403,422), of which 18 credits must be from literature courses 300, 320-321. 330..-407-430 (three of these credits must represent literature prior tc POO). Honours: French with emphasis on Language First and Second Years • French 122 and 123; French 220, 222 and 223 Third and Fourth Years • French 353.355, 3D • six credits from French 35". 453, 455, 457 • 27 credits of senior French courses, from which at least 21 must he from language courses numbered above 350 • French 499 Honours: French with emphasis on Literature First and Second Years • French 122 ancl 123; French 220, 222 and 225 Third and Fourth Years • French 300 (6), 353 and 355 • six credits from French 357, 453, 455, 457 • 24 credits of senior French courses, from which at least 18 must be from literature courses 320-321. 330. 407- 430 (three of these credits must represent literature prior io 1700) • French 499 Notes 1) French 223 or its equivalent is prerequisite to all French language courses numbered 350 or above. French 220 or its equivalent is prerequisite to all French literature courses numbered 300, 330, 401 and above. 2) \Xiththeexceptionoft01, and provided prerequisites have been satisfied, courses numbered 300-478 may be taken in either the third or the fourth year. 3) All students with credits for French 12, either from the FSI, program or from the Immersion program, are required to take a placement test to determine their best course options. Up to six advanced credits may be allowed for AP, IB or Francais 12, subject to satisfactory performance on our placement test. Change of course numbers. Prior to 1994, the courses in the above list carried the numbers indicated in parentheses: 121 and 122 and 123(115 ancl 120), 222 and 223 (202). 351 (356), 353 and 355 and 357 (352), 45,3 (452). 455 (450 and 452), 457 (452), 46] (id()), 471 (456). Diploma: Translation Prerequisites A Bachelor's degree or equivalent, or, in the case of mature applicants with considerable professional experience, extensive work in the field of translation. A high level of proficiency is expected in bolh written and spoken English and French. Before applying to the University for admission, all candidates must pass the Department's Translation Proficiency Examination which includes precis- writing and translations. Further information on the Examination may be obtained by telephoning (604) 822-2879. Admission Only after passing the Translation Proficiency Examination should candidates apply to the Registrar's Office, preferably before August 1, for admission in September. Course of Study The program ((insists of 30 credits of work, which may be completed in one vear of full-time study. (Prior to 1987 the French courses in the Diploma in Translation carried the numbers indicated in parentheses.) French 480 (6) Comparative French and English Stvlistics 482 (6)* Advanced Translation: French to English t-i23) 484 (6)* Advanced Translation: English to French (42 i) •i86 (6) Seminar in Advanced Translation (427) 489 (6) Translation Project (429) * French i82 and 181 arc to be taken concurrently Note: With die approval of the program adviser, six credits of the above offerings may be replaced by one of the following courses: Linguistics 425, Creative Writing il5 or i95. A brochure describing each year's offerings of the I lepartment of French in more detail is available from ihe department Students should obtain and consult this brochure before selecting courses. General Program See ProgramRequircnients. Geography The Department of Gographv offers programs of study that lead to the degrees of Ph.D., M.A, B.A., M Sc, B.Sc. See the Faculty of Science section for the B.Sc. and for the Atmospheric Science program, offered cooperatively bythe Departments of Geography and Oceanography. In March, the Department circulates its own booklet, A Guide lo Geography, which gives detailed information about the programs offered by the Department It also produces Geography 3rd and iih) 'ear Course Guide and Geography Graduate Courses. Interestedstudentsshould write to the Department for copies. Requirements for the B.A. Degree Major: First and Second Years • at least six credits from Geography 121, 122 (or the former 120), 210, 260, and 290; and at least six credits from Geography 101, 102, 103. 200, 205, and 207 Notes 1) Sludents who take tbe required 12 credits of 100- or 200-level Geography courses in their first year and intend to major or take Honours in Geographv may lake up to six credits of 300-level Geography courses in their second year, provided they include Geography 370. In order to take Geography 370 they must have the approval of ihe Geography Department Faculty Adviser. 2) Students intending to major in Geography with an emphasis on environmental studies should take Geography 101 (or 102 and 103), 200,205, 207, 210 and six credits of mathematics. Students intending to emphasize economic or urban geography should take six credits of mathematics. Third and Fourth Years • 30 credits of Geography courses numbered 300 or above (of which at least 9 shall be at the 400 level), as follows: • nine "core" credits from Geography 310; 320 or 321; 350-. 362 or 363; 445. • Geography 370 (three credits) • three credits from regional courses (see list below), excluding 499 • 15 additional credits Notes 1) Onlv one of Geography 320 or 321, and only one of Geography 362 or 363, can count towards the "9 c< ire credits." Students can still take the other course of each pair, e.g. as part ofthe "15 additional credits." 2) Sludents mav select their optional courses as they wide For those who prefer to focus on specific areas ofsludv. the Department of Geography has identified groups of related courses: Cultural-Historical, Economic, Environmental, and Urban. Courses in these groups are listed below. For further information see the Geography 3rd and -ith Year Course Guide. 3) The Department of Geography has a special commitment to promote understanding ofthe cultures anti economies of Pacific Rim states, and of Canada's relations with China, Japan, and the nations of South and Southeast Asia. Courses may therefore also be selected to emphasize the geography of Pacific Rim countries. See the list below. Honours: First and Second Years As for Major. Third and Fourth Years 42 credits of Geography courses numbered 300 or above (of which at least 15 shall beat the 400 level), and selected as follows: • nine credits from Geography 310; 320 or 321; 350; 362 or 363 • six credits from technique courses, including Geography 370 (see list below) • three credits from regional courses (see list below), excluding i99. • Geography i45 and 449 (nine credits) • 15 additional credits. See notes (1), (2) and (3) under Major: Third and Fourth Years The Honours program in Geography differs from the Major program in three respects: 1) degree of specialization; 2) standing, which must be at least 65%; and 3) the requirement to write an Honours essay (GEOG'ris1). Students who are interested in the Honours program should consult the Department before the end of their second year, or during the lire-registration or registration periods at the beginning of their third year. Individual 1 lonours programs require the approval ofthe Departmental Undergraduate Program Committee Arts 97 Undergraduate Courses Students who have a special interest in any course but do not have the prerequisites should consult the departmental advisers. Introductory Courses: 101, 102, 103, 121, 122, 200, 204,205,207,210,260,290 Major and Honours Seminars and Honours Essay: if)7, 445, 448, 449 Technique Courses: 309. 3"0-375, 472 Regional Courses: 380, 385, 390, 394,395, 481, 484, 493-495, 497, 499 Cultural-Historical Courses: 320, 321, 327-329, 423, 425, 426, 428 Courses on Economic Geography: 352,360, 362, 363.410, 460,461,464,468 Environmental Courses: 310, 315, 316. 317, ill), 415, 417,418.423 Urban Courses: 321,350, 352,35". 450,453, -157, 464 Courses on Canada: 320, 327, 328, t26, 428, i9~\ i99 Pacific Rim Courses: 320, 380, 385, 395, a25, 468, 481,484,490,494,495 Note: Tbe following coutses have Science credit: Geographv 101,102,103.200,204,205,207,300-303,306,308, 309,330 (for non-Science students), 401-403,405-408,449. Several courses in Geographv involve field expenses. Students should check with advisers. • students may submit a six-credit Honours essay (German 449) in place of 339 or any other six credits of senior work, aside from required courses • a course in Euxipean history wilh an emphasis on German-speaking countries. See Honours adviser • one university-level course in a language other than English or German Notes 1) Courses are of creel in German and Scandinavian, the latter including an elementary and an intermediate course in Swedish. 2) L.terature courses numbered 401 nr above are normally given in; Iternate years The Department sin mid be consulted as to whether three-credit courses will be given in the first 01 second term 3) Lp to six crecits ol courses in German literature in translation nicy be taken towards the Major or Honours degree. Majot and Honours students wili be encouraged tt 1 rent I the text in German. Alternatively, with the permission ofthe departmental adviser, one Scandinavian course mav court towards the Major or Honours riegiee Greek See Classics. ®Mmw^mmmm®mimmMimtmmmmm Hindi mMm-mmmmmmmB Germanic Studies The Department of Germanic Studies offers programs of See Asian Studies: South Asian languages, study that lead to the degrees of Ph.D., M.A., B.A. Requirements for the B.A. Degree Major: German First and Second Years Students choose one of the following sequences depend- | ing upon their previous knowledge of the language: • no previous knowledge: German 100,200 or 104, 300 or 100. 204 • with German 11 or 12: German 200, 300 • with mtutored knowledge: German 110 and 210 Students with secondary-school German or German-language background are required to contact the department and to take a placement test before the beginning of classes. Third and Fourth Years • German 300 (unless already takenV 310 • one of German320/321; one of 350/oi!, one of 450/451 • nine additional credits from German courses 301-451 (excluding 339, 430, 439, 449). Honours: German First and Second Years As for Major. Third and Fourth Years • German 300 (unless ahead)' taken), 310 • one of German 320/321; one of 350/351; one of 450/451 • the Honours tutorials 359 and 439 • nine additional credits from German courses .301-15! (excluding German 430) Jf f fas* t • Hispanic and Italian Studies The Department of Hispanic and Italian Studies offers pmgramsofstudy that lead to thedegreesof Ph.D., M.A., D.A. Requirements for the B.A. Degree Hispanic Studies The B.A. Major in Spanish is a general degree in Hispanic Studies. The Honours program allows for a greater degree specialization in Spanish language, Spanish Lileralure, Latin-American Literature or Portuguese. Major: Spanish First and Second Years Sludents with previous knowledge of Spanish should consult a departmental adviser lor placement. All students intending to proceed towards a Major or an Honours degree in the Department should take the se- quence of courses in anv one ofthe columns below; A B* C D* Spanish 100 105 110 100 200 .400 205 200,205 220 220 220 220 • Sti.i^k-:!t^\\ahSeqy:.-nceB urvattailt.a.tanSOCava-ragL-lnSeituenec 11, proofed ospaeish400.Spaii'sh2-11 is a prerenal.iieloeniei-theMajor nr Honours janaa.-s It may la-taken in the third veanvith permission of the Heparan,al hut .."ill not eount towards die 3(1 credits of ihiid- .111. fourth-year Spanal .arses required for lhe Major or Honours jirogr .mis Third and Fourth Years • six credits from Spanish 300 or 100 • 18 credits from Spanish 355. 5os and )35 • six credits to choose from Spanish 403-444. 457-4. i. Portuguese 307, 392 or Romance Studies 420, t78 Honours: Spanish Language First and Second Years As for the Major. Students should follow die sequence suggested in columns li and D. Otherwise, Spanish 300 must be taken in the third year, but will not count towards the 48 credits of third- and fourth-year Spanish coutses required for the Honours program. Third and Fourth Years • Spanish -ii)0 (61 • 15 or 18 i'.-edits from Spanish .0... Spanish i..5, Romance Studies-) 4~S and Spanish t()7 (yin • 12 or 15 credits to choose Irom Spanish iiu (Catalan). Portuguese30", Lingui.siic.s319 (Prerequisite: Linguistics 200), Linguistics i20. Linguistics t25 (3<'6i. or Linguistics . .5 (jtii , • six credits to choose irom Spanish 555-1(18. including Portuguese 392 • Spanish 44" (0.1,1 ionours essav Honours: Spanish with Emphasis in Spanish or Latin-American Literature First and Second Years As for Major. Third and Fourth Years • six credits from Spanish 300 or (00 • 18 credits from Spanish 355. 3f>3 and 435 • 18 credits Iron! Spanish 427-468 • Spanish ;i9 (6), Honours essav Italian and Italian Studies Major: Italian Students with Italian 11 or 12 should consult a departmental adviser for placement in appropriate language courses First and Second Years • Italian 100, 200or 10i,201or 105 Third and Fourth Years • 50 (redits in Italian coutses numbered 300 or abote. excluding Italian 302 and Italian Studies 330,431. and 432 Honours: Italian First and Second Years • Italian 100, 201) or 101,201 (4-105 • Latin 101) or equivalent is strongly recommended Third and Fourth Years • Italian 400. 44. • 36 additional credits in Italian courses numbered 300 or above, excluding Italian 302 and Italian Studies 330. 4.51. and 432 98 Arts Major: Italian Studies First and Second Years • at least twelve credits of Italian language, or equivalent • Italian Studies 330 is strongly recommended Third and Fourth Years 30 credits of 300-level courses from the lists below; at least 12 must be chosen from List A and 12 from List B. List A • Italian Studies 310, 431,432 • Italian 303. 304, 401, 405, 406, 407. 408, 420 (These courses require knowledge of Italian.) List B • Classical Studies 3.32. 333 • Fine Arts 331, 335, 435 (FINA 335 is a prerequisite of FINA 435.) • History 313 • Music 454, 455 (These courses have as a prerequisite Music 220, 221; they might also be taken with permission of instructor) Romance Studies and Languages Honours: Romance Studies First and Second Years • first- or high second-class standing in the courses taken in Romance Languages • Latin 100 or equivalent is strongly recommended. Third and Fourth Years • 48 credits numbered 300 and above in at least two Romance languages, including a graduating essay- Honours: Romance Languages The purpose of this program is to enable students to attain a high level of proficiency in two of the major Romance languages (French, Italian, Spanish), and a reading knowledge of a third, together with some linguistic and literary'background. First and Second Years • First- or high second-class standing in the prerequisite courses for two ofthe following languages: French (French 122 and 125. 220, 222 and 223) Spanish (Spanish 100, 200 or equivalent: see Sequences A, B, C, I) above) Italian (Italian 100, 200 or 101, 201 or 105) • Linguistics 100 or 200 (those interested in further linguistics studies take 200, others take 100) • recommended: Latin 100 Third and Fourth Years • 2i credits from two languages: French 553 and 355, 452; Italian 300, 400; Spanish 300. 400 • six credits of a third Romance language: French 340, Italian302,Spanish.305,Spanish 444 (Catalan), Portuguese 307, Romance Studies 420 (Rumanian) • six credits of Romance Linguistics (Romance Studies 'TH. French 478 or Linguistics 320) • 12 credits of literature, six front each major language studied. Students of Italian and Spanish are required to take a survey course in consultation with a Departmental adviser. at least six, and up to 12. credits chosen from the following: Linguistics 319 (prerequisite: 200). Latin 305; French 334.335,407-425, 450, 456, 460-464, 4~2- T5\ Italian 303, 304. 401-420; Italian Studies 310; Spanish 355. 363. 392. ■_()..- 1.S8, 457-468 History The Department of Histoiy offers programs of studv that lead to the degrees of Ph.D.,. LA., B.A. Requirements for the B.A. Degree Major: First and Second Years • 12 credits from any ofthe 100- or 200-level courses in History (which mav include Medieval Studies 200), or the equivalent taken in other institutions Students who intend lo major in History are advised to include in their program some ofthe basic courses in the social sciences, and the appropriate historical surveys of 1) literature in the various departments of language, 2) thought in the departments of Philosophy, Religious Studies, and Political Science, and 3) the arts in the departments of Fine Arts, Music, and Theatre. Third and Fourth Years • 30 credits of third- and fourth-year history courses chosen in consultation wilh a departmental adviser The following courses outside the Department mav be counted toward Ihe Major: One of: Classical Sludies 311 and/or .312, 331, 332. 333 One of: Asian Studies 405, i20. 423 Economics 334, 336. 437 Geography 327 and 328, 426 and 428 Historyof Medicine 4(10 and 401 A History major mav. in order to build a suitable program, obtain special permission from the Department to count a course other than one of those listed above. Sludents must take six credits of substantially pre-modern history. Courses at the 100 or 200 level may be used to meet this requirement A list of courses with substantial pre-modern content is available from departmental advisers. Honours: First and Second Years • first- or second-class standing in 12 credits from anv of the 100- or 200-level courses in History (which may include Medieval Studies 200). or the equivalent taken in other institutions • reading knowledge of French or a foreign language Third Year • History 321, and 333 • History 322 or 12 credits of courses in Hisi,.:y or related areas, chosen in consultation with the I lotiours adviser • six credits outside the Department Fourth Year • History'421, 433, and 1 1. • six credits outside die i tepartmenl • an oral examine 11 >u on the graduating essay Honours: History with International Relations First and Second Years • first- or second-class standing in 12 credits from anv of the 100- or 200-level courses in History chosen in consultation with an adviser in the International Relations program • Political Science 260 • prerequisites forcourses 10 be taken in the upper vears • reading knowledge of French or a foreign language- Third Year • History 321 and 333 • six credits in History • in consultation with an adviser, 12 credits seleded from courses listed in the International Relations Major program under the headings Asian Relations, International Economy and Development, International Security and Peace Studies, and Soviet and Fastern Europe Fourth Year • History 421 and 449 • History 430 or 432 • six credits elective • an oral examination on the graduating essay Undergraduate Courses in History Medieval, Renaissance and Reformation History. 101, 207, 208, 313, 3"0, 372, 413, 470. See also Medieval Studies. Modern European History: 115, 120, 122, 202. 215. 306. 315, 316. 319. 32t, .325, 334, 335, ■!()(), 405, 406, 40". 408,425,431, i32, 135.438, 141 Modern British Histoiy; 203, 310, t!5. 419, 460 Canadian I listory: 135, 205, 302, 303, 307, 526, 329, 401, ■!()-!, 426, 430, 4.3". For supporting courses, see Canadian Studies. American History: 201, 237, 327, 328. 330, 331. 338, 428, 44,3, 444. 't45, 446, 447 Asian History: P0, 171. 2U. 2"1. 380, 381, 382, ,38j, 384, 385, 386, 387, 3^ 422i ^23, 434, 480, 482. 486 Latin American History: 250, 351. 352, 355 354, 450, 451,452 International and Contemporary' Lstory: 125, 402, 403.448 Majors Courses (For Ma' ..-. students only): i91) Honours Courses IV ,i Honours students only): 321. 322, 333, 421. '<■-',-149 Many of the ajrses classified as national or regional emphasize social themes. Rr j- tares are available from the Department describing 01 detail tbe courses offered each vear in History' 100-190. Special Programs in History: Medieval History A Major program is available for students who wish to concentrate in the history of Medieval Europe. The piogram consists of 21 credits of Medieval history: History 37() in the third year, History -n() in the fourth vear, and History 313 and 5~:2 in either vear. Arts 99 Indonesian See Asian Studies. International Relations The International Relations Major is an interdisciplinary program which is able to admit only a limited number of students each year (approximately 50). Students take designated courses in several different departments, since there is no separate Department of International Relations al UBC. Students who want to do graduate work in International Relations are advised to consider the special Honours programs in History (with International Relations) and in Political Science (with International Relations) or to make sure l hey have at least 18-24 credits of 300- and 400-level courses in one of the core disciplines (Economics, History. Political Science). Admission to the Major Program Admission to the Major program in International Relations is not automatic. Students who do not have a sufficiently high average cannot be admitted to the Major. Admission is based on the average grade obtained for all post-secondary course work attempted, with the exception of 12 credits which may be excluded from the calculation. The average is calculated on at least 48 credits, including first-year English, History 125 (or 120), and Political Science 260. Application Procedure Application forms will be available afterjanuary 1 from the International Relations Program Office (Buchanan C382) or from the offices of the participating departments: Anthropology and Sociology, Asian Studies, Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, and Russian and Slavic Languages and Literatures. Completed applications are due by May 15 prior to registration for third year. They should be handed in to the International Relations Program Office or mailed to International Relations Program, c/o Department of Political Science, C472 - 1866 Main Mall, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C., V6T 1Z1. Applicants should arrange for transcripts from all nostsecondary institutions they haveattended, other than LfC. to be mailed to the above address. Applicants will be notified byjune 15 whether they have been accepted rejected, or put on a waiting list. Requirements for the B.A. Degree Note: All courses listed , 'ow are six credits unless otherwise indicated. First and Second Years • Economics 100 • Histoiy 125 (Arts One does not satisfy this requirement) • Political Science 260 • 12 credits of one language other than English, in addition to the Faculty of Arts language requirement. The language can be the one used to satisfy the Faculty of Arts requirement carried to a higher level, or it can be an additional language. While it is advisable to complete all of these requirements prior to the third year, it is permissible to complete some of them in the third year with the permission of the Chair ofthe International Relations Program. Third and Fourth Years A minimum of 33 credits in International Relations. These 33 credits must include the following: • Economics 355 (3) (Note: The prerequisite for this course is Economics 100 or 309.) • History 432. • one of: Political Science360 (3/6), 361 (3/6), 362 (3), or 364 (3/6). • In their fourth year, students must take one of the required Internationa! Relations seminars. These are Asian Studies 438 (3), Economics 457 (3), Histoiy 402 (3), History 403 (3), the section of Political Science 464 (3) reserved for International Relations majors, or one of the other seminars that maybe designated by the Chair of the Program. (A list of designated seminars for the following year will be available from the International Relations Office in the spring.) (Note: These seminars are not available to third-year students, and you are not permitted to take more than one of these.) • 18 credits from the lists below. Of these 18 credits, at least either 12 must be from List A or 12 must be from Lis: B. The remaining six credits can be from Lists A, B, or C. Note: No course can be double-counted, i.e., used to satisfy' two requirements (e.g., if Political Science 360 is used to satisfy the Political Science requirement [see above], it cannot be counted as part of these 18 credits). A. International Diplomacy, Security, and Peace Studies Hhstory (HIST) 310 British Imperial History 425 War and Society 430 Development of Canadian External Policy Since Confederation 445 (3) American Foreign Policy, 1870-1945 446 (3) American Foreign Policy, 1945 to the present 441 (3) Anti-Semitism and Nation-Building 448 (3) Diplomacy and Conflict in the Middle East, 1948 to the Present Political 360 (3/6) 361 (3/6) 362 (3) 363 (3/6) 364 (3/6) 460 (3/6) 461 (3) 462 (3) 465 (3) Science (POLI) Strategic Studies International Violence and its Control The Great Powers and the International System Canadian Foreign Policy Internationa! Organization. Foreign Policy Analysis Peace and Conflict Studies International Relations Theory Pubic International Law Sociology (SOCI) 461 (3/6) Political Sociology B. International Economy and Development Anthropology (ANTH) 330 (3/6) Peasants and the Third World Asian Studies (ASIA) 420 Comemporarv South Asia Economics (ECON) 334 Economic Histoiy of Modern Europe 341 (3) Economic Development of Asia 342 (3) The Economy of China Since 1949 343 (3) The Economic Development of Modern Japan 387 (3) The Soviet Economy 440 Economic Development and International Poverty 444 (3) The Contemporary Japanese Economy 487 Comparative Economic Systems Geography (GEOG) 468 (3) Geography of International Economic Systems: Canada and the Pacific Basin History (HIST) 423 Economic and Business Histoiy of Modern Japan Political Science (POLI) 364 (3/6) International Organization 366 (3) International Political Economy 463 (3) International Interdependence Sociology (SOCI) 301 (3/6) Sociology of Development and Underdevelopment 462 (3/6) Social Change C. Area Studies •Africa History (HIST) 314(3) History of West Africa 317 (3) History of Southern Africa Political Science (POLI) 327 (3/6) African Government and Politics •Asia Anthropology (ANTH) 315 (3/6) Japanese Culture and Society Asian Studies (ASIA) 405 Communist Movements in Eastern Asia 420 Contemporary South Asia Geography (GEOG) 380 (3) Introduction to the Geography of Monsoon Asia Geography of China Geography of Japan Geography of Southeast Asia 385 (3) 481 (3) 484 (3) History (HIST) 380 Modern Chinese History Since 1840 385 History of India Since 1800 422 Modern Japanese History Since 1800 434 History of Southeast Asia Since 1800 480 Economic and Social History of Modern China to 1949 486 (3) Korea in the Twentieth Century Political Science (POLI) 321 (3/6) Chinese Government and Politics 322 (3/6) Japanese Government and Politics 323 (3/6) South Asian Government and Politics 324 (3/6) Southeast Asian Government and Politics 365 (3/6) Asian International Relations •Canada and the Americas Anthropology (ANTH) 353 (3) Ethnography of Latin America Geography (GEOG) 395 (3) Introduction to the Geography of Latin America 100 Arts History (HIST) 3.38 The I Inited States in the 20th Century 351 (3) Family and Community in Latin America 352 (3) Class and Culture in Latin America .353 (3) Politics and Society in Nineteenth Century Latin America 35t (3) Politics and Society in Twentieth Century Latin America 437 The American Impact on Canada 450 (3/6) Selected Topics in Latin American History 451 (3) Selected Topics in ihe History of Brazil 452 (.3) Selected Topics in the History of Mexico Political Science (POLI) 320 (3/6) American Government and Polities •Soviet Successor States and Eastern/Central Europe Economics (ECON) 387 (3) The Soviet Economy Geography (GEOG) 394 (3) Geography ofthe Soviet Union and its Successor Nations t93 (3) Geography of Eastern Europe -l9-i (3) Geography of the Soviet Union and its Successor Nations History (HIST) 319 History of Modern Poland 32-1 History of East Central Europe in the 19th and 20th Centuries 405 Russia Before 1917 435 Communist Movements in Eastern Europe Since 1900 4.38 History of the Soviet Union Political Science (POLI) 325 (3) Soviet and East European Government and Politics Italian See Hispanic and Italian Studies. Italian Studies See Hispanic and Italian Studies. NBinaiNNMRtHHiranaaiii Japanese See Asian Studies. Korean See Asian Studies. NMi___iraiiiiit___aHi>_Ns« Latin See Classics. Latin American Studies Several courses in the Faculty of Arts have Latin American content. Students may wish to approach Latin American Studies as a Thematic Option within the General B.A. Program. This course of studies is designed to provide a coherent and interdisciplinary program for students with an interest in Latin America. Students wiil normaliv enter tbe program after completing their first 60 credits. Before entering the Latin American Studies Thematic Option students are required to complete either Histoiy 250. Spanish 211 or Anthropology 202 (when applicable) and 12 credits of Spanish or Portuguese. Three distinct programs are available: Latin American Art: Latin American Literature; and Latin American History. A detailed brochure is available in the General B.A. Office. Courses on Latin America Anthropology 323, 353 Fine Arts 363, 365, 463,465 Geography 395, 495 Histoiy 351, 352, 353, 354, 450, 451, i52 Portuguese 392 Spanish 312,363, 464, 467, 468 Examples of other courses which may have Latin American content arc: Anthropology 411, Geography 352. Portuguese 307, and Spanish 305 (students should check with the appropriate Departments). Students interested in the Latin American Studies Thematic Option should contact Dr, Anthony Podlecki in the General B.A. Office at (604) 822-4067. Linguistics The Department of Linguistics offers programs of study that lead to the degrees of Ph.D., M.A., B.A., and the Diploma in Applied Linguistics. Requirements for the B.A. Degree Major: Linguistics First and Second Years • 12 credits of a language other than English, at University level or equivalent First Year • Linguistics 100 is recommended. Second Year • Linguistics 200 Third Year • Linguistics 300, 301,-100, 401 Additional required courses normaliv taken in the fourth year may be taken with special permission. Fourth Year • Linguistics 319, and at least 12 additional credits from senior courses in Linguistics, or in cognate fields with special permission Honours: Linguistics First and Second Years As for Major. Admission to Third Year • at least high second-class average i second years • first-class standing in Linguisui * 2u0 first and Third Year • Linguistics 300 -'; a 19, 400, 401 Additional re aa: _ courses normally taken in the fourth yearma-. U laxen with special permission. Fourth Year • at least 24 additional credits from senior courses in Linguistics, or in cognate fields with special permission The following courses may be accepted for credit in Linguistics, subject to lhe approval ofthe Department: Anthropology (ANTH) 417 Language and Culture 512 Language and Culture Asian Studies (ASIA) 503 Problems in the Histoiy of the Chinese Language 523 Topics in the History and Structure of the Japanese Language Computer Science (CPSC) 503 Computational Linguistics 1 52.3 Computational Linguistics II Education (EDUC) •178 Teaching English as a Second Language 489 Applied Linguistics for Teachers English (ENGL) 320 History of the English Language 322 Sivlistic Variation 323 Dialectal Variation 324 Literary Semantics 326 Studies in the English Language 329 The Structure of Modern English 50" Studies in the History of the English Language 508 Studies in the Structure ofthe English Language French 4.1 Historical Phonetics and Phonology of French 102 Historical Morphology and Syntax of French i64 Historical Lexicology of French •t~2 Morphology of the French Language 473 Syntactic Description of lhe French Language German 502 Histt try of the German Language Italian 415 Histoiy ofthe Italian Language 515 Ti ipics in Italian Language Philosophy 125 Philosophy of language: A 426 Philosophy of Language: B Psychology 521 Psycholinguistics Russian 303 Introduction to Russian Linguistics Scandinavian 501 Old !o uidic Spam-h i03 Histoiy of the Spanish Language 407 Special Aspects of Peninsular and Latin- American Linguistic Areas 507-8 Studies in Hispanic languages Major: Speech Sciences First and Second Years • Mathematics 100 or 111, and 101 • recommended: one or more of Phvsics 110, 115, 3i 1 Biologv 101, 102 Arts 101 First Year • Linguistics 100 is recommended. Second Year • Linguistics 200 • Psychology 201 and 202 or 260 Third and Fourth Years • Linguistics 300, 310, 316, 317, 350, 400 • Linguistics 301 or 401 • Linguistics 300,301,400, and 401 are normally taken in the third year • at least six additional credits selected from Audiology 400,402; Psychology 302, 315,304 or313 Notes 1) Students majoring in Speech Sciences shouldbeaware that Linguistics 301, 319, and 401 are necessary for graduate studies in Linguistics at UBC. 2) Students majoring in Speech Sciences should be aware that Psychology 302, 315, and 313 are required for admission to the M.Sc. program in Audiology and Speech Sciences at UBC. Linguistics 301 and 401 are recommended as preparation for the same program. Honours: Speech Sciences First and Second Years As for the Major. Admission to Third Year • at least a high second-class in the first and second years • first-class standing in Linguistics 200 Third and Fourth Years • Linguistics 300, 301, 310, 316, 317, 350, 400, 401 • Linguistics 300,301,400, and 401 are normally taken in the third year • three additional credits in Linguistics courses numbered 300 or above • 12 credits chosen from Audiology 400,402; Psychology 302,315,304,313 Notes 1) Students taking Honours in Speech Sciences should be aware that Linguistics 319 is necessary' for graduate studies in Linguistics at UBC. 2) Students taking Honours in Speech Sciences should be aware that Psychology 302, 315 and 313 are required for admission to the M.Sc. program in Audiology and Speech Sciences at UBC. Diploma: Applied Linguistics Requirements 1) Applicants must have completed a Bachelor's degree in Arts or Education. They must have at least a Major or its equivalent in the language with which they arc concerned. This program is not designed to provide practical training in any particular language skills. 2) The program can be completed in one year of full- time study, but may be taken part-time. It should be finished within a period of five years. 3) A variety of programs may be arranged; for example: a) with illustrative material drawn from one or more ofthe languages covered in the methods courses for language teachers. If the methods courses do not cover the language required by the student, special arrangements may be made under the heading of Education 449 (Supervised Study). b) with emphisis on English as a second language. c) with emphiisis on phonetics. di with emphisis on Speech Science, as preparation for graduate work in Speech Pathology or Audiology. 4) The prerequisites are: Linguistics 20(1 or 420 for equivalent) for all students. In addition, fo: those who wish to be language teachers in the B.C schooi system: completion of a program of Initial Teacher Education for either elementary or secondary teaching, including courses in the teaching methodology appropriate to the languages to be taught. 5) Thirty additional credits of course work will be required to complete the program, at least 18 of which must be in Linguistics. 6) At least 12 credits from the following courses (or their equivalents t. ken as part of the first degree) are compulsory: At least six credits chosen from Linguistics 300/301 or 400/401 At least six credits chosen from Linguistics 316, 317, 319,350,435,445 7) With the assistance of the Linguistics Departments Diploma adviser and the advisers from other depart- n tents or faculties concerned, courses worth a total of 18 credits (including at least six credits in Linguistics) are to be chosen from the list of senior courses in Linguistics ard a list of suitable courses in other departments which can be obtained from the Linguistics Department. Mathematics The Department of Mathematics offers programs of study that lead to the degrees of Ph.D., M.A., M.Sc, B.A., B Sc. For information on the Bachelor of Science degree, see the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar. Requirements for the il.A. Degree Major: The Department offers a large selection of courses in various areas of pure and applied mathematics which require various levels of mathematical sophistication. B.A. programs combining Mathematics with another subject such as Economics, English. Linguistics, Music, Philosophy, etc., are encouraged. The student is advised to consult a Mathematics Major adviser in order to design a coherent program of study suitable to the student's interests and abilities. First and Second Years • Mathematics 100 and 101 (or 120 and 121) (6) • Mathematics 200 (or 226) (3) • Mathematics 220* (3) • Mathematics 2:2) or 223, and 215* (6) • Computer Science, either 118, or 124 and 126 (recommended but not required) (3-6) Third and Fourth Years • Mathematics courses numbered 300* or above (24) • Mathematics, statistics, or Computer Science courses numbered 300 or above (6) * One of Mathematics 200 ot 21s may be delayed until third year. Students obtaining 68a, in Mathematics 226 aie not tequired to take Mathematics 220. Recommendations 1) Mathematically able students are encouraged lo take the Honours stream Mathematics 120,121, 223, 226, and 227. 2) Computer Science 124 and 126 are highly recommended. Students interested in Computer Science should consider taking Computer Science 216 in the second year 3) In second year, Mathematics 221 should be taken in first term. It is possible to take (with appropriate prerequisites! some of Mathematics 307, 308, 312, 317,340 and Mathematics/Statistics 302, as well as Mathematics 300, in second term. -I) Students interested in pursuing statistics to some depth should take Statistics 200 and Mathematics/ Statistics 302 in second year. This will prepare them for more advanced Statistics courses such as Statistics 305. 306, 404. and 405. 5) Majors students should consider taking some of Mathematics 300, 320, 322. 6) Mathematics 302 and Mathematics 30? are courses which are useful in many areas of mathematics. 7) Students interested in operations research should lake Mathematics 308, 441, 442, and 44.3. They are also advised to take Mathematics 303, Statistics 305 and 306, and some advanced Computer Science courses. 8) Students interested in teaching are advised to take Mathematics 308,309, 312,313, 446. 9) Students interested in becoming actuaries can make substantial progress toward this career goal while majoring in mat hematics of statistics. These students should consult the Actuarial advisers in the Mathematics and/or Statistics Departments for detailed guidance on course selection and advice on taking the Society of Actuaries' examinations. 10) Students interested in the physical sciences should take Mathematics 317, which is important for Mathematics 300 and 316. 11) Students interested in Economics should consider taking Economics 420 and 421, and should consult an adviser in the Economics Department for other appropriate Economics courses. 12) In selecting electives, students should consider pursuing an area of application of mathematics in some depth. They should also ensure that they fulfill all the graduation requirements of their Faculty. Honours: First and Second Years • Mathematics 120 and 121 (or 100 and 101) • Mathematics 220 • Mathematics 223 and 215 • Mathematics 226 or 200 • Mathematics 227 or 317 • Computer Science 124 126 (or 118), Physics 120 (or 115 or 110), and Physics 200 or 206 are recommended (Students obtaining a 68% in Mathematics 226 are not required to take Malhematics 220.) Third and Fourth Years • Mathematics 300, 320, 321, 322, 323 (15 credits)* 102 Arts • 15 credits* from Mathematics 400-403, 416-429, 440, 449. (Mathematics 449 is highly recommended.) • nine addilional credits of Mathematics courses numbered 300 or above • A seaind-dass overall average is required in these St) credits to obtain an Honours degree. Students intending to enter the I lonours program should consult a Mathematics Honours adviser at die beginning of the second year. To be admitted to the Honours program, a student must obtain at least 68/6 in Matbemat - ics 121. or 80'. in Malhematics 101 and .()_. average in Mathematics 100/101. To continue in the Honours program a student must obtain an overall 68% average Students who intend to do graduate work in Mathematics should continue their study of Front h. German, or Russian, beyond the level which fulfils the language requirement ofthe Faculty of Arts. Special Honours Program: Mathematics and Another Subject First and Second Years • Mathematics: as in Honours Mathematics • other subject: as specified by the other department Third and Fourth Years • Mathematics 320 and 321 (0)* • nine credits* chosen from Mathematics 300.301,316, 322,323,331 • 12 credits* chosen from Mathematics 400-403. 416- 429, 440,449 • other subjects as specified bv the other department • A 68% overall average is required in these 27 credits to obtain an 1 lonours degree in Mathematics. #«_»_»»l§*8WWB_ii_..Sf. »e«»«is%%i M«_¥_8tri».-i<s*,» Medieval Studies Sludents intending to specialize in Medieval Studies may do so either by taking an interdisciplinary Major program in Medieval Studies, or by completing a Major program in a particular department ofthe Faculty of Arts, with outside electives taken from the courses listed below. (For permission to arrange this program consult the Medieval Studies adviser.) The prerequisite for the interdisciplinary program is six credits selected from: History 101, Medieval Studies 200, or Classical Studies 100, Other first- and second-year courses applicable to this program are: Classical Studies 210/Philosophy 210, Histoiy 205, 207, 208, Music 120, and Religious Studies 202. Students should also develop the appropriate language skills as soon as possible Forfurtherguidance on the Major program and individual course olferings, the Committee for Medieval Studies prepares an annual brochure which is available from the Departments of Classics, French, Hispanic and Italian Studies. English, and History. Students should consult with the departments offering these courses and plan their third and fourth years at the same time, as not even' course is offered even vear. The following are courses in Medieval Studies offered in the Faculty of Arts: (All courses are six credits 'unless otherwise indicated.) Ciassical Studies (CLST) 331 Ancient Hisl ory 333 The Roman Empire (Prerequisite: Classical Studies 331 or permission) 43! (3) Topography and Monuments of Ancient Rome 4.56 Classical Thought (Prerequisite: a course in Classical Sludies or Philosophy, or permission) English (ENGL) 311 Literature ofthe Bible 320 History of the English Language 340 (3) Introduction to Old English 341 Oid English Poetry (Prerequisite: English .140) 350 A Survey of Middle-English Literature excluding Chaucer 331 (3/6) Studies in Middle-English Literature 352 (3) Middle English 353 (3) Early English Drama 355 (3/6) Chaucer Fine Arts (FINA) 331 Early Medieval Art (same as Religious Studies 320) 333 Architecture of the High Middle Ages (same as Religious Studies 327) 335 Art ofthe Italian Renaissance from Giotto lo Michelangelo 431 Seminar in Early Medieval Art 433 Seminar in Medieval Art 435 Seminar in Fifteenth- and Sixteenth- Century Art French (FREN) 407 (3/d) Medieval French Literature 461(3) Historical Phonetics and Phonology of French (Prerequisites: French 351 and 370) 462 Historical Morphology and Syntax of French (Prerequisite: French 370) 464 (3) Historical Lexicology of French M (Prerequisite: French 370) German (GERM) 450 German Literature of the Middle Ages History (HIST) 313 The Renaissance 370 Social History of Medieval Europe 3^2 Ideas and Institutions of the Middle Ages 387(3) Medieval India 470 Seminar in Medieval History Italian (ITAL) 401 Italian Literature of the Middle Ages 405 (3/6) Topics in the Lileralure ofthe Italian Renaissance 415 Histoiy ofthe Italian Language Asian Studies (ASIA) 340 History of Indian Civilization to 1526 (same as History 384) Italian Studies (ITST) 310 The 1 livine Comedy in Translation 431 Literature of the Italian Renaissance in Translation Latin (LATN) 305 Medieval Latin (Prerequisite: Lalin 100) Linguistics (LING) 320 (.3/6) Romance Linguistics Medieval Studies (MDVLJ 440 Medieval Seminar -i49 (3/6) Graduating Essav or Supen'ised Study Music (MUSC) 52" Liturgical Music 1 1 Prerequisite: Music 121 (3/6)) 350 Early Christian and Medieval Music 1 Prerequisile: Music 121 (3/6)) 352 Late Medieval and Early Renaissance Music (Prerequisite: Music 121 (3,0 Philosophy (PHIL) 310 (3) Ancient Philosophy—A 511 ;5l Ancient Philosophy--!? 512 (3) Medieval Philosophy—A 313 (31 Medieval Philosophy-B 412 (3) Topics in Medieval Philosophy Religious Studies (RELG) 315 History of Christian Thought 521 Prophetic Figures in the Chrisiian Tradition 5-11 Islamic Art and Archaeology (same as Fine Arts 359) -1O8 (3i Topics in Medieval Judaism 448 (3i Seminar in. the Historyof the Religion of Islam ii9 i3i seminar in the History of Musiitn- Clinstian Relations Scandinavian (SCAN) 501(3) Old Icelandic Spanish (SPAN) 40.3 Histoiy of tbe Spanish Language ■i(P (3/6) Special Aspects of the Peninsular and Lalin American Linguistic Areas -i2" (3 6) Selected Topics in Medieval Literature i35 Survey of Spanish Literature from its Origins to POO (Prerequisite: Spanish .3001 Modern European Studies Modern European Studies is an interdepartmental program. It is administered bv the following language and literature departments: French, Germanic Studies, Hispanic and Ilalian Studies, Russian and Slavic Languages and Literatures. Advising is provided by these deparl- ments. Modern European Studies is available as pan of a Double Major onh and must be taken in combination with a Major concentration in French, German. Italian or Spanish. This concentration differs, however, from the concentration for the single Major or for the Double Major without Modern European Studies, with a greater emphasis on language and/or on post-1900 literature and culture. Students' Double Major programs with Modern European Studies will be approved by the language and lileralure department of their Major concentration. Sludents must consult advisers at the end of their second tear or in the summer before registering. Requirements for the B.A. Degree First and Second Years • History 120—European History from the Renaissaiu e to the Present (as available) • Prerequisites for departmental and European components ofthe program that will be taken in senior years. This will include prerequisites for senior courses in the two European languages that will be required. Since prerequisites differ from department to department, students are advised to give early thought to where Arts 103 they wish to concentrate. Prerequisites for required or recommended 300- or 400-level courses are listed in the Modern European Studies Handbook (available from departmental and Faculty advisers). A course in a non-European subject is suggested. Courses with European content recommended as first- and second-year electives are listed in the Modern European Studies Handbook. Third and Fourth Years • Department requirements: Students will concentrate in one of the following language areas, selecting courses from those listed. French: 30 credits as required for the Major, but selecting French literature and culture courses (including, whenever possible, those offered in the post-1900 period), rather than Quebec or linguistics options. German: 30 credits, including German 300 (6), 310 (6) and 321 (3) and at least 6 additional credits in the area of 20th-century literature or culture (depending on courses offered in specific years). Italian: 30 credits emphasizing modern Italian language and literature, to be chosen from the following: Italian 300 (6), 304 (6), 400 (6), 408 (3/6), 420 (3/12), Italian Studies 4,32 (6). Spanish: 30 credits emphasizing modern Spanish language and literature, to be chosen from the following: Spanish 300 (6i, 355 (6), 400 (6), 444 (3/6), 457 (3/6), 458 (3/6). • Modern European Studies requirements: Six credits numbered 300 or above in a modern European language, literature or culture (other than English) outside of the language area of primary concentration. Languages/Literatures available include: French, German, Italian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish. Excluded are all courses in literature or culture given in English translation, and (except with the special permission ofthe adviser) the following third and fourth year introductory language and literature courses: French 340, 341, 342; German 430; Italian 302; | Scandinavian 301, 401; Spanish 305, and Spanish 307 fPortuguese); Russian 401; Ukrainian 325, 425, 24 credits (at least 12 from List I), to be chosen in consultation with an adviser, from the appropriate list in the Modern European Studies Handbook. • Elective Requirement: Six credits of third- or fourth- year electives to be taken outside the subjects or fields of specialization. Museum Studies The University Museum ofAnthropologyoffers training in museum principles and methods for both undergraduate and graduate studenls. Theory is combined with practical experience provided in laboratories, workshops, and in the ongoing research and public programs of the Museum. The core of the training program is Anthropology -i31 - Museum Principles and Methods, offered in the Museum by the Department of Anthropology and Sociology. It is recommended that students take additional course work in museum-related subjects offered by this department or bv other departments such as Asian Studies, Classics, Fine Arts, History, and Archival Studies. (Sec especially Anthropology 220—Native Peoples of B.C., Culture and Resources; Anthropology 221—Native Peoples of B.C..Art and Myth; Anthropology 331—Anthropology of Art; Anthropology 341—Introduction to Museum Anthropology; Anthropology 451—Conservation of Or ganic Materials; Anthropology 452—Conservation of Inorganic Materials.) Additional opportunities for tutorials, workshops, internships, and job training are offered to advanced students by special arrangement. Students intending to obtain a B.A., M.A., or Ph.D. degree with Museum Studies as a component or focus should apply to the appropriate department for admission to a discipline such as Anthropology, Asian Studies, Classics, Fine Arts, or History, and seek information from the Administration Office ofthe Museum of Anthropology. People already working in the museum community or who wish to upgrade their knowledge and skills without entering a formal degree program or becoming full-time students are invited to consider Anthropology 431 or a graduate seminar in Anthropology and Museum Studies. Admission is subject to the permission ofthe instructor and to the University regulations for admission as an unclassified student or auditor. UBC Museum of Anthropology Awards and Financial Assistance The Lois McConkey Memorial Fellowship for First Nations Work-Study Program To honour the memory of Lois McConkey, author, educator, and founding member ofthe Volunteer Associates at the UBC Museum of Anthropology, and to pay tribute to her many contributions to educational work, her family, colleagues, and friends have established a fellowship for secondary:school and university students of North American First Nations descent. The award, approximately $800, may be made aim .tally to a student of Native descent who wou41 benefit from an established work-study program at the Museum of Anthropology. The fellowship would con- tribt; te to the salary ofthe student working at the Museum in a supervised program, and may be supplemented by other funds if available. Enrolment in university courses will not be required of the candidate who has not yet completed secondary school. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Director of the Museum tif Anthropology and the President of the Museum's Volunteer Associates. If in any i me year a suitable candidate is not found the fellowship may not be awarded. wmi&WMiJ^-srm2»&imm'mmmmmMmM& Music The School of Music offers a B. signed for students interested in the iberal arts. The degree is a B.Mus. degree in Music Theoiy Literature for students interest! those fields, or in ethnomusieof become professional performers should, if qualified, consider the B.Mus. program. A. degree in music de- studying music as one of Iso an alternative to the and Music History and ed in graduate work in igy. Students wishing to , composers, or teachers appropriate Major in the Requirements for the B.A. Degree For the general course requirements of the B.A. degree, see "Faculty Requirements" at the beginning of the Faculty of Arts section. Adimission Requirements The re are no performance requirements forentrv into the B.A. in Music. Sludents taking ensemble or private instruction courses wili need to audition at the School of Music for placement purposes. Major: First Year • Music 120 and 121 • one of: Music 103 and 104 or Music 100, 101 and 105 or M.usic 100,101 and ensemble Second Year • Music 220 and 221 • one of: Music 203 and 204 or Music 200, 201 and 205 or Music 200, 201 and ensemble Third and Fourth Years • a total of 60 credits, including: 48 credits at the 300 or 400 level* 30 credits of 300- or 400-level Music courses* at least 12 credits of electives outside Major subject • Anv3(KI- or 4110-level Music course, as well a.s Music i0"(Composi(ion I), is acceptable toward fulfilment ofthe requirement When entering the Major program at the beginning ofthe third year, the student must draw up a plan of study for the last 60 credits of course work, in consultation with a School of Music adviser. Another review by an adviser must precede the final 30 credits. Honours: First and Second Years As for Major. Third and Fourth Years A total of 72 credits is required, including: • 42 credits of 300- ancl 400-level Music courses' including Music 449 and al least 18 credits in music theory, music history, or ethnomusicology • at least 12 credits at the 300- or 400-level1 • at least 18 credits of non-Music courses Minimum second-class average in each year. The Honours program is open only to students who show- special aptitude and the capacity to profit from working extensively in this field. The School may terminate a student's candidacy for Honours if, after a prescribed process of evaluation, it decides that an appropriate level is not being maintained, at least a 65% average notwithstanding. 1 liven though the ensemble courses in Music have 10(1 numbers, they will count as 300 or 400-leve! courses, and hence as part ofthe Majoi or Honours requirements, subject to the following qualifications: 11 a third- or fourlh-year student wishing to count ensembles towatcl a Major or Honours requirement either must have taken two years of ensemble work as part of lhe theory prerequisite for the Maior or Honours degree, or be placed by audition. Having satisfied this condition, 2) such a student may elect a further eight credits of large or small ensemble work as part ofthe Major or Honours requirement. Only 30(1- and 400-level private instruction will count in fulfilment of this rcquiremenl. lip to eight credits of private instrumental or vocal lessons maybe elected during the last two years of this program, with permission of the Director of the School of Music. Students will be placed at the appropriate level bv audition Philosophy The Department of Philosophy offers programs of study thai lead to the degrees of Ph.D., M.A., B.A. Brochures 104 Arts giving details cl each program, descriptions oi courses ami other information are ;n-ailable In an i he Depart ment. Requirements for the B.A. Degree Major:, First Year * six credlls from Philosophy 100 (in. 115 (6;.. 120 (5), I25 i3). 2I0 (6i. or Ails One an. recommended Second, Third and Fourth Years * Philosophy 220 iSynibolii logc b * PaiiiiMiony 250, 530 .Moral and Political Philosophy i act lo * Philosophy 2iO, S in (Knowledge and Kcalitv I .ini.\ ill * as crcdiis of 300-levd tlisloo ol Phihisophy irom Phi!toophy5i0. .Il.3hi.3l5 * addilional crcdiis from third- and ionnh-vear Philosophy (iiurses (excluding -lO'l, iidi or (deck ttr or (.'Lit steal Studies 4.30 io provide a total of.n least 30 rrcdiiv No mure than .six i redits of Greek -ill7 it), Classical Sludies 436 (6). Philosopln <"i do and Phi- loo iphv 3~2i6) mat be coniiletl inward the 50.redit Major program in Philosophy except with the permission ol the Depanmenl. Honours: Sou len is are encouraged 'oa.pplv to lhe Department for admission to lhe Motion-, progiam a! lhe end of their second vear. Applicants tire noriivii|\ expected to have obi.ii net! a grade of at least HOC In al leasl (woof Philosophy .20. 250 or 2 if) and a recommendation from a Phi- First Year * six crcdiis from Philosophy il)0 0c, i I5 ((o. 120 (3). I25 (3;, 2 if) ((a. or Arts One are recommended Second, Third and Fourth Years * Philosophy 220 (Symboiii Lou. i; » Philosophy 230, 530 (Moral and Polilical Philosopf. I and ill * Philosophy 2 id, 5■'<•: '-Knovdcdgeiiod keaiitv I and lo * six credits of 300-levci Hisior. o: Philosophy from PliiloMiphy.slO... H.. I i. SI5 * additional crcdiis Iron: third anil fourlh-vear Philosophy courses (excluding -iilil. P,)!i or (ireek i0~ or Classitai Studies Oo lo provide■ ti ctai of at least 36 ctedifs. No more than six . redils of Greek iO" doc Classical Studies 05 (to. Philosophy y\ Co and pin- losort' 5%'dd nee be com!icd toward die 36-ct'edii ilocoiiis progtatn in Philosophy, coep! vith the pt r i'uis'iiin ofthe Deptinment. * al ic.tst 12 crcdiis oi lutorial -,\ork (Philosophy 500, i*i:. There is an orai e.aminalio'i ai the cml of each year's tutorial. Political Science lhe Depanmenl oi Polilical Science oilers ptugrums of siuth mat icad lo ihe degrees ofPit.it, M..A. B.A. Requirements for the B.A. Degree Major: Second Year * Polilical Science 260 and iwo ftom 220.240 2611 Siudenis are normalh expected to complete these re- c|tiireiT]ents in their second vear, and must have completed al least two of the courses before applying for admission to lite program. Third and Fourth Years 61) credits including: • Politic;!! Science 51: a''' Ml, normally to be completed in the third year01 da-program Political Science 3i0 mav be taken in in-o -t Political Science .349) • 2't additional crcdiis ir.no Political Science courses nui nl KTed.SOO and above (21 crcdiis if Political Science 310 is takcio • .30 additional n. dits, of whit hat least 12 in usi betaken in ciejianmenb oilier than Political Science Honours: Second Year As for the major. Third and Fourth Years ~2 (redils including: • Political Science 3'tO. ..80. 390 .-.)() 491 • nine additional credits from Political Science courses numbered .300 and above, ofvdik it six credits musl be laker at the 400 level • 30 additional crcdiis, of which at least 12 must be taken in other departments Honours: Political Science with International Relations • Fuculiv of Arts first-vear Fngiish requirement • Polilical Science 200 and 2(i0. plus one other 200-level 1'oliOcal Science course • Economics loo • History 124 • 12 crcdiis of a language oilier iht.n luiglish, in addition to the Faculty of Arts language requirement The language ni;i\ be the one used 10 satisfy the Faculty oi Aits requiieiiieiil tamed lou higher level, or it may be an addilional language litis requirement mav be 1 ompleied in Ole third and or fourih '.ear. Third and Fourth Years "2 credits including- • Political Scietice 5 tO :'K0, 300. Oil, i<)| • 12 crcdiis friim: politic al Science 3(>0-566. tdl)-464, of which at least three 1 redils musl be at lhe 400 level • Fcofionccs 557 • llislorv til) or 1.-'..; Admission and Promotion Admission is not aaleitiiiii; io cilhcr lilt Major program or I lonours program in Poiilnal Si icuce. Sludents musl s.uhinil a tormai application. Because there arc a limited number ol span as, some upplkanls who satisfy tlic minimum prercqiiisiies mav nut he admitied. Siudenis soi.ic'-iivafiua 1 M:!;!)!' or I lonours program in PoliticalSctent ■'.'■;:"• -st rough encouraged to seek intorma- iion and ado. e t'oin the department al lhe end of their first vea;. Application forms will be available after January 1 from flic Polilical Si iem e Department. Completed appli- 1 a tons.: ted tie by Mav O poor lorcgisicnng for die third year. Appiiicants should ai range for transcripts irom all post-set ondao iii.tiictioii-- daw Pave attended, other 1 ban CBC, 10 ':i cxiiied t. die departmenl ohii c as Major Program Selection for admission to the Major program will be based on the average grade for all post-secondary work attempted to date toward the B.A. degree, with the exception of 12 credits which may be excluded from the calculation. The average will be calculated on at least 48 c redits, including all courses taken in Political Science, as well as six credits of first-year Fnglish. Promotion to the fourth year ofthe Major program wili lie automatic for students in the third year of the program whose work meets university standards for continuing For studenls not in the third year ofthe program, admission to the fourth year will be allowed, in exceptional circumstances, lor transfers from colleges or other universities or students at UBC who have performed well in Poiuical Science courses in their third year but are nol in the Political Science Major program. Selection of applicants from liiese categories will be based on overall standing (average) of the best 72 credits earned to date toward die B.A. degree. These 72 credits must include all Political Scieme courses and English 100 for its equivalent!. Honours Program (including Honours in Political Science with International Relations) To be accepted into the Honours program, students norrnalh' require 80% mark in at least one Political Science course and a 75% overall average in their second year Promotion to the fourth vear of the Honours program requires 1) an 80% mark in at least one Political Science course during the third year, 2) .1 minimum of 75% in Political Science 390, and 3) ti "5% average overall in the third year. Occasionally, an outstanding student from the third-year Major program mav be admitted directly to fourlh-vear Honours. Graduation in the Honours program normally requiies 1) an 80% mark in at least one Political Science course during the fourth year, 2) a minimum of "5% in both Political Science 490 and -i91, and 3 i a "5% overall average in fhe final two years. Students no! meeting these standards but nevertheless satisfying.il! other university requirements for graduation will be awarded a B.A. in ihe Major program. Courses Offered Polilical Theory: 2 it). .341), 312. 344, 340, 349, 44(1. ) ___. 114,4 16,521,522,523 Public Administration: 302. 551. 532, 5.53 Canadian Government: 200, .501, 303, 30a, 305, 506, 30", lOl, 102, 405, 41)4, 405. 501, 502, 50.3. 504 lnternation.il Relations: 2h0, .360, 361, 362, 363, .304, 305, ,3()0, i()0, 461. 462. 403, 404, 465,561, 502, 563. 564, 565 Polilical Behaviour: .380, 381, .585, 551, 552, 55,5, 5%, 5'"2 Comparative Government: 220, 320, .321. 322. 325, 52i, 325. 326. 32", 328, 420, t21, 422, 425, 424. t25. 511,512,513,514,515,516 General Courses: .390, 490. 491, 540, 549, 580, (.49 The Department issues a pamphlet each May to inform students in delail about courses beginning the following September. Students should obtain a copy before choos- !!: . courses. Arts 105 Portuguese See Hispanic and Italian Studies Psychology The Department of Psychology offers programs of study that lead to the degrees of Ph.D., M.A., B.A.. B.Sc. For information about the degree of Bachelor of Science, see the Faculty of Science section of the Calendar. Requirements for the B.A. Degree Major: First Year • Psychology 100 Second Year • six credits from Psychology 201, 202,203,204, including at least one of Psychology 201 or 202 Third and Fourth Year • Psychology 31" and 318 (to be taken in third yeai) • at least 24 additional Psychology credits including: at leasi six credits from: Psychology 300,502,30.3,305, 308, 3It, 315. 336, or 337 and, at least six credits (nine credits for students who took only one of Psychology 201 or 202) from: Psychology' 304. 306, 307, 309, 310, 313, 333,334, 355, or 360 Note: Students who are contemplating graduate sludies or other research activities in Psychology are urged to take Psychology 464 in addition to the above minimum requirements for the B.A. degree. Honours: The Honours program is designed to provide intensive and extensive preparation in Psychology for outstanding students who intend to pursue graduate studies in Psychology. In addition to the requirements listed below, such students are urged to include Psychology -i64 in their program of studies. Admission to the Honours program requires at least a "5% average in the second yearand at least 80% in Psychology 201 and/or 202. Students failing to meet either of these criteria may petition for admittance into the program. All students enrolling in the Honours program must consult with the Chair ofthe Departmental Honours-Major Committee. Graduation in the Honours program as described below requires: • 48 credits of Psychology courses numbered 300 or above; • at least a 75% average in each of the last three years; • at least 75% standing in Psychology 366 and 80% in at least 6 Psychology credits taken during the third vear; and • 80% in at least 6 Psychology credits taken during the fourth year. First and Second Years • six credits from Psychology 201, 202, 203, 20a including at least one of Psychology 201 or 202 • six credits of Mathematics (100 and 101 recommended) • Biology 101 or 102 Third Year • a minimum of 36 credits taken concurrently, including Psychology 312 and 366 Fourth Year • a minimum of .36 credits taken concurrently, including Psychology 449 and at least six credits of a Psychology laboratory course numbered above 400 • in addition, during third and fourth years, an I lonours student must take: at least 12 credits of Psychology 300. 502. 303. 305, 308. 314, .315,536. 537 or .01. and at least 12 credits (15 credits for students who ti iok onlv one of Psvc hol- ogy 201 or 202: of: Psychology 304. 306. 30", 309. 510, 313,333.334,455, or 360. For course preret iiiisites. see course descriptions. Supplemental Examinations The final examinalion in Psychology courses contributes less than 40% of the course grade. For this reason, no supplemental examinations are provided. >«M»_,_*i_t3_«f¥»%«»«^ii«\___'<'iifelA*!.* i <<a *,*•»,..>» Punjabi See Asian Studies South Asian Languages. Religious Studies The Department of Religious Studies offers programs of studv that lead to the degrees of Ph.D., M.A., B.A. Requirements for the Ei.A. Degree Major: First and Second Years • a minimum of six credits from Religious Studies 100, 202, 204 or 2(15 Third and Fourth Years • 30 credits to be selected from Keligioi is Studies courses numbered 300 or above Subject to the approval of the Department, a maximum of 12 credits ofthe '"ol lowing courses mav be accepted for credit toward a major in Religious Studies: Anthropology (ANTH) 333 TheAn-ai»sisofMcth 415 Religion and Society Asian Studies (ASIA) 325 History' of Chinese Thought 360 The Making < if the Sikh Traditt m Classical Studies (CLST) 305 Classical vlyih anti Religion English (ENGL) .311 Literature of the Bible Fine Arts (FINA) 353 Buddhist Art of Japan 357 Early South and Southeast Asian Art 358 Later South and Southeast Asian An History (HIST) 372 Ideas and Institutions of the Middle Ages Italian Studies (ITST) 310 The Divine Comedy in Translation Mlusic (MUSC) 327 Liturgical Music 1 427 Liturgical Music 11 Philosophy 9PHIL) 349 Philosophy of Religion Honours: Admission * a minimum of six credits from Religious Studies 100. 202. 20ior205 Thiird and Fourth Years A program will be devised for each student consisting o: 36 or more credits and including a graduating essav (Religious Sludies 199). Continuation in fourih-veaiiion ours is condiiional on maintaining at leas! second-class standing. Students who intend to do graduate work are advised to choose an area of concentration in the third and fourth \eats (see below), and lo acquire some proficient'} inthe appropriate canonical languagei's). For languages other than Arabic and Hebrew, sec ihe listings ofthe appropriate departments Areas of Concentration (for Majors and Honours) > 1) Asian Religions: Religious Studies 20-i, .55 t, 361. 364. 365, .556, 367, 308. 1.30, 452, Asian Studies .360. 2) C.lii'islianity'i'f'tist-Biblical): Religious Sludies 205, ,315. 521. 52.3,526,52" i20, 421. -i22. 31 Hebrew iiible and the Ancient Near Last: Religion- Studies 300. 304, ,505. 306, 403; Hebrew 505, 405, -it Island) Sludies- Religious Studies 202. 4-tO. 5tl. -ti8, 449; Arabic 306. 400. 5i Judaic Studies: Religious Studies 202. 508. 509, .31(1 511. 312,40% 408, i0. 6) Near Easicrn Languages and Literature: Religious Studies 202. Arabic 400, i00; Hebrew 505. 405. appropriate courses irom areas 3, t. or 5. ~) New Testament: Religious Studies 202,503 5%. ttt nHamHnBHMi » «.*<t#r*^ »-."**•_ * Romance Studies See Hispanic and Italian Studies. Russian and Slavic Languages and Literatures Although the Department of Russian and Slavic Languages and Literatures is still unable to re-open admissions m the Russian M:i|or. il offers a fairly wide range of couises in Russian language and literature, in East European literatures, and in tbe Ukrainian language, as well as a first-year course in Russian and Slavic cultures No courses it literature offered in 1994/95 require previous knowledge of a Slavic language. Language Courses Russian 100, 101, 102. 200. 215, 315, 300. ■!()(>, i0I Ukrainian .325 introductory Courses: Culture and Literature Slavic Studies 105 Russian 206, 26" Other Courses in Russian Literature Russian 306, J10, ill Slavic Literatures in Translation Slavic Sludies 307' Literature courses m 1ran.la.1ion are designed ior student who are inieicstct! in hr< .ideo'tie. then knowledge oi 106 Arts literature. They are especially recommended for students majoring or honouring in language and literature departments, history, political science, anthropology, sociology, and fine arts, but are also open to students from all other programs. These courses are of special interest to students planning to pursue literary and gender studies of a comparative nature. Slavic Area Studies, Dr. Robert North, Depanmenl of Geography. South Asian Studies See Asian Studies. Sociology The Department of Anthropology and Sociology offers programsof smily lhat lead to ihe degrees of Ph. I). ,M.A„ B.A. Sanskrit See Asian Studies, South Asian Languages. mmmMmmMMmMmm'!^m)*mrrximmgm»)sxsm Slavic Area Studies Studenls wishing to focus on the Slavic area should major in a discipline (e.g. Economics, Geography, History-, Political Science) and supplement their training by taking appropriate courses in Slavic languages and/or other Slavic area studies courses as their electives. Students planning to go on to graduate study will find it advantageous to have a strong background in a discipline. The following courses on the Slavic area do not require knowledge of Russian or another Slavic language: Russian (RUSS) 306 Russian Literature in Translation 410 Women and Gender in Russian Literature 411 Selected Russian Authors in Translation Slavic Studies (SLAV) 307 Modern Slavic Literatures in Translation Economics (ECON) 5'H" The Soviet Economy ■4H ■" Comparative Economic Systems (if dealing with Slavic area) nfmrnrmw^va^miOit Requirements for the B.A. Degree Geography (GEOG) 39a Geography of the Soviet Union and its Successor Nations: Thematic Analyis 49.3 Geography of Eastern Europe 494 Geography ofthe Soviet Union and its Successor Nations: Regional Analysis History (HIST) 319 History of Modern Poland 32a Histoiy of East Central Europe in the 19th and 20th Centuries .325 Germans and Slavs in the Early Modern Period 405 Russia before 1917 408 Histoiy ofthe Hapsburg Monarchy 4.35 Communist Movements in Russia and Eastern Europe since 1900 438 History ofthe Soviet Union Political Science (POLI) 325 Communist and Post-Communist Politics 362 The Great Powers and International Politics -160 Foreign Policy Analysis (section dealing with Soviet foreign policy) 464 Problems in International Relations (section dealing with Soviet-American relations) Note: The University provides opportunity for graduate work in Slavic Area Studies in the fields of Geographv, History (Russian, Soviet and Easl European!, and Political Science. Students wishing ti i do graduate work in the area will normally be required to have completed at least 12 crcdiis of a Slavic language (Russian, Polish, or Ukrainian i bv lhe end of the first vear of graduate work. Students interested in an interdisciplinary M.A. program should consult the Chair of the Coordinating Committee on Major: First Year • Sociology 100 Second Year • Statistics 203 (Students pursuing majors at Okanagan Universily College may use either Mathematics 121 or Sociology 3~1 to satisfy the statistics requirement.) • at least three credits from Sociology 201.210,213,211, 210,250, 260 Third and Fourth Years • at least 30 credits of Sociology, inciudingSoc"iology310 and 350. and at least one of Sociology 380, 381, .382, 383, all normally taken in the third year • additional Sociology (and some Anthropology I courses taken in consultation with a departmental adviser Honours: First Year • Sociology 100 Second Year • Statistics 20.5 • al least ih.reecretins from Sociology 201,210,213,2It, 240, 250. 260 Admission to the Honours Program A standing of "5% or heller in Sociology 10 and an overall second-class average in the second year are required for admission to the third vear. Continuation to the fourth year requires an overall second-class average in lhe ihird tear and an average of at least "5% in the sociology courses laken in lhe ihird vear. Outstanding sludents from the third-year major program mav be considered for admission into the fourth-year Honours program. Interested students should consult the sociology adviser. Third and Fourth Years A total of "2 crcdiis including -12 credits in Sociology as follows: • Sociology 310. 350. and 149 • at least one of: Sociology .580, 381, .582. 38.3 • 15 addilional credits of Sociology of which at least six credits must be from Sociology courses numbered t00 and above, in addition lo Sociology 4 i9. • 30 additional credits, of which at least 6 must be from another discipline. Undergraduate Courses Sociology 100 is ihe prerequisite for all third-year and fourth-vear courses, except Sociology .300. .501, 515, 530, .352. 425, 463. ;iiid liiii. Each Mac the Depanmenl issues a booklet to inform students in detail ahtuu t oui'se.s thai will be offered the following September. Students should obtain a copy in preparation for seeing ihe departmental adviser and for registration. Spanish See Hispanic and Italian Studies. Theatre and Film The Depanmenl offers programs of study that lead to l he degrees of Ph.D.. M..A, M.F.A , B.A., and B.F.A in Theatre. In addition, the Depanmenl offers an M.A. in Film History and Criticism a B.A, and Diploma in Film Studies, and an M F.A. in Film Production. For (he B.A. and Diploma Film programs, see 'film". At the undergraduate level, lhe Department offers four distinct streams of siudv: 1) B.A. in Theatre 2) B.F.A. (Acting) .3) B.F.A. (Design/technical Theatre] U B.A. (Film Studies) Requirements for the B.A. Degree Major: Theatre First and Second Years • Thealre 120 and either Ii>() or 150 or both Third and Fourth Years • 30 credits in Theatre, numbered above 300, including Theatre 310 and 320 Honours: Theatre Admission • Theatre 120 (First- or second-class standing) • Theatre 160 Third and Fourth Years • 36 credits in Theatre numbered above 500, including Theatre 310. 320, 410.449 • 12 credits chosen from Theatre -i()0, <i()5, 4.30; English 365, 36; or Creative Writing i07 (see special dmission procedures under Creative Writing) • reading knowledge (bv the end ofthe fourth yean of one of French, German. Italian. Spanish, Russian, Chinese. Japanese, or Greek Requirements for the B.F.A. Degree The program leading to the B.F.A. degree normally consists of four years of studv. In lhe first year, students take courses applicable to anv B.A. program, including lhe Theatre courses noted below. Application to enter lhe B.F.A. program proper is made early in April ol the student's first vear or the week before the beginning oi classes in ihe siudent's second year. The number of places available in the program is strictly limited, hence entry into the pro. .rani is bv selection based on an audition (Acting stream) or an interview (Design/Technical Thealre streami. Unsuccessful applicants will be able to continue into the second year ofthe B.A. program. Sludents who have been admitted to the B.F.A. program mav revert to the B.A if this ts advisable at the end of the second or die ihird vear. Arts 107 Prospective candidates may obtain details concerning the principles and procedures governing the selection of students from the Department of Theatre. Students interested in Urban Studies should contact the Senior Faculty Adviser of the Faculty of Arts, or the Chair of the Urban Studies Committee. Dr. W. G. Hardwick (Geography), telephone (604) 822-3535. Acting First Year • requirements of first-year B.A. including Theatre 120 and 160 Second Year • requirements of second-vear B.A. including Theatre 261 and 262 Third Year • Theatre 310, 361/362/370, and six credits of electives Fourth Year • Theatre 320, 4ti 1/462/470, and six credits of electives Design/Technical Theatre First Year • requirements ofthe first-vear B.A. including Theatre 120 and 150 Second Year • requirements of second-year B.A. including Theatre 250 and 251 Third Year • Theatre 305, 310, four courses chosen from Theatre 350-354, and six credits of electives Fourth Year • Theatre 320, 459, four courses chosen from Theatre 405, 450-454, and six credits of electives Enrolment in the program will be limited, and preference will be given to students with strong evidence of creative ability, either in Theatre or in one of the other fine arts. Prospective students should enquire at the Department of Theatre and Film for times when materials are evaluated. mmmmmmmfflmmmmmmmmsmmmmmmi Urban Studies Urban Studies offers a focus for students who have a keen interest in this field. It is not a degree program. Course of Studies A student will normally take Urban Studies 200 in the second vear, along with the prerequisile courses for a departmental Major. In the third and fourth years, in addition to the Major requirements, 24 credits of courses focusing on urban questions (including those offered in the student's Major department) are required. In the fourth year a student will normally take Urban Studies 400. Urban-oriented Courses A tentative (and not necessarily exhaustive) list of existing undergraduate courses that can be defined as "urban oriented" appears below. Some of these courses may have prerequisites. Students should discuss them with the department concerned before registering. Anthropology 310 Architecture 124, 425 Commerce 307, 409 Economics 374 Geography 350, 352, 357, 360, 417,450, 45.3, 457, 464 History 208 Planning 425 Political Science 306 Urdu See Asian Studies. South Asian Languages Women's Studies Students intending to specialize in Women's Studies may do so either by talcing an interdisciplinary Major program in Women's Studies, or by completing a Major program in a particular department of the Faculty of Arts, with outside electives taken from the courses listed below. Detailed descriptions ofthe program, courses, and other information are available from the Women's Studies Office, telephone (604) 822-9173. Note: Students n ajoring in Women's Studies must have their courses approved each year by a Women's Studies adviser. A double major is encouraged. Major: First and Second Years • Women's Studies 222 is required. • Women's Studies 224 (which fulfils the literature requirement) and Anthropology/Sociology 213 are recommended. Third and Fourth Years • Women's Studies 322 and 324 (to be taken in third year) • either Women's Studies 422 or 424 (one is required and bth are recommended; to be taken in fourth year) • at least 15 add tional credits from courses eligible for credit toward a major: Women's Studies 422 or 424 (whichever was not taken as a requirement) Women's Studies 425 (can be repeated for credit) Women's Studies 450 (can be repeated for credit) Anthropology/Sociology 312 Classical Studies 311, 312 Economics 35 '.. Family Science 442 French 419 or 422 History 335 Psychology 320 Religious Stud.es 480 Russian 410 Sociology 414 Theatre 415 Note: Women's Studies 300 may not be taken for credit toward the major. Courses of related interest but not counted toward tine major Anthropology 214, 409 Economics 360 Family Science 322, 414 History .329, 443 Sociology 214, 240, 310, 361 Students should consult the Women's Studies Office for additional relevant courses in a given year. Academic Staff Office of the Dean M. PATRICIA MARCHAK, B.A.. Ph.D. (Bril. Gil.), F.R.S.C, Professor (if Sociology tin. Dean. SHF.RRILI. E GRACE, B.A. (W.Ont.). MA, Ph.D. (McG. I, F.R.S.C, Professor of English and Associate Dean ROBERT V. KCBICEK. 11 Ed, M.A. (Alta), Ph D. (Duke), Professor of Elistory and Associale Dean DONALD G. PATERSON, M.A (W.Ont,). D.Phil. CSussexi, Professor of Economics and Associate Dean. GRAEME C \VYNN, B.A. (Sheffield), M.A, Ph.D. (Tor.). Professor of Geography and Associaie Dean. Department of Anthropology and Sociology Professor and Head RICHARD J. PEARSON. II A (Tor.), Ph.D. (Yale), F.R.S.C, Archaeology. Professors MICHAEL M. AMES. B A. (Bril. Col.), Ph.D. (Harv.), F.R.S.C, Anthropologv, Director, Museum of Anthropology. YUNSHIK CHANG, BA (Seoul), M.A. (Brit. Co!.), Ph.D (Princ), Sociology. BRIAN ELLIOTT, M.A. (Edin.), Anthropology. RICHARD ERICSON, B.A. (Guelph). M.A. (Tor,), Ph.D., Litt D. (Cantaty, Sociology MARTHA S. FOSCHI, B.A. (Buenos Aires), A.M, Ph.D. (Stan.). Sociology M. PATRICIA MARCHAK, B.A, Ph.D. (Bril. Cot), F R.S.C, Sociology. R. G, MATSON, B.A (Calif, Riverside). Ph Da Calif, Davis), Archaeology ROW . RIDINGTON. B.A (Swarthmore), A.M., Ph.D. (Harv.), Anthropology. MARTIN SILVERMAN, A.B. (Harv.). M.A, Ph.D. (Chic). Anthropologv. ELVI WHITTAKER, BA, MA (Brit. Cot), Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley). Anthropology. Associate Professors BRAXTON M. AU RED, B.A. (Houston). MA, Ph.D. (Colorado), Anthropology. JOHN BARKER, B.A. (W.Ont.), M.A. (Victoria University of Wellington), Ph.D. (Brit. Cot), Anthropology. MICHAEL MAKE, B.A. .Bril CoL), M.A, Ph.D. (Mich), Anthropology. GILLIAN CREESE. B.A. (S.Fraser), MA (Queen's), Ph.D. (Car.), Sociology-. JULIA M. CR1J1KSHANK, 11 A. (Tor), M.A, Ph D. (Brit. Col.), Anthropology TISSA FERNANDO, B.A. iCeylon). D Phil. (Oxon), Sociology. I, NEIL GUPPY, B.A, B.Ph.E. (Queen's), M.Sc, Ph.D. OX'al.), Sociology MARJORIE IIAIPIN, MA (George Washington). Ph.D. (Brit, (it), Anthropology. GRAHAM E.JOHNSON, B.Sc (Econ.) (Southampton), M.A, Ph.D. (C'nell.), Sociology. J. E. MICHAEL KEW, B.A (Bin. CoL), Ph.D. (Wash.), Anthropology. BLANCA MlJRATORIO, Lie. Soc. (Buenos Aires). Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), Anthropologv. JAMES V POWELL, B.A (Wheaton), M.A. (Denver and Hawaii). Ph.D. (Hawaii), Anthropology. ROBERT S RATNER, A.B. (CoL), M.A , Ph.D. (Yale), Sociology. DAVID R SCHWEITZER, B.A. (North Central College), M.A. (Southern Illinois), Ph.D. (Calif, Los Angeles), Sociology. KENNETH W STODDART, BA, M.A. (Brit Col.). Ph.D. (Calif, Santa Barhara), Sociology Assistant Professors MILLIE R. CREIGHTON, B.A. (Minn I, M.A, Ph.D. (Wash.), Anthropology. DAWN CURRIE, B.A, M.A. (Sask,), Ph.D. il.ond.). Sociology. GEORGE A. GRAY. A.B. (Willamette), Ph.D. (Oregon). Sociology. LOUISE M IACKSON, B.A. (Lond), M.A. (Mich), Ph.D (Calif, Los Angeles), Anihropology. FIONA M. KAY, Ph D (Tor), Sociology. WILLIAM H. McKEI.I.lN, B.A. (Wheaton College), M A, Ph D. (Tor.) Ailthropologv BRUCE G. MILLER. All (Brown), MA. (Western Washington). Ph.D lAn/.ona Statel, Anthropology. DAVID 1. POKOTY1.0. BA, M A. (Manit). Ph.D. (Brit. Col), Archaeology. Senior Instructor JOHN R O'CONNOR. A.I! (Holy Cross), M.A, Ph.D. (Mich). Sociology. Department of Asian Studies Professor and Head MICHAEL S. DUKE, B.A. (Calif., Davis), M.A, Ph.D, (Calif, Berkeley). Professors ASHOK N. AKLUJKAR, M A. (Poonaj, Ph.D (Harv.) DANIEL I. OVERMYER, BA. iWcslmar), B.D. (Naperville), MA, Ph.D (Chic). KE1.-ICH1 TAKASHIMA. M.A, Ph.D. (Wash.). K1NYATSCRUTA. B.A (Sophia), M.A. (Goivaga) Ph.D (Wash.) Associate Professors KENNETH F, BRYANT. M A, I'll D. (Calif, Berkeley I 11ARJOTOBEROI. M.A, M.Phil. (New Delhi:, Ph.D. (A.. .ID. JERRY D. SCHMIDT, BA (Calif, Berkeley), M.A, Ph.D. (Brit Col.l. Assistant Professors DONALD L. BAKER, B.A (Louisiana). M.A, Ph.D. (Wash.). YOKO COl.l.lER-SANUKi, M.A, Ph.D. (Calif, Los Angelesl. RE.XEGOlDMAN.MA.lCol). 108 Arts TINEKE HEI.LWIG, M.A, Ph.D. (Leiden). JOSHUA S M0ST0W. B.A, M.A, Ph.D (Pennsylvania; CATHERINE SWATEK, B.A, (Caileton College), M.A, Ph D ;Col i. instruttors JOSEPHINE CHIU-DUKE, B.l'.d. (T'a.aai, Noinia!). M Ed I Vermont). M.A. (Wisconsin Madison; Ph.D. (Brit.Col i. h.CNG HEE LYNN. B.A. iKinio), M Ed (Brit, tola. Department of Classics Professor and Head ANTHONY A. BARRETT. B A, iDiilh.un). Dip (Jass Arc:: (thong M.A, Ph D. Cl'oi.l, FS V Professors I, A, S EVANS, B.A. (Tors, M A , Ph D. 'Yaiei, F.R.S.C ANTHONY |. PODIECKL BA, iiloh Cross> M.A. (Osoil), I'll.!), (Tor). JAMES klNSELL MA lEiiina, Ph.D loin, , GERALD N SANDY, M.A, Ph.I), (Oluo State). SHIRLEY!). St l.l.IVAN. M.A. (Bill. Co! ), Ph.D (Tor.,. ROBERT B, TODD, B.A, (I.onda, M.A, Ph.D, (Pniioi. E, HECTOR WILLIAMS, B.A iManila, M A Ph D (Cine), F.S.A. Associate Professors IE G, EDINGER, B.A Oale), M.A, Ph I), iPrinc ; PHILLIP E, HARDING, M A (St. Andrevs, Ph.D (Calif, Berkeley). Assistant Professor K. ANN DUSING, B.A. (Bril, Col , Ph I), (Cincinnati). Lecturer from Another Department J.iMES C, DYWKOWSKL Professor oirliiios.,phy. Department of Creative Writing Associate Professor and Acting Head BRYAN YCADE. BA. iVic B.C.), M.FA, (Calif, las Angeles). Professor GEORGE MCWHIRTER, B.A. IBella. M A. (Bill. Co! i Associate Professors SI L ANN AIDERSON, B.A, (Antioch i. M A. (Ohio Slate). C J.NEWMAN. B A (Sir George Wiiliani-a Assistant Professors DART HANSON, B A. (Tor, I, M.F.A. 'Bra, Col ) KEITH MAIU.ARD I IN DA SVENDSEN, B.A. (Bat Col I. il LA, (C:>l.|. Department of Economics Professor and Head WILLIAM C RIDDELL, B.A. i Royal Military Colleges MA,. Ph.D. (Queen's!. Professors liOBF.K'I C. Al LEN, B.A. (Carleton Coll.), M.A, Ph.D. (tlarva CHARILS B1ACK0RBY. A. B, .'Han,), Ph.D, (Johns It, I'AIT.G. BRADLEY. B.C.E. (C'nell.i. Ph I). (M.I.T i. IOHN G. CRAGG. B.A. (McG, Cantata. I'll D, (I'unc.i. W. ERWIN DIEWERT, M A. (Bril. Oil.), I'h D (Calif, Bcikeici), FR.S.C DAVID | DONALDSON B.A. (to,, i, A.M , I'h.D isl.in.) Ml Kl.SIi ESWARAN, B So ijahaipii',. M Si (lililian hisiiiiiie of technologvi, Ph.D. .Louisiana Slate;. M.A, Ph.D. (Brit, Col.l. ROBERT G EVANS. B.A, (Toi ), AM,. Ph I), jllaiv ) JOHN !-' HELLEWFIL. O.C , B.Com. .Brit. Co! ■, M.A .D.Phil. (Oxon i. FRS(,. SAMUEL P. s, HO, BS.E. (Plino,M,A, Ph.D. ;\u.a. .lONAI'llANR KESSELMAN. BA lOherlinj Ph.D (M IT.) ASHOK KOI'WAI. M.S, (klahoj, Ph.D. iBosioio (iOKDON R. MUNRO, BA, iBnt, Coo, A.M i'h.D (Han,). KEhvO NAGATANI, B.A, illitoisi.ib.ashi,. V A (Hawaii). Ph.D. (Browni. PHILIP A. NEIIER, A.B. (Pomomii. Ph.D. (Bioyvii) DONAH HI PATERSON. MA (W One). D.Phil. (Sussex). ANGELA REDISH. BA (Wlfncl Launei ,, M.A, Ph.D, (WOni. WILLIAM A SCHWOEM, A B. (North Carolina), M.A (Virginia). Ph.D. (Wash,). Ri INAI DA SHEARER. B A. (Brit, Col i, M.A , I'h.D. lOhioi, MARGARET E SLADE, I!A (Vassal;, M.A (Gaiif, Berkeley!, Ph D, iGeorge Washington. RUSSELL S CHEER. B A, (Fresno), Ph.!) Clare-noun I'ERENl F ! WALES, BA. (Brit Co! ., Ph.I) IM I E), JOHN A. WEYMAKk, B.A, (Bril. Col.l, A.M., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania,. KENNETHJ WHITE, B.A. (Northwcsterni. M.A , I'h.D, (Wisa ROBERT M WILL B.A. (W.Ont.I. A.M., Ph.D (i)tlkci Associate Professors BRIAN R. COPELAND, B.A. (Brit Cot), M A ('*'One). Ph.D (Star,). MICHAEL B. DEVERFUX, M.A, iCinursilv College Dublin;, PhD. (Queen si. GEOFFREY B. HAINSWORTH, B.S, (Lond i PhD (Calif.. Berkeley,. KENNETH HENDRICKS, B.A , M.A. (lint. Co! I, PhD i*.s,j HUGH M N'EARY, Mtitl. (Dub.), Ph.D (Calif, Berkeley) Assistant Professors JOHN D. BOYD, M.A. Ph.D (Wash,,. DAVID A. GREEN. B.A. (Qucen'si, Ph.D. (Stan,,. JAMES M. NASON.AB, M PP (Mich.i M S, I'll D, iWis.i. MICHEI.E PICCIONE, Lanrea tPadua), M.Sc, : London School of Economics,, PI. D. (Now York) CONRAAD A PINKSE, II S„ M.S. iTiihli'-g). MAKOTO SAITO B.A, i Kyoto), Ph.D. t M.I.T. I. GliOFU TAN. B.S (Chinese College ol Minesc M.S. (Flua/hong l nr, of Science & Technology,, MS, I'li.D. ..Cal.Tech, i, MICHAELSCOTl'TAYLOR, MA. (Caig.l. I'h I). (Queen's). Department of English Professor and Head HERBERT.!. ROSENGARTEN, M.A,, B.litc (Ov.uo. Ph.D iCantab). Professors KEITH AU DRiTT M.A, (Cantah). F.R.S I. RICHARD W BEV IS, M.A, I'h.D, (Calif, Berkeley) ANTHONY h, DAW SON, B.A, ll.ovola.i. A.M . Ph.D. dlarv.i. JOHN W, FOSTER. M.A (Bella Ph.D (Oregon) ALEXANDER V. GLOBE, M.A, Ph.D (tor : 4 GRAHAM GOOD, M.A , B.Litl. (Oxonl. Ph.!) .'Princ ,, SHERRil.LE GRACE, B.A, (W.Onl.l. M.A. I'll D (MrG.).E.R.S.i. I.EEM. JOHNSON BA. lllanililic), Ph.D. (Erin,-,, JOEEll, KAPIAN, BA il'ennsvlyaniai, M.A, Ph.D. r. >r.i. EVA-MARIE KROI.l.ER, Staatsexamen (Freiburg), Ph.D. i Alta, i E ROSSIABP.lE.BAaloyolai.MA (McG;,PhD (toi I. J A, I.AVIN. B.A, I'ilDaBii-ni.i. PATRICIAMERICALE, A.B, (Calif, Berkeley l. M A (O.ton), Ph.D. (Harv i. IRA P. NADEL MA (Rutgers,, Ph D (Cue-IE). WILLIAM IE NEW B.Ed, M.A. I Bin Co! c I'li.D. (Leeds). ER S.C. CROCK E POWELL, BA. (Maryland). AM . Ph.D (Stan.) PETER A. Ql 'ARTERMAI.Y B.A , Eh D. iNoll.) LAURENCE E. RICOU, B.A (Manit i M A, Eh.Da'i'oi i PACI.G STANWOOD, B.A. I Iowa), M.A,. Eh D. (Mich,, IF.REY WASSERMAN, B A. .'Adelphi). M.A (Clin I I'h.D, (C'nel. I LORRAINE WEIR. B.A IM-'G. I. M A , Fn.D (Dub.;, GERNOT R WIELAND. M A, I'li.D, ;Tor . JONATHAN L WISENTHAU HA i Bishops). Bill!. (Oxon). Ph.D (Loncl). Associate Professors MARGARET A H BI.OM, M.A . Ph.D. (Wish.,. THOMAS E BLOM, B.A, .Sail Diego c Ph.D Oil ash.. I.AtRELj, BRIN'ION. B.A. Ph.D iCalil. Bi rkelev: ANDREW BUS/A. MA (EoncE). DENNIS It. DANIELSON. B.A (Vcl! C i, M ,\ (Sussex), A.M, Ph.DaStaiia. D-AVll) EVANS. B A, tl'o.-tland). Ph.D. i Wash.) MARGERY FEE. E A, M.A (Yolk., Ph.D (tor,,. RONALD B HATclLMA, (Bni Co! i. I'h.D lEdm NiCHOIAS HUDSON, M.A. iWimiGo. Eh 0 it's, a ERIC P. LEVY', IIA. (Union Collegia, M A , i'h I) ,San i MAVA JO POWELL M A (Brit Cola, PhD, ,Su'se\i ROGER G. SEAMON. A.B, (Call! , Berkeley i MA, Ph.D. (Clareiiioin;. s WARREN STEVENSON. B.A (Bishops, MA (McG ;. Ph.D, (Northwestern). JACK F.STEWART MA. (Ellin) I'h.D iSCaiit.) PAULYACHNTN.BA CMcO.),M.i.i(l. (Isiiiia PhD (Toi ; Assistant Professors LESLIE ARNOV'K K, A B (Call! , Davis,, i'h 0 i( all! . Berkeley,. RICHARD CAVEl.I, B.A,, M.A (Brit Coi i, Ph.D. itoci. JOHN X. COOPER, B A, (Sir George Williams,, M.A, I'h!) :Bi'l Cut! PAMELA DAI./lEt B A. i\ic B.C.). M.A. (Tor.), D.Phil, (Oxon) SI.Vx ECIIARD, EA (Qiieen's,, M A, Ph.D, (Tor i. SI ISANN.A ECAN, B.A. iCanlilb), MA, Ph !) (Bril coll KRISTIN HANSON, It A I tor.: IAIN Mai I.EOi) HIGGINS M A, iBul.Col i, Ph.Daliarv i, J KIKRAM KEAI.Y. AH (None Dame). M.A. Ph.D iStan ), M HARRIET KIREI.EY, MA. Ph.D. (Slan i. CATHERINE MII.SEM M.Eliil, (Oxon,, M.A.Pli.DaPniici, STEPHEN B PARTRIDGE, B A, (Yale). AM. iliaria, Lll.i'EA RODMAN M.A. Bin Coi.). JI'Di /!, SEGAL B.A, {MlG I, MA, Ph.D. (lint Co! . ERE!) E. STtXIxlI01.DER. B.A. iCC.N V). Ph.D, (Wash,, PETERA TAYIOR, B.A. (Colorado). M.A, i'h.D iCoriiiccliciil, SANDRA M, TOMC. B.A. iGueiphi. M.A, Ph !), (tor I, I'ENElOi'l." VAN TOORN B A, M.A, iSydney, I'h.D. I lint Col.l. MARK VESSEL B.A, (Cantab), D.Phil lO.xoni MICHAEL /.EiTl.lN, B.A, M.A, I'h.D, iTor.l. Senior Instructors JUDITH BROWN, B.A, M.A iBnt Co! i. JANE M, UK. K. MACBrii Cola CIlRls'liNEI'ARKIN.MA Hint. Col). II. B (Bill.Co! i. KiVniERINEA.S.'RH'CK,,M.A. iron I'h.D (Loud ). Instructor PE'IERl.IilLDERS, B.A (Yale) Department of Fine Arts Professor and Head JAMES 0, CASWELL, M.A, I'h.D, (Mich ) Professors SERGE GUilBAlit. E, es L, M, es t (Bordeaux), Ph D icalii'.l.osAngeies, JKEFW-MJ. M.A. (Brit.Col i RUODRIWDDSORLISGOMBE BA. I'h.D. iLrmd.i. ESA Associate Professors MARVIN S, COIIODAS. B.A, M.A , Ph.D (Co! ' MORIT. KA MATSI'MOTO. It,A, I Rem). M.A, (Indiana), M.LA, Ph.D, (Princ i JOHN O'BRLAN, B.A (Torn, B.A (York), M A, O-'orki MA, PhD, (Harv), DEBRA PINCl'S, BA iMirh.i, M.A, I'll D (NewYorki. RICHARD PRINCE. B A. (Brit. Cola ROSE MARIE SAN ll'A.N, B.A, (Tor.l. Ph.D. (lond I. ROBERT YOUNG, ii A (Bril. Co! ,. BARBARA 7.EIGLER. B.F.A , M.FA I lila Assistant Professors WENDY DOBEREINER, B.F.A (Vic.B.C,), M.A, (R.C.A, London). KATHERINE E. HACKER, B.F.A. (Ohio), M.S, ■:Oregon i, CAROL KM( ELY CITLBAUT. B.A, (Calif, San Diego), M A.. Ph.D. (Calif, Eos Angeles) KEN i.CM, B.G S (S Eraser! M F.A. (Brit Coi i MAUREEN P. RYAN, M.A (Brit Col.,. Ph.D (Chic). JUDY Wn.ilAMS, B.A, (Car) Senior Instructor !, MARC I'ESSIN. B.A (NewYorki, M.A. (Calif, Berkeley). Curator of the Fine Arts Gallery SC OTT . ATSON. M.A, iBrit. Col ) lecturers from other Departments I'.ANNA E KASSIS, Professor of Religious Sludies JAMES RUSSELL, Professor of (lassies E HECTOR WILLIAMS. Piolessor of Classics, Department of French Professor and Head VALERIE RAOUL. M.A. (Cantab), Dip.SocAdnim il.S.E i, M.A. iMc.Ma.Ph.D, (Tor l Professors IIERVECURAT, LesL.M est (Strasbourg). Ph.D lElvab. RICIIARDG, HODGSON. B.A. lYii.B.C.i.M.A Ph.D, (Tor,, RALPH SARKON'AK, BA. I Vic B.C :, M.A, I'h D i Tor.l Associate Professors RE.IEAN BFM DOIN. B.A. il_iv.il). M.A , I'h D (McG i Ol.GA B CRAGG, BA. l.VkG I, M.A.. Ph.D iBrvn Mavns SIMA N. GODFREY BA..MA (Tor ,. Ph I) K.'iiel! i j!) ANN McEACIlERN, B.A, M A.. I'll f). (Tors ! SAVE) E. ROt Hilts, B.Ecl. (Alia I.I es L, !., de Ling . VI. es I.. Doner,!! lie le eveic (Montpellier. Assistant Professors NANCY M, FRELICK, B.A, (Vic.B.C.;, M.A, (Alia ), Ph.D. (III.) RICIIARDG C HOiDMyYAY. BA, iNoll.i. I'h I), (Mull). ANDRE LAMON l'A(,NE. B.A , M.A, I'h D (Laval: CHANTAE I'll.AN B.Mus, M A, Ph.D. (Mont',., AEAIV.IOHEL ROCHELEAU, B.A, M A. V, S \V. Ph.D. iLaval: CHRISTINE RCH.GET. L es E, M. (is L, Doctoral (N,R.) (Provence). FLOYD It ST (.LAIR, A.B, Ph.D (Sum.) WILI IAM (..WINDER. B.Sc (North Carolina i. I. es E(Mon:pelliei i. M, es I., (Perpignan). ILEA (Ecole des I lames Eludes, Pari,,, Ph.D. CIV ;, Senior Instructors J( ICELYNE S, BAVEREI, t es L, M. es L. (Besancon,, JACQUES BODOLFC, L es I., iCaen.i, M. es E, Di[ii I E.P (Fans, Department of Geography Professor and Head T. R OKE, B.Sc (Bristol). M.A, Ph I! i.Mc.M ). F IS S ( Honorary Professor j, ROSS MACKAY. O.C, B.A. (Clark), M A (Boston;, Pli D (Montr;. FR.S.C Professors M ( HURCH, B.A. (Tor,,. Ph.D. (Brit. Cola, F.R.S C DEREK GREGORY, M.A, Ph.D. (Cantab, vYALTEEG. HARDWICK.MA (Brit.Cot), Ph.D (Minn ,, R COI.cilROOK HARRIS, B A (lint (.oil. M.A, PhD (AXlSa. F RS.C. DAVID I_.Y. B A. (Own. ,M S, I'h.D, 1 Pennsylvania Stalei TERENCE G, McGEE, M.A, Ph.D. (Wellington. N / , JOHN B, ROBINSON. BA. i'Tor,,, M.E.S (York) Ph.D, (tor.). Director of lhe Sustainable Development Research Institute ALFRED H SIEMENS, M.A, (Brit. Col i, PI, D (Wis i II OLAY SEAVMAKER, M.A iCanlah, AM lllary i, I'h.D. (Cantab). GRAEME C VVYNN. BA. (ShelBcich. M.A, Ph I) (tor ; Associate Professors TREVOR J BARNES, B.Sc. (Lond.;. M.A, I'h.D (Minn i MICHAEL J BOATS, B.A, M.Phil, (Lone! i, PI, D. (Colorado). P.Geo. DAVID W, EDGINGTON. B.Sc il.ond.l. M.S.. it.din.i, M.U.P, i.Melbournei, Ph.D. i Monash, DAVID M, MCCLUNG, B.Sc (North Dakoia stain, AM iRorhcslcn.Ph.D. (Wan, I, P Geo, ROBERT N NORTH, M.A (Cantata. Ph.D. iHrn 0,1 , GERA1.DINF PRATT. B A. (Tor.). M.A, Ph.D. (Bra. Cot i D. G. STEYN. B.Sc, M.S. (Cape T ), I'li.D iBnt Col Assistant Professors PHILIP II. AUSTIN. BA. ('Whitman), PI, D, (Wash.) K DEN1KF. M.Sc. (Bnt. Col), A.M., Ph.D (I'ennsilvaniai GREGORY IE R. HENRY, BSc, M.E.S iDal.l.Ph.D (Toi, DANIEL HIEBERT, B.A. (VS'inn ,. M A, Ph D. (Tor i BRIAN J KUNKENBERG, B.Sc. (Tor.l, M.Sc, I'h.D tW.Otit IAN G MCKENDRY, B.St, I'h.D. (Ganleibuiy, N.Z , MAUREEN G. REED. B.Sc, (Vic.B.C.,. M.A I'Tor :, Ph.D, (ViaeI Senior Instructors RICH 1ARD COPLEY B A. (loxva). M.A. (Call. Berkeley, MARGARET E A. NORTH, B.Sc. (kinds, M.A (Kansas) Adjunct Professors GORDON A, McBEAN, B.Sc. iBrit. Cot), M.Sc (MtCLi.I'h.D. (Bril, Colo. Jl NE M, RYDER, B.Sc, (Sheffield), M.A, (Mi M.i I'li.D (Brit, Cola, P Geo. Department of Germanic Studies Professor and Head EDWARD MORNIN, M A, Ph.D. (Glas.). Professors EI.AUS PEI'EEsEN. soatsexamen (Hamburg!. i'h.D iBricCoi.l PETER A. STEINBERG. B.A, iWeslevail), M.A, I'll I) iCalif, Berkeleyi, Associate Professors t'i iOMASJ. SALEMETS, B.A. (Ton), M.A, Ph.D (Princ i. KARL /.AENKER. siaatsexainen (Gbiiingeii), I'h.D iBi-i! (cl I, Arts 109 Assistant Professors RONALD BEAUMONT B.A. (Brit. Col l. M.A. (Calif, Berkeley, (ORG ROCHE. MA. (Munich), Dr. Phil. (Frankfurt). STEVEN TAUBENECK, B.A. iCalif, Santa Cruz). M.A, I'h.D, (Virginia). Department of Hispanic and Italian Studies Associate Professor and Head MARGUERITE CHLARENZA, Ph.D iC'uel! ), Italian Professors STEFANTACICCONE, M.A (Bril. Col), Doit Len, (Florence), Italian, R. M. ELORES, M.A, (Oregon), Ph.D (Cantab), Spanish. ARSENIC PACIIECO, Lie, Dr. Ell, y Let, (Barcelona), FR.S.C, Spanish ANTONIO URRELLO B.A, M.A. (N'orlhcrn Illinois), M.A (Southern Illinois). Ph.D, (Iowa), Spanish. Associate Professors DEREK C CARR. B.A. (Newcastlei, I'li.D. (line Cot). Spanish. MARIAN G. R. COOPE, M.A. (Cantab). Ph.D (Lond.), Spanish ISAAC RUBiO DEI.GADO, Lie, Dr. (Salamanca), Spanish. MARIA TOMSICH. M.A (Bril. Col,,. I'h D. (Broun), Spanish Assistant Professors DANIELA BOCCASSINI, Dott.I.ell, Dottoralo di Ricerea (Milan), iialian. CARLO TESTA, Laura (Milan), Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley), Italian Senior Instructor A M. GOMES. M.A (Brit. Col.;. Portuguese Instructor ENRIQUE MANCHON, B A, MA. I Bill. Col.l, Spanish. Department of History Professor and Head W PETER WARD, MA. (Alia.), Ph.D. (Queen s) Professors DAVID H BREFN, B.A. (Alta.), B.Ed , M.A, (Calg,), PhD (Alia j. JOHN S. CONWAY, M.A, Ph.D. (Cantab). W, MARK FRIJIN. B.A, M.A, Ph D. (Statin. L E. HILL, B.A, M A. (Wash ). Ph.D, (Harv.). ROBERT V KEBICEK. B Ed, M A. (Alta.). I'h.D (Duke) DIANA I.ARY, B A, Ph D. (Lond.i. ARTHUR J. RAY, B A, M.S., Ph I). (Wis ) ALLEN A. SINEL B.A. (Yale), AM, Ph D (Harv i. RICHARD W. I!NGER, B.A. (Havertordi, A M (Chic i MA, M.Phil, Ph.D. (Yale). ALEXANDER B WOODSIDE. B.A. (Tor ). A M . Ph.D. illatv.). Associate Professors RODERICK.! BARMAN. B.A, MA (Cantab), Ph.D (Calif, Berkeley I GEORGE W EGERTON, B.A (Manit.). M A. (Minn.) I'h.D iTon). CHRISTOPHER R FR1EDR1CHS. A B (Col.l. MA . Ph I) iPnnc.) CHARLES VS. HUMPHRIES, B.A. (McM.), MA, PhD (Ton, E |, HUM.)ERT. B.A (C.C.N.Ys. M.A, l.Nev. Vorki. Ph D iRochesierj FRITZ I.EHMANN, A.B. (Oberlin). M.S, M.A, Ph.D. (Wisconsin, Madison) PETER N, MOOGK, B.A, M.A, Ph.D. iTom DiANNF N't* FIJ, B.Sc (Ott.), MA. iCm), Ph.D (AVOni,), ALLAN SMITH, B.A. (Manit i. M A, Ph D. (Tor ; CHRISTOPHER W. ST0CKER, B.A. (Car!. Ph.D. (Cnell.i. VS . ALAN TOE! Y. B.A (Queen's), M.A. (Tor i, Ph.D, (Johns Ih; WILLIAM D. WRAY, B.A, M.A. (Manit.!. A.M.. I'll D ; I larva. Assistant Professors JOY DIXON B.A. (Queen's), M A, (Sussex.!. Ph.D (Ringers) WILLIAM E FRENCH, B.A, M.A. iCalg.j, i'h,I), (Texas, Ausiini. COLIN IE GORDON. B.A. Alia.), M.A (York). Ph.D. (Wisconsin, Madison) JAMES P. IlliZEL, BA. (Tor.), MA. (Sussex), Ph.D, (Kent), PAUL I. KKAUSE, B.A. (Haverford), MA, Ph.D (Duke). STEVEN H. LEE, B.A, M.A. (McG.). D.Phil. (Oxon). ROBERT A, J. McDONALD, B.A, M.A (Manila. PhD (Brit.Col.). GLEN PETERSON, BA (Manit.), MA, Ph.D. (Brit, Colo, STEPHEN M. STRAKER. B.S. (Antioch), Ph.D. .Indiana;. Lecturer from Another Department BOGDAM CZAYKOWSKI, Professor of Russian and Slavic languages and Literatures. Department of Linguistics Professor and Head M DALE KINKADE, M.A. (Wash), Ph.D. (Indiana) Professors DAVID INGRAM. B S. (Georgetown), Ph D, (Stan,; Associate Professors GUY GARDEN. A.B, Ph.D. (Harv ,i. DOUGLAS PULLEYBIANK, B.A. (Ibadan, Nigeria), Ph D. (M.I.T.!, MICHAEL ROCHF.MONT, B.A. (McG.,, PhD (Mass.) PATRICIA A. SHAW. B.A. (Manit,). M.A , Ph.D. (Ton). Senior Instructor INGRIDA BREN'ZINGER, M.A. (Brit. Cot). Lecturer from Another Department CIIAMAL PHAN, Assistant Professor of French. Department of Philosophy Head To be appointed. Professors JAMES DYBIK0WSK1, A.B. (Amherst), Ph.D (Lond,). MICHAEL McDONALD, B.A. (Tor), M.A, Ph.D. (Pittsburgh) THOMAS E. PATrON. BA. (Oberlini, MA, Ph Y (Harv Ij Associate Professors PETER DANIELSON. B.A, (Mich.i. Ph.D. (Ton), ,!, PAUL RUSSELL, B.A. (Qaeen'si, M.A. (Edin.j. Ph.D. (Cantab). STEVEN IE SAVITT, A.B. (Columbia College), Ph.D. (Brancleis). EARL R, WINKLER. I! A. (Los Angeles Stan), M.A, I'h.D. (Colorado) Assistant Professors ANDREW IRVINE. B A, (Sask,), M.A, (W.Onl ), Ph.D. (Sydney), m JOHN P. STEWART, B.S, M.S. (Pennsvlvai ia). C TAEMACE, B.A. (Car,), M.A, Ph.D (Ton). GARY A WEDEKING, BA (San Diego Stale College), M.A, Ph.D. (Washington Universitvi Adjunct Professors RAYMOND D BRADLEY. B.A, MA. (Auck ;, I'll.I) (ANTE) ~ PHILIP P. HANSON. BA (Calg.), M.A, Ph.D. (Prine.i. RAYMOND E. JENNINGS, B.A , M.A. (Queen's), I'li.D, (Lond.i, LAWRENCE RESNICK, B.A,, Ph.D (C'nell.) DAVID P. ZIMMERMAN, B.A, M.A, Ph.D, (Mich ). Lecturers from other Departments DANIEL I, OVERMYER, Professor of Asian Sludies SHIRLEY!). SULLIVAN, Professor of Classes. ROBERT B. TODD, Professor of Classics STEPHEN M, STRAKER, Assistant Professor of Hisloiv. Department of Political Science Professor and Head DONALD F, BURE, B.A, M.A. (Alta.), Ph..). (Yale). Professors H. AI.VN C, CAIRNS, MA. (Tor.l, D.Phil (Oxon,, F.R.S.C DAVID J. ELKINS, B.A. (Yale), M A, Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley I G, A. LEAVER, B.A. (Bril. Col.). I'h.D (Loud.). IVAN HEAD, B.A, LL.B. (Alta,), K.J. HOLSTI, AM, I'li.D. (Stan.) F.R.S.C. ROBERT H. JACKSON, B A, M.A. (Bril, Cl t), Ph.I1. (Calif, Berkeley), BRIAN I, JOB. B.A, M.A. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Indiana). RICHARD G. C.JOHNSTON, B.A (Bril. Col.l, MA, Ph.D, (Stan,). PHILIP RESNICK. M.A (McG.,. Ph D. (Tor), PAUL R. TENNANT, B.A. (Brit. Cot), MA, Ph.D. (Chic.;. MICHAEL I). WALLACE, BA, MA. (McG.), Ph.D. (Mich). MARKW. ZACHER, BA. (Yale), M A, Ph.D. (Cot), F.R.S.C. Associate Professors PETER A, BUSCH, B.A. (Harv.;, MA. (Wis.), Ph.D, (Yale). R. KENNETH CARTY, B.Sc.F, (New Br.), M.A (Oxon). Ph.D. (Queen's) GEORGE HOBERG, JR., B.S. (Calif, Berkeley), Ph.D. (MIT). SAMUELV, DSELVA, BA, MA. (W.Ont.), D.Phil. (Oxon). PAIJLJ. MARA.'17, B.A. (C'nell,), MA, Ph.D, (Harv.), DLAN'E K, MAIE/Y. BA, MA (SanJose), Ph D. (Bril. Cot), JOHN R WOOD. B.A. (Ton). MA , Ph.D. (CoL). Assistant Professors HEATH B. Cl IAMBER1A1N, BA (Princ). MA, Ph.D (Stan.) AVIGAJLI EISENBERG, BA (Alta.), MA, Ph.D. (Queen's). KATHRYN HARRISON, B.Eng Se (W.Ont.), M.S, (M.I.T,), I'h.D, (Brit. Cot;, KYLiNG AE PARK, B.A. (Yongsei, Korea). M.A, Ph D. (Georgia). ALAN SIAROEE, B.A, (McM,), MA, (McG,), Ph.D (Yale). Department of Psychology Professor and Head RICHARD C. TEES, B.A (McG ) Ph.D (Chic), Professors DAVID J, ALBERT, B.A (Kansas), M.A, Ph 1) (McG). LYNN AIDE. . M.A, Ph.D. (Ill,), M1CHAELJ CHANDLER, B.A. (Grinnell), Ph D (Calif, Berkeley) STANLEY COREN, A.B. (Pennsylvania), Ph D (Stan.). KENNETH D CRAIG, B.A. (Sn George Williams), M.A, (Bril. Got), Ph.D. (Purdue). DONALD G. DUTTON, M.A, Ph.D. (Tor.). BORIS G0R7ALKA, B.Sc. (McG,), Ph.D. (Calif, Irvine). A. RALPH HAKSTLAN, B.A. (Brit. Col,), M.A, Ph.D. (Colorado) ROBERT D. HARE, M.A. (Alta.), PhD, (W.Ont.). ANTHONY'G. PHILLIPS, MA, Ph.D. (W.Ont.). F.R.S.C. JOHN P.J. PINEL, MA. (Calg.), PhD. (MtGa. STANLEY JACK RACHMAN, M.A, (Wltw,), Ph.D, CLoncE). F.R.S.C. JAMES A. RUSSELL, M.A, Ph.D. (Calif, Los Angeles;. JAMES H. STEJGER. B.A. (C'neU.), M.S. (Oklahoma), Ph I), (Purdue), PETER SUEDFELD, B.A, (Queens College), M.A, Ph.D (Princ), F.R.S.C. LAWRENCEJ. WALKER, B.A. (New Br), Ph.D (Tor.). IAWRENCE M, WARD, A.B. (Harv,), Ph.D. (Duke). JERRY WIGGINS, A.B. (American), Ph.D. (Indiana) DONALD M WILKJE, M.A, Ph D. (Manit). RODERICK ,'ONG, B.A. (Brit Col.l, M.A. I Western Michigan), Ph.D, (Northwestern). JOHN YUII.EE, M.A, Ph.D, (W.Ont.) Associate Professors D. SUSAN BUTT, M.A. (Brie CoL), Ph.D. (Chic). JENNIFER D. CAMPBELL, M.S., Ph.D. (Georgia), RAYMOND S. CORTEEN, M.A, Ph.D, (Edin.). ANTEA DEI.ONGIS, B.A, Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley) ERIC EICH, B.A, (Maryland), Ph.D. (Tor,), JAMES T. ENNS, B.A. (Winn,), M.A, Ph.D (Princ, I PETER GRAF, BSc (Tor.), Ph.D. (McM ). CHARLOTTE JOHNSTON, B.A., M.Sc (Calg.;. Ph.D. (Florida). DARRIN R. LEHMAN, B.A. (Calif, Santa Cm.'). M.A, Ph.D, (Mich,;. WOLFGANG LINDEN, Diploma Psychology (Muensier), Ph.D. (McG.). DFMETRIOS PAPAGEORGIS, A.B. (Hamilton). M.A, Ph.D. (TIL). DEI.ROY L, PAULHUS, B.A. (Can), M S, I'li.D, (Cot), CATHERINE RANKIN, B.A, M.A (Guelph), B.Ed. (W'.Oni,), Ph.D. (C.U.N.Y.j. JANET WERKER. B.A, (Harv.), M.A, Ph.D. (Bril. Col), TANN1S MacBETH WILLIAMS, B.A, (Bril. CoL), M.S, Ph.D, (Purdue) Assistant Professors REBECCA I. COLLINS. B.S. (Wisconsin, Madison), M.A, Ph.D. (Calif, Los Angeles). BENJAMIN M. DYKMAN, B.A. (Rochester), Ph.D. (Wisconsin, Madison) GUVJ JOHNSON, M.A, Ph.D, (Texas). FRED P. V.AEI.E, A.B. (Calif, Riverside). Ph.D (.Mich.). Department of Religious Studies Associate Professor and Head PA1JI.G MOSC-ABA. (Fordham)..AM, Ph.D. (Harv) Professor HANNA F, KASSIS, B.A. (American Universily of Beirut), Ph.D. (Harv,). Associale Professors CHARLES P. ANDERSON, A.B. (Willameitei, M.Div (Union Theological Seminar)1), Ph.D, (CoL). RICHARD MENKES, B.A, M.A (Tori MA, Ph.D. ; Brandeis). Instructor PAIILC, BURNS, BA, MA, Ph.D. (Tor.), B. litt (Oxon), Lecturers from other Departments ASHOK AKI.UJKAR, Professor of Asian Studies, 1LARJOT S. OBEKOI. Associate Professor of Asian Studies DANIEL L OVERMYER. Professor of Asian Studies I, MARC PESSIN, Senior Instructor of Fine Arts, KARIN PREISENDAN7, Assistant Professor of Asian Studios. Department of Russian and Slavic Languages and Literatures Professors BOGDAN CZAYKOWSKI, B.A, (Duho, M.A. (Lond ). BARBARA HELDT. BA. (WelleslevCollege). M.A. (Cof), Ph.D. (Chic). Associate Professors PETER PETRO, M.A. (Brit. Cola, Ph.D. (Alta i CHRISTOPHER J. G. TURNER, M.A , M.Phil. (Oxon), M.A, Ph.D, (Cantab) Department of Theatre and Film Professor and Head ERROR DtlRBACEE MA. (Rhodes), M.A. (Cantab), I'h.D, (Lond,), Theatre, Professors PETER LOEFFLER, D.Phil. (Basel, Switzerland), 'Theatre. JERRY WASSERMAN, B A. (Adelphi). M.A. (Chic ), Ph.D. (C'nell,). Themre. Associate Professors NEIL FREEMAN, B.A, M.A. (Note). CHRIS GAI.IAGHER. B.F.A. (Bril. Co!.), Film ROBERT GARDINER, B.A. (Calif State), M.FA. (Wash,), Theatre, RAYMOND), HALL, Film CIMESSIEGFLBA. (Brandeis), M.FA (Yale. Theatre. Assistant Professors CATHY BURNETT BA (Ula!)),!M.F.A. iBosion). Hieatre. STEPHEN MAI10Y, BA (Ott.), M FA (Vic.B.C). Theatre. BRIAN Mcll.ROY, B.A (Sheffield), M.A. (Leeds), PhD. IBrit. CoL), Film GAYI.E MURPHY, B.FA. (Calg.l. M.FA (York), Theatre. JOHN S. NFAITON, MA (Calif, San Francisco State). Film. JOHN WRIGHT, B.A (Bril. Col), M.A (Stan.). Flim. and Thealre. Senior Instructor IAN C. PRATT, Technical Director, Theatre, Instructor ROBERT EBER1.E, Production Manager. Theatre, Adjunct Professor PHILIP KEATLEY. B.A 'Brit. CoL). Film See separate alphabetical listings for the following Schools of the Faculty of Arts: • Music • Library, Archival and Information Studies • Social Work Audiology and Speech Sciences 111 The Practice of Audiology and Speech- Language Pathology Audiologists and speech-language pathologists provide professional services to individuals with communication impairments. Thev may work in hospitals, clinics, private- agencies, schools, health units and other rehabilitation or education settings. Such sen-ices require an understanding of rapidly changing information in the speech, language and hearing sciences, as well as diagnostic and treatment skills. The School subscribes to the philosophy thai the scientific and professional fields of audiology and speech- language pathology are based on, and unified by, the study of human communication. These fields are thus concerned with hearing and speech functions, and especially with the understanding and use of language - at all levels of physiological, linguistic and psychological organization, and in all modalities. The School maintains that the theories and empirical data of linguistics, psychology, acoustics, physiology and other related disciplines provide the necessary framework for the study tif human communication and its disorders. The School's commitment to this view is realized in a specified, interdisciplinary program of undergraduate prerequisites and in a graduate curriculum that incorporates both basic and applied science. Successful completion of the program requires thorough knowledge of research in speech, language, and hearing in normal and disordered populations, as well as demonstration of clinical competence. Students are expected to learn the methods of scientific inquiry and to apply these principles to clinical problems across the scopes specified bv the Foundations of Practice adopted by the Canadian Association of Speech- Language Pathologists and Audiologists. Master of Science — M.Sc. The School of Audiology and Speech Sciences offers a post-graduate program leading to the Master of Science (MSc.) degree. This program, designed to provide lhe scientific and clinical education necessary for the profes- I sions of Audiology and Speech-Language Pathology, is composed of a core curriculum with options for some specialization. After completing basic level core courses, students elect to major in either Audiology or Speech- bmguage Pathology. Graduates of this program will have completed the academic and practical requirements for professional certification. The M.Sc. program will usually require 24 to 36 months to complete, depending on the student's undergraduate preparation. With completion of prerequisite and core curriculum courses open to undergraduates, a student is eligible for the two year program (see below). Clinical Experience The program provides each student with at least the minimum number of hours of clinical practice required for certification by Canadian professional associations. Prior to this experience students participate in individual and group observations of audiologists and speech-language pathologists. These observations serve to acquaint the student with different settings in which an anthologist or a speech-language pathologist may work. They also introduce the student to a variety of diagnostic and treatment techniques. After completion of basic clinical coursework and laboratories, each student completes a clinical practicum in the minor area of interest and two externships in the majorareaof interest. After completion of more advanced coursework in the major, each student completes further externship work in that area. During The School of Audiology and Speech Sciences A School within the Faculty of Medicine. The first objective of the School of Audiology and Speech Sciences is to provide for the education of audiologists and speech-language pathologists. This education begins with Bachelor's-level emphases in Linguistics and Psychology and culminates with the M.Sc. in Audiology and Speech Sciences. The second objective ofthe School is to engage in research related to human communication and its disorders. As an integral part of this endeavour, the School offers the Ph.D. degree and M.Sc. thesis opportunities. the externships .he student gradually assumes a full caseload under supervision. The clinical education program strives to provide each student with experience in all aspects ofthe major as well as a foundation of clinical experience in the minor. Undergraduate Preparation Admission to the M.Sc. program is on a competitive basis. Applicants should have appropriate undergraduate preparation as defined below. A cumulative average of at least 76% over the last two years of a four-year undergraduate degree, and at least 12 credits with a minimum grade of 80% in courses al the 300 level or above, are minimum requirements. A number of courses are considered appropriate preparation "or graduate work in Audiology and Speech Sciences. Students accepted into the program normally have a degree in either linguistics or psychology, with good background in ths other discipline. Students intending to apply for admission to the program should: 1) complete a minimum of five of the prerequisite and core curriculum courses listed below; 2) develop an undergraduate major which will include, in addition to the f ve courses, a s many ofthe prerequisite, core curriculum .and recommended courses listed below as possible. This can be achieved through either a linguistics or a psychology bachelor degree. However, UBC and University of Victoria undergraduates are encouraged to complete the Speech Science major offered by the Linguistics Departments at these universities. Numbers listed below refer to UBC course numbers. Prerequisite and Core Curriculum Courses A minimum of five of these courses must be completed prior to being admitted to the M.Sc. program. The M.Sc. program can be completed in either two or three years, depending on the number of prerequisite and core courses a student has completed prior to entry in this program. A student wishing to complete this program in two years mus complete all prerequisite and core courses prior to admission lo the program. A student planning to complete this program in three years may take up to seven of these courses in the first vear ofthe three-vear program. The combination of courses which can be taken in the first year of this program is dependent on course scheduling and prerequisites determined by the UBC department offering the course. In view of potential scheduling conflicts, applicants are encouraged to complete as many of these courses as possible prior to the M.Sc. program. Note that UBC does not grant credit toward the degree for calculus or precalculus taken in fourth year or in a graduate program.) The courses applicants have taken should cover the 12 content areas listed below. Applicants from UBC will take the courses listed for these areas. Applicants from other universities should have taken 3-6 credits each of the content areas listed. Prerequisite and Core Curriculum Courses* (5 required for admission) Content Area UBC Course Numbers Calculus or Precalculus MATH 101) or 111 Syntax LING 300 Phonetics LING 310 Speech Production Mechanisms LING 316 Introduction to Acoustic Phonetics LING 317 Language Acquisition LING 350 Phonology LING 400 Developmental Psychology PSYC 302,31s Perception PSYC 313 Reseaich Methods PSYC 317 Introduction to Neurolinguistics AUDI -_02 Auditory Mechanisms I AUDI S14 The courses in the above list are required for the M.Sc. degree. Undergraduate students are encouraged to take them as part of their bachelor program, thus making room for graduate-level electives or making it possible ti > complete the M.Sc. program in two years. Recommended Courses (excellent preparation for M.Sc. program) Course PHYS 110 or lis or 120 1st Year Physics CPSC. I2a,126 1st Year Computer Silence AUDI 400 Introduction to Speech Pathology & Audiology LING 301 Studies in Grammar II LING 401 Studies in Phonology II LING 405 Morphology LING 427 Iniroduction to Semantics LING 431,432 Eield Methods I & II 112 Audiology and Speech Sciences we .30 • Drain and ik'iuiuour uj Test of English :o a Foreign Language (TOEFI.), Focused Core Courses M(; -,in f.ogmti\e Processes p,lK)f ()r |)r()fujcmy jn t|lc English language is Requirement following selection of major (normaliv at „'..,.,' ,;., ,:'(''lucu'',„l ','!"1''^ ,,, required if English is not the applicant's native theeiidofthirtlterminathree-vearprogramorattheend EstC .OS Analysis o) HeEaaounal Daia ' • . ■' r -in l>SY(; <22 Esv, holosi oi'Viiitt language. No oiler oi admission lo the University "1 the ttrst term m a two-year itrogram). PSYC tin, 33" Psvchologi of Language I cS 11 will be made until we receive a T'OEI-T. result. The All students: PSYC siii) Biopstchology minimum aoceplablescoreforthisprogram is .00. A|:DI c!t Discourse Analysis PSYC ill Researcli Methods in ,, i , i ,, i i It is the applicants responsibility lo ensure thai all of ."".", ~. " Developmenla1 Esv, hologv ,, . ■ . Audiology major: EsYC 321 I'sycholing.iisiics these documents are rci cued Iw the School. No applica- AlT)i SSJ Audiologic Assessment I ., i a . i ■ a i iii lion will be processed until ail oflhc materials listedabove A! 1)1 ssi AudnorvMethanisnisii Students with other academic backgrounds who have , , .,,,_- ,- , ■ ■ . ■ , ,,-,*, -- , ,_,,,■', ,. , . j i i ■ j- haveneerireceived.Otler.soladimssionareniademthree Att)l i-w Aural Rc-halnlitation: instrumentation outstanding academic records and who are interested in , ,, ,. . t . .. . . , , , ,|in, s^,, t.u,.r„o,i.i m s-i.-.-h i-mumo. p.it.oi,_vio- ,. ,, . , , . • ,- i . i ,■ •■ rounds candidates who wish to lie considered tor a M:Ln ^ LMtmsinp inspct..n-]jnguagc iamoiogc to, applying, should write lo the (nairol the .school s Com- ,, . . ,. , ,. ,. , . , . , . \,,(i,.,t0,,,mi,„,s 1 , , . . .,,...,... Lrmeisiu Uaduaie fellowship musl suhmii Iheirdocu- ■' ' riulicc on Admissions with the details oi their academic ' , , .-,.,,. r , - incuts to arrive bv human 1 .. Deadline Ion lie second and preiiaiatlOlt , ,." ,. , _, ,. ... , Speech-Language Pathology major: ' - , ■ r ■ i ■ maun'sekvlion (Olllid is March 31. (.andldaies whose aEOSVO Aci|,.„-ed Ianguage Disorders l-or niiiher information con<erniiig course lisltngs at applkalion malenuls a.c received aflei'March ..I will be AtDl sop !>honoIog,eal and Phonetic Disorder, universities other than ! BC. contaci the (.Hair ol lhe considered in an addilional selet'uon found, if positions Al ill so, Disorders of Speech Production Committee on Admissions, School of Audiology and are still available in ihe program. Applicants accepted in ALT,! "l) Externdnp in Audiology for Speei-h-Languaae S|ieech Sciences, who will ptovirle a list of acceptable t|1c fi.-M r\V„ selection rounds will be notified ol" ihe Pathology Majors Initial Externship equivalent courses at the other institution, provided outcome oftheirapitiication no later than April, others at ciiuivaicniscMSi, a later date further quesi ions should be addressed to the .. f, ,-, ... fc ,,. , ' , • , , , ■ Summer allersucciasslul completion ol hocused Coi (.hair, Adiuissions Comnuiiee School ol Audiologv and Application for Admission Spm.h S(i(,nro -,-,,. ,,,. vmj|v ,)( Bnnsh Mmfe Persons interested in applying io I he School's M.Sc. pro- ,-,„,,,. . , ' ,, " ' ., ,, ,. , ",,,-T ,.,-,' 1 ' • ° . , >S()a humew Avenue, Vancouver, D.C..Canada V6I 1/a gram should call or write lor application mate application process then, occurs in two stages. "rani should call or write for application materials. The , i a ,<<-,■ e .->--oi " ' ' teleplione (oil! i s,.:_-asC| Audiology major: AtDI SsS Audiology HMernship S'udcots arealm" ■" al'ar of idp'is-ioo to the M Sc Speech-Language Pathology major: Il I'l-Ciimiitarvapplicanoll. lhe,ilioiicanl should rciiint . '',,'"', ,.. .. .' ' .. ,,.''' AtDI » speech-language Pathology Exicrnahip I , , ,..'., .... , , ,. , ,„ . ,. program mtlie School ol Audiologv and ^iieech Sciences. lo the Sclioo1 the .cooes! ior App!icaliei, siateria! . . ■ , > , , ,.,. . c „ ' .. -, -, i . u ,. , at the nine ei acceptance ol admission, ate required to _i _j_-___,_»~__ _»-.»_. _««...<-«» and the lasl oi Prerequisites (ink when both ol ,.' ' Advanced core Courses these forms have been received.all the appiicanl he P^'anoiv-eiuntlahledaposii ol S2000I1, lobeapphed lo students wall concurrently work on thesis (AUDI 5-19) or notified wheiher or noi io ivoceeti to lhe lies! step tiu' s!u(k"u's fll'st'"'rm luiill,n- essav (AUDI S-iHt Normaliv taken in final vear of study. Applicants who arc non-native speakeis of English TheSchot.-iregieMha, n hasiiodiieitsoiii.esofsludeni Term I: musl also provide a .- Id ininuv audio cas.etie re- support. Apparatus wilh otiisianding academic records .._ - . . . __ - .... (ordingoitheirstieech.l'h.ss,x.-cihsain;.iei'.u)beon walM.c nonunaied ior i.uversiiy (iraduate Fellowships, Audiology major: i ' ■ • ■' i ' Tlaas'-.-ecoicui" ivc-"-.ls-, d! Iv niinfied iii Vl-'i-ch Orhc- A,-'ni 'ljh Auiai Rehahiliiaiioci: Principle and haitia- s.o\ lOPs ...IslongasHi.o.aais, o.„,,,0i cited, I-, , , i ■ ■ ,. i AED1 ss« Physiological Measurement ol Auditory , .. ,, ,. ,, ,- , ,. ,. , ,11. students may (iti-alil) lar Caoada snioeni Loans, or other „ ■ " _';■ L:iihipi)ii();t;ion:ailoi!hcloiloviL»documenls:sliouI(i . ■ -, ,. I-unetion be received bv March 31 ' av.ards tiuo hnimcia. assistance programs, lhe School is Ai ,„ -,1(, AudiologicA^-ssmen, 11 ... , ' pleaseii lodocanioiil ac'niissiinissi.iius iorsiudentsyvho and one of: these (lOi umenis aie: nl,|;. i.,(. :P,,pivjn„ (-,„. rln;!iln;l| assistaia e. AEDl So2 Childhood Hearing Disorders a; An application form, UK aiding lhe (yellow i "Aridi AEDl iw AOyanced Hearing Science iiotia':;iio'-inaiio;i" lorm, coi iplc-tcil and signeti Curriculum . — hi A processing ice oi"$iS Canadian or .58 US. In Thectirriculuti; is designed to span three veal's: ihelollow- Speech-Language Pathology major: checiue. bank drah or monev order, should be ing description rellccis this desigti. Studenls mav fulfill ^"'of') , ,,,.,,. . „. ., a ,, ,-,.., , ra ■ i ri ■ AtDI S2I1 Aural Rehahilnation: Pnnnples and Praoii e made pavabie lo "editCh aid of,radtiatc Studies . soineollheciirriculumretiuiretiicnisas part of their upper A[!|)1 ,., lininiisticVthasioiogy i i An updated (if van-ano-ia l.isi of. rcrt. iiiisite.s lo !cv;1 undM^utnc coursework Those who plan in this Ari)l ,-, Language Deyelopnieni and Disorders m the ihe M.Sc, ProgviiE vvai s'il:-" IbeiibletoconipleietheM.Si. program in two school Years (!) A Wl'ltleu statement hv Ite aripiaant of up to SOP ^' '" lUc dlXia,l!l1 ,,!'thc Slil<d' ■l:ut 'iqwiding on AtOI sSi Coin„,ui„ea„on of Special Populations ,.,.., , .,, how much oi the tore curriculum is included in the stu- ACD! sSl Advanced Speech Science words in.lKauilg lhe reasot. a»r w,suing Io slum lII,d,r}!rac|ii;il0l,,l!l„li,!n .f^mpk-tum of ihe M.Sc. «'»' *" Aeinnred Speech and Language Disorders II aadiologyand'orspeech Eiiieiiagepathoiogv. Hie f . ,. . ' , , ., . „ , ... , , ,. . f,i r , , . , ',-,-, •",' , i egreei'i'ijiiiies li tiii tiieiii.illheccirecuiricu uinanc 2) Icrm 2: An sodeins will taseal leastoneoh aspects of (he Held wtiiiii arc ol particular interest , ■ • - . ■ i a , i i i , . k a ('(Itlip Ctl()tl (li a iriitiiltltin-) ;)l -tl C I'etllls i)i iOtirse'.VOik. hi MSa Si,- toiiiia in AuiEoloy.aind Hearim. Siionie loiheapplicaitlaniianiailherrcleiani lacts. Atthe -u ' ' ..la.iu.o.og, ami ne.iniip.-iin.iii i .-,, , , ; , . .,, . . ,, addilioi) lo ..outse requirements, all students must com- AEDl WE Developmental Speech Percepn.ons cudoi i!iesiaieiiH-tii.a!i-,lsnoi!s!l)cgivei!wirhtlie ' , .,.,„ ..,. ,. , .. . pete cither a 'hesis oi a rnajoi essav hose sun eills AtOI -,s- Oeterminant.. of Language Development [Dimes ot tne proiessionals ail leasi one ainiioi gist and one speech-l.itii'.uage pathologist i wi eieci ing! lie essay option ate rcauiredio lake a eoiiiprehen ALII! SS" 'topics in Speech-Language Sciences ,. , ,, ,,, sive examination in Apn! oi'ihcir final vear of study. Illa.c'lieeliotiseiVCO Hi IhCloclse,-;! toc'l. plaiiice. Audiology major: 'Cl,,-,,,))-), i,| u-ru- rita,.., ,-a -ijj ,., ,^, <,^,, ,,,,L,r, |n _ . -» _ \ I '01 5W Anda iloev Externshj|) 11 tin oi,.c,ti in,,i,„ii.„.„i .„,iii ,,o,„ scio.a.u,) in- Basic Core Coyrses ' siiiiitiiinsaueitcioa. Ifslill ailending university at Rcuuj,V(iii-n:a lo he tumpletcd before declaration of a '""" die lllllC of applh atloll. die applicant should.send „,■_,. ■„-, .„p,,,r n„M,„„. ,,.„„vT|, I ,„,.,,■,.,• mlholoov sPeech"La"9"aSe Pathology major: ii ii _ maioi ai i it.ict atkiiaiogv o, spect n r.mguagi patnoiogy. AU1)1 ss9 Speecn-Tanguage Paihologv Esiernship II ihe most recent iianscruii av.i.Eihlelromliiai insti- ,, , , .11 ''"'DI 102 liiiroiEi'aon in Neui-olluguiSiics i!iti"it as w-ehasa list oliiio courses in wm, lithe V-V)j ,,, ,,,„.,,„ ,,;,,,,.,, v ' Clinical Externships applicaia isenrrentivenroled,includingthestand- Ai:Di y,, Amnion M.-.h.-inisins i In their practicum experiences, students provide super- mgatthctime An oliiciai andcompleielranscript AEDl ds E,i„dan.e.i'.inof.\,i.!iolog! visc<| cilni(;j| servia, U) ncrsons wit|, communicalion shouidalso(.eH'nlassoonasaa!i!:!hie,eienifpast AHIil ^n Drataei, m.n pho.-ieiics and rho„ol<w ^ disorders Professional ethics mandate thai the School die appiu anon deadline h anv icmsc rmi ,s noi in :X[[] "• "- \^Z'"'X■ ,•,'"'" "'"" ' " >S("S":'':l!''"'' tnoicl assigning sludents to clinical work if their level of Englisit or French, an official tiaiislalion must be A(i|)| ._,, i^'mliXai p; ■anencs knowledge, clinical skill or kiiiguage competencies might iitovided .U:()i s-; Deii-lopineiii.il Langiia:.;e Disianeis lead lo en ors in iudginent that could adversely aflet 11 heir Three letters of reteience. ai leasi (v.o tif which clients, .ititieins tor this reason, sludent pcrformante is should he wriiien In prole-sors who might ihe evaluaied by the faculty as a whole prior to lhe inaiai applicant in the last hvnvnn of university work. externship. To qualify lor clinical esiernship placement, a Hiese letters must he ma lied dirct ih io: he School studenl must: by lite re'erecs Audiology and Speech Sciences 113 1) Complete the laboratory portions of clinical courses with at least 68%. 2) Meet the Faculty of Graduate Studies requirements for continuation in the degree program. 3) Evidence competencies in oral English, both comprehension and production, which are adequate for ciinical practice in English. This judgment is made by faculty members teaching courses with clinical content. The School is very aware ofthe need lo prepare audiologists and speech-language pathologists who can provide service to a variety of cultural groups. To this end, we will help non-native speakers of English to find assistance in meeting the third criterion. This may, however, lead to delays in obtaining the M.Sc. degree. Prospective students who wish further advice on this matter should arrange for an interview. Students should also note that one of iheir externship placements is likely to require temporary relocation outside the Vancouver area, e.g. Kelowna. This may entail some additional expense. Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. The School of Audiology and Speech Sciences offers a Ph.D. degree, with specialization in one ofthe following areas: experimental phonetics, netirolinguis.es/linguis- tic aphasiology, developmental phonetics and phonology, language acquisition, developmental language disorders, discourse analysis, phonological and phonetic disorders, speech understanding in the elderlv. aural rehabilitation and hearing science. A brochure giving details of this program is available from the School's office. ismmmmmmmmimi-Mii-mimmmmMmmm Acadennic Staff JUDITH R. JOHNSTON B.A., M.A. (Slan.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley), Professor and Director. ANDRE-PIERRE BENGI KREL, lug. Diplom. (Swiss Inst, of Tech.. Lausanne), M.S. (ICinsasEM.A, Ph.D (Mich.), Professor BARBARA M.BERNHARDI", BA, M.Sc., Ph D. (Brit. Col.). Assistant Professor CYNTHIA B. BRUCE, B A, (Man ) M.A. (But, CoL), Instructor JOHN H. V. GILBERT, M.S, Ph.D. (Purdue). 1..C.S T., Dip. Prion, Professor DONA J) D. GREENWOOD, BA. (Wis.), Ph.D (Harv.), Professor. CAROLYN F„ JOHNSON, B.A. (Calif, Berkeley), M.A, Ph.D. (Slan.), Assisiant Professor NOELI.E IAMB, B.S. (Tacas lech i. M S. (Purdue), Senior Instructor. ELIZABETH I). MACLF.i )D. B.A, M.Se (Bra, Col). Senior Instructor. M. KA'.'HLEEN PIC1I0EA-EULLER, B.A. (Tori, M.Sc. (Brit Col,). Ph.D. (Tor.), Assisiant Professor BARBARA A. PURVES, li.A. (S.Fraser), M.Se. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Associate Professor. LINDA RAMMAGE, B.A, (Alta.), M.Sc. (Brit Cot), Ph.D. (Wis, Madison), Research Associate. Associate Members of the School GUV GARDEN, Associate Professor of Linguistics DAVID INGRAM, Piofessor of Linguistics. CHARGES A. I AS/LEO, Professor of Electrical Engineering. MURRAY D. MORRISON, Prolcssoiajf Oiolarvngologc. DIETRICH W. E. SCHWARZ, Associate Professor of Otolaryngology Clinical Assistant Professors LISETTE BAKER, B.Sc. M.Sc. (Btit CoL). SEZANNE E. BARRY, E A (Ml. Si. Vincenl i, M.Se. (Bril. Col. l. , TERRY' BATT, B.A. (Caiif, Berkeley;, MS , (Brit Col.) MARIE BREMNER, B.Sc. (Tor), M.Sc. (McCL), ELIZABETH BROOKS, B.A. (W.Ont.). M.S..', (Brit. Col^^ DANIEL J. CARLSON, HA (S.Eraser). M.Se. (Brit. Cola. MARCARETB CHRIS'i'lE, B.Sc. (Ml.AII,), M.Se (.Writ. CoL). SIiSAN M, CLARKE, B A, M.A. (W.Wash.). DAWN G DEUCATTI, B.A. (C'dia.), M Sc (McG.) ™ PATRICK DUBOIS, B.Sc., M.O.A (Montr ;, PATRICK GREENWOOD, BA, MA. (WAVash.i. WIEMAC. HAIG.L.CST. (Glas). INGR.DJEFFREY. B.A (S.Fraser). M.Sc. (Brit. Cola SHEILA KEARNEY. B./'., M Sc. (Brit. Coi ; COLETTE MASSIE. L.C.S.T, iGlasp, M.Sc (Lond.I, MARYALYCE McDONAID, B.A. (Winnipeg), M.A (A.M 1). M.Sc, (Brit. Col r BRENT McNEILL, B A, M.A. i W.Wash ). CHRISTINA MORTIMER, B.A , MS.. (Brit. CoL). GEORGE M. MULLER, B.A. (Hong Kong). M.A, (Wash.I ANN MARIE NE .'ROTH, B.Sc,, .'.Se. (Brit. Col.l JO NliSSBALIM, B.A. (Austin). M.A. (Indiana) CAREN PEREI, B.A. (Ilrit. Col.l. D.S.P (Tor). S1PKE FIJI, B.Ed (Bn . Cola. M.A. (W.Wash.). DIANE SCHEUNF.MAN, B.Sc Ef rem.). M.Sc. iBrii. Cot) CAROL WOODWORT 1. B.A, M Sc (Bin CoL). Clinical Instructors CIAIRE ANDERSON, ISA. (SEraseo MS:. (Brie Col). LISA AVERY, B.A. (Ott.i. Mil Si, Cor.) KATHLEEN D BARKER, B.A, M.Sc. (Bril. Col ) MARTHA BARTON, B A. (Vic.B.C.), M.Sc (Brit. CoL), I.0R1 BELL, B.A, M.S(. (Brit, Cnla. LESLIE BENNETT, B.A. (Ou ) M.Sc, (Syr I, PENELOPE BERINBAUM, B.S. (Ithaca), M.A. (Columbia). MONTKA BERNAHER, B.Sc (Vk B.C i, M Sc. (Bril. CoL). SUSAN BLOCKBERGER, B.A (Vii.B.C.). M.A (Nnrtlwoternj. RANI),. BLOOM, B.A, (Wash,,,, M.A, (W.Wash.). SAND1 BOJM, B.A (Tor,), M.Sc. (McG.). ANNE BORKENHAGIN. B.Sc, M.Sc. (MlG.E ELIZABETH BOWYKfL B.A M.Sc. (Bril Coi.) BOB BOYD-WHITLEY, B.Ed (Sask,), M.A. I Call!, i. TOM BRAASCH, B.S. iCalif.Statel, M.S, iGallaudet). ANNE BURGI, B.A (\Vitw,). BARBARA BURNET, E.Ed (Vie.H.C). M.A. (W.Wash.). CAREN CARIAW PHILLIPS, B.A M.A. (W.Wash ) MARI.OU CARRILLO B.Sc. I Northwestern). M.S I'A. (Wash). CAROLINE CHOW, B A, M.Se (Brit Col.l MARGARET K. CHOW, B.S, MAT. (Indiana). JANET CODY, BA, (W.Wash.). M.A. (Tesasi JERRY COHEN, B.Ecl (C'diaa. M.Ed (Bril Col). M. Sc. (Purdue). D1NA V. COLLINS. BA (Bril, Cal,I. M.A. (W.Wash ). LEAH CONI.IN, B.A, M.Comr.i. Dis. (Louisiana Si,). MARTHAJ.COSCO, ISA, M.Sc lllril cat) BARBARA COTTER, B.A. M.A. (Mich). PAULA COUGHEAN, B.A, M Se (Bril.Col.l. SARAH CRABTREE. I A (Bril, CoL), M.H.Sc (Tor.). LOR! DAVIES. B.Sc. (Alia.). M.A iW.Wash j. SUSAN DAVIES, B.A. (McG.i. M V (line Col i CHANTM. DESMARAIS, B.A, M.A. (Oua M.Sc. (McG.) HIIARY DIBBEN, B.) (Vicl.MSi (Bin Col WENDY DUKEL B.A, M.Sc. (Brit. Cot). MIRIAM DURBACH, B.A (Cape T.), M.A. (Oregon) JENNIFER EI.I.WOOD, B.Sc. (McG.), M.Sc. (Bril. Col.) AMY OLIVE FLEMING, BA, M Se (Bril. Col), I1H0DA GOLDBERG, BA (Bnx)klyn College), M.A. (San Francisco St. Coll.). YVONNE GREEN, B.A. (Alta.), M.A (Louisiana St.). CINDY I, GUSTIN, B.A, M.Se. (Brit. Coi.) JANET HARDER, B.Sc. (W.Onta MARGARET HARDWICK, B.A, (Brit Col.), MA. (Tor.), M.Sc. (McG.). ELIZABETH J HAYNES, B.A (W.Wash ), MA (Wash). DEBBIE HUBAND, B.A. (Bishop's), M.Sc. (Bnt. CoL). HAROLD JANZEN, B.A. (Vic.B.C), M.Sc. (Brir. Col). VALERIE JAQUES, B.A, M.Sc. (Bill Col). NANCY JOHNSON. B.Sc. (Guelph), M.A. (Mich.). VERA KINACH, B.Sc. (W.Ont.). M.A. (W.Washp. DIANN'E KLIN GUNSMITH, B.Sc, M.Sc (Brit. Col.) NANCY K01.KIND, B.A. (Laval). M.Sc, (Bnt. CoL). LORRAINE KOREN, B.A (Tor), M.A (Ohio St.). IAURA KROWCHENKO. B.A (Sask ), M.A. (N.Dakota) ANDRE C. LAFARGUE, H A , B.Sc, M.A. (Mill.), M.Sc, (Brit. Cot). VIVIAN IAM. B.Sr, M.Sc (Hawaii). MEREDITH IAN fi, B.A. (W.Wash ). M.CI.Sc (W.Ont.) SUSAN LANE. BA. (W.Wash.). M.A (Montana). BARBARA LANG, B.A (Tor), MSc (Bril. Col). RHEA 1AZAR. B.Sc, M.CI.Sc. iW.Ont.i. LESLEY LEE, B.A (Vic.B.C), LL.B. (Tor 1, M Sc.(A) (McG). MARY LEE, B.Sc (Nfld), M.Sc, (Bril Col). ► MARDI I.0WE-HEISTA1). B.Sc (W One). M.A. (W.Wash ). ANNE. Mai-CAELUM, B.A, M.Sc. (Bril, CoL). CATHERINE A. MANNING, B.A, M.Sc. I Brit. CoL). S1IERR1 G MclN'IVRE, B.A. (Auburn), M.A. (Alabama). PATSY MCKIMMON, B.Ed (Bril, CoL), B.A.. MA. (W.Wash ). VESNA MII.KOVIC, B.Ed. (Alia ), M.A. (Will.). CHRISTINA MOILS, BA (McG,), M.Se. (Brit. Col.l. MICHAEL MORIARITY, Ii A. (Colorado), M.S. (Portland St. i. MARTHA MORRISON, B A (Winnipeg), I..CS.T. (Lond.). KEELY MURRAY. BSc, M.A (N.1IL). ANN NOBLE. BA. M.Sc (Brit. Col.l. DANIEL PACC10RETTE B.S. (San Jose), MS. (San Francisco). CARMEN PARSONS, B So (W Ont.). M.Sc (Bril. Col.). JACQUELINE PECK, B.S (N.Y.State). M.A. (N.Colorado). IAUREN PEGG, B.A. (W.Ont), M.Sc. (Bril. Col.l. MELISSA PEREIIUDOEF. B.A M.Sc (Biit. Cot). DIANE PINCH, B.A. (Vic.B.C). M.Sc. (Bril CoL). GAIL E. POOLE, B.H.E, LL.B. (Man.), M.A. (Mich.). CHRISTINE REDDY B.Sc, M.Sc (Bril. Col.) JANICE I, REED, B.A, B.Sc, M.Sc (Texas). CINDY REYNOLDS, B.A (Guelph), M.H.Sc. (Tor.). JANET REYNOLDS, BA, (S.Fraser), M.Sc, (Bril. CoL), JEFFREY RILEY, B A, M So (Brit. Col ). CAROL ROSE, B.A, M.A (W Wash). HOWARD ROSSMAN, B.A. (Tor), M.A. (W.Wash.). KATHRYN RYAN. BA (Wilfrid Iaturieo.M.CSc. (W.Ont.). PRISCII LA SADINSKY, B.Sc, M.Sc (Tor.) DONNAJ. SEEDOREIIARMUTH, B.S. (Southern Methodist), M.A. (Denver). MAE SETO, B.A. (Sask,), B.A. (N.Dakota), M.A. (W.Wash,). SUSAN SINC1A1R. B.A. (S.Fraser), M.A. (W.Wash ). PETER SI.OBIN, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Bril Col ) BRIAN SMITH. B.A. (Nova Scotia), MA. (Wash.). LAUREN J. SMITH, B.Sc (Vic.B.C), M.Si. (Brit. CoL), MARION S01.1AZZ0. B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.Se. (Bril. CoL). UTA STEWART, li Sc, M.Se. (Dal ) MARK I. SWITCH, B.A. (W.Wash.), M.A. (W.Wash,). MARGARET THOMPSON. B.Sc.Ed. |N.Dakota), M.Se (Dal.). M. LYNN TISSINGTON, B.A, B.Sc, M.C.Sc, (W.Ont.). MARGARET ANN TRABOIIISL B.Sc, B Ed, M So (Dal.), CHCA (Sask.E LAURIE USHER, B.S, (N.Arizona). MS (Idaho St.). NEIL WALTON, B.Sr. (W .One), M.Sc (Brit. Col.) SUE WASTIE. E.CS.T (Leicester) MAEIE-CIAUDE WILLIAMS, B.A, M.Sc IBnt. Col). KATHRYN M.WISHART, I, C.S.T. (Lond.) NORA WOODHURST. BA, M.Sc. (Bril. Col). DAIE WORMED. B.A. (Conn.), M.A (Denver). Commerce and Business Administration 115 Bachelor of Commerce B.Com. The B.Com. program, consisting of a pre-Commerce year in another faculty and three years in the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration, is intended for students interested in one ofthe specialized fields of administrative practice. The first two and a half years are devoted to laying a foundation in the related sciences and the humanities, and to introducing the student to basic business issues, principles and practices. The professional and specialized aspects of the curriculum are largely concentrated in the last one and a half years. Because of the breadth and variety of topics covered, all students must take a specified "core" of courses and then arrange a series of carefully selected and integrated courses tocompletean option. The necessary core courses are set out in the Calendar. St udents may contact the Commerce Undergraduate Office for more details concerning each option in the program. Admission to the Bachelor of Commerce Program The Faculty has been authorized to restrict enrolment in Commerce. It should be noted that because of the high demand for the B.Com. program, completion of minimum prescribed requirements does not guarantee admission. In most eases the competition for places is such that standing above the minimum prescribed requirement is necessary to ensure admission. In evaluating applications, emphasis is placed on the pre-Commerce requirements of English, Economics, and Mathematics. In assessing applicants who have completed more than one year in other Faculties, emphasis will be placed on Commerce-related course work. Further details may be obtained from the Commerce Undergraduate Office. Students previously registered in the Faculty of Commerce who were required to discontinue or who failed their year will normally be considered in competition with other eligible candidates. Admission from Another Faculty 1 Students who have completed a first-year university program of at least 30 credits on a full-time basis may apply for admission to the Commerce program. Applicants must have completed English 112 plus oneof English 110, 111, 120, 121 (Arts One or the former English 100 is acceptable); Economics 100; Mathematics 140 and 141 (Mathematics 100 and 101 or 120 and 121 are acceptable alternatives); and 12 credits of electives. Electives musl not include any business or statistics courses. Students are reminded that in planning their program they must comply with the requirements of the Faculty in which they are registered. Students who have completed a first-year universily program, with no failures, but are deficient in one or more of ihe core courses may qualify for consideration in two ways: (1) attend a College and take a second-year Commerce transfer program which includes the deficient core course(s); or (2) continue to a second year at the university in a program thai includes the deficient core course(s) and include further courses in the other core areas. Information on recommended courses may be obtained from the Undergraduate Office in the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration. Students who have successfully completed 30 credits of pre-Commerce studies in Winter Session with a high academic average but who are deficient in one core course may apply to the The Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration The Faculiy of Commerce and Business Administration offers courses leading to the degree of; • Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com.) • Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.) • Master of Science in Business Administration (M.Sc. (BusAdmin.)) • Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Director ofthe U idergraduate Program for permission to complete the dciiciency in Summer Session, Term 1. Admission from College Commerce Transfer Programs Students who haye completed second-year Commerce at a college offering a UBC transfer program are eligible to be considered for admission to third-year Commerce if their average is 50 percent (or equivalent) in the most recent year of studies. Attainment of the minimum prescribed requirement means only that the applicant is eligible for selection but does not provide assurance of admission. Admission from Commerce Programs at other Universities Commerce stucents attending other universities and wishing to transfer to the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration at UBC will be considered on an individual basis. Students may be admitted with advanced standing as approved by the Director of Undergraduate Programs. Transfer credit will be assessed only after a formal application for admission tothe program has been made. An average of at least 60 percent (or equivalent) is required to be considered for admission. Students who have been required to withdraw from another university will not be considered. Students who have been accepted into the Bachelor of Commerce program must be in attendance at IBC and registered in the Faculty for a minimum of two Winter Sessions. Discretionary Admissions (B.C. Residents Only) Mature students who may not meet the normal university or Faculty requirements for admission but who have relevant work experience may be considered for admission to the faculiy but must first satisfy the pre-Commerce cote course requirements, If accepted, mature students may be granted exemption from eiectives to a maximum of 12 credits. Enquiries should be made in writing to the Undergraduate Office in fhe Faculty of Commerce. Admission from B.C. Grade 12 (or the Equivalent) Graduates from grade 12 or grade 13 in any Canadian province are not admissible directly to the faculty. Applicants with such standing should apply for admission lo first year university. Application Deadlines Students applying to enter the Faculty must make formal application to the Registrar ofthe University no later than April 30. All necessary documents, including official transcripts, must be received by the Registrar's Office byjune 30 to ensure that the application will be considered. Applicants should be aware that registration begins before this deadline. Option Programs Students who complete the course of studies in any one of the following options will receive the degree of Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com.): 1) Accounting 2) Commerce and Economics 3) Finance 4) General Business Management 5) Industrial Relations Management 6) International Business 7) Management Information Systems 8) Marketing 9) Transportation and Logistics 10) Urban land Economics Dean's Honour Roll The words "Dean's Honour Roll" will be placed on a student's transcript if an average of 80% or better has been achieved in the program of an academic year of at least 30 credits in any year. To qualify, a student must pass all courses. 116 Commerce and Business Administration Degree with Honours The words "with Honours" will be placed on the transcript of record, and the degree certificate of a student graduating with the B.Com. degree where the average is 80% or belter in the final two years ofthe program. As well, the student must be enroled in a full course load in at least one of the two final years. Unsatisfactory Performance Students whose performance in the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration is unsatisfactory will be required to discontinue study in the Faculty for a least one year. Students who have failed to meet the promotion requirements ofthe University will be considered to have failed the year and will be required to discontinue study in the University for a least one year. 1) Students will be required to discontinue study in the Faculty for a least one year if they; a) pass all courses in which they are registered but achieve an average below 55%, or b) fail one or more ofthe courses in which they are registered and obtain an average beiow 60% in the courses passed. 2) Students will be considered to have failed the year and will be required to discontinue study at the University for at least one year if. a) they are registered in 30 or more credits and receive a failing grade in 12 or more credits, or b) they are registered in less lhan 30 credits and receive a failing grade in one-third or more of the credits in which they are registered. 3) Course withdrawals without prior permission and which result in a "W recorded on transcripts mav be considered failures in determining advancement potential. 4) Students at any level of University study who are required for a second time lo discontinue studies in the Faculty, whether in repeating a year or in a later year, will be required to withdraw from the University. Readmission to Commerce in such cases is normally not granted. 5) Students who fail the year or are required to discontinue study in the Faculty may apply for readmission onlv after 12 months. 6) Studenls who are readmitted after being required to discontinue study in the Faculty or after a failed year will receive credit towards the B.Com. degree only for those courses in that year in which a grade of at least 65% was obtained. "! Any students whose academic records, as determined by the tests and examinations of the first term, are found to be unsatisfactory may be required to discontinue attendance in Commerce for the remainder of the session. Supplementals If a student's general standing in the final examinations of anv year is sufficiently high, the Faculty mav grant supplemental examinations to a maximum of six credits. Notice will be sent to all students to whom supplementals have been granted. The following rules govern thegranting of supplementals: 1) The Faculty may grant supplemental examinations to a maximum of six credits. 2) In order to be eligible for consideration a student must have obtained at leasi 40% in the course in question and an average of not less than 60% in all other courses taken during the session. 3) Supplemental examinations normaliv are provided in Commerce courses where the final examination accounts for 40% or more of the final grade in the course. 4) A supplemental examination will have essentially the same scope as the final examination; and will, when written and passed, stand as a substitute for the final examination in any calculation of the final course grade. 5) Information on courses that have supplemental examinations will be published in the Commerce Undergraduate Program Guide. English Requirement To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Commerce, students must satisfy the English requirement of the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration. To do this, students must obtain credit for English 112 phis one from English 110, 111, 120. or 121. Satisfactory completion ofthe Language Proficiency Index (I.PI) examination is prerequisite to all first-year English courses at UBC. (See C«/_«rfflrindexiinrier"Ung_a,ye Proficiency Index".) Students who complete Arts One (or the former English 100) will also be deemed to have satisfied the Faculty of Commerce English requirement. The Faculty of Commerce English requirement must be completed within one year of entry to the Faculty. Students who do not satisfy these requirements within one year will be required to discontinue their studies in the Faculty. They may apply for readmission once the requirement is satisfied. Degree Completion Students are required to complete their degree requirements within six years of their original admission into the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration. Regulations Regarding Commerce Courses 1) Students are admitted to the B.Com. program, not to particular options and enrolment in required option courses mav be constrained Students mav select their field of concentration (option) in the summer registration period pilot to third year but must make their choice no later than the end of Term 1 of Winter Session ofthe third year in the program. While it is possible to try to change options at the end ofthe first term there may not be sufficient room in all of the required courses. Because TELEREG access is on a merit basis, students with lower marks will register later and may be unable to gain admission to the option of their first choice. For this reason students are encouraged to plan for a second and third choice Changes to options made at the end of the first term require the approval of ihe Director of the Undergraduate Program, 2) Each option program assumes that mere is a normal sequence of courses, as listed in the Commerce Undergraduate Program Guide. Students are expected to recognize ihese notmal sequences in planning their program. Any exceptions must be approved by the Director of the Undergraduate Program. 3) Students mav be required to undertake field work in the business commit!iio 4) A charge may be made for materia! supplied by the Faculty for use in classes 51 Courses in Commerce generally are reserved for students registered in a degree program in Commerce. However, there are exceptions to this general regulation. Special registration arrangements have been made for students registered in other Faculties in programs, as approved by Senate, which specifically require Commerce courses. 6) Students who have obtained a first class average in their third year may elect to register for up to six credits of 500-level courses chosen in consultation with the Chairman ofthe Division, the instructor and the Director ofthe Undergraduate Program Program Approval Students are reminded of the university rule regattling program responsibility. Sludents are responsible for ihe completeness and accuracy of registration as il relates to the regtilationsofthe program in which they are enrolled Any variation from a full load must be approved bv ihe Director of the Undergraduate Program. Prerequisites The required 200-level Commerce courses generally aie prerequisite to 300- and -100-level courses in the same option area. In each option, it is assumed that the required 300-level courses will be taken prior to the 400- level courses Students should contact the Undergraduate Office for specific information about course prerettui- sites and variations from normal program sequences. Any student not registering lora normal sequence of courses must consult the Director ofthe Undergraduate Program. Non-Commerce students taking Commerce courses as a part of a program should contact the Undergraduate Office for information. Prerequisites are not generally shown in the course listings but are outlined in the Commerce Undergraduate Program Guide Electives Electives are chosen to complement the choice of option as well as to broaden the student's general education. Many senior level courses require junior prerequisites so students should select lower level electives carefully. At least nine credits of 300- or 400-level electives must he taken in a Faculty other than Commerce in the third and fourth years combined. All electives in the third and fourth year, whether Commerce or non-Commerce, musl be at the 300-level or higher. Anv exceptions must be approved bythe Director of the Undergraduate Program. Program Requirements The following program requirements represent the core courses of the B.Com degree In addition students in Third Year must select an Option and complete ttie specific Option Program Requirements set out below. First Year: 30 credits • ENGL 112 plus one from ENGL 110/111/120/121 (or ENGL 1.01 • ECON 100 • MATH 140,141' • 12 credits of non-Commerce Electives : An eptable alternatives are MATH 100 101., jr 120/1,.' 1 Student plan- iiuig in coitiplele [he Man.caemeiH liitorniaiitm Systems option nliis) take MAIH lilli iill or l_o,!il. Second Year: 34 credits • COMM 295 (or LCON 201 or ECON 206 or AGKC 295)' • COMM 290. 291, 292, 293, 294, 19c. 299 • COMM 392 or 396 • six credits o1 non-Commerce electives Commerce and Business Administration 117 ' Most fourth year economics courses require ECON 201, or 206 as a prerequisile, and students who intend to take such courses should enrol in one of these. Addiiionally ECON 202 or 303 may he prerequisites for some fourth year economics courses. Students planning to pursue the Commerce and Economics option must enrol for ECON 201,in 206. Third Year: 32 credits • COMM 391. 394, 39" • COMM 396 or 392 (whichever was noi taken in second year) • One of COMM 393 or 399 (secondary core)' • nine credits of electives, including at least three credits of non-Commerce electives2 • six credits of Option requirements (as specified below) Fourth Year: 30 credits • one of COMM 491, 497, or 498 • One additional course from the following list (secondary core/ • COMM 393 • COMM 399 • COMM 491, or 492, or 493, or 494, or 497, or 4981 • 15 credits of electives, including at least six credits of non-Commerce electives-' • nine credits of Option requirements (as specified below) Students lake two courses in the secondary core - jtcneraliv one in year three anti one in year lour. - The ECom. degree requires a minimum of nine credits of non- Comiiiene electives in third ancl fourth years combined. Additional electives in third and fourth years may be eiiher Commerce or non- Ciinimerce courses. Please refer to section on Electives for more information Sludents must take one i nurse from COMM i91, i97 or t9Sas part of the "core'' requirements in the fourth year. An additional course mav be chosen from CO.MM 491.492, 493. 491. 497, or498 to.satisfy one of the two requirements of the "secondary core" The 49X series of courses can only be taken in the fourth vear Third and Fourth Years Option Requirements Accounting Third Year • COMM 333, 334 • nine credits of electives including three credits of non-Commerce electives Fourth Year • COMM 450, 453, 454 • 15 credits of electives including six credits of non- Commerce electives Commerce and Economics Second Year • ECON 201 or 206 Third and Fourth Years Combined • ECON 303 • six credits of 300- or 400-level Economics • nine credits of 400-level Economics • six credits of 300- or 400-level Commerce • 15 credits of electives including nine credits of non- Commerce electives Note: Students completing an option in Commerce and Economics may not take Economics courses as their non- Commerce electives. Commerce and Economics students must take ECON 21 1 or 206, rather than COMM 295, as the former are prerequisites to several higher-level economics courses. ECON' 202 is highly recommended as an elective. Finance Third Year • COMM 371, 37-i • three credits from. COMM 376, 377, 3"8, 379 • six credits of electives, of which at least three credits musl be non-Commerce electives Fourth Year • six credits from: COMM 471, 472, 475. 478 • 18 credits of electives of which at least six must be non-Commerce electives Note: Credit will not be given for both ECON 345 and COMM 376. General Business Management Third Year • COMM 393,39.' • Three credits horn: COMM 309, 310, 320, 335, 349, 353, 354.363, 371, 374, 4)0, or 411 • 9 ro 12 credits of electives, including ai least three- credits of non-Commerce electives Fourth Year • nine credits from: COMM 491. 492.493.494, 497, or 498, inouding at least three credits irom COMM 497 or 498 • At least three credits of 400-level coursework built on COMM 309 310,320, 335, 349, 399, 353, 354, 363.371,374, ilO, or ill • 15 to 18 credits of electives, including at least six credits of non-Commerce electives2 1 Genera! Management option students take courses in all three function;)! areas of the secondary core. Two ea' these courses count as secondaiy cote requirements, and one as a general managementoption requirement. One ot 7IOMM 393 or 39911131' tie taken in fourth year. ' General Management students are restricted to caking no more than nine credits oi coursework bevoncl the core in anv specific option area Industrial Relations Management Third Year • COMM 327,328 • mne credits 0! electives including three credits of non-Commerce electives Fourth Year • COMM 421, 427, 428 • 15 credits of electives including six credits of non- Commerce electives International Business Thiird and Fourth Years Combined • 15 credits of approved 300 and 400-level Commerce courses1 • 24 credits of approved electives to complete option requirements specified below This option has sere limited enrolment. Students must achieve a first-class average in the first two years of their program and will be admitted to the option only after an interview wilh a faculty review panel. By the end ofthe program studenls musf have: 1) completed at least six credits of language study at the 300-level (or equivalent); 2) taken at least 18creditsofapprovedarea.snidie.sin (a) politics (b) histoiy and culture, (c) economics, and (d) language. Students contemplating entering this option should consult with the Director of Undergraduate Programs at the earliest possible date to ensure that prerequisites for the language study and other required courses are taken at the earliest possible time. 1 Nine ofthe IS credits must he internationally oriented courses. Management Information Systems Third Year • COMM 391 (First term) • COMM 437 (Second term) • 12 credits of electives, at least three of which must be non-Commerce Fourth Year ► • COMM 335, 436, 438. 439 • 12 credits of electives including • six credits of non-Commerce electives Note: Strongly recommended non-Commerce electives include: CPSC 124. 126. 216, 218, 220, 310. and 319. Students should lake note of the prerequisites required for the above Computer Science courses. Marketing Third Year • COMM 362, 363 • nine credits of electives including three credits of non-Commerce electives Fourth Year • COMM 365, 468 • three credits from: COMM 460, 461, 462, 463, 464, 466, 46 o 469 • 15 credits of electives including 6 credits of non- Commerce electives Transportation and Logistics Third Year • COMM 349, 39'i:,3992 • 12 credits of electives including 6 credits of non- Commerce electives Fourth Year • COMM 441. 447, 449 • three credits from COMM 444, '145 • 12 credits of electives including six credits of non- Commerce electives ' Special section of Commerce 394 required. - COMM 399 should he laken as one of the .suidenCs two choices for "st condai-y core" courses, as ills a pre requisiiefor COMM til, required in fourth vear. Note: Students are strongly encouraged lo take ECON 480. Urban Land Economics Third Year • COMM 307, 309 • nine credits of electives, including al least three credits of non-Commerce electives 118 Commerce and Business Administration Fourth Year • COMM 407, 408 • COMM 406 or 409 • 15 credits of electives including six credits of non- Commerce electives Note: Recommended electives: COMM 434, 471, ECON 447 or PUN 425; one of COMM 376 or ECON 345. Students Who entered Program prior to September 1993 Students who registered initially in the B.Com. program prior to September 1993, should see the Director of the Undergraduate Program regarding the requirements to complete the B.Com. degree. The Entrepreneurship and Venture Capital (EVC) Research Centre Director: R. Amit, Associale Professor The EVC Research Centre is housed in the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration. The Centre serves as a catalyst for innovative ideas in entrepreneur- ship and new venture creation. Through research and business participation, the Centre provides constructive support on a variety of issues and challenges facing companies, individual entrepreneurs and government policymakers. Directed at Commerce students, the Centre offers the Entrepreneurship Experience Program, a "hands on" program providing students with the opportunity to integrate and apply theoretical concepts in "real life" settings with local entrepreneurs. The 2d-member Advisory Board of the EVC Research Centre includes founders and presidents of knowledge- based ventures, family owned businesses, venture capital firms, accounting and law firms as well as women entrepreneurs and representatives from provincial and federal government agencies. The Centre for Labour and Management Studies Director: T. Knight, Associate Professor The Centre for Labour and Management Studies is housed in the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration. The Centre was established to undertake theoretical and applied research on issues related to work, employment and productivity and their relationship to global competi- liveness. The Centre supports the development of innovative responses to these issues in organizations and public policy and disseminates the results of research and innovations among the relevant academic, labour, management and government communities of British Columbia and Canada. The Centre supports the incorporation of materials and findings generated through research and other activities within existing and new courses and programs of the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration. The Centre draws upon research expertise from the academic, management, labottrand government communities through its Advisory Board and Research Associale appointments. Professional Associations Institute of Chartered Accountants of B.C. After obtaining employment with an approved firm of Chartered Accountants: 1) Graduates ofthe Accounting Option are required to complete not less than 33 months of registered employment and the program ofthe School of Chartered Accountancy conducted by the Institute in order to obtain the CA. designation. 2) Graduates, other than those mentioned in (1), above, are required to complete the required prerequisite courses before being admitted to the School of Chartered Accountancy. These prerequisite courses are available through the G.A.P. program described later, for candidates possessing a recognized undergraduate degree. Certified General Accountants Association of B.C. 1) Graduates ofthe B.Com. program (non-Accounting option) may be granted certain exemptions on the C.G.A. program. 2) Graduates with the degree of B.Com., Accounting Option, may be granted additional advance standing toward the C.G.A. designation. Society of Management Accountants of B.C. 1) Graduates of the B.Com. program Accounting Option will be granted maximum exemptions toward the CMA designation. Students enrolling in this program should consult the Society of Management Accountants or the studenl bulletins available on campus for detailed exemption information. 2) Graduates of the B.Com. program, in any option other than Accounting, will be granted exemptions to the extent that comparable courses have been completed at the University. 3) A period of practical experience is required to qualify as a registered member of the Society and at a minimum this will be two years. Real Estate Institute of B.C. Graduates ofthe B.Com. Program, Urban Land Economics Option will have satisfied the Educational requirements for membership in the Real Estate Institute of British Columbia. Full membership in the Reai Estate Institute of B.C. will require a minimum of three years, continuous experience in a Real Estate related activity. Acceptance into the Real Estate Instil ute of B.C. entitles members lo use the distinguishing letters R.I.(B.C.) after their names. Student Membership: All students enrolled in the B.Com. Program. I '.ban Land Economics Option are entitled to apply ior student membership in the Real Estate Institute of B.C. Enquiries may be directed to the Executive Officer. Professional and Diploma Courses The Faculiy operates a number of programs in the professional and managerial fields. Most programs require detailed study over a period of several years at part-time or evening classes. In some cases, torrespon dence lessons are available. Completion of assignments and examinations is required in most subjects. Admission requirements van' from program to program In some cases, registration is limited to residents ofthe Province of British Columbia. The Certified General Accountants of British Columbia A five-year evening lecture program designed to meel the academic requirements ofthe Certified General Accoun tants Association of British Columbia. Sales and Marketing Management Program A three-year, evening lecture program sponsored by the Saies and Marketing Executives of Vancouver, and leadi ng to a diploma in Marketing and Sales Management. The Graduate Admission Program of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of British Columbia A part-time, lecture program providing the prerequisile courses necessary for entry' into the School of Chartered Accountancy. Real Estate Courses Real Estate Salesperson's and Sub- Mortgage Broker's Pre-Licensing Course A correspondence course meeting the academic requirements for licensing as a real estate salesperson or submortgage broker in the Province of British Columbia The Real Estate Agent's Pre-Licensing Course A correspondence or lecture course meeting the educational requirements for licensing as a real estate agent m the Province of British Columbia. Mortgages: A Real Estate Financing Course A correspondence course meeting the requirements for licensing under the British Columbia Mortgage Brokers Act. The Diploma Program in Urban Land Economics A four year correspondence program in advanced real estate studies. Certificate Program in Real Property Assessment A two-vear correspondence program dealing with assessment-specific teipics with a focus on computer assisted mass appraisal techniques. British Columbia Society of Notaries Public Preparatory Course A one-year correspondence program which forms part ol the academic requirements for consideration as a member of the Society. Market Value Appraiser (Residential) Program Three correspondence courses which meet the academic requirements for using the distinguishing letters M.V.A. after one's name Executive Programs Executive Programs offer a variety of short-term, managerial seminars in all disciplines of business administration. Seminars are regularly scheduled at the University of British Columbia, and are also offered on an in-hotise or customized basis to interested organizations. Commerce and Business Administration 119 Academic Staff Office of the Dean MICHAEL... GOLDBERG, B.A. (Brooklyn College), M.A, Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley,!. Herbert R. Eullcrton Professor of Urhan Lane! Eolicv ancl Dean. PETER J. FKOST. B So (Willi.), M.So iPrel.), Ph D i Minn, i, Edgai E. Kaiser Prolessoi- of Oi'ttanixational Behavioui, and Associale Dean. Tiicultv DeveloiinienI and Professional Progtains DEREK R. ATKINS, B.A. (Oxon). M Si. (Fan,a, I'h.D l V arvv.j, Professor and Assoelate Dean. Academic GRACE WONG, B.Ed, M.B.A. (Brit. Col. i, Assisiant Dean and Directoi, International Programs ETHEL DAVIS, B.II.Ee. (Man.), M.H.A i\V. Out.) Assistant itean anil Directoi .it Masters' Programs. ROGER M DAVIS. B.'Com. (Bril. Col.l. EC.A. Assisiant Dean. Senior lnsinii ior and Direi lot of Undergraduate Program. Professors DEREK R. ATKINS. B.A. (Oxoni, M.So Han. a. Ph.D. (Waruo, Professor and Associale Dean. Academic i/.AK BENBASAT, B.A. (Robert Col , Istanbul i. .M.Sc. I'h.D. (Minn. i. Cantor Prolessor of MIS. AN THO. v, E. BOARDMAN, B.A. (Kenls I'li.D iCamegie-Mellon). JAMES A BRANDER. li.A. (Bnt. CoL). M.A.. I'h.D. (Stan.), Asia Pacific Professoi of Iniernational Business and Public Police. SHELBY L. BRUMEI.l.E, B.S. (Cal.Tech ). M.S.. M.A.. Ph.D (CaiiL, Berkclev), Chairofihe Management Science Division I'lEt DE JONG, B.Ec. (Sydney), Ph.D. ila'Lrobe) HJORN E. ECKBO, B.S. (Norwayi, M.S., Ph.D. (Roch.) GERALD A. EELTHAM, B.Com. (Sa-k.l. Ph.D. (Calif. Berkeley), C A., C.G.A. Prolessor of Aoooimling. JAMES D. FORBES, B.S, (Wash. Slalci, M.B.A, (Ilarv,,, I'h.D (Calif,, Los Angeles), Professor and Chair ol ihe Markeiing Division. PETER I EROST. B.Sc. (vVitvv,), M.Sc (S.A.), Ph.D. t Minn). Edgat E. Kaiser Prolessoi- of Organizational Behavioui and Associate Dean. Eaeultv Developmem and Piotessiona! Programs. MICHAEL A GOLDBERG, B.A, (Brooklyn Col,), M.A,, Ph.D. (Calif,, Berkelev). Herbert K Fullerton Professor of Urban Land Polio and Dean of the f'aoiltv. GERAI.DJ GOKN. B.A. (Sir Geo, Williamsi. M.S. (London Sell, ol Eton,), Ph.D. (Penn. Staler Advisor, Council Professoi- of Consumer Behavioui and Chair ol the Marketing Division DANIEL GRANOT, B.Sc, M.S,. iTechnion. Israeli, Ph.D, (Texas). Affiliates Professor of Management. FRIEDA GRANOT B.S,., M.Sc (Technion, Israeli. Ph D (Texas). Advisor. Council Professoi- in Management Science NOEL A, HALL, B.Com. (Brit (ail,), M.B.A (Calif.!, D B.A. (Harv,), Professor (on leaiet TREVOR D, HEAVER, B.A, (Oxoni. .M.A.. I'h.D, (Indiana), Director, Centre for Tiansponation Studies ami UPS Foundation Piolessor of Transportation. ROBERT I. IIEINKEL, ILS. (Calif. Slale, HaywanE, M.B.A,, Ph.D. (Cahf. Berkelev), A,E. Hall Professor ol Finance. AI.AN KRAI'S, BA, (G'nell.). M.B.A. iStan.i, I'h.D. (C'nell. i. Advisory Council Professor of Finance and Director, Ph.D, Program MAERICE I) LEVI, B.A, (.Mane). M.A,, Ph.D, (Chici, Bank of Montreal Professoi of iitleinatioual Finance PETER H S/.TIG. B.Com, (Bril. CoL). M.B.A, (V Ont i, Ph.D. (Stan. j. EGA (I lout. Chair of ihe Finance Division. KENNETH R MACCRIMMON. U.S., M.B.A . Ph.D .Calii , I.OsAngelesl. E, D, Mad'hee Piofessor of .Managemenl J KEITH MERNIGIIAN. B.A,, M.S., Ph.]), (Purdue), VJ Van Dii.seu I'tnlcssor of Management TAE HOON OEM, B.Com. (Sung Kyun Kwaa. Seoul), M.B.A., I'h.D. (Brit. CoL), Van Ousen Professor of Business Administration ancl Chair of the Transporrafion, Logistics and Public Utilities Division. CRAIG C. PINDER, B.A. (Biit. Cot), M.A. (.Vino), I'h.D. (C'nell,!. RICHARD* POELAV. B. V.gt Eng (Renssilaei Polytechnic lnst.E M.B.A,, Ph D, (Chic). MARTIN L PI)TERMAN. A.B. (C'nell.), M.S. Ph.D. (Stan.), Advisory Council Professor of Management MAERIC QUEYRANNE, M.Sc. I'h.D. (Grenoble). BERNHARD SCHWAB, U.S., M S, (Tech li, of Munich), M.B.A., Ph.D. (Calif). BARBARA SPENCER, B.Ec (A.N.IE). M.Ec. Monash), Ph.D. (Carnegie-Mellon), Asia Pacific Professor in Trade Policy. WILLIAM T. STANBURY, B Com, (Brit CoL), M.A., I'h.D, (Cahf. Berkelev), UPS Foundation Professor of Regulation and Competil ion Policy MARK THOMPSON, B.A, (Notre Dame), M S„ Ph.D.' (C'nell.), William M. Hamilton Professor of Induslrial Relations a at! Chair ofthe Industrial Isolations Management Division. HAN VERTINSKY, B.A. (Hebrew), Ph.D. (Calif,, Berkeley l, VJnocI Sood Professor of Iniernational Business Sludies and Director, Center tor Internatio la! Business Sludies. DONALD A, WEHRUNG, A.B, (Dartmouth), M.Sc , Ph.D. (Stan.). CHARLES ll, WEINBERG. Sc.B. (Brown), V.B.A. lllarv.i, I'h.D, (CoL),Alumni Professor of Marketing. jOSEPI I T, WILLIAMS, A.B, (Williams Cot), A.M, ISian.). I'h.D. (Hano WILLIAM T. ZIEMBA. B.S, (Mass.), M.B.A,, Ph.D, (Calif, Berkeley), Professorand Alumni Professor of Management Science. Associale Professors MERLE E. ACE, B.S. (St. Lawrence), M.A, (Col), I'hB (Minn.). RAPHAEL AMIT, B.A,, M.A. (Hebrew), Ph.D, (Northwestern). BRIAN BEMMFI.S, B.A., Ph.D. (Minn.i, R. EARL BLAINE, B.Com, iBrit. CoL), M.B.A. (Calif,), CA,, (on leave). AMITAVA CIIATTOPADHYAY, B.Sc. ()ada\ pur), f'.G.D.M. (LET, Ahiredabad), I'h.D. Florida). I lONG CHEN, B.S. (Xi'aii.liaotong), M.S., Ph.D. i.Stan.), GARLAND CHOW. B.Sc, M.B.A. (Maryland), D.B.A. (Indiana). V JOHN D, (TAXTON. B.Sc (Sask), M.B.A, Ph.D, (W.Olt ). ALBERT S. DEXTER, B.A, (Calif.. Santa Baibarai. MB.A. (Harv.). Ph.D, (CoL), MURRAY FRANK, B.So, M.A. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Queen's). MICHAEL L. GERLACH, B.A. (Colorado CoL), M.A,, I'h.D. (Yak-). Hong Kong Bank of Canada Professoi of Asian Commerce RONALD M, GIA.M.MARIND, B.A, (St. .ran:-is Xavier), MA, I'h.D, (Queen's). ROBERT 0 GOLDSTEIN', B.S, (M.I.T.). D.B.A, (Harv.). STANLEY W, HAMILTON, B.Com, (Sask.), M.B.A. (Brit. Col. i, Ph.D. (Calif,, Berkeley), ROBERT IIEI.SEEY, B.S. (Oregon), M.A.. Ph.D. (Print, Chaii ol the Urban Land Economics Division. LAWRENCE D, JONES, BA, M.A. (Ohio Slale), Ph.D, (llano. ROBERT E KELLY, B.S. (Auburn), M.B.A, (Tulanel. D.B.A, (Harv.), Tl IOMAS KNIGHT, B.A, (Hampshire College), M.S., Ph.D, (C'nell.i, THOMAS S. McCORMlCK. A.B. (Penn.), Pi.D. (Stan,). davidc. McPhillips, b,a, (Lovoiaj, m.e.a, (W.Ont), LLB. (McG.). LL.M. (Brit. Col.l. LARRY F. MOORE, B.S. (Wyoming), M.B,(., D.B.A. (Colorado) PETER N NEMETZ, B.A. (Brit Col ), A.M., Pi.D. (Hai. |. THOMAS W. ROSS, B.A. (W.Ont.), M.A., Th.D, (Penn,), Chair ofthe Policy Analysis Division FREDERICK ll. SILLER, B.Sc. (Sask 1, M.B.A,, Ph.D. iW.Ont.i. DAN A. SIMON IC, B.S., M.B.A, (De-Paul). '.I.B.A., Ph.D. (Chio), C.P.A,, Chair ofthe Ai counting Division. J, WILLIAM C. TOMLINSON, B.A , M.A, (C 'x(in). S M.. I'h.D, (M.I.T.). MICHAEL »'. TRF.TIIEWAY, B.A., M.A, (Wis.), M.A., Ph.D. (Wis.). DAVID KWALCHE TSE, B.B.A. (Chinese U.K.), M.B.A., Ph.D. (Calif., Berkeley). DEAN II. UYENO, B.S.M.E., M.S.E. (Wash.), Ph.D, (Northwestern). GORDON A. V. ALTER, B.S. (Wash), M.S., I'h.D. (Calif, Berkeley). YAIR WAND. B So (Hebrew), M.Sc. (Weizmann Inst. for So), D.Sc (Technion. Israel), Chair of the Management Information Systems Division. WILLIAM WATERS. B.A. (Missouri). M.A., Ph.D, (Wis.). JOSEF ZEGHNER. Mag rer. soc oec, Dr. rer. soc. oec (Graz) Assistant Professors ASIM ANSARE B.Eng. (Osmania), P.C.D.M. (I EM., Bangalore), Ph.D. (New York). JOYBEGLEY, B.Com. (Otago). M.S., Ph.D. (Roch.). JONATHAN BERK, B.A (Rice), M.Phil., MA, Ph.D, (Yale), LAIN M. COCKBURN. B.Sc. (Lond.), Ph.D, (Harv.), R. GLEN DONALDSON. B.A. (Bril. Col), A.M, Ph.D. (Brown). PAUL E. FISCHER, B.A. (Duke), M.A,, Ph.D. (Roch.). RUTH FREED.MAN, B.Com., M.Sc. (Bril, CoL), Ph.D. (Stan.). KEITH HEAD. B.A. (Swarthmore CoL), Ph.D. (M.I.T.). BURTON HOI.L1FTEI.D, B Com (Calg.), M.A. (Queen's), M.Sc, Ph.D, (Carnegie-Mellon). P DEVF.REAliX JENNINGS, B A, (Dartmouth), M.A, Ph.D. (Stan.). VASi; KRISHNAMIIRTHY, B.Com. (Gujarat), M.B.A. (Rhode Island). M.S., Ph.D, (Carnegie-Mellon). NANCY I.ANGTON, B.A.. M.A. (Lehigh), M.A., Ph.D, (Stan.) BRENDAN P. M. MeCABE. B.A. (Dub.;. M.Sc (London Sch. of Econ.), Ph.D. (Amsterdam) MARY MARTHA MARGIOTTA, B.S. (N.Y.State, Albany), M.S., Ph.D, (Carnegie-Mellon). VASANTTII.AK T. NAIK, B.Comm. (Gujarat IE), P.G.O.M, (ind Inst of Mgmt), Ph.D (Calif, Berkeley!, Finning Jr Professor of Finance. JACOB J. NELSON, B.S. (Trinity), M.B.A, (Ohio), M.S.B.A., Ph.D. (Washington). S. V. (CIIINO) RAO, B.Tech. (IIT Madras), M.S. (Colorado Sch. of Mines). I'h.D, (Texas). JOHN C. RIES, BA (Calif, Berkeley), M.A, Ph.D. (Mich.). STUART S, ROSENTHAL, B.A, (Bowcloin CoL). M.A, Ph.D (Wis,), Real Estate Foundation Jr. Professor of Real Estate Finance. S. SIDOARTH, B.Tech, (LET, New Delhi), M.B.A. (ELM, Calcutta), I'h.D. (Calif, Los Angeles). Finning Ltd. Jr. Professor of Marketing. C. TSURIEI. SOMEKVH.LE, B.A (Hebrew), Ph.D (Harv.). WILLIAM STRANGE, B.A. (Oregon), M.A, Ph.D. (Prin,), Real Estate Foundalionjr. Professor of Urban Land Economics. MIHKF.l. TOMBAK. B.A.Sc. (Tor), M.B.A. (York). M.A, Ph.D. (Penn.). ANDREW TE ICE, B.S. (Maryland), Ph.D. (M.I.T.), Assistant Professor RAMAN IIPPAI, B.A, (St Stephen's C), M.A , M.B.A, Ph.D, (Penn,), Chert Family Foundation Jr, Professor of Finance. CARSON WOO. B.Sc, M.Sc, PhD. (Tor) Senior Instructors DANIEL F. GARDINER, B.A (W.Ont.), M.A. (Queen's), M.B.A, (Brit Col), Ph.D. fW'.Ont.). Senior Instructor. ROGER M. DAVIS, B.Com. (Brit. Col.), F.C.A, Senior Instructor, Assistant Dean ancl Directoi- of Undergraduate Program Lecturers STEVE S. AI.ISHARAN, B.A (Bril. CoL), CA, C.M.A. MARY-ANN BOOTH, B.Com, LL.B (Brit. Col ) JOHAN P. DE ROOY, B.Ed. iBrit. CoL), M.B A. (Queen's), CA. BRIAN C GRAHAM, B.Ed, M.B.A. (Brit CoL). DONALD B. LOGWOOD, B.Com, M.B.A. (Brit. C.ol.j, M.B.A. (Chil.EC.A, C.G.A. ELLEN J. MacKENZIE, LL.B, (Brit CoL), LL.M, (Alia.). DEBOKAHJ. MEREDITH. B.A. iMcO), LL.B, LLM, (Bril. CoL), CATHERINE VERTESI. MBA. (Brit. CoL), R N. Divison of Accounting: D. A. Simunic, Chair; S. S Alisharan, J. Begley, R E. Blaine, R. M. Davis. J. de Rooy, G. A. Feltham, P Fischer, V. Krishnamurthy, D. B. Lockwood, M M Margiotta.J. Nelson. Division of Finance: PA. Lusztig, Chair; J Berk, CE Donaldson, B. Eckbo, R. Freedman, R. M. Giammarino, R. L Heinkei, B. Hollifield, A. Ktaus, M. D. Levi, V. Naik, R. llppal, j, Williams, J. Zechner. Division of Industrial Relations Management: M, Thompson, Chair; M, Ace, B. Bemmels, P.J. Frost, N A. Hall, P. D. Jennings, T. Knight, N. Langton, I). Mel'hillips, I, F Moore, C. C. Pinder.G A Walter. Law Group: P. J. Frost, Chaii; M.A Booih, E. MacKenzie, D. Meredith. Division of Management Information Systems: Y. Wand, Chaii; I Benbasat, A. S. Dexter, R.C. Goldstein, S.V. Rao, A. Trice, C. Woo. Division of Management Science: ST. Brumelle, Chair, I) R. Atkins, II. Chen, P de Jong. B Graham. D. Granot, F. Granot, B McC.abe, T. S McCormick, M. L. Puterman, M. Queyranne, B. Schwab, D. II Uyeno, I. Vertinsky, D. A Wehrung. W. T. Ziemba. Division of Marketing: G. Corn, Chair A. Ansari, A. Chattopaclhyay, I D. Claxton, J.D Forbes, D F Gardiner, R F. Kelly, R. W. Pollay, S Siildanh. F. II. Siller, D, K, Tse, C, Vertesi. C, B. Weinberg. Division of Policy Analysis: T. Ross, Chair; R. Amil, A E, Boardmati, LA. Brancler. I. Cockburn, M. Frank, K. Head, P. N. Nemetz. J. Ries, B. Spencer, W.T. Stanhury, M. Tombak, J.W'.C. Tomlinson, I, Vertinsky, D.A Wehrung Division of Transportation, Logistics and Public Utilities: T. Oum, Chaii; G Chow, T, D. Heaver, M, W. Tretheway, W. G. Waters. Division of Urban Land Economics: R Helsley, Chair; M A. Goldberg. S. W. Hamilton, L. li. Jones, S Rosenthal, C.T. SomerviHe, W7 Strange, J, Williams. General: M.I, Gerlach, K R MacCrimmon. J.K. Murnighan. Community and Regional Planning 121 Introduction The School offers an integrated approach to planning for development as well as six concentrations, the first of which is an overview of the field: • Urban and Regional Planning concerned with the relationship among regional development, human settlement and the use of natural resources in the context of sustainable development; • Urban Physical Planning concerned with land use, transportation, urban design; heritage conservation as practiced by local government; • Urban Policy Planning concerned with policy analysis, community development, land and housing; • Regional and Natural Resources Planning concerned with planning for the use of natural resources in the context of regional development and the institutional arrangements for decision making; • Real Property Development and Planning concerned with all aspects of private and public sector developments including land acquisition, financing, design, construction, marketing and evaluation; • International Development Planning concerned with issues related to human settlements in the developing world. The School graduated its first students in 1953, and has continuously offered a two-year Master's degree in planning longer than any other Canadian school. Over 600 graduates are employed throughout Canada and abroad in a wide variety of teaching, research, planning, policy analysis, and administrative positions in universities, municipal, provincial and federal, governments, public and private corporations, and in consulting practices. Many graduates are employed as generalists particularly in municipal and regional planning agencies, but an increasing number are found in more specialized fields such as housing, parks, transportation, social planning and urban design, in urban planning; and environmental protection, water resources, land management, northern and native programs in regional development and natural resources planning. Asignificantnurnberofgraduates are ' engaged in international activities in a variety of public and private sector agencies, companies and departments. The Environment for Teaching, Learning and Research Our program of teaching and research strikes a balance between developing the competence required to enter professional practice today, and the intellectual preparation needed to continue to function adequately in increasingly responsible positions in a rapidly changing worid. The program covers the substance and methods of community, urban, regional and natural resources planning. We also cover the process and institutional arrangements for planning, its ideological basis, and the role and ethical responsibility of the planner. We are interested in the solution to today's problems as well as anticipating and shaping the future through policy relevant scholarly research. From the students point of view, our program has the following salient characteristics: • opportunities for studenls with an undergraduate degree in a limited field to broaden their knowledge in order to assume responsibilities in planning and management; • opportunities for students with a generalist's background to acquire greater disciplinary rigour in a plan- ning-related field of their choice; The School of Community and Regional Planning A School within the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The School of Community and Regional Planning offers a two year professionally oriented Master's Degree program and a research oriented Ph.D. program. • flexibility within a structured format to design a program of studies to satisfy individual needs; • an emphasis ot formal course work, balanced with directed studies, and original research; • opportunities for joint student-faculty research and publication. Students are encouraged to become involved in the activities cf the University's several research institutes and to enrol in relevant graduate courses in other departments. In resource management there is the Westwater Research Centre, the Sustainable Development Research Institute, and the Resource Management Science Program: in transportation, the Transportation Centre; in Developing World issues, the Institute of Asian Research; and in urban and regional development, housing, urban governance and community development planning, the Centre for Human Settlements. In 1991/92, the School iniliated two major projects. The School's Centre ft: r Human Settlements was designated a "Centre for Excellence" by the Canadian International Development Agency. This Asian Urban Research Network includes new faculty resources and major research projects in co-operation with partner universities in China, Thailand and Indonesia. As well, the School has a new endowment fund sponsored by the Real Estate Foundation to undertake teaching and research in the real property development and planning field. This program involves professionals on a regular basis as adjunct professors in the School. Specific information on these activities can tie obtained f'om the School. The Master's degree will be either a Master of Arts (Planning) or a Master of Science (Planning), whichever best describes the prerequisites offered by the candidate and the courses chosen. Prospective applicants should write to The Director, School of Comm ui lity Regional Planning, The University of British Columbia, 433 - 6333 Memorial Roac, Vancouver, B.C., Canada V6T 17.2 for a brochure containing more information about the field, required qualifications, career opportunities, and course of studv. Requests for information mayalso be made bytelephoning (6041822-4422 for the Master's Program and (604) 822-3276 for the Doctoral Program. Master's Degree Program Application for Admission A complete application for admission includes: 1) An application by the candidate on a form available from the School. 2) Three confidential recommendations on the candidate's academic qualifications. Forms for this purpose are provided with the application and are sent directly to the University by the referee. Applicants with professional experience are encouraged to solicit additional letters of recommendation. 3) Official transcripts of all academic work sent directly to the University. 4) A written statement of up to 500 words indicating why the applicant wishes to study planning, and what aspects of the field are of interest. 5) A language skills form. 6) A biographical form. Those whose native language is not English and whose previous degree was not earned in an English-speaking university accepted by the Faculty of Graduate Studies are required to complete the Test of English as a Foreign Language, given four times annually in most major cities. A score of 600 is required. For further information write: T.O.E.F.L., Box 899, Princeton, New Jersey, U.S.A., 08540. Make special note of instructions on graduate application form under section "Special Examinations". All documents and the appropriate application fee should be returned to The Director, School of Community and Regional Planning, The University of British Columbia, 433 - 6333 Memorial Road, Vancouver, B.C., Canada, V6T 1Z2. The deadline for submitting complete applications is January 15. Prerequistes for Admission Admission to the Master's Degree program requires a four year Bachelor's degree with high academic standing. Students are accepted from both the social sciences and the natural sciences, the humanities, and from such fields as commerce, architecture, engineering, agriculture and forestry. Students from other fields are accepted but may be required to fulfil additional prerequisites. Prospective students are encouraged to follow an honours or major program in their own discipline and develop some breadth of knowledge during their undergraduate program by selecting from courses in ecology, econom- 122 Community and Regional Planning ics, geography, political science, history, sociology, and organizational development and behaviour. All students are required to have successfully completed undergraduate courses in both economics and statistics prior to admission. The UBC course recommended to meet the economics requirement is one ofthe following: Economics 100 or 309; to satisfy the statistics requirements it is suggested that students take either a statistics course in their undergraduate discipline or Statistics 203. A candidate who has taken graduatecourses equivalent to those described for the Master's degree may be given credit not to exceed 12 credits for courses completed in the year prior to commencing their programs in the School. Students who do not make satisfactory progress in the program may be asked to withdraw at any time, and the status of all students who have not completed the program within the prescribed two-year period will be reviewed annually thereafter. About 30 students are admitted annually. We seek highly- motivated applicants who can communicate effectively, who are challenged by a field marked by complexity, who are creative, and have the potential to provide leadership. Curriculum The Master's degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion ofa program consisting of 60 credits, including a thesis, over two academic years. Those students who wish to develop a strong specialization may satisfy a significant proportion (up to 12 credits) of this requirement through courses in other departments. The thesis is valued at 12 credits but several regular courses may be used to develop the thesis proposal, research method, and data analysis. A program of studies will normally be comprised as shown below. Prerequisites These cannot be credited toward the Master's degree, and must be completed prior to admission: • economics • statistics Orientation and Field Camp All entering students are required to attend orientation sessions and a three-day field camp prior to the commencement of Term 1 of Winter Session to become acquainted with faculty and fellow students and to examine typical urban, regional and resource planning problems in B.C. 1) Foundation Courses These courses provide a breadth of knowledge covering: ihe social, economic, and ecological context for urbanization, regional development, and resource planning; the institutional arrangements for planning; and theories of the planning process. 2) Methods Courses Planners have a major responsibility for generating, ana- lyzingand presenting information for the decision-making process. All students require basic skills in planning analysis. Appropriate courses outside the School may be substituted. 3) Substantive Courses These courses provide depth of knowledge within one of the concentrations offered by the School. Courses taken in other departments should be complementary ancl choices should be related to thesis research interests. 4) Workshops These courses provide an opportunity for students to apply their knowledge and skills to planning problems under circumstances that simulate professional practice. 5) Thesis Research Students are required to prepare a thesis in their second year on a subject of their choice. The fullest benefit of this research is derived by those students who relate their overall program of studies to their thesis subject area. Ph.D. Program Application Procedure The School offers a Ph .1). program for advanced study and research in the areas of its competence. The Ph.D. is primarily a research degree, so that students should enter with a good background in their field of study. After two years of course work and examinations, candidates devote their efforts toward thesis research. Applicants for admission must have a Master's degree in planning, or its equivalent, with high academic standing. To ascertain our ability to fulfil potential candidates' objectives, we require a statement of about 1,000 words describing their research interests and objectives which should besubmitted with the request lorapplication forms. Advisory Committees Committees consisting of a prospective research superviserand three other faculty members are established at the lime of admission to advise students and approve their programs of studies. At least one member of each committee is from a discipline other than Planning. Membership in thecommitteemaychangeas the student's program evolves, but il is formalized on final approval of the thesis proposal. Program of Studies Each Ph.D. candidate's program is designed by the candidate's advisory committee in consultation with the student to reflect individual requirements. The program of studies will normally include: 1) course work; 2) qualifying examination in the form of two research essays; 3) language requirement, at the discretion ofthe faculty, appropriate to the student's objectives; 4j approval of thesis outline; 5) research and preparation of thesis; 6) oral presentation of thesis and final examination of the candidate. The first year of the Ph.D. program usually involves course work in preparation for the qualifying examination and development of lhe research prospectus. Additional courses may be necessary in the second year, in support of the proposed thesis research. Specific requirements are left to the discretion ofthe candidate's committee in consultation with the candidate. Ph.D. candidates normally write their qualifying essays in the second year. These focus on planning theory, and issues and methods in the studenl s area of specialization. Course requirements should be completed by this time. Students who siiccessfiillv complete their qualifying essays will [hen finalize their thesis research prospectus in consultation with their advisory committee. After the prospectus has been approved ihe candidate's efforts are devoted to research and preparation ofthe thesis. Studenls will normally be required to spend a minimum of two winter sessions at the University. Unless, in the opinion of the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, lhe delay has been justified by circumstances that arc- altogether exceptional, those who have not receiv eel iheir degree at the end of six winter sessit ins will be required lo withdraw. Students are required to register for each session during their studies. Those who fail to register as required ma\ forfeit their candidacy and mav be required to reapplv. Dissertation Requirements The Faculty of Graduate Studies requires lhe thesis to he submitted loan External Examiner or Examiners approved by the Dean and at the completion ofthe research the candidate must takean oral examination in defenceoflhe dissertation. Certificate in Site Planning This part-time, two-vearcertificate program prepares qi itiii- fied students (orspecializeri professional practice in urhan site planning focussing on lhe residential environment. The admission requiremenl is a Bachelor s Degree or a two-year technical institute certificate in a related discipline, membership in a related professional association, or secondaiy school graduation anti evit lent e oi substantial experience in site planning or subdivision design The certificate is awarded on completion of 18 credits of site planning course work with not less than second class standing in each course. The certificate program is oflered by ihe Schooi ol Community and Regional Planning. For further information write to Certificate in Site Planning, Com inning Professional Programs. Centre for Human Settlements. The Universily of British Columbia, 2206 Easi Mali. Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1/3. Academic Staff Professor and Director WILLIAM E. REUS. B.Sc. I'll I) i'Tor.). Professors ALAN E.J ARTIHISE. B.A, (Manit.), I'll D (Bra. Cut). IE CRAlt. OAVES. B.S.E IE iPuriln.). M A., I'h.D. fCalit. Ilrrkelcvi. ANTHONY II J DORCEY. M.A, (Aberl!.>. M.S. (Wis), Assistant Oiro tor, Wcstvvaier Ktseari h Curare. HENRYC. HTCaiTOiVER B.So (Ionit.l.Pii.D. (N.Cardinal APRODICIO A. lAQl'lA.N, B.A, (Philippine.,). I'll IE (M.I.T c Direi IDC Celine Tor Human Soiloncnis V.SETIYI'ENDAKI R, BE. iMiMirc-i. M.So (Brit Gill. M.S.C.E. Ph I) ilVoli i. MICUAEI. Y. SEEI.IO Dip. Anil, illanimervnithi. M.C.P. I'h O (Tola. Associate Professors PETER ItOOTIlROVT) B.A i'Tor i. MA (Alia,). THOMAS i II TION, BA (Bni, I ot), B, till,, Ph.D, (Oxoni. Assistant Professors PENELOPE C. GERSTEIN. B.A iVorkl, B.A:ch, (Bnt, Coi,), M, lull Ph.D. iCaliCBi-rkelev). YOU-TIEN HSINO, B.A., M.A (.National Taiwan!. M Arch. (Calif., Berkeley, ,VIICIL.EI. l.EAE, B.SO (M.I T.i. \1 Anil,, M CP. (CallE, llerkelei i TIMOTHY Mel) .MEI S, I) A. (Minns, M.A iS.Eraser i, I'li.D. 'OirneKie Mellon). Adjunct Professors PAT CARNEY, HA. \l A illril ( oil, JIM 0. WHITEHEAD. II A . VIA. i lira, i.ui i. M.Si Cfor.i, I'li.D (Urn. Col i JAYWO1I.ENBEE0. IIA.. M.A. iM IT i. RAYMOND E. VOENCI, B A,. M.A . Ll. B (Bin, Col.I. Lecturers WILLIAM BI'IIOI/ER. IIA , M.A . LEU 'lint Cnl.i DAVID TOI EIDEI1S, VIA iKilin.u El. H ill,, uoile), B.C.I, ,Oxoin BRIAN PORTER, II A, I Alta. E I. LB. t'l'ni.i. M.A ' Bill, col.). Research Associates EVELYN I'lNEERl'ON, HA. [Wc-lieslcvi. Dipli'.me (Sulhonne, M .. iMuldlehui. , vl A.T illari ■ I'll D .Brandos) E.Al SPAXMW.Lnp Aivl: iNnll i, 1)1(1 I'p (Bam i. Dentistry 123 Introduction The Faculty of Dentistry was established in 1962 as the result of two detailed surveys of the need for dental education facilities in the Province of British Columbia, conducted in 1935 and 1961 by Dr. John B. Macdonald. The Dean ofthe new Faculty was appointed in July, 1962, and a small class of undergraduate dental students was admitted in September, 1964. The teaching, research and clinical facilities are housed in the Dental Health Sciences building which was named the John Barfoot Macdonald Building. These facilities have been designed as part of the Health Sciences Centre to promote integrated teaching ofthe health services team. Instruction in the basic health sciences is provided by the appropriate basic science departments under the joint administration ofthe Faculty of Medicine and Faculty of Dentistry. Library facilities are provided in the Woodward Biomedical Library. The latest concepts in educational methodology, research and training are applied in the care of patients attending the dental clinic. In addition to graduate and postgraduate programs which are also provided, there is strong emphasis on the development ofthe Continuing Dental Education Program for the profession. This is provided as an integral part of the Health Sciences Program which comes under the jurisdiction of the Coordinator of the Health Sciences. Doctor of Dental Medicine D.M.D. Objectives The Doctor of Dental Medicine degree program is designed to prepare students to practise their chosen profession with a high degree of technical skill based on a sound knowledge of the related biological sciences, and to make them aware ofthe interaction ofthe dentist as a health professional in the community. Admission Admission to the Faculty of Dentistry is based primarily on academic ability, place of residence, and personal qualities as evidenced by predental scholastic records, aptitude tests, letters of recommendation, and personal interviews. Since facilities for pre-clinical and clinical instruction are limited, enrolment must, of necessity, be restricted. The fulfilment of the minimum requirements for admission does not guarantee acceptance. Candidates who meet admission requirements but are not successful in ga ining a place in the first year class with their initial application may reapply for admission in a subsequent year. However, reapplications from candidates who have already applied unsuccessfully on three previous occasions are not normally accepted, and the number of interviews is normally limited to two. Application forms and information regarding predental requirements, tuition and fees may be obtained from the Office ofthe Dean, Faculty of Dentistry, 350-2194 Health Sciences Mall, The University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C.. V6T1725. The deadline for applications each year is December 15 for admission the following September and the earliest date for applying is July 1 of the previous year. As application deadlines will be strictly enforced, applicants are reminded to allow sufficient time for application forms to reach the University. lrhe Faculty of Dentistry The Faculty of Dentistry offers four degrees, Doctor of Dental Medicine (D.M.D.), Master of Science in Dental Science (M.Sc), Doctor of Philosophy in Oral Biology (I'h.D.), and Bachelor of Dental Science - Dental Hygiene Diploma degree completion program (B.D.Sc), as well as Postgraduate Specialty Training Programs in Periodontics, Oral Medicine, Oral Pathology and Oral Radiology, Detailed information on these programs is given at the end of the section on Dentistry. Information concerning the M.Sc (Dental Science) and Ph.D. in Oral Biology may be found in the Graduate Studies section ofthe Calendar. Predental Requirements The requirements listed below apply to the student taking predental work in the Faculty of Arts or the Faculty of Science at The University of British Columbia. An applicant from anothe:' university must submit evidence of having successfully completed equivalent prerequisite courses: 1) ENGL 112 (Strategies for University Writing) plus one elective chosen from: ENGL 110 (Approaches to Literature), ENGL 111 (Approaches to Non-fictional Prose), ENGL 120 (Literature and Criticism), ENGL 121 (Introduction to Liter- ary Theory) Note: Satisfactory completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) is prerequisite to all first-year English courses at UBC. (See Calendar index under Language Proficiency Index.) 2) MATH 100 (Calculus I) and MATH 101 (Calculus II) or MATH 111 (Elementary Calculus)* or MATH 130 (Finite Mathematics) * Students should he aware i:hat MATH 11] may be insufficient for concurrent registration in some first-year Physics and Chemistry courses. 3) (the former CHEM 120) or CHEM 103 (General Chemsitry) or CHEM 110 (Principles of Chemistry) orCHEM 121 (Structural Chemistry, with Application to Chemistry of the Elements) and CHEM 122 (General Chemistry) 4) CHEM 203 or 230 (Organic Chemistry) 5) BIOC 300 (Principles of Biochemistry) or BIOL 201 (Cell Biology II) and BIOC 302 or 303 6) (one of the former PHYS 110, 115, or 120) or PHYS 100 (Introductory Physics) and 101 (Elementary Physics I) or PHYS 101 (Elementary Physics I) and 102 (Elementary Physics II) or PHYS 120 (Physcics II) and 122 (Physics II) 7) (ane of the former BIOL 101, 102, or 103) or BIOL 110 (Cellular and Organisma! Biology) and ElIOL 120 (Genetics, Evolution and Ecology) or BIOL US (Organismal Biology) and BIOI. 120 (Genelics, Evolution and Ecology) The student shou d select other courses to conform with the requirements for a baccalaureate degree. It is strongly recommended that there be a fair representation of courses in the Humanities and Social Sciences in the student's program of study. Candidates for admission to the Faculty of Dentistry should have completed lhe equivalent of three academic years in the Faculty of Arts or Faculty of Science at The University of British Columbia. A minimal scholastic average of 65%, based upon the system of grading used at The University of British Columbia, is required. Aptitude Testing Prospective applicants must take the Canadian Dental Association Dental Aptitude Test (orthe American Dental Association Aptitude Test). Information and application forms are available from the Student Counselling and Resources Centre, UBC; or the Office ofthe Dean, Faculty of Dentistry; or Dental Aptitude Test Program, Canadian Dental Association, 1815 Alta Vista Drive, Ottawa, Ontario K1G 3Y6. Inquiries concerning the American Dental Asso ciation test should be addressed to the Division of Educational Measurements, Council on Dental Education, American Dental Association, 211 East Chicago Avenue. Chicago, Illinois 60611. At the time of the test the student should request that the scores be sent to Undergraduate Admissions, Office of the Dean, Faculty of Dentistiy, 350-2194 Health Sciences Mail, The University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 173. Deposit The successful applicant is required to submit a deposit of $100 within two weeks of notification of acceptance by the University. This deposit is non-refundable and will be applied towards the tuition ofthe first term ofthe session for which the student has been accepted. Admission of Students to Advanced Standing 1) Students from an accredited Canadian or American dental school seeking transfer to this Faculty a) Students who have been required to withdraw from any other dental school for academic or other reasons are not eligible for admission. b) Students who have successfully completed one or more years at an accredited dental school and seek admission are occasionally considered subject to space being available. In these cases, the student: i) must fulfil the predental admission requirements of this Universitv; 124 Dentistry ii) musi have successfully completed courses equivalent to those offeied in this Faculty for the vears below that into which transfer is being sought: iii) may be required to pass special placement or other examinations set by this Faculty; iv) may be required to repeat the vear most recently completed at the former institution: v) shall not be eligible for admission into the fourth year: vi) must submit a $40 application fee to cover the costs of evaluating educational documents; vii) must submit references (forms for this purpose tire included in the application materials); viii) may be required to attend for a personal interview at the candidate's expense. 2) Students who have obtained their dental degree from a foreign country and wish to obtain a Canadian degree in order to practise in Canada Foreign dentists mav seek admission lo the second vear of a four-year program. Applicants are occasionally considered subject to space being available. In these cases, the applicant: a) must submit a complete record of their entire education from high school orpre-utiiversity study to the end of university studies. Evidence of graduation must be submitted as well as official transcripts ofthe applicant's marks for this period. b) must possess a good working knowledge of the English language. c) will be required to present results from either of the following examinations: i) National Dental Examining Board of Canada comprehensive examination (writ ten section). Candidates will be required to attain "pass" standing on this examination. Information and application materials may be obtained from the Natioal Dental Examining Board of Canada, 203 -100 Branson Avenue, Ottawa. Ontario KIR 6G8, or iii Part 1 ofthe U.S. National Dental Board examinations. Candidates will be required to attain a score of at least 85 on this examination. Details ofthe examination and an application wili be mailed to the applicant following submission of application to this dental schooi. tl) must submit a $40 application fee to cover the costs of evaluation of educational documenis. e) must make application by December 15 for the year to which admission is sought. f) must submit references (forms for this purpose are included in the application materials). g) will be required to complete the Denial Aptitude Test (see Aptitude Testing above). h) may be required to atiend for a personal interview al the candidate's expense Compliance with, the above rules will not guarantee a place in this dental school. An applicant with advanced placement can only be admitted if a place is vacaled be an existing student. We receive many more applications than we can accept. Beyond the first four weeks of first term in any academic year, no vacancies caused by sludent withdrawal in any class will be filled, except in extraordinary cin umstances Registration and Orientation Registration is carried out through TELEREG, the University's telephone registration system. Candidates who have been accepted for admission to the Faculiy of Dentistry will be notified by mail concerning registration and orientation. Classes begin August 24, 1994. No student will be allowed to register after the first tlav of instruction in the term, or be admitted lo anv class ailer its first meeting. except by permission of ihe Dean. A successful applicant may he required ti > submit a health record to the Unversity Health Service at the time of acceptance. The approved form will be included in the acceptance package. A certificate from a licensed dentist attesting to the applicant's condition of oral health is also requested. Attendance 1) Regular attendance is expected of students in all their classes (including lectures, laboratories, tutorials, seminars, etc). Sludents who neglect iheir academic wi irk and assignments may he excluded from the final examinations. Students who are unavoidably absent because of illness or disability should report lo their instructors on return io classes. 2) Students who, because of illness, are absent from a December or April examination, must submit a physician's certificate to the University Heaith Service as promptly as possible 3) Unavoidable absence of one dav or less for reasons other than sickness must be explained to lhe instructor or instructors concerned when the studenl returns to classes. If the absence is for longer than one day, arrangement for readmission must be made through the Dean's office. 4) A stutknt planning lo he absent from classes for anv reason must obtain prior permission from the Dean's Office. Examinations 11 Examinations in the Faculty of Demistr. may be held at various times throughout the vear. These examinations are obligatory for all .students. 2) Should students find that they wiil be unavoidably absent from a sessional examination, thery, or someone familiar with the sit nation, must notify the Dean's office of lhe facts in the case before the end of the period during which the examination is scheduled. Non-observance ol this rule may result in failure being recorded in the course 3i When a sessional examination has been missed through illness or some other justifiable cause, application for deferred examinalion or special consideration musl be made in writing io the Dean as soon as possible alter the close of the examinalion period. II the absence was for reasons of health, a physician's certificate indicating the nature and duration ofthe illness must he submitted lo the University Health. Service. ai Students may be denied the privilege of writing a sessional examinalion in anv subject because of unsatisfactory work or attendance, and in ihis case they will he considered to have failed in the course. 5) In anv course which involves boili laboratory work and/or clinical and written examinations, a student is required to make salisiacti >rv standing in each part. If the course is repeated, no exemption will ordinarily be grained from the work in anv pari. 6) Term essays and examination papers may be refused a passing mark if they are illegible or noticeable deficient m English 7b The passing mark in the Faculty of Dentistry is nil'.'.,. (See index under "Grading Practices".) Hi All results of final examinations will be passed bv the Promotions Commit tee and approved by Senate Release will he made bythe Registrar. Final examination results will not he communicated through any other channel. Advancement 1) The Facuitv will determine the student's fitness for promotion at the end of each session. No studenl with detective standing will be promoted 2) A studenl whose academic standing is unsatisfactory may be required cither to withdraw from the Faculty or lo repeat the entire work ofthe year. 3) If the progress ofa student has been unsatisfactory in any given session, the Facully may permit a supple- menial examination m the subjeitfsl failed provided an average of at least 60% in the work ofthe vear including the failed courses, has been attained The departme.nl or departments concerned mat' direct such work as w ill be necessary to prepare for I he supplemental examination. It is the responsibility ol the sludent lo consult the heads of the departments concerned about such arrangements, \stiidenl who satisfies lhe requirements ofthe departments con corned and passes each supplemental examination with a mark of at least 6S% will be promoted. Ail supplemental examinations must be taken at the Universily, -i) A studenl in the First Year who fails to be promoied will not be permitted tt) repeat the year except under special circumstances. 5) A student in any year taking a lull program of studies who does not pass in at least 609i> of it will be required to withdraw from the University for at leasi a year. 6) Although satisfactory academic performance is prerequisite to advancement. it. is not the sole criterion in consideration ofthe suitability ofa student for promotion or graduation. The Faculty reserves the right to require a student to withdraw from the Facuitv if considered to be unsuited to proceed with ihe siudv or enter the praclice of dentistry. Instruments and Supplies Information regarding textbooks will be given by the instructor in each course. Not less than $700 per year should be available for purchasing textbooks and expendable supplies The following instruments and supplies will be required during the four vears of instruction. It is recommended that no purchases be made until details are furnished by the departments concerned. Amounts quoted are sublet I io change without notice. Approximate Price CarclKipulmonan RcsuscJiaiiini Certificate course S .til 'Hi In-aruinenls lor analomy anil physiology $ I 5.00 laboratory coats or clinical altire (ind. laundry) J ■Kill.mi Microscope — an approved model il'ics; vear onh l S 1.1100nn Ili-iiia! lustrum.iris-First 1 car Si, I Si.no Oeiiia! iiisiiiiiiii'iii.s -Second Year SSJ-CEiili Dental Instruments-Third Year J_.i)lil (IE Dental Instruments—Fourth Year S Si'OOii Course hai-idiiiiiv-niaxiniuin/vear S 100.Oi Dentistry 125 Graduation 1) A candidate for the D.M.D. degree must have fulfilled all the requirements for entrance to the Faculty of Dentistry and have attended the courses of instruction which comprise the dental curriculum. No one will be admitted to candidacy for the D.M.D. degree who has not been in attendance for at least two years at The University of British Columbia, the final year of which must be in the Faculty of Dentistry. 2) Each candidate for graduation must have passed all examinations in subjects comprising the dental course or must have received satisfactory standing in courses where specific marks are not assigned. 3) The Faculty will recommend to Senate the granting of the D.M.D. degree to a student who has completed satisfactorily the academic requirements and who, in addition, is recommended by the Faculty to be a suitable person to practise Dentistry. 4) Every candidate for a D.M.D. degree must make formal application for graduation. Application for graduation must be made not later than February 15. Special forms for this purpose arc provided by the Registrar's Office. Regulations Regarding Licence to Practise Dentistry The possession of a D.M.D. degree does nol automatically confer the right to practise dentistry in any province in Canada. Each province has a licensing body which grants a licence to practise dentistry wilhin its own borders. Inquiries concerning registration and licensing should be directed to the Registrar, College of Dental Surgeons of B.C., 1765 West 8th Avenue, Vancouver, B.C., V6J 5C6 or to his counterpart in other provinces. Most provinces will accept for registration the certificate issued by the National Dental Examining Board, the fee forwhich is $490.00 (subject to change). Information concerning National Dental Examining Board certificates may be obtained from The Secretary Treasurer, National Dental Examining Board,203-100BronsonStreet,Ottawa,Ontario,KlR 6G8. Courses of Instruction • First Year - ANAT 400, 401; PATH 401; PHYL 400; ORBI 410,411,412,413; MICB 415; CDSC 401 (elective), 410, 411, 414. • Second Year - ANAT 425; PHYL 425; MICB 425; PILAR 425; ORBI 420, 423; OMSS 421. .22, 423, 425, 426, 427; CDSC 420, 421, 422, 423, 424, 425. • Third Year-ORBI 430; OMSS 431,433,434,435,436, 437; CDSC 430, 431, 432,433, 434, 435. • Fourth Year - ORBI 440, 448 (elective); OMSS 441, 443,444, 446. 448; CDSC 440,441. 442. 443,444,445; HCET 400 (elective). The D.M.D. Degree Combined with the B.Sc. Degree Students who have completed the third year in one ofthe approved degree programs of the Faculty of Science at UBC and the first two years in the Faculty of Dentistry at UBC, ancl who have completed ALL the course requirements of the degree program may be eligible for the appropriate B.Sc. degree. It is necessary that such students meet all the specific course requirements of the departmental degree program and have the approval of the Head ofthe Department prior to entry into the Faculty of Dentistry. Students should plan to meet these specific course requirements while in the Faculty of Science. With the approval of th coursework in the for credit towards Students in the Fa for the B.Sc. degn first and second y by September 15 c ing the Fall in whicl e Dean of Science, up to 30 credits of Faculty of Dentistry maybe recognized the B.Sc. degree. iculty of Dentistry who wish to qualify i;e must file a copy of their program in ear Dentistry with the Dean of Science f the Winter Session ofthe year preced- i they plan to qualify for the B.Sc. Degree. Bachelor of IDentall Science Dental Hygiene Degree Completion Program The Faculty of Dentistry offers a post-diploma dental hygiene degree completion program that leads to a Bachelor of Dental Science degree (B.D.Sc.). Completion of the degree will require completion ofa minimum of 60 credits of course work, including 34-38 credits of core material, following graduation from an accredited dental hygiene diploma program. Course work will allow the student to focus studies on community dental health care, advanced clinical practice, or allied dental education. Third Year Couise Credits DENT 400 6 Current Issues in Oral Health Sciences DENT 402 8 Dental Hygiene Care I MICB 425 3 Oral Microbiology and Immunology OMSS 435 4 Oral Pathology 9 Elective:, Total 30 Fourth Year Couise Credits DENT 40. 6 Dental Hygiene Care II DENT 461 4 i'eriodontology Seminars 1, and/or DENT -162 4 I'eriodontology Seminars II HCEP 400 3 Statistics for Health Research, or EPSE 482 3 introduction to Statistics for Research in Education 13-17 Electives to support options in: " Community Dental Health Care " Advanced Clinical Practice " Allied Dental Education Totsil 30 Admission The Facully of Dentistry reserves the right to select students for admission to the program from among those who meet the adnission requirements. 1) Candidates for admission must have completed 30 credits of university orequivalent courses which must include: • Six credits of Biology 110,115, 120 • Chemistry 121 and 122 • Six credits of first-year English* • Psychology 100 or she credits of second-year psychology and must have graduated from a dental hygiene program accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation of Canada, with a minimum 65% overall average. * Satisfactory completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) is prerequisite to ail firsryear English courses al UBC (See Calendar index under Language Proficiency index.) 2) Courses used to satisfy 1) above will not be accepted for credit to lhe degree completion program. 3) Preference will be given to candidates with at least one year of practice experience. 4) Selection for admission will be made on the basis of: • academic record • interview results • professional references 5) Candidates who meet minimum admission requirements are not guaranteed admission. 6) Applicants may be required to demonstrate clinical proficiency. Degree Completion Requirements 1) Minimum passing grade for all courses is 60%. 2) Students will be expected to complete the program within five years of registration. 3) The degree completion years will require a minimum of 60 credits of required and elective courses. 4) Minimum of 30 credits must be completed at UBC. Application Application forms and descriptive literature may be obtained from the Secretary, Division of Periodontics, Department of Clinical Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dentistry, 2199 Wesbrook Mall, The University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C., Canada, V6T 1Z3. Deadline for application each year is April 15 for admission the fo llowing September. There is an application fee of $40.00 which ' must accompany completed applications. IPost-Graduate Training Programs Periodontics The Department of Clinical Dental Sciences offers postgraduate training in periodontics in conjunction with the M.Sc. (Dental Science) as a three-year program. Successful graduates will receive a Diploma in Periodontics as well as the Master of Science degree in Dental Science (M.Sc. Dental Science). The program wiil provide education and training for potential clinicians, researchers and specialist teachers in periodontology. Admission to the combined program is subject to evidence of a capacity for graduate study and applicants must satisfy the requirements for admission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Applicants must hold a D.M.D. degree or its equivalent from a recognized university. Registration in the course is dependent upon the availability of adequate faculty and facilities. Graduates will be eligible to take the examinations for specialty certification in Periodontics of The Royal College of Dentists of Canada and the American Board of Periodontology. Application forms and descriptive literature may be obtained from the Secretary, Division of Periodontics, Depart ment of Clinical Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dentistry, 2199 Wesbrook Mall, The University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C., Canada, V6T1Z3. There is an application fee of .50.00 which must accompany the completed application. Deadline for applications is October 1 for admission the following September. Deposit Students acceptingan offer of admission to the combined M.Sc, and Diploma program, or the Diploma program alone, at the time of acceptance of admission ate required to pay a non-refundable deposit of $500.00 to be applied towards the student's first-term tuition. Oral Medicine, Oral Pathology and Oral Radiology The Department of Oral Medical and Surgical Sciences offers graduate training in each of the above areas in conjunction with an M.Sc. (Dental Science). Normaliv 126 Dentistry these are three separate programs. Successful graduates will receive Diplomas in the respective clinical disciplines as well as Master of Science degrees in Dental Sciences (M.Sc. Dental Science). The programs will provide education and training for potential clinicians, research workers and teachers in these areas. Admission to the programs is subject to evidence of the capacity forgraduate study andapplicants must satisfy the requirements for admission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Applicants must hold a D.M.D. degree or its equivalent from a recognized universily. Registration is dependent upon the availability of adequate faculty and facilities. Consent of the department is required prior to registration. It is anticipated that graduates will be eligible to sit the examination ofthe Royal College of Dentists of Canada. Application forms and descriptive literature may be obtained from the Head, Department of Orai Medical and Surgical Sciences, Faculty of Dentistry, The University of British Columbia, 2199 Wesbrook Mall, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 17.3, Canada. The completed application must be submitted before October 1 for entry to the program the following year. Students accepting an offer of admission to the M.Sc. program are required to pay a non-refundable deposit of $500.00 at the time of acceptance. This will be applied towards the student's first-term tuition. Ph.D. in Oral Biology See Faculty of Graduate Studies. M.Sc. in Dental Science See Facuitv of Graduate Studies. General Practice Residency Program The Departments of Dentistry of the University Hospital, Vancouver General Hospital, lhe Cancer Control Agency of British Columbia and Children's Hospital, offer a one- year General Practice Residency training program commencing each June and July. The residents selected must be registered as students in the Division of Graduate/ Postgraduate Studies of the Faculty of Dentistry ancl with the College of Dental Surgeons of British Columbia for which separate fees are paid. Admission Graduates of any accredited Canadian dental school are eligible for admission. All candidates must satisfy the requirements for registration of the College of Dental Surgeons of B.C. Graduates of foreign dental schools must possess a current and valid certificate from the National Dental Examining Board of Canada. Application Application forms and descriptive literature may be obtained from the Head, Division of Hospital Dentistry, Department of Oral Medical and Surgical Sciences, Fac- ultvof Dentistry, The University of British Columbia. 2199 Wesbrook Mall, Vancouver, B.C., V6T 1Z3, Canada. Enquiries may also be made of the 1 leads of Dental Departments of the individual teaching hospitals. The completed application must be submitted before November 1 for entry to the program the following year. Academic Staff Office of the Dean EDWIN IE K. YEN', 0,1) S (McG I, Hip Ortho , Ph.D (Tor j. Professor of Clinical Dental Sciences unci Dean. Department of Clinical Dental Sciences ALAN A. LOWE, D.M.D. jljru Col i. Dip. Ortho, Eh.!), iTor.l. F.R.(7D(( E Professoi ami I lend, MARCIA A. BOYD, D.D.S, (Alta.), M.A. (Bin, Col.i, I A.C.D., Professor, I) CHRISTOPHER CLARK, B.S, D.D.S.. M.P.H. (.Mull.,. Associate Professor. BONNIE J. CRAIG, Dip DIE (Manit), M.Ed. iS.Erascn, R.D.H, Assistaii! Professor. GARY D. DEEKSON, D.M.D. (Manic). Associate Professor, VIRGINIA M. DIEWERT, D.D.S, (Alta.), M.Sc. (Northwestern), Prolessor, H.JACK 11ANN, DOS. (Dal.., M.P.H. (Mich.]. ER C.I) ltd .Assistant Professor, Assistant Dean, Clinical Affairs ROSAMUND I., HARRISON, D.M.D. (Sask,), M Sc. (Rochester), Assistant Prolessor. HANNtI LARJAVA, D.D.S.. Ph.D.. Dipl.Perio. (Einlamlj, Associale Piofessor. MICHAEL!. MacENTEE, L.D.S, (R.C.S,L), Dipl. I'roslh (S, Carolinai, Ph.D. (Dublin). ERCD(C), Professor. CHRISTOPHER M OVERALL. B.D.S., B.Sc., M DS i Adelaide), Ph I). (Tor), Assisiant Professor. IANCE M, RECKER, A B (Calif. Berkelt, i, I! si.!).. I) U.S. [Calif, San Erarlsisco), Associate Professor, JOHN G SILVER, 111) S, (Lond,), Et) S, K.O s, (Eng.), Dipl. Periodonc (Penn,), F.R.CD.(C), Associate. Prolessor. HELEN G. SCOTT. K Si.. D.I) S. lAlla.i, Dip Periodonc i Bnt, Cof), Assistant Prolessoi JOANNE N WALTON, D.D.S, E R (71), (Ci Dipl. Proslh. (Wish. D.C), Assistant Professor. 0. KING VCR B.D.S (Taiwani M.S.D, (Ohio), Ph.D, (Nortliuc'sierni, Assistant Pnilessor GABYARATC), B.D.Sc, i Adelaide i. Clinic al Assistant Professor. PHILIP G. BARER, I) M I). (Urn. Col :. M.S 1). I .ash,). Clinical Assisiant Professor. A SHIRLEY BASSETT, Dip.D.H oM.uiit.i, B.Sc.D I'lor.i, R.D II, Clinical liislrucior R, BAEMAN. B.A, I.I..B. cTor.i, Clinical Instructor GHEITH BEN-KHAIAE, M.Sc (Brit Cot), Clinical Instructor. IAN BENNETT. D.D.S, M.Sc, (Wash.), Clinical Prolessor CLIVE BETHEL. D.M.D, (Bnt Col i. Clinical instructor TERRANCE A. BIANCO, D.M 1) (Bin Col.i, Ceri, Ortho. (Oregoni. Clinical Assistant Prolessor. BARBARA J BIfADEY, D.D.S. (Alia i. Clinical Assisiant Professor JANICE BRENNAN, Dip.D.H, D.M.D, (Bril. Col I, clinical Instructor. PETERJ, BRCTTON, B.D.S. (I.iv.t. Clinical As.si.stam Professor. WILLIAM BREMER. D.D.S. (Dal i. Clinical Instructor. RICHARD BliSSE, B.Sc, (S.E'rasen. D.M.D (Bril Col). Clinical Instructor. MARK CARIES. D.M.D (Brit Cof). Clinical Instrucioi. JOHN CARPENDAEE, B.D Sc. (Dciblini. M.S D. (Indiana), Clinical Assistant Prolessor PASCALS CHARLAND. D.M.D. (Monlr.l, Clinical Instructor BABAKCHEHROEDI. D.M.D (Iran), Ph.D. (Brit. Col.i, Clinical Instructor. EDWARD E, CHF.SKO. B Ed, B.So, f) M D (Manic I, Clinical Assisiant Professor, tt' SAM CHEE'NG. B A, jCalii. Stale, l-'resnoi, D U.S. (Norrhwesleriii, Clinical Assisiant Prolessor. GORDON CHISHOLM, B.Sc, D.D.S, (Dal.), Clinical Instructor WAYNE A. CHOU. I).VET). (Bril. CoL), Climcal Assisiant Ptofessor, WILLIAM CROFT, D.D S. (Tor.), Clinical Assistanl Pnilessor. DONALD G, CROWN, I) D S, M.CI.D. (West Ontario). Clinical Assisiant Professor MARJORIE DIMITRI, Dip.D.H. (Alia,), M Eel. (Wish.), R.D.H, Clinical Assistant Professoi. G. ALEX DRENNAN. ED S, B.D.S. i'Tor,j, M Sc. ittash.), F.R.C.I).(C), Clinica! Assistant Professor, CHRISTOPHER DUB1ENSKI, B St D.D.S. (Alta.). Clinical Instructor. LESLIE EI.I.1ES. B.D.S. (Aiislraliai. M.Sc (Roc hosier). Ph D (Tor). Clinical Assistant Professor RONAIJ) FULTON. I) M.I).. Dip! Peno, (Bnt Cof), Clinic al Assistanl Professor, MICHAEL PENG. D.M.D, (Bril Col ... Cluneal Assisiant Prolessor. CLAUDE W GARDNER, 1) M.D (Oregon), Clinical Assistant Professor, PAUL GARRET, B.Sc, I) M I). Hint Col.l, Clinical Instructor. MURRAY A. GOOD. D.M.D I Manit.i, Cllinial Assisiant Prolessoi. TIMOTHY RE COE'I.I). litis il.ond c 1,1) S RC.S. (England), Diii.Periocloni , Ph I), i'lor.i, M.R.C.I).Id, Associale Prolessor. LAW RENCE GRAY, B St ,l)l),s (Dal i. Clinical Instructor. WENDY A HALO* SKI, Dip D.H i Manit.), B I EM , M.Sc, (Kentucky). R.D.II, Clinical Assistant Professor MYRNA HASTINGS B.Sc, D.M.D iliril. Cut). Clinical Instructor, ROBERT N. HICKS, D.D.S, lAli.l ,i, M S (Northweslerrl). Clinical Assistant Professor, , Chilli RALPH T. HISI.OI'. D.D.S (Tor.). Clinical Instructor. TRIVIA HUGHES, ('.D.A, Clinical hislrucror. 'LAV. JOHN HUNG. B.Sc, (Wis.), D.M.D, (Wash, ti.. Si Assistanl Professor ET), TEL) HYDE, B.St, D.D.S , M.S.D. (Indiana). Cert. Pedo iliril Col, (Ciniii.) Assistant Prolessoi ROBIN JACKSON, D.D.S. (McG IMS (Buffalo). Clinical Assoc iaie Prolessoi LES KAI.I.OS. B.S,, Clinical Insttuctor. NANCY KESEI.Y AK, B.Sc.D.H. !Mai .landI. M ... (S,Eraser!. R.D 11 , Clinical Instructor. MASSOUD KHOSILNEVTS, B.Sc, D.M.D, (Bill. Coi.I, Clinical AssisOul Prolessor Wll HAM P. KING. B.So, D.M D (Bnt Col.i, Clinical Assistanl Prolessoi SIDNEY KIRSON. B.A, D.D.S. (Tor,), Clinical Assistant Professor TERRANCE S. KLINE, B.Sc, D.D.S, (Alta i, Clinical Assisiant Prolessor. HALINAKONTECZNA, D.D S (McG.i, Clinical Assistant Professor, CECILIA LEE, B.Sc. D.M.O. (Brit Col ). Clinical Instructor. KENNETH LEE, DO S, Cert. Perio (Wash, i, Clinical Assistant Professor ROBERT C, LEUNG. D.M D. (Bnt, Cof), M.P.H, ILonl:: Linda), Dip Perui. iBrir Col.l, Clinical Assistant Ptofessor. IVOR LEVIN, B.D S. (Witwo, Clinical Instructor. TERRY LEVI. D.M.I) I Bril. Col I. Clinical Instructor JOYCE LING. B St, D.M.D, (Brie Colo, Clinical Inslrui lor A.NG1E LOO D.M.D. (Bril, Cof). M.Sc, (Manit.). Clinical Lecturer. GARRY W. i.UNN B.So, D.D.S, (Allan. Clinical Assistanl Prolessor M A.J, LEX Mac. Ell.. D.D.S. (Dal), Clinical Assistant Professor VALE G. MA1.KIN, D DS (W'ash.i, M S. (Northwestern). Clinical Assistant Professor, NATHAN MALT/, B.So. D.D.S, (Met! i. Clinica] Instructor. ROBERT M. MANN, D.D.S. (Aita.i. \l S. iMonlr.i,Clinical Assistanl Prolessor DEBBIE McCI.OY, Dip.D.H. (Bril. Co!.), R.D,IE, Clinical hlslrtit tot. CATHY McGREGOR B Sr.tHono, D.M D (Bril. Colo, Clinical Assistanl Professor. LOUIS MET/NEK. B.Sc ..D.M.D. (Bril Col.i, M.S 1) (Wash.). Clinical Assisiant Professor. CHRISTINE MIL) S. D.D.S. (Tor.), M.S. (Chic), Clinical Assistant Prolessoi, THOMAS J, MOONF.N, D.M.D. I Brit. Col ). Clinical Assistant Prolessoi DAVID J, MORAN I) D.S, (Tor i. Clinical Assistant Professor, PETER M. ME'NNS, B.D.S, ll.ontl.l, M.Sc.D. (Boston), Clinic al A.ssislanl Professor, MAX NACHT, D.D S. iTor,), Cert. Pedo. (Eastman), Clinical Assistanl Professor SHANE NAGHIBE D.D S, (Iran), Clinical Instruclor, ROBERT RAINBOW, D.M.D. (Brit. Cot), Clinical Instructor, SAI.MA RAMJL B.Sc, D.M.D. (Brir, Col ), Clinical Instructor TRIM). REY, B Sc, (Victoria I. D.M.D, i Brit. Cof), Clinical Instructor JOHN W, RICHMOND, B.A. (Brit Col), D.D.S. (Alia,I, Clinical Assistanl Professor. DANIEL ROBERTS. B.Sc.D IE (Arizona). R.D.H, Clinical Inslrui lor STEWART E ROHRER, B.Sc, D.M D, (Bril. Cot), M.S.D. (Wash,), Clinicai Assistant Ptofessor, WILLIAM J ROSEBUSH, B.Sc, Dip.Ed, D.M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Assistant Professot. MEL SCHNEIDER, B So, D.D S. (McG.). Clinical Assisiant Professor KENJI K. SHIMIZE, D.M.D. iBiii. Col.l, Clinical Assisiant Professoi, DIANE SEINN, Dip.D.H. ilini, Cof), B SoD.H. (Wash.). R.D.H, Clinical Instructor WILEIAM R. SPROEEE, D.D S lAlla.i, M.S.D, (Wash,), Clinical Assisiant Professor. C1ARA SOHN, B.Sc. (Bril, Col,), Clinical Instructor. JAMES STICH. B Sc, 1) M.D. (Bril, Cof). Clinical Instructor DIANNE STOJAK Dip. Dent Hvg (Manit,), Clinical Instructor SMARTENE TAB.AEV D.M.D, (Bril. CoL). Clinical Instruclor. DAVID Y. TAI, B.D.S , M.Sc, oMinn.j, Clinical Assistant Ptofessor, LINDA TAYLOR. B Sc, D.M.D, (Brit. Colo, Ph.D. (Tor,). Clinical Assisiant Professor DAV1D E TOBIAS, II So, D.M D, (Bril, CoL), Clinical Assistant Prolessoi RONALD A, VIRTI E. D.D.S, (St, l.oinsi. Clinical Assistant Prolessor, W. MICHAEL WA1NWR1GHT. B.I) s, (Adelaide), D.D.S. (Tor i. M S.D, (Indiana). M.R.C D.KT. F.R.C,D.(C). Clinical Assistant Prolessor WILLIAM S. WALTER. B.A. (Connecticut), D.M.D. (Pittsburg), Clinical Assislanl Ptofessot. CAROL A WISHART, B.So, D.D.S. (McG i, M S.D. I Wash,). Clinical Assrslam Piofessor, PAUL A. WITT. 1.) D.S, Dip, Ortho. I Tor.l. Clinical Assisianr Prolessoi THERESA WONG, B.Sc, D.M.D. (Bnt, Cot), Clinical Instructor. GRANT WOO, B.So. D.M.D (Bril. Colo. Clinical Instructor. CHRISTOPHER \.VA IT. B.Sc „ D.M.D. (Bni. Col). Clinical Assistant Prolessor STEPHEN VEEN. B.Sc, D.D.S (Alta.), Cliiiitarinsinictor DOROTHY YUNG. B.Sc, I) M.D, (Bnt Cot), Clinical Instruclor, Division of Operative Dentistry: Chair: to be appointed; M A. Bovd, I.. M. Rucker. Division of Orthodontics: V M Diewert, Chair; A. A. Lowe, ('.. it W'u Division of Pediatric Dentistry: R I Harrison, Chair Division of Periodontics: If Lariava, Chair; C. M Overall. IE 0 Scoti, lohiiG, Silver, Dentistry 127 Division of Preventive and Community Dentistry: D.C. Clark, Chair; H.J. Elann. Division of Prosthodontics: M. I MacEntee, Chair; J. N.Walton. Department of Oral Biology DONALD M. BRUNETTE. B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D (Tor), Professorand Head. ALAN G, HANNAM, B.D.S. (Adeiaiclel. F.D.S . R.C.S, (Eng.). Ph.D. (Bristol). F.R.A.C.D.S, Professor. BARRY C. McBRlDE, B Sc, M.Sc (Brit. Cof), PhD (Hi.), Professorand Dean of Science V. V -JUKKA UlTTO, D.D.S, Ph.D. Dip Perio. (Helsinki|, Professor. RAVIN DRAM SHAH, B.D S. (Bombay) M.S .(Buffalo!. Ph.D. (Queen's), Associate Prolessor. J DOUGLAS WATERFIELD, B.Sc, M.Sc Iliril Col I, Eil.clr. (Karolinska lnsl.l, Associate Professor. N, DORIN RUSE, B.Sc, M.Sc, (Babes-Bcilyao, Ph.D. (Ten.). Assistant Prolessor. JOSEPH TONZETICH, B.S.A (Bril. ( oti. PhD (C'nell... Professor Emerirus and M.R.C. Career investigator. Department of Oral Medical and Surgical Sciences DAVID DONALDSON, B.D.S, (Si And i, EDS, R.C.S. (Edin.) M.D.S. (Dund.). Professor ami Head. BRUCE BUSBERG. D.M.D. (Penn.), Associate Professor. JEFFREY COIL, B.Sc., D.M.D, IBril Cot), Cert Endo, (Wash,), Assistant Professor. GARY GIBSON. D.D.S. (Alta.), Assistanl Professor. WILLIAM R. McDONALD. D.M.D, Ml) (Brit Col.i, Assistant Professor. DONAL MCDONNELL, B.D.S, (Dublin), M.Sc. (Eontl,), F.E.D.R.CS.I. (Dublin), Assistanl Prolessoi. COLIN PRICE, B D.S., M.D.S. (Birm. i, F.D.S, K.C..S (Engl, F.R.C.D.(C). Professor ROBERT W. PRIDDY, D.D S. M.Sc (Tor.), Assistant Professor. DAVID SWEET, D.M.D. (Bril. Col.;. Lecturer. l.EWEI ZHANG, B.D.S. (Vest China,, Dip, Oral Path., Ph.D. (Tor.), Assistant Professor, KENNETH BEAN'KSTEIN. B.Sc (Bril CoL), D.M.D (Sask.), M.D. (Dal,), Clinical instructor. WYIJE BRANDEU, B.Sc, D.D.S. (Altai, Clinical lnsinictot MARTIN P. BRAVERMAN, B.Sc, D.M.D (Brit. Col.i, Clinical Instructor. II. TONY DAVID. B.A , M.S. (Otegonl. D.M.D. (Washington, St. Louis), Clinical Inslructor. JOHN S DIGGENS. B.Sc, D.M.D. (Brit. Coi), M.S.D. (Wash.), Clinical Assistant Professor. PIERRE DOW, BASc, D.D.S (Wash;, M.Sc (Brit Col.i, Emeritus Professor. DAVID ENGI.EBF.RG, B.Sc, D.M.D. iBril Col.), Clinical Lecturer. JOEL B. EPSTEIN, D.M.D. (Sask), M.S.D. (Wash,, Clinical Professor, MURRAY FAIN, D.M.D, Dip. O.M.E.S (Manila, Clinical Assistant Professor, JOHN FRASER, B.D.S, (N.Z.), M.D.S, (Otago), Dip. Endo. (Oregon) Clinical Assistant Prolessor. DAVID V. GODIN, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Ott.), Clinica! Professor. BURTON GOLDSTEIN. D M.D. (Pernio, Clinical Assistant Professor. IARRY GOLDSTEIN, D.M.D, Dip O.M E.S, (Manit.). Clinical Instructor. RAYMOND CREENFELD, D.M.D. (Brit. Col .. Cere Endo. (Oregon). Clinical Assistant Piolessor. Wll.OAM C HADAWAY. B.Sc , DM D (Bin. Col,,. Ciinical Assistanl Professor, MYRNA ILAI.PENNY, B.A. (Sask.l, D.D.S, (McG.), Cert Endo. (Oregon), Clinical Instructed ALLAN HOVAN, D.M.D. (Brit. Cot), M S, Cell. Oral Medicine (Wash '), Clinical Assistant Professot. RONALD A KLELNK.NECHT, B A, M A . Pit D (Wash.), Clinical Inslructor. ROSEMARY LEAR. B.D.S, M.D.S, (Belfast), Clinical Instructor, W BRIAN MARYK. B Sc, M.Sc, D.M.D (Manit ). Clinical Assisiant Professor, DAVID NEKWW. D.M.D. (Manit.), Cert. Endo. Virginia), Clinical Instructor. BARRIE E OSBORNE, BSc. DM I) Iliril. Col), Ciinical Instructor. LEE PULOS, B.A (Calif., Los Angeles), M B.A, (Long Beachi Ph.D fDemer), Clinical Instructor GIUSEPPE REA, B.Sc, D.M.D. (Bril Col.), (linical Instructor. VIRENDRA K. SETH, B.Sc, B.D.S, D.D S. ("or.), M.S. (Chici, Clinical Instructor. KENJI SHIMIZU, D.M.D (Brit. Col), Clinic: I Assistanl Professor SHARMA K. SINANA.N. B.A., D.M.D, (Bril. Cot), Cert Endo. (Oregon). F.R.C D.(Ci, Clinical Assistant Piofessor, RON SI.EMKO, B.Sc, D.D.S (Alta.). Clinical instructor. SIBERTES SMELDERS, B.Sc, D.M.D, (Bnt, CoL), Clinical Instructor. MICHAEL SRETAVAN, B.Sc, D.D.S. (McG.) Honor .in Clinical Instructor PETER STEVENSON-MOORE. B.D.S. (Lond I. EDS. R C S. (England). M.SO. (Wash o, M.R .CD Co. FRANCES TAVARES, B.Sc, D.M D. (Brit. Co i Clinical Instructor. JACK THOMSON, D.D.S. (Tor.). Clinica! Instructor GLENN VAN AS, B.Sc, D.M D. (Bnt, Col.l, Clinical Insltuctor. JIM VANDERIIOOK, B.Sc, I) M I) (Brit. CoL), Clinic al Lectttrer FRED * EINSTEIN. BSc, I) M.D. (Manici. Clinical Instructor. MICIIEI.F. WILLIAMS, B.Sc, D.M.D (Brit. ( ol.). Cerl Oral Medicine (Penn.), Clinical lnslru nor. GERAI.D WITTENBERG. M.Sc. (Minn.), D.M.D 11.iit. Coi.), Clinica! Assistanl Professor. EDMOM) WOO, B.Sc, D.M.D. (Brit. Col.) Clinica ins-ructot. EARL VONESTOCK D.M.D. (Manit.). Cert. Endo (Oiegon), Clinical inslructor, LEON. TOOLE, B.D.S. (kind ). L.D.S, R.C S (Englaiidi, Clinical Assistanl Ptolesso-, JAMES VIE. I) D.S. (Tor.). Clinical Instructor. Division of Endodontics: J. Coi, Chair: W. Branclell. J. Diggens, D, Donaldson, J Fiasco R Grccnfeld, M. Halpenny, R, Lear. I). Neruian, S, Sinanan, E. Weinstein, E. Winestoct; Division of Hospital Dentistry: G.B, Gibson, Chaii: G. Derkson, I). Donaldson, J. Epstein. J llardie. T,Jastak. W. McDonald, P.Stevenson-Moore, P. I'lester Division of Oral Diagnosis and Oral Medicine: B. Blasberg. Chair, D. Engelberg, B Goldstein, W. lladawav, A Hovan, B Matyk B. Osborne, J. Re.i. K. Shimifu, S. Siniilciers, 1) Sweet, F. Tavarcs, G van As. J. Van derhook, M. Williams. E. Woo. J. Yit. Division of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery: I). Donaldson. Chair: K. Blanksiein, M. Braverman. A. David. M. Fain, L, Goldstein, «'. McDonald. V, Seth. R. Slemko, A. Swanson, J, Thomson, G. Wittenberg Division of Oral Pathology: R.W. Prirlclv, Chair; I. Zhang, Division of Oral Radiology: C. Price, Chair; D. McDonnell. 1. Woolf Division of Pain and Anxiety: D. Donaldson. Chair; G. Gibson, 1). Godin, R. Kbiriknecl t, L Pulos. Division of Continuing Dental Education: JaneM.tt'ong.Dip.D.H (Dal.j, B.A (Bnt. Col.yDirerlor. Education 129 Application Information For details of application deadlines, tuition and student fees, please consult the General Information section of the Calendar. Application forms for admission to Initial and Continuing Teacher Education programs may be obtained from the Teacher Education Office, Faculty of Education, The University of British Columbia, 2125 Main Mall, Vancouver, B.C., V6T1Z4; telephone (604) 822-5242, fax (604) 822-8227. All completed application forms must be accompanied by an application fee. Application fees for Teacher Education Programs are $40.00 for applicants presenting B.C. documents and $50.00 for applicants presenting documents from outside B.C. Application forms for admission to Graduate programs in education may be obtained from the Office of Graduate Programs and Research at the same address, telephone (604) 822-5512, fax (604) 822-8971, Initial Teacher Education The initial teacher education program integrates two academic years of pedagogical studies and school experiences. For intending elementary teachers, it presumes completion of at least three years of appropriate post- secondary studies during which the prospective teacher becomes broadly educated ancl acquires specific knowledge and skills in subject fields relevant to the elementary school curriculum. For intending secondary teachers, the program builds on the prior completion of a Bachelor's degree combining breadth of liberal education with depth of study in one or two subjects in the secondary school curriculum. Within the program, candidates extend their liberal education by exploring educational theory ancl practice; applying their understanding in carefully graduated teaching practice; and building a foundation for leadership in classroom and community. The program enhances students' abilities to reason well, to communicate effectively, and to share their subject-matter achievements and enthusiasm. Following completion of all program requirements, candidates are recommended to the University Senate for the Bachelor of Education degree. They normally qualify for the British Columbia Professional Teaching Certificate. (See also "Licencing Agencies and Professional Associations".) Admission Secondary School graduates planning a teaching career will seek initial admission to a degree program in an appropriate field other than Education. After completing the general education requirements and teaching subject courses specified below, they will apply for admission to a program of initial teacher education in the Faculty of Education. Up to two years of appropriate university transfer courses may be completed at a B.C. regional college. The post-secondary preparation of applicants must normally satisfy the following specific requirements: Applicants for the Elementary Teaching Programs While it is recommended that applicants have a Bachelor's degree from another Faculty, applicants will be eligible for admission to the two-year program with a minimum of 90 acceptable university credits, normally in subject fields within the Faculties of Arts or Science or the School of Human Kinetics. Applicants to the 12-month The Faculty of Education » Initial Teacher Education * Continuing Teacher Education * Graduate Programs in Education program must have completed a four-year degree (120 credits), including a minimum of 90 credits in Arts, Science, or Human K inetics. S ubject to the regulations of the Faculty in which applicants were registered, up to six of these 90 credits nay be in educational theory and practice. The credits beyond 90 within a four-year degree may be in any recognized fields of study, except that they may not include course content prescribed for the teacher education program. Only courses acceptable for inclusion in the basic 90 credit requirement will be used in calculating an applicant's admission average. Pre-admission studies for applicants to both programs must include: 1) six credits of English literature and composition or UBC Arts One (or equivalent). 2) At least three (preferably six) credits in a laboratory science, in mathematics (not statistics), and in social studies (history or geography). Laboratory science courses are normally selected from the life sciences, chemistry, physical geography, geology, astronomy, or physics. 3) three credits of Canadian Studies. 4) 18 credits at the senior level (normally courses numbered 300 or higher) in one subject area included in lhe B.C. elemeniary school curriculum (art, drama, language art;, [English and French], mathematics, music, physical education, science, and social studies). 5) An overall average of 65% on the best 60 credits I including the 18 senior credits). Applicants for the Secondary Teaching Program A four-year Bachelor's degree (or equivalent), normaliv in subject fields within the Faculties of Arts, Commerce and Business Administration, or Science or the School of Human Kinetics, or in other fields as specified for the teaching subjects. Subject to the regulations of the Faculty in which thet.pplicant was registered, up to six credits may be in educational theory ancl practice. Prospective teachers of technology education should consult "Technology Education Programs" for admission and program requirements. Pre-admission studies must include: 1) six credits ol English literature and composition or UBC Arts One (or equivalent). 2) Either: a) one teaching major and one teaching concentration, 0) two teaching concentrations, or c) one teaching major. At least one teaching field must be a subject widely taught in B.C. secondary schools. Applicants should consult "Secondary Teaching Field Requirements" for information concerning the junior and senior courses for acceptable secondary teaching majors and concentrations and for a list of subjects widely taught in B.C. secondary schools. 3) An average of 65% on the senior courses, normally numbered 300 and above, required for each teaching field. Recommendations for All Applicants 1) Because only a limited number of applicants can be admitted in any year, admission may be competitive and some applicants who satisfy the minimum requirements may not be admitted. Applicants are encouraged to attain broader post-secondary studies, more extensive subject preparation, and higher grades than the minimum specified. 2) A further course in English composition or writing, such as English 303 or 304 or Creative Writing 301, is highly desirable for all prospective teachers. 3) All applicants, and especially applicants to the elementary teaching program, are encouraged to include in their pre-admission studies at least six credits with a significantly Canadian content or approach. (The Canadian Studies entry in the Faculty of Arts section of the Calendar includes a list of some such courses.) Applicants to elementary teaching programs require three credits of Canadian Studies beginning in 1994 and six credits of Canadian Studies beginning in 1996. 4) All applicants are encouraged to include within their post-secondary studies an introductory course on issues in educational theory and practice, such as Sociology 466. 5) Prospective applicants are encouraged to obtain, as an aid to confirming their career choice, volunteer or other experience in working with young people ofthe age range they are proposing to teach. 6) Applicants for the secondary teaching program are strongly advised to complete subject-matter preparation for at least two teaching fields. 7) Prospective applicants are reminded that they are subject to all requirements and regulations of their registration Faculty. It is especially important for students anticipating admission to the elementary teaching program prior to graduation to satisfy all requirements of their registration Faculty as they proceed so that they will be in the best position to complete the remaining requirements for that degree. Individuals wishing to qualify for such degrees as second degrees following their teacher preparation program will be subject, of course, to the regulations governing the 130 Education degrees sought at the time of readmission to those programs; attendance at a regular winter session maybe necessary, depending on the degree and the major. Selection of Candidates The selection of candidates for admission will be by majority vote of an Admissions Committee which represents both academic and professional interests of the Faculty. Consideration will be given to all applicants who satisfy the minimum admission requirements. In addition, 1) Each applicant must submit for the consideration of the Committee a statement of relevant experience on lhe appropriate form provided by the Faculty of Education. 2) Each applicant must arrange for the Committee to receive two confidential statements from referees qualified to attest to the applicant's suitability for teaching. 3) An interview may be required as a part of the admissions procedure. Applicants are responsible for their own expenses in attending admissions interviews. The Committee will consider such factors as maturity, experience, emotional and physical characteristics relevant to the demands of the program, and writing and speakingabilities. Expressed motivation and demonstrated interest in a teaching career will also be taken into account. Abbreviations Used in this Section ARTE Art Education EDCI Curriculum and Instructional Studies EDST Educational Studies EDUC Education ENED English Education EPSE Educational Psychology anti Special Education MAED Mathematics Education MUED Music Education READ Reading Education SCED Science Education SSED Social Studies Education TSED Technology Studies Education After completing all program requirements, candidates are awarded the Bachelor of Education (Eiementan') degree and are normally eligible for the British Columbia Professional Teaching Certificate. (Sec "Native Indian Teacher Education Program".) The Elementary Teaching Programs The elementary teaching programs allow candidates to focus their preparation on either Primary or Intermediate school teaching. Specific program options include 1) The two-year program which extends over two regular winter sessions (September to April) and which is open to applicants who have completed a minimum of three years (90 credits) of appropriate post-secondary studies, 2) The 12-month program which extends over three consecutive university terms (September to August) and which is open to graduates holding acceptable four-year degrees (120 credits), 3) Le programme en langue francaise which operates on the 12-month pattern and which is open to graduates holding acceptable four-year degrees (120 credits'] and having satisfactory competence in oral and written French,and 4) The Native Indian teacher education program which is a five-year concurrent program of liberal and pedagogical studies and which is open to persons of First Nations ancestry who qualify for university admission at the first year level. The 2-year program Year 1 - Term 1 Prospective teachers are introduced to the theoretical bases of modern educational practice. Studies include analysis ofthe nature and objective,-! of education and of the developmental characteristics of learners. Attention is given to candidates' own interpersonal and communication skills and to strategies and methods of teaching. Structured classroom observations and teaching experiences (such as tutoring, peerieaching, and microteaching) are provided. Course Credits EDST 314 5 The Analysis of Education EDUC 3Id 4 Principles of Teaching: Elementary EDUC 31s I! Pre-Practicum Experience EDUC 316 3 Communication Skills in Teaching EPSE 313 3 Educational Application of Developmental Theories EPSE 317 3 Development and Exceptionality in the Regular Classroom READ 3111 3 Introduction to Reading ancl Language Ans Instruction Year 1 - Term 2 This term includes an intensive two-week School placement in which candidates consolidate their understanding of the first icrm principles anti approaches. This classroom experience provides a basis for further studies of ways of organizing knowledge for instruction ami of methods and strategies for teaching. Elementary candidates will prepare to teach all subjects at specific grade levels. Course Credits ARTE 320 L Cunitiilkini and Instruclion: Art EDUC 320 2 Curriculum and Institution Physical Education EDUC. 321 I) Oneniatiori School Experience Elementary ENED 320 2 Clinicuitim anti Insiruciion: Language Arts MAED 320 2 Curriculum .mtl lttsiruction: Mathematics MUED 321) 2 Carrie ulum anti Instruction: Music READ 3211 2 Curriculum and Insinirlion Readmit SCED 320 2 Curiiculuiii ancl Inslruclioii: Science SSED 3211 1 Curriculum and Instruciion: Social Sludies kYear 2 - Term 1 Candidates spend this term in selected B.C.. elementary schools. Each candidate works closely with a team of experienced teachers who have been specially prepared for this supervisory and instructional responsibility. Faculty support, advice, and assessment are provided on a regular basis. Course Credits EDUC 418 IS Extended Practicum: Elumeniary Year 2 - Term 2 Following completion ofthe extended practicum, candidates undertake professional studies to put their teaching competence in a more comprehensive framework of knowledge and understanding. The term includes elective or prescribed st utiles appropriate to each candidate's personal academic and professional interests. Course Credits EDUC eld 2 School Organi/ador, in its Social Cuiuexi ELSE l23 3 Learning, Measurement, and Teai hing -aluralion EDST 429 3 Educational Sociology Plus 9- 12 crecliEs of academic, currinilum, and professional electives. (Candidates who wish to complete a teaching concentration in an eiementarv school held should select 12 crcdiis related to their pre-admission suhject specialization. Details of concentration areas and requirements are available from the Teacher Education Office.) Total 70 - 73 The 12-month program This accelerated version ofthe elementary teaching program enables candidates to complete all required courses and practica ofthe two-year program in 12 continuous months of study. The sequence is similar to that tif the two-year program, but the schedule is more intensive. Two curriculum and instruclion courses are scheduled in Term 1. thus making it possible for all curriculum and instruction courses to conclude in early March. The Extended Practicum is scheduled from early March until late June. Candidates attend during July and August to complete final degree and certification requirements. Term 1 (September ■ December) Course Credits ARTE 320 2 Curriculum and Instruction: An EDST 3H 3 the Analysis of Education EDUC 310 -I Principles of Teaching: Elementary EDUC 3Is II Pre-Practicum Experience EDUC 3I() 3 Communication Skills in Teaching EDUC 321 0 Orientation School Experience: Elementary EPSE 313 3 Icci'.icational Application of Developmental Theories MUED 320 2 Curriculum and Instruction: Music READ 310 3 Introduction to Elementary Reading anil Language Arrs Instruction Term 2 (January - June) Course Credits EDUC 3211 2 Curriculum ancl Insiruciion: Physical Educalion EDE'C 118 IS Extended Practicum: Elemental. ENED 320 2 Curriculum and Instruction: Language Arts MAED 32(1 2 Curriculum ancl Instruction: Mathematics READ 320 2 Curriculum and Instruction: Reading SCED 3211 2 Curriculum and Instruction: Science SSED 3211 2 Curriculum and Instruction: Social Studies Term 3 (July ■ August) Course Credits EDUC -120 2 School Organization in its Social Context EPSE 31" 3 Development anti Exceptionality in [he Regular Classroom EPSE 123 3 Learning, Measurement, and Teaching One of: EDST i2S 1 Educalion:).! Anthropologv EDST 426 3 History of Educalion EDST 42" 3 Philosophy of Education EDST .28 3 The Social Eoundaiions of Education EDST .29 3 Educational Sociology Total 61 One of: EDST i2S ', Educational Anihropologv EDST l2S 1 Ilisiorv ol Educalion EDST i2" 3 Philosophy oi 'Education EDST 42S 3 The Social Enunciations of Le programme en francais Ce programme forme ties enseignants au niveau elementaire en immersion francaise, au programme cadre de francais, et cn francais langue seconde. l.es conditions et le processus d'admission sont en principe les memes que pour lout etudiant inscrit au programme de formation elemeniaire en anglais. De plus, le candidal ii ce programme aura complete un cours de langue et un cours de litterature de deuxieme annee et aura reussi I'examcn de francais parle et eerit avant d'etre admis. I.e programme francais comporte des cours paralleles au programme anglais. Plusieurs cours de base sont assortis de sections reservees au programme francais. I.es elemenl s Education 131 faeultatifs du programme frangais sont offerts en partie par le departement de didactique des langues. La formation se complete par des stages prolonges dans des classes oil les langues d'enseignement sont le frangais et I'anglais. Year 4 - Term 1 Course Credits The Native Indian Teacher Education Program (NITEP) This program is for people of First Nations ancestry. It is designed to incorporate First Nations personal and cultural resources and knowledge in preparation for teaching positions in B.C. eiementan' schools. NITEP includes similar requirements for both liberal education and pedagogical preparation to those set for all candidates for elementary' teaching. The course sequence, however, is different. Applicants who qualify for university admission complete two years of studies at one of the NITEP field centres where the program consists of Arts and Science courses, pedagogical courses, and structured education placements. To satisfy remaining degree requirements, candidates attend at the UBC campus. NITEP candidates qualify for the Bachelor of Education (Elementary) degree and the British Columbia Professional Teaching Certificate after completingall prescribed courses and practica. Candidates may qualify for a British Columbia Standard Teaching Certificate after completing a minimum of 128 credits (all practica and all courses set for Years t to 4 except those marked *). To qualify for the degree, a candidate must normally complete all requirements within 10 years of initial registration in the program. Although the total program may be completed in five academic years as indicated below, many students find it convenient to take some courses during summer sessions; up to 12 credits may normally be completed during a summer session. The Analysis of Education Introduction to Native Indian Studies Cultural Studies Seminar and School Observation Issues in Native Indian Education Seminar and Classroom Observation Communication Skills in Teaching Educational Application of Developmental Theories credits of first year English credits of elective courses from the Faculties of Arts or Science or the School of Physical Education. Students should complete the mathematics, laboratory- science, and social studies requirements within these credits; SCED 190 may be taken as the laboratory science course. A course in English composition or writing is recommended. Year 3 Course Credits EDCI 396 3 Curriculum Development and Evaluation EDUC 345 0 Native Curriculum Field Experience Plus 18 credits of Arts or Science elective courses (including courses in a laboratory' science, mathematics, ancl social studies [history or geography] if not completed previously) Plus 12 credits of Arts or Science elective courses* (Senior courses in one subject fieid included in the B.C. elementary school curriculum) Note: In order to be promoted to Year 4, candidates must have completed at least 75 credits (including six credits of first year English and other required courses) and have achieved an average of 65% on their best 60 credits. Years 1 , am Course C ire< EDST 3I4 3 EDUC 140 3 EDUC 141 3 EDUC 143 0 EDUC 240 3 EDUC 244 0 EDUC 316 3 EPSE 313 3 Plus 6 Plus 36 EDUC 310 4 Principles of Teaching: Elementary EDUC 315 0 Pre-Practicum Experience EDUC 441 3 Inlerdisciplinary Studies in First Nations Education READ 310 3 Introduction to Reading and Language Arts Instruction EPSE 317 3 Dc velopment and Exceptionality in the Regular Classroom Plus 3 credits of Arts or Science elective* Year 4 ■ Term 2 Course Credits ARTE 320 2 Curriculum and Instruction: Art EDUC 320 2 Ci rrieulum and Instruction: Physical Education EDUC 321 0 Orientation School Experience: Elementary- ENED 320 2 Curriculum and Instruction: Language Arts MAED 320 2 Curriculum and Instruction: Mathematics MUED 320 2 Curriculum and Instruction: Music READ 320 2 Curriculum and Instruction: Reading SCED 320 ■ Curriculum ancl Instruction Science SSED 320 2 Curriculum and Instruction Social Studies Yeai 5 - Term I Courtie Credits EDUC 418 18 Extended Practicum: Eiementarv Yeai1 5 - Term 2 Course EDUC 420 EDUC 442 EPSE 423 Credits 2 Sc hool Organization in its Social Context 3 Pedagogy of First Nations Education 3 Learning, Measurement, ancl Teaching One of: 425 426 EDST EDST EDST 427 EDST 428 EDST 429 Plus Total 3 Educational Anthropologv 3 Histoiy of Education 3 Philosophy of Education 3 The Social Foundations of Education 3 Educational Sociology 6 credits of Arts or Science elective courses (Senior courses in the same subject field as tl e senior courses laken in Year 3) The Secondary Teaching Program The secondary teaching program prepares candidates to teach one or two subjects, depending on their prior background, in B.C. secondary schools. The total program includes the equivalent of two full academic years of courses and student teaching. The program is scheduled within a 12-month period (September - August), this enabling candidates to qualify for a teaching certificate within one calendar year. After completing all program requirements, candidates are awarded the Bachelor of Education (Secondary) degree and are notmaliy eligible for a British Columbia Professional Teaching Certificate. (See also "Technology Education Programs".) Thd Basic Program Term 1 (September - December) Prospective teachers are introduced to the theoretical bases of modern educational practice and to strategies and methods of teaching, both in general and in relation to the subject(s) they are preparing to teach. Studies include analysis ofthe nature and objectives of education and of the developmental characteristics of adolescent learners. Structured classroom observations and teaching experiences (such as tutoring, peer teaching, and microteaching) are provided. Course C irei EDST 314 3 EDUC 311 ■ EDUC 316 3 EDUC 319 0 EPSE 306 2 EPSE 317 3 The Analysis of Education Principles of Teaching: Secondary Communication Skills in Teaching Orientation School Experience: Secondary Education During the Adolescent Years Development and Exceptionality in the Regular Classroom Curriculum and Instruction Courses credits related to first teaching subject credits related to second teaching subject (Candidates preparing lo teach only one subject will instead take 2 - 4 credits of additional courses related to that subject) Term 2 (January - April) This term begins with an intensive two-week communications course in which attention is given to the candidate's own interpersonal and communication skills in relation to the demands ofthe secondary classroom. The remainder of the term is spent in a selected B.C. secondary school where the candidate works with a team of experienced teachers who have been specially prepared for this supervisory and instructional responsibility. Faculty support, advice, and assessment ate provided on a regular basis. Course Credits EDUC 315 0 Pre-Practicum Experience EDUC 329 18 Extended Practicum: Secondary Term 3 (May - August) Following completion ofthe extended practicum, candidates return to the campus for studies designed to put , their teaching competence in a more comprehensive I framework of knowledge and understanding. An opportunity is provided for them to enhance their subject- matter and/or pedagogical competence. Course Credits EDUC 420 2 School Organization in its Social Context EPSE 423 3 Learning, Measurement, and Teaching ENED 426 ■ Language Across the Curriculum: Secondary One of: EDST 425 3 Educational Anthropologv EDST 426 3 Historv of Educalion EDST 427 3 Philosophy of Education EDST a 28 3 The Social Foundations of Education EDST 429 3 Educational Sociology Plus 9 credits of prescribed courses relatetl to teaching subjecT(s). Electives if no courses prescribed. Total 60-62 Le programme en franqais Ce programme forme a I'enseignement d'une ou deux matieres a l'ecole secondaire en francais langue seconde, en immersion francaise, et au programme cadre de frangais Les conditions et le processus d'admission sont en principe les memes que pour ceux qui se presentent au programme de formation secondaire. De plus, le candidat au programme aura complete un cours de langue et un cours de litterature de deuxieme annee et aura reussi a l'examen de frangais parle el ecrit avant d'etre admis. Les postulants pottrront choisir le francais comme matiere d'enseignement; ou le frangais et une autre langue (incluant I'anglais); ou le frangais et une matiere autre qu'une langue; ou une ou deux matieres autre que les langues. The Technology Education Programs The Faculty of Education, in cooperation with the British Columbia Institute of Technology, offers programs to prepare secondary school technology education teachers. The full post-secondary preparation for teachers of technology education consists of the equivalent of five academic years (159 -161 credits) of liberal, technical, anti pedagogical courses and school experiences. 132 Education The liberal studies component includes six credits of English and 24 credits of electives from the Faculties of Arts and Science. The technical component includes the (if) credits of courses detailed in the Technology Education Major section of''Secondary Teaching Field Requirements". The pedagogical component for technology educalion candidates includes the same 60 - 62 credit basic- Secondary Teaching Program prescribed for candidates in other teaching subjects and described in the Basic- Program section of "Secondary Teaching Programs". In addition to all of these core requirements, technology education candidates complete an addilional nine credits of elective courses (liberal, technical, or pedagogical) in order to qualify for the Bachelor of Education (Secondary I degree. Prospective technology education teachers with little or no related occupational experience follow the General Program. Before admission to the UBC program of teacher education, they complete all liberal and technical core requirements and normally hold the B.C.I.T. Diploma in Industrial Education. Applicants with approved occupational competence and experience may qualify for an Accelerated Program. They may seek admission tt) the UBC program of initial teacher education after completing six credits of English and 42 credits of recognized technical studies; they normally hold the B.C.I.T. Certificate in Industrial Education. Such candidates must complete the remaining 24 credits of liberal studies, 18 credits of advanced technical requirements, and nine credits of electives before the award of the B.Ed, degree. Technology education candidates normally qualify for the British Columbia Standard Teaching Certificate on completion ofa total of 120 credits including the specified admission requirements and all requirements of Terms 1 to 3 of Secondaiy Teaching Programs. Upon qualifying for the B.Ed. (Secondary) degree they are recommended to the B.C. College of Teachers for the British Columbia Professional Teaching Certificate. Liberal studies courses may be completed while registered in another faculty or university or at a regional college in B.C. or elsewhere. Technical studies are normally completed at the British Columbia Institute of Technology. Those who wish to prepare as technology education teachers after completing a first degree in another field normally satisfy the liberal studies requirements during their undergraduate programs; if their first degrees satisfy the requirements for a teaching concentration or major in a subject other than technology education, these candidates may prepare to teach both technology education and that second subject. Academic Regulations Material in this section is supplementary to that given in the General Information section of the Calendar, and applies specifically to studenls enrolled in the Faculty of Education. Written English Requirement All candidates admitted to a program leading to teacher certification must |)i'o\ideevidence ofa,satisfactory standard of written English before beginning their extended practicum. Those who have had all their post-secondary study at an English-language insliniiioii(s) are presumed to have achieved a satisfactory standard of writing in the English courses required for admission. All other candidates will be required to provide evidence of satisfactory achievement by means of an acceptable English language test. Candidates who do not provide evidence < if .in acceptable standard of English during the program may be required to sit a test of written English. On the basis ofthe results of this test, candidates may he required by the faculty: 11 To improve their standard of written English before proceeding to the extended practicum and/or before being recommended for the B.Ed, degree and a teaching certificate, or 2) to withdraw from the Faculty. Oral English Requirement All candidates admitted to the Initial Teacher Education program must pass the Test of Competence in Oral English. The Test is administered by the Faculty during September. Candidates who do not pass the test will be required to undergo an evaluation of their,spoken English bythe Faculty of Education. The results of both the Test and anv subsequent evaluation will be used to determine whether they will be required: ] 1 to undertake a program of remedial work in spoken English and/or to obtain further language counselling, or 2) to withdraw from the Faculty. Candidates will not be permitted to begin lhe Extended Practicum (Education 418 or Education 329) until they have passed this test. Advancement A candidate must normally have passed all courses prescribed to preceed the Extended Practicum before advancing to this part of the program. Similarly, a candidate must have completed the Extended Practicum before taking any courses prescribed to follow it. A candidate whose academic standing is unsatisfactory maybe required either to withdraw from the Facully or to repeat some courses. Teaching Practica Practicum placements are in Lower Mainland School districts and in selected locations throughout the province. The availability of placements in some areas may be limited and candidates must he prepared tt) accept placement for the two- and thirteen-week practica anywhere within 125 km ofthe I'BC campus. Candidates make their own arrangements for and bear the cost of personal transportation and accommodation during practica. All teaching practica will be graded on a Pass/Tail basis. (See also below regarding supplemental Practica and Withdrawal from Practica i Supplemental Examinations In any session a candidate may begranted the privilege of writing supplemental examinations in not more than six credits of courses provided that the candidate: 1 i wrote the scheduled final examination and ac hieved an overall grade of at least 40% in the course in question, and 2) achieved credit in at least 60% ofa course load of ovci 12 credits or in at least 50% of a course load of 12 or fewer credits. The Promotions Committee, at its discretion, may gram supplemental privileges in a further six credits to a candidate whose course load during a regular winter session is in excess of 30 credits. The Committee mav also prescribe a supplement Practicum, not to exceed six weeks, for candidates win i ai the conclusion of die Extended Practicum have made significant progress but who have not attained the acquired standard of teaching performance. For the 12-month teaching programs, supplemental examinations for Term 1 courses will be scheduled during the first week of Term 2. Withdrawal and Readmission Candidates who begin the Extended Practicum (Education 329, 418. _. ., or .96) are not permitted to drop lhe course from their records. Those who do not complt-ic the practicum satisfactorily, and. who qualify for neit her a supplemental practicum (see "Supplemental Examinations") nor a deferred practicum (see "Grading Practices. Deferred Examinations" in the General Information section J will be assigned a failing grade and will normalh be required to discontinue or to withdraw from the program. After one year, candidates required to discontinue mav appeal to the Faculty for permission to re-enrol. Then- appeal must include evidence of their having satisfied am conditions set at the time they were required to discontinue Those required to withdraw are not normally readmitted to a teacher education program. In exceptional circumstances a candidate may, after at least one year, submit a formal appeal for permission to re-enrol. Such an appeal will begranted only after review by the Dean and approval bv the Senate Admissions Committee. Candidates who withdraw from the program voluntarily will not be entitled automatically to return, each rcquesi for reinstatement will be considered by the Facuitv Admission Committee along with other applications at the time- Candidates who for any reason fail to complete all requirements ofthe program within a four year period will not be allowed readmission; they mav, however, subnui new applications for admission and, if admitted, wili receive no advance credit for courses completed previously Part-time Students Because of the tightly integrated character of the program candidates are normally expected to pursue studies ■ m a full-time basis until all requirements are satisfied A limited number of candidates may be admitted in undertake Year 1 ofthe two-) ear elementary- teaching program on a part-time basis over two academic soars The Extended Practicum (Year 2 - Term J i must then he- completed on a full-time basis. A candidate who has completed three terms ofthe two-year eiementan' teaching program or two terms of the 12-month teaching programs mav seek the Appeals Committee's permission to complete lhe balance nf the program on a part-time basis. Such a !equest will begranted onh if an accepiable Education 133 plan for program completion is presented; completion must be within four years of initial registration. Advance Credit Except as provided in "Programs for Candidates Upgrading Teaching Qualifications", credit may not normally be transferred from other institutions for courses prescribed for the first three terms of the two-year elementary teaching program or for the first two terms ofthe 12-month elementary and secondary teaching programs. In special circumstances students may be granted permission to complete some or all of the courses prescribed for the final term at another institution if: 1) permission is sought in advance, 2) the courses to be transferred are taken after all requirements of preceding terms have been satisfied, and , 3) these courses are appropriate to the candidate's UBC program. Duplicate Credit Because courses in the Faculty of Education change significantly over time, certain advanced curriculum and instruction courses and other second-level courses may be re-taken for credit, but only five or more years after they were taken previously and only with the prior permission ofthe Faculty. Two versions ofthe same course may not both be used for credit towards the same degree or diploma, though one may be used towards one program (e.g., a B.Ed, or one Diploma specialization) and a more recent version towards another program (e.g., a different Diploma specialization). Basic curriculum and instruction courses and introductory courses without prerequisites may not be repeated. Candidates should consult a Program Adviser in the Teacher Education Office to determine whether a specific course may be retaken. Academic Appeal An appeal, in general, falls into one of two categories: 1) request for reviewof the standing assigned in a course, or 2) protest of a decision relating to academic studies. For information concerning the procedures for initiating either of these, a candidate should consult the General Academic Regulations in the General Information section of the Calendar under the headings "Review of Assigned Standing" and "Appeal Procedure". In the Faculty of Education appeals to the Dean related to Initial and Continuing Teacher Education should be addressed in the first instance to the Associate Dean (Teacher Education) forconsideration,as warranted,by theCommit- tee on Curriculum, Admissions, Standings, and Appeals. Prior Programs 1) Students who previously qualified for a teaching certificate but who did not complete all degree requirements by 1993 ant! who wish to qualify for the Bachelor of Education (Elementary) degree may follow the two-year B.Ed, requirements (see the two-year program section in "Elementaiy Teaching Programs") as follows: a) They must qualify for admission according to the current minimum admission requirements, with appropriate completed courses counted towards such requirements. b) Credit will be granted towards the requirements of the two-year program for appropriate completed courses and practica. c) Those who have not taught within the previous 10 years may require updating courses and practica in addition to the minimum requirements of the program. 2) NITEP students who have not completed the previous four-year program may transfer to the current five-year NITEP program (see "Native Indian Teacher Education Program') under similar arrangements. 3) Students preparing as Technology Education (Industrial Education) teachers and who did not complete their five-year B.Ecl. (Secondary) by 1993 mav transfer to the current program (see "Technology Education Programs") under similar arrangements. Programs for Candidates Updating Teaching Qualifications 1) Individuals who qualified for teaching certificates in B.C. or elsewhere but who do not hold currently valid B.C. certificates should first consult the B.C. College of Teachers for a ruling concerning their eligibility for a B.C. Certificate. 2) Persons who have a program of 18 or fewer credits of pedagogical courses plus practicum requirements of nine or fewer weeks duration prescribed as a condition of qualifying for a B.C. Teaching Certificate mav be admitted as occasional sludents (see "Occasional Students"). Normal program and course (including practicum) prerequisites will apply. 3) Those without a B.Ed, degree who hold a valid B.C. Teaching Certificate issued on the basis of prepara- :ion completed elsewhere (or on the basis of such studies plus the work indicated in point 2). may pursue studies according to the two-year B.Ed. (Elementary) requirements (see point 4 of "Prior Programs"). A maximum of 36 advance credits will be allowed towards the 70 credits required for the two- year B.Ed. (Eiementan') degree. 4) Those who q jalified as teachers outside B.C. but who do not qualify for a B.C. Teaching Certificate as provided in see ion 2, must normally proceed as new ^ applicants to the program of initial teacher education. Licensing Agencies and Professional Associations Students preparii ig to enter the teaching profession should inform themselves concerning teacher certification levels and teacher qualification levels Certificate of Qualification (Teacher Certification) Possession of a certificate of qualification to teach is mandatory for teaching within the public elementaiy or secondary schools of British Columbia. The Teaching Profession Act has assigned the authority to issue teaching certificates and to determine the classes of certificates of qualification issued to the British Columbia College of Teachers. Persons convicted of, or given an absolute or conditional discharge on, a criminal offence and considering a teaching career, should write the Registrar, College of Teachers for clarification of iheir status before undertaking a teacher education program. The Faculty reports to the B.C. College of Teachers at the end of each Session the names of students who have satisfied requirements for B.C. teacher certification. This report includes a copy of each student's UBC transcript but does not include copies of transcripts from any other institutions. Those not wishing to have their status reported and their transcripts forwarded to the College should inform theAssociate Dean (TeacherEducation) in writing at least one month before they complete teacher certification requirements. Current information concerning the membership ancl certification requirements ofthe College can be obtained by writing directly to the British Columbia College of Teachers, 405-1.385 West 8th Avenue, Vancouver, B.C.. V6H 3V9. telephone (604) 731-8170. Information will also be available from the Teacher Education Office, Faculty of Educalion, Scarfe 103. Superintendents' Listing The Faculty repents to each public School District Superintendent the names and addresses of students expected to qualify for initial teacher certification. This report includes program information but does not include birth date; copies of candidates' permanent records are not forwarded with this report. Those wishing to be excluded from this report should inform the Associate Dean (Teacher Education), Faculty of Education, in writing before January 15. Qualification Categories The Teacher Qualification Service (T.Q.S.), sponsored jointly by the B.C. Teachers' Federation and the B.C. School Trustees' Association, is an advisory service to teachers and school boards. The Senate acts only on application by a teacher and only after the individual has been granted a British Columbia teaching certificate. Qualifications are evaluated in categories assigned on the basis of years of professional preparation and programs completed. At present the Service recognizes six categories, each corresponding to the number of years of preparation acceptable to the Teacher Qualification Board, One of the years must be a professional vear. The Faculty reports to the B.C. Teacher Qualification Service at the end of each Session the names of students who have satisfied requiements for B.C. teacher certification. This report does not include copies of anv transcripts Those not wishing to have theirstatus reported to T.Q.S. should inform theAssociate Dean (Teacher Education) in writing at least one month before they complete teacher certification requirements. "Request for evaluation'' forms are available from the Teacher Education Office, Faculty of Education and from the Teacher Qualification Service office at: 103-1765 West 8th Avenue, Vancouver, B.C., V6J 5C6: telephone (60a) 736-5484. Professional Association When an individual is granted a Certificate of Qualification under the Teaching Profession Act, membership in the B.C. College of Teachers is also granted. Teachers in B.C, public schools are required to maintain membership in the College. The School Act also provides for a teachers' association within each school district with responsibility to negotiate on behalf of all teachers in the district an agreement respecting the terms and conditions of employment of all teachers in the district. The British Columbia Teachers' Federation, 2235 Burrard Street, Vancouver, B.C., V6| 3H9. telephone (60a i 731- 8121, is the teachers' provincial pn ifessional organization 134 Education to which district associations belong. Publications ofthe B.C.T.F. are provided to candidates in teacher education programs on request for a nominal fee; they earn- useful articles on teaching practices and on other matters of professional interest. The B.C.T.F. can provide current salary scales for all School districts in the province. Secondary Teaching Field Requirements In the following list of secondary teaching fields, "C" indicates that the subject may be presented as a teaching concentration and "M" indicates that it mav be presented as a teaching major. Because certain subjects are not widely taught in B.C. secondary schools, candidates preparing to teach a subject marked "*" must also prepare to teach at least one not so marked. Field Agricultural Sciences* Art Biological Sciences Business Education Chemistry Chinese* Computer Science Earth and Space Science English French German* Home Economics Italian* Japanese* Mathematics Music Physical Education Physics Russian* Social Studies (Emphasis on Geography) Social Studies (Emphasis on History) Social Studies (Emphasis on Social Sciences)* Spanish* C Technology Education Theatre* C The leaching field requirements for admission to the B.Ed. (Secondary) are listed below. A teaching concentration normally consists of 18 credits of senior courses (numbered 300 or higher and taken in years 3 ancl 4) in addition to specified junior courses (numbered below 360); a teaching major normally consists of 30 credits of senior courses in addition to specified junior courses. Students preparing for secondary teaching should have completed all junior and senior requirements for their intended teaching fieid(s) before seeking admission to the teacher education program. As indicated below, a number of Schools ancl Departments of the University have designed undergraduate degree programs for prospective secondary teachers; the detailed requirements of such programs are listed in the appropriate School or Department section of the Calendar. Graduates of equivalent programs at other recognized universities are, of course, eligible for consideration. Art Concentration and Major • Concentration: An introductory survey course in art history- and 12 credits of introductory studio art; 18 credits of senior Concentration Ma jo c c M c M c M c M c c M c M c M c M c c M c c c M M c M c M c c c M M C M level art, including at least 12 credits of studio art (which may include art education studio offerings). • Major: B.A. with a major in Studio Arts. Business Concentration and Major • Concentration: Introductory courses in computer science, economics, and mathematics as a foundation for 18 credits of specialized courses in accounting, marketing, commercial law, and management information systems. Applicants who do not have kevboarding and data processing skills will be required to acquire these within the teacher education program. • Major: An additional 12 credits of senior courses in finance, marketing, and management information systems. Computer Science Concentration and Major • Concentration: First and second year courses in computer programming, computer structures, and mathematics; 18 credits of senior computing courses covering advanced programming, systems design, programming languages, and the impact of computers on society. • Major: An additional 12 credits of elective courses in computer science. Applicants with a major in computer science must also prepare in a second teaching subject. English Concentration and Major • Concentration: First and second year English; 24 credits of senior English including six credits from each of: 1) English language, 2) English composition or creative writing, 3) pre-twentielh century literature, and 4) twentieth century literature. Prospective applicants are advised to complete courses in both Shakespeare and Canadian literature. • Major: An additional 12 credits of senior English. Home Economics Concentration and Major • Concentration: 12 - 18 credits of introductory courses in home economics and/or family studies; 18 senior credits from the areas of family studies and either foods and nutrition or textiles and clothing, or a combination ofthe latter two areas. • Major: An additional 12 senior credits in the above. Mathematics Concentration and Major • Concentration: 12 -18 credits of junior malhematics and 18 credits of senior mathematics. The program must include courses in three of the following six areas, including at least one of the first three: algebra, geometry, number theory, probability and statistics, applied mathematics and computer science. • Major: An additional 12 credits ot senior mathematics. Concentrations: First and second year courses in both the language and the literature ofthe selected language; 18 senior credits in the selected language, at least six of which must be language study and must be completed with second class or higher standing. Applicants who present a language other than French as one teaching field must present a second teaching field which is not one of these languages; French and one such language is an acceptable combination as is English and one such language. Major in French: An additional 12 credits of senior French. Note: Candidates will be required to demonstrate < ml and written proficiency in their selected language(s) either prior to admission or early in the program. Music Major • Major: B.Mus. with a major in General Studies (Secondary Education Stream). Physical Education Concentration and Major • Concentration: Six credits of approved foundational physical education courses from each of: exercise science, motor performance and control, leisure studies, and performance analysis; 18 credits of acceptable senior physical education courses in the areas of instruction and coaching. In addition, applicants must present evidence of knowledge and proficiency in aquatics, dance, gymnastics, and at least four other performance areas included within the secondary school curriculum. • Major: An additional 12 credits of senior physical education electives. Applicants with a major in physical education must also prepare in a second teaching subject. Note: Applicants will normally have completed the Instruction and Coaching option within the B.H.K. program. Modern Languages Concentration and Major (Chinese, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Russian, and Spanish) Science Concentrations and Majors (Agricultural science, biological sciences, chemistry, earth and space science, and physics). • Concentrations: Six credits of introductory or survey courses in each of chemistry, mathematics, and physics (an introductory- course in each of biology and geology is also required either prior to admission or within the teacher education program); an additional 6 - 12 credits of junior courses and 18 credits of senior courses in the selected science. The set of courses for each selected science must include both lecture and laboratory studies and satisfy the following: Agricultural science: Animal science, plant science, and soil science; a half course in agricultural economics is recommended. Biological sciences: A balanced selection of courses from each of taxa: physiology, cytology, or anatomy; ecology; and genetics. Chemistry: Organic, inorganic, physical, and analytical chemistry. Biochemistiy programs may be suitable. Earth and space science: A balanced selection ol courses from some or all of astronomy, geology, geophysics, oceanography, and/or physical geography. Physics: Thermodynamics, electricity and magnet- Education 135 ism; optics and acoustics; quantum, nuclear, and atomic physics; and mechanics. Majors: An additional 12 credits of senior courses in the selected science. Applicants are admitted as majors in all science fields listed above except agricultural science. Continuing Teacher Education Social Studies Concentrations and Majors (Emphasis on geography, history, and a social science) • Concentrations; Six credits of introductory or survey courses in each of geography, history, and a social science; a further six creditsof junior courses and IScredits of senior courses in the discipline of emphasis. The total program must include six credits with a significant Canatlian content. An applicant's program should satisfy the following conditions for the chosen discipline of emphasis: Geography: Both physical and cultural geography with courses in regional and environmental studies. History: Canadian, European, and modern world history. Social Science: An appropriate grouping of courses within a single, acceptable social science discipline (anthropology, Asian area studies, economics, political science, sociology or women's studies). Note: Applicants may present more than one social studies teaching field. Social science applicants must present a second teaching field (either geography, history, or another subject widely taught in B.C. secondary schools). • Majors: An additional 12 credits of senior courses in the discipline of emphasis (geography or history- only). Technology Education Major • Major 60 credits of recognized technical courses, including 1) 42 credits of studies covering information technology, power and energy technology, materials and products technology, and systems integration technology, and 2) 18 credits of advanced courses in one or two acceptable technical areas. Note: The University does not itself offer these technical courses but recognizes certain courses offered by the British Columbia Institute of Technology and by- other technical institutes where these meet the transfer standards of the University. Theatre Concentration • Concentration: A minimum of 12 credits of junior theatre courses and 18 credits at the senior level. The total program must cover acting, directing, theatrical production, and history-'of theatre. The Diploma In Education The Faculty of Education offers a Diploma Program with several fields of specialization within educational theoiy and practice. The program provides structured sequences of academic and professional studies for teachers and others working in educational or instructional settings. Elementary teachers holding four-year degrees may take the program as a fifth year either to enhance their existing area of professional speciality or to develop a further one. For teachers who have already completed five years of recognized academe and professional studies, the program provides an opportunity to develop an additional area of professional competence. Most programs, if desired, can be planned to incorporate prerequisites for admission to a Master's program. A Diploma in Edu:ation indicating the field of specialization will be awarded on successful completion of an approved program of study. Admission Except for desigrated specializations, admission to the Diploma in Education normally requires an acceptable bachelor's degree or equivalent. Certain fields of specialization are open only to qualified and experienced teachers, and some have specific course prerequisites. Detailed informatiot i is contained in The Diploma in Education-. A Handbook, available from the Teacher Education Office, Faculty of Education, or from the relevant departmental offices. Requirements for the Diploma in Education The Diploma requires the completion of 30 credits of courses numbered 300 or above with an average of 6. % or higher. In most specializations 12 - 18 credits of course work are designated as core requirements, while 12 -18 credits may be selected from approved supporting or related courses. A maximum of 18 credits of appropriate courses completed at UBC previously and not credited towards the requirements of any other degree, diploma, or teacher certification program may be applied to a diploma program. In order to qualify for the Diploma in Education, a student must complete all requirements for the selected specialization within five years. Completion of a diploma program does not satisfy any of the requirements for a B.C. teaching certificate. Residence Requirements and Transfer of Credit In general there are no residence requirements for the Dipioma in Education. In most specialization fields a diploma program may be completed on either a full-time basis over one academic year or on a part-time basis, either on or off-campus. However, in certain designated fields the program may be completed only by full-time study during a regular winter session. A maximum of 12 credits of approi ed credit may be transferred from other institutions towards the requirements of a Diploma in Education. Fields of Specialization Adult Education Art Education Business Education Canadian Studies Computing Studies Education Curriculum and Instructional Studies Educational Psychology Educational Studies Education of Children with Developmental Disabilities- Education of Young Children English Education English as a Second Language French Education Guidance Studies Home Economics Education Infant Development Language Educalion Law-Related Education Mathematics Education Mathematics and Science Education Multicultural and Minority Education Music Education Physical Education Primary Education Reading Education Science Education ► Social Studies (Elementary) Special Education Teacher Librarianship Technology Studies Education Values Education Visual and Performing Arts in Education 1 Some nun-graduates may be admitted in this field. Prerequisite: two years' experience in adult education. 2 Full-time study during a regular winter session is required. Completion of a program in this field requires extensive practica. Enrollment is limited; interested applicants should apply early as the selection of candidates is normally completed by March 1 Occasional Students Persons not admitted to a degree or diploma program may be admitted to take elective courses for which they satisfy all stated prerequisites. Interested persons should inquire at the Teacher Education Office concerning courses routinely open to them and courses for which departmental approval is required. Non-Credit Courses and Programs Through its Distance Education Office and in conjunction with School Dislricts, the Faculty of Education makes non-credit as well as credit professional development programs available to practising teachers. Teachers may- inquire of their district professional development coordinator concerning programs being planned; information is also available from the Faculty's Distance Education Office. Graduate Programs in Education Admission to all courses leading to a graduate degree (M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., Ph.D.) requires registration within the Faculty of Graduate Studies and approval from the Department within the Faculty of Education offering the program. Application forms for graduate programs are available from the vatious Department offices within the Faculty of Education. General information on graduate programs may be obtained from the Office of Graduate Programs and Research in the Faculty of Education. All applications are to be accompanied by complete official transcripts of tbe applicant's academic record, along with the applicant's professional record to date. If the application is accepted, the applicant will be referred to an 136 Education adviser within the Department offering the program to gain approval for a planned sequence of courses. The student will be under the guidance of an adviser to whom a regular report on progress must be made. All changes in program must receive approval of the adviser and be reported to the Department Office. Applicants foradmission to graduate programs are strongly advised to submit their applications before April 1. Deadlines for applications to most Departments are May 1 for the following Winter Session and February 1 for the following Summer Session. Applicants should check with the Department offering the program to confirm their application deadlines. Students admitted before February 1 may be considered for a University Fellowship. The deadline for application for graduate assistantships is May 1. The Department of Administrative, Adult and Higher Education offers graduate programs in Adult Education, Educational Administration and Higher Education. The Centre for the Study of Curriculum and Instruction offers graduate programs in Early Childhood Education and Curriculum and Instruction. The Department of Counselling Psychology offers graduate programs in Counselling Psychology. The Department of Educational Psychology and Special Education offers graduate programs in Educational Psychology, Human Learning, Development and Instruction, Measurement, Evaluation and Research Methodology and School Psychology and Special Education. The Department of Language Education offers graduate programs in English Education, Teacher Librarian- ship, Modern Languages Education and Reading Education. The Department of Mathematics and Science Education offers graduate programs in Business Education, Home Economics Education, Technology Studies Education, Mathematics Education and Science Education. The Department of Social and Educational Studies offers graduate programs in Comparative Education, History of Education, Philosophy of Education, Social Foundations of Educational Policy, Social Studies Education and Sociology of Education. The Department of Visual and Performing Arts in Education offers graduate programs in Art Education and Music Education. Specific Requirements M.A, M.Ed, Ed.D, Ph.D. degrees See Faculty of Graduate Studies for details of these programs. Academic Staff Office of the Dean NANCY M SHEEHAN, BA. B.Ed. (Mount Saint Vincent), M.Ed. (Calg.), Ph.D. (Alta,), Professor of Social and Educational Studies and Dean JAMES M. SHERRH.L. B.S, M.A, Ph.D, (Texas), Protessor of Mathematics and Science Education and Associate Dean. Teacher Education CHARLES UNGERI.EIDER, B.A. (San Francisco), M.A. (Col), Ed.D. (Mass.), Professor of Social and Educational Studies ancl Associale Dean M. JUNE C LYTHGOE, B.A.. M.A., (Brit. Col), Director of Professional Programs. YVONNE BROWN, B.Ecl, M.Ed.. (Bril. Col), Program Adviser. SHEEN A M. FLEMING, B.A, B.Ecl. (Manic), Program Adviser, CYNTHIA LYMAN, B.A.. (Idaho State). Program Adviser, ROBERT MIITON, B.A , (Brit. Col.l. M.Ecl, (Western Washington), Program Adviser. SANDRA R, HRUNEAU, B.A, B.Ecl. (Sask,), M.A, Ed.D, (Bril, Col,). Program Coordinator. SYDNEY CRAIG, B.A, MA. (Alta), Ed.D. (Brit.Col,), Program Coordinator Graduate Programs and Research JANE GASKELL, B.A. (Swarthmore). Ed.D, (Harv.i, Professor of Social and Educational Studies and Associaie Dean. Distance Education G. RONALD NEUFELD, B.A. (Brit. Cut), 111). (S.B.T.S.), M.A. (George Peabody), Ph,D. (U. Norlh Carolina), Associate Professor of Educational Psychology and Special Education and Director, Distance Education. Administrative Staff WINSTON J. HUNTER, B.A (Car.), Director of Administration. Centre for the Study of Curriculum and Instruction JOHN WILLINSKY. B.A. (Latirentian), M.Ed. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Dal.), Professor ancl Director. HILLEL GOELMAN. B.A, (Rutgers). M.A. (Tufts), Ph.D. (Tor), Professor and Associate Director, Centre for the Study of Teacher Education GAAI.EN ERICKSON, B.Ed.. M.Sc. (Alta.I, Ed.D. (Brit Col), Professorand Director Centre for Policy Studies in Education KJELL L RUBENSON. B.A , Phi) (Gothenburg), Prolessor and Director Native Indian Teacher Education Program (NITEP) ROD MCCORMICK, B.A. (Carleton), B.Ed. (Queens), M.A, (U, Vic.). Lecturer and Acting Director. IAVERNE ADAMS, B.Ecl, M.F.A. (Bnt. Col), Lecturer JACKIE AGOSTINIS, B.A. (Vic.B.C i. lectuter. SHARI1I.YN CALI.I01), B.Ecl. (Calgary). Dip. Ed. (Alia,), M.A, (Brit.Col.), Lecturer. TRUDINE DUNSTAN, B.Ecl, (Brit.Col.), Lecturer. FELICITY JUTES, B.Ed, M.Ed. (Bill. Col), Lecturer. SHEILATEHENNEPE, B.Ed, M Ed (S.Fraser), Lecturer Department of Administrative, Adult and Higher Education J. GRAHAM T. KE1.SEY. M.A. (Cantab), M.Ed , i'h.D. (Alta. | .Associate Professor and Aciing Head. ROGER BOSH1ER, B.A, Ph.D. (Wellington), Professor. DANIEI.J. BROWN, B.Sc, M.A. (Brit. CoL), A.M, Ph.D (Chic.), Associate Professot. PATRICIA CREHAN, B.P.E „ M.Ed, Ed.D (Brit. Col), Assistant Professor. WILLIAM S. GRIFFITH. B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.S (Louisiana State), Ph.D. (Chic), Professor. JUDITH OTTOSON, B.S.N. (Minn.), M.P.H. (Hawaii), Ed D. (Hai..), Assistant Professor. DAN PRATT. M.S. (St Cloud State College), Ph.D. (Wash.), Associate Professor. KJELL RUBENSON. B.A, Ph.D. (Gothenburg), Professor and Director, Centre for Policy Studies in Education. HANS SCHUETZE, LL.M. (Calif), Ph.D. (Gottingen), Associate Professor. THOMAS J. SORK, B.S, M.Ed. (Colorado State), Ph D (Florida State), Associate Professor. ALLISON R. TOM, B.A, (Wesleyan), M.A, Ph.D. (Stan.), Assistant Professor. Department of Counselling Psychology WILLIAM A. BORGF.N, B.Sc, M.Ed, Ph.D. (Alta.), Professor ancl Head. JOHN A. B, ALLAN, B.A. (Bril. CoL), M.S. (San Jose). Ph.D (Lond). Professor. NORMAN E. AMUNDSON, M.A. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Alta,), Professor LARRY R, COCHRAN, B.A. (Wash.), M.A. (Oregon). Ph.D, (Utah), Professor, JUDITH C, DANII.UK, B.A. (Windsor), M.Sc, Ph.D (Calg.), Assistant Professor. Dli-FAY DER, B.Ecl. (Alta), M.Sc. (Oregon), Ph.D, (Calif School of Professional Psychology, L.A,), Assistant Professor. JOHN D. FRIESEN, B.A, M.Ed. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Alta.), Professor. BETH E. HAVERKAMP, B.A. (Wooster), Ph.D. (Minn.), Assistant Professor. F. ISHll ISHIYAMA, B.A. (Concordia), M.Ecl. (McG j, Ph.D (Vic.B.C), Associate Professor. SHARON F, KAHN, A.B. (Wash.), M.Ecl. (Boston). Ph.D. (Arizona State), Professor. BONTTA LONG, B.Ecl, M.A, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). Associate Professor. ROBERT J. TOLS.MA, B.A. (Iowa), M.S, Ph.D. (Iowa State), Assistant Professor. MARVIN J. WES-WOOD, B.Ed, M.Ed, Ph.D. (Alta.), Professor. RICHARD A. YOUNG, B.A. (Loyola). B.Ed. (Montr.). M.Ed, Ed.D. (McG.), Professor. Department of Educational Psychology and Special Education PATRICIA KENNEDY ARLIN, B.S. (Mundelein College), M.A. (Fordham), PhD (Chic.), Professorand Head. DONALD E, ALLISON, B.A, B.Ecl, M.Ed (Bnt. Oil.), Ph.D (Southern California), Associate Professot .MARSHALL N. ARLIN, B.A. (Maryknoll), M.A. (Fordham), Ph.D. (Chic), Professor JACQUELYN BAKER-SENNETT, B.A. (Occidental), Ph.D. (Cornell), Assistant Professor, MARY BRYSON, B.A. (Tor), M.Ecl (Tulane). Ph.D (O.I.S,E,), Assistant Professor, DEBORAH 1.. BUTLER, B.A. (Lajolla), M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph D (Simon Fraser), Assistant Professor J1II.1ANNE L, CONEY, B.A, M.S, Ph.D. (Wis), Assistant Professor. ROBERT F. CONRY, B.A. (San Jose), M.S., Ph D (Wis.), Associaie Professor, B11.L1E E HOUSEGO, M.Ed., PhD, I Alta ,1, Associaie Professor SHELLEY HYMEL. B.S, M.A, Ph.D. (Ill,), Associate Professor. JANET R JAMIESON, B.A. (N. Brunswick), M A. (GalLiudet, Wash.), Ph.D. (McG), Assistant Professor, RONALD p. JARMAN, B.Sc (Brit. Col), M.A. (Tor), Ph.D. (Alia.), Professor. NAND K1SHOR. B.Ed , MA (South Pacific j, Ph D (Bril, CoL), Assistant Professor. PEGGY R KOOPMAN, B.A. lPurdue), M.S. (HL). Ed.D (Brie Col.), Associate Professor. Education 137 SEONG-SOO LEE, M.A. (Seoul), Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley), Professor PERRY LESLIE, B.Ed, M.A, Ed.D. (Brit. CoL), Associate Professor. WILLIAM MCKEE, B.A, M.A. (Brit. Col), Ph.D (L.S.U.), Assistant Professor. ARTHUR J. MORE, B.Sc. (Brit. CoL), M.S., Ph.D. (Southern California), Associate Professor. G. RONALD NEUFELD, B.A. (Bril. CoL), B.D (Southern Baptist), M.A. (George Peabody), Ph.D. (North Carolina), Associate Professor ancl Director of Distance Education. MARION PORATH, B.Ed, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (O.I.S.E.), Assistant Professor, HAROLD RATZLAFF, M.Ed. (Brit, Col), Ph.D. (Oregon), Assistant Professor. WILLIAM REYNOLDS, B.A. (Calif), M.A, Ph.D. (Oregon), Professor. SALLY ROGOW, B.A. ("Wis.), M.A, (CoL). M.A. (Michigan), Ed.D. (Brit. CoL), Professor. K1MBERI.Y SCHONERT-RE1CHL, B.S. (III. State), B.A. (Chic), Ph D. (Iowa), Assistant Professor. DAVID C THOMAS, B.Ed. (Brit. CoL), M.A, Ph.D. (Oregon), Associate Professor. I.EROY TRAVIS, M.Ed. Ph.D. (Alta.), Assistant Professor RITA P. M. WATSON, M.A, (Brit. Col), Ph.D. (Tor.). Associate Professor. DAVID WHITTAKER, B.A, B.Ed. (Bnt. CoL), M.A, Ph.D, (Calif, Berkeley), Associate Professor. Department of Language Education VICTOR FROESE, B.F.d. (Brit. CoL), M.Ecl. (Western Washington), Ph D. (Minn.), Professorand Head. JAMES ANDERSON, B.A, B.Ed, M.Ed. (Nfld.), Ph.D (Alta.), Assistant Professor JOSEPH F. BELANGER, B.A. (Central Washington), M.A. (Ohio), Ph.D. (Alta.), Assistant Professor. T. ROY BENTLEY, B.Ed, M.A. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Nfld.). Professor. RICHARD BERWICK, B.A. (Calif, Berkeley), M.Ed, Ed.D. (Brit. CoL), Assistant Professor. SYDney BUTLER, B.Ed, M.A. (Alta), Ph.D. (Brit CoL), Assistant Professor. STEPHEN CAREY, B.A. (Brit. CoL), M.Sc.(Michigan), M.A, Ph.D. (Tor,), Associate Professor. MARILYN CHAPMAN, B.Ed. (Brit. CoL), M.Ecl (Western Washington), Ph.D. (Vic.B.C), Assistant Professor. ROBERT D. CHESTER, B.A. (Wake Forest), MA. (Appalachian), Ph.D. (Georgia), Associate Professor, ANNE CLYDE, B.A, M.A. (Syd.), Ph.D. (North Queensland), Associate Professor. MARION CROWHURST, B.A. (Syd.), M.R.E. (Southwestern Seminary), B.D (Melbourne College of Divinity), Ph.D. (Minn.), Professor. PATRICIA DUFF, B.A. (Calg.), M.A. (Hawaii-Manoa), Ph.D (Calif, Los Angeles), Assistant Professor, MARGARET M. EARLY, B.Ed, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Calif, Los Angeles), Associate Professor. HILLEL GOELMAN,"BA (Rutgers), M.A (Tufts), Ph.D. (Tor.), Associate Professor ancl Associate Director, Centre for the Study of Curriculum and Instruction, and Coordinator, Early Childhood Education. LEE GUNDERSON, M.A. (San Francisco State), Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley), Associate Professor RONALD JOBE, B.Ed. (Alta.), M.A, Ph.D. (Minn). -Associate Professor. CARL LEGGO, B.A, B.Ed. (Nfld.), MA, M.Ed. (New Br), Ph.D. (Alta), Assistanl Professor. ANN I.UKASEV1CH, B.A. (Windsor), M.Ed. (Wayne- State), Ed.D. (Brit. CoL). Assistant Professot. BERNARD MOHAN. B.A. (Oxon), Ph.D. (Lond), Professor. FLORENCE T, PIERONEK, B.Ed. (Calg), M.Ed, D.Ecl. (Boston), Associate Professor. KENNETH REEDER, B.A. (Brit. CoL), M.A. (Essex), Ph.D. (Birm.), Associate Professor. ADEL SAFTY, B.Ed, M.A. (Paris), Ph.D. (Sorbonne), Assisiant Professor. JON E. SHAPIRO, B.A, M.S. (Fredonia), Ph.D. (Syr), Professor. KENNETH SLADE, B.A, M.Ed. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Oregon), Associate Professor and Director, Extra-Sessional Studies. CLAIRE STAAB, B.A. (Calif, Berkeley), M.A, Ph D. (Arizona State), Associate Professor. WENDY SUTTON, B.A. (Bnt. CoL). M.A. (Calif, Berkeley), Ph.D. (Michigan Slate), Assistant Professor. GLORIA TANG, B.A, M.Ecl. (Hong Kong), Ed.D. (Brit, Col,), Assistant Professor. PATRICK VERRIOUR, M.Ed, Ph.D. (Alia.), Associate Professor. JOHN WILLINSKY, BA(Laurentian), M.Ed. (Tor), Ph.D. (Dal.). Professorand Director of the Centre for Study of Curriculum ancl Ii struction. Department oil Mathematics and Science Education DAVID F. ROBITAILLE, B.A. (Montr.). M.A. (Detroit), Ph.D. (Ohio State), Professor ancl Herd. CLIFFORD J. ANASTASIOU, B.A, M.Ed. (Biit. CoL), Ph.D (Claremont), Professor. ANN ANDERSON, B.S, B.Ed, M.Ed. (Nfld. , Ph.D. (Alta.), Assisiant Professor. DAVID J. BATESON, M.Sc. (Portland), Ed.D. (Brit. CoL), Associate Professor, ROBERT CARLISLE, Ed.M. Ed.D. (Harv.). Assisiant Professor. GAALEN ERICKSON, B.Ecl, M.Se. (Alta.). Ed.D. (Brit. Col,), Professorand Directoi, Cenire forthe Study of Teacher Education. P JAMES GASKELL, B.A. (Swarthmore), Ec .D. (Harv.), Associate Professor, RICKI GOLDMAN-SEGAL!.. B.A. (Brit. CoL , M.A. (Hebrew), Ph.D. (M.I.T.). Assistant Piofessor. WILLIAM J. LOGAN. B.Ed. (Brit. CoL), M.EJ. (Western Washington), Associate Professor. JOL1E MAYER-SMITH, B.Se., M.A. (Stan), I'h.D. (Brit. CoL), Assistant Professor LINDA B. PETERAT, B.Sc, B.F.d, M.Ed, Pli.D. (Alta.), Associate Prolessor. JAMES M. SHERRII.L, B.S, M.A, Ph.D. (Teas), Prolessor and Associate Dean. MARVIN WESTROM, M.Ed, Ph.D. (Alta), Assistant ■ Professor. REGINALD D. WILD, B.Sc, M.Ed (Brit. CoL), Assistant Professor, SHIRLEYM. WONG, B.Com, B.Ed. (Brit. Col.l, M.Ed, D.Ecl. (Oregon), Associate Professor. JANICE E.J. WOODROW, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Biit. Col.i Associate Professor. Department of Social and Educational Studies MURRAY ELLIOTT, B.A, M.A. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Lond.), Associaie Professor and Acting Head KOGIIA ADAM-MOOD LEY, B.A. (Natal), M.A. (Michigan State), Ph D. (Brit. Col), Associate Professor. JO-ANN ARCHIBALD. B.Ecl, (Brit CoL), M.Ed. (S.Fraser), Instructor I. JEAN BARMAN, B.A. (Macalester), A.M. (Liarv.). M.L.S. (Calif, Berkeley), Ed.D. (Biit CoL), Associate Professor. DANIEL R. BIRCH. M.A. (Mt. Col). Ph.D, (Calif, Berkeley), Professor and Vice-President Academic and Provost. WILLIAM A. BRUNEAI), B A, M.Ed. (Sask. i, Ph.D. (Tor.), Associate Professor. THEI.MA SHARP COOK, B.F.d. (Brit. Col.) M.A, M.A , Ph.D. (Stan.), Assistant Professor. JERROLD R. COOMBS, B.S, M.A. (Kent Slate), Ph.D. (III). Professor. PAMELA COURTENAYTHALL, BA, B.Ecl, MA. (Windsor), MA. (NotreDame),Assistant Protessor CHARLES K. CURTIS. B.S. (Abilene), M.A. (Texas), M.Ed. (Brit. CoL), Ed.D (U_.h State), Associaie Professot. LEROI B. DANIELS, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Phi'. (HL). Professor. FRANK li. ECHOLS, B.S. (Florida St.), M.A, Ph.D. (Georgia), Associate Professor. DONALD FISHER, B.Soc.Sc. (Birm.), Phi i. (Calif, Berkeley), Professot. JANE GASKELL, B.A. (Swarthmoiej, Ed.D (Harv :, Professor ancl Associate Dean JOHN W. KEHOE, B.A, H Eel (Scsk,), MA, Ph.D. (Tor), Professor. DEIRDRE KELLY. B.A. (Santa Clara). M.A (Tufts). Ph.D. (Stan.), Assistant Professor LESLIE ROMAN, B.A, (Texas), MS, Ph.D. (Wis.), Assistant Professor. PETER SEIXAS. B.A. (Swarthmore), M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Calif, Los Angeles), Assistant Professor. NANCY M. SHEEHAN, B.A, B.Ed. (Mount Saint Vincent), M.Ed. (Calg.), Ph.D. (Alta.), Professor and Dean. VERONICA STRONG-BOAG, B.A (Tor.), M.A (Car). Ph.D. (Tor), Professor. NEIL SUTHERIAND, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Minn.), Professor CHARLES UNGERLEIDF.R, BA (San Francisco), MA. CCoL), Ed.D. (Mass.), Professor and Associate Dean. WALTER WERNER, M Ed (Calg.), Ph.D. (Alta.), Associate Protessor. J. DOUGIAS WHIMS, B.Eng. (R.M.C.), M.A, (Brit CoL). M.Sc, Ph.D. (Stan.), Professor. DONALDi C WILSON, M.A. (Bril. CoL), Ph.D (Alta.), Associate Professor. J. DONALD WILSON, B.A. (W.Ont.), M.A. (Tor), Ph.D. (W.Ont), Professor. IAN WRIGHT, M.Ed. (Calg.), Ph.D. (Alta.), Associate- Professor. Department of Visual and Performing Arts in Education RONALD MacGREGOR, B.Ed. (Brit. CoL), M.Ecl. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Oregon), Professorand Plead F. GRAEME CHALMERS, Dip. Fine Arts (Auck.), M.A. (Indiana), Ph.D (Oregon), Professor. SANDRA J. DAVIES, M.S. (HL), Assistant Professor. GLEN T DIXON. B.M.E. (Mass. State Coll.), M.Ed. (Tufts), Ed.D. (Georgia), Associate Professor, Director, Child Study Centre. PETER GOUZOUASIS, B.Mus, M.M.E, Ph.D. (Temple). Assistant Professor. KIT GRAUER, B.Ecl, M.A. (Brit. CoL), M.A. (Stan.), Instructor 1 RITA IRWIN, B.Ed, D.P.Ed. (Lethbridge), M.Ed. (Vic.B.C), Ed.D. (Brit. CoL), Assistant Professor ANNA M. KINDLER, M.A. (Warsaw), M.A, Ed D. (111.), Assistant Professor ALEX McLEOD, M.Ecl. (Brit. CoL), Senior Instructor, ROBERT WALKER, B.Mus, Ph.D.' (London), A.R.C.M, A.R.C.O, Professor. School of Human Kinetics See separate listing. Family and Nutritional Sciences 139 Statement of Purpose The School of Family and Nutritional Sciences has a twofold function: first, to encourage a spirit of intellectual enquiry' and second, to educate for professional competence. The Dietetics program and the Major program in Human Nutrition specialize in the physical and biological sciences. They differ in that the Human Nutrition program provides a basic education in life science whereas the Dietetics program involves greater attention to patient care, administration, and the role of diet in the prevention, etiology and treatment of disease. The Family Science Major program examines the North American family (and its alternatives) in a multidisciplinary, life-span perspective. Courses focus on courtship and marriage, human development in the family context, and family financial or resources management. Home Economics is an interdisciplinary field of study concerned with improving the quality of domestic life. Study in this area integrates biological, physical and social sciences, and includes course work in family studies, human development, family resource management, foods and nutrition, and clothing, textiles and design, as well as electives from supporting areas. Provision for part-time study in Home Economics may be made by application to the Director of the School. Professional Opportunities Graduates ofthe Dietetics program may apply for a one- year Graduate Dietetic Internship in any province in Canada following graduation, in order to qualify as professional dietitians. Graduates of the Family Science program may pursue advanced degrees or be employed in government or the private sector in positions related to family research or programs. Graduates of the Home Economics program may be employed in a variety of positions in business and industry (especially in the areas of food, clothing and textiles), and in government agencies and extension services. In this program, graduates choosing one of the Specialization Options in family life are often employed by community agencies and institutions which address the educational or human services' needs of children and youth, adults, or the elderly. Graduates of the Comprehensive Option of the program may also, with additional training, be employed in teaching. Graduates of the Human Nutrition program most often will pursue advanced degrees leading to positions in university teaching, research, nutrition services, or international food and nutrition organizations. Dietetic Qualification Study Graduates holding a Bachelor's degree in Science, Food Science, or Home Economics may undertake additional study in the School of Family and Nutritional Sciences to qualify for application to a Dietetic Internship program (not available in universities). Completion of this study does not lead to a degree in Dietetics and does not guarantee placement in an Internship program. Interested students should consult a Dietetics adviser in the School. Admission Only students seeking admission to the Dietetics and Home Economics programs should apply to the University for admission to the School. Admission to the Dietetics (B.Sc.) and Dietetics Qualifying programs is limited. Students will normally be admitted only to the first or second year of the Dietetics (B.Sc.) program. Students applying to UBC for the first time should follow the standard application procedure. Students currently registered in another program of The School of Family and Nutritional Sciences A School within the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences. The School offers four undergraduate programs: • the program in Dietetics leads to the Bachelor of Science in Dietetics (B.Sc. (Dietet.)) degree; '• the Major program in Family Science leads to the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree; • the program in Home Economics leads to the Bachelor of Home Economics (B.H.E.) degree; • the Major program in Human Nutrition leads to the Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) degree in Nutritional Sciences. study at UBC must apply by submitting a Change of Faculty form to the Registrar's Office. The deadline for receipt of applications is April 30. Admission to these programs is based on completion of prerequisites and applicants' previous year or University entrance grade point average calculated accord ing to the procedures developed by the University's Admissions Office. To he considered for admission to the Dietetics Program, students are required to have a minimum academic standing (minimum achievement) of at least 68% (GPA 2.7). Achievement of this minimum academic requirement, however, provides no assurance of admission, as the number of applicants generally exceeds the number of places available. Students wishing to major in Family Science should apply for admission to the Facuitv of Arts and those wishing to major in Humar Nutrition in the Nutritional Sciences program should apply for admission to the Faculty of Science. The following information applies, nevertheless, to all students. British Columbia sidered for admit (or better) base requirements set of the Calendar various program selected on the and of a general in university studi secondary school graduates will be con- ,sion if they have an average grade of C+ 1.1 on the general University Admission out in the General Information section and the admission requirements ofthe s described below. Applicants will be lasis of their secondary school records assessment of their capacity for success les as made by the Admissions Committee. A student who I as completed appropriate studies with satisfactory standing beyond Grade 12 may be considered for admission and the granting of advance credit. Credit on transfer from a B.C. college is restricted to first- and second- year-level university studies. All new applicants are charged an application fee of $ 17.00 (plus an additional $25.00 if out-of-province documents are submitted). This fee must accompany the application for admission form when submitted with supporting documents. The fee is nonrefundable and is not applicable to tuition. The University reserves the right to reject applicants for admission on the basis of their overall academic records even if they technically meet entrance requirements and to limit enrolment if its facilities and resources are inadequate. Academic Regulations Each program has its own regulations described below. In addition, students should note: 1) The minimum number of credits required for all Bachelor's degree programs is 120 credits. 2) In their third and fourth years, students in Home Economics (B.H.E.), Dietetics (B.Sc.(Dietet.)) and Family Science (B.A.) must earn at least 48 credits in courses numbered 300 or above; students in Nutritional Sciences (B.Sc.) must complete at least 42 credits in courses numbered 300 or above. 3) For students in the Home Economics (B.H.E.) program, a minimum total of 48 credits is required of courses in Family and Nutritional Sciences (FMSC, HMEC, or HUNU). 4) In Dietetics and Home Economics, the determination of students'standing as Satisfactory or Unsatisfactory, and of their eligibility to take Supplemental Examinations follows the regulations of the Facuitv of Arts. 5) Students who have not completed ENGL 112 bv the end of second year will not normaliv be permitted to enrol in third year or higher-level courses in the 140 Family and Nutritional Sciences Faculty. First-year English courses may require the language Proficiency Index examination. For additional information on this examination, please refer to the "Language Proficiency Index'' entry in the Faculty of Arts. Family Science Program B.A. The Family'Science Major is an academic program open to .students registered in the Faculivof Arts, Students should consult the Faculty of Ans section ofthe Calendar for the general Faculty requirements and regulations pertaining lo the Major. Requirements for the B.A. Degree Major First and Second Years • FMSC 200 • STAT 203 Third and Fourth Years • FMSC-)20 • FMSC 422 • At least 24 additional credits of FMSC courses including: at least one of: FMSC 320, 322, 32-i. 326, 436 at ieast one of: FMSC 310, 312. 31-e 316, 414 at least one of: FMSC 338.3 tO. 342,440, 442 tiaMnan__MnH! Bachelor of Home Economics B.H.E. The program in Home Economics is designed to provide academic preparation for students interested in pursuing;! variety of Home Economics related careers. Those intending to pursue.secondary school teaching in Home Economics should enrol in the Comprehensive Option. Those who wish to pursue a more specialized program should enrol in either the Family Life Education or Family Consumer Services Specialization Option. Information concerning careers in Home Economics may be obtained on request from the School ofFatnilvant! Miilritinnai Sciences. Admission See 'Admission to the University" in the General Information section ofthe Calendar. Required: Mathematics 12. Recommended: Biology 11, Chemistry 12 and as many Home Economics courses at the Grades 11 and 12 levels as possible- Comprehensive Option Credits 3 ■r, C First and Second Years Course CHFM 1(6 BIOI. lKlnr lis HI0L lie LCON I'M CN'01, 112 One,,!' INCH. nn. in, 12(ioi 121 HMEC 11)11 ims«; 2t)!i Sciciiil Science elective1 Elective •s: Total Third and Fourth Years Course Hi:. U 211 HUNU 20S HUNU 20. HMEC 30(1 HMEC 3S2 HMEC 3'3-i HMEC 3M) FMSC .320 FMSC 3.313 FMSC 364 FMSC or IIMFC electives' Electives-' Total 3 3 3 ,3 3 3 3 3 3 6 21 60 Specialization Option First and Second Years Course Credits ECON 100 (j ENGL 112 3 One of ENGL 111), 111. 12l)or 121 ,3 HMEC 100 S FMSC 200 3 Social Science or i lumaiiiiies Elective- 6 Science requirement Oec- Spe< ialiaatton RequirementC 6-12 Electives' 2--30 Total 60 Third and Fourth Years Course Credits HMEC 3i)l) 3 Specialization Reqtiiretttenls' 55 Electives- 2-t Total 60 ' choose from: PSYC Hilt SOCI Kill or other 10(1- or 200-iccc! social science : onuses chosen in consuliataiii villi adviser. -' Electives lo be chosen in cons<:;faliii:i with adviser ' Tor Specialization in Family Lift Education: Six credits Irom: BIOL 111). IIS. 12n.3n 3 nor .vis FMSC i3(i One of: FMSC 320, 32. m 120 One of-FMSC 316 or l Ll One of- FMSC 312. 31 l. 322, or C:<; One of: FMSC 338,34(1, 3 )2,oi i if' Fifteen credits of FMSC or HMEC electors STA'I 203 For Specialization in Family Consumer Services: BIOL 11(1. lis or 12H CULM 10.3 FMSC33S f)()and 3 12 One of: FMSC 32(1. 3-'2, 321, .326. 420. 122, ■iSl'i I ill, 4+2. One of, FMSC 312, .31 i. 31C. ill Six cieclits of: FMSC ot HMLC electives Twelve creclilsfioiii one ofthe toihaiing areas: Clothing and Textiles HVIEC.332 37 I. 3S(i, 36(1, 3(i'i. I"') ISO aS2, IS), lit!; FMSC 330 Foods and Nutrition in:. U20i. .ins. 2on, 301 mt wmmmMBMBmmNmMummimmmmmamMmMmmMMmmKm Human Nutrition Program in Nutritional Sciences The Human Nutrition Major in Nutritional Sciences is an academic program open to students registered in the Faculty of Science. Si tit Jem s,should consult the Faculty of Science section ofthe Calendar for the general Faculty requirements and regulations pertaining to the Major. The program in Nutritional Sciences is specifically intended for those students interested in basic nutritional sciences, who desire preparation for graduate study and research in Nutrition, and for students who plan to proceed to an area of Agriculture or Health Sciences in which a background in nutrition would be of value. All students take required courses in both animal (comparative) and human nutrition, but each student may select additional courses to emphasize one area or the other. Before registering for each of the second, third, and fourth years of this program, every student must obtain formal program approval from an adviser in either the School of Family and Nutritional Sciences or the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences. Requirements for the Bachelor of Science Degree Major First Year Course Credits HIOL HOorlls 3-0 BIOI. 120 3 CHFM 121, 122(110) KNGL 100-level-' 0 PHYS 100 b-3 MATH 10(1, 101 0 Eieeiives' (l-ti Total 30 Second Year Course Credits BIOL 200.201 0 CHFM 230 MICB 2011 ii ElcriivcV 12 Total 30 Third Year Course Credits BIOC 301.302 li BIOI. .300 3 BIOI, 363 (' HUNU 305, ,3(r <■• Electives" 9 Total 30 Fourth Year Course Credits ANSC 321 or FOOD 30 L' 3 ANSC ,323 or HLNU ,309" 3 ANSC -2. 3 BIOL 3H...S " Electives' 15 Total 30 Students with al least SOS, in Iliologv 12 are not recjiiirecl io take BIOI. 111) or IH and instead are encouraged lo take three credie oi BiOL couises, BIOL 120 is required of all students. ■; KNGL 112 Ls teioiiiniended, Ouallhed sludents are encouraged in consider F.NCH. 120 or 121. Three crcdiis of first year Finnish mav he detcireil until second year. 1 Siudenis Wiihoiil credit lor Physics 12 will require PHYS Hill pilot lo PHYS Itii. ' Chosen from KKI-lcvd Ans cn Science cour.sC'M>r200-k'ic! BIOI. couises. ' Fleeiives must satisfy the following 0) Ai least 12 credits mus: be for courses numbered 311(1 or higher. At least six oi these musl be in Ans or Science. llt'Nil 303, CO 107, all ale ibC ANSC .211; FOOD302. .02. al8 mav noi be used lo satislv the Arts and Science reqiiiremenls. (in Al ieasi 12 (redils must be in lhe Faculty ol Arts (in addition to the six credits of I0(l-leiel English i (iiii Six (ledirs can be in anv Facuitv including Science ancl ean be wni.in the held nf the Major iivi Of [he remaiiiinic cretins, nine must be either science electives outside the field of I lie Major or m Arts. The field ofthe Major tor Notritionai Sciences is defined as all courses in Human Nutriiion, Animal Science, Food Science, Biochemistry. Biology. Mic.obieilogv, and . hvsiologv '' Siudenis must lakeeilherSequence..: ANSC 321 and 323 oi Sequence It: FOOD 301 and HCNH309, Family and Nutritional Sciences 141 Bachelor of Science in Dietetics B.Sc. (Dietet.) The Dietetics program is designed to provide academic preparation for students interested in pursuing careers as professional dietitians. Graduates of the program may apply for a one year internship following graduation, in order to qualify for membership in the Canadian Dietetic Association or the B.C. Dietitians' and Nutritionists' Association Admission Requirements See "Admission to the University" in the General Information section of the Calendar. Required: Mathematics 12, Chemislry 11, Physics 11. Recommended: Chemistry 12, Biologv 11. and as many Hood and Nutrition courses at the Grades 11 and 12 levels as possible. Applicants who cannot meet the requirements exactly as specified should submit a special appeal to the Registrar's Office with their application forms. The Director will consider all appeals. First Year Course BIOL HOorlls BIOL 120 CHFM IIL37 lid or 121/122 ENGL 112 On. of ENGL 110. ill. 120 or 121 MATH 100 MATH 101 Social Science Elective-' Total Second Year Course BIOI. 200 BIOL 201 CHEM 230 COMM 329 HUM, 201 HON!! 21! MICH 200 Total Third Year Course BIOC 302' HMEC 300 HUM' 303 HljNi: .30- HUNi: 321 PHYL 301 or BiOL 363 Statistics' Elective' Total Credits 3 3 6 .3 3 3 3 Credits .3 3 0 3 o .3 ii 30 Credits 3 30 Credits .3 IS 30 Fourth Year Course hum: .or HI', li nr HilNi; all HUNT )2i Eln. eves- Total ' (HEM 103 is an acceptable choir, even it' Chemistry 12 has been completed. Students wishing to enrol in CHEM till or 120 are required lo take PHYS 110. 113 or 120 eoncurrenllv. Social Science electives would be taken in the third ancl (oiitth years in place ot Electives. J Choose from: PSYC 10(1. SOCI 111(1 oi FMSC 20H ' In exceptional cases, credit wili be granted (or BIOC 301! it; pi.ue of BIOI, 2S0, 201 and BIOC .302 Recommended courses are I1IOL 300, PENT 321 or another introducon Stat iMics course as listed in the Calendar, cinder Probability and Statistic courses (see Department of Statistics section, Faculty of Science). ' Knot offered, substitute FOOD 104. '- At least six credits of electives must be al the 300 and '1011 level. Graduate Studies Master's Degree and Doctorate The Divisions of H'jman Nutrition and of Famiiy Science offer opportunities for advanced study. The M.Sc. and Ph.D. programs in Human Nutrition and the M.A. program in Family Studies are described more fully in the Facuitv of Gradual- Studies section. Academic Staff Acting Director and Professor MARGARET ARCILS. B.Sc (Nebraska), M.Ecl. (Utah State), Ph.D. (Iowa State). Professors INDRAJIT D. DESA1. I.D.I). (Govt, of India). B Sc, M.Sc (Gujar, i. Ph.D (Calif., Davis). JOSEPH I.EICHTER, B.S. (Cracow College Polandi, M.S., Ph.D (Calif, BeiKeley). DANIEL PERI.MAN, A.B. (Hard Col), MA., Ph.D. (Claremont Graduate School). Associate Professors SUSAN 1. BARK, B.H.E (Brit Oil.), Ph.D. (Minn ). PHYLLISJ JOHNSON', B.S . M.S I Kansas Slale), Ph.D. (Ohio Stater JOANNA STAN1SZK1S, B.F.A (Alt Institute of Chicago:. R.C A EI.EANORE I. VAINES, BSc (Wash !. M.S. (C'nell ), Ph.D. (Mich.State! JAMES WHITE, B.A, (Colorado College), M.A. (C.alg.l. Ph.!) lAlta.i. Assistant Professors GWENNETH E. CHAPMAN, B.Sc, Ii.fi.. iSask ), M Si:, Pill) (Tor,), BRIAN deVBES, B.A, M.A., Ph D. (Bril Cot) LINDA J. McCARGAR, B.H.Ec. (Mann.) M.Se, Ph _. (Alia.i. Senior Instructor CURE N DAEM. It.IIE. (Bril. Col.) Part-time Lecturers fcSIJSAN PARKER, B ll.Sc. (Guelph), M.A. (Mt.St. Vin.i. CECELIA F. PODOLAK, B.A. (Northern lowai. MS (Oklahoma State) ROBERTA RICHARDS. BSc fl.Ee (Manit,j, M Sc.H.Ec. (Minn i. Lecturers from other Departments PETER HAHN. B.Sc. (Swansea), M EL, CSc., D.Sc, (Prague). Professor. Dept. of Obstetrics and Gynaecology. SHEILA M, INNIS, H.N.D. (Grimsby), M.Sc, (Alta.), Ph.D. (Tor.l, Associate Professor, Dept of Paediattics Honorary Lecturer CHRISTINE SAMSON, BSc, (Acad.;, R D.T. (Alta). Honorary Clinical Instructors from Affiliated Institutions PATRICIA J. THOMSON, B Sr. IBrit. CoL), Children's Hospital SONTAA. C1IRYSOMII.IDES, BSc, M.Sc (Lebanon), Si. Paul's Hospital SUSAN E. ROSS, B.H.E., M.Sc (Bnt. CoL), University Hospital FLORENCE M. WILSON, B.Sc (Sask.), Vancouver General Hospital. Honorary Adjunct Professor JANICE jONEGA. II Sc. Ph.D., (Birm.) Forestry 143 Introduction The B.S.F. degree is designed to prepare students for entry into the profession of forestry; the B.Sc. degrees for careers in specialized fields relating to forest sciences, wood sciences and wood-based industries, and conservation, recreation and natural areas management. Education within the Faculty of Forestrv' can also serve as a foundation for entry' into other professions such as teaching and law. Some students will he interested in Forestry simply as a broad education in an important natural resources field. Because the standards for admission to most Associations of Professional Foresters involve experience and examination following graduation, and a group of core courses which may not be taken by all students, those students not in the B.S.F. programs, but interested in Professional Forestry should design their study plans to satisfy' the requirements ofthe Province in which they plan to register. Graduate programs are provided through the Faculty of Forestry under the authority of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The degrees include the following and are designed to enable students who already hold degrees ro pursue advanced studies leading to careers in management, research, and education. • M.F. — in professional and applied scientific aspects of Forestry for students with a B.S.F. degree; • M.Sc. — in scientific aspects of forestry and wood scienceforstudentswithaB.Sc, B.Sc (Agr.), B.A.Sc, B.S.F. or equivalents; • M.A.Sc. — in Forest Engineering for graduates with a B.A.Sc. ciegree or equivalent; • Ph.D. — in fields concerned with the basic scientific or economic aspects of forestry' and forest products. Environment for Learning The Faculty of Forestry is favourably situated for education of men and women as foresters, wood scientists, forest business administrators and forest biologists. It enjoys the benefits ofa large university with good library and other facilities for study. The teaching staff of the | Faculty of Forestrv' is widely diversified. The Forest Engi-' neering Research Institute of Canada (FERIC), Pulp and Paper Research Institute of Canada (PAPRICAN) and the Western Laboratory of Forintek Canada Corp. located on campus cooperate in teaching and research in engineering and forest products. The forests of the University Endowment Lands, adjoining the campus, provide a readily accessible environment for field instruction and research. The adjacent south campus area also has a containerized forest seedling nursery, operated by the Faculty for teaching, research and demonstration purposes. In addition to the lecture and laboratory' classrooms the Fa< ulty of Forestry has two large teaching and research lorests; the Malcolm Knapp Research Forest in Maple Ridge comprising an area of 5,156 hectares of coastal loresi sand ihe Alex Fraser Research Forest, near Williams laike, i (apprising some 8,000 hectares of interior forests. Foi mal held (lasses, special studies and professional exer- ' c.cs are < onducled by sludents at each of these forests. li'-vonil ihe formal boundaries of the Faculty of Forestiy iIh- piovitH e ol British Columbia provides, within reasonable 11 awl in i ess, one ofthe most diversified patterns of liioiypi-, anywhere in lhe world. Throughout the region iiiiiir.ililli-ii-ni loresi resources management and utiliza- iioiipiin i in-.maybe observed by students on scheduled lii-ld nips oi dunng summer employment. The Faculty of Forestry Forestry' is the science, art, and practice of managing and using wisely the natural resources associated with ancl derived from forest lands. These resources include wood products, water, forage, soil and stream productivity, wildlife, recreation and environmental quality. The Faculty of Forestry offers four-year degree programs leading to: • B.S.F. Major in Forest Resources Management Major in Forest Operations • B.Sc. (Natural Resources Conservation) • B.Sc. (Forestry) Major in Wood Science and Industry Major in Forest Science Detailed information on graduate programs may be obtained from the Faculty of Graduate Studies section ofthe Calendar. Admission B.S.F. and B.Sc. (Forestry) The Facuitv of Forestry will accept applications from students with varying educational preparation: 1) directly from secondary graduation; 2) followmg completion of al least 30 credits at UBC or its equivalent at another post-secondarv institution; 3) after the completion of a two-year Forestry diploma program at a recognized institute of technology; or 4) from an appr >ved one- or two-year Forestry transfer program at a B.C. Community College. Students entering from secondaiy school must have met the general University entrance requirement (see General Information section of the Calendar), including Mathematics 12, iwo of Biology 11, Chemistry 11, Physics 11 (all three are strongly recommended), and one of Chemistry 12 or Physics 12. Students who enter the B.S.F. or B.Sc.(Forestrv) programs following :he completion of at least 30 credits of work at UBC, or its equivalent at another post-secondarv institution, must have attained an overall average of at least 60% in all credits attempted. On entry into the Faculty of Forestry, students must select one of four major programs — Forest Resources Management, Forest Operations. Wood Science and Industry, and Forest Science. Students citering the Forest Management, Forest Operations, or Wood Science and Industry programs must have completed, in their 30 credits or more of university-level work, six credits of first-year English. Malhematics 100 anc 101 (or 140 and 141 for the Forest Management minor). Biology till! and 120 or 115 and 120), and either diysics (100 and 101 or 101 and 102) or Chemistiy (103 or 110 or 121 and 122), or an equivalent, if either Chemisny or Physics has not been taken at the Oracle 12 level, t must be the subject included in the above-staled requirements. Moreover, it is recommended that students include both Chemistiy' and Physics in their First-Year program. Students selecting the Forest Science major must have completed in addition to six credits of first-year English and Biology 110 and 120 or 115 and 120, Mathematics 111 or 100 (or 140) and 101 (or 141), and Chemistiy 103 or 110 or 121 and 122. The major programs are designed to allow completion in three years following at least one year (30 credits) of university-level work. Applicants graduating from a two-year Forestry Technology diploma program must have achieved an overall average of at least 65% in their program. Provided that students have the science and mathematics requirements from secondary' school graduation as outlined above, consideration will he given to individual cases of study in determining the transfer credits that may be applied to the Forestry degree program. Application for admission by students or graduates of other universities, colleges, or other faculties will be reviewed individually. It may be possible to design study programs for such applicants that meet Forestry degree requirements in less than the full four years. Transfer students may be required to validate advanced standing in a given subject by passing an examination. Applicants who are uncertain about the selection of a major, and those who lack some ofthe required courses but may have other advance credit, are urged to consult the Coordinator of Student Services of the Faculty of Forestry, Undergraduate students with the necessary background and the permission of the instructor concerned may be allowed by the Dean to register in a regularly scheduled graduate course in Forestry'. B.Sc. (Natural Resources Conservation) THe Faculty of Forestiy will accept applications from students with varying educational preparation: 1) directly from secondary graduation; 144 Forestry 2) following completion of at least 30 credits at UBC or its equivalent at another post-secondary institution. Students entering from secondary school must have met the general University entrance requirements (see the General Information section of the Calendar) ancl have completed Mathematics 12 and Chemistry 11. Students who enter following completion of at least 30 credits of work at UBC or its equivalent at another post-secondary institution, must have attained an overall average of at least 60% in all credits attempted. In the case of transfer students, consideration will be given to individual cases of study in determining the transfer credit that may be applied to the Natural Resources Conservation degree program. Graduation Requirements Each one of the undergraduate programs in Forestiy consists of a minimum of four years of university study. The required first year courses vary for each of the five programs. Students are encouraged to indicate their preference for their program of study prior to entering the Faculty of Forestry. However, it maybe possible to select courses for the first year in such a way as to enable the student to delay the choice of program until after the first year. Students who wish to do so should consult with a faculty adviser when selecting iheir courses. English Requirements To qualify for the degree of B.S.F., B.Sc. (Forestry), or B.Sc. (Natural Resources Conservation), students must satisfy lhe English Requirement of the Faculty of Forestry. To do this, students must obtain credit for two of English 110, 111,112, 120 and 121. All students prior to entering first-year English courses at the University of British Columbia are required to write the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) examination. Returning UBC students who have not yet completed six credits of first-year English, will also be required to take the LPI examination. (For further details, refer to the Calendar index under Language Proficiency Index.) a Those students whose LPI scores are below the required level for entrance into first-year English courses are advised to take a non-credit writing course in the University Writing Skills Centre and may not register for more than 12 credits of course work per term. Upon being permitted to enrol in first-vear English courses, these students must do so at the first opportunity. Students must complete the English requirement before entering the Third Year of their program, or within one year of first registering at UBC, whichever date is later. Part-time Studies In cooperation with Guided Independent Study, credit correspondence courses are available for persons who wish to work towards degree completion, but cannot attend regular full-time on-campus programs. These courses are also accredited by the Association of British Columbia Professional Foresters towards completion of requirements for RPF status. Part-time daytime studies on campus can also be arranged. Information on non-credit professional continuing education courses is available through the Provincial Office of the B.C. Forestry Continuing Studies Network on campus. Exchange Program with Canadian Faculties of Forestry Students who maintain a satisfactory academic standing may spend Second or Third Year at another Canadian Facuitv of Forestry, provided the Faculty of Forestiy at The University of British Columbia gives credit for the course-work chosen. The visited university collects the normal fees. Though at this time there is no financial assistance for such exchanges, the experience ofa different teaching milieu should be of considerable value. At the University of British Columbia, the third year is recommended for these exchanges. Students considering exchange should consult the Associate Dean to arrange their programs before ihe end of April. Scholarships and bursaries awarded by The Universily of British Columbia are not available for studies at other universities. Recipients of such awards should normally be able to reserve them for one year until their return to the University of British Columbia. Field Work In the four-month period May through August, students are encouraged to obtain practica! experience not obtainable in laboratory or field classes. Great importance is placed on this phase of the student's training and the candidate should gain experience relative to the area of interest selected. In addition short field exercises are required from time to time throughout all four years. Such exercises are often scheduled on weekends. Attendance is mandatory and students are responsible for expenses incurred. Extra-sessional Courses Three courses in the Forestry programs are taken outside the normal academic year. These are Forest Operations 263, Basic Forest Surveying, preceding second year; Forestry 351 , Interior Field School, preceding third year; and Forestiy 451, Field Work in Forest Operations, Silviculture and Mensuration immediately following third year. Students requiring these courses in their program are advised to take them in the correct sequence to ensure steady progress and timely completion of degree programs. Program Approval As part ofthe registration procedure each student must select a program of courses within the limitations ofthe requirements for the degree and course schedules. Normally there will lie a faculty adviser for each of the five programs and one for first year and for students transferring into Forestry, in case of conflicts between individual students and their faculty advisers, the student may appeal to the Dean. It is the student's responsibility to select a schedule that allows attendance of all regularly scheduled lectures and laboratories. Examinations and Advancement The University regulations concerning examination and advancement as listed under General Information in the Calendar, apply. In addition, the Faculty of Forestiy sets the following requirements: 1; Standing and awards will be based on the average mark of ail courses attempted in any one year. Only those students who have completed at least 90% of the required in session program will be considered for awards 2) Students who wish to drop courses may do so within two weeks of the start of the course for one term courses and three weeks for two term courses, by obtaining permission from the appropriate undergraduate adviser After this deadline courses may only be dropped under exceptional circumstances and with the approval of the Associate Dean. Those who fail to write the final examination or who do not complete other course requirements and when circumstances do not warrant deferred standing, will be assigned an F standing. Supplemental privileges will not be granted in such instances. 3) Honours standing on graduation will be granted to those students who have completed at least 90% of the required course work during each of their final three years without failures or supplementals, and who have obtained 80% standing during their final year and at least 75% in each ofthe two preceding years. 4) The passing mark in Forestiy is 50%. In subjects comprising both lecture and laboratory or problem sessions, the candidate must pass both. Ifa candidate fails to obtain 50% the Facuitv may, at its discretion, award a pass in that subject on the basis ofa good aggregate standing. Such a pass will be entered on the record of lhe candidate as an adjudicated pass. 5) Ifa student fails a course and is required to take it again, exemption from the laboratory or problem session portion of such a course may be granted. 6) Only those students with an average grade of 60% or more in 30 credits during their first year will be eligible for entry to Second Year Forestry. Students who fail to achieve this standing will be required io withdraw from the faculty for at ieast one year. In subsequent years, students who do not pass at leasi 60?. of the course work undertaken or who do noi achieve an overall average of 50%, will be required to withdraw from the faculty for at least one year. 7) Acandidate who does not complete studies forgradu- ation in May following Fourth Year, will be required i o register forall incompleted subjects, includinggradu- ating thesis or essay, in a.subsequent session, summer or winter, and will be assessed the prescribed fees f( ir these subjects. Students who do not complete Forestry 499, B.S.F. Thesis; Forestry 498, B.Sc. Thesis; Cons 498, Thesis or Special Project; or Forestry 497, Graduating Essay in their Fourih Year must complete these requirements in time for graduation in the fall ofthe following year. Studenls who do not complete their thesis or graduating essav within the specified period of time must formally reregister in the B.S.F. or B.Sc. program in a subsequent session and must spend at least one term in residence in order to complete this requirement, and may be required to take additional courses related lo the thesis or essay topic. Supplemental Examinations In addition to General Academic Regulations under General Information in the Calendar, the Faculty of Forestry will applv the following guidelines for the granting of supplemental examinations; 1) Supplemental examination privileges will be granted in a course provided: a) The normal final exam has been written and a grade submitted, b) The grade attained is at least 40%. c) The overall average for the year including the failed courses is at least 60%,. 2) Notwithstanding eligibility tinder 1, supplemental examination will not be granted if: a) The failure is due to a substandard performance in the laboratory part ofa course. b) In Departments outside Forestiy, supplementals are not offered. 3) In no case shall supplemental examination privileges be granted in more than two courses or more than nine credits, whichever is the lower. Forestry 145 Awards and Financial Aid Undergraduate Forestry students are eligible for a range of assistance including prizes, scholarships, bursaries and loans. Prizes and scholarships arc awarded on the basis of academic standing although other factors may also be considered. Many scholarships are awarded on the recommendation ofthe Faculty, while others are assigned by the Awards Office. In the last academic session, approximately 35 students received academic awards totalling $50,000. The University also offers bursaries to students demc mstrating financial need. These awards are assigned by the Awards Office and students are required to submit a detailed application outlining their financial circumstances. Bursaries to Forestiy students amount to about half the value of scholarships and prizes. The major source of financial assistance is available through the British Columbia Student Assistance Program which combines a Canada Student Loan and a British Columbia Student Loan. Details on these programs are contained in a supplement to the UBC Calendar called Awards and Financial Aid. Students who wash to be considered for awards and financial assistance are urged to consult this supplement which is available in the spring from the Awards Office. >MHM_M»BaMM ._%»#**»; Forest Resources Management Major (B.S.F.) The study program in Forest Resources Management is designed to educate thoughtful, responsible and adaptable professionals with a comprehensive understanding ofthe discipline, an ability to acquire specific knowledge and skills as required, and the confidence to play a decision-making role in a wide variety of resource management situations. Additionally, the program provides a foundation for advanced studies in many aspects of loresi resources managemenl. Graduates, afterappropriate work experience and examination, should be eligible for registration as professional foresters. Forest Resources Management is a broad undergraduate degree program which involves all aspects of forest resources biology and management. The resources considered include fisheries, range, recreation, timber, water and wildlife. The core program provides students with an introduction to the biological, physical, and social sciences upon which forest resource management is based; a working knowledge of lhe characteristics of forest resources, their interactions, and the ways in which they can be manipulated to yield a socially optimum mix of goods and services; an ability to use quantitative and interpersonal skills necessary in the management of forest resources and an awareness of the technologically advanced tools and techniques available to resource managers; an understanding ofthe political and socio-economic environment in which forestiy is practised; and, an appreciation for the historical and ethical foundations of the profession. Through their choice of electives, students may emphasize biological, economic, social or quantitative aspects of resources management. Throughout the program, emphasis is placed on encouraging communicative skills, both oral and written; creative thinking; critical analysis and professional pride. For students entering the Faculty of Forestiy from senior secondaiy school, the program consists ofa minimum of 132 credits of in-session and 11 credits of extra-sessional course work, normally taken over a four-year period. For those students entering the Facuitv of Forestry from first year university (or its equivalent), the program consists of a minimum of 102 credits of in-session and 11 credits of extra-sessional col rse work, normally taken over a three- year period. For B.C. Forestry Technology Graduates, the program consists of a minimum of 106 credits of in- session and nine credits of extra-sessional course work, normally ta-ten over a three-year period. Students Entering from Secondary School First and Second Year Course Credits BIOL1 lit)and 120cr lis and 120 6 CHEM 103, or 111) or 121 and .122 or PHYS1 100 and 101 6 Two of: ENGL IK)1, 111. 112. 120 and 121 6 ECON 100 6 MATH 100 5 MATH 101 3 FRST1 100 2 FRST1 111 6 FRST 202 3 FRST 203 3 FRST 231 3 FRST 232 3 FRST 23" 3 SOIL 200 3 SOIL 204 3 Electives3 6 Total 65 A FOPR' 263 2 Students Entering from First-Year Science Seceind Year Cours te ECON 100 FRST Kit) FRST 111 FRST 202 FRST 203 FRST 231™ FRST 232 FRST 23" SOIL 200 SOIL 204 Total FOPR' 263 Credits 6 2 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 35 2 Common for Students Entering from Secondary School or First-Year Science Thini Year Cour; i>e FRST 238 FRST 30S FRST 306 FRST 30K FRST 309 FRST 319 FRST 327 FRST 332 FRST 381 FOPR 262 FOPR 362 Elective Total FRST' 3S1 Fourth Year Cours te FRST 290 FRST 395 FRST 4 IS FRST .21 FRST )23 Credit 3 3 3 ) 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 33 5 Credit 3 3 3 3 3 FRST 445 2 FRST 497 or 499 2 or 6 WOOD 475 3 Ilcimanities or Social Science Elective 3 Electives" 9 or 5 Total 34 FRST 451 6 Three-year Program in Forest Resources Management Major for B.C. Forestry Technology Graduates First Year Course Credits Two of: ENGL lit), 11 1. 112. 120 ancl 121 6 MATH 100 3 MATH 101 3 BIOI. lit)and 120, ot lis and 120 6 CHEM 103, or 111) orl 21 and 122. or PHYS 100 and 101 6 FRST 111 6 FRST 231 3 FRST 232 3 Total 36 Second and Third Year Course Credits ECON 100 6 SOIL 200 3 SOIL 204 3 FRST 202 3 FRST 203 3 FRST 290 3 FRST 332 3 FRST 38" 3 FOPR 362 3 Elective- 3 Total 36 FRST' 351 3 Fourth Year Course Credits FRST 305 3 FRST 306 3 FRST 319 3 FRST 395 3 FRST .23 3 FRST 421 3 FRST 41s 3 FRST -hS 2 WOOD .75 3 FRST 497 or 499 2 or 6 Electives" 6 or 2 Total 34 FRST -isl 6 ' Recommended for first vear - Select ihe subjects) not taken at the Grade 12 level. 1 It is recommended that all students use this elective freedom to complete both First Year Chemistry and Physics. 1 Immediately preceding second vear. '^ Immediately preceding third year. " Those students who elect 497 require nine credits; those who elect 499 require five credits.Courses should he chosen in consultation with a faculty adviser. Immediately following third year. * Those students who elect 497 require 6 credits; those who elect 499 require two credits. Courses should he chosen in consultation with a Faculty adviser 146 Forestry £_l______S^_aBB___iaa__i^BB_)M__i___lt Forest Operations Major (B.S.F.) The Forest Operations Major prepares the graduate for a full range of professional responsibilities associated with forest land use. The program includes core courses in forest ecology, stand management, silvicultural systems, forest protection, fisheries, hydrology, wildlife, and integrated resource management that are common to the Forest Resources Management Major. In addition, the Forest Operations Major offers specialized coursework in geotechnical engineering, forest road design and location, planning of forest operations at the stand and landscape levels, engineering and economic analysis of logging systems and forest transportation systems. Graduates of the Forest Operations Major have the unique skills that are needed to analyze, plan and implement a wide range of silviculture, logging and transportation systems which are key elements in forest management. After appropriate work experience and examination, graduates are eligible for registration with the Association of B.C. Professional Foresters. For sludents entering lhe Faculty of Forestiy from senior secondary school, the program consists ofa minimum of 131 credits of in-session and 11 credits of extra-sessional course work, normally taken over a four-year period. For I hose sludents entering the Faculty tif Forestiy from first year science (or its equivalent), the program consists ofa minimum of 110 credits of in-session and 11 credits of extra-session course work, normally taken over a three vear period. For Forestrv Technology graduates, the program consists ofa minimum of 102 credits of in-session and nine credits of extra-session course work, normally taken over a three-year period. Students Entering from Secondary School First Year Course Credits Two of: ENGL 110, ill. 112 120 and 121 6 MATH 100 and 101 6 One of: BIOI. 110 and 120 or CHEM 103 or 110 er 21 and 122. or PHYS 100 and 1111 6 FRST 111 0 FRST 231 3 FRST 232 3 FRST 1110 2 Total 32 Second Year Course Credits ECON 100 6 son. 200 3 FRST 202 3 FRST 203 3 FRST 23" 3 FOPR 262 3 FOPR 362 3 PH.5 rn 3 F.i-itivcs (, Total 33 FOPR 263- 7 Third Year Course Credits FRST 238 3 FRST 30s ) FRST 306 3 FRST 30S 2 FRS'L 30V > FRST 32" 2 FRS'L 332 3 FRST 387 FRST 495 or FRST 395 FOPR 260 FOPR 363 WOOD 376 or CIVL 230 Total FRST 35 V Fourth Year Course FRST 415 FRST .21 FRST )23 FRST 442 FRST 4'i5 FRST 497 FOPR 359 FOPR 459 FOPR 463 FOPR 4'6-t WOOD Elective Eleclive Total FRST 451' 3 3 3 3 3 33 6 Credits 3 3 3 5 3 3 33 3 1 Select one not taken at Grade 12 level. Physics 12 or equivalent is required by slan ot second year, - Week imiiiediatelv preceding second year. ' Seven clays of field study immediately preceding third year 1 IS working days of field sludy immediately lollowing thiid year. Students Entering from i First-Year Science (or its equivalent) (See Faculty of Forestry Admission requirements) Second Year Course Credits ECON 100' 6 PHYS ro 3 SOIL 200 3 FRST 10(1 2 FRST in 6 FRST |02 3 FRST 203 3 FRST 231 3 FRST 232 5 FRST 25- 3 FOPR 262 3 FOPR 362 3 Total 41 FOPR 263' 2 Third Year Course Credits FRST 238 3 FRST 305 3 FRST 306 3 FRS'L 308 2 FRST 509 ? FRST 3271 2 FRST' 332 3 FRST 58" 1 FRST 495 or FRST 395 5 FOPR 260 ) FOPR 363 5 WOOD 374) or CIVL 230 1 E!cT!ive 3 Total 36 FRST 351- 3 Fourth Year Course Credits FRST 115 2 FRST -.21 3 FRST 423 5 FRST n2 5 FRST -MS 2 FRST ■t9" 2 FOPR 359 3 FOPR .59 5 FOPR 463 FOPR 464 WOOD Elective Elective Total FRST 451' 3 3 3 3 33 6 1 Week immediately preceding second vear, " Seven (lavs of lield sinclv immediately preceding thin! vear ' Eighteen working days of field study Immediately following ihinl vear. ' Due to the heavy course load in second year, il is sirongly advised io complete ECON 10(1 before entering tit is program Students Entering as Forestry Technology Graduates Second Year Course Credit Two of: ENGL 110, 111 112. 120.111(11. 1 6 MATH 100 3 MATH 101 3 Select six credits from one of: BIOL 110 and 120, or 115 anc! 120. or CHEM 103 Ol" 10 o 121 ancl 22 or PHYS 100 and 101 6 5011, 200 3 FRST 111 6 FRST 231 3 FOPR 362 3 Total 33 Third Year Course Credits ECON 100 6 PHYS Oil 3 FRST 202 3 FRST 203 3 FRST 238 3 FRST 332 3 FRST .W 3 FRST 495 or FRST 395 3 FOPR 260 3 FOPR 363 5 WOOD .06 or CIVL 2 .30 5 Total 36 FRST 331- 3 Fourth Year Course Credits FRST 305 3 FRST 306 3 FRST 415 2 FRST 421 3 FRST 423 3 FRST 445 2 FRST 49T 2 FOPR 359 3 FOPR 45'i 3 FOPR 463 3 FOPR lh'l 3 TOOD Elective 3 Total 33 FRST 451' 6 : Select the cue noi taken at ihe Grade 12 level. Physics 12 oreqm is required bv the start of third vear. Seven days of field studv immediately preceding third vear. ; 18 working davs of field studv immediately following third vear B.Sc. (Natural Resources Conservation) This is an interdisciplinary program designed to prepare students lor careers in the conservation of renewable natural resources, the management of protected areas, and planning for the integrated use of forests and associated wildlands. The program provides students with an understanding ofthe natural and social sciences underlying the conservation and management of resources asso- Forestry 147 dated with wildlands, an appreciation forthe political and socioeconomic environments in which decisions concerning the establishment and management of protected areas are made, and a working knowledge of technologically advanced tools and quantitative techniques available to renewable resources planners and managers. Throughout the program, emphasis is placed on developing communicative skills, both oral and written, including approaches to public participation in natural resources planning and the techniques of conflict resolution. The program consists of 129 credits over a four year period. Following a two year common core of 63 credits, students must choose one of three areas of concentration: nature conservation, wildland recreation and parks management; wildlife management; or conservation and natural resources planning. Each area of concentration consists of 66 sessional credits including 21 credits common to all programs. Following years two and three, students must register in the cooperative summer internship program. This is a field work program, for which the student will receive remuneration, conducted by the Faculty of Forestry in conjunction with public resource agencies and the private sector. First Year Course Credits BIOL 110 and 120 or 115 ancl 120 6 CHEM 103' 6 GEOG 101 6 FRST 111 6 Second Year Course Credits SOIL 300 or SOIL 201)-' 3 FRST 202 3 FRST 203 3 CONS 200 3 PHIL 102 3 ! Students with MATH 100 and 101 and a first-year physics course may replace CHEM 103 with CHEM 110 or 121 and 122. ' Students wishing to meet Registered Professional Forester require-j ments must take SOU 200. First or Second Year Course Credits FRST 232 3 ECON 100 6 Two of: ENGL 110, 111, 112.120 and 12 1 6 MATH 100 or 140 3 PSYC 100 or SOCI I001 6 Total number of credits First and Second Years: 63 ! SOCI 100 must he taken by students planning to enter third area of concentration or if planning to take SOCI 360 as an elective. Areas of Concentration Nature Conservation, Parks Management Third Year Course FRST 231 FRST 302 or AGSC, 213 CONS 320 CONS 330 FRST 29(1 FRST 292 FRS'L 392 PHIL -f IT Picon COS'S 299: Total Wildland Recreation and Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 9 ■ 33 Fouirth Year Course FRST 305 FRST 306 FRST 495 CONS 440 FRST 490 CONS 481 CONS 491 CONS 498 Electives1 CONS 399' Tota Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 4 9 0 33 1 Electives must be ch' isen in consultation with a Faculty adviser. At least six credits must he rhosen Irom lhe following: ENGL 301; SOCI 360; POLI 302; LAW 356; ECON 370, ECON 371. - Summer iniemship :o he taken hetwecn second ancl third years. ' Summer iniemship :o he taken between third and fourth years CONS 498 Electives1 CONS 399' Total 4 12 33 Wildlife Management Third Year Coui'se FRST 231 FRST 302 or AGSC 213 FRST 305 FRST 306 CONS 320 CONS 330 FRST 395 BIOL 204 PHIL 417 Electives' CONS 2992 Total Fourth Year Course FRST 495 CONS 440 ANSC 424^ BIOL 427 CONS 430 BIOL 408 CONS 491 CONS 498 Electives1 CONS 399-' Totill Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 0 33 Credits 3 3 3 3 3 6 ? 6 0 33 1 Electives ir ust be cl osen in consultation with a Faculty adviser. At least six credits must be chosen from the following: BIOL 205; ENGL 301; UW356; IRST290 FRST387; PLNT404. | Summer internship to be taken between second and third years. ■' Summer internship to be taken between third ancl fourth years. Conservation and Natural Resources Planning Third Year Course FRST 231 FRST 302 or AGSC 213 CONS 320 FRST 305 FRST .306 FRST 387 FRST 422 ECON .374 PHIL 417 Electives1 CONS 29S'2 Total Fourth Year Couirse FRS'7 495 CON'S CONS CONS SOCI ECON Credits 440 491 481 360 .ro 6 0 33 Credits 3 3 Electives must he chosen in consultation with a Faculty adviser At least six credits must he chosen from the following: ENGL 301; ECON 371; POLI 302; UW 356; CONS 330; FRST 392., FRST 443 ! Summer internship to he taken between second and third years. 1 Summer internship to he taken between third and fourth years. Courses Towards Registration as a Professional Forester in the Province of British Columbia Students in the B.Sc. (Natural Resources Conservation) program who wish to work towards membership in the Association of B.C. Professional Foresters are advised to include courses from the following list in their choices of electives. Course FRST 2371 FRST 238' FRST 305 , FRST 306 FRST 308 FRST 309 FRST 319 FRST 327 FRST 421 FRST 423 FOPR 262' WOOD 475 Credits 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 Students wishing to take these courses must have completed MATH 101 or MATH 141. This course has a prerequisite requirement of FOPR 263 Wood Science and Industry Major B.Sc. (Forestry) The Wood Science and Industry' Major is designed to give students a knowledge in wood as a material and a good understanding of wood products manufacture, marketing, engineering and utilization. Three areas of concentration (or options) which include: 1) Business Management and Marketing, 2) Industrial Process Technology and 3) Science, Engineering and Biotechnology provide for a wide range of specialization. Graduates will be educated to qualify them for employment in many facets of the wood products industry' in both technical and managerial positions. The program consists of a minimum of 128 credits in- session and five credits of extra-sessional course work (Total of 133 credits). No later than end of second term ofthe second year, each student will be required to select one of three areas of concentration (or options). These sequences of courses are designed to broaden the student's knowledge in one ofthe specific areas: Business Management and Marketing, Industrial Process Technology and Science, Engineering and Biotechnology. The Business Management sequence, which has been designed in cooperation with the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration, is designed for sludents interested in. business and financial aspects ofthe forest products industries. The Industrial Process Technology option provides background in electronic, statistical and numerical process control, particularly for sawmilling and wood processing. The Science, Engineering and Biotechnology stream provides the scientific education for wood scientists wishing to specialize in wood-productsdevelopment, manufacture and process- 148 Forestry ing, wood engineering or chemical and microbial (bio- technological) processing of wood and biomass. BCIT Wood Products diploma graduates who meet the entrance requirements for first year Science at UBC (or with equivalent first year science credits) and who have completed their BCIT diploma with at leasi a 65% average in all courses taken, are now admissable into a three year B.Sc. in Wood Science and Industry degree program. The specific sequences of courses are also designed to meet entrance requirements for post graduate work in Wood Science and Industry at UBC or other graduate schools. Wood Industries Cooperative Education Program The Wood Industries Cooperative education program is designed to provide qualified students with work experience integrated with their academic programs. Admission to the program is limited and based on: • Academic qualifications and progress; • Letters of reference; • Interviews with faculty advisers and industrial sponsors. The work progtam is a year round program based on three sessions of targeted employment consisting ofthe following: one summer work placement (WOOD 310], one Winter Session Term 1 placement (WOOD 300) and one Winter Session Term 2 placement (WOOD 400). The full program requires five years t< > complete. The program is available for all three areas of concentration within the Wood Science and Industry Major. Students accepted into the program will register in ihe appropriate non- credit Cooperative Education Courses (see detailed listing of Wood Science courses in Courses of Instruction Section). Students are expected to write technical reports detailing their activities in the Winter Term placements. The first Winter Term placement will result in ,i three credit technical essay given for WOOD 4-i8 (see course listing), and the second Winter Term placement should normally be related to the students graduating essay. To graduate in the Cooperative Education program the student must complete the required number of work placements along with the normal academic requirements. Students interested in admission to the program should contact the Department of Wood Science, Room 389. MacMillan Building, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1Z4. Students Entering from Secondary School First Year Course Credits Twoof: ENGL ill), 111, 112, 120 and 121 6 MATH 100 3 MATH 101 3 CHEM 103 or 119 or 1S1 0 BIOL 110 and 120, or US and 1 20, or1 PHYS 100 and Kit 6 FRST 100 2 Electives' 6 Total 32 Second Year3 Course Credits ECON 100 6 FRST 111 6 FRST 231 3 FRST 232 or CPSC 11H 3 PHYS no 3 WOOD 2S0 3 WOOD 372 3 WOOL) 374 3 Area ot Concentration 3 Total 33 Third Year Course Credits CHEM 230' c, or UIEM2h<r- i ENGL 301 3 FRST 552 3 WOOD 333 3 WOOD 3-1 3 WOOD 376 3 Area of Conreniralion 12-11 Total 33 WOOD 3S3'1 ' Fourth Year Course Credits FRST t-iS 2 WOOD-161 3 TOO!) ■_"■*;. \ TOOD i82 I WOOD-iH-t s wood -i<r 3 FRST -.Tor W 2-h Area of Concentration 7-11 Total 30 WOOD <H<r 5 ' Select flu.' one noi taken at Grade 12 level. • If both BIOI ;md PHYS were not taken at Grade 12 level elective miM be Cither BIOI. UOand 120 or PHYS 100,ind KM (or equivalent.. Students emerin^ nom first year Science must A.-^ take FRST 10') in 'he second vear. giving a total of 5Z> credits in second vear. ' For Science Engineering and Biotechnology option only. For Business Management and Marketing ai;d industrial Processing Technology options instead of CHEM 2^e. Six working days of <.m-site study of forest products inatujf'tiiru ring plants immediately following spring examinations of second or third vear. .'Vi! students proceeding to Fourth vear must submit a report based on their summer work experience in the forest industry undertaken the summer preceding the Fourth year. This report must have a minimum ot 5,000 words, exclusive of bibliography and. ippendices and must be .ubmifted no la;er than the second Mondav in October. Students Entering from BCIT Students who have completed the British G ilumbia Institute of Technology diploma in Wood Products Manufacturing with an acceptable standing may complete a B.Sc. (Forestry) in the Wood Science and Industry Major by completing lhe following three-year program. First Year Course Two of: ENGL nn. in, 112, 120 and 12 MATH 100 MATH 101 CHEM 103 or 110(121, 122; or PHYS lOCiin 1 10! BIOL lllland 120.01 1 IS ,i .1(1 !2ii FRST 111 FRST 100 Area ut Concentration Total Second and Third Year Course LCON 100 I'HYS 170 chl:m 230 FRST i49' WOOD 3" 1 WOOD 372 Are:? ofConcetiiiatioti Total 3S Fourth Year Course FRST ... WOOD 33S WOOD .ro WOOD lOl WOOD .73 WOOD -182 WOOD -i87 FRS'l -;c" nr iOK Area nf Concentration Total 3 2-6 -■3 29 1 Fleaed coarse (iiusi he (.heline noi i.ikenal Grade 12 lever ■' Directed study comprised of Laboratory' section of WOOL) 280 Areas of Concentration All areas oi' conceiuratkm require three credits ut approved Humanities elective. For lis! consult lhe depart mental adviser. Business Management and Marketing • Second year required courses: COMM 157 • Third year required courses-. COMM 297,399,458, -05 • Fourih yeai required course: FRST 419 ^^ourth year electives; select 6 to 10 credits from: COMM' 529. .92. 393. 39t 39~, Til), .9! ECON 201. ,5'\ 360. 301. 365. 3""0, 371 LAW 359 Or oiher appioved. courses ; Additional pit'teouisiies mav he teqtiired by the Facuitv ol Comma.,- Industrial Processing Technology • First vear: MATH 152,153 and ! 54 accepted in place ol MATH 100 and 101 • Second year.CPSC 152 or CPSC 118 can he taken in place of FRST 232. • Third vear: MFC 25!, F.I.FC 253, ELEC 305, APSC 380 • Fourth vear. FLEC 314 Electives all vears.; Select six to ten credits from: MATH 152.221 FLEC 250, 320, 360, 4.0, 460, 468 One of: COMM 392, COMM 297, COMM .57 Science, Engineering and Biotechnology • Second year required courses: COMM 457 • Third and fourth vear courses*: Required course: WOOD 3"7 Select 15 to 21 credits from: APSC 278 BIOC 403, 402, 420 CHEM 205, 311.3,50 CHML OO, "l CIVL 230 2,31,330 CPSC 118.210 FRST4.30,-Ol FLEC 250. 259. 380 MATH 152,200,221 MICB 318. 'C 1.40(1 PHYS 27(1, 256 WOOD-TO, TO • Siudenis are rcciiucd to i'lan fur appcoriiate ptereiitiisites lo tiicst: Forestry 149 Forest Science Major B.Sc. (Forestry) The Forest Science major is for students interested in the biology and dynamics of forest ecosystems. The program provides a strong foundation for careers involving the biological anc! environmental aspects of forestry, forest conservation, research and teaching. Emphasis is given to education in the basic biological and environmental sciences, particularly with regard to the components and functioning of forest ecosystems. The program consists ofa minimum of 126 credits of in- session and three credits extra sessional course work. The first two years of the program are structured to facilitate transfer to or from a B.Sc. program in the Faculty of Science or the other undergraduate programs given by the Faculty of Forestry. The first two years of the program have a strong core of foundation courses to ensure scientific breadth. No later than the end of the spring term of the second year, students must select an area of concentration, such as forest ecology, forest entomology or pathology, forest fire science, forest genetics or biotechnology, forest hydrology and aquatic sciences, forest soils, tree physiology. or wildlife ecology. Each area of concentration consists of 15 credits of course work plus a thesis (six credits). Specific academic packages to suit the interests and needs of individual students can be designed. All Forest Science majors must have their program of study approved by the undergraduate adviser of the Department of Forest Sciences The recommended program of studies is given below. Part-time students orstudents with advanced credit should consult the undergraduate adviser of the Department of Forest Sciences before registering in an amended program. Fourth Year Course Credits FRST 399 . FRST 430 3 FRST 445 2 FRST 495 or BIOI. 416 3 FRST 498 6 Area nf concentration 9 Elective 3 Total 30 First Year Course Credits BIOL llOand 120n 115 and 120 6 CHEM 103 or HOni 21 and 122 b Twoof: ENGL 110, 111, 112, 120 and 121 6 MATH 100 and 101 oi MATH 140 and 1 1 (i FRST 100 2 FRST 111 d Total 32 Second Year Course Credits BIOL 200 3 BIOI. 201 3 CHEM 2,30 6 FRST 202 3 FRST 203 3 FRST 231 3 SOIL 200 3 SOIL 204 3 Electee 3 Total 30 Third Year1 Course Credits FRST 302 nr AGSC 2 3 nr BIOL 334 3 FRST 306 3 FRST 508 2 FRS'L 309 2 FRST 31l 3 FRST 312 3 FRST 327 ■ FRST J87 or GEOG : 03 5 FRST 39S 3 Area of concentration 6 Electives 4 Total 34 FRST 350 3 ! Physics 100 is required fnr..dvaiiremeiu tu Third Year.or:sludents who do not have credit for Physics L! - Immediately preceding Third Year. Lectureships The H. R. MacMillain Lectureship in Forestry The generosity of H. R. MacMillan, C.B.E., D.Sc., LL.D., and the H. R. MacMillan Family Fund enables a series of public lectures in forestry and natural resource conservation by outstanding managers, scientists and politicians working in these fields. These lecturers are available for several days to sptak tt) students, to consult with members ofthe Faculty, and to address professional and other groups. The T. E. Burgess and EI). E. Lane Memorial Lectureship in Forestry In memory of Thoi las E, Burgess and David E. Lane, Vice- Presic.ents of long standing with British Columbia Forest Products Limited, a fund has been established by Mrs. Dorothy Burgess a id Mrs. Evelyn Lane and Fletcher Challenge Canada Limited to provide for the presentation and publication of special lectures in forestry by outstanding authorities in forestry or the forest industry. The Leslie L. Schalffer Lectureship in Forest Science In memory of LesLe L. Schaffer, D.Sc, former executive vice-president of Western Plywood Co. Ltd., a fund has been established 3y Mrs, Leslie L. Schaffer to finance lectures and publications by visiting forest scientists at the Faculty of Forestry, UBC. Courses of Instruction Students from other Faculties may take the courses offered in Forestry provided they have the necessary prerequisites, but in a 1 such cases permission ofthe instructor must be obtained. Course for Graduate Students Formal lecture courses or seminars are indicated by a single credit value assigned to them. In all problem and research courses, as indicated by a variable number of credits, individual laboratory or field investigations or reviews of literature are usually planned to serve the special interests of individual students. When several students have a similar interest in advanced study, formal lectures or seminars may be given. Staff members other than ihose directing graduate programs may direct studies in specialized opics for interested students, on the recommendation ofthe students' program supervisors. Undergraduate students with the necessary background and permission of the instructor may he allowed by the Dean to register in a regularly-scheduled graduate lecture course in F irestrv Academic Staff Office of the Dean CLARK S. BINKLEY, A.B, M.S. (Hare.), Ph.D. (Yale), Professor in Forest Resources Management and Dean ANTAL KOZAK, B.S.F. (Sopron), M.F., Ph.D. (Brit. Col.l, D.Sc. (Honoris causa, Sopron), Prolessor in Forest Resources Management anil Associate Dean of Undergraduate Programs and Academic Affairs. JOHN A. McLEAN, B.Sc, M.Sc (Auck.), Ph.D. I'S.Frascr), F.R.E.S, R.P.Bio, Professor of Forest Sciences and Associate Dean of Graduate Studies and Research DONALD D. MUNRO, B.S.F. (Brit. CoL). MS .Oregon State), Ph.D (Bril Col). R.P.F, Professor in Forest. Resources Management and Director of University Research Forests. BARBARA E. A1.1VOJVOD1C, Administrative Assistant. DONNA E. GOSS. B.S.F. (Bril. Col.), Coordinator of Student Services, PATRICIA A. PLACKETT, B.A.fllons.), M.A, Ph.D. (Tor), Director of Forestry Continuing Studies Network. SUSAN B. WATTS, B.Sc, (N. Wales), M.F, Ph.D (Brit. Col), R.P.F, Coordinator of Special Projects. Department of Forest Resources Management Professor and Head XORDON BASKERV1LLE, B.Sc.F, (New Br,,i, M.F, Ph.D. (Yale). Professors TIMOTHY M. BALLARD, B.S.F., M.F, Ph.D. (Wash.). CLARK S. BINKLEY. A.B, M.S. (Harv.}, Ph.D. (Yale). IDAVID HALEY, B.Sc. (Aberd.), M.F, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), R.P.F. ANTAL KOZAK, B.S.F (Sopron), M.F, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). D.Sc (Honoris causa, Sopron). DONALD D MUNRO, B.S.F. (Brit. CoL). M.S. (Oregon Slate), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), R.P.F. I PETER A. MURTHA, B.Sc.F. (Tor.), M.S , Ph.D (C'nell,), M.C.A.S.1. PETER LL PEARSE, CM, B.S.F. (Brit. CoL), M.A.(Ilons.). Ph.D. (Edin,). F.R.S.A, R.P.F Associate Professors ALAN D. CHAMBERS, B.S.F. (Brit. CoL), M.F. (Duke), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), R.P.F. PETER J. DOOLING, B.A (Hons). B.P.E.(Hons.), M.A. (Alia), Ph.D. (Colorado State) DOUGLAS L. GOLDING, B.Sc. (New Br). M.S (Purduel, Ph.D. (Brit Col.j, R.P.F. ANDREW F. HOWARD, B.St. (Mass.), M.F.Sc, M.Sc, M.Phil, Ph.D. (Yale). PETER 1, MARSHALL, B.Sc.F, M.Sc.F. (Tor.). Ph.D. (Brit. Col.), R.P F JOHN D. NELSON, B.S.F, M.B.A. (Brit. Col), Ph.D. (Oregon State). R P.F. G. CASEY VAN KOOTEN, B.Sc, M.A. (Alta), Ph.D. (Oregon). G. GLENDON YOUNG, BA.Sc, M.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), P.Eng. Assistant Professors R.JONATHAN FANNIN, B Sc.(l)ons) (Belfast), Ph.D. (Oxon) G. BRENT INGRAM, B.A. (Evergreen Slate College), B.F.A. (San Francisco Art Inst. I, MSc. (Antioch Univ. West), Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley). VALERIE LeMAY, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D (Brit. CoL), R.P.F SEPT1M1U E SALCUDEAN, B.F.ng.(Hons,). M.Eng. (McG.), Ph.D. (Calif., Berkelev) DAVID E. N. TAIT, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. Col.) Lecturers PETER R. W. SANDERS. BSE, M.F. (Brit. CoL), R.P.F. (part-time). FRANK WONG, B.Eng. (McG), M.Sc. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Bril. CoL) (part-lime) Adjunct Professors G. MICHAEL BONNOR. B S.F., M.S... (Tor.) Ph.D. (N.Y.State). PHILIP L. COTLF.I.L. B.S.F, M.F. (Brit. CoL), Ph D. (Yale), R P.F JULIF.N P. DFMAFRSCHA1.K, B S.F, (Louvain), M.F, Ph.D. (Brit Coi) THOMAS II. HALL, B.A, M.Sc. (Indiana). M.Sc.F. (New Br.), Ph.D. (Brit. Col), R.P.F. KIMBERLEY ILES. B.S, M.Sc. (Oregon), Ph.D (Brit. CoL). KENNETH J. MITCHELL, B.S.F. (Brit. Col. i, M.F, Ph.D. (Yale), R.P.F. DOUGLAS 11. WILLIAMS, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. Col). Honorary Lecturers FRANK 1IEGY1, B.Sc.F. (Edin), M.Sc.F. (Tor.), R.P.F. BRENT J. SAUDER, B.S.F, M.F. (Bril. CoL), Department of Forest Sciences Professor and Head GENE NAMKOONG, BS, M.S (NewYork), Ph.D. (North Carolina State) Professors FREDERICK L. BUNNELL,B.S.F. (Brit. Col). Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley), R.P Bio. JAMES P. KIMMINS. B.Sc. (N Wales), M.S. (Calif, Berkeley). M.Phil, Ph.D. (Yale) 150 Forestry KARF.I. KLINKA, For.F.ng. (Prague), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), R.P.F, VladimirJ. Kraiina Chair in Silvics and Silviculture. JOHN A. McLEAN, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Auck.), Ph.D. (S.Fraser), F.R.E.S, R.P.Bio. GORDON F. WEETMAN, B.Sc.F. (Tor), M.F, Ph.D. (Yale), R.P.F, F. Eng. Associate Professors MICHAEL C. FELLER, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Melb.), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), R.P.Bio. ROBERT D. GUY, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Calg.). KATHERINE M. MARTIN, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Queen's) (part-time). THOMAS P. SULLIVAN, B.Sc.(Hons .), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit.Col.). BARTJ. VAN DER KAMP, B.S.F. (Brit. CoL). Ph.D. (Aberd.). JOHN G. WORRALL, B.Sc. (Durham), B S.F. (Brit. CoL), M.F, M.Phil, Ph.D. (Yale). Assistant Professors PHILIP D. BURTON, B.Sc. (Sask.), M.Sc. (Hawaii), Ph.D. (111.). JOHN CARLSON, B.Sc. (Pitt.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (111). CHRISTOPHER P. CHANWAY, B.Sc. (Winnipeg), B.SAg. (Manit.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Bril. CoL). Adjunct Professors RENE l. ALFARO, B.Sc. (ll. of Chile). M.Sc, Ph.D. (S.Fraser). PAIGE E. AXEI.R0OD, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Oregon Stale), Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley). JOHN E. BARKER, B.Sc. (Brit. CoL), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley). ANDREW E. DEROCHER, B,S.F.(Hons,i. M.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta.). FRANK DOST, B.Sc. (Wash.), M.Sc. (Kansas), D.V.M. (Wash,). DAVID GEORGE EDWARDS, B.Sc. (Aberd.), M.F, Ph.D. (Wash.). YOUSRYA. EI.-KASSABY, B.Sc. (Alexandria), M.Sc. (Tanta), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). STEVEN C. GROSSNICKLE, B.Sc. (S. III.), M.Sc, PhD. (ColoradoState). CHRISTOPHER D. B. HAWKINS, B.Sc.(Hons.), M.Sc. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (Canberra), R.P.Bio. WALT KI.ENNER, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Manic), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). R.P.Bio. PAMELA G. KRANNITZ, B.Sc.(Hons.), M.Sc. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Queen's). CAROLE L. LEADEM, B.Sc. (Calif.), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), R.P.Bio. DONALD T. LESTER, B.Sc. (Maine), M.F, Ph.D. (Yale). J. DANIEL LOUSIER, B.Sc. (Notre Dame (B.C.)), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Calg.), R.P.Bio. BRUCE N. McLELLAN, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), R.P.Bio. GORDON E. MILLER, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.P.M, Ph.D. (S.Fraser), DUNCANJ. MORRISON, B.S.F, M.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Cantab). IMRE S. OTVOS. B.Sc.F. (Sopron), M.S, Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley). CAROLINE M. PRESTON, B.Sc. (McM.), M.A. (Car.), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). JAMES A. ROCHEI.I.E. B.Sc, M.Sc. (Wash.State), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). LASZLO SAFRANYIK, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). JEAN-PIERRE SAVARD, B.Sc. (Laval), M.Sc. (Tor), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). DALE R. SEIP, B.Sc. (W.Ont.), M.Sc. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (Brit. Col), R.P.Bio. NICHOLAS J. SMITH, B.Sc. (N. Wales), M.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Oregon State). BENJAMIN S. SUTTON, B.Sc. (Reading), Ph.D. (Brit. Col). ROBERTJ. VAN DEN DRIESSCHE, B.Sc. (N. Wales), M.Sc. (Tor.), Ph.D. ('Wales). G. ALLAN VAN SICKLE, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Brit Col), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State), R.P.F. ELEANOR E. WHITE, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Brit CoL), Ph.D. (Swedish Univ. Ag. Sci,}. Post Doctoral Fellows ANN C. ALLAYE CHAN-McLEOD, B.Sc.F, M.Sc. (Brit. CoL). Ph.D. (Alaska). QING-LAI DANG, B.Ag.yi Lin For. Coll.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta.). JAROSLAV DORBY, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Prague). DANIELS PETERSEN, B.Sc. (Dallas), Ph.D. (William March Rice, Houston). KAREN WIEBE, B.Sc.(Hons.)(S. Fraser), Ph.D. (Sask,), Research Associates REID CARTER, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Brit. Col.)(HonoraryAppt. I. CARLOS GAI.INDO, B.Sc. (11. Autonoma Metropolitana), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Bril. CoL). HUGUE B. MASSICOTTE, B.Sc .A. (Laval), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Guelph). CINDY PRF.SCOTT, B.Sc. (Brock). M.Sc, Ph.D. (Calg I. SALIM N. SILIM, B.Sc. (Makerere), M.Sc. (New Br), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). GAOFENG WANG. B.Sc, M.Sc (Nanjing For.), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL) SUSAN B. WATTS, B.St. (N. Wales), M.F, Ph.D. (Brit. Col), R.P.F. Department of Wood Science Professor and Head J. DAVID BARRETT, B.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley), F.I.A.W.S, P.Eng. Professors LASZLO PASZNER, B.S.F. (Sopron), M.F, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). JOHN N. R. RUDDICK, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Newcastle), Ph.D (Lond,). JOHN N. SADDLER, B,Sc.(I Ions.) (Edin.), Ph.D. (Glas). Associate Professor STAVROS AVRAMIDIS, Dipl - For. (Thcssaloniki), M.S, Ph.D. (S.U.N.Y, Syracuse), F.I.W.Sc. COLETTE BREU1L, B.Sc. (Lyon), M.Sc. (Ott), Ph.D. (Lyon). PAUL R. STEINER, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). Assistant Professors DAVID H. COHEN, Dipl. For. Tech. (Selkirk), B.S. (Idaho), Ph.D. (Virginia). SIMON C. ELLIS. B.Sc.(Hons.) (N. Wales), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). THOMAS C. MANESS, B.S.F. (West Virginia), M.S. (Virginia Polytech.), Ph.D. (Wash.). HELMET PRION, B.Eng. (Stellenbosch), Ph.D. (Tor). Adjunct Professors SUEZONE CHOW, B.Sc. (Taiwan), M.Sc, Ph.D (Brit. CoL), O.B.C, ROBERT M. KELLOGG, B.S.F. (Maine), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Yale), F.I.A.W.S. EBERHARD D. K1RBACH, Dipl-Holzwirt (Hamburg), Ph.D, (Brit.Col.). ROGERS. SMITH, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Lond). EROLVAROGLU, M. Eng. (Istanbul), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Stan.). University Research Forests DONALD D. MUNRO, B.S.F. (Brit. CoL), M.S. (Oregon State), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), R.P.F, Professor in Forest Resources Management and Director of University Research Forests. PETER R. W. SANDERS, B.S.F, M.F. (Brit. CoL), R.P.F. Resident Silvictilturist, Malcolm Knapp Forest, Maple Ridge. KENNETH DAY, B.Sc.F. (Lake.). R.P.F. Resident Forester, Alex Fraser Forest, Williams Lake. Graduate Studies 151 The Faculty of Graduate Studies works in conjunction with departments, schools and other faculties to coordinate and maintain the quality of all Master's and doctoral programs in the University. Among its functions with respect to graduate students and graduate programs are the following: approving new graduate programs, curriculum changes and graduate level (500 - 699) courses; determining or verifying the admissibility of students applying for graduate programs; maintaining records of the academic performance of all graduate students; approving requests for transfer between programs, leaves of absence, reinstatements after interruptions of study, extensions after the maximum time-in-program has been exhausted; coordinating scholarships, fellowships and awards for graduate sludents across the entire university; assuring uniformity of practices and standards for doctoral orals; assisting departments ancl other units with recruitment of new graduate students; helping individual graduate students who encounter problems during their programs; determining whether graduate students are eligible to graduate. In addition to the above functions, the Faculty of Graduate Studies manages the Individual Interdisciplinary program and a number of other interdisciplinary programs (Genetics, Neuroscience, Occupational Hygiene, Vocational Rehabilitation Counselling). Details of these, as well as graduate programs which operate within other Faculties, are provided below. The Faculty of Graduate Studies also acts as the administering Faculty for the School of Community and Regional Planning, Green College and a number of interdisciplinary centres, institutes, committees and journals. These are also described in the following pages. Fields of Study and Units Devoted to Graduate Level Research Administrative, Adult and Higher Education Advanced Technology Managemenl Agricultural Economics Agricultural Extension Anatomy Animal Science Anthropology Applied Mathematics Architecture Asian Research Asian Studies Atmospheric Science Astronomv Audiology and Speech Sciences Biochemistry- Biology Biomedical Engineering Bio-Resource Engineering Botanv Chemical Engineering Chemistrv Civil Engineering Classical Archaeology Classics Clinica] Pharmacv Commerce and Business Administration Commerce and Business Administration combined with Law Cotnmunitvand Regional Planning Comparative Literature Computer Science Computer Systems Research Counselling Psychology* Creative Writing Curriculum and Instruction in Education* Dental Science Economics Educational Psychology and Special Education* Electrical Engineering Engineering Physics Eiiglisii The Faculty of Graduate Studies Ethnic Studies Experimental Medicine Family Studies Film Fine Arts Fire Protection Engineering Fisheries Food Science Forestiy French Genetic Counselling (see Medical Genetics) Genetics Geography Geological Engineering Geological Sciences Geophysics Germanic Studies Gerontology Greek Health Administration Heaith Care and Epidemiology Health Promotion Hispanic Studies His ton' Human Kinetics Human Nutrition Human Settlements Hydrology Industrial Relations Internationa! Relation.1; Interdisciplinary Studies Italian Landscape Architecture Language Education Latin Law Library, Archival, and linformation Studies Linguistics Mathematics Mathematics and Science Education Mechanical Engineering Jvledia and Graphics Microbiology Metals and Materials Engineering Microelectronics Mining and M neral Process Engineering Music Neuroscience Nursing Obstetrics and Gynaecology (Reproductive and Developmental Sciences) Occupational Hygiene Ocean Studies Oceanography Oral Biology Pathology and Laboratory Medicine Pharmaceutical Sciences Pharmacology Philosophy Physics Physiology Plant Science Polar and Alpine Research Political Science Poultry Science Psychology Pulp and Paper Engineering Rehabi itation Science; Religions Studies Remote Sensing Resource Management and Environmental Studies Science Technology and Society Studies Social and Educational Studies* Social Work Sociology Soil Science Spanish Statistics Surgery Theatre Transportation Studies Urban Land Economics Urban Studies Visual and Performing Arts in Education Vocational Rehabilitation Counselling Westwater Research Zoology * See Education The titles ofthe degrees are given heside the headings in the following pages. Where no degrees are listed in the headings, graduate research leading to a degree may be co-ordinated bv the Institutes, Centres, Committees, etc. 'described. Degrees Offered The degrees offered in the Faculty of Graduate Studies are: Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) Doctor of Pharmacy (Pharm.D.) Combined Dcx'tor of Medicine and Doctor of Philosophy (M.D./Ph.D.) Doctor of Musical Arts (D.M.A.) Master of Architecture (M.Arch.) Master of Advanced Studies in Architecture (M.A.S.A.) Master of Archival Studies (MAS.) Master of Arts (M.A.) Master of Applied Science (M.A.Sc.) Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.) Combined Master of Business Administration and Bachelor of Laws (M.BA/LL.l.) Master of Health Science (M.H.Sc.) Master of Health Administration (M.H.A.) Master of Science in Nursing (M.S.N.) Master of Science in Business Administration (M.Sc.(Bus. Admin.)) Master of Education (M.Ed.) Mastei" of Engineering (M.Eng.) Master of Eine Arts (M.F.A.) Master of Forestry (M.F.) Master of Health Administration (M.H.A.) Master of Human Kinetics (M.H.K.) Master of Landscape Architeciure (M.L.A.) Master of Laws (LL.M.. Master of Library Science (M.L.S.) Master of Music (M.Mus.) Master of Arts in Planning (M.A. (Planning)) Master of Science in Planning (M.Sc. (Planning)) Master of Social Work (M.S,W.) Master of Science (M.Sc.) The Degrees of Ph.D., D.M.A., and Ed.D. A) Admission 1) A student may apply for admission to the degree program by writing directly to the department in which the program is offered or by writing to The Dean, Faculty of Graduate Studies, The University of British Columbia235-2075 Wesbrook Mall, Vancouver, British Columbia, V6T \7A. 152 Graduate Studies Students are normally admitted to study only in fields which are formally authorized by Senate to offer Doctoral programs. At the time the application form is submitted, all applicants are required to submit a $45.00 application fee. 2) The number of candidates that can be accommodated is limited, and departments with limited facilities will accept the best qualified students as vacancies occur. 3) Most students begin their program at the start of the Winter Session (the beginning of September), but the limitation on the number of students that can be accommodated requires that applicants be selected well before this date. 4) Applicants for the Ph.D. and D.M.A. degrees must have completed: a) a Bachelor's degree with First Class Honours (or equivalent) (seeC. 1 CourseWork in this section), or b) a Bachelor's degree with one year of study in a Master's program with 18 credits of First-Class average, ofwhich, normally at least lOcredits must be at the 500-level or above and at least ten credits must be of First Class standing, and clear evidence of research ability or potential (for Ph.D.), or outstanding ability in performance or composition (for D.M.A.) (transfer directly into a Doctoral program is not normally permitted beyond the first year of study and will not be permitted after the completion of the second year in a Master's program); or c) a Master's degree (or equivalent), with clear evidence of research ability or potential (for Ph.D.), or with outstanding ability in performance or composition (for D.M.A.). 5) Applicants for the Ed.D. degree must have completed: a) a Master's degree in Education (or equivalent degree); or b) a Bachelor's degree with First Class standing and First Class in Teacher Training,for c) a B.Ed. (Elem.) degree with First Class standing and First Class standing in such prerequisite fifth year work as may have been required. 6) Admission to the Ph.D., D.M.A. or Ed.D. program will be in one of the following categories, j a) Full Standing: Granted to applicants who have met the requirements in one of the categories indicated in A.4 and A.5. b) Provisional Standing: Granted to applicants with minor deficiencies that must be removed, or in cases where doubt exists. B) Program of Study 1) a) Residency i) Students admitted with a Bachelor's degree normally will be required to spend a minimum of three sessions (each of uninterrupted duration of at least eight months) in full-time status at the University (see "Graduate Student Status" in this section). ii) Students admitted with a Master's degree normally will be required to spend a minimum of two sessions (each of uninterrupted duration of at least 8 months) in full-time status at the University. Departments may recommend a longer residency requirement. iii) For students with Master's degrees and relevant professional experience, the residence requirement may be reduced to twelve consecutive months on campus. Candidates must meet special requirements, details ofwhich can be obtained from the Dean of Graduate Studies. b) Students must maintain continuous registration throughout all years until graduation by keeping up with fee payments. c) If the degree is not awarded within a period of six years from initial registration, the student's candidacy will be terminated and the student will be required to withdraw from the program. Extension of candidacy will be granted under exceptional circumstances. d) For provisions regarding on-leave status, see "Graduate Student Status" in this section. 2) Students normally will be Admitted to Candidacy when they have completed the residency period, completed all required course work, and passed the comprehensive examination and their research superviser has certified that their thesis proposal has been approved. 3) The work of each candidate will be supervised by a Candidate's Committee consisting of not fewer than three members; these may include faculty members from a department other than that in which the candidate is writing the thesis. Changes may be made to the membership of the Candidate's Committee subject to the approval ofthe major department and the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. 4) Upon registration, the student will consult the Candidate's Committee to develop a program of studies, which is then reviewed and approved by the department concerned. The program of studies will consist of seminars, directed readings, consultations, and such formal courses as may be deemed essential for the fulfilment of the requirements for the degree. Some departments require competence in languages other than English. The department in which the student intends to write the thesis shall determine the number of such languages and the level of competence necessary in each. A major part of the candidate's work will consist of a thesis embodying the results of original research. 5) Changes in the program of study may be required during the study period; these must be reviewed and approved by the Candidate's Committee, the major department and the Dean ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies. 6) The progress of all students working for the Ph.D., D.M.A., and Ed.D. degrees will be reviewed from time to time and at least once a year in the spring by the department concerned and bythe Dean ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies. A candidate may be required to withdraw if progress has not been satisfactory as shown by course work, the comprehensive examination, progress on the thesis, or other requirements of the Department or the Faculty of Graduate Studies. C) Course Work 1) Each Candidate's Committee will recommend the kind and number of courses to be taken by the student in relation to background and to the requirements which are appropriate to the doctoral level in the chosen major field. Students entering directly from the Bachelor's degree under A.4(a), 5(b), or 5(c) must, during the first year of graduate study, complete 18 credits with a First Class average ofwhich at least 10 credits must be at the 500 level or above and at least 10 credits must be of First Class standing. 2) In all courses taken as prerequisites for full entry to a doctoral program, or taken as part ofa Qualifying year for a doctoral program, or required to clear Provisional Standing, a minimum mark of 68% must be obtained. Higher minima may be specified as appropriate. 3) Courses listed under department programs may not all be offered regularly. Students should apply to the department concerned for detailed information about courses to be offered in any given year. D) Examinations and Thesis 1) The doctoral student will take the following examinations: a) Course examinations where applicable; a minimum of 68 percent must be obtained. b) A test of the student's ability to read languages other than English where departmental regulations require it. c) A comprehensive examination normally held after completion of all required course work, and intended to test the student's grasp of the chosen field of study as a whole. The Candidate's Committee will set and judge this examination in a manner compatible with the policy ofthe department concerned. A department may require a formal examination of the thesis before it is transmitted to the Faculty of Graduate Studies for Final Oral Examination. Students should consult their departmental adviser for information about the departmental requirement. d) The Final Oral Examination or thesis defence: i) All doctoral theses must be assessed externally. The External Examiner is chosen by the Dean, in consultation with the department concerned, from appropriate specialists outside The University of British Columbia. Procedures for choosing a suitable External Examiner must be initiated at least three months before completion ofthe thesis. The External Examiner's written report should have been received before the Final Oral Examination takes place. ii) A six-week period is required between the submission ofthe approved thesis to the Faculty of Graduate Studies and the Final Oral Examination, and all other degree requirements must have been completed. In some departments these requirements include the successful completion of a departmental oral examination of the thesis. iii) The Final Oral Examination is open to all members ofthe University. Notice of it will be given in the form ofa printed program. iv) The Dean will approve the membership of the Examining Committee. The Dean or someone designated by the Dean will chair the Examination. The Examining Committee will judge the candidate's success and make its recommendation to the Dean of Graduate Studies. Further details on examination procedures may be found in the Final Oral Examination Guide for Doctoral Candidates available from the Faculty of Graduate Studies. 2) Thesis: a) A candidate's thesis must be presented according to procedures and in the form described in the leaflet entitled Instructions for the Preparation of Graduate Theses, copies ofwhich may be obtained Graduate Studies 153 from the Special Collections Division in the Library, the Faculty of Graduate Studies, or the candidate's department. Students should consult the Academic Year section ofthe Calendar regarding deadlines for the submission of doctoral theses. E) Supplementals Supplemental examinations are not granted to students registered in a graduate program. F) Low Scholarship A minimum of 68% (B-) must be achieved in all course work taken for credit. A course in which a grade of less than 68% (B-) was obtained may be repeated for a higher standing, or an alternate course may be taken, if an exemption is recommended by the Department and approved by the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. If no such recommendation is made, or the recommendation is not approved, the student may be required to withdraw. A student who obtains more than one grade below 68% (B-) will normally be required to withdraw. In a course that is repeated, both marks will appear on the transcript. The higher mark will be used to determine promotion in a program and in any decision to admit or withdraw a student from a program. Averages calculated for other purposes will include both marks. The Degree of Pharm.D. 1) A student may apply for admission to the Pharm.D. program by writing to the Pharm.D. Program Admissions Committee, Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences, or the Dean, Faculty of Graduate Studies. 2) Admission is competitive and class size is limited. All application materials must normally be received by February 1 to be considered for admission in the same year. 3) All students are admitted to the program only at the start of the Winter Session (the beginning of September). 4) Applicants for the Pharm.D. degree must: a) hold a Bachelor's degree in pharmacy or equivalent, with 80% or higher in at least 12 credits of course work, and at least 74% in the remaining course work in the last two years ofthe Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy program. b) be eligible for registration as a graduate with the College of Pharmacists of British Columbia. A student with questions regarding eligibility is encouraged to contact the College of Pharmacists of British Columbia. 5) Applicants who have a Bachelor's degree, or its academic equivalent, which does not meet the requirements of 4)a) above, but who have had sufficient formal training and relevant professional experience to offset such deficiencies may be granted admission on the recommendation ofthe Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences and approval of the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. 6) A residency in hospital pharmacy practice and/or a minimum of one year's pharmacy experience is preferred. 7) Admission to the Pharm.D. program will be in one of the following categories: a) Full standing: Granted to applicants who have met both ofthe requirements noted in 4) above. b) Provisional standing: may be granted to applicants with deficiencies in 4) b) above. 8) There must be clear evidence that the student is competent to pursue studies in the English language. Sludents may be required to complete a satisfactory TOEFL before any offer of admission can be made. 9) Theregulationsgivenabove (underPh.D.,D.M.A. and Ed.D.) for Low Scholarship and Supplementals also apply to the Pharm.D. program. Master's Degrees A) Admission 1) A student mav apply for admission to the degree program by writing directly to the department in which the program is offered or by writing to The Dean, Faculty of Graduate Studies, The University of Bi-itish Columbia, 235-2075 Wesbrook Mall, Vancouver, British Columbia, V6T 121. Students are normally admitted only into fields which have been given formal permission by Senate to offer a Master's program. 2) The number of candidates that can be accommodated is limited, and departments with limited facilities will accept the besi qualified students as vacancies occur. 3) Most students begin their program at the start of the V. inter Session (the beginning of September), but the limitation on ;:he number of students that can be accommodated requires that applicants be selected well before this date. 4) Applicants for a Master's degree must hold a Bachelor's degree cr its academic equivalent with a) Honours in the field of the proposed Master's courses with First Class standing in at least 12 credits of Third and Fourth Year course work in that field, or b) First Class standing in at least 12 credits of the course work, and at least upper Second Class standing in the remaining course work at the Third and Fourth Year level prescribed by the department concerned as prerequisite to the Master's program. 5) Applicants who have a Bachelor's degree, or its academic equivalent, which does not meet the requirements of 4(a) or (b) above, but who have had sufficient formal training and relevant professional expe- k rience to offset such deficiencies, may he granted admission on lhe recommendation ofthe appropriate departmen i. or Faculty and approval ofthe Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. 6) Admission to the Master of Arts in Education and the Master of Education degree programs requires: a) an approved Bachelor's degree and one year of teacher education; or b) a five-year Bachelor's degree in Education; or c) a four-year Bachelor's degree in Education and a 30-credit* program of approved senior course work with First Class standing in at least 12 credits ofthe senior courses and at least Second Class standing in each of the remaining senior courses prescribed by the Department as a prerequisite to the master's program. * The 30-credit requirement may be reduced or waived where the Department co lsidens must or all prerequisites aireadyto be met. In special circumstances, as determined by the Departmenl concerned, completion of a teacher education p rogram may be waived for those applicants who have (a) a university degree with standing sufficient for admission to a Master's program at this University, and (b) adequate experience related to their proposed field of specialization. 7) Admission to the Master's program will be in one of the following two categories: a) Full standing. Granted to applicants who hold the Bachelor's degree with the required academic standing appropriate to the field of the proposed Master's program. b) Provisional standing. Granted to students with deficiencies in standing, or who do not have the necessary prerequisites. Prerequisite courses normally are taken in the first year concurrently with courses in the graduate program, but are not counted as credit toward the Master's degree. 8) Students completing courses for a Bachelor's degree at The University of British Columbia, who, in order to graduate, are taking not more than 75% ofa normal final year course load, may be granted permission to register in courses open to graduate students. Upon application, up to 12 credits of such courses may be counted toward a higher degree only after registering for such a degree. 9) Students with a Bachelor's degree who lack prerequisites for a chosen field of graduate study may be permitted to register as Qualifying students for no more than one year. Satisfactory completion of a Qualifying year does not guarantee admission to a graduate program. Up to 12 credits of eligible courses may be applied to the graduate degree program provided prior permission to register in these courses was obtained from the Department and the Dean of Graduate Studies. Qualifying status is granted only to those students who are recommended for such status by the Departments concerned. 10) There must be clear evidence that the student is competent to pursue studies in the English language. Students may be required to complete a satisfactory TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) test before any offer of admission can be made. B) Program of Study 1) The student's program of study must be approved by the department concerned. 2) Some departments require competence in languages other than English. The department in which the student enrols shall determine the number of such languages and the level of competence necessary in each. 3) Students must maintain continuous registration throughout all years until graduation by keeping up with fee payments. 4) If the degree is not awarded within a period of five years from initial registration, the student's candidacy will be terminated and the student will be required to withdraw from the program. Extension of candidacy will be granted under exceptional circumstances. 5) For provisions regarding on-leave status, see "Graduate Student Status" in this section. 6) The progress of all students studying for a Master's degree will be reviewed from time to time and at least once a year in the spring by the department concerned and the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Sludies. A candidate may be required to withdraw if progress has not been satisfactory as shown by course work that does not meet the requirements of section D.l below, an excessive number of credits below 68% or courses with incomplete standing, unsatisfactory progress on the thesis or graduating essay, or failure to satisfy additional requirements of the Department or the Facuitv of Graduate Studies. 154 Graduate Studies C) Program Options Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations for Master's degrees provide for full-time or part-time studies, as well as for programs with thesis and programs without thesis. The choice of these options lies with the individual departments concerned. Departments are also free to prescribe work bevond the minimum requirements described below. Applicants should contact departments directly to determine what options are available. 1) Full-time Study a) All programs leading to a Master's degree may be pursued by Full-time study. b) A student in a full-time program must spend at least two consecutive terms (normally September- April inclusive) as a full-time student. (See "Graduate Student Status" in this section.) c) The following programs may be pursued only through full-time study: Chemistry Combined M.B.A / LL.B. Community and Regional Planning Creative Writing Engineering Physics Family Studies Fine Arts (M.F.A.) Human Nutrition l.ibrarv and Archival Studies Neuroscience Oceanography Pathology Physics Physiology Surgery 2) Part-time Study a) A period in residence is not required. However, courses must normally be taken at the Universily in order to be credited to a student's program. b) Students must obtain departmental approval to register for part-time study. c i Part-time studies may be pursued in any area other than those listed in Cl. (c) above. 3) Program with Thesis The minimum requirements are: Thesis 6 -18 credits Courses numbered 3(10 or above 24 -12 credits Total 30 credits Note: The combination of thesis and courses numbered 500-699 must total no fewer than 24 credits. The thesis for the Master of Laws degree is valued at 20 credits. 41 Program without Thesis The minimum requirements are: Courses numbered 300 or above, including at least 24 credits of courses numbered 300 Io 699 30 credits In addition to the 30 credits, at least one major essay and a comprehensive examination, in the form ofa final written and/or orai examination, are required. D) Course Work 1) At least 60% must be obtained in any course taken by a student enrolled in a Master's program for the student to be granted Pass Standing. However, only six credits of Pass Standing may be counted towards a Master's program; forall othercourses credited to the program, at least 68% must be obtained. 2) In all courses taken as prerequisites for full entry to a Master's program, or taken as part ofa Qualifying year for a Master's program, or required to clear Provi sional Standing, a minimum mark of 68% must be obtained. Higher minima may be specified as appropriate. 3) Courses listed under the departmental programs may not ail be offered regularly. Studenls should apply lo the department concerned for detailed information about courses to be offered in any given year. 4) Some courses offered through UBC Access, or other approved means of distance education, may be used as credit toward a graduate degree program. A maximum of six credits is obtainable through these means. Prior approval of the Department and the Dean of Graduate Studies is required. 5) Normally a maximum of 12 credits encompassing the categories of transfer credit, off-campus courses, and distance education courses is permitted in a Master's degree program. 6) Except as provided in section 8 under Admission, no credit towards the Master's degree will be given for work done prior to registration as a candidate for that degree. E) Examinations and Thesis 1) A comprehensive examination is required for a Master's program without Thesis. 2) For a Master's degree with Thesis, departments may, at their discretion, prescribe a comprehensive examination in the field of study and/or a thesis defence. 3) In the creative and performing arts, a thesis may consist of creative work (e.g..paintings, writings, etc.) or of a performance, but departments may, at their discretion, require additional supporringdocuments. 4) The thesis must be presented according to procedures and in the form described in the leaflet entitled Instructions for the Preparation ofGraduate 'Theses. copies of w4iich may be obtained from the Special Collections Division of the Library, the Faculty of Graduate Studies, or the department concerned. Students should consult the Academic Year section of the Calendar regarding deadlines for the submission of Master's theses. F) Low Scholarship A minimum of 60% (P) must be achieved in all course work taken for credit. A course in which a grade of less ► than 60% (P) was obtained may be repeated for a higher standing, or an alternate course may be taken, if an exemption is recommended by the Department and approved by the Dean ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies. If no such recommendation is made, or the recommendation is not approved, the student may be required to withdraw. A student who obtains more than one grade below 60% (P) will normally be required to withdraw. In a course that is repeated, both marks will appear on the transcript. The higher mark will be used to determine promotion in a program and in any decision to admit or withdraw a student from a program. Averages calculated for other purposes will include both marks. General Information Courses of Instruction For course descriptions see appropriate departmental listing under "Courses of Instruction". Summer Session Some graduate courses are available in Summer Session. Students should consult the Summer Session Calendar to learn of the offerings which can be included in their graduate programs. Language of Thesis The Doctoral or Master's thesis may be written in either English or French with the approval of the Department concerned. With the approval of the Dean's office, and the Department concerned, students in language departments may write their theses in the language of their Department, li is understood, however, that the Abstract will be written in English or French; that the Final Oral Defence will he conducted in English or French; and that a 15-to-20 page- precis ofthe thesis, in English or French, will be filed with the thesis. Language of Study There must be clear evidence that the applicant is com pe - tent to pursue si udies in the English language. Applicants whose degrees are from a country' other than Canada, USA, UK, Ireland, Australia, New Zealand, Kenya and British West Indies are required to submit a satisfactory' TOEFL score of at least 550 (some departments may require higher scores) before any offer of admission is made. TOEFL may be waived if the applicant has already passed the GCE "A" level English examination wilh a standing of at least "B". Interdisciplinary Studies Numerous interdisciplinary programs are available through the Faculty's various Centres, Institutes and coordinating committees. The Faculty also encourages individual interdisciplinary programs at the Master's, and particularly at the Doctoral level. (See index under Interdisciplinary Studies.) Graduate Student Status 1) Full-Time Graduate Student — A full-time graduate student is one in pursuit of a graduate degree- devoting full time to his or her academic program. This means that the student may not commit more than 12 hours a week, on the average, of working time, including teaching assistant or research assistant duties, to matters other than the degree progiam. The full-time graduate student will be geographically available to the campus, visit it regularly, and make regular use ofthe University's resources. Under special circumstances a full-time student maybe required to conduct research at some location away from this campus. With the permission of tin- Dean of Graduate Studies, up to a year of this research time may be counted as residence. A doctoral student whose residence requirement is twelve consecutive months on campus (see B. Program of Study above) will be considered as being full- time until the special requirements of the program are satisfied. 2) Part-Time Graduate Student —Part-time graduate students do not devote full time to their aaidciim Graduate Studies 155 programs. This means that more than 12 hours of working time are committed to matters other than the degree program. The time that a student is registered as part-time cannot be applied to the residence requirements of a degree program. 3) Academic Standing and Readmission — A student in any graduate program who is required to withdraw will not normally be eligible to apply for readmission to The University of British Columba for at least one year. After one year, students who have been required to withdraw from a graduate program may be admitted to a different program in the Faculty of Graduate Studies provided they meet all the admissions requirements in effect for that program at the time they apply. Such applications must be accompanied by a statement from the department which recommended withdrawal outlining the reasons forwhich the student was required to withdraw. Students who have been required to withdraw from a graduate program may also apply to be readmitted to the same program after at least one year has passed from the effective date of withdrawal. Compelling evidence must be presented that a more successful outcome is likely if the student is readmitted. All cases for readmission must be reviewed and approved by the Dean of Graduate Studies. Students required to withdraw from a graduate program more than once are not eligible to be considered for admission to any program in the Faculty of Graduate Studies. 4) On-leave Status — On-leave status may be granted with permission of the Dean of Graduate Studies to graduate students who find it necessary to interrupt their graduate studies. Leave of absence, not including parental leave, for Master's or Doctoral students, is limited to one year. A graduate student who is bearing a child or who has primary responsibility for the care of an infant or young child immediately following a birth or adoption of a child is eligible for parental leave. Request should be made through the student's Department for a minimum leave of four months to a maximum of twelve months. It is understood that students on leave will not be undertaking any academic or research work or using any of this University's facilities during the period of leave and will renew registration to work on their graduate program immediately following leave. The time so spent will not be counted as part ofthe limited time period allowed for completion of the degree program. Graduate students on leave continue to be registered and must pay a reduced fee for the leave period. 51 Faculty as Graduate Students — The Faculty of Graduate Studies does not normally accept, as graduate students seeking an advanced degree at this University, members ofthe full-time teaching staff of The University of British Columbia. In exceptional circumstances, however, a faculty member may, with the approval of the Dean of the Faculty in which the teaching appointment is held, the Dean ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies, and the President, be admitted to a graduate program in some department or school completely separate from the one in which the teaching appointment is held. Doctoral students accepted under these provisions will be required to take leave of absence from their teaching positions until Admitted to Candidacy. Registration 1) All students admitted to the Faculty of Graduate Studies must register when they begin their studies. 2) All Doctoral a ad Master's degree candidates must maintain continuous registration throughout all years until graduation by keeping up with fee payments. Financial Assistance The various types of financial assistance available togradu- ate students at ths University of British Columbia are described in thesuf>p\eme.m,AwardsandFinancialAid, available from: Awards and Financial Aid, The University of British Columbia, 1036-1874 East Mall, Vancouver, B .C., Canada, V6T1Z1. Requests for further information on financial support should be directed to the specific department in which the student intends to study. Western Deans' Agreement Students enrolled a t one ofthe following universities who wish to attend UBC as Visiting Graduate Students are eligible to do so u ider the terms of Western Graduate Deans' Agreement: Simon Fraser Universily University of Northern British Columbia University of Alberta University of Calgary University of Lethbridge University of Manitoba University of Regina University of Saskatchewan University of Victoria Under the terms of the agreement, no tuition fees are charged by the host university provided the student is currently registered and paying fees at the home institution. (Note: Such students are exempted from tuition fees but are still subject to the assessment of student society fees.) Western Deans' Agreement Authorization forms are available on request from the Office of the Dean, Faculty of Graduate Studies. UBC/McGill/Toronto Exchange Agreement This agreement, approved m 1992, allows graduate students in good standing at UBC, McGill and the University of Toronto to take courses at each other's university without having to pay extra tuition fees to the host institution. Authorisation forms are available from the Office of the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Research Sen/ices All matters concerning the administration of research grants and contracts are handled by the Office of Research Services to which er quiries concerning research policies and procedures should be directed. Students do not normally have occa; ion to deal with matters of research administration, but they are included in the University Patent and Licensing Plan which provides that, ifa student "proposes to patent or license an invention or discovery and University facilities or funds administered by the University were used in making the invention or discovery", then "a disclosure must be made to the University and the rights assigned to the University in return for a share of any proceeds arising from the invention or discovery". Details of the Plan are available from the Office of Research Services. Students whose research falls within the UBC definition of Research Involving Human Subjects must receive prior approval from the appropriate Screening Committee for Research Involving Human Subjects. Research Services may be consulted for further details. Animal Care All graduate students whose research work will involve animals are expected to take a course on Principles and Ethics of Animal Care. The course involves lectures, demonstration sessions and visits to animal care facilities. Upon successful completion of the course, a certificate is issued by the President's Advisory Committee on Animal Care. Graduate Student Association All students registered in the Faculty of Graduate Studies are members ofthe GSA. A subsidiary of the Alma Mater Society, the GSA serves to provide liaison between the Graduate Student Society and the AMS. Thea Koerner House. Graduate Student Centre (Society) All students registered in the Faculty of Graduate Studies are members ofthe Thea Koerner House Graduate Student Centre (Society) known as the Graduate Student Society (GSS). The Society operates from the Thea Koerner House Graduate Student Centre donated to the University by Leon Koerner in 1959 in memory of his late wife, and expanded by graduate students in 1969. The society has for its purpose the promotion ofthe academic, social, intellectual, cultural and recreational interests of its members. The GSS is a registered Society under the Society Act of British Columbia. Its Council is composed of graduate students elected from each department at the University. 156 Graduate Studies Registration 1993/94 Program Admin., Adult & Higher Education Advanced Technology Management Agricultural Economics Agricultural Extension Anatomy Animal Science Anthropology Architecture Aiiliiva! Studies Asian Studies Atmospheric Science Audioiogv anti Speech Sciences Biochemistry Biology Bio-Resource Engineering Botany Chemical Engineering Chemistry Civil Engineering Classical Archaeology Classics Clinical Engineering Commerce Community and Regional Planning Comparative Literature Computer Science Counselling Psychology Creative Writing Creative "Writing/Film Creative Writing'!'!>eatre Curnculum & Instruction Dentistry Economics Ed Psychology & Special Educan Electrical Engineering English Experimental Medicine Family Siudies Fine Arts Degree Ed.D. M.A, M.Ed. M Eng. M.Sc. M.Sc M.Si. Ph.D. M.Sc Ph.D M.A. PhD M.Arch. M.A.S A, M.A.S, M.A, Ph.D. M.Sc, M Sc. Ph.D M.Sc, PhD. Phi) M.A.Sc. M.St, M.Sc. PhD M.A.Sc. M.Eng. PhD, M.Sc Ph.D M A Sc. M.Eng, Ph I). M.A. M.A, Ph D M.Eng. M.B.A, Combined I.L.B/MBA M.A. {Planning) M.Sc. (Planning) Ph.D M.A Ph.D M VJ Ph.D. Ed l) M A, M.Ed M.F.A. M F A M.F.A. Ed.D. MA. M Ed, Ph.U M Sc M S.D./PDT M. _ Ph.il. Ed.D. M.A. M Ed, Ph.D. MA.Sc. M.Eng [>h D M.A. Ph.D. M Sc I'h D. MA. M.A M.F A. PhD Total Program 45 Food Science r. Forestry 28 8 French 9 21 Genetics 31 27 Geography 25 12 Geological Engineering 30 Geological Science 20 6 Geophysics and Astrom 39 1 8 9 30 38 .31 IS!) 108 Asltononiy Geophy.sits Germanic Studies Health Care and Epidemiology Hispanic Sunlit. History Human Nuliili. Intetdiscipliiiai Landscape Architecture Language Education •Tl Sv> m Law 9 Lihrar\' Science 113 Linguistics j-i Math and Science Educark Y-> Mathematics 5-i Mechanical Engineering Medical Genetics Medicine Metals and Materials Engineermj. Microbiology Mining and Mineral Process Engineering Music 31 119 Neurosciences (iii Nursing K2 7i Obstetrics & Cvnaecolog 20 19 Oceiipationai 1 iygieue r Oceanogiaphy 32 Hi Oral Biology in Pathology egree Total Program Degree M.Sc. IS Pharmaceutical Sciences M.Sc. PhD. 10 Pharm.D. M.F, 111 Ph.D M.A.Sc 5 Pharmacology am! Therapeutics M Sc, M.Sc. ~-i PhD I'h.D. 73 Philosophy M.A. M.A, 19 Ph.D. PhD IE Physical Education M PE M.Sc 13 Physics M.Sc. Ph.D. 34 M.A.Sc. M.A, 3d PhD MSc. IS Physiology M.So Ph.D 43 Ph D. M.Eng, 2 Plant Science M.Sc, M.ASc, VI PhD, M.Sc. y- Political Science M.A. Ph.D 20 PhD P.svcholog'- M.A, M.St. 3 PhD PhD. 9 Pulp iv. Pape! Engineenng M.Fng. M.Sc. 15 Rehahilitalion Sciences M.St Ph.D 11 Religions Studies M.A. MA - Slavonic Studies MA. Hill. Phi) M.H.A. 32 Social ant! Educational Studies M.A M.H.Sc. > _■_■ M.Ed. M.Sc Id Ph.D. rh.n. 11 Social Work M.S.W, M.A. 8 Sociology MA. Ph D. (1 Ph D M.A. 3« Soil Science M.Sc. i I'h 1) J 23 I'li.D M Se. 19 Statistics M Sc. Ph I). a Ph.D. M A. Surgery M.Sc. M.Sc. 22 Theatre M.A Ph.D. 58 M.F.A M 1. A, 2 Ph.D Ed.D S Visual and Performing Arts Ed.D M.A 79 MA M.Eli, SC M.Ed. LL.M. 51 Zoology M.Sc. i'h.D 7 Ph.D. M.L.S. 99 Total M.A 9 I'h.D. 12 M.A, it M.Ed. 30 M Sc. r Ph.D. ■17 M.ASc 4- M.Fng. 3 Ph.D. 39 M.Sc. 0 i'h.D, d )...';, D. -. M.A SL 32 M.Eng. 0 MSc. 0 Ph 1), 26 M.Sc. 25 PhD (1! M.Eng, id M.A Sc, r PhD. 13 M A. 18 M.Mus, 53 I'h.D, 7 D.M.A. 2(1 M.Sc. (1 PhD. 32 M.S.N 14" I'll D -r M.Sc. 4 PhD 8 M Si 19 M St Id Ph.D, 2,s PhD. 8 M.Sc. 9 Ph.D. Id Graduate Studies 157 Programs of Study Administrative, Adult and Higher Education Associate Professor and Acting Head: J. G. T. Kelscy. Ed.D., M.A. and M.Ed. Degrees The Department offers M.Ed, and M.A. programs in Adult Education, Educational Administration and Higher Education which can he taken on a part-time or full-time basis. It offers Ed.D. programs in Adult Education and Educational Administration, the latter of which includes the study of issues in Higher Education. An M.Sc. program in Agricultural Extension is also available in collaboration with the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences. The programs in Adult Education provide a focus on the study of the education of adults throughout their lifespan and in whatever settings it occurs. The programs in Educational Administration deal with issues in the governance and management of formal educational organizations and programs, usually in K-12 school systems. They include a specialization in First Nations schools for students in the Ts'Kel program. The higher education programs examine post-secondary institutions and issues related to them. Students admitted to the department's programs have a wide range of undergraduate qualifications, but typically will have some years of professional experience in ed uca- tion or a related field. Applicants are asked to provide (in addition to the forms, references and transcripts required by the Faculty of Graduate Studies) a statement of their scholarly and professional interests and aspirations. These statements are considered carefully in admissions decisions. All programs require coursework, comprehensive examinations and a research component. Coursework in the M.Ed, and M.A. programs is a minimum of 30 credits, consisting ofa required set of core courses and a number of electives ranging from 18-24 credits depending on the specialization chosen. Comprehensive examinations in these programs are held two or more times a year and are typically takenafter completion ofall ormost coursework. The research component for the M.Ed, is in the form ofa major paper in which the studen; explores concepts, previous research or the application of his or her knowledge to the field of practice. In the M.A. programs, the research component is a thesis reporting the results of the student's original research. The Department's Ed.D. programs carry a minimum course requirement of a 12- credit doctoral seminar, as well as a number of courses tailored to each student's particular interests and to the development of his or her dissertation research. Inquiries can be directed to the Department of Administrative, Adult and Higher Education, Faculty of Education, 2125 Main Mall, Vancouver, B. C, V6T 17a. For further information contacts are as follows: • Adult Education: Dr. T. Sork, telephone (604) 822- yt)2, fax (604) 822-6679. • Educational Administration: Dr. D.J. Brown, telephone (604) 822-4588, fax (604) 822-9297. • Higher Education: Dr, H. G Schuetze, telephone (604) 822-4860. fax (604) 822-9297. Advanced Technology Management Assistant Professor and Program Director: M. Tombak. M.Eng. Degree This degree is a joint graduate degree offered by the Facu Ities of Commerce and Business Administration and Applied Science. !t is intended for students who wish to continue with graduate study in Applied Science and also provide themselves with advanced management skills which are particularly well suited for high technology companies. In ccntrast to lhe M.B.A., this program is specifically desigr ed for Applied Science graduates who wish to become more effective in their chosen technological discipline. All entrants to the program must hold a Baccalaureate degree in Applied Science and satisfy the minimum requirements ofthe Faculties of Commerce and Business Administration, Applied Science and Graduate Studies. The program of study is determined by the Program Director in consultation with advisers from the appropriate Faculties, but will include at least the following: 18 credits of specified Commerce prerequisites, exemptions being given on a course-by-course basis; 12 credits of graduate-level Applied Science; 12 credits of graduate- level Commerce. \ summer internship, colloquium participation, and a major essay are required M.Sc. Degree This degree is a joint graduate degree supported by the Faculties oi'Commerce and Business Administration and Science. It is intended for students who wish to continue with graduate study in Science and also provide themselves with advanced management skills which are particularly well suited for high technology companies. In contrast to the M.B.A., this program is specifically intended for Science graduates who wish to become more effective in their chosen technological discipline. All entrants to the program must hold an Honours Baccalaureate or a Masler's degree in Science and satisfy the minimum requirements of the Faculties of Commerce and Business Administration, and Graduate Studies. With the approval ofthe Faculty of Science, any applicant who has acquired profe ssional research experience equivalent to an Honours Baccalaureate degree in Science may be deemed to have sal isfied the Science entrance requirement. The arogram of study is determined by the Program Director in consultation with advisers from the appropriate Faculties but will include at least the following: 18 credits of specifiec Commerce prerequisites, exemptions being given on a course-by-course basis; 12 credits of graduate-level Science; 12 credits of graduate-level Commerce. A summer internship, colloquium participation, and a majo' essay are required. Agricultural Economics Head: R. Barichello. Associate Professors: G. Kennedy, G. C. Van Kooten. Assistant Professors: M. BohmanJ. Vercammen. Prerequisites for M.Sc: Graduation with a B.Sc. (Agr.), B.A. (Economics), or a degree from another related discipline. Students interested in the Ph.D. degree may register in the Facully of Graduate Studies through the Department of Economics whe 'e their program of study and thesis will be supervised jointly by members of the Department of Economics and the Department of Agricultural Economics. Applications should be made to the Department of Agricultural Economics. Agricultural Extension M.Sc. Degree Prerequisites: Graduation from the B.Sc. (Agr.) degree program of The University of British Columbia or equivalent, fulfilling the requirements for admission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies, together with satisfactory- agricultural extension experience. The M.Sc. in Agricultural Extension is a joint program between Adult Education in the Faculty of Education and the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences. Minimum program requirements include a six-credit thesis plus 12 credits of course work chosen from Agricultural Sciences and 12 credits of course work chosen from Adult Education 412, 514, 515, 518, 519. Additional course work may be required as preparation for the thesis research project. Students are normally admitted to the program through one of the departments in the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences. Applications to the program must be reviewed and approved by faculty members from both cooperating academic units (Agricultural Sciences and Adult Education) and theses are normally supervised by a faculty committee representing both units. The program maybe completed on a part-time or full-time basis. Further information may be obtained from the Office of the Associate Dean, Faculty of Agricultural Sciences or from the office of the Coordinator, Adult Education. Anatomy Professor and Head: B. H. Bressler. Professors: N. Auersperg.J. T. Emertnan, M.J. Hollenberg, W. K. Ovalle, V. Palaty. C. E. Slonecker, M. E. Todd, W. Vogl, W. A. Webber, J. Weinberg. Associate Professors: B. J. Crawford, K. R. Donnelly Assistant Professor: J. Church. Ph.D. and M.Sc. Degrees The Department offers opportunities and facilities for advanced studies in Anatomy and Cellular Biology leading toward the M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees. Members of the Department teach and undertake research programs in a wide range of basic and clinically relevant areas. Special research areas include cell and developmental biology, neurobiology, oncology, cellular immunology, muscular dystrophy, muscle and membrane biophysics, regeneration, hypertension and morphological aspects of cell structure and function at the light and electron microscopic levels. The Department is well equipped and has, for example, the following: scanning and transmission electron microscopes, fluorescence and photo-microscopes, confocal microscope, tissue culturingapparatus, video image analysis, spectro-photometric and radioisotope equipment, electrophysiological instrumentation, laser diffraction, ultracentrifuges. free/.e-fracturing equipment, and ultramicrotomes. Detailed information on MSc. and Ph.D. programs and pertinent course offerings is availableon request from the Department. Prerequisite: B.Sc. degree in Life Sciences, Chemistty, Physics, or equivalent, M.D., D.V.M., or D.D.S. degree or equivalent. 158 Graduate Studies Animal Science Professor and Head: J. R. Thompson. Professors: R. M. Beatnes, R. Blair, B, F„ March (Part-time;. Associate Professors: K. M. Cheng, G. K. Iwama, R. G. Peterson, R. Rajamahcndran, D. M. Shackleton, J. A. Shelford, R. M. Tait. Ph.D. and M.Sc. Degrees The Department of Animal Science offers opportunities for advanced study and research leading to the M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees in the areas of physiology, nutrition, biochemistry, behaviour, genetics and management of livestock, poultry, fish, and wildlife. The support staff and laboratory facilities in the Department enable students to develop experimental approaches, ranging from molecular to whole animal levels. The Department supports approximately 50 graduate students. On-campus facilities include laboratories, both in the MacMillan Building and in the National Centres of Excellence Building, as well as production-scale units for daily cattle, poultry, sheep, fish, and quail. The UBC Quail Genetic Resource Centre provides unique strains of quail for metabolic and genetics research. Off-campus research facilities available to students include the University Research Farm at Oyster River, the UBC San Rafael Research Aviary in Surrey, and field research facilities for stutlies of livestock and wildlife productivity. Students may become involved in research programs involving collaboration with researchers in other university departments, Agriculture Canada, Canada Department of Fisheries and Oceans and various provincial government agencies. Graduate training in the Department of Animal Science normally involves a combination of courses in both basic and applied sciences, with experiments leading to the completion ofa research thesis. Students are expected to publish their research results in leading refereed journals in their discipline. Information regarding facuitv research interests and sources of financial support including scholarships from the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council, Science Council of British Columbia, University Graduate Fellowships, the Commonwealth Scholarship Plan, CIDA, IDRC, and a number of private foundations may be obtained by contacting the departmental graduate coordinator. Research grants to faculty members may also be used to support outstanding students. Prerequisites: a Bachelor's degree with high academic standing in courses in fields of study accepted by the Department. Students with Bachelor's degrees from other disciplines may be required to take additional courses in approved areas of Animal Science during their M.Sc. program. Outstanding students in the M .Sc. program with first class standing in graduate course work and clear evidence of creative research abilities maybe recommended for transfer directly to the Ph.D. program. wmmmmmmmmMmmmmmmmM Anthropology Professor and Head (Anthropology and Sociology): R. Pearson. Professors: M. M. Ames, R, G. Matson, R, Ridington, M. G. Silverman, E. Whittaker. Associate Professors: B.Alfred, J. Barker, M. Blake, J. Cruikshank. M. Halpin, J. E. M. Kew, D L. Pokotylo, B. M. Posse, J. V. Powell. Assistant Professors: M. Creighton, L. Jackson, W. McKellin, B. Miller. (See also Sociology listing) Ph.D. and M.A. Degrees Advanced study in Anthropology is offered in the Department of Anthropology and Sociology. Area interests include North America, the Pacific Rim, South, Southeast and East Asia, Mesoamerica, South America, Oceania and Europe. The main fields of Socio-Cultural Anthropology (including aesthetic anthropology, cultural ecology, symbolic and linguistic anthropology, contemporary theory and applied anthropology), Anthropological Archaeology and Museum Studies are strongly represented. The Department provides training in qualitative, quantitative, archaeological and museum methods. Research facilities are available in the Museum of Anthropology, and in the Archaeology, Social Survey ancl Small Groups laboratories. The University Library has good collections to support departmental interests, as well as a large collection of microfilm theses, and the Human Relations Area Files. The Department has access to computer resources to support quantitative and qualitative research. Inter-disciplinary contacts are encouraged, and links are maintained with such programs as Asian Studies (which has major library collections), Linguistics, History, Comparative Literature and Geography. Information is available from the Department's Admissions Officer in Anthropology about qualifications for admissions to the M.A. and Ph.D. programs and about course requirements, examinations, and other details of the program. Applied Ethics, Centre for Professor and Director: M. McDonald, Maurice Young Chair of Applied Ethics Senior Research Fellows: P. Danielson (Associate Professor), E.Winkler (Professor) The Centre for Applied Ethics is an interdisciplinary unit in the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The Centre promotes research and graduate education in applied ethics, including bioethics, business ethics, professional ethics, environmental ethics, and the ethics of information technology. The Centre has three endowed chairs. Each year, through the Maurice Young Visiting Lectureships, the Centre hosts a number of distinguished visiting professors for extended periods of research. In addition, the Centre sponsors lectures, conferences, and workshops. The Centre is supported by endowments, ctire university funding and project funding. Students can become associated with the Centre I hrough the Interdisciplinary Studies Program or through participating graduate programs such as the Applied Ethics Stream in Philosophy. The Centre also provides a number of research assistantships each year. Applied Mathematics, Institute of Professor and Director: U. M. Ascher (Computer Science). Professors: B, Ahlborn (Physics). R. Blake (Zoology), G. W. Bluman (Mathematics), C. W Clark i Mathematics), P. dejong (Commerce), F. Granot (Commerce). I.. Harrison (Chemistry), ll. G. Haussmann (Mathematics), j. Heywood (Malhematics), M. Isaacson (Civil Engineering), D. G. Kirkpatrick (Computer Science), D. I.iulwig (Mathematics; Zoology), R. M. Miura (Malhematics, Pharmacology and Therapeutics), V. Modi (Mechanical Engineering), D. W. Oldenburg (Geophysics), G. Patey (Chemistry), A. J. Petkau (Statistics), M. L. Puterman (Commerce), M. Quick (Mechanical Engineering), R, A. Restrepo (Math ematics), M. Salcudean (Mechanical Engineering!. B. R. Seymour (Mathematics), B. Shizgal (Chemistry; Astronomy), A. Soudack (Electrical Engineering). J. M. Varah (CICSR and Computer Science). Associate Professors: R. P. Anstee (Mathematics), A. B. Dunwoody (Mechanical Engineering), L. Edelstein-Keshet (Mathematics), G. Hoffmann (Phvsics), W, Hsieh (Oceanography), ll. Joe (Statistics), P. Loewen (Mathematics!, G Schajcr (Mechanical Engineering), I). Stevn (Geography) Assistant Professors: S. Allen (Oceanography), R. Beckie (Geological Sciences). R. Froese (Mathematics), S. Green (Mechanical Engineering). G. Lawrence (Civil Engineering), W. Nagata (Malhematics), D. Pai (Computer Science). D, Schluter (Zoology), J.S. Snoeyink (Computer Science), M. Ward (Mathematics), B. Wetton (Mathematics). M. Ycdlin (Geophysics and Electrical Engineering). Degree Programs The Institute of Applied Mathematics (IAM) promotes interdisciplinary research activities involving applied mathematics. To this end, the Institute organizes colloquia, special seminars, a computing laboratory and visitors' office accommodation, and provides consultative assistance to those who use applied mathematics in their research. The Institute provides an administrative structure to arrange graduate programs of an interdisciplinary nature for students with an interest in both mathematics and another field. IAM students can register through anv department, but must clearly state their intention of following an IAM program. The availability of financial support and the location ofa potential supervisor usually determine the student's department. The majority of IAM students are registered in the Mathematics Depanmenl. The Institute designs and oversees interdisciplinary M .St. and Ph.D. degree programs for graduate students from different departments on campus interested in graduate- work involving applied mathematics. The basic requirements for these programs are sufficiently flexible to accommodate the particular academic background and career objectives of an individual student. Fields of mathematics involved in interdisciplinary programs of graduate studies may be grouped into four areas: • Applied Analysis: Differential and integral equations, asymptotic and perturbation techniques, similarity methods, numerical analysis, linear and nonlinear wave propagation, methods of mathematical physics, applied probability theoiy. • Fluid Dynamics: Computational fluid dynamics, turbulence, environmental fluid dynamics, dynamic meteorology, cavitation, aerodynamics, numerical ocean modelling, dynamics of coherent structures, fluid-structure interactions. • Mathematical Biology: Animal behaviour, ecology, neurobiology, nonlinear dynamics and chaos, morphogenesis, pattern formation, immunology, neural networks. • Optimization: Mathematical programming, combinatorics, graphs, trees, network flows, game theory, decision theory, search techniques, stochastic processes, queuing, dynamic programming, optimal and stochastic control Basic requirements in M.Sc. and Ph.D. programs are outlined below. There may be other requirements depending on the student's academic background and intended area of study. M.Sc. Programs There are three options available to an M.Sc. student: Graduate Studies 159 1) 18 credits of course work plus a 12-credit M.Sc. thesis. 2) 24 credits of course work plus a 6-credit M.Sc. thesis. 3) 30 credits of course work plus an M.Sc. essay plus an oral examination. A maximum of six credits of course work may be 300- or 400-level undergraduate courses, and at least six credits of 500-level mathematics is required. At most 15/18/21 of the 18/24/30 credits can be from any one department. Ph.D. Programs Normally only a student with an M.Sc. degree is considered for admission to a Ph.D. program. Shortly after the student enters the Ph.D. program, the supervisor, in consultation with the student, will decide on three ofthe six core areas (Applied Analysis; Numerical Analysis; Optimization and Control; Combinatorial Optimization; Probability and Statistics; An area of Application) which will define the student's Ph.D. breadth requirement. One area should be specified as the student's major field. To complete this phase ofthe program, the student will submit a written report documenting the courses taken and their grades, the theses, papers, previous work experience, etc. which, taken together, are intended to fulfill the breadth requirement. The student's major area requires the equivalent of at least nine credits of related course work, with at least six credits at the graduate level. The other core areas require at least six cretlits of related coursework, with at least three credits at thegraduate level. Having satisfied the breadth requirements, the student will continue with research and writing a Ph.D. thesis proposal. Subsequently, the student will take an oral qualifying examination administered by the Ph.D. thesis committee; the purpose of this exam is the defence ofthe student's thesis proposal and the examination of the candidate on related material in the major core area. The format of this examination may vaty in different departments. The thesis proposal must be presented in written form to the thesis committee at least two weeks prior to the examination. The qualifying examination will normally be taken within two years of entering the Ph.D. program. Admission to IAM To enter a degree program supervised bv the Institute, a student must first be admitted to an academic department which is closely related to the applicant's interests, e.g., Mathematics, Economics, Mechanical Engineering, etc. The student's first year program is planned with an IAM adviser (appointed by the Director). .After successful completion of this first-year program, an interdisciplinary committee is appointed to supervise the student's progress toward meeting the degree requirements. To obtain the necessary application forms and detailed information on the activities of the Institute and on financial aid, students should write to the Director ofthe Institute of Applied Mathematics. The department to which the student wishes to be admitted should be clearly indicated. Architecture Professor and Director: S. Hirshen. Professor: R.J. Cole, (Chair, Graduate Program Committee). Associate Professors: A. Gruft, P. Patkau, R. B. Walkey, W. W. Wood. J. Wojtowicz.. Assistant Professors: L. Brock, J. A. Gaitanakis, D. Rapanos, J. Shack, G. Wagner, D. Weiner. Senior Instructor: S. I. Tavlor. M.Arch. Degree Architecture is one of several professions concerned with the human environment: the architect is educated to understand and participate in the design of the built environment. As an academic discipline, architecture encompasses the fields of humanities, sciences, technology and creative arts. A candidate for admission to the program mast have a strong a cademic record and demonstrate qualifications necessary for creative problem solving. 1: is essential I herefore that all students entering the School of Architecture be academically mature and that they possess an i-naginativc outlook. Thus the School selects students from a variety of disciplines on which to build architectura understanding and competence. The Master of Architecture is a professional degree designed to meet the requitements for entrance to the profession of architecture. The M.Arch. program is of three years' duration for students in full-time attendance during Winter Session; students studying on a part-time basis will need more than three years to fulfill degree requirements. Students may be advised to interrupt their academic studies at the end of the first or second year and withdraw for a prescribed period in order to experience conditions in practice or to travel in countries outside Canada. Students entering the program should demonstrate interest and potential in the broad field of the creative arts and architecture. Prior instruction and experience in the arts, crafts, or other design oriented activities, with emphasis on visual communication in various media, is extremely valuable. Similarly, the selection of university courses covering a broad range of studies in the arts, humanities and social sciences on the one hand, and the physical and applied sciences on the other, offers a desirable breadth and mix of academic experience. Irrespective of specific degree requirements within various faculties or universities, the School of Architecture considers it desirable that entering students have completed university-level course work in mathematics, English literature and composition, and a survey course in architectural history. For students seeki iggeneral information and guidance in preparation for entry to the School of Architecture, a brochure entitled, Information for Prospective Students is available from the School on request. Prospective students are encouraged to establish contact with the School during their pre-aichitecture years by arranging for interviews and counsel ing with faculty, by attendance at public presentations of student work, and by informal contact with students ancl recent graduates and participation in student-sponsored activities. Candidates for admission will be of two types: (1) those holding a Bachelor's degree from a recognized university who have achieved First Class standing (80% or above) in at least 12 credits of course wor's and at least an upper Second Class standing (74% or above) in the remainder of the course work in the last two years of undergraduate study, or their equivalent in the case ofa student completing the undergraduate program on a part-time basis; (2) in special circumstances, designers who demonstrate advanced artistic achievement and would benefit from the program. Applicants must demonstrate aptitude for the study of architecture and creative potential. Application for admission must be made through the School on appropriate forms (available from the School office). Some applicants who meet entrance requirements may not be accepted because of limitations in the number of available places. All admissions must be ap proved by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Full details of theapplicationrequirementsareavailable from the School. The submission deadline for application to the School is February 15. All applicants to the School should note that a Workshop Course is mandatory for entering students. This workshop course is an integral part of the design program in First Year. It is normally of two weeks duration and commences about mid-August. Dates and other particulars concerning the Workshop Course are normally provided with the letter tif acceptance. Students who are unable to attend the complete Workshop Course, or who fail to remit the course fee by the prescribed time, will have their admission cancelled. A workshop fee of $450 is payable within two weeks ofthe date of an applicant's acceptance of admission. After this time, no refund is possible. Students accepted for admission to the School who subsequently find that they are unable to attend must reapply for admission at a later date. A student whose application is rejected may seek the advice ofthe School before submitting a new application. The advice mav include pursuit of academic studies or tif specific kinds of experience. M.A.S.A. Degree The School tif Architecture offers a post-professional graduate program leading to the degree, Master of Ad- I vanced Studies in Architecture. This degree is designed for those who have a professional degree in architecture and have some experience in architectural practice. All candidates are advised that particular aptitudes and experience will be required for this program, and admission will be based on faculty judgement of qualifications over and above the general admission requirements ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies. The program is post-professional and therefore is not intended to fulfil the requirements for certification by the RA.IC Certification Board as a step toward licensing as an architect in British Columbia or the other provinces in Canada. Course of Study This program will allow the student to investigate an area of knowledge within the broad field of architecture in collaboration with one or more members of the facuitv interested in that area and engaged in on-going developmental research, or consulting activity in that area. The Research Project is expected to draw togetherand synthesize existing knowledge in architecture and related fields to produce a clarification or new understanding in the field. The synthesis may result in a design development and report or a written thesis. Entering students will be required ro work out a course of study with an adviser for approval by the Graduate Program Committee. The program must prepare them for work in the chosen thesis area and fill in gaps in areas of knowledge relevant to the thesis topic. In some cases makeup courses will be required beyond the total number of credits of coursework prescribed for the degree. In order to fulfil the requirements for the degree of Master of Advanced Studies in Architecture, the student must complete a minimum total tif 30 credits. Full-time students are required to spend two terms of full-time attendance in the program. Part-time study, as defined in this section ofthe Calendar, is allowed and encouraged, but only with the approval ofthe Graduate Program Committee ofthe School of Architecture. 160 Graduate Studies Full-time students normally complete this program within two academic years. No longer than five years may elapse between first registration and satisfactory completion of the entire program, including the thesis. First Year • Architecture 580 (0) Graduate Seminar; and • 18 credits of courses selected in consultation with the student's adviser, including a minimum of 12 credits from courses at the 500 level offered by the School of Architecture and other departments, some ofwhich must be related to the student's research interests; three credits of courses should be in Research Methods if the student's background is deficient in this area; and • Architecture 599 (12 credits) Thesis for the M.A.S.A. degree. Areas of Study Research activities and thesis development wili be focussed within five areas of study, as follows: • building systems, technology and environmental controls • design research for special populations (e.g. children, the elderly) • architectural history, tiieort and criticism • housing, urban design and development • computer applications The thesis may take the form of research or an innovative design project, or a combination of both these forms. A thesis defence is required. Archival Studies (School of I.ihrarv, Archival anti Information Studies) Professor and Director: K. Haycock. Associate Professor and Chair of the Program: T. M. Eastwood. Associate Professors: C. Dollar, L. Duranti. M.A.S. Degree The Master of Archival Studies program is a professional degree program, open to those holding a bachelor's degree considered suitable by the Admissions Committee and which meets the minimum admissions requirements ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies. Archival work is related to that of many other disciplines, including history, political science, business administration, and sociology The program is unique in North America as the only separate graduate degree program in the fieid. Graduates obtain ptisitions as archivists and records managers across Canatla in businesses, government agencies, religious bodies, and institutions; some engage in freelance work. The program comprises 48 credits including an optional thesis and an optional internship. Students must begin the program in September ofa year and normally cannot complete it before April ofthe second year following. The full-time Core of required courses occupies the first Winter Session. The internship, if taken, can be expected to occupy much ofa summer. University, public, and other archives within easy reach provide models of archival practice. The application of archival theoiy is also demonstrated through field trips in courses. S_>l_*36iaSJii6JiSJ_»»S_'!Si* HJ1.-« »#*%»«! »*.!*'»- Asian Research, Institute of Professor ancl Director: W. M. Friiiii (also Histoiy; Commerce and Business Administration). Advisory Council: W. M. Fi'uin (Chair), Y Chan", G Hainsworth, G.Johnson. T. G. McGee, K. Nagatani, K. A. Park. I. Vertinsky, J. Wood Professors: T. G. McGee, 1. Vertinsky. K. A. Park. Honorary Professors: I.. Cha. P. Lin. 13. Morrison. E, Wickhetg. The Institute of Asian Research, located in the Asian Centre at UBC, was originally established in 1978 to sponsor and coordinate research activities concerning Asia and the Pacific. While not directly involved in classroom teaching, the Institute provided liaison for seminar presentations and special lectures bv Asian area specialists working at or visiting UBC. In 1992, the Institute was restructured to include five area research centres: the Centres for Chinese, Japanese, Korean, South Asian and South East Asian Research. The Centres serve as focal points on campus for research and community outreach activities on their specific areas of the Asia Pacific region. The aim til the Institute and its Centres is to facilitate interaction among people from different disciplines anti backgrounds, from both campus and community, who share a common interest in Asia and the Pacific. To this end the Institute and its constituent Centres organize seminars, lectures workshops, conferences, art exhibits, anti cultural performances. A series of working papers and monographs as well as the Asia Pacific Report, a bi-annual newsletter focusing on current activities relating to Asia on campus and in the community, are also published. Research activities of the Institute are interdisciplinary, interregional and long range. They cover many areas tif intellectual inquiry encompassing general processes of cultural, economic, political, social and technical change in the Asia Pacific region. The Institute is in the process of hiring ten endowed research chairs to carry out its research activities in these areas. The Institute also acts as host for Honorary Research Associates and Visiting Scholars who participate actively in the Institute's and Centres' programs. In addition, the Institute has launched an International Associates Forum to promote mutual understanding between Canatla and the Asia Pacific countries through king-term visits of government officials, corporate personnel and academic researchers from the region to UBC. To receive regular notification of Centre- and Institute- sponsored events, individuals are encouraged to join the Centre of their choice or the Friends of the Asian Centre for a newsletter subscription. Address: Institute of Asian Research, Asian Centre, 1871 West Mall, The University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1Z2, Canada; telephone (604) 822-4688, fax (604) 822-5207. Asian Studies Professorand Head: M. S. Duke. Professors: A. N. Aklujkar. D. L. Overmyer, K. Takushima, K. Tsurttta. Associate Professors: K. E. Bryant, J. I). Schmidt. Assistant Professors: D. Baker, Y. Collier-Satiuki, R. Goldman. T. Hellwig, It. Oberoi, J. Moslovv. C. Swatek. instructors: J Chin-Duke, K. Li. i.vnn. Ph.D. and M.A. Degrees There are good facilities for advanced work in various fields of Asian Studies. The purchase in 1959 ofthe P'u- pan collection gave The University of British Columbia one of the major Chinese libraries in North America. Subsequent purchases have served to consolidate this position. A good foundation for the Japanese collection was lakl by the acquisition of books from the libraries of the late H. 11. Norman anti G. B. Sansom and by the purchase ofa Tokugawa map collection. The university library is also a depository for Japanese Government Publications. The library's holdings now exceed 377,000 volumes in East Asian Languages in addition to substantial holdings in western languages and micro-form. The library also has a growing collection related to South Asia and the founding in 1968 of the Shastri Indo-Canadian Institute, in which the university is a founder-member and major participant, is greatlv assisting this development. It is estimated thai the present extent ofthe collection in Indie languages such as Hindi. Urdu, Punjabi, Sanskrit, Prakrit. Bengali, Marathi and Tamil is 44,000 volumes. In addition, there are publications bearing on South Asian studies in micro-form and in Western languages. The library is now building its collection of Indonesian and Korean materials. The Department offers the degrees of Ph.D. and M.A. in Chinese, Japanese and South Asian languages, in the fields of language, literature, and pre-modern histoiy, religion and thought. It also provides language training for those titling graduate work relating to China, Japan, and South Asia in other departments. Those interested in graduate studies relating to Asia in fields such as modern historv, political science, economics, geography, anthropologv, fine arts, .should apply to the departments concerned Admission to the M.A. program in Asian Studies normally requires a B.A. degree with first-class standing in Chinese. Japanese or South Asian languages. This implies four years tif language study. The Department is prepared to accept a limited number of students who are otherwise well-qualified and show linguistic aptitude but have less than this amount of preparation in language. Such students will be required tt) spend one or two extra years in their M.A. program making up this deficiency. Admission to the Ph.D. program in Asian Studies normaliv requires an M.A. in Asian Studies or its equivalent. Candidates for the Ph.D. must have before admittance an adequate command of Chinese, Japanese, Hindi/Urdu, Punjabi, Sanskrit. Korean or Indonesian. In the case ol Chinese, this will normally mean a competent reading knowledge of both modern and classical forms of the language. Astronomy See Geophysics and Astronomy. °_&#&i^«&3-.^.**,_^_M«fe»js_^_^_$_&$-._*. &Ji«« ..«_*-;? Atmospheric Science Associate Prolessor and Chair: D. G. Steyn (Geography). M.Sc. Degree A program leading to a M.Sc. degree is offeretl under the join! sponsorship of the Departments of Geographv and Oceanography. Students must satisfy the admission requirements of ihe Faculty of Graduate Studies and normally have a Bachelor's degree in atmospheric science, physics, chemistry, mathematics, physical geography or applied science. TheM.Sc. program consists of 12 credits of thesis and 18 credits of course work, or 30 credits ol course work and an essay. It mav be obtained through full or part-time study. Atmospheric science deals with understanding the processes of the atmosphere and the resulting weather and climate. Mam important environmental issues are related Graduate Studies 161 to the atmosphere. The Atmospheric Science Program offers training in the basic processes of the atmosphere and the application of scientific knowledge to problems such as atmospheric models for weather and climate prediction, air pollution studies and other environmental areas. The faculty engage in fundamental research in atmospheric science, both independently and in cooperation with federal and provincial laboratories and other research groups around the world. The emphasis of the research is on studies of processes and developing physical understanding ofthe atmosphere. The research commonly involves field or laboratory measurement and observation; data analysis and interpretation; and numerical model construction, modification and validation. The group is extremely well equipped for research on most characteristics of the atmospheric boundary layer. In addition to conventional meterological instruments, there are systems for sensing all component fluxes ofthe radiation and energy budgets, eddy correlation systems for turbulent heat fluxes and other facilities for probing boundary layer structure. Equipment for digital recording and analysis of data and images is available. Other facilities include access to a NOAA satellite receiving station and image processing laboratory and weather workstations in the Geography Department connected to the Pacific- Weather Centre's satellite and synoptic data systems. Students wishing to undertake a Ph.D. degree program in the Atmospheric Sciences may do so through the Departments of Geography or Oceanography and should consult the department most appropriate to the proposed field of specialization. Further information can be obtained by contacting the Chair of the Atmospheric Science Program. Audiology and Speech Sciences Professor and Director: J. R. Johnston. Professors: A.-P. BenguerefJ. H. V. Gilbert, D. D. Greenwood. Assistant Professors: B. M. Bernhardt, C. E. Johnson, M. K. Pichora-Fuller. Senior Instructors: N. Lamb, E. D. MacLeod. Instructor: C. B. Bruce. Clinical Associate Professor: B. A. Purves. Ph.D. and M.Sc. Degrees The School of Audiology and Speech Sciences offers a post-graduate program leading to a Master of Science degree. This program is primarily designed to provide the scientific and clinical education necessary for the professions of Audiology and Speech-Language Pathology. These professional fields require a thorough understanding of human communication and its disorders. The M.Sc. degree program thus builds upon background studies in linguistics, psychology, acoustics, physiology and other related disciplines, and incorporates both basic and applied science. After completing basic level courses, students pursue advanced work in a professional specialty, i.e., either audiology or speech-language pathology. Supervised clinical externships are provided in hospitals, schools, rehabilitation centres, and other service settings throughout the Province. Graduates of the clinical education program will have completed the academic and practical requirements for professional certification. This program will usually require 24 to 36 months to complete, depending upon the student's academic preparation. The School also offers a program leading to a Ph.D. degree with specialization in one of the following areas: experimental phonetics, neurolinguistics/linguistic aphasiology, developmental phonetics and phonology, language acquisition, developmental language disorders, discourse analysis, phonological ancl phonetic disorders, speech understanding in the elderly, aural rehabilitation and hearing science. A brochure giving details of this program is available from the School's office. See entry under Audiology and Speech Sciences for a more detailed description of the School's philosophy, curriculum and application procedures. Note that students accepting an offer of admission to the M.Sc. program in the School of Audiology and Speech Sciences, at the time of acceptance of admission are required to pay a non-refundable deposit of $200.00, to be applied towards the student's first-term tuition. B.C. Studies A Quarterly journal ofthe Humanities and Social Sciences. Editor: A. Smith (History) This award-winning quarterly publishes the results of research pertaining to the province covering a wide range of interests such as histoiy, anthropology, sociology, politics, and geography. Each issue contains a book review section and a comprehensive bibliography of recently published material relating to British Columbia. Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Professor and Head: George A. Mackie. Professors: C. R. Astell, P. D. Bragg, G. D. Braver, E. P. M. Candido, P. R. Cullis, P. P. Dennis, R. T. A. MacGillivray, A. G. Mauk, R. S Molday, M. Smith. Associate Professors: R. W. Brownsey, l. Clark-Lewis. Assistant Professors: B. B. Finlay, L. P. Mcintosh, M. Roberge, I. J. Sadowski. Senior Instructors: R. E. Barton, B. E. Tiberiis, E. M. Trip. Facilities are available for original investigations in many fields of biochemistiy. Ph.D. Degree The areas of research possible within the department are: Chromatin structure. Organization of eukaryotic chromosomal DNA. Analysis of the genomes of viruses and yeast. Control of gene expression in eucaryotes, eubacteria and archaebacteria. Struct tire anti function of genes using specific mutagenesis. Structure, organization and expression of genes coding for the clotting factors. Interleukins. The mechanism ofthe action of insulin. Membrane structure and function. Cell surface receptors, signal transduction, and cell growth control. Neural and retinal photoreceptor membranes. Bacterial and mitochondrial bioenergetics. Active transport. Lipid based targeted delivery systems. Macromolecular crystallography and X-ray diffraction techniques for the characterization of enzymes and protein-nucleic acid complexes. Metalioprotein structure and function. Mechanism of hemoprotein electron transfer. Structural analysis of proteins by nuclear magnetic resonance. Major instrumentation in the department includes X-ray diffraction equipment for macromolecular crystallography, computer graphics equipment, a scanning and transmission electron microscope, EPR spectrometer, CD and MCI) equipment, a microprocessor-controlled spectrofluorometerwith polarization accessories, double beam/dual wavelength spectrophotometers with stop- flow and low temperature accessories, freeze fracture apparatus, 500 and 200-MHZ NMR spectrometers, and cell culture facilities. Candidates must hold an Honours degree in Biochemistry with high standing or a Master's degree in Biochemistry or the equivalent and are required to complete courses in Biochemistry and related fields in accordance with the recommendations of the Department and the Candidate's Committee. M.Sc. Degree Prerequisite: Candidates with diverse backgrounds can be accepted providing they have graduated with high standing from university programs giving a strong background in science. M.Sc. course includes Biochemistiy 303 and 301 if not already taken; thesis, counting 12 credits, and courses approved by the department in Biochemistiy and related fields. Biochemistry 303 and 301 or the equivalent, are prerequisite to all graduate courses in Biochemistry. Students are required to attend the Graduate Student Seminar Series (BIOC 530) in each year of graduate study. Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Faculty of Medicine, University of British Columbia, 2146 Health Sciences Mall, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3, Canada; telephone (604) 822- 3178, fax (604) 822-5227. Biology, Interdisciplinary Program in Chair, Advisory Committee: A. G. Lewis (Oceanography). Ph.D. and M.Sc. Degrees The field of Biology is not treated by a single department. Rather, opportunities forgratluate work in most areas of Biology exist in the specialized Life Science departments. The interdisciplinary graduate program in Biology is designed specifically for those students whose thesis research is primarily biological but requires major input from more than one department. Therefore, to qualify for the Program, the student must propose a plan for graduate thesis research that will have a major interdisciplinary component. As background, an undergraduate degree in the Life Sciences is preferable but not essential. At least one member ofthe candidate's supervisory committee must be from an appropriate department different from that in which the candidate is enrolled. Students wishing to pursue an interdisciplinary graduate program in Biology should consult the department or departments most appropriate to their field of specialization, and the chair of the Advisory Committee for the Interdisciplinary Graduate Program in Biology. Biomedical Engineering Research in Biomedical Engineering is carried out in the Departments of Chemical, Electrical, Mechanical Engineering and Physics in association with the Faculty of Medicine and the affiliated teaching hospitals. 162 Graduate Studies Bio-Medical Sciences Combined M.D. and Ph.D, Degree This program is intended for the exceptional student contemplating an academic career in ihe Biomedical Sciences who is prepared to accept a program which will require a minimum period of six or seven years. To he- eligible, the student must have completed a B.Sc. degree with First Class Honours (or equivalent), must be selected as a First Year medical sludent he the Facility of Medicine, anti must be accepted into a Ph.D. program sponsored by a Department of the Facuitv of Medicine ami approved by the Faculiy of Graduate Studies. Tbe M.D.-Ph.D. student will be required to be registered as a graduate student flora minimum of three 112-month) vears. During I lib period, the studenl will be permitted to lake all the courses required for the completion of First Year Medicine. In addition, the candidate is expected to undertake all lhe course work and research prescribed bv the candidate's Ph.D. committee. Only when this program is substantially complete to the satisfaction ofthe committee will tbe candidate be permitted to register in Second Year Medicine. If necessary ihe summer period between Second and Third Year Medicine may he used lo defend the Ph.D. thesis. Since the course work and the combined program can be expected to be heave, the student is advised lo arrange to begin the program injune rathenlian in Septenibe'ofthe first graduate studenl year A medical student who has a B.Sc, degree with first class honours and who has completed First Year Medicine with high standing is eligible for Ihe M.D.-Ph.D. program. However, graduate studenls ate not eligible lor the combined program until thev have been selected as a medical sludent bv die Admissions Selection Committee of lhe Faculty of Medicine in the normal way. Students contemplating application for admission lo the Combined M.D.-Ph.D. program should consult the Office ofthe Dean of Medicine (Admissions) by the Fall prcceci- nig the year of desired entry to this program. Bio-Resource Engineering Associaie Professorand Acting Head: S.-'P Chieng. Professor: K. V. Lo. Assisiant Professors: A. fv P Liu, K.J. Pencil. M.A.Sc. and M.Sc. Degrees The Master of Applied Science is offered for qualified engineering graduates. Prerequisile. graduation in Bio- Resource Engineering or oi her branches of engineering. The M.Sc. is offered for qualified graduates from Agricultural Sciences, Forestiy and Scicm e. Prerequisite: graduation from one ot these faculties and approval of their course bv the head ofthe department. Ph.D. programs can be arranged for suitable tandidates in conjunction with other engineering depanmenis and interdisciplinary committees. The Department carries ou; studies in Water Quality and Hydrology; Irrigation and Drainage Engineering; Environmental Control; Aquaculiural Engineering, Physical, Rheological anti Thermal Properties of Biological .Materials; Food Process Engineering: Biotechnology and Biomass Conversions for Waste Treatment and Utilization; and design of Horticultural operations. The course includes 12 credits in the Deoai'tnicnl of Bio- Kesource Engineering ofwhich at least six credits must be courses numbered 500 or above. Part-time students may enrol in the M.A.Sc. and M.Sc. degree programs. Botany Associate Professor and Acinic; Head: H. 17 Foreman Professors: It. A. .ohm. I" Cacalier-Siiiiih [•'. R. Ganders, A. 1). M. Class, B. K. Once, P.J, Harrison. G. C. Hughes. j. R. Maze. F.J. R Taylor. I. P., P. i'avlor. G. II. N. Towers, R. A, Tin kin;, or, Assoc iaie Prolessoi sHUCDeVVreedc, P.O. Harrison. G.ltaiighn. I.. Oliveira. Assistant Professors. M, lierhee. G. 17 Bradhtid, K. F,. Canim, (.. Dougias, N.I. Class. I, Kuiisi. Associate Members: S. Bercli. R. Guy. L.C. Harrison, K. Klinka, D. K. Roberts. 11, Saniacon. (, Mralcv. N.J. turner, Ph.D and M.Sc. Degrees Research underway in the Deparimeiit oi'Boianv extends from molecular genetics, biocnemisiry and physiology of plants (including iungi.i through cytology, plant development, morphologv and systematics to ecology and phytogeographv. Such a broad spectrum of activities provides for dvnamic inietacl ions between subtlisciplines. In addition, opportunities for interdisciplinary research projects exist with colleagues in other departments and faculties on campus, such as Forest Science. Plant Science. Zoology, Chemistry. Microbiology, Soil Science and Phvsics. Although basic science is our primary mandate, several of our faculty apply iheir strengths in the basic sciences io applied problems such as algal culture, tissue culture, forest regeneration and hydroponics. The Botany Depanmenl has most of die major types ol equipment used in laboratorvand field research in Botany. Of particular note are lhe large number of controlled environment rooms and chambers, the electron microstop\ facility (wilh transmission, image processing, scanning ami x-rav analysis electron microscopes), uhracentrifuges, spectrophotometers, scintillation counters, and equipmeni forgas-liquid chromatography, high pressure liquid chromatography, gas chromatogra- phv-mass specu'omel rv atomic absorption spectrometry, and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy. The Department has a large herbarium wilh several full- time staff members, housing permanent reference and research collections representing all groups of plants. Over S.ifyOOO specimens are accessioned, including 215,000 spec imens of vascular plants, 200.000 specimens of Bryophytes (one of l he largeso olleciioiis in the world), 8(1,000 specimens of algae, 15,000 specimens of lichens, ancl 1 1,01)0 specimens of fungi. The Noi ih Easl Pacific Culture Collection of Marine Phvioplankton, housed in die Department of Oceanography, is one ofthe largest in North America and represents a valuable resource for alga! physiological and ecological sludies. The department also houses nationally registered collections of Fungi and Freshwater algae. The Department liasan experimental field and full greenhouse facilities Anoiliei important botanical research facility is the Botanical Garden. This includes sections devoted to native, alpine and medicinal planus, ancl an Asian Garden. Bamfield Marine Station, on the west coast of Vancouver Island, is a unique research facility for marine botany, and also provides courses in many kinds of marine sludies The broad areas of research possible within the department are: 1) Cell biology and plant biochemistry 2) Genetics, cytogenetics and plant molecular biologv 3) Plant and algal physiology -0 Terrestrial and marine ecology . I Biosystematics and evolution 6) Plant development and morphology Supervision is available for studv of most major groups of plants, fungi and protests. M.Sc. Degree Prerequisile: First class or high second class B.Sc. The M.Sc. program requires a minimum of 30 credits with the thesis counting for 12 credits. Courses may be selected from the Botany Department and a wide range of related departments on campus, in consultation with die research supervisor and the Head of Department. The M.Se. degree can be taken on a part-time basis and a M.Sc. without thesis is also available. Ph.D. Degree Students who are admitted to the M.Se. program may, subject to the regulations of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, be granted permission to transfer to a Ph.D. program provided a first class performance has been obtained in course work and there is clear evidence ol research prowess. Exceptional students mav be admit tctl straight to the Ph.D. program from the bachelors level. Students with an M.Sc. degree apply directly for the Ph.D program. Although there are no formal course requirements, courses are selected in accordance with the recommendation of the Department and the candidate's Ph.D. commiiiee. i«sii-if*t. ._!«,»a.i«?*s«»¥is'*>fsm-soreuw».t.s. v Canadian Literature Hdilor: Vi'. II. New (English). Associaie Editors: H.-M. Kriiller iEnglish). I.. R. Ricou (English) This quarterly journal features literary criticism on Canada's lileralure and its relation to society and contains reviews of significant Canadian literary works. Chemical Engineering Professor and Head: A. P. Walkinson Professors: J. I.. Bert. B, 1), Bovven, R. M. R. Branion.J. R. Grace. C. |. Liiu A. Meisen, €. W Oloman, K. 1.. Pindcr. D, W. Thompson. Associate Professors: C. Brereion, K. Smith. .Assistanl Professors: S. Duff. P. Englcvos, S.G. Hatzikiriakos. J. M. Pirc-I.P Tessier. Honorary Professors: N. Epstein, R.J, Kerekes, S. Levine. Associate Member: D. Kilhurn. Ph.D., M.A.Sc. and M.Eng. Degrees The Department offers facilities for research studies in the following fields: a) Mass, momentum and heat transfer b) Chemical engineering unit operations cl Biochemical and biomedical engineering e) Pollution control sludies f) Electrochemical engineering gl Modelling, optimization and control h) Pulp and paper technology i) Energy ji Biotechnology Graduate Studies 163 The Department also operates a joint research program at the M.A.Sc. and Ph.D. levels with B.C. Research Inc., with the Pulp and Paper Research Institute of Canada and with the UBC Biotechnology Laboratory in areas of common interest. Part-time students may enrol in the M.A.Sc. and M.Eng. degree programs. M.A.Sc. Degree Prerequisite: Graduation in Chemical Engineering. Graduates from other branches of engineering or from science may also be accepted, but may be required to successfully complete selected undergraduate courses in Chemical Engineering before receiving a degree. A list of undergraduate course requirements may be obtained from the department. Program: Must include Chemical Engineering 598, and at least 18 credits of courses approved by the student's supervisor and the departmental graduate adviser. Normally the required 18 credits will be made up of 12 credits chosen from graduate courses within the Department and six credits of courses outside the Department. The M.A.Sc. thesis counts for an additional 12 credits. M.Eng. Degree Offered primarily for candidates who have a minimum of two years work experience after obtaining their bachelors degrees. Under special circumstances students with less than two years work experience may be accepted. Prerequisite: As for M.A.Sc. degree. Program: Must include Chemical Engineering 596 and 598 and 30 additional credits of courses approved by the student's adviser and the departmental graduate adviser. Normally these 30 credits will be made up of 12 credits chosen from graduate courses within the Department, six credits of courses outside the Department and an additional 12 credits chosen from within or outside the Department. At least 24 credits must be at the 500-level. Ph.D. Degree Prerequisite: As for M.A.Sc. degree. Normally students will have completed a M.A.Sc. degree before registering for a Ph.D. A brochure listing areas of current research interest is available from the department. Chemistry Professor and Head: P. Legzdins. Professors: F. Aubke, R. J. Anderson, M. Blades, A. Bree, C. E. Brion, D. E. Brooks, E. E. Burnell, D. P. Chong, M. B. ComisarowJ. A. R. Coope, W. R. Cullen, D. H. Dolphin, D. G. Fleming, M. D. Fryztik, C. A. Fyfe. M. C. L, Gerry, L. G. Harrison, F. G. Herring, B. R. James, J. P. Kutney, P. Legzdins, A, J. Merer, K. A. R. Mitchell, T. Money, E. A. Ogryzlo, G. N. Patey, E. Piers, R. E. Pincoek, J, R. Sams, J, R, Scheffer, B. Shizgal, R. F. Snider, A. Storr, R. C. Thompson, J. Trotter, D. C. Walker, L. S. Weiler, S. G. Withers. Associate Professors: G. S. Bates, L. D. Burtnick, C. Orvig. Assistant Professors: K. Orians, J. Sherman, M. Tanner, I. Waller. Ph.D. and M.Sc. Degrees The Department has many modern research instruments available, among which are; analytical and fully-computerized high resolution mass spectrometers, vacuum ultraviolet, far infrared and Raman spectrographs and spectrometers, stopped-flow spectrophotometer; microwave spectrometers; ORD and circular dichroism apparatus; electron spin and electron double resonance spectrometers; wide-line, spin echo, and high-resolution Fourier transform nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometers; Mossbauer spectrometers; automatic radioactive counters; automatic X-ray diffraction equipment; analytical and preparative gas chromatographs; autoclaves; magnetic balances; high-energy electron accelerator; a Gamnacell 220; Q-switched ruby lasers; a helium liquifier; u.v. photoelectron, electron impact and ESCAspectrometers; ion cyclotron resonance spectrometers; preparative ultracentrlfuges and cold room facilities; amino acid analysers. The TRIUMF cyclotron is available. Facilities exist for mycochemistry, phytochemistry, and biogenetic studies. There are excellent computer facilities and mechanical, electronics and glassblowingworkshops. A microanalytical service is also provided. Research facilities are available for accommodation of over 300 graduate students, postdoctoral fellows and academic staff. The Department of Chemistiy offers a wide variety of research programs leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the following fields: Analytical Chemistry, Bio-Inorganic Chemistry, Bio-Organic Chemistry, ._io-Physical Chemistty, Carbohydrate Chemistiy, Chemical Applications of the Mossbauer Effect, Chemical Biology, Chemical Kinetics and Reaction Mechanisms, Chemical Physics, Chemistty of Biologically Important Substances, Chemistry of the Solid State, Chemistry of Steroids, Alkaloids and Terpenes, Combustion and Oxidation Processes, Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy, Electronic Spectroscopy, Electron Nuclear Double Resonance Spectroscopy, Heterocyclic Chemistry, Homogeneous Catalysis, Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy, Inorganic Fluorine Chemistiy, Inorganic Ring Systems, Ior Cyclotron Resonance Spectroscopy, Isotope Exchange Reactions, Kinetic Spectroscopy, Macromolecular Chemistiy, Magnetochemistry, Mass Spectromet ry, Microwave Spectroscopy, Molecular Beams, Molecular Spectroscopy and Molecular Structure, Non- Aqueous Solution Chemistiy, NuclearChemistry, Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy, Nuclear Magnetic- Resonance Imaging, Nuclear Quadrupole Resonance Spectroscopy, Organic Photochemistry, Organometallic Chemistry, Photochemistry, Photoelectron Spectroscopy, Physical Organic Chemistiy, Phytochemistry, Radiation Chemistry, Structural Inorganic Chemistry, Structure, Synthesis and Biogenesis of Fungal Metabolites, Surface Chemistry and Surface Science including Auger and LEED Speclroscopy, Synthetic Inorganic Chemistry, Synthetic Organic Chemistry, Theoretical Chemistiy, X-Ray Diffraction Crystallograpay. M.Sc. Degrees Prerequisite: Honours degree in Chemistry or Biochemistry or Physics, or combined Honours in Chemistry and Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics, Chemistry and Biochemistry, Chemistiy and Oceanography, or Chemistiy and Biology; ora Bachelor's degree in Chemical Engineering with at least Second Class standing; or a single Major in Chemistiy with at least Second Class standing; or the equivalent to any ofthe above. Course includes thesis and 18 credits in graduate or advanced courses in Chemistry and related subjects. Ph.D. Degree Candidates are required to hold an M.Sc. degree in Chemistry or a B.Sc. degree with high standing in an Honours or combined Honours Chemistty program or equivalent. Students in the M.Sc. program may transfer into the Ph.D. program at the end of their first year provided they meet the transfer requ rements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Course work in the Ph.D. program is assigned in accordance with the recommendation of the Department and the candidate's Ph.D. committee. Chinese Research, Centre for Executive Committee: G. Johnson, (Anthropology and Sociology, Chair), Y.-T. Using (Centre for Human Settlements), D. L. Overmyer (Asian Studies), G. Peterson (History), G, Wong (Commerce and Business Administration). See Asian Research, Institute of Civil Engineering Professor and Head: M. Isaacson. Professors: D. L. Anderson, P. M. Byrne, R. G. Campanella, W. D. L. Finn, R. O. Foschi, K. J. F. Hall, D. S. Mavinic, S. Mindess, F. P. D. Navin, W. K. Oldham, M. D. Olson, M. C. Quick, A. D. Russell, S. O. Russell, S. F. Stiemer, ' Y. P. Vaid. Associate Professors: J. W. Atwater, N. Banthia, G. R. Brown, W. F. Caselton, E. R. Hall, G. A. Lawrence, D. M. McClung, R. G. Sexsmith, R. A. Spencer. Assistant Professors: P. E. Adebar, R. J. Fannin, T. Froese, H G. I Prion, R. Vaziri, C. E. Ventura. Ph.D., M.A.Sc, and M.Eng. Degrees I UBC's Department ofCivil Engineering offers three Graduate Degree Programs: Master of Engineering (M.Eng.), Master of Applied Science (M.A.Sc), and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.). In each of these programs, students may select one of the following areas of specialization: • Coastal and Ocean Engineering • Construction Engineering and Management • Earthquake Engineering • Environmental Engineering • Environmental Fluid Mechanics • Geotechnical Engineering • Materials (timber, cement and concrete) and Fracture Mechanics • Structures and Applied Mechanics, Reliability Theory and Probabilistic Methods • Transportation • Water Resources, Hydrology and Hydraulics M.Eng. Degree This is an advanced professional degree which requires a total of 30 credits of course work and a final comprehensive examination. At least 24 credits in graduate courses are required ofwhich at least 12 must be in Civil Engineering subjects. No thesis is required for this program. Full-time students can complete the course work requirements for the M.Eng. degree in two terms (1st term: September to December: 2nd term; January to April). The comprehensive examination is taken after this and consequently all degree requirements will not be complete in time for Spring graduation in the first year. M.A.Sc. Degree This degree requires a minimum of 30 credits made up of at least 18 credits of course work in addition to the research necessary for a Master's thesis. At least 12 credits in graduate courses in Civil Engineering subjects are required. Full-time students can complete the course work requirements for the M.A.Sc. degree in two terms (1st term: 164 Graduate Studies September to December; 2nd term: Januaiy to April). Students in the MA.Sc, program spend full time on directed research following completion of their course work requirements and during the summer, ll usually takes 18 to 22 months of full-time study to complete the course work and thesis requirements ofthe M. A.Sc. program Ph.D. Degree This research degree is offered in each of the areas of specialization listed above. The Ph.D. program is based on individual objectives with close supervision and consultation with a faculty adviser. The minimum number of course credits required beyond the Bachelor's degree is 36; however, students generally need about one full year of course work beyond a Master's degree. A Ph.D. dissertation takes another one to three years of full-time research work. Professional Partnership Program Students may complete all or part of the work for their graduate degrees in a joint industry-university partnership program. Students spend part of their time working for industry or government and the rest at university, with joint supervision from faculty members and industry representatives. M.Eng. students are required to take the project course CM. 596, but all other requirements for the degrees remain as outlined above. Details may be obtained from the department office. Part-time Students Students may complete either the M.Eng. or the M.A.Sc. degree on a part-time basis; however, part-time students may spread their program over not more than five years. Persons interested in taking advanced graduate courses, but who do not wish to undertake a full graduate degree program, may register on an unclassified (i.e. non-degree) basis. Classical Archaeology M.A. Degree See Classics. Knowledge of classical languages not required for admission. Classics Professor and Head: A. A. Barrett Professors: J. A. S. Evans, A. J. Podlecki, J. Russell. G. N. Sandy, S Dareus Sullivan, R. B. Todd, E. H, Williams Associate Professors: H. G. Fdinger, P. E. Harding. Assistant Professors: A. S. Dusing Ph.D. and M.A. Degrees The thesis for the M.A. in Classics may be written in one of the following: Greek Language and Literature, Latin Language and Literature, Greek Histoiy, Roman History, Greek or Roman Archaeology, or Ancient Philosophy. Major essays may be written in any of these fields by students following the M.A. program with Comprehensive Examinations. The Comprehensive Examinations.may be weighted toward Greek or Latin Studies without concentrating exclusively on either. Satisfactory knowledge of both Latin and Greek is required; separate Masters of Arts degrees in Latin and Greek are not given. The M.A. in Classical Archaeology is awarded for successful completion of 30 credits of course work, a major essay, and comprehensive examinations. Brochures describing the M.A. and Ph.D. programs are available from the Department tif Classics. Commerce and Business Administration Dean ofthe Facuitv: M. A. Goldberg. Associate Dean, Academic Programs: D, R. Atkins. Associate Dean, Fatuity Devtiopmeni and Professional Programs: P. j. Frosl. Assistant Dean and Director, International Programs: G. Wong. Assistant Dean and Director, Masters' and Study Abroad ami Exchange Programs: E. Davis. Assistanl Dean and Director, Undergraduate and Study Abroad and Exchange Programs: R. M. Davis. Director, Ph.D Program: A. Kraus. Professors: D. R. Atkins, I. Benbasat, A. E. BoarclmanJ.A. Brander, S. L. Brumelle, P. de Jong. B. fi. Eckbo, G. A Feltham. j. D. Forbes. P.J. Frosl, M. A. Goldberg. G.J. Corn, D. Granot, F. Granot, N. A. Hall (on leave), T. D. Heaver, R. L. Heinkel, A. Kraus. M. D. Levi, P. A. Lusztig, K. R. MacCrimmon, J. K. Murnighan. T. Own, C. C. Finder, R. W. Pollay. M. L Puterman, M. Qtteyranne, B. Schwab, B. Spencer, W. T. Stanbtiiy. M. Thompson, 1 Vertinsky, D. A. Wehrung, C. B. Weinberg, J. T. Williams. W. T. Zieniha. Associate Professors: M.E. Are, R. Amit, B. Bemmcls, R. E. Blaine (on leave), H. Chen, G. Chow, J. li. Claxton, A. S. Dexter, M. Frank, M. Gerlach, R. M. Giammariiio, R. C. Goldstein. S. W. Hamilton. R. Hclslcy, L. D.Jones, R F. Kelly, T. Knight. V. Maksimovic, T. S. McCormick, D. C. McPhillips, I.. F. Moore, P. N. Nemetz, T.W. Ross, F. A. Siller, D. A. Simunic, J, W, C. Tomlinson. M. »'. Trelheway, D. K. C Tsc, D. H. 1,'yeno, G A. Walter, Y. Wand, W. G. Waters, J. Zechner. Assistant Professors: A. AnsariJ Begley,J. Berk,!. M. Cockbiirn, R. G. Donaldson, P. E. Fischer, R. Freedman, K. Head. B. Hollifield, D. Jennings. V. Krislinamtirthy, N. Langton, M.M. Margiotta, B. P. M. McCabe, V. T. Naik, J.J. Nelson, S. V. Rao,J. Ries. S. S. Rosenthal, S. Sidclarth, C, T. Somerville, W. Strange, M. Tombak, A. Trice, R. Uppal, C. Woo Lecturers: S. Alishar.tn, M.-A. Booth, J. de Rooy, B. Graham, D. B. Lock wood, E, MacKenzie, I). J. Meredith, (7 Vertesi. Senior instructors: R. M. Davis, I). F. Gardiner. M.B.A. Degree The objective of the M.B.A. program is to offer an integrated course of study in Management and Administration and the important cognate disciplines to properly qualified persons holding a Bachelor's degree. Students accepting an offer of admission to the M.B.A. program wili be required to pay, at the time of acceptance ofthe offer of admission, a non-refundable deposit of $200.00 to be applied to the student's first-term tuition. Full time students normally spend two academic years in residence. On a part-time basis candidates may spread the course work over a longer period, provided that all degree requirements are completed within five years of initial registration. In determining the admissibility of a candidate to the M.B.A. program, no distinction is made between full-time and part-time students. 1st Year of Full-time Studies Candidates are required to lake the following 33 credits of prerequisile Core Courses in theii fust vear: COMM 311 Decision Analysis I COMM 312 Decision Analysis II COMM 313 yuaiiiiuuve Methods-Analysis COMM 323 Human Resources Managemenl I COMM 326 Human Resources Management 11 COMM 336 Information Syslems For Management COMM 3s 1 Financial Accounting COMM 352 Managerial Accounting COMM 361 Marketing Managemenl COMM 373 Business Finance FXON 301 Intermediate Microeconomic Anaivsis F.CON 3112 Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis Students deficient in English communication skills will be required to enrol in an English course authorized by the Commerce Masters' Programs' Office, and obtain a mark of at least 68 percent before being allowed to enrol in the second year of the M.B.A. program. Applicants with university credits in relevant disciplines may, on application, be permitted to write exemption examinations for some of the above courses prior to registration in in the Winter Session. Exemptions will be granted on a course-by-rourse basis. Evening First-year Core Courses To accomodate part-time students a section of each core course listed above will be offered in the evening between 6:00 p.m. and 10:00 p.m. Monday through Thursday. Second Year of Full-time Studies The 30 credits of graduate courses for credit toward tbe M.B.A. degree are typically taken in the second year. The general rules governing the M.B.A. program conienl provide that: at at least 24 credits must be at the S00 level, or above, b) at least 18 credits must be taken within the Facuitv ol Commerce and Business Administration, c) All students are required to take Commerce 591 and to pass a comprehensive examination, d) to ensure adequate breadth, elective cou rses have n > be selected from at least three different areas ol management, cj students are required to write a graduating essay. The graduating essay shall go beyond the formal course work for the degree, but, where appropriate, may originate in a formal course. Essays should demonstrate the candidate's ability to organize knowledge with some critical rigour in a form acceptable to trie- particular profession or academic discipline. The graduating essay carries no credit value. f) unless otherwise specified, the minimum prerequisites for ail 500 level courses are completion of the first year Core Courses or permission of the instruclor The M.B.A. is intended to be a general program and narrow specialization is discouraged. The general integrated natureofthe M.B. A. program mitigates againsl the degree of specialized study normally required for a thesis. Students interested in developing a research capability, and in writinga thesis, should consider the M.Sc. program in which it is possible to develop a more specialized course of study. M.Sc. (Business Administration) Degree The M.Sc. (Business Administration) degree is intended for graduate students who wish to prepare for specialized careers in the perfotmance of technical and analvnta! functions in organizations. In contrast to the M.B.A. pro gram whose regulations prevent excessive specialization in any one area of study, the M.Sc. program ailows as much concentration in any one field of study as may be consistent with the individual student's educational goals It is expected that students entering this program will have the objectives of developing analytical and resean h competence in fields of specialty such as finance, industrial relations management, management science, accounting, management information systems, transportation and logistics, urban land economics, policy, international business, or marketing. Graduate Studies 165 The M.Sc. program normally requires two years of study. The precise number of credits required of any individual depends upon the candidate's prior preparation and the number of first-year core courses required varies slightly between divisions. it is emphasized that there is considerable flexibility in the rules governing the M.Sc. program, and students with specialized interests or with interests which involve work in other Faculties are encouraged to explore the possibility of developing an individual program to suit their special needs. Degree Program The program of study for an M.Sc. candidate is determined by an M.Sc. adviser and committee chosen to represent the area of specialization elected by the candidate. The course program will, therefore, differ for each student, will reflect the student's background, and will be developed by the M.Sc. adviser from the resources ofthe University community so as to best prepare the student for specific career objectives. The M.Sc. program normally consists ofa thesis (COMM 549) of six credits plus 24 credits in addition to the other course work prescribed for the field. The 24 credits of course work shall consist of at least 18 credits at the 500 level or above, and no more than six credits at the 300 or 400 levels. Applicants who may be concerned about the proper choice of degree programs at the time of initial application may be assured that transfers from the M.B.A. to the M.Sc. program are possible, since the initial admission criteria are the same. However, students transferring from the M.Sc. to the M.B.A. program must satisfy the prerequisite course requirements for that program. At the time of acceptance of an offer of admission to the M.Sc. (Business Administration) program, students will be required to pay a non-refundable deposit of $200.00, which will be applied to the first-term tuition fees. Advanced Technology Management M.Eng. and M.Se. Degrees. For detailed information see separate entry. Combined LL.B./M.B.A. Degree A limited number of students may be admitted to a program in which the degrees of M.B.A. and LL.B. maybe completed in four winter sessions and a summer session. See "LL.B./M. B.A. Combined Degree Program" for further information. Ph.D. Degree The objectives ofthe Ph.D. program in Business Administration are to prepare appropriately qualified individuals for university teaching and for research positions in business and government. The degree of Doctor of Philosophy is the highest conferred by the University and is a research degree requiring general proficiency and distinctive attainment in a special field as well as an ability for independent investigation, evidenced by a dissertation based upon original research and creative scholarship. Eight divisions of the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration presently offer approved programsof study leading to the Ph.D. degree. These are: • Accounting • Finance • Management Information Systems • Management Science • Marketing • Organizational Behaviour • Policy Analysis end Strategy • Urban Land Economics Within each of these general areas a variety of special fields may be studied. In addition, a student may pursue a cross-field program in the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration or apply to the Faculty of Graduate St adies as an Interdisciplinary candidate for the Ph.D. degree. These alternatives allow specialization in such areas as Transportation or International Business, as well as programs of study which cross department or Faculty boundaries. Since each candidate enters the program with a unique academic background and pursues a course of study which reflects the candidate's own special interests, it is possible to give only very approximate estimates of the time which may be necessary to complete the major phases of the program. However, doctoral work beyond the Master's degiee in business administration or its equivalent ordinarily involves about two years of formal course work. Up to one additional year may be required of students who lack the preparation for doctoral research courses in business studies. The thesis research normally requires at least a year of additional work. Students with lim ted financial resources should not be discouraged from applying for admission to the Ph.D. programs, since all students who are admitted, but who have not obtained financial assistance from an external source, will have access to some form of financial support. Degiree Program The program of study for each entering Ph.D. student is determined by a faculty adviser drawn from the area of specialization, in consultation with the student. In those divisions with individual Ph.D. programs, an adviser has been appointed tc; supervise the early work of new candidates; this adviser transfers responsibility to a committee more: closely representing the special research interests of the candidate as they develop. Applicants are encouraged to correspond with the Ph.D. advisers in their chosen fields of study (prior to entry), who will be glad to give information about the specific requirements of their area upon request. Such enquiries may be addressed initially to the Director of the Ph.D. program, who will forward their, to the appropriate faculty advisers. The major phases ofthe program are as follows: i) a basic core of suitable courses from the foundation areas of business research, including mathematics, statistics, economics, sociology and psychology, whose concepts and methods may be applied in research and in the process of decision-making, ii) a basic core of study of the management decision areas, which are defined to include subjects such as Accounting, Management Information Systems, Finance, Organ zational Behaviour and Marketing, iii) a Preliminary Examination on the above, supervised by a Faculty committee, in foundation courses in which the candidate receives less than a 80?. mark, iv) a study ofthe :hosen field of specialization, including a knowledge and understanding of the literature of the field, the basic concepts, their origins, evolution, and relationsl lip to cognate fields, and the application in the chosen field of advanced methods of research. v) z written comprehensive examination in the field of specialization, vi) a formal thesis proposal, presented at an open workshop or seminar, and approved by the appropriate thesis committee. vii) a scholarly thesis supervised by the thesis commmittee. viiijan oral examination in defence of the completed thesis. In the Management Science Program, the study defined in (i) and (ii) is replaced by an intensive preparation in mathematical and statistical methods. In some areas of specialization the defined special field of study will include a minor field of interest, and in the Management Science Program two minor fields are mandatory. Please refer to the relevant section for the guidelines used in some ofthe option areas. Community and Regional Planning, School of Professor ancl Director: W. E. Rees. Professors: A. F. j. Artibise. H. C. Davis, A. H. J. Dorcey, H. (77. Hightower, A. A. Ltquian, V. S. Pendakur, M. Y. Seelig. Associate Professors: P. E. Boothroyd, T, A. Ilulton. Assistanl Professors: P. Gurstein, Y.-t. Using, M. Leaf, ' T. L McDaniels. Adjunct Professors: P. Carney, J. Whitehead, j. Wollenberg, R. Young. Ph.D., M.A. (Planning), M.Sc. (Planning), Certificate in Site Planning The School of Community and Regional Planning (SCARP) was created in 1952 and has one of the largest planning programs in Canada. The Master's and Ph.D. degrees are recognized bv the Canadian Institute of Planners and the American Institute of Certified Planners. SCARP emphasizes an integrated approach to planning through six concentrations or streams: community and regional planning, urban physical planning, urban policy planning, real property development and planning, international development planning, and natural resources planning. SCARP's research arm, the Centre for Human Settlements, is involved in a wide variety of major research projects focusing on both North America and Asia. In addition, several SCARP faculty are attached to the Westwater Research Centre. Full details on SCARP can be found elsewhere in the Calendar; see index for page number. Comparative Literature Chair: E.-M. Krtiller (English). Committee: A. Globe (English), D. Gregory (Geography), T. Hellwig (Asian Sludies), A. Lamontagne (French), P. Loefiler (Theatre), P. Petro (Slavonic Studies), T.J. Salumets (Germanic Studies), S. Taubeneck (Germanic Studies). Ph.D. and M.A. Degrees The Program in Comparative Literature offers opportunities for advanced interdisciplinary study leading to the Ph.D. and M.A. degrees. Fields of study include literary theoiy, Asian literature, and the major literatures of Europe and ofthe Americas. Undergraduates who are interested in preparing for the degrees should acquire competence in at least two languages other than their native language. In addition, comprehensive knowledge of at least one, and preferably two, literatures should be acquired through study in a double Major program or through the Honours program of one of the language departments. 30 credits of coursework are required for the non-thesis M.A., 24 for the M.A. with thesis, and 18 for the Ph.D. M.A. students and Ph.D. students who have not 166 Graduate Studies already done so, will write the Qualifying Examination, a test ofthe literary theories which are fundamental to the discipline of Comparative Literature. Normally, in the second year, Ph.D. students will write their Candidacy Examinations and then proceed to the thesis. Details of seminars to be offered each year are given in the Program's brochure, Comparative Literature Courses. For detailed requirements concerning the M.A. degree, with or without thesis, and for the Ph.D., consult the ITand- book for Graduate Students in Comparative Literature, available from The Program in Comparative Literature, University of British Columbia, 1866 Main Mall, Vancouver, B.C., Canada V6T 1Z1. Computer Science Professor and Head: M. M. Klavve. Professors: IJ. M. Ascher, K. S. Booth, S. T. Chanson, A. Fournier, D. G. Kirkpatrick, A. K. Mackworth. N, PippengerJ. M. Varah, R.J. Woodham. Associate Professors: J. J. Little, D. G. Lowe, G. W. Neufeld, I), Poole, R. S. Rosenberg, S. T. Vuong. Assistant Professors: C. Boutilier, D. R. Forsey, M. R. Greenstreet, N. C. Hutchinson,J. J.Joyce. R. Ng, D. K. Pai, CJ. IL Segcr, J. S. Snoeyink, A. S. Wagner, Associale Members: R. Anstee, M. lto, P Lawrence, G. Schrack, B. Wetton, C. Woo. Ph.D., and M.Sc. Degrees The Department offers opportunities for advanced study leading to the M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees. Fields of study include Artificial Intelligence (Computational Vision, Automated Reasoning and Language Understanding), Numerical Analysis, Theoiy of Computation (Computational Complexity, Computational Geometry, Parallel Processing), Computer Communications, Robotics, Integrated Systems Design, Computer Graphics, Distributed Systems, Databases, and Social Issues in Computing. The Department maintains a collection of several hundred computers including: Macintoshes and workstations from SUN, NeXT, Silicon Graphics, IBM, HP, and MIPS. Modems are available for students to log on to the department's computers from off campus. Most machines run UNIX. The Laboratories for Computational Intelligence, the Imager Computer Graphics Laboratory, and the Systems Laboratories contain specialized equipment appropriate to their disciplines. The departmental networks are connected to a campus-wide network which is in turn connected to both commercial (Datapac) and research- oriented (BCnet, CA*net, CDNnet) wide area networks. Detailed information on program requirements, courses, and financial assistance is available from the Department on request. Counselling Psychology Professor and Head: W. A. Borgen. The Department offers advanced study in school counselling, community counselling and student personnel services in higher education through its M.Ed, and M.A. programs. Both master's programs are accredited by the Council for Accreditation of Counselor and Related Educational Programs (CACREP). The Department also offers an Ed.D. program in counselling psychology. During 1993-94 the Department is seeking approval for a Ph.D. program to replace the Ed.D. CPA/APA accreditation is being sought for the Ph.D. program. M.Ed. Degree The M.Ed, program involves advanced study in counselling theoiy and practice and an applied understanding of research. The M.Ed, is 48 credits in length, including a major essay, and does not normally lead to doctoral study. The program is available for full and part-time study. Prerequisites: Completed four-year bachelor's degree, specific course prerequisites, and a senior level course in each of learning theoiy, abnormal psychology plus UBC course CNPS 362 or its equivalent. In addition, the Graduate Record Examination general test and people-related work experience are required. M.A. Degree The M.A. program involves advanced study in counselling theoiy, practice, and research. The M.A. is 48 credits in length, including a thesis. It is available for full and part- time study. Prerequisites: Completed four-year bachelor's degree; specific course prerequisites, a senior level course in each of learning theoiy, abnormal psychology and statistics plus UBC courses CNPS 362, 363, 365 or equivalent. In addition, the Graduate Record Examination general test and people- related work experience are required. Ed.D. Degree The Ed.D. program uses a "scientist/practitioner" model to educate counselling psychologists as educators, researchers and practitioners. The program includes core courses in research issues in counselling psychology and advanced counselling theories. The dissertation requires students to complete a rigorous study involving original research. In addition, students participate in courses to further develop their counselling and supervisory skills. An internship of 1600 hours is also required. Prerequisites: A research based master's degree equivalent to the departmental M.A. degree, completed with high standing. In addition, the Miller Analogies Test and a demonstration of counselling competence are required. For further information, please contact: Department of Counselling Psychology, Faculty of Education, 5780 Toronto Road, Vancouver, B.C., V6T 11.2; telephone (604) 822-5259, fax (604) 822-2328. Creative Writing Associate Professor and Acting Head: B. Wade. Professors: S. A. Alderson, G. McWhirter. Associate Professors: K. Maillard, C.J. Newman. Assistant Protessors: H. Hanson, L. Svendsen. M.F.A. Degree The Department offers a two-year course of resident study leading to the Master of Fine Arts degree. Candidates may choose to take the M.F.A. degree in Creative Writing, or the M.F.A. degree in Stage- or Screen- Playwriting offered in conjunction with the Theatre Department. Admission Applications may be submitted throughout the year but the deadline is November 1. Candidates for the Creative Writing program should submit work in two or more of the genres listed in the brochure, specifying which is their major area of interest. Candidates who intend to focus on translation should submit translated material in any of the above genres and a sample of their own original creative writing. Admission to the Stage- and Screen-Playwriting programs is on the basis of a script submission, including some work in anothergenre, and also relevant coursework in Theatre at the undergraduate level or equivalent. Length ofthe manuscripts accompanying the application depends on choice of genres. Guidelines are available in the department. The departmental brochure is available on request to the Department of Creative Writing. Creative Writing The program leading to the M.F.A. in Creative Writing is based on the premise that capable student authors can benefit from judicious criticism and the requirement to produce work regularly and to meet deadlines. Workshops, conferences, and tutorials are designed to focus attention on thesturienf s poetry, fiction, drama, imaginative non-fiction, the writing of children's literature, and literary translation. Students are expected to read various books and journals for technical improvement in their own writing. For admission requirements, see below. The Department publishes Prism International; graduate students participate in the editing and production ofthe magazine. During the two years ofthe Creative Writing program, a minimum of 36 credits of work must be completed, including a thesis. (A reduction ofthe second-year residency requirement will be considered in exceptional circumstances.) The Creative Writing program consists ol wtirk in three genres, chosen in consultation with the Departmental adviser, as described in the Depart mental brochure. In the second year, students will complete a six-credit thesis consisting of a full-length work in the area(s) of their special interest. The thesis may be a substantial revision and extension of work done during the first year. A work of translation mav be used to fulfil the thesis requirement by students with the required ability' and linguistic knowledge. (M.A. candidates in Comparative- Literature who have their adviser's permission and arc- accepted by the instructor of the course in translation may include a translation in partial satisfaction of their thesis requirements.) Students may be required to take advanced Creative- Writing undergraduate courses and tutorials as part of their programs. Stage- and Screen-Playwriting The Creative Writing Department and the Theatre Department offer jointly two programs leading to the M.F.A. degree, one in Stage-Plavwriting and the other in Screen- Playwriting. Applicants must be accepted by both Departments. For admission requirements, see below. Students are required to take appropriate coursework in the Departments of Creative Writing and Theatre as described in their respective brochures. They must also be involved in thestaging or production of some of their own work and, in fulfilment of the six-credit thesis requirement, write tbe equivalent ofa full-length stageplay or TV or film script acceptable to bolh Departments. The thesis requirement must be met in the second year and may be a substantial revision and extension of work done during the first year. Graduate Studies 167 Curriculum and Instruction, Centre for the Study of Professor and Director: J. Willinsky. Ph.D., M.A. and M.Ed. Degrees Established by the Faculty of Education in 1976, the Centre for the Study of Curriculum and Instruction combines the features of both a research and program unit. Its programs include Masler's degrees in Early Childhood Education, and Master's and Doctoral degrees in Curriculum and Instruction which span pre-school to post-secondary education, as well as non-traditional education settings. The Centre draws its faculty advisers for students from across the Faculty of Education which ensures that it can meet a wide range of academic interests and needs, as well as facilitating work on interdisciplinary research projects. By selecting instructors for its courses from various departments, the Centre is able to offer a number of perspectives in the kev areas of curriculum theoiy, design, implementation, and evaluation, as well as in various aspects of Early Childhood Education. Students are also able to bring a focus to their studies in the Ts"Kel program, for First Nations education, and in Asia-Pacific educational studies. Through the Curriculum Centre's close association with the Centre for the Study of Teacher Education, it is able to support students pursuing studies in teacher education as an aspect of instructional development. There are also initiatives underway in antiracist and feminist education, global education, critical pedagogy, critical thinking, medical education, multicultural education, parent and community involvement, postcolonial studies, and school-subject integration. As well, the Centre oversees the innovative publishing activities of the Faculty of Education's Pacific Educational Press. M.A./M.Ed. Degrees The M.A. (thesis) and M.Ed, (non-thesis) degrees can be completed on a part-time basis. In addition to the regular materials requested in the university's application, students should include a statement of iheir educational interests. Ph.D. Degree Candidates require (a) a Master's degree with high standing in a relevant educational discipline, (b) a sample of scholarly work, (c) a letter of intent describing the proposed focus ofthe program, ancl (d) the support of three academic referees. Forsturients possessinga thesis-based Master's degree from other than a relevant curricular discipline, it may be possible to proceed into the Ph.D, by taking, and achieving a high standing in, the core course requirements of an appropriate Master's degree in education at UBC. For further information, please contact; Centre for the Study of Curriculum and Instruction, Faculty of Education, 2125 Main Mall, Vancouver, B.C., V6T1Z4; telephone (604) 822-6502, fax (604) 822-8234. Dental Science Dean: E. U.K. Yen Professors: D. M. Brunette, V. M. Diewert. D. Donaldson, A. G. Hannam, A. A. Lowe, M. I. MacEntee, B. C. McBride, C. Price, V. V.-J. Uitto. Associaie Professors: B. Blasberg, D. C. Clark, T. Jastak, H. Larjava, L M. Rucker, R. M. Shah,J. G. Silver, V. V.-J. Uitto, J. D. waterfield. Assistant Professors: J. Coil, R. L. Harrison, D. McDonnell, C. M. Overall, RAF. Priddy, D. Ruse, J. N. Walton, C. B. Wu, L Zhang. M.Sc. Degree (See also Oral Bio'ogy, Ph.D. Degree.) The Faculty of Dentistry offers facilities and opportunities for advanced study leading to the degree of M.Sc. in Dental Science. Candidates will be accepted under the general regulations of the Faculty of Graduate Studies to study in one ofthe major recognized fields of dentistry, and fie program will ordinarily require two full academic years. In acdition, the program provides an opportunity for qualified students to enter combined programs leading to both certification in either Periodontics, Oral Medicine, Oral Pathology or Oral Radiology (for which diplomas are awarded), and an MSc. in Dental Science. The application deadline for the combined programs is October 1. An essential prerequisite is the prior completion of undergraduate courses in the subject at least equivalent to those offered in the Dental Undergraduate Program.^ A program of part-time graduate studies is also available. A listing and description of the courses offered each year are contained in a detailed brochure available on application to the Department. •W6___»_MWSr»Wt«*SW« Economics i Professor ancl Head: W. C. Riddell. Professors: R. G. Alien, C Blackorby, P. G. Bradley, J. G. Cragg, W E. Diewert. 1). J. Donaldson. M. Eswaran, R. G. Evans, J. F. Helliwell. s. P. S. Ho, J. R. Kesselman, A. Kotwal, G. R. Munro, K. Nagatani, P. A. Neher, D G. Paterson, A. Redisu, VC (. Riddell, W. E. Schworm, R. A. Shearer, M Slade, R. S. Uhler, '17 J. Wales, J. Weymark, K. J. White, R. M. Will. Associate Professors B.Copeland,M.Devereux,C B.Hainsworth. K. Hendricks, H Neary Assisiant Professors: J. D. Boyd. D. Green,). Nason, M. Piccione, J. Pinkse, M. Sailo, G. 'Ian, M.S. Taylor. Ph.D. and M.A. Degrees The program leading to the degree of Master of Arts is designed to prepare the student for employment in business or government or to serve as a first stage in a program leading to the Ph.D. degree. The studies leading to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy are designed to equip the student to carry out research, with a view toward a career in university teaching, business or government. With a faculty of 40 members, the Department of Economics is able to offer courses and seminars and to supervise research in a wide variety of subjects. Among others these include economics of natural resources, growth theoiy, economic development, micro-economic theory and macro-economic theoiy and policy, economic history, econometrics, iniernational trade and finance, industrial organizalion, public finance, industrial relations, labour economics, monetary theory and policy, cost benefit analysis, and game theory ancl information. The University Library's holdings in economics are particularly extensive in serial publications and the postwar literature. Graduate students also use the special collection ofthe Economics Reading Room, which contains the principal professional journals and frequently-used books. Special research facilities include the University Computing Centre and Arts Computing. Arts Computing offers guidance and assistance to faculty members and graduate students conducing quantitatively oriented research in the social science s. Its library of frequently-used software is constantly being expanded. The sen/ices of computer programrs are available through Arts Computing. Education Associate Dean. Graduate Programs and Research: J. Gaskell. Ed.D., Ph.D., M.Ed, and M.A. Degrees Graduate degrees in Education include the Master of Arts, the Master of Educalion, the Doctor of Education and the Doctor of Philosophy, and all are offered through the Faculty of Graduate Studies. For information on admission and study requirements direct enquiries to the Department within the Faculty of Education offering the program. General information on graduate programs mac be obtained from the Office of Graduate Programs and Research, Faculty of Education, 2125 Main Mall, Vancouver, B. C. V6T 1Z4; telephone (60a) 822-5512, fax (604) 822- 8971. The following is a list of the departments within the Faculty of Education in which a student may complete a graduate program: The Department of Administrative, Adult and Higher Education offers graduate programs in Adult Education, Educational Administration and Higher Education. The Centre for the Study of Curriculum and Instruction offers graduate programs in Early Childhood Education and Curriculum and Instruction. The Department of Counselling Psychology offers graduate programs in Counselling Psychology. The Department of Educational Psychology and Special Education offers graduate programs in Educational Psychology, Human Learning, Development and Instruction, Measurement, Evaluation and Research Methodology, School Psychology and Special Education. The Department of Language Education offers graduate programs in English Education, Teacher Librarianship, Modern Languages Education and Reading Education. The Department of Mathematics and Science Education offers graduate programs in Business Education, Home Economics Education, Technology Studies Education, Mathematics Education and Science Education. The Department of Social and Educational Studies offers graduate programs in Comparative Education, Historyof Education. Philosophy of Education, Social Foundations of Educational Policy, Social Studies Education ancl Sociology of Education. The Department tif Visual and Performing Arts in Education offers graduate programs in Art Education anti Music Education. Where appropriate, joint programs, which involve collaboration among the areas listed above, or which involve an area outside the Faculty of Education can be arranged. OflF-Campus Graduate Work It may be possible for the Faculty of Education to organize graduate programs which have off-campus components offered at locations throughout B.C. For further information, contact the Department within the Faculty of Education offering the program. Note: Not all graduate programs are offered in a given year. 168 Graduate Studies Educational Psychology and Special Education Professorand Head: P. K. Arlin. M.A. and M.Ed. Degrees The Department offers master's degrees in the following program areas. • Educational Psychology (EDPS): M.Ed. • Human Learning, Development and Instruction (HLDI): M.A. and M.Ed. • Measurement, Evaluation and Research Methodology (MERM): M.A. and M.Ed. • School Psychology (SCPS): M.A. • Special Education (SPED): M.A. and M.Ed. Master's degrees in Special Education are available with a concentration in the education of the deaf and hard of hearing and in the education of the blind, visually impaired and visually/multiple handicapped as well as in a general program in Special Education. A combined Special Education Educational Administration program is also offered. An opportunity to include a Ts"Kel component with a master's program is available to First Nations students and others interested in Native Indian Education. With the exception of School Psychology and the specialized concentrations in Special Education, all ofthe master's program in Educational Psychology and Special Education are available on a part-time basis. Ph.D. Degree The Department offers the Ph.D. degree in Educational Psychology and Special Education. Since this is a department-wide degree, students are expected to develop a basic understanding of all of the areas of specialization within the Department. The specific focus ofa doctoral program will be determined by the student's research interest, professional objectives and preparation at the master's level. Information about admissions and program requirements for the M.A., M.Ed., and Ph.D. degrees may be obtained from the Graduate Secretary ofthe Department of Educational Psychology and Special Education, Faculty of Education, 2125 Main Mall, Vancouver, B.C., Canada, V6T124; telephone (604) 822-5351, TDD: (604) 822-8229, fax (604) 822-3302. mm^imimMmm!£iMDkmmimiimmmm, Electrical Engineering Professorand Head: R.W. Donaldson. Professors: H. W. Dommel, R. W. Donaldson, G. A. Dumont, M. R. Ito, E. V. Jull, C. A. Laszlo, P. D. Lawrence, C. S. K. Leung, D. L. Pulfrey, A. C. Soudack, K. D. Srivastava, T. Ticdje (joint appointment with Physics), R, K. Ward.!.. M. Wedepohl. Associate Professors: I.G. Gumming, M.S. Davies. W. G. Dunford, S. Kallel, G. F. Schrack. Assistant Professors: FI. M. Alnuweiri, D.W. Gillies, G E. Howard, A. Ivanov, M. K. Jackson, N, A. F. jaeger, V.C.M. Leung, C, C, H. Ma, J. R. Marti, P. T. Mathiopoulos, M. R. Palmer, S. E. Salcudean (joint appointment with Forest Resources Managment), R. F. B. Turner (joint appointment with Biotechnology Laboratory), M. D. Wvong, M. J. Yedlin (joint appointment with Geophysics). Prerequisites: graduation in Electrical Engineering, Engineering Physics, Physics, Computer Science or other related subjects. Some students maybe required to sup plement their graduate studies by taking specific undergraduate courses in Electrical Engineering. Alternatively, interdisciplinary degrees may be appropriate and can be arranged. Facilities are provided for research in: applied electromagnetics; biomedical engineering; communications and signal processing; computers and computer applications; digital system design, VLSI design, and software engineering; power systems ancl power electronics; solid state devices; microelectronics and optoelectronics; robotics and telerobotics; systems ancl control. Collaboration with other departments is facilitated bv membership in the Advanced Materials and Process Engineering Laboratories (AMPEI.) and the Centre for Integrated Computer Systems Research (CICSR). Qualified stutlents are admissible to programs leading to degrees of M.A.Sc. and M.Eng. on a part-time basis, Ph.D. Degree The course includes a thesis and 24 credits of approved courses. For those holding a Master's degree or transferring from a Master's program, appropriate credit will be given for courses completed. M.A.Sc. Degree in Electrical Engineering The course includes a thesis plus (as a minimum) the University requirement of 18 credits of approved courses, 12 of which must beat the 500 level. Normally at least 6 of the 18 credits will be taken in this Department, 12 credits for students with degrees in subjects other than electrical engineering. M.Eng. Degree The degree of M.Eng. may be obtained on the basis ofthe completion of 30 credits of course work together with an essay or report and a comprehensive examination. This degree is intended mainly for candidates who may wish to extend their knowledge after a period of engineering practice following first graduation. Students should consult the Department for information regarding courses to be offered. A departmental graduate studies booklet providing more details and describing current research projects is available on request Engineering Physics M.A.Sc. Degree See Phvsics. English Professorand Head: H.J. Rosengarten. Graduate Committee Chair: I. B. Nadel. Professors: K. Alldritt, R. W. Bevis, A. B. Dawson, E. Durbach, J. W. Foster, A. V. Globe, G. Good. S. E. Grace, L. M. Johnson, J. Kaplan, E.-M. Kr" Her, ¥.. R. Labia e,J. A. Lavin, P. Merivale. I. B. Nadel, W. H. New, G. E. Powell. P. A. Quanermain, L. R. Ricou, 11. J. Rosengarten. P. G. Stanwood, j. Wasserman, M. I. Weir, G. R. Wieland.J. I. Wisenlhal Associate Professors: M. A. II. Blom, T. E. Blom, I.. J. Brinton, A. Bus/a, D R. Danielson, 1). L Evans. M. Fee, R. B. Hatch, N. Hudson, E. P. lew. M.J. Powell, R. G. Seamon, S. W. Sievenson.j. F Stewart. Assistant Professors: L J Arnovick, R. Cavell, J. X. Cooper, P. Dalziel. G. Deer. S. Echsrd, S. Egan, K. Hanson, I. Higgins. J. K. Kealy, M. H. Kirkley. G. Milsum, S. Partridge, J. Segal, F. E. Stockholder, P. A Tavlor. S. Tome, P. van Toorn, M. Vessey, P. Yachnin, M. Zeitiin. Ph.D. and M.A. Degrees The Department offers opportunities for advanced study in English, American, Canadian, and Commonwealth literature, and in English language including rhetoric. The Library has excellent working collections in most areas and particularly strong collections of periodicals, Malcolm Lowry materials, modern Irish Literature, Canadiana, and, in the Colbeck Collection, nineteenth- and early twentieth-century English literature. Seminars are offered annually in the major periods, figures, genres and critical approaches. The Department's brochure of English Courses Offered provides extensive descriptions of each seminar. For detailed requirements concerning the M.A. degree, with or without thesis, the Ph.D, program, and the possibility of part-time study for the Master's degree, students should consult the Departmental Graduate Handbook. Ethnic Studies Chair R. Menkis (Religious Studies). Ethnic Studies refers here to work on ethnic relations in the context ofthe multicultural nature of Canadian society. Work is normally centred on a single ethnic group, on relations between ethnic groups, or on a comparison of the Canadian situation with that in other countries. Such studies involve numerous disciplines, e.g., histoiy and political science, anthropology and sociology, language and literature, heaith and education, and are carried on in various departments, schools and faculties within the university. Subjects may range widely, for example, from ethno-musicology to nutrition, and are frequently studied on an interdisciplinary or inter-faculty basis. Although there is no Department of Ethnic Studies at UBC and no formal program leading to a degree in this field, many departments throughout the university offer courses relevant to Ethnic Studies and related areas. A student wishing to specialize in Ethnic Studies at the graduate level will normally be located in a single department and follow a normal degree program. Such students should therefore consult the Committee on Ethnic Studies for guidance in planning their coursework. This should be done at the time of applying for admission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Resources and departmental course offerings are adequate to support some ethnic studies programs at the graduate level and funds are available from a variety of sources to support research projects. The Committee should be consulted for details. Experimental Medicine Director G. A. Quamme, Experimental Medicine, Department of Medicine. Ph.D. and M.Sc. Degrees The program is intended for individuals seeking a career in research through training in experimental medicine. It furnishes the opportunity for students to work towards a M.Sc. or Ph.D, degree in Experimental Medicine in the Divisions of Cardiology, Gastroenterology, Infectious Diseases, Nephrology, Neurology, and Respiratory Medicine and in the area of Molecular Medicine, all ofwhich may involve patients and/or experimental animal models. It is anticipated that normally applicants for the M.Sc. program will have a B.Sc. in Life Sciences, Biology, Zoology or Biochemistry, while the Ph.D. applicant will have Graduate Studies 169 M.D., D.M.D., D.V.M. degrees or a M.Sc. in Life Sciences, Biology, Zoology or Biochemistiy. Students with equivalent degrees may also apply for admission. The admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies must be satisfied. The student's research program must be acceptable to his or her research supervisor as well as to the Committee on Graduate Studies in the Experimental Medicine Program. Students should consult the Experimental Medicine Program for further information. A booklet providing details on the program and describing current research projects is available on request. Family and Nutritional Sciences See Family Studies and Human Nutrition. Family Studies (School of Family and Nutritional Sciences) Professor and Acting Director: M. Arcus. Professor: D. Perlman. Associate Professors; P.J.Johnson, E. L. Vaines, J. White. Assistant Professors: B. de Vries. M.A. Degree The Division of Family Science of the School of Family and Nutritional Sciences offers opportunities for advanced study in the family. The M.A. program in Family Studies is intended to equip graduates with the competency to advance knowledge as well as to apply that knowledge in a variety of community settings. The program is interdisciplinary in nature, stressing work in the behavioural sciences relevant to the family, and its alternatives. Both the place ofthe family in society and the internal dynamics of relationships are examined. The emphasis is on the non-pathological, North American family, studied over the life span. Admission Applicants must satisfy the normal admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies and must have completed an appropriate degree in one of the social sciences or in Home Economics with some undergraduate courses in the area of the family. The admissions committee will make individual judgements concerning other prospective students who do not meet these requirements but who may be admitted contingent upon making up deficiencies. In all cases, preference will be given to those having a substantial background in the social sciences. Applicants should note that Family Studies 523 requires previous completion ofa course in behavioural research methods and Statistics 203 or equivalent. Program Requirements The Master's degree program requires a minimum of 30 credits of course work, ofwhich at least 18credits must be at the 500 level and at least 18 credits must be in Family Science (FMSC) or Family Studies (FMST) including the three required courses: Family Studies 520 Theories about the Family, Family Studies 523 Analyzing Data in Family Studies, and Family Studies 524 Family Development. Elective Courses which form a coherent plan of study compose the remainderofthe course work. In addition to the formal course work, as evidence of research and scholarly capability, a thesis (6-12 credits) is required. Film M.A. and M.F.A. Degrees See programs in Theatre and Film. Fine Arts Professor and Head: J. O. Caswell. Professors: S. Guilbait, J. Wall, R. Windsor-Iiscoinbe. Assoc ate Professor;: M. Cohodas, M. Matsumoto, J. O'Brian, D. Pincus, R. Prirce, R. M. San Juan, B. Ziegler, R. Young. Assistant Professors: W7 Dobereiner, K. Hacker, C. Knicely, K. Lum, M. Ryan, J. Williams. Senior Instructor: M. Pessin. The Department offers opportunities for advanced study of art history in the major periods of European and North American art, in certain areas of Asian art and in the indigenous arts of the Americas leading to the Ph.D. and M.A. degrees. It also offers advanced studies in studio work, leading to the M.F.Ac degree. The region offers good collections of modern Canadian painting, sculpture and architecture, and relatively rich collections of Asian art and the indigenous arts of the Americas. The Fine Arts Library has holdings of some 180,000 books ancl over 400 current periodicals, and ean support advanced research in all areas. f Graduate students are encouraged to travel during their graduate work, to gain wider first-hand experience of the works of art with which they are concerned and the sources of information relating to them, a M.A. Program The M.A. in art history requires 24 credits of course work (including a minimum of 18 credits at the 500-level), a 6- credit thesis and a reading knowledge of one language (other than English) relevant to the field of study. M.F,A. Program The program focuses upon painting ancl drawing, printmaking, photography, and sculpture. Training in applied arts, commercial art and design, and film and television is excluded. Applications will be considered from: 1) persons who hold a Bachelor's degree and satisfy the requirements for admission to Graduate Studies; 2) in special circumstances, artists who demonstrate advanced artistic achievement and would benefit from the program. An assessment of a portfolio of work and of previous course work is basic to the consideration of each application. There must be evidence that the applicant, if admitted, will benefit from the academic components of the M.F.A. program. The evidence may include transcripts of academic work at an advanced level, published writing, or other evidence of achievement. The M.F.A. Program requires two academic years of course work and, no fewer than two calendar years and no more than five years after initial registration in the program, a final presenta tion. The specific requirements are as follows: 1) Fine Arts 581 (12) and Fine Arts 582 (12). These two courses constii: ute an integrated, two-year studio program worked out for each student by the staff of the Department in consultation with the student, leading to the final presentation. 2) Academic courses, numbered 400 or above, carrying a total of 12 credits. The final presentation of the M.F.A. program will be an exhibition of work offered by the candidate at an agreed time and place. This exhibition must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the faculty the candidate's capacity for independent creative work and must be accompanied at the opening by an extended written statement which places the creative work in the context of both the intellectual interests of the candidate and a wider field of study. Normally, at least one external examiner will be involved in the examination of the final presentation. Ph.D. Program The Ph.D. in art histoiy is open to well-qualified candidates who can outline a program which takes full benefit of available resources and faculty. Brochures giving details of each program, descriptions of courses and other information are available from the Departmental office. Fire Protection Engineering Associate Professor: J. R. Mehaffey (Chemical Engineering) (This program has been approved, and funding is being sought. If this funding is obtained by April 15,1994, the program will begin in September 1994.) A program in Fire Protection Engineering leading to an M.Eng. degree is offered to qualified engineering graduates seeking to acquire graduate-level education for the practice of engineering in fire protection. The program is j designed for students with a baccalaureate (or equivalent) degree from an accredited or well-recognized engineering program. Required courses are a minimum of 30 credits of graduate Fire Protection Engineering courses (including FPEN 598) plus a minimum of six credits of elective courses. Depending on the field of the baccalaureate degree, additional courses may be required. These elective courses must be approved by the Program Director. A comprehensive examination is required upon the completion of all course work. Fisheries Centre Director and Professor: T.J. Pitcher (Fisheries Centre/Zoology). Professors: C. Clark (Mathematics), M. C. Healey (Fisheries Centre/Westwater/ Oceanography), G. Iwama (Animal Science), D. Ludwig (Mathematics/Zoology), J. D. McPhail (Zoology), G. Munro (Economics), W'. Neill (Fisheries Centre/ Zoology), P. Pearse (Forestry), R. Petrell (Applied Science), CJ. Walters (Fisheries Centre/Zoology), P. LeBlond (Oceanography), D. Munton (Political Science), W. Rees (Community and Regional Planning),J. Thompson (Animal Science). Emeritus Professors: P. Urkin, T.D. Northcote, N. Wilimovsky The Fisheries Centre aims to focus and promote the multidisciplinary study of fisheries. Analytical tools developed in a broad spectrum of parent subjects, including biology, oceanography, economics, engineering, mathematics, sociology, planning and policy are employed in order to assess, appraise and forecast the impacts of both human and natural processes on fishery resources. Fisheries policy and management problems understudy include assessment and management of artisanal and commercial food capture fisheries, aquaculture biology and engineering, recreational fisheries, coastal and watershed management, conflict resolution and the co-management of shared fishery resources, and the conservation of endangered exploited species in both marine and freshwater environments. Major objectives are to establish a fully international, multidisciplinary perspective, 170 Graduate Studies and to provide a forum for the foundation of concepts of management and sustainable development of fisheries appropriate for the next century. The Fisheries Centre organises research, courses, seminars, workshops, professional training courses and publications that aim to promote a deeper understanding of management and development of'fisheries resources around the globe. The Fisheries Centre forms a base for a research community of Faculty, Research Associates, Postdoctoral Fellows, Graduate Students and off-campus Adjuncts. It provides a Resources Centre comprising reference material and computing facilities for analysis and assessment of fisheries, and maintains, together with Oceanography, a reading room and library linked to the main UBC library system. At present, four research unils are based within the Fisheries Centre. The BC Fisheries Research Section (Director, Dr. Art Tautz) works on freshwater management, mitigation and recreational fisheries in the province. The Marine Mammal Research Unit (Director. Dr. Andrew Trites) is concerned with the interactions between mammal and fish resources in the North Pacific and in particular the fisheries impact and conservation of Steller sea lions and harbour seals. The Fisheries Development and Planning Group (Chair, Ron Maclcod) examines fisheries management, economics, development and policy in relation to fishery resources world-wide. The Common Ground Project aims to provide a neutral forum and appropriate analytical tools for the resolution of sectoral conflicts in fisheries. The Director is directly responsible lo the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Studenls within the Fisheries Centre are currently attached to the interdisciplinary Resource Management Science program, or to Zoology, Economics, Animal Science or other disciplinary program as appropriate to their research project. The Fisheries Centre is organising a series of core and modular courses on fisheries topics and issues: full details will become available during 1994. Contact Address: Fisheries Centre, 2204 Main Mall, The Fniversitv of British Columbia, Vancouver, BC, Canada V6T IZ4; telephone (604) 822-2731. fax(604) 822-893-i: e- mail: tautzt'pihcu.ubc.ca !■■_■■■■■[! «.»*<* t *s $ *« ^ Food Science Associate Professor and Acting Head: J, Vanderstoep. Professor: J. F. Richards, llononrv Professors: S Nakai, W. 1). I .nvrie. Associale Professor: D. D. Kills, B.J. Skura. Assistanl Professors: T. D. Durance, E. (.7 Y. Li-Chan. Ph.D. and M.Sc. Degrees The Department offers opportunities for advanced study in the fields of food chemistry physical bromatology, structural bromatology, environmental bromatology, food toxicology and food process science. Fundamental studies may be undertaken on any of the major food systems. The Department is particularlvwell-equipped for research in the areas of single cell culture, fermentation, chemical iden (ideation, micros! ructtire, theological properties and sensory evaluation of foods. Equipment available to graduate students includes an electron microscope, an amino acid analyzer, ullracentrifuge capable of sedimentation analysis, electrophoretic ancl chromatographic analysis equipment, differential thermal analyzer, Raman spectrophotometer, recording spectrophotometers, recording spectre polari meter, spin-resonance spectrophotometer, Brabender viscometer, Instron testing machine, fermenters and incubators, small animal facilities, a freeze-cityer, spray driers and standard pilot plant equipment. The Library holdings in Food Science are extensive ancl include all major serials and reference works. In addition the Library has a particularly strong collection in the supporting Sciences. Further information mav be obtained by willing to the Head ofthe Depanmenl Forestry Professorand Dean; (.7 S, Binkley. Professorand Associale Dean of Graduate Sludies and Research: J, A. McLean. Professors: T. M. Ballard. J. D Barrett, F. L Bunnell, D. Haley, J, P. Kininiins. K. Klink.t, A. Kozak.J. A. McLean.!). I). Munro, P. A. Munh.i. G. Namkoong, L P.iszncr. P. 11. Pearse, J. N7 R. Rudclick.J, N Saddler. G. F Wcctman, R.J. W'oodham. Associate Professors: C. Breuil, A. I). Chambers, P.J. Dooling. M. (7 Feller D. L Guiding, A. 17 Howard, B.J.van der Kamp, K. M. Martin, P. Steiner, T, P. Sullivan. G (.7 Van Kooien. J. G. Worrall. G. Glen Young. Assistanl Professors: S. Avramidis, P. I), Burton. J. Carlson, (7 P. Chanwav. i). II. Cohen, S, Ellis, R, J. Fannin (joint appointment wiill Civil Engineering). R. I). Guy, V. I.eMay. T, C. Mancss, P, I.. Marshall. J I). Nelson, 11. Prion (joint with Civil Engineering), S. Saliudcan (joint with Electrical Engineering), D. K. N. lait. Ph.D. Degree Opportunities are offered for advanced study in certain fields concerned with the basic scientific, managerial or economic aspects of forestiy and wood science. The Faculty of Forestry aiso co-operates with other departments in offering advanced work in such fields as forest ecology, forest economics, forest genelics, forest hydrology, forest pathology, forest entomology, forest soils, foresl recreation, forest range managemenl, tree physiology, wood anatomy, wood products marketing, chemistry, pulp and paper, wood products engineering and physics, forest harvesling, operations research and planning systems, wildlife biology and remote sensing. M.F. Degree In major branches of Forestry, including biometrics, ecology, economics, entomology, fire control and use, tree breeding, forest hydrology, harvesting, land management, mensuration, operations research, pathology, photo interpretation, free physiology, wood preservation, composite products and wood adhesives, range management, recreation, remote sensing, resource management, silvics, silviculture, soils, timber management, wildlife management, wood science, wood products marketing, pulp ancl paper, forest harvesling and planning systems, operations research, and engineering. Prerequisite: Bachelor's degree equivalent to the B.S.F.. or B.A.Sc in Forest Engineering. The M.F. course of study includes a thesis, counting at least six credits, al least six credits chosen from graduate courses in the Faculty, including Forestry 515 or 584. or approved alternate, and other courses to complete die requirements. Alternatively, the Program with Comprehensive Examination mac be taken without thesis as described under "Courses of Study" M.Sc. Degree In fields as noied above for the Ph.D. degree Prerequisite: Graduation in Science. Applied Science. Agricultural Sciences, Social Science or Forestry. The M.Sc. course of study includes a thesis, counting at least six credits, at least six credits chosen from graduate courses in Forestiy, including Forestry' 545 or 584, or approved alternate, and other approved courses appropriate to the field of study. Alternatively, the Program with Comprehensive Examination may be taken without i hesis. M.A.Sc. Degree Prerequisite: B.A.Sc. or higher degree in Engineering. The M.A.Sc. course of study includes a thesis, counting at least six credits, al least six credits chosen from graduate coin ses in Forestry, including Forestry 545. 547 or 58 r or approved alternate, at least six credits chosen from the 300, .00, or 500 series in a department of Applied Science, and other approved courses. Forma! lecture courses or seminars are indicated bv a single credit value assigned to them. In all problem and research courses, as indicated bv a variable number ol credits, individual laboratory or fieid investigations or reviews of literature are usually planned to serve the special interests tif individual students. When several students have a similar interest in advanced study, formal lectures or seminars mav be given. The staff members listed with the graduate courses arc- responsible for course administration through the Director of Forestiy Graduate Studies. Staff members olher than those listed may direct studies in specialized topics for interested students, on recommendation ofthe Director The Western Laboratory of Forintek Canada Corp. located on the campus, cooperates in respect to facilities, special equipment and research direction, French Professor and Head; V. Raotil Professors; H. Curat, R. Hodgson. R. Sarkonak. Associate Professors: R. Beaudoin, O. Cragg, S. Godfrey, J.A. McEachern, D. Rogers. Assistanl Professors: N. Frelick. R. G. C. Holdawav, A. Lainontagnc. C. Phan, A.-M. Rochcleau, C. Rouget. F. B. St. Clair, W. Winder Ph.D. and M.A. Degrees The Department of French offers opportunities for advanced studv in the language and literature of France, French Canada and French Africa. For a detailed outline of specific Ph.D. and M.A. programs and information aboul library resources, write to the Graduate Adviser of ihe Department, As early as pi issible. the Department makes available a list of courses to he offered, usually in February of the preceding academic year. ts&^t: .£*.>?! i > 4 M $ f & _^3_^.P^<S__#_W_._._._-k&_: . _ &." Genetics Advisory Committee on Genetics Chair; D.M. Juriloff, (Medical Genetics). Professors: E. P. M. Candido (Biochemistry), C.J. Eaves (Medical Genetics),J.M Friedman (MedicalGenetics).A.J. F.Griffillis (Botany). T. A. Grigliatti (Zoology), W. R. McMaster (Medical Genetics), A.M. Rose (Medical Genetics). Associate Professors;). T. Beany (Microbiology). R. K. I lumphrics (Medicine i. D. M. Juriloff (Medical Genelics), D. G. Moorman (Zoology). R. Peterson (Animal Science), G. B. Spiegelman (Microbiology). Assistanl Professors:). Carlson (Forestry), C. Douglas (Botany). Faculty Members ofthe Genetics Program Professors: 1). A. Apple, arth (Pediatrics). C. R, Astell (Biochemist! si, P. A. Baird (Medical Genetics). F, P. M Candido (Bio- Graduate Studies 171 chemistry), P. P. Dennis (Biochemistry), CJ. Eaves (Medical Genetics), J. M. Friedman (Medical Genetics), F. R. Ganders (Botany), S. Giilam (Pathology), B. R. Green (Botany), A. Griffiths (Botany), T. A. Grigliatti (Zoology), J. G, Hall (Pediatrics), R. E. W. Hancock (Microbiology), M. R. Hayden (Medical Genetics), F. B. Holl (Plant Science), D, G, Holm (Zoology), D. K. Kalousek (Pathology), D. G. Kilburn (Microbiology), G. Krystal (Pathology), J. Levy (Microbiology), ... R. McMaster (Medical Genetics), R. T. A. MacGillivray (Biochemistry), R. C. Miller (Microbiology), G. Namkoong (Forest Science), A. M. Rose (Medical Genetics), J. Schrader (Medicine), M. Smith (Biochemistry), F. Takei (Pathology), H. S. Teh (Microbiology), C. J. Walters (Fisheries/Zoology), R. A.J. Warren (Microbiology), G. Weeks (Microbiology). Associate Professors: B. Alfred (Anthropology),J. T. Beatty (Microbiology), H. W. Brock (Zoology), K. M. Cheng (Animal Science), F. J. Dill (Medical Genetics), M. J. Harris (Medical Genetics), R. K. Humphries (Medicine), F. Jirik (Medicine), D M. Juriloff (Medical Genetics), B. C. McGillivray (Medical Genetics), D. Mager (Medical Genetics), D. G. Moerman (Zoology), R. Peterson (Animal Science), J. Smit (Microbiology), G. B. Spiegelman (Microbiology), J. Vielkind (Pathology), S. Wood (Medical Genetics). Assistant Professors: J. Carlson (Forestry and Biotechnology), G. Dougherty (Pathology), C. J. Douglas (Botany), L Glass (Botany and Biotechnology), D. Hogge (Medicine), W. Jefferies (Medical Genetics and Biotechnology Lab), P. Johnson (Microbiology), R. Kay (Medical Genetics), J. Kronstad (PlantScience, Microbiology, and Biotechnology), S. Langlois (Medical Genetics), J. Marth (Medical Genetics and Biomedical Research Centre), R.J. Redfield (Zoology), A. D Sadovnick (Medical Genetics), I.J. Sadowski (Biochemistry), T. Snutch (Biotechnology), F. Tufaro (Microbiology), R. D. Wilson (Medical Genetics) Ph.D. and M.Sc. Degrees Although there is no Department of Genetics at UBC, studies leading to the M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees in Genetics are available. The Genetics Program is administered by the Advisory Committee on Genetics which is responsible to the Dean ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies. The Genetics Program is flexible, intended to accommodate the diverse background of students wishing to enter it, and also to take account ofthe broad nature of genetic research. Students who apply for entrance must satisfy the general regulations ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies, and must be acceptable to the Genetics Admissions Committee and the Department in which they will work. The student's graduate program will be decided upon by the student, the adviser, and the student's committee. The formal requirements in this regard, other than those set forth by the Faculty, are as follows. At some time during his or her academic program the student must take a course in each of introductory genetics, biochemistry, and statistics. If these have not been met satisfactorily in the student's undergraduate program, they must be included in the graduate program. In addition, all students will be required to take 18 credits of course work in their first year and a graduate seminar course (usually Medical Genetics 540 or Biology 508). Each student proceeding towards a Ph.D. degree must pass an oral comprehensive examination within the first 18 months of study. All students are required to attend the Genetics Program Seminar regularly during all years of their registration in the Program. Ph.D. students are required to present a seminar upon completion of their program. A student's committee for the M.Sc. degree will consist of a minimum of three members including one member of the Advisory Committee, and the student's committee for a Ph.D. degree will consist ofa minimum of four members including one member of the Advisory Committee. The Advisory Committee will monitor the progress of all students in the Genetics program. Additional information on the graduate program in Genetics can be obtained directly from the Chair of the Advisory Committee, or from the Dean of Graduate Studies. undergraduate and graduate courses are field of Genetics: Advanced Animal Breeding Animal Breeding Applied to Natural Populations Quantitative Genetics Applications of Quantitative Genetics Nucleic Acids Recombinant DNA Techniques Nacleic Acids Structure and Function Fundamental Genetics Principles of Genetics bboratory in Eukaryotic Genetics Evolution Evolutionary Morphogenesis Eukaryotic Developmental Genetics Advanced Problems in Animal Genetics Population Genetics Fundamentals of Cytogenetics Advanced laboratory in Eukaryotic Genetics Plant Genetics Current Topics in Genetics Forest Genetics Sludies in Forest Genetics Graduate Survey of Genetic Research Graduate Survey of Genetic Research Masters Thesis Ph.D. Thesis Inmunogenedcs Human Cytogenetics Human Biochemical and Molecular Genetics Biology and Genetics of Neoplasia Population Genetics Medical Genetics Advanced Immunogenetics Advanced Human Molecular Genetics Advanced Human Genetics Seminar Directed Studies Molecular Virology Microbial Genetics and its Applications Bacterial Cytology and Genetics Plant Breeding Advances in Plant Breeding Advanced Animal Population and Quantitative Genetics Development Genetics Geography Professor and Head: T. R. Oke. Professors: M. Chun h, D. Gregory, W. G. Hardwick, R. C. Harris, D. F. Ley, T. C. McGee, J. Robinson, A. H. Siemens, H. Olav Slaymaker, G. C. Wynn. Associate Professors: T. J. Barnes, M. J. Bovis, D. Edgington, D. McClung, R.. . North, G. Pratt, D. G. Steyn. Assistant Professors: P. Austin, K. Denike, G. Henry, D. Hiebert, B. KJinkenberg, 1. McKendry, M. Reed. Instructors: R. Copley, M. E. A. North. Ph.D., M.A, and M.Sc. Degrees The Department offers M.A., M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees as follows: 1) Programs in Physical Geography have a strong natural science emphasis. They focus on physical and ecological systems at or close to the earth's surface, and the interaction of these systems with people. The major substantive specializations are: Biogeography (plant ecology; arctic environments); Climatology (air pollution meteorology; mesoscale modelling; urban climatology); GIS and remote sensing (accuracy, fractals, integrated systems); Geomorphology (alpine The following offered in the ANSC 0'. ANSC 414 ANSC 513 ANSC 514 BIOC 410 BIOC 421 BIOC 510 BIOL 334 BIOL 335 BIOI. 337 BIOL 414 BIOL 430 BIOL 431 BIOL 432 BIOI. 434 BIOL 436 BIOL 437 BIOL 443 BIOL 508 FRST 302 FRST 502 GENE 501 GENE 502 GENE 549 GENE 649 MEDG 410 MEDC 419 MEDC 420 MEDC 421 MEDC 434 MEDC 440 MEDC 510 MEDC 520 MEDC 530 MEDC 540 MEDC' 548* MICB 408 MICB 409 MICB 503 PLNT 413 PLNT 513 ZOOL 509 ZOOL 510 hydrology and geomorphology; avalanche prediction, hillslope geomorphology and mass movements; fluvial sediment transport and the interpretation of river channel changes in B.C.): Hydrology (surface water, snow and land use hydrology; sediment yield and quality; energy and mass balance studies in the Coast Mountains and Lower Fraser Valley of B.C.). The Department co-sponsors (with Oceanography) a program in Atmospheric Science, which emphasises surface- and boundary-layer processes, mesoscale dynamics, atmosphere-ocean interactions, cloud physics, and air quality. 2) Programs in Fluman Geography are more pluralistic. Many projects explore the connections between human geography and political economy, social theory and cultural studies and pursue their substantive implications for interpreting changes in past and present landscapes. Other work focuses on the political and policy aspects of these changes (especially in North America and Asia). Major areas of specialization are: Economic Geography (Marxist and post-Marxist theories ofthe space-economy; analytical modelling; development theory; industrial restructuring and technological change); Feminist Geography (gender, sexuality and geography); Historical Geography (environmental histoiy, colonialism and imperialism, urbanization, with a particular focus on North America (especially Canada), Europe, Latin America and the British Empire); Social and Cultural geography (theories of modernity and postmodernity; popular culture and the geography of everyday life; ethnicity-race, class and gender; consumption, place and landscape). Work in these fields often feeds into a strong general interest in Urban Geography (urban systems, urban growth and restructuring, social andeconomicchange, with a particular focus on North America and Asia) and intersects with work in Environmental Geography (environmental sustainability, environmental policy, community development). 3) Programs in Regional Geography focus upon the following regions: Canada (especially Western Canada); Asia and the Pacific Rim (especially China, Japan and Southeast Asia); Russia and Eastern Europe; and Latin America (especially Mexico and Ecuador). The Department participates actively in many interdisciplinary programs: Polar and Alpine, Asian Studies, Community and Regional Planning, Comparative Literature, Hydrology, International Relations, Remote Sensing, Resource Management Science, Sustainable Development, Transportation Studies, Urban Studies, and Women's Studies. Field studies include ongoing projects in the W. Arctic and Cordilleran regions of Canada and special projects in Latin America and Asia. A detailed Guide to Graduate Studies in Geography and a brochure describing the Atmospheric Science program are available from the Department. Geological Engineering Director: A.J. Sinclair (Professor, Geological Sciences). Ph.D., M.A.Sc. and M.Eng. Degrees Opportunities for graduate work in geological engineering are available at UBC, in the Geological Engineering Program. Most programs are based in the Department of Geological Sciences, but they may also be based in the Departments of Civil Engineering, Mining and Mineral Process Engineering or Geophysics and Astronomy. En- 172 Graduate Studies trance to a program leading to a graduate engineering degree in the earth sciences is open only to students with an appropriate undergraduate degree in engineering. Students who wish to pursue geological engineering studies in the fields of mineralogy, petrology, geochemistry, sedimentology or stratigraphy, or in economic, marine, surficial, structural, or environmental geology should apply to the Department of Geological Sciences for admission into their graduate program. Students who wish to pursue environmental and/or geotechnical studies should apply to the Department of Geological Sciences if their primary field of interest is terrain analysis, engineering geology including slope stability or groundwater hydrology. They should apply to the Department of Mining and Mineral Process Engineering if their primary field of interest is applied rock mechanics or the geotechnical aspects of mine design. They should apply to the Department of Civil Engineering if their primary interest is in soil mechanics or water resources or to the Department of Geophysics and Astronomy if their interest is in engineering geophysics. Prospective applicants should consult the descriptions of graduate study in the pertinent departments. Lists of faculty members are included there. Students accepted in any of these departments musl satisfy the usual graduate requirements ofthe department in which they are registered. Intcr-disciplinary programs that involve courses from two or more of the associated departments (and from other departments) are encouraged and supported. The Board of Study for Geological Engineering (as described under the Faculty of Applied Science) will act in an advisory capacity for students involved in interdisciplinary studies. Geological Sciences Professor and Head; S. W. Kieffer. Professors: R. M. Bustin, R. L. St. L. Chase, W. K. Fletcher, C.I Godwin,.!.W.Murray,).V.Ross.G E Rouse,A.J.Sinclair, J. L Smith, P. L. Smith. Associate Professors: W. C. Barnes, T. IE Brown, R. J. Knight. j. K, Russell, K. W. Savigny Assistant Professors: R. D. Beckte, G. M. Dipple, K. A. Grimm, I.. A. Groat, instructor; C. A. Giovanella. The department is housed in a modern building well equipped for research and study. Facilities include; K/Ar dating laboratory' and automated VG solid-source mass spectrometer for U, Pb, Rb and Sr isotopes; CAMECA SX- 50 electron microprobe; equipment for x-ray fluorescence and diffraction, including modern single-crystal camera and powder diffractometer; analytical geochemical equipment for atomic absorption, colorimetry.wet chemistry, chromatography, and spectrography; a physical properties laboratory; rock and mineral preparation equipment; microscopes and photographic laboratories; pressure apparatus for experimental petrology and structural studies; scanning electron microscope; hydrogeologyand paleontology laboratories with computer workstations, and machine shop. A microcomputer laboratory is available for student use and terminals connect to the UBC computing centre. Maps, books and periodicals are available in a large reading room. The Mineral Deposits Research Unit conducts industry-sponsored research within the department. Co-operation with other earth science departments at UBC (notably Geophysics and .Astronomy, Geography, Oceanography, Botany, Soil Science, Metals and Materials Engineering, Mining and Mineral Process Engineering, and Civil Engineering) enables students to take advantage of facilities, instruction and advice in neighbouring fields. Co-operation and support is also received from the B.C. Ministry of Energy Mines and Petroleum Resources, the Geological Survey of Canada, and the mining industry. Vancouver, on the Pacific margin, is a centre for the Canadian mining industry. British Columbia offers exceptional opportunity for combined field and laboratory research. The Canadian Cordillera offer research opportunities in the petrology of intrusive and volcanic rocks of many kinds, and of metamorphic rocks of all grades; in structural studies of complex metamorphic terrains exposed in three dimension; in metalliferous deposits of varied genetic types; in mineral exploration methods; in mineralogy associated with many different environments; in complexly folded and faulted successions of bedded rocks in the mountain belts and plateaus, and in virtually undisturbed coal- and gas- bearing strata ofthe northeastern part ofthe province; in numerous problems of engineering and environmental geology related to water, slope stability, urhan development, and natural geological hazards. The lakes, fjords, deltas, tidal flats, continental shelf and oceanic depths provide a wide range of aquatic environments for students interested in sedimentology, geochemistry, biostratigrapy, and geological oceanography. Ph.D. Degree Courses in Geology and related fields will be selected in consultation with the candidate's committee. M.Sc. (with thesis) and M.A.Sc. Degree Courses include thesis and 18 credits in graduate or advanced courses in geology and related fields selected in consultation with the candidate's committee. M.Sc. (without thesis) Degrees Courses include30creditsingraduateoradvanted courses in geology and related subjects and a major paper, selected in consultation with the candidate's committee. Geophysics and Astronomy Professorand Head: R. M. Ellis. Honorary Professors: T. K. Menon, R. Doncaster Russell, \V. F. Siawson. T. Watanabe, A. B, Underbill. Professors: J. R. Auman, G. K. C. Clarke, R. M. Clowes, G. G. Fahlman, 1). W. Oldenburg, H. B. Richer, D. W. Strangway, T.J. Ulrych, G. A. 1-1. Walker. Associate Professor: P. Hickson. Assistant Professors; M. G. Bostock, B. A. Buffett, R. j. Knight, M.J. Yedlin. Associate Member; B. Shizgal (Chemistry). An outline of the research and facilities available follows: Astronomy The department offers opportunities for advanced study and research covering most areas of modern astronomy. Both observational and theoretical studies are supported. Research programs al optical wavelengths of current interest include photometric studies of stellar populations in the Milky Way and in external galaxies with particular emphasis on globular dusters, photometric and spectroscopic studies of distant galaxies ancl active galactic nuclei, precise radial velocity studies of nearby stars to detect planetary companions, lime resolved spectroscopy of variable stars and active binary- star systems. At radio wavelengths, studies of the thermal and non-thermal radiation from galaxies, quasars and related active extra- galactic objects are being pursued. Much ofthe observational work at optical wavelengths is supported by a continuing program of instrumentation development. Several low-light-level electronic detector systems have been constructed and are in use at the Dominion Astrophysical Observatory and the Canada- France-Hawaii Telescope. Advanced instrumentation development is supported by Astronomical electronics laboratories, a departmental machine shop and the use ofthe UBC 40 cm telescope as a test facility. Current efforts arc directed toward the development of large two-dimensional detectors for both wide field photometry and spectroscopy, and large telescopes for cosmological surveys. In addition to theoretical studies related to the observational programs, research on the structure and dynamics of both hot and cool stellar atmospheres is being actively pursued. Studies related to the dynamics of planetary exospheres, the interplanetary medium and the interstellar medium can also be supported. The department provides a UNIX network of workstations built around a SUN 4/670 server. Major software packages are available for the analysis of one and two-dimensional spectroscopic data, wide field photometric data of stellar fields and extended objects, and for radio data obtained ai the Very Large Array. The 3.6 m Canada-France-Hawaii Telescope is regularly used for departmental research programs. Time is also available on the 1.2 m and 1.8 m telescopes ofthe Dominion Astrophysical Observatory. Geophysics The department offers theoretically and experimentally oriented M.Sc, M.A.Sc. and Ph.D. programs in a number of key areas of geophysics. Current fields of interest in the department are: glaciology with studies in glacier physics, till physics and avalanche research; rock physics, in particular, experimental investigations of the electrical and acoustic properties of porous media; geodynamics with emphasis on planetary rotation and physics of the fontanel lower mantle; time series and inversion studies with applications to seismic processing, mineral exploration and environmental studies; geophysical instrumentation with emphasis on magnetometer development and detection of seismoelectric phenomena; seismology with observational programs in crustal studies, both reflection and refraction, and earthquake studies foctissed on understanding the past and current tectonic processes in western Canada, and theoretical and model studies to invesitgate propagation in laterally inhomogeneous media; and analysis and interpretation of potential field data. Specialized facilities and instrumentation include: an 810 MHz radar system for airborne ice sounding; pulseEKKO IV ground penetrating radar unit for shallow geophysical/ environmental investigations; 12 short period digital seismographs; 8 three-component broadband digital seismographs; a 6 element seismic array; an integrated MICROVAX and SUN workstation processing facility with interactive seismic reflection processing software and color plotting capability. Ph.D., M.Sc, and M.A.Sc. Degrees Candidates are expected to have the equivalent of an Honours Degree in Science or Engineering, with a firm background of mathematics and physics up to fourth-year level. While some undergraduate instruction in geophysics or geology is an advantage, it is not a prerequisite for entry into graduate programs ofthe Department. Geophysics students who have not completed a course in Graduate Studies 173 physics of the earth at either the senior undergraduate or graduate level will be required to register for Geophysics 426. The 12-credit M.Sc. thesis is normal in the Department. For the M.Sc. in either Geophysics or Astronomy a minimum of three credits of graduate course work taken cyutside of the Department is required. Appropriate choire(s) of outside course(s) is made in consultation with the graduate adviser. A leaflet giving further details ofthe degree programs and the availability of financial support for students is available from the Department. Complete course descriptions are in the Courses of Instruction section of the Calendar. Germanic Studies Professor and Head: E. Mornin. Professors: K. Petersen, P. Stenberg. Associate Professors: K. Zaenker, T. Salumets. Assistant Professors- R. Beaumont, J. Roche, S. Taubeneck. Ph.D. and M.A. Degrees The Department of Germanic Studies offers courses leading to the degree of M.A, (with or without thesis) and Ph.D. The courses and seminars are normally given either every year or every second year. For details concerning these courses and for information on specific requirements for graduate degrees, application should be made to the Graduate Adviser of the Department of Germanic Studies. The resources of the University library are adequate for research in all fields of German literature and are particularly strong in the mediaeval and the nineteenth and twentieth century areas. Funds are available for the acquisition of materials in areas in which graduate students develop specific interest. To complement library resources, the Department maintains a reading room for graduate students, in which reference works, editions of standard authors, and some periodicals are kept. Gerontology Faculty members in a number of disciplines and professions on campus have a particular interest in the study of aging and the aged. Gerontological concerns are diverse and multifaeeted. Basic and applied age-related research is also conducted in several departments and professional schools. Although UBC does not offer a Graduate Degree in Gerontology per se, the following Schools, Departments and Faculties may provide educational opportunities at the graduate level which focus on Gerontology: Administrative, Adult and Higher Education, Anthropology-Sociology, Architecture, Community and Regional Planning, Counselling Psychology, Economics, Family and Nutritional Sciences, Family Practice, Geriatric Medicine, Health Care and Epidemiology, Law, Librarianship, N ursing, Pharmaceutical Sciences, Psychology, Physical Education and Recreation, Rehabilitation Medicine, Social Work, Sociology. In addition, the Institute of Health Promotion Research coordinates activities in this area. Students will be expected to satisfy the general entrance regulations of the Faculty of Graduate Studies and specific requirements of the appropriate department. Enquiries should be directed to the appropriate department or to the Director of the Institute of Health Promotion Research. See also Interdisciplinary Studies. Greek M.A,, and Ph.D. Degrees See Classics. Normally, the Ph.D. thesis will be written on a Greek subject and the degree will be taken in Classics. Green College Principal: Professor Richard V. Ericson, Ph.D., Litt.D., F.R.S.C. Green College provides accommodation for 85 graduate students, 15 senior scholars and 5 visitors on a unique site at the north end ofthe UBC campus, looking out towards English Bay and the mountains beyond. Graduate students are chosen on the basis of academic standing, commitment to participation in the life of the College, and the need to achieve a mix of students which reflects the general graduate student population. They are normally permitted tc live in Green College for no more than two years, after which they may become non-resident members. Non-resident members are also selected from the graduate student population, community, the alumni and the faculty. The visitor suites within the College are available for distinguished visitors, who are expected to interact with the College community during their periods of residence, In addition to living accommodation, the College has seminar rooms, lecreation facilities, dining ancl social facilities, a reading room, and administrative offices. The focal point of the College is Graham House, which has been restored tc its original (1912) form and which contains the dining hall, reading room and social activities. All residents are expected to have five dinners together each week. Green College is a centre for interdisciplinary activities on campus, with various events organized to promote interactions between different parts of the campus and community. Some of (he events involve Cecil Green House, located next door to the College. The graduate students are expected to :.lay a strong role in determining the internal policies ol the College through a residents' council. Health Care and Epidemiology Professor and Head; S. Sheps. Professors: M. Barer, L. Green, R. G. Mathias, M. Schechter. Associate Professor.: C. Hertzman, R E. Morirow, B.J. Morrison, C, van Netten. Assistant Professor:: G. Eni, R. Hogg, R. Hanvelt, A. Kazanjian, S. Marion, J. Ratoud, J. Singer, J. Tan, K. Teschke. Research Associates: S. Strathdee. M.H.A. Degree The Graduate Program in Health Administration is designed to provide the educational and professional foundations that are necessary for those aspiring to management and leadership positions in the health care field. The Program emphasizes analytical thinking through a generic curriculum rather than narrow areas of specialization Flexibility is provided for students who wish to pursue individual interests through elective coursework, clerkship and management projects. Two academic years of formal course work are required as well as a three month clerkship following the completion of all required first year courses. A Master of Health Administration (M.H.A.) degree is awarded after successful completion of 57 credits of course work. This program is accredited by the Accrediting Commission on Education for Health Services Administration. Application deadline is March 31. M.H.Sc. Degree The Master of Health Science (M.H.Sc.) Program is designed to provide graduate education for physicians in the areas of Clinical Epidemiology, Occupational Health or Community Health. Minimum admission requirements for this 30 credit program include an academic record that meets Faculty of Graduate Studies requirements and an M.D. or equivalent degree. All application materials must be received by March 31. M.Sc. and Ph.D. Degrees The Department offers research-oriented graduate programs leading to the M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees, both with thesis. These may be focussed on any of the areas of strength of the faculty, with particular examples being clinical epidemiology, community health, health services management and planning, health care policy, occupational and environmental health, and preventive medicine and health promotion. The minimum requirement for an M.Sc. degree (including thesis) is 30 credits. However the actual courses required are at the discretion of program supervisors and often the number of credits required is 36 to 42, For Ph.D. students the requirements are more flexible in that courses required will be defined by students and their Ph.D. Committee. Individuals with a basic degree in the health or related sciences will be considered eligible to apply for admission, but the number of positions is limited. The department's graduate adviser should be contacted for further information. Application deadline is March 31. Health Promotion Research, Institute of Professorand Director: L. W. Green. Assistant Director: C.J. Frankish The University of British Columbia established in 1990 an Institute of Health Promotion Research aimed at meeting the challenges of improving health and quality of life. This institute provides multi-sectoral collaboration and service in the field of health promotion. Departments, Schools and Faculties currently associated with the Institute are; Adult Education; Anatomy; Anthropology and Sociology; Audiology and Speech Sciences, Centre for Health Services and Policy Research; Centre for Human Settlements; Commerce; Community and Regional Planning; Counselling Psychology; Dentistry; Economics; Family and Nutritional Sciences; Family Practice; Health Care and Epidemiology; Human Kinetics; Medicine; Nursing; Paediatrics; Pharmaceutical Sciences; Psychology; Rehabilitation Sciences; Social Work; Sports Medicine; and Statistics. Health is increasingly recognized as a basic resource, and health promotion as a process that encourages personal empowerment and public responsibility. With its strong linkages to the behavioural, biomedical, educational, environmental and social disciplines, this broadly-based institute seeks to bring the University's research and educational programs more closely in line with current views on health. Students may enroll through the individual Interdisciplinary Studies route, by establishing individual programs 174 Graduate Studies under the guidance ofa multi-departmental faculty committee. The Institute currently facilitates applications only at the Ph.D. level, seeking applicants with at least a masters degree in one of the disciplines represented by the Departments, Schools and Faculties listed above as associated with the Institute of Health Promotion Research. Contact: C. James Frankish, Assistant Director, 1HPR, 6248 Biological Sciences Road, The University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C. V6T1Z4; telephone (604; 822- 2268, fax (604) 822-9210. Hispanic and Italian Studies Associate Professorand Head: M. Chiarenza (Italian). Professors: S. Ciccone (Italian), R. M. Flores (Spanish), A. Pacheco (Spanish), A. Urrello (Spanish). Associate Professors: D. C. Carr (Spanish), M. G. R. Coope (Spanish), 1. Rubio (Spanish), M. Tomsich (Spanish). Assistant Professors: D. Boccassini (Italian), C. Testa (Italian). Ph.D. and M.A. Degrees The Department offers graduate programs leading to the M.A. degree with or without thesis, and to the Ph.D. The M.A. degree may be taken in Italian Literature, or in Spanish Language, Spanish Peninsular Literature or Spanish-American Literature. The Ph.D. is offered in Spanish Peninsular and Spanish-American Literature. The University Library has extensive holdings in Italian and in all Hispanic areas, especially in periodicals and Latin-American Studies, both Spanish and Portuguese. There is also a Departmental reading room for Graduate Students, containing basic texts, scholarly collections and reference works. A detailed brochure describing the graduate programs is available on application to the Graduate Adviser of the Department of Hispanic and Italian Studies. History Professor ancl Head: W. P. Ward. Professors: D. Breen, J. S. Conway, L E. Hill, R. V. Kubicek, D. Lip-, A.J. Ray, A. A. Sinel, R. W. Unger. A. Woodsidc. Associate Professors: R. Barman, G. W. Egerton, C. Friedrichs, C. W. Humphries, E. J. Hundert, F. Lehmann, P. N. Moogk, D. Newell, A. C. L. Smith, C. W. Slocker, W. A. Tully, W. Wray. Assistant Professors: J. Dixon, W. E. French, C. Gordon, J. P. Huzel, P. Krause, S. Lee, R. McDonald, G. Peterson, S. M. Straker. Ph.D. and M.A. Degrees The Department offers M.A. and Ph.D. programs, each requiring a thesis, in the fields of Canadian, Asian (Modern China and Japan), Western European (early modern and modern), British, British Imperial and Commonwealth, International Relations, Native, American and Latin American Histoiy. Within these areas the Faculty offers graduate reading courses and research seminars in the main varieties of political, diplomatic, economic, social and intellectual history. Research in all these fields is facilitated by large library holdings on microform, including government publications, state papers, newspapers and very extensive collections of early modern pamphlets and literature. There are notable collections of books in the histoiy of the American West, of Canada (one of the best in Canada, with especially large sections on British Columbia and the Prairie West), international relations, Germany (the best in Canada), radical move ments in Europe and North America, medicine, science and technology (The Woodward Library), and East Asia (especially Modern Chinese and Japanese business history). A detailed brochure describing the Department's programs for the Ph.D. and M.A. degrees is available upon application. Degree opportunities at the Master's level must be completed with 36 credits of study, to be arranged by the student in consultation with his or her assigned Faculty Adviser. Students selecting a program with thesis (M.A. or M.Sc.) will be required to complete 12 credits of research on a topic to be arrived at in consultation with their assigned Faculty Advisory and thesis supervisory committee. Human Kinetics Professorand Director; R. W. Schutz. Professors: A. N. Belcastro. I). B. Clement, D. C. McKenzie, W. R. Morford, I. M. Franks, J, E, Taunton, P. Vertinsky. Associate Professors: E, A. Carre, K. D. Coults. M. Luke. A. Martin. R. E. Mosher, E. C. R. Rhodes, D.J. Sanderson, G. D. Sinclair. Assistant Professors: S. A. Bleuler. A. Dewar. W. Erisby, R. E. C. Sparks. Ph.D. Degree The program is governed by the general requirements for the Ph.D. degree as laid out by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. In addition, a thesis-based Master's degree in Eluman Kinetics, Physical Education, Kinesiology, or other related fields of study, along with appropriate undergraduate and graduate courses are required for admission to the program. Applicants with an undergraduate or graduate degree in other than Human Kinetics will be considered for admission, particularly if they have had a strong relationship to Human Kinetics. The student's thesis committee, in accordance with the policy of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, will recommend a program to provide a strong background, appropriate research skills and a specialization in the chosen field of study, and set a two-part comprehensive examination after completion of the course work. Following the comprehensive examination, the student will present a formal thesis proposal for approval by the candidate's committee before proceeding to the research. Potential candidates should contact the Graduate adviser, School of Eluman Kinetics, for application forms and an information brochure which describes the required supporting documentation (letters of reference, statement of research interest). M.Sc, M.A. and M.H.K. Degrees The School of Human Kinetics offers opportunities for original investigations (M.A. and M.Sc.) and advanced studv (M.H.K.) in basic and applied physical education in the biological, behavioural, and socio-managerial areas. Excellent research and teaching venues are located on campus with support from provincial and national agencies. The resources located within Human Kinetics include a centralized computer facility and Laboratories of Biomechanics, Cell Physiology and Exercise, Motor Control and Behaviour, Physiology of Exercise (Allan McGavin Sport Medicine Clinic and Buchanan Aquatic Centre), Leisure Studies. Performance and Instructional Analysis, and a Centre for Sport Analysis. Admission requirements: Students entering the M.A. program will be expected to have a background in arts or management whereas students entering the M.Sc. program will be expected to have a background in the sciences. Students entering the M.H.K. program must have a B.H.K. degree or its equivalent. Admission to all programs requires a First Class standing (80% or above) in at least 12 credits of work relevant to the chosen program of study, and at least an upper Second Class standing (74% or above) in the remaining course work in the Third and Fourth Year level. Human Nutrition School of Family and Nutritional Sciences Professor and Acting Director; M. Arcus. Professors: I. D. Desai, J. Leichter. Associale Prolessor: S. 1. Barr. Assistant Professors: G. Chapman, L. McCargar. Senior Instructor: C. Daem. Lecturer from Other Department: S. M. Innis. Associale Professor of Paediatrics. The Division of Human Nutrition ofthe School of Farmhand Nutritional Sciences offers opportunities for advanced study and original investigations in basic and applied human nutrition, and in selected aspects of clinical and community nutrition. The curriculum includes course- work and thesis research through laboratory or field work. Excellent research and teaching laboratories are located in a building completed in 1982. These include modern instruments for automated biochemical analyses, radioisotope tracer studies, atomic absorption spectrophotometry, and other routine laboratory procedures relevant to nutritional investigation. Facilities for small animals (rats, mice, etc.) are available. There arc- excellent computer facilities. Opportunities are offered at both the Master's and Doctoral level for research in topics such as; 1) Nutrition and physical activity; 2) International nutrition; 3) Food habits and nutritional status of migrants in Brazil; 4) Pre- and postnatal mammalian development of lipid and carbohydrate metabolism; 5) Carnitine metabolism; 6) Energy expenditure and body composition in infants and adults; 7) Maternal nutrition and fetal development; 8) Trace- mineral metabolism; 9) Alcohol and nutrient bioavailability; 10) Fetal alcohol syndrome; (11) Nutrition and disease- such as obesity and diabetes, and other topics of interest to students and faculty members. M.Sc. Program For admission with full standing the candidate must hold a Bachelor's degree in Nutrition, Dietetics or Foods, Biological or Chemical Sciences, Agriculture Sciences, Health Sciences or a related field, with First Class (80% or above) standing in at least two courses (12 credits) relevant to Human Nutrition, and at least 68 tti 79% standing in the remaining third and fourth year courses relevant to Human Nutrition. Students entering the graduate program in Human Nutrition are expected to have on their record recent courses in biochemistry with laboratory, physiology, and advanced nutrition. Students deficient in one of these areas will be required to take the appropriate- courses early in the graduate program. Applicants deficient in more than one area will have to complete a qualifying year as unclassified students before they can be considered for admission to the graduate program. Ph.D. Program Applicants will be expected to a) hold a Master's degree in nutrition or in a closely related discipline or b) have completed the first year ofthe M.Sc. program in Human Graduate Studies 175 Nutrition at UBC with 18 credits of First Class Average, of which at least 10 credits must be at the 500 level or above and at least 10 credits must be of First Class standing, or c) have a Bachelor's degree with First Class Honours in Nutrition, or a closely related discipline. Applicants lacking some relevant undergraduate courses may be required to complete those courses early in the program or in a qualifying year prior to admission into the Ph.D. program. Courses in Human Nutrition are listed in the course offerings of the School of Family and Nutritional Sciences. i»*«r_MM«Biia»»*^s»»»,«*iys sss? s *« *«» 4»* j Human Settlements, Centre for Professor and Director: A. Laquian. The UBC Centre for Human Settlements (CHS) was established following the 1976 United Nations Conference on Human Settlements held in Vancouver. The interest generated by the Habitat Conference led to the formation of a multi-disciplinary research centre within UBC's Faculty of Graduate Studies. The Centre is part of UBC's School of Community and Regional Planningand reports toagoverning council. The faculty members who comprise the CHS Council are from university departments and institutes with interests relating to human settlements. Both theCentre and the School report to the Dean ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies. The aim of the Centre for Human Settlements is to undertake multi-disciplinary research and disseminate information on issues relating to housing, urban and regional development, urban governance, ancl community development planning. The Centre seeks to engage in policy-relevant research which will help communities build socially and economically stronger and physically more pleasant and efficient human settlements. CHS research is aimed at identifying, studying and promoting processes by which communities can effectively shape and continually improve their own initiatives. The focus is on developing community-level interaction, identity, institutions ancl initiatives. The role of senior governments is addressed in terms of identifying what government can do to assist communities in their own development. The Centre also seeks to identify lessons which can be shared within and between industrialized and non- industrialized areas tif the world. Research is focused on the following geographic areas: Canada, with a particular emphasis on British Columbia and northern Canada, China, Indonesia, Vietnam and Thailand, and the Pacific Rim countries in general, as part of UBC's leading role in the region. CHS also responds to requests for research work in other areas of the world where CHS staff ami UBC faculty have expertise. In 1990, CITS was named a CIDA "Centre of Excellence" in human settlements planning. With a CIDA gram of $5.8 million over five years, Cl IS is developing a new stream in human settlements planning at SCARP and is conducting action- research projects in China, Indonesia and Thailand. MfcSJti-jHS £»«««_*_*«_&, it J put*, ■»__ Hydrology Opportunities are available for graduate work in hydrology in a variety of programs. Individual courses pertaining to hydrology are available in the Departments of Bio- Resource Engineering, Civil Engineering, Geography. Geological Science, Oceanography, Soil Science, and the Faculty of Forestry. Supervision of advanced work in various aspects of hydrology can be undertaken within these disciplines. Students seeking admission to the interdisciplinary Ph.D. program in hydrology should apply directly to the Dean of Graduate Studies. A committee of faculty members knowledgeable in areas of particular interest to the applicant and representing al least three different disciplines will be convened bv the Coordinator of the Interdisciplinary Hydrology Program. Criteria to be used when considering an applicant forthe interdisciplinary program will include the appropriateness oftindergradualecour.se background. The following is a suggested guide; 1) Mathematics, up to and including Differential Equations (e.g., UBC. equivalent is Mathematics 315) 2) Inferential Statistics, (e.g.. Statistics 205) 3) Physics of Fluid Flow, (e.g., Civil Engineering 215) •i) Introd action to Meteorology and Climatology (e.g., Geography 300, 301, 302, 303, Physics 421 or Soil Science 414) 5) Introduction to Surface Water Hydrology (e.g., Civil Engineering -18, Forestiy 385 or Geography 205) 6) Introduction :o Subsurface I lydrology (e.g., Geology 342 or Soil Science 413; At least sit credits from the following list of graduate coutses are required as part ofthe Ph.D. program: Bio-Resource F.ngiiuering 560, 561. 562 Civil iinginee-ring Hi, 551. 55i. 556 Forestry 585, 589 Gengraiilu 102, 505 50c si)9. <j_() Geological Sciences 562, 56 i, 565. 566 Oceanography 518, 526 Soil Science 501, 51. . 51 c 52 i, -33 *«_»*»*«>*'' <«>,,«h es» m m .«_>*. j Individual Interdisciplinary Programs See Interdisciplir arv Studies below. Industrial Relations Graduate study in various aspects of Industrial Relations may be undertaken in the Departments of Anthropology and Sociology, Economics, Historyand Psychology in the Faculty of Arts, and in the Faculties of (a inimerce ancl Law. The Faculty of Commerce offers a Master of Science degree with a specialization in Industrial Relations and has an Industrial Relations Comminee to co-ordinate activities within that Faculty. Prospective sludents should contact any of the departments or faculties listed above for further information on programs ol study. &J*& _«_-„--•«.!,. '*£-_ .3#.U£« **.$ .. ^U^*H^_4^? < International Relations, institute of Director: B. L Job Polilical Science), Ptofessor: M. W. /; cher (Political Science). The Institute of International Relations was established in 1970 to promote ind organize multi-disciplinary research projects cn intei national relations. Included within the scope of die disunite is reseaich on internal iona! politics and orgaiuzaiioi , diplomatic fusion, strategic studies, international leg; I problems, trade ancl (ievelopmem. and social science theoiy insofar as it helps describe or explain international relationships. The Insniute endeavours !o support individual or group research proietis ai ihe- graduate, post-doctoral, and facuitv levels through grants, graduate and postdoctoral fellowships, professional conferences, publication subsidies, and other services. The Institute itself does noi offer courses or degree programs. Membership or association wilh the Institute is open to graduate students ancl academic staff from all departments and faculties. The major research projects within the Institute are at present on the transformation of iniernational systems in the post-Cold War era, on Canada's role in the international order and on international security, especially Asia- Pacific security; and on South/North relations. Information regarding the programs of lhe institute mav be obtained from the Director. Interdisciplinary Studies M.A., M.Sc. and Ph.D. Degrees The Faculty of Graduate Studies encourages the realignment of iradihona! disciplines into new patterns, and crossing departmental anti faculty boundaries to foster ihe development of new areas of learning. In some cases, an interdisciplinary area has been authorized to offer and administer formal degree programs (Advanced Technology Management, Comparative Literature, Gcnelics. Neuroscience, Occupational Hygiene). In other cases, students find thai degree programs in existing departments or faculties are either inherently interdisciplinary, or flexible enough to accommodate interdisciplinary research projects. A major function of the various centres and institutes of the Faculty of Graduate Studies (see entries in this section of I he Calendar) is to promote interdisciplinary research; the associated in - ter-departmental or inter-Iacullygroupingsare commonly willing to guide students in setting up interdisciplinary programs. Students interested in environmental studies should also consult the entry for Resource Management Science, under whose auspices approximately 20 students are currently pursuing interdisciplinary programs. Where no established degree program exists, a student may request admission into a special individual interdisciplinary program administered by an ad hoc committee representing the various disciplines involved. Research topics in this program have included, lor example, • Japanese Nob Drama (involving Asian Studies, Fine Arts, Theatre ancl Anthropology) " Problem-Solving Dreams (involving Counselling Psv- c hology, Psychology, Anthropology and Nursing) • Hearing Impairment and Deviant Behaviour (involving Sociology, Educational Psychology and Health Care and Epidemiology) • Cardiorespiratory Physical Therapy (involving Physiology. Pathology, Rehabilitation Medicine and Human Kinetics) • Informahon Technology in Factory Automation (involving Computer Science. Chemical Engineering. Geography, Sociology and Commerce! • Modernily in American Fiction and Painting (involving English. Fine Alls and Sociology; • The Consumer Society and Polilical Culture (involving Political Science, Sociology. Commerce ancl Human Kinelicsj. Application for admis.sioii to Interdisciplinary Studies requires, in audition to ihe usual transcripts and letters of rclcrvuce, submission ofa proposal for an interdisciplinary diesis, and the support of a cross-departmental 176 Graduate Studies group of UBC faculty Full details ofthe process, including a helpful brochure giving step-by-step procedures, are available from Interdisciplinary Studies, Faculty of Graduate Studies. Italian See Hispanic and Italian Studies. Japanese Research, Centre for Executive Committee: K. Nagatani (Economics, Chair), D. Edgington (Geography), J. Mostow (Asian Studies), S. Salzberg (Law), K. Tsuruta (Asian Studies). See Asian Research, Institute of. Korean Research, Centre for Executive Committee: Y. Chang (Anthropology and Sociology, Chair), G. Namkoong (Forest Sciences), T. Oum (Commerce and Business Administration) K.A. Park (Political Science), I. Vertinsky (Commerce and Business Administration). See Asian Research, Institute of. Landscape Architecture Associate Professor ancl Director: P. Condon. Associate Professor: P. Mooney, D. I). Paterson, M. Quayle. M.L.A. Degree To fulfill the requirements of the degree of Master of Landscape Architecture, the student must complete a 30- credit program. Part-time study is allowed with the approval of the Landscape Architecture Graduate Program Committee. Full-time students normally complete this program within two academic years. The degree is designed for those who have a professional degree in landscape architecture, or a related design discipline, and have some experience in a design practice. Consult the Landscape Architecture Program for detailed application requirements such as portfolio and statement of intent. This post-professional program is not intended to fulfill the requirements for membership as established by the British Columbia Society of Landscape Architects or similar organizations in other provinces of Canada, Course of Study This program allows the student to investigate an area of knowledge within the broad field of landscape architecture in collaboration with faculty who may be engaged in research or consulting activity in that area. The research project is expected to synthesize existing knowledge in landscape architecture and related fields to produce a new understanding in the field. The synthesis may result in a creative work and/or written report. The course of study is comprised of LARC 500 (0): Seminar; LARC 520 (3): Advanced Design Methods and Theories; LARC 540 (3); Environmental Analysis for Site Planning; LARC 599 (12): Thesis; 500-level electives (6); and, 300-level and above electives (6). Entering students will be required to work out a course of study with an adviser for approval by the Graduate Program Committee using the Guidelines provided. Makeup courses may be required beyond the total number of units normally prescribed for the degree, particularly for candidates from design disciplines other than landscape architecture. At least one statistics course is a prerequisite for applicants Area of Study Research activities and thesis development will be focused within the two broad areas of • Design Theory and Design Education • Environmental Planning and Management at the Site Specific Scale Language Education Professorand Head; V. Froese. Ph.D., Ed.D., M.A. and M.Ed. Degrees Language Education (LANE) offers courses as well as M.Ed, and M.A. degrees under the headings of English Education (ENED), Reading Education (READ), Modern Language Education (MLED), and Teacher Librarianship (LIBE). It offers an Ed.D. in Reading Education (READ) and a Ph.D. in Curriculum and Instruction with a focus in the department's areas of specialization. The Department of Language Education is one of the largest of its kind in North America in that it includes scholars in a comprehensive range of language education related fields. These fields relate to the teaching of • English Language Arts—literature, composition, drama, poetry, oral language, • English as a Second Language — TESL methods, applied linguistics, UBC/Ritsumeikan Joint Academic Exchange Program, • Reading — emergent literacy, developmental reading, clinical methods, content areas, adult literacy, • Teacher Librarianship — cooperative program planning, school library organization and management, school library- automation, and • Modern Languages — French Immersion, French as a First and Second Language, Asia Pacific language ancl curriculum study, and other modern languages. The Department of Language Education is committed to excellence in scholarship, teaching, and professional leadership and is responsive to Canada's multicultural, multilingual context. Its goal is to advance the study of language learning, and the teaching and learning of language, literacy, and literature in their broadest frames of reference. Graduate courses in research in the various subject matter fields as well as departmental doctoral seminars are offered on a rotating basis. Department members are actively involved with graduate students in local, provincial, national and international research. A complete listing of individual faculty research interests may be found in the LANE Handbook on Graduate Admissions, Program Planning and Supervision, which is available upon request. While part-time students are accepted, preference is given to full-time students in M.A. and doctoral programs. A limited number of Teaching Assistantships and Research Assistantships are available to exceptionally qualified students. The Department of Language Education operates a state- of-the-art computer integrated language laboratory in UBC/Ritsumeikan House, and a Language Education Research Centre, in Ponderosa Annex F, wilh multi-media facilities, special book collections, and language educa tion curriculum materials. Video production facilities arc also available for faculty and graduate students. For further information, please contact: Department of Language Education, Faculty of Education, 2125 Main Mall, Vancouver, B.C., V6T 124; telephone (604) 822- 5788, fax (604) 822-3154. Latin M.A. and Ph.D. Degrees See Classics. Normally, the Ph.D. thesis will be written on a Latin subject and the degree will be taken in Classics. Law Professorand Dean: C. L Smith. Proiessors:J.J. Atrens,J. Blom, C. Boyle, P. T. Burns, R. M. Elliot, K. B. Farquhar, I. Head, M. A. Hickling, J. Hogarth, M. A. Jackson, M. T, MacCrimmon, D. J. MacDougall, J M. Maclntyre, A. J. McClcan, R. K. Paterson, D. J. Pavlich, D, E. Sanders, A. F. Sheppard, J. C, Smith, E. C. E. Todd, J. M. P. Weiler. Associate Professors: J. C. Bakan, ff. Black, P. L. Bryden, B. R Cheffins, D. S. Cohen, E. R. Edinger, R. T. Franson, I. Grant, P.B. Potter, R. S. Reid, B. V. Slutsky, 1. Townsencl- Gault, S. M. Wexler, C. F.L.Young. Assisiant Professors; J. Borrows, R. D. Diebolt, R. V.. Grant, G. M. Green, N. Iyer, M. G. Kline, B. W. MacDougall, K. Mickelson.J. Mosoff, S. Salzberg. Chairs: S. Boyd, Chair in Feminist Legal Studies; W. Pue, Chair in Legal History. Ph.D. Degree The program provides advanced training for outstanding graduate students who have already obtained a Master of Laws (LL.M.) degree or equivalent. Through the program, highly accomplished graduate students will be trained to carry out advanced research under supervision by members of the Faculty of Law. Admission A candidate for admission to the Ph.D. program must have demonstrated the qualifications to conduct independent original research and analysis that make a scholarly contribution to the field of Law. The candidate must have a Masters of Law (LL.M.) degree or its equivalent from an approved institution in a field of specialization that would support the applicant's Ph.D. research program. Admission decisions are based on the candidate's thesis proposal, letters of reference, and prior academic performance. A candidate's admission is not complete until the application has been accepted and the course of study has been approved by the Faculty of Law. Applicants who chose to demonstrate their English Proficiency by means of TOEFL will require a score of 600. See "English Language Proficiency Reuirements". Requirements of the Program The Ph.D. program in law is administered by the Faculty of Law in conjunction with the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The requirements for the Ph.D. are: 1) Full-time residence at the University for a minimum of two academic years (September to May) although this period may be reduced to 12 consecutive months, pursuant to procedures of the Faculty of Graduate- Studies. 2) Successful completion ofthe one-year, two-part Doctoral Seminars (I.aw 610 and 611 for 4 credits). Graduate Studies 177 3) Passing of a Comprehensive Examination set by an Examination Committee comprised of the student's faculty supervisor and two other examiners selected by the supervisor in consultation with the student. 4) Completion of a doctoral thesis approved by a thesis reading committee comprised of the student's faculty supervisor, not fewer than two other members from the Faculty of Law, and a faculty member from a faculty other than Law who is also a holder of a doctoral degree. The thesis must be an original work of research and analysis that makes a scholarly contribution to the field of law. 5) An oral defense of the doctoral thesis. Each student will have a faculty supervisordrawn from the Faculty of Law. The selection of faculty supervisors will be administered by the Graduate Committee ofthe Faculty of Law, subject to approval by the Dean of Law and the Dean of Graduate Studies. LL.M. Degree The program provides graduates with the opportunity for advanced legal education in preparation for law teaching, legal research, public service and the practice of law. It does not give entry to the British Columbia or other bar. Admission A candidate for admission to the LL.M. program must demonstrate qualifications necessary to permit engagement in creditable research in Law by possessing an adequate foundation and a capacity for superior performance. The candidate must have a Bachelor of Laws degree or its equivalent from an approved law school, and must have obtained an Honours (4-year) Bachelor of Laws degree with First Class standing (A- or better) in at least f 2 credits of Third and Fourth year coursework, or a Bachelor of Laws (3-year) degree with First Class standing (A- or better) in at least 12 credits of coursework and Upper Second Class standing in the remaining coursework. Applicants whose academic standing does not meet these requirements, but who have had sufficient formal training and relevant professional experience in law to offset such deficiencies, maybe considered for admission. A candidate's admission is not complete until the application has been accepted and the course of study has been approved by the Faculty of Law. Requirements of the Program The LL.M. program in law is administered by the Faculty of Law. The requirements for the LL.M. are; 1) Full-time residence at the University for a minimum of one academic year (September to May). 2) 12 credits of coursework, chosen in consultation with the Faculty of Law, and the required Graduate Seminar for 4 credits. A candidate must obtain an overall average of 70% on the work of the year with no moe than one mark falling below 70% and no mark below 65%. 3) A thesis of satisfactory quality prepared under the direction of a member of the Faculty of Law on a subject related to the general program of study ofthe candidate (20 credits). Its preparation should occupy half of the candidate's time in the program. It should normally be completed within the period of residence, but in exceptional circumstances permission may be granted for its completion after the period of residence. 4) An oral examination covering the course work, the written work, or both. This requirement may be waived by the Faculty of Law. The program for each candidate will be designed to meet the candidate's special needs, interests, and previous experience. Special courses may be arranged to cover various areas of the law in which the Faculty has special librae/ or other resources. Students may write their theses, under the supervision of members of the Faculty, in the specific fields of law in the undergraduate curriculum or in such additional fields of study as may be arranged with the Faculty. A candidate may be allowed to select courses in other faculties ofthe University in substitution for those mentioned in 2) above, but it is expected that the major part ofthe program wi 1 be undertaken in the Faculty of Law. Interdisciplinary Degrees The University offers interdisciplinary Master's (M.A.) and Doctoral (Ph.D.) programs in the Faculty of Graduate Studies. These programs are particularly appropriate for students of law with research and teaching interests in legal histoiy, jurisprudence, social sciences, and other interdisciplinary areas. Further information on these degree programs is available from the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Application Candidates seeking admission to the graduate program should obtain application forms ancl other information from the Faculty of Law or the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Completed forms must be received by the Faculty of Law by April 30 preceding the academic year for which admission is sought from Canadian and U.S. applicants and by March 31 Irom international applicants. All applicant!: who wish to be considered for fellowships must, however, apply before Januaiy 15. LL.IS./M.B.A. Combined Program The Faculty of Law and the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration offer a combined program leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) and Master of Business Administration (M.B A.). The Combined Piogram is designed to provide students with the fundamentals of both legal education specializing in commercial law and business education. The program emphasizes the legal aspects of business and the business aspects of law. Graduates will be eligible to qualify for the piactice of law or to pursue a career in management. The program is administered by a Joint Degrees Committee, consisting of equal representation from the Faculties of Law, and Commerce and Business Administration. The Joini Degrees Committee is also responsible for advising and supervising students in the program. Admission Applicants must satisfy the admission requirements of both the Faculty of Law and the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Students seeking admission to the Combined Program must apolv separately to each Facully and to the Combined Program in accordance with the usual procedure as set out elsewhere in the Calendar. The number of students to be admitted to the Combined Program is limited and will be determined annually by the Joint Degrees Committee and the Faculties involved, according to the principles approved by the Senate. Further information can be obtained from the Graduate Programs Office in the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration. Twc1 classes of students are not eligible for admission to the Combined Program: a) Students who do not at the time of application have a university undergraduate degree. b) Students in the combined program leading to the degrees of LL.B. and B.Com, A candidate who does not meet the requirements for admission to the Combined Program may apply separately to either the Faculty of Law or the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration. Requirements of the Combined Program Except as stated below the ordinary requirements ofthe degrees of LL.B. and M.B.A. apply to students in the Combined Program. Students in the Combined Program are required to take 86 (83 with permission) credits of courses in Law and 5" credits in the M.B.A. program in four Winter Sessons and one Summer Session, as follows: Credits Year 1: First Year Law 32 Year 2: First Year M.B.A. 33 Year 3: 27 credits in Law and six credits (if 500-level Commerce or, with the permission uf the Joint Degrees rCommlitee,* 24 credits in I_w and nine credits of 300-level Commerce 33 Year 4: 27 credits in Law, Commerce 591 (three credits), plus three credits of 500-level Commerce course work or, with the permission of the Joint Degrees Committee,* 24 credits in Law, Commerce 591 (three credits), three credits plus six credits of 500-level Commerce course work 33 Summer Session (years 2 and 3, and helween yc-urs 3 anc 4 or after year 4): nine credits of 500-level Commerce 9 Total 140 • Such permission will be granic-d lor either year 5 nr year a, (but no: both) to ensure that a minimum of 57 credits ate taken in the M.B.A. program. Requirements During Years 3 and 4, and Summer Session • Commerce Requirements — Students will be required to take 24 credits of 500-level courses in Commerce includingCommercc-591 (three credits) to be selected in accordance with the normal rules applying to the M.B.A. program, but subject in all cases to the final approval of the Joint Degrees Committee. Six credits of senior Law courses will count as credit toward the M.B.A. degree. In addition students are required to complete a (non-credit) major essay ancl to write a comprehensive examination as part ofthe M.B.A. program. • Law Requirements — A total of 54 credits of Law courses must be taken in Years 3 and 4 as follows: Credits a) Required Courses All Students must take: Law 300, Moot Court 2 Law 379, F.vidence a Law 325, Business Associations 1 a Students who have not previously obtained t recti: for Commerce 355, Income Taxation, are required to take- Law 330, Taxation 1, Students who have previously obtained credit for Commerce 355, may not take Law- 330, but are required to take in substitution a Law course of equivalent credit value. Commerce 355 will be deemed equivalent to law 330 lor prerequisite purposes 3 b) Restricted Electives A minimum of 20 credits ol senior courses in Law must be chosen from a set of l_w courses in ihe corporate, commercial, or taxation area as determined from year io year by thejoint Degrees Committee The choice of electives is subject to the approval of the Joint Degrees Committee. 2(1 or more e) Free Electives Subject to the prior approval ol the Joint Degrees 178 Graduate Studies Coiiimiiiec, a student may take anv senior law Courses oi a! oinbmcil credit value nol exceeding 21, 21 or less Total 54 Restrictions Sun len is in die Combined Program are not eligible for the Law Faculty non-Law option Special Arrangements Subject lo lhe approval of thejoint Degrees Committee, t> The first ccars ofthe LL.B. and M.B.A. programs may be interchanged upon petition. '->) Students who have successfully completed the first war of lhe M.B.A. may, as an alternative to taking six cretins of Commerce 500-level courses during the V inter Sessions i if Years 3 and i. take such courses in Summer Session before Year 1: o Mtidents who receive exemption for courses in the first veuo! iheM.ti.A. program will have their credit requirement reduced accordingly. Such exempted c nurses mav be replaced bv ,300-400 level courses for which no graduate credit will be granted or by 500- ic\el Commerce courses lor which graduate credit will begranted. In the kilter case (he required credits i a SDO-levei Commerce courses subsequent to Year 2 will he reduced accordingly. Promotion Requirements Continuance in the M.B.A./LLB. degree program is conditional upon a high standard of performance as determined by an annual review by ihe Joint Degrees Committee. A student may be permitted to complete either an VLB A, or an [.LB. alone. Granting of Degrees Tlte IT.Is. and M.B.A. degrees will he conferred at the i (.repletion of the Combined Program after all requirements for bolh degrees have been met. Studenls who clioi »sc to receive either the VI.B.A. or LL.B. degree prior so completion ofthe Combined Program may apply for one ol the degrees, provided all requirements for that degree have been satisfied. Students selecting this option i iiusLsimtiltaneouslvwithdrawfronuheCombined Program. Library and information Studies, School of Pr;T-ssor and Director; K. Haycock. i'roicssiir .titij Chair ofthe Program: IV Simmons, Professor: R. Hager. Associate Professor: J. M Sailman. Assistant Professors: A Curry R. L Hopkins. I.. Lighthail risirui lots: S Crooks. M. S. Stephenson. Sot uuer W Simon (Linguage iidiicauon), M.L.S. Degree The Master ol l.ihran Science program is a professional decree program open to those holding a Bachelor's degree considered suitable bv lhe Admissions Committee, and w Inch meets the minimum requirements ofthe Faculiy n! Graduate Sludies. Those applying to enter the croenun are expected lo have a strong foundation in -nine- specialist studies but also an enthusiasm for infor- m.iiion and ils uses in the wider sense. The program, ai i redded bv the American Library Assoc iation, is one of souk- filiv in North America, including seven in Canada, which gives its graduates professional stature in the library world. Mosl graduates employed in academic, public . school, or special libraries combine work with informal i< mi and u.s users wilh some aspects of supervision ancl i he management and planning of library services. Gradu ates not working in libraries as such are to be found in a wide variety of positions involving the uses of information in their broadest context; many are self-employed. The degree is awarded on successful completion of 48 credits of course work and non-credit requirements. Although designed to occupy two successive Winter Sessions, much ofthe program, which can include Summer- Session courses, mav be taken on a part-lime basis. Students must begin the program in September ofa vear and take lhe first term of studies on a full-time basis. A required non-credit two-week practicum normally follows Term 2 of the first year. Term 1 of the first year consists of four required courses. The remainder of the program includes four additional required courses, elective courses chosen from a wide variety of specialist offerings, ancl either a 12-credit thesis or a non-credit major essay. The required practicum and field trips in courses, lhe option of formal professional experience, and the use of some practitioners as sessional lecturers assure a practical orientation to the theoiy of information management. Libraries of different types in the greater Vancouver area provide models of successful practice. Linguistics Professor and Head: M. 1), Kinkacle. Professor: I), Ingram. Associale Professors: G. Garden, D. Ptilleyblank. P. Shaw, M, Kochemont Instruclor: i, Brcii/inger. Lecturers from other Departments: C. Phan (French). K. 1. Kobhervig (Hispanic and Italian Studies). Ph.D. and M.A. Degrees The Department offers opportunities for advanced study in Linguistics leading io the degrees of M.A. and Ph.D. The M.A. in Linguistics mav be taken wilh or without a thesis in accordance with the general regulations. The areas of research in which siudenis may be accepted forthe Ph.D. include linguistic theoiy, language acquisition, American Indian linguistics, historical and comparative-linguistics, Japanese linguist ics.psvcholinguistics ancl sociolinguistics. Course work for all graduate students is planned on the basis of individual requirements and research projects. Appropriate interdisciplinary programs mav be arranged. More detailed inforrnalion mav be obtained from the Department. mmmmmm& mmmrmmmmmrmfizmmmMXgmrmmmk MAGIC (Media and Graphics Interdisciplinary Centre) Director: K. S Booth. The Media ancl Graphics Interdisciplinary Centre (MAGIC) was created at I 'BC lo foster research covering the entire spectrum of new compuler-hased ancl computer-associated media. Typical examples include computer animation, 3-D modelling interactive video disc applications, hypermedia, compuler music and ceimpuler speech recognition ami sMiihesis. The Centre highlights UBC's commitment to the use of advanced media technology, and brings together existing efforts ancl new initiatives from various research programs. MAGIC serves as a catalyst to assimilate and exploil new lechnologv in research ancl education al CBC and io strenttthen interaction with industry through collaborative research projects. Projects affiliated wilh MAGIC have their own funding, although MAGIC provides shared facilities and personnel to assist in the start-up phases of projects and in the design and evaluation of research prototypes. MAGIC does not gram degrees directly. Studenls earn degrees within existing programs, conducting research within MAGIC, projects Mathematics Professorand Head: 1). P, Rolfsen. Professors: R. A Adams. G. Eluman, D. W Boyd. A. T. Hui, D. Hunts. J. B. Carroll. W. A. Casselrr.an. R V. Cha on C. W. Clark, R. Douglas,J. S. Fcldman,J.J. F. Fournier. A. f'rei. N. Ghoussoub. Ii. F. Granirer, P. Greenwood, Ij. G. llaussmann,J, (71 levwood. K. Hoechsmann, K. Y. Lam, I), l.uckvi", E, Lift, J, L. MacDonald, R. M. Miura, S. S. Pane, E, Perkins, R. A. Rcstrcpo, L. Rosen, B. R. Seymour, I). K, Sjcrve. C. A. Swanson. J. Walsh. R. Westwick Associate Professors: A. Abler, R. F. V. Anderson, R. Ansice, M. Barlow. A. 11. Cavforci. B. Chang.J. E. Coup. R Froese, R. Gupia, R. Israel, L. Keshel, P. J. Kiernan. P Loewen G. Maxwell, D. II. Peterson. L G. Roberts. Assistant Professors: D, Austin. J. Friedman, C. W Lamb. K. W. Nagata, M. Ward, II. T. R. Wetton. Ph.D., M.Sc. and M.A. Degrees The Department of Mai hematics offers programs of st i idy in most branches of pure and applied mathematics. Sludents should consult the brochures, available from the Department, containing descriptions tif courses and of programs as well as information on financial aid and application forms. Students particularly interested in applied mathematics and/or statistics should also consult the listing under the Institute of Applied Mathematic sand the Department of Statistics in the Calendar. ^*»Kmmm^^*v«:mx*'%mmas^mil<^ismf>rvmii9m*,'rf* ?.*, Mathematics and Science Education Professor and Head: I). F. Robitaillc. Ph.D., Ed.D., M.A., and M.Ed. Degrees The Department is one of seven departments in the Faculty of Education. It offers M.Ed. and M.A. programs in the areas of Business Education, Home Economics Education, Technology Studies Education, Mathematics Education and Science Education. It offers an Ed.D. in Mathematics Educalion ancl Science Education, and a Ph.D. in Curriculum anti Instruction with a focus on the department's areas of specialization. Interested students should refer to the section ofthe Calendar on the Centre for die Study of Curriculum and Instruction for details on die Ph.D. Masters programs can be completed though pan- time or full-time study. Both the M.Ed, and M.A. programs consist of at least 30 credits of coursework at the 300 level or above with at least 2a credits of coursework selecled from courses numbered .00 or above. In addition, the M.Ed, program includes comprehensive examinations and a major paper. The M.A. program includes completion ofa thesis (six credits). Faculty in the Department have particular research interests in teacher education, constructivist views of studenl learning, gender equitv. student assessment, health, technology and science issues in learning. Specific expertise- relates also to the application of computers in teaching all school subjects, and specifically science ancl mathematics. The Depanmenl has a Multimedia Ethnographic Research Laboratory used to explore the applications of multimedia in ethnographic inquiry. Graduate Studies 179 Applicants to masters programs are normally required to have two years of teaching experience. All applicants must submit with their applications a statement of intent clearly outlining their areas of interest and focus for study. Doctoral applicants are required to submit a sample of their writing. For further information, please contact: Department of Mathematics and Science Education, Faculty of Education, 2125 Main Mall, Vancouver, B.C. V6T124; telephone (604) 822-5422, fax (604) 822-4714. Mechanical Engineering Professor and Acting Head: I. S. Gartshore. Professors; K. V. Bury, S. M. Calisal, D. B. Cherchas, CW.de Silva, R. L. Evans, E. G. Hauptmann, P. G. Hill, S. G. Hutton, M. Iqbal, V. J. Modi, H. Ramsey, M. E. Salcudean, H. Vaughan, I. Yellowley. Associate Professors; Y. Altintas, M. Gadala, F. Sassani, G. S. Schajer Assistant Professors: A. B. Dunwoody, S. Green, D. Romilly, M. Hodgson. Senior Instructor: D. W. McAdam. Ph.D., M.A.Sc. and M.Eng. Degrees The M.A.Sc. is a combined research and course program requiring a total of 30 credits. A thesis describing the candidate's research is assigned 6 to 12 credits. The M.Eng, degree is awarded for 30 credits of course work, 24 ofwhich must be forcourses numbered 500 and above, plus a report and comprehensive examination. The Ph.D. combines course work, totaling 36 credits beyond the Bachelor's degree level, with research and a thesis. It is normal departmental practise to register students initially for the MA.Sc. degree; registration as a candidate for the Ph.D. degree may then follow the completion of the Master's program or, if the student's performance is of sufficiently high quality, may be recommended by supervising faculty before completion of the M.A.Sc. A candidate holding a Master's degree from another institution will have the course requirements for the Ph.D. assessed on an individual basis. Fields of research are: acoustics; aerodynamics and fluid mechanics; automatic controls, robotics and industrial automation; energy conversion, combustion, thermodynamics and heat transfer; vibrations ancl space dynamics; solid mechanics; bioengineering; design and manufacturing processes; industrial engineering and applied statistics; and naval architecture. A brochure describing current projects is available on request. Applicants for graduate degrees may be considered for appointment as research assistants, teaching assistants or markers in the department. Students' courses are selected in consultation with faculty to suit their research or career needs. Not all courses listed in the Calendar are offered every year. Medical Genetics Professorand Head:J. M. Friedman Professors; P. A. Baird, C. J. Eaves, J. G. Hall, M. R. Hayden, W. R. McMaster, A. M. Rose. Associate Professors: F. J. Dill, M. J. Harris, D. M. Juriloff, D. L. Mager, B. C. McGillivray, R. D. Wilson, S. Wood. Assistant Professors: P. Quintana, W. A. Jefferies, R. J. Kay, S Langlois, J. D. March, A. D. Sadovnick. Associate Members: D. A. Applegartfr, T. A. Grigliatri, R. K. Humphries, D. K. Kalousek, M. G. Norman, G. B. Spiegelman, F. Takei, G. Weeks. Ph.D. and M.Sc. Degrees The Department of Medical Genetics offers advanced study and research leading to the M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees in a variety of areas of human and medical genetics. The Department has particular strength in human molecular genetics, genome analysis, developmental genetics, gene therapy, cytogenetics, oncogenetics, immunogenetics, genetic epidemiology, genetics of common disorders, and clinical genetics. Required courses include MEDG 520, 530 and 540. In addition, M.Sc. students must successfully complete MEDG 549 and at least 6 additional credits in approved elective courses; Ph.D. students must successfully comp ete a comprehensive examination and thesis (MEDG 649). Students admittec to the program will normally have an undergraduate degree in science, including introductory courses in genetics, biochemistry, and statistics. M.Sc. Genetic Counselling The Department offers a two-year program of advanced study leading to the M.Sc. degree in Genetic Counselling. This is a master's degree program without thesis. The program provides a strong academic component focusing on the fundamental and applied principles of human genetics and in-depth clinical experience necessary for the genetic counsellor. Required courses include MEDG 530,550, 560, 565, 570, 575, 548 and CNPS 362. Students must also successfully complete a written final comprehensive examination. Admission Togainacceptanc evidence of first cl least upper seconc work at the Third ted to the prograr degree in Science. netics( BIOL 334 c tics or approval c program's admiss ceptance. e to the program, a student must show ass standing in at least 12 credits and at I class standing inthe remaining course and Fourth year level. Students admit- i will normally have an undergraduate including introductory courses in Ge- r equivalent), Biochemistry, and Statis- f the Director. An interview with the ion committee is required prior to ac- Metals and Materials ■Engineering Professorand Head T. R. Meadowcroft. Professors: J. K. Brimacombe, E. B. Hawbolt, A, Mitchell, D. Tromans, I. V Samarasekera. Associate Professor: D.B. Dreisinger, N. R. Risebrough. Assistant Professors: P. V. Barr, S. L. Cockcroft, D. G. Dixon, A. Poursartip, T, Troczynski, R. Vaziri. Research Opportunities The Department offers opportunities for study in the following fields: casting and solidification of metals, ceramic- processes and properties, corrosion, fibre composites, hydrometallurgy and electroreflning, physical metallurgy, pyrometallurgy, remelting processes, thermomeehanical processing and environmental processing. A brochure describing the research facilities is available on request from the Department. M.A.Sc. Degree (Mfetals and Materials Engineering} Prerequisite: Graduation in Metals and Materials Engineering, Metallurgical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Chemical Engineering or Engineering Physics with at least upper Second Class standing (72%). M.Sc. Degree (Materials and Metallurgy) Prerequisite: Graduation in Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics with at least upper Second Class standing. M.Eng. Degree (Metals and Materials Engineering) This degree is intended primarily for graduates in Applied Science who may wish to extend their knowledge after a period of engineering practice following graduation. Ph.D. Degree (Metals and Materials Engineering) Prerequisite: Master of Applied Science degree in a suitable discipline. Ph.D. Degree (Materials and Metallurgy) Prerequisite: Master of Science degree in a suitable discipline. After one year's residence at UBC and clear evidence of research ability, outstanding M.A.Sc. and M.Sc. candidates may, subject to the regulations of the Faculty of ^Graduate Studies, be transferred to a Ph.D. program. Microbiology and Immunology Professor and Head: J. Davies. Professors: B. C. McBride, R. E. W. Hancock, D. G. Kilburn, J. Levy, R. C. Miller, jr., G. B. Spiegelman, H. S. Teh, R. A. J.'Warren, G. Weeks. Associate Professors: J. T. Beatty, G. W. Hoffmann, J. K. Smit. Assistant Professors: B. Finlay, M. Gold, W. A. Jefferies, P.Johnson, J. W. Kronstad, N. W. Lorn, W. Mohn, F. Tufaro, Associate Members: C. Chanway, A, Chow, A. C Eaves, N. L. Glass, N. Kelly, W. R. McMaster, J. Piret, N. Reiner. D. Rochon, J. Saddler, J. Schrader, D. Speen, F. Takei, D. Waterfield. Ph.D. Degree The Department offers opportunities for original research in the areas of molecular and applied microbiology, biotechnology and cell biology including: immunology, molecular biology, molecular genetics, pathogenicity, cellular and tumor immunology, oral microbiology, virology and medical microbiology. The Department has excellent research funding and a commitment towards high quality, modern research. Students may be required to take a Molecular Microbiology Techniques course (MICB 506) as well as a Seminar Course (MICB 530) during their first term in the Department. In addition, they will be required to pass a Comprehensive Examination on topics related to their research area of interest within 18 months of arriving in the Department. Full details of research interests in the department are set out in the Departmental Graduate Handbook obtainable from the Departmental Graduate Applications Committee. M.Sc. Degree Students will enroll in a Molecular Microbiology Techniques course (MICB 506) and a Seminar Course (MICB 530) in addition to at least nine credits in other courses. In addition, the student must perform research work under one ofthe above supervisors and write and defend a thesis based on this research. 180 Graduate Studies Microelectronics, Centre for Advanced Technology in Director: N. A. F. Jaeger (Electrical Engineering). This Centre was created to foster graduate student training and research in the design, fabrication, and theoiy of operation of electronic, opto-electronic, and integrated optic devices, in particular, silicon, compound semiconductor, and lithium niobate based integrated circuits. A solid state microelectronics laboratory in the Department of Electrical Engineering is the core of the present program ofthe Centre, The Centre has a Board of Management comprising the Dean of Graduate Studies, the Deans of Science and of Applied Science and the Head of Electrical Engineering. Applicants for graduate work in the field of applied microelectronics should contact the Director of the Centre. maw Mining and Mineral Process Engineering Professorand Head: T. R. Meadowcroft. Professors: C. 0. Brawner, J. S. Laskowski, A. L. Mular, G. W Poling. Associate Professors; A. E. Hall, R. V.. Lawrence, j. A. Meech. Assistant Professors: R. Pakalnis, R. Poulin Research Opportunities The department offers opportunity for study in the fields of miningand mineral processing, including coal preparation Areas of research interest are: • Mining -- Mine property evaluation and mining economics, acid rock drainage, mine design, mining methods, drilling and blasting, rock mechanics and slope stability, computer simulation of mining operations, and mine services particularly mine ventilation and climatic control. • Mineral Processing — Unit operations, comminution, process modelling and optimization, expert systems, instrumentation and computer control. Flotation, surface chemistry, fines recovery, effluent control and pollution prevention, coal recovery, treatment of fine and oxidized coal, and precious metals recovery. The following degrees are offered: M.A.Sc. Degree This program combines research and course work and requires a total of 30 credits.* A research thesis is assigned between six to 12 credits bv the Head of the Department in consultation with the Research Supervisor. M.Eng. Degree (Part-time or full-time) This program is a course work Master's program intended for engineers who wish to upgrade their skills or develop new expertise in a particular specialized subject area. A total of 30 credits of course work are required, 24 ofwhich must be 500-level graduate courses. An engineering report must be submitted as part of an oral examination to complete the degree. Mining: Mineral Processing: Minine, Methods and Design Coal Preparation IC.tck Mechanics Simulation and Control Varietal fa/onomies Enoronmcntal Protection/ Ocuipatioitai Health Each of these programs of study consists of IS credits of core subjects atthe graduate level.:Six credil minimum of optional graduate level 'ourses and six credits maximum of undergraduate level (300 or 400) series) courses. Details of course selection strategies can be obtained from the head of Department or the Graduate School Coordinator. Course substitution to these approved programs can be arranged with the approval of the head of Department.* Ph.D. Degree Combines course work with a research thesis. Students select their courses in consultation with faculty to suit their research needs.* Admission Students must satisfy- the admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies including, for International students whose first language is not English, a minimum TOEFL score of 570. Part-time students are actively encouraged by the department and interested applicants should contact thedepart- ment for further information regarding course schedules. Students who wish to be considered for financial assistance should apply for admission as early as possible. * Not all courses listed in the Calendar ate oik-red every vear. Music Professorand Director: R. Silverman. 1 Professors: W. Benjamin, M. (7 Berinbaum, G. G. Butler, ..G. Chatman, 1. A. Coop,A. Dav.es,j 1. Fankhauserj. Read, R. Rogers, G. Slanick, F. A. Tickner Associate Professors: K. A. tlamelj. E Kreider, J. B. Roeder, J. E.Sawyer.J. R, Schell, R. Sharon, A R. Thrasher, E J. Wilson. E. N. Wilson. Assistanl Professors: T. P. Baerj;. V. Micznik. L Wagner. Ph.D., D.M.A., M.A., and M.Mus. Degrees The School of Music has the assistance of at least 45 part- time faculty, many of whom are principals ofthe Vancouver Symphony Orchestra. The M.A. degree mav be earned in musicology, ethnomusicology. or music theoiy; the M.Mus. degree in composition, performance, and opera. The D.M.A. degree is available for exceptionally qualified candidates in performance and in composition. The Ph.D. degree is offered for the most advanced level of scholarly studies and research in musicology, culminating in advanced research ancl dissertation which may assume an essentially historical or theoretical orientation, with the certification of degree form reflecting this distinction. In musicology, ethnomusicology and music theory, majors acquire essential knowledge and skills in research to prepare them for further advanced studies. Composition majors concentrate in creative studies. In performance, the major concentrations include piano, organ, voice, and most orchestral instruments. Opera majors specialize in musical and dramatic techniques of operatic performance and protluc tion to gain basic experience in singing, acting, conducting, coaching, and technical stagecraft. The thesis for the Master of Music and Doctor of Musical Arts degrees in music performance consists of public performance in varying combinations of solo recital, ensemble rculal, operatic roles, and/or led tire-recital, depending upon i he particular field of study. Doctoral studv in music performance requires a supplementary document in addition to recitals and other stipulated media of presentation The School of Music should be consulted for specific information on this. The thesis for the Master of Music degree in composition is a recital of original works composed during graduate- study; for the D.M.A. in composition it is a major original work and a supplementary document related to that work. The School occupies the well-equipped Music Building. Included are a recital hail, two rehearsal halls, 32 practice rooms, a sophisticated computer music studio, an electronic group piano laboratory, a music library, seminar rooms, ancl teaching studios. The Music: Library contains some 70,000 music scores and books, 5.000 microfilms ol European musical sources, 16,000 recordings, several CD-ROM indexes, and 150 periodicals The School maintains an excellent assortment of instruments, including 125 pianos, several important violins, a 64-rank pipe organ by Casavant Freres 09i)9), a fine collection of historical instruments, and a growing collection of Japanese, Chinese, Korean and Indian classical instruments. Neuroscience Chair: S. R. Vincent (Division of Neurological Sciences, Department of Psychiatry). Ph.D. and M.Sc. Degrees The Neuroscience Program is administered by the Neuroscience Advisory Committee which is responsible to the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The Neuroscience Program is flexible ancl is intended to accommodate the diverse background of students wishing to enter it, and also takes into account the broad nature of neuroscience research. The program will accept for advanced degrees candidates with undergraduate majors in a variety of disciplines including but not restricted to Biology, Biochemistry, Computer Sciences, Engineering, Mathematics. Neurosciences, Pharmacology, Physics. Physiology, Psychology and Zoology. Graduates with a professional degree (M.D., D.M.D., D.V.M.) may also be accepted into the program. Acceptance into the program is dependent upon a) meeting the general entrance requirements ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies, Ip acceptance by the Neuroscience Admissions Committee, and c) acceptance from a faculty member willing to act as the student's, upervisor in a graduate program in Neuroscience The student's graduate program wili be decided upon by the student, the adviser and the student's supervisory committee. The formal requirements in this regard, oilier than those set forth by the Faculty are as follows. The program aims for flexibility so that the individual needs ol students with different interests in neuroscience can, as far as possible be accommodated. Course requirements are normally taken m the first vear of the program, and include the comprehensive core courses in Neuroscience (NRSC 500 and 5011, as well as courses in Neuroanatomy and Neurophysiology (PHYL 425 and ANAT 510) for a minimum total of 18 credits. Courses taken at othet universities or in die undergraduate program at UBC will be taken mio consideration in planning the student's core course curriculum. With these courses as a base, additional advanced course and seminar requirements will vary wilh die particular interests and needs ofthe student as determined by the sludent and his Supervisory Committee. Admission requirements for the Graduate Program in Neuroscience include submission ol Graduate Record Examinations (G1-1F.) ancl, where required for international sludents. Test of English as a Foreign Language iTOF.FI.) scores Graduate Studies 181 Additional information on the graduate program in Neuroscience can be obtained directly from the Chair of the Neuroscience Graduate Program, 2255 Wesbrook Mall, Vancouver, B.C., V6T1Z3, Canada; telephone (604) 822-1375, fax (604) 822-7981, or from the Dean of Graduate Studies. Nursing Professor and Director; K. A. May. Professors: J. Anderson, E. Davies. Associate Professors: S. Acorn, A. Hilton, C. Jiliings, S. Thorne, A. Wyness. Assistant Professors: C. Canam, M. Dewis, V. Hayes, A. M. Hughes, R Thompson. Ph.D. and M.S.N. Degrees The M.S.N, program is designed to prepare administrators, teachers, and clinical nurse specialists and to serve as preparation for students planning to undertake a program leading to the Ph.D. degree. The M.S.N, degree is awarded for 34 credits of course work and a thesis for six credits or 40 credits of course work, at least one major essay, and a comprehensive examination. Applicants must meet the admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies and have graduated from a baccalaureate program in nursing that included community health nursing, psychiatric nursing, and statistics. They must also hold current practicing B.C. nursing registration or be eligible to so register. The program maybe pursued on a part-time basis. Credits Required Courses 19 Specialization Courses 14 Maior Essay Option - Courses 6 Thesis 6 The Ph.D. program is designed to prepare researchers. The program combines core courses totalling 12 credits, support courses as specified by the supervisory committee, and a thesis. A comprehensive examination is held upon completion of all required course work, normally after the first year of study. Research preparation occurs within the context of ongoing faculty research. Prior to admission to the program, applicants identify their area of research and are admitted to the program on the basis of the availability of a faculty member working in that area^| The student develops a research project, within, or complementary to, the faculty member's reseaich program. Fields of research are family health care, especially the health care of women and children; individual and family coping with life-threatening and chronic illness and disability; cross-cultural health care; and aging. Applicants must meet the admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies and hold a Master's degree in nursing which includes preparation in nursing theory development and research methods. They must also hold current practicing B.C. nursing registration or be eligible to so register. Superior M.S.N students may apply to transfer to the Ph.D. program after the first year of course work has been completed. For further information contact the following: Graduate Adviser, School of Nursing, The University of British Columbia, T206 - 2211 Wesbrook Mall, Vancouver, B.C., V6T 2B5; telephone (604) 822-7446, fax (604) 822-7466. Obstetrics and Gynaecology (Repi'oductive and Developmental Sciences) Professor and Acting Head: J. L. Benedel. Program Director: P. C. K Leung. Professors: N. A. Auersperg, J. T Emerman (Anatomy), P. Halm, B. Ho Yuen, S. lii'iis (Paediatrics), C.-Y. G. Lee, P. C. K, Leung, P. F. Mr-Comb, Y S. Moon, A. M. Perks (Zoology), D. Rurak, J. P. Skala (Paecliilrics), W.J. Tze (Paediatrics). Associate Professor: R. Rajamahendran (Animal Science) Honorary Professor F. Ledwitz-Rigby. Associate Members S. B. Effer, T. Ehlen, D. F. Farquharson, M R. Fluker, 17 C. Rowe, P. Taylor, M P. R. Walker, K, P. Williams. Ph.D. and M.Sc. Degrees The Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology offers M.Sc. and Ph.D. programs in Reproductive and Developmental Sciences. Areas of study are: 1) Reproductive Science; 21 Perinatal and/or Developmental Biology. The areas of research include: reproductive and placental endocrinology, cellular and molecular biology, immunology of reproduction, fertilization and embryonic development, perinatal metabolism, fetal and neonatal physiology. Prerequisites: BIOC 300; PF1YL 301 or ZOOL 303 or ANSC 320. Occupational Hygiene Director: S. M. Kennedy (Medicine) Assistant Ptofessor:;: P. Demers, M. Hodgson, J. Quinrana. Associate Members; G. S. Bates (Chemistry), D. Bell (UBC Occupational Health and Safetyl, J. L Ben (Chemical Engineering), M. Brauer (Medicine), C. Hertzman (Health Care and Epidemiology), K. Teschke (Health Care and Epidemiology). C. Van Netten (Health Care and Epidemiology). M.Sc. Degree An interdisciplinary program is offered leading to the degree of M.Sc. m Occupational Hygiene. Occupational Hygiene is the study of occupational risks to health and specifically includes recognition, evaluation, and control or management of such exposure risks. The program is designed to prepare students for careers in occupational hygiene in industry, government, or para-government sectors. The stucent may follow either of two options; 1) 39 credits of courses and a 6-credit project, requiring a minimum of 16 months of full-time study or equivalent amount of time on a part-time basis, 2) 33 credits of courses and a 12-credit thesis, generally requiring 20-24 months of full-time equivalent work. The required courses include: OCCH 501, 502, 503, 504, 506, plus CHML 506, MECH 505; and either of OCCH 598 or 599. Ph.D. work in the field of Occupational Hygiene may be conducted through the the individual Interdisciplinary Studies route described in a separate Calendar entry in this section. Admission Prospective applicants should have completed a Bach- elo-'s degree ir such areas as the physical or health sciences or engineering. Before commencing the program, students should have successfully completed university-level courses or have equivalent background in calculus, physici, organic chemistry, biology, and statistics. Prior preparation in the area of human physiology and/or pathologyandanalytic chemistry is recommended but not required. Applicants should consult a faculty adviser regarding their academic background. In excep tional circumstances a student mav be allowed to take some courses required lor admission as corequisites in conjunction with the program, extending the program over a full two-year period. Application Candidates should obtain application materials and more detailed information from the Occupational Hygiene Program Office. Completed application forms must be received in the program office by March 31 for admission in September, Students wishing to be considered for scholarship or fellowship support are encouraged to apply as early as possible in the fall ofthe year preceding the year to which admission is sought. Ocean Studies Council Chair: M. C. Healey (Westwater Research Centre). The Ocean Studies Council consists of faculty members from a number of disciplines with research interests in . various aspects ofthe oceans. Representatives from the Faculties of Commerce, Forestiy, Graduate Studies, and Law; from the Departments of Anthropology and Sociology, Bio-Resource Engineering, Economics, Geography, Mathematics, Oceanography, Physical Education, Political Science, Slavonic Studies, and Zoology; and from the following institutes: Asian Research, International Relations and Westwater Research; and other groups with related interests such as Resource Ecology constitute the Council. The Council has as its primary function the promotion of interdisciplinary research on ocean matters within the University. The Council serves as well to facilitate contacts between scholars at UBC concerned with ocean research and other universities, government bodies, international agencies and other interested groups off-campus. While the Council has no role in teaching or the development of curricula it does act to develop interdisciplinary seminars on ocean topics for both faculty and graduate students, interested individuals wishing to contact this Council should forward their communication to the Dean ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies for transmittal to the Council. Oceanography Professorand Head: G. A McBean. Professors: R.J. Andersen, S. E. Calvert, R. L. Chase, P.J. Harrison, M. C. Healey, P. II. LeBlond, A. G. Lewis, G. S. Pond. F.J. R.Taylor. Honorary Professors: W7 M. Cameron, T. R. Parsons, G. L. Pickard. Associate Professors: W. W. Hsieh, T. F. Pedersen. Assisiant Professors' S R. Allen, K. Orians. Associate Members: P. Austin (Geography), R M. Clowes (Geophysics). K. A Grimm (Geology), G. C. Hughes (Botany), M. T. Kelly (Pathology), G. Lawrence (Civil Engineering), J. Smit (Microbiology). Ph.D. and M.Sc. Degrees A program of study in Oceanography was initiated at The University of British Columbia in 1949 in an Institute within the Faculty of Graduate Studies: Oceanography became a Department in the Faculty of Science in 1979. Oceanography is concerned with the biology, chemistry, geology and physics of the sea. Many of the phenomena which occur can be understood only through the simultaneous application ol more than one of these disciplines. Thus, oceanographic research often requires cooperative multidisciplinary studies by researchers whose training 182 Graduate Studies includes relevant aspects of the different scientific disciplines. The Department offers programs for the training of oceanographers in research and in the scientific background appropriate to resource surveying and management to meet the needs ofthe oceanographic community in government, industry and university. The faculty also engage in fundamental research in oceanography, both independently and in cooperation with federal government laboratories. For such work access is readily available to many different oceanographic regimes occurring along the coast of British Columbia: fjords, the inland sea ofthe Strait of Georgia, the coastal region of the North Pacific, and the North Pacific Ocean itself. The types of oceanographic problems that can be studied include: estuarine processes, satellite remote sensing, coastal upwelling, ocean circulation including modelling, plate tectonics, marine geochemistry, palaeoceanography, air-sea interaction, natural product chemistry, plankton ecology and physiology, and primary organic production ofthe sea. Field studies at sea are also carried out in other regions ofthe world's oceans. Programs leading to both Ph.D. and M.Sc. degrees are offered. Students must satisfy the admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies and normally should have a Bachelor's or Master's degree in some area of science orapplied science. The Ph.D. program consists of appropriate course work chosen in consultation with the candidate's Committee and the preparation ofa thesis based on the results of original research. The M.Sc. program consists of six or 12 credits of thesis and 18 or 24 credits in coursework, or 30 credits in course work and an essay. Students in oceanography normally are required to take Oceanography 308,309,405 or 414, and 408 unless they have previously taken equivalent courses. Graduate students in physical oceanography will substitute Oceanography 514 for Oceanography 414, those in biological oceanography will substitute Oceanography 506 and/or 507 and/or 509 for Oceanography 309. Additional courses to complete the student's program will be chosen in consultation with the candidate's committee. Students in Oceanography may select courses, depending on their interest, from the following areas of specialization: • Biological Oceanography • Chemical Oceanography • Geological and Geophysical Oceanography • Physical Oceanography and Atmospheric Sciences Courses related to Oceanography are also offered in the Departments of Botany, Chemistry, Engineering, Geological Sciences, Geography, Geophysics and Astronomy, Physics and Zoology. Oceanography students normally begin their studies in September but may sometimes arrange to start their thesis work in the summer before their first winter session. A student wishing to do graduate work in Oceanography should first discuss the proposed program with appropriate Faculty in the Department. Inquiries for further information should be sent to the Head. Applications for admission are made to the Dean of Graduate Studies and should, if possible, be made before Januaiy 1 of the year the student wishes to enter. Later applications will be considered but may not be successful because of limited facilities. Oral Biology Professorand Head: D. M. Brunette. Professors: A. G. Hannam, B. C. McBride, V. V.-J. Uitto. Associate Professors: R. M. Shah,J. D. Watcrfield. Assistant Professor: N. D. Ruse. Associate Members: V. M. Diewert (Clinical Dental Sciences), H, Larjava (Clinical Dental Sciences), A. A. Lowe (Clinical Dental Sciences), (7 M. Overall (Clinical Dental Sciences), C. B. Wu (Clinical Dental Sciences), L. Zhang (Oral Medical and Surgical Sciences). Ph.D. Degree The department offers the opportunity for advanced study in a number of areas related to oral biology including: oral and cellular immunology, basic and applied biology of cells of the periodontium, oral microbiology, biomaterials, craniofacial growth and development, oral sensorimotor function and connective tissue biochemistry. The department has good research fundingand is well equipped to carry out advanced research. Students will normally be required to take ORBI 500 (Research Seminars in Oral Biology), and either ORBI 501 (Craniofacial Biology) or ORBI 502 (Biology of Oral Tissues) during their first year. In addition students will be required to pass a comprehensive examination. The program will be open to those who have completed a D.D.S., D.M.D., M.D., D.V.M. or their equivalents and to students who have obtained a M.Se. in Dental Science or a related discipline. A booklet providing details on the program ancl describing current research projects is available on request from the Department. Pacific Affairs Managing Editor: 1. D. Slater. Pacific Affairs, an international quarterly features articles on the political, economic, social and diplomatic problems of Asia and the Pacific. Each issues contains a comprehensive book review section. Pathology and Laboratory Medicine Professor and Head: B. M. McManus. Professor:J. D. Anderson, A. P. Autor, D. E. Brooks, A. M. Churg, J. E. Dimmick, A. C. E. Eaves, E. Evans, J. A. J. Ferris,J. Frohlich, C. A. Fyfe, S. Giilam, W. J. Godolphin, D. F. Hardwick, J. C. Hogg. J. B. Hudson, D. K. Kalousek, G. Krystal, A. B. Magil, P. Middleton, M. G. Norman, D. A. Owen, P. E. Reid,J. Rooiman, J. A. Smith, F. Takei, W. M. Thurlbeck, A. Tingle, J. L. Wright. Associate Professors; V.J. Baldwin, C. Carter, K. Dorovini-Zis, G. Gray, J. Isaac-Renton. L. Kirby, G. Lockitch, M. A. Noble, J. R. O'Kusky, H. Prirchard, E. M. Proctor, D, W. Seccomhe, J. Tai.J. Vielkind. Assisranr Professors: M. Allard, G. Bondy, S. Cassol, J. Chantler, N. Cimolai, D. Devine, G. Dougherty, B. Gilks. N. Kelly, I.. A. Mitchell, O. Mitsushi, C. Park, S. Porter, P. Riben, G. P. Taylor, B. Walker, D. Walker, V. White, H. Ziltener. Associate Members: D. A. Applegarth, N. Auersperg, J. L. Bert, N. Buskard. A. Chow, C. J. Eaves, K. Humphries, S. M. Innis, A. Junker, M. Kiess, P. A. Keown, Seung U. Kim, F. R. G. Klingemann, S. Langlois, P. M. Lansdorp, D. M. Lyster, W.C.MacDonald,D. Matheson,H F. MizgalaJ.Ogcr, P. Pare, J. W. Schrader. C. H. Scudamore, John H. Tegenfeldt, R. Thies, P. Thompson, \X7 I. Tze. Honorary Members: Donald Brunette, P. Constantiniclcs. R. Durancl, N. Farrell, K. Y. Lam, J. J. I.ederman, G. M. Martin, A. Minchington, G. A. Montessori, P. Olive, B. Palcic, R. Shah, L. Skarsgard, K. Skov, J. Tonzetich, A. E. W. Trites. Ph.D. and M.Sc. Degrees The Department offers training in a wide range of research areas, from basic investigation of biomedical phenomena at the molecular and single cell level using biochemical, immunological, molecular biological and physicochemicai approaches, through studies on human developmental biology and clinical disease. As well as working in laboratories on campus, students in the Department of Pathology are located in the Terry Fox Laboratories, the B.C. Cancer Research Centre, the Eye Center, the Research Centre at the Children's Hospital and all the UBC Faculty of Medicine Teaching Hospitals in the city. M.Sc. and Ph.D. degree programs, alone or combined with M.D. or residency training, are available. Acceptance into the graduate program is possible for students of high academic standing from diverse backgrounds. While prerequisites in biochemistiy, physiology and histology arc- normally required, the necessary background can be obtained while registered in the Department. Pharmaceutical Sciences Professorand Dean: J. H. McNeill. Professors: F. S. Abbott, J. E. Axelson, G. D. BellwardJ. Diamond, D. M. Lysrer, S. Katz, K. M. MacLeod, K. M. McErlane, J. G. Sinclair. Associate Professors: H. M. Burt, D. W. Fielding, P. J. Jewesson, M. Lcvine.J. M.Orr, R, Reid. Assistant Professors: N. Amarshi, S. Bandiera, B. Carleton, K. Curry. D. S. Hill, J. P. McCormack, G. P. Meneilly, K. W. Riggs, P.J.Soja, R. Tsuyuki. Ph.D., M.Sc. and Pharm.D. Degrees The Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences offers opportunities for advanced study leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the fields of Biopharmaceutics, Clinical Pharmacy, Pharmaceutics, Pharmaceutical Chemistry (including Medicinal Chemistry'), Pharmacology, Toxicology, Bionucleonics and Pharmacy Administration. The program is open to those holding undergraduate or graduate degrees from recognized universities, whether in pharmacy or other related disciplines. The Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences also offers opportunities for study leading to the Doctor of Pharmacy- degree in the field of clinical pharmacy. This Pharm.D. program is open to applicants who possess a Bachelor of Science degree in Pharmacy or equivalent and are eligible for registration with the College of Pharmacists of British Columbia. Course requirements for the Pharm.D. Degree Year One Course Credits PHAR 501 12 Advanced Pharmacotherapeutics PHAR 502 -i Advanced Concepts in Pharmacokinetics PHAR 570 2 Physical Assessment HCEP 506 3 The Design and Analysis of Clinical Trials PHAR 508 4 Advanced Clinical Pharmacokinetics PHAR 535 2 Seminar HCEP 400' 3 Statistics for Health Research (oreqttivalen!) PATH 425; 8 Human Paihology PHAR 55a 3 Advanced Hospital Pharmacy Management PATH al5 2 Immunopatlioiogy * Eqiiiv aieut ci itirse s: BIOI, VHI. STAT 200. ' Students will takc systems pathologv portion ol course Dire ted self studi ■ mil he unit .Tt.ikcn ;n topics in General Pathologv. Graduate Studies 183 Year Two Course Credits PHAR 533 12 Clinical Clerkship 1 PHAR 534 12 Clinical clerkship II PHAR 535 2 Seminar Comprehensive Pharm.D. Examination Total 69 A detailed brochure is available from the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences. Pharmacology and Therapeutics Professor and Head; C. van Breemen Professors: S. S. R. Bhagavatula, D. V. Godin, C. C. Y. Pang, E. Puil, D M.J. Quastel, M. C. Sutter. M.J. A. Walker. Associaie Professors: B. A. MacLeod, J, G. McLarnon, R, E, Rangno, R, A, Wall, J. M. Wright Assistant Professors: M. Bridges, A. P. Goumeniouk, T. Madden, R. Tabrizchi. Associate Member: S. Sacks. Ph.D. Degree Facilities are available for original investigation in certain fields of pharmacology, including cellular, biochemical, autonomic, cardiovascular, clinical, and neuropharmacology. Pharmacokinetic and drug metabolism studies also can be arranged. M.Sc. Degree Prerequisite: A B.Sc. degree in Pharmacology, or a related subject; or an M.D. degree. Courses: If not already taken, Pharmacology 400 and 404, or their equivalents. Thesis, value 12 credits, and courses in related fields selected in consultation with the Department. Philosophy Professor ancl Acting Head: E, R. Winkler. Professors: J. C. Dybikowski, M. McDonald, T. E. Pattern. Associate Professors: P. Danielson, J. P. Russell, S. Savitt. Assistant Professors: A. Irvine, J. P. Stewart, C. Talmage, G.A.Wedeking, Ph.D. and M.A. Degrees The Philosophy Department offers courses of instruction leading to both the Master of Arts (M.A.) and the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degrees in most major areas ofthe discipline, including epistemology, metaphysics, ethics, political and social philosophy, philosophy of language, logic, philosophy of science, philosophy of mathematics, and the history of philosophy. In conjuction with the University's Centre for Applied Ethics, the Department also offers special graduate streams in both its M.A. and Ph.D. programs in most areas of applied ethics, including biomedical ethics, environmental ethics, and business and professional ethics. Prerequisites for the M.A. include either an Honours B.A. in philosophy or a B.A. with at least one-term course in formal logic and sufficient upper division work in the histoiy of philosophy, ethics and value theory, and metaphysics, epistemology, or the philosophy of science to enable the student to undertake graduate-level work in these areas. Prerequisites for the Ph.D. include either an M.A. in philosophy, or an Honours B.A. with first class standing in Philosophy, or equivalent. Physics Professor and Head; B. G. Turrell. Professors: 1. Affleck, B. Ahlborn, E. G. Auld, D. A. Axen, D. A. Balzarini, A. J. Barnard, B. Bergersen, J. H. Brewer, M. K. Craddock. F. L Ctrrzon, J. E. Eldridge, E. Evans, A. V. Gold, P. C. Gregory. H. P. Gush, W. N. Hardy M. I). Hasinoff, R. R. Johnson, G. Jones, P. H. LeBlond, W. H. McCutcheon, M. McMillan, P. W. Martin, D. F, Measday, J. Meyer. A. Ng, I. Ozier, R. R. Parsons, P. Rastal'l, C. F. Schwerdlleger.G. Semenoff. W. L. H. Shuter, L. de Sobrino, T. Tiedje, W. G. Unruh, E. W, Vogl, N. Weiss, B. L While, D. 1.1 Williams. Honorary Professors: R. R. Haering, L Skarsgard. Associate Professors D. S. Becier, J. F. Carolan, G. W. Hoffmann, R. Howard, W. Llsieh, R. Kiefl, A. MacKav, P. W. Matthews, C. w'altham.J.Yeung. Assistant Professor;: M. Halpera, J. McKenna, K. Schleich, P. Stamp, Adjunct Professors; E. El-Khatib, H. Fearing, J. Ng, P. Olive, B. Palcic, G. Smith, L Whitehead. Associate Members: R. Durand, G. K. Y. Lam (Pathology), Q. S. Xiarrg (Radiology). NSERC Internationa Fellows: X.-F. He, N. Prokofev. Ph.D. Degree The Department offers opportunities for study in the following major fields: a) Theoretical Physics: Elementary p; rticles Statistical met hanics Condensed matter Intermediate energy nuclear physics Properties of charged particle beams Macroscopic quantum coherence phenomena Gravitation Properties of liquid crystals Quantum field theoiy Theoiy of disordered materials Relativistic quantum mechanics High Tc superconductivity Magnetism Cosmology b) _iStrophysicw—Observational and interpretive studies ofthe intei stellar medium, star formation, galactic kinematics, dynamics and structure, variable radio sources supernova remnants, extragalactic radio sources using various radio telescopes around the world. Experimental cosmology using balloons and sounding rockets. c) Magnetic Resonance — Application of NMR techniques to model and biological membranes. NMR in metallic crystals and ferromagnetic alloys and hyperfi ne interactions using n uclear orientation. Muon spin resonance at Triumf. d) Plasma Phy. ics — High intensity laser-matter interactions. Lasei' fusion science including stimulated scattering, shock compression in solids and atomic physics of fusion plasmas. Laser physics and pulsed laser development. Numerical simulations. Laminar and turbulent (low in liquids. Thermodynamics of heat engines Industrial applications of plasmas including material processing and displav devices. e) Nuclear and Particle Physics with the Tri-Uni- versity Meson Facility (TRIUMF) - On the UBC South Campus scientists from four universities (Alberta, British Columbia, Simon Fraser and Victoria) jointly collaborate in order to produce pions and muons. Also available is 100 :nA of polarized protons, variable in energy from 180 MeV to 520 MeV. This beam can be used to produce an intense flux of polarized neutrons of about the same energy. Experiments are being performed on the fundamental properties of particles and nuclei together with studies of condensed matter using muons as a probe (uSR). Experiments are also carried out at other laboratories (Brookhaven, CERN). Plans are being made for lhe F1AON factory, which could be ready bv 199H. A group is involved in the Sudbury Neutrino Observatory. A group is also active in electroweak and heavy flavour physics using tbe OPAL detector at CERN and B physics and CP violation studies at the SLAC B Factory. f) Semiconductors—Magnetron sputtcringof epitaxial films and high Tc: .superconductors. Thin film hybrids. Growth of epitaxial films by molecular beam epitaxy. Quantum well diode laser fabrication, modelling and testing. g) Low-Temperature Physics — Studies of atomic hydrogen and deuterium at low temperatures. Spin- polarized H and 1). Cryogenic Detectors. Nuclear orientation and NMR of oriented nuclei (NMRON). h) Spectroscopy — Experimental cosmology. Forbidden rotational spectra. High resolution infrared sludies. Laser spectroscopy and fluorescence studies. Stimulated scattering of light from gases and liquids. i) Hyperfine Interactions — The electronic structure of graphite intercalation compounds is studied using time-differential perturbed gamma-gamma angular correlations. Magnetic materials are also investigated using nuclear orientation, NMR of oriented nuclei, and |iSR. j 1 Infrared Spectroscopy of Solids — Fou ricr-Trans form spectroscopy from the far-infrared to the visible Analysis of vibrational bands and electronic transitions, including charge density waves and superconducting energy gaps. Study of organic ancl high Tc superconductors, as well as semiconductor heterostructures at temperatures from 2 K to 300 K. k) Critical Phenomena —Experimental investigations by optical means ofthe critical regions of pure fluids, binary fluids, and liquid crystals. Interferometric and light scattering techniques are used to measure the parameters which characterize these fluids near phase- transitions. 1) Biophysics—Cancer research in radiation biophysics. Diagnostic use of cloppler shift in scattered light to measure blood flow in retinal vessels. NMR photoluminescence ancl mechanical properties of membranes. Modelling of self-organizing and self- regulating biophysical systems (e.g. the immune system). The physics of soft natural materials and bio- interfaces. m) Physics at High Pressure — Matter under extreme- conditions: transport properties, equations of state and phase transitions at high pressure and high temperature. Laser-driven shock waves in solids. Flypervelocityimpact phenomena. Diamondanvilcells for static high pressure studies. n) High Tc Superconductivity — Fundamental and applied studies of high Tc superconductivity. Synthesis of single crystal and poly-crystalline materials. Thin films produced by magnetron sputtering, electron beam evaporation ancl laser ablation. Theory, muon spin rotation (|JSR). transport properties, microwave resistivity, NMR, magnetic measurements, heat capacity superconductivity devices. 184 Graduate Studies o) Surface Physics — Scanning tunnelling microscopy in air and ultra-high vacuum. Photoelectron spectroscopy of surfaces and interfaces with synchrotron radiation. A brochure describing the research facilities in more detail is available on request from the Department of Physics. M.Sc. Degree Prerequisite: Honours in Physics (single or combined) or Mathematics; or Bachelor's degree with at least upper Second Class (72%) standing in Engineering Physics; or Bachelor's degree with a Physics Major, with First Class standing. M.A.Sc. Degree (Engineering Physics) Prerequisite: Graduation in Engineering Physics or Electrical Engineering. Both the M.Sc. and M.A.Sc. programs require a minimum of 30 credits with the thesis counting 12 credits and normally at least 12 credits from graduate courses in physics, although for those students interested in interdisciplinary fields this may be reduced to eight credits with permission of the department. Ph.D. Degree Prerequisite: Master of Science in Physics, or Master of Applied Science (or Engineering) in Engineering Physics. After a year's residence at UBC and 18 credits in course work with an overall first class average and clear evidence of research ability, well-qualified M.Sc. or M.A.Sc. candidates may be transferred directly to a Ph.D. program. The Physics Department requires a further 12 credits of course work in the Ph.D. program. Physiology Associate Professor and Head: K. G. Baimbridge. Professors: J. C. Brown, A. Buchan, J. R. Ledsome, C. H. S. Mcintosh, J. A. Pearson, R. A. Pederson. Associate Professors: N. Kasting, D. A. Mathers, P. C. Vaughan, Y. N. Kwok. Assistant Professors: C.-A. M. Courneya, K. Curry, S. Kehl. Associate Members: M. S. Cynader, R. M. Douglas, P. C. K. Leung, M. Meloche, G. A. Quamtne, D. W. F. Schwarz, C. Shaw, S. Vincent, P. B. Reiner. Ph.D. Degree The Department offers opportunities for advanced study and research in many branches of vertebrate physiology, and is particularly strong in the areas of neurophysiology, gastroenterology, endocrinology and cardiovascular physiology. A brochure describing the research activities in more detail is available upon request from the Department. Prerequisite: A M.Sc. degree in Physiology or closely related field; a B.Sc. degree with First Class Honours in Physiology; or an M.D., D.M.D. or D.V.M. degree with adequate standing and approval by the Head of the Department. M.Sc. Degree Opportunities for research training as above. Prerequisite: A B.Sc. degree with standing in Physiology or a related subject defined by the Faculty of Graduate Studies; or an M.D., D.M.D. or D.V.M. degree, Courses: Physiology 422, 423, 424, 426 and 430 or their equivalents if not already taken; plus a minimum of 12 credits at the 500 level, and thesis (12 credits). Planning See Community and Regional Planning. Plant Science Professorand Head: B. E. Ellis. Professors: G. W. Eaton, F. B. Holl, P. A. Jolliffe, J. H. Myers, V. C. Runeckles. Honorary Professors: R. A. Forbes, H. MacCarthy, R. Stace-Smith, M. Weintraub. Associate Professors: R. J. Copeman, M. B. Isman, M. D. Pitt, M. K. Upadhyaya. Assistant Professor: J. Kronstad. M.Sc. and Ph.D. Degrees The Department offers advanced study in applied plant biology, with a commitment to development of sustainable managed ecosystems. Our discipline strengths in plant physiology, biochemistry, molecular biology and ecology are focussed on applications in agronomic and horticultural crops, as well as range and weed species. Research topics include environmental plant physiology, plant pathology, virology, plant competition, plant and insect biotechnology, biological controls, as well as range and wildlife habitat management. Modern laboratories, greenhouses and research field plots are available, as well as specialized equipment such as controlled environment growth chambers, gas analyzers, radioisotope suite, tissue culture facilities, high performance liquid chromatography stations, and gas chromatographs, recombinant DNA laboratory, and an insectary. The resources ofthe UBC Biotechnology Laboratory also provide state-of-the-art support for appropriate research projects. Research conducted with Adjunct Professors at other institutions (Agriculture Canada Research Stations in Vancouver, Agassiz and Summerland; UBC Botanical Garden; BC Research Corp.) is able to make use of excellent specialized facilities at those sites. Research programs that address problems through an interdisciplinary approach involving other Departments (e.g. Soil Science, Botany, Zoology, Microbiology, Forest Science) are strongly encouraged. Courses Prerequisites: A Bachelor's degree (at least high second class standing) with courses in fields of study acceptable to the Department. In addition to the Ph.D. program, the Department offers two M.Sc. programs in Plant Science: the M.Sc. with Thesis and the M.Sc. with Comprehensive Examination. Both are available to part-time students. Within the Department, the Program in Landscape Architecture also offers a Masters degree in Landscape Architecture (M.L.A.), which is described separately. (See Index for page number.) Polar and Alpine Research Committee: P. Suedfeld (Chair), S. Grace, G. Henry, P. Hochachka, L. Lavkulich, S. Ray, W. Rees, T. Sinclair, There are a number of individuals at The University of British Columbia involved in research in Polar and Alpine areas, A Committee on Polar and Alpine Research coordinates the activity, funding and mutual interests of this group. At present the university's efforts involve anthropology, literature, biology, geography, geology, glaciology, history, planning, and psychology, in both Alpine and Polar (Antarctic and Arctic) environments. Current areas of special interest to the Committee are the Western Arctic including Yukon Territory, parts of the Northwest Territories including the High Arctic, Antarctica, and high altitude work in British Columbia. The Committee sponsors lectures, provides a unified group to approach granting bodies, and a means whereby interested faculty ancl graduate students may exchange Polar and Alpine information. Political Science Professor and Head: D. E. Blake. Professors: H. A. C. Cairns, D. J. Elkins, G. A. Feaver, I. Head, K. J. Hoisti, R. H.Jackson, B. Job, R. G. C.Johnston, P. Resnick, P. R. Tennant, M. D. Wallace, M. W. Zacher. Associate Professors: P. A. Busch, R. K. Carty, G. Hoberg, Jr., S. V. LaSelva, P.J. Marantz, D. K. Mauzy,J. R. Wood. Assistant Professors: H. B. Chamberlain, A. Eisenberg, K. Harrison, K.A. Park, A. Siaroff. Ph.D. and M.A. Degrees The Department offers opportunities for advanced study in the major fields of Political Science. It is a major centre for the study of Canadian politics; eleven members of the Department are actively engaged in research touching on Canadian themes. At present the National Election Study is centred in the Department, and a Department member holds the Brenda and David Mclean Chair in Canadian Studies. The University is also one of North America's leading centres for Asian studies, having excellent library resources and strong Asian offerings in a number of disciplines. The Department has specialists for China, Japan, Korea, Southeast Asia, and South Asia; Asia is emphasized in comparative politics seminars. The Department has especially close connections with the journal, Pacific Affairs, which is published on campus. The Asian specialists also interact with the Institute of Asian Research and its regional centres (one ofwhich is chaired by a professor jointly appointed to the Department). The Faculty offer seminars on political development, cleavages and integration, ethnicity, Asian political systems, and theoretical approaches to political comparison. The Department has special interests and expertise inthe area of international relations and international security studies. Jointly with the UBC Institute of International Relations, whose director and past director are Department members, the Department is awarded yearly grants by the Department of National Defence as a centre of expertise under its Military and Strategic Studies Program. The Department also promotes research and teaching in political theory, political economy, research methodologies, public policy especially environmental policy, and comparative politics outside Asia, including Russia and the Commonwealth of Independent States, Europe, the United States, and Australia. The library is a depository for United Nations, Canadian Government, British Columbia Government, and most U.S. Government documents. The library is especially strong in Soviet and Communist Studies, Asian Studies, and Canadian Government. The University is a member of the Inter-University Consortium for Political Research (Ann Arbor), and belongs to the International Survey Library Association (Storrs, Ct.). Computer facilities are available: the Data Library has the largest collection of machine-readable material in Canada. Graduate Studies 185 Ph.D Program The basic requirements are 6 3-credit seminars in the first year, two comprehensive examinations in the second year, a thesis prospectus in consultation with a supervisor and committee, a dissertation and oral defence. As a general rule, the Department requires that applicants to the Ph.D program have an undergraduate concentration in political science and an M.A. in Political Science. Criteria for admission include outstanding previous performance, research interests compatible with the Department's offerings, and strong letters of reference indicating a high likelihood that the student will be able to contribute to the discipline. M.A. Program* For full-time students this is a one-year program. As a general rule, the Department will not accept for admission students with an overall grade point average of less than 75% (B+) in their final two years or who have fewer than 30 credits of senior third/fourth year political science courses. The basic requirements include 6 3-credit seminars, a thesis ofa maximum of 100 pages, and an oral defence of the thesis. * The M.A. Program is also available on a parr-time basis. A detailed brochure is available on application to the Department. Contact the Graduate Secretary, telephone (604) 822- 2717, fax (604) 822-5540. Poultry Science See Animal Science. Psychology Professor and Head: R. C. Tees. Professors: D. J. Albert, M. Chandler, S. Coren, K. D. Craig, D. G. Dutton, B. Gorzalka, R. Hakstian, R. D. Hare, A. G. Phillips, J. P. J. Pinel, S. J. Rachrnan, J. A. Russell, J. Steiger, P. Suedfeld, L. Walker, L. Ward, J. Wiggins, DM.Wilkie, R.Wong, J. Yuille. Associate Professors: L. Alden, D. S. Butt, J. Campbell, R. S. Corteen, A. Delongis, E. Eich, J. T. Enns, P. Graf, C. Johnston, D. R. Lehman, W. Linden, D. Papageorgis, D. L. Paulhus, C. H. Rankin, J. Werker, T. MacBeth Williams. Assistant Professors: R. L. Collins, G.J.Johnson, F. Valle. Ph.D. and M.A. Degrees The Department offers opportunities foradvanced study in the following areas of specialization: a) Biopsychology 1) Personality b) Clinical g) Social c) Developmenral h) Environmental d) Forensic i) Psychometrics e) Perception and Cognition The graduate program in psychology provides exposure to ongoing research projects in each of its areas of specialization (see above). M.A. and Ph.D. degrees areawarded only to those students who acquire: (1) a detailed knowledge of the current research findings in their area of specialization, (2) a knowledge ofthe concepts and issues in other selected areas of psychology and (3) the ability to conduct original research of high quality. In addition to the above requirements, clinical students (the program is fully accredited by both A.P.A. and C.P.A.) must develop an acceptable level of clinical skill, and must serve a one- year internship in an approved applied setting as part of their Ph.D. A brochure describing the psychology graduate program in more detail can be obtained by writing to the psychology graduate secretaiy. Also available from the same source are brochures providing detailed information concerning each ofthe areas of specialization. Pullp and Paper Engineering Program Coordinator: P. Englezos, Chemical Engineering. Associate Program Coordinator: C. Bennington, PAPRICAN. Board of Study: M. S. Davies (Electrical Engineering); M. E. Salcudean (Mechanical Engineering); R. W, Kennedy (Forestry); D. Tromans (Metals and Materials Engineering); R. M. R. Branion iChemical Engineering); G. Dumont (Electrical Engineering);?. Englezos (Chemical Engineering); K. L. Pinder (Chem ical Engineering); R. J. Kerekes (PAPRICAN); C. P.J. Bennington (PAPRICAN), and two student representatives. Ex Officio: D. Thompson (Chemical Engineering); J. R. Grace (Faculty of Graduate Studies). M.Eing. Degree A program in pulp and paper engineering leading to an M.Eng. degree is offered to qualified engineering graduates seeking to acquire postgraduate training for the practice of engineering in the pulp and paper industry. The program is designed primarily for students with at least two years experience in the pulp and paper industry, or summer experience and courses in pulp and paper technology equivalent to Chemical Engineering 470and 471. Prerequisite: Graduation oir equivalent in Chemical Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, or Metals and Materials Engineering. Graduates from other branches of engineering may be accepted on approval by the program coordinator. Program: Required courses are 14 credits in graduate pulp and paper courses, four credits in lab courses, six credits of technical electives plus six credits and a project with a report in a field of specialization. Present fields of specialization are Project and Maintenance Engineering, Process Engineering, Systems and Control and Environmental Engineering. This program is offered in collaboration with the Pulp and Paper Research Institute of Canada. Rehabilitation Sciences Acting Director: C. Backman. Professor: T. Conine Associate Professors: E. Dean, S. Harris, L. Jongbloed. Assistant Professors: I. Dyck, D, Reid,, D. Webster. Associate Members; H. Anton, R. W. Armstrong, C. Backman, B. L. Beattie, C Carpenter, S. Hashimoto, C. Hershler, M. McCuaig, S. Stanton, H. Tuokko. M.Sc. Degree The M.Sc. program is designed to prepare individuals to conduct clinical research independently and in collaboration with other scientists. Students will investigate an area of knowledge within their respective rehabilitation discipline and develop skills that permit a critical analysis of problems which tan be directly related to clinical practice. Three areas of concentration are offered which will lead to advanced understanding of rehabilitation practice, including Cardiopulmonaryand Motor Performance, Neuromotor and Neurological Conditions, and Chronic Illnesis and Disabi.ity. Study and identification of clinical problems in an area of concentration will prepare the student to investigate critical questions of importance to rehabilitation practice. The program may be pursued by full or part-time students. Full-time study would normally require approximately 24 months, including completion of the thesis. A minimum of thirty (30) credits is required for the degree. This consists of 18 credits of required coursework in the School of Rehabilitation Sciences at the 500 level, which includes six hours of credit for thesis. Twelve hours of elective credit are also required, and these may be selected from courses offered within the School or from other academic units. At least six of the elective credits must be at the 500 level or above. The specific courses taken will depend on the area of concentration chosen. Each student will be assigned an adviser appropriate to her/his area of concentration and must have a plan of study approved by the Adviser and/or Head, Division of Graduate Studies. Core courses include; RHSC 500 Advanced Concepts for Rehabilitation Research RHSC 502 Rehabilitation Theory RHSC 504 Directed Srudies in Rehabilitation Plus one of the following depending upon the chosen area of concentration: RHSC 515 Exercise Physiology and Exercise Metabolism in Disease and Injury RHSC 510 Disability; Social, Economic and Political Influences RHSC 520 Neurorehabiliration Minimum admission requirements include a degree in I occupational therapy, physical therapy, or a related rehabilitation profession, an academic record which meets the requirements ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies, and completion of an introductory course in research methods and statistics (equivalent to RHSC 402). Preference will be given to applicants who hold degrees in occupational or physical therapy, are qualified to practice their rehabilitation profession in British Columbia, and who have had recent clinical experience providing rehabilitation care. Persons interested in applying to the program should request additional program and application information from the School of Rehabilitation Sciences. Religious Studies Associate Professorand Head: P. G. Mosca. Professors: H. E. Kassis. Associate Professors: C. P. Anderson, R. Menkis (Graduate Adviser). Instructor; P. Burns. Lecturers from other Departments: A. Aklujkar (Asian Studies), D. L. Baker (Asian Studies), H. S. Oberoi (Asian Studies). D. L. Overmyer (Asian Studies). M.A. Degree The Department of Religious Studies offers courses leading to the degree of Master of Arts. Candidates may choose any one ofthe following areas of concentration: Religions of South and East Asia; Biblical Studies; Judaic Studies; Christian Thought and Institutions; Islamic Studies; History of Religion. The candidate may select a program with thesis (30 credits in course work, including 12 credits for thesis) or without thesis (30 credits in course work, in addition to comprehensives and major essay). A competent reading knowledge of the appropriate languages must be acquired before writing the thesis or comprehensives and major essay. Further information regarding the M.A. is available on application to the Department. Brochures describing the program in more detail are also available on request. 186 Graduate Studies Remote Sensing Council Chair; P. A. Murtha (Forestry and Soil Science). Council Members; Win. llsieh (Oceanography); B. Klinkenberg (Geography); M. Ito (Electrical Engineering); A. K. Mackworth (ComputerScience); N, Nathan (Civil Engineering); W. Savigny (Geology), H. Schreier (Soil Science); G. Walker (Geophysics and Astronomy); R. J. Woodham (Forestry and Computer Science). Graduate Programs with Specialty in Remote Sensing Studies in various aspects of remote sensing leading to either Master's or Ph.D. degrees in Forestry, Computer Science, Electrical Engineering, Geography, Geology, Geophysics and Astronomy', Oceanography or Soil Science are coordinated by the Council on Remote Sensing. Studenls enter the program by admission as a Master's or Ph.D. candidate in one ofthe above. The discipline department and the student's committee chair are selected from the Department or Faculty which represents the student's primary field of interest. Students are encouraged to seek representation on their committee from other University departments. In consultation with their committee, specialized programs of study can be developed for highly motivated and well qualified individuals in anv aspect of remote sensing, or in any application of remote sensing technology. Similarly, specialized research programs can be developed to suit a student's interest- area and can range from theoretical development of remote sensing technology (including image analysis and sensor development) to specialized application of remote sensing (including geographic information systems [CIS], vegetation and land classification, land use analysis, and oceanographic sludies). Remote Sensing research facilities are housed in the various associated departments and include a wide range of modern equipment which is continually being updated. Scholarships, fellowships, and teaching and research assistantships are available for eight and twelve month periods. Additional information on graduate studies in remote sensing can be obtained directly from the Faculty of Graduate Studies or from the Chair of the Council on Remote Sensing. Answers to more specific questions on research direction in the various disciplines relative to remote sensing may be obtained directly from the departments and individual Faculty members concerned. Ssn^tl. t £s._Mfef%$?<%-$ £~N$:sV>W^t«&_>«iW*W$. Resource Management and Environmental Studies Committee: L M. Lavkulich (Chair), A. D. Chambers, P. Bradley. P. N. Nemetz, M. G. Reed, H. E. Schreier. Ph.D., M.A. and M.Sc. Degrees Graduate degrees in various aspects of Resource Managemenl are available in a number of academic disciplinary units at the University of British Columbia. To understand and deal with many problems that confront resource managers ancl scientists, a breadth of knowledge is required that is unprecedented in the history of environmental resource use. The Resource Management and Environmental Studies program objective is to aid students tt) develop an understanding of the biophysical, social, and economic dimensions of natural resources. The Resource Management and Environmental Studies program advises interdisciplinary students of options in resource management and environmental studies and to co-ordinates ancl supervises their programs. Students entering come from diverse backgrounds; individual and flexible programs of study are designed to take previous training and interest into account. Students are required to take core Resource Management and Environmental Studies courses, as well as courses to be approved by the supervisory committee and Chair, Acceptance into the program is dependent upon: 1) meeting the admission requirements ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies; 2) submission by the student of a thesis proposal acceptable to the Resource Management and Environmental Studies Committee; and, 3) acceptance by a faculty member- willing to act as the student's supervisor. Also, the program serves as one mechanism of graduate education and training in several interdisciplinary research units at the University, including the Fisheries Centre, Sustainable Development Research Institute, and Westwater Research Centre. Program Requirements For the Master's degree, 3b credits is the minimum requirement for graduation: Required Courses Electives Research Thesis Total Credits 12 12 12 36 The student's previous academic background, the choice of electives, and the focus of the research thesis determine whether the M.A. or M.Se. program is followed. For the Doctor of Philosophy degree, all candidates must complete Resource Management ancl Environmental Studies 500, 501, ancl 502 (or equivalent). The remainder of the academic program is determined by the candidate and the supervisory committee. Part-time study or program without thesis is not encouraged. Admission In addition to the usual requirements stated by the Faculty tif Graduate Studies, each applicant is required to submit a thesis prospectus or statement outlining the issue to be addressed, the relevance of the issue, the objectives ofthe research, and proposed methods. The completed application will be considered by an Admissions Committee (chaired by the Program Chair). This committee will make recommendations to the Dean, Faculty of Graduate Studies. Foci for applicants include: ecological policy analysis, aquatic resources, land management, riparian and coastal environments, natural resource dynamics, alternate energy resources, wilderness conservation and management, and anthropogenic effects on environment and resource use. ^SM^«_i«^_^M»!«W^*W«B_«B^««_««»W^SHSilFK«_«BM«i Science, Technology and Society Studies Coordinator: S. Straker (History). Please direct all inquiries to the Coordinator. Social and Educational Studies Associate Professor and Acting Head: M. Elliott. Ph.D., M.A. and M.Ed. Degrees The Department of Social and Educational Studies is concerned with the study of education and educational policy within their broader historical, social and philosophical contexts and in social studies education. Several facuitv members engage in cross-disciplinarv work in the areas of gender, childhood, multiculturalism ancl race- relations, critical thinking, First Nations education, and ecology. The Department offers a Ph.D. degree in the Social Foundations of Educational Policv, and M.A. and M.Ecl. degrees in history of education, philosophy of education, sociology of education, social studies education, comparative- education, and social foundations of educational policy. For students with an interest in Social Studies educatu in, the department offers a Ph.D. in Curriculum and Instruction. Graduate students can, if thev wish, focus theirwork on gender or on multiculturalism and race relations. Persons of aboriginal ancestry have the option of combining graduate study in SEDS with enrollment in the Ts"Kel Program administered through the First Nations House of Learning. The amount of course work necessary for the Ph.D. is determined through consultations between the student and adviser, and includes a two-year doctoral seminar. The Ph.D. degree requires comprehensive examinations in three fields and a research thesis. The M.A. degree requires course work and a thesis for a total of 30 credits; the M.Ed, degree course work, comprehensive examination and major paper totalling 30 credits. The Ph.D. degree normally-requires two years of full-time residence. The M.A. and M.Ed, degrees may be pursued on a full or part-time basis. Further information on the Department's graduate programs is available from the Graduate Secretary, telephone (604) 822-6647, fax (604) 822-1244. • Courier or in person; Department of Social and Educational Studies, Ponderosa G, Room 8,2044 Lower Mall, Vancouver, B. C. V6T 1Z2. • Mail: Department of Social and Educational Studies, Faculty of Education. 2125 Main Mall, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1Z4. «§»» «$ w m tmmmmMBmMiiM&wwwmiitmzamMm&mm Social Work Associate Professor and Director pro tern: E. Stolar. Professors: C. Chiistensen, D Freeman. Associaie Professors: K. McCannell, M. Russell. Assistanl Professors: B. Carter, E. Kruk, R. McClelland. P. McNio ill. R. Seebaran, R, Sullivan, F Tester, S. Manson Singer, M, Yellow-Bird. M.S.W. Degree and Interdisciplinary Studies Ph.D. The School offers advanced clinical and social development studies in social work. The program involves a minimum of 30 credits of study of which six credits arc- required in each of the following areas: 1) theoretical foundations or social policy analysis, 2) research, 3) practice, and 4) thesis or directed field studies. General admission requirements include a Bachelor's degree equivalent to the B.S.W. ofthe University. Appli- Graduate Studies 187 cants with related degrees and extensive experience in the social welfare field may be considered. Special admission to a Social Development program may be considered where warranted by the appropriateness of the applicant's education and experience. Completion ofthe program normally requires a minimum of 10 months of full- time studies, beginning in September. Part-time study consisting of a minimum of 12 credits per year is available. Students entering the M.S.W. Program normally must have completed courses in research methods and statistics. A brochure is available from the School of Social Work which provides more specific information on the M.S.W. program, including admission requirements and procedures, course and degree requirements. The School also participates in a doctoral program of individual Interdisciplinary Studies which is offered bythe Faculty of Graduate Studies. The Faculty encourages applicants to spend at least one term as a graduate student in the School before applying. Acceptance is contingent upon excellent academic performance and the development of an interdisciplinary research proposal acceptable to the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Sociology Professor and Head (Anthropology and Sociology): R. Pearson. Professors: Y. Chang, B. Elliott, M. Foschi, N. Guppy, M. Patricia Marchak, R. Turner. Associate Professors: D. Currie, G. Creese, T. Fernando, G. Johnson, R. S. Ratner, D. Schweitzer, K. Stoddart. Assistant Professors: G. Gray, F. Kay. Senior Instructor: J. O'Connor. See also Anthropology listing. Ph.D. and M.A. Degrees Studies in the M.A. and Ph.D. programs in Sociology- normally are available in the following areas of study; 1) Sociological Theory 7) Social Interaction 2) Research Methods 8) Sociology of Knowledge 3) Community Studies and Demography 9) Work and Industry 4) Deviance and Social Control 10) Canadian Society 5) Social Change and Development 11) Political Sociology 6) Social Inequality The M.A. program which is available to both full-time and part-time students, requires a thesis and courses which include sociological theory and research methods. The prerequisite for the Ph.D. program normally is a Master's degree in Sociology, which includes preparation in sociological theoiy and in research methods. Superior M.A. candidates may seek transfer to the Ph.D. program after the first year of graduate work has been completed. The Ph.D. program includes courses, comprehensive examinations, and a dissertation. Research facilities in sociology include social survey and small groups laboratories. There is ready access to the University Computing Centre, Arts Computing for statistical and programming assistance, the Data Library for data archives, and specialized Asian Studies libraries and facilities. More detailed information can be requested from the Department's Admissions Officer. Soil Science Professor and Acting Head: B. E. Ellis. Professors: T. M. Ballard, T. A. Black, L. M. Lavkulich, I.. E. Lowe, P. A. Murtha, H. E. Schreier. Associate Professors; A. A. Bomke, M. D. Novak. Ph.D. and M.Sc. Degrees The Department offers opportunities for advanced study in the fields of Soil Chemistry and Mineralogy, Soil Organic Matter, Soil Physics, Biometeorology, Soil Pollution, Soil and Water Conservation, Soil Genesis and Classification, Land Use and Land Classification, Forest Soils, Soil Fertility, Soil Biology, and Remote Sensing. The Department's laboratories are well-equipped for research in these fields and access is available to major equipment installations in other Departments. Excellent library facilities are available in Soil Science and related fields. The Province of British Columbia is an unexcelled outdoor laboratory for the study of soils and the Department's close association with the Agriculture Canada Land Resource Research Centre, British Columbia Ministry of the Environment, and related programs facilitates taking advantage of this for advanced study. The University Re- searc h Forests ope rated by the Faculty of Forestiy are also available for Soil Research. Prerequisite for M.Sc.: A Bachelor's degree, with acceptable courses in fields of study related to Soil Science. Applicants, otherwise acceptable, who do not have 12 credits of approved courses in Soil Science, may take them concurrently with the Master's program. South Asian Research, Centre for \ Executive Committee: J. Wood (Political Science, Chair), T. Beck (Institute of Asian Research), M. Bose (Comparative Literature), K. Hacker Fine Arts), B. Morrison (Asian Research). See Asian Research, Institute of. Southeast Asian Research, Centre for Executive Committee: G. Hainsworth (Economics, Chair), K. Griffiths (Geography), T. Hellwig, (Asian Studies), M. Leaf (Human Settlements), P. Nemetz (Commerce and Business Administration). See Asian Research, Institute of. Spanish Ph.D. and M.A. Degree See Hispanic and Italian Studies. Statistics Professorand Head: A.J. Petkau. Professors: H.Joe, M. Schulzer, J. V. Zidek. Associate Professors: N. E. Heckman, B. Jorgensen, J. Liu, R. H. Zamar. Assistant Professors: B. Clarke, J. Meloche. Associate Members: P. De Jong (Commerce), P. E. Greenwood (Mathematics), B. McCabe (Commerce) M. L. Puterman (Commerce). Ph.It. and M.Sc. Degrees The program leading to the degree of Master of Science is designed to prepare the student for employment in government and industry or to serve as preparation for students planning to undertake a program leading to the Ph.D. degree. The studies leading to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy are designed to equip the student to carry out research, with a view toward a career in academia, industry or government. Research interests of the faculty include medical statistics and clinical trials, applied probability models, mathematical modelling of biological systems, reliability theory, theory of statistical inference, asymptotics, conditional inference, generalized linear models, multivariate analysis, robustness, sequential methods, nonparametrics, design of experiments, time series, image processing and Bayesian methods. Students should consult the brochures, available from the Department, containing descriptions of courses and of programs as well as information on financial aid and application forms. Surgery Professor and Head: R. J. Finley. Director (M.Sc. Program): A. M. Seal. Professors: I. G. M. Cleator (General Surgery), R. J. Finley (Cardiovascular and Thoracic), J. K. MacFarlane (General Surgery), M. D. Morrison (Otorhinolaryngology), B. Nelems (Cardiovascular and Thoracic), D. W. F. Schwarz (Otorhinolaryngology), "G. F. 0. Tyers (Cardiovascular and Thoracic). Associate Professors; D. B. Allardyce (General Surgery), D D. Cochrane (Neurosurgery), F. A. Durity (Neurosurgery), A. D. Forward (General Surgery), R. M. Meloche (General Surgery), C. H. Scudamore (General Surgery), A. M. Seal (General Surgery), P. Steinbok (Neurosurgery), L. D. Sullivan (Urology), I. M. Turnbull (Neurosurgery),J. A. Vestrup (General Surgery). I Assisiant Professors; D. J. Courtemanche (Plastic Surgery), N. L. Davis (General Surgery), G. Fradet, (Cardiovascularand Thoracic), M. Cleave (Urology), V. Gudas (Cardiovascular and Thoracic), Y. N. Hsiang (Vascular), J. Kestle (Neurosurgery), M. Pezim (General Surgery), P. T. Phang (General Surgery), A. K. Qayumi (Cardiovascular and Thoracic), T. Zwimpfer (Neurosurgery). M.Sc. Degree The Department of Surgery offers opportunities and facilities for full-time study leading to the degree of M.Sc. in Surgery. Applicants must satisfy the normal admission requirements ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies and must be acceptable to the Department of Surgery's Graduate Studies Committee. Prerequisites for application are: M.D., M.B,,, D.M.D., D.V.M. or equivalent. A candidate's program will be determined by the program director in consultation with the candidate's supervisor. A supervisory committee will be chosen to represent the area of specialization elected by the candidate. The M.Sc. Program consists of a six, 12 or 18 credit thesis (SURG 549) plus 24,18 or 12 credits of course work to give a total of 30 credits. Twelve credits of course work must be at the 500 level, of which eight credits should be from the Department ofSurgery courses 502-548. For descriptions of these courses see Surgery under "Courses of Instruction" section of the Calendar. The candidate, with the advice of the committee, may select other approved courses in related fields. Further information may be obtained from the M.Sc. Program Director, Department ofSurgery. Sustainable Development Research Institute Director: J. Robinson (Geography). Assistant Directors: H. Kimmins (Forest Sciences), C. Wallers (Fisheries Centre/Zoology). Professor: D. Suzuki The Sustainable Development Research Institute at UBC was established in 1991. The formation ofthe Institute 188 Graduate Studies responded to recommendations made by Dr. David Strangway in his role as Chair of the British Columbia Task Force on Environment and Economy and as presenled in the report "Sustaining the Living Land" (June, 1989). The aim of the Institute is to initiate and contribute to multidisciplinary research on the linkages between the environment, the economy and social equity. The Institute is intended to provide a vehicle for development and coordination of sustainable development initiatives on campus and a process for encouraging interdisciplinary collaboration among the faculties, departments and centres at UBC undertaking environmental research. The Sustainable Development Research Institute coordinates proposed and ongoing program activities, providing intellectual direction and an administrative overview. Research proposals from faculty members are passed through a review process and, if supported, are then submitted for external funding. Although the Institute does not currently offer programs of study, it does advise graduate students about interdisciplinary environmental research and relevant programs of study. The Institute reports to the Dean ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies, and is overseen by a Steering Committee of Deans from Faculties involved (Agricultural Sciences, Applied Science, Arts, Commeice ancl Business Administration, Forestiy, Graduate Sludies, Science). There is also an Advisory Council, consisting of senior representatives from business, government and academia. Theatre and Film Professorand Head: F. Durbach. Professor: P. Loefflcr.J. Wasserman. Associate Professors: J. Brockington, N Freeman. C. Gallagher, R Gardiner. R. Hall, C. Siegel. Assistant Professors; (.7 Burnett. B MciPoy S. Malloy.G. Murphy, J Newton. J. Wright. Ph.D., M.A. and M.F.A. Degrees The Department offers opportunities for advanced studies leading to the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in Dramatic- Literature, Theatre Histoiy and Criticism. The Department also offers advanced studies leading to the M.F.A. degree in the Direction of Plays and Production, and in the Design of Scenery and Costume. In co-operation with the Department of Creative Writing, the Department offers M.F.A. programs in Stage- and in Screen-Playwriting. (For details of these programs, see Creative Writing in this section ofthe Calendar.) In the Film/Television Studies Program, the M.A. degree is offered in history/thcory/criticism and the M.F.A. in production. Each is a two-year course of studies and requires, as a prerequisite, an undergraduate degree in film/television studies or the equivalent. The Department has a diversified program in both practical theatre and the academic studv of dramatic literature, histoiy and criticism. Regular productions, directed by faculty and by graduate students, are presented in the Frederic Wood Theatre and in the Dorothy Somerset Studio. There is opportunity for participation in all aspects of production. Library resources are constantly expanding from die present collection of approximately 30,000 works of dramatic literature and books on theatre, and more than 70 periodicals. There are almost 500 recordings of drama in the Wilson Library. The libra ly also has an extensive holding of film/television studies literature, and die department has a generous pool of equipment as well as a small library of films for bench examination. Further information about graduate programs can be obtained from the Department's Graduate Handbook. Transportation Studies, Centre for Director; T. D. Heaver, UPS Foundation Professor (Commerce and Business Administration). The Centre encourages transport research, supports students majoring in transportation, and sponsors a variety of seminars, symposia and other programs. It brings distinguished visitors to the campus for short programs, for an academic term, or for a year. The Centre encourages research in a variety of areas, both academic and problem •centred. Some of its research deals with specific transport modes, business-government reial ions, regulation, socio-economic problems ancl transport planning together with its manv ramifications. Much ofthe research is inier-disciplinaiy. Some research projects are sponsored by the provincial government, the federal government or other government agencies. These projects generally afford graduate students opportunities to do researcli work which is significant to Canada or to the world economy. Transportation courses are offered in several university departments and professional schools including Commerce and Business Administration, Community and Regional Planning, Civil Engineering. Economics, and Geography. Students interested in working towards degrees should enrol in one of these departments. There is an active demand for well-qualified graduates who have majored in transport. The Centre cooperates with prospective employers and with the University Placement Service in placing UBC graduates. BWIflfi #S»«**«M*S5__»«_3«*!.#«<*%___l_«^r_«»« I Urban Studies Chair: W. Hardwick (Geography). Urban sludies are the concern of many university departments and professional schools: Architecture, Community and Regional Planning. Civil Engineering (Transportation), Commerce and Business Administration (Land Economics). Geography. History, Polilical Science, ancl Sociology, but this list is not exhaustive. Students interested in a Masler's Degree should enrol in any one of these departments, and make arrangements for courses and facully representation on their research committee from other University departments. These arrangements are made through the department in which the student is enrolled, bur die Chair of ihe Graduate Subcommittee on Urban Studies will provide initial advice and direction, if requested. Students with very high academic standing and a clear research objective may be admitted to a Ph. D. level interdisciplinary program. This requires the commitment of a faculty member to chair the student's committee. That faculty member will then assist the student in forming a suitable committee of faculty from other departments. The Chair of lhe Graduate Subcommittee on Urban Studies assists in making these arrangements. Students interested in Urban Studies should write to the Chair of Graduate Urhan Studies in the Office ofthe Dean of Graduate Studies for further advice and guidance. To receive serious consideration, the prospective student's proposed research should be outlined as fully as possible A list of relevant courses will be provided on request. Visual and Performing Arts in Education Professor and Head: Ronald MarGregor Ph.D., Ed.D., M.A. and M.Ed. Degrees The Department offers opportunities for advanced study in the following areas of specialization: Music Education; An Education. Music Education Ph.D., Ed.D., M.A.. and M.Ed, programsareoffered through the Department. Doctoral studies in Music Educalion normally require the prerequisite ofa magistral degree in an area of music education. Applicants to M.A. or M.Ed programs should have a degree in Music Education, and should have acquired some practical experience in music education in a teaching or administrative capacity. • Ph.D., Ed.D. - to be determined by student and adviser. Research thesis. • M.A. — IS credits required, nine credits elective, six credits research thesis.* • M.Ed. — IS credits required. 15 credits elective. Major paper required (0 credits).* Art Education Ph.D., M.A. ant! M.Ed, programs are offered through the Department. Doctoral studies in Art Education normally require the prerequisite ofa magistral degree in an area of art education. Applicants to M.A. or M.Ed. programs should have a degree in Art Education or a related field, and should have acquired some practical experience in schools, museums, or other art-related work place settings. • Ph.D. — to be determined by student and adviser. Research thesis. • M.A. — 15 credits required; nine credits elective, six credits research thesis.* • M.Ed. — 15 credits required, 15 credits elective Major paper required (0 credits).* Detailed information on offerings in Music or Art Education is contained in brochures obtainable from the Department. Application forms and other relevant information are available from the same source. • Available full oi part-iinic Contact address: Visual and Performing Arts in Education, Facuitv of Education, 2125 Main Mall, Vancouver, B. C. V6T IZ4. Telephone: (601) 822-4531 (Art Education) (604) 822- 5367 (Music Education), fax (604) 822-9366. Vocational Rehabilitation Counselling M.A. Degree (This program has been approved and implementation is expected September 1, 1995 subject to funding.) An interdisciplinary program is offered leading to the degree of M.A. (Vocational Rehabilitation Counselling) Graduate Studies 189 Students may follow either of two options: 1) 56 credits in cou rses and practical work including a graduating project; 2) 53 credits in courses and practical work, and a 6-12 credit thesis. Both programs have been designed to permit full-time students to complete coursework in 16 months. Thesis completion may extend this time period. Part-time studies are also available. The program is broad and covers topics of relevance to the professional vocational rehabilitation counsellor such as vocational assessment of persons with disabilities, job placement, case management, counselling theory, and medical aspects of disability. A full description of the program is available from the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Opportunities for graduates exist in a variety of settings including worker's compensation agencies, insurance companies, non-profit societies, public sector rehabilitation services, and private practice, including private-for- profit rehabilitation. The applicant must have an undergraduate degree, preferably with a concentration in related areas such as psychology, occupational therapy, social work, special education human resources management, or nursing and a standing acceptable to the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The applicant will normally be required to have work experience, either paid or volunteer. Letters of reference attesting to the applicant's personal suitability for the field will be required. Prospective students are encouraged to contact the program coordinator to discuss their individual situations. Westwater Research Centre Director and Professor: M. C. Healey (Fisheries Centre/Oceanography). Assisianr Director and Professor: A. FI. J. Dorcev (Community ancl Regional Planning). Assisiant Director and Professor: K. J. Hall (Civil Engineering) Professor: H. Schreier. Assisiant Professors; T. McDaniels, K. Mickeison. The Westwater Research Centre was established during the spring of 1971. The Centre is funded bv university- support ofthe core staff and research funds from various federal and provincial government agencies, private foundations and industry. The function of the Centre is to conduct interdisciplinary research on problems concerning water resources and theirassociated lands. Its general objective is to provide an improved foundation for decisions about policies and institutional arrangements through rigorous anaivsis of the alternative courses of action that might be taken. The research program involves physical, biological and social scientists in the analysis of multi-dimensional problems. Students arc associated with the Centre be working with a faculty member who is engaged in a Centre project. Women's Studies and Gender Relations, Centre for Research in Professor and Director: V. Strong Boag. The Centre for Research in Women's Studies and Gender Relations was created in 1991 as part of The University of British Columbia's commitment to ensuring equity in scholarship, research, and teaching. In establishing this Centre, UBC joined such institutions as McGill, York, Quebec. Stanford, Princeton, and UCLA in supporting a multidisciplinary f eld of new scholarship that promises to have substantial impact on traditional ways of thinking in the: humanities, social sciences, sciences, and professional areas. The Centre has an Advison; Committee drawn from senior scholars who are active in their support of feminist scholarship in a wide range of departments and faculties. The Centre reports to the Dean ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies. The Centre's research and program initiatives are strongly collaborative, both within UBC and with other institutions of higher learning and with the broader community. It has initialed planning for a master's program in women's studies and g.nder relations. There have also been discussions with feminist scholars at the University of Victoria and Simon Fraser about the creation ofa joint doctoral program sometime in the future. In the meantime the Centre seeks to assist students in putting together Interdisciplinary Studies Masters' and Doctoral programs. Zoology Professor anil Head). F. Phillips. Professors:J. D Berger, R. W. Blake,J P. W. Hcchachki, D. G. Holm. A.G: Lewis. N. R. I.iley, D. I.udwigJ J Myers, W. E. . eill, A. M. Perks, G. G. E. Scudder, A R. E. Sinclair,] C.I. Walters. Associate Professors M. Adamson, H. C. L Gass, H. E. ICasinsky, D. Moe Assistant Professors: V. Auld, I.. Matsuu Associate Members: .. Auersperg, W. T. Zwimpfer. M. Gosline, T. A. Grigliatti, D, R. Jones, C. J. Krebs, D.McPiiail,w7K.Milsoni, T. Pitcher, D. J. Randall, N.M Smith,J.D.Sleeves, w. Brock, T. ft. Carefooi, -man. D. Schliiter. chi. R. Rcdfielcl, T. Snutch. Jefferies, D. M. S. Webster, Ph.D. and M.Sc. Degrees Research work fa Is into four broad categories with a healthy overlap of interest and interaction among the different groups, In addition, there are several programs ofa special or interdisciplinary nature in which the Department of Zoology participates actively with other departments and faetlties. Following is a brief summary of the varied investigations and facilities for research. Cell and: Developmental Biology Several groups of workers in this area, which includes Genetics, are independently investigating problems in a number of different fields of cell biology. The following are the major topics currently under active study: Genetics and cell biolog/ ofciliat.es; molecular mechanisms of electrical and chemical signalling in the mamalian brain; neural growth pan erns; genetic and molecular investigations of muscle development; the role of nuclear proteins in early developmc nt; genetics and biochemistry of determination and pattern formation in early development in insects and amphibians; gene organization packaging, and regulation of expression in Drosophila: genetic and biochemical analysis of gene expression during development in Drosophila, amphibians and fish; messenger RNA transcription and I ranslatitin; the genetics of recombination, development, and the meiotic properties of compound autosomes in Drosophila melanogaster; molecular evolution in vertebrates; the genetics of aging: regulation of microbial genetic exchange pathways. Equipment includes: fluorescence microscope (Zeiss); UV- microspectrophotometer (Zeissi; UV/visible scanning spectrophotometers; DNA cloning and sequencing apparatus; Amino acid analyzer; ulttacentrifuge (Sprnco); confocal microscope; electron microscopes (Cambridge Stereoscan, Zeiss EM10B, Zeiss EM10C STEM, Link x-ray- analysis system, Kontron Image Analysis System); ultramicrotomes (Porter-Blum, LKB, Reichert); crvostat; tissue culture and electrophoresis apparatus. Saltwater and freshwater aquaria, and radioisotope handling facilities are available. Community and Population Biology This group is investigating the principles of theoretical and applied ecology and population genetics as they relate to specific ecological systems. The total program involves field and laboratory experimentation, mathematical modelling, simulation and analysis. Several natural areas are available for field work and the laboratories offer a wide range of facilities for experimentation and observation. New techniques of systems analysis are facilitated through a computing centre containing an analogue and a digital computer, optical and graphical displays, and automated field and laboratory data acquisition systems. A systems mathematician, computer analyst, and programrs assist with the planning of research and analysis of data. Research programs include: community structure and productivity of a fresh water lake; optimum yield and simulation models offish populations; genetic variability within mammal, insect, fresh water invertebrate and plant populations; effects of predation on behaviourand genetics of fish populations; population dynamics of | zooplankton, fish, insects, birds and mammals; experimental analysis and mathematical models of predation, competition and dispersal; effects of predation and competition on aquatic invertebrates; ecology of hummingbirds: a systems approach to human ecology; ecology tif large mammals. Comparative Physiology and Biochemistry Equipment required for most kinds of sophisticated physiological and biochemical work is available. This includes analogue recording systems, both direct writing and magnetic tape; blood gas equipment including gas chi'omatographs; pressure and flow metering systems; respirometers for aquatic and terrestrial animals; amino- acid and auto-analyzers; atomic absorption and emission spectra photometers; electrofocussing columns; telemetry equipment and all associated peripherals. Special laboratories are provided for neurophvsiological research and for experiments involving the use of radioisotopes. Animal holding facilities include controlled environment rooms, several aquarium rooms, and an exterior fish holding facility. Problems currently under active investigation include: comparative studies of circulatory and respiratory dynamics; physiology of diving animals; hydrodynamics, kinematics and energetics of swimming; water, salt and energy balance in marine birds; aspects of fish respiration; comparative studies on the control of breathing in birds and reptiles: environmental physiology of marine invertebrates; membrane transport processes, their hormonal control, and physiology of excretion m insects; biomaterials science: enzyme systems in poikilotherms; central nervous control of locomotion in invertebrates and vertebrates; central nervous development; neurohypophysial hormones of different vertebrates and mammalian embryos; comparative studies of plasma kinins, and their impoi tance in mammalian reproduction: endocrinology ofthe foetus, and hormonal control of foetal membranes: reproductive endocrinology and behaviour of fishes. 190 Graduate Studies Evolutionary Biology Abroad spectrum of research, loosely grouped under this heading, is being pursued by faculty and graduate students in various areas of both vertebrate and invertebrate zoology. Facilities include several excellent museums, a vivarium and aquarium, field equipment including vehicles and rooms for animal culture, experimentation and observation. Problems currently under investigation include: phylogenetic reconstruction and pattern analysis in the evolution of helminth/host systems; morphological and molecular approaches to systematics of parasitic Nematoda; life history tactics in parasitic Nematoda; coexistence and competitive exclusion in aquatic insects; cardiac glycosides in insects and aposematic coloration; studies of functional morphology ancl evolution of insect structure; zoogeography of insects in British Columbia and the systematics ofthe Lygaeidae ofthe world; distribution of marine plankton in relation to physical and chemical oceanography; systematics and zoogeography of fishes, particularly of the North Pacific and Arctic; structural design of animals; significance of natural variation in morphology and behaviour of fishes particularly the guppy Poecilia and the stickleback Gasterosteus; prey selection in natural predators of the guppy; influence of environmental and hormonal factors on fish behaviour; role of predation on the origin and maintenance of isolation between genotypes (sticklebacks); reproductive biology of salmonid fish and mammals; factors affecting reproductive output in wild populations; regulation of breeding activity in natural populations; evolution within populations in both continental and island contexts; theoretical and molecular investigations into the evolution of sexual reproduction. Special Programs The Department of Zoology is actively involved in several interdisciplinary programs of instruction and research. Further details may be obtained by writing to the Director or Chair of the program as indicated below: • Cancer Research —- The Director, B.C. Cancer Research Centre. • Oceanography — G. A. McBean, Head of the Department. • Fisheries Centre — T. J. Pitcher, Director. • Wildlife Biology/Biodiversity — C. J. Krebs, A. R. E. Sinclair, Department of Zoology. Academic Staff JOHN R GRACE, B.E.Sc. (W.Ont,), PhD. (Cantab). F.C.I.C, M.I.Ch.E.. P.Eng, Professor of Chemical Engineering and Dean FRIEDA GRANOT. B.Sc, M.Se. (Technion. Israel), Ph.D. (Texas), Professor of Management Science and Associate Dean. DAVID J. RANDAI.l, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Southampton), F.R.S.C, Professor of Zoology and Associate Dean. LAURENCE RICOU, B.A. (Manit.), MA, Ph.D., (Tor.), Professor of English and Associate Dean MAURICE STRONG. Honorary Professor. Graduate Council The legislative and administrative authority of the Faculty regarding graduate programs of study is vested in the Graduate Council. In all matters concerning admission, scholarships, programs and examinations, the Dean ancl Associate Deans act, with the Registrar, as administrative- officers for the Graduate Council. Membership of the Graduate Council Ex-officio Members: The Dean (Chair) and the Associate- Deans ofthe Faculty, the Registrar (Secretary), and the Vice-President (Research). Elected Members: Up to seventy-five faculty elected by and from members ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies; two faculty members of Senate elected by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Elected Student Members: Up to fourteen members elected by and from students registered in the Faculty of Graduate Studies; one student member of Senate- elected by the students of the Faculty of Graduate- Studies. Membership of the Faculty Ex-officio Members: The President, the Dean and the Associate Deans of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, the Librarian. Individuals eligible for full membership in the Faculty must be faculty members holding the title of professor, associate professor or assistant professor or professors emeriti in an academic unit authorized to offer graduate degree programs. Human Kinetics 191 Admission Due to limited resources, the School has been authorized to restrict enrolment. Achievement of the minimum requirements for admission does not guarantee acceptance See the General Information section on Admission. Application Deadline Students applying to enter the School must make formal application to the Registrar ofthe University no later than April 30 with a documentation deadline of June 30. B.H.K. Degree Program The School of Human Kinetics accepts graduates of Secondary School programs with any of the specialities offered. General Requirements Students in all years are normally subject to General Academic Regulations in addition to others identified by the School. English Requirement Satisfactory completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) examination is prerequisite to all first-year English courses at UBC (see Calendar index under Language Proficiency Index). .Ml B.H.K. students must take 12 credits of English; ENGL 112 and three additional credits of English (first-year level) plus six credits of English (second-year level or higher; ENGL 301 and 302, or 303 recommended). Part-Time Study Currently it is extremely difficult to complete a B.H.K. on a pan-time basis as there are only a minimum number of courses offered in the evenings and during the Summer Session. Part-time students should discuss their proposed programs with an adviser. Course prerequisites apply to part-time as well as to full-time students. Transfer Students Students who are accepted on transfer from other institutions must normally complete all remaining courses toward their B.H.K. degree at UBC. A maximum of 60 transfer credits will normally be granted. 'Fhe University will not grant a degree for studies that represent less than the equivalent of two regular Winter Sessions (60 credits). 1) In general, transfer credit is limited to the initial two years ofa degree program. Credit at a more senior level is possible if prior written permission has been granted by the Senior Faculty Adviser of the School. 2) A student wishing to take courses at another institution and transfer the credit toward a B.H.K. degree- must first obtain "a letter of permission" from the Advising Office of the School. It is the student's responsibility to see that an official transcript is forwarded to Admissions, Registrar's Office. Registration and Program Approval Students are reminded of the University rule regarding program responsibility. Students are responsible for the completeness and accuracy of registration as it is related to the regulations of the program of study in which they are enrolled. The following is a summary of the registration procedures for all Human Kinetics students. Complete information may be obtained by contacting the Advising Office of the School. I) First-Year and transfer students are required to choose a program of study and obtain program approval The School of Human Kinetics A School within the Faculty of Education. Degree programs offered in the School of Human Kinetics are the Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Arts, Master of Science, Master of Human Kinetics, and the Bachelor of Human Kinetics. Provision can be made for completion of degree studies on a part-time basis or on a combination of full- and part-time study if desired. before registering through TELEREG. If prior approval is not possible, students may seek program approval immediately after registering. 2) Students should choose elective credits appropriate- to their selected programs of study. 5) Students shou cl make all course changes through TELEREG whenever possible. To gain admission into a "full" Human Kinetics course while TELEREG is open, the student's name must be placed on a waiting list in the Advising Office of the School. 4) Except in special circumstances, a one-term course may be added ■ ir dropped from a student's program within the first two weeks after the beginning of the course and a two-term course within the first three weeks; no recc rd of the dropped course will appear on the student s transcript. A student may also withdraw from the tine-term course up to the end ofthe sixth week and from a two-term course up to the end of the tv/elfth week. The withdrawal wall be recorded on the transcript by a standing of "W" and will not be included in computing averages. 5) Students must attend all HKIN classes enrolled in during the first week tif each term. Failure to attend these intial classes may lead to a student being removed from the course(s). Limitation of It may be necessary in the School wh< greater than the re: enrolments becom tation will normal! eratiois approved also "Space in Gou tion of theC.;/(«./( Enrolment to limit enrolment in certain courses n the demand for these courses is sources available. Where limitations in _ necessary, the criteria for implemen- ' be determined by academic consid- by the Director and the School. (See rses" in the General Information sec- v.) Prerequisites It is generally considered that 100-level Human Kinetics courses are prercc uisites to 200-level courses and that 200-level courses are prerequisites to 300- and 400-level courses. However, 300- and 400-level courses mav betaken in any sequence unless otherwise specified in the course descriptions in the UBC Calendar. Students who do not have proper prerequisites for a course can have their registration cancelled automatically. Electives Electives are seletved to complement the chosen program of study as well as to broaden the student's general educalion. Many 300/400-level courses require 100/200- level prerequisites, therefore all electives should be selected carefully All non-HKIN electives in the Third and Fourth Years must be at the 300-level or higher. (See Note 3 in "Course of Studies" below.) Overloading A student must apply in writing to the Senior Faculty Adviser of the School for permission to register in more than 33 credits ofwork in a Winter Session or 12 credits of I work in a Summer Session, Graduation Standing In the B.H.K, program, the categories of degree are: class I (80-100%), class 2 (6S-79'.\,), and pass (50-64%). calculated on the required work ofthe Third and Fourt h Years Supplemental Examinations Supplementals are not a right but a privilege granted bv the Director after consideration ofa student's complete academic record. Astudent who has written final examinations bul failed a course or courses in the Winter or Summer Session or correspondence courses, mav be granted permission to write supplementals in courses for which supplemental examinations are provided. In com ses in the School of Human Kinetics, supplemental examina tions will usually be available only if regularly scheduled examinations (December and/or April) account for .0",. or more ofthe final grade in the course. Supplemental examinations for Winter Session are given in late July cr early August. Students who fail a final examination in December can not take a.supplemental examinalion prior to this period because this privilege is based on the student's complete academic standing, which is determined after final examinations in April. Eligibility 1) In the Winter Session, normally the student: a; must have passed required laboratory work b) must have written die final examinalion ancl obtained at least t0'.>standing in the course in which the supplemental is granted, .ind c) must have obtained a 60'V, average in the numb er ol units oi course work required for satisfactory standing in the same academic session. d) mav usually only write a supplemental examination if the regularly scheduled examinations (December and/or April) accounl for 40'. or more of the final grade in the course, 2) In a Summer session or Guided Independent Study (correspondence course), general university regula- 192 Human Kinetics tions apply. (See the General Information section of the Calendar.) 3) In ail but the final (graduating) year, a candidate who has been granted a supplemental may write it only once. Astudent who fails a supplemental examination must repeat the course or take a permissible substitute. In lhe graduating year a supplemental examination may be written twice with permission from the Director. 4) Students who are unable to meet the requirements because of medical or other approved reasons may, at the discretion ofthe School and with the approval of the Senior Faculty Adviser, be granted deferred examinations. Such privilege will be considered only if the student submits a written application to the Director before the end of the official examination period in question. 5) When deferred or supplemental examinations are- granted, students must complete requirements prior to attendance at the next regular session. The School may require that additional work be undertaken in the SummerSession. Regulations Withdrawal A student who withdraws from the University must seek permission from the Senior Faculty Adviser of the School. (For additional information see Index under "Withdrawal",) Probation Probationary status will be assigned to a student: 1) who is readmitted to the Schooi after having been required to withdraw; or, 2) who passes the Winter Session, but fails in more than six credits of work or fails to achieve an overall average of SS% tin all courses attempted. The following regulations apply to students on probation: a) deficient program courses must be repeated during the year of probation. b) year status will be that ofthe majority ofthe credits being taken. c) program must be approved by an adviser prior to registration. d) students who do not pass the deficient courses within the probationary academic year will have their academic: records reviewed and may be asked to withdraw as regular students from the School until the course deficiencies are completed. Unsatisfactory Standing Fail standing in a session will be assigned ifa student does not meet one ofthe following conditions: 1) passes in all credits attempted: or, 2) if taking'more than 12 credits, passes in at least three- fifths of them and obtains an overall average of at least 60% in three-fifths ofthe credits taken; or, 3) if taking 12 or fewer credits, passes in at least one-half of them. At any level of study, a student who is assigned fail standing will be required to discontinue studies at the University for at least a year. A student who fails at the first- or second-year level will not normally be permitted to re- enrol to repeat that level of work, but if that level is completed successfully elsewhere, consideration will then be given to the student's readmission to the University. A student who fails for a second time, either in repeating a year or in a later year, will be required to withdraw from the University; after a period of at least a year, an appeal lo the School of Human Kinetics for permission to re- enrol will be considered. ■stcr*ssW%& .«*»#♦. .*•>»*. rm M«H»«s**]f*# Bachelor of Human Kinetics — B.H.K. (120 credits) The Bachelor of Human Kinetics Degree (B.H.K.) prepares students for academic specializations and career opportunities in sport science, leisure studies, health and physical education. Requirements for the B.H.K. Degree • ENGL 112 and three additional credits of English (first- year level (plus six credits of English (second-year level or higher) -12 credits • Human Kinetics Gore-12 credits The following courses are required: HKIN 161 3 introduction to Social Aspects of Leisure and Spurt HKIN 163 3 Bioilviiamit's of Physical Activity^ 11K1N 164 3 Dynamics oi Motor Skill Acquisition One of: 11KIN 103 3 Conditioning for Sporl ancl Physical Activity or: HK1N llll 3 Analysisof Individual Sport and Dance- Perforniiince or: HKIN 200 3 Analysing Pertorniance in Team Sports These core courses are normally to be taken in First Year. • Program Courses (see Courses of Studies) -87 credits • HK1N electives - 9 credits • Total -120 credits Course of Studies Students may select one of four programs: Exercise Science, Health and Fitness, Leisure and Sport Management, Physical Education. The following Notes apply to the four programs of study; 1) Ail B.H.K. students must take ENGL 112 and three additional credits of English (first-year level). 2) Recommended for the six credits of second-year level or higher English courses: ENGL 301 and 302, or 303. 3) A total of 42 to 60 credits of non-HKlN courses is required, including 12 credits of English. A minimum of 12 credits of 300- or -tOO-level courses must be taken. See the Advising Office ofthe School for a list of appropriate electives. 4) The following terms apply to all programs of study; HKIN Elective - a course of the student's choice from all 300- and 400-level HKIN courses. One of the following mav also be selected: 252.261, 280, 281,292,293. Program Required (HKIN) - courses selected from a list of specific HKIN courses designated by a program of study. Program Elective (HKIN) - HKIN courses that normally complement a program of study and are usually chosen in consultation with the Advising Office of the School. .) HKIN 355/455 (Field Experience). Information about prerequisites for each HKIN 355/455 section may be obtained at the Advising Office of the Schooi. Each program of study requiring HKIN 355/455 has a specific section requirement. Sludents must take the section relevant to their program of study. Prerequisites may not be taken concurrently. 6) Teacher Certification Program: requirements for the Faculty of Education Teacher Certification programs in Physical Education are given in the Faculty of Education section of the Calendar. 7) Adapted Physical Activity: up to 12 credits in adapted physical activity may be included in the Exercise Science and the Physical Education programs. Nine credits may be included in the Leisure and Sport Management Program. Students in the Health and Fitness program are encouraged to include at least one course in adapted physical activity in their programs. 8) Students intending to enter Graduate Studies in Human Kinetics should take HKIN 371 or an approved equivalent. Exercise Science For students interested in the biomechanics, movement control, and physiological aspects of human movement. Year 1 Course Credits ENGL (First-Year Level) 6 First Year BIOI, CHEM, MATH, PHYS 12 HKIN 103 3 HKIN 161, 163. 164 9 Total 30 Year 2 Course Credits F.NGI. (2110-level or higher)2 6 First Year BIOL, CHEM. MATH, PHYS 6 Non-HKlN Electives' 6 HKIN 390,391 6 Program Electives (HKIN)* 6 Total 30 Year 3 Course Credits Non-HKIN Electives'■' 12 HKIN 363 3 HKIN 370.371 6 Program Electives (HKINV 6 HKIN Elective1' 3 Total 30 Year 4 Course Credits Non-HKlN Electives'- 12 HKIN 463 3 HKIN -168 3 HKIN 499 3 Program Elective (HKIN)' 3 HKIN Elective" 6 Total 30 1 See note 1 above, in "Course of Studies". - See note 2 above, in "Course ol Studies". ' Program Electives (HKIN): Suggested electives include HKIN 2S l, >52 361, 368, 162, i6-'i. 469, and 473. - See the Advising Office of the School for a list of appropriate electives - These electives must be at the 300-level or higher. ' See note i above, in "Course of Studies" Health and Fitness For students who are interested in the broad domain of health ancl fitness promotion. Year 1 Course ENGI. (First-Year Level)1 Non-HKIN Electives5 BIOL (First-Year Level) HKIN 1(13,161,163,16. Total Credits 6 6 6 Human Kinetics 193 Year 2 Course ENGL (200-level or higher)2 Non-HKIN Electives3 HKIN 252,261,284,390,391 Program Electives (HKIN)3 Total Year 3 Course Non-HKIN Electives3'1 HKIN 292,303,353,361,371 HKIN Elective* Total Credits 6 6 15 3 30 Credits 15 6 30 Year 4 Course Credits Non-HKIN electives3' 3 HKIN 463,464,469 9 HKIN 455 (or equivalent)3 15 HKIN Eleclive' 3 Total 30 1 See Note 1 above, in "Course of Studies". - See Note 2 above, in "Course of Studies". '' See Advising Office of the School for a list of appropriate electives. 1 These electives must be at the 300 level or higher. '' HKIN 455 consists ofa full term Work Internship, students may take 15 course credits approved by the Health ancl Fitness program coordinator. " See Note 4 above, in "Course of Studies". Leisure and Sport Management For students interested in social and managerial aspects of leisure, sport and physical activity. Year 1 Course Credits ENGL (First-Year Level)1 6 ECON 100 6 Non-HKIN Electives' 6 HKIN 103 or 110 or 200 3 HKIN 161,163,164 9 Total 30 Year 2 Course Credits ENGL (200-level or higher)2 6 COMM 329 3 Non-HKIN Electives6 6 HKIN 292,261 6 HKIN 280,281 6 HKIN Elective 3 Total 30 Year 3 Course Credits COMM 457, 458 6 Non-HKIN Electives (300-, 400-level)' 6 HKIN 372 3 Program Electives (HKIN)1 12 HKIN Elective" 3 Total 30 Year 4 Course Credits COMM 465 or 3963 3 Non-HKIN Electives (300-, 400-level)' 3 Program Electives (HKIN)* 6 HKIN 455 (or equivalent)3 15 HKIN Elective" 3 Total 30 1 See note 1 above, in "Course of Studies". - See note 2 above, in "Course of Studies". 3 COMM 465 (three credits) is for non-Commerce students. COMM 396 (four credits) is for Commerce students and contains a case study- component. 3 Program Electives (HKIN): HKIN 293,340,360,367,382,383,392,456, 481,489,492. Select 12 credits from this list in third year and six credits in fourth year. HKIN electives may be selected from this list or from all HKIN courses (cheek prerequisites). 3 HKIN 455, Full Term Work Internship and Field Research Experience, taken concurrently in same agency (15 credits). Under special circumstances, and upon approval by the program coordinator, students may- take an equivalent to HKIN 455. HKIN 455 equivalent: HKIN 499, two Program Electives (HKIN), one HKIN Elective, one non-HKIN Elective All courses must be at the 300, 400 level. ' See the Advising Office for a list of appropriate electives. " See note 4 above, in "Course of Studies". Physical Education For students interested in the areas of instruction and coaching effectiveness related to leisure, sport, and exercise programs in both public and private agencies. The Instruction Specialization is essential for those students who wish to pursue careers as instructors or teachers in school or community settings. Year 1 Course Credits ENGL (First-Year Level)' 6 Non-HKIN Electives3'3 6 HKIN 110,200 6 HKIN 161,163,164,284 12 Total 30 Old Program Year 2 Course ENGL (200-level or higher)3 Non-HKIN Electives33 HKIN 364,368,390,391 HKIN 310/320 Total Year 3 Course Non-HKIN Electives3■*■ Electives' HKIN 361,369 310/320 366 or 355" 362 or 365" Elective" HKIN HKIN HKIN HKIN Total Credits 6 6 12 6 30 Credits 6 3-6 6 3-6 3 3 3 30 Year 4 Course Credits Non-HKIN Electives'4 • 6 Electives' 12 HKIN 310, 320, or 420 3 HKIN 400 or 355" 3 HKIN Electives" 6 .Total 30 ' See note 1 above, in "Course of studies" - See note 2 above, in "Course of Studies" 3 Asecond concentratic n in a reach ingarea is also required by the Faculty of Education. ' Non-HKIN courses at the 300 level or higher 3 See Advising Office ot the School for a list of appropriate electives. ' HKIN or non-HKIN courses may be selected. " Students shall select one of the following specializations; a) Instruction; HKIN 362, 366, 400; six credits of HKIN 310, 320, 420. This specialization meets all physical education requirements for the Faculty of Educalion. b) Coaching: HKIN 365, HKIN 355 (six credits); 420, 499 (in one sport). This specialization provides a minimum of complete Level II N.C.C.P. certification in one sport and completion of Level III Theory. 3 Highly recommended physical education electives for both specializations include: HKIN 252, 280, 355, 363, 370, 371. Bachelor of Human Kinetics - B.H.K. (132 credits) Students enrolled in the B.H.K. (formerly the B.P.E. program) prior to May 1994 should read the 1993/94 UBC Calendar or consult the Advising Office of the School for the degree requirements. Graduate Studies For details ofthe M.A., M.Sc, M.H.K. and Ph.D. programs in Human Kinetics, see the Faculty of Graduate Studies section ofthe Calendar. For details on graduate work in Education with a Physical Education specialization, see "Education" under the Facuitv of Graduate Studies section. Academic Staff ROBERT W. SCHUTZ, B.P.E. (Brit. Col), M.Sc. (Alta.). Ph.D. (Wis.), Professorand Director. ANGE1.0 BELCASTRO, B.A., B.Sc. (McM.), M.Sc. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Alta.), Professor. DOUGLAS B. CLEMENT, O.C, B.Sc. (Oregon), M.D. (Brit. Col), Professor. IAN MICHAEL FRANKS, B.Ed. (McG.), M.Sc, Ph.D (Alta.), Professor. ROBERT G. HINDMARCH, B.P.E. (Brit. Col.), M.S., Ed.D. (Oregon), Professor. • DONALD C. McKENZIE, B.SC (Guelph), M.P.E.. M.D. (Brit. Cot), Ph.D. (Ohio), Professor W. ROBERT MORFORD, B.P.E., M.P.E, (Brit, Col), Ed.D. (Calif,, Berkeley), Professor. JACKE. TAUNTON, B.Sc, M.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.D (Brit. Col.), Professor. PATRICIA VERTINSKY. B.A. (Birm.), M.Sc. (Calif, Los Angeles), Ed.D (Brit. CoL), Professor F. ALEX CARRE, B.P.E,. M.A. (P.E.) (Alia), PhD, (Oregon), Associate Professor. KENNETH D. COUTTS, B.A. (Oberlin College). M.A, Ph.D. (Mich.State), Associate Professor. MOIRA LUKE, Dip, Phys, Ed, (Lond.), M.Ed (W.Wash), Ph.D. (Wash.). Associate Professor. ALAN D. MARTIN, B.Sc. (Leeds), M.A.Sc. (Brit CoL), Ph.D. (S.Fraser), Associate Professor. RICHARD E. MOSHER, B.P.E. (Brit. CoL), M.P.E. (Oregon), Ph.D (Mich.State), Associate Professor. G. PENNINGTON, B.A. (Seattle), M.Sc, 0*ash ). Ed.D. (Oregon), Associate Professor. EDWARD C RHODES, B.Ed. (Alta.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Oregon), Associate Professor. DAVID J. SANDERSON, B.Sc, M.Sc. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (Penn), Associate Professor. BARBARA SCHRODT, B.P.E. (Brit. CoL), M.S. (Oregon). Ph.D. (Alta.). Associate Professor GARY D. SINCLAIR, B.P.E, (Brit, Col), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Oregon), Associate Professor. ALISON DEWAR, B.Ec!. (Dunfermline), M.P.E, Ed.D. (Brit. CoL), Assistant Professor. WENDY FRISBY, B.P.E. (Alta), M.H.K. (Windsor), Ph.D. (Wat.), Assistant Professor. BONNIE GORDON, B.A. (P.E.) (Sask.), M.Sc. (Purdue), Assistant Professor. NESTOR N. KORCHINSKY, B.P.E, M.A (Alta.), Ph.D. (Oregon), Assistant Professor. ROBERT E. C, SPARKS, B.A. (Wesleyan), MS (Mass.), Ph.D. (Mass.), Assistant Professor. SHARON A. WHITTAKER-BLEULER, B.Sc, M.P.E. (Brit. Cot), M.S, Ph.D. (Wash.), Assistant Professor. C. INGE WILLIAMS, B.P.E, M.P.E (Brit. CoL). Ed.D. (Oregon), Assistant Professor. ANNE ANTHONY, M.Ed. (W.Wash.), Ph.D (Alta.), Senior Instructor ALENA BRANDA, B.P.E, M.P.E, Ph.D. (Charles U, Praguel, Senior Inslructor. JOHN GLENN KELSO, BA. (Denver), M.Sc. (Oregon), Senior Instructor. BARRY LEGH, B.Ed. (Brit. CoL). M.P.E, (Wash.), Senior Instructor. FRANCIS C. SMITH, B.A , M.Ed. (Eastern Wash. St. College), Senior Instructor. GAIL E, WILSON, B.P.H.E. (Tor.), M.P.E. (Brit. Cot), Senior Instructor, SUSAN CRAWFORD, B.H E, (Brit. CoL), M.Sc (Lond.), Ph.D. (S.Fraser), Lecturer Law 195 Introduction The Faculty of Law was established in 1945 in temporary accommodation. A permanent structure, opened in 1951, has been incorporated in an enlarged, remodelled George F. Curtis Building which was completed in 1976. It contains a library of approximately 200,000 volumes, one of the finest law libraries in Canada. The library consists of substantially all the Canadian and English materials, the major United States reports, wide holdings of Commonwealth, United States and other foreign texts and periodicals, and a substantial collection of International Law materials. The University is also a repository for United Nations publications. Bachelor of Laws LL.B. Application Applications for admission may be obtained from and all correspondence addressed to the Admissions Office, Faculty of Law, The University of British Columbia, 1822 East Mall, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1Z1. The postmark deadline date for the submissions of applications to the first year of the LL.B. program is February 1. Late applications will not be considered. At the time the application form is submitted, all applicants are required to submit a $40.00 application processing fee. An additional fee of 125.00 is required for processing out-of-province and international documents. Applications received without the correct fee will be returned. Application forms can be obtained from the Admissions Office of the Faculty of Law. Applicants are advised to submit their application and supporting documents as early as possible in order to facilitate early selection. Although applications without complete documentation will meet our deadline, incomplete applications cannot be processed, and places will not be held for persons whose applications are on file but whose documents have not been received. It is the responsibility of each applicant to ensure that their file is complete. Applicants should, therefore, ensure that official transcripts of their academic record are forwarded as early as possible. The Law School will arrange to receive the LSAT score. Applicants will be advised in writing as soon as possible whether their applications have been accepted, rejected or deferred. A new application form must be submitted each year. Files are kept for one year: material submitted will be brought forward for one year only. Only outdated documents need to be updated. Letters of reference are not required from regular applicants. Satisfaction ofthe entrance requirements means only that the applicant is eligible for selection. Since the Faculty of Law receives a very large number of applications each year, personal interviews are not granted. The Admissions Officer is available, however, to answer questions; telephone (604) 822-6303. Transcripts Applicants not currently enrolled in a college or university (other than UBC) must provide two final official transcripts. These must be submitted directly to the Admissions Office by the issuing institution. Applicants currently attending a college or university (other than UBC) must provide, at the time of their application, one official transcript which includes marks for the first term, with a further two official transcripts as The Faculty of Law The Faculty of Law offers three degrees: Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.), Master of Laws (LL.M.), ancl Doctor of'Laws (Ph.D.). Information concerning the following degrees may be found in the Graduate Studies section of the Calendar: • LL.M (Master of Laws) • Ph.D. (Doctor of Laws • combined LLB (Bachelor of Laws) and M.B A (Master of Business Administration) The Bachelor of Laws degree is granted on the successful completion ofa three- year course, and prepares students for admission to the practice of law (subject to further requirements which are set out below) and for business and public service, The number of students entering the practice of law in Canada has increased in the last few years to a large extent, and a degree in law is no guarantee ofa position in either the necessary year of articles (described below) or in the practice of law. A half-time degree was introduced in 1992/93 in order to accommodate the needs of otherwise qualified individuals for whom full-time attendance is either impossible or a serious hardship. The number of half-time spaces in each year of study is ten. Full-time students may apply to enter the half-time program and half-time students may transfer to the full-time program. A half-time student must register for half the normal course load and must complete the full requirements for the LLB. degree within six years' attendance. soon as they become available at the end of the second term. All transcripts must be submitted directly to the Admissions Office by the issuing institution. Separate transcripi s must be submitted from each institution attended. A cumulative record is not sufficient. It is not necessary to submit UBC transcripts as they are available to the Faculty of Law. The Law School Admission Test (LSAT) All candidates must write the Law School Admission Test. The Law School will arrange to receive the score. Priority will be given to applicants who have written the LSAT prior to the February 1 deadline. The latest writing ofthe LSAT that will be accepted is February for entrance the following September. The LSAT is considered valid for four years and must be valid at the time of admission. Multiple LSAT scores are averaged. The LSAT Information Book (Canadian Service) may be picked upat the Faculty of Law orthe Student Counselling and Resources Centre at the University of British Columbia, telephone (604) 822-3811. The Centre will mail the book for a fee. It may also be obtained by writing directly to LSAT, Box 2000, Newtown, PA 18940.' U.S.A. Students applying to both American and Canadian law schools niu st use tl io Ameri can registration material wh ich can only be obtained by writing directly to LSAT. Admission Requirements The number of students admitted to first-year law is approximately 180. Unless applicants fall into one ofthe special categories, mentioned below, letters of reference are not required. Regular applicants must satisfy one of the following requirements to be eligible for selection. An applicant must have; 1) graduated in an approved course of studies from The University of British Columbia and obtained an overall standing of not less than 65%, or obtained the equivalent at an approved university; or 2) successfully completed the first three years (90 credits) or more of an approved course of studies leading to a degree at The University of British Columbia and obtained an overall standing of not less than 65%, or completed the equivalent at an approved university; or 3) successfully completed the first two years of an approved course of studies leading to a degree at The University of British Columbia and obtained an overall standing of not less than 65%, or obtained the equivalent at an approved College or University, and be currently enrolled in the third year of the degree program. An offer of admission to an applicant in this category is conditional on successful completion of such third year for a total of 90 credits at The University of British Columbia, or the equivalent, and maintenance of the overall standing obtained in the first two years. The competition for places is such that much higher averages for undergraduate studies are required in order for an applicant to stand a reasonable chance of being admitted. 196 Law The median applicant accepted for 1993/94 had an academic average of approximately 79% with an LSAT score in the 90th percentile. The academic average and LSAT score are used in a formula to determine an index number by which applicants are ranked. Under the current formula the weight is approximately equal. Admission Procedures In calculating the academic average, only those years of undergraduate studies making up the first undergraduate degree are considered. Generally, no greater weight is attached to one series of academic courses or disciplines than to another. However, where a degree program includes activity or performance courses, greater weight will be given to the academic courses taken. Graduate degrees are not taken into account, except within the discretionary category discussed below. A candidate who in the opinion of the Law Admissions Committee is deficient in English will be refused admission, regardless of academic record. Applicants may be required to take a test to demonstrate adequate facility with the English language. Special Circumstances Special circumstances are factors that have affected a regular applicant's academic average or LSAT score. The Committee has discretion to exclude a particular course or courses from the GPA or to exclude LSAT scores. The applicant must verify and support a request for adjustment with appropriate documentation. Medical problems, for example, must be supported by medical authorities. All supporting documents must be submitted by March 31. Other factors such as learning disabilities, economic or otherdisadvantages, or ethnic background will be considered in the discretionary category. The Discretionary Category The Admissions Committee has the discretion to admit a limited number of applicants who lack the basic qualification for admission or who cannot match the standards of ordinary applicants. This category is designed to enable the Admissions Committee to exercise discretion in admission. Factors such as mature status (generally 30 years or older), physical disabilities, learning disabilities, minority or ethnic status, and an economically deprived background may be considered but none alone will be decisive. They will be considered in the context of the applicant's other achievements and work experience. Work experience includes volunteer work for community or charitable organizations. Normal policy is to require an applicant seeking admission in this category to have completed at least two years of undergraduate or equivalent studies. Persons who wish their applications to be considered within this discretionary category must set out in detail in a biographical resume the factors and achievements they wish to have considered in evaluating their application, with documentation where possible (e.g. medical reports, letters of reference, etc.). Discretionary applicants must submit their application forms by the February 1 deadline date and must ensure that their biographical resumes, academic transcripts and letters of reference are submitted no later than March 31. It is the responsibility of each applicant to ensure that his or her file is complete. Applicants will not be notified of incomplete applications. First Nations Applicants First Nations Canadians may apply in a First Nations category. A special First Nations Program has been instituted by the Faculty of Law. First Nations students considering application to Law School should contact Professor John Borrows, the Director of the First Nations Law Program, telephone (604) 822-5559, as early as possible in the academic year to discuss their situation in order to determine whether they should undertake further undergraduate work before applying to Law School. First Nations applicants maybe required to attend the two-month pre-law program offered by the University of Saskatchewan College of Law in the summer months. For further information regarding this program applicants should write to the Director, Native Law Centre, Llniversity of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan S7N 0W0. The general policy ofthe Admissions Committee is to require a minimum of two years of undergraduate studies. Applicants are also required to write the LSAT. In evaluating applicants, the Admissions Committee reviews the hack- ground, experience, undergraduate record, LSAT score and performance in the Saskatchewan program. Advanced Standing and Joint Committee of Accreditation Graduates of foreign law schools may apply to the Faculty of Law for advanced standing or Joint Committee status. A candidate who, in the opinion of the Law Admissions Committee, is deficient in English, will be refused admission or may be required to write a University test to determine proficiency in English. Admission ofa student with advanced standing or Joint Committee status is solely within the discretion of the law Admissions Committee. Decisions on these applications are usually not made until July when the number of vacant positions in second and third year is known. Applications in this category- should he submitted by May 31. • Advanced Standing — the University of British Columbia requires that a student complete two years of LL.B. studiesat this institution before a degree will be granted. An applicant for advanced standing must also submit an LSAT score In considering a request for advanced standing the Committee will consider the applicant's LSAT score, previous academic record, proficiency in English, and any other special circumstances which the candidate may wish to submit. • Joint Committee — an applicant who has a law degree or its UBC equivalent from a non-Canadian jurisdiction or a civil law Canadian jurisdiction and who wishes to complete legal studies at UBC in order to satisfy the certification requirements of thejoint Committee on Accreditation, may apply for Joint Committee status. An LL.B. degree will not be granted on completion of such studies, even if the course of study takes two years. Applicants m ust also have their credentials evaluated by thejoint Committee on Accreditation, Common Law Section, University of Ottawa, Ontario KIN 6N5 prior to application. The Committee will consider the applicant's previous academic record, proficiency in English and anv other special circumstances the applicant may wish to submit. Transfer and Letter of Permission Undergraduates at other Canadian law schools may apply for admission to the Faculty on a transfer or letter of permission basis. Admission is solely within the discretion of the Admissions Committee. Decisions are not usually made until July when the applicant's official transcripts have been received. Each year there are many requests and only a few applicants can be accepted. Applications in this category should be submitted by May 31. Students who have completed one year of legal study at another Canadian law school requesting permission to transfer to the Faculty of Law for the LL.B, degree and students at other Canadian law schools requesting permission to attend either the second or third year program at the Faculty of Law on a letter of permission basis from their present institution and who will be granted their LL.B. degree from that institution should demonstrate that they; 1) would have been admissible at UBC if they had applied; 2) have maintained an excellent academic record at law school; and, 3) have compelling reasons for attending UBC. (Usually these reasons will be based on compassionate grounds where the applicant has no control over the circumstances.) Acknowledgement of Acceptance Within two weeks of being notified that their application has been accepted, applicants must: 1) send a deposit of three hundred dollars ($300.00) (by cheque payable to The University of British Columbia), which will be applied to the tuition fees, (this deposit is refundable upon receipt by the Faculty of Law of written notification by the applicant of inability to attend, providing such notification is received no later than July 1); and 2) submit to the Faculty of Law two recent passport photographs of themselves, endorsed with their names. Photographs should be approximately 1.25 inches by 1.75 inches, black and white (not coloured) and not the "instant" type. Note: The deposit of three hundred dollars is payable only by those applicants who receive official notification of their admission to the Faculty of Law and should not be sent in with the initial application for admission. Courses of Instruction The LL.B. program requires a student to acquire a total of 92 credits in three Winter Sessions in the Faculty of Law. First Year consists of compulsory courses totalling 32 credits, as described below. The Second and Third Years consist of two Winter Sessions in each of which a minimum of 28 and a maximum of 34 credits may be taken. Each Session consists of two consecutive terms in each of which a minimum of 12 and a maximum of 18 credits may be taken. First Year • All of the first-year courses are compulsory. Second and Third Years • All students must take LAW379 (Evidence), 300 (Moot Court), and either 308 (Constitutional Law), or 301 (Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms) and 309 (Canadian Federalism). Each student must take a sufficient number of programs from the courses and seminars listed to obtain the total number of credits required (92) for the LL.B. degree. Students in second and third year may not take more than 34 credits (including the non-law option) nor less than 28 credits in any one year. They may not take more than 18 credits or fewer than 12 credits in any one term. A student may not enrol in a course for which another subject is a "prerequisite" unless the required course was taken and passed earlier. In special circumstances the Law 197 Dean, in consultation with the Faculty member teaching the subject, may waive this stipulation. A student may enrol in a course without taking the 'recommended" courses. However these recommendations are intended lo guide student choice and students would be ill-advised to disregard them. A proposal to omit a recommended course should be discussed with a Faculty member. A student must undertake, in either second or third vear, at least one independent research project and submit a substantial paper (or series of papers) embodying the results of this research. This obligation usually will be satisfied within the seminar program but students may- fulfil this obligation bv completing a project, for at least four credits, under 493,494,495 or 496 Directed Research. Students may, in their second and third years (which may include the Summer Sessions between First Year, Second Year and Third Year), take work in other departments and schools of the University for credit in the Faculty of Law. Such work may be credited for not more than six credits toward the second or third year credit requirements, but shall not reduce the hours or credits in the Winter Sessions below the minimum requirement of 28 credits. Each student must receive advance permission to register in such courses from the Curriculum Committee, which will base its judgment on its view of the relevance of the proposed course or seminar to the study of law or to a career in law and of the appropriateness of the proposed course or seminar in the light of the student's course of study in the Faculty of Law. Examinations Final examinations will be held at the close of each term in December and April except in respect of full vear courses which will be examined in April. The examinations may be substituted or supplemented from time to time as may be deemed appropriate. A student, in order to pass the year, must obtain an average of not less than 55%. The ranking tif students in the top 10% ofthe class will be printed on the transcript. Term essays and examination papers mav be refused a passing mark if they are illegible or deficient in English. A student who fails the year or withdraws must, before June 30, make application for readmission to the Facuitv. All such applications will be dealt with on their own merits. Where a student has withdrawn in the second term ofthe Second or Third Year of the program, and is granted readmission into Second or Third Year, credit will begranted towards the requirements of that year for first- term courses completed before withdrawal, provided that; 1) withdrawal was necessitated by a medical or family emergency; and 2) tbe student achieved a passing mark in each completed course, and an average mark of at least 55% over all completed courses. Examination results Results of the sessional examinations are mailed to students in the graduating classes about the time of Convocation, and to students in the lower years by approxi- mately June 15. Any student who must meet an application date for another institution prior to June 15 should inform the transcript clerk in the Registrar's office in order that arrangements may be made to meet the deadline. Loans, Scholarships and Bursaries The deadline for applying to the Awards Office for scholarships and financial aid is May 15. This applies even though an applicant may not have been admitted to the Law School prior to that date. Exceptions are the Law Foundation Entrance Scholarships and the Law Foundation Entrance Bursaries which may only be applied for after acceptance. Admission as Barristers and Solicitors The possession of an LL.B. degree does not in itself confer the right to practi te law in British Columbia. Admission to the Bar of the Province of British Columbia is governed bythe Legal Profession Act and the regulations of the Law Society of British Columbia. An applicant for admission to the Bar mast comply with the requirements ofthe Law Society as io academic standing, professional trainingand ethical standards These requirements presently include an Admission Progiam of approximately one vear, during which the applicant must serve as an articled student with a practising member of the Bar, and complete a training course and qualilying examinations. Information may be obtained from ths Secretary of the Law Society of British Columbia, 845 Cambie Street, Vancouver, B.C., VoB 4Z9. Applicants who intend to practise law in other jurisdictions must obtain information concerning the requirements for entry tc the profession, from the Secretary' of the governing body ol' the legal profession in those jurisdictions. The UBC Law Review In 1949 the students of the Faculty of Law commenced publication of Legal Notes, which was an annual volume containing articles and comments written both by students and by ouiside contributors. By 1959 the publication had increased both in size and in the number of subscribe:s to tle point where the editors felt that the name should be changed to The University of British Columbia law Review. It is a refereed journal, now published twice yearly. Students are responsible for the soliciting and editing of material, and for the advertising and sales which make the Review self-sufficient. Members of the Faculty give advice and assistance to the Editorial Board ofthe Rev :ew, but the chief responsibility is that of the Board. The Canadian Journal of Family Law Tbe Canadian journal of Family Law is published at the University of Btitish Columbia, Faculty of Law. It is a refereed publication issued semi-annually. Submissions made to the journal are reviewed by qualified external readers, and the format includes articles, commentaries, ancl book review s. In the past the Journal's subject matter has included writings on topics such as child welfare, evidentiary issues, child abuse, young offenders and other topics impacting on the family unit. Vciejournal was started in 1978 and was published tinder the auspices ofthe Osgoode Hall Law School in Ontario. In 1982/83 its publication base was moved to the I'BC Facultyoiljw.il is the only student-run academic journal exclusively dedicated ro the study, analysis and articulation ofthe increasingly important field of family law. Students are encouraged to join the Journal staff by dropping by room 165 in the Curtis Building. Graduate Studies Fot progiams offered, see the Graduate Studies section of the Calendar. Academic Staff Office of the Dean C L. SMITH, Q.C, B.A. I Cal).), LI. B. (Brit. Col.i. Professorand Dean P. I, BRIDE. , B.A. (Dal), B.A.. B.C.L. (Oxon), LL.M. (Una.). Associate Piofessor and Associate Dean. K. I). DIEBOLT, B.A, LL 13. (Brit. CoL), LL.M (Lond.), Assisiant Professor and Associate Dean. R. S. HE1D. C.I), B.A, M.A. (R.M.C.). LL.B (Brit. Cot). Associate Professor and Assistant Dean. Professors J.J. ATRENS, B.A. (Sask, Oxon). M.A, B.C.L. (Oxon). J. BLOM, Q.C, B.A, LLB. (Brit. Col). B.C.L. (Oxon) C BOYLE, LLB. (Bell.), LLM (Queen's). P. '17 BURNS, Q.C, LL.B, LL.M. (Otago). R. M ELLIOT, li .Sc, LLB (Brit. Col ), LL.M. (Lond). R. V. ERICSON. B.A (Guelph), M.A (Tor.). Ph.D., Litt D. (Cantab). K. B. FARQUHAR, LL B, LL.M (Wellington). LLM. (Mich.). I. tlEAD. B.A, LL.B (Alta.). LL.M. (Harv.) M A. HICKI.ING. LL.B , Ph.D, LL.D. (Lond). J. HOGARTH. LL.B (Bril. Col), Dip.Crim, Ph.D. (Cantab! M. A.JACKSON, LL.B. (Lond. I. LL.M. (Yale). M. L T. MacCRiMMON, B.Sc (Calif, Los Angeles), LL.B (Brit. Col.l, Dip.Law (Oxon). D.J. MacDOUGALL, LL.B. (Melbourne),.!. D. (Chic). J M. MacINTYRK, Q.C, B.Com, LL.B. (Brit. Col), LLM. (Harv i. A.J. McCLEAN, I LB. (Queen's, Bellas!), Ph.D. (Caniabj. R. K. PATERSON, LL.B. (Wellington), J.S.M. (Stan.). D.J. PAVLICH, B.A, LLB. (Witw.). LL.M. (Yale). W. W. PtiE, B.A, B.A. (Oxon), LL.M (Alta), D.Jur. (York), Nemetz Chair in Legal Histoiy. D E. SANDERS. B.A, LL.B. (Alta I. LL.M. (Calif, Berkeley) A F. SHEPPARD, BA, LL.B, (Brit. Co!.), LL.M. (Lond.). J. C. SMITH, B.A, LL.B. (Brit Col.) LLM. (Yale). I M. P WEILER, B.A. (Tor.), LL.B. (Osgoode), LL.M. (Calif, Berkeley;. Associate Professors J. C BAKAN, B.A (S.Fraserancl Oxon). LL.B (Dal). LL.M (Harv.l. W. W BLACK, A.B. (Stan.). LL.B. (Harv). S. B BOYD. B.A. (Bishop's), LL.B. (McG,), LLM. (Lond), Chair in Feminist Legal Studies B. R. CIIEFF1NS, B.A, LL.B. (Vic.B.C.j, LL.M. (Cantab) D. S, COHEN. B.Sc, (McG), LL.B. (Tor.), LL.M (Yale I. K R ED1NGER, B.A, LL.B. (Brit. Coll. B.C.L. (Oxon) R. T. FRANSON. B.E.P (C'nell),J.D (Calif). I. GRANT, B.A. (Tor.), LLB. (Dal), 1.1. M. (Yale). P. B POTTER, B.A.. M.A. (Geo. Washington), J D„ Ph.D. (Wash). ti V. SLIJTSKY, B A, LL.B. (Brit. Col.l, Ph.D. (Lond.). I. TOWNSEND GAlil.T, LL.B. (Dundee). S. M. WEXLER, A B (CoL), LL.B, LL.M. (New York, C. F. L YOUNG, Ll B (fond.I, LL.M. (Brit. Col ). Assistant Professors J BORROWS, LL B , Ll. M (Tor.). R. W. GRANT. B Si (Man.) M.Sc, LL.B. (Brit. Col), LL.M. (Harv.) N. IYER, B.A, Li. B (Tor.l, LL M (Harv.). M. G KLINE, B.A. (S.Fraser and Oxoni, LL.B. (Dal.), LL.M. (York) B. .7 MacDOUGALL B.A. (Acadia), B.A, B.C.I, (Oxon), LLB. (Dal) K. MICKFLSON, A.B (Dukei, LL.B. (Bnt. CoL), LL.M (Col.) J. MOSOFF, B A (Tor.). M.A. (York), LL.B IBrit. Col) S. SALZBERG, B.A. (Rochester), M A. (Brit. CoL), J.D. (Wash.) Senior Instructor n.J.EGI.LSTON.B.A.. LL.B, (Sask). Visitors M. 1) COP1THORNE, Q.C, B.A, LL.B (Bril CoL), Adjunct Professor. D.J. CrljTH. BA. (Marquette), M.A. (Creightonl, Ph.D. (Pitt.). Associate Protessor. D I) \ NSEREKO, LLB (E. Africa), M.C.J. (Howard), LL.M. (New York), Owen Professor. I) (.L README, B A , LL B (Queen si. li CL. (Oxon), Brown Professor li 1). WOOI.I.EY, LL.B. (Brit Col.) Visiting Assistant Professor (part-time) Adjiunct Professors B (,. ABRAHAM, B sc. Geoi, LL.B. (Brit. CoL), Muling Law. I. R ALDRIDGE, B.A. (Brock). LL.B. (Osgoode), LL M. (Bnt. Col.i, Immigration. H C. ALVAREZ, B.A. (Brit Col I, LL.B. (On.). International Commercial Arbitration. S. ARNOLD, B A, LLB (Bnt Col i, Human Rights in the Workplace T BAILEY, BSc , LL.B. (Brit Col), Industrial and Intellectual Proper.-. R. BAIJMAN, B.A. IW.Onto, LL.B. (Tor.), Administrative law. M BENTON B.A. (Bril. Col.l, LLB. (Osgoode), LLM (Dal.), Practical Appellate Advocacy C BEST B.A , LL B. (Brit CoL), Advanced Legal Research D. BYRNE, B.A (lions I (Car.), LL.B. (Brit. Col.l, Media and Communications Law F C CHIASSON, Q.C, B.A , LL B. (Bm. Col, i, Advocacy 198 Law D. G. COPLAND, B. Com, LL.B. (Brit. Col), Close Corporations. K. COULTER, B.A. (Hons.) (Tor.), LL.B. (Brit. CoL), Refugee Determination Workshop. D. A. CRUICKSHANK, B.A, LL.B. (W.Ont.), LLM. (Harv.), Negotiations, J. R CUNNINGHAM, Q.C, LL.B. (Brit. Col), Maritime Law-, G, D.ABBS, B.Comm (Alta.). LLB, (Brit. Col), Insolvency. B. DYER, B.A, (Tor.), M.A, (Car.), LLM. (Tor), LL.M (Lond.), Topics, Corporate & Tax Law, S. EI.GIE, B.A, (Duke), B.A, LL.B. (W.Ont.), LL.M (Harv.), Environmental Law. M. ERIKSSON, LL B. (Brit, CoL), Topics in Public Law (Environmental Lawand Policy). J. EVANS, B A, MA, Ph.D. (Altai, Proceeds of Crime. J. B. FESTINGER, D.E.C. (Vanier), B.C.L, LL.B. (McG.), Communications Law Seminar. B. FINDLAY, B.A. (Queen's), M.A, LL.B. (Brit. CoL), Women & the Law P. FINLEY, B.Comm. LL.B. (Brit. CoL), Real Estate Development Seminar. M, F. FITZGERALD, B.Com. (Alta.), LL.B. (W.Ont), LL.M. (Lond), Legal Writing/Ttesearch Program. S. D. FRANKEL, Q.C, B.Sc, LL.B. (Brit CoL). Advanced Criminal Procedure. D. C. FRYDENLUND, B.A. (S.Fraser), MA (Chic), LL.B (Tor), Close Corporations. V. GRAY, B.Mus, (Vic.B.C), LL.B. (Tor.), Civil Litigation. B. M GREEN, B.Sc. (Prin.), M.A (W.Ont), LL.B. (Osgoode), Industrial & Intellectual Properly. S. GUDMUNDSETH, B.A. (Vic.B C ), LL.B (Brit. CoL), Civil Litigation. J A. HARDY, B.A. (Carlton), LL.B. (Ott.). Insurance. A. HOBKIRK, B.A, LL.B. (Brit. Col.), B.A. (Oxon), Trial Advocacy. R HOLLOWAY, B.A, LL.B (Brit. CoL), Trial Advocacy. A. B. HUDSON, B.A, LL.B. (Brit. Col.), Trial Advocacy. J. I, HUNTER, B.A. (Yale), M.Sc. (Lond), LL.B (Tor.). Topics in Public Law; Appellate Advocacy. J. JESSIMAN, B.A, LL.B, LL.M. (Brit. CoL), LL.D. (Victoria - Trinity), Maritime Law. D. J JORDAN, Q.C, B.A, LLB. (Manit.), LL.M. (Brit. CoL), Environmental Law and Policy. K. KER, B.A. (Car.), LL.B (Brit, Col), Trial Advocacy. S. A. KLINE, M.D. (Alia,), F.R.C.P.(C), Law & Psychiatry. M.J, KORENBERG, B.A. (Car.), LL.B. (York), Topics in Corporate & Tax Law. E. G. KROFT, LL.B. (York), LL.M. (Brit. Col.), Taxation I, T. E. LiLIBERTE, B.A, LL.B. (Brit. Col), Trial Advocacy. S. CANYON, B.A, LL.B. (Bril. CoL), Labour Law. B. I.EPIN, B.A. (Seattle Pacific), M.A. (Trinity Evangelical Divinity), LL.B. (Brit Col), Legal Writing/Research Program. G. A. LETCHER. B.A, LL.B. (Brit. CoL), 'topics in Administrative Law. R. E, LEVINE, BA, M.A. (Tor). LL.B. (Brit. Col.l, Taxation II. G. MANCEI.L. B.S.F. (Brit. Col), LL.B. (Vic.B.C), Forest Law. P. MARR, B.A. LL.B. (Dal.), M.D. (Ott.), Topics in Private Law: law & Medicine. S MARTIN. B.A. (Cantab). M.A, LL.B. (Brit. Cot), Media and Communications Law J, McCONCHIE, LLB. (Bnt. Cot). Computers and the law. His Honour Judge H. J. McGIVERN, LL.B. (Brit. CoL), Trial Advocacy & Clinical Criminal Law. P. McGIVERN, B.Com, LL.B, (Brit. CoL), Trial Advocacy. J I McLEAN. B.A. (Queen's), LL.B. (Dal). Insolvency. T. MITCHELL-BANKS, B.A, M.A. (S. Fraser). LL.B. (Brir. Col), Trial Advocacy. C D. MUTALA, LL.B. (Manit.). LL.M. (NewYorki, Industrial & Intellectual Property H. OGHIGLAN. B.A, LL.B, B.C.L. (McG), Diploma Japanese Language Studies (U.S. Dept of State. Foreign Service Institute, Yokohama), Japanese law. S, OWEN, LLB. (Brit. CoL), LL.M, (Lond.), M.B.A. (Internal'! Man. Inst, Geneva), Topics in Administrative Law. R. K. PAISLEY, B.Sc (Brit. CoL). M.Sc. (Wash.), J.D. (Pepperdine), LLM. (Lond), law ofthe Sea. M. PALLESON. B.Com, LL.B. (Brit, CoL) B.C.L. (Oxon), International Law of Natural Resources. L. PETERS, B.A , LL.B (Brit. CoL), Dip. Droit Civil (Sherbrooke), Dip Langue Francaise (Quebec ii Trois Rivieres), legal Writingdtesearch Program. M A PRATCHETT, B.A. (Tor,), LLB. (Brit Col.), Civil Litigation. C. REARDON, B.A. (Dal.), M.Poli.Sei. Program (Queen's), LL.B. (Dal), Topics in Litigation and Dispute Resolution Workshop. D. W. ROBERTS. B.A, LL.B. (Brit Col.), LL.M, S.J.D. (Michigan), Evidence. D. ROSENBERG, B.A (Tor), LLB. (Bril. CoL), Advanced Criminal Law. D. ROSENBLOOM, B.A. (Car.), LL.B, (Brit. Col), Topics in Private Law. C. J. G. RYAN. B.Sc, M.L.S, LLB. (Brit. CoL), B.C.L (Oxon), Legal Writing/Research Program. G. R. SCHMITT. Q.C, B.A, LL.B. (Sask.), LL.M (Harv.), Professional Responsibility, D. H. SEARLE, Q.C. B.A, LL.B. (Alta.), Topics in Natural Resources. J. SLGURDSON, B.Comm, LL.B. (Brit. Col), Clinical Criminal law. J. SINGLETON. B.A, LL.B. (Alta.), LLM. (Lond.), Topics in Commercial Law: Construction. D. STEINBERG, B.A, LL.B. (Brit. Col), Clinical Criminal law. S. SUTHERLAND, Q.C, B.Com, LLB. (Brir Col), Business Associations I. A, R, SZIBBO, B.A. (Wat.j, LL.B. (Bnt Col), Technology & the Law. J. P. TAYLOR, Q.C, LL.B, (Brit Col), Civil Litigation, B. TROTT, B.A. (S. Fraser), LL.B (Vic.B.C), Law and Psychiatry F, M. TSEHAI, B.A. (Ed.) (Ecole Normale Superieure de Francais, Addis Ababa), Refugee Determination Law. R. TUNNICLIEFE. B.Sc, LL.B. (Brit. Cof), LLM. (CoL), International Tax. G. N. TURRIFF. B.A, LL B. (Brit. CoL), Topics; Procedure & Evidence. J. R. UREN, B.S.M.E. (Northrop), M.Eng, J.D. (C'nell.). LL.B. (Queen's), Technology & the Law. G. A. URQUHART. B.Sc. Mech. Engr, LL.B. (Manit.), Topics in Commercial Law: Construction, B. VANDERBURGH, B.A. (S. Fraser), LL.B (Brit. CoL), Real Estate Development Seminar. P. G. VOITH, B.Sc. (McG), LL.B (Brit. CoL), LLM (CoL), LL.M. (Cambridge), Forest Law. L. C. WATERMAN, M.Sc. (S.Fraser), LLB, (Brit. CoL), Topics in Commercial law. J. WEBSTER, LL.B. (Brir. Col), Trial Advocacy. M. A. WORFOLK, B.A, LL.B. (Brit. Col), B.C.L (Oxon), Trial Advocacy, R. E. YOUNG, M.A, LL B (Brit. CoL), Real Estate Development D. W. YULE, B.A. (Brit. CoL), IJ..B. (Queen's), Insurance, J ZISKROUT, B.A, LL.B, (Brit. CoL), Professional Responsibility & Trial Advocacy. D. ZUTTER, B.A, LL.B. (Alta.). Topics in Litigation and Dispute Resolutions Workshop. Librarians M. E, MITCHELL, B.A. (Car), M.L.S. (Brit CoL). T.J. SHORTHOUSE, B.A, B.LS. (Brit. Col), Head Librarian. A. II, SOROKA, B.A. (Col), LL.B. (Virginia). M.L.S. (Col). Library, Archival and Information Studies 199 Mission and History of the School The mission of the School is to prepare professionals to exercise leadership in planning, implementing and promoting the preservation, organization and effective use of society's recorded information and ideas. Its graduates work in institutional libraries and archives, for employers in the private sector, and as self-employed intermediaries between stored information and its seekers. While the School cannot guarantee positions to its graduates, it assists them in attempting to find employment suited to their aptitudes and interests. A school for these purposes was recommended as early as 1921 and actively discussed during the 1940s and 1950s. It began instruction in September 1961 as the School of Librarianship. Its program in library and information studies has been recognized by the American and Canadian Library Associations continuously since 1962 as fully meeting accepted standards of graduate education for the library profession. In 1981, a separate degree program in archival studies began and the School's name was changed to its present form in 1984. In 1990,academic governance of theSchool's two programs was transferred from the Faculty of Arts to the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Facilities Location — The School is located on the top floor of the North Wing of the Main Library. Library Resources—The University of British Columbia library- is the largest in Western Canada. Its collections relevant to the School's interests include contemporary and historical children's books, the University Archives, ancl many private archival fonds. Many other nearby library and archival services are available for use and for observation both informally and on formal visits arranged by the School. Computer Resources — The School has its own Microcomputer Laboratory whose workstations provide access to networked software and local databases on compact disk. All workstations are connected to Internet, which provides access to remote sources of information, and each student receives a personal e-mail account. Support for word processing is provided in a nearby building using facilities operated by the Faculty of Arts. Efficient use of microcomputers is essential in the information professions today; it is expected that the student will have developed facility in typing before entering the School. Admission 1) Address enquiries and applications for admission to the Admissions Committee, School of Library, Archival and Information Studies, 1956 Main Mall, Vancouver, B.C. V6T1Z1; telephone (604) 822-2404. Specify either the M.A.S. or the M.L.S. program. The deadline for applications is February 1 for the session beginning the following September. Anyone wishing to be considered for a graduate fellowship should apply by December 1 for the following September, The application fee is $45 Canadian or $38 U.S.; simultaneous applications for both the M.A.S. and M.L.S. programs are charged only one fee. Make cheque payable to UBC Faculty of Graduate Studies. 2) The School accepts only students whose personal and academic qualifications appear to fit them for successful practice in the library and archival professions. An applicant may be asked to take academic or aptitude tests prior to admission. The School of Library, Archival and Information Studies A School within the Faculty of Arts with Degree Programs offered through the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The School offers two separate programs, one leading to the Master of Library Science, the other to the Master of Archival Studies degree. 3) Preference is given to applicants who have been actively engaged within recent years in library or archival work, teaching, academic studies, or some similar intellectual pursuit. 4) Each program has a limited enrolment. The number of qualified applicants exceeds the numberof available places. In recent years, therefore, those accepted have shown academic ability considerably above the minimum required standard specified below for each program. Language Requirement An applicant whose native language is not English and who does not have a degree from an English-language institution must present a TOEFL score of at least 600. Undergraduate Preparation The work of the librarian, archivist, or other information professional often requires the interpretation of documents and the data in searching systems in many languages. Therefore, the study of major languages other than English at the undergraduate level is strongly recommended as preparation for either program. Basic courses in statistics and computer science are also recommended. Experience with MS-DOS is desirable. Academic Regulations The general academic regulations ofthe University and of the Faculty of Graduate Studies as stated elsewhere in the Calendar apply The following regulations are specific to the School: 1) A student may continue in the M.L.S. program if an overall average of 70% is obtained in the courses of the Core and if no individual Core course is failed; and if an overall average of 70% is maintained through the rest of the program 2) A student may continue in the M.A.S. program if an overall average of 70% is obtained in the required ARST courses of the first term of the first year, and if no individual course among them is failed; and if an overall avenge of 70% is maintained through the rest ofthe program. 3) A student must obtain at least 60% in any course to pass that course. However, only six credits graded under 70% can be credited toward the degree. 4) If a student fails a required course in either program, it maybe repeated if the School so recommends and the Dean approves. The same provision applies to an elective course, but in this case an alternate course may be taken. A course in which a grade of less than 70% was obtained may be repeated for a higher standing if recommended by the School. 5) Colloquia and field trips are integral parts of both programs; satisfactory participation in them is required of all students. 6) A term essay or examination paper may be refused a passing mark if it is, in the opinion of faculty, deficient in English. 7) The School reserves the right to require a student to withdraw from the M.A.S. or M.L.S. program if considered to be unsuited to proceed with the study or practice of the library or archival profession. Methods of Instruction The School employs a wide variety of instructional methods including lectures, laboratories, discussions, seminars, directed study, colloquia, field trips, and field work. Each student has an individual faculty adviser available for consultation ancl specific assistance. Field Trips Field trips are arranged within the Session. For the most part these are visits of observation of a few hours in libraries or archives in the Vancouver area, but day-long or even two-day trips may be required. The student is responsible for most expenses incurred in conjunction with such field trips and with the practicum/internship/ field experience listed as separate courses. Attendance Regular attendance is expected. A student who cannot attend a class, field trip, etc., should notify the School Office or the instructor concerned by telephone or, if the absence is foreseen, in writing. 200 Library, Archival and Information Studies Part-Time Work The academic work ofthe School's courses is considered very time-consuming; outside work during at least the first term in either program is discouraged. Enquiries for part-time work at the University should be directed to Student Placement Services, Brock Hall. Awards and Financial Assistance University Graduate Fellowships, administered by the Faculty of Graduate Studies, are awarded on the basis of academic excellence and are open to any graduate student regardless of citizenship or visa status. Nominations for Fellowships for students entering the School are made by the Director of the School. Information on bursaries and loans can be obtained from the Awards and Financial Aid office. Information about awards not administered by Awards and Financial Aid is available on request from the School. Admission to Courses Astudent not registered in one ofthe School's programs who wishes to enrol in or audit anv course should apply to the Director, Master of Library Science M.L.S. The Nature of the Library and Information Professions Libraries today are a basic resource for formal education at all levels, the chief means of self-education, indispensable for scholarship and research, a rewarding recreational facility, and a major channel for the dissemination of information. The role of librarians is to translate the library's potential into effective, efficient sen-ice by making available a wide range of materials in all media, by organizing and describing these materials so as to facilitate their use, by stimulating the use of such materials, and by assisting and participating in the many- sided pursuit of information. Advances in electronic technology and information management provide opportunities for those with the M.L.S. degree to work outside the typical library setting. Planning and developing bibliographic and non- bibliographic databases and searchingsystems, designing and operating library and information networks, and providing information search services on a free-lance basis are characteristic professional functions. Graduates of the program need to understand and appreciate the application of computer technology to information management, the ways in which information is communicated to a variety of user groups, and policies which affect the free flow of information. Undergraduate Preparation A broad cultural background is expected of the librarian. In the first and second undergraduate years, select elective courses which will give some acquaintance with the humanities, sciences, and social sciences. In the third and fourth years, seek to gain special competence in at least one field of knowledge related insofar as can be foreseen to special areas of career interest. For example, if contemplating a career in public libraries, take courses in government, public administration, and the like. In addition, a wide range of reading and recreational interests is desirable. Admission For admission to the program, a candidate: 1) must possess a bachelor's degree from a recognized university in a discipline acceptable to the Admissions Committee for the program; 2) must have achieved at least upper-second-class standing in the course work at the third-and fourth-year level; first-class standing is required in at least 12 credits of this work; 3) must show promise of superior professional performance as attested by letters of reference and a personal written statement. A candidate who alreadv has a formal qualification as a professional librarian (for example, a B.L.S. degree from a program which was at the time accredited by the American Library Association) and who wishes to enrol in the M.L.S. program is considered on the same basis as above. It is expected that letters of reference will demonstrate a history of successful professional practice and career development. A canditlate who has recently successfully completed part of a graduate program accredited by the A.L.A. at another School will also be considered for admission to complete the program at this School. An applicant possessinga Bachelor's degree or its academic equivalent, who does not meet the requirements of 2) above but has had sufficient formal training or relevant professional experience to offset such deficiencies, mac- be granted full or provisional admission on the recommendation of the Director of the School and the approval ofthe Dean ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies. An applicant possessinga Bachelor's degree or its academic- equivalent, who does not meet the requirements of 2) or ofthe previous sentence, may be permitted to register as a Qualifying student for no more than one year on the recommendation of the Director of the School and the approval ofthe Dean ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies. Satisfactory completion of a Qualifying year does not guarantee admission to the M.L.S. program ancl does not substitute for any of its courses. Requirements for the Degree A student must normally complete at least 48 credits of course work approved by the School plus such non-credit studies (e.g. practicum, colloquia) as required. The program must begin in Term 1, Winter Session, during which the student will take four courses (LIBR 500, 510, 540, 560), collectively known as the Core, which represent the knowlege that should be common to all librarians. The examinations at the conclusion ofthe Core courses constitute a comprehensive examination, and no other course may be begun for credit toward ihe degree until these courses and examinations have been successfully completed. LIBR 511,541,570, ancl 590 are also required courses and LIBR 595 is a required non-credit practicum (see below). The student will complete the remainder of the program with either 24 credits of elective courses, including LIBR 598 (a non-credit major essay) or 12 credits of elective courses and LIBR 599 (a 12-credil thesis). The elective- courses will be determined in consultation with the student's adviser to ensure a balanced program and proper sequencing. CoursesotherthanthosedesignatedLIRRat this Universily may be applied to the program, whether taken at this or another institution; thev may, however, total no more than six credits of the required 48. Permission to apply such a course for credit musl be obtained from the student's adviser before the student begins the course. Any such course must be at the 300-level or above (or the equivalent at another institution) and granting of permission w-ill be based on the course's direct relevance to the individual's work in the M.L.S. program. A student may not take more than 12 credits of course- work during any one term of a Winter Session or during a Summer Session without permission from the School's Director. Any course work after the first term (the Core) may be taken on a part-time basis, and with the permission ofthe Dean of ihe Faculty of Graduate Studies a student may take leave of absence from the program for a period. However, all degree requirements must be met within five years of initial registration. A student who enters the program having previously begun work toward, or obtained, a recognized qualificatii in in professional librarianship as specified under "Admission" above may receive exemption from some or all ofthe Core courses (and the consequent need for full- time studies beginning in a September). After beginning theM. L.S. program, such astudent mayapply for reduction in the total credit requirement, but at least 30 credits must be completed in the program, of which no more than three may be for courses other than those designated LIBR. Such a student must be in full-time residence for at least one Winter-Session term unless the prior qualification was a B.L.S. from this University, in which case all work may be clone part-time. All degree requirements must be met within four years of initial registration. Thesis A student with research interests should elect to write a thesis. The decision to do so must be confirmed with the faculty adviser before the end of the term in which the st udent completes 24 credits of course work, after which a thesis advisory committee will be established and a supervisor assigned. Practicum and Professional Experience The required non-credit LIBR 595: Practicum provides directed experience under actual library operating conditions. It normally takes place following successful completion ofthe courses ofthe first Winter Session ancl is arranged bv the School after consultation with the studenl. The decision to elect LIBR 596: Professional Experience must be confirmed with the faculty adviser by the middle of the term preceding the one in which ihe student will register for this course so that a project, supervisor, ancl placement may be arranged. Courses Taken in Other Library Schools Some credit for courses taken in another library school after completing part of Ihe UBC M.L.S. program mav begranted when such courses can be equated with those in this program which the studenl has not already taken. Address application for such transfer of credit to the Director. Master of Archival Studies M.A.S. The Nature of the Archival Profession Archives preserve the records created by public and private bodies in the normal course of their activities ancl make those records available for a broad range of societal purposes including scholarly research. As such, archives are an important agency of many modern administrations (governments, businesses, churches, universities, etc.) Library, Archival and Information Studies 201 andare vital institutions in the preservation of the Canadian documentary heritage. The role ofthe archivist is to plan and implement programs to appraise, acquire, preserve, and make available records of enduring value to society. The archivist's work increasingly involves promoting and administering the systematic management of records throughout their life cycle, acquiring a broad range of materials of all media, and applying automation to problems of retrieving information from archives - all within a legal and regulatory context. Thus, while maintaining close links with the study of histoiy, professional archival studies also have interdisciplinary links with administrative studies, legal studies, media ancl communication studies, and library and information studies. Undergraduate Preparation An undergraduate student considering working in the field of archives should consult the School about useful preparatory courses. An interview may be arranged at anytime. A broad cultural background is expected of the working archivist. The prospective student should therefore endeavour to become acquainted with the humanities, social sciences, and sciencesduringundergraduate studies. Because ofthe close link between archives and historical studies of all kinds, particular attention should be paid to studies in histoiy ancl allied disciplines which take an historical perspective such as anthropology, economics, geography, and sociology. The study of Canadian history is extremely useful preparation for a number of the required courses ofthe program; successful completion of at least 12 credits in Canadian history at the undergraduate level is desirable. Admission For admission to the program, a candidate: 1) must possess a Bachelor's degree from a recognized university in a relevant discipline or in an area which is regarded as appropriate by the Admissions Committee for the program; 2) must have achieved at least upper-second-class' standing in the course work at the third-and fourth- vear level; first-class standing is required in at least 12 credits of this work; 3) must show promise of superior professional performance as attested by letters of reference and a personal written statement. An applicant possessing a Bachelor's degree, or its academic equivalent, whodoes not meet the requirements of 2) above but has had sufficient formal training or relevant professional experience to offset such deficiencies, may be granted full or provisional admission on the recommendation ofthe Directorof the School and the approval of the Dean of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. An applicant possessing a Bachelor's degree or its academic equivalent, who does not meet the requirements of 2) or of the previous sentence, may be permitted to register as a Qualifying student for no more than one year on the recommendation of the Director of the School and the approval ofthe Dean ofthe Faculty of Graduate Studies. Satisfactory completion ofa Qualifying year does not guarantee admission to the M.A.S. program ancl does not substitute for any of its courses. Requirements for the Degree The master's degree is awarded on the completion of 48 credits of work. Studies must begin in Term 1 ofa Winter Session; full-time attendance and successful completion of Core courses romprising 21 credits (ARST 510, 515, 516, 520, 530, 551, and 573) is required in the first year. For the remainder ofthe program the student will either complete 27 credits of elective courses including ARST 598 i'a non-credit major essay) and pass a comprehensive examination or complete ARST 599 (a 12-credit thesis) and 15 credits of electives Elective courses are chosen in consultation with the student's faculty adviser. Courses other than those designated as ARST at this University, up to a value of six credits, may be applied to the M.A.S. progiam, whether taken at this or another institution. Perm ssion to apply such a course for credit must be obtained from the adviser before the student begins the course. Any such course must be at the 300- level or above (or the equivalent at another institution) and granting of permission will be based on the direct relevance of the course(s) to the student's work in the M.A.S. program. All degree requirements must be met within five years of initial registration. Internship Some extended field experience in an archival repository is h ghly desirable for a student who has had limited prior contact with the work of the practising archivist. It is usual to undertake this during the summer between the two years of course work. The decision to elec: ARST 595: Internship must be confirmed with the faculty adviser by the end ofthe second week of classes in the .second term of studies so that arrangements may be made. Thesis A studenl with research interests should elect to write a thesis. The decision to do so must be confirmed with the faculty adviser by the end of the first week of classes in the term in which the student begins the elecive courses of the second year, after which a thesis advisory commitiee wall be established and a supervisor assigned. Academic Staff Director and Professor KEN HAYCOCK, B.A., Dip.Ed. (W.Ont.), M.Ed. (Ott.), A.M.L.S (Mich.) Ed.D. (Brigham Young), F.C.C.T. Protessors RONALD HAGLER, B.A. (Ott), A.M.L.S., A.M., Ph.D. (Mich.) PETER A. SIMMONS, B.A. (San Francisco State College), M.S. (Pratt Instulute, N.Y), Chair of the Library and Information Studies Program and Coordinator of Academic Computing. Associate Professors CHARLES DOLLAR. B.A. (Union), B.D. (Southern Theological Seminary), M.A., Ph.D. (Kentucky), I.UCIANA DURANTI, Dott. Lett., Dipl. (Rome). TERENCE M. EASTWOOD, B.A., M.A. (Alta.), Dip.Ed. (Vic.B.C), Chair of the Archival Studies Program. JUDITH M. SALTMAN, B.A., B.L.S. (Brit. CoL), M.A. (Simmons). Assistant Professors ANN CURRY, B.A., B.L.S. (Alta), M.L.S. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Sheffield). RICHARD L. HOPKINS, B.Ed, B.LS, M.L.S, MA. (Brit Col), Ph.D. (Tor.). LYNNE I.IGHTHAI.L, B.A. (Queen's), M.L.S. (Brit. CoL). Senior Instructors SYLVIA CROOKS, B.A, M.L.S. (Bril. CoL), Coordinator of Admissions and Placement. MARY SUE STEPHENSON, B.A. (Texas), M.L.S, Ph.D. (North Texas) Adjunct Professor ALICE BACON, B.A, B.L.S. (Brit. CoL), Coordinator of Continuing Education. Lecturer from Other Department WENDY SUTTON. B.A. (Brit. CoL), M.A. (Calif, Berkeley), Ph.D. (Michigan State), Assistant Professor ol" Language Education. Sessional Lecturers BRYAN BACON, A.LA. (U.K.). SUSAN BIGELOW, B.Sc, M.A.C. (Queen's). ALEXANDRA BRADLEY. B.Ed. (Brit. Col). B L.S. (Alta.) SUZANNE DODSON, B.A, B.L.S. (Brit. CoL). CORINNE DURSTON, B.A. (Winnipeg), M.L.S. (Brit. CoL). SARAH ELLIS, B.A, M.L.S. (Brit. CoL), M.A. (Simmons). MARIANNE HALL, B.A, M.L.S (Brit. CoL). SRIANI FERNANDO, BA. (Ceylon), M.L.S. (Brit.Col.). ALLISON HAUPT, B.A. (Lethbridge), M.L.S. (Brit. CoL). JAMES HENDERSON, B Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.Sc. (Queen's), M.LS (Brit. Col.) HEATHER MacNEII, BA. (Guelph), MA. (S.Fraser), M.A.S. (Brit. Col). LAURA MILLAR, B.A, M.A.S. (Brit. CoL). NI1NA M1TTER, B.A (Calcutta), B.A. (S.Fraser), M.L.S. (Brit. CoL). KIT PEARSON, B.A. (Bril. CoL), M.A. (Simmons), M.L.S. (Brit. Col.l. BONNIE STABI.EFORD, B.A, M.L.S. (W.Ont). ANN TURNER, B Mus, M.B.A. (Brit. CoL), M.Libr. (Wash.), A.R.C.T, (Tor,), C.G.A, PAUL WHITNEY, B.A. (Sask.), M.L.S. (Brit. Col). DAVID WINTER, B.A, M.L.S (Brit. Col). Medicine 203 Doctor of Medicine — M.D. Curriculum The medical course extends through four academic sessions. The academic session in first year is of 36 weeks duration, including three weeks of examinations, a study week and one week of vacation. The first term is 16 weeks in length, comprising 15 instructional weeks and one week of examinations at term end. The second term is divided into two phases. Phase I is 13 weeks in length, comprising 10 instructional weeks, a study week, an examination week and one week's vacation. Phase II is seven weeks in length, comprising six instructional weeks and one week of final examinations, The second year is of 36 weeks duration, consisting of 32 instructional weeks, with one week of examination prior to Christmas break preceded by one week of study time and an end-of-course examination week, and an end-of-term examination week preceded by one week of study time. The third year is of 33 weeks duration including one week of examinations prior to Christmas break, a four-week elective block and one week of examinations at year end. The final year is of 49 weeks duration. In addition, there are holidays over Christmas and New Year. In first year, the student is given a broad understanding of the scientific basis of modern medicine through correlated courses in anatomy, biochemistry and physiology. From the beginning, students are also introduced to patient care through Family Practice 401 and a Clinical Skills course. An awareness ofthe social and clinical issues in medicine is fostered, as is the history of the health sciences. Anatomy, biochemistry and physiology conclude at the end of the first phase; general pathology and medical microbiology start in phase two in a transition from normal to abnormal physiology concluding at the end of the second phase of first year. In second year, pharmacology is given with pathology, medical microbiology and introductory courses in psychiatry and medical genetics. A correlated course in neurological sciences is also presented during this year. This enables an integrated system approach to clinical medicine to be started at the beginning of second year and to continue through the remainder of the curriculum. In the third year, the essentials of modern diagnosis and treatment are presented by the clinical departments in a series of lectures, demonstrations and seminars, integrated by systems and illustrated by bedside clinics given in the affiliated teaching hospitals. Instruction in history-taking and physical examination is given during ward work sessions. To enable the student to return to areas of interest in the basic sciences aroused by clinical work or to meet future needs in practice or research, electives in the basic sciences and clinical departments are required in the second term of third year. Fourth year is a clinical clerkship, and offers the senior medical student a wide range of opportunities for applying knowledge of clinical medicine under supervision in the teaching hospitals by means of rotations within the clinical departments. As part ofthe clerkship year, an elective period of six weeks is offered which affords the student a wide opportunity of choices in the clinical departments of the teaching hospitals or in the community hospitals of B.C. Should students so desire, they may present their own elective programs to the Faculty for approval. At the commencement of fourth year, a one week interdepartmental course is offered covering topics such as medical ethics, medical jurisprudence, stress, and practical clinical skills. The Faculty of Medicine At the undergraduate level, the degrees of Doctor of Medicine (M.D.) and Bachelor of Medical Laboratory Science (B.M.L.Sc.) are offered directly by the Faculty of Medicine. At the postgraduate level, it offers Postgraduate (Residency) Training programs, Together with the Faculty of Science and the Faculty of Graduate Studies, the Faculty of Medicine offers combined programs leading to the degrees of Doctor of Medicine (M.D.) and Bachelor of Science (B.Sc), and Doctor of Medicine (M.D.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.). The School of Rehabilitation Sciences is a component ofthe Faculty of Medicine which offers training in physical and occupational therapy. The School of Audiology and Speech Sciences is also a part of the Faculty and provides instruction in speech pathology. Information concerning the Schools may be found elsewhere in the Calendar and enquiries should be sent to the Directors of the Schools. During the progra m sufficient time for independent study has been set aside to allow and encourage students to take responsibility for their own progress in meeting the broad objectives ofthe undergraduate medical course. The first year of the course is given mainly on the campus but s tarting in the second year instruction is transferred to the affiliated teaching hospitals (Vancouver Hospital and Health Sciences Centre; St. Paul's Hospital; University Hospital, UBC site; Grace Hospital; Children's Hospital; Cancer Control Agency of British Columbia). In addition, the facilities ofthe Lions Gate Hospital, Royal Columbian Hospital, the Provincial Mental Hospital, G. F. Strong Rehabilitation Centre, Canadian Arthritis and Rheumatism Society Centre are used for various aspects of clinical teaching, as well as other community resources, including B.C. community hospitals. Selection of a Program of Premedical Studies Students planning to apply for admission to the Faculty of Medicine should select their courses of study, in addition to the specific prerequisite courses listed below, to conform with the requirements of a baccalaureate degree program of their choice. It is considered desirable that students admitted to Medicine should come from a variety of premedical academic backgrounds, and there is no particular degree program that is looked on as haviiig unique merits as preparation for the subsequent study ancl practice of medicine. In certain circumstances it may be in order for academically strong candidates who have completed programs of study that have not included all of the medical school prerequisites to take an extra year of studies in order to complete the entrance requirements. Students who have completed programs that have included all of the prerequisites and who then enrol in "unclassified" non-degree programs for the sole purpose of im proving their academ ic qualifications for admission to the Faculty of Medicine are advised that only a small proportion of candidates in these circumstances ultimately gain admission, and that a high level of academic performance in such an "unclassified" year will not necessarily result in acceptance into the Faculty of Medicine. Admission Candidates for admission to the Faculty of Medicine must have completed, as a minimum, three full years in the Faculty of Science or the Faculty of Arts or other faculty at The University of British Columbia (90 academic credits), or the equivalent thereof. Applications from individuals already holding an M.D degree or its equivalent will not normally be considered. All applicants must have completed the following University level prerequisite courses by May of the year in which they are applying for admission to Medicine. (Note: Advance credit will not be granted for Grade 13 courses.) 1) Six credits of English chosen from ENGL 110 (Approaches to Literature), ENGL 111 (Approaches to Non-fictional Prose), ENGL 112 (Strategies for University Writing), ENGL 120 (Literature and Criticism) and ENGL 121 (Introduction to Literary Theory). (ENGL 112 is recommended.) 2) BIOI 101 or 102 or 103 (Principles of Biology) or equivalent. 3) CHEM 110 or 120 (Principles of Chemistry) or CHEM 103 (General Chemistry) or equivalent. 4) CHEM 203 or 230 (Organic Chemistry) or equivalent. 5) BIOC 300 or 303 or equivalent or BIOL 201 and BIOC 302. The foregoing prerequisite courses are required of students taking premedical programs at The University of British Columbia. Students taking premedical studies at other universities must submit evidence of having successfully completed equivalent courses in these subjects. It is also strongly recommended that students take courses in behavioral sciences, biometrics and statistics, and physics. 204 Medicine The Medical College Admission Test (MCAT) All candidates are required to take the Medical College Admission Test and perform satisfactorily in the test It is strongly recommended that applicants complete this examination in the Fall ofthe year prior to the year that they apply for entrance to Medical School. It is advisable to complete all ofthe above-listed prerequisite courses before taking the MCAT. The design of this test underwent a change in the spring of 1991 and all candidates for admission to Medicine are required to take the MCAT in its new (post-1991) format. The MCAT test result is normally valid for a period of five years. Arrangements to take the Medical College Admission Test should be made with the counselling service of the institution at which the student is taking premedical studies. Information regarding the test may be obtained from the MCAT Program Office, P.O. Box24720, Oakland, CA 94625- 1720, U.S.A., telephone: (510) 654-1200, or from the Student Counselling and Resources Centre at The University of British Columbia. When the test is taken the candidate should request that the test scores he sent to The Admissions Committee, Faculty of Medicine, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C., V6T 1Z3. Required Academic Standards The minimum acceptable academic standing for admission to the Faculty of Medicine is an overall average of 70% (or the equivalent in other grading systems) based on grades received in all university-level courses completed to the time of application. Achievement of this minimum academic requirement, however, provides no assurance of admission. The number of applicants so qualified exceeds by a wide margin the number of places in the entering class and the scholastic standards of those admitted to the Faculty of Medicine in recent years have been considerably above this minimum required grade. Note: Persons who have been required to withdraw from another medical school for academic reasons are not eligible to apply. Selection of Candidates for Admission The first year entering class is presently limited to 120 full- time students. As noted above, the number of qualified applicants greatly exceeds this limit. In the selection ofthe candidates to be granted admission the following guidelines are observed: 1) No discrimination is made with respect to age, gender, race, religion, marital status, or economic status of the applicant 2) Preference is given to well-qualified residents of the Province of British Columbia. 3) Selection of candidates for admission is made bv a consensus of the Admissions Committee arrived at after independent rating of the applicants bv individual members of the Committee. The rating assigned an applicant is based on the following criteria: a) The candidate's total academic record since secondary school graduation. Apart from fulfilling the prerequisites referred to above it is the total performance in the student's academic program rather than the specific field of study that is taken into account by the Admissions Committee. Considerable weight is placed on the candidate's overall average in all university courses completed to date, and on the average in the specific prerequisite courses listed above. Consideration is also given to performance in courses at senior undergraduate and graduate level, and to trends in grades from vear to year. b) Scores on the Medical College Admission Test. c) Evaluation by at least three referees selected by the candidateancl submitted under confidential cover. tl) Evaluation bv individual members of the Admissions Committee of non-academic autobiographical material supplied by the applicant in the application documents, e) Evaluations based on interviews which may be held at the discretion of the Admissions Committee 4) Non-academic qualities to which special attention is paid include the following- motivation, maturity, integrity, emotional stability, realistic self-appraisal, social concern and responsibility, reliability, creativity, scientific and intellectual curiosity, attitude toward continuing learning, problem solving and decisionmaking aptitude, ability to communicate verbally and in writing, leadership potential, capacity to understand and cooperate with others, concern for human welfare, and demonstrated high level of performance in any aspect of human endeavour. Application Procedure Application forms will be available from the Dean of Medicine's office from Aligns! IS to December 15. Completed applications should be returned to the Dean's office as early as possible and in any case must be received no later than December 15, the Aeulllne for receipt of applications. Applications without transcripts will meet the December 15 deadline but cannot be processed until all documents have been received. Applicants should therefore ensure that all official transcripts, MCAT scores and letters of reference are submitted as early as possible to the Dean's Office, Faculty of Medicine. Personal interviews with members of the Admissions Committee may be required of any applicant. All applicants to the M.D. degree program are required to pay a $50.00 application fee. In addition. University regulations require that a fee of $25.00 be charged for evaluating and processing educational records issued by institutions outside the Province of British Columbia. These fees must accompany the application for admission form when submitted with supporting documents. These fees are non-refundable and are not applicable to tuition. Notification to successful applicants will generally be issued by earlyjulv or in some instances by an earlier date. An applicant who is successful must submit a deposit of $100.00 within four weeks of notification of the offer from this university. This deposit is non-refundable and shall he applied toward the tuition charge for the first term of the session for which the candidate has been accepted. A successful applicant is required to submit a health record to the Student University Health Service'at the time of acceptance. The approved form will be included in the registration package. Anv false or inaccurate statement concerning lhe applicant's health could jeopardize his or her status as a sludent. An applicant with any condiiion requiring periodic medical attention or interfering with normal activities must submit a medical certifitate with the application. In this certificate the examining physician should describe the extent of the disability and estimate its effect on the applicant's future ability to practice medicine. Reapplications Qualified candidates who are not admitted following initial application may reapply for admission in a subsequent year without prejudice. However, re-applications from candidates who have already applied unsuccessfully for admission to this faculty on three previous occasions are not normally accepted. Applications which are withdrawn in writing prior to adjudication are included in t his limitation when more than two applications have been withdrawn. Admission of Students by Transfer The acceptance of transfer students will depend upon the existence of vacancies in the class year for which they are applying. The student will only be considered if attending a medical school in Canada or in the United States that is accredited by the Committee on Accreditation of Canadian Medir al Schools and the Liaison Committee on Medical Education. Factors taken into account in the transfer request include the reasons for transfer, the academic standing of the student and a letter from the Dean (or designate) of the medical school from which the applicant wishes to transfer. Interviews may be required. Students applying for transfer must, complete the Application for Admission form, and are subject to the same application fees (sec above). In addition, students accepted for transfer will be responsible for any additional costs related to processing their transfer. Students applying for transfer into Second Year must submit their applications by April 30 of each year, and will be informed of the decision regarding their application by mid-August. Applications for transfer into Third Year will not normally be considered due to the structure of the program. Applications for visiting students in the Fourth Year must be submitted byjanuary 31 of each year and students will require the approval of their medical school in order to apply. Studenls will be informed ofthe decision relating to their application by late April. Those individuals who successfully complete the requirements of Fourth Year to the satisfaction of both The University of British Columbia and their home university will have their degree conferred by the latter. A student must be in good standing in an accredited medical school to request a transfer. Transfer of Students from Graduate Studies Students enrolled in the Faculty of Graduate Studies are advised that only a small proportion of such students ultimately gain admission to the Faculty of Medicine. For this reason, students are discouraged from pursuing this course of action to gain admission to the Faculty of Medicine with advanced standing. Acceptance of such students into the Faculty of Medicine will be made through the existing selection procedures ofthe Faculty of Medicine as outlined above. Deferred Entry Under some limited, special circumstance's, admission may be deferred for one vear at the discretion of the Admissions Selection Committee. Requests for deferred entry must be stated on the application form. Students who have not completed a first degree are not eligible for deferred entrv Medicine 205 Registration The academic year of the Faculty of Medicine normally begins late in August for first, second and third years. The academic term for fourth year begins early in May. Students in each year of the medical program will be notified of registration procedures. No student will be allowed to register after the first day of instruction in the term, nor will be admitted to any class after its first session, except by permission ofthe Dean. Student Expenses Instruments and supplies will be required throughout the four year program. It is recommended that no purchases be made until details concerning the necessary equipment are furnished at the beginning of classes by the departments concerned. In first year, students should allow approximately $3,500 to cover the costs of the above. In subsequent years ofthe program costs will vary. Textbooks Information regarding textbooks will be given at the first class period in each course. Not less than $500.00 per year should be available for purchasing textbooks and expendable supplies. Courses Leading to the M.D. Degree Departmental and interdepartmental courses offered by the Faculty of Medicine are listed in detail in the section ofthe Calendar headed "Courses of Instruction." The subjects in which instruction is given in the four academic sessions leading to the M.D. degree are as follows: • First Year—Anatomy (including Embryology and Histology), Biochemistry, Physiology, Introduction to Clinical Practice, Clinical Skills teaching (Interviewing and Physical Examination ofthe Normal), Medical Ethics, Pathology, Behavioural Sciences in Medical Practice and approved electives. • SecondYear—Interdepartmental Clinical Skills Courses emphasizing history taking and examination of the abnormal (Medicine, Surgery, Paediatrics, Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Psychiatry), Addiction Medicine, Medical Genetics, Medical Microbiology, Neu roanatomy, Neurophysiology, Ophthalmology, Orthopaedics, Pathology, Pharmacology and electives. • Third Year — Health Care and Epidemiology, Medicine, Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Ophthalmology, Paediatrics, Pharmacology and Therapeutics, Psychiatry, Diagnostic Radiology, Surgery (including subspecialties), Anaesthesiology, Addiction Medicine, and electives. There is a block format in the third year timetable which includes a four-week elective period as the final rotation. • Fourth Year (Clinical Clerkship) — Medicine (including subspecialities), Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Paediatrics, Psychiatry, Addiction Medicine, Surgery (including sub-specialties, Ophthalmology and Anaesthesiology), approved electives and a one week Interdepartmental course. Electives Information concerning elective offerings may be obtained from the office ofthe Dean. In addition to formal courses offered by the Faculty of Medicine elective programs arranged by the student may be permissible in individual cases, subject to approval by the Faculty. Attendance Regular attendance is expected of students in all their classes (including lectures, laboratories, tutorials, seminars, etc.). Students who are unavoidably absent because of illness or disability should report to the Dean's Office. A student planning to be absent from classes for any reason must obtain prior permission from the Dean's office. Examination!; Examinations in the Faculty of Medicine may be held at various times throughout the year. These examinations are obligatory for all students. Should a student be unavoidably absent from a sessional or final examination because of illness or other reason, the Dean's office must be notified ofthe facts in the case before the end of the period during which the examination is scheduled. Failure to observe this rule may result in a failure being recorded in the course. When a sessional or final examination has been missed through illness or some other justifiable cause, application for deferred examination or special consideration must be made in writing to the Dean not later than 48 hours after the close of the examination period. If the absence was for reasons of health, a physician's certificate indicating the nature and duration ofthe illness must be submitted to the University Health Service. A student may be denied the privilege of writing a sessional examination in any subject because of unsatisfactory work or attendance, and in this case will be considered to have failed the course. In any course which involves both laboratory work and written examinations, a student is required to achieve satisfactory standing in both parts of the course. If the course is repeated, no exemption will ordinarily be granted from the work in either part. Term essays and examination papers may be refused a passing mark if they are illegible or noticeably defective in English. The passing mark in the Faculty of Medicine is 60%. Ail results of final examinations will be passed upon by a Promotions Committee. Final examination results will be released by the Registrar. Subjects of the Final Examinations • Firs t Year—Anatomy (incl uding Radiological Anatomy), Histology (includingEmbryology), Biochemistry, Physiology, Clinical Skills I, Family Practice, Medical Ethics, Pathology, and Behavioural Sciences in Medicine. • Second Year — Anatomy (Neuroanatomy), Medicine, Paediatrics, Obstetrics, Psychiatry, Medical Microbiology, Patlwlogy, Pharmacology, Physiology (Neurophysiology), Medical Genetics, and Surgery. • Third Year—Promotion of students from third year to fourth year will be based on a continuing evaluation carried out by each Department during the third year and on results of written examinations and clinical oral examinations. The subjects in which students will be assessed in third year will he: Anaesthesia; Electives; Health Care and Epidemiology; iVi.edicine; Therapeutics; Obstetrics and Gynaecology; Opthalmology; Paediatrics; Psychiatry; and Surgery. Students will also be required to demonstrate satisfactory knowledge of radiological aspects of the above listed subjects. • FoLirth Year (Medical Student Internship)—Medicine, Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Paediatrics, Psychiatry, and Surgery, (including subspecialties). All persons writing the Medical Council of Canada examinations are required to submit a separate examination fee to that body. This fee is set by the Council and is payable to The Registrar, Medical Council of Canada. Advancement The Faculty will determine the student's fitness for promotion at the end of each session. A student whose academic standing is unsatisfactory may be required either to withdraw from the Faculty or to repeat the entire work of the year. If the progress ofa student has been unsatisfactory in any given session, the Faculty may permit a supplemental examination in the subject failed, provided that: 1) attendance has been satisfactory; 2) more than two subjects have not been failed; and, 3) an average of at least 60% in the work of the year including the failed subjects has been obtained. The department or departments concerned may direct such work as will be necessary to prepare for the supplemental examination. It is the responsibility ofthe student to consult the heads ofthe departments concerned about such arrangements. If the student satisfies the requirements of the departments concerned and passes each supplemental examination with a mark of at least 65% he or she will be promoted. A student in the first year who fails to be promoted will not be permitted to repeat the year except under special circumstances. A student will not be permitted to repeat more than one year except under special circumstances. A student who repeats a year is required to attain a mark of at least 65% in the examination in each subject. Although satisfactory academic performance is prerequisite to advancement it is not the sole criterion in the consideration of the suitability ofa student for promotion or graduation. The Faculty reserves the right to require a student to withdraw from the Faculty if considered to be unsuited to proceed with the study or practice of medicine. Medical Council of Canada Qualifying Examination Application Forms and Information Kits are available through the Dean's office at the Vancouver Hospital and Health Sciences Centre. Students planning to practice in British Columbia should make application to the Registrar, College of Physicians and Surgeons of British Columbia. Application should be made not later than February 1 in the final year of the medical course. Forms will be made available in the Dean's office, Vancouver Hospital and Health Sciences Centre. The credentials will be processed directly by the Registrar's Office. A student planning to practice medicine outside this province should comply with the regulations of the appropriate licensing body, including the requirements of other Colleges of Physicians and Surgeons. A student who has registered in another province should ordinarily obtain the Application Form and Information Kit from that province. Graduation Requirements A candidate for the M.D. degree must be at least 21 years of age; have fulfilled all the requirements for entrance to the Faculty of Medicine and have attended the four full 206 Medicine years of instruction which comprise the medical course. No one will be admitted to candidacy for the M.D. degree who has not been in attendance for the final two years in the Faculty of Medicine at the University of British Columbia. Each candidate for graduation must have passed all the required examinations in the subjects comprising the medical course, and have received acceptable ratings in certain courses for which satisfactory completion is required but specific marks are not assigned. The Faculty will recommend to Senate the granting ofthe M.D. degree to a student who has completed satisfactorily the academic requirements. Each candidate for the M.D. degree must make formal application, on a form obtainable at the Registrar's Office. Regulations Regarding Licence to Practice Medicine The possession of an M.D. degree does not, in itself, confer the right to practice medicine in any province in Canada. Each province has a College of Physicians and Surgeons, as mentioned previously, and these Colleges have the final authority to grant a licence to practice medicine within their jurisdictions. The possession of the Licentiate ofthe Medical Council of Canada (L.M.C.C.) is one ofthe major requirements ofthe Provincial Colleges of Physicians and Surgeons for registration. To be eligible for licensure in B.C., graduates will be required to have completed at least two years of postgraduate training with at least eight weeks in each of Medicine, Surgery, Obstetrics ancl Gynaecology, Paediatrics, and four weeks in each of Emergency and Family- Medicine and Psychiatry, in addition to being a Licentiate ofthe Medical Council of Canada. Applicants with Certification by the College of Family- Physicians of Canada or the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada and being Licentiates of the Medical Council of Canada will also qualify for licences to practice. Postgraduate Education The Faculty of Medicine assists students in applying for postgraduate positions and advises on the merits of those available. The Office of the Associate Dean, Postgraduate Education, should be consulted early in the final year before students apply to the hospitals in which they are interested, as not all programs are acceptable. It should be clearly understood that the Faculty of Medicine does not undertake postgraduate placement or the assignment of graduating students to postgraduate positions. The Canadian Intern Matching Service, Association of Canadian Medical Colleges, provides a matching service program for internships and residencies. The Canadian Intern Matching Service (CIMS) Virtually all hospitals accredited for intern training in Canada are members of the Canadian Intern Matching Service and all graduates from Canadian medical schools who plan to take their postgraduate training in Canada must apply through this organization. The Matching Service is a clearing-house designed to help final year students obtain the internships of their choice, and to help hospitals and internship program directors obtain the students of their choice. The Matching Service acts as the student's agent tin the instructions embodied in the student's confidential list of all the internships for which he or she has applied, ranked in order of preference. Similarly, the Matching Service acts as the hospital's agent on the instructions embodied in its confidential list of all the students that have applied, ranked in order ofthe hospital's preference. TheCIMSbrochureand relevant documents for participation in the matching program arc distributed annually in July to all final year medical students through the Dean's Office at Vancouver I lospital and Health Sciences Centre. Further information is available from the CIMS office, 151 Slater Street, Suite 802, Ottawa, Ontario, KIP 5H3, telephone (800) 465-4584. Resident Education Specialty training at the University of British Columbia is now offered in one of two streams, namely Family Medicine or a Royal College specialty program. Recruitment is now directly from medical school to these programs. A number of the Royal College programs still require a mandatory basic clinical year, and with this, designated positions are available ancl are assigned to the successful applicants. All training must be taken in institutions approved by the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada or the College of Family Physicians of Canada. All programs are totally integrated and directed by the University Faculty of Medicine. All residents are appointed bythe British Columbia Interns and Residents Paying Agency and The University of British Columbia. All residents are required to register as postgraduate (resident) students ofthe University in order to receive accreditation for their training. Postgraduate courses are offered by individual departments or divisions ofthe Faculty of Medicine in 49 medical, surgical and laboratory specialties. These courses conform to the specialty training requirements of the Royal College of Physicians ancl Surgeons of Canada and the College of Family Physicians of Canada and are listed under calendar numbers of 700 or higher. Applications for resident staff appointments by graduates of Canadian medical schools should be made to the Program Director of the appropriate division or department of the University. Applications from graduates of foreign medical schools should be addressed to the Associate Dean, Postgraduate Education. Division of Continuing Medical Education A Division of Continuing Medical Education has been established within the Office of the Dean. Its purposes are to: initiate ancl support programs in continuing medical education for physicians in practice, initiate ancl support health sciences inter-professional programs of continuing education, initiate and support efforts designed to define needs in continuing medical education, initiate and support programs of evaluation in continuing medical education, initiate and support experiments in new- methods of learning in undergraduate and continuing medical education, ancl improve methods of information dispersal in continuing medical education leading to improved patient care. Combined Programs B.Sc. Degree and M.D. Degree Students who have completed the third year in one ofthe approved degree programs of the Faculty of Science at UBC and lhe first year in the Faculty of Medicine at UBC. and who have completed ALL the course requirements of the degree program may be eligible for the appropriate B.Sc. degree. It is necessary that such students meet all of the specific course requirements of the departmental degree program and have the prior approval ofthe Head of the Department. Students should plan to meet these specific course requirements prior to their entrance into the Faculty of Medicine. With the approval of the Dean of Science up to 30 credits of course work in the Faculty of Medicine mav be recognized for credit towards the B.Sc. degree. Students in the Faculty of Medicine who wish to qualify for the B.Sc. degree must file a copy of their program in first- year Medicine with the Dean of Science by September 15 of the Winter Session of the year preceding the Fall in which they plan to qualify for the B.Sc. degree. M.D. Degree and Ph.D. Degree This program is for the exceptional student who is contemplating an academic career in the Biomedical Sciences and who is prepared to accept a six- or seven-year program. To be eligible, the student must have completed a B.Sc. degree with FIRST CUSS HONOURS (or equivalent), must be selected as a first-year medical student by the Faculty of Medicine, and must be accepted in a Ph.D. program sponsored by a Department of the Faculty of Medicine ancl approved by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The M.D. - Ph.D. student will normally be required to be registered as a graduate student for a minimum of three (12-month) years. During this period, the student will be permitted to take all the courses required for completion of the first year of Medicine. In addition, students must complete all courses, seminars, directed readings and thesis work recommended by their Candidate's Committee in consultation with the department(s) concerned. Upon successful completion ofthe graduate component of the program, the M.D. - Ph.D. candidate will be permitted to register in second-year Medicine. The summer period between second- and third-yearMedicine, and the Basic Science elective in third-year Medicine may be used by students to complete and defend their theses. Since the course work and the combined program can be expected to be heavy, the student is advised to arrange to begin the program in June rather than September of the first graduate student year. A medical student who has a B.Sc. degree with first class honours and who has completed first-year Medicine with high standing is eligible for the M.D. - Ph.D. program. However, graduate students are not eligible for the combined program until selected as medical students by t he- Admissions Selection Committee ofthe Faculty of Medicine in the normal way. Postgraduate (Residency) Training Programs Postgraduate courses are offered by individual departments or divisions of the Faculty of Medicine, to graduates of Canadian medical schools. These courses satisfy the specialty training requirements ofthe Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada and the College of Family Physicians of Canada and are approved as a prerequisite for the examinations in each specialty. All Residents must register as Postgraduate (Resident) students ofthe University. The Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada requires a minimum of four to five years of specialty Medicine 207 training dependent on the individual specialty. A broad base clinical PGY1 year is a mandatory component of many specialty programs but is not a requirement for entrance into such programs as paediatrics, internal medicine and the primary surgical specialties. Ongoing assessments are made through each of the training years and, on satisfactory completion of the program, candidates may apply to sit the certification examination ofthe Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada. Candidates are eligible to sit the certification examinations ofthe College of Family Physicians of Canada upon completion ofthe two-year program. Supervision of each training program is the responsibility of the university department or division concerned. Selection of candidates for each program is at the discretion of the Program Director of each department to whom application should be made. The training programs run throughout the calendar year, commencing July 1. A variety of service rounds, conferences and seminars, small group tutorials, and divisional sessions having a bearing on patient care, but within which a teaching component is clearly defined, are offered. For course descriptions see the "Courses of Instruction" section under the appropriate heading. Anaesthesia The postgraduate program in anaesthesiology, which is fully approved for Fellowship in the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada, provides rotations in Clinical Anaesthesia, Internal Medicine and Basic Science or Clinical Research. The clinical rotations of the five-year program involve a wide experience of general anaesthetic practice including the sub-specialties of paediatric, obstetric, cardiac and thoracic anaesthesia as well as experience in acute and chronic pain services. The resident is introduced to clinical responsibility in a graded manner, with the objective of becoming a consultant in anaesthesia in its broadest sense. An active academic core of Junior (second-year j resident) and Senior (final two years) Tutorials, Seminars, ' Clinical Anaesthesia and Intensive Care Unit Rounds, Clinical Workshops, and Journal Clubs (see course instruction for details) are held weekly throughout the academic year. Clinical and academic evaluations are conducted on a day-to-day basis, as well as with formal written and oral examinations, held twice annually. The year of Internal Medicine emphasizes cardiovascular, respiratory, nephrology and haematology as well as rotations through intensive care units (adult, paediatric and neonatal). The fifth and final year may involve a third year of clinical anaesthesia specialty rotations or a research ancl teaching fellowship in Physiology and Pharmacology or a clinical research fellowship in Anaesthesia at one of the several university affiliated teaching hospitals. Community Medicine Postgraduate training in Community Medicine consists of four years in an accredited Community Medicine training program, of which one may be an optional year in another approved program. The three core years consist of an academic year in the Department of Health Care and Epidemiology, where the resident becomes familiar with the sciences basic to Community Medicine, such as biostatistics, epidemiology, toxicology, occupational health and community health programs. Upon completion of the academic vear an M.H.Sc. will be conferred. The two further years consist of increasing responsibility in the areas of clinical epidemiology, occupational and environmental health ancl community medicine. Research experience is encouraged as a component of the program. Rotations may be in industry or health units in B.C. Rounds and seminars are held regularly in the department on campus. Resident attendance for the academic- day is required. Family Practice The Family Practice Residency is a two-year program in which the Resident is given progressively increasing responsibility in patient care and management. Residents receive training in various hospitals in Medicine, Surgery, Paediatrics, Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Emergency, Psv- chiatiy, Geriatrics and Sports Medicine. In addition, within the Family Practice Units and in community practices, they are involved directly with ambulator)' patients to whom they relate as family physicians and provide primary care on an episodic, continuing and preventative basis under the supervision of Department of Family Practice staff physicians. Patients are seen and patient problems managed in office, home and hospital environments. Formal rounds, seminars, tutorials, daily chart rounds and Journal Clubs round out the resident's training in areas particularly pertinent to Family Practice. A one-year training p togram in emergency medicine is offered. Medical Microbiology The purpose of this residency program is to train physicians to a level of competence that will enable them to direct the microbiology services in any hospital or other health care facility. Emphasis is placed on the appropriate delivery of diagnostic tests, infection control and consultation services to clinical colleagues who look after patients with infection. It is a four year program comprising two core years ol medical microbiology, one year in an elective program approved by the director, and one year of approved clinical training. Medicine (General) The training program includes ward work and case conferences on General Medical and Subspecialty Ward Services supervised by members ofthe Faculty. The Residents are given progressive responsibility for patient care on Medical Wards. Investigation and management of disease in ambulatory patients is provided under the direction of Faculty Members in the General Internal Medicine and Medical Specialties. The Department of Medicine utilizes the following facilities: the Vancouver Hospital and Health Sciences Centre, St. Paul's Hospital, University Hospital-Shaughnessy Site and the W. Koerner Acute Care Unit of the University Hospital-UBC Site. The Department also utilizes the facilities of the Maxwell Evans Cancer Control Agency, the G. F. Strong Rehabilitation Center, and the Arthritis Center. In the Department of Medicine and its subspecialties, courses will be given as indicated in the calendar section "Courses of Instruction." At present the following have training programs, in addition to courses listed. General Internal Medicine Cardiology Dermatology Endocrinology Gastroenterology Geriatric Medicine Haematology Infectious Disease Nephrology Neurology Oncology Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Respiratory Medicine Rheumatology Nuclear Medicine The objectives of this program are to provide up to four years' training in Nuclear Medicine for graduate physicians interested in a career in nuclear medicine in a community hospital or in an academic centre. The core training program will consist of graduated experience in the divisions of nuclear medicine at the Vancouver Hospital and Health Sciences Centre, St. Paul's Hospital, Children's Hospital and the University Hospital-UBC Site, as well as in radiopharmacy. For individuals interested in an academic career, excellent research resources are available in all of the diagnostic imaging techniques including an extensive radiopharmaceutical preparation and research laboratory, an active research program into medically useful nuclides at TRIUMF, and positron emission tomography and single photon emission tomography facilities as well as other modalities such as nuclear magnetic resonance, ultrasound and computer assisted tomography. Staff include basic scientists in addition to physicians. Obstetrics and Gynaecology A balanced program of academic and practical clinical experience. The academic program consists mainly of weekly specialty rounds in the areas of gynaecology, gynaecologic oncology, high-risk pregnancy and fetal monitoring. Current cases and unusual clinical problems, together with their pathophysiology and management are discussed. A weekly afternoon seminar is held in which topics are assigned and prepared by residents ancl attending staff. Selected papers from the current literature are presented and critically discussed by the residents and the attending staff. Clinical experience is provided under supervision in the Ambulatory Care Clinics with graduated responsibility being provided in the performance of operating and case room procedures. Ophthalmology The Department offers practical experience in examination, investigation and management of patients in the neuro-ophthalmology, retina, cornea glaucoma, refraction ancl contact lens, ocular plastic, genetic and low vision clinics under supervision in addition to general ophthalmology and paediatric ocular motility clinics throughout the week. Instruction and assistance is given in the practical performance of major and minor ophthalmic surgical procedures. The management of patients with emphasis on solving diagnostic problems and performance of medical and surgical therapy is undertaken on both an in-patient and out-patient basis with follow-up clinics. Orthopaedics The Department offers a fully integrated five-year program leading to Certification by, and Fellowship of, the Royal College of Surgeons of Canada in the specialty of Orthopaedics. The program includes core experience in the Principles ofSurgery (General, Plastic, Neurosurgery, Intensive Care, Vascular and Orthopaedics), as well as core and advanced training in the areas of General Orthopaedics, Adult Reconstruction, Musculoskeletal Oncology. Trauma, Sports Related and Arthroscopy, Hand and Microvascular, and Pediatric Orthopaedics (including trauma). Additionally, protected time in Basic Research (such as Biology or Bioengineering) is strongly encouraged. The hospitals affiliated with the program include the Vancouver General, the British Columbia's Children's, St. 208 Medicine Paul's, the Royal Columbian, and the University campus Hospital. Paediatrics Education in Paediatrics is a graduated experience utilizing in-patient, ambulatory and community resources. Clinical, technical and communication skills are emphasized throughout. Supervisory, research and consultative skills are also taught and are given greater emphasis in the later years. The paediatric resident has access both to general paediatric patients and a wide variety of subspecialty patients providing a broad experience during training. Rounds occurdaily and an Academic Half Day- assures the residents freedom to attend interactive didactic sessions in basic and clinical science, clinical skills, bioethics and research methodology. Pathology Approved training is available in all of the subspecialties of laboratory medicine which can be designed to fulfil the requirements of a general or specialized pathology postgraduate program. Residents will normally rotate through the major teaching hospitals and are expected to assume increasing responsibilities as they progress. Weekly seminars are held as well as reviews of interesting cases. The resident's progress through the training program is regularly assessed. Psychiatry The Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada is responsible for setting the requirements of all medical postgraduate training in Canada. The Psychiatry Residency Program at The University of British Columbia operates under the Royal College guidelines. There are thirty-four psychiatry residency positions. The academic year runs from July 1 to June 30. The four-year program is for applicants who have completed a twelvemonth North American rotating internship; the five-year program is for applicants applying directly from a Canadian medical school, following successful completion of the four-year undergraduate program in medicine. \ Clinical training takes place on hospital inpatient wards and at outpatient units. Mandatory rotations include: general hospital inpatient/OPD, child, chronic care, emergency, consultation-liaison, geriatric and community psychiatry. One day per week is dedicated to academic seminars at the UBC campus. The philosophy of our program is to train psychiatrists in the broad aspects ofthe bio-psycho-social model of medicine and psychiatry. Research, although not mandatory, is encouraged at each level ofthe resident's training. Radiation Oncology (British Columbia Cancer Agency) Residents rotate through the various clinical teams in Radiation Oncology. On each service they receive personal supervision for the ward management of patients and practical experience in the planning and delivery of radiation therapy. The Residents take part in joint interdisciplinary conferences in the management of breast, gynaecological, genitourinary, gastrointestinal, lymphomatous, head and neck, dermatological, thoracic and paediatric malignancies. There are various teaching rounds and formal lectures and seminars in basic physics, radiobiology, radiation oncology and general oncology. Radiology The postgraduate program in Radiology is a four-year program fully approved for certification and fellowship in the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada. The first year provides core training in physics, chest radiology, gastrointestinal radiology, genitourinary radiology, musculoskeletal radiology, neuroradiology, computed tomography and ultrasound. During the second year the resident consolidates skills in film interpretation and the basic procedures by functioning as a general radiologist under appropriate supervision. A three month block of paediatric radiology is also included. During the third and fourth years, rotations are provided in nuclear medicine, angiography, oncologic radiology, and magnetic resonance imaging. Assuming that the Royal College requirements are satisfied, the last two years provide opportunities for the resident to develop special expertise in any of the subspecialty areas or to develop a full- time research project. Residents are on-call to read emergency films. The academic program consists of daily rounds, weekly grand rounds and resident seminars during the academic year, a four year rotating series of core seminars, and a series of five or six internationally known visiting professors. Residents in their first and third years are expected to complete a research project, and residents in their second and fourth years are expected to present a grand round. Surgery Bedside Clinics for the discussion of problem cases are held regularly, including regular ward rounds and outpatient clinics. Progressive responsibility in patient care, operative instruction and experience, are given in each discipline. The Department ofSurgery has approved specialty training programs in the following specialties: Cardio-Vascular and Thoracic Surgery Emergency Medicine General Surgery Neurosurgery Otorhinolaryngology Paediatric General Surgery Plastic Surgery Urology Vascular Surgery Bachelor of Medical Laboratory Science B.M.L.Sc. This degree is granted upon the successful completion of a two year course. The course consists of training in the theoiy and practice of Medical Laboratory Science with courses in human pathology, modern microscopy, normal human histology, haematology, medical microbiology, clinical chemistry, toxicology, nuclear medicine for medical laboratory scientists, immunopathology and laboratory administration in addition to the general application of basic science to the clinical disciplines of medical laboratory science. Students should note that the B.M.L.Sc. degree program does not qualify students for the Canadian Society of Laboratory Technologists (R.T.) (general) diploma. Admission Applicants must meet the general admission requirements of the University. The Department of Pathology reserves the right of selection of all students admitted to this degree program. Prerequisites Students must meet the requirements of either A or B. A) 1) Graduation from an approved Institute of Tech nology (or College) with an approved two-year program in Medical Laboratory Technology, plus one year of in-hospital training in a C.M.A.-ap- proved hospital laboratory, and 2) graduation with the Canadian Society of Laboratory Technologists (R.T.) (general) diploma, and 3) a) credit in CHEM 230 (or its equivalent) plus credit in one of CHEM 205, 201 or any other second-year level physical chemistry course, or b) credit in CHEM 230 (or its equivalent) plus six credits of arts electives. Candidates admitted under option (b) must complete CHEM 205 in the first year ofthe program. B) Applications will be considered from Science undergraduates or graduates who have passed the following courses or their equivalents: BIOL 101 or 102,200, 201;CHEM 110orl20,205,230;MATH100,101(120, 121); MICB 200; PHYS 110, 115 or 120; six approved credits of first-year English; and an Arts elective (six credits). Successful applicants must pass PATH 300 during the first session following entry, English Requirement In order to graduate from the program candidates must have completed ENGL 100 or six approved credits of first- year English. Courses taken to satisfy the English requirement will also satisfy six credits of Arts electives. Note: Satisfactory completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) is prerequisite to all first-year English courses at UBC. (See Calendar index under Language Proficiency Index.) Enquiries should be directed to the Department of Pathology, telephone 822-7108. Application and Registration Any enquiries should be addressed to: B.M.L.Sc. Program Assistant, Department of Academic Pathology The University of British Columbia, Ground Floor, Room 227 Acute Care Hospital 2211 Wesbrook Mall Vancouver, B.C. V6T 2B5 Program Third Year Course Credits CHEM 311 4 Instrumental Anaivsis MMIB 327 6 Bacteriology, Mycology, Virology and Parasitology PATH 300 6 Background to Medical laboratory Science PATH 301 4 Introduction lo Medical Laboratorv Science PATH 303 ■ Principles of Tissue Culture, ere. PATH 304 i Normal Human Histology PATH 305 4 Modern Microscopy PATH 306 2 Nuclear Medicine for M.L.Sc. PATH 375 2 Introduction to Human Pathology 6 First-year English Fourth Year Course Credits BIOL 300 oi HCEP 400 3 Statistics in the Health Sciences PATH 402 4 Haematology PATH 404 0 Histochemistry PATH 405 2 Seminars in Current Topics Medicine 209 PATH 406 6 Clinical Chemistry PATH 407 4 Analytical, Clinical and Forensic Toxicology PATH 408 3 Laboratory Administration PATH 415 2 Immunopathology 6 Arts electives Note: An optional elective, PATH 438 (2 - 6 credits), is available to students in fourth year. Awards and Financial Assistance A supplement to this Calendar entitled "Awards and Financial Aid" contains a list of current academic awards (scholarships, prizes, etc.) and available financial assistance (grants, bursaries and loans). Students are encouraged to consult the above section to determine awards for which they may be eligible. For further information and application forms contact the Awards Office, Room 101, General Services Administration Building, The University of British Columbia, 2075 Wesbrook Mall, Vancouver, B.C., V6T 1Z1, telephone (604) 822-5111. Academic Staff Office of The Dean MARTINI. HOLLENBERG, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Wayne Sate), FRCPC, Professor of Anatomy and Ophthalmology and Dean. JAMES E. CARTER, M.R, Ch.B. (Cape Ty FRCPC, Professor of Paediatrics, and Associate Dean, Admissions and International Relations. A. DOUGLAS COURTEMANCHE, M.D. (Tor), F.R.CS.C, Clinical Professor of Surgery and Associate Dean, Residency Training. DAVID F. HARDWICK, M.D. (Brit. Col.), FRCPC, F.C.A.P, Professor of Pathology and Associate Dean Research and Planning. ROLAND W. IAUENEE, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Professor of Medicine (Part-time) and Associate Dean, Undergraduate Education. DAVID S. LIRENMAN, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit,), FRCPC, F.A.C.P, Professor of Paediatrics, Associate Dean and Director of Continuing Medical Education. RALPH R. L. ROTHSTEIN, B.Sc. (Brooklyn), M.D. (Yeshiva), FRCPC, A.A.P.P.E, Professor (part-time) of Paediatrics and Associate Dean, Continuing Medical iEducation (to August 30,1994), PEGGY ROSS, M.D, B.Sc.M, FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor Anaesthesia Associate Dean, Equity. Division of Continuing Medical Education DAVID S. LIRENMAN, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC, F.A.C.P, Professor of Paediatrics, Associate Dean and Director of Continuing Medical Education. Division of History of Medicine JOHN M. NORRIS, B.A, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Northwestern), Professor Emerilus and Lecturer, DAVID V. BATES, M.D. (Cantah), F.R.C.P. (Lond.), F.R.S.(C), FRCPC, 7.A.C.P, Honorary Lecturer. WALLACE CHUNG, MIL, CM. (McG), FRCSC, E.A.C.S, Honorary Lecrurer. CLAUDE E. DOLMAN, M.R.C.S. (England), M.B, B.S, D.P.H, Ph.D, F.R.C.P. (Lond), FRCPC, FAP.H.A F.R.S.C , Honorary Lecturer. KENNETH LEIGHTON, M.B, Ch.B. (Aherd.), FRCPC, Honorary Lecturer. ANNA R. LEITH, B.A. (Brit. CoL), M.Lib. (Wash.), Honorary Lecturer. MARK LONG HURST, B.A, M.D, CM. (McG.), M.CI.S. (W.OnL), C.C.F.P, Honorary Lecturer. EDWARD L. MARGETTS, B.A. (Brit. CoL), M.D, CM, D.Psych. (McG.), F.R.CPsych, FRCPC, F.A.P.A, F.R.A.I, F.R.M.S, Honorary Lecturer. CHAJLES E. SLONECKER, D.D.S, Ph.D. (Wash.), Honorary Lecturer ROBERT TODD, B.A. (Lond,). A.M, Ph.D. (Prin.). Honorary Lecrurer. WILLIAM A. WEBBER, M.D. (Brir. CoL), FRCPC, Honorary Lecturer. Department of Anaesthesia D. R. BEVAN, M.A, M.B, B.Chir. (Lond), MRCP (Lond), FFARCS, Professor and Head. W. E ABBOTT, B.Sc. -W.Ont.), M.D. (McM.), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor, R. I.. D. ADAMS, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistanl Professor. J. H. ANDERSON, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. D. M. ANSLEY, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. J. E. AXELSON, B.S. iWash.), Ph.D. (N.Y.State, Buffalo), Professor. Pharmaceutics ik Biopharmaceutics, Associate Member. P. F. BAKER, B.Sc, M.D. (Bril. CoL), FRCPC.Clinical Instructor. S. B. C. BAKER, M.B, Ch.B. (N.Z.), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. R. BARLEY, M.B, Ch B. (Mane), D.A. (Lond.), F.F.A.R.C.S, FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. C. P. BATES, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. J. L. BEREZOWSKYJ, B.Sc, M.D, CM. (McG.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. G. BERGMAN, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. J. C. BEVAN, M.B, B S. (Durham), DRCOG, FFARCS (England), M.D. (Newcastle-upon-Tyne), Associate Professor, J, P, BLACHUT, B.Sc , M.D, (Tor.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. L. B1ACKMAN, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Cot), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. D. ELAC .STOCK, MB, Ch.B, B.A.O, (Queen's, Belfast), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. A. J. BOULTON, M.B, Ch.B. (Mane). FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. J. B. BOWERING, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. S. E BRIGHT, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. I. A. BRODKIN, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. P. A. BURGI, M.B, B.Ch. (W'itw.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. F. BYLSMA, B.Sc, Ph.D., M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCPC. Clinical Instructor. M. BYLSMA-HOWELL, B.A, M.A. (Sask.), M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. T. C. K. CHAN, M.D (H.K.), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. C. P. COLE, B.Sc, M.D, (Brit Col.i, FRCPC, Clinical Associale Professor. S. COSMAN, M.D. (/vita.), FRCPC. Clinical Instructor. J. CROSBY, M.B, B.S. (Lond.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. W. C DARRAH, M.B, B.Ch, B.A.O. (Belfast), FFARCS (Ireland), MRCP (U.K.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. G. DEL V1CARIO, BS:., M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. J. F. DOLMAN, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. M.J. DOUGLAS, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC, Clinical Professor. J. A. DOWD, M.D (Queen's), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. S. B. EFFER, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC, F.A.CO.G, Professor, Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Associate Member. J. K. EGAN, BA, M.D, C.R.CP.(C) (Tor,), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. R. G. EVELYN, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. P. FANCOURT-SMLTH, MB, Ch.B. (Edia), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor, E. FOULKES, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Inslructor. M. FOULKES, M.D. (Vic.B.C), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor, D. V. GOD1N, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Ott.), Associate Professor of Pharmacology, Associate Member. E. A. GOFTON, B.A, M.B, B.Ch, B.A.O. (Dublin), FRCPC Clinical Associate Professor. M. Z. GORCHYNSKI, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit), FRCPC, Clinical Assisiant Professor. D. H. GRAHAM, B.Sc, M.D, CM. (McG), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professoi. R. P. GRANT, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. A. GUANZON, M.D. (Philippines), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. R. M. GULLY, B.Med. Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. A. A. D. HAMILTON, M.B, Ch.B. (Mane), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. J. A. HARPER, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. I. B. HAYTER, M.B.B.S, D.R.CO.G, D.A. (Lond.), FRCPC, Clinical Assisiant Prolessor. E. R. HOGG, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. A. A. S. KAMANI, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. P. C. KAPNOUDH1S, M.B, Ch.B. (Cape T.), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. h P. LOW AH KEE, M.B, Ch.B. (Cape T.), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. ' J. H. KIM, M.D. (S. Korea), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. A. P. KLIFFER, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Assisiant Professor. N. S. KRONITZ, B.A. (Israel), M.A. (Tor), M.D. (McM.), FRCPC, Clinical Inslructor. T. M. LAU, M.B. (Nat. Defence Med. Coll, Taiwan), D.A. (Dal.), FRCPC. Clinical Assistant Professor. D. E. LEA, B.Sc, M.D. (Ott.), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. I, W. LEE, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professot. M. LEPAWSKY, B.A, M.D. (Chic), CFPC, Clinical Assistant Professor, Associate Member. S. B. LUCAS, M.D. (W.Ont), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. B. A. MacLEOD, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Associate Professor. D. N. MALM, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. G. T. MANNING, M.D. (Brit. CoL), CR.CP.(C), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. K. V. MAYSON, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. W. N. McDONALD, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor J. A. McEWEN, B.A.Sc, Ph.D., Direcror, BioMed. Engineering, Associaie Member. B. C McGILLIVRAY, B.Sc. (Brit. CoL), M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC, F.C.C.M.G, Associate Professor, Department of Medical Genetics, Associate Member. P. B McGINN, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. J. G. McLARNON, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Brit. Col,), Assistant Professor, Pharmacology and Therapeutics, Associate Member. R. McTAGGART, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor R. N. MERCHANT, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor K. R. MILLS, B.Sc. (Bishop's), M.D, CM. (McG), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. M.J. MITCHELL, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. C. J. MONTGOMERY, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. R. L. MOORE, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC. Clinical Instructor. M. D. MOULT, M.D. (Brit. Col.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. 1. L. MURPHY, B.Sc. (Dal.), M.D. (Nfld.), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. P.J. MURRAY, M.B, B.Ch., B.A.O. (Ireland), M.D, C.R.CP.(C), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. G. A. R. O'CONNOR, M.B, Ch.B. (Sheffield), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. J. P. O'CONNOR, B.Sc, (New Br), M.D. (Dal.), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. B. M. OLSON, M.D. (Manit), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor P.J OSBORNE. B.Sc, M.D. (Bnt. Col), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. M. S. PAGE, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor D. PARSONS, M.D (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Associate Professor (part-time). R.J. PANTEL, B.Sc, M.D. (Alia.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. E. A PETER, B.Sc.N. (Lake.), M.D. (McM), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. W. G. PHILLIPS, M.D. (Kingston), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. B. PRASLOSKI, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. F. A. PUIL, B.Sc. (Brit. CoL), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta.), Associate Professor, Pharmacology and Therapeutics, Associate Member, T. C. QUEREE, M.D. (N.Z.), L.R.C.P, M.R.C.S. (England), FRCPC. Clinical Assistanl Professor. T. E. RANDALL. B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. A. R. REDDY, B.Sc, M.B.B.S. (India), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. C. C. REICHERT, B.Sc.(Phar.). M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. E. J. RF.1MER, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. J. RENWICK, B.A, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. C. R. RIES, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistanl Prolessor. A. D. ROBINSON, M.D, B.Ch, B.A.O. (Belfast), FRCPC, F.F.A. (Lond.), Clinica! Assistant Professor. 210 Medicine W. M. ROBINSON, M.D. (Brit. Col.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistanl Professor. P. t. E ROSS. M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC Clinical Associate Professor, R, C. SCHOFER, B.A, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC7 Clinical Assistant Professor. P SCOATES, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col). FRCPC, Clinical Assistanl Professor. M. SMITH, MB, Ch.B. (Edin). M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC Clinical Assistant Professor. D F. STARK, B.M.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC, Clinical Assisiant Professor, Associate Member. R. B. P. STASIUK, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), M.S. (Minn.), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. H. MIL SUNG, B.Sc, M.D. (Bril. CoL), FRCPC, Clinica! Assisiant Professor. J. F, SWENERTON. B.A, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC Clinical Assistant Professor. M. THdLIN, B.D. (Sweden), FRCPC. Clinical Assisiant Professor. J.V. TSANG. B.Sc.(McC), M.D. (Tor), FACP. Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine, Associate Member, K. W. TURNBULL, B.A.Sc, M.D. (Bril, Col). FRCPC. DABA, ABA (Critical Care). Clinical Professor. M. TWEEDDALE, B.Sc, Ph.D, M.B. (Lond.). Clinical Professor of Medicine, Associare Member, II, VAGHADIA, B.Sc, M.B, B.S. (Lond), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. J. VESTRUP, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCSC, Assistant Professor of Surgery. Associate Member. M. J A. WALKER, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Lond.). Professor of Pharmacology, Associale Member. (7 B. WARRINER, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC. Clinical Associale Professor T. S. WATERS, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC. Clinical Assisiant Professor. ')'. WEIDE.MAN, M.B, Ch.B. (South Africa). FRCPC Clinical Inslructor. Ii K. WERRY, M.D (Queen's), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. A. WI IITE, M.B, Ch.B. (Belfast). Clinical Assistanl Professor. I D. . ISHART, B.Sc, M.D. (Halifax). FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. C I. WONG, M.D. (Bril, CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. D. 11. W, WONG, M.B.B.S. (H.K.). FRCPC, Clinical Pnilessor. K. C K. WONG, M.D. (Brit. CoL) FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. I, S T. WONG, M.B. (Canton). CRCPC, FRCPC. Clinical Inslructor. FY. H. YU, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCPC. Clinical Instructor. Department of Anatomy BERNARD H. BRESSI.ER. B.Sc. (Sir Geo Williams), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Manit.), Professor ancl Head. BETTY AKESSON, B.A. (Brit Col), M.Sc. (Manit), Assistant Prolessor (Pan-time!. NELLY AUERSPERG, M.D. (Wash), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Professor (N.C.L). JOHN CHURCH, B.Sc, M.B, Ch.B. (Bristol), Ph.D. (Lond), Assistant Professor. PARIS C. CONSTANTINIDES, M.D, (Vienna), Ph.D. (Montr), Associale Member. BRUCE J. CRAWFORD, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C.). M.D. (lint. CoL), Ph.D. (Wash.), Associate Professor. KENNETH R. DONNELLY. BA, M.D. (Bril. CoL), Associate Professor. JOANNE T EMERMAN, B.A (Ilofstra), M.A, Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley), Professor MARTIN J, HOLLENBERG, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit ), M.Sc, I'h.D (Wayne Slate), FRCPC. Professor of Anatomy and Ophthalmology SATWANT KHOSIA, M.B.B.S, M.Sc. (Delhi), Sessional Lecturer. JOANNE A. MATSUBARA, B.A. (CoL), Ph.D. (Calif, San Diego), Associale Member. WILLIAM K. OVALLEJr, B.S. (St. Joseph's), Ph.D (Temple), Professor. VLADIMIR PAIATY. M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Prague), Professor. CAROL PARK, Ph.D. (Tor ), Associale Member. J. A. PEARSON, B.Sc. (Durham), Ph.D. (Newcastle), Associate Member. CHARLES E, SLONECKER, D.D.S, Ph.D. (Wash.). Pnilessor. JOHN D. STEEVES, IS Sc, Ph.D (Manit.). Associate Member. MARY E TODD, B.A, M.Sc. (Brit Col.). PhD, (Glas), Professor. A. WAYNE VOGL, B.Sc, PhD. (Brit. Col.l, Piofessor. WILLIAM A. WEBBER. M.D. (Brit. CJ.), FRCPC, Professor. JOANNE WEINBERG, A.B. (Brown i, PhD, (Slan,), Professor. Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology PHILIP D. BRAGG. B Sr, Ph.D. D.Sc (Brislol). Professorand Head CAROLINE R, ASTEI.I, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (lint Col.). Professor. RICHARD BARTON, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. Col), Senior Instructor. GARY D. BRAYER. B.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta.), Professor. ROGER W. BROWNSEY. B.Sc, Ph.D. (Bath), Associale Professor. E. PETER M CANDIDO, B.Sc. (McG.). Ph.D (Brit, Col), Professor. IAN CLARK-LEWIS. B.Sc. (Flinders). Ph.D. (Wallet ancl Eliza Hail Inst,), Associaie Professor. PIETERR, CUIUS, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. Col.), Professor. PATRICK r. DENNIS, B.S. (Wisconsin Slale), Ph.D. (Minn.), Professor, Canadian Instituie of Advanced Research Eeilow. BRETT B. FINIAY. B.Sc Ph.D. (Alta.), Assistant Professor. ROSS T. A. MacGILl.IVRAY, B.Sc. (Leeds), Ph.D, (Miami). Professor. LAWRENCE P. MclNTOSII. B.Sc. (Calg.), Ph.D, (Oregon), Assistant Professor, A GRANT MAUK, B.A. (Lawrence), M.D , Ph.D. (Med Coll. ofWisconsin), Professor, ROBERTS, MOI.DAY, B.S (Penn,). M.S. (Georgetown), Ph.D. (Penn.), Professor MICHEL ROBERGE, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Sher.l, Dr. rer, Nat, (Heidelberg), Assisiant Professor IVAN J. SADOWSKJ, B.Sc. (Sask.j. M.Sc. (Manit,), Ph.D. (Tor), Assistant Professor. MICHAEL SMITH, B.Sc , Ph.D (Mane). D.Sc. (Guelph). FRSC FRS, Professor, M.R.C Career Investigator, Director, Biotechnology laboratory. BRUCE E TIBERIIS, B.A. (Arkansas), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). Senior Inslructor. EVERARD TRIP, B.Sc. (Newcastle), Ph.D. (Alia.)■ Senioi instruclor. DANA V DEVINE. B.A, M.A. (Boston), Ph.D. (Duke), Associale Member I MICHAEL J. HOPE, B.Sc, Ph.D (bind). Associale Member JAMEYD MARTH, B.Sc, (Oregon). Ph.D. (Wash), Associate Member. ROSEMARY). REDFIEl.D, B.Sc, (Monash). M.Sc. (McM.), Ph.D (Stan.), Associate Member, STEPHEN G, WITHERS. B.Sc, Ph.D. (Bristol). Associate Member. HILARY J. ANDERSON, B.Sc. (Sussex), Ph.D, (Ieicesterl, Research Associale. SEEI.OCHEN BAHARRY, B Se (Guyana), M.Sc. (Acadia), Ph.D. (S.Fraser), Research Associate LEWIS S.I, CHOI, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Lond,). Honorary Research Associate. LINDSAYD. EI.TIS, BSc, (Tor.). Ph.D. (Brit. Col), Research Associaie. DAVID B. FENSKE, B.Sc, Ph.D (S.Fraser). Research Associate. YAO GUANG I.UO, B.Sc. (Xiamen). Ph.D. (Regina), Research Associate. MARCIA MAUK, A.B. (Ripoll), Ph.D. (Med. Coll of Wisconsin), Research Associale. EDWARD SEDGWICK, BSc, (Sask), PhD (McG), Research Associate. I lAIU'N I, TANG. Ph.D. (Shanghai). Research Associate. KIM WONG, B.Sc, M.Se (Malaya), Ph.D, lllnt, Co!.,, Research Associate. STEVEN M. ANSEl.I, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Natall, Research Associate II. IlITESH K. JINDAL, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Nat. Dairv Res Insl, Karnal, India), Research Associale ll Department of Cancer Endocrinology N. BRUCHOVSKY, M.D, Ph.D. (Ton, Head, Honorary Professor, Medicine. C. T. BEER. D.Phil. (Oxon). Professor Emeriltis. Biochemistry. T, EIII.EN, M.D. (Main/), Assistant Professor. Obslelrics and Gynecology. M. CLEAVE, M.D. (Brit, CoL), Assisiant Professor, Surgery. L. GOLDENBERG, M.D (Tor). Clinical Associate Professor, Surgery P, W. GOUT, Ph.D. (Leiden), Honorary Associate Professor, Surgery, E.C.JONES. M.D, (Bnt. Cot), Clinica] Associate Professor, Pathology. P. S, RENNIE. PhD, (Alta.). Honorary Professor, Surgery J. VIEI.KIND, Ph.D, (Giessen), Associale Professor, Pathology. Cancer Imaging Department li, PAI.CIC, Ph.D. (McM.), Head, Prolessor, Pathology and Adjunct Professor. Phvsics. M KORBF.I.IK, PhD. (Zagreb), Clinical Assisiant Professor, Pathology. C MACAULAY. Ph.D. (Brit. Col.l. Clinical Assistanl Prolessor, Palhology, II. STICH. I'li.D (Wurzberg), Professor, Zoology. Epidemiology, Biometry, and Occupational Oncology P. R. BAND, M.D (Montr.). Chair. Honorary Prolessoi, Medicine, Clinical Prolessor, Health Care and Epidemiology A.J. GOLDMAN, Ph.D. (Brit, CoL), Adjunci Professor, Statistics, Associare Member, Health Care and Epidemiology. A.J, DAVISON, Ph.D, (Rutgers), Prolessor, Kinesology (S.Fraseri. M, DFSCHAMPS, Ph.D, (Montr.}. Adjunct Professor Nursing. B. P. DUNN, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). Adiunct Professor. Kinesiology (S.Fraser), Clinical Associaie Professor, Health Cate and Epidemii Jogy. R. P. GALLAGHER. MA. (Western Washington!. Clinical Associale Prolessor. Heallh Gate and Epidemiology. Associale Member Ophlhalmol- ogv, Associare Member Dermatology. T. G. UISI.OP, M.D, CM. (McG,). Clinical Associale Professor, Health Care and Hpiriemiologt. T.K, LEE, M.Sc, (Brit.Col.), M, I, MrBRIDF, M.Sc, (Bril. CoL), Honorary Lecturer, Health Care ancl Epidemiology. M. P. ROSIN. Ph.D (Tor), Professor, Pathology. Professor, Kinesiology (S.Fraser), W.J. THRELF.AI.L, M.Se (Bril Col ) S. S. TSANG, Ph.D. (Bril. CoL), Honorary Assistant Professor, Medical Genelics, Adjunct Professor, Kinesiology (S.Fraser). N. D LE. Ph.D. (Wash), Honorary Research Associate, Statistics. Department of Medical Biophysics I, D. SKAKSGARD, Ph D (Tor), Head. Honorary Professor, Phvsics ant! Palhology. D.J, CHAPLIN, M.Se (S'ton.), Ph.D. (Lond.). Honorary Associate Professor. Pathology. R. E. DURANI), Ph.D IW. Ont.). Honorary Professor, Pathology and Physics A. I MEN CIIINTON. Ph.D iLonri,), Honorar, Assistant Professor, Pathology. P, I, OIJVE, B.Sc (Bishop's), M.Sc. (W. Ont.), Ph.D, (McM.). Honorary' Professor. Pathology and Physics, K. A. SKOV, Ph.D. (Tor), Honorary Professor, Pathology. Terry Fox Laboratory for Hematology/Oncology A. (7 EAVES, B.Sc. (Acadia), M.Sc, M.D, (Dal, I, Ph.D. (Tor). FRCPC, Director, T.F.I., Head, Professor, Medicine and Pathology, ILL DOUGHERTY, B.Sc. (Ellin.), Ph D (Edin.), Assisiant Professoi, Pathology. CJ EAVES. B.A, M.Sc. (Queen's, Ont,), Ph.D. (Mane), Depuly Director, T.F.L, Professor. Medical Genetics. D E. IIOCGE. M.D (Alia,). Ph.D. (Bnt. Col). FRCPC. Clinical Associate Ptofessot, Meriicine R, K, HUMPHRIES, B.Sc, (Alta,), M.Sc, (Tor). M.D, Ph.D. (Brit. Coi,), Associale Professor. Medicine, Associale Member, Medical Genetics and Palhology-, R.J. KAY, B Sc. (Brit, CoL). Ph.D (Bril. Col.i, Assistanl Professor, Medical Genetics ll.-G. KI.INGEMANN, M.D. (Waurzbeig). Clinical Associate Piofessor, Medicine Associate Member, Pathology, G, KRYSTAL. B So, M.Sc, Ph.D (McG.), Professoi, Pathology', Associate Member, Experimental Medicine and Genetics Piogram. P M. IANSDORP, M.D, Ph.D, (Netherlands), Clinical Associale Professot, Medicine, Associate- Member. Pathology. D. L. MAGER, B.Sc. (Neb.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tot.), Associate Piofessor, Medical Genelics IL J. SUTHERLAND, .MD. (Sask), FRCPC Clinical Assisiant Piofessor, Medicine. F TAKEI. B.Sc. (Tokyo), Ph.D. (Brit. Col), Piofessor. Pathology, Associate Membei, Medical Genetics and Microbiology. Department of Family Practice CAROL HERBERT. B.Sc, M.D, (Brit. CoL), C CEP, F.C.F.P, Professor and Heatl. RAY P. BAKER, B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont.), C.C.F.P, A.S.A.M, Assisiant Piofessor (paif-time). JOANNA BATES. B.Sc, M.D, CM. (McG ), C.C.F.P . Assistant Piolessoi (part-tinie). DOUGLAS B. CLEMENT. O.C, B.Sc, (Oicgon), M.D (Bril. CoL), Professor. MARTHA DONNELLY. Ii Sc, M.D. (W.Ont.), CC.F.P, F.R.C.P, Assistanl Professor, GARRY D GRAMS. Ii A, M.S.W. (Brit Col.l, Ph D (Tor) Assistanl Prolessor. PETER R. GRANTHAM, B.A, M.D, (Brit. CoL), C.C.F.P, F.C.F.P, Piolessor MICHAEL (7 KLEIN. B.A. (Oberlin). M.D. (Statu, CC.F.P, Ptofessor VERITY- II LIVINGSTONE. MB, B.S (Lond.). C.C.EP, Associale Piofessor (pan-lime) MARK I.ONGHURST. B.A , M.D, CM. (McG.). M.CI.Sc. (W.Ont.), CC.F.P, Associate Ptofessor, STANLEY I.UBIN, BA. (McG.), M.Sc. (London School ol Economics), M.D, CM. (McG.). M.P.H, (Hawaii). Associate Ptofessot (part-time) DONALD C McKENZIE, B.Sc. (Guelph), M.D, M.P.E (Brit.Col ), I'h.D. (Ohio), Professor. PENELOPE F, MILLER, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Brit. CoL). .M.A, (Educ) (San Diego), Instiuclor, Pharmacisi, Campus Pharmacy. JACK E. TAUNTON, M.Sc, (S.Fraser), M D. (Bril. CoL). F.A.CS.M, Professor, V JAMES THORSTEINSON. B.Sc, (McG.), B.So(Mrri), M.D. (Manit), C.C.F.P, Assistant Professor. ARTHUR D. VAN WART. B.A, (New Br.). M.D. (Tor,), C.C.F.P, F.C.F.P, Associale Ptofessot (pan-lime) CARL B. WHITESIDE, B.Sc, M.D, (Alta,), M.CI.Sc. (W.Ont.), C.CF.P, Assistant Piofessor ROBERT F. WOOI.LARD, M.D (Aha), C C.F.P. Assistant Piofessor. Clinical Faculty RONALD T, ABRAHAMS, B.Sc, (McG.), M.D, (Queen's), CC.F.P, Clinical Assistanl Prolessor, KIM P, ADZICII. B M.Se. M.I). (Alia), C.CF.P, Clinical Instructor RODNEY F, ANDREW, M.B, B.S, (Lond.). C.C.F.P , Clinical Assistant Prolessor. GRANGER R, AVERY. M.B, B.S, (Lond.). Clinical Assistant Piolessor GRANT R. AYI.ING. B.Sc, (Vie Welt), M.B, C.L.B. (Otago), Clinical Assistant Professor, BEDFORD Z, AYLWARD, M.D, (7M. (Dal), Clinical Assisiant Piofessor SHANE B, BARCLAY. B.A. M.D. iSask,). Clinical Inslructni WILLIAM ll. BARCLAY, M.D. (Bril, CoL), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistanl Professor, LEON BARD. M.D, (Bril. Col.i, Clinical Instructor. DEBORAH K. BARNARD, B.Sc, M.D, (Bril. Co!.), Clinical Instructor LARRY BARZEIAL B.A. (Tor), Ml), (Dai I, C.C.F.P, Clinicai Instructor NATHAN BATE M.D. (Brit. Col). CCFP, Clinical Instructor JEFFERY 11, BELL M.D (Sask.), C.C.F.P, Clinical lnsmicti >r GtF.NDA R. BENNION. B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D. (Bill. Col.l, Clinical Instructor, JONATHAN BERKOWTTZ. B.Sc, M.SelAlla.), Ph.D, (Tor.), Clinical Insiiucloi. REINHOI.D BERNAT. B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D. (Sask,), C C.F.P.. Clinical Assistanl Piofessor, Medicine 211 ROSS BERRINGER, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), CC.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. HENRY BIRNBAUM, B.Sc, M.Sc. (McG.), M.D. (Dal.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. PAUL B. BISHOP, M.D, (Calg.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Instructor. ROBERTA. BLUMAN, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. G. ALFRED BOMBARDIERI, B.A, M.S.W. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Instructor. RAINER BORKENHAGEN, B.M.E, M.D.CM. (McG.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. PETER BOWEN-ROBERTS, M.B, B.S. (Lond.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Piofessor. DENIS E. BOYD, B.A, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Assistant Professor. HOWARD BRIGHT, B.Ecl. (S. Eraser), M.D. (Brit. Co!,), C.CF.P, Clinical Instructor. DAVID R. BROOK M.D, (Sask.), C.C.F.P,, Clinical Insttuctor, ERNEST A BROOME, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Insttuctor STEVEN BROUGHTON, M.D. (W.Ont.), Clinical Instruct, ir D. ALISTER BROWNE, B.A, M.A, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Instructor. MARYT, BURGESS, M.B, B.Ch, B.O.A. (Ireland), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. KENNETH J. BURNS, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col), Clinical Insttuctor. ALAN S. CADESKY, M.D, (Tor.). C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. BETTY CALAM, M.D, (Brit, CoL), Clinical Instructor. PETER R. CALLEGARI, M.B, Ch.B. (Edin,), Clinical Insttuctor. DAVID N. CAMERON, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. MICHAEL G. R. CARTER, M.B, Ch.B. (Liv), Clinical Instructor. PALL CHABUN, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Assistant Professor. ALFRED T. CHAN, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), C.C.F.P.. Clinical Associate Professor. BRUCE H. CHANG, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Instructor. ALEXANDER N. CHERKEZOFF, M.D. (Brit. Col.), C.C.F.P, F.C.F.P, Clinical Professor. ALISON R. CLARK, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), M.Sc. (Queensland), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor MAUREEN A. CLEMENT, M.D. (Tor.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. JEFFREY COLEMAN, B.Sc. (Tor), LL.B. (Osgoode), M.D. (W.Ont). Clinical Assistant Professor. LARRY R.P, COLLINS, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Assistant Professor. GISELE M, COMEAU, M.D. (Dal.), Clinical Assistant Professor. RICHARD CONE, B.Se(Med.), M.D. (Alta.). C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. ANTHONY B. CONVERY, M.B, B.S. (Newcastle), Clinical Assistant Professor. H. DOUGLAS COOPER, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg,), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. KATHERINE M. COSTLEY-WHITE, M.B, B.S. (Lond.), Clinical Instructor. JENNIFER L. CRAIG, B.Sc, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (McG j, Honorary Associate Professor. PATSY G. CRAIG, Clinical Assistant Professoi. JOHN W. CRA1GMYLE, M.B, Ch.B. (Aberd.). Clinical Instructor. ALICE M. GUMMING, B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont.), C.C.EP, Clinical Assisiant Professor. JOHN J, D. CURRY, M.D. (Cantab), Clinical Instructor RONALD R. DAVIDSON, B.A, M.D. (Sask.), Clinical Assistant Professor. GORDON DICKSON, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Associate Ptofessor. BRIAN C. DIXON-WARREN, M.B, B.S, (Lond.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. BERNHARD K. DOBOVICNIK, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col). C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. MARGARET DOCHERTY, M.B, Ch.B. (Aberdeen), Clinical Instructor. MARYJ. DONLEVY, B.S.N. (Alta), M.D. (Calg), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Piofessor. JOAN DONNER, M.D (Brit. CoL). C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. ALEXANDER DOUGALL, MB, Ch.B, (Glas), Clinical Instructor HELEN S. DOUGAN, B.Sc , M.D. iBrit Col), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professot. SYLVIA DUCCESCHl, M.D. (Ott.) C.C.F.P , Clinical Instructor TIMOTHYJ. DUNDAS, M.B, B.S. (Lond.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. DESMOND DWYER, M.B, B.Ch, B.A.O. (Ireland), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. JOHN D. EDWORTHY, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit CoL). C.C.F.P, Clinical Insauctot. PETER R. ELPHICK, M.B, B.S. (Lond.), Cinical Associate Professor. KIRSTEN EMMOTT, M.D. (Brit. Col), Clinical Assistant Professor. DUNCAN J ETCHES, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. NORA J. M. ETCHES, B.A , M.D. (Brit. Col.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. JEREMY ETHERINGTON, B.A.Sc. (Lethbridge), M.D. (Calg.), CC.F.P.(E.M.), Clinical Assistant Professor. DAVID B. M. EWART, M.B, B.Ch. (Queer's), FRCS, Clinical Instructor. CHRISTIN A. FABRIEL, M.D. (Sask.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. MICHAEL FARMER, M.B. (Brit. Col), Clinical Instructor. GARRY FEINSTADT, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professoi ELIZABETH A. FENDLEY, B.Math. (Wat.) M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Assistant Professor. CIARENCE FERNANDES, M.D. (Brit. Col), C.C.F.P., Clinical Instructor. JONATHAN P. H. FINE, M.B, B.S. (Lond), Clinical Assistant Professoi. JOHN E. FITZGERALD, M.B, B.Ch. (Dublin), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professoi. MICHAELFITZMAURICE, M.D. lOtt.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. BARRIE C. FLATHER, B.A, M.D. (Brit. CtI), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Ptofessor. BRUCE A. FLEMING, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCP Clinical Insttuctor. NORMA FOSTER, M.A, M.S.N. (Brit. Col.), Clinical Instructor. BRADLEY FRITZ, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), CC.F.P, Clinical Associate Professor. DAN FROESE, B.A, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Co..), C.C.F.P, Clinical Associate Professor. ALISTAIR FYFE, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Assistant Professor. . ROSS GEDDES, M.B, B.S. (Monash), Clinical Assistant Professor MARK E. GELFER, M.D. (Tor.), CC F.P, Clinical Instructor. MONTE M. H. GLANZBERG, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), C.C.F.P, Clinical Associate Professor. SILVIA P. M. GLEN, M.B , B.S. (Lond.), Clinical Assistant Professor. GEORGE GOERTZEN, M.D. (Btit. CoL), C.C.F.P, Clinical Associate Professor. RHONA GORDON, B.Sc. (Dal.) M.D. (Brit, Cot), C.CF.P, Clinicaflristructor. JAMES F. GOULDING, B.Sc, M D. (Dal.:, Clinical Assistant Professor. SAMUEL K. GRAHAM. M.B, B.Ch, B.A.O. (Queens, Belfast), D.(0bs.)E,C0.G, Clinica! Instructor. DOUCLAS A. GRANT, M.D. (Brit. CoL), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. ROBERT C. GREENWOOD, M.B, B.S. (Adelaide, So. Australia), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistanl Professor. STEFAN C.W. GRZYBOWSKI, M.D. (Brit CoL), M.CI.Sc. (W.Ont.), Clinical Instructor IAN D. GUMMESON, B.Sc. (Brit. CoL), M.D. (Calg.). C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. DARLENE M. HAMMELL, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor,), Clinical Assistant Professor. ROBERT A. HARPUR, B.Sc. (East Anglia , M.D, CM. (McG.), M.H.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Assistanl Professor. J. KENT HARRIS, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), Clinical Assistant Professor. SUSANJ. HARRIS, B.Sc (McG.I, M.D. (McM.), C C.F.P, Clinical Assistanl Professor. MARY P. HARRISON, B Sc, M.D, (Brit Col), Clinical Assistant Professor. JAMES M. HARTLEY. M.B, Ch.B (Edin l, Clinical Assistant Professor. KEITH R. HATLELID, B.Sc. (Calg), M.D. (Brit CoL), CCF.P.(C), Clinical Associate Prolessor. JOHN R. HAVENS, M.D. (W.Ont.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor JAMES M. HAYWARD, B.A.Sc. (Tor.), M.D. (Ott.), C.CF.P, Clinical Instructor. MARY C. HEFFERNAN, M.D. (McM.), Clinica! Instructor. MURRAYV. HEIN, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg.), CC.F.P, Clinica] Instructor. SYLVIA L. HENDERSON, B.Sc, (Vic. B.C.), M D. (Brit. CoL), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor ALLEN B. HIGNELL, M.D. (Brit. CoL), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. KEN HIRST, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Instructor FRANCIS C W. HO, B.Sc. (Manit), M.D. (Brit. Col.) CC.F.P, Clinical Associate Professor. GILLIAN M. HODGE, B.A. (Cape T), MB, B.S. (Lond.), Clinical Associate Professor. ANTHONY F. HOLLER, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), C.CF.P, Clinical Insttuctor. PETER E HOOGEWERF, M.B, B.S. (Lond.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. TRISH HOPKINS, B.Sc. (P.T) (Brit. Col), Clinical Instructor. AK1RA HORIL B.A, M.D. (Brit. CoL), C.C.F.P, Clinical Professor. MARILYN HORN, B.Sc. (P.E.) (Guelph), M.D. (W.Onr.), Clinical Instructor. JUDITH HORNUNG, M.B, B.S. (Lond.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. * COLIN H. HORRICKS, B.A, M.D. (Sask.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. FRANKHOU, B.Sc, Ph.D, M.D, (Brir. CoL), Clinical Associate Professor. WILLIAM B. HOUSTON, M.D. (Brit. Col.), C.CF.P., Clinical Associate Professor. SHELDON HOWARD, M.D. (Tor.), Clinical Instructor. GLORIA W. S. HUANG, M.D. (Tor.), Clinical Instructor. ALPHONSUS Z. HUI, M.D, (Tor.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. MARLENE HUNTER, B.A, M.D. (Brit. CoL), C.C.F.P, Clinical Associate Professor. EDWARD K. HYSLOP, M.D. (Dal.), Clinical Associate Professor. GEORGIA C. IMMEGA, BA (Rice), M.D. (McM.), Clinical Assistant Professor, WILLIAM G. IRVINE, M.D. (Brit. CoL), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. MARY T.JOHNSTON, B.Sc, M.Sc, (McG), M.D. (Dal.), Clinical Instructor. WILLLARD P.JOHNSTON, M.D, (Calg,), Clinica! Instructor. DAVID B. JONES, M.B.B.S. (Lond.), FRCSC. Clinical Instructor. DAVIDV. KASON. BSc, Ph.D.. M.D. (Brit. CoL). C.C.F.P, Clinica) Instructor. DAVID M. KASSEN, B.A, M.D. (Sask), F.R.CP.(C)E,M, Clinical Instructor. WENDY KENDAL, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), Clinical Instructor. JOHN C. KENNEDY, B.Sc. (Geulph), M.D.(Calg-), C.C.F.P. Clinical Instructor. JOHN KENT, B.Sc, M.D. (Biit. CoL), C.C.F.P, Clinical Associate Professor, ANTHONY KENYON, B.A, M.A, M.B, B.Ch. (Cantab), Clinical Assistant Professor. ATILA H. KETENE, B.Sc, M.D. (Dai.), Clinical Assistant Professor. CONSUELO A. KINAHAN, B.Sc. (Pharm.), M.D. (Brit. Col.), Clinical Instructor, PETER KING, B.M.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), Clinical Assistant Professor. JOHN L. KLINE, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Assistant Professot. EVA KNELL, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. ANTHONY KOELINK, B.Sc. (Notre Dame), M.Sc, M.D, (Brit. CoL), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. THOMAS K KOLKIND, B.A. (Wyoming), M.D. (Alta.), Clinical Instructor. VLADIMIR P.J KRAJINA, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Brit. Col), M.D. (Dal.), Clinical Instructor. DAVID KUHL, B.A. (Winnipeg), M.D. (McM), M.H.Sc. (Tor.), Clinical Instructor JAMES LAI, M.D. (Brit. Col), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. ROGER B. LAKE. M.D. (Brit. CoL), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. ANTHONY P. LANE, M.B, B.Ch, B.A.O. (N.U.I.), L.M.C.C, C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor C C. LAU, M.B, B.S. (H.K.), I..M.M.C, CCFP, Clinica! Assistant Professor. BETT LALRIDSEN, R.N, Clinical Instructor. CONSTANCE M. LEBRUN. B.Sc. (Manit.). M.D, CM. (McG.), Clinical Assistant Professor. MICHAEL I. LECKIE, L.R.C.P, M.R.C.S. (Lond), Clinical Instructor. ERNEST F. LEDGERWOOD, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Instructor. EUGENE LEDUC, M.D, (Brit, CoL). C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. ARCHIE LEE-SON, B.Sc. (Rhodes), M.B, Ch B. (Cape T.), Clinical Assistant Professor. ROBERT LEHMAN, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. MICHAEL LEPAWSKY, B.A. (Iawrence), M.D. (Chic), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. EDWARD C LERNF.R, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Instfuctoi. NEIL G. LESLIE, B.M.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), C.CF.P, Clinical Instructor. HENRY H. LEUNG, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Instructor DONALD A. LEWIS-WATTS, B.Sc. (Tot.), M.D. (Calg.), Clinical Assistant Professor. BIN K LIM, B.Sc, M.D., CM. (McG.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Prolessor. LANA LIPKOWITZ, M.D. (Manit.), Clinical Instructor DONALD R LLOYD-SMITH, B.A. (Queen's), M.D . CM. (McG.), Clinical Associate Professor. JOHN DAVID LOKEN, B.A, M.D. (Sask.), C.C.F.P., Clinica! Associate Professor. RHONDA S. LOW, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Assistant Professor. RONALD J. LOWE, B.Sc. (Sir G. Williams), M.Sc. (W.Ont.), B.Med.Sc, M.D. (Nfld,), C.C.F.P, Clinical Associale Professor. MALCOLM K. MacDONALD, B.Sc. (Brit. CoL). M.D. (Calg.), Clinical Instructor. ARTHUR J. MacGREGOR. M.D. (Brit. CoL). C.CF.P, F.C.F.P, Clinical Associate Professor. LACHIAN MacINTOSH. M.B.Ch.B. (Glas.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. ROBERT C MACK, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Insttuctor. JOHN W. MACKIE. B.Sc, M.Sc (Mich.), M.D. (Brit. CoL), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. JAN MacPHAIL, B.A. (Brit CoL), M.Se (W.Ont.), M.D. (McM), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. MICHAEL F. MADSEN, M.B, B.S. (Lond), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. WALTERJ. MAIL, M.D. (Tor), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. ROSEMARY MALLESON, M.B, B.S, (Lond.). Clinical Insttuctor. A. E MANJI, M.B, Ch.B. (Sheffield), C.C.F.P., Clinical Associate Professor. FERGUS MASON, B.A, M.B, B.Ch, B.A.O. (Dublin). C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructot. BARBARA MAYR, M.D. (W.Ont.), Clinical Assistant Professor. JANIS McCAFFREY, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg.), Clinical Instructor. RAYMOND McLLWAIN, M.D. (Queen's), C.C.F.P, Clinical Associate Piofessor. GORDON H. McINTYRE, B.Sc, M.D. (Sask.), Clinical Assistant Professor. MARGARET McKNIGHT, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Insttuctor ROBERT D. MENZIES, B.Sc, M.D (Brit. Col), Clinical Assistant Professor. KEVIN D. MERTH, M.D. (Sask.). Clinical Instructor IVAR C. MICKEI.SON, B.A. (Sask.), M.D. (Brit. CoL). Clinical Assistant Piofessor MICHAEL M. MILEWSKI, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Instructor. RANDY MINION, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col.), Clinical Instructor. WILLIAM II. MITCHELL-BANKS, B.A, B.M, B.Ch, (Oxford), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professot. SUZANNE MONTEMURO, M.D, (Queen's), C.C.F.P., Clinical Instiuctor. ARJA E MOREAU, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit CoL). Clinical Instructor DORIAN V. MORRIS, M.D (Btit. Col), C.C.F.P., Clinical Insttuctor ADl K. M. MUDAL1AR, M.D (Btit, Col). C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Piofessor. PHILIP A. MUIR, M.D. (Brit. Col), C.C.F.P, Clinica: Associate Professor ERNIE K. MURAKAMI, B.A, M.D. (Brit. Col). Clinical Associate Professoi. 212 Medicine WARREN D MURSCHELL, B.M.Sc, M.D. (Alta), C.C.F.P, C.CF.P.(E), Clinical Associate Professor. ALEX MUSIAL, B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont.), Clinical Instructor. BRIAN MYH1LL-J0NES, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Assistant Professor, SHELDON NATHANSON, B.A, B.Sc, M.D. (Wayne), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. JOHN NEII.SON, M.D. (Alta.), Clinical Instructor. PETER J. NEWBERY, B.A. (Tor.), M.D. (McM.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Associate Professor. KENNETH D. NEWCOMBE, B.Sc, M.Sc. (McM), M.D, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Instructor. ROBERT W. NEWMAN, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Instructor. PHILIP G. NEY, D.P.M. (Lond.), M.A. (Illinois), M.D. (Brit. Col), Clinical Professor. ALAN J. NIXON, M.B, B.Ch, B.A.O. (Queen's, Belfast). C.C.F.P, Clinica! Assistant Professor. ALAN B. NOBLE, B.A. (Brit. CoL), M.D. (Calg.) M.Sc. (S.Fraser), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. ROYJ. OAKEY, M.B.Ch.B. (Birm), Clinical Instructor, BARRA F. O'BRIAIN, B.Sc, M.D, CM. (McG), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. RAY ORLANDO, M.D (Alta.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Insttuctor. K1RST1E OVERHILL, M.D. (Ott), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. I. W. GERARD PARSONS, B.Sc, B.Med.Sci, M.D. (Nfld.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. J. RANDALL PATCH, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), D.M.D, M.D. (Brit. Cot), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. DONALD C. PATERSON, B.A, M.D. (Manit,), C.C.F.P, F C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. LEE A. PENNER, BA. M.D. (Sask.), Clinical Assistanl Professor. JAMES PETZOLD, B.A. (Car.), M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Instructor. R. KEITH PHILLIPS. B.Sc, M.D. (Altai, C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. WILLIAM PHIPPS, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C.),M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinica! Assistant Professor. WAYNE A. PISESKY, M.D. (Alta.), M.Sc. (Brit. CoL), F.R.C.S, Clinical Instructor. JEFFREY L. POCOCK, M.R.C.G.P, D.R.C.O.G. (Lond.), CC.F.P, Clinical Instructor. DIETMAR E. RAUDZUS, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL). C.C.F.P, Clinical Associate Professor. CATHERINE RE1I.K0FF, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Instructor. MARIANNE REV, B.A. (Tor.), M.D. (McM.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. ANTHONY H. ROBINSON, M.B, B.S. (Lond,). Clinical Assistant Professor. PETER A. ROBSON, M.B, B.S. (Lond.), Clinical Associate Professor. ROGER H. ROGERS. B.A, B.S.W, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Ciinical Associate Professor. MALCOLM RONDEAU, M D. (Brit. CoL). Clinical Assistant Professor. LEONARD W. ROY, M.D. (Sask.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. MAREKJ. ROZWADOWSKL B.Sc. (Med.), M.B, Ch.B. (Cape T.), E.CF.M.G, F.F.A.(S A.), L.M.C.C, Clinical Instructor. CHRISTOPHERJ. RUMBALL, B.Sc, M.D, CM (McG.), Clinical Instructor. SHIRLEY RUSHTON, M.D. (Durham), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. PHILIP RUTHERFORD, B.Sc, M.D, M.Se (Queen's), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. CHRISTOPHER RYAN, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Instructor. JOHN C. RYAN, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), C.C.F.P, Clinicai Assistant Professor. KENNETH RYAN, B.Sc. (Queen's), M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.), M.D. (Brit. CoL), CC.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. NELSON SAVEIN, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor.), Clinical Assistant Professor. AlBERTSCHOLrZ, M.D. (Tor.). Clinical Assistant Professor. MARK SCHONFELD, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Assistant Professor. HAROLD E. SCHUBERT, M.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Assistant Professor GERHARD SCHUMACHER, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL). C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. MICHAELJ.W SCOTT, M.B,Ch.B. (St. Andrews), Clinical Instructor ROBERT J. SCOTT, M.D. (Bril. CoL), CC.F.P, Clinical Instructor. ANDREW I. SEAR, M.B.B.S. (Lond.), Clinical Inslructor. BASIL SEGAL, M.B, Ch.B. (Cape T.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistanl Professor. JOHN M. SEHMER, M.Sc. (Lond.), M.D. (Brit. Col), C.C.F.P., Clinical Inslructor. LORNA SENT, M.B, Ch.B. (Cape T.), Clinical Instructor. PHILIP M. SESTAK. B.A, M.D. (Sask.), C.C.F.P., Clinical Assistant Professor. RICHARD D. SHERWIN, B.A. (W. Ont). M.D. (Tor.), CC.F.P, Clinical Instructor. STEPHEN SHORE, B.Sc. (Guelph), B.Med.Sc, M.D. (Nfld.), Clinical Associate Professor. BERNARD SHORT, L.R.C.P, M.R.C.S. (Leeds), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. EVELYN SHU KIN, B.Sc, M.D. (Oregon), C.C.F.P, Clinica! Instructor. JAYM. SUPER, B.Sc. (Acadia), M.D. (Calg.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. JOHN P. SLOAN, B.A, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Associate Professor. CLYDE SMITH, B.Sc (Oregon), Dip.P.T. (Alta.), Clinical Instructor. LOR1E A. SMITH. M.D. (Tor.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. RENE SOUCY, M.D. (Ott.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. MICHAEL A. STANGER, B.Sc, M.D, CM. (McG,), Clinical Instructor. ROBERT N. STANLEY, M.D. (Brit. Cot), Clinical lastnictor. JAMES D. STOCKDILL, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.D. (McM.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. DALE A. G. STOGRYN, B.Sc, .M.D. (Alta.), CC.F.P, Clinical Instructor. CAROL L. STORY, B.Sc (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Brit. Cot), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. THOMAS SULEIMAN, B.Sc. (Wiirzburg), M.D. (Germany), C.C.F.P, Clinical Associate Professor. STANLEY SUNSHINE, M.D (Brit. Col.), CC.F.P, Clinical Instructor. MARGOJ. SWEENY, M.D. (Brit. CoL), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. WILLIAM R. TEMPI.ETON, B.Sc, M.B, B.Ch, B.A.O. (Belfast). C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor THOMAS TERANISHI, B.A, M.S.W. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Associate Professor. MARCO TERW1EL, M.B, M.D. (Utrecht), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. DOREEN J. TETZ, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. HARVEY V. THOMMASEN, B.Sc. (McG.), M.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL). C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. DAVID THOMSON, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col), M.Sc. (S.Fraser), C C.F.P, Clinica! Instructor. KEVIN L. TONG, M.D. (Rio de Janeiro), Clinical Instructor. BRENDAJ. TRENHOLME, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL). Clinical Instructor. SUE A. TURGEON, M.D. (McM.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. GERRARD VAUGHAN, B.Sc. (Vie B.C.), M.D. (Brir. Cot), C.C.F.P, Clinical Associate Professor. JANICE C VEENHU1ZEN, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor. AZ1ZADIN VELLANl, B.A, M.B.Ch.B, B.A.O. (Dublin), Clinical Inslructor. ROBERTVOIGT, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Cot). Clinical Instructor. ELIZABETH VREEDE-BROWN, BSc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), CC.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. PAUL WALKER, B.Sc. (McM.), M.D. (W.Ont.), C.CF.P.(C), Clinical Assistant Professor. JOHN H WALTON, M.D. (Brit. CoL), C.C.F.P.. Clinical Associate Professor. JAMES M. WARREN, B.Sc. (Brit. Col.), B.A, M.A, M.B, B.Chir. (Cantab), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. GEORGE K. WATSON, B.Sc. (S.Fraser). M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinicai Instructor. TIMOTHY WATTERSON, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. PHILIP M. WEATHERSTON, B.Sc, M.B, Ch.B. (Edin), Clinical Instructor. GRAHAM E. WHITE, M.Sc (Calg.), M.D. (Alta), Clinical Assistant Professor. ELIZABETH M. WHYNOT, M.D. (Queen's), Clinical Assistant Professor. ELLEN R. W1EBE, M.D. (Brit. Col), Clinical Assistant Professor DAVID G. WILLIAMS, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Cot). Clinical Instructor. LESLIE G. WILLIAMS. M.D (Sask.). Clinical Assistant Professor. LLEWELYN K. WILLIAMS, B.Sc, M.D (Brit. CoL), Clinical Associate Professor. BRIAN C WILLOUGHBY. M.D. OS'. Ont.). C.C.F.P, Clinical Assistant Professor. ANTHONY B. WILSON, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Assistant Professor. J GAI.T WILSON, M.D. (Brit. Col.), Clinical Instructor. JAMES WILSON, B.Sc. M.D. (Brit. Cot), C.C.F.P, Clinical Associate Professor. RONALD A. WILSON, B.Sc, M.D, (Brit. CoL), CCF P, Clinical Assistant Professor. SANDRA WITHERSPOON, M.D, (Western. Ont,), CCF P., Clinical Associate Professor. DANNY H. K. WONG, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Assistant Professor. PAUL C. WONG, B.Sc, M.D..C.M. (McG.), C.C.F.P, Clinical Instructor, THOMAS WONG, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit, Cot), C.C.F.P, Clinical Associate Professor. GORDON I. WOODMAN, M.D. (Alta.). Clinical Instructor. JOHAN WOUTERI.OOT, M.D. (Brit. Col), Clinical Instructor. TIMOTHY YEOMAN, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col), Clinical Assistant Professor. WENDY YEOMAN, B.S.R, M.D. (Brit. Col), Clinical Instructor. DONALD P. ZAROWNY, BSc, M.D, M.Sc (Manit.), Clinica! Instructor. Department of Health Care and Epidemiology SAMUEL B. SHEPS, B.A. (Antioch), M.D (Case Western Reserve), M.Sc. (McG.), FRCP, Professorand Head. MORRIS I.. BARER, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Professor. GODWIN 0. ENI, B.Sc (Ibadan), M.Sc. Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Assistant Professor. LAWRENCE W. GREEN, B.S, M.P.H, Dr. PH. (Calif, Berkeley). ROBIN HANVEI.T, B.A. (Calif, Santa Barbara), M.A, Ph.D. (Brit. Col), Assistant Professor. CLYDE HERTZMAN, M.D, M.Sc. (McM.), FRCPC, Associate Professor. ROBERT HOGG, B.A, M.A. (Vic.B.C.), Ph.D. (A.N.U.), Assistant Professor. ARMINEE KAZANJIAN, B.A. (Loyola), M.A. (Tor.). Ph.D. (Sorbonne), Assistanl Professcir. SUSAN M. KENNEDY, B.A, Ph.D. (Brit. Col), M.Sc (Harv.), Associate Professor. STEPHEN A. MARION, B.Sc. (Tor), M.S. (N.Y.), M.D. (Tor), M.lI.Sc. (Brit. Col), FRCP, Assistant Professor. RICHARDG. MATH1AS, M.D. (Alta), FRCP, Professor. RUTH A. MII.NER, B.Sc. (Glas.), M.I.S. (Institute of Statisticians, London), Associate Professor. ROBERT E. MODROW, B.A. (Grove City College, Penn.). MA. (Denver), Ph.D. (Mich.), Associate Professor. BRENDAJ. MORRISON, B.A. (Brit. CoL), M.S. Clowa St.), Ph.D. (Reading), Associate Professor. JANET M. RABOUD, B.A. (Wat.), M.Sc. (Wash), Ph.D. (Tot.); Assistant Professor. MARTIN T. SCHECHTER, M.A. (Brit. Co!.), Ph.D. (Polytechnic, N.Y.). M.D. (McM), M.Sc. (Tor.), Professor. JOEL SINGER, B.Sc (McG.), M.A, Ph.D. (Wat.), Assistant Professor. STEFFANIE A. STRATHDEE, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Tor.), Research Associate. JOSEPH KII TAN, BA. (Wartburg, Iowa), Ph.D. (Bnt. Co!.), Assistant Professor. KAYTESCHKE, B.A. (Trent), Dip! T. (B.C.I.T.), MPH. (Calif, Berkeley), Assistant Professor. CHRISTIAAN VAN NETTEN, B.Sc (Vic.B.C), M.Sc, Ph.D. (S Fraser), Associate Professor. Epidemiology and Biostatistics: M T. Schechter, Head. Health Policy and Management: R. E. Motlrow, Acting Head. Occupational and Environmental Health: C van Neuen, Head. Preventive Medicine and Health Promotion: L. Gteen, Head Public Health Practice: S A Marion, Head Associate Members MERLE E. ACE, B.S (St. Lawrence). M.A. (CoL), Ph.D. (Minn.), Associate Professor, Commerce and Business Administration. E. A. ALLEN, M.B, Ch.B. (Cape T.), FRCP, Clinical Associate Professor, Medicine. ROBERT ARMSTRONG, B.Sc (S. Fraser), M D, M.Sc, Ph.D. (McM.), FRCPC, Assisrant Professor and Head, Div. of Developmental Pediatrics, Pediatrics IAIRD BIRMINGHAM, M.D, B.Sc, M.H.Sc. (Brit. Cot), FRCP; Clinical Associate Professor. BRIAN BURTCH, B.A. (Queen's), M.A. (Tor.). Ph.D. (Brit. CoL); Associate Professor, Simon Fraser University. JAMES BUSSER, M.D. (W.Ont), M.H.Sc (Brit CoL), FRCP; Clinical Instructor, Medicine. ANDREW J. COLDMAN. B.Sc. (Sussex), MA. (W.Ont), Dip. in Epidemiology (McG.), Ph.D (Brit. Col.), Adjunct Professor, Statistics. JOHAN P. de ROOY, B.Ed. (Brit. CoL), M.B.A. (Queen's). Lecturer, Commerce and Business Administration. ALBERT DEXTER, B.A (Calif, Santa Barbara), M.B.A. (Harv.), Ph.D. (Coi), Associate Professor, Commerce and Business Administration. ROBERT G. EVANS. B.A. (Tor.). A.M., Ph.D. (Harv), Professor, Economics. PETER J. FROST, B.Sc. (Witw.), M.Sc. (South Africa), Ph.D. (Minn.), Professor, Commerce and Business Administration. WILLIAM J. GODOLPHIN, B.Sc. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Alia.), Associate Professor, Pathology. ROBERT G. GOLDSTEIN. B.S. (M.I.T), D B.A. (Harv.). Associate Professor, Commerce and Business Administration. GLORIA M GUTMAN, M.A. (Alta.), B.A, Ph.D. (Bnt. CoL), Associate Professor (S.Fraser). HUGH D.JONES, B.Sc, M.D. (Alia.), Clinical Instructor. Pathology. MICHAEL KLEIN, B.A. (Oberlin), M.D. (Stan.), CC.F.P, FAAP. FCPS, Acting Head, Family Practice, B.C. Children's Hospital. THOMAS R. KNIGHT, B.A. (Hampshire College), M.S., Ph.D. (C'nell), Assistant Professor, Commerce and Business Administration. DAVID S. MATHESON, B.Sc , M.D. (Calg), M.Math ("Wat.), FRCP, Associate Professor, Department of Pediatrics. LARRY F. MOORE, B.S. (Wyoming), M.B.A, D B.A. (Colorado), Professor, Commerce and Business Administration. RICHARD D. POI.LAY. B.Mgl.Eng, (Rensselaer Polytechnic Inst.), M.B.A, Ph.D. (Chic), Associate Professor, Commerce and Business Administration. DENIS J. PROTTI, B.Sc. (Aha.), M.Sc. (Manit.), Professor, School of Health Information Science, University of Victoria. MICHAEL SCHULZER, BA, MA, M.D. (Brit. Col), Ph.D. (Wash.), Professor, Mathematics and Medicine. JOHN M. SEHMER, M.D. (Brit. Cot), M.Sc. (London School of Hygiene), Clinical Instructor, Department of Family Practice. WILLIAM T. STANBURY. B.Com. (Brit. CoL), M.A, Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley), UPS Foundation Professor of Regulation and Competition Pol icy, Commerce and Business Administration. MARK THOMPSON, B.A. (Notre Darnel, M.S, Ph.D. (C'nell), William M. Hamilton Professor of Industrial Relations. Commerce and Business Administration. ROGER S. TONKIN, M.D, CM (McG.), FRCPC, Associate Professor, Paediatrics. DEAN H. IJYENO, B.S, M.E, M.S.E. (Wash.), Ph.D (Northwestern), Associate Professor, Commerce and Business Administration HIMAT VAGHADIA, B.Sc (Lond.), M.B, B.S. (St. Bartholomew s Hosp. Medical College). M.H.Sc (Brit, CoL), FFARCS, FRCP, Clinical Assistant Professor, Anaesthesiology. SVERRE VEDAL, M.D. (Colorado), M.Se (Harv.), FRCP, Associate Professor, Department of Medicine GORDON A. WALTER, B S. (Wash.), M.S, Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley), Associare Professor, Commerce and Business Administration. Medicine 213 HELEN D. WARD, B.Sc, M.Sc. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (Brit. Col), Research Associate, Department of Medicine MOIRA M.W. YEUNG, M.D. (H.K.), MRCP (Lond.), MRC.PE. CRCP, FRCPC, FACP, FCCP, FRCP, Professor, Department of Medicine. Clinical Members JACK.Al.TM.AN, B.Sc. (McG ), M.A. (W.Ont), Ph.D. (Chic), Clinica! Assistant Professor. PIERRE R. BAND. M.D (Montr), FRCP, CRC.P.(C), Clinical Professor JOHN E. BARSDLEY, B.A, M.Sc, Ph.D., M.D. (Queen's). M.Sc. (Brit. Col.), FRCP, Clinical Assistant Piofessor. NORMAN K. BARTH, B Sc. (Alta.), M.H.A (Ott.), Clinical Associate Professor FREDERIC BASS. B.Sc. (Antioch), M D. (Case Western Reserve), M.Sc. (Harv.), D.Sc. (Johns H), Clinical Associate Ptofessor. ALISON BELL, MDCM (McG). MHSc (Brit, Col.). FRCP, Clinical Assistant Professor. J. ALLAN BEST, M.Sc. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Wat.). Clinical Professor. DAVID W BIRNBAHM, B.A (Calif, Berkeley), MPH. (Minn), Ph.D. (Brit. Col), Clinical Assistant Pnifessor F JOHN BLATHERWICK, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), D.P.H. (Tor.), FRCP, Clinical Professor. JOHN W. BORTHWICK, B.A. (Brit. CoL), M.A. (Wash.). D.H.A. (Tor.), Clinical Assistant Professor. ROBERT G. BOYD, B.Sc. (Queen's), M.B.A, (W.Ont.), Clinical Instruclor. FRANCIS W. BRUNEI.LE, B.A. (Sask), M.H.A. (Ott.), Clinical Associate Professor. ALAN G CAMPBELL, B.Math (Wat.), M.S.W (Tor). M.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Instruclor, G KEITH CHAMBERS, B.Sc, M.D, M.H.Sc. (Brit Col.). Clinical Instructor. RAYMOND A. COPES, B.A, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.D, CM (McG), Clinical Assistant Professor LYNDA S CRANSTON, B.Sc.N. (Ott.), M.Sc.N. (W Ont), Clinical Insttuctor. HERMAN A. CREWSON, CA. (Manit.), Health Organ & Management (Can. Hosp. Assoc), Clinical Associate Professor. PATRICIA A. CUTSHALL, B.Sc. (Syracuse), M.A. (Btit. Col.i, Clinicai Assistant Professor. BRUCE DUNN, B.Sc. Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Associaie Professor, EDWARD C EMERY, B.A. (Sask,), B.S.W, M.S.W, D.H.A. (Tor.). F.A.CH.E, Clinical Assistant Professor JAMES S. FAIR, B.Sc (Sask.), Dip. in Hospital Admin. (Tor), Clinical Assistant Professor. JOHN D. FORRESTER, B.A. (Brit. CoL), M.H.A. (Ott.), Clinica! Associate Professor. LESLIE T. FOSTER, B.Sc. (London School of Economics), M.A, Ph.D. (Tor), Clinical Assistant Professor. JAMES FRANKISH. B.A, M.A, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). Clinical Assistant Professor. KENNETH J. FYKE, B.S.P. (Sask.), M.H.S.A (Alta.), Clinical Assistant Professoi. CRAIG L 17 GALBRAITH, M.D. (Brit. CoL), M.B.A. (S.Fraser), D.I.H. (Lond.), Clinical Instructor RICHARD GALLAGHER. B.Sc (Brit. CoL), M.A. (W. Wash), Clinical Associate Professor. JOHN D. GARRY, L.R.C.P, LR C.S. (Royal College of Surgeons (Ireland)), D.P.H. (Dublin), M.S (Harv.), FRCP, Clinical Assisiant Professor. D DEREK GELLMAN, M.D, B.S, F R.C.P. (Lond.), FRCP, F.A.C.P, Clinical Associate Professor. STEPHEN J. GRAY, M.D. (Ott.), M.H.Sc. (Brit. Col), Clinical Assistant Professor. M WAYNE GREEN, B.Sc. (New Hampshire), M.Sc, Ph D (Iowa), Clinical Instruclor. ROUND GUASPARINI, M.D, M.H.Sc. (But. CoL). FRCP, Clinical Assistant Professor COLIN D HARDIE, M.B, Ch.B. (Glas.), D.P.H. (Tor.), F A.OM A, Clinicai Instructor. GERALD L HASTINGS, B.Com, M.Sc (Btit. Col), Clinicai Assistant Professor. ANDRE*' G. HAZLEWOOD, B.A. (Ryerson Poiytechnical Inst.), Clinicai Instructor. CHRISTOPHER B. HENDERSON, M.D. (Brit. Col.i. Clinical Assistant Professor. T. GREGORY HISI.OP, B.Sc, M.Se (S.Fraser), M.D, CM (McG). Clinical Associale Professor MARCUSJ. HOLLANDER, B.A. (McG.), M.A. (Hawaiil, M.Se (Bril. Col), Clinical Instructor 1AURENCE S. HOLLANDS, B.Sc. (Brit, CoL), M.Ed. (W. Wash.), M.D. (Calg.) FRCP, Clinical lrstructor. WILLIAM P. HRUDEY, M.D. (Alta.), Clinical Instructor. AZIM H. JIWANI, M.B, Ch.B (Makerere), MRCS (Fug), LRCP (Lond.), CCFP(C); Clinicai Assistant Professor. ELIZABETH KALLSTROM, B Sc, M.Sc (Brit. CoL), Clinical Instructor. BARBARA A. KAMINSKY, B.A, M.S.W, M.Sc. (Bril. CoL), Clinical Instructor MILES E. K1LSHAW, B.Sc, M.B, Ch B. (Mane), M.S.HA. (Colorado), Clinical Instructo". CAROL A. KLASSEN, B.Sc.N. (Brit. CoL), Mid. (S.Fraser), Clinical Instructor. LEE KORNDER, M.D. (Brit. CoL), D.P.H. (Tor.), Clinical Assistant Professot. RONALD R L1NDSTROM, B.Sc, M.Sc (Brit. Col), Clinical Assistant Professor. MICHAEL D. MAHONY, B.Com. (Lie), F.C..A, Dip. in H.O.M, Clinical Assistant Professor. J. DAVID MARTIN, M.D. (Tor. I, Cert, in Hospital Admin, (Sask.), Clinical Assistant Professor MURRAY MARTIN. BAdmin. (Sask.), Dip. Hosp. Admin. (Tor), Clinical Assisiant Professor. IAWRIE McFARLANE, B.A. (Dundee), M.Litl. (St. And.), Ph.D. (Queen's), Clinical Assistanl Professor. LORNA M. MEDD, B.A, B.Sc, M.D (Manit,;, M.Sc. (Brit. CoL), FRCP. Clinical Assistant Professor, WILLIAM G MEEKISON. B.A, M.D. (Brit. CoL), D.P.H. (Tor.). FRCP, Clinical Associate Professor. JOHN S. MILLAR. B Sc , M.D, M.H.Sc. (Brit CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. KIRK A. MITCHELL, B.A. (Alta.). Dip. in Pub. Ad. (dr.), M.B.A. (York), M.Sc. (Brit. Col), Clinical Instructor. RONALD D. MULCHFY, B.A. (Sask ). Dip. in Theology, M. Divinity (Knox College, Toronto), Dip. in Hospital Admin. (Tor), Clinical Assistant Professor. JOSEPH N. NEARING, B.Sc, M.D. (Calg.), M.H.Sc. 4 (Tor), FRCP, Clinical Instruclor. DORA NICINSKI, B.S.N, M.Sc (Brit. Cot), Clinical 1 Assistant Professor. BRIAN A. O'CONNOR, M.S., M.H.Sc. (Tor.) Clinical Assistant Professor. PAUL PALLAN, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), D.H.A. (Toi,), Clinical Associare Professor. SIIAUN H, C. PECK, M.A, M.B, Ch.B. (Emmanuel Colleger M.Sc. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. ELIZABETH PETER, BScN 'Lake.). MD (McM.), Clinical Instructor. H. FREYA PETERS. B.H.E, M.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Clinical Assistant Professor. LARRY PETERS, B.A. (Brit. CoL), M.A. (Guelph), Ph.D. (Sask.), Clinical Assistant Professor, W. GEORGE POVEY, B.A. (Wash.), M.D. (Lausanne), FACOG, Clinical Professor. PETER D. RIBEN, B.A, B.Ecl. (Sask), M.D. (Calg.), M.H.Sc. (Brit. CoL). FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. DAVID C RICHARDSON, B. Comm. (Brit. CoL), M.HA, (Minn,), Clinical Assisiant Professor. ETTA I. RICHMOND, C.G.A. (Brit. Cot), Dip. Hosp. Organ. & Management, Clinical Assistant Professor CHARLES J. ROWE, B.A. (Sir Geoige Williams), Dip. in Hosp. Admin. (Tor.), Clinical Instructor. JOHN S. RUSSELL, B.A, M.Ed. (Brit. Coi). Honorary Lecturer. PATRICIAN RYAN. B.P.T. (McG), M.Sc. (Bit. CoL), Clinical Insttuctor. DAVID A SALISBURY, M.D. (Queen's), M.H.Sc. (Bril. Col.), FRCP, Clinical Instructor. BRIAN T, SCHMIDT. O.D. (Wat.), M.Sc. (Brit. Col), Clinical Associate Professor. JOHN H. SMITH, M.B, B.Ch, B.A.O.(Queen's, Belfast), FRCP, Clinical Associate Prolessor. ROBERT J. SMITH, B.Com, M.B.A, (Btit. Col), Clinical Assistant Professor. JOHN SPINELLI, B.Sc, M.so (S.F.-aser), Lecturer. ANNETTE J. STARK, B.Sc. (Brit. CoL), M.P H. (Pitt.). Ph.D. (North Carolina), Clinical Associate Professor. BARRYW. STEVENSON, B.Sc (S.Fraser), M.Sc (Health Services Planning) (Brit. Col), Clinical Insiiuclor. GREG STUMP, B.Sc, M.Sc. (S Fraser), M.H.A. (Ott.) Clinical Instructor. JOHN 11. TEGENFELDT, B.A, (Bethel, St. Paul, Minn), M.H.A. (Minn.), Clinical Assistant Protessor EUGENE M. TOMASKY, B. Com, M.B.A. (Alta.), Clinical Instructor. MARIE ANNE TOUPIN, B.N. (McG,), M.S. (Colorado), Clinical Associate Professor. PATRICIA M. WADSWORTH, B.Sc, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ciinical Associate Professor. PETER G. WARWICK. B.A, M.B.A. (W.Ont.), M.H.A. (Minn,), Clinical Assistant Professor. BUD WEBB, MD, (Alta.), M.P.H, D.P.H. (Johns IL), M.P.A. (Queen's), Clinical Associare Professor. FRANKLIN M. M. WHITE, M.D. (McG.), M.Sc (Lond ), CRCP, FRCP, Clinical Professor. WILLIAM WHITEHEAD, M.R.C.S, L.R.C.P. (Liv.), D.I.H. (Mane). Clinical Associate Professor. .MALCOLM S. WELNSTEIN, B.A, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Oregon), Clinical Instructor. BEN R. WILKINSON, M.B, B.S (Lond.), Clinical Instructor. PATRICIA D. WOLCZUK, B.Sc, M.Sc (Manit.), Ph.D. (Brit. Col), Clinical Instructor, CHARLES J. WRIGHT, M.B , Ch.B. (Glas.), M.Sc. (McG.), Clinical Professor. EDWARD H. WRIGHT. CA, Clinical Instructor. Department of Medical Genetics JAN M. FRIEDMAN. M.S.. M.D. (Tulane), PhD (Wash.), K.A.A.P., F.A.B.M.G, F.C.C.M.G., FRCPC, Professor and Head. PATRICIA A. BAIRD, B.Sc, M.D, CM. (McG.), FRCPC, F.C.C.M.G, Professor. LORNE A. CLARKE, B.Sc, M.D, CM. (McG), FRCPC, Clinical Assisiant Professor. FREDERICK J. DILI, B.Sc, MA. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley), F.C.C.M.G.. Associate Professor. CONNIE J. EAVES. B.A, M.Sc. (Queens, Ireland), Ph.D (Mane), Professor. JUDITH HALL, B.A. (Mass.), M.S., M.D. (Wash.), F.C.C.M.G, FRCPC, F.A.A.P, F.A.B.M.G, Pediatrics, Ptofessor. MURIEL J. HARRIS, B.Sc. (Brit. Col.), M.Sc. (McG), Ph.D. (Tor), Associate Professor. MICHAEL R. HAYDEN, M.B, Ch.B, Ph.D. (Cape T), D.Ch, D.Phil, (S. Africa), FRCPC, Prolessor. WILFRED A. JEFFERIES, B.Sc. (Vic, B.C), D.Phil. (Oxon), Assistant Professor. I DIANA M. JURILOFF, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (McG), Associate Professor ' ROBERTJ. KAY, B.Sc, Ph.D, (Brit. Col), Assistant Professor SYLVIE F. LA.NGLOLS, M.D. (Sherbrooke), FRCPC, F.A.B.P, F.C.C.M.G, Assistant Professor. M. E. SUZANNE LEWIS, B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC, F.A.A.P, F.C.C.M.G, Clinical Assistant Professor. PATRICK M. J. MacLEOD, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCPC F.C.P.S, F.C.C.M G, F.A.A.P, F.A.B.M.G, Clinical Professor. DIXIE L. MAGER, B.Sc (Nebraska), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor), Associate Professor. JAMEY D. MARTH, B.Sc. (Oregon), Ph.D. (Wash ), Assistant Professor. BARBARA C. McGILLIVRAY, B.Sc. (Brit, Col.i, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC, F.C.C.M.G., Associate Professoi. W. ROBERT McMASTER, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Brit. Col.), D.Phil. (Oxon), Professor. DONNA I.. MIIIM, M.S, (Wise), Clinica] Instructor PENELOPE J. E. QUINTAN A, B.S. (Calif, Davis). M.P.H. (Calif, San Diego), Ph.D. (Calif, BerkeleyO, Assisrant Professor. ANN M. ROSE, B.A. (Sask.), M.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (S.Fraser), Professor. ADELE D SADOVNICK, B.Sc, M.Se (McG), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Assistant Professor. MARGOT I. VAN ALLEN. M.S (111), M.D. (Chic), F.A.A.P, F.A.B.M.G, F.C.C.M.G, FRCPC. Clinical Associale Professor. R. DOUGLAS WILSON, B.Sc, M.Se, M.D. (Brit. Col.), FRCSC, Associate Professor. STEPHEN WOOD, B.Sc. (Sheffield), M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.). F.C.C.M.G, Associate Professor S1U-UYONG, M.B, B.S, M.Med. (Singapore), FRCPC. F.C.C.M.G, Clinical Associate Professor. Associate Members DEREK A APPI.EGARTH, B.Sc (Durham), Ph.D. (King's College, Durham). Paediatrics, Professor. J. THOMAS BEATTY, B.S, (Wash.), M.A, Ph.D. (Indiana). Microbiology, Associate Professor HUGH W BROCK, B.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D (Oxon). Zoology, Associaie Professoi. JEAN D. A. CARRUTHERS, M.D. (Brit. CoL). FRCS (Lond.), FRCSC, Ophthalmology, Clinicai Associate Professor. THOMAS A. GRIGLIATTI, B.S. (Santa Clara). M.A (San Francisco), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Zoology, Professor. R. KEITH HUMPHRIES, B.Sc. (Altai, M.Sc. (Tor), M.D, PhD (Brit CoL), Medicine, Associate Professor. DACMAR K. KALOUSEK, M.D. (Olomouc), FRCPC, C.S.P.Q, Palhology, Professor. DEBORAH E. McFADDEN. B.A, (Minn.), M.D. (Calg), FRCPC F.C.C.M.G, Pathology, Clinical Assistant Professor. MARGARET G. NORMAN, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC. Pathology, Professor. DOROTHY SHAW, M.B, Ch.B. (Edin.), FRCSC, F.R.C.O.G. (Lond.), LMCC, Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Clinical Assistant Professor GEORGE B. SPIEGELMAN, B S. (Ill), Ph.D (Wis.), Microbiology, Associate Professor. FUMIO TAKEI, B.Sc, (Tokyo), Ph.D. (Bril. Cot), Pathology, Associate Professor. GERALD WEEKS, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Birm.), Microbiology, Professor. Honorary Members DAVID I, BAII.I.1E, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Brit. Col), Ph.D. (Connecticut), Honorary Professor, Biological Sciences, Simon Fraser. ROBERTO MILLER, B.Sc. (Hartford, Conn.i, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Penn.), Honorary Professor, Microbiology. SIU SING TSANG, B.Sc. (McG.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Bril. CoL), B.C.A.A, Honorary Assistant Professor. Department of Medicine G.B. JOHN .MANCINI, M.D, FRCPC, F.A.C C. (Tor.), Professorand Head. CRAIG R. ARNOLD, B.A. (Sask.), M.D. (W.Ont.), CRCP (C), FRCPC, F.A.C.P, Clinical Associate Ptofessor RICHARD ARSENEAU, B.Sc. (Queen's), D.V.M. (Guelph), M.D, (Tor.) FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Ptofessor. C LAIRD BIRMINGHAM, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Associate Professor (part-time) and Head of Division of Internal Medicine. JAMES R. BUSSER, M.D (W.Ont.), M.H.Sc (Bnt. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. VICTOR CHAN, M.B.B.S. (U.K.), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. BARRY 0. KASSEN, M.D. (Sask), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor J.AMES R. KENNEDY, B.Sc. (W.Ont.). M.D. (Nfld), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. JOHN HAYWARD KERRIDGE, M.B, B.S. (Lond), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. CHRISTOPHER C. KORVIN, MB, B.S. (Lond.). M.R.C.S. (England), L.R.C.P. (Lond,!. FRCPC. Clinical Associate Professor. MICHAEL LAPIN, B.Sc, M.D.C.M. (McG.), Clinical Instruclor. ROUND W. LAUENER, M.D. (Brit. Cot), FRCPC Piofessor (pan-time). DAVID LEVITT, M.B, B.Ch. (Wirw.), F.CP (S A.), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. PHILLIP B. MALPASS, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. MICHAEL A J MANDI, M.Sc (McG.), M.B B.S (Sydney), FRCPC, Ciinical Associate Professor. F. J MOFFET, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta), FRCPC, Ciinical Associate Professor. ALPHONSO I, MOLARO, B A, M.D. (Manic), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. MAY ONG, B Sc (Minn.), M.D. (Tor), Clinical Assistant Professor. GORDON G PAGE. BSc. (Vic.B.C ), M.A, Ed.D. (Brit CoL), Associate Professor. S, D. PEI.ECH. B.Sc. Ph.D (Brit. Col), Associate Professor CHARLES R RALLY, B.A. (Brit. Cot), M.D, CM (McG i, FRCPC. Clinical Associate Piofessor. JEFFREY ROSS, MD (Manic), FRCPC, A.B.I.M, Clinical Assisiant Ptofessor. J. W. SCHRADER, B.Med.Sc. (Melbourne). M.B.B.S. (Adelaide), Ph.D. (Melbourne), Professor. 214 Medicine MICHAEL SCHULZER, B.A, M.A, M.D (Brit. CoL), Ph.D, (Wash), Professor, MARIO SERAGI.IA, M.D, (Padua), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor, D. F, STARK, B.M.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor MARY D. STEPHENSON, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCSC, Ciinical Instructor. DONALD R. STUDNEY, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc, M.D. (Tor), F.A.C.P, FRCPC, Associate Professor. MORLEYC. SUTTER, B.Sc. (Med ), M.D, Ph.D. (Manit.), Honorary Associate Professor. MUKUL N. VYAS, M.B.B.S, M.D. (Bombay), M.R.C.P. (Lond.), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. B. 0. R. WYLIE. M.D. (Tor.). FRCPC, Clinicai Assistant Professor. Associate Members WILLIAM D. ROBERTSON, B.Sc. (Sask.), M.D. (Brit. Col), Assistant Professor, Radiology. Division of Allergy and Immunology J. DESMOND HORAN, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC, FACP, Clinical Professor. MICHAEL A. J. MANDL, M.Sc (McG.), M.B B.S. (Sydney), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. R. ROBERT SCHELLENBERG, M.D. (Manit j, Professor. D. F STARK, B.M.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. GEORGE H. C. WONG, B.Sc. (Manit.), M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinicai Associate Ptofessor Division of Cardiology CHARLES R. KERR, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col.), FRCPC, Professor and Head. BEN-ZION BAR-SHLOMO. M.D. (Hebrew). F.R.C.P, FRCPC, Clinicai Assistant Professor VICTORIA BERNSTEIN, M.R.C.S. (England), L.R.C.P. (Lond.). FRCPC, Clinical Professor. JORGE F. BONET, M.D. (Cordoba (Arg,)), FRCPC. Clinical Instructor. JOHN A. BOONE, B.A, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCPC, Clinical Professor. KAY BOROOMAND, M.D. (Pahlavi), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. CHRISTOPHER BULLER. M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. RONALD CARERE, B.Sc (Guelph), M.D. (Ott.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. ARTHUR DODEK, M.D. (Brit Col.i, FRCPC. Clinical Professor, ANTHONY Y. FUNG, M.B, B.S. (H.K.), FRCPC. Ciinical Assistant Professor. KENNETH G. GIN, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor, HARTMUTHENNING. M.D. (Munich). B.S. (Tuebingen), FRCPC, Associate Professor VICTOR F. HUCKELL, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, F.A.C.C, Clinical Associate Professor. ANDREWJAKUBOWSKI, M.D. (Warsaw), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. JOHNJUE, M.D. (Bnt. Col.), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. DORIS M. KAVANACH-GRAY, M.D. (Ott), FRCPC, FACP, Clinical Professor MARIA KIESS, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Ciinical Associate Professor. PATRICKJ. KINAHAN, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, F.A.C.C, Clinical Associate Professor. DAVID CHUNG KUF.N HU, B.Sc. (Minn), M.D. (Washington U, Missouri), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. RICHARD LEATHER, B.Sc. (Brit. CoL), M.D. (Queen's), FRCP, Clinical Assistant Professor. PUl KEE LEE. M.B, B.S. (H.K.), M.R.C.P. (U.K.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor LAN MacDONALD, M.D. (Queen's), C.C.F.P, FRCPC Clinical .Associate Professor. G B.JOHN MANCINI, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC, F.A.C.C, Professor. THOMAS K. MAYBEE, D.V.M. (Tor.l, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor HENRY F. MIZGALA. BA. (Loyola), M.D, CM. (McG), FRCPC, Professor. MICHAEL D. MOSCOVICH, M.D. (Brit. Coi), FRCPC, Clinical Professor. IAN PENN, M.B, B.S. (Sydney). FRCPC, FRACP. Clinical Associate Professor. DWIGITTI, PERETZ, M.Sc (McG.). M.D. (Bnt. Cot), FRCPC, F.A.C.P, F.A.C.C, Clinical Professor. AN-ZHEN Ql, M.D (Shanghai), Research Associate SIMON RABKIN, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC, Professor. DONALD RICCI, B.Sc, M.P. (Bnt. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Professor. CHAVA EVE ROTEM, M.D. (Lausanne), L.R.C.P, M.R.C.S. (Edin.), M.R.C.P. (Lond.), FRCPC, Clinicai Professor. CHRISTOPHER THOMPSON, M.D, CM (McG), FRCPC, Clinicai Associate Professor. JOHN WEBB, B.Sc (S.Fraser). M.D (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. JOHN YEUNG, M.B, Ch.B. (Glas.), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. Division of Clinical Pharmacology JAMES R KENNEDY, B.Sc (W, Ont.), M.D. (Nfld.). FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. JOHN M. ONROT, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. ROBERT E. RANGNO, B.Sc, M.D, M.Sc (Manit), FRCPC, Associate Professor. HARVEY D. SANDERS, B.S.P, M.S.P. (Brit. Col), Ph.D. (Manit.), M.D. (Bnt. Cof), FRCPC. Honorary Associate Professor. JAMES A. WRIGHT, M.D. (Alta.), Ph.D. (McG.), FRCPC, Associate Professor. Division of Critical Care Medicine PETER DODEK, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC, FACP. Assistant Professor JAMES A. RUSSELL, A.B. (Prin.), M.D. (Tor). FRCPC, A.Bim, Associate Professor. JOHN C FEN WICK, B.Sc. M.D. (Bril. Col), Clinical Assistant Professor. JOHN Y. TSANG, B.Sc. (McG), M.D. (Tor). FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. MARTIN G. TWEEDDALE, M.B, PhD. (Lond), FRCPC, Clinicai Professor. KEITH WAI.LEY, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC, Associate Professor Division of Dermatology DAVID McLEAN, B.Sc, M.D (Manit.), FRCPC, Associate Professor and Head. LAVAL AHKONG, Ph.D. (Lond), Research Associate JOHN D. AMISS, M.D, CM. (McG), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. BERNARD J. J. BENDL, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC Clinical Associate Professor. H. W. BUCK, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. ALASTAIR CARRUTHERS, B.A, M.A, B.M, B.Ch. (Oxon), M.R.C P., FRCPC, Clinicai Professor THOMAS CHRISTENSEN, M.D. (Alta,), FRCPC, Clinical Insttuctor ROBERTJ, CONKI.IN, B.Sc , M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC. Ciinical Associate Professor ROBERT L. COUPE, M.B, Ch.B. (Liv.), M.Sc. (Minn), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. JAMES E. D. DANTOW, M.D. (Sask.). FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor W. A. H. DODD, M.D. (Brit. Cof), FRCPC, Clinical Professor BRIAN W. GREGORY, B.Sc. (Car,), M.D. (Ott). FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. VINCENT C Y. HO, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Assistant Professor. MICHAELJ. HOPE. Ph.D. (Lond I, Assistant Professor PATRICK G. W. KENNY, M.B, B.Ch (Ireland), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor PATRICK KENNY, M.B, B.Ch, B.A.O. (Nat'l Univ. of Ireland). Clinical Assistant Professot. C NEIL KELSON, M.D, (McM), FRCPC, Assistant Professor BRIAN T. KUNIMOTO, M.D. (Brit, Coi), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor ANNETTE IAM, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC, Clinical Instruclor HARVEY I.UL M.D. (Brit Col). FRCPC. Assistant Professor. W. ALASTAIR McLEOD, M.D. (Alia.). M.Se (Minn.), FRCPC Clinical Professor CHARLES C MORTON. M.D (Queen's), FRCPC Clinical Assistant Professor NHIEM NGUYEN, M.D (Saigon), FRCPC. Honorary Lecturer. ROBERTA C ONGI.EY, M.D. (Tor,), FRCPC. Associate Professoi (part-time) KEVIN K PETER, M.D. (Brit, Col.), FRCPC. Clinical Instructor. JULIETTE PRENDIVILLE, MB, B.Ch, B.A.O, B.A (Trinity College, Dublin), D.C.H. (Ireland), Assistant Professor of Paediatrics. MARIE B. PRIHODA, M.D. (Alia.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. JASON K RIVERS, M.D. (Ott.), FRCPC, Assistant Professor OTTO SCHLAPPNER, M.D, (Queen's), FRCPC, Clinical Associaie Professor. JERRY SHAPIRO, M.D, CM. (McG.), FRCPC. Clinical Assistant Professor. CECIL SIGAL, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. THOMAS TAYLOR, M.D , Ch.B. (Glas). D.Obst.R.CO G, Dip.Derm. (Lond.), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Ptofessot D. RICHARD THOMAS, M.A, M.B. (Lond.), FRCPC, Clinicai Instructor. EVERTJ TUYP, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. lAURENCE WARSHAWSKI, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC. Clinical Assistant Professor. Associate Members RICHARD P. GALLAGHER, M.A. (W. Washington), Clinical Assistant Professor, Health Care and Epidemiology VICTOR TRON, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC, Assistant Professor of Pathology. NEIL TOWERS, B.Sc, M.Sc (McG.), Ph.D. (Cornell), Professor of Botany. WILLIAM S. WOOD, B.A. (Brit CoL), M.D . CM. (McG), FRCPC, Professor of Pathology. Division of Endocrinology and Metabolism ANTHONY D. MORRISON, M.D. (McG.). FRCPC. Associate Professor and Head. MICHAELBRYER-ASH,M.D. (lond), Assistant Professor. ALEXANDER R. M. CAIRNS, M.D. (Brit. CoL). FRCPC, Associate Professor. KEITH DAWSON, A.B (Prin), Ph.D. (McG), M.D. (Col), FRCPC F.A.C.P, Professor. THOMAS G. ELLIOTT, B.M.Sc, M.B.B.S. (Queensland), FRCPC, Assistant Professor. SUSAN E. HAIGH, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC, Clinica! Instructor JOHN A. HUNT, MB, B.S. (Lond.), M.R.C.S. (England), I, R.C.P. (Lond.), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. DAVID I, KENDLER, M.D. (Tor.) FRCPC, Assistanl Professor. JERILYNN C PRIOR, B.A. (I.infield), M.D. (Boston), FRCPC, Associate Professor. DAVID M THOMPSON. B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. HUGH TILDESLEY, B.Sc, M.D (McG ), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Ptofessor WILLIAM VLAHOS, M.D. (Dal.), FRCPC, Clinical Assisianr Professor GRAEME E. WILKINS, B.A, M.D (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinicai Piofessor. Associate Members GREG BONDY, M.D.(Tor). FRCPC, Assistant Professor (Pathology) NICHOLAS BRUCHOVSKY, M.D, Ph.D. (Tor.), FRCPC, Honorary Professor JIRIJ. FROHLICH, M.D, (Katlova, Prague), FRCPC, Ptofessor (Pathology). ROiAND W. LAUENER, M.D. (Bril. Col), FRCPC, Professor (Part-Time). YUAN HONG (ROBIN), B.Sc. (Wuhan), M.A . Ph.D. (Calif, Los Angeles) GRAYDON S. MENEILLY. M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC Assisiant Professor. MORRIS R. PUDEK, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), F.CA.C.B, Clinical Associate Professor. WAII JON TZE, M.D. (Dal.), FRCPC, Professor of Pediatrics. BASIL HO YUEN, M.D. (Cape T.l, FRCPC. Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology. FRANK H. ANDERSON, B.A, M.D. (Brit. Col.), FRCPC, Associate Professor. DONALD M. CARR. M.D. (Alia.), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. HUGH CHAUN, B.M, B.Ch, MA (Oxon), M.R.C.P (Lond.). M.R.C.P. (Edin), FRCPC, Clinical Professor SIGFRIED R. ERB, M.D. (W.Ont.). FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Ptofessor. JAMES GRAY, M.D. (Brit, Col), FRCPC, Clinical Instruclor. IAWRENCE S. HAI.PARIN, M.D. (Manit ), FRCPC. Clinical Professor. WING C. PETER KWAN. M.D. (W.Ont ). FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. WALTER C MacDONALD, M.D. (Brit. CoL). FRCPC, Associate Piofessor. URS STEINBRECHER, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta,), FRCPC, A.B.I.M, Associate Professor, STANFORD N. STORDY, B.A, M.D, CM (McG). FRCPC, Clinical Professor. ALAN A WEISS, M.D. (Bril. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. SCOTT WHITTAKER. B.Sc, M.D. (Brit Col), FRCPC. Clinical Assistant Professor. Division of Geriatric Medicine B. LYNN BEATTIE, M.D (Brit, Col), FRCPC, Head, Division of Genairic Medicine, Associate Professor MARIA CHUNG, B.Sc. (Brit. CoL), M.D, CM (McG.), Ciinical Assistanl Professor. IARRY DIAN, MB, Ch.B. (Witw.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professot. JANET SUSAN MARTINI. M.D. (Brit, Col,), Assistant Professor (Pan-Time). GRAYDON S. MENEILLY, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC, Associate Professor. M. PETER O'CONNOR, B.A, M.B, B.Ch, B.A.O, FRCPC, (Trinity Coll, Dublin), Clinical Assistanl Professor. CHRISTOPHER R. RAUSCHER, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC Clinical Assistanl Professor. ROBERTO. WAKEFIELD, BSc, M.D. (Slan.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. Division of Gastroenterology HUGH! FREEMAN, B.Sc. (Loyola), M.D, CM (McG.), FRCPC, A.B.I.M., A.B.G.E., FACP, F.A.C.C. Professor. JACK N AMAR, B.Sc (McG), M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC Clinical Assistant Professor Division of Haematology ALLEN C. EAVES, B.Sc (Acadia), M.D, M.Sc (Dal. i. Ph.D. (Tor.), FRCPC, F.A.C.P, Professor of Medicine and Pathology, and Head. PENNY J. B.ALLEM, B.Sc (McG), M.Sc. fW Ont.). M.D. (Brit Col), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professoi MICHAELJ. BARNETT, B. Med. Sc, B.M., B.S, (Noll,), M.R CP. (U.K.). Clinical Associate Professor W. BARRETT BENNY', B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. NOEL A. BL'SKARD, BA, M.D. (Queen's), FRCPC, F.A.C P , Clinical Professor GERSHON H. GROWE, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC, Clinical Prolessor DONNA E. HOGGE. B.Med.Sc, M.D. (Alta), FRCPC Clinical Associate Professor. KEITH HUMPHRIES, B.Sc (Alta.), M.Se (Tor). M.D, Ph.D. (Brit. Col), Associate Professor. JOHN W. IBBOTT. B.A. (Brit. CoL), M.D, CM (McG). FRCPC Clinical Associate Professor ILANS-G KLINGEMANN, M.D. (Wijrzburg), Clinical Associate Professor. PETER M. LANSDORP, M.D. (Erasmus), Ph.D. (Amsterdam), Clinical Assistant Professoi KEVIN C MURPHY. B.Sc, M.D, CM. (McG.). FRCPC A B.I.M, Clinical Associate Professor STEPHEN H. NANTEL, B.Sc. (McG.), M.D, (Calg.). FRCPC A.B.I.M, Clinical Instructor, R MICHAEL C. NOBLE, BSc (Brit. Col), MD (Harv ), A.B LM, FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Prolessor. GORDON L. PHILLIPS, B.A, M.D. (Oklahoma), A.B.I.M, Professor. DONNA E REECE, B.A, M.D. (Texas), A.B.I.M, FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor JOHN D SHEPHERD, B.Sc. (Brit Col), M.Sc, M I) (Calg.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor TERENCE G. SPARLING, M.D. (Queen's), FRCPC. A.B LM, Clinical Associate Professor HEATHER SUTHERLAND. B.Sc, M.D (Sask). FRCPC. Clinical Assistant Prolessor. LINDA M. VICKARS, M.D. (Brit Col i. FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. Medicine 215 JOHN 11. WARD, B.Sc (Car), M.D. (Tor.). Clinical Assistant Ptofessor. Associate Members ROBERT COUPLAND. B.M.S, M. Sc, M.D. (Alta). FRCPC Clinical Assistanl Professor of Palhology. CONNIE J. EAVES. B.A, M.Sc, (Queen's), Ph.D. (Mane), Professor of Medical Genelics. RANDY GASCOYNE, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit Col), FRCPC, Ciinical Inslructor of Pathology. GEORGE R. GRAY, M.D, CM. (Queen's), FRCPC Associate Professor of Pathology. DOUGLAS E. HORSMAN. M.D. (Sask,), CRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor of Palhology KENNETH LERNF.R, M.D. (Wayne State), Clinical Assistant Professoi of Pathology, SHELDON C, NAIMAN, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC, Clinical Professor of Medicine ancl Pathology. TERRY THOMAS, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Bril. Cot). Research Associale. Division of Infectious Diseases NEIL E, REINER, A.B. (Oberiin), M.D. (Case Western Reserve), FRCPC, FACP, Associate Professor anc Acting Head. ANTHONY W. CHOW, M.D,(Manit,l, FRCPC. FACP, Professoi ancl Head. Division of Infectious Diseases, WILLIAM R. BOWIE, B.Sc Med, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC Professor. DAVID R. BURDGE, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL). FRCPC Clinical Associate Professor ROBERT M T. CHAN, M.D. (Manit,). FRCPC FACP, Clinica! Piolessor, SWEE HAN GOH, B.Sc, (Mann,), M.Sc, (Manit.), Ph.D, (Manit.), Reseaich Associaie, MARIE J. CRIBBLE, M.B, Ch.B, (Cape T.), FRCPC. Assistant Professor, WINNIE W. S. KUM, B.A, (New York), M.Sc, (Manic), Ph.D (H.K.), Research Associate. DAVID PATRICK, M.D. (Ott.), Clinical Instructor. ANDREW PATTULLO, Clinical Associate Prolessoi PETER PHILLIPS, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. MICHAEL REKART, M.D. (Ohio State), Clinical Assistant Professor, STEPHEN L. SACKS. A.B. (Penn.), M.D. (Cincinnati), FRCPC. Professor. GRANT H. STIVER, B.Sc (Metl.), M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC, Associate Prolessor. Associate Members PETERJ. JEWESSON, B.Sc. (Pharm), Ph.D. (Bril. Col.) (Pharm,), Assistant Director Clinical, Department of Pharmacy, VGH and Assistanl Ptofessot, Pharmaceutical Sciences, Associale Mcmber. RICHARD MATH1AS, M.D. (Alia.), FRCPC Associate Ptofessor tif Health Cate ami Epidemiology. Associate Member. MICHAEL L. REKART, B.A, M.D. (Ohio), FRCPC, Diploma in Tropical Medicine ancl Hygiene, Clinical Assistant Professor, Associate Member DAVID SCHEIFEI.E, M.D. (Ontario), Professor of Pediatrics, Associate Member JOHN A. SMITH, M.B, Ch.B, M.D. (Aberd,), FRCPC Professor of Pathology and Head, Division of Medical Microbiology, Associate Member. DAVID SPEERT, B.A, M.D. (CoL), Assistant Professor of Pediatrics, Member and Acting Head, Division of Infectious and Immuniological Diseases. Division of Medical Oncology Clinical Operations JAMES II GOLDIE, M.D. (Tor,), FRCPC, Clinical Professorand Head, Division ol Medical Oncology. PIERRE R. BAND, B.A, M.D. (Montr), FRCPC, Professot (Honorary). NICHOLAS BRUCHOVSKY. M.D, Ph.D. (Tor), FRCPC. Honorary Professor, CICELY J. BRYCE, MD. (Brit. Col). FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. JOSEPH M. CONNORS, B.S. (Trinity College), M.D (Yale), Clinical Associate Professor CHRISTOPHER M. L. COPPIN, B.A, M.A, D.Phil , B.M, B.Ch, |Oxon), M.R.C.P. (IL K.l. FRCPC, Clinical Associate Prolessor. KAREN GELMON, B.A, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC Clinical Assistant Professor PAUI.J. HOSKINS, B.A, (Oxon). M.B.B, CH1R, M.R.C.P. (U.K.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professoi. DAVID J. KLAASSEN, M.D, (Sask,), FRCPC, Clinical Professoi and Direclor, Cance:' Contro Agency of B.C. RICHARD J. KLASA, M.D, CM. (McG), L'RCT, Clinical Assistant Piolessor PAUL KUMO, M.D. (Comenius, Czcchoslov; kia), Ciinical Associaie Professor. MARGARET KNOWL1NG, B.M.Sc, M.D. (Nfld.I, FRCPC Clinical Assisiani Professor. R. C. NEVTN MURRAY, M.D. (Sask,), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. SUSAN E. O'REILLY. B.Sc, B.A, M.B, B.Ch. B.A.O. (Wales), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Prolessor. DAVID OSOBA, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta). FRCPC, Clinical Professor, IAN II. PLENDERLEITH. B.Sc. (Michigan Stale), M.D. (George Washington), FRCPC, Clinical Piofessor. JOSEPH RAG.A7, B.S. (Bratislava). M.D, (Loud.), FRGPC, Clinical Associate Professor AMD. M, SHAH, B.Sc, M.D, (McG.), FRCPC. F.A.C.P, Clinical Associale Professor. HULBERT K. B, SILVER. B.Sc (Bishop's), M.D, CM., Ph.D. (McG.), FRCPC, Clinical Professor. DAVID STUART, S.B, S.M. (M.I.T.), M.D, (Slan.), FRCPC Clinical Assistant Prolessor KENNETH D. SWENERTO. , M.D. iBrit. Cot), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. BRIAN WEINERMAN, M.D. (Manit. i, FRCPC KENNETH S. WILSON, M.B. FRCP .Edin,), FACP. FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Prolessor, Division of Medical Oncology Laboratory Operations (B.C. Cancer Research Centre:) JAMES 11. GOLDIE. M.D. (Tor,), FRCPC, Clinical Prolessor and Chaii and Academic Head, Division of Medical Oncology. HULBERT K. B, SILVER, B.Sc. (Bishop's), M.D, C.M.I Ph.D. (McG.). FRCPC, Clinical Professor RICHARD), K1ASA, M.D, CM, (McG.), FRCPC. Clinical Assistant Professor. KAREN GELMON, B.A, M.D, (Sask.). FRCPC. Clinical Assistant Protessor MARCEL BALLY, Ph.D. (Bril, Col.i, Clinical Assisiant Prolessor, Pathology LEANNE EMBREE, Ph.D. (Brit, Coi.), Honn-ary Assistant Professoi, Pharmaceutial Sci .-net's. LAWRENCE MAYER, Ph.D. (Minn.), Honor ry Assistant Professor, Pharmaceutial Sccnces. Division of Nephrology ROGER A, L, SUTTON, M.A, D.M. (Oxon), F.R.C.P, FRCPC, Professorand Head. HENRY S. BALLON. B.Sc. (McG.), M.D, (Gt neva), FRCPC, Climcal Professor. EUGENE 0. CAMERON, M.D. (Bril. Col), 1 RCPC, Associate Professor CLIFFORD CHAN-YAN. M.B, Ch.B. (Cape T). FRCPC F.C.P. (S.A.I, Clinical Associaie Protestor. ANTHONY A.-Y. CHIU, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta,), FRCPC, Clinical Assisiant Professor. MOHAMUD KARIM, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCP, Clinical Assistant Prolessor. PAUL A. KEOWN, M.B, Ch.B. (Mane), FRC PC, FRCP. Professorand Director, British Columbia Transplant Society. DAVID IANDSBERG, M.D. iTor.), FRCPC, Assistant Prolessor (part-time) ADEFRA LEVIN, M.D. (Tor), FRCP, Clinical Assistant Professor MICHAEL V. MORIARTY. M.B.B.S, (Lond.), M.R.C.P. (Lond.), FRCPC) Clinicai Associate Professor GARY A QUAMME, B.A, D.V.M, (sask.), M.Se (Ott ), Ph.D. (McG.i. Professor ANGUS 1, RAE, M.B.B.S, F.R.C.P., M.R.C.P, (Edin,), FRCPC, F.A.C.P, Clinical Professor. R JEAN SHAPIRO. B.A, B.Sc, M.D, CM. (McG), FRCPC. Assistant Pro'essor PAUL TAYLOR, B.Sc, M.B, B.S. (Lond,), FtCPC. Clinical Associate Professor. VALERIE WALKER, Ph.D. (Brit. Col.}, Assistanl Professor. RONALD WERB. M.B, Ch.B. (Cape T), iM.CC.P. (U.K.), FRCPC Clinical Associate Prolessor. NORMAN L. WONG, B.Sc, (Sir George Williams), M.Sc, Ph.D, (McG.), Associale Professor, KIT CHOI YEUNG, M.B, B.S. (U.K.), M.D, (U.K.), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor, Associate Members WILLIAM H, CHASE, B.Sc, M.D, (7M. (McG). Professor, Palhology. ALEXANDER B, MAGIL, B.Sc. (McG), M.D, (Queen's}, FRCPC, Assistant Piofessor, Palhology. Division of Neurology DONALD W. PATY, B.A, M.D. (Emory). FRCPC F.A.C.P., Ptofessot and Head, Division of Neurology. BARBARA M. ALLAN, B.A, M.D, (Brit, Col.l, FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. ANDRE R. ANZARL'T, M.D, (Paris), D.C.H. (Lond.), FRCPC Clinical Professor, STEVEN BEAI.l. M.D, B.Sc (Texas ASM), M.D. (Texas), FRCPC, Assisiani Professor. JEFF IE BECKVIAN. M.D. (W. Ont.). FRCPC. Clinical Assistanl Professor. CHRISTOPHER BOZF.K. M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC, Clinical Instiuctoi'. PAL ILL A. BRATTY, M.D. (Tor,), FRCPC, Clinical Professor, DONALD B. CALNE, B.A, B.Sc, M.A, B.M, B.Ch. (Oxon), FRCPC Professor. DONALD CAMERON, B.Sc (Guelph), M.D. (Queen's), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor, DORIS DOUDET, B.S, Ph.D. (Bordeaux). Assistanl Professor. STEPHEN DOUGLAS CLARKE. M.D. (Brit. Col ). FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. ANDREW A. E1SFN, M.D. (Leeds), FRCPC. Prolessor HOWARD FELDMAN, DCS, M.D, CM, (McG.). FRCP, Cluneal Assistanl Prolessor GILLIAN GIBSON, B.Sc, M.D, (Calg.), FRCPC Clinicai .Assistant Professor. STANLEY A. HASHIMOTO, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC Clinical Professoi. JOHN P. HOOGE, M.D. (Sask,), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Ptofessor, MILTON JOE-WONG, M.D. (Bril. Coi,), FRCPC, Ciinical Associare Professor. MICHAEL W. JONES. M.D, (Bril. Col. ], FRCPC. Clinical Associate Prolessor l.ORNE F. KASTRUKOFF. B.Sc, M.D. (Biit. Col.l, FRCPC, Associate Professor, ^ROBERT D, KEYES, B.Sc, M.D. (Biit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Assisiani Piolessor SEUNG 1.7 KIM. M.D, (Seoul), Ph.D. (Kvoto). Professor. CHARLES KRIFGER. M.D, (Tor,), Ph.D, (Loud.), FRCPC, Assistant Prolessor DAVID MacDONALD, M.D, (Dal.), Clinical Instructor. D. MCFAYDEN, B.A (Sask,), M.D. (Tor,). M.Se Sask.), FRCPC, Clinical Professor, JOEL OGER. B.A, M.D. (Rennes), FRCPC, Assouan- Professor. R. GORDON ROBINSON, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit, Col.l, FRCPC, Clinical Associare Professor. MARION ROKE, M.D. (W. Ont.), FRCPC, Clinical Dismicior. BARKY SNOW. B.H.li, M.M.CAB. (Auck.,, FRCPC Assistanl Professor VINCENT P. SWEENEY, M.B, Ch.B, (Glas,), F.A.C.P, FRCPC Professor PHILLIP TEAL. B.M.E.Sc, M.D. (Aha.), Clinical Assistanl Professoi, BARKY TESSLER, B.S, M.D. (Manit,), FRCP, Clinical Instiuclor JOSEPH TSUI. M.B, B.S. (U.K.). MRCA (U.K.) FRCPC, Assistant Professor. MICHAEL VARELAS, M.D. (Bin. CoL), FRCPC. Clinical instructor. MILTON J, WONG, M.D, (Brit. Col.), FRCPC. Clinical Associaie Piofessor Associate Members DUNCAN ANDERSON. B.Sc, M.D.C.M, iMcG), FRCSC, Associate Professoi. KENNETH BERRY. M.D. (Bril. CoL), FRCPC, Associate Member Palhology. DOUGLAS GRAEB, M.D. (Tor. ], FRCPC Associate Professor, Radiology, TREVOR HURWLI'Z, M.B, Ch.B. (Pretoria). M.R.C.P (U.K.), FRCPC, Associate Professor, Psychiatry, GEORGE R, W. MOORE, M.D, (McG.), Clinical Associate Prolessoi, Pathology. ADEI.E DESSA SADOVN1CK, Ph.D, (Bnt, Col.l, Assistant Professor, Medical Genelics. JUHN WADA, M.D, D.M.Sc, (Hokkaido). F.A.A.N., FRCPC. Professor, Psychiatry, Division of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation HUGH ANTON, M D, (Calg.), FRCPC Ciinical Assistanl Professor and Head. DUNCAN MURRAY, M.D. (Dal), FRCPC. Professor (7 A. A( OB. M.D. (Manila), FRCPC Clinical Assisiani Professor GEORGE HAHN, FRCPC. Clinical Associale Piolessoi. GABRIEL HIRSCII. M.D, (Hamburg). FRCPC. Clinical Assistanl Instiuclor, J, S.JWORSKl. M.D, iLodz. Poland). Ph.D (Warsaw), Clinical Inslructor SUSANJUNG-KKMKNY, M.D, (Chile), FRCPC, Clinical Assisiani Piolessoi", A, IAN S. MURRAY, M.B, B.S , D.Ohsl, R.C O.C, D.l'hys. (Laid), FRCPC Clinical Associate Prolessor, N. K. REF. TO:, M.B.B.S (Bombay), FRCPC. Clinical hisitueio!. WOLFGANG SCHAMBEEGER, M.D. (Brit. Col.j, FRCPC. Clinical Associaie Professor. TIIEO VAN RIJN, B.Sc, M.D, (Tor.), FRCPC. Clinical Assistant Professor MICHAEL VONDEl'IF. M.D. (Dal.), FRCPC, Clinical Assisiani Professor CLAIRE WEEKS, B.Sc (C.C.N.Y.), Ph I), i Duke), M D (Dal), FRCPC, Clinical Inslfucloi, Division of Respiratory Medicine PETER PARI-. B.Sc. (Loyola), M.D, C M. (Mi (1,1, FRCPC, Professor and Head. RAJA T, ABBOUD, M.D. (l)eiiul), FRCPC, Professor EDWARD A, ALLEN. M.B, Ch.B. (Cape T), FRCPC, Clinical Professor TONY K. BAI, B.M, Ch.B, M.D, (Otagei. M.R.C.P. (U.K.), F.RAC.P, FRCPC, Assistanl Professor ELIZABETH BAII.E. Research Associate. MICHAEL BRAUER. B.A. (Calif, Berkeley), Sel), (Hary.), Assisiani Professor PAUL CHAMPION, M.B.B.S. (Lond.), M.R.C.S, I..RCP. (Eng.). Ph.D. I Levdeni. FRCPC. Clinical Piofessor. GRAEME COPIAND, B.A. (Sask.), M.D. (M.'.nil,), D.M.R, (Tor) F.R.C.P.d.i, FRCPC Clinical Professor. VINCENT DURONIO, B.Sc (Windsor), Ph.D. (W.Onl.), Assistant Ptoiessor RICHARD K, ELWOOD, M.B, B.Ch, B.A.O. (Dublini. M.R.C.P, (U K). FRCPC, Clinical Associate Piofessor. THAR.AT FERA, M.B, Ch.B. (Cairo). Clmiell Assistanl Prolessor MARK FITZGERALD, M.B.B.C.II. (Dublin). M.R.C.P.Il.l. FRCPC, Assistant Professor JOHN A FLEETHAM. M.B, lj„s, (Lond,}. M.R.C.S, L.R.C.P. (U K.l. FRCPC, Prolessor ami Ileatl JAMES C. HOGG. M.D. (Manit.), M.Se. Ph D, (McG.). FRCPC, Honorary Professor Director, Pulmonale' Research Laboratory SUSAN KENNEDY, I'li.D. (Bril. Col.). Associaie Professor STEPHEN IAM, B.Sc, M.D. (for). FRCPC. Associale Professor, LINDSAY IAWSON, B.Sc (Vic.B.Ci. M.D, CM, M.S, (McG.i. FRCPC Clinical Associaie Prolessor, J, S, C MONTANER, M.D. (Buenos Aires Median. Associaie Professor. FU1NA M, NAKIF.I.NA. M.B, Ch.B, (Lit,), M.R.C.P. IU K ), D.C.H, FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professoi, DAVID OSTROW. B.Sc. M.I), (Manit,), FRCPC, Associale Professor, RICHARD I, PARDY, M.R. Chi). (N.Z.), \_oxilc 1'rolcssoi JEREMY ROAD, B.S, „ M.D. (Sask,), FRCPC, Associale Professor. CLIVE ROBERTS, B.A, M.A. (Camabi, Ph.D. i Brunch. Assistanl Professor FRANK RYAN, M.B, B.C.I I, B.A.O, M.R.C.P.I. (Gallawav, Ireland). FRCPC, Assistanl Prolessor HASSAN S, SAFARI, Ph.D, (S'lon.l. Associate ProfesM,. KAM S, TSE, M.D. (Sask,). FRCPC, Cliniel! Prolessor SVERREVEDAL, M.Sc (Harv.). B.A, M.D. iColoration FRCPC. Assoi iaie Prolessor, HELEN DIMICII WARD, Assisiani Prolessor PEARCE C WILCOX. M.D. .Queen's,. FRCPC. Associale Professot 216 Medicine MOIRA M. YEUNG, M.B.B.S. (H.K.). M.R.C.P. (London anti Edinburgh). FRCPC, F.A.C.P, Professor. Division of Rheumatology A. CAROLINE PATTERSON, M.D, Ch.B. (Mane), M.R.C.P. (Lond.), FRCPC Clinical Associale Professor and Acting Head. ANDREW CHALMERS. B.Sc. (Cape T), M.D. (Brit. Coi.), FRCPC, Associate Professor. STEPHANIE ENSWORTH, B.Sc (Pharm). M.D, (Brit CoL). Clinical Assistant Professoi. JEAN Gil LIES, M.D. (Brit, Col}, FRCPC, Clinical Instruclor. SIMON II K. HUANG. M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. THOMAS HUNTER, MB, B.S. (Lond.). M.R.C.S, L.R.C.P. (Eng.l, FRCPC Clinical Professor FRANKJ1RIK. B.Sc. (Vic.B.C). M.D (Brit. CoL). FRCPC, Associate Professor ALICE V Kl.INKHOFF, B.A. (McG.), M.D, CM (McG), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Ptofessor BARRYKOEHI.ER, M.D (Tor.), FRCPC, Clinical Associaie Professor. DAVID O'l IANLON. M.B, Ch.B. (Mane). Clinical Instructor. GEORGE PRICE, M.D. (Bril. Col). FRCPC, Clinical Assisiant Professor GRAHAM D, REID, M.B, Ch.B. (Aberd ), FRCPC. Clinical Associate Professor, RHONDA SHUCKETT, M.D. (Manit.!, FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor HOWARD B STEIN, M.D (Tor7), A.B.I.M, FRCPC, Professor (part-lime). IAN TSANG. M.B. (Taiwan). FRCPC, Clinical Prolessor JOHN P WADE, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology JOHN i, BENEDET, M.D. (Bnt. CoL), FRCSC, Professor anti Acting i lead MICHAEL W. BEBBINGTON. M.D. (McM.), FRCSC, Assisiant Professor. JEFFREY D BLAKE, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC Clinical Instructor. JOHN BOOTH, B.A , M.D, (Bnt, CoL), FRCSC, Clinical Professor CHARLES W. CARPENTER, M.Sc, M.D . CM. (Queen's), FRCSC, Clinical Ptofessor THERESE T. CHOW, M.B, B.S. (U.K.), M.R.CO.G, CR.CS.(C), CR.S.(C). Clinical Associate Professor, JONATHAN 1, COPE, B.A. (Cantab), M B. (Lond.). FRCSC, Clinica! Assisrant Professor CLAUDE H. CRONHELM, M.B, B.Ch, B.A.O. (Queen's, Belfast), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor JEROME DANSEREAU, M.Sc. (Brit. Cof), M.D, (Montr), FRCSC Assistant Professor. SIDNEY EFFER, M.D. (Tor.). FRCPC Professor THOMAS C EIILEN, M.Sc, M.D. (Germany). FRCSC, Assistant Ptofessor DUNCAN F. FARQUHARSON. M.D. (Tor). FRCPC, Associate Professor. MARGO R. FI.UKER, M.D. (Alta.), FRCSC, Assistant Professor, VERA M. FRINTON, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor, FRANCE GA1.ERNF.AU, M.D. (Montr.), FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor. MATTHEW M. GARREY, MB, B.Ch (Glas), FRCSC Clinical Associate Professor. VICTOR GOMEL, Ml). (Istanbul), FRCSC. Professor. MAD1IU GUPTA M.B. (Kanpur). FRCSC, Clinical Instructor. BASIL I IO YUEN, M.B, Ch.B. (Cape T), FRCSC, Professor. YANG-SHU HSEIH. M.D. (Shanghai), FRCSC. Clinical Assistant Ptofessor. STEPHEN HUDSON, MB, Ch.B (Cape 17). FRCSC, Ciinical Instructor YAMUNA KALYANPUR, M.B, B.S. (India), M.R.CO.G, FRCSC, Clinica! Assistant Professor. I.ORENAJ KANKE, M.D (Bril. Col ). FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor DAVID Y. C KIM, M.D. (Yonsei Koreai, FRCSC Clinica! Associate Professor. GARY E.J. KINNEY. B.Sc. (McM,), M D. (W. Out.). FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor JOHANN KRISINGER, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Bonn). Honorary Assisrant Professor. FLORENCE LEDWITZ-RIGBY, B.Sc, M.Se (Case Western), Ph.D. (Wis.), Honorary Professor. CY. GREGORY LEE, B.Sc. (Taiwan), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Cal.Tech.), Professor. NICHOLAS II LEE, M.B, B.S. (Lond). M.R.C.S.. L.R.C.P, FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor PETER C K. LEUNG, B.Sc, M.Se (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (W.Ont.), Professor PETER E. McCOMB, M.B, B.S. (W. Australia), M.R.CO.G (Lond.), FRCSC, Professor ELISAJ, McMURTRIE. M.D (Brit. CoL), FRCSC. Clinical Instructor DEBRA MILIAR, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit Cof), Clinical Instruclor. DIANNE MILLER. M.D, (Brit. tail.). FRCSC Assistant Professor G. W. E MITCHELL, M.B, Ch.B. (Edin.). M.R.CO.G. (Lond.), F.R.C.S. (Edin,), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor YOUNG SUK MOON, M.V.M, D.V.M, (Seoul), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Guelph). Professor. KENNETH G NICKERSON, B.Sc. (Alta). M.D, CM. (McG I, FRCSC, Ciinical Professor CONSTANT1NE PAPADOPOUI.OS, M.D, (Athens), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor HOWARD J. PENDLETON, M.A, M.B, B.Chir (Cantab), M.R COG, FRCSC, Clinical Ptofessor SHIRITY'A RE1MER, M.D. (Ott.), FRCSC, Clinical Instructor. CARSON ROMA1.IS, M.D (Brit Col.). FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. TIMOTHY C ROWE, M.B, B.S. (Adelaide). M.R.CO.G. (Dal), FRCSC, Associale Professor DANIEL W, RURAK, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Bril. Col), Ph.D. (Oxon), Professor BARRYH. SANDERS. M.D, (McM.), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor VINCENT C. SCALE M.D. (McG), FRCSC, Cinical Assistant Professor. DOROTHY SHAW, M.B, Ch.B. (Edin.), FRCSC, Clinical Associale Professor. LYNN SIMPSON. M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC. Clinical Assistant Professor. DALE STEELE. M.D. (Nova Scotia), FRCSC 1 MARY A. SUTTER, M.D. (Brit Col), FRCSC. Clinical Assistant Piofessor PATRICK J. TAYLOR. M.B, B.Ch , M.D, B.A.O. (Belfast). FRCOG, FRCSC, Professor. WILLIAM D THOMAS, M.D. (Bnt. CoL), FRCSC. Clinical Professor. ™ SYDNEY THOMSON, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCSC. Clinical Instructot. DOROTHY C. TIER. Clinicai Inslructor WALDEMAR G. UNGER, M.D. (Btit, CoL), FRCSC. Clinical Assistant Professor, DAVID R. VAUGHAN, M.B. (Wales), FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Prolessor DAVID H. I, W11.KIE. M.D, (Btit. Col.), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. KEITH P. WILLIAMS, M.D. (West Indies), FRCSC, Assistant Professor, HAROLD WOOLLEY, M.D. (Bril. CoL), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. MARTIN P. R. WALKER. B.M, B.S. (England), FRCSC, Assisianr Professor MARGARET P. YAKIMOV, M.D. (Brit. Col.l, FRCSC Clinical Inslructor. Associate Members BRIAN D. ACKER. M.D. (Tor.). FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor, Surgery. NELLY AUERSPERG, M.D. (Wash), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Professor, Anatomy. VIRGINIA BALDWIN. B.Sc, M.D. (Brit Col), FRCPC, Associate Professor Pathology PENNYJ. BAI.I.EM, B.Sc. (W. Ont). M.D (Brit. Col,). FRCPC, Clinical Assisrant Professor, Medicine. PHILIP B. CLEMENT. M.D. (Brit. Col) AP, Clinical Professor Pathology PETER COOPERBERG. B.Sc, M.D.C.M. (McG.). FRCPC, M.A.C.R, Professor, Radiology. JOANNE T EMERMAN. B.A. (Hofstra). M.A, Ph.D. (Calif, Berkelev), Associate Professor, Anatomy. SUSAN HARRIS, B.Sc (McG), M.D. (McM.), CC.F.P, Clinica! Assistanl Professor Family Practice PAUL HOSKINS, B.A (Oxon), M.B, B.Chir, M.R.C P. (17.K.l, FRCPC. Clinical Assistanl Professor SHEIIA M INNIS, M.Sc (Alta), Ph.D. (Tor), Professor, Paediatrics, MOHAMED F. MANJL M.B, Ch.B. (Uganda), FRCPC. Clinical Associate Professor. Surgerv. SILAILA MISRI, M.B, B.S. (Calcutta), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Protessor, Psychiany. MARGARET R PENDRAY. M.B, B.S. (Lond), D.C.H, FRCPC Associate Professor, Paediatrics. ANTHONY M. PERKS. M.A. (Oxon), Ph.D (St. Andrews), Professor, Zoology. R. RAJAMA11ENDRAN, B.V.Se (Ceylon), M.Sc, Ph.D. (McC), Associate Professor, Faculty of Agricultutal Sciences JOSEF P. SKAIA, M.D (Prague), Ph.D. (Bril. CoL). FRCPC, Professor of Paediatrics. KENNETH D. SWENERTON. M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor, Medicine. WAH-JIIN TZF, B.Sc (Acadia), M.D (Dal.), FRCPC, Professor. Paediatrics. ROBERT D. WILSON, M.D, (Brit. Col), FRCSC, Assistant Ptofessot, Medical Genetics. F. L.-W. WONG, B.Sc, M.D. (Btit. Col). FRCPC. Clinicai Assistant Prolessor, Surgery. Department of Ophthalmology JACK ROOTMAN, M.D. (Alta.), FRCSC, Professorand Head. SUEDA AKKOR, M.D. (Turkey), FRCSC, Clinical Assisiani Professor, Director of Undergraduate Training. DUNCAN P. ANDERSON, M.D. (Quebec), FRCSC, Associate Professor. CRAIG W. BEATTIE. B.Sc, M.D, (Manit.), FRCSC, Clinical Associale Professor. IAIN S. BEGG, M.B, Ch.B, F.R.C.S (Edin), FRCSC. Associate Professor. MICHAEL BERMAN. M.B, Ch.B. (South Africa), FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor. JEFFREY A. BLICKER, M.D. (Brit Col), FRCSC, Clinical Inslructor, SAMUELJ. BROOME, M.B, Ch.B, (Otago), FRCSC, Clinical Instructot J. DEAN BROS.NAN, MB, Ch.B. (N.Z), F R.C.S. (Eng.), F.R ACS, CR.CS.(C), FRCSC, Ciinical Assistanl Professor. ANNE R. BUCKLEY, M.B, F.R.C.R, B.CH (Dublin), Assisrant Professor (Associate Member). FRANK BUFFAM, B.Sc, M.D, CM. (McG), FRCSC, Clinical Professor. NICK M. BUSSANTCH, B.Sc. (Vic B.C.). D V.M. (Guelph), Research Associate DAVID M. BUTLER, M.D. (Halifax), FRCSC, Clinical Insttuctor JEAN D. A. CARRUTHERS, M.D, (Brit. Col), F.R.C.S (Eng.), FRCSC, Clinical Professor, LYDIA M, CHEN, B.Sc, M.Se, M.D. (Brit, CoL), FRSCC, Clinical Assistant Professor. 1IELSON C CHEW, M.D (Nat'l. Taiwan), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. ROY A C1.INE, M.D. (Sask.), FRCSC, Clinical Assisiant Professor. PETER COOPERBERG, M.D, CM. (McG), FRCPC, M.A.C.R, Professor, Diagnostic Radiology (Associale Member). MAX S. CYNADER, B.Sc (McG), Ph.D. (M.I.T ), FRSC Professor and Director of Research. THOMAS A. DEMCO, B.A. (Wash), M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRSCC Clinicai Assistant Professor. MICHAELJ. DOBROGOWSKI, M.D. (Brir Col), FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor. PETERJ. DOLMAN, M.D. (Brit. CoL). FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor, ROBERT M. DOUGLAS. B.A. (Queen's), M.A, Ph.D, (Dal,), Associate Professor. GORDON R. DOUGLAS, M.D. (Manit.), B.Sc, FRCSC Associate Professor STEPHEN M. DRANCE, O.C, MB, Ch.B, M.D. (Edin,), D.O. (Lond,), F.R.C.S. (England), FRCSC. Professor Emeritus and Honorary Professor. PAUI.J. DUBORD. B.Sc, M.D. (Alta), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor, HERBERT N. FITTERMAN, M.D. (Manit), FRCSC Clinical Associate Professor. ELLIOT N. FRANKELSON, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.). M.Sc (Alta.;, FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor. RICHARD GAIJAGHER, B.Sc (Brit. Col.) M.A. (Western Washington). Clinical Assistant Professor, Health Care and Epidemiology (Associate Member) DEREK V. GOD1NHO, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCSC, Clinical Insttuctor, GORDON S. HARRIS. B.A. (Brit. Col), M.D. (Tor.), FRCSC, Clinical Professor, LAN HASS, M.B, Ch.B. (Otago), C.A.B.O, C.R.CS (Ci, Clinical Assistant Professor. GREGORY JOHN HAY, M.D. (Ont.), FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor. SIMON P HOLLAND, M.B , Ch.B. (Zimbabwe), FRCSC, Cinical Instructor RAYMOND H. HOLLANDS, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC. Clinical Professor MARTIN J. HOLLENBERG, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Wayne Statei. FRCPC, Professor of Anatomy and Ophthalmology. Dean, Faculty of Medicine. ROY.M R. INNES, M.D, (Brit, Cof), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. WILLIAM H.JOHNSTON, M.D. (Brit. CoL). FRCSC, Clinical Instructor. CARL V.JONES, B.M, B.Ch, FRCSC. Clinical Instructot DAVID I, KENDLER. M.D (Tor). Assistant Professor (Associate Member). ROSS A. KENNEDY, M.D, CM (McG.), Clinical Assistant Professor. J. ALLAN KII.I.OH, M.D. (Manit), C.R.CS.(C), DA.B.Op. (Illinois), FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor. P.JOHN KONKU, M.D. (Manit,). CR.CS.ICi, FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor DANIEL B. KONRAD, B.A, M.D. (Bril. CoL). FRCSC, Ciinical Instructor. ROMUALD LAKOWSK1, M.A, Ed.B. Dip. (Glas.), Ph.D. (Edin.) Professor, Psychology (Honorary Professor). JOCELYN LAPOINTE, B.A. (Montr.), M.D. (Sher,), FRCPC, Assistant Professor of Radiology (Associate Member) FRANCIS C H. UW, M.D., (Brit, CoL), FRCSC, Clinical Insttuctor DAVID T-C. LIN, M.D. (McG), FRCSC, Clinical Assisiant Professor. JLINICA LIN, F.C.LS.A, Clinical Inslructor. JANETTE I. LINDLEY, B.Sc, M.D. (Nfld ). FRCSC, Clinical Assistanl Professor CHRISTOPHER,L LYONS. M.D, FRCS, Assistant Professor. ALAN L. MABERI.EY. B Sc, M.D. (Alta), FRCSC, Ciinical Professor. PERRY H. MAEROV, B.A, M.D (Altai. FRCSC Clinicai Instructot. DAVID R, MALLEK. M.D. (Bril. Col.), FRCSC. Assistant Professor. JOANNE A. MATSUBARA, B.A. (CoL), Ph.D (Calif, San Diego), Associate Professor. ANDREW Q. McCORMICK, B.S. (Wash. State), M.D. CM. (McG.) FRCSC, Professor (part-time). ROBIN G. McCREERY, B.A. (Brit. CoL), M.I). (W.Ont.), Clinical Associate Professor. DAVID M. McFADDEN, B.Sc, M.D. (Alia.). FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor. MALCOLM J. McLEAN, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. FREDERICKS. MIKELBERG, B.Sc, M.D, CM (Montr), FRCSC, Associate Professor and Director, Postgraduate Training. PETER A NASH, B.A, M.D. (Alta,), Clinical Assistant Professor. DAVID E NELSON, M.D (Brit. Col.), FRCSC C.S.P.Q. (Quebec), Clinical Inslructor. ROBERTA. NUGENT, M.D. (Alta), FRCP, Assisiani Professor, Radiology (Associate Member) KATHERINE F, PATON, M.D. (W.Ont,), FRCSC, ABO, Clinical Assistanl Professor SYDNEY F.J PII.I.EY, M.B, B.S. (Lond.), D.O. (Eng.l, F.R.C.S. (Eng), Clinical Associate Professor SH1V PRASAD, B.Sc (Guyana), PhD. (Btit Cof), Assisiant Professor ARTHUR «'. PRATT, B Sc, M.D, CM (McG), D.A.B.O, FRCSC Clinical Associate Professor ,', BARRY PURCELI, B.A. (Bril. CoL), M.D, CM. (McG.), Clinical Assistant Professor JOHN S. F RICHARDS. M.D. (Brit. Col). FRCSC, Associate Professor. Medicine 217 DAVID F. ROLLINS, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. WILLIAM H. ROSS, B.A. (McG.), M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC, C.S.P.Q, Clinical Associate Professor MICHAEL SCHULZER, B.A, M.A, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Ph D. (Wash), Associate Professor, Statistics (Associate Member). CHRISTOPHER SHAW, B.S. (Calif), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Hebrew), Assistant Professor. ROBERT P. SHERMAN, M.D. (W.Ont), FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor STUART W. SMITH, M.D. (Brit. Col.) FRSCC, Clinical Assistant Professor. C PETER STOCKDILI, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRSCC, Clinical Assistant Professor. HUGO F. S. SUTTON, M.B, B.S. (Eng), M.RCS. (Eng.), A.K.C. (Lond), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. VINCENT P. SWEENEY, M.B, Ch. B. (Glas.), F.A.C.P, FRCPC, Ptofessor, Medicine (Associate Member). NICIIOIAS SWINDALE, BA. (Cantab), D.Phil, (Sussex), M.A. (Cantab), Associate Professor ROGER H. THOMAS, M.B, Ch.B. (Birm), FRCSC, Clinical Instructor. GERALDINE TILLSON, Dip. of British Orthoptics, Clinical instructor. ARON M. TISCHLER, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCSC, Clinical Instructor GAVIN 0. THURSTON, B.Sc. (New Haven), Ph.D. (Brit. Col.) Assistant Professor. DIANNE WALKER, M.D. (Ontario), FRCSC, Clinical Instructor. SUSAN M. A. WALLACE, M.D. (Tor.), Clinical Instructor. DAVID M. WARNER, M.B, B.S. (Lond.), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor SIMON J. WARNER. B.Sc (Ontario), M.D. (Calg.), FRCSC, Clinical Instructor VALERIE A. WHITE, B.Sc, M.D. (Nfld.), FRCPC, Assistant Professor (Associate Member). CORNELIS WIJSMAN. Clinical Instructor. BEN R. WILKINSON, MB, B.S. (Lond.), FRCSC Clinical Instructor. PIERRE ZAKARAUSKAS, B.Sc (Quebec), Ph.D. (Brit. Col), Assistant Professor Department of Orthopaedics ROBERT W. McCRAW. M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCSC, Professot and Head. CHRISTOPHER P. BEAUCHAMP, M.D, FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor RICHARD D BEAUCHAMP, M.D. (Brit. Col.), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. II. MICHAEL BELL, M.D (Brit. CoL), FRCSC, Clinical Professor. PIOTRA BLACHUT, M.D. (Tor), FRCSC Clinical Instructor HENRY M BROEKHUYSE, M.D. (Tor), FRCSC, Clinical Instructor. KENNETH I, B. BROWN, M.D. (Manit), M.Sc. (McG), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor RICHARD J. CLARIDGE, M.D, FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor. ROSS G. DAVIDSON, M.B, Ch.B. (Otago). FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor BRLAN DAY, M.D, Ch.B (Mane), M.Sc. (Brit, Col), FRCP, M.R.C.P (Lond), F.R.C.S. (Eng), FRCSC Associate Professor (part-time), IAIN G DOMMISSE, M.B, Ch.B. (S. Africa). FRCSC Clinicai Assistant Professor. CLIVE P. DUNCAN, M.B, Ch.B, B.A.O. (NU I). FRCSC Professor (pan-time). JAMES A. Y. DUNLOP, M.B, B.S. (Lond.), M.R.C.P, L.R.C.P (Lond.), FRCSC Clinical Assistant Professor MARCEL F. S. DVORAK, M.D. (Ott.) FRCSC. Clinical Instructor PETER T. CROPPER, M.D. (Sask.), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor, DAVID il, HARDER, M.D, (Brit. CoL), FRCSC, Clinical Professor. HUBERT E. HAWK, B.A. (Case Western Reserve), M.D. (Dal), M.Sc. (Brit. CoL), FRCSC. Clinical Associate Professor ROBERT H. HAWKINS, M.D. (Queen's), FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor. ANDREW HEPBURN, M.B, Ch.B, L.M.C.C, IRCSC, Clinical Instructor. JOHN E. HUNT, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCSC Clinical Assistant Professor. PETER KOKAN, M.D. (Zagreb), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. RICHARD L. LOOMER, B.A. (Gustavus Adelphus), M.D. (Minn.), FRCSC, Clinica! Associate Professor. WILLIAM G. MacKENZIE, B.Sc. M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor. HUGH C. MacNlFL, M.D. (Tor), FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor. J. PATRICK McCONKEY, M.D, (Brit. Col.). FRCSC, Clinica! Associate Professor. ROBERTO McCORMACK, M.D. (Queen's), FRCSC Clinical .Assistant Professor. G. DUNCAN McPHERSON, M.Sc. (Brit. CoL), M.D. (W. Ont.). FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor. ROBERT N. MEEK, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCSC, Clinical Professor. PETERJ. O'BRIEN, M.D, (Alta.), FRCSC Clinical Assistant Professor H. KERGIN OUTERBRIDGE, B.Sc, M.B, B.S. (Australia), FRCSC, Cinical Assistant Piofessor GRAHAM C PATE, B.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), M.D. FRCSC. Clinical Instructor. MICHAEL S. PIPER, M.D, M.Sc. (Brit. Col), FRCSC. Clinical Associate Professor SHAFIQUE P, PIRANI, M.D. (Lond), FRCSC Clinical Instructor. WILLIAM D. REGAN, M.D, (Tor.), FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor. JOSEPH F. SCHWEIGEL, M.D, (Brit. Col), FRCSC, Associate Professor. SUN-SHIK S. SHIM, M.D. (Yonsei), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Bnt. Col.) FRCSC, F.A.C.S, F.A.A.O.S, Professor. STEPHENJ. TREDWELL, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCSC, Associate Professor. DONALD G. WERRY, M.D, FRCSC, Clinical Associate. Professor. PETER C. WING, M.B, Ch.B. (Edin.), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor, PAUL. H. WRIGHT, M.D. (. . Ont.) FRCSC, Clinical 1 Insttuctor WILLIAM Y. YU, M.B, B.S. (H.K.), M.Sc (Br t. Cot). FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. Associate Member SYDNEY FRIEDMAN, B.A, M.D, CM, M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG), F.R.S.C, (Anatomy). Department of Paediatrics JUDITH G. HALL, B.A. (Mass.), M.S, M.D. (Wash.), F.C.C.M.G, FRCPC, Professor ancl Head. DEREK A. APPLEGARTH, B Se (Durham), Ph.D. (Kings College, Durham), Professor. ROBERT W. ARMSTRONG, B.Se(S Fraser), M.D, M.Se, Ph.D. (McM.), FRCPC, Assistant Professor. JAMES E, CARTER, M.B, Ch.B. (Cape T). FRCPC, Professor. A. GEORGE F. DAVIDSON, B.Sc, M.D. (Bril. CoL), FRCPC, Professor. JORGE DAABOUL, B.S, M.D, (Yale), F.A.A.l', Assistant Professor. SIMON DOBSON, B.A, M.A, M.B.B.S, M.R CP. (U.K.), Assistant Professor. KEVIN FARRELI, M.B, Ch.B. (Edin,). M.R.C.P, FRCPC, D.C.H. (Glas.), Associate Professor. ALEXANDER C. FERGUSON, M.B, Ch.B. (Glas.). D.C.H, FRCPC, A.B.A.I, Professor. ERIC HASSALL, M.B, Ch.B. (Cape T), D.C.H. (U.K.), M.R.C.P. (ILK), A.E.P, Assistant Professor (part-time). ALAN HILL, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Nott). M.D, (Sask.), FRCPC. Peds. & Neurology, Professor SHEILA M. INNIS, M.Sc (Alta.), Ph.D. (Biochem. Nutrition) (Tor,), Professor, JAMES E, JAN, M.D. (Alta.) FRCPC, Professor (part-time). ANNE K. JUNKER, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC, Assistant Professor. DAVID S. LIRENMAN, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC, F.A.C.P, Professor. PETER N. MAI.LESON, M.B , B.S. (Lond.), V.R.C.P, FRCPC, Associate Professor. DAVID S. MATHESON, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Calg ), M.Math (Wat.). M.D. (Calg.), f:jcpC, Associaie Professor. TIMOTHY OBERLANDER, Ij.A, M.D. (W.Ont,), FRCPC, Assistant Piofessor. MARGARET M. PENDRAY. M.B, B.S., D.C.H. (Lond.), FRCPC, Associate Prolessor. ROSS E PETTY, M.D. (Sask), Ph.D. (Lond.), A.B.P, F.A.A.P, Professor. JULIETTE PRENDIV1LLE, B.A, M.B, B.Ch. (Trinity), Assistant Professor. ELKE11. ROLAND, M.D. (W. Ont). FRCPC, Associate Professor RALPH R. L, ROTHSTEIN. B.Sc. (Brooklyn), M.D (V'eshiva), FRCPC, AA.P.P.E, Professor (part-time). GEORGE G. S. SANDOR. M.B, Ch.B, D.C.H. (Glas,), M.R.C.P. (Edin.), FRCPC, Professor. DAVID W. SCHEIFELE, M.D. (W Ont.), FRCPC Professot KIRK SC.llULTZ, M.D, (Nebraska), A.B.P, Assistant Professor. JOSEF P. SKAIA, M.D. (Prague), Ph.D. (Brit. Col), FRCPC, Professor. DAVID F. SMITH, M.D. (Queen's), FRCPC, Associate Professot (part-time). DAVID P. SPEERT, M.D. (CoL), FRCPC, Professor. AUBREYJ. TINGLE, M.D. (Alta), Ph.D. (McG.). FRCPC, Professor. ROGER S. TONKIN, M.D, CM. (McG.), FRCPC, Associaie Professor. WAH JUN TZE, B.Sc (Acadia), M.D. (Dal.), FRCPC, Professor VUGRANAM Vl-NKATESH, M.B, B.S, M.D. (India), MRCP (U.K.), FRCPC, Assistant Professor. MICHAEL F. WHITFIELD, B.Sc, MB, Ch.B. (Edin.), M.R.C.P, D.C.H. (Lond.), FRCPC, Associate Professor. LAWRENCE T.-K. WONG, M.B, B.S. (ILK), FRCPC, Associate Professor (part-time). PETER K. H. WONG, B.Eng, M.D. (Ham, Ont), FRCPC, Associate Professor. JOHN WTJ, B.M . BSc (ILK), FRCPC, Assistant Professor, Honorary Professor DAVID F. HARDWICK, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC F CAP Associate Members FRANK S, ABBOTT, B.S.P, M.S. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Purdue). Professor ancl Chair, Division of Pharmaceutical Chemistry'. PHILIP G. ASHMORE. M.D. (Tor.), FRCSC, Clinical Professor (Paediatric Surgery). PATRICIA A. BAIRD, M.D, CM. (McG 1, FRCPC, F.C.C.M.G, Professor ancl Head, Department of Medical Genetics. VIRGINLAJ. BALDWIN, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCPC, Assistant Professor (Paediatric Pathology). MICHAEL BRIDGES, M.A, Ph.D. (Brit. Col.) (Pharmaceutical Sciences) I.ORNE CLARKE, B.Sc, M.D. (McG), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor (Medical Genetics). D. DOUGLAS COCHRANE, M.D. (Tor.), FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor (.Surgen'). GERALD U. COLEMAN, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor (Surgery). J. A. GORDON CULHAM, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), Associate Professor (Diagnostic Radiology) JAMES E. DIMMICK. M.D, (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Assistant Professor (Pathology). DIANE FAST. M.D, B.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.), Clinical Assistant Professor (Psychiatry). STUART II. FINE, M.B, Ch.B. (Cape T.) F.F.Psych. (Coll, Phys, Surg, S, Africa), D.P.M, (Eng,), CR.C.P.(C), FRCPC, Associate Professor (Psychiatry). GRAHAM C FRASER, M.B, B.S (Aberd.) FRCS. (Eng.), FRCS. (Edin.), FRCSC, F.A.C.S, Clinical Assistanl Professor (Surgery). ROGER D. FREEMAN. B.A. (Swarthmorc), M.D, (Johns IT), D.Psych. (McG), CR.CP.(C). Professor (Psychiatry) SHIRLEY GII.1AM, B.Sc (Taiwan), Ph.D (Kansas City), Associate Professor (Pathology). RUTH, GRUNAU, B.A, M.A, Ph.D. (Brit. Col), Research Associate (Psychology). GEORGE HAHN, M.D. (Btit. Col), F.P.M.R.(C). Clinical Associate Professor (Medicine). ROBERT E. W. HANCOCK, B.Sc. (Adelaide), Ph.D, Assistant Professor (Microbiology). SUSAN HARRIS, M.Ecl, Ph.D. (Wash.), Associate- Professor (School of Rehahililalion Medicine). GILLIAN L0CK1TCH, M.B, Ch.B. (Cape T), FRCPC Paediatrics and Med. Biochemistry, Assistant Professor (Pathology). RUSSELL IL MARSHALL, M.D, (Tor), FRCSC F A.A.P, Clinical Assistant Professor (Surgen'). BARBARA G. MASSING, M.D. (Alta). FRCPC, Clinical Assisiant Professor (Pathology). Andrew q. Mccormick, b.sc (wash.), m.d, cm, (McG), FRCSC Assistanl Professor (Ophthalmology). BARBARA McGILLIVRAY, B.Sc. (Brit. Col.) M.D. (Calg), Clinical Assisiant Professor (Medical Genetics). DEBORAH McFADDEN, M.D, FRCPC, FCCMG, Clinical Assistant Professor (Pathology)/. LESLIE MITCHELL, B.Sc. (Bril. Col), M.Ns. (Idaho), Ph.D (Vic.B.C). Clinical Assistanl Professor (Pathology). HELEN R. NADEL, M.D. (Manit ), FRCPC, A.B R, Clinical Instructot (Radiology). DONALD E. NEWMAN, B.A.. MD.'(Kingston), FRCPC, Associate Professor (Diagnostic Radiology) GERARD A. It, O'CONNOR, MB, Ch.B, (Sheffield), D.R.CO.F, FRCPC. Clinical Assistant Professor (Anaesthesia). P. SUSAN PENFOLD, M.B, B.S, M.RCS (Lond.I. L.R.C.P. (Eng,), FRCPC, Associale Professor (Psychiatry). HAYDN PRITCHARD. Ph.D. (Notl.), Associate Piolessor (Pathology). MARTIN PUTERMAN, B.A (Cornell). M.S, Ph.D. (Stan.I (Commerce). KEITH N. RIDING, M.B , B.S (Lond.). M.RCS, L.R.C.P. (Eng), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor (Surgery) SAMUEL S1IEPS, B.A. (Antioch), M.D. (Case Western Reserve), M.Sc. (McG.), Assistant Professor (Health Care and Epidemiology). DERRYCK F. SMITH, M.D. (W. Ont.). FRCPC, Psych, Clinical Assistant Professor (Psychiatry), QUINTIN SON-HING, M.B, Ch.B. (Cape To, FRCSC. Clinical Assistant Professor (Surgery) PAUI.STEINBOK, B.Sc (Newcastle-upon-Tyne), M B, B.S. (W. Indies), FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor (Surgery). JOSEPH Y, C I'AL M.Sc, Ph.D (Dal), Instructot (Pathology). EVA THOMAS. B.S, M.D (Uppsala). Ph.D. (Gdteboig). FRCPC (Pathology). JUHN WADA, ML), Professor (Psychiatry) LOUIS D, WADWORTH, MB , Ch.B. (Manci, M.R.C.P. (England), FRCPC, L.M.C.C, FRC Path, (Hematology) (England), Clinical Professor (Pathology). SIU LI YONG, M.B, B.S, M. Med. (Singapore) FRCPC S.S.CCM G, Clinica! Assistant Professor (Medical Genetics). Clinical Members ROBERLJ. ADDERLEY. M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. SUSAN ALBERSHE1M, M.D. (Manit). FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor RON ANDERSON, M.D.C.M, (McG.), B.Sc. (Brit. Cof), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor LESLIE G. ANDREWS, M.B, B.S, (Lond), L.R.C.P, M.R.C.S, (Lond.), D.C.H, (R.C.P.S.) (England), FRCPC, Clinicai Associate Professor. KWADWO ASANTE. B.Sc. (Brit. Col), MB , Ch.B. (Glas.), A.B.P, FRCPC Clinical Assistant Ptofessot. GREG BALDWIN, M.D. (Ott.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor GODFREY M. BAUMGARD, MB, Ch B (Mane), FRCPC, Clinical Professor MARYM. BENNETT. B.Sc, M.D. (Bnt. Col). FRCPC Clinical Inslructor NAZMUDD1N BHANJ1. M.D. (Pahlavi, Iran), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. BRUCE BJORNSON, M.D. (Alta). FRCPC, Clinical Assistanl Professor. BASIL C BOULTON, M.D. (Brit. Col.l. CR.C.P.(C), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor SUZANNE BUCKLEY. M.D. (Ott.). FRCPC Ped. Cert (Quebec), A.B.P, Clinical Associate Professor CH0R-KE1 CHAN, M.B.B.S. iU.K.), FRCPC Clinicai Inslructor. DAVID M. C CHAN. M.B, B.S. (ILK). L.M.C.C (M.C.C), FRCPC, Clinical Professor JEFF DAVIS, M.D (Birm.) Clinical Assistant Professor JOHN M, DEAN, M.B, B.S Hon.), FRCPC (Paeds, Alletgy _ Clin. Immunol). Clinical Assistant Professor. BERNARD P. DeJONG, M.D. (Bril. CoL), C R.C.P . FRCPC Clinical Professor 218 Medicine MFLVI. I. tie I.FV1E, M.D. (Bril. CoL), Clinical Associaie Professor VOI.KLR |. EBEl.'l', M.D, (Giesseil), FRCPC, Clinical frofessor, BRUtt: FEIIR, M.D. [Manil.i. FRCPC. Clinical Instructor. JACK FORBES. B.Sc. (Natal), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professoi. JOAN FRASER, M.D, Ch.B. (Aberd.l, CC,F,P,(Cl, Ciinical Assistant Professor, CHRISTOPHER J IL FRYER, L.R.C.P. (Lond.). M R.C.S. (Eng.l. FRCPC D.M.R.T, (Tor). FRCPC, Unci Oncology, Clinicai Professor, PAUL M. GELPKE. M.B.B.S. (Lond.l, D.C.H. (Lond.). FRCPC F.R.CP(E), Clinical Inslructor, JOHN I), GOSSAGE, M.D, (Tor.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistanl Professor. JANE HAILEY. B.A, M.A, FRCPC, Clinical Inslructor. JOHN M, HALLS, M.B.B.S, iSydney). FRCPC, Clinical Assisiani Piofessor ANDREW C, IIAMSON, M.B, Ch.B. il.iv.l. FRCPC, Clinical Assisiani Prolessoi. DAVID IIMIGHTON. B.A, M.D. (C'nelli. FRCPC, Cinical Insmicfor MARIE I LAY, M.B, MRCP (I IK,), FRCPC, Cinical Inslructor ANDREW HENDERSON, M.B, B.S, MRCS, LRCP, FRCPC, Clinical Instruclor. SHIRLEY HAZELL, B.A. (Bril. Col.l, M 1), (Lor), Clinical Assistant Professot, JEAN 1ILADY B.SC, M.D, ilifil. Col.l, FRCPC. F.A.A.P, Clinical Associate Professor. 1IEI EN A II, lit), B.Sc. I Ott ). M.A, iR.adclil'iel, M.D, CM. (McG). FRCPC, Clinical Associaie Professor. DEREK 111 MAN, M.A, FRCPC. Clinical Assisiani Prolessor DAVID ISRAEL, B.Se. M.D, Cinical Assisiant Professor. FRANKLIN A. JAGDI.S. B.M,B.S, (West Indies). FRCPC. Clinica! Assisiani Prolessor, NASIR.IETHA. M.D. (Pahlavi, [rail), FRCPC Clinical Associaie Prolessor YIGAI. KA.'KOV, M.D. i Israel). FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. \ASAM R KAI.YANPUR M.B, B.S, (Madras], FRCPC, C litucai Assisiani Piolessor STEVEN N KliNT. M.D, l Mann,), FRCPC Clinical instruclor. PALI P. W, KIM. M.D. (Korea), A.B.P, CR C P.. FRCPC. Clinical Assistant Professor. HILAR)' 1', KITSON. M.B, Ch.B, (Birm,I, F.R.A.CP, FRCPC Clinical Instructor. PAUL MA. KORN. M.D. (McM.). FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. LEORA KUTTNER. B.A, M.A, (S. Africa), Ph.D. (S.Eraser). Clinical Insnuctor. TONY KWAN 1 Al. M.B, B.S. (U.K.). FRCPC F.A.A.P, Clinical Insiniiloi. JOHN LAM, M.B , FRCPC Clinical Assisiani Professor CYNTHIA LAURIENTE, B.Sc, M.D, (Bin, Col.) Clinical Instiuclor. WADING LEE. M.B, B.S. (U.K.). A.B.P, FRCPC. Cinical Assisiant Professor EMILY W.-Y. LING, M.B, B.S, (U.K.), FRCPC, A.A.P, Clinical Associate Professor, AIJSA li UPSON. BA, M.D, (Brit. Col.l, FRCPC, Clinical Instructor CHRISTINE LOOCK. M.D. (Hary.), FRCPC FA,A,P., Clinical Assisiant Professor. HEATHER LOUIE. M.D, (Manil.i, FRCPC, Clinical Assist.mi Prolessor, BRIAN Ll Pl'( IN, M.B , Ch.B, B.A.O, (Queen's. Belfast). Clinical Assistant Professor, BARRIE S. MacLEAN. M.A, B.Sc, B.M, B.Ch. (Osoilj. M R.C.P, FRCPC, Clinical Prolessor. ANDREW J. MAGNAB, M.B, B.S, M.D. (Lond i, M.R.C.S, LRCP (Eng.), FRCPC Clinical Professor. PETER A. McDERMU.K. B.A.Sc (Tor.). M.D, CM i.Mi Ob FRCPC Clinical Assouan- Professor, PATRICK Mcl.EOi), M.D, (Bril Col.l. FRCPC, Cluneal Assistanl Professor DEREK MATTHEWS. ELIZABETH MICKEI.SON, B.Sc. (W.Onl.), M.D. (McM,i. Clinical Assisiani Professor. ANION MILLER, M.B, Ch.B. iCapc I ), FRCPC Clinica! Assisiant Piolessor, RUTH YULNER, B.Sc, (Glas.). M.S. (Lond.l. Clinical Associaie Professor. MAUREEN O'DONNELL. M.D. [Sask.), FRCPC, ( linioil Assistant Professor, MiCHAELW. II. PATTERSON, B.Se, M.B, Ch.B, (Mam i, D.C.H. (Eng ). M.R.C.P , C.R.C.P,id, ( link al Professor. DONLIM PEACOCK. M.B, Ch.B. (Cape T.I. FRCPC, Clinical Insiructoi. BRUCE PHILLIPS, M.B, Ch.B. (Naial), FRCPC JAMES POi'KIN, M.B , Ch.B. (Natal), FRCPC Clinical Assistant Professor. SHEILA I, PRITCHARD. B.M , B.S, (Noll,), FRCPC, Clinical Assisiant Professor. DAVID G. RIDDELL. B.Sc, (Meet.). M.D, (Manit.), FRCPC, Clinical Piolessor J, MICHAEL R1GG, M.A, M.B, B.Chir, (Cantab). D.C.H, FRCPC, Clinical Professor, ZH'A RUTKANAS. ROY A. SAUNDERS, M.B, Ch.B, (Birm i. I,R CP, (Lond.). M.R.C.S, (Eng,), FRCPC, Clinical Assisiant Professor, MICHAEL SEEAR, B.Se (Lond.l. M.B, Ch.B. (Rhodesia). FRCPC Clinical Assisiani Professor. JOHN A. SMYTH, M.B, (Dublin), L.R.C.P. and S I, FRCPC. Clinital Assistant Professor ALFONSO J. SOI.IM.ANO, M.D, B.Sc, Biol. (Lima), FRCPC Clinicai Associaie Prolessor J. MICHAEL STEPHENSON. M.B, B.Ch, M.A. (Cantab), Clinical Assisiani Pioicssoi. LAURA STEWART. M.D, (Alta.). FRCPC Clinical Assistant Professor. PAD, N. THIESSEN, B.Med.Sc, M.D. (Alia.). FRCPC Clinical Associaie Piofessor JOHN A, R. TIBBI.ES, M.B, B.S, (Lond.), 1). Obsl, R.C.O.G, D.C.H, L.M.C.C, C.R.C.P.Id. M.R.C.P, (Lnncl.). FRCPC, FRCP (Innd.), Clinical Prolessor. MARION A, TIPPLE, M.B, B.S, D.C.H, (Lond,), M.R.C.P, FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor, LIONEL TRAVERSE. M.D, E C.F.M.G, E.I..E.X, LM.C.C. (Paris), FRCPC F.A.A.P, A.A.A.C FILM, Clinical Assisiani Professor DAVID WFNSI.EY. M.B, U.S. (Lond,), FRCPC, M.R.C.P. (U.K.), Clinical Assisiani Professor ROBERT WHITE, M.D [Calg.l, FRCPC, Clinical Assisiani Protessor SANDRA WHITKHOUSii. B.M, FRCPC Clinical Assisiani Professor. GERAID YU, M.D. (Marat.). CR.CP.(C), Clinical Professor. ANNA Z-KIEI.SKA, Division of Adolescent Health: R, S. Tonkin, Head; S, Whiiehouse. Division of Allergy: A, (7 Ferguson, Head; J. M. Dean Division of Biochemical Diseases: A. G E. Davidson, Head, D. Applegarlh, 1). Peacock, L, T. K. Wong. Division of Cardiology: D. Human. Acting Head: S, Hazell, M. Patterson, (i. C S. Sandor M, A. Tipple. Division of Critical Care: D Wensley, Head; R.J, Adderley, M, Bennett. A. Mat nab, M. I). Secar Division of Dermatology: 1 Ptcnriiville. Head Division of Developmental Medicine: li. Armstrong, Head; 11. Ho.J.Jan, C. loock, 17 Mil kelson, A. Miller. T Oberlander, M. O'Donnell. M, Stephenson, Division of Endocrinology: W.J Tze. Head; J. Daaboiil, lb Kitson, L. Stewart. Division of Emergency: D. 17 Smith. Head P. Korn, C lauriente, B. Fehr. I), llaughton, B. Phillips, Division of Gastroenterology: E, Hassall, Head I), Uriel Division of General Paediatrics: P N Tliiessen, Head; t. Andrews, K, Asante C Baldwin, C M. Baumgurri.J. R. Bcnsimon, N, Bhanji, B, Bolton, S, Buckley, C K Chan, I). M C Chan, B. P. Dcjong. M. I dc l.evic, V. Ebell.J Fraser. P. M, Gclpke.J. D. GossageJ, ILulc ,,J. Hales. J. Hall..A. (7 liamson. A, Henderson, J. illahv, F, J.igdis, N.Jelha, V. R. Kalvanpur. S, Kent. P. Kim, T, Lai, J, Lam, V\". Y. Lee, A. I.ipson, P. Lloyd-Jones. II. Lome B. S, MacLean, P. MacLeod. P. A, McDeimickJ. Popkin. D. C Riddell, J, M, Rigg, K. Rothstein. Z, Rutkanas. K. Saunders, J. Tibbies, I.Traverse. G. .ii, A. Z-Kiclska. Division of Haematology and Oncology: C.J. II. Fryer Head; R, Anderson,J. Dans,) Kaikov. S L. Pritciiard, K, Schultz.J. Skala.J. Wti. Division of Infectious and Immunological Diseases: D. P. Speed, Head: S, Dobson, J. Foibes, A. Junker, D. Matheson, D, W. Scheifcle, A, Tingle. Division of Neonatology: M Pendiav, Head: S, Albersheim, S. Innis, E, W.-Y, Ling, 11. I.uplon, I. A, Smyth. A. Solimano, V. Ycnkaiesh, M. F Whitfield. Division of Nephrology: 1) S. I.irenman. Head; J. F7 (7 Carter. Division of Neurology: A Hill, Head: B Biornson, K F'arrclLF. Roland. P. K. II. Wong, Division of Rheumatology: R E. Petty, Head; P. N. Mallcson. Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine BRI 'CE McMANUS, Ph.D. (Toledo), M.D. (Sask.). Prolessor and Head M1C.I lAELADARD, BSc, Ml) (lint. Cof), Assisiani Professor. MANUEL ALTAMARINO-DIMAS, M.D, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Mexico), Clinical Assistant Professor. ROGER AMY, M.D. (Dal.). FRCPC Clinical Professor GEORGE II. ANDERSON, M.B, B.S. iLond.l, L.R CP.lCl, FRCPC. Clinical Professor, JOHN I). ANDERSON, Ph.D, M.B, Ch.B. M.D, (Bristol), FRCPC, F.R.C,Path, Professor. ANNE P. At'TOR, B.A, M.Se (Bill, CoL). Ph.D, iDuke), Professor, VIRGINIA J. BALDWIN, B.Se, M.I). (Brit, Col.l. FRCPC Associate Professor. MARCEL BALLY, B.Sc, MSc (Texas], PhD [Brit, Col.l Clinical instiuclor S. N. BANNEEJEE, B.Sc, M.Sc, (Calcutta). Ph.D. (McM,). Clinical Assistanl Professor JOHN N. BELL. B.A, (Bnt, Col.i. M.D, CM, (McG.i, FRCPC, Ciinical Instruclor ALLAN S, BELZBERG. B.Sc, M 1) (Alia,), Clinical Associate Professor. KENNETII BEREAN, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), Clinical Insiructoi, KENNETH BERRY. M.D, (Bril. Col.l, FRCPC, Clinital Professor W 11,1,1AM A, BLACK, M.B, Ch.B fGlas.i, M.R CPalll, FRCPC, Clinical Professor. GREG BOND), BSc, MSc (Ontario) MI) (Tor 1. Assistant Professor JOHN BOYCE. B.Sc.. Ph.D (W.Onl.), Research Associale. DONALD E. BROOKS. B.Sc., M.Sc, Ph.D. (Oregoni, Professor Palhology and Cliemislry. ELIZABETH BRYCE, B.Sc, (Regina). Ph.D., (Sask,), Clinical Instructor SLAN K. BYRNE, B.Sc, I'li.D. (Manit,), Clinical Insiructoi CEDRIC CARTER, M.B, B.S, (Lond ), M.R.C.P, (U.K.), FRCPC, Associaie Professor SHARON C.ASSOL Assisiant Professor. W'. S, CAVE, B.Sc, M.D, CM. (MtG.j. FRCSC FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. NORMAN CHAN, M.D, C M, (Quebec). Clinical Associate Professor. JANE! K, CHAN TIER, B.Sc, (St. Andrews). Ph.D. (Glas.), Assistant Piolessor LARRY CliEEVERS, B.D.S, (Dublinl, D.D.S, (Tor,), Dipt (Am. Board of Forensic Oriontogv). Clinical Insnuctor. CALMING CHEN, M.D, (Shanghai, China), Researcli Associaie. ANDREW M, C1IURC A.B. (Col.l, M.D, Ph.D, iChlei, Professor NEViO CIMOLAI, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), Assistant Professor, ALISON M CLARKE, M.B, Ch.B. (Mane), FRCPC Clinical Professor. PHILIP B. CLEMENT, M.D. (Brit, Col), A.P, Clinical Professor, THOMAS COONEY. M 11.. B.Ch, (Ireland), M.R.CIMU, M.R.C.P (Eng i, Clinical Associate Professor, BAKUI, DALAI, M.B, U.S.. M.D. (Indian Clinical Assouan'Professor JENNIFER DAVIS, B.Sc, M.B, B.S. (Australia i. Clinical Inslnicior. MAI.EK1 DAYA. B.Sc „ I'll D. (Calg.), Research Associate JORGE DENEGKL M.D. (Buenos Aires), Clinical Associaie Professor DANA DEVINE. B.A, M.A, (Biwoni. Ph.D (Duke), Assistanl Professor. JAMES E. DIMMICK, M.D, (Brit. Col), FRCPC, Prolessor, KATER1NA DOHOV'INLZIS. M.D. (Athens), Associate Professor. GRAHAM DOUGHERTY, Assistant Professor. PATRICK DOYLE, M.D. (Brit. CoL). FRCPC Clinical Assistant Professor ALLEN C E. EAVES, B.Sc, (Acadia), M.Sc, M.D, (Dai), Ph.D. (Tor.l. FRCPC (Medicine), Professor. IOHN FAMES. B.Se. (Reading, UK), M.Sc, (Qiiclph), I'h.D, (Brit. Cof), Clinical Instructor, MARK ELLIOTL B.Sc, Ph.D, (Tor). Research Associate R, A, ENGLISH. B.A. (Bnt. CoL), M.D, CM. (McG.), FRCPC F.C.A.P, Clinical Associate Professor, JOHN ENGLISH, B.Sc. (W.Onl.I. M.D, (Calg,), FRCPC, Clinical Instructeir. EVAN EVANS. B.S, M.S. (New York), Ph.D, (Calif.i. Ptofessor DAVID FERGUSON, B.Sc, M.D, (Alia), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Piofessor. J, A.J. FERRIS, M.B, B.Ch, B..AO, M.D, (Belfast), Professor DOt GLAS F1I.1PENK0, B.Sc, (.S.Fraser), M.Sc, (Alta.), M.D, (Brit. CoL), Clinical Inslructor, J, f'ROIII.ICil. M.D. (Prague), FRCPC. Professor. COLIN FYFE. B.Se, Ph.D. (Scotland). F.R.S.C, Professor ARUN K. GARG, B.Se (Agra,), M.Sc. (Agra.), Ph.D. (Sask,). M.D. (Brit. Cof), Clinical Associate Professor RANDY GASCOYNE, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Cof), Clinital Instructot, SHIRLEY GILIAM, B.Sc, (Taiwan), Ph.D. (Kansas City), Professor. BLAKE GII.KS, B.Sc. (New Br.i. M.D (Dal,), Assisiani Prolessor WILLIAM J, GODOLPHIN. B.Sc (Manit.), Ph.D. (Alta,), Prolessor DENNIS GRANT. M.D. (Alia.). Clinital Assistant Profess! ir. GEORGE R, GRAY, M.D, CM. (Queen's), FRCPC. Associate Professor, LAUREL GRAY, B.Se (Tor), M.D (Queen's), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. DEBORAH GR1SWOLD. B.Sc, M.D, (Biit Cof), Clinital Assistant Professor. G. H. GROW'E. M D, (Tor). FRCPC, Clinical Professor. LAWRENCE HALEY, M.D. (Bril, Cof), Clinical Assistant Professor, C. 1IALSTEAD, M.D, (Brit, Col.l. Clinital Associate Professor, DAVID F. HARDWICK, M.D. (Brit. CoL). FRCPC EGA,P., Professor, CLIFFORD K. HARRIS, B.A, M.Sc. (Brit. Col), Ph.D. (Lor.), Clinical Associale Professor, KAREN HARRISON. Ph.D, (MiM.b Research Associate SHIZU HAYASHL B Sc, M.Sc, (Brit. CoL), Research Associaie MALCOLM HAYES. M B, Ch.B. (Rhodesia), Clinical Associate Professor, RICHARD HF.GELIi. M.D. (Tor, i, Ph.D. (Bnt, Cof), Assisiant Professor, DAVID HOAR, Ph.D, (Calif, Dans), Clinical Professor JAMES C. HOGG, M.D, (Manit,), M.Sc, Ph.D, (McG.), FRCPC, F.R.S.C, Professor, JANET HOLDEN. M.D. (Sask,), Clinical Assisiani Professor DOUGIAS ii. HORSMAN. M.D, (Sask,), CRCPC, Clinical Professor. JAMES li. HUDSON, M.Sc, (lend.), Ph.D. (Alia), Prolessoi ALAN HUSTAD. 11 A, (Alia,), B.M.L.Sc, B.A, (But Col), Clinical Insnuctor CLIFFORD HOHBAX, BSc, (Vic.B.C), Clinical Inslliu n if. JUDITH L ISAAGRENTON, M.D, D.P.H (Tor), FRCPC, Associate Professot, MARIA ISSA, Clinica! Assistanl Professor JOHAN JANZEN, B.Se, Ph.D, (Brit. Cof), Researcli Associate EDWARD JONES, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.). Clinical Associaie Prolessor II. JONES. B.Se, M.D (Altai, Clinical Instruclor DAGMAR KATOUSEK, M.D, (Czechoslovakia). FRCPC, Professor, BHVERI.E-t JANE KEELING, B.Sc, (Oxoni, Ph.D, (Noli,), Researcli Associate, NI.AM11 KELLY, B.A, Ph.D. (Trinity College, Dublin i , Assistanl Professoi, MICHAEL T. KELLY, M.D, Ph.D, (Indiana), Clinical Piofessor, MARIA KI.UT, B.Sc, (Portugal). M.Sc, Ph.D (Bril. Col), Research Associate, MI.ADEN KORBEI.ICK. B.Sc, M,S( , Ph.D, (Zagreb, Yugoslavia), Clinical Assistant Professor, Medicine 219 SAMUEL KRIKLER, M.B, Ch.B. (Rhodesia), L.R.C.P, M.R.C.S. (U.K.), Clinical Assistant Professor. GERALD KRYSTAL, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.), Professor. JEAN C LERICHE, MB, B.Sc, Ch.B. (Liv.), Clinical Professor. KENNETH I.ERNER, B.A, M.D. (Mich.), Clinical Assistant Professor. GILLIAN LOCKITCH, M.B, Ch.B, M.D. (Cape T.). FRCPC, Professor. FERGII. MAGEE, B.A, B.A.O, Bch, M.B, (Dublin, Ireland). Clinical Instructor. ALEXANDER B. MAGIL, B.Sc. (McG), M.D. (Queen's), FRCPC, Professor A. MANGAL, M.D. (Fiji). Clinical Assistant Professor, BONNIE MASSING, B.Sc, M.D. (Finland), R.T, Clinical Associate Professor. JASENKA P. MATISIC, M.D. (Zagreb, Yugoslavia), Clinical Assistant Professor. C E, MCAULAY, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Dai.), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Assistant Professot. JANET McMANUS, ASCP (Nebraska), Research Associate DEBORAH McFADDEN, B.A. (Minn.), M.D. (Calg.), Clinical Assistant Professor. PETER MIDDLETON, M.B, Ch.B, M.D. (Otago), C.R.C.P (C), Professor. R MILLER, B.A. (Prin.), M.D. (Washington Univ., St Louis). FRCPC, Clinical Professor AMELIA MILNER, M.D. (Philippines), Cert. Path, Clinical Assistant Professor. ANDREW MINCHINGTON, Ph.D. (Lond.). Honorary Assistant Professor LESLIE MITCHELL, B.Sc. (Bril. CoL), M.Ns, (Idaho). Ph.D. (Vic.B.C), Assistant Professor. WAYNE MOORE, B.Sc. (Nfld.), M.D. (McG,). Clinical Associate Professor. J. I. MORRISON, M.A. (Edin.), B.Phil. (Newcastle), Ph.D (Brit. Col), Honorary Research Associate. SHELDON C. NAIMAN, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC, Clinical Professor. MICHAEL A. NOBLE, B.A, M.D, (W.Ont.), FRCPC, Associate Professor. MARGARET G NORMAN, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC, Professor. JANET NORTH, Ph.D., (Newcastle-on-Tyne), Clinical Instructor. MITSUSHIOKAWAZA, M.D. (Japan), Assistant Professoi. J. R. O'KUSKY, B.Sc. (Loyola), M.Sc. (Ott.), Ph.D. (Laval), Associate Professor. M. O'SHAUGHNESSY, Clinical Professor. DAVID A. OWEN, M.B, Ch.B. (Welsh Nat. Sch of Med), M.R.CPath, FRCPC, Professor J. T. PANTZAR, Lic.Med. (Finland), FRCPC, F.C.C.M.G, Clinical Professor, CAROL PARK, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Brit. CoL), P.Hd. (Tor), Assistant Professor. LINDA PERITZ, Ph.D., (Tor), M.Sc, (McG), Research Associate. DAVID PI, M.B.B.C (H.K.), Clinical Instructor. A. HUGH PONTIFEX. B.A, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. SUSAN PORTER, B.Se (New Br), Ph.D. (Brit. Col,), Assistant Professor. HAYDN PRITCHARD, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Nott.), Associate Professor. E. M, PROCTOR, B.Sc, M.Se, Ph.D. (Natal), Associate Professor. JAMES PRYOR, BA, (New Mexico), Clinical Instructor MORRIS PUDF.K, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), Ph.D. (Brit. Col), Clinical Professor. NOEL QUENVTLLE. M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCPC, Clinical Professor. PHILIP E REID, B.Sc. (Bristol), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Queen's), Professor, DONALD B. RIX, B.A.. M.D. (W.Ont.). FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor FREDERICKJ. ROBERTS. B.A, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC Clinical Professor BARBARA L ROBINSON, M.D. (Alta.) FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. JACK ROOTMAN, M.D. (Alta.) F.R.C.S, CRCP.(C), Professor. DIANE ROSCOE, B.S, (Pensylvania State), M.S, M.D.(Thomas Jefferson), Clinical insntructor FRANCIS M. ROSENBERG, M.D, Ph.D. (Dal.), Clinical Associate Professor. MIRIAM ROSIN, B.Sc (Sask.), Ph.D. (Tor), Clinical Professor. T. F. RUTHERFORD, M.D. (Brit. CoL), CR.C P.(C), Clinical Professor. TABRIZ. SADAGHAINI, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Iran), PL.D. (Geneva), Research Associate. FERNANDO SALINAS, B.S, D.V.M. (Chile), Clinical Professor. W. E. SCHREIBER, B.A. (Ohio), M.D. (Houston), Clinical Associate Professor. DAVID SECCOMBE, M.D. (Calg), Ph.D. (Brit, CoL), Associate Professor CHRISTOPHER SHERLOCK, M.B, B.S. (Lond.), F.R.S.M, LMCC, Clinical Associate Professor ANN G. SKIDMORE, M.B. (Birm). FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor, JOHN A. SMITH, M.B, Ch.B, M.D. (Aberd.) FRCPC, Professor. PAUL SORENSEN, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Assistant Professor. C. H. K. SUEN, M.B, B.S. (U.K.), D.A.B.P, FRCPC, Clinical Professor. ALI SYED, M.B, B.S. (Punjat, King Edward Med. Coll.), F.C.A.P, F.A.S.CP, F.I.C.P, Clinical Associate Professor. JOSEPH Y. C. TA1, B.Sc. (McM.). M.Sc, Phis (Dal.), Associare Professor. FUMIOTAKEI, B.Sc. (Tokyo), Ph.D. (Brit. Cot), Professor, GLENN P. TAYLOR, M.D. (Bril. Cot), Associate 'rofessor. SUSAN THA, M.D, (Brit. Cot), Ph.D, (Mon:r), Clinical Assistant Professor. EVA THOMAS, B.Sc, M.D. (Sweden), Clinical Assistant Professor. WILLIAM M. THURLBECK, B.Se, M.B, Ch.B. (Cape T,), F.R.CPath , FRCPC, Professor AUBREY TINGLE, M.D. (Alta), Ph.D. (McG.i, FRCPC, Professor Paediatrics and Pathology. VICTOR TRON, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), L.M.C.C, FRCPC, Clinical Assisiant Professor. NAD1NE URQUHART, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. Co .), Clinical Associate Professor. HILARY VALLANCE, M.D. (Btit. Col.), Clinical nstructol STEPHAN VAN EEDEN, M.B.Ch.B, (Stellenhoach, 1 Germany), Research Associate. JURGEN VIELKIND, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Germany), Associate Professor, LOUIS D WADSWORTH, M.B, Ch.B. (Mant 7), FRCPC, Clinical Professor. BLAIR WALKER, B.Sc, (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Bril. Col), Assistant Professor. DAVID WALKER, B.A, M.A. (Santa Barbara), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Assistant Professcr. MICHAEL WEAVER, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Inslructor. VALERIE WHITE, B.Sc, M.D. (Nfld ), FRCPC, Assistant Professor. K.J. WHITLOW, B.Sc. (S.Fraser), M.Sc (Oti.), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Associate Professor. ROBERT A. WOI.BER, B.S, M.D, Ph.D, (Mich.), Clinical Instructor. FRANK M. WOOD, M.B, Ch.B. (Birm), M.t.C.P.(C), FRCPC, Clinical Insttuctor, ANN J. WORTH, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCPC, Cliniel Professor. JOANNE L. WRIGHT, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), Professor. DECHENG YANG, Ph.D. (111.), Research Associate. H. ZILTNER, Ph.D. (Freibu-g), Associate Professor. Associate Members DEREK A. APPLEGARTH, B.Se (Durham), Ph.D. (Kings College, Durham), Associate Member (Paediatrics). N. AUERSPERG, M.D. (Wash.), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Associate Member (Anatomy). JOEL L. BERT, B.S. (Bril. CoL), M.S, Ph.D. Calif, Berkeley), Professor (Chem. Engineering). NOEL BUSKARD, B.A, M.D. (Queen's), FRCPC, F.A.C.P, Assistant Professor (Medicine). ANTHONY CHOW, M.D. (Manit.), Professor (Medicine) CONN1EJ. EAVES, B.A, M.Sc. (Queen's), Pl.D. (Mane), Professor (Medical Genetics) KEITH HUMPHRIES, M.D, Ph.D. (Brit. Col). Associate Member (Medicine i. SHEILA M. INNIS, B.A, M.B, M.D, FRCPC, Associate Member (Medicine). ANNE JUNKER, B.Sc. (Brit. CoL). M.D. (Aha), Associate Member (Paediatrics). MARIA KELSS, B.Se, M.D. (Brit. CoL), L.M.C.C, FRCPC, Associate Member (Medicine) PAULA. KEOWN, M.B, Ch B. (Mane), Associate Member (Medicine). HANS KL1NGEMAN, FRG. (Hildesheim), M.D. (Germany), Associate Member (Medicine). PETER LANSDORP, M.D. (Erasmus), Ph.D. (Amsterdam), Associate Member (Medicine). DONALD M. LYSTER, B.Sc. (Pharm), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta.) (Pharm. Sci.). WALTER C. MacDONALD, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Associate Professor, Department of Medicine and Head of Gastroenterology. DAVID MATHESON, M.D. (Alta.), Associate Member (Paediatrics). JOEL OGER, M.D. (France), Associate Member (Medicine). PETER PARE, B.Sc. (Loyola), M.D, CM. (McG.), Associate Member (Medicine). PAUL C.J. ROGERS, B.Sc. (Stellenbosch), M.B, Ch.B. (Pretoria). JOHN SCHRADER, M.B, B.S. (Adelaide), Ph.D (Melbourne), Associate Member (Medical Microbiology). CHARLES SCUDAMORE, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col), Associate Member (Surgery). SEUNG KIM. M.D. (Seoul), Ph.D. (Kyoto), Associate Member (Medicine). JOHN TEGENFE1.DT, B.A. (Bethel College), M.H.A. (Minn.), Clinical Instructor (Health Care & Epidemiology), Associate Member W.J. TZE, B.Se (Acadia), M.D. (Dal.), FRCPC, Associate Professor (Paediatrics). Honorary Members DONALD M. BRUNETTE, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.), Honorary Associate Professor. PARIS CONSTANTINIDES, M.D. (Vienna), Ph.D. (Montr), Honorary Professor. WILLIAM L. DUNN, Honorary- Professor. RALPH DURAND, B.Sc (Calg.), Ph.D. (W.Ont.), Llonoiary Professor. NICHOLAS FARRELL, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Sussex), Honorary Associate Professor. kKITYlNG UM. B.Sc. (H.K.), M.Sc. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Tor), Honorary Assistant Professor. JOHN J. LEDERMAN, B.A, LL.B, M.D. (Brit CoL), Honorary Lecturer. GLENN M. MARTIN, M.D, CM. (Queen's), Honorary Lecturer. CINO A. MONTESSORI. M.D. (Genoa), FRCPC, Honorar)' Lecturer, k PEGGY OLIVE, M.Sc. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Quebec and McMastei), Honorary Professor. BRANCO PALCIC, Dipl. Ing. Physics (Yugoslavia), Ph.D. (Hamilton), Honorary Professor. RAVINDRA SHAH, B.D.S. (Bombay), M.S. (N.Y. State), Ph.D. (Queen's, Kingston), Honorary Assistant Professor. LLOYD D. SKARSGARD, B.Se, B.E, M.Sc (Sask.), Ph.D. (Tor.), Honorary Professor. KIRSTF.N SKOV, B.Sc (Queen's), Ph.D. (Tor), Honorary' Professor. JOSEPH TONZETICH, B.S.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Cornell), Honotary Professor. A. E. W. TRITES, B.A. (Brit. CoL), M.D, CM. (McG.), C.R.CP.(C), M.C. (Pathology), FRCPC, Honorary Lecturer. Division of Medical Microbiology: J. D. Anderson, Acting Head; M, Altamarino-Dimas, W. A. Black, S Bannerjee, S. Byrne, E. Bryce, S. Cassol, J. K. Chander, N. Cimolai, A. M. Clarke, P. W. Doyle, J B, Hudson, J. L. lsaac-Renton, H. D. Jones, M. T. Kelly, P. J Middleton, M. A. Noble, J. North, J. R. O'Kusky, C. Ong, M. O'Shaughnessy, EM. Proctor, F. J. Roberts, B. L. Robinson, D, Roscoe, P. Riben, C II. Sherlock, A. G. Skidmore, J. A. Smith, E. E. Thomas. Division of Paediatric Pathology: D. F. Hardwick, Head;J. D. Anderson, D. A. Applegarth, V.J. Baldwin, N. Cimolai, A. G. F. Davidson, J, E. Dimmick, S. Giilam, C. Halstead, G.Jevon, D. K. Kalousek, G. Lockitch, F. Magee, B. Massing, D. McFadden, M. G. Norman, J. T Pantzar, P. Sorensen.J. Tai, G. P. Taylor, E. Thomas, W. M. Thurlbeck, H. Vallance, L. D. Wadsworth. Division of Immunology Department of Paediatrics: A. K. Junker, Acting Head; D. S. Matheson, L. A. Mitchell, A.J. Tingle. Department of Pathology: A J. Tingle, Head; S. Giilam, A. K. Junker, D. S. Matheson, L. A. Mitchell. Department of Pharmacology and Therapeutics CORNELIS van BREEMEN, D.V.M. (Tor), Ph.D. (Alta), Professorand Head. SASTRYS. R. BHAGAVATULA, M.Pharm. (Andhra), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit, CoL), Professor, MICHAEL BRIDGES, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Honorary Assistant JAMES G. FOULKS, B.A. (Rice), Ph.D. (Johns H.), M.D. (Col), Professor Emeritus and Honorary Professor DAVID V. GODIN, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Ott.), Professor, ALEXANDER P. G0UMEN1OUK, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Cof), FRCPC, Honorary Clinical Assistant Professor. SULTAN KARIM, Ph.D, M.Sc, D.Sc. (Lond,), Honorary Professor. BERNARD A. MacLEOD, B.Sc , M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Honorary Assistant Professor. JAMES G. McLARNON, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Aha.), Ph.D. (Brit Cof), Associate Professot. THOMAS MADDEN, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Lond.), Assistant Professoi ROBERT M. M1URA, B.S, M.S. (Calif, Berkeley), M.A, Ph.D. (Prin), Associate Member. CATHERINE C. Y. PANG, B.Sc (Pharm.), Ph.D. (Manit.), Professor. ERNEST PUIL, B.Sc. (Brit CoL), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta.), Professor. DAVID M. J. QUASTEL, B.Sc, M.D, CM, Ph.D. (McG.), Professor. ROBERT E. RANGNO, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC, Associate Professor STEPHEN SACKS, A.B. (Penn.), M.D. (Cincinnati), Associate Member. MORI.EY C. SUTTER, B.Sc. (Med.), M.D, Ph.D. (Manit.), Professor. REZATABRIZCHI, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Assistant Professor. RUDOLF VRBA, Dr.Techn.Sc, CSc (Prague). Professor Emeritus and Honorary Associate- Professor. MICHAELJ. A. WALKER. B.Sc, Ph.D. (Lond.), Professor. RICHARD A. WALL, A.B. (Calif), Ph.D. (Edin.). Associate Professor. JAMES M. WRIGHT, M.D. (Alta,), Ph.D. (McG.), FRCPC, Associate Professor, ATHANASIOS P. ZIS, M.D. (Athens), Associate Member Department of Physiology KENNETH G. BA1MBRIDGE, B.Sc, Ph.D. (S'ton.), Associate Professor and Head. ALISON M.J. BUCHAN, B.Sc. (Aberd.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Lond), Associate Professor. EUGENE C. CAMERON, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Associate Member JOHN CHURCH, B.Sc, M.B, Ch.B. (Bristol), Ph.D. (Lond.), Associate Member D. HAROLD COPP, CC, B.A, M.D. (Tor), Ph.D. (Calif.), LL.D. (Queen's and Tor), D.Sc. (Ott, Acadia and Brit. CoL), FRCPC, F.R.S.C, F.R.S, Professor Emeritus and Honorary Professor CAROL-ANN M. COURNEYA. B.Sc. (Guelph), M.Sc. (W Ont.), Ph.D, (Brit. CoL), Assistant Professor. KENNETH CURRY, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Lond), Assistant Professor. MAX S. CYNADER, B.Sc. (McG.), Ph.D. (M.I.T.), FRSC, Associate Member. AIAN G. HANNAM, B.D.S. (Adelaide), Ph.D. (Bristol). F.D.S, R.C.S. (England), F.A.CD.S, Honorary Lecturer NORMAN W. KASTING, B.Sc. (Yale), Ph.D. (Calg.), Associate Professor STEVEN J, KEHL, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Ont.). Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Assistant Professor. YIN NAM KWOK, B.Sc (Drake), Ph.D. (McG.), Associate Professor. JOHN R. LEDSOME, M.B, Ch.B, M.D, D.Sc (Edin), Professot. PETER C. K. LEUNG, M.Sc, Ph.D. (W.Ont.). Associate Member DAVID A. MATHERS, B.Sc. (Edin.), Ph.D. (Nott), Associate Professor. CHRISTOPHER II. C. MclNTOSH, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Lond.), Profesor. 220 Medicine MARK MELOCHE, M.Sc. (Brit. CoL), M.D, (W.Ont), FRCSC, Associate Member. JAMES ANTHONY PEARSON, B.Sc. (Durham), Ph D (Newcastle), Professor RAYMOND A. PEDERSON, B.Ed. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Btit. Cof), Professor. GARY A. QUAMME, B.A , D.V.M, (Sask.), M.Sc (Ott.), Ph D. (McG), Associate Member PETER B. REINER, B.A, V.M.D., Ph.D (Penn.), Associate Member. DIETRICH W. F SCHWARZ, M.D, Dr. Med (Freiburg), Associate Member CHRISTOPHER SHAW, B.Sc. (Calif), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Jerusalem), Associate Member SUN SHIK SHIM, M.D. (Yonsei), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). Honorary Assistant Piofessor. PETER C. VAUGHAN, B.Pharm, M.Sc. (Svclnc-V), Ph.D. (Monash), Associate Professor. STEVEN R. VINCENT. B.Se (Car.), Ph D. (Btit. CoL), Associate Member. Department of Psychiatry W.JOHN LIVESI.EY. B.A, M.B, Ch.B, Ph.D. (Liv.). M.R.C Psych, LM.C.C, FRCPC, Professot ancl Head. EAMON ACHONG, B.Se, M D.C.M. (McG. I, FRCPC. Clinical Assistant Professor PHILIP H. AD1LMA.N, B.A, M.D. (Sask). FRCPC, Clinical Professor. M. OLUWAFEMI AGBAYEWA, M.B, B.S. (Ibadan), M.R.C Psych. (Lond.). FRCPC. Clinical Associate Professor. JUDITH ALLEN, B.A (Queen's), M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor, S1EMI0N ALTMA.N, M.D. (Poland), L.M.C.C... FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. RAYMOND J. A.NCILI, B.A, M.A, MB, B.Chir. (Cantab), M.R.C, Psych. (U.K.), FRCPC, Clinical Ptofessor STEPHEN D. ANDERSON. B.A, M.D. (Bnt CoL). FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. VICTOR BANNO, M.D. (Brit. Col). FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. KATALLNA BARTOK, B.Sc, M.D, CM. (McG 1. M A, Ph.D (Prin.), CF PC, FRCPC, Clinicai Assistat Professor ROSEMARY BASSON, M.B.B.S, M.R.C P. (Lond,). Clinical Insinictot TIBOR BEZEREDI, M.D, (Brit, Col ). M Sc (Mich.), CR.CP.(C), Clinical Professor CHARLES BLAHA, B.A. (Calif), Ph D. (Oregon), Assisiant Professor ANDRE BLANCHET, B.A, M.D. (Laval), C.R.C.P (C), Clinical Assistant Professor ROGER BOUTIN. B.A, M.D. (Montr) FRCPC Clinical Associate Piofessor. ROLAND BOWMAN, B.A. (Sask.l, M.A, Ph.D (Brit. CoL), Clinical Instructor CHARLES R. BRASF1ELD, B.A, M.A (Texas), Ph.D (Bril CoL), M.D. (Calg.). FRCPC. Clinical Associate Professor RONALD F. BRAUNSTEIN, MD. (Mamt.l.D Psych. (S Calif), FRCPC, Clinical Associale Professor BERGLJOT R BRIGHT, I..R CP & S ill, FRCPC Clinical Assistant Professor. MICHAEL P. BROWNSTEIN, M.D. (Queen's). FRCPC Clinical Assistant Professor. R. ALAN BUCHANAN. B.Sc. M.D. (Calg ). FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor PETER BUNTON, B Sc (Hons.) (Mane), M 13.. B.S. (Lond.), M.R.C.P, L R.C.S. (Conjoint, London). D.P.M. (McG.i, Clinical Professor HOWARD BURTON, B.A. (W Ont.). M.Se Ph D (Pitt.). M.S.W. (Wilfred Laurier), M.Div. (W.Ont), Clinical Associate Prolessor DIANA CARTER. M.B, B.S (Lond.). C.R.C.P.. a. Clinical Assistant Professor LAURA CHAPMAN, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Cof), FRCPC, Clinical Instructot. SHLRRIF.-ANNE CHISH01.M-HAY. B.Sc (Brit. Col), M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC, Clinicai Insttuctor CAROLINE CHOC), B.Sc , M.D. (Bnt Coi >, FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. JOHN A. J. CHRISTENSEN, B Sc (Brit. CoL), M.D. (Tor), FRCPC, F.RA.N.Z.CP, Clinical Instruclor JEFFREY ,VI. CLAMAN, B A. (Amherst), M.D. (Brit CoL). FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor CAMPBELL CLARK, B.Sc. (McG.), M.A. (Bril. Col), Ph.D. (Vic B.C i, Assistant Professor LESLIE A. GOCKHILI, M.D, CM (McG.). FRCPC, Clinicai Assistant Professot MICHAEL COOPER, B Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col.). FRCPC Clinical instruclor MARIA R. CORRAL, B.Se (S.Fraser). M.D (Brit. Col.i. FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. WILLIAM A. COURTNEY, M.B, B.Ch, B (LA (Ireland), FRCPC, Ciiical Associate Professor DAVID J CROCKETT, B.A, (Whitman College), M A (Brit. Cof), Ph.D. (Vic.B.C), Associate Professor LINDA CUNNINGHAM, B.A, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. HYMIE DAVIS. B.Sc, M.B, Ch.B. (Cape Ti, D.C.H. (England), D.P.M. (U.C.T ). FRCPC. Clinical Assistant Professor. SHERRY DE RAPPARD, B Se, M.D (Alta.), FRCPC, Clinical Insttuctor. PATRICIA A. DIEWOLD, BA, M A, (Alta). Clinical Assistanl Professor LAURA DOYLE, M.D (Calg. I. FRCPC, Clinical Assisiant Professor ELISABETH J. DRANCF, B.Sc. (Brir CoL), M.D. (Brit, CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. ELAINE If. DRYSDALE, B.A, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC Clinical Assistant Professor. DEREK EAVES, MB, Ch.B. (Liv), DP M, F.RC(Psvch ), FCRCP, F.R.A.N.Z.CP, Clinical Protessor STACY 1, ELLIOT, B.A, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Assistant Professor KARL ENRIGHT, B.Sc. (Bratislava), M.D (Vienna), E.CF.M.G . LMCC Clinical Professor DIANE K. FAST, M.D, CM. (McG.i. Clinical Assistanl Professor, IL CHRISTIAN FIBIGER. B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), Ph.D, (Prin), Professor STUARTH. FINE, M.B.Ch B. (Cape T,), F.F. Psych. (S. Africa), F.R.CPsych (U.K.). FRCPC, Professor. JONATHAN A. E FLEMING, B.A, MB, B.A.Q. B.Ch. (Dublin), FRCPC, Associate Prolessor 1 ROGER I) FREEMAN, B.A. (Swarthmore), M.D (Johns IL). D.Psych. (McG.L CRCPC. Ciinical Professor WESLEY 11. FRIESEN, B Sc, M.D. (Manil ), FRCPC Clinical Instiuctor H COLLEEN FROESE, B.Sc. (Bnt. Cof), MIL (Bril CoL), FRCPC. Clinical Instructor, CHARLES R. FRYE, MA, Ml) (Indiana), Clinicai Assistant Professor JUNE C FRYE, B.S. (Franklin, Indiana), M.D. (Indiana), Clinical Assisiani Prolessor, LOIS B FULLER, M D.H. (N.Y). FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor SOMA GANESAN, M.D (Saigom, FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. E. JANE GARLAND, BSc, Ml). (Queen's), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. PETER GIBSON B.Sc, M.D. (Alta, l. FRCPC, Clinical Instruclor RONALD E. GIBSON, B.A. M.D (Sask ), LMCC, D.T.M H (England), FRCPC, Clinital Assisiant Piofessor, RICHARD GOLDEN, M.D. (Manit), FRCPC Clinical Insttuctor. ELLIOT M. G01.DNER. B Sc. (Tor.l, M.D (Calg ). FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Prolessor CAROLINE G0SSEL1N, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC Clinical Assistant Professor EARL D HARDIN, M.D. (Alta.), C R.C.P (Cl. Clinical Associate Professor. BRIAN HARRIS, M.B, Ch.B (NZ 1, FRCPC. Clinital Assistant Professor. JAMES G HARRIS, B.Sc, M.D (Brit. Col.l, FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor LORRAINE HATHAWAY. B.A. (N.YStatei. B.S.W. (Lakehead). Ciinical Instruclor. HUGUETTE HAYDEN, M.D, (Bordeaux). FRCPC. Clinicai Assistant Professor DONNA HENDRICKSON, B.Se (Regina), M.D. (Sask j. FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. ROBERT HEWKO. B.Sc , M.D (Alta ), FRCPC. Clinital Assisrant Ptofessor. JOHN A. HIGF.NBOTTAM, B.A, M.A. (Main!.), Ph.D (Vic.B.C.), Clinica! Associaie Prolessor CHRISTOPHER E. IIINKSON, LIB (Brit Col.i, Clinical Assistant Professor, WILLIAM G. HONER. B St. (Queen's). M.D, M.Sc (Queen's), FRCPC, Assistant Professot ANNETTE V HORTON, M.B, B.S. (Lon.), LMCC. FRCPC. Clinical Associale Professor. CHRISTOPHER HUNTER. B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. TREVOR A. HURWITZ, MB, Ch.B. (Pretoria). M.R.C.P. (UK ), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor VACLAV HYRMAN, Ml). (Karlova, Prague), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor DAVID IRWIN, B.Se. M.D, (Bril. Col). FRCPC, Clinical Assistanl Professor, PAUL JA.NKE, B.Sc, M.D (Brit. Col), FRCPC. Clinical Instructor WOLFGANG JILEK. M.D (Vienna), M.Sc (McG.). M.A. (Bnt. CoL), D.Psych. (McG.), FRCPC, Clinical Professor. LOUISE M. JII.EK-AAI.I, M.D. (Vienna). M Sc. (McG), M.A, (Bnt, Col.l, D.Psych (McG), FRCPC, Clinical Protessor. ABDUL KAKIM M. JIWA, MB, Ch.B (East Africa), FRCPC, L.M.C.C , Clinical Associate Professor, R11IO KAI.DA, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. BARBARA J. KANE, M.D. (Ontario), FRCPC Clinical Assistant Professor HARRY KARLINSKY, B.Sc, M.D (Manit.). M.Se (Lond), FRCPC, Clinica! Assistant Protessor. CLIFFORD G KERR, M.B. B.Ch (Queen's Belfast), I) P.M (Lond). M.R.C Psych, FRCPC, Clinical lnslrucioi. ROBERT KITCHEN, B Sc, M.D (Alta.). FRCPC Clinical Assistant Professor STEPHEN AIAN KLINE, B.Sc, M D (Alta.). FRCPC, Associate Professor. WILLIAM J KOCH, B.A. (Montana), M.A, Ph.D. (Altai, Clinical Assisiant Professor I.II.I C K0PAI.A, B.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D.(l.eicester, Alta.). MI). (Calg.), FRCPC, Assistanl Professor, TERESA M. KOPE, Ml). (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Assistanl Prolessor ANDRZEJ KOCZAPSKL BSc, M.D. (Brit Col.) FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. ENDRE KORITAR, B.Sc, M.D (McG), FRCPC Clinical Assistant Professor ROBERT KREI.I, M.D (Bnt tail.), FRCPC A.B.P.N, Professor HU1.LUR KUMAR, M.B, B.S. (Sri Venkaieshwata Med. Coll. India), D P.M. (India). M.R.CPsych. (U.K.), FRCPC, Clinica! Assistant Professor MAN WAI KWAN. B.Sc, M.D. (McG.), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. RAYMOND WAYNE IAM. B.Sc, M.D. (Btit Col. I, FRCPC, Assistant Professor. GWENDOLYN MARY LAWS. B St. (Nfld.., M.D. (Brit CoL). FRCPC, Clinical Instructor GARY LAZAR. M D. (Manit), FRCPC, Clinical inslruclor. BARRY I.EDWIDGE, B.Sc. (Montr), M.A, Ph.D. (S Eraser). Clinical Assistant Professor DAVID I.E1SHMAN, B.A (Guelph), M.D. (McM). FRCPC Clinical Instiuclor. JOHN MARK LEVY, B.A, M.D (Bril. CoL), FRCPC Clinical Instructot KWOKCIIU Ll, M.B, B.S. (ILK). FRCPC Clinical Assisiani Professor. RAYMOND A. LIANG, B.Se (.Alta.). M I), (Manila), FRCPC, Clinical Inslructor ELENA LISI.AK, ISA, M.D. (Czechoslovakia). FRCPC, Clinical insltuetor. SUSAN 1.0MAX. B.Sc, B.S N, M.D (Bril. Col.l, FRCPC Climcal Insttuctor. FRANKLIN S. LOOMER, B.Sc, M.D iBrit. Col.l. FRCPC. Clinical Assistant Professor DONALD F. LOUIE, B.St (Vic B C). M.D (Brit Co!) FRCPC Clinical Associate Professot K ROY MacKENZIE, B.A, Ml) (Manit). FRCPC Clinical Insttuctor KURBAN MADHANL MB, B S, (Kashmir), FRCPC, Clinical insttuctor, JOSEPH A MADOR, Ml) (Tor.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Ptofessor. KEITH MARRIAGE, M.B, B.S (Melbourne!. FRCPC, Clinical Ptofessot LAWRENCE E. MATRICK, M.D (Manit). I) I'M (England), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor WILLIAM I, MAURICE. B.A, M.D, CM. (McG.i. CRCPC, FRCPC, Associate Professor. KATHLEEN McGARVEY, B.Sc. (WOnt ), M.D (But Cof), FRCPC, Clinical Insnuctor. EDITH G McGEER. B A, Ph D. (Vnginia), Prolessor Fmenta and Honoran' Professor PATRICK I. McGEER. B.A. (Brit Col), Ph.D (Prin i, M.D (Biit. Cail i, Professor Emeritus, PETER I) McLEAN. B A, M A. (Windsor). Ph.D. (Lond.). Professor JANETTE M. McMII.LAN, B.Sc, Ml) (Brit Col.i. FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. JOSEPH B. A. MEAGHER, MB, B.Ch, B.A.O, L.R.CP.I, L.R.CS.I, M.D. (Ireland). FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Prolessor RICHARD C. M1I.I.S0N, B.A, M.D. (Queen's). FRCPC Clinica! Associate Professor SHA1LA MISRL MB, B.S (Calcutta), FRCPC. Clinical Associate Professor, AKBER MITHANI, B Sc, Ml). CN'tltt ). Clinical Instructor. GERALD R. M1TTI.ER. B.Se l.Manit), Ml) (.Manit l FRCPC, Climcal Assistant Professor RAY MOFFATT, M.B, B.Ch, B.A.O. (Queen's, Bellas!), Clinical Assistant Professor. BRIAN MORRIS, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.). FRCPC, Clinital Associate Professor. EMLENF MURPHY. B.A, B.S.W., M.Med.Sci, M.D. (Nfld), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor MICHAEL F. MYERS, M.D. (WOnt). FRCPC, Clinital Professot. JOSEPH A NOONE, D.Psych. (McM,), L.R.CP.I., L.R.CS.I. (Royal College of Surgeons, Dublin i E.C.F.M G, FRCPC Clinical Associate Professor JANTNE O'KANE, MB, B S (Lond), Clinical Assoi iaie Professor. ROY J O'SHAUGHNESSY, M.D. (Ott ) FRCPC Clinical Associate Piofessor. II PAN1KKAR, M.B.B.S. (Calcutta), D.Ch (Dublin), FRCPC, Clinical Associale Professor. HUGH I, PARFITT. M.B, B.S. (Lond.l, D.Psych (MtG.i. M.R.C S, L.R.C.P. Clinical Associate Professor KATHLEEN P. PARFITT, M.B, B.S. (Lond). M R.O S L.R.C.P. (England), FRCPC, Clinital Assisiani Professor LANCE L PATRICK, M.D. (Bnt. CoL). FRCPC. Clinital Assistant Professor. BRUCE I). PATTERSON. B.M S, Ml). (Alta 1. FRCP( , Clinital Assistant Professor. SUSAN PENFOLD, M.B, B.S. (Lond), M R.C.S (Lond.l, 1..R.C P. (England), FRCPC, Professor KATHERINE PERRY, B.Sc, M.D. (Bnt. Coll. FRCPC, Clinica! Assistant Professor I. ROBERT PHILLIPS, B.Sc, M.Sc (Alta). M.D (Calg), FRCPC. Clinical Insttuctor LEWIS PULLMER. B.Se, M.D (Manit), FRCPC Clinical Instructor LEE PULOS. B.A (Calif., Los Angelesl, M.A. (Calif i Ph.D. (Denver), Clinical Assisiant Ptofessor PRATIBHA N. REEBYE, M.B.B.S. (Mysore), DP M (Leeds). FRCPC Clinical Assistant Professor PETER B. REINER, BA. V.M D , Ph.D. (Penn,), Assistant Protessor OLIVER ROBINOW, B.Se (McG.), M.D , CM (WOnt,), FRCPC Clinical Assistant Professor CARL J. ROTHSCHILD. B.A, M 1). ..George Washinglon). Clinical Associale Professor. CHUN1LAL ROY, M.B , B.S. (Calcutta), D.P.M. (Eng ), F RCPsyih, FRCPC Cluneal Associate Professor KAMA1. N. RUNGI'A, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC, Clinital Assistant Prolessor, MARIA I, RUSNAK, M.D. (Komensily, Czet hosiova kia). FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. ANDREW P. SANDERS. M.B , B S (Lond.), M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC Clinical Assistant Professor STUART SANDERS, B Se, M B, Ch.B. (Mane 1. FRCPC, Clinical Insinictor CHRISTIAN H SCH EN K M.D. (Bril CoL], FRCPC (.lineal Instiuclor. JAMES P SCHMIDT, B.S. Psychology (Montana!. MS , Ph.D. (Penn i, Clinical Instructor. PATRICIA T SCHWARTZ, M.D. (Chile). FRCPC, Clinical Assistanl Professot. CONRADJ SCHWARZ, MB, CH.B (Glas./, FRCP! . Clinical Professor. Medicine 221 BARRY SEGAL, M.B, B.Ch. (Witwatersand), FRCPC, Clinica! Assistant Professor. ANTHONY SEHON, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. STANLEY SEMRAU, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Assistant Professor. LESLIE SHELDON, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. ROGER D. SHICK, BA (Wisconsin), B.Sc, M.D, D.Psych. (Manit.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. RESA S. SHORE, M.D. (McM.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. H KEITH SIGMUNDSON, B.Sc, M.D, D.Psych. (Manit), FRCPC, Clinica! Associate Professor. KULBIR SINGH, M.B, B.S. (Ranchi, India), FRCPC, Clinica! Assistant Professor. KRISTIN S. SIVERTZ, B.Sc. (W.Onl.), M.D. (McM), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. NICHOLAS SLADEN-DEW, M.B, B.Ch, B.A.O. (Dublin). D.R.C.O.G, FRCPC, M.P.H. (Han-.), Clinica! Assistant Professor. ROY SLAKOV, B.Sc, M.D. (Oregon), CRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. DERRYCK SMITH, B.Sc. (Wat.), M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. GEOFFREY SMITH, B.A. (Victoria), M.A, Ph.D. (Brit.Col), Clinical Instructor. JAIME A. SMITH, B.A, M.Sc. (Minn.), M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. TERRANCE P. SNUTCH, B.Sc, Ph.D. (S.Fraser), Assistant Professor. HISSAM SOUFFI, M.D. (Dusseldorf), Clinical Assistant Professor. PAUL B. STEIN, M.B.B.S. (Lond.), M.D. (Montr,), Clinical Assistant Professor. HARRY STEVENS, B.A. (Brit. CoL), M.A. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Sask.), Clinical Associate Professor. IRENA STRASZAK, B.A. (McG.), M.D. (McM.), FRCPC, M.H.A. (Ott.), Clinical Instructor. MAXWELL S. SUCHAROV, B.Sc (Manit), M.D. (McG.), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. GEORGE SZASZ, M.D. (Brit. Col), Professor. STEVEN TAYLOR, B.Sc, M.Sc (Melbourne), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Assistant Professor. PAUL E, TERMANSEN, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL). FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. EDUARDO TESLER-MABE, M.D. (Buenos Aires), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. SYDNEY THOMSON, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCPC, Clinica! Instructor. MADELEINE TREMBLAY, M.D. (Sher). FRCPC, Clinica! Assistant Professor. HOLLY A. TUOKKO, M.A. (Lakehead), Ph.D. (Brit. Col), Clinical Assistant Professor. R. PETER UHLMANN, M.D. (Illinois), FRCPC, Clinical Instruclor. MAELOR VALLANCE, M.B, Ch.B. (Glas), D.P.M, M.R.CPsych. (U.K.), FRCPC, Clinical Professor. STEVEN VINCENT, B.Sc. (Ott.), Ph.D (Brit. CoL), Associate Professor. DIANE B. WATSON, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. CHRISTOPHER WEBSTER, B.A. (Brit. CoL), M.A. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Dal.), Clinical Professor. GABRIELLE WEISS. B.Sc, M.D.C.M. (McG), FRCPC, Clinical Professor. MARGARET WEISS, B.A. (Brandeis), M.D.C.M. (McG.), FRCPC. Clinical Assistant Professor. JOHN MICHAEL WHELAN. MB, Ch.B. B.A.O. (Galway), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. ROSEMARY V. WILKINSON, B.A, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Vic.B.C), Clinica! Assistant Professor. FRANCES R. WILT, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC, Clinital Associate Professor. ALLAN WONG, B.Sc. (Brit. Col), M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC, Clinica! Instructor. IAKSHMIYATHAM, MB, B.S. (Sri Venkateshwara, India), D.P.M. (India), FRCPC, Assistant Professor. TIMOTHYYUSWACK, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC. Clinical Instructor. WITOLD A. ZALESKl, M.B, Ch.B. (Edin), D.P.M. (Ireland), M.D. (Sask.), M.R.CPsych, F.R.CPsych. (Lond.), CRCPC, L.N.C.C, FRCPC, Honorary Professor. SHELDON ZIPURSKY, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit.), PRCPC, DABPN, Clinical Assistant Professor. ATHANASIOS ZIS, M.D. (National, Athens) E.CF.M.G, FRCPC, Professor. ELISABETH ZOFFMANN, Ei.Sc., M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. Associate Members MARTHA DONNELLY, B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont,, FRCPC, Associate Professor. FUMIOISHU ISHIYAMA, B.A. (Concordia) M.Ed. (McG.), Ph.D. (Vic.B.C), Assistant Professor. PETERJ. JEWESSON, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Associate Assistant Ptofessor. CHARLOTTE JOHNSTON, B.A, M.Sc. (Calg), Ph.D. (Florida State), Clinical Assistant Professor. THOMAS L. PERRY Jr, B.Sc. (Brit. Col), M.D, CM. (McG), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. JOANNE WEINBERG, A.B. (Brown), MAT (Harv), Ph.D. (Stan.), Associate Assistant Prolessor. Division of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry DERRYCK H. SMITH, B.Sc (Wat.), M.D. (W.Ont), FRCPC, Clinica! Associate Professor and Head. RONALD E. BRAUNSTEIN, M.D. (Manic), D.Psych (S. Calif.), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Prolessor. LAURA DOYLE, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. DIANE K. FAST, M.D, CM. (McG), Clinical Assistant Professor. STUART H. FINE, M.B, Ch.B. (Cape T.), F.F. Psych. (S. Africa), F.R.CPsych. (U.K.), FRCPC, Professor ROGER D. FREEMAN, B.A. (Swanhmorej, M.D. (JohnsH), D.Psych. (McG), CRCPC Clinical Professor. E.JANE GARLAND, B.Sc, M.D. (Queen's) FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. RICHARD GOLDEN, M.D.(Manit.), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. BRIAN HARRIS, M.B, Ch.B. (N.Z), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. HUGUETTE HAYDEN, M.D. (Bordeaux), FRCPC, 1 Clinical Assistant Professor. THERESA M. KOPE, M.D. (Brit. Col), FR( PC, Clinic* Assistant Professor. ROBERT KRELL, M.D. (Btit. CoL), FRCPC A.B.P.N, Professor. DONALD F. LOUIE, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Professor. JOSEPH A. MADOR, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. SUSAN PENFOLD, M.B, B.S. (Lond.), M.F.C.S. (Lond), L.R.C.P. (England), FRCPC, Professor. PRATIBHA N. REEBYE, M.B.B.S. (India), D.P.M. (Leeds), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Piofessor. CARL ROTHSCHILD, B.A, M.D. (Geo. Washington), CRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. MARIA RUSNAK, M.D. (Komensily-Czechoslovakia), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. H. KEITH SIGMUNDSON, B.Sc, M.D, D.Psych. (Manit.), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. Division of Forensic Psychiatry ROYJ. 0 SHAUGHNESSY, M.D. (Ott.), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Ptofessor and Head. PHILIP H. ADILMAN, BA, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC, Clinica! Associate Ptofessor. DEREK EAVES, M.B, Ch.B. (liv,), D.P.M., F R.C.(Psych.), F.C.R.C.P, F.R.A.N.Z.C.P, Clinical Prolessor. CHRISTOPHER E. HINKSON, LL.B. (Brit. Col), Clinical Assistant Professor. PAUL JANKE, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Inslructor. EMLENE M. MURPHY, B.A, B.S.W, M.Med.Sci, M.I), (Nfld.), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Piofessor. JOSEPH A. NOONE, D. Psych. (McM.), L.R.CP.I., L.R.CS.I. (Royal Col lege of Surgeons, Dublin), E.CF.M.G, FRCPC, Clinica! Professor. STANLEY SEMRAU, B.Sc, M.D. IBrit. Col), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor MAELOR VALLANCE, M.B, Ch.B. CGlas.), D.P.M. (Eng), M.R.CPsych. (U.K.), FRCPC, Clinica! Frofessor. ELISABETH ZOFFMANN, B.Sc, M.D. (Bnt. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Inslructor. Division of Qeriatric Psychimtry RAYMOND J, ANCILL, B.A, M.A , MB, B.Chir. (Cantab), M.R.CPsych. (U.K.), FRCI'C, Clinical Professor and Head. M. OLUWAFEMI AGBAYEWA, M.B, B.S. (Ihadan), M.R.CPsych. (Lond.), FRCPC, Clinical Professor. MARTHA DONNELLY, B.Sc, M.D. (W. Ont), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. ELISABETH J. DRANCE, B.Sc, M.D, (Brit. Col). FRCPC, Clinica! Assistant Professor. CAROLINE GOSSELIN, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. ANNETTE HORTON, M.B, B.S. (Lond), L.M.C.C, FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Piofessor. DAVID LEISHMAN, B.A. (Guelph), M.D. (McM.), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. RAYMOND A. LIANG, B.Sc. (Alta), M.D. (Manila), FRCPC, Clinica! Assistant Professor. FRANKLIN S. LOOMER, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. Division of Neurological Sciences HANS C. FIBIGER, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), Ph.D. (Prin), Professor and Head. CHARLES BLAHA, B.A. (Calif), Ph.D. (Oregon), Assistant Professor. PATRICK L. McGEER, B.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph D. (Prin), M.D. (Brit. CoL), Professor Emeritus. PETER B. REINER, B.A, V.M.D, Ph.D. (Penn ), Associate Professor. TERRANCE P. SNUTCH, B.Sc, Ph.D. (S.Fraser), Assistant Professor. STEVEN VINCENT, B.Sc. (Ott.), Ph.D. (Brit. Col), Prolessor. Division of Psychology PETER D. McLEAN, B.A, M.A. (Windsor), Ph D. (Lond.), Professorand Head. DAVID J. CROCKETT, B.A. (Whitman College), M.A. (Brit. Col), Ph.D. (Vic.B.C), Associate Professor. WILLIAM J. KOCH, B.A. (Montana), M.A, Ph.D. (Alta.), Clinical Associate Professor. HARRY STEVENS, B.A. (Brit. CoL), M.A. (W.Ont.), Ph.D. (Sask.), Clinical Assistant Professor. STEVEN TAYLOR, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Melbourne), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Assisrant Professor. HOLLY A. TUOKKO, M.A. (Lakehead), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Associate Professor. ROSEMARY V. WILKINSON, B.A, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Vic.B.C), Clinical Assistant Professor. Division of Sexual Medicine | WILLIAM L. MAURICE, B.A, M.D, CM. (McG.), CRCPC, FRCPC, Associate Professor and Head. ROSEMARY BASSON,M.B.B.S, M.R.C.P. (Lond), Clinical Assistant Professor. STACY L. ELLIOT, B.A, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Assistant Professor. DONNA HENDRICKSON, B.Sc. (Regina), M.D. (Sask.(, FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. GEORGE SZASZ, M.D. (Brit. Col), Professor. SYDNEY THOMSON, M.D. (Brit Col), FRCPC, Clinicai Instructor. Department of Radiology BRIAN C. LENTLE, M.B, B.Ch, M.D. (Wales), DM.RD, FRCPC, Professorand Head. KENNETH BENTLEY, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col.l, Clinical Associate Professor. S11AMIM BHIMJI, M.B, Ch.B. (East Africa), FRCPC, Clinica! Assistant Professor. JAMES H. BILBEY, B.Me.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), FRCPC, Assistant Professor. A. R. BUCKLEY, M.B. (Dublin), B.CH.B.A.O, FRCR, FFR, RCSI, Assistant Professor. H.JOACHIM BURHENNE, M.D, B.C.L. (Munich), F.A.C.R, FRCPC, D.A.B.R, Piofessor. ROBYN CAIRNS, M.D. (Brit. CoL), Clinical Instructor. RONALDM. CAMPBELL, B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont), FRCPC, F.R.C.R, Clincal Associate Professor. ANNA CELLER, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Watsaw), Clinical Insttuctor. P. CH1PPERFIF.I.D, M.D. (Sask), FRCPC, D.A B.R, Clinical Associate Professor. NIGEL W. CIARK, M.D. (Brit. CoL), C.R.CP.(C), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor, PHILIP COHEN, B.A. (Dartmouth Coll.), M.D. (Tor), Clinical Instructor. DOUGLAS G. CONNELL, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCPC, Assistant Professor. PETER COOPERBERG, B.Sc, M.D, CM. (McG), FRCPC, M.A.C.R, Professor and Vice Head Academic Affairs. DAVID COUPLAND, B.G.Sc, M.D. (Alta,), Instructor. J. A. GORDON CULHAM, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit), Professor. HELEN J. EMMONS, B.A, M.D. (Brit. Col), D.A.R R, FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. J. STEPHEN FACHE, B.Sc, M.D. (Manit), FRCPC. Associate Professor. BORYS FLAK, M.D, B.Sc (Alta.), FRCPC, Assistant Professor. BRUCE FORSTER, M.D, B.Sc, M.Sc (Brit. Co!.), LMCC, FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. LORNA FULTON, MB, B.Ch. (Queen's, Belfast), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. PAUIA B. GORDON, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC. Clinical Assistant Professor. DOUGLAS GRAEB, M.D. (Tor.), FRCPC, D.A.B.R, Associate Professor. MARY F. GRAHAM, B.A, B.Sc (New Hampshirei, M.D, CM. (McG.), C.S.P.Q, FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. MARTHA R. GRYMALOSK1, B.A, M.D. (Sask). FRCPC, Clinica! Associate Professor. KEITH COLIN HAMMOND, M.D, M.B, B.S, (Lond.), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. DOROTHY ANNE HARRISON, M.D. (Calg.), FRCPC, Clinica! Assistant Professor. PHILIP B. HARRISON, B.Sc (Brit. CoL), M.D. (Alia.), FRCPC, Assistant Professor. PATRICIA HASSELL, B.Sc, M.D, CM. (McG.), Clinical Assistant Professor. PETER HICKEN, B.Sc, M.B, Ch.B, M.D. (Birm), D.M.R.D, F.R.C.R, FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. WELDON HOOGE, M.D. (Sask), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. BARRY IRISH, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor, W. JAMES KNICKERBOCKER, B.A, M.D. (Manit), FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. VANINDAR J. LA1L, M.D. (Brit. Col), B.SC (Vic.B.C.), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. JOCELYNE LAPOINTE, B.A. (Montr), M.D. (Sher), FRCPC, Associate Professor. DAVID K. Ll, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCPC, Professor. A1AN MABERLEY, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta,), Clinical Associate Member. LINDSAY S. MACHAN, M.D. (Alta.), Assistant Professor. ALEXANDER MACKAY, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Oxon), Associate Professor. JAMES I.MARSH,M.D, B.Sc. (Sask), FRCPC, Assistant Professor. ALISTAIR L. MARTIN, M.B. (Belfast), F.R.C.R, FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. JOHN R. MATHIESON, M.D. (Calg.) B.A. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Assistant Professor. JOHN R. MAYO, B.Sc. (Brit. CoL), M.D. (Tor.), Assistant Professor. JACQUELINE MORGAN-PARKES, M.D. (Sask). FRCPC. Clinical Professor. D. CHRISTOPHER MORRIS, M.D. (Dal), FRCPC, Associale Professor. ROBERT T. MORRISON, M.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Iowa) (Radiation Biology), A.B.N.M, FRCPC, Associate Professor. NESTOR L. MtiLLER, M.D (Brazil), Ph D. (Tor.g FRCPC, Professor and Director of Residency Training. JOHN B. MURRAY, M.B, B.Ch. (Dublin), D.M.D.R, F.R.C.R, FRCPC, Clinical Associate Professor. HELEN R. NADEL, M.D. (Manit.), D.A.B.R, FRCPC, Assistant Professor. DONALD E. NEWMAN, B.A, M.D. (Kingston), FRCPC, Professor anti Vice Head Administration. ROBERT NUGENT, B.M.S, M.D. (Alta.), A.B.R.(D). FRCPC, Associate Professor. CATHERINE PHILLIPS, M.D. (Sask.). Ciinical Assistant Professor. PETER Y. POON, M.B.B.S. (H.K.), Professor. K. J. POSKITT. M.D. (Montr.), Assistant Professor. V. ALLEN ROWLEY, B.Se, M.D, (Alta,), FRCPC, Assistant Professor MICHAEL SARGENT, M.B , Ch.B. (U.K.), Clinical Instructor. GLENN A. SCHESKE, M.D, Clinical Assistant Professor. DONALD L. SHEA, B.A. (Victoria College), M.D, CM. (McG ). FRCPC, Clinicai Assistant Professor. 222 Medicine WILLIAM JOHN SISLER, M.D. (Manit.), FRCPC, Assistant Professor. CONNIE M. SIU, M.B, B.S. (ILK). FRCPC, Clinical Professor. CATHERINE STAPLES, M.D,BSc (W.Ont.), LMCC) FRCPC, Assistant Professor. DAVID STRINGER, M.D, B.Sc. (Lond.). LRCP, D.MRD, DRCOG, FRCR, FRCPC, Professor. PHILIP SWITZER, B.Sc, M.D. (McG.), FRCPC, Clinical Professor. IVAN SZASZ. M.B.B.S. (England), FRCSC, FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. COLIN P. TILCOCK, ND, B.Se .Ph.D. (Lond.), Assistant Professor. WILLIAM M. THOMPSON, MB, B.S. (England), Clinical instructor. UN DA WARREN, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Professoi. IAN H. WEIR, B.Me.Sc, M.D, (Alta.], Assistant Professor. EDWARD WIEBE, M.D. (Sask.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. ANTHONY WONG, MB, Ch.B. (N.Z.), FRCPC. Clinical Associate Professor. MICHAEL WOOLNOUGH, M.B, B.S. (Lond.), FRCP, FRCPC. Clinical Instructor. SAN XIANG. B.S. (Beijing), M.S.. Ph.D. (Calif) CHARLES V. ZWIREWICH, M.D. (W.Ont), FRCPC Assistant Professor. Associate Members ANDREW CHALMERS, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC. L. GOLDENBERG, M.D. (Tor.). KATE PATON, M.O. (W.Ont,), FRCSC MICHAEL PATTERSON, M.D. (England). COLIN PRICE, M.D.S. (Birm,), FDSRCS, Honorary Professor Division of Nuclear Medicine BRIAN C. LENTLE, M.B, B.Ch, M.D. (Wales), D.M.R.D, FRCPC, Professorand Divisional Head, ALLEN S. BELZBERG, B.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), Clinical Assistant Professor. DAVID COL'PLAND, B.G.Sc, M.D. (Alta.), Insttuctor DONALD M. LYSTER, B.Sc. (Pharm), M.Se, PhD. (Alta.), Associate Ptofessot and Divisional Head. ROBERT T MORRISON, B.Sc, M.D, M.Se (Alta.l. Ph.D. (Iowa), AB N.M., FRCPC, Associate Professor IVAN J. SZASZ, M.B.B.S. (Lond.). FRCSC. FRCPC. Clinical Assistant Professor, WILLIAM M. THOMPSON, MB, B.S. (England), Clinical Instructor. Associate Members ANTHONY FUNG, M.D. (H.K.), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Ptofessor. MARIA KIESS, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC Department of Surgery RICHARD J. FINLEY, M.D. (W.Ont), FRCSC, F.A.C.S, Fellow ofthe American College of Chest Physicians, Professor ancl Head. J.AMES G, ABEL, B.Sc, M.D (Tor), FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor. A. AGRANOVITCH, M.D, (St, Petersburg), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor, I). B. ALLARDYCE, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCSC, F.A.C.S., Associate Professor and Associate Cootdinatoi, Undergraduate Educalion. DONALD W. ANDERSON, M.D (Alta.), FRCSC Clinical Assistanl Professor. J. P. APPLEBY, M.D, (Brit. CoL), FRCSC, Clinical Instructor. PAUL ASSAD, M.D. (Ott.), A.B.EM (Pan I), Clinical Assistanl Professor K. G. ATKINSON, BA, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCSC, F.A.C.S, Clinicai Professor. R. M. BAIRD. M.D (Brit. CoL), M.Sc (McG.), FRCSC, F.A.C.S, Clinicai Professor M. P. BANNO, BA, M.D. (Biit. CoL), FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor. JA. BARTLETT, M.D. (Queen's), FRCSC, Clinical Instructor. GEOFFREY BLAIR, M.D. (Tor), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. ANDR1S BLOKMANIS, M.B, B.S. (Melbourne), FRCSC, FRAGS, Clinical Assistant Professor TEODOR BOJANOWSKI. M.D, (McM), FRCSC Clinical Instructor. JULIE I, BOWAN, M.D. (Sask.), RCFPC, RCPSC. Clinical Instructor. MICHAEL C. BOYD, M.D. (Sask,), FRCSC. Clinical Assistant Professor. J. C BOYLE, M.D, (Brit. Col). FRCSC, Clinical Assistanl Professor. F. G. BRAIG, M.D. (Munich), FRCSC, Clinical Instructor. NICHOLAS BRUCHOVSKY, M.D, Ph.D. (Tor), FRCPC, Associate Member (Medicine) MARY LYNN BRUMWELL, M.D. (Alta), FRCSC. Clinical Instructor G. E. BRYCE, B.Sc, M.D. (Tor), FRCSC, Clinical Instructor. LISON BUCHAN, Ph.D. (Lond), Associate Member (Physiology). SAMUEL P. BUGIS, M.D. (Alta), FRCSC, Diplomat Amer Board Surgery, F.A.C.S, Clinical Assistant Professor. 1, H. BURR, B.A, M.Sc, M.D. (Brit CoL), FRCSC Clinical Inslructor BRUCE A. GAMPANA, M.D (McG), Ciinical Assisiani Professor. NICHOLAS J. CARR, M.D. (Brit CoL), FRCSC, Clinical Instructor. JOHN M. CARTHY. M.D. (Queen's), Clinical Assistant Professor. N. CAUSTON, M.D, M.Sc. (Brit. Col), FRCSC, Clinical Insttuctor. S. L CHAN, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCSC Clinical Associate Professot ALAN F. CHOU, M.D. (Tor.). Clinical Instructor R. M. CHRISTENSEN, B.A, M.D (Brit. CoL). FRCSC, F.A.C.S, Clinical Professor JAMES M. CHRLSTENSON, B.Sc, M.D. (Ott.). C.C.F.P. (Calg.), Ciinical Associate Professor. M. CL CLAY. M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor I. G. M. CI.EATOR, MB, Ch.B. (Edin.), F.R.C.S. (Ed. and E), FRCSC, F.A.C.S, Professor. D D. COCHRANE, M.D. (Tor), FRCSC, Associate Professor G. II. COLEMAN, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. Col.), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professot. ALBERT D COURTEMANCHE. M.D (Tor), FRCSC. Clinical Professor. D.J. COURTEMANCHE, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCSC Assistanl Professor PETER COY. M.D, FRCPC Clinical Assistant Professor, NOELLE L. DAVIS, M.D, (Calg.), FRCSC, Assistant Professor. STEPHEN C. DAY, M.D. (Tor), A.B.E.M. (Part I), Clinical Instructor " C. E. de METZ, M.D (Alta.), FRCPC Clinical Instructor. MICHAEL S. DETTMAN, M.D (Bnt CoL). Clinical Assistant Professor. ROBERT I, DICKSON. B.Sc, M.D. (Manic), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor, CAROL K. DINGEE, B.Sc, B.M.Sc, M.D. (Nfld). C.C.F.P, FRCSC. Clinical Instructor J. R. DMYTRYSHYN, BA, M.D. (Sask.I, FRCSC Clinical Assistant Professor. D. LYNN DOYLE. M.D, (Brit. CoL). FRCSC Clinical Assistant Professor K. R DUBETA, M.D, (Alta), FRCSC, Clinical Instructor JOHN W DUECK, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCSC, Clinica] Instructor. GRAEME DUNCAN, M.B. (Edin), FRCP, Clinical Assistant Professor J. SCOTT DURHAM, B.Se (Regina), M.D. (Sask.), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor F A. DURITY, B.A, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCSC, Associate- Professor, Head, Division of Neurosurgery. GILBERT DYCK. M.D. (Brit. Cof), Ciinical Assistant Professor K. G. EVANS, B.Se, M.D, (Brit. CoL), FRCSC, Cinical Associate Ptofessor. R. N. FAIRF.Y, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC. Clinical Associate Professor, D.J. FAIRHOUM, Ml). (Alta i, FRCSC, Clinical Professor. S. BLAIR FAULKNER, M.D. (Tor). FRCSC. Clinical Instructor H. N. FENSTER, B.Sc, M.D, CM. (McG), FRCSC, Clinical Professor, PAUL G. FINLAYSON, Ph.D, (Ott.), Assistant Professor. I) G FIT/PATRICK, M.D. (Brit. Col). FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor, A I). Fl.ORFS, B.Sc, M.D, M.B. (San Marcos), CRCPC. FRCPC Clinical Professot. B, FOLEY, M.B, Ch.B. (St. Andrews), FRCSC, Clinital Assisiant Ptofessor A. D. FORWARD, M.D (Brit. Col). FRCSC. F.A.C.S, Associate Professor GUY FRADET, M.D. (Laval), FRCSC, Assistant Professor, G, C FRASER, M.B, B.S. (Aberd.), F.R.C.S. (England), F.R.C.S, (Edin.), F.A.C.S, Clinical Piofessor. PETERJ. FROUD. MB, Ch.B (Bristol). FRCPC, Clinical Instructor PETER I) FRY, M.B. (Dublin), F.R.C.S.(I), FRCSC. Clinical Associate Professor CHRISTOPHER FRYER, M.B. (Lond.), FRCP, FRCPC, Associate Membet (Paediatrics), ANNIE E. GAP_.AU, M.D. (McG.), FRCPC, Clinical Insnuctor A. N, GEREIN, B.A, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCSC, F.A.C.S, Clinica! Professor. I). A. GILLANDERS, M.D. (Bnt. CoL). FRCSC. Clinical Associate Professor. SHELDON GIA7F.R, M.D., CM, A.B.E.M (Part I & II). Clinical Assistant Professor, MARTIN CLEAVE, B.Sc, M.D. (Brit. CoL). FRCSC, Assistanl Professor. KAREN J. GODDARD, M.B. (Mane), MRCP, FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor, S. L. GOLDENBERG, M.D. (Tor). FRCSC, Associate Professor, PETER GOUT, M.Sc, Ph.D. (State Univ. Leiden), Honorary Associate Professor, R. E. G. GOSLING, M.D, M.R.C S. (England), L.R.C.P. (lond.), FRCSC. Clinical Instructor C. A. GRAFTON, M.B, B.S (Lond), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. LOIS E. GRAHAM, M.B, B.S. (Univ. College ofthe West Indies), Clinical instructor D E. GRIFSDALE. B.Sc, M.D. (Tor). FRCSC, Clinical Associale Professor. ALAN C. GROVES, M.D. (Brit. Col), M.Sc. (McGill), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. ANTON GRUNFEI.D, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor VIRGINIA GUDAS, M.D. (Nfld.), FRCSC, Assistant Protessor. J. G. HAEGERT, M.D. (Nfld), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. R.J. HANCOCK, B.A, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCSC Associate Professor (part-time). DAVID W. HARRISON. M.D. (WOnt.), C.C.F.P, FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor J. H. HAY, M.B, B.Chir. (Cantab), M.R.C.P., D.M.R.T, F.R.C R, Clinical Associate Professor ROBERT I. HAYDEN, M.D. (McG). FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. B, HAYLOCK, M.B, B.S. (Lond), FRCR, Clinical Instructor 11. D HII.DEBRAND, M.D. (Manit), FRCSC, Clinical Professor YORK N HSIANC, M.B. (Otago, N.Z.), FRCSC Assistant Professor. DAVID G. HUNT, M.D. (Brit. Col), Clinical Assistant Professor. GRANT D. INN ES, M.D. (Alta.). FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. R.A. IRVINE, M.D. (Sask.), FRCSC, Clinical Instructot. S M JACKSON, MB, Ch.B , M.D. (Mane), D.M.R.T. (kind.), F F.R. (Lond), FRCPC, Clinical Professor anti Head. Division of Radiation Oncology, W, R, E. JAMIESON, B.A. (New Br), M.D, (Dai.), FRCSC, Clinical Professor MICHAEL T. JANUSZ, M.D. (Manit), FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor. 11 W JOHNSON, M.D. (Manit.), FRCSC, F.A.A.P, Clinical Ptofessot and Director of Research, i). A KESTER, M.D, M.Se (Brit CoL), FRCSC. Clinical Associate Professor JOHN R. W KESTI.E, B.Sc, M.D, (W.Ont.), FRCSC, Clinical Instructor D.J KIBBI.EWH1TE, B.Sc, M.D, (Brit CoL), FRCSC Clinical Insnuctor C KIM-SING, M.B, Ch.B. (Cape T), FRCPC, Clinca! Insttuctor EDMUND C KOSTASHUK, M.D. (Queen's). FRCPC, Clinical Professor. URVE KUUSK, M.D. (Brit, CoL), FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Piofessor W. Y. V IAM, M.D. (N.Y.State), Clinical Instructor. WILLIAM J. LANG, M.D. (Tor), Clinical Associate Ptofessor JACQUES LeBLANC, M.D. (Laval), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. THOMAS F.-S. LEE, M.D. (Manit ). FRCPC, Clinical instructor ERV R. LETWTN, M.D. (Alta.), FRCSC. Am Board Suigery. F.A.C.S, Clinical Instructor A. K. Y LEUNG, B.Sc, M.D. (McG), FRCSC Clinical Assistant Professor. S V I.ICHTENSTEI.N, M.D,, Ph.D. (Maryland), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. J. T. W. UM, M.B, Ch.B. (Mane), F F.R.R.CS. (I,), F.R.C.R, (UK), Clinical Instructor, IL LING. M.B (Witw), F R.C.S. (Ed.), FRCSC, Clinical Insttuctor D. LONDORF. M.D. (McG), Clinical Instructor N, S. LONGRIDGE, B.Sc, MB, Ch.B, (Newcastle). F.R.C.S. (Eng.), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Prolessor CHARLES M I.UDGATE, M.B, Ch.B , M.D. (Edin.). Ciinical Associate Ptofessor. DONALD C. MacDONALD. M.D. (Tor), Clinical Instructor J. K MacFARIANE, M.D, M.Sc (McG), FRCSC, Prolessor and Head, Division of General Surgery. Head, Department ofSurgery, St Paul's Hospital. P. A. MacKAY. B.A, M.D, CM (McG), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. F C MA1.BY, M.D, (Queen's), FRCSC, Clinical Instructor M. F. MANJL M.B, Ch.B. (Makerere), D.M.R.T. (Tor.), FRCPC. Clinica! Associate Piofessor A. D. C. MANSON. MI) (Brit. Col), MSc. (McG ). FRCSC, Clinical Professor. J MASTERSON. M.D, FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor T M. M.AXWELL, M.D. (Queen's), FRCSC, Clinica] Assistant Professor, JILLMcEWEN, M.D. (Tor), FRCPC, Emergency Medicine, Clinical Assistant Professor GREGOR I. McGREGOR, B.Sc. (Tor), M.D. (W. Ont.). FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. MICHAEL R, McKENZIE, M.D. (Queen's), FRCPC Clinical Assistant Professor. MARTIN McLOUGHLIN, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCSC, E.A.CS, Professot (part-time). R. A McNEILL. M.B, B.Ch, M.Ch, (Belfast), M.D (Edin). F.R.C.S.(E), FRCSC. F.A.C.S, Clinica! Associate Professor MARK MELOCHE, M.D. (W Ont), FRCSC (Bnt CoL). Associate Ptofessot, Head Dept. ofSurgery', Univ. Hospital RL'A R. MERCIER, MB. (Otago, N.Z.), FRCPC. Clinical Assistant Professor. MARIANNE MILDENBERGER. M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. BARRY J MILLER, M.D. (W.Ont.), Clinical Assistant Professor. D. R. M1NTZ, M.D, FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor. T. M. MITCHELL, B.A, M.D. (Brit. Col), FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Piofessor. R. T. MIYAGHISHIMA, BA, M.D. (Brit Cot), FRCSC, F.ACS, Clinical Professor A.J. MOORE, M.D. (W Ont), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. WILLIAM J. MORRIS, M.D. (Vic.B.C). FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor ALEXANDER B. MORRISON, Ph.D.. M.B, B.S. (Univ. College, England), Clinical Assistant Professor M. D. MORRISON, M.D (Sask.), FRCSC Professor A LAN MUNRO. M.B, B.S. (Lond.), F.R.C.S. (England), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor JAMES J. MURPHY III. M.D, M.Sc.Eng., B Eng. (New Jersey), Diplomate A.B.S, Clinical Instructor A G NAGY, B.Sc (Loyola), M.D. (Ott), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor BILL NEI.EMS. B.A.Sc, M.D. (Tor), FRCSC, Associate Professor. M. NIGRO, M.D. (Alta.). FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor FRASER NOEL, M.D. (Nfld.). Clinica] Assistant Professoi. ROBERT R NOSEWORTHY, M.D. (Nfld.), FRCPC. Clinical Instructor. BRIAN OIDRLN'G, M.D. (Alta.), Clinical Assistant Professor LA. OI.IVOTT0, BSc, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor P J. O'REGAN, M.B, Ch.B, B.A.O. (N.U.I ), FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor CHRISTINA PARSONS, M.D.C.M. (McG.), FRCPC, Clinical Instructor. HENRY PAULS, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCSC, F.A.C.S , Diplomate Board Surg, Clinical Instructor Z PF.RLER, M.D. (Alta.), FRCSC, Clinical Avsociate Professor M1CHAEI. E PEZLM. M.D. (Tor), FRCSC, Assistant Professor. P. T. PHANG, M.D. (Tor), M.Sc, FRCSC (Newfoundland), Assistant Professor. THOMAS PICKLES. M.B. (Middlesex), M.R.C.P, FRCP, Cluneal Instructor, Medicine 223 GEORGE E. PUGH, M.D, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Co!.). FRCPC. A.B.E.M, C.C.F.D., Clinical Instructor. ROY A. PURSSELL, M.D. (Brit. CoL), E.M.RC (McG), Clinical Associate Professor. A. K, QAYUMI, M.D, Ph.D. (Kiev), Assistant Professor. P. M. REBBECK, M.B, Ch.B. (Edin.), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. GARY JOHN REDEKOP. B.Sc, M.D. (W.Ont.), M.Sc, FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor J D, S. REID, M.D. (Calg,). FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor. PAUL RENN1E, B.Sc. (W. On!.). Ph.D. (Alta.). Honorar)' Prolessor. D. RHEAUME. M.D. (Tor), M.Sc, FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor. K. H. RIDING, M.B, B.S. (Lond), M.R.C.S, L.R.C.P. (Eng.). FRCSC Clinical Professor. M. A. ROSS, M.B, Ch.B. (Liv.), F.R.C.S. (Edin.), FRCSC, Clinical Instructor LESLEYJ. SA1.KEI.D. M.B, Ch.B. (N.Z.), FRCSC. F.A.C.S, F.R.ACS.O, Clinical Assistant Professor. A.J SALVIAN. M.D. (Oniario), FRCSC. Clinical Associate Professor. J. T. M. SANDY, M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC, F.A.C.S, Clinical Professor. BEN SAWER. M.D. (W.Ont.), FRCSC Clinical Instructor NTS SCHMIDT. M.D, M.Se (Alta.), FRCSC, Clinical Ptofessor. DONALD II. SCHREIBER, MI), CM. (McG,). E.M.R Program (LA. County Med. Centre), Clinical Assistant Professor. I). W. F SCHWARZ, M.D, Dr. Med, Ph.D. (Freiburg), Professor. C H. SCUDAMORE, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D. (Brit, CoL), F.A.C.S.. FRCSC. F.R.C.S. (Ed), F.R.C.S. (Eng j. Associate Professor A M, SEAL, M.B (Lond,), M.S. (Lond), F.R.C S. (Lond.), FRCSC, Associate Professor, SUVRO S. SETT, M.D (Sask.), FRCSC Clinical Assistant Professor F. R. SHARP. M.B, Ch.B. (Edin.), M.Sc (Brit CoL). FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor F. SHEEHAN, M.D. (Univ. Coll. Cork), Clinical Instructor WILLIAM T. SIMPSON, M.D. (Mane), FRCSC, F.A.C.S, Ciinical Instructor, E. G. N. S1NANAN, M.B, B Ch, B.A.O. (Queen's Belfast), FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor. JOSEPH G. S1ADEN, M.D. (Tor.). FRCSC Clinical Pnilessor GLEN W. SMITH, B.S.P, M.D. (Bnt. CoL), M.Sc, FRCSC, Clinicai Associate Professor. J. MICHAEL SMITH, M.B, B.Ch, FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professot. C. F. T SNELI.ING, M.D. (Tor.), FRCSC. Ptofessot P./T and Director of Computer Services. Q. R. S0N-H1NG, M.B , Ch.B (Cape T.I. FRCSC. Clinical Associale Professor. P. STEINBOK. B.Sc (Newcastle-upon-Tyne). M.B, B.S. (W, Indies), FRCSC, Associate Professor H. STEVENS, M.D. (Tor), FRCSC, Assistant Professor (pan-time). IRWIN F STEWART, B.A, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCSC, Clinical Professor J L. STOLLER, MB, Ch.B, (St. Andrew's), FRCSC. F.R.C.S.(Ed.), Clinical Professor, Head, Division ol General Surgery at Vancouver Hospital and Health Sciences Centre. R. M. STREET. M.D. (Nfld.), Assistant Prolessor. l.ORNE 1). SULLIVAN. M.D. (Sask.), FRCSC, Associate Professor, Head, Division of Urology. ANTHONY TAYLOR. M.D (Alta,), F.E.M., Clinical Instructor D. C TAYLOR, M.D (Brit. CoL). FRCSC Gen Surg, FRCSC Vase Surg , Head, Div. of Vascular Surgery, Clinical Associale Professor W. N. TAYLOR, MB, B.Ch. (Witwatersrand. S.A.), F.R.C.S. (Edin.). FRCSC, Clinical Instructor. R. P. THOMPSON, M.D. (Sask), FRCSC. Clinical Assistant Professor. N, CHEE THONG, M.B, F.R.C.S.. ) (Ireland), FRCSC, Clinical Associale Professoi. BRIAN I). TOYOTA. M.D, CM. (McG), M.Sc, FRCSC, Clinical Assistant Professor VICTOR il. TSANG, M.B, B.Ch. (Welsh Nat. Sell Med). FRCPC Clinical Instructor. I. M. TURNBULL, M.D (Bril. Col), FRCSC, Associate- Professor and Directoi of Undeigtaduate Training. LAURENCE J. TURNER, MB, B.S, (Lond). FRCSC, F.A.C.S, Clinical Instructor G F. 0. TYERS, M.D. (Biit. CoL), FRCSC, F A.C.S, Professor anti Head oi the Division of Catdiovascular ancl Thoracic Surgery. NANCY VAN LAEKEN, M.D (Ott.), FRCSC Clinical Assistant Professor. D, VARGAS, M.D, (Philippines), FRCSC Clinical Insnuctor ITS1JE VERTESI, M.D. (Tor), Clinical Assistant Professor. J. A VESTRUP, M.D, (Brit. Col), FRCSC, Associaie Professoi N.J. S. VOSS, L.R.C.P, M.R.C.S, D.M.R.T, F.R.C.R. (England), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. R. M, WALLS, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCPC, F.A C Emcig.P, Associate Professor (pan-time). R.J. WARREN, M.D. (Brit. CoL), FRCSC, Head, Division of Plastic Surgery, Clir ical Associate Professor. I, WEIR, M.D (Queen's), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professor F L.-W. WONG. B.Sc, M.D. (Brit, Col), FRCPC, Clinical Assistant Professot. VICTOR WOOD, B.Se, Ml) (Manic), Clinical Associate Professot. J WOODHAM, M.B. (Mane), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Prolessor W. B, WOODHURST, M.D. (Brit CoL). FRCSC, Clinical Associate Professor. J E. WRIGHT, M.D. (Alta), FRCSC, Clinical Associate Protessor. R. YOUNGER, M.D (Alta.!, FRCSC, Clinica Assistant Professor, PAUL A. Z1CKLER, M.D. (W.Ont.), Clinical instructor T.J, ZWLMPFER, M.D. (Tot.), Ph.D. (McG. , FRCSC, Assistant Professor. Division of Cardiovascular and Thoracic Surgery: G. F. 0. Tycrs, Head; J. G. Abel, P. G. Ashmore, M. I, Brumwcll, I, H. Burr K. G. Evans. R J. Finley, G. Fraclel, V. Gudts, R. Hayclen, W, R. F, Jamieson, M. T. Janus;. J. LeBlanc, S. V. Lichtenstcin, II. Ling, R. T. Miyaghishima, A. I, Munro, B. Nelems. K. Qayumi, S. Sett. Division of Emergency Medicine: P. Assad, B A. GampanaJ. M. Carthy, A. F. Chou, J. M. Chrisienson, S. Day, M. S. Dettman, G. Dyck, A. Gareau, S. Glazer, L. E. Graham, A. Gninfeld, J. G. Haegert, D. W. Harrison, D. Hunt, G. D. Innes, W.J. Lang, T. F S. Lee, D, Londorf, D. C. MacDonald, J. McEwen, R. R, Mercier, B.J. Miller. A. B Morrison, R. F. Noseworthy, B. Oldrmg, G. E Pugh, R. A. Purssell, D. H. Schreiber, R. M. Street, A. Taylor I, Vertesi, R. M, Walls, V. Wood, P, A, Zickler Division of General Suirgery: j, K. Mac!; Lirlane, Head; D. B. Allardyce, J. P. Appleby, K, G. Atkinson, R, M, Baird, S. P. Bugis, N Causon, R M. Christensen, M. G. Clay, I. G. M, Cleatoi, N L, Davis, C Dingec, J W. Dueck, B. Faulkner, A, I). Forward, A, Groves, R.J. Hancock, U. Kuusk, II. Laimon, F, R. Letwin, G I. McGregor, M. Melor'ie, A. G. Nagy, P.J. O'Regan, IT Pauls, M E. Pezim, P. T 'hang, P. M. Rebbeck. J. T. M. Sandy, B. Sawei, N Schmidt, C H. Scudamore, A. M. Seal, W. T Simpson, F. R, Sharp, J. L. Stoller, L J. Turner, J. A. Vestrup. Section of Paediatric General Surgery: G. Blair, G. C Fraser, J. Murphy. Division of Neurosurgery: F. A. Dufity, I lead; M. C Boyd, D, D. Cochrane, D.J Fairhol 11. D. Ii. Giiesdale.J. R. W. Kestle, M. W. MtDermolt. G J. Redckop, P. Steinbot, I M. Turnbull B. D. Toyota, W. B. Woodhutst, T.J. Zwimpfer. Division of Otorhinolaryngology: I). W. Anderson, M. P Banno, J. A, Bartlett, G. E. Bryce, A Blokmanis, T. Bo]anowski F. G. Btaig, R, I, Dickson, J. R. Dinytryshyn, K. R. Oubeta, S Durham P. G. Finlayson D A. Gillanders, R A. Irvine, D. J, Kibblevhite, D Klassen, A. K. Y. Leung, N. S. Longridge, F. C Malhy, R. A. McNeill D. R. Mintz, T. M. Mitchell, M. I). Morrison, F, Noel, K. IE Riding. M. A Ross, L.J Salkeld, D. W. F. Schwarz, E, G, N. Sinanan, G. W Smith, J, M, Smith, II. Stevens, 1. F. Stewart, N. C. Thong, I). Vargus, J Woodliam, R. "ounger Division of Plastic Surgery: R.J. Warren, Head; J. Boyle, N. J. Can, D. J. Courtemanche, D. G, Fitzpatnck, B. Foley, D. A. Kester, P. A. MacKay. C F. T. Sneiling, Q. R. Son-Hing, R. P. Thompson, N. Y. Van Laeken Division of Radiation Oncology: S.M. Jackson, Head; A. Agtanovitch, V, Based. J, Bowan, P, Coy, C E. De Metz, G. Duncan, R. N. Fairey, P, J, Frond, A, D. Flores, K.J. Goddard, Cj. B. Goodman, A. C Grafton, J H. Hay, B. Haylock. C Kim-Sing, E. C. Kostashuk, W. Y V. Lam, J. T. W. l.im, C. M. Ltidgaie, M. R. McKenzie, M. F. Manji, M. Milcienberget, W. J. Mollis, I. A. Olivotto, C Parsons, T Pickles, D. Rheaume, F. Sheehan, V. 11, Tsang, N. J. S Voss, I, Weir, F. L.-W. Wong. Division of Urology: L. D. Sullivan, Head; N. Bttichovsky, S. 1, Chan, G. U. Coleman. H. N, Fenstet, M. Cleave, S. L. Goldenberg, ii. W Johnson, A. D. C. Manson, J. Masterson, M. Mclaughlin, A. J. Moore, M. Nigro,'/.. Petler, P. Rennie, W.N.Taylor. J, E. Wright. Division of Vascular Surgery: D C. Tavlor, Head; 1, Doyle, P. I). Fry. IL D, Hildebrand, Y. Hsiang, T. M. Maxwell. J. Reid, A.J. Salvian, J. G. Sladcn. Music 225 Admission The entering class may be limited for first-year music studies, and likewise for adequately qualified second-and third-year transfers. Therefore, it is essential for each prospective applicant to write a letter as soon as possible to the Undergraduate Admissions Officer. School of Music, indicating interest in being considered for admission. As soon as possible after February 1 the student should write for detailed information regarding pre-admission procedures ancl examination dates. The School wiil send forms which should be filled out and returned, one to the Registrar ancl another lo the School's Undergraduate Admissions officer, with a copy of the applicant's (partial) transcript appended to each. Applicants for first year should also request that two letters of recommendation be sent to the Undergraduate Admissions Officer, The University of British Columbia, School of Music, 6361 Memorial Road, Vancouver, B.C., V6T 17.2. At least one of these should be from a music teacher. Applicants for transfer from other universities t >r regional colleges should request a letter of recommendation from lhe department head or senior counsellor of that institution. AH letters should be sent directly by the referee and tinder no circumstances should pass through the hands off he applicant. All applicants for admission to the University to major in music in the Bachelor of Music programs must meet the pre-admission requirements ofthe School of Music, which generally include an interview, an entrance examination in music theory ancl aptitude, ancl a performing audition, as well as the academic requirements for admission to the University, The School's examinations and auditions musl he taken at the scheduled times in the spring. Acceptance for admission is based on the total evaluation of the skills and preparation of each applicant. Only those students who fulfil both the University and School requirements for admission ancl meet the University deadline for submitting formal applications lor admission will be considered for admission to the 'winter Session Bachelor of Music major program. Performing Organizations All students in the Bachelor of Music programs participate in the large and small instrumental and choral ensembles sponsored by the School of Music to develop their skill as musicians and to experience a wide range of repertoire. The ensembles are also open lo qualified non-music: majors, who mav be aceepied by audition and who mav receive credit for participating (consult Facuitv listings). The ensembles are the University Singers, University Choral Union, University Symphony Orchestra, University Wind Ensembles, University Opera Workshop and Thealre. the Contemporary Players, the Asian Music Ensemble, the Stage Band, the Collegium Musicum Ensembles, and various chamber groups. No more than half of a student's small ensemble credit is to be in Stage Band. Where the term "large ensemble" is used in lists of degree requirements, it refers to MUSC ISO (University Symphony Orchestra), 152 (University Wind Ensembles), 153 (Universily Singers), and 15i (University Choral Union). Specific ensembles may tour extrasessionallv. Student participation in such tours, while desirable, is not obligatory. Students should inform ensemble directors of their plans as early as possible in the Winter Session. Recitals by Faculty and Students • Faculty Recitals — Members of the Facuitv present formal recitals throughout the academic- year. All students in the B.Mus. program are expeeterl io attend. The School of Music A School within the Faculty of Arts. The School of Music offers programs of study in performance and composition, leading to ihe B.Mus., the M.Mus., and the D.M.A., as well as programs in musical scholarship, leading to the B.Mus., the M.A., and the Ph.D. The School also offers B.Mus. programs designed for prospective school teachers, elementary and secondary. All B.Mus. programs have a performance component. For students with _. strong interest in music but little background in performance, the School offers the B.A. with a Major or Honours in Music. A description ofthe various Major Programs within the B.Mus. follows. For a description ofthe BA. degree, see listing in the Faculty of Arts section of the Calendar. For graduate degrees, see listing under the Faculty of Graduate Studies. • Wednesday Noon-Hour Recitals — On many Wednesdays, recitals feat ure outstanding soloists and chamber enseml.es. Sti dents in the B.Mus. program are expected to attend. • Sludent Repertory Series — Informal recitals are held each week throughout the academic year on Tuesday afternoons at 2:30 in the Recital Hall of the Music Building. All students in the B.Mus, program are expected to attend and to participate as their instructors recommend. • Studenl Reeita' Series — More formal recitals are presented occasic nally during the academic year. Normally several si udenls wiil share one of these periods on the recommendation ofthe faculty. Attendance is expected of students majoring in performance. • Graduation Recitals — Ml sludents of composition and peiformance (except opera) must present full- length graduat on recitals in partial fulfilment of their requirements. .1! students in the B.Mus. program are . expected toatiend. Minimum Achievements in Piano Where piano is nc ither the Major nor the concentration instrument, the student will be expected to demonstrate, normaliv by taking piano as a secondary instrument, the following cchievemeni levels at the ends of the first and second years: End of First Year • Independently-prepared repertoire at the approximate difficulty of Toronto orWestern Board Grade IV. • Sight-reading ;t the approximate difficultv of Toronto orWestern Board Grade III. • Transposition of pieces at the above sight-reading level to most ether keys. • Improvisation of accompaniments using common-practice harmonies and/or contemporary techniques (melody and atcompaniment; accompaniment alone). • Any stale or node wilh a tetraehord in each hand; major, minor, Phrygian, l.ulian and Ionian pemachords from arv note (both hands): cadences in all keys. End of Second Year • Independently-prepared reperioireattheapproximate difficultv of Toronto or Western Board Grade VII. • Sight-reading at the approximate difficulty of Toronto orWestern Board Grade V. • Transposition of pieces at the above sight-reading level to most other keys. • Improvisation of accompaniments utilizing more extensive harmonic and contrapuntal vocabulary (melody and accompaniment; accompaniment alone). • Complete scales in any mode (including major and minor), two octaves, hands together. • Keyboard sequences, including scale harmonization, seventh chords in the key, and circles of dominant sevenths (any key). Annual Review in the Performance and Composition Majors All studenls enrolled in the performance ancl composition Major programs will be reviewed annually to determine whether they should be allowed to continue in their course of study. Non-Music Electives The non-Music eleclive requiremeni s in each Major within the B.Mus, degree must be satisfied by taking courses available for credit in the Bachelor of Arts degree, that is, all courses in the Faculties of Ans (other than Music courses) ancl Science and those listed under "Courses in Other Faculties or Degree Programs" in the Facuitv of Arts section ofthe Calendar. English Requirement To qualify for the B.Mus. degree, students must successfully complete six credits of first-vear English. Students who have not satisfied this requirement by the time they have completed the number of credits in the first three years in the student's major may not re-register in the program until the requirement has been satisfied. Satisfactory completion of the Language Proficiency Index (I.PI) examination is prerequisite to all first-year English courses at UBC. (See Calendar index under Language Proficiency Index.) 226 Music Transfer Credits Students intending to transfer to UBC from other institutions should plan their programs of .studv carefully io match, as nearly as possible, lhe majors outlined hero including both music: and non-music courses. The College-University Transfer Guide, published by die Registrar's Office, should be consullcd to determine the irans- ferabililvol specific courses. I he war,ind m .|or to which a transfer student is admitted are based upon both the number of transferable courses ancl the student's performance ability, as determined bv the entrance audition. Therefore, the number of transfer credits awarded for instrumental (orcomposition i studv maybe less than the number of corresponding credits the .student has taken at other institutions. Transfer credit awarded for ensemble performance cannot be used to satisfy the ensemble requirements for the third and lourlh years. Major: Composition This lour-year program is formulated for the sludent with particular capabilities in musical composition, A student will not be allowed to enrol in this program unless ability in composition has already been demonstrated bv submitting original scores to the Composition Division, Composers will have opportunities lo hear their works performed by ensembles of students and faculty' during their four vears at the University Before graduation, a sludent majoring in Composition must present a full- length program of approximately -n minutes ol original music approved bv the School of Music. Two copies of each approved work must be presented to the School of Music, for relent ion in i he Music Library. All presentation copies must be inked or reproduted for permanence. First Year Course Credits MUSC 10" Ci Composition I MUSC 11H) 2 Tlicon til'Musit 1 MUSC lul 2 Theory of Music 11 MUSC IDS 2 Aural Skills ! MI'SC 120 5 Musk in Soeietv Ml SC 121 5 HislofvoI'MuSK I ■1 Music I'erforni.incc'- 2 Ensemble' (1 Firs uveal English Is Ncm-VtiixicKlccmetsi fi l.itentiufc Requiiemeni Total 36 Fourth Year Course Credits h Theory Elei lives' (Recital) MI'SC t(C !, ConijioMiion IV i VI,Mt PclTonuaiiet" Vll'SC .ind i Conducting it Music Licence !, Will-MtlMt tie liUSs, Total 32 Oi'iilHisiiil'ii I ft opus'chir co uiiiiiirm cl VLi]oi n cii!li|!,isiu,mallet clet klc when Let llie Muilciil mus! lake all loai conijiosilion count's - MusicI'ei-fnrnui/ke: M least iwo, ic-Oitstitjii.tniiisifcioicctle.icl tear, Sltitit-nts ntavslotiv t'Uiiti :n liic'-'diieoiiinniini l-.oei 11st...'ST ss:2 is), ot a! die second.in Icvcii U'2.272,3"2. C'2l H'coiicc n! ralii in is elected ihev wili he ecpccled in meet jury reuuuemenis fio.it/We'The ensemble rejuitemcnl |,„- ihe I'.mr \ears o define:! as [iiree cred us ul lataa." ensemble, (wocceililsol sinaii ensemble and iv. o ocdilsofeiihci Music l-'Jeclil'e MUSCS2S: (al least ihree cleans, is ic'commcndcii .0 lilt: ihittl-yeat niusic eleclive. Siudenis will dn mil Ml si, 1I1.1. iiy. Second Yeai r Course 1 Credits MUSC 2i r ii Conijiosilion II MUSC 2(11) 2 Theoi. of Music ill MUSC 21)1 > Theory of Music IV MUSC 210 1 Aural Skills II MUSC 220 5 History of Musi: III MUSI 221 5 1 History iif.Mnsit Music Fecionnai IV ice MUSC toy 2 Orchestration MI'SC MO 3 Orchesirauon Enscnihie' Total 35 Third Year Course 1 Credits MUSC .-lllll 3 Theotv of Mush. V ,vh'sc SO! ) Theory of Mush VI MI'SC yr 6 ■1 _> \2 Composition 11! Music Lc-clormai Ensenihle- Muslc Eleclive' Non-Music Lies i Major; General Studies This curriculum is designed lo provide a general higher etlticalion in music, including pcrfoi iiunec, and to prepare students lor proiessional work in a wide variety ot lields such as criticism, broadcasting, editing, and ans managemenl. The degree will allow continual ion toward graduate degrees. All applicants ior the Major in General Studies will be required to audition on die instrument of their grealesi com pc-tenee. Siudenis are requi red 10 study for four vears in a concentration ol iheir own choice; possibilities arc- piano, organ, voice, guitar, harp, strings, woodwinds, brass, percussion, ,md some hisiorii a! instruments sin h as harpsichord, lute, viola da gamba, early flutes, recorder, and other insirumenls as inairuction is available, Siudenis interested in preparing 10 leach music in B.C. sthoois should see Ma)or in General Sludies: Secondary Lducalion Stream, or Major in General Studies: Klcnicn- tarv Education Stream. First Year Course Credits MI'SC mo 2 Tbci.rviif'dusii I Mi st. lit! 2 Then-, ,,' vhisi. II MUSC 107 2 Aural Skill- I MI'SC 120 -i Musi: 111 Soiien MUSC 121 3 ili.smi. oi'Musu I MUSC 182 -i Music bciionii.uioe K onccnieinoiu Ml SC \~\ 2 Mu'-k I'erioon.iiiieiScioiiilaryi 3 fareo r.eembie Second Year Course Credits Ml SC 21'0 2 'Ihcoi \ ..' Mm i. Ml Ml'st, 201 2 This.i ■\ M Mus ;. IV MUSC 2lh 2 Viii.ii ssilb 11 MUSC 220 ) Hist.. 1-1 oi Mu-, i. 11 MI'SC 22i 1 ihsi. a 111 MI'SC 282 i Miisi, 1'eiS'l'i .inn: im i.eiur.iliiiii) Ml SC 2"! 2 Mus;, Per1'.'"-! an,e (Se, ondarvi' Total 33 Third Year Course Credits Ml SC L.lli < 'I! MUSI. 301 3 11 Ml SI «2 1 Mi s > .nate Lnscmhic Small Ensemble Ll Music Elecmes 1. Xou-Musii Lie, incise Total 33 Fourth Year Course Credits Ml'st, as:2 : Musk IVrfonnance iConccnlianon . 3 L.ii);e i'.usenibie- Sitiall Ensemble' I l Music Llecln.c's .\011-Mus11 Llctlivelso Total 30 The 0.11, cult.: I ion aw t union i is iisii.ilk the itneon win, h ihcsiii,1,,'!!: i' so ompeii in..ash hi'.cha iiihcsniilcntaudilioucoieenlri ihcs. (,,., ,1 The secondatv nisli'iime'iil is iioinialiv iiano in ihe ins: iv,,, tens ,iun". the con, ennannn 0 a keyboard liisiruiiiciil. Studenls wiih iiiiiiiiiio1 keth, ..lit' ''siiera-iH c will he pLict'ii inin.illc in Ml Sell! 1 Class ft .im. i and will ml he -com. I war lake MI'SC 2 il it lies l>ia:i,i 11111f.II sr o-| 'Pi'ivaics :o deiciminct! bv ihe Uve ol aihieveirieiil in ML'so 111 Slud.enis cub seme (iteouus piano e\|)enciice may he consul in,11 ai' a [lai'i ot i lie j a.: no tejUiiemcnl h, .showiiynsaiisfacior, ju'oln ieu, cm .a , if ihe sec, aid seal' see >u: Lire inane iv, juitemcills: tc, hniuue. teecnoac kcvhoai(I harmenn..scire re.it'io,.. sinhi readiiui, and ii'.insj'osiiion dm de'aib consnii ihe lacultccooniinalei' kc'vhe.ard |ie!f,imianced,vio,,n ' Tbe iat.ucand sinaii ensemblesclinscn.icenonnalh tlio.se mo-t .ipjjr-ii-11 s|.»i,i!!i isoiiadeailefoinsiili.aionsynn lhe siiKienlsadosei .iii.IvmiI. some considctalioiibcinayu veil io the needs oil lit enscm! lies, Sttidt'iils with concentrations in historical instruments will take six credits of small ensemble (usually Collegium Muskum. starling in the second year) and six credits of large ensemble. In each, ii I hi.! and Iontih wars a total oi ! 1 ctc'llns end jitisedntsmall ensemble ami n: io, eieciices. tu 1 isi be lakcn with a mini muni of two, tedilsand a maximum ol six ctcdiis ol'sinal! eiisc'iniiie. Tliciwotredi! small ensemhlc liiinnii.nu ai.c, lawt.iH'tdiiinajij'tiiiwialeloihcoiiiccnU'aiuininsttiimeiil'ii aohe needs,.I the Mildew ortieosmu ol lhe Ditcoot, school,,! Muoi , ih, Mao, tie, me- will he in, teased tnim 12 le 1 l crcdiis Kxnu ,,'ciins,,! Mie.i, He,me- 'flic non-Miioc elcciives mat be ftcciv chosen. ex,can !bat ai te.isi 12 i tediis musi lie in lhe same tie] vat men!, with at leasi six oil lies, ai ihe ocilits naisi be scleoetl beoniti liio.se neeessarv lo eompieie ihe Sludents with keyboard concentrations must take MCSC It.. Those with harpsichord concentrations must take MI'SC 233 and 555. Tbi' ,sc a. isliint; in concern!rate on hislorieal iiei!!,means an advised [o lake i2 ci edits el music his! ore courses litem Ml St. tsu, .iiitlioiizjiioii is lavcn iiv ilie Direcior. S, In ml ol Music, siudenis mav lake.; ma-unum. ,-i two , r.diis e! Mien Pcri.irm.m, c (Se,. io.I.o , n cull of ihe liuul and lin.nh wars. „-, mnal fnllillmeni oi die vi-.o, Major: General Studies: Elementary Education Stream 'this curriculum is a preparation for studies in educalion leading tocerufiiationasa leathern! I3('„elenientaivs(hoo|s ll is iniended lor ihose who expect to become elemcniarv musk specialistsas opposed to general classroom leac hers siudenis interested primarily in general classroom teat hint; should I'onsitlcr the B.A. wall a Major in Music The following jirograni. leading io a K.Vtus., is for those who cvpect to be full-lime music leathers in th.eelemeniaiv schools. Studenls vvh,o,suc(ess|iiiiv(()ni|tleie this program will have I he pre) cij uisiies for admission to ihcprolcssitmai |irogram in eiemen- lan educalion in lhe l-'acullv ol hducalion. Thet urrit iilmn is based on that ofthe Major in General Studies, with lhe following differences • second lear— Sludents must lake Ml'hll 10(i, (two t redits i, for a loial of Si crcdiis. • All Years— Large Idisenible: for instrumental conceit iraitirs, uiK'ot these, in ih.c four vears. must beat hoi u ami die remaining three will be a Large Insirunicnial iuiseiobie. Music 227 Students should consult the Faculty of Education requirements for admission to the Teacher Education Program. Third Year Course i Credits MUSC 300 3 Theory of Music: V MUSC. 301 3 Theory of Music VI Music Electives1 MUSC 311 4 Conducting or MUSC 312 MUSC 3«2 1 Music Performance 3 Large Ensemble MUSC 102 2 Instrumental Class or MUSC 112 or 122 6 Non-Music Elective(s) Music Education F.let lives Total 35 Fourth Year Course Credits 6 Music Electiveis)3 MUSC 182 4 Music Performance 3 Large Ensemble- MUSC 131 2 Class Voicc-3 MUSC 102 2 Instrumental Class or MUSC 112 or 122 12 Non-Music Eleeiive(s) 4 Music Education Electives Total 33 Anv apptupiiate history, theoiy, ot composition course may heeled ed. A maximum of two credits of small ensemble anti two ctedits of secondary performance may be elected. The music electiveis! in fourih year must he in hisloiy, theory, or comnosition Siudenis are required lo take MUSC 131 1 Class Voice! if thev have had no previous vocal insttuction. Vocal conccntralots will lake an appto- priatc level of some secondary instrument. Vocal secondaries wiil lake [he appropriate level of voice secontiatv. Major: General Studies: Secondary Education Stream This curriculum is a preparation for studies in education leading to certification as a music teacher in B.C. secondary- schools. Successful completion ofthe program, or a program with comparable requirements, is a prerequisite for admission into the B.Ed. (.Secondary) program ofthe Faculty of Education, with music as the majorteachingfield. The curriculum is based on that of the Major in General Studies (see above), with the following differences: • First Year — Students must take MUED 106, (two credits). • Second Year — Students must take MUSC 122 (Class Woodwinds), (two credits). • All Years — 1) Large Ensemble: for instrumental concentrators, one of these, in the four years, must be a choir, and the remaining three will be Large Instrumental Ensemble. 1) Non-Music Electives-. students should consult the Facultyof Education fordistribution requirements. Third Year Course Credits MUSC 300 3 Theory of Music V MUSC 301 3 Theory of Music VI MUSC 311 a Conducting or MUSC 312 MUSC 309 2 Instrumentation MUSC 112 2 Class Brasses & Percussion MUSC 382 a Music Performance (Concentration) MUSC 3"! 2 Music Performance (Secondary) 3 Large Ensemble 2 Small Knsemblc -t Music Hlectives1 6 Non-Music Elective(s) (see above) Total 35 Fourth Year Course Credits MUSC 482 4 Mutic Performance (Concentration) 2 Music Performance (Secondary)3 3 Larae Ensemble MUED tOI 2 Music Educalion MUED 302 4 Music Education MUED 303 4 Music Education 12 Non-Music Electiveis) (Sec-above) 3 Mt.sic Electives Total 34 1 Two c 'edits o: the Mm it Elective mat' lie in additional small ensemble wotk. MUSC 102 (Clios Strings! is rccoriincndeil as an elective- fot string players - Voice omcenirators la ce au appropriate level of their secondary instalment; those with prevous secondary voice instruction, take an appto- priatc level ol voice ot ol'the secondary insttumcnt begun in tile [hire! year; tl lose wit lout ptev iotis voice instruction, take MUSC 131 (Class Voice i, 3 Students witt some background in strings ate sttongly encouraged to take MUSC 102 (Class Strings), Otherwise, any course of the correct credit value, a tart from private performance instruction, may he selected Note: Students doing the B.Ecl. (Secondary) degree will be required to take- an additional three credits of Music elective as part of that program. This will be a music history, music theory, or composition course. Major: Guitar All students planning to major in guitar in the Bachelor of Music progiam are required to audition just prior to the beginning of classes. Transfer students from other colleges and universities will audition al the same time. The auditions will determine the admission of students to the performance program and wheth er thev will be allowed to transfer credits in guitar performaree from other universities and colleges. In general, the entrance level corresponds to the Toronto or Western Board Grade X, ancl there must also be the probability :rf significant development during the years of study at the University. The possession ofa diploma is not a guarantee of acc.ptance. Students aeeeptec as first-year guitar majors will be expected to attain annual levels corresponding approximately to those given below. The works cited are given as guides to tbe level; of technical and musical achievement to be attained and do not indicate specific repertoire requirements. Entrance auditions and term examinations will include sight reading and quick study in addition to the performance of prepared epertoire. Third-year students will be required to study French and Italian lute tablature systems (in their private lessons). Fourth-year students will be expected to transcribe a work from the repertoire of another instrume it (e.g. piano, violin), • Endof First Year—Etudes (Villa-Lobos: No. 1. Mignone: No. 10). Dowltnd: Laerimae Pavan; Weiss: Fantasia; Sor: Fartasia Cp. 7; Berkeley: Theme and Variations. • /i'w/o/'Jecow/l-ear —Etudes (Villa-Lobos: No. 6, Sor: [Segovia] No. 12); Dowland: Fantasia; Bach: Third Lute Suite; Somers: Sonata; Torroba: Suite Castellana. • End of Third Year — Etudes (Villa-Lobos: No. 2, Dodgson: [Qtrne] No. 20); Bach: Prelude, Fugue and Allegro; Sor: Sonata Op. 22; Walton: Bagatelles; Concertos (e.g., Castelnuovo-Tedesco); vocal and instrumental accoinpanin ents; chamber works. Third-year recital. • End of Fourth Year -- Etudes (Villa-Lobos: No. 10, Mignone: No. 5); Bach: Fourth Lute Suite; Castelnuovo- Tedesco: Sonata; Britien: Nocturnal; Bolcom: Seasons; Concerto (e.g. Rodrigo: Aranjuez); vocal and instrumental accompaniments; chamber works. Fourth-vear recital. First Year Course Credits MUSC 100 2 Theory of Music I MUSC 101 _• Theory of Music 11 MUSC IDS 2 Aural Skills I MUSC 120 3 Music in Society MUSC 121 3 History of Music i MUSC 193 6 Music Petfoimance (Guitar) MUSC r\ 2 Piano1 3 Larue Ensemble' MUSC 160 a Small Knsemblc' 6 First-vear English 3 Non-Music Elective(s) Total 34 Second Year Course Credits MUSC 200 ; Theory of Music HI MUSC 201 2 Theory of Music IV MUSC 203 7 Aural Skills 11 MUSC 220 3 History uf Music II MUSC 221 3 History ol Music III MUSC 293 6 Music Performance (Guitar) MUSC 271 2 Piano' 3 Large Ensemble3 MUSC 160 2 Small Ensemble' d l.itcrauire Requirement 3 Non-Music Elc-ctivefs) Total 34 Third Year Course Credits MUSC 300 3 Theory of Music V MUSC 301 3 Theory of Music VI MUSC 363 -1 History & Repertoire of Guitar MUSC 39a A Music Performance (Guitar Recital) 2 Small Ensemble' 0 Music Elcciives 6 Non-Music E!ective(s) Total 32 Fourth Year Course Credits MUSC 49-i 8 Music Performance (Guitat Recital) 2 Small Ensemble' 6 Music Electives 12 Non-Music Elccuvc(s) Total 28 1 The secondary instrument will be piano except whete a sttitieni elects anothet instalment after having met in full the Minimum Athicvements in Piano lot second year Secondary piano si tidt-nts will be auditioned. Those indited lo have insufficiciH background lo requite private study will be placed initially In MUSC 141 (class), and will, in second year, lake either MUSC 241 (class) ot MUSC 2"1 (private) as determined by the level of achievement in ILL '- Large Ensemble.Studenls may elec! any one of MUSC ISO, lS3.nr IS.. Willi lite petmission ofthe School. ll is often tlesitable that siudenis lake the guitar ensemble section ol MUSC 160 in each ofthe first ant! second years, ami that they either continue witlt die ensemble ot elect one of the following courses In each ofthe third anti fourth vears: MUSC. 136, MUSC 163. MUSC Ids Should appropriate small ensemble courses not be available in am given year, the required crcdiis will he waived ancl the Music Elective requirement increased correspondingly. Major: Music History and Literature This four-year curriculum is formulated for the student planning to continue after graduation in the area of musicology and wishing to obtain graduate degrees in music with the ultimate aim of teaching in a university. The student in this area must obtain a wide theoretical knowledge, a comprehensive background in musical history, and a working knowledge of piano, and should possess an intense interest in other musical areas, art, literature, and philosophy. A reading knowledge of both French and German is required before graduation. As university professors often instruct in more than one musical field, a student in this program should obtain 228 Music strength in at leasi one addilional musical area, such as performance onheory These areas may he strengthened further in graduate study. Very few sludents will know whether they are suited fur this program during the first year, bin the course of study in all areas is so planned as tt) allow a change to ant >lher area after ihe 11 impietioii ofthe first vear without loss t if time or credit. First Year Course Credits MI'SC 100 2 Theory of Musn 1 MUSC 101 2 Theon of Music II MUSI' 10S 2 Auni'i Skills I Ml st, 12:1 3 Musi--m Sotieli Ml SC 121 3 HotoiYofMuoi I 4 Music Peit'ocmance1' 3 Large Ensemble' :> Fir.st-ye.tr Engloh 0 i-Tenth or Geoiian Total 31 Second Year Course Credits MUSC 200 2 Theon oI'Musie III MUSU 201 2 Theory o! Musi, IV Ml St. 203 2 Aural Skills II MUSC 220 3 History of Musi, ii Ml'st: 111 5 History ol Musn III a Music Performance 3 Large Ensemble 6 Lileralure Requirement 6 Et'cnci] ot German Total 31 Third Year Course Credits MI St Veil 3 Theory of Must. V MUSC V:i 3 Theory of Musi' VI a Music Performance 2 Small Ensemble 12 Music Hislorv' ti Histoiy Total 30 Fourth Year Course Credits 6 Theory Elcciives' 4 Music PeiTonnain e 2 Small Ensemble 12 Music History- 12 Non-Music Elctpveis)" Total 36 Music Vcrlorniancc Snicicnts iniisi oath in some field of peifoism auce, winch must include piano unless !hc sludcait can hcmonsitaie ptoficieucv coiitmeiisutarc vviih iciiuii'eiiients ot'MLSC 2il (Class^ I'iaiiu II! to the satislaclion of (he Lev board division, (For dentils of I'lSluirc-iiiemsofMUSC 2 TU address muuiiyoo (he faculty concdina! or, keyboard performance division a i'e!'fotman."e lields include voice, piano, orchestral inslrunicnl.s.a nd some historical uisinimenlsoicli as innpsu hord, line, viola da ganlha. early fillies. I'c'cotder anti othei" iiolniineilts as inslructiiiri is available Siudenis m.iv st lie's perform- am e culler a! theconceiiliation Loci (MUSC 1.2. 2S2, 581 and 4821 or ,li die sci (initio level i.ML'SC r2.2~2 s~2.ini -T2i. I! MUSC LS2.2S2, 3--C2 ot iS2 is chosc'ii. die studeni is especial In meel lurv leuuiteliiema I aiye Ensemble. Siudcitis will en toi in MUSC ISO (Large Insifumenlai iaoemblc), 155 (University Singers), or 1st ilaiiversity Choral Union) depending on the studeiilU maiot peiformain e field l.aue.unyes olberlbau Eny'lisb ,'l'one of dicse languages was oudicc! in secondary si liool. it is recommended lli.it die oliiei' he raken a! the Ulllieisitv, ' Small Ensemble To he eic'Cic'thic'|icnding tne si udcufspciioniiing field, ' Musk Ulslon-declines: To include MUSC Pi'. -)S2, 37,1, 33 a. Sss, 3sii and 37' ' llhinn While there is no limn lo die amnuiu oi polio a! and sis (a! history iiie musicologist should know the sludent is. luvisci: iolake.li Ic'as; (iiicc'cneralhislon'coutse .litc-t'. em ultalv.ai will i die Si iiooloi. use ' -Ibcon-rleciires- siudeniswiiichoose nvoi,an seafrom MI 'SC il()-ilS: in cm optional eitctniisiani es MUSC i!!2. Special Pronicls mav isc suhstuun'tl lot one ot hotti oi ihesc - A (oiii'se iii ihe history of fine arts is si rough reooimiu'iidcd Major: Music Theory 1 he program effet'livelvbegins in ihe third vearol under- graduaic study since in the first iwo vears the student lakes a general program, in order (o be admitted lo the Maim in iheorv, cxtcpi fry special permission of the division, ihe student mus! have at leasi an overall (iH''n average in each ofthe liisi two years, and at leasi an SO"., average in Ml SC Kid. i'.ii. _t)() and 201. Requiremcnl.s for graduation vytlh ihe B Mus. in Music Theory inc iiicic" 1) overall .second-class average in each ol the third and fourth years, anil 2) successful completion ol a foi inh-\ ear theory projecu This proiect will be undertaken as MUSC i()2 or i49, hut the work should ire read and approved hv one faculty member in addition Io ihe ■i()2 or at. supervisor. In appropriate cases fhe project mav involve composition or performance. First Year Course Credits MI'SC Kid 2 Theon. ol Music 1 Vll'st hil 2 Theorco! Mn.sii il MUM li n 2 Au nil Skills i Ml si' 120 3 Muse „iS,„ieo MUX, 121 3 ihslon til Mu .ii I The ptogram [itoodcs for 3u itcdils of non-Music elei iocs, et 2" credits ol mm-Music electives and PUTS 3 11.1'l IVs .40 mus! he lakeu if iiffc'ted Suiccma musl have al leasi 12 i tedns in one dcpinmc'ii oilier !li.ai Mm:, II fnglish esirse-. aie elei led ;e complete die la crediiccmi em ration rei|uifc aicn! .ducy must hi: m _-.lfliliniuonisi-yc.il IICIllS 11 Ml st 11 1 2 Class! dano3 i-atge Li i sen Non-.v heicl Total 33 Second Year Course Credits MUsC 2')0 2 Theory o! Mii'-k III MUSC >t)i 1 Tlictiryiil Muse IV MliSC 207 2 Aural skills 11 MUSC 220 3 Ihsiorvo! Mush 11 MI'SC 22i v llision of Mush iii a Music Petforuiani e MUSC 20 2 Class Piano 3 Large hnsemfsio e Lileralure Repute, nail 6 N on-Music Elc'cuvi'isd Total 33 Third Year Course Credits MI'SC 30(1 3 Theory of Muss V MUSC 301 . 'I henry oi Music VI MUSC Id" n Oompusilion I 4 Music Pcrioiniaiicc 2 Paige or Small Lnscmiiie MUSC 1)0 2 Kevboati! Haimoi'iv 12 \oii-M.usi. hiocliveise Total 32 Fourth Year Course Credits e Tnci'O I'lciiiyes* MUSC .309 2 Inslruineiuaiioii MUSC 310 2 Co iu'sinaioii 0 Music Elei lively e and Tiieotv Project' :■ Non-Musi! Elcnncis! Total 31 Ttie music performance reiiiiuciivni will he tultilied bi lout tens ,T anceeilhei al ihe mm ecu.a ion Incl ' Mi 'Sc !. 2 2S2. 3s:2and |82) of :illiieseo,nd.ii'v!meUV!l si pa ;-', P2 acd P o If MUSC 1ST 2S2 MUS( iii and 2a I iCiao i'ainn. will be rcijiered of studenls whose MU^C pi aiid 2"1 li'ianm msiead, Muiieftis whose priiiiipa in sire men is a keyboard uis'iumcm icii mi! oudv a so oailarv insitnmca: eleci io's and i a ling a onc-letm, i hi ec-ctedi! H12 |it:iieci,ori if. hoooiig onh dnee , reikis of music elective and doing a nio-ietiii pi'oio [ ; is MI'SC n'li lor m.\ crcdiis. .Appropriiite scope for ihe | iroiei I will be ti.e dciciliiimiif; '7,'•oi here, and will he decided In Ihe oiidem aid if, Minimis Kill ifmi se twoiom-es irom MI'S!, 0(1,1 p. Major: Opera This course o! instruction is limited io those siudenis wishing to pursue a career in cither perlonnuntc oi production oi opera. A successful audition and interview wilh the director of opera prior to enrolment in course work is required ot all prospective Opera majors. • First Year — Vocal development, musicianship, and tone paid uct ion a re-emphasized. Stress is laid on moii materials hc-st suited to the student's individual re- (luuvmenrs and development. Kxploraiionofoperaiii soles is hegun. • Second Year — Tei iimcal and interpretive v ma! si; it I ies are continued. Furtherexplorationofstvlesin bolh song and operatic literature is stressed. • Third Year -■ Considerable vocal deveiopmeni is expected. Produel ion and performance of operatic sc fties or complete operas become a part of lhe student's curriculum. Emphasis on good singing techniques is continued. An increasing number of operatic arias is required as part of the student's vocal reperioire Soles continue to be stressed. Practical work in movement and acting for the lyric stage is introduced. • Fourih Year — Continued emphasis on vocal let h- niqucs especially on the vocal-dramatic techniques ol operatic vocal literature. Operatic acting skills are lur- l her developed. Considerable undersianding ol representative operatic styles is expected. Performance ant I production of scenes or complete operas continue First Year Course Credits MUsC 100 2 The. of Music! MUSC 101 2 Theory oi Music 11 MtS( 107 : Auiai Skills 1 MI'SC 120 3 Mush iiiSocico MUSC 121 3 Ihsiorv of Music I WUSC 192 i Music Performance iVoice) Ml. SC i"l 2 Piano' MUSC 137 2 Opci-.iKepcUoire! .' Large Ensemble !■ Iirsi-vcar English Total 35 Second Year Course Credits MI'SC 200 2 Ti'.C'iryot Music Hi MI'SC 2oi 2 Theoiy o! Music IV MI'SC 2ii7 2 Vara! Skills II VII sc ,!2ii 3 Hislorv of Musn II Ml.'.sC 22i 3 Huston ol Musu III Ml'st, 2{>1 i Music Performance (Voice) MUM' 2"I 2 Piano MUSC 2S7 2 Opera Reperioire li 3 Luge Ensemble (' Liiecauire Reijuiteinenl ■ii hah.ui' 'i civilian' Total 35 Music 229 Third Year Course Credits MI'S': 300 3 Theory of Music V MUSC. 301 3 Theoiy of Music VI MUSC 339 0 Opera Workshop 1 MUS'" .... b Music Performance (Voice- MUS', 337 2 Opera I.epertoite II! MUSI 33d t Opera Theatre Tech Muse ru ■> Lvric Diction y French3 MUSC 271 2 Pano1 MUSC 150 4 Urge Ensemble 4 Small Ensemblos3 Total 32 Fourth Year Course Credits Must: 403 b Music Performance (Voice- MUSC ■1.39 0 Opera Workshop 11 MI'SC ■iVl .3 History of Opera 1 MUSC -t")7 3 Hislorv of Opeta 11 MUSC i37 i Opera Repertoire IV (i 6 Music Elective Non-Music Eiective(s)' Total 32 The secondary instrument wili he piano except where a siutlcnt elects am ittict instrument after having tne; in full the Minimum Achievemenls m Piano liit second vear. Secondary piano si utlcnts will be atidiiionct! Tnose judged to have insufficient background lo require private studv veil! be piaceel initially in MUSC 141 (class), and will, in second vear, take eidaei MLSC lit (classl ot MUSC 2^1 jpiivaiio us llelermined by lhe level ni achievement in 141, - Foreign languages- In certain cases students may concentrate on one or l v,a uf thtdangciages requited, and the indicalecl sequence may be altered ' M.nMusli: Electiveis). To be chosen ir, consullytion with opeta division ativiser. Major: Orchestral Instrument The Major in an Orchestral Instrument is formulated for the student who plans to become a professional performer or a teacher in schools of music or private studios. Before entering this course of study, the student must successfully audition for the Schooi. In general, the entrance level corresponds to the Toronto or Western Board Grade X and there must also be the probahili ty of significant development during lhe years of study at the University. Although solo performance is stressed, all students in this program wiil constantly participate in large and small ensemble activity. Soio recitals are required at the end ofthe thi'Tl and fourth vears. A detailed syllabus of repertoire representing standards of expectation in performance during undergraduate study is available on application to the School of Music. First Year Course ' Credits MLSC 10(1 2 Theory of Music 1 MLSC 101 a Theory of Music II MLSC IDs 2 Aural Skills I MLSC ifO 3 Music in Society Ml ■><-. i2l 3 History oi Music 1 MLSC 193 6 Music Performance Ml.SC n 2 Piano MLSC ISO 4 Large lnstnuneiual Ensc-m (. Small Eiisemble3 First-year English Total 32 Second Yeai Course Credits Ml'st, 200 2 Theory of Music III Ml SC 201 2 Theory ol Music IV Ml SC 207 2 Aural skills 11 Ml'st 220 3 History of Music il MLSC 221 3 Hisior, of Music Hi Ml.sC 293 6 Music Peifoimance Total 34 Literature Hecjuirerient Third Year Course Credits MUSC 300 3 1 hcorv of Music V MUSC 301 3 Theory of Music \T MUSC 394 8 Music Pci'ionnancc (Recital) ML'SC. 130 4 large Ensemble d Chamber Ensembles3 12 Non-Music Electiveis) Totail 36 Fourth > 'ear Course Credits MUSC 494 8 Music Performance (Recital) MUSC 150 4 Urge Instrumental Ensemble 6 b bnrali Ensemble Music Eleclive3 Non-Music Electiveis) Total 30 1 The secondary insltanient will be piano excepl where a sludent elects another instrument tfler having met in full the Minimum Achievement^ in F'iano lot second year described above. Secondary piano studenls will be auditioned. Those judged to have insufficient backgiound lo requite private study will be placed initially in MLSC 111 (class), and will, in sen aitl year, ake eithei M USC 2411 class) or M USC, 2^1 (private) as determined by tl t: level uf achievement in til. 1 Small Ensemble: A minimum of three years of MUSC 16(1 (String Chamber Ensembles! or MUSC, 162 ('wind and Percussion Chamber Ensembles) is required. All Students must lake four credits of Specialized Ensemble: MUSC 131 iChamhet Otcheslra). MUSC 159 (Chamber strings), or ML'SC 3 75 (Readings in Orchestral Repertoire), If possible, two ol litest- credits shoulu be in MUSC 151. Wind students ate required to lake at least two credits of MUSC 3(15 ' Musk Elatinc- MtSC 3(19 (Inslrumeniationi. MLSC 310 (Orcheslfa- tiiiii) and MUSC 312 (Instrumental Conducting) are highly recommended as especia iy appropriate to tiiis Major Additional ctedits ol ensemhlearenot pt niitted fot fulfilling the Music Elective requirements Major: Organ Astudent planning to pursue a careenis revitalise teacher of organ or churt h organist should enrol in this program. All students planning to major in organ in the Bachelor of Music program must audition for the Division of Key- hoard Instruments jusl prior to the beginning of classes. Transfer students from other colleges and universities will audition at tne same time. Students will be required to demonstrate t high standard of keyboard proficiency and sufficient bai"kground in organ to give evidence ofthe probability of ra >id development. The auditions wili determine the admission of sludents to the performance program and wiether thev will be allowed to transfer organ credits from other colleges and universities. Students accept:-d as organ performance majors will be expected to attain annual levels corresponding approxi- malelyio those listed below. In addition to soio repertoire, the areas of sigh, reading and quick studv wili be tested. • End of Firs' Year -- Bach: Trio Sonata No. 1; Mendelssohn: Sonatas No. I or 6: Messiaen: Le Banquet Celeste ' Endof Secon-J Year- Bach Dorian Toccata; Franek: Chorales; lJupre: Prelude and Fugue in G minor, • End of Third Year Bach: Fantasia and Fugue in G .■Timor; Hindeniith: Sonatas; Durufle; Suite. Third-year -eeital. • End of Fourto Year - Bath: Trio Sonatas No. 5 and 6; Reger f-'anta.'ia: Messiaen: Transportsdejoie. Fourth- cear recital. First Year Court se Credits MUSC ion 2 Theotv ot Music 1 MUSC 101 2 Theory of Music II MUSC 1(15 I Aura! Skills 1 MUSC 120 3 Music in Socic-tv vlUSC 121 3 5 Hislorv of Music 1 Large Ensemble1 MUSC n 1 Piano MUSC 193 (i Music Pei'lormancc tOrgan b Firsuvear English c. Non-Music Eleciivc(s) 36 Second Year Course Credits MUSC 200 2 Theory of Music III MUSC 201 2 Theory of Music IV MUSC 203 a Aural Skills 11 MI'SC 22(1 3 History of Music II MUSt; 22! 3 History of Musit III MTSC 293 ft Music I'eiioi'inance (Organ) MUSC 2"1 2 Piano 3 Large Enserithle b Lileratute Requirement (Arts: Non-Music Elccuvc'fsj Total 35 Thiird Year Course Credits MUSC 300 3 'theon-of Music V MUSC 301 3 Theoiy of Music VI MUsC 394 8 Music Performance (Organ Recital) MUSc Lt9 i Keyboard Harmony and Transposint MUSC 311 i Coril.llitling MUSC 432 3 Hislorv ol Keyboard Music 1 MUSC 473 3 History of Keyboard. Music 11 u Religious Studies3 Total 32 Fourth Year Course Credits MUSC 494 MUSC. 233 Music Performance (Organ Recital) Hatpsichord Accomp. Musit Histoiy Elective Theon lilcciivcs' Non-Music Elcctiveed Total 28 large Ensemble studenls will enrol m either MUSC 1S3 (Lnivers Singers! o; MUSC 1st (Chora! Union), with lhe permission oldie Schoi Religious Sludies To be elected after consultation with the Depa mem ot Religious SonLes and School of Music Stuilenis arc al advised io lake one or more non-credit courses from one of ti theological colleges on campus after consullalion ivitii the School Music and die college com etned. Students will choose two courses from MUSC 110- its Major: Piiano All students planning to major in piano in the Bachelor of Music program are required to audition for the Keyboard Instruments division just prior to the beginning of classes. Transfer students front other eoileges and universities wiil audition at the same time. The auditions will determine the admission of students to the performance program and whether they will be allowed to transfer piano credits from other universities and colleges. In general, the entrance level corresponds io the Toronto or Western Board Associateship or its equivalent. However, students musl realize that they will be accepted contingent solely on the probability of rapid development during the four-year program. The possession ofa diploma of itself is not a guarantee of acceptance. Students accepted as first-year piano majors will be expected lo attain annual levels corresponding approyi- mately lo those given below. The works cited are given only as flexible guides to the levels tif technical and 230 Music musical achievement to be attained and do not indicate specific: repertoire requirements. Naturally, it is assumed that artistic and musical achievement will keep pace with technical growth at every stage ofthe student's development. • End of First Year — Virtuoso etudes (e.g. Chopin: Op. it). No. Si; Bach: French Suite No. 3; Beethoven; Sonata Op. 7; Schumann: Papillaris; Bartok: Bagatelles; Concertos (e.g. Mozart: K. 4.3). • End of Second Year — Virtuoso etudes (e.g. Chopin Op. 2S, No. 3); Bach: English Suite No. 4; Beethoven Sonata. Op. 28; Schubert: Sonata, Op. 122; Ravel Sonatina; Concertos (e.g. Liszt; No. 1). • F.ndofThird Year—Virtuoso etudes (e.g. Liszt; Paganini Etudes); Bach: Toccata in C minor; Beethoven; Sonata, Op. 5^; Brahms: Scherzo, Op. 4; Stravinsky: Sonata; Concertos (e.g. Rachmaninoff; No. 2); vocal and instrumental accompaniments; piano chamber works. Third-year recital. • End of Fourth Year — Virtuoso etudes (e.g. Chopin; Op. 10, No. 2); Bach: Chromatic Fantasy and Fugue; Beethoven: Sonata, Op. 110; Schumann: Kreisleriana; Stot khausen: Klavierstiicke; Concertos (e.g. Brahms; Nos. 1 and 2); vocal and instrumental accompaniments: piano chamber works. Fourth-year recital. In general, entrance auditions and term examinations for piano majors include sight reading ancl quick study in addition to the performance of prepared repertoire targe Ensemble: Studenls may elect any one of MUSC 150 (Large Instrumental Ensemble), MUSC 153 (University Singers) or MUSC 154 (University Choral Union), with the permission of Ihe Schooi Students mavstibstitutcMUSC 233 (Accompanying on the Harpsichord Ii for MUSC 349. First Year Course Credits MUSC 100 2 Theory of Music 1 MUSC 101 2 Theon-of Music II MUSC. 105 2 Aural Skills 1 VI USC 120 3 Music in Society MUSC 121 3 llislory of Music 1 MUSC I3n 4 Piano Repertoire i MUSC 193 0 Music Performance (Piano) 3 Large Ensemble1 6 First-year English Total 31 Second Year Course Credits MUSC 200 2 Theon'of Music HI MUSC 201 2 Theon-of Music: IV MUSC 205 2 Aural Skills 11 MUSC 220 3 History of Music 11 MUSC 221 3 History- of Music UI MUSC 230 1 Piano Repertoire 11 MUSC 293 6 Music Perfotmance (Piano) 3 Urge Ensemble1 or MI'SC KM 2 Piano Chamber Ensemble- 0 Literature Requirement (Arts) 3 Non-Music Electiveis) Total 33/34 Third Year Course Credits MUSC 300 3 Theory-of Music V ML'SC 301 3 Theory of Music VI MUSC 394 8 Music Performance (Piano Recital) MUSC 1-49 2 Keyboard Harmony and Transposition MUSC 249 2 Keyboard Accomp. I MUSC 161 2 Piano Chamber Ensembles 3 Music Elective 9 Non-Music Electiveis) Total 32 Fourth Year Course Credits MUSC ill) 2 Piano Teaching Methods and Materials MUSC 494 8 Music Performance (Piano Recital) MUSC 349 2 Keyboard Accomp.3 MUSC 161 2 Piano Chamber Ensembles 12 Non-Music Elective(S) 3 Music Electives Total 29 Major: Voice Students planning to major in Voice must successfully audition before the Vocal division just prior to the beginning of classes, singing music of their own choice. • First Year—tone production and diction are stressed. Song-literature from the early Italian period and from oratorio is usually emphasized. During the first year the student will be carefully evaluated in regard to voice, musicianship and physical stamina for the purpose of determining whether he or she has the combination of talents needed for successful performance. • Second Year—Technical and interpretative studies are continued. The repertory will be expanded as the student's technical facility develops. As the use of foreign language is increased. French and German songs will comprise a larger share of the literature to be studied. • Third Year—Considerable vocal agility, volume, range and pleasing tone quality should be achieved in the third year. Frequent group recitals will be encouraged. Operatic and oratorio arias are a necessary part of the repertoire as well as wide-ranging choices in several languages. Ability to perform contemporary English, Canadian and American songs will be expected. A third-year recital is required. • Fourth Year — The fourth year should be devoted to the interpretative aspects of singing, supported by a growing technical command. It will be assumed that the student can satisfactorily perform any ofthe standard repertory for his or her vocal classification. A fourth-year recital is required. First Year Course Credits MUSC 100 2 Theoiy'of Music 1 MUSC 101 __- nieoryof Music 11 MUSC 105 2 Aural Skills I MUSC 120 3 Music in Society MUSC 121 3 Histoiy of Music I MUSC 193 6 Music Performance (Voice) MUSC 171 2 Piano1 3 Large Ensembie3 fclUSC 170 2 Lyric Diction 6 Eirst-year English Total 31 Second Year Course Credits MUSC 200 2 Theory tif Music Iii MUSC 201 2 Theory of Music IV MUSC 205 2 Aural Skills 11 MUSC 220 3 History tif Music 11 MUSC 221 3 Histoiy of Music III MUSC 293 6 Music Performance (Voice) MUSC 2m 2 Piano 3 Urge Ensemble 6 Literature Requirement b German3 Total 35 Third Year Course Credits MUSC 300 3 Theory of Music V MUSC 301 3 Theory uf Music VI MUSC 394 8 Music Petformance (Voice Recital) MUSC. 365 2 3 Song Repertoire I Uirge Ensemble 6 German3 6 Non-Music Electivc(s) Total 31 Fourth Year Course Credits MUSC 493 8 Music Performance (Voice Recital) MI'SC 465 2 Song Repertoire II MUSC 442 -i Song Interpretation & Accompaniment 3 Urge Ensemble 2 Small Ensemble1 6 Music Elective' 6 31 ■ench* Total 1 Tbe secondary instrument will be piano except where a .student e!e. ts another instrument after having met in full the Minimum Achievement.', in Piano for second year described above. Secondary piano studenls will be auditioned. Those judged to have insufficient background to require private study will be placed initially in MUSC 141 (class), and will, in second year, take either MUSC 241 (class) or MUSC 2"71 (private) as determined bv the level of achievement in 141. 1 Large Ensemble: Students will enrol in either MUSC 153 (Umversiiv Singers) or MUSC 15-4 (University Chora! Union). 1 languages other than English.- in certain cases students nvjy con Leninite on one or two of the languages required, ancl the indiiated sequence may be altered. ' Small Ensemble. Students will elect either MUSC! 155 (Chamber Singers) or MUSC 157 (Vocal Collegium Musicum Knsemblc). " MUSC 441 (Vocal Techniques) or MUSC 311 (Choral Conducting) ;ire highly recommended electives. The Bachelor of Arts Degree in Music The B.A. in Music is designed for students interested in studying music as one of the liberal arts. It can also lead successfully to graduate work in music theory, music history, or ethnomusicology. Fora description ofthe B.A. Major and Honours programs in Music, see the Faculty of Arts section. Courses for Students Majoring in Other Fields The School offers a number of courses intended for students with little or no formal background in music. A selection from among these is offered each year. Included are: Courses not creditable toward the B.Mus. or the B.A. in Music Introduction to Music Composition Masterworks of Western Music Music Appreciation, Twentieth Century Music anti Civilization 1 Music and Civilization II Music Appreciation Courses creditable toward the B.A. in Music but not Introduction to the Thcorv of Music Introduction to Diatonic Harmony Melody, Counteipomt and Harmony Introduction to Chromatic Harmony ancl 20th-century Techniques Courses creditable to both the B.Mus. and the B.A. in Music MUSC 328 5 World Music Cultures MUSC 3-rs 3 Aesthetics and Practice of Film Music MUSC 106 3/6 MUSC 225 3 MUSC 321 3/6 MUSC 324 3 MUSC 32s 3 MliSC .326 3/6 Courses c re( the B.Mus. MUSC 103 3 MUSC 10-t 3 MUSC 203 3 MUSC 204 3 Music 231 Academic Staff Director KOBEBT SILVERMAN, B.A. (Sir G.Wms.l, B.Mus. iMcCr.i M Mus.. Artist Diploma, D.M ,V (Eastman). Professors Wll.l.'A.M 17 BENJAMIN. B, Mils. (MtCi.i. M i'A. I'li.D .I'riiu.i. MARTIN (. BLRLNBAL'.M. BS m Trumpet ,i:u! Musa i-.tl iS Calif i. M.S. in Trumpet (Juiiliafil,. CHI-tit )K1 C. BITTER. B.Mus. (MtG.I, M A,, I'li.D. (Tot.). STE1-IIFN (,. CHA'IMAN. B Mus, iOheriini, M M ii MA i Mich. i. JANE A COOP, IS Mus. i for i. M Mus, i Pcabodvi. ANDREW A. DAWKS. Diploma (ConseivatoitcileGcnceu JAMES |„ EANKIIAI'SER. li.Mlis, lOhctlnll, M.A. iCilit/Bcfkelcvi JESSE READ. B.Mus (Jacksonville). M.Mus, i\r !!.(. i. ROBERT ROCERS, II A, (Bril. Col.l. M.A, (Wash.), OERAI.D STANIC'K, FRENCH A TICKNER, B.Mus,. M.Mus (S.Calif i Associate Professors KEH'il HAMEE. B.Mus. lOuccn'sl. A.M., Ph I), (Hare, J, RAN KREIDER, B.A, (Goshen). M.Mus. Ph D (Indiana) JOHN B ROhDER. B.A. lllarv,), Ph D, (Yalci JOHN E S.WYEK. B.A., B.Mus, (Bnt, Col.l, M.Mus (ill i.Ph I). iTiif.i, JAMES R, SCI IEIJ. B.A, B.M, (North Tcslsi, M Mus Aaici. RENA SHARON, B.Mus,, M.Mus, (Indiana! DOUGLAS li TAI.NFV B.Mus il.cv.is anil clatki, M.Mus, iS.C.alif.i. ALAN THHASHFR, A.A, (Valley Forgo. U.S. iMansliek St.uel.M.M. ([that ji, Ph.D. (Weslcvan) ERIC J WILSON. B.Mus., M.Mus, ijinlliardi iii CiFNE N. WILSON. B.Mus I.S.Calii, i. M.A., Ph.D. iWasi, „ Assistant Professors THEODORE BAERC, B.Mus (Willful launci , VERA MIC'.NIK. Diploma iBucharcsl Conservators. MA 1 Virginia). I'h.D. (N.Y.Slate, Sunn Brook) L-V'REN WAGNER. ICMus, iMicli.i Pcrlcniiamc Degree i.Ylanliallanj. Adjunct Professors GORDON CHERRY. B.Mus. (Masimam - Tronilioiic. CAMPLE CHURCI HIKED, ISA (Kcdljiids Fluic. ROGEJiCOI.E. B Mus. (Juilliard, - Otitic. J WFSI.l.YFOSI'KR clarinet. KENNETH I, FRIEDMAN B Mils, iS.Calif.i, M.S ijuiiliartli- DciihlcBass, MARTIN I I.ACKLEMAN Fremli Horn. M'M SING LEE. Diploliia (Hoillschulc 1'iir Musik. Bci'iin.i. M.Mus (Rosarv College. Villa Sihifanoi;:. Florence). L.K.S.M.. L.Mus, A. lAuslralia, - Piano JULIA NOIAN7 B Mus. (Bnt Co! 1. M Mus, ihulianin Saxophone JOHN RUDOLPH. M.Mus (Catholu 1'nR.l Pen iissinn. KATHLEEN RUDOLPH B.M.. M.M , D.M.A, iCatlinlic i'ni' 0. I;lule. DOEGIAS SPARKES. B.Mus. i'pit.i Tiomhonc FREDERICK STRIDE. B.Mus. (B(n. Col 1 - Slage B.ind.Ja/c MICHAEL STRUTT- Guitar Part-time Lecturers MICHAEL BAKER. A.L.C.M. lAssociale Liiiitlnii (.ciieael, B.Mus. (Bril, Col.,,.M.A, (Wc-ictn Waslunglon, -Composition, i-'ilm music JEREM'l BKRKMAN, B A. B.Mus lOhcrlim. M Mus ijtilliartli. Tromhiine. DAVID A BRANIER, M.M. (Indianai - Saxophone ADELEI LARK. 11.Mus.. M Mils, iltnl Col , Voue R! I'A C0.STAN7J, B.Mus , Peilofmeis CeUiiicatc (Eastman, .Harp. GREGORY COX, B.Mus. ,'Ea.sliliai|i ■ I'rutul .inc. TERENCE DAWSON, B.Mus, iMc Allison 1. M Mus, D.M A illiii.Ctil.,-. Piano. JERRY I. HOMER. M Mus, iBosloii) Oh ce BRUCE DUN. ,-ConUtic|inK, MORNA EDMl NDSON, R.Mus (Bril Col 1 .mill Collegium. AIIC.EENNS. .A.RG.T.B.Mus. (Mann ,1 B.A, (Sask , . Pi.lilO, RICHARD FPiCB,Mus iMaint.i. M.Mus is Calif) - ROBERT C7 JORDAN -Giiiar. ELIZABETH LAMBERTON, B.Mus. [Sask ), M.A,, Ph.D. (Brit, Col.) — Musicology. DIAME LOOMER, B.A. (Gi.stanis Adolphiis), B.Mus, (Bril. Col.)--Choral Union, DAVID McCOY, B.M11.S.. M.Mus, t Irit, Col. I Piano. JANE KAY MARTIN. IVMut. (Cleveland Ins itule oi Musn). M.M. (Oiegoni- FI He. DAVID MEEK. B.Mus. (Brit. Col.) - Voice KENNETH W MOORE- ,'ercuss on EDWARD NORMAN, B.M. (Btit, Col.) - O-gan. DOREEN A. OKE, B.Mus. iBril. Col > -Hi rpsichorcl. BETH ORSON. B.Mus. (Oberlin) -Ohoc. GENE RAMSBOTTOM -Clarinet ALAN itlNEHARL Associale ill Acs (Scull' western Michigani — Guitar. Ei'GFNE SKOVORODNJKOV, B.Mus, (Vomshi imgradi.M.A (Kliarkovi. D.M.A iLt nin, radi Piano ELIZABETH VOl.PF, 11.Mis. i'1'or.) - Har] MICHAEL WALL, B. Mus. (Houston., - Fremli Horn. ELLIS WEAN - Tulsa. MIRANDA WILKINS, A.R.C.T.. B.Mus, (Vn B.C.), M.Mus. (Johns II.) -- Piano, Visiting Faculty ROBERT DAVIDOVICI, Professoi of Must , Euitetsiu of North Texas, Concert Mastei (Vai 1 onset Svinphoitv Orcheslta) — Violin MvPiS.AGAE'IANNE, M.Mus (Bril, CoL, Voac VIRGINIA HENfER. B.A. (Wash,), M.Mus . D.M.A, C.iiholu Liuv.i -Voice Nursing 233 Philosophy The faculty of the School of Nursing believe that the unique function of nursing is to nurture individuals during critical periods of the life cycle so that they may develop and utilize a range of coping behaviors which permit them to satisfy their basic human needs and thereby move toward optimal health. The nurse makes this unique contribution as a member of the team of health professions whose ultimate goal is the optimal health of humankind. The faculty have set forth more explicit statements of beliefs about nursing, preparation for nursing, students, faculty, expansion and dissemination of nursing knowledge and leadership. These are available to all applicants to the School and upon request. Objectives ofthe Baccalaureate program which follow set forth the specific qualifications graduates are expected to possess and the professional roles they are prepared to fill. Baccalaureate Program For secondary school graduates without registered nurse preparation, the B.S.N, program is four years in length. This program is a joint offering of the School of Nursing and Vancouver General Hospital. Registered nurses who have completed a diploma nursing program in a hospital school of nursing or community college may apply for admission to the baccalaureate program. If eligible for admission to the University and the B.S.N, program, these candidates are admitted to the third year of the program. Students who complete the baccalaureate program and earn the B.S.N, degree are prepared to provide nursing care to both individuals and families, to people of all ages, in any stage of health or illness, working interdependent!)' with other health professionals in primary care settings as well as in acute and long-term settings. Objectives Students who complete the baccalaureate program ancl earn the B.S.N, degree are prepared to provide nursing care to clients (individuals of all ages, families and other groups) in primary care settings as well as acute ancl long- term settings. In these settings, graduates are expected to: 1) use the nursing process within a conceptual framework for nursing, 2) relate therapeutically with clients, 3) perform nursing techniques with the degree of skill that ensures the client's comfort and safety, 4) apply principles of learning and teaching in the provision of nursing care, 5) use research findings in the provision of nursing care, 6) demonstrate clinical judgment in nursing practice, 7) be responsible and accountable in the professional practice of nursing, 8) apply management principles in nursing practice, 9) demonstrate the ability to assume a leadership role with clients and colleagues, 10) work collaboratively with members ofthe health care team in the provision of health care, 11) respond appropriately to changes in the health care field, 12) be committed to enhancing the stature ofthe nursing profession. The School of Nursing A School within the Faculty of Applied Science. The School of Nursing offers Baccalaureate, Master's and Doctoral programs. In the Baccalaureate Program, secondary school graduates can follow a four-year program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing (B.S.N.). This program is a joint offering of the School of Nursing and Vancouver General Hospital. Registered nurses can take a two-year program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing (B.S.N.). Baccalaureate graduates are offered a two-year program leading to the degree of Master of Science in Nursing (M.S.N.). For Master's graduates, a three-year program leading to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Nursing (Ph.D.) is offered. Admission All inquiries relating to admission to the School of Nursing should be addressed to: The University of British Columbia, Registrar's Office, Room 2016, Brock Hall, 1874 East Mall, Vancouver, B.C., V6T1Z1. Requests for application forms should specify r he particular program in which the applicant is interested. Additional information for registered nurses may be obtained from the School of Nursing, T-206 -2211 Wesbrook Mall, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 2B5. The last day for s jbmission of applications for admission to the four-year B.S.N, program for the Winter Session beginning the fo lowing September is April 30, with necessary documents and official transcripts to be in the Registrar's Office byjune 30. The last day for submission of applications for admission to the baccalaureate program for registered nurses is February 1. Within two wee'es of notification of acceptance by the University the su ccessful applicant for the BS.N. program is required to submit to the School of Nursinga deposit of $100.00 (by cheque payable to the University of British Columbia). This deposit will be applied toward tuition fees. If the applicant does not register the deposit will be forfeited. The School of Nursing has a limited enrolment. Since the number of qualified applicants usually exceeds the number of places available, fulfilment of the following requirements is not a guarantee of admission. The faculty reserves the right of selection of all students for admission anc. readmission to the School. An interview may be arranged if cour selling is desired. Applicants whose first language is not English must demonstrate competence in both oral and written English. Prior to being admitted to the School, applicants may be asked to enrol n a special program to remedy defects demonstrated in English usage. Admission to the First Year of the Four-Year li.S.N. Program • Secondary Sc hool Applicants — Applicants must meet the general admission requirements of the University which are British Columbia Senior Secondary School graduation or the equivalent with a 'C+' average (2.5 on a 4-point scale). British Columbia secondary school graduation must include the following courses: Biology 11 French 11' Biology 12 French 12-' Chemislry 11 Mathematics 11 Chemistry 12 Phvsics 11 English H Social Studies 11 English 12 '■ or other language 11; required but not included in GPA calculation. 3 or any academic Guide 12 subjet! Eleven subjects required, GPA calculated un 10 subjects. Out-of-prot- ince applicants must present equivalent Science courses. • Applicants from Post-Secondary Institutions — To be considered for admission, applicants are required to have a minimum academic standing of'C+'(2.5 on a .- point scale). Applicants who have completed college and/or university courses and are deficient in Physics 11 or Chemistry 12 should consult an adviser in the School of Nursing. The University will consider granting transfer credit for all appropriate post-secondarv (college and university) courses completed although the length of time to complete the program will still be four years. The University will not grant a degree for studies that represent less than the equivalent of two regular winter sessions (60 credits). Admission to the Third Year of the Four-Year B.S.N. Program for Registered Nurses No specific courses at the secondary school level are mandatory for registered nurse applicants. Normally, admission to the School of Nursing requires a minimum academic standing of C+ average (2.5 on a 4-point scale) based on either Senior Secondaiy School graduation or at least 12 credits of university transfer course work, whichever is most recent. Applicants applying as registered nurses must have current practising Brilish Columbia registration or be eligible to so register. Applicants are required to provide evidence of ability to perform to the level of competence expected ofa new graduate as congruent with R.N.A.B.C guidelines. 234 Nursing Acceptable evidence includes one ofthe following: 1) Two (2) satisfactory references from employers for whom thev have worked within the three vears preceding application for admission. 21 Satisfactory completion of an R.N.A.B.C,-approved refresher course within three vears prior lo admission. Satisfactory references arc required from: a refresher course instructor: a supervisory person in a nursing unit in which the applicant has had clinical experience during or subsequent to the refresher course. 5I Graduation from an approved School of Nursing within the last three years; work experience is not required. A maximum of 30 credits of course work completed at i n her institutions mav be transferred nrovided such work meets all the requirements of the University and the School of Nursing. A maximum of six credits may he granleri for post-basic continuing education courses in nursing completed in an educational institution. Requests for such credits will be considered on an individual basis. All B.S.N, degree requirements must be met within a maximum of six years of initial enrolment in one or more nursing courses except NURS 426. Re-admission The School reserves the right to readmit students and io stipulate conditions attached to readmission. Readmission lo the School may necessitate repetition of nursing courses previously completed if. in the judgment of faculty, curnculum changes and/or length of interruption are sufficient to render the applicant inadequately prepared for lhe subsequent vear Therefore, students are strt inglv advised to notify the School uf Nursing by February of their intentions to enrol in the clinical nursing ceiurse in order that suitable time is available io er miplete the make-up work. Students mav request the option of demonstrating competence in the areas of change as an alternative to completing a make-up experience. Where required preparation is unavailable due to cost or other factors, applicants will be refused admission beyond first- vear level, but mav be considered lor rcailmission to fii-st year. Siudenis entering the four-year B.S.N, degree program must meet all requirements withinaminimum oftourand a maximum of seven years from initial enrolment. Students interrupting their program anytime after comple- i ion ofthe first academic year are advised that curriculum changes may necessitate a period of supplementary work lo enable them to fit into the subsequent courses. Where time normally permitted for completion of degree has lapsed, candidates will be required to provide evidence to justify special consideration. Advancement and Supplemental Examinations The minimum passing grade in each nursing course is ()0"cs The minimum overall grade for promotion from one vear to the next is Class 2 (65"', average). In clinical nursing courses ihe student is required to have successfully completed clinical praclice before being allowed ro write the final examination. Supplemental examinations mav be available provided i ha i: I) lhe sludenf.s attendance in lhe class has been satisfac- torv. and all required course work has been completed; 21 the studenl has written the final examination and obtained at least 50% ifa nursing course or al least ■lO'A. ifa non-nursing course: 3) the student has achieved an average of at leasi 6(i"« in the work of the session including! he failed courseis); Note: Full-time study is defined as the full set of required courses of anv vear ofthe B.S.N, degree program cxcc-pi for ihose sludents wilh advance credit in which case 2 i credits is the minimum lull-lime course load. A sludent in anv session will be assigned fail standing for the session where a siuih program of more lhan 12 credits has been taken with satislaeiorv .standing in less than 60% of it. A student assigned fail standing will normaliv be required to discontinue study in the School of Nursing for al least one year. Students admitted as registered nurses musi maintain current practising British Columbia regisiraiion and provide evidence of it upon request in order to continue in the program. Although satisfactory academic performance is prerequisile to advancement, ii is not the sole criterion in the consideration of the suitability of a student for promotion or graduation. The faculiy reserve the right to require a student to withdraw from the School if considered to be unsuited to proceed with l he study or practice of nursing. Sludents completing the baccalaureate program will be granted "Honours" standing if FirsI Class standing (a minimum of80", > is achieved in lhe (hire! and fourth vears of lhe program with no failed courses English Requirements To qualify for the degree of B.S N. sludents musl complete Hnglish 112 and one other three-credit firsi-vear Fnglish course. Saiislactory complelion ofthe Language Proficiency Index (l.PIi examinalion is prerequisite to all first year Fnglish courses al UBC. (See Calendar index under "Language Proficiency Index".) Requirements for Nurse Registration Sludents who .successfully complete the four-year BS.N program and who are recommended by (he Director of the School of Nursing io the Registered Nurses' Association of British Columbia will be eligible lo write the nurse registration examination and to apply lor nurse registration in B.C, on passing the examinalion. Information relaiivc lo oilier requirements for registration mav be obtained from the Registered Nurses' Association of British Columbia, 2855 Arbutus Street. Vancouver. B.C. V6J 3VH. Applicants wiio have reason to believe they may nor be eligible for regisiraiion should consult the professional association before beginning studies. Costs Other Than Sessional Fee There are additional expenses for uniforms, iravel and clinical practice. Sludents should be prepared to have clinical practice outside lhe Vancouver area and therefore .should include travel cosls for ihis experience in estimating total expenses. Studenls are encouraged lo try to have access to a car lor transportation to minimize time and effort expended in Iravel io ihe varied areas used for clinical experiences. The School will provide applicants wilh information regarding these addilional costs Awards and Financial Assistance A .supplement io ihe Calendar entitled Awards and Financial AuU ontaur. a ihi of current academic awards (scholarships, prizes eic.) and available financial assistance (grams, bursaries ancl loans). Sludents are encouraged to consult the supplement io determine awards for which they mav be eligible. Siudenis arc advised to refer to the supplement for interpretation of "full-time "si nth as it relates to eligibility for scholarships anti other forms of financial assistance. For further information and application forms contact The University of British Columbia. University Awards Committee, Room 1036. Brock Hall. 18"-i Fast Mall. Vancouver. B.C. V6T IZI. The foi lowing awards are noi administered bv lhe I 'nivcr- sitv Awards Coinmitlec: • Registered Nurses Foundation - A number uf bursaries arc offered through the Foundation. Information is available from the Registered Nurses' Foundation of B.C.. 285s Arbutus Street. Vancouver, lit VUI 3Y8. • Victorian Order of Nurses for Canada — Bursal its available lo.students in the final year of B.S.N program. Information anti application forms mav he obiaincri from: The National Director, Victorian Order of Nurses for Canada, 5 Blackburn Avenue. Ottawa. Ontario KIN 8A2 • Heart and Stroke Foundation of Canada Nursing research fellowship for Master's student undertaking study in some areas of cardiovascular or stroke research. Informal ion available from: I lean and Stroke Foundation of Canada. 200 - lo() George Sr, Oliawa, Oniano.KlN 9M2. • Local R.N.A.B.C. Districts and Chapters Main ■rapiers and oilier local organizations offer bursaries and/or loans to siudenis from their area. Information can be obtained from Director, UBC School of Nursing or Registered Nurses Association of B.C. • C.N.A. Loan Fund -- Information and application forms mav he obtained Irom lhe Canadian Nurses Association, 50 The Drivevav, Ottawa. Ontario. K2P IK2. • Canadian Nurses Foundation Awards Members of the Canadian Nurses Association may applv for awards and fellowships tallied at .Sa.500 to So,1)00 for studv al the doctoral level, $3,000 for study at the Masler's level and SI. 500 for studv al the baccalaureate level in nuising. Application forms mat be obtained from C.N'.F. after November 1 anti must he submilled bv April 30. Information and/or application font is available from The Canadian Nurses Foundaiion, 50 The Driveway. Ottawa. Ontario. K2P 1F2. Alumnae Associations Many School of Nursing Alumnae Associations oiler bursaries and'or loans to their members. Information about these would he obtainable from lhe Director of the School from which you have graduated. The Four-Year Program Studenl swill be required io show proof of annual completion of lhe St. John Ambulance Association basic lilt- support course, "Basic Rescuer", Lewi C. or lhe equivalent thereof at lhe beginning ol each academic year. The clinical courses in one tear must be compleled prim' io enrolment in the clinical courses in the following year The clinical courses are NURS 130,131.23(1,231.355.30. 302. 303, 335. 02, 'i-tll. ill. ri2. i!... 111, .OH. ■!(.). First Year Course Credits NURS IDS 1 I'lulc-siiiii'.'J N'liisin^iiiCnntcir.inir.iis Siiuciv I NURS 130 7 Ininiiiiiciiiiii ttiNiirsin.nCaic'l NURS 131 t lilt is .ti i.'tit.n 1.1 \'ii!Si,it;tSrc II BIOI. 173 (1 lliiiii.tii liuikiyv PSYC Kill c Inm .lail.n. INvihi.lnitt liM'il. 112 7 Si uncos lorl'iiiHTMU Wruing 3 linesI' I'.NC.I MU, II i. Mil. 121 MICH IS.S 3 Applet Men..ink.;;', Total 30 Nursing 235 Second Year Course Credits NURS 202 4 Core Concepts in Nursing NURS 230 6 Nursing Cate of Adults NURS 231 6 Nursing Care nf Older Adults PHAR 240 3 Pharmacology for Nurses PATH 375 2 Introduction to Human Pathology HUM) 209 3 Nutrition 6 Elective(s): Social ot Behavioutal Science1 Total 30 Note: Students are required to complete the St. John Ambulance Association basic life support course, "Basic Rescuer", Level C, or the equivalent thereof before entering Second Year and to show proof of annual completion at the beginning of each academic year. Third Year Course Credits NURS 333 6 Nursing Care of Children3 NURS 33'i 6 Nursing Care of Individuals in the Childhearing Cycle3 NURS 303 4 Family and Community Nursing NURS 304 3 Introduction to Nursing Research NURS 305 2 Professional Nursing in Contemporary Society II STAT 203 3 Statistical Methods i 6 Elective(s): 300/400 level Total 30 Fourth Year Course Credits NURS -tO. 2 Issues in Professional Nursing NURS 406 3 Management in Nursing Practice NURS .26 3 Nursing ancl the Health uf Communities NURS 4.32 6 Nursing Care of Adults and Families with Mental Health Concerns I3 6 One course only from NURS 440-444 6 NURS 408 or 409 or HCET 400 may he- selected for elective credit NURS 443 0 Extended Practicum in Professional Nursing 12 Electives: 300/400 level Total 32 The Two-Year Program for Registered Nurses Third Year Course Credits NURS .302 6 The Process of Nursing I3 NURS 303 4 Family ancl Community Nursing NURS 304 3 Introduction to Nursing Research NURS .305 2 Professional Nursing in Contemporary Society 11 NURS 335 6 The Process of Nursing II3 STAT 203 3 Statistical Methods I 6 Eleetive(s): .300/400 level Total 30 Note: Registered nurse students are expected to complete the St. John Ambulance Association basic life support course, "Basic Rescuer", Level C, or the equivalent thereof before entering Third Year. Fourth Year Course Credits NURS 40S 2 Issues in Professional Nursing NURS 406 3 Management in Nursing Practice NURS 426 3 Nursing and the Health of Communities 12 Two courses from NURS 440-444 6 NURS 408 or 409 or HCET 400 may he selected ftir elective credit NURS 443 0 Extended Practicum in Professional Nursing (optional) 12 Electives: 300/400 level Total 32 1 Elcciives maybe selectedftomanyofthecoursesoffetctlintheUniversity subject tu pteteqtiisites anti approval of the School of Nursing. In selecting electives students are advised to consider: a i putposes tti he served by the electives in the student's total program, i.e. selecting courses in one content area for depth of knowledge vs selecting coutses in several content areas for breadth of knowledge. b) necessary prereouisites for desired upper level courses. c) career goals, e.g. graduate study, nature of employment. d) acceptability of certain electives because of duplication of content includec in nursing courses. Students who wish counselling should seek it well in advance of registration week by arranging an appointment with the year coordinator or designated academic adviser 3 Registered Nurse students only 3 Basic students only Graduate Studies For details of the VI.S.N. and Ph.D. programs in Nursing, see the Faculty of Graduate Studies section ofthe Calendar or write to: Tne Graduate Adviser, The University of British Columbia School of Nursing, T206 - 2211 Wesbrook Mall, Vancouver, B.C., V6T2B5. Academic Staff KATHARYN A, MAY, BS.N. (Dukel, M.S., D.N.Sc. (Calif, San Francisco), R.N., F.A.A.N., Professorand Director JOAN M. ANDERSON, B.N. (McG.), M.S.N., Ph.D. (Brit. Cot). R.N., Professor ELIZABETH M, DAVIES, B.Sc.N. (Alta), M.S.N., M.S. (Arizona), Ph.D (Wash.), R.N., Professor SONIA ACORN, B.N. (McG.), M.Sc.(Ai (Boston), Ph.D. (Utah), R.N., Associate Ptofessot. JOAN I.. BOTTORFF, B.Sc.N. (Alta.), B.Ecl., M.Ed. (Sask), M.N,, Ph.D. (Alta.), R.N , Associate Professor ELAINE A. CARTY. B.N. (New Br.). MSN. (Yale I, R.N., .Associate Ptofessor. DONE1.DAJ. ELLIS, B.Sc.N (W.Ont), M.S.N. (Brit. Col), R.N.. Associate Ptofessor CLARISSA P. GREEN, B.S.N (Florida). M.S.N. (Calif.. Los Angeles), R.N., Associate Professor BARBARA ANN HILTON, B.S.N. (Brit Col), M.Sc.N. (Tor), Ph.D. (Texas), R.N., Associate Professor, CAROLJILLINGS, B.S. (San Francisco), M.S.N. (Btit. Cot), Ph.D. (Union), RN, Associate Professor, GLORIA JOACHIM, B.S.N (Maryland), MSN. (Btit. CoL), RN,. Associate Professor. LINDA G. LEONARD, B.S.N, M.S.N. (Brit. CoL), R.N., Associate Professor M. JUDITH LYNAM, B.Sc.(N) (McG), M.S.N, (Brit, CoL), RN., Associate Proiessot. CAROLE A. ROBINSON. B.Sc, B.Sc.N (Alta.;, M.S.N. (Brit CoL), R.N., Associate Professot SALLY E. THORNE, B.S.N., M.S.N. (Bril. Cot), Ph.D (Union!, R.N , Associate Professor M. ANNE WYNESS. B.S N, (Bnt, Cof), M.N. (Wash.), R.N,, CNN(C), Associate Professor CONNIE CANAM, B.N. (Dal), M.S.N, (Brit. Col), R.N., Assistanl Professor MARILYN E. DEWS, B.Sc.N. (Tor), M.Ed. (Ott.), R.N., Assistant Professor. JANETM. GORM1CK. B.S. (Syr), M.N. (Calif, Los Angeles), R.N., Assistant Ptofessor WENDY HALL, B.N. (Manit), M.S.N. (Brit. CoL), R.N., Assistant Professor. VIRGINIA E, HAYES, B.Sc.N. (Windsor). M.N. (Dal.), Ph.D (Calif, San Francisco), R.N, Assistanl Ptofessor, ANGEL. HENDERSON, B.S.N., MSN. (Brit. CoL), R.N.. Assistant Professor. ROBERTAJ IIEWAT, B.S.N., M.S.N (Brit. CoL), R.N., Assistant Professor SYLVIA HOLMES, B.Sc.N. (Alta.). M.Sc(A) (McG.), R.N., Assistant Professor. ANNA MARIE HUGHES. B.S.N, M.S.N. (Colorado). Ed.D. (Northern Colorado), R.N, Assistant Professor, JOYL, JOHNSON, B.S.N, (Bril. CoL), M.N., Ph.D. (Alta,). R.N., Assistant Professor. BARBARA I.. PATERSON, B.N.. M.Ed.. Ph.D. ,'Manit.y R.N, Assistant Professor JOANN PERRY, B.S. (Adelphi, N.Y,), M.S.N ;Bnt. CoL), R.N., Assistanl Professot. JANE ALISON RICE, BS.N (Brit Col.), M.S. (Calif., San Francisco), R.N., Assistant Professot. RAYMOND M, THOMPSON, B.Sc.N., M.Sc.N. (W.Ont.), R.N., Assistant Professor. ETHEL M. WARBINEK, B.S.N.. M.S.N. (Brit Col), R N, Assistanl Professot JANET ER1CKSEN, B.S.N. (HI.), M.A. (N.Y,), RN.. Senior Instructor MAP1YV. REGESTER, B.S , MPH. (CoL), R.N., Senior Instructot JOANNE R1CCL B.S.N, M.S.N. (Brit. Cot), R.N., Senior Instruclor LOUISE TENN, B.Sc.N. (Ott). M.Ed. (Montr.). R.N, Senior Instruclor LYNDA ANDERSON, B.Aiimin. (Health Services) (Northland Open University), BS.N. (Vic.B.C ), M.S.N, (Brit. Col.l, R.N.. Sessional Lecturer MARY JANE DUKE, B.Sc(N) (McG.), M.S.N, (Brit. Col.l, R N, Sessional Lecturer LYNNE ESSON, BS.N (Vic.B.C.). R.N, Clinical Assistant MARLEE GROENING, B.S.N. (Brit. CoL). R.N, Clinical Assistant CHARMAINE LEPP. B.N. (Dal.), R.N, Clinical Assistant JUDITH MacDONALD, B.N. (McG), M.S.N. (Brit CoL), R.N , Sessional Lecturer FLORENCE MANN, B.S.N. (Sask.), R.N, Sessional Lecuifct VGH Faculty - UBC/VGH Nursing Program Adjunct Professors GAIL BISHOP, BS.N, M.S.N. (Brit, CoL), R.N. FERESHTEH GRF.NIER. B.S.N (Pahlavi, Iran), M.Sc.N. (Penn i, R.N. Clinical Assistant Professor MARION C1AUSON, B.S.N, M.S.N. (Brit Cut), R.N. Clinical Instructors WENDY ARMSTRONG, B.S.N. (Bril. CoL). R.N. SYLVIA BARTON, B.S.N. (Brit. Col), M.Sc.(N), Portland. R.N. SUSAN BLAIR, B.S.N, M.S.N, (Brit. Cot), R.N. JANICE BROWN, B.N. (Manil.i, R.N KATHLEEN DOWNES, B.S.N, (Bril. CoL), R.N, CATHERINE EBBEHOJ. B.S.N. (Brit Cot), R.N. 236 Nursing BARBARA FDDV. B S N (Brit, Cols. R.N DAI E WALKER, its N iBiii Col.l, Aix.lN'i KLNA VAN DER WAL. B.S.N, I Brie Col.l. M7 WOl.F'f BIT IKS. B.S.N, M.S.N, (Brir. Col ), R.N. iPorrland. R \„ Kxeculive Officer, Nursing, R,N, Clinical Nurse Specialist. Van,en, C .KOI. GREGORY, h.S.N. (Bui t u!.,. R.N, Van, oiivci Health Department I ltispn.il and Heath .Sciences Centre SHJKf.KI HOL/AlAN. 1S..V. B.S.N' isast ... M lid , iBril JANET M'AIKER. BSN,M.SN, (Br., i ,,! i. I;N . LINDA YFARWOOD-DANCE. H s N . M S.N Coi... Is N Maii.tgci, Bone Mam.'... Ti.msplani I'ml, lit, ( oi c ii N .Clinicai Nurse Spccialist-H. (,K\CL I,IM,B.S.N iii"!. Col.,. RN Can. i r Agem c i.lNDA M. KINNON. h.S.N. (Brio tail ;, ii N. KAKEN Ii ViATSON. B.S, N liFLGUMAKSHALEBScN (Tor., M.S.N. iBrn C,.l,, R.N. r:„|.; R N . Dnecinr of: KAREN M W, Ii s, ,N (Tor... R.N, Depatln.enr. KncniCA lORIMillFR, B.SN.MS.N llinl C R.N JOAN WEARING HN rM.'G. KIM Mi SICIL B.S N, iBni. col.,, M.N, ,D.ll ,. R.N Home Can- Coonlinalo. MAIIIOKll'NLisON.BA, iBiola;. VIA (Pcppcnliiie), k N Depainner.i. LESIIA N'K.HOl. ON. B.S.N, iBnt Co!.'. R N . ENDY WtN-i.O. . B.S.N , .'.' siHKliA PIDWLKBETSKY, H.S.N (Sask... RN Ji:l IKE!-: ZiMMFP. AN, B.S N IRANCiS LOBLR'IS. B.S N,'Bin, (ois R.N, n.alg.i R.N , V ling Din NANlA Li sil'I'O.N, B„Sc,N, oMta.i, M S.N. dim. Col ,,R,N. Vein..! lieaitii Services. SHARON SI'N'DBFRG, B.S.N., M S.N. (Bol, t'o.o Care BC st ii sHospil.il MALRELNSIIAW. B Nurse Spei iaisl ', kels Hci.si-.ita' CvNI'illASTUTZER. 1) s N ^Paccirc (Oklahoma., R N. Cli iiii.i Nurse . __ ( io IS:. i.ENDA TURNER, FN I. iManit , 1- No, sc specials! o>, . ,,, ,! ,.„! II, . Pain Man.igcii.c! Clinical Instructors D.VAN BUN BS.N , Nurse Specials! C.cn .illologcs, DONFI.IE CLARKE, I I.S.N. iCalif, San Fran i. R.N . Pent J Spcclii-t B.E s Chill LILY LEU K N. (Main Nurse Snecialisi . Pen n.ital l arc 1 Columbian LPs LDDA NIXON. B.S s British Coiumh. Be ■ M Si cei'Auen. ', BARBARA PI'.RLHLi) OFF. H s N . \! S 1 R.N, Perinatal < ilmica 1 Nurse Spi-. lAN'iCFRADr'OlvD 1 : S N , ca 11 M.S N (Bin list, Suiinvl MONAG, RhCHNiiR, ( linical Nurse S is.s.s peci.il ...MS N il', ist. On. oioc Gemini Ginaai Sp. Hospital. ANTCFSTANBURY BS..' , Nu ..,i„o;.vcrllca!llli)cp:!fii!ieni Clinical Staff in Associated Agencies Bol.sh Soiunibi., s Child ten's liiis.n.t.i! i Hep,: Unit Clinical Assistant Professors The Richmond Hospital ■oiao.t.Oi. ol..;;, \ mocnti Si Pauls Hospital 111 s, icmesCei.tie Si Vii.i cni's I (ospilal - N . M S.N iiio: i ol.i. II N . Van, ,,i".oi Health Di DONNA IRAsOUNL H.S.N (But, Co.S, R.N CAROLYN BAKER B.Sv.N . M.Sc.N (To; : R.N, Ricliiuoni! Healit Dept DEBRA'i KG LET. ii N itclhhritige). ii V BtVFKLL-i V-VI.K_.NT_R. BSc.N ,!or .. '<>. N, K'vEFN VIIilMORE, B.N.N, vLFd iBnt Coi,, ii Adjunct Professors Nn.sc Clinician Clinical Nun CAROL H71 ON. B.S.N., ,\i S.N .But. coi i. R N. Educator and ' oisuliaut, Di MATIii'.A I1ARA, B.N. .Dal.i.M s N, M Ed ('im B.C.'-Children s Hospital coi.i.RN. Director, C'li'poraic Eiliioilioi ■ CAROLYN IKEK, BS N . M S N ih van. ouver Hospital anil Heaith Silences-'eru-v. Pcnnatal Cilia.:,! Nurse Spc. ELAINE BAX'IEK. B.SoN. (Alia ..M.S.N, iliril Co'.i Hospital. I; N , Director of Nursing (Medici! Smgn ,h, HOLLY KENNEDY A'iMONDS, li ' StiiTc. Memorial Hospital. VI H.v illeaiih („,rc Pratne IRANI EBOl TlllllETTL.BS iMontr... M.S N. Coortlmaior, Hcalihi Mean . In, liana ■, RN,, Nurse Reseaichet Si Pah's KttvFN Ki IN:, B.Sc.N , M \ N, C: Hospital Nurse Specialist. i,cr..molnf CHRISTINE E BRADLEY, B A.M.S [.McG.u I'M) ilospnal (Brit.Col j. Director of Research and I. aiualion KAHIERINE I. MciNUOE B.sN„M in Nursing, Vancouver Ilospnal and lieallh i'iinicai Vase Spcualist Lion- Scicnus Ccntie. PA) RIUIA PORI'ERt it! I) B.Sc.N, ILNTSL BROESE. BS.N., MSN .Btit, I ol i. RN., Colo, RN Ci.m.sl Nurse Sp Due. lo.'ofNufsing. Long Term'Maierii.llt,ink! Care Vancouver ilospnal an Care, Bnruahvll.spiiai I enlte. CIAlivEBI DGEN, B.N, (Wasu,,, M.S N it .ail, San GAS F.N EEviPEL, B s N . Vi S.N. ,H Francisco). Ph.D, (Texas). R N, College Chint.i! Nurse sin .alt-1 C.n Pnnessor, B.S N, Program, Okanagan Uni.'cisili BARBARA h BURRE ii N, M Sc.iA) ORG i. RN . vice i'resideni. Paiiem setviees, si, i-aul's llllspilli HEATHER P t.LARKE. B.I1.S, . I Omen's, M N , I'h i) lWash i. RN, Nutsing Rcseai'cii Consultant RigiM'-retl Nursis'Assoi ialii.ii of Bot'sh Columhia MARIIAN i CRAWFORD B.N . M N .Calg.i. iv X. Dtrecloi of Nursing Adiuiiiisl ration, Reseaich anti Lilucation, Gn:ce ' tissual. Mll.lil-J.K IIFSCHAMI'S, BSc.N'. (Mono i. M.Sc (A) i McG. i. i'h.D. i\li inn, '..EN. Head Kescar. li ancl Nursing St steins, Division e.j Nursing. Ii (. Cancer Attentat IRi'.N'F L. GOI.DSTONL. II N, (McG I, M.M (But Oil A, K N, Diteciot. Professional Education and Cate Evalaaliou. B (7 Cettirc: iiir Lscciience in III\ AIDS, SiiiRLEYIIAiLiDAY. BN, (Dai.i.M.sN (Bni Coi , R.N , Head Nurse, spina! Cord hiiurv i'.ograiil. Bras!. C.olui,in:a Rehaoiina'ioii sooeo PUS 1.1 Is HI NT, B.N (Dal),MAN iBr.l Co!o. R.N , Diruloio.fNuisiiig, Holy Family Ilospnal. I'.ROi V!,B MITCHELL, BN, (Maim i. M S N dim Co! , R.N , Director. Patient services MSA lle.spit.it ANITA MOiZAHN. B.SC.N,, M.N, Phi), i Via ,, R.N, Director, Schooi oi Nursing, Universal ol Vi.ioiia I' ROSE Mi RAKAM1. BS.N iBnt. Col l. M.Sc,nil Hosouai ..V. (..). M.S (Rehah. Nsgo iBoslon. K N iOCHY.N ELIMER-RENT IEssGRLvNDO. B.SN . Vi.S.V , Hrit (7 ' .. R N ' ,;;inoa! Nersc'spo. Dire, lo; 'Clinical Nurse Specialise E'iieni Columhian Hoson:, Scones Vancouver ilospaai and Jlealih LEAH E SHAPERA. B.Se s, ien.es C.■litre. IN. '.li SCi I.AMBOR/KL B N, M.SclAi. D Eli. iMi'GA, R N ANNE s! ! HERIANO BOAf, B.A. (Brott; i M its A (Alia... K N , V'.ce Presitleul, Nntsine an:. i; \, pjmieal Ire.iiinent services. B.C.'s Chiltlrcn's llosj.ital. i'rom'au- -v II'DI'III I'OMI'KiNS, B.N. M N, [Calg, i, R N.. SUA. OnTyoHKRI Duc'clot Clinical Nutse Specialist, Palienl Freven sen ices. Vancouver Hospital and Health pnj; y Si ien.es Centre Pharmaceutical Sciences 237 The Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences was established in 19-15 and is housed in the George T. Cunningham Building. The first wing of (he building was completed in I960 and is used primarily forthe undergraduate program. The reseaich wing was completed in 1970 and provides space for the graduate program. The administrative offices of the Faculty arc located on the first floor ofthe Cunningham Building. 2lib East Mall Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy — B.Sc. (Pharm.) The course leading to the Bachelor of Silence in Pharmacy degree is designed to prepare graduates to enter a wide variety of careers associated with pharmac v in commit nnv pharmacies and hospitals, in industry and government service and other specialized fields. This course satisfies the requirement ofthe Pharmacists Act for academic qualification for licensing in the Pro. int e of British Columbia. It also meets the requirements of the standard curriculum as approved bv the Association ol Faculties of Pharmacv of Canada. Part-Time Program of Study Students may be admitted to pan-time studv programs toward the degree B.Sc. (Pharm.). I) A program of studies will be arranged with each individual by the Office ofthe Dean. 2,i Courses must be scheduled on the basis of the current timetable at the time of regis,nuini.. 5) Courses of ihe fourth vear constituting the required courses (20 credits) must be taken concurrently. i! Total time-allowed for the completn >n ofthe degree is eight vears. Admission For admission to the Faculty it is required that the siudeni shall have completed the First Year in the Facuitv of Science with credit for the courses shown below and an average grade of at ieast 60%, or that he or she shall have fulfilled the equivalent of these courses by work taken in an approved college or university. Students are not admissible io the Faculiy directly from Grade 12 or Grade 13 obtained in any province. Such siudenis should seek admission to the Faculty of Science at UBC if they are residents of B.C..otherwise they should complete the equivalent of the follow ing required courses al their own provincial universities. Tbe required prerequisite subjects are six credits of first- vear Fnglish, Chemistry 1 lOor 121 ancl 122, Mathematics 100 and 10!, Biologv 110 for 1151 and 120. Phvsics 100 (or 101 or 121) and 102 (or 122). Students accepted into the Facuitv must consult the Office of the Dean with regard to an approved program. English Requirements ToqttalifyfonhedegreeofB.se. (Pharm.) students must satisfy ihe Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences English Requirement. To do this, studenls mu.si obtain six credits of first-year English. Other English requirements are under Faculty review. Note: Satisfactory completion of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) is prerequisite to all first-vear English courses at UBC. (See Calendar index under Language Proficiency Index.) Application All applicants applying for entry into the Faculty must make formal application to the Registrar of the University The Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences The Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences offers courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy, B.Sc. (Pharm.) and to the degrees of Master of Science (M.Sc), Doctor of Pharmacy (Pharm.D.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D. as early as possible in the year, ancl in any event, not later than April 30. An a| ipiicant should procure an application form from lhe Registrar's Office so that it ean be completed on or before that date whether or not transcripts are then available, late applications will not be considered. Due to lack of spac e, enrolment in the Faculty is limited. Applicants should therefore regard the .satisfying ofthe entrance requirements as meaning only that they are eligible for selection and that such selection shall be solely withi l the d Ls crciion of the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences, Pre erence is given to well qualified residents of British Columbia, When notifed tha: application has been accepted, each applicant shall, wilhin two weeks of notification, send to the Office of the Dean of the Facully of Pharmaceutical Sciences, a deposi: of one hundred dollars (J 100.00) (by cheque payable to the University of British Columbia), which deposit will later be applied to the tuition fees. The deposit is non-reft ndable if t he student fails to attend die session in the Factitv. Note: The depos t of $1001)0 is payable only by those applicants who receive official notification of their admission to the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences and should not be sen: in wiin the initial application for admission. Registration Applicants who tie accepted will be sent a letter of acceptance and details ofthe registration procedures. Attendance, Examinations and Advancement 1) Regular attendance is expected of students in all their classes (including lectures, laboratories, tutorials, seminars, etc :. Students who neglect iheir academic work and assignments may be excluded from the final examinations. Students who are unavoidably absent because of illness or clisabiliiy should report lo their instructors or' return to classes, 2) Students vvht because of illness are absent from a December or tyrii examination must submit a certificate, obtained from a physician to the Universily Studert Health Sen-ice, as promptly as possible. 3) In any course which involves laboratory work a student must complete ihe laboratory assignments with a satis'actorv record before being admitted to the written examination ofthe course. Astudent mav be required bv the Facility io discontinue such a course, during any term, because ot failure to maintain a satisfai toiTstrndingin labor; itory work, or because of absence from an appreciable number of laboratory periods through illness or other causes, -i) The passing mark for a course in the Facuitv of Pharmaceutical Sciences is 50%. 5) A student who has failed in 12 credits or more wili be considered to have failed inthe work of that vear. and will not receive credit for any ofthe courses passed in that year. 6) Anv student whose academic record, as determined by the tests and examinations of the first term, is found Hi be unsatisfactory, may be required to discon- tinue attendance at the University- for the remainder uf the session. 7) Term essays and examination papers may be refused a passing mark if they arc noticeably deficient in English. 8i Although satisfactory academic performance is prerequisite to advancement, it is not the sole criterion in the consideration of the suitablity of a studenl for promotion or graduation. The Faculty reserves the right to require a student lo withdraw from the Faculty if that student is considered to be unsuited to proceed with the study or practice of pharmacy. Dean's Honour List Graduating students and sludents promoted to Second. Third or Fourth Year wilh a standing of A- or better in the previous winter session will receive the noiation 'Dean's Honour list" on their records. A program of at least 30 credits must have been carried in order to receive this designation. Promotion Requirements To be promoted, a student in the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences must: 1) Pass all ofthe required courses ofthe program vear in which the student is regisiered. 21 Obtain a minimum average standing of 60% in the required courses of the program vear in which the student is registered. The following notes apply to these requirements: • Required courses, with the exception of English 301. are used for this computation; thus elective courses are excluded. Failure in elective courses requires that the course be repeated, or an approved alternative course be taken. • A student who bv these regulations is not promotable may be required to repeat the work of that year or to withdraw from the Faculty and will noi be able io lake anv of the required courses i >f subsequent vears 238 Pharmaceutical Sciences • A student who fails to meet promotion standards for a second time either in a repeated year or a subsequent year, will normally be required to withdraw from the Faculty. • Courses for which credit has nol been obtained must be repeated or permissible substitutes taken, in the next regular session attended. In the winter session, the total for all courses taken may not exceed 38 credits except with approval ofthe Dean ofthe Faculty. • A student with standing deficient in more than six credits, although not permitted to rcgisierin the higher vear, may be allowed to continue bv regisiering in the lower year and taking courses in accordance with Paragraph 4 above. Supplementals and Examinations for Higher Standing Supplemental examinations are not available in all courses. In courses in which proficiency is judged on a continuing basis throughout a term, or in which final examinations are not given, or in courses where the final examination contributes less than 40% ofthe course grade, no supplemental examinations are provided. In courses where- supplemental examinations are allowed, it is recommended that the supplemental examination should be a comprehensive examination of the full year's work and should receive a substantial value of the total mark. The supplemental mark should replace all of the marks received on the written examinal ions of the lecture content ofthe course. 1) In courses where supplemental examinations are allowed, a student who has obtained an average of ai least .0% in the final examinations ofthe session, may be granted supplemental examinations in the subject or subjects failed provided a final grade of not less than 40% was obtained. Notices will be sent to students to whom such supplemental examinations have been granted. 2) In any one session no candidate will normally he- granted supplemental privileges in more than six credits. 3) A student who has failed in 12 credits or more will be considered to have failed in the work of that year, and will nor receive credit for any ofthe courses passed in that year. 4) A supplemental examination may be written only once except in the case ofa Final Year student who may write twice. Should a supplemental be failed the course concerned must be repeated or a suitable substitute taken. S] Where supplemental privileges aregranted, tbe standing shall be recalculated for purposes of promotion based on the actual marks obtained in these examinations. 6) In anv one session, for purposes of promotion, a student may be allowed to rewrite a maximum of six credits of course work for higher standing. These six credits of course work will be the subject or subjects in which the student has obtained the lowest standing oral the discretion ofthe Dean. ^) The total of supplementals and examinations for higher standings should not normally exceed six credits Requirements for Registration Registration with the College of Pharmacists of Itnlish Columbia: 1) Student Registration It is required that siudenis register with the College of Pharmacists of British G ilumbia during their first vear in the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences. This registration will be completed during ihe first week of Winter Session Term I. Proof of such registration will be a requirement for admission to the Professional Practice laboratory. 2) Pharmacist Regisiraiion The possession ofa B.Sc (Pharm.) does not in itself confer the right to practise pharmacy in any province of Canada. In order to practise pharmacy in the Prov - ince of British Columbia, it is necessary to be registered as a pharmacist with the College of Pharmacists of British Columbia. Details of these requirements may be obtained from the Registrar of the College of Pharmacists. Suite 200, T65 West 8th Avenue, Vancouver, B.C. V6J 1V8: telephone (6(.i) c.3-2-1.0 Pharmacy Examining Board of Canada The Board provides for examinations and issues a certificate to the successful candidate which mav be filed with a Canadian provincial licensing body in connection with an application for licence to practise Pharmacy under the laws of thai province. Information relative to the dates of examinations, application forms, etc.. mav be obtained from the Registrar, Pharmacy Examining Board of Canada, Suite 603,123 Fdward Street, Toronto, Ontario M3G 1E2; telephone !-il6j979-2i3I. Continuing Education Continuing Educat im) is sponsored jointly by the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences and the College of Pharmacists of British Columbia. The co-ordination ofthe programs is through the Division of Continuing Education in the Health Sciences. The program is directed lo the following objectives. 1) to provide a means bv which pharmacists can systematically update their knowledge through a planned program of instruction in specific areas of pharmaceutical sciences. 2) to provide courses giving pharmacists broader and deeper insights into spec ial subject areas. 3) to provide courses directed to (he needs ofa particular specialty within the profession, e.g. Hospital Pharmacy, etc. First Aid It is recommended thai all pharmacy students obtain credit for a recognized First Aid course, e.g., Si. John Ambulance S.O.F.A. First Aid Course, while completing their B.Sc. (Pharm.) degree. Curriculum First Year Term 1 Term 2 Lect. Lab. Lect. Lab. 5 5 5 5 Course Credits CHEM 15b i. Organii Chenioiis MICH 2(10 (i liiii'iHliKioiv.Vlii. .riiojoirv 3 1 5 1 PHAR 100 i Professional Praciuc I .' 3' 1 5' PHAR 211 8 Drug Deliver. Svsieins i 3 -l 3 I'.NC.l. 301 3 To Iv Si Business Wining t 0 or 3 0 h Li.Miu- 3 0 3 ll Total 33 PHAR 311 i Drug Delivery Systems 11 1 5' 2 5 PHAR 31) i Drugs: Chemistry. Pharma- I) 0 -t 0 cologv and Thetapeutiis I PHYL 301 (. Human Physiology 3 0 3 <> PHYL 302 3 Human Phvsioingv 11 i 0 I lahonuoiv 3 Elective 3 0 or 3 'I Total 34 Third Year Term 1 Term 2 Course Credits Lect. Lab. Lect. Lab. PHAR 300 2 Professional Practice III 1 3' 1 3 PHAR 301 3 Self-Medication Products 0 0 3 0 PHAR 31s 1 Pharmacokinetics i 0 I) 0 PHAR 325 t Pliarfiiaceiiiic.il Analysis i 3 0 3 PHAR .SI 3 Inttoiliielion to Pharmacy 3 0 0 0 Management PHAR 30) 3 InirotluctiontoPharina- I) 0 3 0 cctilical Biotechnology PHAR 380 6 Drugs: Chemistry, Pharma- ft 2' 0 o cologv and Therapeutics 11 PHAR 585 0 Drugs: Cheitiistiy, Pharma- 0 0 (.2 cologv and Therapeutics III 3 Elective3 3 0 tit 3 o Total 34 Fourth Year Term 1 Term 2 Course Credits Lect. Lab. Lect. Lab. PHAR t02 ft Clinical Clerkship I Is IS ITIAK t03 3 Clinical Clerkship ll I a or I i PHAR aft.' 0 Professional Practice Clerkship PILAR iSO o Drugs: Chemisliy, Pliarnia- ti 2 cologv ant! Therapeutics IV IO Electives' (inimnumO Total 31 Alternate weeks J Reconiineniieil eiccdus unild include ECON 11)0. PSYC Hid, ( on. iiiei'te couises. Languages. Humanities. ITI1I. air. Ha. i3" Soeii.e coutses ' Lahoiatotics in ailetnale weeks. Tut'jtial Seminars in alternate weeks. Compulsory Taken in summer immedintelvjinor to entering it it teat 'Hie Sludent shiiLiliI elect an area oiinterest from lliose listed below anil select ins courses, w ith the approval of the Dean and Facullv Adverts Ten elective credils are io he chosen ftom offenngs within die t'a. ..Is and sis crcdiis chosen t'tiini outside lhe Faculty All ionises sells led e. meet ihese requirements must lie approved he the Dean's Oil), c An inteidistiplinaiy course dial is strongly recommended is HOLT I'll. Heahh One Ethics ultree credits) Areas of Interest 1) Community Phannacv 1) llospiial Phannacv 3. C.ovcininental and iriiiusttial Phatmacy ii (Iraduate Smclies 7. Nueieat Phatmacv Courses offered in Pharmaceutical Sciences Phannai cities: PILAR 100, 200. 211, 311. 317. -Ii2, lit. lis. ilii. iC Pharinaceuliral Chemistiy : PHAR 32s. -lis, i2(i. l28, rib. Phatmacognosv. PILAR t3't, a.7 7 Pharmacology PHAR t33. tai). t+r, -et8. Clinical Pliarm.ity PHAR i02. a03, aO-i. 'ills. 408, 409, Pharmacy Administration: PHAR 371, -i72, as.3. isa, ass. asH. Integrated Cote. PHAR ,00, 3. 0. 387, i. ii. Radiopharmacy Residency Second Year Course Credits ANAL 3'.'0 t H.cs. ILuusi; Analonn 2 BIOC 300 » Principles oi i'.ioi hennsirv 3 PILAR 200 l Proiession.il Pia, in ell 2 Term 1 Term 2 Lect. Lab. Lect. Lab. raining in the application and cols used in diagnosis and muium un Vancouver General Hospital in affiliation with the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences Further information is available fro™ tho Com,in- mwi request. Specialized postgraduate .,an.io.t;... un ,ipton.uic... ...... handling of radio pharmaceuticals used in diagnosis and therapy is offered bv the Vancouver General llospiial in on ii'ith tho T-'ionhc t if Plvirm'ireutjca! Sciellt'C'S i the Facullv upon Pharmaceutical Sciences 239 Hospital Pharmacy Residency Program A one-year postgraduate hospital pharmacy residency program is offered by a number of hospitals in British Columbia in affiliation with the Facuitv of Pharmaceutical Sciences ancl the B.C. Branch of the Canadian Society of Hospital Pharmacists. These residencies are conducted following standards established for acc'redCation by the Canadian Hospital Pharmacy Residency Board. Residencies normally commence in June of each vear. Those selected ate registered as Residents in the Facuitv of Pharmaceutical Sciences ancl are assessed die applicable program fee as indicated in the fee seciiun . if ihe Calendar. The residencies are offered by lhe Departments of Pharmacy in the following hospitals: British Columbia's Chiltlten's Hospital, Vain snivel Burnabv Hospital C.reaier Victoria Hospital Society tions Oate Hospital, North Vancouver Roval Columbian Hospital, New■ W'estmirsici Roval Inland llospiial. kamloops Si. Paul's llespiial, Vancouvei I nivetsiiv Hiispital-Stiaughnessy, Vancotvct Vancouver llospiial and Health Sciences Centre Admission Graduates of any Canadian pharmacy scho il are eligible ior admission. All candidates must satisfy the requirements for registration with the College of Pharmacists of B.C. Graduates of foreign pharmacy schools must be registrants ofthe Pharmacy Examining Board of Canada. The selection is highly competitive ancl is determined using a matching process conducted bv the B.C.. H< ispiial Residency Program Committee based on applicant hospital preferences, interviews, letters of reference, ancl academic performance during the undergraduate pharmacy program Residency Program Completion Requirements The residency program consists of required and elective- rotations in the resident's hospital and other affiliated J hospitals anil agencies. A certificate .signifying comply- \ Hon ofthe program is awarded jointly by the hospital and the University based on satisfactory performance in rotation assignments, oral and wriitciiassessmei'ts, and project work as determined by the B.C. Hospital Pharmacy Residency Program Committee. Application Application forms and descriptive literature mav be obtained Irom the Chair, Division of Clinical Pharmacy. Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences. The University of British Columbia, 21 K> East Mall. Vancouver. B.C.. VoT 17.5, Canada. Inquiries mav also be directed to she residency coordinators in the phannacv departments in any of the hospitals offering a residency program. The closing date lor submission of completed applications is usually mid- Januarv ior entry into programs commencing in June. Awards and Financial Assistance A supplement to the Calendar, entitled Awards and Financial Aid, contains a list of current academic awards (scholarships, prizes, etc.) and available' financial assistance (grants, bursaries ancl loans). Studems are encouraged 10 consult the above lo determine awards for which they mav he eligible. For further informatii m anil application forms contact the University Awards Office, The I 'Diversity of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C.. V6T 17.5. The following awards are not administered by the University Awards Office. Graduate Fellowships in Hospital Pharmacy (Four at $500 Each) Four Graduate Fellowships in Hospital Pharmacy arc offered for annua' competition among graduates from Canadian Schools of Phaimacy io assist ihe recipients during a one-year hospital pharmacy residency program. To be eligible, applicants must have been accepted for a residency program approved by the Canadian Hospital Pharmacy Residency Board Applications must be received by the Canalian Foundation for Pharmacy office bv June 1st. Application forms are available in the office of the Dean or from the Canadian Foundation for Pharmacy office. Fellowships in Professional Practice (Four at $500 each) Four Fellowships n Professional Practice are offered for annual competition among graduates from Canadian Schools of Pharmacy to applicants presenting studv programs in aiy professional area (i.e. research, clinical phannacv, radio pharmacy, drug information service, public health, poison control, etc.). Applications must be received hv the Canadian Foundation for Pharmacy office byjune 1st Application forms are available in the office of the Dean or from he Canadian Foundation for Pharmacy office. Fellowships in Industrial Pharmacy (Four at $250 each) Four Fellowships in Industrial Pharmacy are offered for annual competition among students registered in Canadian Schot Ts of Pharmacy who have completed an Industrial Pharmacy Simmer Studentship Program. Applications must be received by the Canadian Foundation for Pharmacy office by September ;.0lh. Application forms are available in the office ofthe Dean or from the Canadian Foundation or Phannacv office. Graduate Studies For details of Gra.luate Sludies see the Faculty of Graduate Studies section ofthe Calendar. Doctor of Pharmacy Program A two-year post-baccalaureate professional degree providing advanced lraining in clinical pharmacy practice. Graduates of the program are prepared to function as clinical pharmac, practitioners, educators and researchers in hospitals, .'universities, governmenl or industry. Course requirem ants for lhe I'irsl year are outlined in the Graduate Sludie. Section of the Calendar. Year 2 is comprisec of 12 months of required and elective clinical clerkships which will take place in the following institutions: British Co umbia Cancer Agency, B.C. Drug and Poison lnformati an Centre. Children's''Grace''tjniversitv Hos vital (Shaughnessy Site). Greater Victoria Hospital Society, Lion's Gate Hospital. Riverview Hospital, Royal Columbian Hospital, St Paul'-. Hospital. P'niversitv Hospital (UBC Site), Vancouver General Hospital. For further info-mation on the program, referto the Faculty of Graduate Studies section of the Calendar. Academic Staff Office of the Dean JOHN II. McNEILL, B.Sc. iPharm.), M.Sc tAlt,!.), Ph.D (Mich.), Professor oi Phaniiaeoloyy anil Tnvii nlnay anti Dean DAVID S, Mill. B.Sc. ll'harm.). M.St., M.B.A, (Brit, Colo, Assistant Prolessor and Chan, Division ol'Clinieal Pharmacy, ant) Associaie Dean ot Pt.ilession.il Ptogtams 1AMES M, ORR, B.Si, 11'harm. i. M Si. i Alta ). I'h.D. (Calif,, San Fiaiisisco), Associate Piolessoi of i'hatmaceiitics and Biophannaceulica anil Associale' Dean of Undergraduate Programs JOHN Ci. SINCLAIR, 1) S.I' iSask.l. I'h.D. (Purdue), Professor of I'liarinacoloyy anil Toxii oio)ty and Associaie Dean ot Graduate Studies ami Reseaich. Continuing Pharmacy Education SHARON McKINNON. U.S. Il'lini.) (Tot,), Director. KEVIN 0, MOODY, B.Sc.iI'harai.i, M.B.A. (Bril. Col), Assisiani Director. Division of Pharmaceutical Chemistry FRANK S. ABBOTT, B.S.I',, M.S, (Sask. i, Ph.D. il'urdiiei. Professor and Chair DONALD M, LYSTER, B.Se. i Pharm.), M.Sc. I'li.D. (Alia.), Professor. KKI'I'H M, j, MlEKI.ANE. B S , iPharm.i, Ph.D. (Alia,), Ptofessor, RONALD II RLiD, B.St iPharm,i (Sasko. Ph.D. (Pharm, Chem.. (Chelsea College of Phanuary, London) Associale Professot. STEIN'10 BAND1F.RA, B.Sc. (Wan. M.Sc. (Dal I, I'h.D. (Guelph'., Assisiant Professor KENNETH CCRRY, li Si „ I'h.D. Condon I'olvli .hint). Assisiani Pfoiessor SIMON P. Al.BON. B.Sc, M St (Bril. Col.l, Senior Inslructor, MICHAKL 1 ADAM, B So, Ph.D. (Bril, Cof), Adjunct Ptofessot, IJiANNE EMBRliF, H.St .'I'hattni. M.Se, I'h.D, (Bni, Col.l, Adjunct i'toiessot. RONALD HARROP, B.A,, M.A.. I'li.D, (Cantati), Adjunct Professor, LAWRENCE I) MAYER, B.Sc. (Waftbuiyt, Mini). Ph.D. (Bioc.) (Minim Adjuncl Ptofessor CHRIS ORVIC. B.Sc (.VUG.i, I'h.D, (M.I.T,), Associale Member, .lOEIG. ROGERS. B.S 'M.l.T.i, M.S., Ph.D, (Cahf. Los Angeles), Adjunct I'toiessot. THOMAS J. RUTH. B.S (Si, Francis), M.A.i William & Man a, M.A., Ph.D.lClatkl, Adjunct Ptofessor Division of Pharmaceutics & Biopharmaceutics HELEN M BERT, B.Pharm Illalh). Ph.D (But Cof), Associale Professot anti Chair JAMES E. ANEI.SON, B.S l Wash. i. I'h.D, (N.Y.State, Buffalo,, Professot AIAN G, MITCIIFi 1, B.Pharm.. Ph.D, .lond.), M.P.S,, Professor JAMES M. ORR, B.Sc, (Pharnlo, M.Sc, cAlta.l. Ph.D. (Calif.. San t'lan.si.soo). Associale i'toiessot. M.ARGIT'.RITL YEE, U.S.: (Pharm.) (Bril, Col |, Senior instructor. MARION PEARSON. B Sc (Phatm, i (Bnt, CiCl, Instructor HELENA BARDOS, B.SciPliann , iBril Col). Lecturer, LYNDA ECCOTT, B.s( (Vic 111,). M.SclBtit, Cof). Sessional Lecturer Jl'DY I). KOTOW. B.Se iPharm ) (Brit. Col.l, Sessional Lecturer. HARPAI. S. BI rri'AR, D.V Ma Punjab). M.Sc. Ph.DyAlta.j, Adjunct Professor MEREDITH I. COTTON, B.St. (Enf>.| iQueen's). I'h.D (Alia.). Adjunct i'toiessot. Division of Pharmacology & Toxicology JACK DIAMOND, B.St. (I'li.trm l. M.Sc. (Alta.), I'h.D, (Mich.). Professor ami Chair GAIL I). BELLWARD, B S.P., M.S,P., Ph.D. (Bril, Col.i, Prolessor, SIDNEY KATZ. B.Si , Vi.Si „ I'li.D. (McG I, I'toiessot. KATHLEEN M, Mau.I.OD, B.S, iMiGo. Ph.D, (Alia i. Professor. JOHN IL Mi NEILL, B Sc l Phatm i, M.Sc. (Alia ), Ph.D. iMicli,), Prolessoi: BRIAN RODRIGI.ES, B.Si , V, Si (Karachi). M.Sc, Ph D.iBrh, Colo, Assistanl Piolessoi JOHN G SINCLAIR. B s.P. iSask.l. Ph.D. (i'urduel, Prolessor, PETERJ, SOI A. B.So (Southeastern Mass.) M.Sc, I'll,!), (Bin, Colo Assisiani Professor ROBERT L. TIIIES, B.S;s(lo. ai, D.V.M, lloua Stale), Ph.D, (low,, Assisiani Professor GLEN TIBBITS, B.Ed (McG.i, M.S.. I'h.D, (Cahf, Los Aiutelcsi, Adjunct Ptofessor, Division of Pharmacy Administration DAVID V). FIELDING, li Sc, ll'harm.i. M.Sc lDal.I, Ed D iBrit. Col.) Associate Ptofessot ami Chair. DAVID S, llll.L. B.Si, (Pharm i, M.St . M.B.A, (Bill. Cn! I, Assistanl Ptofessot, SHARON McKINNON. B.Sc iPhm.l (Turn. Let Hirer, and Director, Ciiniinuint; I'liatriacv Film anon. 240 Pharmaceutical Sciences RON McKERROW', B.Sc. (Piiarm.1 (Brir Coi I, M.B.A (S.Fraser), Assisiant Professor (part-time). KEVIN Cl MOODY, B.Se.(Pharm,), M.B.A (Bril, Col) Insiructoi: FRANK ARCHER, B.S.P. (Bnt. Col.), Atljuni t Profess, ir PETER W BELL, B.Sc. (Phatm j (Manit i. VI B.A (W: Out,), Adjunct Professor, JAMES CHARLES. B.S.P. (Bril. Cof), M B.A, (S Fraserl, Adjunct Ptofessor. ROBERT KLCHERAN, B.A., B.Sc (Lethbridge). Adjunct Professor LINDA I.YTI.E. B.Sc, (Phr.) (Texas), Adjunct Professor KENNETH McCARTNEY, B.S.P. fBrir. Colo. Adjunei Ptofessor. HIONARD E, MARKS, B.S.P, (Bril. Col.) Adjunct Professor. ElNLAV A. MORRISON, Pharm,f). (Calil I. Adjunct Prolessor. GORDON «'. RICHMAN. B Sc (Pharm i (Alia.), M.B.A. (Brit. Cof), Adjunct Professoi: BERNARD E RIEDEL C D., B.Sc. M.Sc lAlia ), I'll D (VK'.Ont. i, Adiiinct Proieasor. Division of Clinical Pharmacy DAVID S, HILL, B.Sc. (Pharm ). M.Sc, M.B.A. (Bril Col.). Assistanl Professor anti Chair. PETERJ. JEWESSON. BSc: i Pharm.). Ph.D (Bin Cof), Associate Professorand Co-Directot of Pharmacy Services, Vancouver Genera! llospiial. MARC LEVINE, B.Sc (McG,I, B.Sc, (Pharm.) (Bril, Gil.). Ph.D (McM.),.Associate Proieasor IAMES P. McCORMACK. B.Sc, B.Sc (Phatm. 1 .Btit, Col.i, Phatm,D, (Med, II South Carolina), Associate Protessor. NASEE.M R. AMARSHI. B.l'hann.. Pharmaceutics. M.So (fond.). Pharm.D. (Tennessee), Assistant I'toiessot, BRCCE C, CARLETON, B.Pharm. (Wash, i. Phatm.D, (tliait), Assisiant Professoi: GI.ENDA MENEILLY, B.Sc. (Pharm,), (Sask.), Pharm, D, (Massachusetts College of Pharmat v and Allied Health Sciences), Assistant Ptofessot, and Director, Pharm.D, Program. K, VV AVNE RIGGS, B.S, (Pharm.i, M.Sc. Ph.D. (Brir, Co..I. Assistant Professor. ROSSTSHYLKL B.Sc (Pharm.i (Brit. Col.,, Pharm,1), (.N.Y.State, Buffalo), Assistant Professor, PENELOPE F, MILLER, B.Sc. (Pharm.i (Bril. Col .1, M.A. (San Diego State), Senior Instrnt tor MARGUERITE YEE, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Bril, Col..'. Senioi Instruttot, TERRENCEJ MONTAGUE, BSc (Sl.F.X.l, M.D. (Dai) Honorary Professoi: Adjunct Professors GREG ATHERTON, B.Sc.l I'liarm ilBrir. Col.), Directoi oi Pharmacy, Royal Inland Hospital. LINDA CHOW. B.ScfPharm,) (Brit. CoL), Head, Depaitmeiu of t'hatmacv, British Columbia Cancel .Agency DEREK DAWS. B.Sc iPharm.) (Bril Cof i. Managing Director, Drug & Poison Information Centre ROBIN J. ENSOM. B.Sc (Pharm.) (Brit, Col.i, f'hatni.D. (South Carolina), Director o! Pharmacy St, Pauls Hospital. 1 DAVID HILTON, B.Sc , M.D. (Tor.) IOHN HOPE. B.Sc.lPharm.) (Bril. Col.l, Burnaby Hospital. CURT JORDAN. B.SctPharm.) (Brit. Cof). Director of Pharmacy, Surrey Memorial Hospital. ROBERT NAKAGAWA, B.Sc.lPharm,) (Bur Cof i. Lions Gale Hospital. PATRICIA N'ORFIEI.D, B.S.P, (Sask.), Roval Columbian Hospital BARBARA THOMPSON, B.Si,IPharm,l iBru 0)1 I, Rivervieiv ilospiial. Clinical Assistanl Professors RICHARD BACHAND, B.Sc iPharmoiAlberiai, Phaim.D (Minn.i, Associale Ditetioo Phannacv Cj renter Victoria Hospital Society. ANN BEARDSEI.L, B.Sc.lPhanil ) (Bril, Cof). Si Pauls llospiial. SHAKEEI. BHATTL B Piiarm.ii.'.K.I, Eimetsity Hospital-UBC Sue GLEN BROWN, B.Sc (Pharm.HBrit. Colo, Pharm D. (Mass.), Phaimacy Services, St. Paul's Hospital EDDli.ION, B.S,, (Tori, B.A. iDafl.BSc iPharm.i (Bril. Col ), Pharm,D (NT.Slate. Buiiaio.. Clinical Coorih.e.aioi: Roval Columbian Hospiiah DONALD HAMILTON. B S, iPhaim.iiBol. Col ), Clinical Coordinanus Phatmacv Services. B O Children's Hospital i.OISHIiNTER.B.SciPbarm.l (Alta. c Sunn Memorial Hospital. DEBRA KENT, B.A., Pliatm, i) iC.liii.. Rnersidei. Program Supervisor Educaiioi!, linn; N Poison Inlormahon Centre SAT VTA LACOMBE, B.S. iDalo. I'liarm 1) iMe.'f i: South Carolina). Pharmacy Services. Uncivil it Hospital W ENDY LEONG. B.S,..; Pliatm, i. Phalli, Dilinl Col... .Assistant Ditecloi of Phannacv. Biirrnai'.i Hospiiai CATHY Mat Dot GALL. B.Sc (Pharm.l (Toi ;, Pharm.D. iBrit, Coi.i, Vancouver General I It .spiral. DOLG MAI.YIiK, B.So il'iiarm.i iliril Cof, Pharm.D (Minn i, Assisiani Diteciot. Pharmac' Services, Clinical, Rota: Coiunibian llospiial BRi (II MILI.1N. B SC IPharm.i (Bni, Colo, Sc Pan) s Ilospnal MITSLHO MIYALA B.Sc (Phatm ., iBril Col i. Si Paul s Hospiiai LYNNE NAKASHIMA, BSoiPliatm i .Bill (.of.. Pharm D, (North Carolina). Pharmac: Services, British Columbia Cancer Agency. TERRY.N NAHMANN, B.SclPhaim.l. Pharm.D. Hint. Cof l, Pharmacy Services. Lions Gale ilospiial CINDY REESOR NLMMO. B.Sc.lI'nann;, VLPhann (Aha.), Pharmac.' Services, Vancouvei Genetai Hospual. NTLIJEAR PARTOVL B.Si.il'harm.) (Bin Coi,I, PhatniD. iMcl 17 South t.aiolinai, Phatniacv Services, Vancouver General Hospiiai ADELP. RHNTKiS. B S.P, (Brit. Co), i, i'.linu,tl Pharmacy Specialist. Ps'o'liiattv, i'niversii;,' Ilospnal KAREN SHALANSKY. li,Sc,Pliaini,,l'loi ' Phaim ll (Med, II South Carolina). Pharmac Setvices. Vancouver General ilospiial STEPHEN SHALANSKY. B.S, [.harm ) I Bin. ( o! I Pharm.D iMed. II Soulh Cafoimai Edui alinii Pharmacist, Lions Gate llospiial KLBINASCNDERJI. B.Si .(['harm, l, I'haim.l) Hint Cot), Vancouver Genera! llospiial l.OLANNE TWIT'S. B.S.P, (Bril Col ). ! Iinie.il Pharmacy Spccialisi, Vmbnialoiy Care. Lniversilv llo.spilaf GILLIAN A WILLIS, I'h (7, V !:S,,N,/ ,. ..PS.iGio.a Brilain). Program Siipenisor, Poison Itlformali.nl, Ding .: Poison Iniornialion Cenlre. Clinical Instructors - Hospital • ilrilish Coiiiinhia Canter Agc-mo - Main Dung B.St .(Phanii.i.i Bill.ColoMatianneMoorcBsc (i'harin , lBril Coi.i, • Be. Drug and Poison infoimanon Centre ,'Vnne Lealhem, B.S P. M.S.P 'Bnt. Coi.i. Beverly Loins. B.SeiPhanii.i IBrit. Colo. Dirty I.yttil, B.S l>, iSask,i, Kail hen Mciiiiies.ii.Scai'llatmii Alia, i, Allan McKinnon. B.ScaPharmo (Bril Coi), M.Dr (t.onzaga, Spokane. Wash.!. Janet Wenh, B.Si .ii'haimo {Brit Co! .. M.Sc.(,\led i (Nfld I • Burnabv nospitah-CliinssaCheng.BS, , Pharm hlliit CoIgl.ggvDang, B.Se.lPhariin.Bni.Col i. Elizabelh Gaitinei: B.S, (Phaim ) iBril, Coil, Jane - John.siouc. B.SelPharm.) Hint. Col i, Anne Irpik. B s, .(Piiarm., I Bnt. Co!), Eli7aheihNatlalini.il Sol Phatm iHni Colo, Eve Sample, B.Sc. (Pharm.) (Bril. Col), CehnaSbeplveki. B.SPoSaskalchcwani M.Sci'Bni ( oi i.HianaSleihen.L. B.Sc il'harin.ii'Bril.CofeRosiSiiieiiiaiiJtSo.l'harni . iliril, Colo, AnihonvTatldei, BSi (Pharm .din! Co! .. Slcphcil Weaker. B.SoiPhui'm itljni Coi.) • British Columbia's Children's Hospiiai Claire Allen. B.Sc(l'harni.)(Bt)i Cof) Susan liatss. liScd'haim i (Alta.) Teresa Bells, B.SciPliarnio, Hint. Coi . Diane Bramhall. B.SciPharm) (Pli: Coi .. Linda Brown. BSciPharm.i. M Si.il'h.u'mo iliril loC. Joanne Busset, B.Sc I Phaim., (Brit Colo. Kathleen Collin. BSt (Piiarnio (Bn; (,oli, A/unna Dhaiain-.i. BSolI'liarm) .'Bin. Co! ) Kohena Esau BS, ,|>li,;,„, ,, (Bni. Col), Dominique Kiioo. B Sc l Piiarm.) iiln! coi ,. PaulKokcB.Scd'ii.inn.iiBin Coi , licin.iilcIieKoudor, B.Si:(Phaini.) (Bril Goi .. Bruie hinge B Sen Piiarm . IBrit, Col), Julia fee. B.sc.iPiiarm.i (Brio Co!) Aoen MacDonald, B.Scil'harni i (Scoliaiiib.lohn Macteaiiv B.st i Phatm.) t Tor.l. Ailierl McDougal, B.Sc (Pharini [Mass...DianeMcLines,IS Scii'harm itllril.Colo,Linda VtoiTis.B.Sc H'llaini ) (tallied Kingdom., Melva Peters B,S> I Phatm.) (Bill, Colo, Susan Rudoll, B.Sc.l Phatm) ' Bril (.ol : Ian Sheppard, B.Sc (Pharm, li Bin Col! • Eagle Ridge Hospital - Susan .Ninth, B.NciPharm i (Bin Co! I. Matthew Lum. B.Sc (Pharm., IBril Coi j. Leslie llllcnbcrgcr. B.Sc.l Pharm i illrit. Co! ., Tina Randell, B Soil'lianii ..(Bril, Co!.,, Thomas .arson, B.Si.(Pharm.;. (Bril, Cof), ' Lions G.lie Hospital -- Kiihc Bowman, li So! Pharm i i.Man ) thereat'Broil!. BSciPhaiTn i (lint. Col i.Marf tollins B.S,., M.Se. (On.) B.Scd>haiin , iBfil. Cot,, Anne Daviilson. B S, titan.I dim Col ... Karen Desjardins, B.Sc.l Pharm) (Bril, Coi ,, Juliette Huiii, B.S, ...Piiarm H.Bril Cof), I'hoiiiasJoncs.B.Si tPharm , (Bir, Col: Samuel Louie. B.SciPhaiin , illiit Coi .. loamie Mari|iiis, BSe.tl'luirm.i iliril. Co! j. Dame! M.uiiiiuscn. B.soiPil; .) (Bill, Co!.',, Ken McGregor. BSi il'harm.i (Bril, i ..I j. Eav Than-,. B.Sod'iianno (Bill. Colo • Peace Anh District Hospual - l.nuic Utilise. BSciPiiatm ) iBnt !.ol). David Forbes. B.Si.il'harm Iliril Coil, Cynihia Kopperl. H Si .(I'liarm. i iDialn Michael McMillan, BSi lI'liarm .. M B V iBnt, Col i. Chen! Oima, B.S, (Pharm,i dim Col i, Eiien Slevvao IS,Si i I'liarm , (Bru, (.ol i. Annette Walker BS, ..i'liarm.illiiil, Colo, C.env Walls. B.Si.iPharm,, 'Bill, (.of), • Guccis Dnk Ilospua! - Andiea Wcsiow-ki. B.M' iliril CI , ' The Richmond llospiial- Slete Chung. B.Si iPhariiin IBi'ii Coi,i,ElenaJeandsSc!I'hatm.)(Btit Coi gPoberr MiCoJom.B.Si (Piiarm . iBni, Col), Keith Vh Donald, BS, iPliari'io. VI.B.A, ,'Brii. Co!.., N'eiia McDonald, B Sci Phariii.nBnl.Colo.GeorgeNicKolotf, B.Sc.l Pharm l iliril (of,, Leslie Vy'ong, Ii Sea Pharm,! .'Bill. Col) Claudia . ohcr, BS,. ii'liarnl lliiril.Cofi <lci!;i W'nug. B.Scal'hann) (Minn.) ' Rneoiev. ilospiial -Jem Alttows, li Sc li'liarmo o.lonli.i.liiendaChevv.B.Sc.d'harni .TinrCo! i,Kathy Choi. 1) SciPharm.i (Brie Col.l, Bativ Co/ar, BSt ,Pharm , i Bril, Coi.,, Dnogias Deo li St a Pharm i Bni Co! o.lamcsKim, B.Sc,i Pharm,ii Bril,Col i.likiiartl Morse, ii Si (Pharm i (Bnt Cof) Debotaii I'aiock, li s,.( I'liarm, dint. Cof i, Lilian, Tebaisi.BSi t Pharm. i .Bru.to! ), 1 Roval (riumhian Hospual - Brad Aiiiiiooslikin B Sc iPharm.) dint. Cof). Ruben Ba!en, B.Sc.lPhariii) (Bril. Cof). Frances Chow, B.Sc.l Pharm.i dint Coin. Phaim I) (Mam ,. Tod Conner. B.SryPharm.) .Brit. Co! i, Sherrv ( nulls, li.SciPharm,; iliril Co!,,, Donna Dace, !!Sc'Piiarm,i (Bril. Col.,.. Kristol Dvik, lis,,, iPiui m , (Bril, Co!. gWeniivGortitin, B.Si a Phatn'c, dim.Go! ..Lenorallo,BSc.iPharm jtllrit Oil .Winnie fain. li.Sc I'h.irin.) (Bill, Colo, Rnllanl SHoc BscaPhaim . dlrii Co! ; Dale T'oews, P.St .Piiaitn iBni.Co: ; Paul Vance, BSc.(Pharm,i [•Vila i ' Re,vallnlandilos|iital- NunzioBaroneB Se (Pliatm.itllrit. Col i, Dan Wiltlemann. B.Scil'hatm ii Brit. Col !. ■ Rovaijiihilee Ilospnal- Brent Alkni' ,li Scil'haini.i illnt. Colo, Jane Beltany, B.Sc.lPhaini 1, B.Scit'coii iLccdsi. Ricllatli Coitiiiei: B.Si d'hamil (Brir Coll, John Do.lm, B.Si Phm.lTor ,. Wayne Howe. B.S, d'harniaiAita.) El'ii Richler, B.Sc (I'liarm i (But. Co! g B.S, iliiol.il L Vie), Daniel Rimek, B.Si 'Phatm. 1 (But Co! ,, I Inn Lin, Yevc B.Si .(Zoo! i, B.Sc .Pharm.. IBril Cc! j. ' si Pauls ilospnal - Steve Barnes i! SruPhjrni.i (Bril. '.ol... Anna Callegan. B.Si .(Miami . iBiil Co! i. lane Cissnh li,Sc..,Piiarm , (Sask,,, lack Da silci B.Se (Piiarm) illnl. Col.i, Caroline Du. B.ScaPhatiii.i i Um. Col i, Pamela Gram, li.Sci Pharm i dint Co! ,: Loteiia llatfinglon, B.Sc.l Pharm, t Birr Cof), alien ii;.!1. B.Si a Fhacm ; i Alia), tiregon Head, BSc (Pliaruli (lira Coi i. Joanne Jung, BSclPiianin dint. (of. Vngeiii Kini-Saig. Bs. (Pharm,I dint. Coi.i. Pharm I). ,so,,diCaroiina;.cordonKlamnii't.B.Scd'haim oBin, (oi ..Andrea Lee. B S. d'hatma (Brit.Col ,. I icle-n I ec B.S, d'ilarrn.i(Bni (,oi.!,Maiiannaieu!ig,B.Scd'harm,, yiaii Low. B.Si . I'liarm i (Bin Col.i, Kellv Mihannali. U.S. (P!,,,;m , dhii Co! n Gordon MiC.reen, Bs.- (Piiarm.) ,sask.s N.nlii'.e Moore B.Si Piiarm.i ilint (ol , PaiilincMosbenau.B.ScsPharm nlliit.Col.i. Maui P-.ir.tn. li.SciPharml (Brit. Col), Ian Pelterson, BSciPiiarni.iiBiii.Cofi.Melital'tashi'iick.lS.S'. iPliatin, (Bril. (.ol), Nimira Sllivji. BSclPharm ) iliril Coi Nitk T'ofok, B.ScaPiiarm.) (Brit. tail). Vliki Iripp B.Se il'haim , dim. Col I, Ronald Wall, lis, .pnio., i Bni. Coi.., Jennifer Wong, Bscll'hiirui.i dlrii ( ol , • Siirrev Memorial Hospital - Carla 'Vinlinoiiu B.Se (Piiarm i iliril. Col i. Run Uml.ni. B s, ,!>!,,,,,, illnl. Coin, Sandra Pinning, i) St.(Piiarm i (Bin Col... Boh Gillies. B.S, ..'Pharmi (Bni Col.i. Ainsha Laiioiii B.SciPhiiim iiBii!,i:oi,i,Mnliae!i.ouie,Bs, illaiin dint Co!,,, Betsy Membiv: B.Soil'harm i Dint (.,,' , Connie I'aiei-o de Anaya, B.SraPiiarm.i ili'il Col .. Sll'.'.lill.i Walls. BSc (Pharm.) (Bin Col). Andrea Wan! B.S, ,iPhain..,iBri!.Cof),IohnW'"arkenlin B.SciPhaiin , diril Coi i • Lrnvelsny i!os|)ital - i'BC Sue - Narmii. Amarsln liPliaim.iHKnBS, iPiiann.oBril.co! cL.uialto.ane. B.sciPhatm ,i dint Col i.hidv liurreif BSi iPionn o'diao, Caroline Chin, li,Sea Phaim,) (Bin Go!.!. Karen C'urlis. BSc ll'hurm i illnl Co! i. Knih in-a, m B.SciPliaiin.nliiil.Col.iAlariorieEileseii.ll.si i piiarm (Bril, Col) Diana Fuoco BScfPhann,, (Bni On . lone ilann, B.Si .iPharm. j iManti), Palri.l. Via. BSc (Piiarm.i dim. Cof i, Ron Palivasl, B Sen Hli.nio iBfil, Coi ... ivnn R. Iroriiei: B.Si IPharm .I Bin ',,: PauIYii, B.SoCPll.ii'ili.liOllio! • Vaiionncriiospiia!and I lealtli SciencesCcnite i-eu'i lll.lnisoii. B.SolPhaillioiBfil (,o! .. saliv I eai liSc.iPha.iii.jdira. CofnJoCi'iang.B.Si iPhaim..dim Co! i. Aiiat Dossn, B.SclPhaimo dlrii Cof), l.uii.ina I'r.ghcllo B.Sc.(I'liarm.) .Bill Co!,,, lack Gardii''! B.StaPharm i iliril Coi ). Ales Herring, li Sod'ham , iliril. Col) Nargis Karsatl B.Si,,i'liarm; liiiutl I, i.ec Kv!e. B.Sc.l Pliatm, i ,A!;ao. Tani Lull. B.s, ,Pharm dlrn Coin Lnk lev. li.Sci i'liarm. oBnl. Col i. I'ii.,r ;>, D (Minn i Eileen Louie, B.ScaPhaitn.! lilril. Co! i Lor, Milmviv, B.St iPharm) illrit. Col i. Lois Mi Isaac BsciPhann il Bni (nil,Luiiiia Manilla!!!, US, (Piiarm '.Brii.Ci.fi.Harindi-, Mann. B.ScaPhanr,., iiio, ( oi n Shelagh Mattinusen. BScaPharin i (Bru (a,I . Ionoi Ng, B.SciPhann,, iBril, (.ol i. Dorm,, NitkoloM BSc l Piiarm D Bril Colo. Tom Petersen. H Si .['harm .Brit, Co! :, Shehn,, Ravant U.S. iPharm.) iliii! Cl li.dv Yip. B.Scal'iiatm.i ilinl. Col i, Ciuis Simtiei B.SraPliann. 11 Bill,Cof i,liaib.,raSciiocn. B.Sol Pharm , (Bitt,Col),VlariShii!g,BScalih.,rm idiol Oil , Lnlh I'thitlj. B.Si. iPh.iM.1 ) lillil. Col i Tina I'siad. lis, a Pharm lilini.Co: ..Aim, W'.u. B.Sc . I'liarm olir.. Cof), Liana Wolowidnvk. B.ScaPhafmi (Ian Col .. had) Yip.BM..i['h,ariii,i(Bnt.Co!, • VictonaGeiieniiHospiial-GfegMcKelvie.ii.S, (I'liarma iBru (,ot i. Phatm D il'liiladc'l, hia College oi Pli.u inacvanilSiieniin Clinicai Instructors - Community Pharmacies VI BOl.'RKE, B.st il'liiifin i (Bin. Coio, IIARBAR.V I liREITENMOSEH. B.Se iPliarm.) iBnt. Col,,. ROD CILV: It.ScaPhanin iBru Col.i. SIT INA ( I LAO lis. d'haou) Biil.Ciifi.SARiiUhAEH! liScal'iiatm.l din! (ail , N ; IIENG, BSe.ll'ii'uni l (Bill Co! j. ARTIIt R CHIN. P.Si ,I'liarm.i(Bnt.Colo.DOKKKNfTIOVi.H Si .Piiarm , dint Col i, L CHOW', H.Sc.iPharm , iBril Co!,., s (LAYTON. B.Sc i Pliatm. i iliril. Col). PE'I'EK COOK. B.SoiPharm i (Bru, Co! i, C (Y'R. B.Scal'iiann ■ il'aa in! i, MARCIA DASH, ii Sin Piiarm l (lint Col , D DFSROSIERS. P.Soil'harm,', iliril C! 1. A, DOIC.'i'Ii BSi (Pharm., tlicit c,.|.;, s El.l.LS, BScd'haim i il'.,!' Coio J EWER'i. BScfl'harm.i (llrit, Co! ,, MAKlV HNVMORE, B.s, il'liarm i (Bnt Coio, IOHN i.)( Kid I.' ii.SioPh.inn 11Brit ( oi.,CI!RISK)RM(IS'VB si .iph.inn , Brit. Col.i. U i't'KI'l. HSiaPharm,! liira Col ' ST.ANI.fA idi'i;, liSi' iliril Col ,. M GAI.i IVtOR!,, IS So, Pharm., Hint. Col ,, RAYG VI CHER. B. seaPliarni.il Bi a. Col ,, P (ill.Lll.St iPharm.iilira.Col.gAGIASSER.HScaPharni i din! Colo, li H.ANNA. BScaPlianii i (Bril. Colo, SALVIA HARJEF. BS, ipliatmo .Brit C ol I II, IIASLAiff lis, a['iiarin.iiBni Col i.f HERRING B.Si .(I'liarm., Urn (olo, G HOffORD, l..Sc [Phaim ! .Bni Co! I. >'- HOSsElNI.B.s, iPharm idlrii Col,),CHI ,11 Si il'liann oiiii Col.i. AI.AN 111 DDOCK.BSi ilTlatm .. lllrii.to! COWIE HIT, BSr.iI'liarm.) (Bru Col i s Hi) I'.st (Pharm iiBnl.Coli I lltiN'DAL.B.SciPliarn, 11Um (olo RON INGIoVHA VI, B.S.P iBnt, Col... A/.V!IN'AJiVV \ B.Si, (Phaim, dim. Coin VI.JOHNSTON. BSolPhann .■ illrit.( oi l.!).J()\i:S.B,Si iPharm itllrit Coi i 0 II NG, Pharmaceutical Sciences 241 B.Sc ifharni) (Brit. Cof), I, JE'NG, D.Sc .(I'liarm.: (Bni. Coll,/ KARIM.B.Sea.Pllarni.ilHrit.CiilgDVVIDKOIDVV, B.Sc.i Phatm,! (Bril, Coi I, WILLIAM KRAI.T. B.Si,(Piiarm I (Brit. Col i. LORN . KROLL U.Si:(Pharm.i iliril. Co! i, R, LAI. II St ipi!;ifm.l(l)ni.Col). A. LAM.B.Sc(Phaiin.l iliril. Col i, F LAD BSc tl'harm.i (Btit Col i. W. LAI B > , I'll.uiii, ■ iBril. Col i. S. LEONG, B.Sc.iPliann.i (lira to! .. s Ll, B.Sc (I'hatm) (Bril, CoL), RON HEW. BScaPiiai.i; . illrit. Col i. B LONG. P.Sc (I'liarm '. dim Coi i ELIZABETH LOPEZ, BSc. (I'liarm ) (Bni, Co! i, V I.CiSITH.B.Soll'harm lilltit Coi.i,BI.OHIE.BSi (Piiarm : i linn Co! l S 111, B.S,, (Pharm i (Bru. Col.i. SIMON Iff B.Sc, iPharm , IBiil, Cof), V I.DVI, B.SclPllaim i iliril. ( ol C MARSH. B.Se lITiarm.l (lint. Col i, ROBERT MASON, B.s,,'Phann. i, Bril, Cot,., N. MeLEOD, B.Sc.l ITianii.l iBrieCol i.KOBERTMIYASHITATS.Sr.li'harm KlSni.Coio, D. NG. I! Si (Phann.. iliril. Coil, MARVIN NIDER, ii.sc G'hafm.iiBili. Cof cD.OSTROW'SKI, B.Scal'hafm.' ,Brit Cor idOREENPAVNANEN,B.Sc.lPliann.lilinl,Col ., p. PASICYNYK, B.So,Pharm ) Iliril. tag I, A. I'ASKOVle, iiSc iPharm , ,'Biit, Co! i, D, PATTERSON, B.SnPhaim , iB'it, I of,, PALI.POIACIIEK. IS.Scil'haini,) (lira, Coi). sfEPHEN POZNIKOEF. B.SclPharmi (But. Col.,, M, PRATT B sea I'liarm ) Hint. Colo, C.Ql 'ON, B.S. .(Piiarm.) I Bin. Col i, I REID, B.Sc (Phaim' dim. Col.i, I SANDS, B.SoiPharm,oiiru.Col l.h.sANGIIA.B.Sc il'harm iillrit. Cof', NANCY SCIILITZ, B scii'harm,) illnl. Col, J SHAsKE, BS, (Pharm.) iliiu. Cof. EMMIE Sil liSralaiann) iBiil.Coi.g P SENG, ii Sc(l'iia;m ; dim CoL.V.SZOMBATIlY.B.Si. i Pharm.pHnt Cof i IHTll'lil' THIIlyt IT BS.P, llint, Col.l, slllRA/ THOBANI liSi'al'harm l iBril Col), R. THOMSON, BSc iPharni., .Bill, Colo, R, TRESSIDEE. B.StaPilann) iBru Col.i. J TSE, its, iPhatm.) (Biit. Col.l. ROBERT WILLIAMSON. BNod'harm ) (Bill Col), DARYL WING, IS Sc (Phatm I i Brit col l. G WONG. B.SciPharm ) dlrii Col i, !) WAil.Vt HLK, li.SciPharm.i illrit Col.l. Rt'sSKI.I YIN. li Sc (Piiarm.l (Bra. Cot). DAVIDYOl'NG, B.Sc (Plia"i;: ', (Bru Colo, VINO! ZLCCARO. ii SciPharm l itinl Coi j Regional Co-ordinators of Continuing Pharmacy Hducation NPNZiO BARONE, B.Sc.lPhartn.itlifin Got, GERALD (AKMICHAFL B.Sial'haim,) tl.ni. Colo, PINNULE CHylTLRSON.B Sen Phm) (Birmingham, JAMES! HIE. BSc i i'liarm, 11 lint, toll, DAVE COOK, B.S.P IBril, Col i. [LNSTFERCOOLEN.B.Scal'harrn ,iDal).WENDY CSEKE, B.S, iPharm.i iBnl,Col,I.MARKDlCK.SON,B.Si llharni i illnl Coi.l.JcflE FAUN, B.Sed'harm.iiBrit. Col ) MERV K()S.VLAN,B,Sial'h,anil,ilBril.CoI,.,WAYx.'EKROSClllNS|.A, BS, (Pharm,) ,'Bnu Coi,,, sl!Klll LAI.LL B.Sc (I'ii.irnnl mo (Bill, Colg Col.i, DARCY CoL), MEGAN I i. MARSHALL LYNN MOORE. i.A KAINVi! I.E. Bill Col l, STEVE LEONG. B.SeiPhai NESIA Vt,.GRAW, B.SciPharm., itinl McMCRTRIF, B.Sc.(Piiarm, i (Bril MAl'ITAND. B.Sc,(Phann ) (linl, Co MOLESCIII, BSiaPharni) iBtii. Co! I B.Sc .Piiarm,i (Bru. Co! i, BARB.V! B.Se.lPharill) tBrit Col), MOHAMET) REHMT'tTLA. BCoPharm ', [linl.Col.'.. HOWARD ROSE, B.Si iPhann ) iBril Coli,(.AniYSAHLSTROM.B„Sc,il'hai'm.l(li!ii 0,1), MARION SCHOLZ, I! Sc (I'liarm.) iliril Col.i, JOHN SILVKt, BS, ,IPhann I (Bnt. Col), WAYNE SHELLEY'. liScaPiiaiiiio illnl Co!.,, SHARON \ SHEITIEKD, B.Si T'ilailll liliril.CoI I, CHRIS SHTTON. B.SealTiariil) (Bru Co!,i,!|iI.IFW'niTE,B.SciPiiarni oBnl.taa ..KAREN YOI'-'TE, BSc. (Pliann.iililll Coi.', Rehabilitation Sciences 243 Practice in Occupational Therapy and Physical Therapy Occupational therapy and physical therapy are health professions primarilv concerned with reducing the effects of impairment or disability on a person's ability to move and function in everyday life. Functional impairment ancl disability may result from injury, disease, developmental disorders, or the aging process, and may affect a person's physiological systems, sensation, movement, or emotional or intellectual function. In many settings, therapists serve as members ofa team of rehabilitation specialists, including physicians, nurses, social workers, special educators, speech pathologists and psychologists. Occupational therapists and physical therapists may work in hospitals, rehabilitation centres, psychiatric institutions, industrial facilities, government and voluntary health agencies, schools, extended care facilities, the client's home, or in private practice. Occupational Therapists are concerned with the effects of various conditions on the life performance ol their clients. Following a thorough assessment of the client's abilities and skills, occupational therapists implement treatment and intervention programs which enable maximum independence in the home, community or workplace. They do so through the use of carefully selected activities designed to increase functional skills, through prescription of adaptive aids and devices, through recommendation of appropriate modifications in the living environment, and through other educational and training strategies which address physical, psychological, or cognitive deficits interfering with the daily occupations of self-care, work, and play. Physical Therapists specialize in problems related to movement. The more common movement disorders result from impairment of neuromuscular, musculoskeletal, respiratory or cardiovascular systems. Following assessment of their clients, they often use physical agents such as therapeutic exercise heat, cold, and electrical stimulation to increase muscle strength and function, reduce pain, promote general health and fitness, and prevent disability. As specialists in movement dysfunction, physical therapists also provide expertise in human mobility, carefully analyzing gait patterns and prescribing treatment regimens or devices (such as braces, crutches or wheelchairs) to enable clients to move independently through their environments. General Information Degree programs in the School of Rehabilitation Sciences typically require four years of education beyond high school. Prerequisites, which usually require one or more years of study, may be completed at The University of British Columbia or any other accredited university or at a community college. For those admitted to the professional programs in the School, the second, third and fourth years of study for the degree are completed in the School of Rehabilitation Sciences ancl at affiliated health care facilities in British Columbia and across Canada. Because of the nature of the curricula, pursuit of the degrees offered by the School is normally on a full-time basis. Where any of the required courses for these programs have been completed prior to admission to the School, advance standing may be granted. Applicants for a second degree in the School of Rehabilitation Sciences will be considered along with all other applicants to second year. If admitted for the second degree they may he given credit for core courses completed within the preceding five years. The School of Rehabilitation dCrlt&ilGGS k School within the Faculty of Medicine. The School of Rehabilitation Sciences provides professional preparation in the rehabilitai ion sciences, and awards the degrees of Bachelor of Science in Occupational Therapy (B.Sc. (O.T.)), Bachelor of Science in Physical Therapy (B.Sc. (P.T.)), and Master of Science (M.Sc). Students are reminded that the general policy of The University of British Columbia as to admission and registration will be fo lowed. Admission Applications for admission to the programs in the School of Rehabilitation Sciences will be considered from candidates who meet :he pre-requisite courses and minimum academic standi ig listed in the applicable program of study. Becauseo limitations in clinical placements, facilities and resources, class sizes must be restricted. Not every qualified applicant will be offered admission. Admission it based on a selection process which strives to enrol the most Highly qualified, applicants. Selection is based on completion of pre-requisites, academic standing, written and verbal communication skills, maturity and personal suit tbility. Personal characteristics are judged through interviews and letters of reference. Written communication skill s judged by performance on a timed and supervised essav. Primary consideration is given to residents of British Columbia. Applicants will be notified if thev- qualify for the essay and interview. Specific and up- to-date admissions procedures are described in the re- spectiveprograms'/l/jp//c'«>;f/HybrmfltoH handouts available from the Coordinator, Student Services, in November of each year Program in Occupational Therapy • Pre-requisite courses — a minimum of 30 credits of university or college coursework is required, and must include: Biology, 6 credits, BIOI. 110 and 120 or 115 and 120 Englisu, 3 crcdiis, (ENGL 112 recommended) Psychology, a-6 credits at 11)0- or 200-level Sociology oi Anthropology, 3-6 credits at 100- or 200-level' Statistics, 3 credits Electives, 6-12 credits, as required to fulfill 30 credit minimum. Recommended: Chemistry 103 or 110 or 121 ancl 122 • Minimum academic standing — 70% (GPA 2.8), calculated or the 30 credits of pre-requisite courses. • References -- one let tor of reference is required from a person knowledgeable about the applicant's volunteer or work experience with people with disabilities. The letter must verify a minimum of 70 hours experience. Program in Physical Therapy • Pre-requisite courses — a minimum of 30 credits of university or college coursework is required, and must include: Biology, 6 credits, BIOI. 110 and 120 or US and 120 Chemistry, 6 credits, CHEM 103 or 110 or 121 and 122 English, 3-6 credits, (ENGL 112 recommended) Psychology, 3-6 credits at 100- or 200-level Statistics, 3 credits Electives, 3-9 credits, as required to fulfill 30 credit minimum. • High school pre-requisite — Physics 11. • Minimum academic standing — in order to be considered eligible, applicants must: 1) Achieve an average of 65% (2.5) for the pre-requisite courses (Biology, Chemistry, English, Psychology and Statistics); and, 2) Obtain a minimum academic standing of 70% (2.8) in 30-60 credits which will be based on: a) the pre-requisite courses and electives (a total of 30 credits) for applicants who have completed one year; or b) all credits (to a maximum of 60) for applicants who have completed two years; or, c) the most recent 30 credits and 30 credits from one other vear in which the applicant has attained the best academic standing (a total of 60 credits) for applicants who have completed three or more years, • References — two letters of reference are required, one of which must be from a person knowledgeable about the applicant's volunteer or work experience with people with disabilities. The letter must verily a minimum of 70 hours experience. Physical Fitness Requirements Upon acceptance each applicant must present a certificate of physical fitness from a physician in accordance with the regulations of the Student Health Service. Application Procedure and Fee All inquiries and requests for application forms should be addressed to: Coordinator, Student Services, School of Rehabilitation Sciences, The University of British Columbia, T325,2211 Wesbrook Mall, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 2B5. All parts of the application are to be completed and 244 Rehabilitation Sciences submitted to the School no later than February 28. with the single exception of final official post secondaiy transcripts which must be submitted no later than May 31. An application fee of $75.00 must be submitted if transcripts are from an institution outside of B.C.; or 150.00 if transcripts are from an institution wilhin B.C. Applications received with incomplete documentation or without the correct fee will not be processed. Costs Other Than Sessional Fee Students should be prepared for the additional expenses required in these professional programs, including costs associated with uniforms, travel, clinical fieldwork and books. General information is available in the Applicant Information brochure. Specified information is available at the School for incoming students only. Since some clinical fieldwork placements are located outside Vancouver, students should include the addilional costs associated with travel, meals and accommodation for such placements in estimating total expenses. Because of the requirements for travelassoctated with the various levels of clinical fieldwork placements within Vancouver and the Lower Mainland, students should be prepared io arrange for convenient transportation (preferably access to a can in order to minimize the time and effort necessary to meet their obligations for these educational experiences. Advanced Standing Advanced standing/exemption for required courses in the B.Sc.(O.T.) and B.Sc (P.T.) programs is granted only with previous completion of the identical courseCs) or their equivalent. Students, once admitted, must requesi advanced standing/exemption, in writing, to the Coordinator, Sludent Services, by August 15. Attendance 1) Students are expected to attend all lectures and laboratory periods in each course. Admission to lectures or laboratories and credit for attendance mav be refused bv an instructor for lateness, misconduct, inattention or neglect of duty. 2) A student absent from classes because of illness must comply with the regulations of the Student Health Service. 3) If unavoidably absent for clinical placements, a sludent is required to notify-the clinical facility and the School. Examinations 1) Examinations inthe School of Rehabilitation Sciences mav be held at various times throughout the vear. Final Examinations are normally written at the end of each academic term, and are obligatory for ail sludents. 2) Absence from an encl-of-term examination will normally result in a failing mark for the examination which could result in a failure for the course 51 If, for reasons of health, a student is unable to attend a scheduled examination and has advised the School accordingly, the student mav apply in writing to the Director for permission to sit for the examination at a later date. In such cases, permission may be given for the student to write a supplemental examination. Documentation from the Student Health Service or a physician certifying the nature ancl duration of an illness is required for students missing scheduled examinations for reasons of health. -t) In any course with laboratory (practical) and written examinations, satisfactory standing may be required in both parts in order to achieve a standing of pass or above. 5) Essays and examination papers may be denied a passing mark if thev are illegible or unacceptably deficient in English 6) The minimi im passing mark in anv School of Rehabilitation Sciences course is 60"i,, 7) At the discretion of the course instructor, a student who has otherwise made satisfactory progress but whose performance on a scheduled final examination for a course offered within the School is not sufficient to achieve a passing mark for the course mav- begranted permission to write a supplemental examination. Under such circumstances, if the supplemental exam is passed, the student's grade for the course will be recorded as a "C+" (65%). 8) A student mav be denied the privilege of writing a supplemental examination if satisfactory attendance- has not been demonstrated or if previous coursework has been unsatisfactory. Advancement 1) A Promotions Comminee will determine a student's eligibility for promotion at the end of each academic year. A student whose academic standing is unsatisfactory in more than one course during a given session mav be required io temporarily withdraw from the School or repeat the entire vear. 2) A student mav be granted the privilege to repeal a year's coursework onh once during the three year professional program. Unsatisfactory performance in three or more courses cumulatively (over the duration ofthe programi will result in a requirement to withdraw from the School. Students who are required to withdraw from the School under the provisions of this policy will not be permitted ioapnlv for readmission. 3) Ethical professional behaviour is expected of students ai all times in both academic and clinical coursework required for the degrees. The School reserves the right to recommend that disciplinary action be taken bv the President ofthe University regard ing any student whose behaviour is deemed to be unprofessional or inconsistent with tbe responsible and competent pro-ision of health care. The ► University has established appeal provisions for any discipline imposed .subsequent lo such a recommendation. Clinical Fieldwork Experience Clinical fieldwork, in facilities whit h have been approved by the School of Rehabilitation Silences and affiliated with the University, will be supervised by Universily appointed personnel. Clinical fieldwork in either occupational therapy or physical therapy wili be provided in facilities such as hospitals, health i iiniss, community care; agencies and rehabilitation centres. A minimum of one four- to eight- week clinical iicldwoik experience is required to be completed outside the Greater Vancouver area. Students arc responsible for ail expenses involved. RSPT 230/RSOT 235 (4 weeks 6 weeks) - - A student, failing to complete each section of these a mrses sarisfac - torily or withdrawing for anv reason, mav he granted permission tt i advance to '1 bird Vear only on the recom- mendalion ofthe Promon. ins Committee. These courses are completed on a full-rime basis in specified blocks ot time between Mav- and Augusl after Second vear. RSPT 330/RSOT 335 (18 weeks/14 weeks) - A student, failing to complete each section of these courses satisfactorily or withdrawing for any reason, mav begranled permission to advance to Fourth Year only on the recommendation of the Promotions Committee. These courses are completed on a full-time basis in specified blocks of time during ihe academic vear (Physical Therapy onh t and between Mav and August after Third year iboth Occupational Therapy and Physical Therapy). RSPT 430/RSOT 435 (12 weeks/14 weeks) A student failing io complete each section ot these courses satisfactorily will not he eligible for graduation. Graduation-wili be delayed until all sections of these courses have been successfully completed. These courses are completed on a full-rime basis in specified blocks of time during the academic vear. if a supplement;!! is granted in any section of a clinical fieldwork course or ifa student misses a complete field- work experience due to accident or illness the section must be repeated and completed successfully before a student can be eligible for graduation On completion of all academic courses and clinical field- work phv sical therapy graduates will be eligible for membership in the Canadian Physiotherapy Association (C.P.A. i, the Physiotherapy Association of British Columbia (■B.C.) and the Association of Physiotherapists :md MassagePractitionerstA.P.M.P ) Reginningin 199a.graduates from the Physical Therapy program may he required to write a National Certification Examination in order n i be eligible to practise in British Columbia. Occupational therapy graduates must complete all academic courses, clinical fieldwork requirements and pass the Canadian Association of Occupational Therapists (C.A.O.T.) Certification Examination in order to be eligible for membership in C.A.O.T. ancl the British Columbia Society of Occupational Therapists (B.C.S.O.T.). Bachelor of Science in Occupational Therapy B.Sc.(O.T.) Second Year Course Credits A\AT 5;)() t Hisic Human Anaioinv •\N7\T 392 i Gross Anatomy of the Limbs and Trunk IlIOl tei h Voi-toiit.io.'Phcioloitc PATH ,v7 ) IntiDiltiiiiiiii to Human P_ihologv 5 Social sciences Elequiremctif 5 Human Oiou'fh ancl Development fi equireiiKi; RHSC in] -; Kinesiology Hi ISC! -US 2 Adaptive Equipment and Techtiiiiiies ESOT 20" i. Tlic-oryand Practice RSOT 2.7S i Cliniialf'iciclvvort Choosi from Ao'II! Si>'I 2ul. .!!■).ANTH 21".2:'.L.,SOCI2i'.i J Students adir.iiici! inio ii.e proctnin; will l>e provided wilh die too number :tt their letter of acceptance. Bv April 30 of second vear all students are required i show evidence of; 1) a valid first aid certificate (e.g., St. John's) or equiv lent competence. 21 a valid Basic Cardiac Life Support tBCI.Sj level certificate, in addition students will he required i show proof of current certification in BCLS Level certificate on an annua! basis prior to eommencii clinical fieidwork. 5) completion of the medical terminology requiremen (Completion of CLST ,.0! at CBC exempts stitden from this requirement ! Rehabilitation Sciences 245 Third Year Course Credits RHSC -i2ii 6 Elements ol Neuroanatomy and 'Meuroptivsiiilcigy RHSC SU! 6 Medical anil Surgical ('.(miliums RHSC 3H2 5 Psychosocial Aspects ol'tlisa.iiio RSOT 305 i Clinica! Conditions in Psychiatry RSOT Si!" i Psychosocial Dysfunction RHSC 31! I inietpersotial Conitiuiiiicatioii in Rehabilitation RSOT 112 2 Tests anti Measures RSOT 322 a Bit.metliatiicai Ticatnieiit Approaches RSOT -CSS ') Cliiiaa! Oeidivork 5 Flccli'.e Fourth Year Course Credits RHSC i(!2 3 liitrt'iiticiioii io Scieniit'i. inijtii.'v RHSC ii)8 2 Maiiageiiieiitaiic Polities ai IleiThi arc RSOT tin 3 Voiationa! Rc'habilaalion lisOf (IB 2 Assistive and lleDaCiitafoti Ti'iiinuiovv KM IT -ils s ..e'.irerehabiiitafon RSO'I i2t 2 Program Design RSOT i2. 1 sotaaiand 1'riiiessiiina! isstics RSii'f i.2(i 3 Independeni Sun.!.., or RSOT i3(i Ergonomics anil Org.tno.itioii of A, tiviry RSOT t32 3 Group Intervention RSOT u.Ci " Ciinical Fieldwork Bachelor of Science in Physical Therapy B.Sc.(P.T.) Second Year Course Credits A.NAT 390 i Basic Iliiman ..iiaiiimc ANA'!' 3'32 t Gross Anatomy oi ;he Limbs and 'Hunk P-101. 3rH ti Vertebrate Pliv.siolcip' PATH .1" 2 Introduction to liiin-.ari Pathology 3 Human Growtb and Oevelopr its-1 Requirement RHSC iiil 5 Kincskilogv RSP'I 203 2 Cardiorespiratory Clinica! Skills RHSC 20. 2 Adaptive I'tqutjinieni antl'Ie.hititjucs RSPT .;(lti 3 Introduction to Physical Therapn- Procedures RSPT 208 3 Physical Assessment of the Musoiio-skeieiai System RSPT r-i) 2 Ciinitai "leiduotk SusJenis ailmilteil inc. die iirogtam will be pioodee wait lie; coinse i.uiiin.s' in titeir iettet of acceptance. Bv April 30 of .-second vear all students are required to shiiiv evidence ol; li a valid first aid certificate i e.g.. St. John's i or equivalent competence. 2) a valid Basic Cardiac Life Support (1?(.I,S) Level C certificate. In addition studenls will be required to show proof of current tertificabon ,n bCLS Level c certificate on an annual basis prior to commencing clinicai fieldwork 3) completion ofthe medical terminology requirement. (Completion of CLST 301 at UBC exempts students from this requirement.) Course Credits RHSC i.20 6 Elements cifNeuroai-.aioiiiv and Neurophysiology RHSC 301 6 Medical and SuryiialCondiiions RHSC 302 3 Psychosocial Aspects ol'ijisa.ility RSPT To 2 Management ofthe Musculoskeletal Svsicir RSPT 3'''-; 3 Eiecito and ilvclrosherapy RSPT 308 2 Management of Musculoskeletal ancl Neuron)tiscular Dvsfuiiciioi- RH.SC 311 1 Interpersonal Communication in Rehabilitation RSPT 311 2 Management of I he Respiratoy System RSPT 3 Li 3 Management of ihe Neuromuscular Sysieir RSPT 330 7 Clinical FiekiwoiK 7 Elective Fourth Year Course Credits RHSC 102 3 Inttoduition toStienlilii Iiatuirv RHSC -i08 2 Management and Policies in Heaith Care RSPT -tli 2 sc cried Topics in Physical Therapy RSPT 412 a Cr tual Catc RSPT -tl.. 0 Cc niprehensiv,- l-'aiu-nt Managemenl RSPT -ill 0 Soaai ant! Piiiii-ssioiiii! Issues RSPT 119 3 Ts-n ise Phvsiolog', ,n ilcali'n ant! Disease RSPT -130 f. ('.luteal Fieldwork RSPT dS ! in lepeiider,; Study, nr RSPT 141 A 3fliitialT!iCrapvA;ipioai.i liiilie Atoessiriem and fi...i!;'.. ;tt of Individuals with M isculti-iki-icial Dvsliiia tions .,t ihe Lumbar S|one and Pelvis, or RSPT 'I'll Stinai Cord iujtirv issues of Rehabilitation or RSPT -Hi Sj ore: pbisica!'flieia(ii, or RSPT ci5 M itiageuiciil of Children with Dcveiopineniai DsahJities Graduate Studies — M.Sc. Program The program lead ng to the decree Master nf Science in the School ol Reli.ihilitation Sciences is designed primarily to offer advanced stucv for occupational therapists and physical therapists in defined areas of rehabilitation and to prepare these practitioners io conduct. report, and critique research. Three ureas of concentration arc offered which will lead to advanced understanding of rehabilitation practice, including Cardiopulmonary and Motor Performance. Neuromotor and Ncuroiogit ai Conduit mis, and Chronic Illness and Disability Stutlv and identification of ciinical problems in an area oi tonccntiation will prepare the student to mvestigaie critical questions of importance to rehabilitation practice Course of Study This program wii enable the .student to investigate an area uf kncwledgc within the rebahiiieuion disciplines of occupational! her ipv or phy sica! iherapv ui collaboration with one or more facuitv members with particular expertise and ongoing wurk in the area chosen In order to fulfill the requirements for the degree, ihe student must complete the coarse of studv .villi a minimum of SO credits which will include the submission and defense of a thesis. Since elective coursework from within and outside the School is encouraged, entering students must work out i. plan < f study with an advisca Tills plan must be approval by t te student's adviser and/or Head, Division of Graduate Studies before elective coursework is begun Study mar occur on a pan- or full-time basis Students applying for full-time study should expect lo spend twenty-four months comolenng eoursevvork and thesis requiremeus. Admission Minimum admission requirements include a degree in occupational therapy or physical thecipv, or a related rehabilitation pre fession. an academic record which meets the'-equircmentooftheFatiiltv of Graduate Studies, and completion of ar introductorv course in research methods and statistic- Preference vvtil be given to applicants who hold degree s in oec ti pationai or physical t herapv, arc qua ified to practice their rehabilitation profession in British Columbia, and who have had recent clinical experience providing rehabilitation set. ices. For further information, see the ( ratluatc Si uUies section ofthe Calendar or write: Graduate Admissions, School of Rena. ilttation Sciences, '025. 2211 W'eslirooK Mall. Vancouver, B.C. V6T 2BS. Academic Staff CATHERINE BACKMAN. K S.It. Hint. Coll, M.S. (Wash ,, Senmr lasliuctoi and Ailing Dn'eclot, T .LI A COM. li. LCSc (P.T'. i. M A. (N Y,), D.H.S (Indiana). Professoi FUZAM.rH DKAN, LC\ Dip. (P T.) (Manila. :,1 S tS.l_.lif.!. rli.il tManit.., Associate Prolessoi. SUSAN R. HARRiS. B.S. if T ), M.Ed . Ph.D. (Wash.), Assoc.ale Professoi I.YNJONOBIOEI) Dip. ail j ISA.;. B.Sc (O.T.i (WOnt.), M.A. Ph.D. (lint col), assoriaic Piolessor (part-time). ISABEL DK'.K. Ilij.. (OIL), England. B A, M.A. (Mam: l, I'h D, iS.Fiasco, Assistanl Ptolessoi'. W. DARTENE REIT). 11 Al !i. (I'.T"..< Manit.i. Ph.Il. (Hit. Col), Assisiant Piolc.ss.ir DE1KDRE M.S WEBSTER. Dip. 'PT'.), Englam , 11 s R (P I' ,, M.Sc, I'h.D (Bril Coi ,.,.i,sisi.inl Prolcssor CHRiSTINf CARPENTER. Dip, (P.T... England, B A , M.A, (Bnt Col ;, Senior Instructor MAM! VRET MrOHAIO. ll s ii aim. Co!.). Ml. . (S.Oalif), Senior Instructor. SHSAN J.STANTON Iiip. iOT;,Ncv. Zealand. B S R. .OT ...MA (Brir Co!,), Senior Instructor. SI'S/O, J HARWELL, l!.Sr,(0,T i t W.Ont i.MA (S Calif L Instructor MEl.'Ml.ASI'TO, B.S.iOT.) iS.in Jose). M.A. (SCalif), Insttuctor BEVERLEY I.CNHOREN, B.P.T. , Manil.i, Instructor (part-limi'). Associate Members 11. A, ANTON, B.Sc , ,VLH 'Calg ). FRCPC If W. ARMSTRONO. B Sc , M I),, M.Si , Ph.D. (McM.;, FRCPC. ,11. f. BEAT'TH'.. Vol), (Bin Colo, FRCPC. A. THAI MERS, B.Sc, (Cape T i. M.D. (Bnt. Co!,). I'RCPC. S, ,y HASHIMOTO. M.D (Aloo, FRCPC, H.A. TCOKKO.BA., MA. i lakehead), PliT), fVicilCo Clinical Associale Professors P.. J ANSON, Dip. (o.T.i. England, B.S.R.(O.To (Bril. Col.) ii, CORBETT. B S R, i Bnt. Colo. 0. I'EARINC. B.S (O.T.i (Kansas). 0. HERSHLI'R. B.Sc. M.Sc. il.apeT.), Ph.D., VI,i) (McM.I, TRCPC. L, .McCLCn, Hip. il'.&OT.) (Tor.),B.A, (Btii.C.ti!.). Clinical Assistant Professors L BAINBR1DC.E. Dip H'.T... England. B.S.R (P.T. 1 (line Coll. P. S. BROOK:..\.N.Dip.(P.T ,. England, M.BOZZER, B.S.R, iBiil.O..! ., S, BR'ESstFR, B.O.T. oVtrCi,,, C HUSKY 11 Sc (O.T.i i'loto K CAIS'\I;ERRI, (1 SR (O.T.i. M So (Bni. ( olo. M.J.rTARK. B.Si (O.T . (VVOiil.), 11 DAECHSEL. IS S K (O.T I, M Si. Hint Cof). G. HOBBS, Dip. (I'.T .], England. B S.li.lP.T I (Bin. CoL). S.JORDEN. B.S.R (P.nt Coi 1. M H.A,, Washington. S, IAb'OHLIN. B.SR illnl, Colo. S LOVV'E, Dip. (P.'T), B.Sc (PTo (Met, !. S, R, MANNfll., Dip [PT i. England, A, ,M, .McCiNI'IY', B.s.R iij.T), MA, Hint. Col). J RlHKtA, B.S.R. illrit, Colo, B ROBINSON. Dip .OT ), B.Se, (O.T.i (Alia.). H.RI'MI1I.E, B.Se if.T.) (MiO.) 1. SOHOONDEEWOERT. Dip (O T , LnglaniL I..J, STAN. 11 S R„. Vi Ed ,BCl, CoL), Ed.D. (llrigham Young), S, STEWART, Dip. (O.T j. England B, tciiHOOl'E, B.S.K. lBnt, Col; Y, TOPE I)i|.. lO,T.|,F,iigl,iil<: K. M tanderHOOIf BS.R. M Sc. (Bin. CoL: T. A. Willi _, ITS O.T. i"«.ivn.' Slate). Clinical Instructors P.l ABBOrf.BP.E., B.Sc, (O T . (Allan. A. ANSON, BS.R. (Km. Co!,) D. ARSENAL! T. B.S.R. t Bi it Cell. E ALBERT. Dip (P.'!.:, England li BARR. Dip ;[> _OT . (To. ;. ii.P.T (Maniio CI. BARTHOI.O.Ml'iW Dip iP.'i'o, England. C, BETHZZ1, B.S.R iBnl.iol i. Ci R, BEVERLEY, Dip, (P.T i. England A BRE.MNER, Dip H'.SiO.To (Tor :, B.S.R (O.T.j (Um, (,ol ) R. BLRSLEM.Uip. (P.T.i.Eiigland !', BoSlAMANTE, B O.T. tC.hik-i. A. Bl.TTERfTtl.D.D.p .Pf i. Engfint! N, (TIADWICK, BSi.(OT.)i'('ii! ). iVTCHANNA li.Sc. iO.'l'o (Nagoin Med. Co io, B Sc iRrupuiO B. y. CLARK. Dip, iP.T.i.New ,'ea!a id J, A. CONNORS, Dip, H'.&O.T.) i I'or.i. J, DAVIS, B ST.. (Bril, Col i R. den OTTER. Dip.. :0,T..,l!S. (O'E. o-Vlta.j. B.E lJESJARIllNSB.Se (P.T.I iTooi, V, DICK, Dip, iO.T.i. Fiigiand, A. DRAPER, B.S.R iBnl, Colo, BSc. iS.1t.isci'). C. EBERT, Dip. (IL'l'o, 'Alia ., N, EIDER, B.S R. iBnt Col •. I), ITEtii. B.S... (O. rill'... , 246 Rehabilitation Sciences S B. FLEMING, Dip. (P.T.), England, B.Sc. (Alta,). R. FRANKLYN, Dip. (O.T.), England, B.S.R. (O.T.J (Brit. CoL). J. GATES, Dip. (P.T.J (Manit.). J. GAUTHIER, B.Sc, B.S.R. (Brit. Col.l. J. GODFREY, Dip. (O.T.), England. R. GOODMAN, B.Sc. (P.T.) (Dal.). B. GORDON, Dip. (O.T.) (Manit.). R. C. GROVES B.S.R. (Brit. CoL). K. IIAMBI.ETT, B.S. (O.T.) (Minn.). I. M HARRIS, B.Sc. (O.T.) (Queen's). S. IIKARSEY, Dip. (P.T.J,England,B.S.R. (P.T.) (Bnt. CoL). R.J. HENRY, Dip. (P.T.), B.Sc. (P.T.) (Alta.). II. HERMANS, B.S.A. (Brit. Col.), B.Sc.(P.E,) (Wash.). P. HICKS, B.Sc. (P.T), Australia. fi. HOUGHTON, B.S.R. (Brit. CoL). S. HOWICK, B.S.R, (Brit. CoL). B. HUDSON, B.Sc. (P.T.) (McG.) M. JOHNSTON, Dip. (P.T,), Ireland. K. JUNAID, Dip. (P.T.), England, B.S.R. (Brit. CoL). S. KENWORTHY, B.S.R. (Brit CoL). M. M. KIRKHOPE, Dip, (P.T,), Englanti, M, KONKIN, B.M.R, (O.T.) (Manit.). M. LEDOYEN, B.P.T. (Manit.). J. LETKEMEN, B.M.R. (P.T.) (Manit). P. L1EBI.ICH, B.P.T. (McG.). L. T. LLOYD. Dip. (P.T.). England. D. J, TOWE, Dip (P.T.), England. J. I.UND1E, B.M.R. (P.T.) (Manit.). H. MacINNIS, B.Sc. (O.T.) (East. Mich). D MAH-JONES. B.Sc. (O.T.) (Alta.). Y.J. MANSFIELD, B.S.R, (Brit, CoL). C M. MASSON, B.Sc, B.S.R. (Brit. Col). A. M .MICHAEL, Dip. (P.T.), England. 11 MrCONNELL, Dip... (P.&O.T ) (Tor.), B.O.T. (Manit). 11. McNAIR, B.Sc. (O.T.) (Alta.). J.MILLARD.Dip. (O.T),England,B.S.R. (O.T.) (Bril.Col). K. A. MILLS, B.A, B.Sc. (O.T.) (W. Ont.). J. G. MONTGOMERY. B.Sc. (P.T.) (Brit. CoL). J. P. MOSCOV1TCH, B.O.T. (McG.). S. MURPHY, Dip, (P.T.) England. S. NEILSON, B.A. (Trent), Dip. (O.T.), Glasgow, M O'BRIEN, Dip. (P.T.), England S. PEARY, Dip. (P.T.) (Alta.). J. PILI.SWORTH, Dip. (P.T.), England. B. PORTER, B.S.R. (Brit. CoL). I.. PURVES, B.S.R. (Brit. Cot). T. READMAN, Dip. (O.T.), England. T. L. REIMER-CLARKE, B.Sc. (P.T.) (Alta I. J. ROUTITDGE, BA. (Colorado), B.S.O.T. (Puget Sound). L. ROXBOROUGH, B.S.R. (Brit. CoL). C. SERVICE, Dip, (P.T), England. J. SHORTREED, B.Sc. (O.T.) (Queen's), M.Ed. (W.Ont.). K. SKARPNES, B.S.R. (Brit.Col.). C. SLEIMAN, B.Sc, B.S.R. (Brit. CoL). J. SPENCE. B.S.R. (Brit. Cof). I. STEPHEN. Dip, (P.&O.T.) (McG). S STEWART, B.Sc. (Queen's). B. STORCH, B.A. (Brit. Cof). Dip (O.T), Kingston. P STRAATHOF, B.S.R. (Brit. Cof). CA. TAIT. Dip. (P.&O.T,) (Tor.), f. TALBOT, Dip. (P.T.), New Zealand. C I.. THOMPSON', B.S R (Brit. Col). F. THOMPSON. B.A (Brit CoL), Dip. (O.T.) J. li. TURNER. B.S.R. (Brit Col.) P VAN OTTERS, Dip. (P.T), England. R. VARAI.I.YAI. Dip. (P.T.), Australia. F. VARONA. B.S.P.T, Philippines. A VOUTE, B.Sc, B.Sc. (P.T.) (Tor). M. WALLACE. B.ScTP.T.j (Brit. Cot). R W'ARICK, M.A, M.Ed. (Regina). IT WHITE. Dip. (PT), Australia. E. E. WILLS, Dip. (P.T). Ireland. B.S.R.(P.T.) (Brit. Cof). P. WOODLIFFE, B.Sc. (O.T.i (W.Ont). Science 247 Bachelor of Science B.Sc. To earn a B.Sc. degree students must follow one of the following programs; • Honours — This program usually involves intense specialization in a single field or combination of fields, and is the normal route to graduate studv. The Honours program in Environmental Sciences is more broadly based and is not intended as preparation for graduate study in a specific discipline without additional qualifying studies. An Honours program requires maintenance of a high academic standing and may involve preparation ofa graduating thesis. • Major — This program involves specialization in a single field or a combination of fields. It may lead to graduate study if sufficiently high standing is obtained. • General — This program provides a broad education in science, with lhe opportunity for some specialization in either one or two of the following areas: Chemist re. Earth Science. Life Science, Mathematical Science ancl Physics. This program is appropriate and useful for those going on in other professional areas, such as Dentistry, Law, Medicine or Veterinary Medicine The General Science route that requires concentrations in two areas, provides excellent preparation for prospective secondary school teachers. This program is not normally intended for studenls planning to continue with graduate study in science. However, with careful planning and sufficiently high standing it is possible to go on to graduate studv, but this may require additional qualifying studies at some universities, • Part-time Program — Some degree programs are amenable to part-time study. Students should inquire at the Office of the Dean for further information and direction in arranging a part-time study program. Admission Apart from lhe usual university entrance requirements (see General Information section) students from Grade 12, British Columbia, are required to have completed satisfactorilyChemistry 11, Mathematics 11 and 12, Phvsics 11 and one of; Biology 12, Chemistry 12, Computer Science 12, Geology 12, or Physics 12. Other courses should be chosen from: Biology 11, 12, Chemistry 12, Computer Studies 11, Computer Science 12, Earth Science 11, Geology 11,12,and Physics 12. Students may find it to iheir advantage to present credit for as mane of Biologv' 12, Chemistry 12 and Physics 12 as possible. Certain programs have reduced requirements in one or more of these subjects for studenls with Grade 12 credit. For information about advanced placement or advanced credit forcourses taken in the International Baccalaureate or Advanced Placement programs, consult the UBC Admissions Guide or the Registrar's Office (Admissions). .A standing of "(.',+" or better in Mathematics 12 (or equivalent) is required for admission to the Faculty of Science directly from secondaiy school. Students admitted to the Faculty of Science by transfer from other post- secondary institutions must present credit for Mathematics 100 (or equivalent). Applicants who cannot meet the requirements exactly as specified should submit a special appeal to the Registrar's Office with their application forms. The Dean, who has discretionary powers on admissions, will consider all appeals. All new applicants to the University musl pay a $17.00 (Canadian) Application Processing Fee at the time of their initial application. The Faculty of Science The B.Sc. degree can be earned in the following fields: • Aquacultural Science • Astronomy • Atmospheric Science • Biochemistry • Biology • Chemistiy • Computer Science • Environmental Sciences • General Science • Geography • Geophysics • Mathematics • Microbiology • Nutritional Sciences • Oceanography • Pharmacology • Physics, • Physiology • Psychology • Statistics • Geology A Diploma in Meteorology is also offered by the Faculty of Science (see entry following Atmospheric Science degree). For information about the M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees see Faculty of Graduate Studies section ofthe Calendar. Students with educational documents issued outside the Province of Britiih Columbia must pay an additional evaluation -ee of $25.00. Students applying for admission from Secor clary Schools outside lhe Province must meet the minimum retuirements applied to graduates from British Columbia Secondary Schools for admission to Year Level 1 .Astudent required to withdraw from another Faculty mcy be permitted to register only by special permission, and siould consult the Office ofthe Dean. A student wirh unsatisfactory standing from another post- secondary institution will not be admitted. Registration and Program Approval The followng is oily a summary of the registration pn icc- dures for Science students. Complete information mav be obtained from the- material mailed to the students with their Letter of Acceptance (new studenls) orStatement of Grades (returningstudents). • First-year students — Firsl-vear students are not required to choose a program or specialization or to obtain program approval before registering through TELEREG. Students must be careful, however, toselect courses appropriate to the program thev plan to enter in Second year. Refer to the section below, First Year Requirements Students should seek advice from the Office ofthe Dean of Science if their First-year program is nonstandard because of advanced placement or transfer credit First-year stueents wishing to enrol in Science One must submit a formal application for admission to this course of study to the Director of Science One by April 30. Refc" to the Science One description under First-Year Requirements in this section ofthe Calendar. • Second, Third and Fourth-year students — Students enteriitJ second and subsequent years must • select; majot, honours, or genera! program as outlined bv the Ft cultv of Science, Program specialization codes are provided with the description of the program requirements. Students not meeting the academic standing required for compulsory courses in a given progtam may be required to withdraw from that program. In many instances changes from one program toanoiherare possible in later years. Changes in program may result in lengthening the time lo complete the B.Sc. degree. Returning students are advised to obtain program advice before lhe end ofthe second term. All study programs are subject to approval by the Department(s) concerned. Students planning to study on a part-time basis must consult the Dean. With the approval ofthe Dean ofthe Faculty of Science, Departments mav require, as a prerequisite for entering a program, that a student obtain at least 6t)% m a specified first-year course basic to the field of the major, unless special permission is receved from the Head of the Depanmenl. • All years—After two weeks of lectures, except in very special circumstances and with the permission of the Dean, students (whether full-time or pan-time), mav not change the program for which thev are registered. After the close of TFLF.RHG, all changes in course registration must be made by students at the office of the Dean of Science. Program changes must be approved by lhe Head(s) of the Department^ concerned ancl by the Dean's olfice. These changes are processed bv the Dean's office. Students may not take- courses for which they have not registered, and maybe considered as having failed in all courses dropped without permission. Limitation of Enrolment It mav be necessary- to limit enrolment in certain courses in the Faculty of Science when tne demand for these courses is greater than the resources available. Where limitations in enrolments become necessary, lhe criteria 248 Science for implementation will normally be determined by academic considerations as suggested by the Head ol the Department and approved by the Dean. A student who has passed a course will be permitted to repeat that course for higher standing only if space is available and only with special permission of the Head (or designate) of the Department concerned and ofthe Dean. Credit The normal pattern for a lull-tune student ts to take 30 credits per winter session. After four winter sessions the student with 120 credits usually earns a B.Sc. degree. A full-time student must normaliv complete Graduation Requirements within seven calendar years following admission to Year Level 1 or its equivalent. FirsI vear students at this University or siudenis transferring to this University from another Institution must request permission from the Dean's Office in order to register for more than 30 credits. No studenl mav take- more than 36 credits per winter session wiihout special permission of lhe Dean, Students who fail a course in one winter session will nol be allowed to attempt more than 30 credits in their next winter session, except with special permission ofthe Dean. Part-time students are urged to complete Graduation Requirements in a reasonably short time to avoid complications resulting from program changes, or from substantial changes in course material, or from both. For some courses in the international Baccalaureate and Advanced Placement enriched secondary- school programs. advanced placement and/or credit may begranted. This will be noted on a student's notification of acceptance to UBC. Such students are advised to consult departmental advisers at UBC before registering in any Second Year level courses. Students transferring to the Faculty of Science from other Faculties at the University of British Columbia musl consult die Dean regard ing transfer of credits to the B.Sc. degree. Summer Session Credit This may be combined with Winter Session credit in a degree program with the approval ofthe Department or Faculty adviser. These courses do not count as (tart ofthe full-time program in a Winter Session. Note that the maximum credit for any Summer Session is 12 credtnft except with the permission ofthe Dean. It is not possible to take two laboratory science courses in the same Summer Session. Faculty Requirements (Graduation Requirements) lj General or Major program; 120 credits. Honours program: 132 credits. 21 At least 72 credits must be in Science courses. Geography courses designated as carrying Science credit are numbered 00-09 in the last digits, plus Geography 372, 373, and 472. (Geography 4-19 also carries Science Credit, but only for B.Sc. Honours student sin Geography ) In addition to Psychology 3f8 and .48, all Psychology courses numbered 00 or above in the last two digits have Science credit. 3) At least 18 credits must be Ans courses, which must include six credits of first-vear English anc! al least 12 other credits in Arts courses. Sludents in first-vear Science are restricted to Arts courses numbered 100-1 (>9 for whit It thev have the appropriate prerequisite. Certain language courses numbered 200 or higher, listed tinder Program Requirements in the Fatuity of Arts section ol the Calendar, are also permissible. Some technique courses offered by the Faculty ol Arts (especially in Fine Arts, Theatre, and School of Music) ntav not he used to satisfy the Arts requirement, bul mav be taken for "other credit". A list of applicable courses in these Departments anc! Schools is available lor viewing in the Office of the Dean of Science. Courses tn the School of Family and Nut ritional Sciences designated FMSC may be used it 1 satisfy the Arts requirement, but courses designated HUNU (including HUNU 209) mav nol. The Arts requirement can be met by Geographv courses numbered 20 and above in the last two digits except those numbered iO-T8 anti 70-^9 in ihe last two digits. Except for Geography 372, 373 anc! P2, which have Science t redil, Geographv course's numbered 10-19. -1O-T1S, "0-9 in the last two digits are not designated as either Science or Arts and may no! be included in ihe minimum "2 credits of Science ant! 18 credits of Ans required by the B.Sc. program. They may however be included, with due regard 10 prerequisites, in the required 18 credits of courses in Arts and Sciences numbered 300 or higher FNVR 200, 300 ancl TOO arc- not designated as either Arts or Science and may not be included in die ab< >ve minimum eiedits requited in these two areas for the B.Sc, degree, ENVR 300 and tOO mav however be included in the required 48 credits of courses m Arts and Science numbered 3(10 or higher t i At least -t.S credits ol Arts dcil Science studies musl belli courses numbered 300 or higher, and of these, at least 30 credits must be in Science courses. (Note: .students enrolled in the Fatuity of Science prior to the 199-1/95session must compete;!! least 12credits ol Arts and Science courses numbered 300 orhigher, ofwhich at least 3!) t redits must be in Science courses. 1 3) Oilier Cred il; Lpio.six credits of course work may be taken for credit toward die B.Sc, degree in a Faculty other than Arts or Science, or in technique courses in the Facuitv of Arts excluded from Arts credit. Students .should note that these courses mav not replace specific courses in a Science program or count toward the 7"2 credits of Science and the I81 redils of Arts courses required by the B.Sc. program. Furthermore, courses for Oil 1erCred.1t mayno! be included in the 30 credits of Science or the 18 credits of Ans and Science numbered 300 and above. ft! Studenls who are accepted bv transfer from other institutions must present credit for Mathematics 100 (orequivalent) and must nei'mallvcomplete-all further couises at UBC. The I .'Diversity will not grant a degree for studies thai represent less than the equivalent of two regular winter sessions (00 credits). Transfer credit is not normally granted after completion ofthe first (>() credits ((>() credits in an Honours program) wherever thev were completed, at UBC or any other institution. Transfer studenls must consult with a depanmeni.il or Faculty adviser before registration. 7j In general transfer t redil is limited lo the initial two years ofa degree program, but credit at a more senior level is possible if prior written permission has been obtained from the I lean of Science. Under no circum- siaiues will a student be granted transfer credit for more than 12 credits ol upper level course work. Furthermore, although transfer credit allowed by the Dean may be included in the required 48 credits of Arts or Science numbered 300 or above, a B.Sc. program must include a minimum of 30 credits of upper level UBC Science courses specified by the Major or Honours program. 8) Students enrolled in UBC degree completion programs at Okanagan University College and University College ofthe Cariboo enjoy special status Such students may transfer up to a maximum of 90 credits should they wish to complete their degree- program at UBC. Of these 90 credits, the maximum number of credits of 100- and 200-level courses that maybe transferred ts 66, and the maximum number of credits of 300- and 400-level courses that mav be transferred is 30. Of the 300- and 400-level courses applicable to any particular Major or Honours program, at least 13 credits of such courses must be completed at UBC. All UBC departmental requirements regarding Major anti Honours programs must also be met. 91 A student wishing to take courses at another institution and transfer the credit towards a B.Sc. degree must first obtain written permission from the Dean, it is tbe student's responsibility to see that an official iransrript is forwarded to Admissions, Registrar's Office. 10) Students are responsible for selecting a program that meets all the faculty and departmental requirements. Students who have interrupted iheirstudies may find that requirements havechanged since the period of their previous enrolment. They must consult the Dean and the Department involved. English Requirement To qualify for the degree of B.Sc. students must satisfy the English Requirement of the Faculty of Science, To do this studenls must obtain creditfor twoof English 110, ill, 112.120and 121. English 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider English 120 and/or 121. With the exception of students who obtained a mark of A in English 12 or English Literature 12, all students entering first-year English courses at the University of British Columbia are required to write the Language Proficiency index (I.PI) examination. Returning UBC students who have not vet completed six credits of first-year English, and students transferring to UBC from other institutions who have not completed the equivalent of six credits of first-year English will also be required to take the LPI examination. For further details about the LPI examinations, see Calendar index under Language Proficiency Index (LPI). Those sludents whose LPI scores are below the level required for entrance into first-year English courses arc- advised to take a non-credit writing course through the University Writing Skills Centre, and must achieve a satisfactory I.PI score (level 3), before being permitted to register for credit courses in English. While taking a non-credit writing course or until a satisfactory LPI score has been achieved, students in the Faculty of Science will be permitted to enrol in no more than 12 credits of course work per term. Upon being permitted to enrol in first-year English courses, these students must do so at the first opportunity. Students are encouraged to pass the English Requirement before registering in the Faculty of Science for their final 60 credits Students who have not passed this Requirement by the time they have completed 90 credits towards their degree (or 102 credits in the case of Honours programs) may not re-register in the Faculty until the requirement has been satis- Science 249 fled. Students should be aware that if they have not passed the English Requirement and are preparing to register in a program which includes credits beyond their 90th (or 102nd for Honours programs), they will be limited in their registration to that number of credits which brings their total lo 90 (or 102 for Honours programs). First Year Requirements Every First Year student, unless enrolled in Science One, must take (or have advance credit or placement in): 1) Mathematics 100 ancl 101 (or 120 and 121) 2) Two of; English 110, 111, 112, 120, 121 (112 recommended; one of these may be deferred to second year. See Note 1.) 3) Chemistry 110 or 121 (See Note 1) 4) Physics 100 and 101, or 101, or 121 (See Note 1) and 3) Additional courses to a total of 30 credits chosen from: Astronomy 101 (See Note T3) Biology 110 or 115, and 120; or 120 alone for students with at least 80% in Biology 12 Chemistry 122 Computer Science 124,126 (111, 118) Earth Science 100 Geography 101 or 102 and/or 103 Geology 100 Geophysics 120 Math 221 Physics 102 or 122 (See Note 2) Arts Electives (which may include the second first- year English course) chosen from Faculty of Arts courses numbered 100 -199 for which students have theappropriateprerequisite. Certain language courses numbered 200 or higher, listed under Program Requirements in the Faculty of Arts section ofthe Calendar, are also permissible. Notes 1) Students with Grade 12 credit in either Chemistry or Physics may defer that subject until Second Year, unless their program specifically requires it in First Year. However, no more than six credits in total of first-year Chemistry. English and Phvsics may be deferred. Students who choose to defer any Faculty requirements in these three areas must maintain registration in courses leading to the fulfilment of these requirements in Second Yea rand in each subsequent registration in the Faculty until the requirements are met. 2) All Major and Honours programs require one or more- courses from the list in 5) above. The intended program of study should be consulted to ensure the correct choice of courses. Students who are uncertain of their intended Major or Honours program should choose electives so as to provide maximum flexibility in their choice of program in Second Year. 3) Students who intend to pursue an Honours program are reminded that a number of Departments offer enriched first-year courses as a foundation for such programs, e.g., Biology 120, Mathematics 120/121, Physics 121/122, special sections of Chemistiy 121 /122. 4) Students intending to enter Applied Science. Commerce, Forestry, Pharmaceutical Sciences, or Rehabilitation Sciences should consult the Calendar for entrance requirements. These requirements must of course be included within the normal program in the Facuitv of Science. 5) Students intending to do graduate work in the Sciences are reminded that competence in the reading of scientific literature in one or two languages other than English is sometimes required. 6) Advance credit or placement may be granted where appropriate wl en the equivalent of any or all of these courses is completed at another institution prior to admission to the University. 7) This course is not prerequisite to anv other course. Science One Program Science One is a 21 -credit program, of study spanning two terms, with nine credits in the firs! term and 12 credits in the second. The program is mullidisciplinary ancl integrates the essentia material of first-vear Biologv, Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics through lectures, tutorials and laboratories. The aim ofthe curriculum is to provide a coherent locus for the student's first-vear science studies, and a sense o: being a member in a community of learners. Prerequisites for enrolment in Science One are marks of Borbetter in each of Biology 12, Chemistry 12. Mathematics 12 and Physics 12, plus either a mark of A in English 12 or English Literature 12 or a satisfactory score (level 5 orbetter) t n the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) examinalion. Studems who are unable to satisfy the require aient for Biology 12 but who are otherwise qualified should submit an explanatory letter from their secondary- school Principal o" Counsellor with their application for adinission to Science One. Enrolment is limited. Students enrolled in Science One are required to register feir an addilional six credits (including three credits of first-year English) n the first term ancl three credits in the second term. With proper choice of elect ives, this satisfies prerequisite requirements for entry into all second-year programs in the F tculty ol' Science. Science electives for the Science One f rogram are; Computer science 12<t, 126 (111, 118) Earth Science 100 Geography 101 ot 102 and/or 103 Geology 100 Geophysics 120 Mathematics 221 Arts electives (which mav include one additional first-year English course) are chosen from Faculty of Arts courses numbered 100-199 for which students have the appropriate prerequisite. ( ertain language courses numbered 200 or higher, listed under Program Requirements in ihe Facutyof Arts sec ion ofthe Calendar, as well as Psychology 201-204, are also permissible. On successful completion of Science One, students are promoted to second- year standing in 1 ic Facuitv of Science. Students who errol in Science One are expected to remain in tne program for the complete session, but t hev may drop it without penally during the period officially allowed for cours; changes Information about Science One ancl applications for admission to this prt igram of studv can be obtained from the Science One Office 63SO Agricultural Road, Vancouver, B.C., V6T 17,2. Tie deadline for receipt of completed applications for a .(mission io Science One is April 30. Minimum Requirements foir Promotion • Promotion tc Year Level 2 — Successful completion ofa total of 1. or more credits, ofwhich 12 or more- must be from Science credits eif Year Level 1; or successful completion of Science One. (See Note 1) • Promotion to Year Level 3—Successful completion ofa total of 48 or more credits which must include six credits of first-year English, 12 required Science credits of Year Level 1 (Chemistry HOor 121; Mathematics 100 and 101 (or 120 ancl 121), Phvsics 101 or 121; or advanced placement in these requirements), and at least 18 addilional Science credits. (See Note 2) • Promotion to Year Level 4 — Successful completion of a total of 78 or more credits of which 30 or more must be Science credits. Notes 1) A student who does not meet the Minimum Requirements for Promotion to Year Level 2 within a maximum of 60 credits of course work attempted will be required to withdraw from the Faculty of Science. 2) A student who does not meet the Minimum Requirements for Promotion to Year Level 3 within a maximum of 90 credits attempted will be required to withdraw from the Faculty of Science. 3) A student who does not meet the Graduation Requirements for the B.Sc. degree within a maximum of 180 credits of course work attempted, will be required to withdraw from the Faculty of Science. 4) Students applying for admission to Year Levels 2 and 3 from British Columbia Colleges and Universities or from institutions outside the Province must meet, in addition to the present I Iniversity admission requirements, the Faculty of Science Minimum Requirements as applied u > IIBC students for promotion to that stage. Second, Third and Fourth Year Requirements • Honours Program — Full-time students must consult the Head of the Department at the beginning of the Second Year ancl each subsequent year, since permission to enter an Honours program or to remain in an Heinours program must be obtained from the Head ofthe Department(s) concerned before registration each year. Students in Environmental Sciences Honours must consult the Program Director. In addition to meeting the specific department course requirements as described in the Calendar, Honours candidates must complete 30 credits with a minimum overall 1>8'.. average in each academic year. Honours candidates are expected to complete the degree requirements wuhin five academic years measured from the date eif first registration, at a University or regional college. I lonours students may, with the permission of the Department(s) concerned and the Dean, interrupt their studies for a period of one year The Honours program is available, in certain degree programs, to part-time students only with peimission of the Dean • Major Program — Studenls who have questions aboni their program requirements should select courses in consultation with the departmental advisers at the beginning of the Second year anel each subsequent year. Of the elective credits available in Second, Third and Fourth Years, at least nine credits must be in Science electives outside the field of the Major, or in Arts; the remaining electives may be taken in any courses in Arts or in Science, including the field of the Major. • General Science Program — Students in the General Program who have completed the First year should select courses in consultation with an adviser in the Office ofthe Dean at the beginning ofthe Second year 250 Science and each subsequent vear, if questions arise as to program requirements. • Part-time Program—Sludentsshould select courses ancl programs in consultation with the Departmental advisers anel Office of the Dean prior to the winter session each year. Examinations Formal written examinations (scheduled bv the Registrar! are required at the end ol all courses terminating in December or in April, and also in December for courses continuing all vear. The formal written examination may be replaced by alternative examination procedures onlv at the discretion of die Head ofthe Depanmenl ancl with the permission ofthe Dean. Passing the final examination mav not in itself be sufficient Io pass a given course. Students may be denied a passing grade for unsatisfactory work during the session or if their essays, laboratory reports or exam papers are deficient in English. Furthermore, in any Science course which has both laboratory work and written examinations, students must complete and pass both parts to pass the course. Astudent who fails the laboratory work mav not be allowed to sit for the final written examinalion. Regular attendance is expected of sludents in all their classes (including lectures, laboratories, tutorials, seminars, etc.). Students who neglect their academic work and assignments mav. on the recommendation ofthe Heat! of the Department, be excluded by the Dean from the final examinations. In general students who pass a course can use it as a prerequisite for a subsequent course in thai subject. 1 lovvever departments do have the right to bar entrance to their third year courses to students who obtain onlv a minimum passing grade in their second year prerequisite course or courses. Students should request permission from the Dean to write the next regularly scheduled examination in a course for higher standing if it is necessary for them to use the course as a prerequisile. The overall average for a session or for a degree will remain unchanged and will not be recalculated based on subject! s) already passed and writ ten for highet standing. Examinations for higher standing are assessed the same fees as those imposed for supplemental examinations (see under "Fees, Special Fees" in the General Information section ofthe Calendar). No failed course maybe repeated more than once w ifhoul special permission of the Dean. This docs not apply io courses in first-year English, which mav be repealed twice. Failed Standing Fail standing in a session will be assigned unless a si udeni meets the following conditions: • passes in 30 credits, or all credits attempted (if fewer); or • if taking more than 12 credits, passes in at least three- fifths of them and obtains an overall average of ar least HO";, in three-fifths ofthe credits taken; or • if taking 12 or fewer credits, passses in at least one-half of them. Required to Discontinue First and Second Year students who fail a year will noi be permitted lo re-enrol in the Faculty of Science in the following academic: session. Students will be considered for readmission when they have completed successfully at least two setneslers (equivalent to I 'BC 30 credits) at a 13.C. college or similar institution subsequent to their failure at CISC. They must then meet the current Facuitv of Science GPA requirements lor college transfer sludents, calculated on all university-transfer work attempted after they were requited to discontinue. Failed Second Year studenls who have completed 30 or more credits of college or University courses, should consult t he Office of thei k-anto determine the number of college credits required for readmission 'fhird and Fourth Year students who fail a vear and are forced to discontinue mav be considered for readmission to an academic session beginning at least one calendar year after lhe adjudication period in which tbe studenl was required lo discontinue sludies in the Faculty of Science, Applications for readmission by studenls required to discontinue may be siibmiued to the Office of Admissions. Astudent who lails a vear bul passes in some courses can consider the passed subject nuttier completed ancl may go on to more advanced work in those passed subjects if and when permitted lo re-enrol in the Facully of Science. Required to Withdraw Astudent in any vear who fails for the second time either in repeating a vear or in a later vear. or who does not meet promotion requirements within the maximum credit limits given above, will be required to withdraw from lhe University. An appeal for readmission to an academic session beginning at leasi one calendar vear after the adjudication period in which a student was required to withdraw must be submitted to the Office of the Dean of Science. Readmission ofa sludent in these circumstances would require approval ot the Family of Science anil ratification bv the Senate Admissions Committee. No student required io withdraw from lhe University has a right to readmission. The Senate ol lhe University mav require a student to withdraw from the University al anv lime for unsatisfactory conduct, for failure lo abide bv regulations, for unsatisfactory progress, or for anv other reason which is deemed to show lhai withdrawal is in the interests of the student, or the University, or both. Illness and Compassion Applications for special consideration because of illness or domestic afflict ion musl be submit led in writing lot he- Dean as soon as possible after tbe close of the examination period Si udents who are unavoidably abseti l because of illness or disability should, on return to classes, report to the Student Health Service, the Office oft lie Dean anti tc) their instructors. Studenls who because of illness a iv absent from a December or April examinalion must submit a certificate, obtained from a doctor, to the Student Health Service as promptly as possible. The University, in making a decision on a student's standing or on anv reoin.sitieraiion or appeal of that decision, will not normally takcinio account untimely notifications. When a student notifies the Dean's Office, (s)he will be asked to provide sucl i evidence as is deemed appropriate. Supplemental Examinations Effective for the 190 r "H Winter Session anel thereafter, supplemental examinations will no longer he available for anv course in the Faculty of Science. The supplemental examinalion period held in lateJulvor early Augusl 1991 will be the final such period tor all courses in the Faculty of Science. Students should refer io the 1993/91 Calendar for regulations governing supplemental examinations prior to the 199-t3. 3 Winter Session. Science Scholar The top 20 students entering each of the Third and Fiiurt I; Years will receive the notation "Science Scholar" on then records. A lull 30-credit program must have been carried in order to receive this designation. Dean's Honour List Graduating students and students promoted to Second. Third or Fourth Year, with a standing of "A-" (80".,t or better in the previous year, will receive the notaiion "Dean's Honour List" on their records. A full 30-t redil program mus! have been carried in order lo receive this designation. Graduation Standing In an Honours Program the categories of degree tire- Class 1 and Class 2, calculated on the basis ofa minimum of i2 credits of courses, numbered 300 or abeive, designated as pari of the program bv the Department, and approved hv the Dean. In a Major Program the categories of degree are Class I. Class 2 ancl Pass, calculated on the basts ofa minimum ol 30 credits of courses, numbered 300 or above, designated as part ofthe program bv ihe Deparlment, anil approved by the Dean. In the General Science Program the categories of degree are Class 1. Class 2 and Pass, calculated on the required work ofthe Third and Fourth Years including a minimum of 30 credits of courses numbered 300 or higher. Combined B.Sc. and D.M.D. Degree Program Sludents who have completed the Third Year in one ol the approved degree programs ofthe Faculty of Science al UBC ami the first two years in the Facuitv of Dentistry at UBC, and who have completed ATI. the course requirements of the degree program may be eligible for the appropriate B.Sc. degree. It is necessary thai such students meet all of the specific course requirements of lhe departmental degree program ancl have the approval ol the I lead of the Department prior to ent ry in to the Fat uln of Dentistry. Students should plan to meet these spot ifr course requiremenls while in the Faculty of Science. With the approval ofthe Dean of Science up to 30 credits ol course work in the Faculty of Dcntisiry may be recogiii/ci! for credit towards the B.Sc. degree. Students in the Faculty of Dentistry who wish lo qualilv forthe B.Sc. degree must file a copy of their program in first ancl second year Dentistry with the Dean ol Scietit e by September 1S of the Winter Session of the vear preceding the Fall in which they plan to qualify for the B.Si degree- Combined B.Sc and M.D. Degree Programs Students who have completed the Third year in an approved degree progiam ofthe Facullv of Science and the first vear in the Facullv of Medicine at UBC, mav be eligible for the appropriale B.Sc, degree. The B.Sc. Degree will he- awarded in the fall following completion ol First Year Medicine provided that these requirements are met 1 j Completion of all specific course requirements ol the Science degree program and approval of the Depanmenl adviser prior to enrolling in First Year Medici tie; Science 251 2) Completion of the Faculty of Science requirements with approval of the Office of the Dean; 3) Filing of a copy of the First Year Medicine Authorization to Register form at the Office of the Dean of Science on or before September 15 of that year, to formally declare intent of obtaining a B.Sc. degree. Department approval may be noted on this copy; 4) Successful completion of the First Year of Medicine; 5) Application at the Registrar's Office for Fall graduation. Veterinary Medicine The Western College of Veterinary Medicine (W.C.V.M.) was established at the University of Saskatchewan to serve the four western provinces. A pre-veterinary program is required in preparation for admission to the four-year veterinary program at the W.C.V.M., and may be completed at UBC in the Faculty of Science or the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences. The course requirements for admission to W.C.V.M. are; • six credits each of English, Biology, Biochemistry1, Chemistry, Physics, and Mathematics; • three credits each of Genetics, Organic Chemistry, and Introductory Microbiology2; and • additional electives to complete 60 credits. These prerequisites can be met in a number of departments in the Faculty of Science. However, since genetics and certain of the biochemistry courses are offered only in third year, it will normally take longer than the minimum time to meet all requirements. 1 The biochemistry requirement may be satisfied hy completion of Biochemistry 300, or Biology 200 and Biology 201, or Biology 201 and Biochemistry 302. 2 Microbiology 200 will satisfy requirements; Microbiology 417 is not acceptable. Competition for admission to W.C.V.M. is severe, and although pre-veterinary requirements can be met in two years, few applicants are currently admitted with less than three years of university coursework. Pre-veterinary students are therefore strongly advised to follow a program that also satisfies the requirements of a B.Sc. program at UBC. Fot information ancl program approval contact the Office of the Dean, Faculty of Science. (Also see Faculty of Agricultural Sciences statement in the Calendar) Further information regarding entrance to Veterinary Medicine may be obtained from the Office ofthe Dean, Faculty of Science, UBC, or Faculty of Agricultural Sciences, UBC; or directly from the University of Saskatchewan. Faculty of Science Pairing List Students may obtain credit for only one course in the following list of introductory courses in statistics: • BIOI. 300, GEOG 374, PLNT 321, PSYC 317/318, PSYC 366, STAT 200 (See also Probability ancl Statistics listings. For page number, see Index). Listed below are courses in which there is sufficient overlap that credit may be obtained for only one course in each group. Flow-ever, it does not necessarily follow that the courses in each group are equivalent. Astronomy 1) ASTR 101, 200 2) ASTR 102, 200 Atmospheric Science 1) ATSC 200, GEOG 200 (and GEOG 204, SOIL 204 to 1990) 2) ATSC 300, GEOG 300 (ancl GEOG 204, SOIL 204 from 1991) , 114, 124, 151, 152, FRST 1.30 3) ATSC 301, GEOG 331 4) ATSC 302, GEOG 302 5) ATSC 303, GEOG 303 6) ATSC 411, OCGY 411 7) ATSC 414, OCGY 414 Chemistry 1) CHEM 103,110, 120,121, 122, 150, 151 2) CHEM 201, 205, 208 3) CHEM 202, 205, 208 4) CHEM 201, 251 5J CHEM 201, 252 6) CHEM 203, 213, 2.0, 260 7) CHEM 250,310, 3:5 8) CHEM 251, 262, 3(4, 305 9) CHEM 252,304, 305 10) CHEM 255, 304, 3(5 11) CHEM 402, GEOL »0 12) CHEM 311,352 13) CHEM 31.,330 Computer Science i) cpsc loo, mi, li; 2) CPSC 116, 118 3) CPSC 126.128 4) CPSC 216, ELEC 3:4 5) CPSC 218, ELEC 219 6) CPSC 220, ELEC 3 !0 7) CPSC 302, 350, ELEC 258 8) CPSC 313. 315, ELEC 31.3, 315 9) CPSC 318. ELEC 476 10)CPSC 319 ELEC 319 11) CPSC 405 COMM 310 12) CPSC 406 COMM 410, Til 13) CPSC 413 ELEC 4?6 14) CPSC 414 ELECTA 15)CPSC 417 ELEC 456 16) CPSC 435 FRST 415 Earth; Science 1) ERTH 101', GEOL 100 2) ERTH 10C, GEOP 120 Geography 1) GEOG 101, ERTH 100. GEOG 101 with 102. 103, 3.30 2) GEOG 102, ERTH 100 3) GEOG 200, ATSC 200, (and GEOG 204, SOIL 204 to 1990) 4) GEOG 205, CIVL-118 5) GEOG 306, GEOI 351 (to 1992), GEOL 251 (from 1993) 6) GEOG 300, ATSC 300 (GEOG 204, SOIL 204 from 1991) 7) GEOG 301, ATSC 301 8) GEOG 302, ATSC 302 9) GEOG 303, ATSC 303 10) GEOG 308, SOIL 108 11) GEOG 3.30, with 02,103 Geological Sciences 1) GEOL 100, 105, 125,150 2) GEOL 205, 206, 256 3) GEOL 226,256,3)1 4) GEOL 304,354 5) GEOL 251,351, CEOG 306 6) GEOL 358, 428 7) GEOL 363,419 8) GEOL 200, 308 9) GEOL 201,202 10) GEOI. 205, 321 11) GEOL 251,305 Geophysics and Astronomy 1) GEOP 120, ERTH 100 2) GEOP 310, ASTR 310 3) GEOP316, ASTR 316 4) GEOP 317, ASTR 317 5) GEOP 320, PHYS 406 6) GEOP 400, 420 7) GEOP 400, 421 Life Sciences (Course numbers in parentheses correspond to those in 1987/88 Calendw.) 1) ANAT 390, 400(1 Jr six credits) 2) ANSC 321, HUNT 309 3) ANSC 322, HUNU 305 or 307 4) ANSC 323, HUNU 309 5) BIOC 300, BIOL Ml plus BIOC 302, BIOL 201 plus BIOC 303 6) BIOI. 107, 102,103,110, or 115 plus 120, 344 (310), 345 (311). .346(313) 7) BIOL 101,102,103,110, or 115 plus 120, FRST 300 8) BIOL 300, PLNT 321 9) BIOL 301, FRST 430, STAT 305 10) BIOI. 305 (7.001.316), OCGY 309, OCGY 316, MRNE 435 11) BIOI. 310 (ZOOL 323), MRNE 446, PSYC 306 12) BIOL 324 (BOTA 311), PLNT 258 13) BIOL327 (H)OL311). PLNT331 14) BIOL 3.34, AGSC 213, ANSC 313, FRST 302 15) BIOL 335 (336), MICB 325 16) BIOL345 (311), 302 (321) and 303 (322) 17) BIOI. 346 (313), MICB 200,417 18) BIOL 351 and 352 (BOTA 330), PLNT324 and 325 19) BIOL353 (ZOOL303), BIOI, 363, ANSC 320, PHYL 301 and 302 or 303 20) BIOL 400 (422), MICB 400, SOIL 400 21) BIOL 403 (ZOOL 406). OCGY 406 22) BIOL 426 (ZOOL 415), MRNE 412 23) BIOL 438, PHYS 438 24) BIOL 451 (BOTA 415). OCGY 415 25) HUNU 203, ancl 305 plus 307 26) MICB 200, 417, BIOL 346 27) MICB 325, BIOL 335 28) MICB 400, BIOL 400, SOIL 400 29) MICB 401, SOIL 401 ^50) MICB 402, MEDG 410 ,31)M)CB502,MEDG510 32) MRNE 446, BIOI.310 (ZOOL 323), PSYC 306 33) OCGY 309,316, BIOI. 305 (ZOOL 316), MRNE 435 34) OCGY 406, BIOL 403 (ZOOL 406) 35) OCGY 415, BIOL 451 (BOTA 415) 36) PCTH 300,305 (390); PHAR 370.380 37) PCTH 300, 302 38) PCTH 400, PHAR 385 L 39) PHYL301 and 302 or 303, BIOL 353 (ZOOL303), ANSC 320 | 40) PSYC 201 and 202,260 41)PSYC 304,360 42) PSYC 317 and 318,366 43) PSYC 306, MRNE 446, BIOL 310 (ZOOL 323) Mathematics 1) MATH 100,111,120,140,153 2j MATH 101,121,141,154 3) MATH 152,221,223 4) MATH 200,226,253 5) MATH 227, 254, 317 6) MATH 205, 302. STAT 205, 241, 251, 302 7) MATH 255. 215 8) MATH 257, 316, PHYS 312 9) MATH 300. 350 10) MATH 301. 350 Oceanography 1) OCGY 309. 316, BIOL 305, MRNE 435 2) OCGY 414, 405 3) OCGY 406, BIOL 403 4) OCGY 415, BIOL 451 5) OCGY 411, ATSC 411 6) OCGY 414, ATSC 414 Physics 1) PHYS 101/102,121/122, 110, 115,120, 153 2) PHYS 156,203,213 3) PHYS 170, 216 4) PHYS 200. 250 5) PHYS 206, 217 6) PHYS 209, 215 7) PHYS 251,,301,.311 8) PHYS 306, 456 9) PHYS 308, 458 10) PHYS 309,319 Tl) PHYS 312, MATH 257, 316 12) PHYS 351, 401, 411 13) PHYS 402, 452 14) PHYS 403, 455 15) PHYS 406, GEOP 320 16) PHYS 438, BIOL 438 Statistics 1) STAT 200, 203 2) STAT 205, 241, 251, 302, MATH 205, 302 252 Science mmmmMMmmmm -s*,.^*. it.* ■.. ('(.ii;ijn t(,iii%C' j;! Manuc Siienee are offered hi the Ue'-iern Canal!;.m 1 unersiiiics (Bamfield) Marine Statu nr Genera! Science Program The General Science degree program PTogni.es live on Vtni.ouu'rlilarid.l pin Idireiiirsofthc'irtoursesinav design,tied subiet'i areas i if die F.teuln-oiS: it-nu. These Iv lakeri there unite-.pimp ui suiiimet period preceding ;||'c.i'' are. registration Ion he I", tub ve. -r. in in iii, ti i\ please consul! I. ChemistrviCI-IHM i.)08l! the Dcp.m .ica-oi ii cam 'and /oology 21 iamb Science (Astronomv, Geogr.tpl'iv. Geologv, Geo- oin-ucs, Oce;inogr,ioin-! (TRSC022C Requirements for the B.Sc. Degree 3) life Science (Bioehemistrv Biologv. Mierohiologv. Oceanography3, Pharmacol, igv, Plivsiologv, Psvchoi- Honours ( } og-v)(I.FSC0'i40) First Year i; Maihematic.iiSricitceiCoiiipicc: Sccncc.. iaihema!- course ics. ScaisticS) (MASC OliJOj FMiL Inn 7,,.7 nl. nm't'in MAJit nil ill: < !2il 12! i si I hvsics i PIPS i)2 I ; OiltA; ill. !7.: ' : H)i 1 OCGY 308, itlS -i(!7. 'ins, -ill'). ii3. t.o (K.tO 7;|i) 5\;;. iiili. tit). ,(|7 In the first rear the studcm mu->! ompieie: • (.Ili-'M lltlor 12i.mil 122, Tota! - Two.if, PXGi. IIP. Ill, iL'or !2ii, 121 ;' I 12 recon;- Second Year mended, one of these may lie deierrce to second Course Requirements for the B.Sc. Degree Credits PHV- III: I'l'l! il! 111(11 ii' Credits .\i.fll !(')() ami 101 tor 120 and 121;. ''[[': '■'.'' PHYS 100 and iOi.orKil.ind 102, or 12 land 122 and i'ijia] }y: six io nine cretins of 1-let fives, which mav be in Aits 'ms ton* i including an additional litre e ere His m I irst -year Kn; listii oran introdiictorv course: in science (other tha Chentisirv. Malheni.tncs and PIivmcsi Third and Fourth Years Total 30 Student:, in second tear man register in lite r.turses ^f™ ., which an- prereijiiisite io the ihird year courses of iheir ,,^V ',., proposed areas of cone entra! ion, Thev must also ensure yr-- ,ve thai iii First and set end wars iheir program includes a iiioi d. total ol six creeiiis oi Iniroduciorv Science couises oihct ''lli:>;i '"''"' than Chemtsuy. Mathematics mil Phestt's sm-ione 'i"(is,it!s!viheieii;iireinenro: a! leas' joe'editse-.I Science icieeniio i otii'ses numbered Swiaiiciabinf, ihesaident mavselei! ure.t.in one o! two routes with u the <•■■ ceil siieni;. decree "'■'' '■'■■ '-'t:- is.a> a" ed program \f [".,','.. '" * Rome A- ai least Pnrcdii- numbered diOor higher .v,.s ;!,.ni.. most be selected Irom caih oi two ofthe live sublet; iota u~ areas specified above. Register :r; the iwo areas oi uneii-uif specialization. • Route B --ol courses namberia: jciiorh-ghcr,a! has IS it edits must be in one oi the above sura vt areaW leas; six creeiiis in a tiifferi ti; area aud at leas! six credit; ai an area different from ihese two. Kegtste' in iht major are:a of speciali/itiioti on!;. coersea ^elected musl be act e|'tabic lor Major or lion Major (0030) First Year Course t HEM ill. Ill I inn MATH lull. Indian 121 PIIVS Ui. 121 il'ii Iu2; I'NoL liitlieu'! \tn Lie, live Total Second Year3 Course MAT!! .'!«! 221 215 PIIVS .7)1!. _'!!<. Jll« Iooemes- Total Third Year Course .SIR .1112. tut I'liJs CC. sal ii'S MATH :'-r MATH siieii l'ms.02 rAcineC Total Fourth Year Course AS'IK -nil. H12 A-TR UI 111 PHYS '.(K Wi rota! 30 Sniclenn ^it'iiaii Pi)vsics 12 duaiiti nonsuit cle'jiariiiicnnil .ui riser as cat!', as practical. Normally the;, must take ('Ills inn l:NGI. 112 is rccommencieil. Qualified students are em on: agecl tu i -insider L'NGI. 1.2:1 oioI ut 12 i. Tlirec credits nl I'n.i teat Lnaiish inav ice defected nan! second ccao Credits Adanssio lit: im ended- ASTR 2il() or \SiR i(il'ill2. nding in lirst-vcat Lies cat Ileid, ess credit olitained lae Total 72 are allien a! tie ttajiaret) to C'lifiei'toPIIYSIiii. .it's i!i. cenliaiien B Sa Genet mmmMsmmMM^MM^xmrmmiiisMMmmmmm^'.rMi^^mmwm^rm Aquacultural Science (AQSC) Several Facilities eoe.peraie io oiler a pregt.tm of si title leading to a B.Sc Honours degree m Aqu-,.'iiiiur. I science- This program involves siuclvt. the basic biologv oi iirgainsais^indi'C'l.waniaoH-.isei.ie.aa-C.aiu.HK bra- ogv, phvsital ocearmgratiiiv, bh,-i'c'Oi!!.e engineering and food stieme. f3or additional program m'ormaiion jiietise consult the Hem Is o! lhe >>,r a'l'neao o! Auco d Si tela e or /.ooiocv s'SC isn, is I. iS2- HIOF. A'ld a, ,2s, i2V: fori!) tiii. sua :e tie. lis; iiCGT in, BIOI Astronomy fASTRJ The Dei'-ioiaea: o: (.copL'.sics ami A'-!ronomv offeis oppiintiriiue.s La M'.th in A-dronon-v at tbe bachelor's, masier'. : i-t it k. i "!,!!!• veh 17 iri u ion nam >n on rheM se 3 Reciiiiiiiic'i'tiet!: CPSC Hi (Si, 1 id i.Si or 12 i i.l). Rccoir.nienclet! PIIVS t()7';2i Sititlcnts who have tin; oiaiaaei!;; stantlmg ol at least dH".- in PIIVS 120. 122 or !l!2 sliiailc! take PHYS 2 In prior tnPICf3 71)'> ' Fotitecneco. jilalili'indiiiihuiclaaiiah ve.irsai least Ocas 'do nun; be from lamide the Held nl Major The fieai of the Maim concise oi a!! eonrsec :n AS'IIC CdiPA, MATH ant! PHYS Honours Astronomy and Geophysics Focus Planetary Sciences • Option A. G.PA-ASTRiObtS) * Cotton Ci. (iHPA - GI-OP ;01S2i First Year Course Cr«ttltts ciiTM u: ;.'?.!lit" ti PII.S L! 111., Li! i 1'Ji' KNGi. liHOi'iV: GFelP 11C P'e-.-.i'.e- 7 Total :«> Second Year Co-arse Credits Science 253 MATH 20(1,215,221 PHYS 200,203.209 Arts elective Total Third Year Course GF.PA 3!h, 3,r CHOP 320 MATH 31" MATH 310 or PHYS 312 PHYS 303 or GEOP a2a PHYS 200.301 PII.S 311". 308' ut GEOP 3- 1.3 Arts Elective Total Fourth Year Course PHYS 3(11 GEOP i2a ot PHYS 303 GEO!' a20 Optuin At ASTR 121, i31 ASTU i id Science Electives- Option (P GEOP 420. t21 GEOP n-iO Stae-nit: Elcciives Total 9 PHYS 121. 122(101, 102)3 9 (ITEM 121, 122(111) 6 CPSC lOO-level 36 Arts Elective Total Credits Second Year 6 Couise j ATSC/GEOG 200, 300' 3 MATH 200.22! 3 PHYS 213. lis. 21h 3 Arts Elective b Elective' vO Total Third Year Course ATSC/GEOG 301, 307. 303 MATH 21.. STAT 201 PHYS .12 i r MATH. 16 Arts Elective Electives" Total Fourth Year Course Nine credits fom ATS2 ATSC Electives" Electives-' Total 6 35-36 Credits 3 3 3 6 2-6 14-10 9 A b 31-30 1 Students without Phvsics 12 should tainsulidepartmental adviser as early as practical Normaliv thev must lake PHYS 100 prior to PHYS 101 and 102. 3 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged io consider ENGL 120 and/or 121 Three credits uf first- vear English mav be deferred until second vear 3 Strongly recommended: ASTR 101 or GEOI. 100. N B, Special arrangements may he made for students unable to complete GEOP 120 in first year. ' Required courses in the Astronomy Option. Science elective to be chosen in consultation with the De-pan mental program adviser, ' Required courses in the Geophysics Option. Science elective to be chosen in consultation with the Departmental program adviser. Combined Honours Astronomy and Physics See Physics Programs. Atmospheric Science (ATSC) A program of undergraduate studies, diploma program in meteorology, and a Master's degree in Atmospheric Science are offered cooperatively by the Departments of Geography and Oceanography. Students should direct enquiries to ihe Chair, Atmospheric Science Program, University of British Columbia. For information on the M.Sc. degree program, see the Faculty of Graduate Studies section. Students wishing to undertake a Ph.D. program in the Atmospheric Sciences should consult the department most appropriate to the proposed field of specialization. Requirements for the B.Sc. Degree Major (0167) Ci 6 3 3 30 Credits fi 6 9 6 .. 30 Credits 1 ENGL 112 is rem aged to consider 1 yeat English may I 3 Students without I 101 or 121 Such si the -tcconc. year. ' For .students trans year, one or both c sion ofthe Chair. ' Nine credits must field, or Aits. The phci ic Science, Oce 3 15 credits of electi " Chosen front: CHH 402, 403; OCGY 31 Credits . -t41,+i2 ATSC'OCGY ill.-04 9 9 12 30 timentled Qualified students are encour- NGI. 120 and/or 121. Three credits of first- c- deferred until second year. hvsics 12 must take PHYS 100 prior to PHYS iidems should then take PHYS 102 (122) in erring to ATSC and /or UBC io start at third f these courses may be waived with permis- ,e Science courses from outside the Major Major Held includes al! courses in Atmos- anography, Geography (Science) and Physics. ces must lie numbered 300 or higher. Vi 302 (pierequisitc-CIIEM 201); GEOG 401, 8; PHYS .311,421; SOIL 31 r Honours1 First! Year As for ll Sc. Viajor. Total Second Year As for B.Sc V'ajor. Total Third Year Course ATSC/UEOG 301,30. ATSC Elective3 MATH -Ms. .IT STAT 2110 PHYS 312 or MATH Ho CHEM 201.302 Arts Elective Total Fourth Year Course ATSC 44(1. 4aI, 442 ATSC 449 ATSC/OCGY 411,4 It ATSC Electives3 Electives' Total 303 30 30 30 30 Credits 9 6 6 5 5 6 .3 36 9 (i 36 First Year Course KNGL lOO-k-ve! MATH 100. 101 (12(1. 121 Credits 6 Entry into tne program requires a 70S) average in the previous lull year. Continuation in the program requires a 65% cumulative average for all . ourscs taken in lhe program. ' Chosen from GEOG 205,401,402,403; OCGY308; PHYS 421, son. 314. 3 Students intending to seek federal employment as a meteorologist are urged to add a further three credits of physics in topics such as fluid mechanics, optics, applied physirs, advanced mechanics. Diploma Meteorology The Diploma in Meteorology offers an intensive one-year program in theoretical and applied Meteorology. It is designed for students with little or no background in Meteorology who wish to direct their experience to environmental applications or to gain employment as a meteorologist. Admission is based on an acceptable academic record (usually a bachelor's degree in physics, applied mathematics, engineering or similar disciplines). Typically this should include about 27 credits of mathematics (up to introduction to partial differential equations) and computer science (including some numerical analysis), ancl 21 credits of physics. The diploma program requires a minimum eif 30 credits of coursework in atmospheric science. Each student will plan an individual program in consultation wilh the Chair of the Atmospheric Science program. For those with sufficient mathematics and physics but no meteorology a typical program would include: ATSC 440,441,442, ATSC/ GEOG 301, 302, 303, and ATSC/OCGY 411 and 414, plus- six credits from CHEM 302, GEOG 401, 402, 403, MECH 482, OCGY 308, PHYS 421, SOIL 314. An exemption of up to 12 credits for courses already taken will be allowed. Studenls granted exemptions v. ill be required to add electives of appropriate undergraduate or graduate courses. Additional courses may be added or substituted by the Chairman lo make up the mathematics or physics background ofthe student. The total load is not to exceed 36 credits. Financial aid is available to entering non-UBC studenls from the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council/Atmospheric Environmental Service Studentship Program on a competitive basis. Biochemistry (BIOC) The Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology offers opportunities for study leading to bachelor's, master's and doctoral degrees. For information on the M.Sc. and Ph.D. degree programs, see the Faculty of Graduate- Studies section of the Calendar. There are two separate options leading to a B.Sc. degree within the Biochemistry program; one emphasizes the metabolic and structural aspects of Biochemistiy' (option A) and the other emphasizes the genetic and molecular biological aspects of Biochemistiy (option B). Both Major options provide a strong background in Biochemistry and both are sufficiently flexible for students to develop their interests in allied fields (e.g., microbiology, food science, chemistiy, etc.). Either Major option is appropriate for students who anticipates professional career in the Health Sciences.Either ofthe two Honours options is the recommended route for students interested in graduate studies in Biochemistry or related disciplines. 1 lowever. students enrolled in a Major program with a strong academic record mav also apply for graduate studies. 254 Science Requirements for the B.Sc. Degree Major (0244) First Year Course BIOL IliOL CHEM MAT! I PHYS3 ENGL Elective Total 110or lis1 I2l!! 121.122(110) lOt.c 101 (120, 100-level' Credits CO 0-7 30 Second Year Course 11101. 200,201 CHEM 207 (201. 202) CHEM 203 MATH 200 Electives' Total Third and Fourth Years Course BIOC 30! WOC 303 BIOI. 331 CHEM 30s CHEM 313 IllOC i()2.a03 Electives1 Option A: Metabolic and Structural A.s| PHYL 301 Option B: Molecular Bioloay BIOI, 33s BIOC ill! Total 5 9 30 Credits 1 2 l 6 3 60 1 BIOL 110 or 113 arc nol required ol siudenis wilh a grade of 80% or greater in Biology 12; these students are encouraged to choose instead three credits ol lice electives. BIOI. 120 is required for all .students. 3 The requirement of six creeiiis ol Physics must include I'HYS 101 (3) ancl any other PHYS ('nurse thai is available for credit iru the Faculty of Science. Although students with Physics 12 mav defer three credits of Physics until second vear. sludents arc- encouraged to complete this program requirement in then first year. ' ENGL 112 recommended. Qualilied siudenis are encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121. Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. ' Electives (3.3 or 36 credits) must include the following: i. Al least 12 credits must be for coutses numbered ,300 or higher. ii. At least 12 credits must be in lhe Faculty of Arts (and in addilion to the six credits oi 1 iest year English), Another six- credits may be taken in any Facully (including Sciem e and can be within the field ofthe major). iii. Ofthe remaining 13 or 18 credits ol elcciives (i.e., 33 or30 minus 18). at least nine must be cither Science eleciives outside the field ofthe majot or m Arts, the remaining six or nine credits can be from the faculties of Arts or Science and can be within the field o! lite major, iv. The field of the major for Biochemistiy is defined as aii ceiurses in Biochemistry, Biologv. Chemistry and Microbiol ogy and all courses offered for Science credit by departments in the Faculty of Medicine. Honours(0186) Option A: Metabolic and Structural Aspects Credits c 3 Credits First Year Course BIOI till or I BIOL lilt Credits 3-0 CHEM I2I, I22 MIOi ii MATH Olli, I0I nit tin. I2I i (i PHYS3 ii ENGL iOO-lcei 0 Electives 0-1 Total 30 Second Year Course BIOL 200,21'! MAUI 20!) CHEM lie CHEM 201, 202 MICH inn Science Elei live Ails Illative Total Third Year Course BIOC tut BIOC 301 CHEM 31.3 CHFM .307 BIOI, 3,31 PHM. 30i Ails Elei live Total Fourth Year Course BIOC il)2, 10.3 BIOC 40-t BIOC -|20 BIOC 121 or iO Science Electives S Four credits Irom CIlt'.M 737. His. HI. ill Total Honours(0186) Option B: Molecular Biology First and Second Year As in Option A. Third Year Course BIOC ..Di 3 BIOC .303 " (HEM 303 ft CHEM 3!3 ii BIOL 3.31 IllOI. lis 3 Arts Fleclivi- C- Total 33 Fourth Year Course Credits BIOC -i()2, tu'. 0 BIOC ill I ,3 BIOC -ill) ,3 BIOC l20 3 IllOC. t2l MICK 302 or-ills oi ill') 3 Siieuct' Kkilives !2 Total 33 1 BiOL 1 111 or 1 IS :;ri' noi requited of .students with a grade ol 80% or greater in Biologv 12: these .students are encouraged lo choose instead ihrcc credits of Iree electives. BIOL 12!! is ret|uiteti lot a!! siudenis. ' Tlieteqiiitenii'iii ofiicicdiiso! Phvsics musl include PHYS 101 (3) andanvoUicr Pi IVS i in use ihot o ,i\aliable tot cretin in lilt- Fat uiiv of Sciem e. Although ihrcc i redits ol Physics may he deflated until second ve;;;. siiideius 1!V encouraged to complete this program rcqimemeni in iht'ii first yeat EN'GF ! 12 recommendou Ouaiiiicd students are c'lieouiaued io consider ENCiL 120 author 12! Three crcdiis of first-year Emtlisli may be deterred until second year. Credits Combined Honours (0565) Biochemistry and Chemistry (BIOC, CHEM) First Year Course Credits BIOI, I hi. I IV .3 0 BiOL 120 3 I.HEM 121. i22ll!0' ■■. MATH 10(1 101 -120, 121, I'HYS- n ENCI. iOO-leu-1' Elei lives ll-3 Total 30 Second Year Course Credits RIOL 200.20! ft \IK.I1 200 'i ( HEM 2ii.s ■'■ cllt'.M 207 (O1-20I and 2u2i MATH 200 3 Arts !-,!;-(live i; Total 33 Third Year Course Credits BIOC ,30.3 h I1I0( 301 1 CHFM 313 Citl-.M 307 ior ,301, CULM 31! i Alls Flo, me liil 11. 3.31 .3 Total 34 Fourth Year Course Credits BIOC -1112, 10,3 u BIOC Hit .3 Clil'.M 337 1,,,-310, CJicmisirv l-Jeciives' 8 Science Electives 3 <> CHEM M'torBiOC Teind-nV 0-0 Total 35 BIOL 110 or i IS are not required ol sludents with a grade ot 80"v. or greater in Biology 12; iliese students are encouraged to choose itisie;.(l three credits ol Iree eleciives. BiOf 120 is required lor a!! .students. -' The requirement of'0 crcdiis ol Physics must include I'l 1Y3 101 (3). mt! anv oilier I'HYS course that is available for credit inthe faculty of Science. Although three credits of Phvsics mav he deferred until second vear. sludents are encouraged to complete ihis program requirement in their first year. ' ENGL 112 recommended. Qualified students are encouraged lo consider KNGL 120 and/or 121. Three credits oi first -year English mav lie defei tec! untii second year To he chosen from CHEM 312 and tOO-level Chemistrv lecture courses. Students intending to lake CHEM ,312 should lake MATH 221 in second year. (CHEM t03. -_t.fi. all. 113, i.3s I'ciominetideil). Biology (BIOL) The Departments of Botany and Zoology jointly offer only one iintletgratliiaie degree, that is a degree in Biolog. The two departments separately offer opportunities foist tidy ieticlinglo master's ami doctoral degrees. For i ltd ii- niation on these see the Faculty of Graduate Studies section of'theCalendar. Students wishing to undertake;', graduate program in Biology at UBC should conlact the file Si ience departments most appropriate to the field t >l specialization. There are nine undergraduate degree options leading lo a Maio! or Honeiurs B.Sc, in Biologv. Students should Science 255 consult advisers in the Departments of Botany and Zoology em the selection of these options. Certain courses in Marine Science tire offered by the Western Canadian Universities Marine Biological Society at the Bamfield Marine Station on Vancouver Island. Up to 12 credits may be taken at the Bamfield Marine Station in the spring or summer period preceding registration for the fourth vear. For details, please consult the Departments of Botany and Zoology. Note: BIOL 120 (or 101 or 102 or 103 ot equivalent) is prerequisite to all Biology courses, except BIOI. 153,343, 3-Ei. 3-i5. ,3-i6 ancl 4-t6. Primarily for First Year Students BIOI 120 is a prerequisite for admission to Major or Honours eiptions in the Biology I'rogram. Sludents who receive a grade of at least 80% in Biologv 12 are encouraged io enter BiOL 120 directly. Other students will need to take either BIOL 110 or 115 prior to registering in BIOL 120. The course selected is determined bv the level of biology completed in high school as noted under course description. Students interested in meeting the entrance requirements of the Faculties, or Schools, of Agricultural Sciences, Dentistry, Forestiy, Family anel Nutritional Sciences, Medicine, Pharmaceutical Sciences. Human Kinesiology, and Rehabilitation Medicine should consult the appropriate office to determine the first-vear Biology requirement. Requirements for the B.Sc. Degree Major and Honours (All Options) 6 6 6 6-3 3-0 3 0-6 30 j F.NCL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121. Three credits of first- vear English may be deferred until second year 3 Sludents without credit for Physics 12 will he required to replace three credits of Kleciive with PHYS 100 (prior io I'HYS 1011, ' Students with ai least 80% in Biology 12 are no: required ro take BIOI, 110 or 115 and instead are encouraged to take three credits ol 100-level Arts or Science courses or 200-level BIOL courses. BIOI, 120 is required of all students Honours (0054) First Year ENGL lull-level MATH 100. 101(120,1 121) CHEM 121. 122 ( 110) PHYS 1013(I2I) 11101, 111) or 115' BIOL 120' Flecluc- Total Major (0149) Animal Biology (ANBI) Second Year Course BIOI. 200. 201 BIOL 20l, 207 CHEM 230 Hlci lives'- Total Third and Fourth Years Course BIOI. too BIOL 302,303 BIOI. 331, 337 iilOl. 3'3,-S Animal Biologv Electives Electives3 Total Credits 3 (i Ci fi 18 21 60 Second Year Coun •e 1110L 200,2,11 BIOI. 204,2.15 CHEM 230 Scieno .- Electives1 Arts Ef t'ctives Total Third and Foi Course BIOL .300 BIOI. 302. 333 BIOI. 33-t, 333 BIOL 33.3 BIOL 331 BIOL 447 BIOI. f-i. Credits 6 0 6 6 0 30 Credits 3 6 6 6 3 5 b b 21 12 72 Arts Elective Animal Riology Electives Electives3 Total 1 BIOI. 209, 210 recommended. 3 The 33 credits ofe ectives have the following requirements; i. At least 12 cred ts of Arts ii. Ofthe remaining! credits. 6 credits maybe in any Faculty. iii. A further nine exdits must be in Arts or in Science outside of the field of the Major. The field ofthe Major consists of all courses in BIOC, BIOL, MICB, MRNH; OCGY 309, 316, 106, 412, 113, ils: PSYC 30i 306 and PSYC, courses numbered 60 or higiter in the last two digits; ancl courses in the Faculty of Medicine that have Science credit, iv. The remaining ,ix credits must be Arts or Science courses a nd may include courses from the Animal Biology Eleciives list below. v. At least nine credits musl he numbered 300 or higher. 3 BIOL 347 strongly recommended. Consult a Biology adviser before choosing el .-ctives Animal Bio ogy Electives: BIOC 302; BIOL 301, 303, 310, 325. 326, 327,328, 331, 332, 33.3, 3.37, 330,354, 405, 410, 411, -il3, 41-t, 416, 418, 4lf, 425, 425, 427, 4.30, 440, -nil, 4-15, 446, 4487150,45.3,454,455.456.457; MRNE 410,-111,412,413.430, 440, 415. 446. ' Three creel ts of BI 31.448 with permission ofthe Chair of the Undergraduate Program. Major (0633) Cell Biology and Genetics (CGBI) Second Year Cour»e Credits BIOI. 200.201 6 Six credits Irom BIOL 20-t, 205, 209. 210 or MICB 200 <> CHEM 230 6 Electives13 12 Total 30 Third and Fourth Yeairs Course Credits BIOL 300 3 BIOL 302 ot 303 3 BIOL 33-1.335 6 BIOL 350 6 Cell Biulogy and Genetics Electives 21 Electives3 21 Total 60 1 CHEM 205 recommended. 3 The 33 credits ole ectives have the following requirements: i. At least 12 creeftsof Arts. ii. Of the remaining 21 credits, six credits may he in anv Faculty. iii. A further nine credits must be in Arts or in Science outside of the field of the Major. The field ofthe Major consists of all courses in BIOC, BIOL. MICH. MRNE; OCGY 309. 316, 406,412,413,415; PSYC courses numbered 60 or higher in the last two digits; and courses in the Faculty of Medicine that have Science credit. iv. The remaining six credits must he Arts or Science courses ami may include courses from the Cell Biology and Genetics Electives list below, v. Nine credits must be numbered 300 or higher. Cell Biology and Genetics Electives; ANAT 405; BIOC 302,303, 402,410,421; BIOI. 330,3.31,332,337,352,430,431,432,433, 4.34, 435, 4.36, 43", 441, 444, 448', 450, 452, 455; MEDG 410, 419, 420.421, 430; MICB 302,4(12,408,409; MRNE 411. Note: Students must select 21 credits ofwhich 12 must be BIOL. For specialization in cell biology, some of BIOL 330, 3.31, and 352 are recommended. For specialization in genetics, BIOI. 337 or ■432 is recommended. ' Three credits of BIOI. 448 with permission ofthe Chair ofthe Undergraduate Program. Honours(0405) Cell and Developmental Biology (CELL) Second Year Course BIOI. 200,201 Six credits from BIOL 20-t, 205, 209. 210 or MICB 200 CHEM 23M Arts Elective Elective' Total j Third and Fourth Years ' Course BIOL 300 BIOL BIOL BIOL BIOI. BIOI. BIOC BIOL BIOL 302 or 303 331 or 352 334,335 350 330 303 447 449 Credits 6 6 6 0 6 30 Credits 3 3 .3 6 6 3 6 3 6 15 6 12 72 Cell ancl Development Electives Arts Electives Electives3 Total 1 CHEM 205 is recommended. 3 BIOL 34^ is strongly recommended. Consult a Biology adviser before choosing electives. Cell and Development Electives: ANAT 405; BIOC 402, 403, 410,421; BIOL 330,331,332,337,351,352,430,431,4.32.4.33, 435, 4,36, 437, 441, 450, 452. 455; MEDG 421; MICB 302, 402. 408, 409, Major (0582) Conservation Biology (CONS) Second Year Course BIOL 200.201 One of BIOI. 20-1, 205 One of BIOL 209, 210. 320. 321, 322, 323, .324 CHEM 230 Electives'3 Total Third and Fourth Years Course BIOI. 300,501 BIOL 302,303 BIOL 334.355 BIOL 353 or 351 BIOL 416 Conservation Electives Systematics/Evolution Eleciives Electives3 Total Credits 6 3 3 6 12 30 Credits 6 6 6 6 or 3 3 6 or 9 b 21 60 256 Science BIOI, 5,3-1,5,33 Honours(0583) BIOI. 35l.332.li 5-71 Second Year Ecology Flee nu-. EC, lives1 Course Credits Total BIOI. 200.201 :i Oneo! BIOL 204. 205 -; Clin- otHIOL 209.210, 320,721. 522. 323, 521 3 Honours(0045) CHEM 250 " Second Year Si lc'ilee Electives1 0 Ans Electives ;, Course Total 30 BIOI, 2U0.-;0 Oneo! KIOL20'i 2os Third and Fourth Years Oncol BIOI Joe 210 Course Credits (iir.M >-ti BIO! ,71,10,301 0 Science Elect it es mot 302,105 1, ■Arts l.iet lives BIOL 33 i. 337 ti Total BIOL 553 or 351 li ot: BIOL I Li in 417 Third and Fourth Years BIO! ill., iC i, Course BIOL 11O 0 Biol. 3i)!i iliOI. 301. Sir! Oonstrv .111011 Elective-, 12 Svslcni.llics/Evolution Elect 11 es 12 BIOL 73-1, s'-s. At'Ls Elcciives " BIOL 5-0. 132 or s5'- !!!()! ,! tia 4lS Electives' 5 -0 Total 72 Bit 11 ) r BIOL 41') 1 Choosesecond-vcaicoiirses lhai ait: [:i'etei;iiisil es ioi desired Ft "!,'"■■- !mci'"C"- upt-.cr-ievei eiectives. Vis Elei tivc ■" The Mi crcdiis of electives have the following tequircmeia:-; 1, Al least 12 credits of Arts. ii ()i die remaining 2! creclits. six credits mat be in am Fat ally ui .A further nine crctiils mus! Ire in Arts or in Science outside ofthe field of the Major, The field of lhe Major consists of ai! 11 lueses in BIOL, MRNE. Oe.OY. F5YC .501,500 aod PSYC courses numbered 01) or higher in rite last two digits: couises in ihe Facullv 'of Medicine tli.it ita ve Science 11 edit; and coutses on lite Conservahoii Eleciives iist beiovv. iv. The remaining six credits must he Arts or .Science courses and mav include course:; from the Conscrv-aiion ancl Svs- lematics,.-'Evolution Electives lists hclovv. v Enough of [lie 33 credits must be numbered 300 or higher so that the lota! 300 or higher level courses in the program, including specified courses is ai least 18 crcdiis 3 BIOL 5C is recommended. Consult a Biology adviser before choosing eleciives Conservation Eleciives': ANSC 521. 322, 323. |25: BIOI. 305. 310,545.400.402. 405. 404.400, ill". lOB. UW. til), ill. tl','. 4,3 1, 448"'; CONS 200, 330, t.50. 1 tl); FRST 36", 395, 420, 4,85. i95:CFOC. 300, 310, 315. i!5. 1IH1 LAW ,350, .35,3: MRNE 4,511, 1,55. 4 t5,4.i6. OttlY ill); PLNT 5.55. io i: SOIL 3 It. 105, -lis, ' Ail listed courses numbered .300 or higher in ANSC BIOI. MRNF. and OCGY have Science credit ' Three crcdiis of BIOL 4 18 with permission of lhe Chair of the Undergraduate Program. Svstematics/Fvoluuon Eleciives- B1OI..520. ,521, 322,325,32t. .32).. .52", 328. 532,412, il.l. th. i!5, i!8. ill. ,11. ill. ___(.. I.E7 V1ICB ir.) Major (0289) Ecology and Environmental Biology (ECOL) Second Year Course Credits BIOL 2011,201 6 Oneo!'BlOI.20l, 205 3 Oneo! BIOI. 209 210 5 CHFM 250 !-, Elcttiu-c !2 Total 30 Third and Fourth Years Course Biol, loo BiOL 302. 103 Total 72 The .55 credits of electives have lhe iollovying requirements; I, Al ieas: 12 uediis of Arts. II. Oi die tiiucmmg 21 crcdiis. six credits mav ice in am. Faculty. in. A furiher nine credits must he in Arts or in Science outside ofthe field 1 if the Majot. The held ol lhe Major consist' of all courses 111 Bit )!„ MRNF, ()CG., PS3C ,501.306 and PS\ (. courses numbered oil or higher in the lasl two digits; and courses in die Faculty of Medic me dial have Science tact! it iv. The temainint; six ctedils musi be Arts or Science coutses and mav include courses iiom lite Ecology Eleelives lis! beiovv v. Nine crcdiis musl he numbered 500 ot higher. BIOI. 3-t7 recommended. Consult .; Biology adviser before choosing electives Ecology Electives. BIOL 50 i. 305,310, .120. 121.322. 323. .32 1. 32'i. 32". 528. 3i2. nil), idl t02. iO.S. till, 405,400. lO", i!i8, iO'c -ill), a! 1.412. il.l. ill. 115. iln. i!8, il',', 420,42", 4l-i, 4.39, 4 i8f MRNF 1.5!!, 1.35. Three t redits ot BIOL -wS with permission ofthe Chair nf I he I'l-dcrgraduaie I .ogiam Major (0572) General Biology (GENB) Second Year Course Credits BIOL 200.210 h Nine cretin- IVnni 11101.210 20S.2no.2IO. ami Ml( 11201 -> CHEM 21!! i, Flei lives' 0 Total 30 Third and Fourth Years Course Credits Lhree more croons iron; mo! 201 20s. 20o 2l!)or Vii(.:B200 3 BIOL .300 5 BIO! <U2. 00 11 BIOL JiioC c BIOI 55i)"i 53! 532oi-7-ss I, BIOI courses iiini'hcrci! 3nc ,-r uhoo- !2 iJCOiVC'S' 21 Total 60 Honours (0183) Second Year Course Credits BIOL 2(10,201 ;' Twelve 1 redits from !!!()!. 201, 203. 2n« 2 10,,mil MICB ill!) 12 CHFM 250 1, Ans Electives Total 30 Third and Fourth Years Course Credits Flic remaining mm redits irom lilt il. 20c 205. 200 210 c .linl MICB 2110 moi. mo 3 BIOL .302 5'J( BIOL 7.31 35s BIOI. 35,'!,.,:- SS !. 332 o: 35s BIOI. 44" 3 IIIOL no 1, Suhtiiscipltric Flee lives 21 Free Elective' Ans Elective Total 72 Tltc' 7.5 crcdiis ol eleitives have die following re-cjuirciiiems i V leasi 12 ctedils of Arts. ii, eif the remaining 2! crcdiis six crediis may he in am. facuitv, iii, A Further nine ctedils must he 111 Arts or in Science outside o! die held of the Major. The field oi ihe Major consists oi 'ii ,nurses in IllOC, BIOL, MICB. MRNE; OOOY 300 tin. i0:i. i!2. ii.7, ih psyt SO-i, 31)1, ;md F55C course-muu- beiV(l 00 or higfei'in die last 1 wo dug!Is: ,mi! courses n lite Facility ol .Medicine that have Science credit. 11. flic remaininy so: crediis musl he Arts 01 Science courses and mav include courses (rum the field ofthe Major. v Al least 1- credits musl he numbered .300 or higher Chosen in coiisiniai 101; with;; Biologv advisee Iron) thiccoi lb; following subthseijihiics: systematics and evolution, Dining., physiolocv and biochi'!iiis;ii, cell anti deveiopmcncgt'iiciii ■-, Nine crediis musl be from each o! Iwo subdisciplmcs and so credits trouiaihirif Coutses musl bemimberecl ,500 ot inula'! 3 Inane Facuitv including, hut not limited to. Sciem e. 11101,5 0 rciommeiiitt-il Honours (0415) Genetics (GENE) Second Year Course Credits BIOI. 200.201 n Six oft Oils Irom 11101.201.205, 2u>). 21(1 '■ CHEM 2,30 C, MICB 200 Atis Elei lives c Total 30 Third and Fourth Years Course Credits BIOL 500 ISlO! 3!i2"i-i is 3 IIIOL 3si, v',5 BIOL 5.r or 02 3 Blot 013 0 1)101. .is!l 0 BIOL n" BIOL :C' Ccnt'ins Lkiui.'s |3 ■\ns Electives Electives' Total O 72 o;av adviser oe!' BiOl.lC'i, rnoimcenot'i! t.onsii;; : hoosiiiy eie; lives oenetics Fieriuc- siudenis must selcel !5 credits bom tin 1 ourst-s listed below, of which m;ie cretins must lie irom BIOL BIOC i02.40<. i!;7-i2i,i:!0!.5s!.53", 1 All, t.-t 1. i,52. i35, in •5o C2: Virile) 10. il". i2li. i.M. t.io-MK.B . i2 108 too Science 257 Major (0248) Marine Biology (MRNB) Second Year Course BIOI. 200,201 BIOL 205,209 CHEM 2.30 Electives' Total Third and Fourth Years Course BIOL 30(1 BIOL 302,303 BIOI. 320 BIOL 32u BIOL 334,335 BIOI. 351, 552 or 373 Marine Biology Eleciives Electives1 Total Honours (0518) Second Year Course BIOL 200,201 BIOL 205,209 CHEM 230 Science Electives Arts Electives Total Third and Fourth Years Course BIOL 300 302. 303 320 326 334,335 351. 352 or .35.3 Major (0305} Plant Biology (PLTB) Second Year Credits Course 6 BIOL 200, 201 0 BIOL 209, MO 6 CHEM 230 12 Electives1-' 30 Total Third and Fourth Yeai Credits Course 3 BIOL 3003 6 BIOL 32-1 3 BIOI. 302.303 3 BIOI. 33-1,335 6 BIOL 35E.572 6 BIOL 4is 12 Two of BIOL 320. 32 .322 '25 21 One <f BIOL t20.45:. 439, i52 60 Electives' Total Combined Honours (0057) Biology and Chemistry Honours (BIOL, CHEM) Credits 0 6 o 6 30 BIOL BIOL BIOI. BIOI. BIOL BIOL BIOL 449 Marine Biology Electives3 Arts Elective Electives' Total 44/ Credits 3 6 3 3 li 6 ,3 6 21 6 9 72 3 The 33 credits of electives have the following requirements: i. At least 12 credits of Arts. ii. Of the remaining 21 credits, six credits may be in anv Facully. iii. A further nine credits must be in Arts or in Science outside of the field of the Major. The field of the Mapr consists of all courses in BIOL, MRNE. OCGY, PSYC 304,400 and PSYC courses numbered 60 or higher in the last two digits; and courses in the Faculty of Medicine that have Science credit. iv. The remaining six credits must be Arts or Science courses and may include courses from the Marine Biologv Electives list below. v. Nine credits must be numbered 300 or higher. 3 At least three credits must be taken at a marine station such as the Bamfield Marine Station. This requirement usually will be fulfilled in the summer prior to fourth year, 3 BIOL 347 is recommended. Consult a Biology adviser before- selecting electives Marine Biologv Electives: BIOI. 301, 305, 325. 331, 3.32, 402, 403,405,408,413,426,429,448*,451;MKN'E till 411,412.413. 420.430,435,445,450,454,460,470; OCCY.308, (05,40",410. 412, 413. 1 Three credits of BIOE 448 with permission of the Chair of the Undergraduate Program. 30 3 or3 Honours (0372) Second Year Course BIOL 200.201 BIOL 209.21(1 CHEM 2.30 Science Electives1 Arts fveclives Total Third and Fourth Years Course BiOL .300' BIOL 324 BIOL 302,30.3 BIOL 354, ,55-7 BIOL .351,5 52 BIOL 415 Two of BIOL 320,321 322,323 One oi"BIOL 421), i35. 1.39, a52 BIOL 4-C 5 BIOL -h9 0 Plant Biology Elective; !2 Eleciives1 Out V Ans Elective n Total 72 ' BIOL 20 i or 205 recommended. 3 The 33-36 credits o 'elec lives have lite following requirements: i. At least 12 credits of Arts, if Of the remaining 21-24 credits, sis credits may' be in any Faculty, iii. A further nine crediis must be in Arts or in Science outside ofthe field ofthe Major. The field ofthe Major consists of all courses in BIOC BIO!., MICB, MRNE; OCGY 309, 3In. 406, 412, 413, 415; and courses in the Faculty of Medicine tltat have Scien e credit, iv. The remaining o-9 crcdiis must be Arts or Science courses aid may include courses horn the Piani Biology Electives list below, v. Enough of the 33-36 credits must be numbered 300 or higher so that the total number of 300 ot higher level courses in the program, including specified courses, is at least 48 credits. 3 An equivalent stabs ties course may be taken with permission of the Head o" Botany ' BIOL 3t7 is recommended. Consuii a Biology adviser before selecting electives Plant Biology Eiethres: BIOL301..520. 511,550..332,553,3-i3, 350,401,4(4,406. U.r. i!2,4!4, iFi, i!8, 120 421.422,424. 429,433, '135. 4.36,459, w 1. 115, -HO. -i4K\ -ml, )S2, MRNE420. 43!L 450. s Three- cretl Is of B OL 148 vvirh permission o! the Heat! o! Botany. First Year Course BIOI. 110 or 117' BIOL I2l)! CHEM 121, !22(110i MATH 100, 101 (120, 121) PHYS 100-ot 200-level ENCil. 100-level3 Credits 3 3 Elective' Total Second Year 11 Course 6 BIOL 200.201 3 CHEM 205(20! .mil 20. 0 CHEM 203 5 or 6 MATH 200 ft or 21 60 MICB 200 Ans Eleclive Total Thiird Year Course Credits 0 BIOL 3.3 1. 337 BIOI 330 (1 CHEM ,7(l7(or30t> CHEM 513 I, BIOL Eleciives' s Arts Eleclive 30 1 Total Fourth Year Credits 3 Cou.se BIOC 50.5 3 CHFM .335(t>!-,310| ii CHEM 311 6 CHEM Eleciives' 6 BIOL Fits live 3 Bi01.orC!!EM4)9 Total Credits 0-3 3 I: 3-0 30 Credits 6 6 5 3 6 fi 33 Credits 6 fi Credits 33 Students with at least 803, in Biology 12 are not required 10 lake BIOL 110 or 115 and instead are encouraged to take 3 crediis of 100-level Ans 1 jr Si ieni t courses or 200-level BIOL courses. 3 ENCI, 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged io consider ENGL 120 and/or 121. Three credits of first- year English may be deferred until second vear. ' Cheisen from 100-level Arts or Science courses or 200-level BIOL courses. ' Organism;!]; Six crediis from: BIOI, 204. 205. 209, 210, 32-4 anel 552 '' To be: chosen Irom 100-level CHEM lecture courses. " Biology ceiurse pertaining to organisms suggested Combined Honours Biology and Oceanography See Oceanography 1 lonours. Graduate Program The field of Biologv is not treated by a single department. Students wishing to pursue a graduate progtam in Biology should consult the department or departments most appropriate 10 the field of specialization. Graduate study in Biology is designed to accommodate those students with a diverse biological background. For further information consult the Facuitv of Graduate Studies section of the Calendar Marine Science Certain marine se ience ci lurses are offered at the Western Canadian Universities' Marine Biological Station 258 Science (WCUMBS) on Vancouver Island (Bamfield) during the Sluing and Summer Sessions. Details may be obtained by writing the WCUMBS Representative, c/o Dean of Science, 15!)" - 62"() University Boulevard, The University of British Columbia. Vancouver. B.C. Vol" 17.4. Marine Science courses listed in the "Courses ol Instruction" section t >f the Calendar are designed f< ir file Science students at the Third- and Fourth-Year level. Botany (BOTA) The Department of Botany offers programs of study jointlv with the Department of Zoology leading to the bachelor's degree (B.Sr.i in Biologv. Fhe Department of Botany offers programs leading to lhe master's and doctoral degrees in a wide range of contemporary plant studies, including phvlogeographv. ecology (inelullingeco|ihysio!ogvi, elbiiiibotanv. systematics (including t hemotasonomyj, morphology anel plant development, cvtologv, membrane bun hemistrv anel physiology, chemical ecology, andmoieeular genetics For further informal ion on the M.Sc. and Ph.D. degree programs consult the Faculty of (iraduaie Studies section of the Calendar and the Department of Benin's Graduate Brochure, available in the Botany Office. 3 MATH 221 isprerepuisilc for (511 FM ,512, students planning ly lake CHEM 312 in third year must take MAT! 1221 in second vear. ' Al least lUcreditstnxl FN'GI. l()l)-level) musl he in the Facility oi Arcs. A it iri her nine' elei live crediis mus! lie eir her Science elcctivcs nuiside the field of lhe Major, or in Arts. A further six elective crediis mav he taken m any Fat uiiv Enough eleclive tied us musi he it; i inhered ,10! I 'or hiuhc-r so dial the toiaiol .50(1 or higher level courses in the program, including specified courses, is,ii ieasi i. crcous '!'!ic!actio! diemajoriuChomisuv is defined as al! coutses in Chemisirv. PFiv-u,-s, and Biochemistry. ' Mus! he taken in third year. 3 Major studenls who have saiisiactoiy academic standing mav enrol in Cl I EM i (9 with permission of Head of lhe Department Environmental Option (2995) First Year Credits 0 Chemistry (CHEM) The Department offers opportimil it's for study leading to bachelor's, master's and doctoral degrees. For information regarding facilities forgraduaiesiuih see the Faculty of Graduate Studies section oft he Calendar.It is assumed l hat al1 si uelents entering ((curses oldie Department have passed Chemistry 11 or the etjiiivalen:. those who have not must consult the Department before registering. All .students who intend to take Honours or ie> major in Chemistry must consult the Head of the Department before registration each year. Requirements for the B.Sc. Degree Major (0409) First Year CHEM 121, 122(1101 0 MVI'll UiO, 10! 1120, 121) o I'HYS Kill- or 200-level n l-'NGL lOO-leecl 0 Elcciives i. Total 30 Second Year (.HEM 20!, 202 n CHEM 203 ii MATH 20li 3 Science Eleclive3 5 Fits tues 9 Total 30 Third and Fourth Years CHFM SlOoi-3351 u CHEM 311' i ('HEM ilS 2 MATH 11V 5 Anv iwo ofa. 1) or c below: a) CHEM 51)4 or 505 hi CHEM 312- n CHFM 31.3 oi 330 CHEM Elcciives* Total l5.Nv.ji. 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged io consider ENGL 120 and or i 21. Three credits of first- vear English mav be deferred until .second vear. Course CHFM 121. !22 , NO; MATH 100, !0i '120. 12 I'll. 5 111(1-or 2U0-le\el FMil. illlMcoJ GE()(, ill! Total Second Year Course CHEM 21!!. 202 CHEM 20.-1 MVI'll 200 STAT 200 Third and Fourth Years Credits Credits Course Credits Cl IE" Vi 501.51)2 ii CHEM 105,in 1, i, (HEM 51 i 1 CHEM .lUt.-ilt), ti CHFM 55s iSIIlC n CHEM lis Six crediis ii-oiii 1. H10L..I)2.5ll3.(iE<)G 2ui. 205 20" MICE i!":0( Coins, ',;)",. I'.l.ON !OOoi5l!<i,S()IL2!iO,5( 11 oi-o!!'it'i'e!ivii-oiiii!cni.:!!v (invite;!, outo'c itoin ui ionic CJ I EM, apptiivci! liv a ; Jii'iiiisiiy Otpatiiiieui adviser Electives-! 2 1 Total 60 ENGL 112 is ii'tommeiidcif Qualified sludents are encouraged 10 consider ENGL 120 and'or 121 Three iredils of'lliM- v'ear English mav lie deferred until second vear. At least IS crediis on, 1 ENGL 100 level 1 must be in the Facullv of Arts, 3 further nine credits mus! he ei! her Sciem. e eleciives outside lire licit! of lhe Major or in Arts A fur!her six elective crcdiis mav be laken in anv Facullv The field of die Majot in Chemistry (Environmental Opium; is defined as all eourses m Chemisirv, Fhvsirs.aud Biiiehcmisirv. j il us ai'eitvi ton iiiem.il! v directed courses ;c. ilc'Iiucii P. .1 Ciiemisuv ilcpailineii! adviser Must lie taken in liutd veai 1 Enough elective (redils ,,U|si he nunitietei! 500 or higher so that die total o! 500 01 hiiuiei icvcl coutses m the program. including speeitieii com-os is .it leasi 48 crediis Honours (0213) First Year n Course i CHEM 110 • 12 i. n MATH 100, llll ,' iv-H PUTS 10(1-or 2UI 2~ ENGL lOOIeve! 60 Elective Total Credits Second Year Course ( HEM 2U1. 2112 CHEM 211,5 MA'lil 2011,221 Electives3 Total Third Year Course CHFM 10 1 I HEM 50) or 515 CHEM 511 (.HEM 312 CHEM 515 or ."He Fiecovt's Total Fourth Year Course CHFM |U| (.HEM 115 CHEM i I1' CIILMc-kaliVcs' idciiivc's Total 34 ENGL 112 is -c'conim.cniiccL Qualified siudenis are encouraged in consider ENGL 120 ant! or 121. Three credits otiirsi- vear English may be deferred lino! second vear. - Sis crediis ot Phvsics or another Science are strongly n-com mended Eiei lives mus; include in least 12 crediis of Arts. Chosen from CHFM 502 and Kill-level courses Note: Reading knowledge of French. German or Russian is higbh desirable. Studenls who have taken French m Secondary Schooi should take German or Russian. Combined Honours Biochemistry and Chemistry See Bioeheinisirv programs. Combined Honours Biology and Chemistry Honours See Biology programs. Combined Honours Chemistry and Another Subject First Year Course Credits ENGL lOO-lcvel n CHEM 12!, 122(110) FIIV5 Kin-level r MA I'H llin. 00 i 120, I21i Eiei lives' '. Total 30 Second Year Course Credits CHEM 201. 202. 20.1 12 MAIH 200 5 Ai'diiiotial i reiiiO in oiiiMiiiaiioti vnth oiliettlepartnienl 11 iik'CiiVcs ' ') Total 36 Third Year Course Credits CHEM .50 i i5'>s; i, CHEM sill., OS; CHEM 3l2'ir5!si35iil' re Atliliiiona! ctcitis in oihettleiiatuiieni 12 Ctciiils chosen in coitsiili.ilion wiil. oilier cieparimt'iil n Total 34-36 Fourth Year Course CHFM .11 I IJU'iii'slri eleclive ibered 500 or aho Credits i S-lu Science 259 Additional credits in other department 12 CHEM 4493 6 Total 30-32 1 The electives must include at least 12 credits in the Faculty of Arts. 3 Students intending to take Chemistiy' 312 in third year must take Mathematics 221 in second year. 1 The choice of Chemistry 312 or 313 (330) will depend on the other subject taken. ' Must include at least five credits numbered aOO ancl above. 3 This may he substituted by an equivalent thesis course in the other department. Combined Honours (0206) Chemistry and Mathematics Honours (CHEM, MATH) First Year Course Credits CHEM 121, 122(110) 6 MATH 120,121(100,101) 6 I'HYS 100-level 6 ENGL 100-level1 6 Elective3 6 Total 30 Second Year Course Credits CHEM 201,202 6 CHEM 203 0 MATH 223(221) 3 MATH 226. 227, (200, 3 H) 6 Electives3 9 Arts Electives 6 Total 36 Third Year Course Credits CHEM 30a 6 CHEM 310 6 CHEM 312 4 MATH 320,321 6 Nine credits from MATH 300,301.316.322.323.331 9 Elective 3 Total 34 Fourth Year Course Credits CHEM 311 4 CHEM 4(11 3 CHEM 415 *2 CHEM electives 5 Twelve credits from MATH 400-403, 416-429. 440, 449 12 Arts Elective 6 Total 32 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGF 120 and/or 121. Three crediis of first- year English may be deferred until second year. 3 CPSC 124/126 is highly recommended 3 PHYS 206 is recommended. Combined Honours Chemistry and Oceanography See Oceanography programs. Combined Honours Chemistry and Physics See Physics programs. Honours Chemical Engineering - Chemistry Honours Chemical Engineering - Chemistry Honours is a program jointly administered by the Departments of Chemical Engineering ant! Cl gram and student a advisers in either B.A.Sc. degree in C ours will noimallyt to the program is ence. To obtain pet must eon.su l the F Chemical Engineer gram are given in Calendar 11) torn dents must obtain age in theirchemis lemisiry. Enquiries regarding the pro- ilvising should be made lo the Faculty Department.The completion of the lemical Engineering - Chemistry I Ion ■ ike five vears of university study. Entry lormally from First Year Applied Sci- mission lo enter the program students acuity aelv.sers in lhe Departments of ing and Chemistry. Details of lhe pro- die Applied Science section of tbe ilete the program satisfactorily, slu- a minimum overall second-class aver- :rv eourses numbered 300and higher. Courses • Primarily for Fust-Year Students — CHEM 103 is not intended fot sit denis in Faculty of Science programs or those planting to enter the Faculty of Applied Science.CHEM 10 or CHEM 121 is the normal prerequisite for admission to science programs. The difference between tie two lies in the background of the student: those students with eredii for Chemistry 11. only take CHEM 110, whereas those with credit for Chemistiy 12takeCHEM l21.BothrequireMATH 100 as corequisite. Primarily for Second-Year Students Students who have not taken a first-year Chemistry course a; the 1 niversity of British Columbia are assumed to have read "General Chemistry, Principles and Mtxiern Applications", Petrucci, R. 11., 5th Ed.. Co lier-Macmill; n, 1989. Major students planning to take CHEM 312 in third year must lake MATH 221 in second year. • Primarily for Th rd-Year Students — Honours and Major students are required to take CHEM 311 and either 310 or 335 in third year • Primarily feir Fourth-Year Students - Honours students are required to lake four credits of the integrated laboratory course CHEM 415. Major studenls are required to take at leasi two credits of CHEM 415. specifically in the areas of analytical and inorganic chemistry, and nay elect to take an additional one or two credits of CHEM 415, • Laboratory and 'Tutorial Courses -Sludents taking anv course which has an associated laboral ory and/or tutorial must registc r in these secondaiy activities in addition to the lectire portion ofthe course. No exception wili be made. If /ou believe thai you may qualify-for an exemption from a laboratory (you are repeating ihe course, have tn nsfer credit from another institution, etc.) you musl contact lhe appropriate laboratory instructor direct!). Please note that if vi >u miss the first two laboratory' neetings ofa course, without having, made prior arrangements wilh the instructor concerned, ihat your registration in the course may be cancelled and your space reallocated to another student as ciemanc requires. Co-operative Education Program: Computer Science Co-operative Educalion is a preicess of education which integrates academic study- with related and supervised work experience in co-operating employer organi/at ions. An optional year-round Co-operative Education Program is available for students in Computer Science. The Pro- grain is intended lo help prepare interested and qualified sludents for careers in the computing industry with a minimum ol 17.5 months of work placement supeivised by practising professionals. Faculty advisers also visit students at iheir place of work and provide advice on technical reports required ol all students in the program. To be eligible, studenls must be admitted to the second year of the Computer Science B.Sc. program. Selection of students wiil be based on ataclennc performance and general suitability io the wotk environment as determined by resume anil interview. The total enrolment will be subject to die availability of appropriate work placements anel faculty advisers. The work placements art- arranged bv mutual agreement between students and employing organizations. Participating students register for CPSC 298,299,398.399, or 499 as appropriate, ancl pay the Cooperative Education Program fee for each course (see Index for Fees — Special Fees). Graduation in the Cooperative Education Program requires a student to complete each of CPSC 298,299,398,39S anel i99, in addition lo the normal academic requirements. Students who complete less than five courses will nave each satisfactorily completed course noted on their academic record. Detailed information on the program can be obtained from the Department of Computer Science or from Cooperative Eilueation Programs. Seienee./Engineering Physics, room 309 I lennings Bldg., The University of British Columbia, 6224 Agricultural Road, Vancenicer, B.C.. V6T 17.1. Requirements for the B.Sc. Degree Major and Honours First Year Course CPSC 12c i.!5 MATH Kill, ill! 1120. 121) PHYS H)U3. 101 CHEM 121 nr II!) ENGL 100-lcveL Sciem e- Elective Total Credits ti d 5-6 5-h (i 0-0 30 Special arrangements mav be made for a sludent who did nut take CPSC !2i and 126 in first vear;. Ceinsiiit a Computer Science- advtser 3 Siudenis with Physics 12 i redil cannot lake I'HYS 11)0. 3 FNGI. 112 is recciiiimciicled (lualilied sludents are enctitii- aged lo outsider ENGL 120 and/or 121. Three credits uf lirsc veat English niav be deferred until second year. 3H6MM). iSF.I rfmwmrawmmmmm Major (0376) Computer Science (CPSC) second Year The Department refers opportumtes for study leading to bachelor's, masters and doctoral degrees. For information cm the M.Sc. ancl Ph.D. degree programs, see die Faculty of Graduate Studies. All sludents who intend to take Honours in Computer Science must consult the Head ofthe Depattment. Course CPSC 211;. 21S. 220 MATH 21)1'. 221 STAT 2-11 Arts Elective Elective3 Total Third and Fourth Years Course CPSC 511), 51') CPSC 520 Credits 9 260 Science Other CPSC courses numbered 300 or above 12 Furl her CPSC courses numht-i'ed 400 or nbiive 12 MATH or STAT courses numbered 300 or above-1 6 Arts Elective ei Flecuee- 15 Total 60 1 Mav be replaced bv STAT 200 provided MATH/STAT' 502 is included as one of the required MATH or STAT courses in third and fourih year This alternative is recommended for sludents with an interest in further STAT courses. 3 At least nine credits must be either Science courses outside the field ofthe Major, or in Arts. Tbe field < if the Major in Computer Setence is defined as Computer Science, Mathematics ancl Statistics. The remaining 12 credits may include any course in lite Faculties of Arts and Science for which Science credii is granted. Courses from other Faculties mat' be taken with prior approval ofthe Depanmenl. Departmental approval is automatically granted for the following ceiurses from other Faculties. COMM 335, 410, 436, t3o -E5S, 456. -|S-, 4511; ELEC 256. 35c). 360. 455 anti -ilw. 3 Malhematics courses in anaivsis. appiied mathematics, iinear algebra, probability, ancl differential equations and Statistics courses are recommended. Such courses include MATH 300. 30b ,503. W. 315.316,340. 5-i5. 400, 401. .()_. 405.4(10 441, ■112 and 44.5. MATH or STAT302 and STAT 305.306,4(14 and +05. Note: Enrolment in Computer Science courses numbered above 200 is controlled by stringent academic admissions criteria. Students should consult the Computet Science Department during die spring or summer to determine the criteria for admission. Honours (0154) Second Year Course Credits CPSC 216,218 c CPSC 220 5 MATH 20!). 220. 221 9 STAT 2-ib 3 Arts Elei live 6 Flei live 6 Total 33 Third and Fourth Years Course Credits CESt, 502.505,310. 510, 320 15 CPSC, 421 3 Oilier CPSC courses numbered 300 or above3 21 MATH ot STAT toui.es numbered Soil or above1 18 AtisEleoive h Elective' 6 Total 69 1 Mav lie replaced by STAI' 200 provided MATH/STAT 302 is included as one of ihe required MATH or STAT eourses in third anti fourth vear. This alternative is recommended for students will) an interest in fiitdier STAT courses. 3 CPSC ith is recommended Mathematics courses in analysis, applied mathematics linear algebra, probability, and differential equations and Statisiics courses are recommended. ' Courses in iogie and foundations of mathematics are recommended. Combined Honours (0021) Computer Science and Mathematics (CPSC, MATH) Credits (> First Year Course E. GL !00-ievcT MATH 120, 12H100, 11)11 CHFM I III ot 120 PH5S lilt Usui 12 :o CPSC 12 i ant! 1253 Total Second Year Course CPSC 215,218, 220 MATH 225', 226, 22: Arc, Elective Elective Total Third Year Credits 9 33 Course Credits CPSC 302', 3i)5 LU 0,319.320 IS CPSC courses numbered 300 or above 3 MATH 31(), 32(1, 521 9 Six credits from MATH 300. 501, 322. 32.5, 5,31 h EJeeiives 3 Total 36 Fourth Year Course Credits CPSC -421 3 CPSC courses numbered 300 and above- 0 Twelve credits iron) MATH 400-40,3, -416-420, 441), 449; 12 CPSC 102. 403 Arts Elective 6 Elective 6 Total 33 ' ENCI. 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider FNGL 120 and/or 121 Three credits t>f first- year English may be deferred until second year. " 3 Special arrangements may be made for a student who did not take CPSC 124 and 126 in first year. Such arrangements may limit choice of 400-level courses. Mav be replaced bv MATH 221. 1 Mav be deferred to the following year Combined Honours (0138) Computer Science and Physics (CPSC, PHYS) First Year As for Honours Physics, hut in lieu' of the ' .its Elective'' CPSC 12 land 126 Second Year PHYS 200,2111) li PH5S 21)3,209 o MATH 200.221.215 9 CPSC, 21ii,21S b Elective13 C Total 33 Third Year PHYS .501,30-i 6 ' PI IYS 303, 306 li PHYS .509 4 CPSC 502,5b5 ir CPSC 220 5 CPSC 310,516 6 MATH 316 3 Total 34 Fourth Year PHYS 5ir 2 PHYS 30,S. ii42 6 PHYS 44') 6 CPSC -t02oi-i!15 5 Additional CPSC (as per consultation) 12 Arts Elective 6 Total 35 ll is recommended that MATH 3 I7be!aken in lhe second term ofthe second year. A total of is ci'e'rii! reeiuired. Arts I including first-year English) is Major Mathematical Sciences (offered with Departments of Mathematics and Statistics) See Malhematics programs. Environmental Sciences (ENSC) Sevetal Departments in the Faculty of Science offer environmentally focused options within their B.Sc. Major programs. These options are designee! to address the contemporary need for people with a solid background in a particular scientific discipline, together with a knowledge of other areas pertinent to the environment. Sludents interested in these programs should consult the listings for Biology, Chemistry, Geography, Geological Sciences and Microbiology in this section ofthe Calendar The Faculty also offers a B.Sc. Honouts Program in Envi- ronmenial Sciences, designed to give students a broad perspective on the environment. It provides a significant background in chemistry-, earth and ocean sciences, life sciences anel social sciences, ancl through a series of Environmental Studies seminars, examines environmental problems through an understanding of what each of the disciplines can contribute to solving such problems The Knvironmental Sciences Honours Program concentrates more on an understanding and appreciation ofthe major environmental issues facing human societies than on training in a specific discipline, and it adopts an integrative cross-disciplinary approach to the studv of these issues. The Program will especially serve those studenls with a general academic interest in environmental topics. It is not intended as preparation for postgraduate work in a specific scientific discipline without additional qualifying studies. However, it will provide an excellent preparation for more applied post-baccalaureate environmental and resource management programs offeree! by a number of other universities. Enrolment in the second anel subsequent years of the Program is strictly limited to 2i students in each year and is controlled by stringent academic criteria. Admission to second year will be based on academic performance- in first vear ancl will require a minimum 72% average IB) in that year. However, attainment of this minimum average does not guarantee acceptance into the Program. Studenls must maintain at least a 68% average (B-j for continuation after second vear. Students who do not meet the required standards for continuation, or who choose to change programs alter second or third year, can complete a General Sciem e degree with toncenirations in any one or two of Chemis- trv, Flarth Science or Life Science without penalty. Transfer to a Major program after second year mav result in some deficiencies in program requirements and a need for additional course work. Second year ofthe program, including ENVR 200, will he implemented in the 1994/9S session. For additional program information, consult the Office of the Dean of Science. Requirements for the B.Sc. Degree Honours (0589) First Year3 Course BIOL llOui -lis' IIIOL 12I)3 itlEM 121, III (111!) MATH 1(1(1 III! dili. !2i) PliVS 100-level ENGL 100-leu-l Fit'Ctiyf Total 5 0 30 Science 261 Second Year Course Credits BIOL 204 or 205 .5 BIOL 209 or 210 3 CHEM 201. 202 or 205 6 MATH 2U0. STAT; iOO 0 SOU. 200, ATSC/' GFOG 200 6 One of; F.KTH 100, GEOG 105, GEOL 100, GEOP 120 3 ENVP 200 3 Arts Electives3 6 Total 36 Third Year Course Credits BIOL 502.505 0 CHEM 5111,502 6 GEOG 205, GEOP 2.50 6 ATSC GEOG 500 3 OCGY 508 3 GEOG 510 3 Arts Licrtives ' 6 ENVR 500 3 Total 36 Fourth Year Course Credits Either;! eir h below ,!) Life Science Eleciives'-' !2 hi Eartl) Science E! eciives 12 MICH -ir 3 PHI1 il" 5 Oceanography: Twoof OCGY 316 (3). 405 (3), 410 (5), 413 (5). Soils; Two of SOIL 304 (3i, 513 (..), 321 (3,'c 415 (3), 433 (3i. " Fourth year electives must lie approved by a program adviser. Are FieOivev-3 ti F.NYi: 400 6 Total 30 Students eligible to enrol in Science One (21 credits) are encouraged to do so. Science One will satisfy first-vear requirements in Biology, Chemistiy. Mathematics and Physics. Students in Science One must also include a three-credit elective in (irst year, ancl mav wish to consider an Earth Science course at tins point iFRTH 100. GEOG 103, GEOI, IOO or GEOP 120). 3 BIOL 120 is required of all siudenis. Students with at least 80 ., in Biology 12 are not required io take BIOE 111) or 115 and instead are encouraged lo take a three-credit elective. One of ERTH 100, GEOG 103. GEOL 100 or GEOP 120 is recommended. ' Recommended Arts electives: ANTH 220 (3), 30! (3), .329 (6); ECOM00(6),309i0!,370!5i.3'3lt3i, c'l(5|. 172 (3);GFOG 260 (3), 362 (3). 363 (3),423 (3). 461 (3i; PHIL.. 13 <3). 40" (3), 4.3~ «3i; POEI200 (31260 (3).,302 (3/6), 404 c)/6!: PSYC321 (6); SOCI 2id (3/6i. 260 (5/6). 301 (3/6), 56!) (3/6;, 412 (3b ' With permission, up lo six crediis of Arts electives mav be replaced bv six credits chosen from the following list; CONS 200(3).330(3). t30(3),440(3);GEOG210(3),515(3),373 (3), ill) (31.415 (3), 418 (3), 472 (3); LAW 356 (2-5), 358 (2), 359 (2), .362 (2). 388 (2i, OCCH 401 (3). Fourth vear Fife Science electives: Anuria! anti Plant Systematics: BIOL 310 t3i, 320 (3i. 321 (3), 322,5). 32315 j, 324 gsg 325 (3). 52613), 327 (3), .528 (3j,3a3 (3). 4!Oi3i.421(3).426(6),!v 1RNE410(6),41.316), i'20(6),440(6), -i-i5 (6) Annuel and Plant Ecology: BIOI. 401 (3), 402 (3), 405 (3). 406 (3). -iO"'i'3i,'i09(3),4]l(3),4i2(3i,4l3(3i.4l8i:3,l.4l9(3),MRNE ■13U, PLNT336 <}), SOIL321 i5,;, 442 (5) Conservation, Management and Methods: BIOL'103 (3). 404 (3). 408(0) 416(3).427(3). FRST38" (3).395 (5). 403 (3). 105(3), OCGY5lo(3i, ilO(5i,PI.NT404(3). ' Fourth year Earth Science electives to be chosen from two of the loiiowiiig sis groups: Atmosphere: GEOG 103 (3) ancl une ol GFOG 4(1! (3). 102 (3), SOIL314I3). Earth Surface: Twt 11 if GEOG 300 (31 .GEOG 31)8 (.5), G FOP 300 (3). GEOP 30! i„5i. Gei.iheiiiistr\:TwoofGEOF523(5).GEOL-143(3),OCGY i07(3). Ihdrogeobgv GEOI. .342 (5) and GEOL til (3) ■■MM V__M«M^M raSKNMMM Freshwater Science (FWSC) The Division of Mathematics and Science of Okanagan University College offers a B.Sc. Major Program in Freshwater Science, win the degree being granted through the University tif British Columbia, because ofthe relationships between wa er and neatly every other aspect of the natural environment, the Freshwater Science Program includes several Hi-Ids of study, principally biology, chemistry, geography, geology, hydrology and climatology. Two courses, FW5 C 300 and 400, are designed to synthesize und iniegrate knowledge and skills in biology, chemistry and earth sciences, arid to apply critical-thinking skills to complex iroblems. The Program provides an understanding of freshwater, its behaviour, origin, distribution and circulation below, on and above the land, its chemical and physical properties, its relationship tc water quality, the organisms living in water and the health of aquatic ecosystems, ancl its interaction with the physical environment. Students will gain a broad understar ding of integrated, water resource management and the impact-, of human activities on the resource. The Freshwater St ience Fri igram is m it intended as preparation for post-graduate studies in traditional scientific disciplines willioit additional qualifying studies. However, it will prepare sludents for more applied post- baccalaureate res jurce management and environmental programs offered by several other universities, and will provide graduate;; with both flexibility and adaptability in choosing careers This progtam is available onlv at Okanagan University College. For additional program information, contact the Office ofthe Dean, Division eif Mathematics and Science, Okanagan linivetsitv College, North Kelowna Campus, 3333 College Wa\. Kelowna, B C, ViV iV7. !■■»ansa.«-H- 4<smi-«if%4«-S-*-i!ws&&figmmmmmmmim Geography (GEOG) The Department offers opporiunities for.study leading to bachelor's, master's and doctoral degrees. For information on the Ph.D , M.A. and M.Sc. degree programs, see the Facult" of Craduate Studies. For information on the B.A. degree prog 'am. see the Faculty of Arts. Requirements for the B.Sc. Degree Students entering the Major, Honours or a Combined I lonours program must consult the science adviser of the Department of Geogtapiiy. Students registered in the B.Sc. Geography program must take at least six credits of Arts courses outside the Department of Gt-ography in addition lo E.NGi, 100-level. The following Geography courses may be used as free electives, with due regard to prerequisites. They may noi be used for eith?r Science or Arts 'designated' credit: GEOG21(1,310.315,516, i 17..". ?0.37!,374,37S, .10,al5, 417.418,-145. Major (0216) Physical Geography (PGEO) Firsit Year EMU. Hui-eve!' C. MATH IOO, llll (12!,Ui! fi I'HYS 121, 122 (Uli,|H2:3 c CHEM 121, 122(110) GEOG 101 ("1(12,1031' Total Second Year GEOG 200. 203. ii)"' One of GEOG 121, 122.260,290 STAT 200. MATH 200 CPSC 11! Science Electives'' Arts Elective Total Thiird Year GEOG 500, 306, 3093,.311! GEOG 372 or 373" SOIL 200 or OCGY 30-S Arts Elective" Elect ivc-s'' Total 6 30 30 Fourth Year Two uf GEOG 308, ic., -ton, 408 GEOL 342 h Two of GEOG 303. -lOl. 102, 403 ATSC 410 i, Two oi'GEOG 315, 516 31"', 410, -ils, 41"', 418, PHIL iP (i lilectPts' 12 Total 30 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider KNGL 120 and/or 121. Three credits of first- year English mav be deferred until second vear. 3 Students without Pnysics 12 must take PI 1YS, lill) prior to PHYS ID! or 121 Such students should then lake PHYS 102(122) in the second vear. 1 Special arrangements mac be made for students unable to take this course in first, vear. ' Chose;) from BIOL KiO-ievei.C.IIEM 201 or 208, GEOI'2,30,23 b ' Field Course taken in May of lhe third vear; extra fee to he paid. " Sludents enrolled in litis program are excused from the listed prerequisite for this lourse. ENGL 301 is recommended. " Rnuugh elec live credits must be numbered 3011 or higher so that the una! 300-level or higher courses in the program, including specified courses, is .tl leasi 18 credits. Nine credits of Science courses musl be Irnm outside the Major field, or Arts. The Majiir field lor this program include1- all courses in Geographv Honours(0568) Climatology (CLIM) First Year Course ENGL lOO-lcvcb MATH 101), 11,1 (!20, 121) 121 122(101, KI2.C ,122(110) '.ill! 102, 105.;' Credits 6 PHYS CHEM GEOG Total Second Year Course ATSC/GEOG 200,300 GEOG 203 MATH 200,22! GEOP 230,251 CPSC III Aris Elective" Total Thiird Year Course Al"Sc/GEOG30T302, 303 GEOG 3093. 310 OCGY 508 MATH 2 is and PHYS .312 I'HYS jl-i nr GEOP 322 STAT 200 An:: Elective' Fieeiive Total Credits 9 3 6 5 5 5 5 36 262 Science Fourth Year Course Credits GEOG id 3 T'.M,ol'oi',OG-i;i!,i02, ilH (i GFOG 02 3 Threeoiooeo ol.SOII.51-t,CHEM MU.AT'SC Hi,-lidO 9 A I'M, ;iU 3 AtlsFieccu' 3 Eii'Oiv.: 9 Total 36 r.NGi i!2 is recommended suitably qualified students are ciicoiif.igeel to rake ENG! 121,322, Three creeiiis of English mat 3S' delayed until seconei vc;at. 3 Students wiihom Phvsics !2 mtisa; take PHYS 100 prior to PHYS lu lor 121. Such.students men lake Pi IVS 102(122) in the Spot ui arrangements ean be made lor si iidvi us wire have been unable ut take litis course in firs I voir. ' KNGL 30! is reoiitinteiiileil " Fieid Course Liken in Mav of ihird vear. CHFM 201 is prerequisite to tins course Combined Honours (0235) Geography and Geology (GMPH) First Year Course Credits E\GL iOO-levcf (.. MATH 100. 11)1(120. 121; 0 PHVs 121, 122 dill, 102) ii ("HEM 12!. 122 (110) n ( i'SC ili'-i-level ', GEOG lO.WGKOI. KlOorGF.OP 120 3 Total 30 Second Year Course Credits GFOG 200.203 6 GFOI. 2U0, 202, 205,155' ll CECIL 15 lot GFOG 3()(i 3 MATH 200,22! d GEOP 230 3 electives 6 Total 36 Third Year Course GEOG 50. .309' GFOI 30", .342 GEOG 3"3'tii- r'l' Ftil'R O.i MATH 2 IS, STAI" 200 Vis Elective Elective" Total Fourth Year Course i'uool (,1'OG ~l()\ -ton, |||S GEOL .1(1!, -102 GEOG 11° or GEOL 119 Ills Fleeuve Oct live' Total Credits 6 d 3 3 33 9 33 FNGL !!2 is recommended. Qualified students ate encouraged lo consider ENGL 120 ami/or 121. Three credits uf first- year English may be deferred until .second year SiiideniswiihiHit Physics 12 must take PHYS 100 prior !o PHYS 10! ,!2ij. Such stuilcuis tiien lake PHYS 11)2 (122) m the second vear Field, course given in May: extra lee to be paid. ' Students enrolled in this program are est usee! from the listed prerequisite for this course, ' English ,30! is recommended. Electives in die second, ihird and fourth years combined mus; include;!! leastnine credits of courses numbered ,500 or above. Students should consult the course guides available from the the Geography or Geological Sciences departments !<SS««M-!SS«S8t»-*C»S*» . Xm-Jt_»«_i*s»«*-SM!«_«-»S_SWW Geological Sciences (GEOL) The Department offers opportunities for study leading to doctoral, master's and bachelor's degrees. For information on the Ph.D. ancl M.Sc. degree programs, see the Faculty of Graduate Studies. One of GFOI. 100 or ISO, GEOP 120 or ERTH 100 is normally prerequisite for all other courses in geology. Students who have not taken one of these courses but who wish to take subsequent geology courses must consult the department for special arrangements before registering. Graduation as a geologist is possible through Honours or Major programs in the Faculty of Science, or through Geological Engineering in the Faculty of Applied Science. Further information on the B.A.Sc. program is in the Applied Science section ofthe Calendar. Students taking courses in Geological Sciences may be required to participate in field trips. The Honours Program is recommended for students planning careers or graduate studies in Geological Sciences. Because of the differences in program requirements, entrance to the Honours Program is not normally possible after the beginning of the third year. Requirements for the B.Sc. Degree Major (0073) First Year Course Credits GEOI. 100 (ERTH 100, GEOP 120) 5 CHEM 121. 122(110) 6 PL1YS 100-level 0 MATH 100, 101 1120. 121) 6 CPSC, 100-level 3 ENGL 100-level' 6 Total 30 Second Year Course Credits GEOI. 200,202 b GEOL 205. 2353 6 CHEM 208 C, Science Elective'- 6 ^\ns electives' 6 Total 30 Third and Fourth Years Course Credits Geologv Courses numherc-d 300 anti above1 30 Science Electives other thtin Geology33 9 Electives'"' 15 Arts eleciives' 6 Total 60 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged lo consider ENGL 12!) and/or 121. Three credits of first- vear English mav lie deferred until second year. 3 Includes a field trip in May of second year. 3 At least 18 elective crediis must be for courses numbered 300 or above; at least 12 eleitive crediis must be from Science courses other than Geoiogy 1 Elective courses in Geological Sciences are arranged in four streams: (11 environmental geoiogy; (2) sedimentary geology and geobiologv; !3) chemical and physical processes; (a) mineral deposits. Students should consult The Geological Sciences Program Guide (Available in lhe Departmental Office) ancl meet with a Departmental adviser when formulating their program. ' At least nine credits must be: chosen from courses offered bv the Faculties nf Science and Arts outside the field ofthe Ma|or. The field ofthe Major constitutes all courses offered by the Departments of Geological Sciences, Geography, Oceanography and Geophysics and Astronomy. Honours (0462) First Year GEOI, iOOiFRTH Hill .GEOP 120 CHEM 121, 122i 111!) PHYS Kill-level MATH 100, 10! (120. 121) CPSC lOOJevel FNGL Hit) level' Total Second Year4 GFOI 200, 202 205,. 055 251 MAT! 1 200 MALI 1 Hi or STAT 200 CHEM 208 Arts Elective- Elt'Ctivt Total Third and Fourth Years4 Twoof GFOI. 501. 502. 505 GEOL 50", 525,5,35', --2^ GEOL -h9 GEOP 250 Arts' Fit ■cmes Eleciives' Total 5 30 1 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121. Three crediis of first- year English mav be deferred until second year. 3 Includes a Fide! School in May after Second Year. 3 Field School in May after Third Year. ' Elective courses in Geological Sciences are arranged in font streams: (li environmental geoiogy; (2) sedimentary get ilogi anti geobiologv; (3) chemical and physical processes; (4) mineral deposits. Studenls must consult The Geological Science;, Program Guide (available from the Departmental Office) w I icn lormulating their program which must be approved bv a Departmental adviser, ' At least 12 elective credits must be from Geology courses numbered 300 or above; at least 12 elective crediis musl be Science other than Geology At least a8 total credits must be numbered .500 or above. Combined Honours (0235) Geology and Geography Honours (GEOL, GEOG) See Geography programs. Combined Honours (0065) Geology and Geophysics (GEOL, GEOP) First Year Course Cr< GEOL 101) or GEOP 1211 121, 122 1110) 121, 122(101, 102)3 100. 101 (120,121) 100-level lOO-lete! CHEM PHYS MATH CPSC FNGL Total 5 30 Second Year Course GFOI. 200, 2(12. GEOP 250.251. MA'I'H 200.221 PHYS 209 Arcs Elective Total 205, 25 2,32 3 33 Science 263 Third Year Course One of GEOL 302, 503 GEOL 307 GEOP 520,321,322 MATH 215.316, 3P PHYS 51!, 510 Arts Eieclive Total Fourth Year Course GEOL 525 GEOP 120,421,426 GEOP OO or GEOP 449 Electives Arts Elective Total Credits 3 3 9 9 6 6 36 Credits 3 Students planning careers in Geological Sciences should eons-It the Departmental adviser for elective courses appropriate to their interests. 9 3 33 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121. Three credits of first- year English mav be deferrred until second year. Students in this program prior to 1993 should follow the 1992 Calendar anti consult wilh a Geological Sciences ach isc-r when .substitute geology courses are required. '■ Students without Physics 12 should consult Ihe Departmental adviser as early as possible. Normaliv those students must take PHYS 100 prior io PHYS 101 or 121. Combined Honours Geology and Oceanography Sec Oceanography programs. Combined Honours Geology and Another Subject (GEOL) First Year Course MATH !()(), 101 ;120. 121) CHEM 121, 122 Oil!) PHYS 100-level CPSC lOil-level GEOL KM (ERTH 100. GEOP 120) ENGL 100-ievel3 Total Second Year Course MATH 200 MATH 221 or STAT 200 GEO!, 2U0.202.2O5 GEO!. 255 Additional crediis in consultation with other department Total Credits Credits 3 3 9 12 30 Third Year Course Credits Geoiogv cteeliLs nuiriheretl 300 and ahove 12 Atttliiioiiai credits in other department 12 Addilional ctetlils in consullation with othet department 0 Arts Elective 6 Total 36 Fourth Year Course Credits GEOI. 4t9 ot other department 4.9 5 GEOI. 33s 3 Geologv courses nunihcret! 300 and above 9 Additional credits in other department 12 Ans Elective 0 Total 36 '• Mavbe waived in certain circumstances. - ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider FNGL 120 and/or 121. Three credits of first- year English mav be deferred until second year. Note: Timetabling ancl other problems may not permit programs in Geology and certain other departments. Geophysics (GEOP) The Department offers opportunities for study leading tei bachelor's, master's ancl doctoral degrees. For information on the M.Sc, M.A.Sc. and Ph.D. degree programs, seethe Faculty of Graduate Studies. Astronomy courses offered by the Department are listed under Astronomy. All students who intend to take Honours in Geophysics or Astronomy must consult the Head ofthe Department. Requirements for Ithe B.Sc. Degree Major (0001) First: Year Course Credits GEOP 120 5 CHFM I2!,'02,ill!!) (. MATH IOO.IJl.il20.l2l; 0 PHYS 100-level bA Elective' 3 ENGL 100-level3 0 Total 30 Second Year Course Credits GEOP 2505 251',2.3; 9 MATH 200,221,215 9 ELEC 263 or PHYS 215 Electives1 3 Arts E c-clive 6 Total 30 Third Year Course Credits GEPA 316ni-31" 3 GEOP 32(1.521,322 9 MATH 31" ,3 PHYS 311 3 PHYS 312ol MATH 06 3 Elective'3 9 ■Total 30 Fourth Year Course Credits GEOP a20. 421.42(1 12 Ans Eleclive 6 Elective3 12 Total 30 1 Recommended: CPSC 111. ASTR 101, GEOI. 10!), 3 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 120.ii!tl/or 121. Three crediis of first- year English may be deferred until second vear. ' Studenls entering third vear who have noi completed these courses should c insult with the department for allowable physics/m tthemaiits aileitint ves 1 RecammeidedCPSC III ' For the electives available in third anti fourth years at leasi three credits of Gt ology at i be 200-level or above are required. At least nire credits must be Ih im outside the field ofthe Major. The field of die Majot consisis ofa;! eourses in GEOP, ASTR, GEPA, GEOL. IT 15 Sand MALI I. Honours (0380) Geophysics is an interdisciplinary physical science concerned with the i attire ofthe earth and its environment and as such seeks to apply I he knowledge and techniques of physics, mai he natics and chemistry to understand the structure and dviamic behaviour of the earth and its environment. The required sequence of mathematics, phvsics and genp!i\sies cnurses is designed to provide a basic structure on which to build a coherent honours program wilh science electives normally selected from geophysics, geologv. astronomy, oceanography, mathematics, physics anel chemistry. First Year Course GEOP 120 CHEM 121 MATH PHYS FNGL Elective- Total 2.(110, 100. 101.(120.1 121. 122,(101,1 lOO-ieveT Second Year Course CPSC 111 MATH 20(1, 221, 215 PHYS 205,209 Eiecliies1 Total Credits 3 3 30 Credits .5 9 6 36 Credits 5 3 5,'u Third and Fourth Years Course ^MATH .3P MATH 31(. ,'PIIYS 512; PHYS 30I.3H9 GEOP a26 or GEPA 3 ISO F" GEOP 51V,511521 9 ' GEOP 449 (or equivalent! ft Electives1 55-52 Total 66 ' Students without Physics 12 should consult departmental ad- I viser as early as practical. Normally they must take PHYS 100 prior lu I'HYS 101 or 121. 3 E.NGF 112 is recommended. Qualified studenls are encouraged 10 consider ENGL 120 aiiil/oi 121, Three credits of first year English may he deferred until second year. 3 Strongly recommended: ASTR 101 or GEOI. 100. ' 'The elec lives of vears 2-4 must contain 12 < redits of Arts and six credits ol Geologv. The remaining eleciives must lorn01 coherent program to he approved by the depanmenl a! undergradu- aie committee. Sample programs in which the emphasis of the; electives varies (eg.geology, solid earth geophysics, astronomy, oceanography) are available from the department. Honours Astronomy and Geophysics— Focus Planetary Sciences See Astronomy Programs. Coimbined Honours Geoiogy and Geophysics See Geological Sciences programs. Coimbined Honours Geophysics and Oceanography See Oceanography programs. ■SSS«__ifti___ Mathematics (MATH) The Depanmenl 1 iffers opportunities for study leading to doctoral, masler's and bachelor's degrees. For information on the 15.A. degree programs, see the Faculty of Arts For information on the Ph.D.. M.A., and M.Se, degree- programs, see the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The student should note that lhe first digit in the number of a course is intended to convey the level of mathematical maturity at which the course is conducted rather than the vear in which it musl be taken 264 Science 6 3-6 6 11) 1-6 0-6 12) 30 Credits 3 5 13) A student will he denied entry into a third year course if the minima! passing grade is obtained in a prerequisite second-year course. Requirements for the B.Sc. Degree Major programs The department offers a large selection of courses, in various areas of pure anel applied mathematics ancl re- qitiring various levels of mathematical sophistication. The student is advised to consult a Mathematics adviser doting the second year or when considering becoming a Mathematics Major in order to design a coherent program of studv suitable to the sludents interests and abilities. Major (0546} Mathematics First Year Course Credits MAI'H 100. It'll lor 120. 120 6 PHYS iOO level CHEM 12! or Ih') FNGL iOO-levei CPSC 12 c 126 (or IIS:3 E'euive' Total Second Year Course MATH 200(1.1 226) MATH 220' MAT i! 221 (or225), 215' <' Arts FlrcOvetsi 6 Electiveis)' 12 Total* 30 Third and Fourth Years Course Credits M.arieiuatii s courses iHimiXTec! IOO or above 2 t MATH, S'l'A!', or CPSC o wrses numbered 300 or above' 6 Ans F!ci dec 6 Eleciives' 2-i Total 60 FNGL 112 is recommended Qualified students are encouraged lo consider ENGL 120 author 12!. Three creeiiis of first- year English may be* deferred umil second vear. 3 Computer Science may be delayed until second year. 1 Students obtaining 68% in MATT! 226 arc not required to take MALI I 220. ' MATH 215 mat be deferred umil third year '' Fnougii elective creeiiis musl he numbered .500 or higher so I hat the tota! 300-level or higher courses in lhe program, including specified courses, is at leasi 48 credits: at least nine creeiits must Oe outside die lie-Id o! major, ihe field oi major comprising MATH, STAT and CPSC ionises. Recommendations 1) Mathematically abie students arc encouraged to take the honours stream MATH 120,121,223,226 and 225' 2; CPSC I--), 126 are highly recommended Siudenis interested in Computer Science courses should consider taking CPSC 2.16 In ihe second year. 5) In second year, MATH 221 should be taken in first term II is possible lo take (with appropriate prerequisites; some of MATH 5if. 308, 512, 5F, j'tU and MATH/STAT 3H2 (as well its MATH 300) in the second year. ■0 Students interested in pursuing statistics lo some depth should take STAT 20(1 and MAT1 bSTAT .502 in lhe second year. This will prepare iheni for more advanced Statistics courses such as STAT 305, .506, -lOa and ids. 5) Students interested in combining Computer Science, Mathematics and Statistics should consider the Math- emaiical Sciences program offered jointly with the Departments ol Compuier Science and Statistics. 6J Majorsturlents should consider taking some of MATH 500, 320, 322. 7) MATH 302 anel MATH ,.f)7 are courses which are useful in many areas of mathematics. 8) Students interested in operations research should take MATH ;5'i0, ill. 112 and 443. They are also advised to take MATH 303, STAT 305 and 306, and some aeh-anced Computer Science courses. 9) Students interested in teaching are advised to take MATH 308. 309, 312, 313, 446. 10) Students interested in becoming actuaries can make substantial progress toward this career goal while majoring in malhematics or siatisties These students should consult lhe Actuarial advisers in the Mathematics and/or Statistics Departments for detailed advice on course selection anel advice on taking the Society of Actuaries' exams. Students interested in the physical sciences should take MAT! HP w Inch is important for MATH 300,316. Students interested in Hconomics should consider taking HCON 420 and 42b and should consult an adviser in the Economies Department for other appropriate Economics courses. In selecting electives, students should consider pursuing an area of application of mathematics in some depth. Thev should also ensure that they fulfil all the graduation requiremcnls of iheir Faculty. Major (0185) Mathematical Sciences (MASC) (offered with Departments of Computer Science and Statistics) First Year Course Credits CPSC. 121, 12c it MATH HA 101 1120. 121; 6 PIIVS lDfMcu'i 6 CULM lie ut 12! 5-6 ENCI i!to~!eti-b 0 Elective 0-5 Total 30 Second Year Course Credits MAIH 200,220.221 9 CPSC 210,220 A MATH/STAT 502 3 SCAT 200 3 Arlslikrliyi' 6 Elective' 3 Total 30 Third and Fourth Years Course Credits MATH .50.-13. 3(1"", 2!-s. OO 12 Five courses from CPSC 2 is, 302, .cn.l. 310. 110, 320 IS STAT W5. lOd, -Ai 9 Arts Klcctive 6 l-Jcctives' 18 Total 60 ' Special arrangements may In- made for ;i student who etici not lake CPSC 12 i autl (2n in first veil": such arrangements may limit choice 0 i00-ieve! coutses hXOL 112 is reoiniineiiiii-d Oa.ililiec! .sludents are encouraged lo oroide; iSti! ;2,;,iaii, ui 121. Three credits of first- year English may be deferred until second year. '' MATH il8 mav he substituted. ' Enough elective credits must be numbered 300 or higher so that the total 300-level or higher courses in the program, including specified courses, is at least 48 credits; al least nine credits must be outside the field of major, the field of majot comprising MATH, STAT and CPSC courses. Honours Programs Students planning to take an Honours degree in Mathematics, Applied Mathematics or Mathematics combined with another subject, please note the following: 1) Students are required to formulate a program of study at the beginning of second year (to be updated each vear). The program must be approved by an Honours adviser. 2) To be admitted into an Honours Mathemaiics program, a student must obtain at least 68% in MATH 121 or at least 80% in MATH 101 and an 80% average in MATH 100/101. To remain in Honours Mathemaiics, a student must maintain an overall 68% average. 3) The following Mathematics courses are intended primarily for Honours students in Mathematics and other fields: MATH 120, 121, 220, 223, 226, 227, 300, 301, 320-323, 331, 400-403, 416-429, 440. ^D Students are encouraged to choose electives that result in.studyinganothersubjecttosubstantialdepth. 51 For students who plan to work in Mathematics, study in French, German, or Russian is recommended. Credits (, 3-6 6-9 30 Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3-6 6 9 12 36 Honours (0166) Mathematics First Year Course MATH !2ll. I2l (100. 10!) PHYS 121, 122 tor 100 level) CHEM 121 (110) ENGL 100-level' Elective3 Total Second Year Course MATH 223 or 22! MATH 220 or 200' MATH 227 tit 31' MATH 220'' MATH 2iv CPSC, 12i, 126(118)"' Arts Elective Elcctivt-s'' Total Third and Fourth Years Course Credits MATH 300.320,321,322,323' 15 Fifteen creeiits from' MATH 400-403, 416-429, 440, 449" 15 Nine additional credits of Mathematics courses 9 numbered 300 or above twelve credits of eourses in the Faculty of Seienee !2 numbered 300 or above'3 Arts Klcctive (> lllet'lives 9 Total 66 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encoui- aged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121. Three credits of first- year English may be deferred until second year. 3 ll may be convenient to take CPSC 124/126 at this stage 3 Students obtaining a bS% in MATH 226 are not required to take MATH 220 ' May be deferred urn il [he third vear. - CPSC 124, 126 highly recommended. 5 PHYS 206 highlv recommended as well as completion of PI IY.S 122 or 102. 7 A 68% overall average is I'eqciriecl in these 30 credits to obtain an Honours degree. Science 265 " MATH 449 is highly recommended. ' PHYS 301,304; CPSC 302, 303; STAT 406 are recommended. Honours (0390) Applied Mathematics (MAAP, 2nd year) First Year Same as Honours Mathematics' Second Year Same as Honours Mathematics except; Electives3 6-9 Total 33 Third Year Course Credits MATH 300,301.316,320,321 15 MATH courses in area of concentration3 3-9 Courses in area of application3 0-9 Electives 3 Arts Elective 6 Total 33-36 Fourth Year Course Credits MATH courses in area of concentration 12-15 Restricted Electives 9-12 Courses in area of application 3-12 Electives3 0-6 Total 36-33 Appropriate Concentration Courses and Restricted Fourth Year Electives Applied Analysis Option (APPA 463) • Third Year - CPSC 302, 303 PHYS 306. • Fourth Year - MATH 400, 401, 402,403. • Restricted Electives— Six credits from MATH 307,407, CPSC 402, 403; Six credits from STAT 30./306, 406 MATH/STAT 302, MATH 303, 418, 419 Numerical Analysis Option (NUMA 0190) • Third Year-MATH 307, CPSC 302,303 CPSC 402 or 403. • Fourth Year - MATH 400, 401, 407, CPSC 406 and either STAT 3057306,406. • Restricted Electives — Three credits from: MATH 345, or PHYS 306; Six credits from MATH/STAT 302, MATH 303,418,419. Operations Research Option (OPNR 0032) • Third Year - MATH 340, MATH 441. • Feiurth Year - MATH 402, 403, CPSC 405, 406. • Restricted Electives — Six credits from MATH/STAT 302, MATH 303, 418, 419, STAT 406; Six credits from MATH 307, 407,420,421 Statistics Option (STAT 0439) • Third Year-,STAT 3053. • Fourth Year - STAT 406, MATH 418, 419. • Restricted Electives — 12 credits from STAT 306, 404,405, MATH 303, 400, 401, 402,403,420, 421. Special choices of concentration courses and electives may be arranged subject to the approval of the Head of the Department of Mathematics. 1 It is useful to take CPSC 124/126 at this stage. 2 The electives need to be chosen with care, since the required courses in the area of application will have second-year prerequisites. 3 The area of concentration may be Applied Analysis, Numerical Analysis, Operations Research, or Statistics. 1 The area of application can be Economics, a field of Science, or a branch of Engineering. It may not be Mathematics, Computer Science, or Statistics A lotal oi 12 credits of courses numbered 300 or above must he taken in one area of application. 3 STAT 200 and MATT/STAT 302 are prerequisite for STAT .305. Students pbnning lo lake several Statistics courses should consider taking both courses in the second vear. Combined Honours Mathematics wiith Another Subject First Year Same at, Mathematics 1 lonours. Second Year Same as Mathematics Honours. Third and Fourih Yeairs Course Credits MATH 320,321' (i Nine credits from1 MATH 300,301,316,322.523,331 9 Twelve credits from1 .VATH 400-403. 416-429, a■;(). i49 12 Arts Elective 6 Electives3 35 Total 66 1 A 68% overall average is required in these 2"' credits to obtain an Honours Malhematics degree. 3 Including courses; s specified by the other Department, hut not exceeding 30 credits in ihird and fourth year. Microbiology (MICB) The Department o'Microbiology and Immunology offers opportunities forstudy leading to doctoral, masler's and bachelor's degrees. For information em the Ph.D. and M.Sc. degree progtams, see the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The department offers two options leading to a B.Sc, degree. Option A ,s a broadly based B.Sc. program ant! includes aspects of molecular microbial genetics and immunology. Option B emphasizes environmental microbiology and allow; the possibility ofa further degree of specialization by hcluding relevant courses from other areas. All students who intend to take Honours in either Microbiology option must consult the Head of the Department and the undergraduate adviser. Requirements for Ithe B.Sc. Degree Option A: Major (0362) Firslt Year Course ENGL 100-level' BIOL 115(110)' BIOL 12(F MATH 100,101 (12(1 12 PHYS3 CHEM 121,122(11(1; Elective Total Second Vear Course BIOL 200, 201 CHEM 230(203,213! MICB 200 Elective- Total Third Year Couise BIOC 302 BIOL 334 MICB 302 MICB 321 MICB 324 MICB; >25 or BIOL 5:6 Credits 3 3 5 b 5 5 Credits 3 Credits 12 60 Fourth Year Course MICB 121 Third and Fourth Year Course Selections from MICB 307, 318, 400, .01, 402, 403, '108,409,410. 118, H9.430. 'i48 Electives' Total Note: In each year, a total of 30 credits, including electives. must be taken. 1 EN ("IL 112 receimmeneieel. Qualified siudents are encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121 Three credits of first-vear English may be deferred until second year. 3 BIOL! 10 or 115 is no! required lor studenls with a grade of nib. or greater in BIOL 12; the requirement may he replaced with 5 credits of free electives. BIOL 120 is required. 3 The requirement for six credits of Physics must include PHYS 101 anti any oilier I'HYS course available for credit in the Faculty of Science. For students with Physics 12 credit, three credits may be deferred to second year. k The 36 elective credits must include; i. At least 12 credits of courses numbered!300 or higher. ii. At leasi 12 credits must be from the Faculty of Arts (in addition to the six credits of first year English). iii. Six credits may he taken as courses in any Faculty. iv At least nine credits of courses must be taken outside the field ofthe major. These credits mav be taken as science- courses from other Departments in the Facuitv of Science or as additional courses from the Facully of Arts. The field of lhe Option A major for microbiology is defined be the mandatory named courses in the program, all MICB and BIOL courses and all courses offered for science credit by departments in the Faculty of Medicine. Honours (0254) First, Second and Third Years Same as the Option A Major program with the addition of: Fourth Year MICB 430,!49 12 in each Winter session of third ant! fourth yeats a total of 36 credits, including electives, must be tafen. Total 132 Option B: Major (0584) Environmental Microbiology First and Second Year Same as the Option A Major program. Credits 6 Third Year 0-3 Course 3 BIOC 302 6 BIOL 334 0 MICB 32! 6 MICB 32i 0-3 30 MICB 525 or BIOL .131 Fourth Year Credits 6 Course MICB 400 MICB 401 MICB 111) Third and Fourth Years Course Selections Irom MICB 409, +21. BIOI. 300 302, CHEM 301, OCCH -till, OCGY 308, GEOI, 323, 44.3, SOIL 321 Electives'1 Total In cad) year a total of 111 crediis, including .lectio musl lie taken. Total Credits 3 1 Credits 3 3 3 Credits 12 21 60 266 Science The 55 e!ct nve cretlirs in second, tiinti anti fotirlh year must meet the requirements specified in note i lor the Option A Mil Tohiologv program 'Die field of the Option B major in mil robioiogv is defined by the mandatory named courses in die piogram, lhe lis! oi program select inns for third ancl fourth tear, al! MICB anti BIOI. courses, and all coutses offered for science credit by departments in the Faculty of Medicine. Honours(0586) Environmental Microbiology Same .0 ihe Opium B Majot program wilh the addition of MICB 00. 449 ; 12 credilsi in lhe iourih vear. !ti car!) IX inter session ot liiirtl anti fourih rears a loial oi .Hi credits, including eleitivcs, musl he taken. Total 132 Nutritional Sciences Several faculties have cooperated to offer a program of siutlv leading Io a Fs.Sc. Major degree in Nutritional Sciences. The program in Nutritional Se ic'iices is specificallv 111 tended for those studenls interesicd in basic ntil riliotial sciences, who desire preparai ion for graduate studv and research in Nutrition, and for students who plan to pro- 1 eetl 10 an area of Agricultural or I lealihSeietie'es in which a background in nutrition would be of value. All smdeiiLs lake required courses in bolh animal (mniparativei and human nutrition, but each student may select additional courses to emphasize one area or the oilier. Foreletailsof lhe program, please" see the cnliY tinder the School of l-'amih and Nutritional Sciences in the Calendar Note: Students enrolled in ihis program musl register in the F.nuliv of Science, and are subjecl 10 all titles and regulations of ihis Facullv. Before registering tor each ol lhe Second. Third anel Fourtln cars of this program, every sludent must obtain formal program approval from an ad-oscr in either the School of Family anti Nutritional Sciences or ihe Facullv of Agricultural Sciences, Oceanography (OCGY) The Depart merit offers opporti mil les lot" si tidy leading to 1 ioctoral, masler's, combined I lonoursand Fisheries Oceanography bachelor's degrees. For information on the Ph I), and M.Sc. degree programs, see tbe Faculty of Graduate Studies, A ni in-laboratory general course (X.GY 310. "The Oceans", is otl'ered lo second, third and fourth year siudenis who arc noi in Science. Applied Science and some iiducation programs. Students intending 10 register for an undergraduate Oceanography degree must undertake a Combined Honours program with anodic; stien, e. or the Fisheries Oceanography Honours program; a Major dc- gicc io Oceanography is nol granted. Formal program approval musl be oblatned from both Departmental Advisers hclorc registering in second, third and fourth years ol the Combined Honours programs. Fiirolmt-iU in all combined Oceanography Hoik mrs arid the Fisheries Oceanography Honours programs requires an acadcniii ;uer- Requirements for the B.Sc. Degree Combined Honours (0535) Oceanography and Biology (OCGY, BIOL) First Year Course BIOI ILiorllS 11!')! 120 66 C1IKM 121. 122 1111); I'.NOL iuO-lcveC MATH 100. 101 (120, 121, l'HVs 100-level elective Total Second Year Course 1)101. 200.201 CULM 230 St it-in eHleelivf, ' Ans lien lie Tota! Third and Fourth Years Course OCOY 30S, in, OCCO Kid, ill", ins' OCCYlO, 1)10!, i,0 BIOL too 33 c 13s IIIOL 3112,301 Oilier BiOL courses numbered 300 nr higher ArMllecnves Soence lilet lives' Total Studenls with at least HtlOC, in RICH. 12 .ire no! required to take MUX. 110 nr MS ant! instead are encouraged to take three crediis of 11 W-lcu-i Arts 01 ,s( it-nee courses or 200-level BIOL courses. BIOI. !20 is required for ail students. 3 FNGL 112 is ret unintended. Oi 1.1! i liei Is; in len Is are ene 1111 rages tn consider KNGL 12(1 and/or 12b Three credits of first-vear Fngiish may be deferred until second year. ' (iKOLHHL Kkl'I'H 100 or (SHOP 120, CPSC I2iand 120 (or 111 and I IS), or GFOG 10.3. and 12-IS .leldaionai crediis chosen from BIOL 201,20S. 200, 21(1; CHFM 21 IS (201 and 202); MALI I 200. 20 i; MR,it 2(10; PSYC 20(1; to un iuele at least six credits nl enurses on organisms, e.g. BIOI. 200;,1; ami BIOI, 203(3) or MICB 200 X; ' MATH 200 is strongly recommended in second or third year; ScienceciecOves may incliideaclelitional Oceanographyccniis.es in ihird and fourih tears. ' Strongly recommended that this he laken in third year, " if BIOL riO is laken. an additional six credits of Oceanography courses tire required as part ofthe science electives. Combined Honours (0577) Fisheries Oceanography (1 BIOL 300 0 Hit)!. 301 (l BIOL 303 !. BIOI tOS (M BK'I. ilc 30 i:co\ inn 1 AW "ii Ansi-k 'tiives redits scienct •eleili (, Total First Year Course _!<![. I 11! in BiOL 120 CHIiM 12! 12. FNGL 10(i-le., MVI'll 100 10 Pins initio., liiecuu;' Total Second Year Courfe BIOL 2110,2li! BIOL 20i, CIS CHIiM 230 Credits 0-3 3 0-3 30 Third and Fourth Years Course oe;eo 30>; OCCCi .3l(i (kgy iir (H.OY tin OCOY ill oceo i2u Credits OCc/l iirlslOI l Credits 3 3 3 3 66 ' Siudenis wish m loot rtu'.V in BIOL 12.ire not required to lake BIOI. 110 or I IS anil instead ate encouraged to lake 3 t redils of 100-level A-ls or Science courses or 200-levc-l BIOL courses. BIOI. !2H is required of all sludents. - KNGL I 12 is recommended. Qualified sludents are cncoiir ageei to consider KNGL 120 author 121. Three credits til first- year Knglish may he deferred until second vear. ' Onc't.fHRTIi lOh.GKOl. 100, GKOP 120, CPSC 12a and !2(ooi 111 and 1 ISi.iirGKOG 10.3, and additional credits i. hi iscn from BIOI.2iW.210Cl IliM 203(201.ind202); MATH200, 201, MICI! 200. ' MATH 200 is strongly rt'cotiiniendeti in Second or'l'hnd yeai "' Siiggcsletlelei i nes in Oceanography inc!iideOCGYil)c,,0(.CO lUS. OCGY ilS.OCOO n)«, OCGY -ill. , OCGY' -til; suggcsicd eleetiyes in biology im hade BIOI, .302. 3,31. ,323, ,320. 320, 332, .3S3.il 12 id t lOS, i2K. t20, 1,31. )33, -i is. Also consider BIOL, .300. BIOC 102. Combined Honours (0287) Oceanography and Chemistry (OCGY, CHEM) First Year Course Credits CHFM 121. Ill dim i:\GI. lOil-leuO c MATH 10!;, 101 02(1. !21,i 'I PHYS iOli-or jOU-ieye! Klecmcs Total 30 Second Year Course Credits CHFM 20!,2(i2 un 2(0; t, ClihM 211.1 '• MATH 2110. 221 0 Science Klecnves3 12 Ans Flee; res i> Total 36 Third Year Course Credits CHIiM ,301 i OH KM 3(0 io> ,il'3i n C.IIF.M 311 l CULM 330101-313' (> OCOY 30N, .10') HIS •■) Si icme Lie,.uyt-e ' c Total 34 Fourth Year Course Credits CliKM 310 mi 1.33, CHFM l2i 2 Clli'A! elecnve 1 OCGY il 0 nr '"ds, in" '. Ot.eO td or CULM ; IO \ro I'ieciivt-s MienicKI'.riiic 1 Total 32 KNGL ! 12 ;s ic'eonimendeii Qualified students ate ciicuui- agetl lo consider FNGL 120 and ot 121. Three credits of firs! year Knglish may he deferred tinO! second vear. - Musl niilud.t iiiieofFRTII 100, GFOI, 100 or GKOP 120. IIIOL 120. CPSC 12 i ami 12c lot 111 ant! HHi.Gf.OO 101 Stlemeciccnves may includeatidihona! Oceanography'!nurses. Pi iYS 3 i 2 . ir MAJ'11.3 lo is prerequisite te> OCGY ill. Science 267 ' If CHEM 449 is taken, an additional three credits of Oceanography courses are required as part of the science electives. ' Science electives may includeadditionalOceanography courses in fourth vear. Combined Honours (0205) Oceanography and Geology (OCGY, GEOL) First Year Course GEOL 100 or ERTH 100 CHEM 121, 122(110) ENGL 100-level' MATH 100, 101 (120. 121) PHYS 100-level Science elective3 Total Second Year Course GEOI. 200,202 GEOL 203,301 STAT 200 MATH 200,221 CHEM 208 Electives Total Third Year Course OCGY 308.309 GEOI. 302.309 GEOL 30-1 GEOL 32! OCGY -tO. Arts electives Science elective3 Total Fourth Year Course OCGY 40. or-il.' OCGY 10". 416 GEOL 426 OCGY 449 or GEOI, 449 Geology electives' Science electives3 Arts electives Total 1 ENGL 112 recommended, qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121, Three credits of first-year English may he deferred until second year. 3 Recommended three credits of BIOI. or CPSC at the 100-level. 3 OCGY 114 requires MATH 215 and 316 as prerequisites. ' Recommended courses include GEOL.30.3,323.342,405,406,416 and 421 " Science electives may includeadditionalOceanography courses in fourth year. Credits 3 6 6 6 6 3 30 Credits 6 6 3 6 6 9 36 Credits 6 6 C 3 3 6 3 33 Credits 3 6 3 6 6 3 6 33 Combined Honours (0240) Oceanography and Geophysics (OCGY, GEOP) First Year Course GEOP 120 or ERTH 100 CHEM 121,122(110) ENGL 100-leveP MATH 100, 101 (120, 121) PHYS 121, 122(101, 102)3 Science elective Tota! Second Year Course CPSC 100-level GEOI. 200,236 Credits 3 6 6 6 6 3 30 Credits 3 MATH 200.317 MATH 215,221 PHYS 203,209 Arts electives Science elective3 Total Third Year Coursie OCGY 308. 309 PHYS 303.309 OCGY 408 MATH 316 (cr PHYS .112) GEOP 320,321,322 Arts Electives Total Fourth Year Course OCGY 414 OCGY 449 or GEOP 4t9H GEOP 420,421,426 Electives3 Total 6 6 6 3 36 Credits 6 6 3 3 9 (i 33 12 12 33 1 ENGL 112 recomrrended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121. Three credits of first-year English may be de'erred until second year. 3 Students without Physics 12 must take PHYS 100 prior to PHYS 101 or 121. Such st jdents should take PHYS 102 in the second year. Qualified students are encouraged to take PHYS 121/122. ' To be chosen in consultation with the departments 4 Electing GEOP 449 requires that six credits of electives be Oceanography courses. Combined Honours (0336) Oceanography and Physics (OCGY, PHYS) First Year Course CHEM 121, 122(110) ENGL 100-level1 MATH 100, 101(120,121) PHYS 121, 122(101,102)- Elective3 Total Second Year Course PHYS 200, 203 PHYS 206, 209 MATH 200,221, 215, 317 Science Electives' Arts Electives Total Third Year Course PHYS 301.308 PHYS 303,304 PHYS 306 PHYS 307,309 MATH 316 OCGY 308, 309 OCGY 408 TotJll Fourth Year Course PHYS 401,402 PHYS 406,408 OCGY 414 OCGY 409 OCGY 4a9 or PHYS 149s Arts Elective Science Electives" Totill Credits 6 6 6 6 6 30 6 12 6 6 36 Credits 6 6 3 6 3 0 3 33 Credits 6 6 6 6 33 3 Students without Physics 12 musl take PHYS 100 prior to PHYS 101 or 121. Such students should take PHYS 102 in the second year. Qualified students are encouraged to take PHYS 1211112. 3 GEOI. 100, ERTI1 100 or GEOP 120, BIOL 100-level. CPSC 121 and 126 (or 11 land 118). GEOG illl. ' Recommended; more Computer Science, Mathematics, or GEOG 200. ' If PHYS 419 is taken, an additional three credits of Oceanography must be included in the science electives. " Recommended from the following: MATH 300, MATH 343. GEOG 301, GEOG 302, GEOP ,322, CPSC, 302. Pharmacology (PCTH) The Department of Pharmacology and Therapeutics offers opportunities for study leading to doctoral, master's and bachelor's degrees (Honours and Major). For information on the Ph.D. and M.Sc. degree programs, see the Faculty of Graduate Stutlies seel ion ofthe Calendar. For further information on other courses within the Department, consult the Faculty of Medicine section of the Calendar. All students who intend to take Honours in Pharmacology must consult the Head ofthe Department. Requirements for the B.Sc. Degree First Year Course BIOL llOorlls1 BIOL 1201 CHEM 110(121, 122) ENGL 100 level' MATH 100, 101 (120,121) PHYS3 Eleciives Total Major (0311) Second Year Course BIOL 200,201 CHEM 230(203) MICB 200 Electives' Total Third and Fourth Years Course BIOC 301 BIOC 302(303) CHEM 203(201,2020 PCTH 300 PHYL 301 PCTH 400 PCTH Electives" Eleciives' Total Credits 0-3 3-0 30 Credits 12 30 Credits .3 3-6 0 21-21 60 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified sludents are encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121. Three crediis foi lirst -year English ma;- be deferred until second year. Honours (0019) Second Year Course BIOL 200,201 CHEM 203 (201, 2021 CHEM 213(203/ MICB 200 Electives' Total Third and Fourth Years Course BIOC 301,30.3 BIOL 300 PCTH 300 PHYL ,301.303 PCTH )00. i(!2 Credits 9 3 n 268 Science PCTH -PH PCTH h. PHYL ill eir 42,3 or -i2-t PCTH Eieriiies1 S' icnce Liectnes Total 12-9 66 ' BIOI, 110 and 1 IS tire no! retiiiircd o! students with a gotde eif HO'C ui greater in BIOL 12; ihe requirement can be repFaed wilh three credits ol' Iree electives. 3 The rci|iiircnient(ifsL\ credits nl PHYS must include PHYS !0I and anv otber PHYS course ilia! is available !or credit in ihe Facuhv of Science 3 FNGL I! 2 recoinuiended. Qualified sttiiicnis are ieo< minienrk-c! to consider ENGL 120 and/or 12 b Three credits of first vear ENGL may be deferred until second year. Electives must include the following. i. Sufficienl courses numbered 300 or higher in hie Facilities ol Arts or Science to satisfy die; requirement bar 48 ecetioh i including specified courses) I' a the B.Sc. (Matin j degree. it At least 12 credits front the [-'acuity til Arts in atitlition ten he six credits of first vear ENGL. mi For B Sc. Major sludents, ;t! least nine credits must be Science electives fiuisidc the Held e;( die major. Fhe belt; of ihe major lor Pharmacology is '.it-lined as til courses in Biochemistry, Biologv. Pharmacology, and Physiology,mil all courses offered fur Science credit by departments in lite Facuitv ol Medicine. "'" Studenls may choose lo take this in second vcsi. ' Chosen from- BIOC 102. id.h Hil ii 3(0 131. 'OS: MICB 31)2; PCTH-tiO siigpesied electives as Note 0 above ea ANAT ids. BIOL 3,3,;. .331. CHFM .303, ,31,3: PCTH US; PSYC .3;>0 Physics (PHYS) The Department offers opportunities feir study leading te Bachelor's, Master's and Don orai degrees For information on lhe M.So, M.A.Sc and Ph.D. degree programs and e nurses, see the Faculty of Graduale Simiies. Students may select their electives so as io obtain a concentration in an area oi iheir interns! See the Physics Program Guide for an outline of appropriate courses ancl other information. The Guide is available in lhe: Depart- nieiitaltiffite.Sltidentst'iiieringsetoiid-veaiPhisicsB.Sc. programs are encouraged but not required to obtain program approval before registering. Am second-year student who meets program requirements may simple register in either Honours or Major using the program dcscripiii ins listed in the Calendar. Continuing third and ft )urth year Physics students making sat islactory progress eio not require program approval Students wishing to transfer into Physics m third vear mus; contact the Depart-in. tit to obtain program approval. .Students in the General .Science: Program are invited to consult a Departmental adviser concerning appropriate i nurses. Co-operative Education Program Physics Co-operative Education is a process of education which integrates academic sititlv with related and supervised evork experience in co-njieratingemploverorgantzations. An optional Co-operative Education Program is mailable 'or students in Physics. The Program is intended to help prepare interested ancl qualified stucleins for research careers tn industry with twenty months of wink pm. i. men! supervised by practising professionals .acuity ad- users also visit students at their plau'of work and provide advice on technical reporls required chili students in the program. To be eligible, .students must be admissible into the second-year Phvsics B.Sc, program with second-class standing. Admission is by application lo the Science Co-op Office in April prior to second vear!! ransfer students may be considered l.iten '-election u| students will be based on academic perform,met- and general suitability- K> the work environment as dcii-iniinci! In resume and inter- \ lew. The I oral enrolnieni w ill 1 >e subject to ihe availability ofappropriamvoH, phi; enienisand lac nilvadvisers. The work placemen;- a;c aoar^t d bu- mulual agreement be- Iween siiideno and employing organizations. Participat- ing students register for PHYS 298, 203), 3W. 498 or u«9as appropriate and pav the Cooperative fid .cation Program lee per r inirsc (sec Index ior Pees - Special Fees). •Graduation in the Co-operative lidiicaiion Program re- tjinres a stuth-ru n. complete each of PHYS 298,299,399, -t98 and P.)., in addition to the in >nnai academic requirements. Siudenis will have each, satisfactorily tompleieci course noted on their academic record. Detailed information on the piogram can be obtained from the Department of Physics or fn nn die Office of G >- operame F.ducation in Room 309, Hennings Building, The University of British Columbia. 6224 Agricultural Road, Vancoiiver, B.C. VPT1Z1. Requirements for B.Sc, Degree Major (0524) First Year Course PIIVS 121,122(!OI, 102) MATH iOO. k! {'.ID. 121 OIF.M 121, 122 Oho 1 ENGL I DC level' iilei live- Total Second Year Course PHYS 2il,2H.2!\.'m MATH 20U.221, lis Arts Klei live Total Credits 6 r. 6 Credits 3 30 (Admission requirement; dO'V. sianding in first-year Physics course.) Students shi mid obtain bettei than the minimum passing mark in each of Pi 1YS 211,213 21s ace! 216 to enrol in the Physics Major program Third Year" Course MATH 31" I'HYS 200 I'HYS 312 Pins 311.310 R!ecevcs" Fourth Year" Course PHYS 02 i'HYS JOS FHYs 30" H1YS Elective' At!;, Lk'cuve Ficcliiic Total Credits 3 3 3 0 Credits 3 s 60 siuileius ,oi)),,i,i I'msic> ;.; shoia! cun-mit eiei-iarluiemal acl- voer.iscaih as; ;.:■ o,;! ounollv dice nasi Like PH.S 100 prior oO'in's '''! o !2i Such'.indcius nan lake PHYS 102 in the .secern! yea; Qualified oadenis are encouraged to take I'HYS 121 122 - KNGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121. Three credits i if first - year English may he deferred until second vear. \t least one basic course in Computer Science is strongly rccoiii ' Fjtiv ■ sins,ilt.iti!in with a Physics Departmental adviser is recommended before entering third and fourth year ' 'li)hetFosenfromPiPiS30S.31i!.31S,317.318, !00,t0i, lOS, 'i00,-i09.'tl 1. ! I tt2FFxtcptionai Phvsics Majorstudene ic.iv he admitted in liieirOnal vear i; >:>ne or more ofl'HYS 3(0,301 3O0 upon receivina. .ipproe-al irom tile apprnpri.ile coutse iiisiri.it tirls) " Of hie eleciives, at ieast nine cicalas must be in subjects oilier than the field of ihe Major, The excluded courses arc ail I'HYS, CHEM ant! M ATI i courses. O! die remaining credits, six inn vile inane iaculnc while t he rest mav be taken in any courses in Arts rn Science unhiding ihe field of lhe Major. Honours(0344) First Year Course Credits l'II\'S 121, !22i|i'I. m.v MATH 120, Hi 1 no. Oil, c CHEM 12! i.'lOllm <; EYGL iOti level Arts Elective a Total 30 Second Year Course Credits PHYS 200 2ISV-- b PHYs 20,0, 200' ;, MAT'! 2(Ki, 31"' MAPI 221 30 C, Arts EieO'.ve c Science i:ictii,c" b Total 36 Admission Requirements: A clear pass from first tear with an overall si,Hiding of at least 080 in each first-year Phvsics, Chemistry and Malhematics course. An average standing of at k-ast OH"., must be obtained in each year 10 remain in the Honours Program (Single or Combined). Third Year Course Credits PHIS 301,.so; a PHYS 303. 301 PHYS 306 1 PHYS ,30". 3(0 r, MATH 300. 301,3!li 0 Elective 3 Total 33 Fourth Year Course Credits I'HYS 1OI.-1O,: t, PHYS ...tO 1 PHYs 14O c A(i(IUit)fi;ll I'ilvsicC '' MATH -tHOOlOr i> Eleclive 0 Total 33 PHYS 121/122 are recommended Students without Physics 12 should comae! a Departmental adviser as early as is practical. Nn.nn.ilh thev must lake PHYS 100 prior it) 101 or 121 Sail) students nta\ take I'HYS 102 ai the second year. FNGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider FN 01. 120 unci,'or 121. Three crediis of first- year Enttiish nitre be deterred until second vear ' PHYS 211,21,1 .mil 21S wilh . (>'.'.. or heller may be substituted foi i'HY^ 2io arid 201) respectively PHYS 206: MATH 3!" or three credits nf electives may he postponed lo ihird vear. ' M least one coutse in computer Science is recommended. Science 269 " Coop students may substitute other physics courses with permission ofthe Head ofthe Department. " Chosen from the following PHYS courses; 305. 400, 403, 406, 408, 473,474, or 477. " With the permission of the Head of the Physics Department another course may replace MATH 400 or 401. Combined Honours (0009) Physics and Astronomy (PHYS, ASTR) First Year As for Honours Physics Total Second Year As for Heinours Phvsics'1 Total Third Year Course PHYS 301, 304 PHYS 303.308 PHYS 30". 309 ASTR 302,303 MATH 300,301.316 Total Fourth Year Course PHYS 3063 PHYS 1(11.102 ASTR tOl, 402, 42l,t31 ASTR/PHYS 449 Electives3 Total ' Recommended Science Elective; ASTR 200. 3 PHYS 306 may be taken in third year. 1 MATH 400 and 401 are strongly recommended. Combined Honours (0517) Physics and Chemistry (PHYS, CHEM) First Year As for Honours Phvsics Total Second Year Course I'HYS 200,206 PHYS 203,209 CHEM 201,202 CHEM 203 MATH 200,221,215 Elective Total Third Year Course PHYS SOI, 308 PHYS 303.304 PHYS 309 CHEM 310 CHEM 310 CHEM 312 MATH 3i6 Total Fourth Year Course PHYS 3(0 PHYS 102 Additional Physics as per consultation3 CHEM 311 Additional Chemistry as per consultation3 Arts Elective- Elective Total 1 See footnotes 1, 3, 4 for Honours Physics. 3 These additional credits should include either CHEM 449 (6) and PHYS 401 (3) or PHYS 449 (6) and CHEM 401 or 407 (3). Credits *(i 6 6 6 9 3 36 Credits 3 35 Credits Combined Honours Physics and Computer Science See Computer Science Programs. Combined Honours'(0014) Physics and Mathematics (PHYS, MATH) 30 30 First Year As for Honour;, Physic; Total 30 30 36 36 Second Year Course PHYS 200, 2L33 Credits 6 Credits PHYS 206. 21,3 6 6 MATH 223, 226, 227, CIS 12 6 Science Elective 6 6 Arts Elective 6 6 Q Total 36 33 Third Year Course PHYS 301,30! Credits 6 Credits 3 PHYS 303,306 PHYS 309 6 4 6 MATH 300,301 6 12 MATH 316 3 6 MATH 320.331 Electives 6 3 33 Total Fourth Year Coursie PHYS 30" 34 Credits PEIYS 308,432 PHYS 449 A 6 6 Twelve credits from N ATI! 400-403,' 116-429,440,449 12 Electives 6 Total 32 1 See Mathematics for language requirement. 30 3 See Ibirtno.es 1, 3. 4 for Honour; ; Physics. 30 31 Combined Honour ii Physics and Oceanography See Oceanography Programs. Courses Primarily for First-Year Science Students Physics 11 (B.C. Secondaiy School) or equivalent is a prerequisite for a!I students entering the Faculty of Science. Students lacking Physics Tl, hut wishing to enter, should suhmit a special appeal to the Registrar's Office with their applica ion to take PHYS 100. Science students ,vith Physics 11, hut not Physics 12 are required to take six credits of Physics. Normally this requirement is met by taking PHYS 100 and 101 (or 121). Science students with Physics 12 are required to take 3 credits of Physics unci this requirement is normally met by taking PHYS 101 or 121, Physics 101. 102 or 121,122 constitute a standard first year Physics program. PHYS 100 is intended primarily for students who have completed only l.C. Secondary .School Physics 11 or its equivalent Credit will not be given tosttidcnts with credit for Physics 12. PHYS 101 normally requires Phvsics 12 or PHYS 100. Students with only Physics 11 bur with a good malhematics background nav after consultation with an adviser skip PHYS lOOam lenroll in PHYS 101. Thev will still need to take six credits of Physics. Credit will be given for onlv one of PHYS 101, 121. ' PHYS 121 is open to students who have obtained an A in one of Physics 12 or Mathematics 12 and a B or better in the other course, and who are particularly interested in physical science and/or its application to other fields indisciplines. Students planning to go into Physics or Applied Science (anti some other programs) are required to take PHYS 102, or PHYS 122, in addition to PHYS 101 and 121. PHYS 102 has PHYS 101 or 121 as prerequisite, while PHYS 122 requires PHYS 121 or PHYS 101 with an A standing. Admission into the Second-Year Honours Physics program generally requires PHYS 121,122 and a clear First-Year pass with either overall Second Class standing in 30 credits or at least 68% in each of PHYS 121,122 and MATH 100, 101 1120, 121). Students who were not eligible for PHYS 121, 122 may substitute PHYS 101, 102 provided all other minimum requirements were also met. Credit will onlv be given for one of PHYS 102,122. Non-science students without Physics 11 may take PHYS 100 in their second or later year. For students not specializing in Physics PHYS 140 (6) is for students neit in the Faculty of Science. , PHYS 230 (3) is primarily for students in Faculty of Science I who are not specializing in Physics. PHYS 340 (6), 3-1 (3) ancl 440 (6) are primarily for students not in the Faculty of Science. PHYS 317 (3j and PHYS 318(3) are recommended for General Science, Pre- Architectttre and Education students. Physiology (PHYL) The Department offers opportunities for study leading to doctoral, master'sand bachelor's degrees (Honours only). For information on the Ph.D. and M.Sc. degree programs, see the Faculty of Graduate Studies. For further information on other courses within the Department, consult the Faculty of Medicine section of the Calendar. Completion of first year program requirements and the second year organic chemistry requirement is a prerequisite to all courses in Physiology. BIOC 300 (or BIOL 201/BIOC 302) and PHYL301 and 302. or 303, or consent of the Department are prerequisite to all courses in Physiology numbered 401 or higher. Enrolment in PHYL303 is available only to Physiology and Pharmacology Honours students. Students wishing to enter the third year of the Physiology program will he- guaranteed admission onlv if they have completed all the prerequisites ancl have either a First-Class cumulative average or a cumulative average of at least 72% and a First- Class average in the required Biology and Chemistry courses in second year. Other students may register provisionally. The minimum requirement is a 72% cumulative average for the 6. credits attempted in first and second years. Requirements for the B.Sc. Degree Honours (0266) First Year Course BIOI, 110,(11' BIOL 120 Credits 0-3 5 270 Science Lilts CHEM IIUii2i.l22; i:v;i loo-iccci' MATH !OO.IiO(l20.!2l! Kiel UVCS Total Second Year" Course 11101 .-00.20! Cill'M 2DS or _>01,mil 202 CHFM 2lj(oi'205 ut 2310 MAJH 2!ill VilCB 200 Arts Elecme SriciiicFlcctuc Total Third Year Course IllOC .101.302 UK il too i'HYl 101 PHYL ,103 tit. Eiecuec Fourth Year Course 1'ii'i! 122. i.y.t2t,t2li I'll.I i tic I'il-li, !■,.' ANAT (US LJcdivc Total Requirements for the B.Sc. Degree Major (0495) PSYC 3hb Ans Elective Electives" Total Credits 0 33 33 Noi rci!iiire(iofs!utlciiis\ciil].i!e;,ie!i:i)!SO'i,i)ri<rt-iierJnB10l. 11: m;;v he replaced Willi three; credit, cl free clcciices BIOl. 120 is required. - I'HYS in| anti any cither PHYS i ourse shit is feir credit in the Faculty uf Science Sludents with Phvsics 11 may ileier three credts tu second year, but all studenls are encouraged lo complete this requirement in first year. ENOL 112 recommended. Qualified students are encouraged tn consider F.NGl. 120 anchor 121. Studenls must attempt at leasi 33 credits in lhe winter session. Students will normally he required ti) take PHYL a..Oand ti'iin the same winter session. Suggested elective for the Honours Program in Physiology 11101.301,33 c fit; CPSC 111. cr 12 tan:! !2o; PSYC 20(1. 360: POT! I.SOS. » > tt **,•«• m si<t • s ,. \~ *. »*•* «> Psychology (PSYC) fhe Department offers opportunity for sindv leading to bachelor's, masler's. and doctoral degrees. For information ont he B.A. degree course:,", see the Faculty of Arts For information on the M A. and Ph.D. degree courses, see ihe Faculty of Graduate Studies. fhe II Sc. program is specifically intended for those siudenis whose interest in Psychology is in the biological basis of behaviour. The student yvith a major interest in die-social, personality, developmental clinical or general t-xnerimeiilal areas of psychology should register for t hell A degree. Requirements for lhe B.Se Degree Students entering the M,;|or or Honours program sin mid obium de-tails ofthe si rue: tt re ol Psychology undergra'i nato onuses from the Department office Si mien is regi.siereci in l's\ <hi ih ,i;\ programs must satisp ihe hacuiivo! Sciem.eramircma"!r of IA crediis of Arts be cle-i ling Facuio of Arts i ourse.-. other than Psychology. Science electives may not he i'serhorngv courses in addition to PSYC 3i:s;incl it., all Psvcl.oiogvcourses mint Ivred o'i or higher in the Co! levooigi -. have Sciem e credit. 36 First Year' Course IIIOL llOnr !!S. !203 CilFM illo.r !2I. 112 Pills tai. in: ,„■ on, mi Total Second Year Course PSYC 2cli Si\ cretins in mi !!!()! 2IHC20! CHFM 230 Ails Eiciuvc Total Third Year Course i'SYC t.O INYC Si.o Am Flecmc Total Fourth Year Course Tudvccfctllls iniiii PSYC itii'L Psvi:!i;i!cy\ Fiei live Credits 6 li 30 Credits Credits 36 0 30 Credits 12 Fourth Year Course Twelve crediis ftuni PSYC too, -i63. ids. -(66, ibc PSYC 11. PsvcliiiliiiiyF.lecliu- Electives" Total 1 Psychology 1(1(1 is recommended if student lias prior credit lor any of ihe required courses. Students of exceptional ability may, with permission nf the Dean, take up to 36 cretins, including I'SYC 100. 3 St titlents with SO",, i irahovcm Biology 12 should take BIOI. 120 and three- additional crediis of electives. 3 KNGL 112 recommended. Qualified students arc encouraged in consider FNGL 120 and/or 121 Three credits uf first-vear English may lie deferred iiiiol second year. General eleciives mat' he Psychology courses: Arts electives and Science: electives may not " At least 21 credits ni electives (including Arts electives and Psychology eleclive) must be numbered 300 or above. Al least six ol these must he in the Facuitv of Science. Nine credits of electives musl be taken outside ofthe field of lhe major. Held of lhe mttjor is defined as any course in Psychology. Biology. Physiology, Biochemistry, or Pharmai oK)g\. Six credits n! eleciives may be taken in any Faculty, m^mmimmM Psychology 100 is recommended i! smijenr has ptioreredit for am of the required courses. Sludents of exceptional ability ilia;,, wilh permission uf the Dean, lake up to 36 crediis, including Ps.c I ill! Siudenis wiili Si:»,, i iralicnc in lliiiiogv ! 2 should lake BIOI, 120 and three additional credits o( electives. FNGL 112 reciiim)!ended. Qualified students are encouraged ni consider FNGL 120 anchor 12! Three credits of first-year English mav be (ielcrred until set out! vear Genera! electives mav be Psychology courses; Ans electives anc! Science clccuves may not A; leasi 2-i cieiilis ot ciectives (including Arts electives anei i'svchokigv c'ict uvei must he numbered 300 or above. At least six of these- musl be- in the Facullv ol Science. Nine credits of clctiivc's musl be laken outside til" the field ofthe major, Fieid of the major is defined as any course in Psychology, Biologv, r'insiologv. Piochemisii'v. or Pharmacology. Six credits ol eleciives mav he taken ai anv Facuitv. Honours (0139) First Year' Course lllili I ID or IO US' i 111 IJ ENCI lOO-le'.iT MATH I00.101 (!2!i !2F PHYS ion, iO! or llil, 0i2 Total Second Year Course PSYC 2C.0 SocrciiilsiriiDi BIOL.So. I CULM 2;i!i Aro eCctivc iiiecOve Total Thiird Year Course Credits 0 h (i 6 (i 30 Credits Statistics (STAT) The Department of Statistics offers programs of studv leading to bachelor's, master's and doctoral degrees. For information on the M.Sc. anel Ph.D. degree programs, seethe Faculty of Graduate Studies section ofthe Calendar. Before registering for each of the.second, third and fourth vears, even sltieieni who intends to commence or continue any of the programs listed below should consult an adviser in the Statistics Department. The Statistical Consulting and Research laboratory, operated bv the Department of Statistics, is intended to provide statistical advice to the University's faculty and, with the approval of their supervisers, to graduate studenls working em research problems. In providing this service- to the Pniversitv. the Department hopes to foster interdisciplinary collaboration in research projects involving statistics. The Statistical Consulting ancl Research Laboratory also acts as a statistical research support unit and provides studenls in .statistics with opportunities for actively learning to apply statistics. Requirements for the B.Sc. Degree Major (0562) First Year Course MATH It'll), ID! (120. UI) CHEM I id nr 12! PHYS ill! nr 121 ENGL Ultl-lere1- CPSC 12-1. 120' Kiccuves Total Second Year Course STAT 200 SLAT MATH 51)2 M-VUI 200, 22(1, 221 Ans Elcciiyc Elennes Total Credits 3-C. 30 Credits 5 30 Science 271 Third and Fourth Years In the third year; STAT 30s, 306 ancl MATH 307 . In Ihe fourth vear; STAT -lOa 3 MATH 303 3 Statistics ciiutses numbered 300 or above 6 Statistics courses numbered 400 or above 9 Mathematics ceiurses numhereci 300 or ahove 3 Oonipiaer Science ceiurses ntinibeteii ,300 or ahove' 6 Arts Elective 0 Electives' Is Total 60 1 Students without Physics 12 must take PHYS 100 prior to PHYS 10! (121) 3 Hug! 112 ts recommended. Quaiified students arc encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/or 121, Three credits of first-year Knglish may be deferred until second vear. ' May be deferred until second year. CPSC IIS til and a three- credit elective can be substituted bv those eligible for CPSC 118. 1 Selections from CPSC. 302. 303, 301, ,310.320. 522. .02, 4()3, (01, aOS. iOO, ancl ila are recommended. Note that many of these courses have 200-level Computer Science courses as prerequisites. ' Electives must include the following. i Sis credits may be in any Faculty other than Science. ii. At least sis credits must be for courses numbered 300 or higher. iii, Al leasi nine crediis must be in Science.' elcciives outside the field of tilt; Major or in Arts. iv. The field ofthe Major for Statistics is defined as all eourses in the Departments of .Statistics, Malhematics, and Computer Science. Honours Programs (0051) Students planning to take an Honours degree in Statistics or a Combined Honours degree in Mathematics and Statistics, please note the following: I! To be admitted to either of these programs in second year, a student must obtain at least 65% in MATH 121 or 80% in MATH Kil and an 80% average in MATH 100/101. 2) Students must obtain formal program approval from a Departmental adviser (from both departments for. the Combined Honours program) before registration! will be considered complete for Second, Third and* Fourth Years. Ideally this would be done before registration, but program approval can also be obtained in lhe first two weeks eif the academic year.M 3i To continue in these programs, a,student must obtain an overall sece ind-class standing in each academic year. First Year Course MATH 1211, 121 (100, Kill CHEM 121 Drill! PHYS 121 nr 101' KNGL 100-ievc'L CPSC 12-, 12C- Elotives Total Second Year Course STAT 200 SI AT. MATH 302 MATH 220'. 223 ior 2211 MATH 220', 22" (200, 31") Arts Elcciive Eiet lives Total 3-6 30 Credits 3 0 <■) 33 Third and Fourth Years In tlic ihird vear: STAT 303. .106 ami MATli 303', 320, 321 18 in tin: Liurth year: STAT uk *0s. 106 unci six credits chosen front MATH418, 18 a I1), i2!i, 421 anel Statistics courses numbeted 400 or above- Statistics courses numbered 300 or above 3 Statistics courses number 400 or above 3 Additional courses chosen from Computer Science anti 6 Malhematics cotrses numbered 300 ur above Arts Elective 6 Electives Is Total 69 1 Engl 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL 120 and/oi 12], Three credits of first-year English may be deferred until second year. 3 .Mat be dc'"erred i titil second year. CPSC 118 (3) and a three- credit derive ran x'subslimted liv those eligible for CPSC 118. 3 Students tblaming68. , orsbi ive in MATH 22oare not required to tike MATH 221. ' May be replaced 1 y MATH 119 in fourth year, 3 Students without 'hvsics EitmisttakePHYS lOOpriortoPHYS 101(121), Combined Honours (0550) Mathematics and Statistics1 (MATH, STAT) First Year Course MATH 120, 121 (10'!, 101) CHEM 121 .ir ill) PHYS 100-cvel ENGL 100-iev.P CPSC 124, 126: Electives Totill Second Year Course STAI' 200 STAT/MATH 302 MATH 220', 22,3 lo'221) MATH 220. 22" (2(!:l 317) MATH 215^ Arts Elective Eleciives Total Credits 0 3-0 0 o-3 30 Credits 3 0 33 Third Year Course Credits STAT 305 300 c MATH 303 3 MATH .320 3211 ., Nine credit, from V AT]i 300, 301, 3In, .322, 32,3, 331" 9 Arts elective Ci k Elec i ive" s Total 33 Fourth Year Course Credits STAT 404, 403, -till 12 Twelve credits from MATH .:i0-i(l.3. 116-i29. i ill,-i i9" 12 Eleciives" 0 Total 33 May be deferred until second year. CPSC 118 (3) and a three- credit elective ea i be substituted bv those eligible for CPSC 118. 3 ENGL 112 is recommended. Qualified students are encouraged to consider ENGL ;20 and/or 121. Three credits olfirsi- year English ma]- he deferred until second year 1 Students ohlainiig 08% or above m MATH 226 are not required to take MATH 220 "' Mav be cieferred until the third year 3 Mav be replaced by MAT11 119 in fourih vear " Electives in the bird and fourih year musl include at least six crediis selected In uu Sc itistics courses numbered 300 or above. .i.ci-utc istc'C]uircti in ihcs i im. hits ilcyree "e'tlils looblain Probability and Statistics I.istecl below are the introductory courses in probability and statistics. Students may obtain credit for only one course in any section and may obtain at most a total of six credits from all of these introductory courses. Therefore, a.student obtainingcreditfora six-credit course in section three could not obtain additional credit for courses in the first two sections. Probability COMM 290 3 COMM 311 3 MATH 203 3 MATH 302 2 STAI" 203 3 STAT 2)1 3 STAT 231 3 STAT 302 3 Statistics ANTH 218 3 IIIOL 300 3 COMM 201 4 COMM 312 3 ECON 323 3 ELSE 482 3 EPSE )83 5 GEOG 3^1 3 HKIN 3"! 3 T,LN'L^32i 3 POLI 380 3 SEAL 20(1 3 STAT 20.3 3 Probability and Statistic* ERST 2,31 3 PSYC 318 ,1 I'SYC 3n(i 0 STAT 2ii 8 STAT 23! 3 ECON 323 8 Studenls may obtain credit lor .it most one ol lhe following courses: FRST iSU PLNT 322, BIOI, 301, The following list of courses in Probability and Statistics, wh He not compleie in I he sense that there are mane t ither courses which deal with the uses of statistics in particular fields of si tidy, contains most of the courses in which principles and techniques of Probability and Statistics are discussed. ANTH - Anthropology 218 Statistical Methods i. (Same as SLAT 20.31 Ths Social Statistics. 82^ Advanced Ai.heolugical Methods. 828 Advanced Qtiantiialive Methods. BIOL - Biology 800 Biometrics. 301 Hiiimailiemaiics, 309 Advanced Biometrics. COMM - Commerce 201! Iniriitluction to Decision Analysis. 201 Applications ol Statistics in Business, 311 Decision Anaivsis, I. 312 Deiisiiiii Analysis. II. 0! I Inlermeiliale Business Siaiisms 880 Business Sialism s. 881 Statistical Methodology, 1. 882 Statistical Mciliiitlolojty, II. 58; Forecastinti ant! The Time Series Anaivsis in Business Environments 888 Applied Slocliastic Processes, 1 88ii Dynamic Pru^ramminti ami Stochastic Coniro! 88"' Applied .Slocliastic Processes, II 682 Advanced Topics in Stochastic Models 68a Topics in Advanced Business Statistics. ECON - Economics 525 introduction in Empirical Economics. 82(i Methods ol Empirical Research in Economics. I.!'3 liiuoduclion io Eciiniintelncs. lie Eciinouieiric Analysis :2s. Ptobnbilltv anti Statislics lor L'sc in Economics. 8.'" lit oii.iiiielfic Methods ol Economic Research. 272 Science 829 Topics in Theoretical Econometrics. 830 Topics in Applied. Ecoiiomeincs. EPSE - Educational Psychology and Special Education 482 liiiriidtiction to Statistics for Research in Education. 483 Statistics in Education. 481 Minparanielric ancl Related Statistics. 892 Design and Analysis in Educational Rescue!: I 896 Design and Analysts in Ediictuonal Re-,ean h II. S'T" isicior Analysis and its Appli, alien; to llcii,itinera! Sciences. 0.82 Multivariate Analyse in Behavioural Researcli FRST - Forestry 231 liilrticlucliirt Biometrics foi Loc-suv ■t.30 Advanced Bioineon s. ol Sampling Methods. s.K) Multiple Regression Methods. 83i Muiiivariale Statistu.il Methods 833 Problems in Statistical Methods. 830 Problems in Forest Samplmg GEOG - Geography 3"4 Statistics in Geography I HCEP - Health Care and Epidemiology iOO Statistics for Health Research 82" Analytic Methods m Epiciei.ioio.icHl Hose-arch. HKIN - Human Kinetics Cl Introduction to .Statistics and Researcli Methodology MATH - Mathematics 2118 Eleiiieiitatvl'iohahiihy 1 tSanic as 3TAL2i'T 802 Introduction to Probability. (Same as s I'A'! 302 .30.3 Introduction to Stochastic Pioocsses. ■OS Prob.Aiiiiiv. i!0 SfochasOc Processes, ''in Piobabiiilv L 84s i'robahiiiiv ii. 018 iopics in Eiobabiliiv PCTH - Pharmacology and Therapeutics nil Dtug Assay and Pliarinacotiitarics. 812 Experimental Design and Bioassav PHYS - Physics SOU Theory of Measurements PLNT - Plant Science 821 ijininelrics. 522 Design o!"Experiments. POLI - Political Science .380 Quantitative Methods in Political Science. .381 Topics in Quantitative Analysis. PSYC - Psychology 3 i"' Researt h Methods ant! Design y!8 Analysis of Bc'havicnii.il Data. .->(* Mediods in Research. ■CO Advanced Research Methods in the Behaviour:;! Sciences. 8 18 Advanced Statistics 1. RHSC - Rehabilitation Sciences )02 Iniroduction to Scientific Inquiry. SOCI - Sociology lis s,,eial Statistics. iSameas ANTI! ilH.i STAT - Statistics (See courses offered by the Department of Statistics). WOOD - Wood Science and Industry (Listed under Forestry) 8.3S (,)i!.]!itv Improvenien: Major Mathematical Sciences (offered with Departments of Computer Science and Mathematics) See Mathematics programs. ?»**f»»«»-»j»i_Xf»*«_-«--_«t«.«< i ' > >> -. Zoology (ZOOL) The Depari ment offers programs of study jointly with the Department of Botany leading to a bachelor's degree in Bioleigy. There is no undergraduate degree in Zoology, The Department of Zoology offers programs leading 10 the master's and doctoral degree. Fordetails students arc- directed 10 the Faculty of Graduate Studies section ofthe Calendar. Facilities are available for iielvancetl study and research in the following areas- Auiiaciihuie, Biological Oceanography, Comparaiive I'hvsiologe Developmental and Cell Biology, h.cologv. hniooiologv, lilhology, Fish Biologv and Fisheries, Genelics. ichthyology ancl Limnology, Marine Biologv, l.trasitolngv Vertebrate and Invertebrate Zoology and Zoogeography Attention is directed to the hollowing anplit'd lields. Aquacultural Science An undergraeiuau,- elegree program leading to a B.Sc. Honouis in Ac]ii:iciil(!iral Science is offered through the cooperation of several faculties. Students are directed to this listing in die Calendar. Ecology The Ecology Group in the Depanmenl of Zoology offers researcli oppon unities at the local, national ancl international level in Aijiiaiic, [evolutionary, .Mathematical, Population and Resource Ecology. Entomology Courses oi'stceh :;c: olicrce! liiiough ihe Department ol Zoology and the Faculties ol Forestry anel Agricultural Sciences, Zoology oflcrs introductory and advanced courses in entomology and maintains a museum collection and speciaii/.ei' iibr.irv. Foresiry has courses in. inseci ecology ;i ni Im the special problems of forest entomology ant! loresi protection, hi Ago-- ulmral Sciences, the I)e- panmcnl of Plant Siicme offers courses in eceinoiliit: i.;ute)moii;gv.hioii'!ete'is.if igv, insect physiology, pesticides, biological control, and plant-disease vectors. Al the graduate level [here is Research guidance in problems rcii'iiiig io the 1 iasstfie aiiou, Mnieture. funclion anel bionomics of inscs is, as well as in special areas, such as biological cesn(a il.biocheiiiicalgenehcs, and plant-inset 1 relationships. Co-opera live research on the tiltrastrnel tire, biology or population dynamics ol plant-disease vectors can be arranged through the Entomology Section ofthe Research Brant h of <\gru ulture Canada, which maintains a latge laboratory on campus Fish Biology and Fisheries T'hc Fish Biology and Fisheries Giotip mainiains a strong tradition in ITh-niicnle-d research ai ihe University of British Coliiinbi.-. Sludies range from phvsiologv, ethology, biomechanics, systematics and ewolution, through marine and freshwater ecology, to fisheries oceanogra- phvand management (population modelling, and fisheries economics j. In addition to facilities on campus. Federal and Provincial agencies encourage resean hit, cooperation with government scientists, nianv oi whom .serve on students' Research Atleisonc Commoiecs Wildlife Management Courses ol'st tide permitting a studenl to enter this field of applied /'ooiogv can oe ohiaineel either through the il.Sc degree, the B.Sc.i Agr.i elegree. or the B.S.F. degree. In each instance the- Master's degree is essential and studenls should mil aiienip' ••-■■ etier ihe held unless they can inee'i lhe acadt■:!■:: ii'i:u:iYmeiH.s lor it. SSSiiSSi Academic Staff Office of the Dean 11. c, VtrBitJIlli. M.Sc. 1 Brit Col.i. I'h.D, OIL). Professor (if Microbiology iliitl Dean II, CL UOiVLll.se. 1 Bru Col.i. Ph.D. (Conn, j, Ptolcssot of Zoology iintl Associ.ilc Dean (Sludent Services), 1). F MEASDAY. I1.A..M.A.. I) Phil ;(.lvoil). Professor of Physii •. and Associate Dc.iii (Academic; J 11. MYERS. I! St (Chatham Coll i. V! Si. (Tufls). Ph.D. (Indianal. Professor ol Zoology and Associale Dean IProinoiioii ol Women In Si sence) J. li SAMS, B.A lAi'herst), Ph.D. (Wash.), Professor nf Chemistry and Associate Dean iCiiititiihiivi anti Faculty Services! Senior Faculty Advisers T, ! CRAWFORD, B.Sc 1 Vic.B.C.i, M S.. Ph.D, (Wash,). Senior liisltii', 101 o! Hoi.iny and Zoology. ('.. 1 GlOVANFi.LV I! S(. iQuecn's), M.S (Wash), Senior Instructor ol tieologiial Siii-nces C F. S( HW ERDLFEGER B.s, iViU.inoval, Ph.D. (Notre Dame), Professoi of Physics, I.E. P. TAYLOR, BSc, I'h. D, (Lie). Professor of Botany, Chair, Science Outreach K.C CARVLTIL B.Sc lAlla.i Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology — See Faculty of Medicine Department of Botany Associate Professor and Acting Head R. It. FOREMAN, il A. I Colorado), Ph.D (Calif 1 Honorary Professors !(. !. BANDOM, B.S. (Nevada,), M S.. Ph.D llowaC Curator of the Met ologiial Collections. K. !, BEAMISH. M.S.A, (Bru, Col.l, Ph.D. (Wise), T, HrsAI.PI TRA, \! St (New England), Ph.D. (Calif,, Davis 1 K, M, COLE. MA (Br:!, Coio, Pll.l), (Smith), F.L.S C, E, ROUSE, I', ,\„ M.So. Ph.D (McM,!, F.L.S. Ii I" SCACEI, M.A. (But, Cot), Pi, D. (Calif.), F.R.S.C . F L.S,, Curator of lhe Phveoiogica! Coileclions. W B. SCdlOFlEI.iCBA. (Aradiai, M.A (Slan,), Ph.D (Duke), D.Si (Acadia), Ctitiiior of ihe Bryoplivie Collections (',, II, N, TOWERS, ...Si ,M Se. (McG.), Ph.D. (C'nell.i. F.L.S,, F.R.S.C. D J VVOKT, M Sc iS.i.,k ]. I'll O. iChic). Professors B, A. Hi 1HM, 11 A. (Allied), M.S., Ph.D. (Rhode Island). T, CAVALIFR-SMITH, B.A.. M.A. (Caillahi, Ph.D. (Lond,). F. K. CANDERS. B.A,, B.S, iWash Stale). M.A,, Ph.D. it'.aiif.i, F L.S, A. I). M. CLASS, B.S, iWaics), Ph.D. llllit. Cot), H R GREEN. BSc iBill Co!.;, Ph.D. (Wash.), A J.F.CRIEEITHS.B.A (KecJci, Ph.D (MtM ). P. j, HARRISON. II S..A. (Tor 1. VI,Se, (Guelph), Ph.D. (Wash,). C, C. 11',,'GilES, B.S, iGeorgia Soiiihern), M.S., Ph.D. (Florida Slatto J, R. MAZE, H.A (H.imboldo, M.S (Wash.), Ph.D, (Calif.. Davis). F.J, R, TAYLOR, BSC Ph.D, iCapcT.). I. E P. TAYLOR, 1.1 St , !'!-.!). Il.iv.i. K, 'FORKING ION. B.Si, (Chief, Coli-taine.!. Ph.D ON. Wales, Bangoij Associate Professors R. E. 1)1 iVU'LEIlf IIA. ,VV M11 higaiii. I'h.D. (Hawaii) C j. 1)01'GLAS B.A 1 lewis and Clarki.M S , Ph.D. (Wash.) P.C HARRISON. BS, .(Bril Co!.',, PL D,(Da!.c G IIM.GIIN. BS( (Dai ,, Ph.D il 'nell.i. 1. OI.1VLIRA. B.Sc , ,Vi Sc, (Porto 1 Ph I), (Bnt. Col.i. Assistant Professors M.l. BERBEF, B.S. iMiiln 1. M.S.. I'd D, I Calif. Davis) G. E. HRADITEIP. B.Sc, M Sr. 1 W.Dnu. Ph.D. cMonasln. N, L. GLASS. B S., iCoUadii Slatei, Ph I) (Calif.. Davis). L, Kl'N'ST, B.Se, M.S,.. iZ.igteh;, Ph.D (Mich.i. Senior Instructors ;,. ,\. BORDEN, B.Sc (Mass I, M.St illnl Col.i 1 J. CRAWFORD. B Si iVn B C„ 1. V, Sc, PhD. iMOa.sh ). M Vi". HAWKES, B.Sc, PhD. (Uric Col.l. K. M PA'lECBs,, isarda: Paid. India 1. M.S .CtiliL, Davis). E. ROSENBERG, i) sc. M.S',, IS, Fi'.iscO Lecturer I, DYCK B.St M.S 1 Brit.Col ,■, Research Associates T.J.CHOI BS.. M.St, ikore.ll. H. 1). COMPTON, BS., M S (Eastern lliinoisi, Pll.l), (Brit, Col). T. GOWARD. B.A. (Mt Allison) Curator of Lichens II. KENNEDY, B.S.. M S Ph.D, 1 Calif.. Davis) Science 273 S. UNDSTROM, B.A. (Reed), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). M. Y. S1DDIQI, B.Sc, M.Sc (Karachi), Ph.D, (SyeLJ. Postdoctoral Fellows L. BAEZA, PhD. (Grenoble). II BANDARANAYAKE, B.Sc. (Peradeniya, Sri Lanka), Ph.D (Maryland). M. DORA1S, B Agron, Ph.D. (Laval). G KliLDAU, Ph D, (Calif, Berkeley), S. LEE BSc. (Alta.). Ph.D. (Oregon State). H MATSUl'RA, B.S , M.S., Ph.D. (Hokkaido) ']', MILLAR, B.Sc. (Sydney), Ph.D. (A.N.LL). A. SAMACH, B.Sc. IHebrew), Ph.D. (Technion, Israel). G. SAXE.NA, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Lucknow). M. SMITH, B.Sc, (Alta,), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor). CWELHAM, Ph.D. (S.Fraser). Research Scientists B DATES, Ph.D. (Calif.). Associate Members S M BF.RCH, B.Se. M.Sc. (Wat.), Ph.D. (Laval). J E. CARLSON, B.Sc. (Pittsburg), M.Sc, Ph.D, (111), R. GUY, B.Sc. Ph.D, (Calg). K. K1.INKA, For. Eng. (Prague), Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), R.P.F, G B STRALEY, B.Sc. (Virginia), M.Sc. (Ohio), PhD. (Brit. CoL), Director ofthe Herbarium, Curator of the Vascular Plant Collections. Adjunct Professors D R. ROBERTS. B.Sc (Stockton State), M.Sc. (Kentucky), Ph.D. (Wat ). H. SANFACON. D.E.C. , B.Sc, Ph.D (Laval). N.J. TURNER, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C.), Ph.D. (Brit. Col.). Department of Chemistry Professor and Head P. LEGZDINS, B.Sc. (Car.), Ph.D (M.I.T.). University Professor C. A McDOWELL, M.Sc. D So (Belfast), F.R.S.Chem., F.C.I.C., F.R.S.C. CChem. Honorary Professors G G. S. DUTTON, M.A. (Cantab), M.Se, (Lond.), PhD (Minn.), F.R.S. Chem., F.C.I.C. .1 B. FARMER, B.Sc, Ph.D, (Liv.). I). HAYWARD, B.A. (Sask.), Ph.D. (McG.). F.C.I.C D E McGREER, M.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (TIL), F.C.I.C A. R STEWART. M.A. (Bnt. Col), Ph.D. (Wash.), F.C.I.C, F.R.S.C. Professors R.J. ANDERSEN. B.Sc (Alta), M.Sc., PhD. (Calif, Berkeky) F, ALBKE, Dipl. Chem., Dr. Rer. Nat. (T.H. Aachen). M. W BIADES, B.Sc. (St. Man's), Ph.D (Alta.). A. V. BREE, BSc PhD, (Sydney), C E. BRION, B.Sc, PhD. (Bristol). F.RS.C. D. E. BROOKS. M.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Oregon) E. E BURN ELL. M.Sc (Nfld). Ph.D. (Bristol) D. P. CHONG, B.S. (Calif), A.M., Ph.D. (Harv). M. B COM1SAROW. B.Se. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Case Western Reserve) J A. R COOPE, M.A. (Brit. CoL), D.Phil (Oxon). W R CULLEN. M.Sc. (New Zealand). Ph.D. (Cantab). I), ti. DOLPHIN, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Nott). D G FLEMING, M.Sc. (Brit. CoL). Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley). M l> FRY7.UK, B.Sc, PhD. (Tor.). C A FYFE. B.Sc Ph.D. (St.And ), F.R.S.C, M C L GERRY, B.A.. M.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Cantab), F.C.I.C. I, G HARRISON. B.Sc, Ph.D. (Liv.), EC l.C. F. G HERRING, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Lond.), F.C.I.C. B R JAMES, B.A, M.A, D.Phil. (Oxon), CChem, F R.S. Client, F.C EC, F.R.S.C. J P. KO'TNEY, B.So (Alta.), M.Sc. (Wis), Ph.D. (Wavne). A.J MERER, M.A, D.Phil. (Oxon), F.R.S.C K. A R MITCHELL, B.Se, Ph.D. (Lond.), F.C.I.C. T. MONEY, B.Sc, Ph.D.. D.Sc (Glas), CChem, F.R.S.Chem, F.C.I.C E. A. OGRYZLO. M.Sc (Man), Ph.D. (McG.). G N. PATEY, B.Sc. (Nfld.), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.). E. PIERS. B.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta,), F.R S.C R. E P1NCOCK, B.Sc. (Utah), A.M., Ph.D. (Haiv.i J. R SAMS, B.A. (Amherst), Ph.D (Wash.). J. R SCHEFFER. M.S. (Chic), Ph.D. (WLs.i. 11 SH1ZGAL, B.Sc (McG.), Ph.D. (CoL). R F. SNIDER, B.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Wis), F.R.S.C A STORR, B.Sc. (Nott.), Ph.D (Newcastle-upon-Tyne). R. C. THOMPSON, B.Sc. (W.Ont.), Ph.D, (McM.), F.C.I.C J. TROTTER. B.Sc, Ph.D, D.Sc (Glas,), F R.S.Chem, F CLC, F.R.S C D. C. WALKER, B.Sc. (St.And.), Ph.D. (Leeds , D.Sc. (St.And.). F.C.I.C L. S. WEILER, B.Sc. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Harv.) S. G. WITHERS, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Bristo). Associate Professors G. S BATES, B.Sc. (W.Ont.). Ph.D. lAlta.). L. D. BURTNICK, B.Sc. (Mar it,), PhD. (Alta. i. C. E. R. ORVIG, B.Sc. (McG.), Ph.D. (M.I.T.) Assistant Professors L. McINTOSH, Ph.D. (Calg), Ph.D. (Oregon). K. J. ORIANS, B.A, Ph.D. (Calif, Santa Cruz . J. SHERMAN, BA, (Haverford), Ph.D.lCalif, Loi Angeles). M. TANNER, B.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Calif, Los Angeles). I. WALLER, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Toe), Ph.D. (Wat.) Senior Instructors BL. CLIFF, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Btit. CoL). Y. KOGA, M.Eng. (Tokyo), -h.D. (Brit. Col. S. NUSSBAUM, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Hebrew i. Lecturers N. BURLINSON, B.Se. (Fairfield), MSc. (Ma-vland), Ph.D. (Catholic Univ. of Washington). M. DEVENYI, Dip!. (Budapest). R D. SPRATLEY, B.Sc, (Bril, CoL), Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley). P. WASSELL, B.Sc (Exeter), Ph.D. (Brit. Co .). D. ZENDROWSK1, B.Sc. (Trent). Adjunct Professors K.J. REIMER, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Calg.), Ph.D. (WOnto. R. N. YOUNG, B.Sc. (Vic.B.C), Ph.D, (Bnt, Col). Research Associates R. BOY1E, B.Sc. (Paisley College), Ph.D. (Wales). F. CABANAS, BSc, Ph.D. (Brit, Col), A, CLARKE, B.Sc. (Roch.), Ph.D. (Wis.). G.COOPER, Ph.D. (Oxon). H. GRONDEY, Ph.D. (Universitat-Gesamthochschule Siegen). Y.-K. HO, B.Sc, (Hong Kong), Ph.D. (McM ) W.JAGER, PhD. (Kiel). V KARUNARATNE, B.Sc. (Colombo), Ph.D. (Brit, d CoL). C.-L. LEE, Ph.D. (Calif.) K. OLIVER, B.Sc , Ph.D (Brit. Col). P. PHILLIPS, B.Sc. (Sussex), Ph.D (Bril. CoL). M. RUSE, M.Sc. (Y.Babes) Ph.D. iBabes-Bolyai). E. STERNBERG, B.Sc. (Ak-on), Ph.D. (Calif,), D. WILLIAMS, B.Sc. (Kings College), Ph.D (Brit.Col.). P WONG, (Soochow). Ph.D. (Brit. Col). Y. XIE, B.Sc. (Peking), Ph D. (Brir. CoL). Y XU, B.Sc. (Huaibei Coal Normal College), Ph.D. (East China). Y.ZHENG, Ph.D. (Flinders). Postdoctoral Fellows M. BARNES, B.SC, Ph.D. (S'ton.). B BORECKA, Ph.D, (Dal.), P, BURNS, B.Sc, (Windsor), PhD, (Wat,). R CADER, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). N. CANN, B.Sc. (New Brims), Ph.D. (Dal) A CHANDRA, B.Sc. (Bufdwan), PhD. (Indian Institute of Science). S. DING, B.Sc.(Yiyang), M.Sc. (Univ. of Science and Technology of China), Ph.D. (Chineie Academy of Sciences). X. DU, B.Sc.(Shandong), Ph.D. (Dal.) M EHLERT, B.Sc (McM.I, Ph.D. (Brit. Col.). B. FI.INN, B.Sc.(Dal.), Ph.D. (W.Ont.). J. FRASER, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Bristol) G. FU, B.Se. (Changchur), Ph.D. (War), B. GIBB, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Robert Gordon In ititute of Technology, Aberdeen) M. HAHN, B.Sc. (Seoul), Ph.D. (Calif). Y. HAN, B.Sc. (Lanzhou), Ph.D. (Alta.). Y. HUANG, B.Sc.(Beijing) Ph.D. (McG). M. KORNER, Ph.D. (Miinster). Y. LI, B.Sc. (Beijing), Ph.D. (N.Y.State). W. LOUGHLIN, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Syd.). E. MAR, B.Sc. (Brit, Colo, Ph.D, (Wat), K. MELZAK, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit.Col.). G. MF.THA. B.Sc.Ph.D. (Monash) P M1MERO, B.Sc.M.S, i'h.D. (Claude Bernard-Lyon) H. MULLER, Ph.D. (Hannover), R, NA1DU, MSc. (Univ. ofthe South Pacific), Ph.D. (AN. U). G OLOVSSON, B.Se,PhD (Uppsala). C ROGERS, B.Sc (Windsor), Ph.D. (Cali.), J. ROUDEN, B.Sc, M.Sc (Universite Par s-Sud), Ph D (Centre National de la Recherche f cientifique). J. SHELLEY, B.Sc. (Wat.), Ph.D. (Penn.). C SIMIAND, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Joseph Fourrier Grenoble), PhD. (Domaine Universitaire de Grenoble). M. SMITH, B.Sc, (Warwick), Ph.D.(Bristol). M. STEPHAN, F'h.D.(Erlangen-Niirnberg). Q. WANG, B.Sc (Xiamen), Ph.D. (Alta). B. WINSBORROW, B.Sc.,(Toronto), M.Sc. (Brock), Ph.D, (Ottawa ancl NRC), H. YANG, B.Sc. (judan), Ph.D, (W.Ont.). X. YE, B.Sc. (Beijing), Ph.D. (Dal). Department of Computer Science Professor and Head M. M. KLAWE, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Alta.) Professors U. ASCHER, B.Sc, M.Sc, (Tel-Aviv), PhD, (Minn.). K. S. BOOTH, B.S. (Cal.Tech.), MA, Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley). S. T. CHANSON, B.S. (U.K.), MS, Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley), A. FOURNIER, l.N.S.A, (Lyon), M.Sc. (Montr.), Ph.D (Texas). D. G. KIRKPATRICK, B.Sc. (Brit. Col), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tot.) A. K. MACKWORTH, B.A.Sc. (Tor.), M.A. (Har,,), D.Phil (Sussex). N. PIPPENGER, B.S, M.S., Ph.D. (M.I.T), J. M, VARAH, B.Sc (Bril. CoL), M.S, Ph.D. (Stan.). R J WOODHAM, B.A, (W.Ont.), S.M. E.E, Ph.D (M.I.T.) (Joint appointment with the Faculty of Forestry). Associate Professors , J.J. LITTLE, A.B. (Harv,), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). D LOWE, B.Sc (Brit. CoL). Ph.D. (Stan,). G. W NEUFELD, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Wat. I D. L. POOLE, B.Sc (Flinders), Ph.D. (A.N U.) R. S. ROSENBERG. MASc. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Mich), S, T. VUONC, B.Sc (Cal. State). M.Eng, (Car,), Ph.D. (Wat.). Assistant Professors C BOUTII.IER, B.Sc, (Dal), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor). D. R FORSEY, B Sc (Guelph), M.Math, Ph.D (Wat.). M. GREENSTREET, B.S. (Cal.Tech.), M.S, Ph.D. (Princ). N. C. HUTCHINSON, B.Sc (Calg.), M.S, Ph. D. (Wash.). J.J.JOYCE, B.A, (Calg), M.Math. (Wat.), Ph.D, (Cantab). R. NG, B Sc. (Bril, Col), M.Math (Wat.), Ph.D. (Man-land). D. K. PAI, B.Tech. (ITT), M.Sc, Ph.D. (C'nell,),' C. J. SEGER, M.A.Sc (Chalmers Univ. of Technology, Sweden), M.Math, Ph.D. (Wat). J. S. SNOEYINK, B.S, (Calvin College), PhD (Stan.). A. S. WAGNER, B.Sc. (Dal.), M.Sc. (Alta), Ph.D. (Tor). Instructors M. GOLDBERG, B.Sc (Vic.B.C), M.Sc. (Brit. Col). G. TSIKNIS, B.Sc. (Patas. Greece), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). Research Associate B. BRACHMAN, B.Sc. (Manit,), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. Col.l Associate Members R. ANSTEE, B.Math. (Wat.), Ph.D. (Cal.Tech.), Associate Professor, Mathematics M. ITO, M.Sc. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Brit. Col), Professor, Electrical Engineering. P. LAWRENCE, B.A.Sc. (Tor.), M.Sc (Sask.), Ph.D. (Case Western Reserve), Professor, Electrical Engineering N. G. I.EVESON, B.A, M.S, Ph.D. (Calif, Los Angeles), Professor, Computer Science, Univ. of Washington, G. SCHRACK, M.A.Sc (Brit. CoL), Dr.Math. (Swiss Fed. Inst. Tech., Zurich). B. WF.TTON, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Vic.B.C), Ph.D. (Courant Inst.), Assistant Professor, Mathematics. C. WOO, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor.), Assistant Professor, Commerce and Business Administration. Department of Geography — See Faculty of Arts Department of Geological Sciences Professor and Head S. W. KIEFFER, B.Sc(Alleghenv). M.S., Ph.D, (Cal. Tech.). Honorary Professors W R. DANNER, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Wash.). W. H. MATHEWS. B.A.Sc M.A.Sc (Brit. CoL), PhD (Calif, Berkeley), K. C. McTAGGART, B.A, B.A.Sc (Brit Col.i, M.Sc. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Yale). J. V. ROSS, B.Sc, A.R.C.S, D.I.C, Ph.D. (Lond.) G. E. ROUSE, B.A, M.Sc, Ph.D. (McM), F.I, S. H. V. WARREN, B.A, BA.Sc. (Brit. CoL), M So, D.Phil. (Oxon), F.R.S.C. Professors R. M. BUSTIN, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Calg.). Ph.D. (Brit Col). R. I.. CHASE, B.Sc (W. Australia). Ph.D. (Princ. i. W. K. FLETCHER, B.Sc, D.I.C , Ph.D. (Lond.). C I. GODWIN, B.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), P Eng. A.J. SINCLAIR. B.A.Sc, M.ASc (Tor.), Ph.D (Brit. CoL), P.Eng. J L. SMITH, B.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Bril. CoL). F.A.G.IL P. L. SMITH. B.Sc. (Lond,), M.S. (Portland State), Ph.D. (McM.). D. W. STRANCWAY. M.A, Ph.D. (Tor.), F.R AS, F.R.S.C, P.Eng. Associate Professors W. C. BARNES. Ph.D. (Princ.j (leave of absence]. T, II BROWN, B.S (TexasI. Ph.D. (Northwestern) R.J. KNIGHT, B.Sc, M.Sc (Queen's), Ph.D (Stan). J. K. RUSSELL, B.Sc. (Manit), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Calg.). K. W. SAVIGNY, B.Sc (Queen's). Ph.D. (Altai, P.Eng. Assistant Professors R. D. BECK1E, B.A Sc (Wat), M.A, I'h.D. (Princ). G. M DIPPI.E. B.Sc (Indiana), M.A, PhD. (Johns ILL K. A. GRIMM, B.Sc. iDenisoii). M.S. (Wis.), Ph.D (Calif., Santa Cruz). I, A. CROAT. B.Sc. (Queens), Ph.D. (Manit.). Instructor C A. GIOVANELLA. B.Sc. (Queen's). M.S. (Wash). Lecturer M. 1, BEV1ER, BSc (Calif, Santa Cruz), M.Sc. (Bril. CoL), Ph.D. (Calif.. Sana Barbara). Honorary Assistant Professor M. RAUDSEPP, B.Sc (McM.i, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Manit.). Adjunct Professors R. G. ANDERSON, B.Sc(lL; (lint. Col), PhD (Car.). D. C MARTIN, B.A.Sc. |Brit. CoL], M.Sc, D.I.C. (Lond.l. M.J. ORCHARD, B.Sc, PhD. (Hull). J. F THOMPSON, 11 A, (Oxon), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Tor) Visiting Professors P. M, BRADSHAW. B.Sc (Car), Ph.D (Durham). J. K MORTENSEN, B.A Sc, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col), Ph.D (Calif, Santa Barbara) Research Associate T.J. BARRETT, B.Sc, M.Sc (Tor.), Ph.D (Oxon). R. M FRIEDMAN, BSc (Northeast III), M.Sc (Chic). Ph.D. (Bril. CoL), M. D MASTAI.ERX M.Sc (Wroclaw. Poland), PhD. (Silesian, Poland) C R.STANUiY,B.Sc. (Dartmouth),MSc,Ph.D (Bnt Col) Post Doctoral Fellows M. IBARAK1, B.Sc, M.Sc (Japan), Ph.D (Wat.). M. N. LAMBERSON, B.A. (Boston U,), M.S (Penn State), Ph.D (Brit.Col.). J. R. LANG, B,S. (Mich.), M.S., Ph.D. (Arizona). D. LOPEZ, B.Sc. (Egr.) (El Salvador), M.Sc (Virginia State), Ph.D. (Louisiana State). R. I, SHERLOCK, H.B.Sc (McMaster), M.Sc (Lakehead). Ph.D. (Wat.) M. L, WOO. B.Sc. (Taiwani, M.S, Ph.D. (ASC) Department of Geophysics and Astronomy Professor and Head R. M. ELLIS, B A, M.Sc (W.Ont.), Ph.D, (Alia.). Honorary Professors T K. MENON, B.Sc (Annamalai), M.Sc, Ph D (Harv ! R D. RUSSELL, M.A, Ph.D. (Tor.). F.R.S.C, A. B. L'NDERHIll, B.Sc (Bnt. Col.l, Ph.D. (Chic), F.R.S C, Professors J. R. AUMAN. B.Sc. (Duke), Ph.D. (Northwestern). G K. C C1ARKE. B.Sc. (Alta.), M.A. Ph.D. (Tor I, F.RS.C. R.M.CLOWES, M.Sc, PhD (Alta i, G. G. FAHLMAN, B.Sc. (Brit CoL). M.Se, Ph.D (Toi ) D. W. OLDENBURG, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Alta.). Ph.D (Calif). H B. RICHER, B.Sc (McG.i, M.Sc, Ph.D. iRoch.) I). W. STRANGwAY, BA. MA, PhD (Tor l, F.R.S.C, P.Eng T.J. ULRYCH, B.Sc. (Lond.), M.Sc, Ph.D (Brit Col.) G. A H. WALKER, B.Si, (Ellin). Ph.D. (Cantab), F.R.S.C. Associate Professors P. HICKSON, B.Sc (Alia i, Ph.D. (Cal.Tech.). R..I. KNIGHT, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Queen"si, Ph.D. (Stan.) 274 Science Assistant Professors M G. BOSTOCK, B So, M.Sc (Queen's). Ph.D 1A.N.IL1. H.A. lll'FEFTI'. B.Sc (Tor.), M.Se. (Calg.), Ph.D, (Han.). J. M M VtTHEWS, B.SoiTor,), M.Sc, Ph.D. IV. Onto. M YEDLIN, B.Sc. (All.1,1, M.St, (Tori, Ph.D, (Bra, Col,, Adjunct Professor It B NAKOD, M.Sc. Ph.D. (Brit. Col.l. lecturer !■' WARD, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Monlreali. Ph D (Heidelbergi Associate Member 11 SHIZGAL, Chemistry Postdoctoral Fellows P HAMMER, B.Eng. ISask.l,M.S,„Pli I), (Calif .Sail Diego) I KAMBE, B.So. MSc. I'li.D (Tokyo). Research Associates T I DAVIDGF, B.Sc , M Sc, ;C.llg,l. Pll.l). (Vit B.C i E.G. ELLIS. B.Sc, Ph.D. (Melbourne). V LI. B.A.Sc. (Wuhan). PhD. iHrit.Col 1. Department of Mathematics Professor and Head !"), P. ROI.FSKN, B.Sc (III Inst, of Tech.), M S, Ph.D. (Wis.). Professors R. ADAMS, B.Sc, M.A, I'h.D. (Tor I (, BI.UMAY BSc (Brit, Col), Ph.D, lOil.Teci.i. I). \) BOYD, B.Si (Car.i. M.A, Ph.D. (Tor.), F.R.S.C A T. HUI. i.ic.S. iSaigoni.Ph.D (M.I.T,). I) I. HIiRES. B.A. (QuceiCsl, Ph.D (i'linc,, F.R.S.C, J B CARKKI.L. B.S., Ph.D. (W ash i. W. A CASSELMAN. B.A, (Harv.). Pll.l). iPnnr l.F R.S.C R V. S. CHACON. B.S. (Roche M.A, Ph.D. ; St i acuse), F.R.S.C, C il CLARK, B.A. (But. CoL), Ph.D. (Wash.;. F R.S.C R R DOUGLAS, V! A, Ph.D, (Calif I. J . . FEI.DMAN, B Sc (Tor.), A M, Ph.D. iHarv.i J J F. FOUIf.MER BSc (Tor.l. M.S, Ph.D. (Wis,1 A FUEL Dipl Math, Dr. Sc Math. (Swiss Federal Insiuiiiei N CHOI SSOUB. Lie Maih, lBeirut). Doctorat d'etat il'iin-.. F, L GRAN'IRER. M.Sc. Ph.D (Jcriisakilil. F.R.S.C !' I! GREENWOOD, M.S., I'h.D, (Wis,i. L G. HAI SSMANN. BSc lToi',1, Ph.D (Browni. J, G. HE.WOOD. B.S, (Notre Dame), I'li.D (Si.ill., K IIOECIIS,MANN. B.A. (Brit. Coll. M.A. (McG.i, Ph I). (Noire Dame). K Y. 1AM, HA. (11 K.l, Ph.D. (Princi. D. IITWIG. I'li.D (Calif.i. F.R.S.C F i.Lt'T, Di Ret. Nat. lErlangeii). J 1, Mat DONALD. A.B. Iliarv.:. M.Se . Ph.D. (Clue). R VI. MIURA. B.S, M.S. iCalif, Berkeley), M.A, I'h 1) iPriiu ). s S, PAGE, B.S (Otegoii), Ph.D. (Wish,). I! A PERKINS, B.Sc (Tor.), Ph.D. (III.). ER.S (). K A RESTREPO, BA (Lehigh), Ph.D, (Cal.Tech i 1. ROSEN. B.Sc (Tor,. M.A, Ph 14, (New Yorkl. F.R S (' B, R SEYMOUR, B.Sc. (Mane), Ph.D. I Noll.) !). K, SJERVL, B.A, (Bril, Col), I'h.D. iCalif, BerkiJevi. e. -\. SWANSON. M .. (Btit, Co!,!, Pll.l) (CaLTeih i J WAISIL BA.,Cal Tech •. MA, Ph.D. ill! i, F.R.S C R WEsTWJCK. M.A, I'h D, iBril.Gol.) Associate Professors A. ADI.ER, M.A, Ph.D. iTor.i, 8 r". V ANDERSON, B.Sc (Met!.), M.A, Ph.D. (Prin, ,i K ANSn-.E. li Malic iWat.l. Ph D ICai.Teeh i. '■■! T BARLOW. B A , M.A, (Cantab). Ph.D. (IXale-1 A ILCAYFORD. M.A, I'h.D. iCalil). II CHANG, M.A iSeouli. I'h.D, (Bril. CoL), J E (.01 RV. BA. (Han.), M.Sc, I'h.D, (Wash ), .1 FRIEDMAN, B.A. (Harv.), I'h.D (Calif Berkelev). R P'ROESE. B.S (Manit.i, Ph.D. iVirginal. !•: GI'PI'A, BMath. (Wat.). Ph.D. (M IT. R ISRAEL. S H (Chic ), Ph D (Princ ) I RESULT. B.Sc, M.Sc. (Dai.), PhD. iWeizinaiir. Inst,.. !' ! KIERNAN,BS llioly Cross, Mass,i, M A, I'll D, iCaii! . Berkeley). P Ll.iFWLV B.Sc. (Alta.). MSc, Pll.l), (Brit.Col., G MAXWELL. H.A (A.N.1.1 i, Ph.D. i Queen'si. I). II. PEI'ER.sON, BA, M.S, iYalej. Ph.D (Harv.i I G ROBERTS, B.A iKni. Col.l. M.A, I'h.D. (Han.i Assistant Professors !) AUSTIN, B.A, M.A, iRiic) Ph.D (L'lahl. C W LAMB, H.A iSuurthinorel, M.A, PhD t'lll.). W NAt „V!" \. It Sc.. M.St (Bill. Col. i, Ph.D. 10 .ioraeti i Suite), M. WARD, B.Sc (Bril CoL), Ph.D. (Cal.Tech,), B T. H W ETTON. 1) Sc, M.Sc (Vic.B.C.i, PhD. (Contain), Honorary Professors G, A BROSAMLER. Dipl. Maih. (Freiburg), PIi D. (I'll , M EDELSJTTN, B.Sc, M.Sc (Hebrew i. I'h.D, (Teihnion i. C GRAHAM, B.A, (Harv,). Ph.D, (M.I.T), Research Associale I. G, REID. B.S. (Duneriini. Ph.D. fWaikaio-llaiiiilloni Associate Member I ASCHER, Piolessoi, Conipniet Science. Department of Microbiology and Immunology Professor and Head J !-;. DAVIES. H.St, Ph.D. I Note Professors R E, W HANCOCK, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Adelaide). I). G, KILBUR.N. BA.Sc (Bnt. Co! I. Ph D. iLonii i. J l.l'VY. BA (Bnt. CoL), Ph.D. (Lond i, F.R.S.C, BCMrBRIDE, MSc (Bnt, Col), PI] II, (III.J. IL G MILLER. Jr., B.Sc (Trinity Coilcgci, M.Sc d'enn. Slalei, I'li.D d'enn !. F.R.S C, G II. SPIEGELMAN, BSc. (III.). I'h.D. (\U-,i U.S. TEH. B.Sc Ph.D. (Alia.). R. A.J, WARREN, B.Sc. (Birm.), M S, (lint. Col,,, Ph.D, (Calif.i, C WEEKS, B.Sc, PhD. (Birm.), Associate Professors J. T. liFATrY BSc, (Wash), MA llnelianiii. i'h.D (Indiana). G YO HOFFMANN, B.S, , M.Sc (Melbourne). I'll I). (Gbllingeilj J K SMIT, B.A. (Calif, Slale Coll.), Ph.D. (Calif, Berkeley!. Assistant Professors li. B, ELN'IAY, I'll D, (Aid.; M GOLD, B Sc (Mull), Ph.D. (Calif. Berkelevi Vi" A.JEFFERIES, B.Sc !Viol. PI] 0, lO.xonl P. JOHNSON. B.Sc. iLiv.i. Ph.D (Dundee). J, W. KRONSTAD, BS, (Oregon Slalei, Ph.D, (Wash, i. W.W. MOHN, BA. il laillillon, N.Y.), I'h.D. iMulligan Slalei F. Tl 'FARO. B.Sc, Ph.D (MtC), Adjunct Professor J. I! HOBBS. M.A. (Cantab), Ph.D. (Warwick) Senior Instructors J, (iENBASAT, B.Sc (Istanbul, Turkeyi, Ph I). (Minn i. li. 0. Dill, B.A, M.Sc. (Wavne Slale. Detroit), Ph 1) (Calif.. Berkc-lct! W I) RA.ME4, B.Sc, I'll.!). iBrit, Col.l, Associate Members C lillANW'AY, Assisiani Ptofessor, Foresl Sciences. A, CHOW, Professoi. Meditme. A. EAVES Professor. Medicine. N. I, GLASS. Assisiani Professor, liiolechnologt Laboratory Dolany N. KELLY. Assisiant Professor. Pathology. R, Mi MASTER. Associate Ptofessor. Medical Genetics J, PIKET, Assisiani Protessor. Bioicchnologv lahoralory/Cheniica! Engine-cling N. REINER, Associale Professor, Medicine, D. ROCIION, Research Snenlisl, Agricullure Cinada. J. N. SADDLER, Professor, Wood Science. J SCHRADER. Professor. Medicine. D, P. SPEERT. Professor. Paediatrics E TAKEI, Professor, Pathology. !) W ATERFIEI.D, Associate Professor, Oia! lliologi Research Associates W BINGI.E. I'li.D (Alia.I. I), CARLOW, PhD. (Queensi. N (iil.KES, Ph.D. (Wales) A JAIN Ph.D, (All India Inst,). D KARLNARATN'E, I'll D. (Brit, Col), A, RICHTER M.St Ph.D (Cracowo. VWEBB. Ph.D. (BrilCol i Postdoctoral Fellows RdllOWDIIARY. I'll D (S.iliord, t.'Ki. J DEANS, Ph.D. lAlla r C, DOWDING. I'h.D (Lond I. ,1 1)1 IZ. M.D. (Queen-1. !'. ERICSSON. Ph D (l.und.i. C FFNNO.A.B (liiinover), Ph.D. iBiirlinglon. Vermoiili, S, FID-1. Ph.D. (S Fraser) M.GRANT, PhD, i.Biil.Col i R GRAHAM, Ph !) iBfil Col.) W.G.J1A, Ph.D. (Bill, Col), T. KION, Ph.D. (Btit, Col.) P MARGARON, (Paris VI). J NOMI.LI.INI. Ph.D. (Arizona Scale). R, Old HAN'SKY. Ph.D. iWei/inan Inst,). J OVERMANNCPh.D. |Koilsl;in/i. W J'AO, (Calif. Irvine i. P TOMMK, Ph.D. (Ghent). D, VU1JAK1.IJA. Ph.D. (Tokyo). X WI'. I'h.D I.Aiia.], 17 YANG, M.D.tPekingi. Department of Oceanography Professor and Acting Head S POND, B.So, Ph.D. (Brit, Coli Honorary Professor W M CAMERON, BSc, M.So (Brit. Col), Ph I) (Calif.,, Professors K.J. ANDERSEN, B.Sc lAlla.i, M.Sc (Calif, Berkelev), Ph.D. (Calif, San Diegm s E CALVERT. B.Sc (Reading!, Ph.D, (Calif, San Diego]. F.R.S.C K, I. CHASF. B.Sc (W Australiai. Pll.l), iPnnci P.!. HARRISON, B.S.A. (Tor.). M.St. iGnelphi, I'li.D. (Wash,], M.C IlEAH-Y.B.Sc, M.Sc iBril.Col.i,Ph.D. (Aberdeen). A C LEWIS. B.Sc. M.Sc (Miami), Ph.D. (Hawaii), I' II LeBLOND, B.A, (Laval), B.Sc (McG,). Ph.D. I Bril Col.). D.Sc (Nfldj, F.R.S.C. T F, PEDERSEN. B.Sc. iHrit, Col,;. Ph.D. (Ellin,), 1 I R.TAM.OR. B.Sc, Ph.D. (CapcT.i Associate Professor W.W HSIEH, BSc, M.Sc. Ph.D (Bril. Col.l. Assistant Professors S, E, ALLEN. BSc (Queen'si. Ph.D (Caniabi, K.J. ORIANS, BA, Ph.D. (Calif, Santa Cfu;-). Adjunct Professors W. R. CRAWFORD, B.Sc, M.A.S.. (Wat l. Pi) D, I Brit Coi i K L, DESMAN. B.Sc (Calg.). Ph.D (Bni CoL), 1). M FARMER, B.St, M.Sc l.VuG 1, Ph.D. (Bril, Coi l ERSC, G. IIOI.IOWAY. B.A, M.Sc, Ph.D, ICalif, Sail Diego) E, I), NELSON, B.Sc. iSask i. Ph.D. (MrM.l, It E, THOMSON, BSc, Ph.D, (Bill. Col) I), M WARE, BSc, Ph.D (Bril, Col), C S, WONG, BSc, M.Sc. 111.hi. I'h.D, (Calif, San Diegor Honorary Research Associates G A. BORSTAD, B.Sc. (Alta.). Pll.l), (McG.i li BI'RI), B.Sc, M.Sc, Pll.l) (Vict.). A. BYCHKOV, Ph D. (Russian Ami!.) E 1), CARMACK, B S,. (An/, Slale), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Wash i K J HOLMES', BSc, Ph.D (Stockholm) 1 S MCR'I'Y BS, . M.sc (Andhrai. Ph.D. (Chit ,). 1) R, I'OPHAM, Hon, Dip, I'll I), (Loughborough). Visiting Scientists M (il"O, BSc (Beijing Normal) Research Associates P BOYD. BSt (Wales). I'll D. (Bell.) G, L. COWIE, B.Sc (Swansea). M.S , Ph.D, iWaslri J, CRUSH IS BA, (Carleton Coll. I. M A, Ph.!). (CoL) J, W LA. REIT, B.A , M.Sc, i'h.D, (Drown) S HlNtTLBScM.Se lOm j, PhD. (Tor.) R, FILTERS B.Sc, Ph.D. iCalif, Santa Batliarar K, 1 THOMSON, B.Sc. (Royal Roads], PhD. (Bru, Co!.), I). !i '4 ILL1AMS, B.Sc (Lon(L), Ph.D. (Bru, CoL) Associate Members I' AUSTIN, Asst Professor, Geographv. R, M. CLOW ES, Professor, Geophysics and Astronomy. K. A GRIMM, Assisiani Professor. Geological Sciences G C IH'GliLS, Prolessoi. Bolany. M T KELLY. Clinital Professor, Pathology Cl. A LAWRENCE, Assistanl Piolessoi, Civil Engineering. I K SMIJ.Assi. Professor, Microbiology. Postdoctoral Fellows C I. HERD B.Se (Liv,). PhD, (Belfast) A, SAIIAMI. B Sc, (Keek1). M.Sc, (Leeds), Ph.D, |Loral.). S. VFRENTTCIL 11 Sc.l'h D. (Mosrou l N A, WASER, ILEA, I Paris l. Ph D, (M.I T.-Woods lloiei. Department of Pharmacology and Therapeutics — See Faculty of Medicine Department of Physiology — See Faculty of Medicine Department of Physics Professor and Head I! G. Tl RREIJ, BA, MA, D.Phil (Oxon; Professors I VI IT ECK. B.Sc. i Trent). A.M. Ph.D. (Han i, Ells'. B Aill.BORN.DipLPhvs. iKieii, Dr. lier Nat i Munich i, Mem. A.S.M.E I! G ALU), B.A.Sc. M.A.St (Bril. Col i, I'h I) iS'ton.l. P.Eng, 1) A AXEN. B.A.Sc, I'll I). iliril. (ol.i 1) V HAI.y.ARINLBS. (Mi( lugan Sl.ilei. I'li.D Co! A J. BARNARD. VI Sc (Rhodes. S A.i. I'li.D. (Glas , B. BERGLRSFN Sn ing, (NT li. Troiulhcliril. I'll !) (Bianiieis) I 11 BREWLK.BSt , Trillion. M.A , Ph.D ICalil Bciieiev! M K, (.HADDOCK, MA,. D.Phil (Oxoni. it I. CUIKON. B.Sc, .ARCS, D.I.C. I'll I). , Loin! i ' E.ELDRIliGF, BSi , I'h.D. (Birm i E EVANS, B Sc , M.Sc. (New York). I'li.D. iCalil ■ ,AV GOLD. B.Sc lEdim). Ph.D. (Oiiilabl !'. ti. GREGORY B.Sc, M.Sc (Queen'si. I'll!) oMani il P GI.SILB.E .M.A (Sask j. Ph D iTor i R, I! ilAERING, O.C , BA, M.A, (Bill. Col.i, PI] I) (Ml Oi, D.Sc, iNlltLi, F.R.S.C (Honorary) W N. HARDY il Sc , Ph.D. (Bni, Col i F R.S.C VI D. HAslNOFF, B.Sc. (Man.i, M.S., I'h.D, iStan i. R, R.JOHNSON, BPhys, M.S., Ph.D. (Minn ], G.JONES, B A, M So, PhD (Bnt Col i. P. II, LeBLOND. BA, iLaval], BSc. (MiG), Ph.D. i Urn CoL). F.RS.C A. Mil"! TCI ICON, BSi „ M.St. (Queen'si. Ph D 'Main i V! MCMILLAN. B.St , M.Sc iBlii Col.i, I'h.D iMOL, I', Vi. MARTIN, BSc, Ph.D. (Glas I. D F, MEASDAV, B.A., M.A, I) Phi! lOson) j. MEYER, Dr Rer. Nai, iKlt-li ANG.iiSc III K.i.Ph D.lW.Ont.). 07IFR,B,A, (Tor.l. A.M, Ph.D. (Harv g R, PARSONS, B.A.Sc. Pi),D. (Bnt, Col.i P.Eng. P. RASTAI.l, B.S, .Ph.D, (Manet C F. SCHWERDTEKGER.B.S, (V'lilanovai. Pll.l), (Noire Dame! (1 W. SEMENOFF. B.Sc, Ph.D. (Alia,l W.I. li SUITER, B.Sc. M.Sc, iRhiKies), Ph.D. cMaii' i i, [),SKARSG'\RD.B.E,,M,S( iSask.) Ph.D. i'lor i. iTlonoiarvi L.DESOBRiNO, M.Sc, Sc.D, l.M I.T.i T TII-'DJi;, BA Sc iTor.). M.Sc. PhD, (Bnt. Col ), Pi.n.i; Vi G 1 NR! H.ti.SciManit.y.VLA. I'h.D (i'mii.) F.RSC li W VUGT, 0C. ICs. ..M.Sc. (Man.), I'li.D (Prin, , DSc i Reginiii, F.R.S.C, Director oi J'Rll Ml N WEISS, B.So (Tor, I'li.D, (MiG 1. BE WHITE, BSc (New/ealandl DIC„ I'li.D llout! , 1), 11 WILLIAMS, B.Sc i\ Walcsi, I'h.D, fC.liilah Associate Professors !), S, BEDER, I! Si, i Mi G.I, Ph.D. (Cal.Tech,' J F.CAROLAN.A.B. I Princ. 1. Ph.D (Maryland) (1. W HOFFMANN. B.Sc, M.So (Melbourne. I'll D, i Oof iilgen i K. HOWARD B.Sc .Ph.D. iNotl.j. \\ W,I!-,IEH,B,Sc,M Sc.l'h I) illnl Col) R, KILFL, ll.se .(.ar i. M.Sc. Ph.D. (Bril. Col.i A. Mai KAY BSc iD.li.i.MSc. illnl CoL I. Ph.D. Hl-ui" P IV, MATTHEWS, BSc, i'h.D. iBrisloli C W ALTHAM, B.A, (St. John's Colli, Ph.D. (Birm I YOUNG. B.A.Sc (Bni, Col.i. M.Sc. Ph.D. (Tor ,, Assistant Professors il, HALPERN, II Sc, Ph.D. CM I.T.l I MiKLNNA.B.Si . iWat ;. Ph D, lTor.l K StJII.ElCiLB.A.PhD tChic i !' C !■' STAMP. B.St lSussex). M S,. (Lamaslci-i. PL I) iSusses) Adjunct Professors E 1.I-KI1ATIB. BSc il.oiola), M St iConcofdia,, Plil), (Aiia.i H LEAKING. B.A. iKansasi, M.S. , I'h 1) (Stan i J NO, B.Sc. (Singapore], M.Sc (Case Western i, PL !) IWaslri 1> OIIVE, il S, .illishop'si, M.Sc. (West. (Int.,. Pll.l). IM; \l '■ li PM.CIC, Di|il Ing ll.iiiPljan.li, I'h.D, iMiM ... ill,in. Associate Professor of Pathology, G R SMITH, B. Phys. iMillli i, Pll.l). (Colorado,. I. WHITEHEAD ITS. M.Sc, PhD film. O.J • Science 275 NSERC International Fellows X.-F. HE, B.Sc, 1M.S0 (Zhongshan), Ph.D, (A.N.ILi. N, PROKOFEV. M.Sc (Moscow Eng. Phys. Inst). I'h D (TV. Kurchalov Atomic Eng. Inst l. Associate Members R, DI RAND. B.Sc (Calg.). Ph.D. (W.Ont,), Professor of Pathology. G. K. Y. LAM, B.Sc (U.K.), M.Sc. (W.Ont.). I'h D. ■Tot.i, (Hon. Assistant Professor of Palhologyi. Q -S. XIANG. B.Sc I Beijing Normali, M.Sc, Ph.D ; Cal if., Irvine) Sessional Lecturers F. E BATES. B.Sc, (W.Ont.). Ph.D. (Alta). J. M. IQBAL B.Sc. (Punjab), M.Sc (Quaid-e-A?ami, M.Sc, I'h.D, (Indiana), J MEASDAY, BSc, PhD (Edin.i Research Associates S ANCO. B.Sc (Cal.Tech.), .M.Sc. Ph.D. (Chit l, M, BLENCOWE, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Imp. College). DA BONN, B.Sc, Ph.D (McM. l. C CHEN, Ph.D. (LL of Sc & Tech, Holer China). M.GINGRAS. Ph.D. (Brit.Col.), I', GU.MPI.INGF.R, Ph.D. (Oregon State). W.C HO, B.Sc, (Chinese !!„ HongKongi, Ph.D, (Chic.). F, KOSTER, B.Sc, M.Sc, PhD, (Brit. CoL). A KOTI.ICKL M.Sc, Ph.D. (Warsaw). R LIANG. B.Sc (Tsinghiia), M.Sc, Ph.D, iToken Inst, of Techn,). A. LING. B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Calif, Los Angeles), Q, MA, B.Sc. lAnhuii. M.Sc (Idaho State), Ph I). (Oil,). K RAY-WOOD, PhD. (Melbourne) E. SEATTLER. B.Sc (W.Ont,). Ph.D. (Prin ) M, SENBA, Ph.D, (Rutgers], 1 SHINKODA, B.Sc, M.Sc, I'h.D. (Bril Col j. J, THEWALT. B.Sc, Ph.D. iS.Fraserc Postdoctoral Fellows S, BRAHAM. B So (Imp. Coll.), Ph.D (Penn. Stale) :M I. DOBROLIUBOV, M.Sc (Moscow Slale). Ph.D. ilnst, for Nuclear Res, USSR). E GAITAN, B.S, (M.I.T.). M.Sc. (Case Western Reserve), PhD. (ill,). I CAN. M.Sc (Bucharest), Ph.D. (Rutgers) E, 1ANGMANN, Diploma (Tech. IL olGrazi, Ph.D (Vienna). R MERKEL, Dip], Dr rer nat (Techn. II. of Munich) M. MSSEN, B.Sc, Ph.D. (S.Fraser). E, SORENSEN, B.A, M.Sc (Aarbusl. Ph.D. (Calif, Sanla Cruz). G. 'FUCKER, S.B, (Ml T). M.A, Ph.D (Princ) E. WONG, B.Sc (Wash.), Ph.D. (Penn.). Y XI), B.So.CW'jhak). M.Se, (Shanghai Inst, of Mel.). Ph.D.I.McGill) Department of Psychology — See Faculty of Arts Department of Statistics Professor and Head A.J. PETKAU. B.Sc. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Sum,). Professors 1LJOE. B.Sc (Vic.B.C). M.Sc (Bni. CoL), I'li.D, tFlorida). M SCHULZER, M.A, MT). (Bril. CoL), Ph.D, (Wash.). J V. ZIDEK. B.Se, M.Sc (Alia.), Ph.D. (Slan,), Associate Professors N. E. HF.CKMAN, B.St, (Tufts), M.A, I'h.D (Mich). II IORGENSEN, M.Sc. (Aarhus), I'h.D, (Odcnsei J. LIU, B.S, iZhongshan), M.S. (Jinan), Ph.D. (Colorado Suite) R. ZAMAR. B.Se. i.Cordobal, M.Si. (Pcrnamburo), Ph.D. (Wash.]. Assistant Professors B CLARKE. BSc (Tor.l, Ph.D. (II! l J '.ElOGHE. B.Se., M Sc, Ph.D. iMonlr.l. Associate Members P. DE JONG, Professor, Commerce. P E GREENWOOD. Prolessor, Malhematics M 1, PLTF.RMAN, Professor, Commerce. 11. McCABE, Assistant Professor. Couimt'tce Adjunct Professors A.J GOLDMAN. B.Sc (Sussex), M.A (W.Ont i. Ph D. (But. Col.l. C VAN F.F.DKN, B.Sc, M Sc, Ph.D. (Amsterdam i Postdoctoral Fellows I, BIR.MIWAI, B.Sc. (Philippines), Ph.D. (Connecticut). LMcKAY. Ph.D. (Queen's) C. M1NNETT-SMITH, Ph.D. (Abercstwvth, *'alcs) I, SUN, B.S. (Jilin), M.S. (Beijing), Ph.D, ("or). Honorary Research Associates P. S GILL, M.Sc (Punjab), Ph.D. (Kanpun N LE, M.Sc. (Brit. CoL). Ph.D. (Wash.) Department of Zoology Professor and Head J E PHILLIPS, M.Sc. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Cantab), F.R.S.C. Honorary Professors A B.ACTON.M A, D.Phil. (Oxoni I) H CHIT1Y', B.A. (Tor. I, MA, D Phil. (Ox m). F.R.S.C I McT. COWAN, O.C, B.A. (Brit, CoL), PI D (Calif.i. D.Sc. (Brit, CoL). LL.D, (Alta, S.Fras.;n. n.F.nv.Sc. (Wat. I, F.R.S.C. I'A, DEHNEL, M.A, Ph.D. (Calif). C. V. FINNEGAN. B.A (Bates), M.S. Ph.D. (Notre Dame) II. 1). FISHER. B.A, M.A. (Brit. Col), Ph.D. (McG ). W. S HOAR. O.C, B.A (New Br.), M.A. (W Ont.). I'h.D, (Boston), D.S;, (New Br, Nflt , Sl.F.X, W.Ont), LED (S.Fraser, Tor). F.R.S C P. A. IARKIN, M.A. (Sask.), D.Ph 1. (Oxoni. F.R.S.C Universily Professor. C. C LINDSEY. B.A (Tor.). M.A. iBru. O I,), Ph.D. (Cantab), F.R.S.C IE C. NORDAN, B.S.A, M.A, (Brit, Oily. 'h.D. (Oregon State). G NORTHCOTE, M.A, Ph.D (Bril. Col.) T. R PARSONS. M.Sc, Ph.D. (McG.), F.R S.C C F. WEHRHAHN, M.Sc. (Alta.), Ph.D. (Calif.i. N.J. WILIMOVSKY, B.S , M.A. iMich). PI .D (Stan.). Professors J D. BERGER, A.M, Ph.D. (Indiana). R. W. B1AKE, B.Sc. (Bfistol), Ph D. (Canlab). J. M. GOSLINF, B.A. (Calif.), Ph.D. (Duke) T. A GRIGLIATTI. B.S. (Santa Clara), M.a. (San 1 Francisco Slate), Ph.D (Brit. Col). I'. W HOCHACHKA, B.Sc (Alta ), M.Sc Dal), Ph.D. (Duke), F R.S.C L) G HOLM. B.Sc (Bnt CoL), 3h.D. (Conn.). D R.JONES. B.Sc (S'ton ). Ph.D. (Eas( Anglia), F.R S.C CJ KREBS. M.A, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), D.St; (1 unci), F.R.S C A. G. LEWIS, B.Sc, M.Sc (Miami), Ph D (Hawaii). NCR, LILLY, M.A, D.Phr. (Oxon). D. l.UDWIG, Ph.D (Calif,). J D McPHAIL. M.Sc. (Brit. CoL), I'h.D. ■ McG.), Curatot ofthe Ichthyological Museum W K, MII.SOM, B.Sc (Altai. M.Se. (Wast.). Ph.D, (Brit.Col), .1. II. MYERS, B.Sc. (Chatham Call.), M.Sc. (Tufts), Ph.D. (Indiana). W E. NEILL. B.A. (Rutgers). M.A, Ph.D. (Texas). A. M. PERKS. M.A. (Cantab, Oxon), Ph 11. (St.And.). T.J. PITCHER. B.A, M.A, D.Phil. (Oxin ). D. I RANDALL, B.Sc, Ph.D. (S'ton.), F.R.S C G G. K SCUDDER. B.Sc. (Wales), D.Ph I (Oxon), F.R.E.S, F.E.S.C, F.R.S C Curator of the Spencer F.ntomologieal Museum A. R E SINC1A1R, B.Sc , Ph.D, (Oxon) J. N M SMITH, B.Sc. (Edin), D.Phil, ((exon), Curator oJ Cowan Vertebrate Museum. J D STEEVES, B.Sc, Ph.D, (Manit,). D. SU/UKl. O.C, B.A. (Amherst), Ph D (Chic), LCD. (P.F.I ). D.Sc. (Aadia), FR.S.C. CJ WALTERS, B.S (Humboldi State], MS, Ph.D. (Colorado State). Associate Professors M. I,. ADAMSON. B.Sc, I'h.D. i Guelph t II W. BROCK, B.Sc (Bnt. Col.l. D.Phil (Oxon;. T IT CAKEFOOT. M.Sc. (Btit CoL), Ph.D. ("Walesi. C !, GASS. ATI, B.Sc (Chico Slale Coll.). M.Sc. Ph.D. (Oregon). IL E, KASINSKY, B.A. (Columbia College. N.Y.i, Ph.D, (Calif.). D. G. MOERMAN, B.Sc, Ph.D. iS.Erase) D SCI11.UTER. BSc (Guelph), Ph.D, | Mich ). Assistant Professors V.J. AULD. B.Sc (Bnt. CoL). Ph.D. (Ttr.l. I, MATSUUCHI, A.B. (Barnard Col.i, M.A, M.Phil, Ph.D (Col.) R. REDFIELD, B.Sc. (Monash), M.Sc. (McM.), Ph.D. (Stan,), T P. SNUTCH, B.Sc, Ph.D. (S.Fraser). E. B, TAYLOR. B.Sc (Queen's), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). Senior Instructors T CRAWFORD, B.Se (Vic.B.C. i. M.Sc, I'h.D. (Wash). P. F.I.LICKSON, M.Sc (Brit.Col). S. iMILl.EN, B So (Vic.B.C.), M.Sc (S.Fraser). C. POLLOCK. B.Sc, M.Se. (Manit.), Ph.D. (Brit. Co! ) F. VIZSOI.YI. B.Sc (Eoivos Lorand), M.Sc, Ph.D (Brit.Col.). Lecturers A, BENNETT. M.Sc (Bril. Col ). JBOULANGER, M.Sc (Brit.Col ). W GOODEY. B So, M.Sc. (Bril. Col). Ph.D. (Monash). P.M. KINDLER, Ph.D. (111.). C. MCHOLS-POLUK, M.Sc. (Bril. CoL). K. M NOMME, B.Sc, MSc (Brit CoL). A. M. A. LACOMBE, B.Sc, M.Sc (Bretagne Occidcntale), D.E.A. (C.R.S.), Ph.D. (Brit.Col). K. NEEDHAM, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Btit. CoL). Adjunct Professors F, M. DONALDSON, B.Sc. (Sheffield). Ph.D. (Bnt Col.l, D.Sc. (Sheffield). IK B. FORD, B.Sc, Ph.D (Brit (JoL), Research Associates II. CHING, B.A, M.S. (Oregon), Ph.D. (Nebraska). 1„ FIDLER. B.SclPenn State), .M.Sc. Ph.D. (Brit. CoL). li. R. FRITH, B Sc. (Vic.B.C.), M.Sc. (South Carolina). PhD. (Brit.Col.). , D. G. HARPER, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. Col.) W. M. HOCHACHKA, B.Sc.M.Sc. (Alta). Ph.D. i Brit. Col). M. R. HUGHES, BA. (HarpurCollege), MA, Ph.D. (Duke). M. K. ULLI, B.Sc, B Ed, MA. (Bowling Green). Ph.D. (Wash.) C. D. LEVI. GS, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Bril. CoL), Ph.D (Dal). M. A. LII.I.IF, B.Sc, M.Sc (Queen's), Ph.D. (W.Ont.). M. E. MACKAY, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Brit.Col.), Ph.D. (Dal.) J. MARTIN. M.Sc (Brit. CoL). T. A. PFEIFER, B.Sc (Brit. CoL). M.Sc, Ph.D. (Sask). T. ROGAI.SKI, B.Sc, Ph D. (S Eraser) M, P, ROSIN, BSc (Sask,), Ph.D, (Tot.), A L. SCHWARZ, B.A, (Brandeis), M.A, Ph.D. (Boston). D. A. R. SINCLAIR, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Manil.i. Ph.D. iBril. Col). M. TAITT. B Sc (Bind). M.Sc. (Durham), Ph.D. (Bnt Col) A. TAUTZ, M.Sc, I'h.D. (Bnt CoL), *A. W. TRITIiS, B.Sc, (McGill), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Brit. CoL), I. R. WALKER, B Sc. (Ml. Allison), M Sc. (Wat.), Ph.D. (S.Fraser). Postdoctoral Fellows E.C.BELL, Ph.D. (Stan.). ,S. B. HEARD, BSc (Wat.). Ph.D. (Penn.). J. W. N. HODGSON, B.Sc. (Science & Technology, Kumasn, Ph.D, (NIMR, London). A. F HUNTER,B.Sc. (Tot),M.Sc (Queen's),Ph.D. (McG). S C JOHNSON, B.Sc (Vic.B.C), M.Sc (Dal.). Ph.D. (S.Fraser). A I.OTF.M, B.Sc, Ph.D (Tel Aviv). I" N. P. NGUYEN, B.Sc, MS, Ph.D. (Calif, San Francisco). M E.ROTT, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Bnt. CoL). L SCHWARZKOPF, B.Se, M.Sc. (Guelph), Ph.D. (Syd). P. SIGNORE, M.Sc, Ph.D. (Pietre et Marie Curie). D WARD, B.Si , Ph.D. (Natal). Associate Members N. AUERSPERG, Professot, Anatomy. M. HEALEY, Director, Westwater Research; Prolessor, Oceanography W. JEFFERIES, Assistant Professor, Biotechnology and Microbiology, D M. WEBSTER, Assistant Prolessoi, Rehabilitation Medicine T ZWIMPFER, Assistant Piolessoi, Surgery, Social Work 277 Bachelor of Social Work B.S.W. Educational Objectives 1) To provide students with the knowledge and skills r.ecessary to begin professional practice in social work. 2) To prepare selected students for entry into advanced professional studies at the graduate level Program Structure The B.S.W program comprises of 60 credits of work for .students entering with a Bachelor's degree, and 66 credits for those entering the program after completing two vears in the Faculty of Arts. The program integrates academic work with supervised social work practice in a sociai agency. Academic work includes smth. of social work practice methods; social policies; human behaviour in individuals, families, groups and communities; research methods in social work. Admission 1) Admission to the B.S.*', program is open to; a i Persons with a minimum of 60 credits of courses in ihe Bachelor of Arts program h) Persons holding a B.A. or equivalent degree. 2) ,\n overall average of at least 68% on the last 6(1 credits preceding admission. 3! Pre-admission studies must include; aj six credits of first-year English; b J six credits of course work dealing with the dynamics of human behaviour, normally .selected from the subject area of Psychology; c) 18 credits of course work selected from the subject areas of Economics, Sociology, Political Science, Canadian History, Geography, Psychology, Women's Studies, and Anthropology, di at least three credits in Statistics. ■ij Applicants are required to satisfy the School of their personal potential and of their reasons for wanting to j pursue a career in social work by submitting a profes-' sional statement. Letters of reference and an account of all relevant volunteer and/or paid work experience are also required. Assessment of professional suitability is determined by members ofthe School's faculty. The quality of the applicant's writing skills will be considered in the overall assessment 8) Admission is based on the applicant's academic standing and suitability for a career in social work. Special consideration is given Io qualified applicants of First Nations ancestry, members ofa visible minority, or persons with disabilities. 6) Interviews are not normally required hut may be requested by the School's Admissions Committee. 7) The Program has a limited enrolment, and admission iseDinpetitivcFulfilmenroftheniinimum requirements for admission is not a guarantee of acceptance. 8) Persons considering application to I hef rograni must request the B.S.W. Admissions Package by writing to the Admissions Office, UBC School of Social Work, 2080 West Mall, Vancouver, B.C.. V6T1Z2. The package contains required application forms with instructions and detailed program information. Deadline for application to the Program is January 31. The School of (I Social Work A School within the Faculty of Arts. The School of Social Work offers two degree programs: an undergraduate program leading to the B.S.W., the first professional degree in Social Work, and a graduate progtam leading to the M.S.W. degree for persons with a B.S.W. or equivalent degree. An Interdisciplinary Ph.D. degree program is offered by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The School is a member of the Canadian Association of Schools of Social Work (C.A.S.S.W.), the policy and standard-setting body for social work education at the university level in Canada. All ofthe School's degree programs have been accredited bvCAS.S.W. Advancement Although satisfaci ory academic: performance is prerequisite to advancement, it is not the sole criterion in the consideration of the suitability of a studenl for promotion or graduation. The Schooi. reserves the right to require a student to withdraw from the B.S.W, program if the student is considered unsuiteei to proceed with the study or practice of soe ial work Pattern of Courses in the B.S.W. Program Year 1 Course Credit:. SOVtK 800 6 Canadian Social Police I SOWK 308 8 sot ial Work Practice I SOWK 318 b 3ractianti I SOMPK 320 3 introduction to Social Work Research SOWK 338 3 Fundamentals ol Social Analysis tor Social I Work SOWK 336 3 Theoretical foundations of Social Work 1 SOWK 338' 3 Theoretical Kotinclalioiis of Social Work II ts iris - Elective courses in the Facuitv of Arts' Total 30 oi 36 Year 2 Couirse Credit SOWK 'IOO 3 SOWK 408 b SOWK 418 6 SOWK 420 3 SOWK 480 (Mi SOWK 4.35 3 SOWK Hi) 3-9 Total 30 1 Trieseelectiv'ecoui without a B.A. oie 300 or above. The drting tin; Wintci aviilable lo B.S.W 3 Details ni': elective upptopnate ilme requirement. Canadian Social Policy II Social Work Practice II Practicum II Social Work Research Special Studies in Social Work and/or elective courses tittered in the Faculty oi Arts, preierably in the Social Sciences ant! Humanities3 Behavioural and Social Issues in Seicial Work Practice integrative Seminars in Social Work ses are required lor students whoentet ihe program ;)iiivalent regret*. Such courses must be numbered - may be taken either during a Summer Session or Sessions, Details on qualilying electives will be studenls at lhe appropriate time. courses will he available to B.S.W, .students at the Health Care lalucs iHCF.Ti 400 also meets this Master of Social Work — M.S.W. Specific information on the program plan is available from the School. For general information on the School of Social Work's one-year and part-time M.S.W. program, see the listing under the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Interdisciplinary Doctoral Studies More specific information on the program is available from the School. Applicants to the program must hold a Master's Degree for its equivalent) from a recognized graduate program in Social Work or a closely related field, and have social work experience. Social Work Students' Association Through this organization, all social work students participate directly in the affairs ofthe School through membership on many policy committees. In addition, the Association maintains a roster of its own committees, conducts curriculum reviews, arranges for visiting speakers and social gatherings, and participates in social action projects. The Association has established liaison with the B.C. Association of Social Workers. Staff Administrative G. ELAINE STOLAR, Director pro-tern. SUSAN COLE MARSHALL. Coordinator of Admissions and Student Services HELENA SUMMERS, Coordinator of Field Instruction. BEVERLEY SCOTT, Librarian. Academic Professors CAROLE CHRISTENSEN, B.A, (Howard), M.S.W. (Mich.), D.Ed.(McG,). DAVID S. FREEMAN. H.A. (Calif-State, Los Angeles), M S,W„ D.S.W. (S.Calif, i. Associate Professors KI.OH-ANN AMACHER, B.S iOiegonj, M.S.W. (Calif, Berkeley). D.S.W. (.Smith) (on ieavei. KATHRYN MCCANNELL, B.S.W, M.A, Ph D (Manit.). MARY Rl'SSEI.I, B.A, B.S.W, M.S.W. (Brit.Col I, M.A, Ph.D. (S.Frt-er). G. I-LA1NE STOLAR, M.A, M.S.W. (Brit.Col.). Assistant Professors BETTY CARTER, B.A. (Ml. St. Vincent), M.S.W. (Dal), Ph.D. (Tor.). EDWARD A KRUK, B A, M.A. (Tor.), Ph.D. (Edin.). 278 Social Work P. ROSS McCLEUAND, B.A,, B.Com. (Queen's], Vancouver General Hospital M.S.W. (Tor.). Vancouver and Lower Mainland Multicultural PAULE McNICOLL, BA, B.S.W. (Laval), M.S.W., Support Services Society Ph.D. (Wash.). Vancouver Specialized Supervision Unit ROOPCHAND SEEBARAN, BA, B.S.W., M.S.W West End .Seniors' Network (Brit. Col.). Yaletown Family Therapy SHARON MANSON SINGER, B.S.W. (Vic.B.C), Y.M.CA International M.S.W. (Brit. Coi,}, Ph.D. (Brandeis). Youth Court Services T. RICHARD SULLIVAN, B.A. (Windsor), M.A. Y.W.C.A. (Cal**.), Ph.D. (Calif.. Berkeley). FRANK TESTER, B.Sc. (W.Ont.), M.E.Des, M.S.W, (Calg.). D.Phil. (Waikato), Senior Instructor MICHAEL YELLOW BIRD, B.S.S.W. (N, Dakota,!, M.S.W. (Wis,)- Field Placement Agencies AIDS Vancouver Aries Project Arthritis Society Association of Neighbourhood Houses B.C. Borstal Association B.C. Cancer Agency B.C. Head Injur)'Association Britannia Community Services Centre Bumahy General Hospital Canadian Mental Health Association Capilano College Children's Foundation CUSO DeafChildren's Society of B.C. Delta Hospital Delta Youth Sendees District of North Vancouver Downtown Eastside Residents' Association Downtown Eastside Women's Centre Downtown Eastside Youth Society East Side Family Place Society Family Advancement Program Family Court Services Family Services of Greater Vancouver Forensic Psychiatric Services Fraserside Community Services George Derby Centre George Pearson Centre G.F. Strong Rehabilitation Centre Gilford Learning Centre Gordon Neighbourhood House Greater Vancouver Mental Health Services Green Thumb Theatre Holy Family Hospital KIWASSA Neighbourhood House Lions Gate Hospital The Lower Mainland Purpose Society for Youth and Families The Maples Adolescent Treatment Centre Ministry of Social Services Mount Pleasant Neighbourhood House Multicultural Family Centre Musqueam Indian Band Native Courtworkers and Counsellors' Association New Vista Society Nisha Children's Society North Burnaby Alcohol and Drug Centre N.ifih Shore Family Services North Shore Neighbourhood House Pacific Coast Family Therapy Training Association Pacific Spirit Child znd Family Sendees Peace Arch Community Setvices Peak House Port Coquitlam Mental Health Protect Parent West Project tn Review Adult Guardianship Queen Alexandra Eiementan Schooi Richmond Department of Community and Government Relations Kichmond General Hospital Riverview Hospital South Vancouver Neighbourhood House Suuarnish Indian Band St Paul's Hospital St. Vincent's Health Care Society Surrey Social Planning Department I U.G Women's Resource Outre United Chinese Community Enrichment Services Society University Hospital - Shaughnessy and UBC Sites 279 Numbering of Courses In most faculties the courses numbered 100 to 199 are primarily for First Year students, those numbered 200 to 299 are primarily for Second Year students; similarly 300 to 399 for Third Year students and 400 to 499 for Fourth Year students. Courses numbered 500 and above are only available to undergraduates by permission of the departments concerned. Where Faculties have a different style of classification of courses the level of studey is indicated in the description of their study programs. Courses in the Facuitv of Arts numbered 300m and above are open to First-year students onlv if listed on List A and to Second-Year students onlv if listed on lists A or B (see Index, Faculty of Arts section). Credit and Hours In the course descriptions the "credit value'' ofa course, where given, is shown in parenthese following the course number. In general two "credits" represent one hour of instruction or 2 lo 3 hours of laboratory work per week throughout both terms ofa winter session (September to Mav). A credit is approximately one semester hour. The number of hours assigned each week to lectu res (first digit) and to laboratory, discussion or tutorial seminars (second digit) are shown in brackets at the end ofa course description Where a third digit appears it refers to periods where assigned problems are done. An asterisk (*) indicates alternate weeks. The first set of digits refers to the first term (September to December) and lhe second set to the second term (January to May); when only one set is given it means either term. Graduate courses and courses in some faculties are not so designated. Courses with Variable Credits Some courses are listed with a choice of credit value; the form: (2-6) implies that the course maybe given for any number of credits from two lo six inclusive; the form: (2/6) implies that the course will he given cither for two credits or for six credits. Where the parentheses are followed immediately by "c" the credit value of the course will be determined by the student in consultation with the department offering the course. Where the parentheses are followed immediately bv "d" the credit value ofthe course in any particular session will be determined by the department offering thecourse. In all cases, the maximum credit value is that which may be obtained bv a student during the complete program of study (i.e. it is not the maximum for a given year). Prerequisites If specific studies are required as background to a certain course they are described under "prerequisites" in the course description. In some instances prerequisites may he waived at the discretion of the instructor. General prerequisites that apply to all courses in a list are frequently given just before the list. In a dispute over the adequacy of prerequisites the course instructor will make the decision. In all cases where prerequisites are indicated the implication is "or the equivalent" and "or the consent of ihe instructor". Where prerequisites are not indicated the permission of the department is required. Offering of Courses Not all course listed are offered each vear. Most courses to be offered in a winter session, as well as places and times of class meeting and names of instructors, appear in a publication "Registration Guide" available to all students qualified io register. For those not so listed, enquiry should be made ofthe department concerned. Courses of Instruction Descriptions of all regular courses offered in the University may be found in the following section. Departments are arranged alphabetically. Course Abbreviations Listed EDST Educational Studies Alphabetically EDUC Education Dept. Course Abbreviation ELEC, ENED Electrical Engineering English Education AAF1E Administrative, Adult and Higher ENGL English Education ENVR Environmental Studies ADED Adult Education F.RSC Earth Science AGEC Agricultural Economics FILM Film Studies AGSC Agricultural Sciences FINA Fine Arts ANA.E Anaesthesiology | FMPR | Family Practice ANAT Anatomy FMSC Family Science ANSC Animal Science FMST Family Studies ANTH Anthropology FOOD Food Science APSC Applied Science 1 FOPR Forest Operations ARBC Arabic FPEN Fire Protection Engineering ARCH Architecture FREN French ARST Archival Studies FRST Forestry ARTE An Education GENE Genetics ARTS Ar.s One GEOG Geography ASIA As an Studies GEOI, Geological Sciences ASLA Asian Languages GEOP Geophysics ASTR As.Tonorny GEPA Geophysics and Astronomy ASTU Ar s Studies GERM German ATSC Atmospheric Science GREK Greek AUDI Audiology and Speech Sciences HCET Health Care Ethics BIOC Biochemistry HCEP Health Care and Epidemiology BIOE Bio-Resource Engineering HEBR Hebrew BIOL Biology HIED Higher Education BOTA Botany HIND Hindi (see Asian Studies: South Asian BUED Bi siness Education Languages) CHIiM Chemistry HIST History CHIN Chinese HKIN Human Kinetics CHML Chemical Engineering HMEC Home Economics CIVL Cicil Engineering HMED Home Economics Education CLST Cl issical Studies HUNU Human Nutrition CDSC Cl nical Dental Sciences INDC Indie Languages (see Asian Studies. CNPS Cilunselling Psychology South Asian Languages) COST Canadian Studies 1NDE Interdepartmental (Faculty of Medicine COML Comparative Literature INDO Indonesian (see Asian Studies: South COMM Commerce Asian Languages) CONB Conservation Biology INDS Interdisciplinary Studies CONS Natural Resources Conservation ITAL Italian CPSC Computer Science ITST Italian Studies CRWR Creative Writing JAPN Japanese (see Asian Studies) CSED Computing Studies Education KORN Korean (see Asian Studies) DENT Dentistry IARC Landscape Architecture EADM Educational Administration LATN Latin ECED Early Childhood Education LA'*' Law ECON Economics LIBE Teacher Librarianship EDCI Education Curriculum and Instructional LIBR Library and Information Studies Studies LING Linguistics EPSE Educational Psychology and Special MAED Mat hematics Education Education MATH Mathematics 280 MDVL Medieval Studies THTR Theatre MECH Mechanical Engineering UKRN Ukrainian MEDG Medical Genetics URDU Urdu (see Asian Studies: South Asian MEDH History of Medicine and Science Languages) MEDI Medicine URST Urban Studies MICB Microbiology VRHC Vocational Rehabilitation Counselling MLED Modern Languages Education WMST Women's Studies MMAT Metals and Materials Engineering WOOD Wood Science and Industry MMIB Medical Microbiology ZOOL Zoology MMPE Mining and Mineral Process Engineering MRNE Marine Science MUED Music Education MUSC Music NRSC Neuroscience NURS Nursing OBST Obstetrics and Gynaecology OCCH Occupational Hygiene OCGY Oceanography OMSS Oral, Medial and Surgical Sciences (see Dentistry') OPTH Ophthalmology ORBI Oral Biology (see Dentistry) ORPA Orthopaedics PAED Paediatrics PATH Pathology PCTH Pharmacology and Therapeutics PHAR Pharmaceutical Sciences PHIL Philosophy PHYL Physiology PHYS Physics PLAN Planning (see Community & Regional Planning) PLNT Plant Science POLI Political Science POLS Polish PORT Portuguese (see Spanish & Portuguese) PSYC Psychology PSYT Psychiatry PUNJ Punjabi (see Asian Studies: South Asian Languages) RADI Radiology- READ Reading Education RELG Religious Studies RHME Rehabilitation Medicine RHSC Rehabilitation Sciences RMES Resource Management & Environmental Studies RMST Romance Studies RSOT Occupational Therapy RSPT Physical Therapy RUSS Russian SANS Sanskrit (see Asian Studies: South Asian Languages) SCAN Scandinavian SCED Science Education SCIG Science SCIE Science One SEAL Southeast Asian Languages (see Asian Studies) SUV Slavic Studies SOAL South Asian languages (see Asian Studies) SOCI Sociology SOIL Soil Science SOWK Social Work SPAN Spanish SSED Social Studies Education STAT Statistics SURG Surgery Agricultural Economics 281 Administrative, Adult and Higher Education Faculty of Education AAHE 508 (3-12) c Review of Research In Educational Methods- Recent research bearing on educational practice. Prerequisite: appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or methods course. Maximum total credits for all Departmental 808 courses: 12. 865 (3/6j d SpecialCourseinSubjectMatierField- Courses in various subject matter fields designed to bring teachers up-to-date in recent findings in each field. Maximum total credits for all Department 565 courses: 6 601 (6/12) d Doctoral Seminar 508 514 (3-12) c Review of Research in Educational Methods- Recent research bearing on educational practice. Prerequisite: appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or me:hods course. Maximum total credits for all Departmental 508 a urses; 12: Adult Education Faculty of Education ADED 313 i'6) Organization of Adult Basic Education Programs- Rationale, structures, and functions of basic education completion. Prerequisite third year standing. [3-0; 3-0j 314 (6) Adult Correctional Educalion- Planning prison education; methods and techniques as they are affected by historical, philosophical, structural, and organizational contexts of penal institutions. Prerequisite: third year standing. [3-0; 3-0] 327 (3) Instructional Techniques for Teaching Adults- Description, conditions for effective use, and applications to specific circumstances of various instructional techniques. Practical use ofthe techniques in settings of instruction for adults is emphasized. (Credit may not be obtained for more than one of ADED 412 or 327 and 328.) [3-0; 0-01 328 (3) Institutions of Adult Education- The history, roles, and activities of institutions in the field of adult education. Institutions in Canada, Great Britain, and the United States are emphasized, and some experiences in other countries are examined. (Credit may not be obtained for more than one of ADED 412 or 327 and 328.) |3-0; 0-0] 329 (3) Developing Short Courses, Workshops and Seminars- Organization and administration of adult education events such as short courses, seminars, workshops, conferences and institutes. [0-0; 3-0] 330 (3) TheCommunityPracticeofAdultEducation-Com- munity based adult education with particular emphasis on" the application of knowledge of the social, economic, cultural and political environment in developing and conducting adult education programs with and for individuals and groups, [0-0; 2-3] 375 (6) Diploma Seminar and Internship In Adult Education (3-0; 3-0] 412 (6) Introduction to Adult Education- Survey of present programs for adult education including study of methods, institutions and conditions under which they have developed in modern society. Students may not obtain credit for more than one of ADED 412 or 327 and 328. [3-0; .3-0] 500 (3) Foundations of Adult Education- The philosophical and historical foundations of the field of adult education. Prerequisite: ADED 412. 501 (3) Adult Education and Society- The interrelationships of adult education and social, economic and political developments. Examination of research literature and policy issues. Prerequisite: ADED 500. 502 (3) Histoiy of Canadian Adult Education- Selected topics in the history of adult education in Canada, with some emphasis on British Columbia, and on the relationships between adult education and other factors influencing the development of Canadian society. 503 (3) Internationa! Dimension of Adult Educalion- International perspectives on policy formulation, allocation of resources, design ancl delivery of adult education throughout the world Special emphasis on emerging educational innovations. (3) Adult Education Program PlanningTheory- Theoretical and conceptual perspectives on pianningand evaluating educational programs for adults. Exploration of the theoretical basis and utility of various approaches to planning and evaluation. (Same as AGEC 514.) 515 (3) Adult Education Program Planning Practice- Application of planning arid evaluation principles in specific adult education settings. Exploration ofthe practical utility of various approaches to planning and evaluation. Prerequisite: ADED 514. (Same as AGEC 515.) 516 (3) Administration of Adult Education Agencies- Selected organizational ancl administrative theories, processes and pr; dices relevant to the management of adult education agencies. Administration of formal, nonformal and informal adult education. 518 (3) Theory and Research on Adult learning- Critical examination of theon' and research on adult learning in formal, nonformal and informal education settings. 519 (3) Theory and Research on Adult Instruction- Critical examination of theory and research on adult instruction in formal, nonformal and informal education settings. Prerequisite: ADED 518. 525 (3/6) d Edhcationai Gerontology- The role of education for populations of older adultsand for aging, research on cognitive development across the life-span, and studies of role tr;i nsitions and adaptation in the later years are investigate'! from the perspective of life-span education. Prerequisites: PSYC 322 or ADED 412, and ADED 518. 561 (3-12) d Laboratory Practicum 565 (3/6) d Special Course in Subject Matter Field- Courses in various sunject matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. 580 (3-12) c Problems in Education- Investigation and report ofa problem. 583 (3/61 d Advanced Seminar in Adult Education- Discussion of various projects in research or organization carried out by students. Prerequisite: ADED 500.514 and 518. 590 (0) M.Ed Major Paper 598 (3-12) d Field Experiences- ForthosconMaster's.Doctoral and Diploma Programs. 599 (6/12) c Master's Thesis 699 Doctoral Tl esis Agricultural Economics AGEC Faculty of Agricultural Sciences iVole: All courses in Agricultural Economics except AGEC 401 and 403 require Economics 100. 201 (3) Introduction to Farm and Business Management- Concepts and principles. Farm organization and operation, capita! and labour requirements, budgeting, opportunity cost, enterprise combination, appraisal, and revenue. [3-1; 0-0] 256' (3) Introductionto Agricultural Economics- Economic analysis for food production and marketing in Canada and around the world. [0-0; 3-0] 260 (3) Introduction to Analytical Methods in Agricultural Economies- Linear and nonlinear optimizing methods useful in understanding concepts, analysis and policy. Prerequisite: MATH 100 or 140. [2-2; 0-01 295 (3) Managerial Economics- Economic foundations of managerial decision-making. Organization of the firm, demand theoiy, cost and production, market structure, competitive strategy, welfare-economic foundations of business regulation. Prerequisites: ECON 100, MATH 140, and MATH 141 or their equivalents. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 201, ECON 206, AGEC 295, COMM 295. [3-0; 0-0] 302 (3) Farm Management II- Use of farm planning models. Adjustments to risk, capital budgeting. Prerequisite: AGEC 201. [0-0; 3-2) 306 (3) Agricultural Markel Organization- Structure, conduct and performance in agricultural markets. Marketing margins, legislation, marketing boards and co-operatives. Historic attempts to improve market channels and achieve market power. [3-0; 0-0] 340 (3) Rural Development- The economic causes and consequences of slow growing rural regions. Legislation, welfare measures, disguised unemployment, education, taxation and population changes. Methods for initiating and stimulating growth. [3-0; 0-0] 361 (3) Linear Programming in Agriculture- Applications of linear programming. Introduction to the concepts, graphic solution, the simplex procedure, basic theorems, primal and dual solutions. Setting up problems, computing, interpreting the results. Prerequisite: MATH 100 or 140. |8-2; 0-0] 374 13) Land Economics- Economic analysis applied to problems of land use. Rent theory, land evaluation, land conservation. Techniques for assessing economic efficiency of land use. Effects of institutions and public policies on land use. (Same as ECON 374.) [3-0; 0-0] 400* (3) Enterprise Evaluation- Ohserving, recording and evaluating economic pedormance and profitability of local agricultural firms. laboratory only. "Additional Field Trip fees are charged for this course. Se; Index "Fees — Special Fees". [0-3; 0-31 401 (3) Extension Methods- An introduction to practices and policies of agricultural extension. Aspects of adult learning, community organization, mass communications, and major agencies of extension will be considered. [2-2; 0-0 or0-0; 2-2] 403 (6) The Organization of Rural Society- Characteristics of people, groups and organizations; dimensions of the rural community, nature and direction of community development. Prerequisite: SOCI 100 or consent of instructor. [3-0; 3-0) 407 (3) Agricultural Market Prices- Determinants of farm prices and income, policies designed to influence market prices and returns to farmers, price fluctuations and cycles, price analysis and forecasting, fitting supply and demand functions. Prerequisite: ECON 201 or AGEC 295 AMD ECON 326 or COMM 291. [0-0; 3-0) 4)1 (3) Managerial Economies Under Uncertainty- Concepts of classical and Bayesian probability applied to economic problems in managerial economics. Useful distributions, opportunity loss, conditional and joint probability, decision rules, costs of uncertainty, value of information, biddingand games in oligopoly. Prerequisite: ECON 201 or AGEC 295. [0-0; 3-0) 415 (3) Animal Economics- Study of animal science ancl economic parameters; their use in design of primary production systems for growth, nutrition, reproduction, lactation and genetic improvement. Decision-making under various biological and economic constraints, options and opportunities. (Not offered every year.) [0-0; 3-0] 416 )3i Economics of Horticultural Crops- Economic im- portance of horticultural crops. Business management principles in horticultural production. Location, transportation, processing and market organizations. Problems in relation to policy and legislation. [3-0; 0-0] 420 (3) Agricultural Policy- Goals, policies and programs for agriculture in B.C. and Canada. Existing policies, alternative policies, institutions and their effects. Economic research for policy formulation. Prerequisite: ECON 201 or AGEC, 295 [6-0; 3-0] 282 Agricultural Economics 421 (3/61 d Topics in Agricultural Economics- A lecture course dealing with current topics ol interest. 423 (2) Seminar- Application of economic analysis to con- teinporaiyproblemsinagriciilturaleciinomics, [ 1-0:1-0] 430 (2-6) c Directed Studies- On an approved problem 498 (3) Undergraduate Essay- Preparation of a comprehensive and analytical review of an approved topic under the supervision of a facuitv member. Prerequisite. Approval ofthe Head of Department. Consult before the end of classes in third year, 499 (6) Undergraduate Thesis Design and execution of an experimental/analytical research project leading to preparation of a thesis. Prerequisite: Approval of the Head of Department. Consult before the end of classes in third year. 800 (2-6) c Graduate Seminar 501 (3) Agricultural Price Analysis- Theoretical and quantitative analysis of agricultural markets; empirical studies of demand for agricultural commodities and measurement of fann supply response Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 502 (3) Agricultural Market Institutions- Organization of the agricultural industry Implications ol'strucitire, conduct and performance for farm supplier, farmer, wholesaler, retailer and consumer. Prerequisile: Consent of instructor. 803 (3/6) d Agricultural Problems and Policy- Influential doctrines in agricultural policy; problems of economic efficiency and welfare. Critical review of present and proposed price and income policies. 508 (3) Advanced Production Anaivsis - Analytical and research procedures in production economics. Activity anaivsis. Production and supply functions. Simulation. 814 (3) Adult Education Program PlanningTheory- Theoretical and conceptual perspectives unpenning and evaluating education programs for adults. Exploration of the theoretical basis and utility of various approaches to plan ning and evaluation. (Same as ADED 514.) 815 (3) Adult Educalion Program Planning Practice- Application of planning and evaluation principles in specific adult education settings. Exploration ofthe practical utility of various approaches loplanning evaluation. Prerequisile. AGEC 514. (SamcasADED515). 520 (3) Land and Forest Resource Economics- Appli™ tions of advanced theoiy and quantitative analysis to problems in forest resource and land economics: multiple land use; institutions for sustainable land use; optimal management and policy. (Same as FRST 52(>K 821 t.3/6) d Topics in Agricultural Economics- A lecture course dealing with current topics of interest 830 (2-6) c Directed Sludies- On an approved problem. sail (5) Agriculture in the Developing Economics- Role of agriculture in economic development. Technology, culture . ind institutions in developing eon nt ries— their rel.rrionship to agricultural development. I'i ilicies and problems. 818 i(li Major Essay 849 (12) Masler's'Uresis Agricultural Sciences AGSC Faculty of Agricultural Sciences 1.00 (0) Iniroduction to Agricultural'Sciences - Orientation to study and career programs: survey of professional opportunities and requirements. [1-0; 0-0] 110 (3) introduction to food Production Systems- A studv of the fundamental concepts and principles underlying food production systems. [IMF, 3-2] 190 (0) Co-operative Work Placement I- Approved and supervised technical work experience in the foi id and agriculture sector for a minimum ol 3,5 months, (Normaliv completed during the summer [acceding Second Year Agra ul- tural Sciences.) Technical report required. Restricted lo students meeting the requirements of the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences and the Co-operative Education Program. 213 (3) Genetics in Agriculture- The principles of genetics as applied to plants, animals and poultry The inheritance of specific characters and the use of genetic variability to improve production of agricultural species. [0-0; 3-0-2] 298 (0) Year-Round Co-operative Work Placement I- Approved and supervised technical work experience in the food and agricultural sector fora minimum of 3.5 months. Technical report required. Restricted to students meeting the. requirements ofthe Faculty ol Agricultural Sciences and a Year-Round Co-operative Education Program 299 (0) Co-operative Work Placement II- Approved and supervised technical work experience in the food and agriculture sector for a minimum of 3.8 months. (Normaliv completed during the summer preceding Third Year Agricultural Sciences.) Technical report required. Restricted lo students meeting the requirements ofthe Faculty of Agricultural Sciences and the Co-operative Education Program. 500 (2) Pield'Erip- Observing, recording and correlating agricultural fails in rhe field. One week of work is required of all students prior lo Third Year entry. Stall and other members ofthe B.C. Institute of Agrologists. A fee will beassessed each student to cover the cost. (Sec Index under Fees "Special Fees".) 397 (tl) Year-Pound Co-operative Work Placement IT- Approved and supervised technical work experience in the food and agricultural sector for a minimum of 5.8 months. Technical report required. Restricted tostudents meeting the requirements of the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences and a Year-Round Co-operative Educalion Program 398 i,0) Year-lloundCo-operaliveWorkPlacemeiitlll- Approved and supervised technical work experience in lhe food and agricultural sector for a minim urn of 3.5 months. Technical report required. Restricted to students meeting the requirements ofthe Faculty of Agricultural Sciences and a Year-Round Co-operative Educalion Program. 399 (0) Co-operative Work Placement III- Approved and supervised technical work experience in the food and agricultural sector lor a minimum of 3.5 months. (Normally o impleted during the summer preceding Fourth Year Agricultural Sciences.) Technical report required. Restricted to students meeting the requirements ofthe Faculty of Agricultural Sciences and the Co-operative Education program. till (31 Issues and problems in Food Production Sysiems- l.ecmres, .seminars and projecrs focusing on the scientific, technological, demographic, socio-economic and ecological factors influencing the effectiveness of designed iood production systems. [0-0; 2-2] ■'t. 7 ill) Year-Round Co-operative Work Placement IV- Approved and supervised technical work experience in the food and agricultural sector for a minimum of 3 8 months Technical report required. Restricted lostudents meeting the requirements of the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences and a Year-Round Co-operative Education Program 198 (0) Year-Round Co-operative Work Placement V— Approved and supervised technical work experience in the food and agricultural sector for a minimum of 3,5 months. Technical report required. Restricted to students meeting ihe requirements ofthe Facuitv of Agricultural Sciences anti a Year-Round Co-operative Education Program. Anaesthesia Faculty of Medicine ANAE (2) Iniroduction lo Anaesthesia ■ Patient assessment and preparaiion for surgery, conducr of general and regional anaesthesia; thcircomplicationsand management. Anaesthesia Clinical Conference- Presentation of clinical problems by residents and staff with example case presentations and reviews i if the literature involving clinical ana I pathophysiological! m plica tions, management and prevention. One hour weekly. ''Ol Anaesthesia Intensive Care I 'nit Conference- Presentation of cases in the Unit with discussions of their manifestations, diagnosis, pathophysiology, and management, wilh particular emphasis on respiratory, cardiovascular fluid, electrolyte and drug overdose problems. One hour weekly. 702 Anaesthesia Basic Science-Clinical Didactic Lecture Series- Weekly 1,5 hour lectures are presented by an anaesthetist or staff from an applicable related disciplines it Inn ttie Fat 'tilty of Medicine to theanaesthetic residents, ilini cal clerks, and .students. Audiovisual aids are utilized tt'herc indicated as are demonstrable materials, techniques and anaesthetic monitoring equipment. This course u divided into two tutorial groups — a junior (1st yen residents and medical student internes land a senior (2i nl 3rd and ttlt vear residents). 703 AnaesthesiaIntruducloiyCourseonPhysics- A ten-week 1.8 hour per week lecture series on applied physio for anaesthesia, given by anaesthetic staff member. Emufiasis is on anaesthetic equipment used in the operatiny, room with a firm basic science approach exemplifying basic principles involved "411 Anaesthesia Seminars- A series of seminars in anaesthesia and related pertinent subjects, given in a one-year period, for graduate students proceeding to certification or fellowship ofthe Royal College ol Physicians and Surgeons of Canada, Clinical clerks and studenls invited. One and one half hours weekly, 705 journal Tutorials- One 2-hour evening session everv two weeks, in which selected journal articles are pic sented by residents and discussed. Directed by Facuitv 706 Clinica/ Anaesthetic Investigation- A clinical anaesthctn fellowship year (full time) associated with the clinicai anaesthetic laboratory. A vear of clinical study, designed to familiarize the postgraduate resident in anaesthesia with special monitoring equipment anti methodology ol research. Specific projects are undertaken. 70"' Clinical Anaesthetic Investigation- A full lime research fellowship vear in association wilh the Hyperbaric Oxygen Unit. Arranged in conjunction with the Department of Surgery. Opportunity for clinical and experimental inves ligation. Surgical and anaesthetic staff supervised. 708 Clinical Investigation—Respiratory Function - A full time clinicai fellowship year in respiratory fund ion lain »ra- toryat St Paul's Hospital. —Supervised bv the Director ol the laboratory 709 Anaesthesia Basic Science Research and Teaching Eel Icnrsbip Year in Pharmacology and Physiology- A fill time year at CBC on Campus for senior postgraduate Residents in Anaesthesia, which provides opportunity for anaesthetic research in the central nervous system anil cardiovascular system. Teaching and laboratory demon stration obligations in the Departments of Physiology and Pharmacology and Therapeutics. Basic science and anaesthetic faculty supervised. 710 Clinical Anaesthesia- Practical application of anaesthesia in the operating room with discussion of teihiiiiiuc- applied basic sciences, complications, anil their management and prevention. 7! I Internal Medicine for Anaesthesia- A one year general rotation with emphasis and orientation toward aspens pertaining lo anaesthesia. Anatomy Faculty of Medicine ANAT 390 (4) Basic Hitman Anatomy— A lecture course present ing a general account ofthe structure ofthe human bodv by systems. Will include gross and microscope anatomy. Prerequisites: BIOI, 101 or 102 or equivalent or current regis!ration in these courses. 392 (4) Gross Anatomy ofthe Limbs and 'trunk- l.ei tines and laboratoiv sessions on die human gross ami funi lionai aiiaiumv of the limbs and trunk. The course in Animal Science 283 eludes the study of predissected specimens. For credit only in the School of Rehabilitation Medicine. 400 (16) Human Anatomy - A correlated course of study for medical and dental students of the structure of the human body including gross and radiological anatomy and embryology. Clinics are held in cooperation with the Departments of Medicine, Orthopaedics, Surgery and Family Practice. Both terms. 401 (Si Microscopic Human Anatomy-i survey course for medical and dental students of the microscopic structure of the human body as studied by light and electron microscopy. Lectures and laboratory sessions. Both terms. 405 (31 Physiology and Biophysics of Animal Cells- A lecture course based on the molecular organization of cell components and dealing with the interpreration of selected functions of animal cells in terms of current theories. Prerequisites: CHEM 205, or equivalent, one of BIOL 350, BIOL 353, or PHYI, 301. BIOC 300 or equivalent nd MATH 200 recommended. [2-0; 2-0] •|25 (4) Elements of Neuroanatomy- An introduction to the structure of the human nervous system. Given only in conjuncion with PHYL 428. (Open to Metlical and Dental students only) 451 (3) Clinical and Applied Anatomy- Lectures, seminars and laboratory sessions which will focus on clinically relevant regional, histological and embryological material. This course is designed asa basic science elective for Third Year medical students. Departmental approval required. 500 (12) Gross Human Anatomy- An advanced laboratory course in the structure of the human body. 501 (6) Microscopic Human Anatomy- An advanced lecture and laboratory course in the microscopic structure of the human body. 502 (8) Microscopic Anatomy- The microscopic anatomy of tissues and organs in man. Prerequisite: ANAT 401 or equivalent. 504 (3) Cell Structure and Function- Seminar discussions of current topics in vertebrate cell biology. 505 (6) General Cytologicat Biophysics- An examination of selected properties ofthe cell and underlying mechanisms based on the ultrastructure of the cell and on the physical chemistry of open systems. 509 (4) Biophysics of Cell Memhranes- A comprehensive study of transport, electrical and regulatory properties of biological membranes. Prerequisite: ANAT 405 or equivalent. BIOC 508 recommended. 510 (4) Neuroanatomy- The gross and microscopic study of the nervous system in man. 511 (6j Neuroanatomy- Selected advanced topics. 527 (3) Muscle Biophysics- Selected topics in muscle contraction at an advanced level. Permission of Head required. (Same as PHYL 530.) 5a8 (2-6) c Directed Studies in Anatomy 549 (!2) M.Sc. Thesis 550 (2) CurrenlTopicsinlheMorphologicalSciences- Lectures, demonstrations and discussions on selected and current topics in the anatomical sciences. Attendance is required of all M.Sc. and Ph.D. students in Anatomy 649 Ph.D. Thesis 903 Surgical Anatomy- A review course in human anatomy as applied to surgery. Animal Science ANSC Faculty of Agricultural Sciences 'Courses which have Science credit are marked with an asterisk 258 (3) Introduction to Animal Production Systems- The livestock and poultry industry; application of scientific principles to the production of various classes of livestock and poultry. [3-2; 0-0] 303 307 313 316 319 320 321' 322' 323' 406 413 11 i ■417 420 (3) Introduction to Feed Technology- Introduction to unit operations of feed technology. Physical and nutritional properties of feed and ingredients in relation to processing. Unit operations: size reduction (grinding, rolling), mechanical sorting, sifting and separation, mixing of solids, [ielletiz.ng and cubing, weighing and metering, cooling and drying. Conveying, handling and transportation systems. Process evaluation and quality control. (Same as BIOE 30.3.) |2-2*-2*; 0-0-0] (3) Experimental Embryology I- Avian embryonic development, stn cture-function interrelationships and laboratory'techniques. [2-3; 0-0] (3) Principles of Animal Breeding- Qualitative and quantitative genetic principles applied to animal improvement program;. Study and application of mating systems, evaluation prot edures and selection programs for domestic species. Prerequisite: AGSC 213. [0-0; 3-0] (3) Equine Biology, Health and Nutrition- Physiology, growth and reproduction of the horse; nutrition, diet formulation and feedii tg pract ices; common diseases, their prevention and treatment. Permission of instructor. [0-0; 3-0] (3) Animal Physiology I- Physiological principles in domestic animals, including vital life support systems, cellular communication,growth and development. Prerequisite: BIOL 201. ;3-2; 0-C] (3) Animal Physiology II- Physiological systems of importance in animal production and wildlife management. Digestion, reproduction, lactation and environmental adaptation. Prerequisite: ANSC. 319. I {0-0; 3-2] (3) Analytical Methods in Animal Nutrition- Principles of laboratc ay analysis in relation tt) assessment of the nutritive value of feeds and feed ingredients: laboratory exercises in feed analysis. Prerequisite: ANSC 322 or corequisite HI Nil 305 and 307. Credit will be given for only one of ANSC 321 and HUNU 309. |0-0; 2-4] (3) Fundamentals of Animal Nutrition- Essential nutrients and their functions; nutrient relationships and animal requirements ingrowth, maintenance, production and reproduction. Energetics in growth and production. Prerequisite: CHEM 2.30. Credit will not be given for both ANSC 322 and either HUNU 305 or 307. [3-0; 0-0] (3) Experimental Nutrition- A laboratory course designed to illusfate principles of nutrition and to provide experience in he use of different species in nutritional studies Prerequisite: ANSC 321 (this can be taken concurrently) and eitl er ANSC 322 or HUNU 305 and 307, Credit will be given foi only one of ANSC 323 and HUNU 309. 10- 0; 2-3] (3) Physiology of Reproduction- Physiological mechanisms related to reproduction, breeding efficiencies, fertility and milk secretion. [2-4; 0-0] (3) Advanced Animal Breeding- Population dynamics under directional selection, biometrical genetics, estimation of genetic parameters and the theory of selection indices. Prerequisite: ANSC 313. Offered in alternate years. [0-0; 2.-2] 13) Animal Freeding Applied to Natural Populalions- Population and quantitative genetic principles related to the dynamics of natural animal populations. Use of polymorphic and polygenic markers in estimating inbreeding leve s, tolerance and rates in wild species. Effects of nattral selection and inbreeding on population stability. Prerequisite: AGSC 213 or equivalent. Offered in alterrute years. [0-0; 2-2J (3) Animal Diseases- Basic pathological changes associated with mammalian, avian and fish diseases. Prerequisites: MICB 200 and ANSC 320. [3-2; 0-0) 13) Animal Metabolism-- A study of intermediary metabolism in donestic animals; the use of radioactive isotopes ancl other modern techniques in the study of metabolic processes in animals; in vitro rumen fermentation procedures; n embolic features of ruminant tissues. [2-4; 0-0] 421 422 423 424 425" 430 437 439 450 460 480 481* 482' 487 498 499 (3) Monogastric Nutrition- The application of principles of nutrition to the economic and nutritional problems involved in feeding swine and poultry. Prerequisite: ANSC 322. [3-2; 0-0] (3) Ruminant Nutrition- Theapplication of principles of nutrition to the economic and nutritional problems involvedinfeedingruminantanimals. Prerequisite:ANSC 322. [0-0; 3-2] (2) Seminar (3) Behaviour of Ungulates- An introdttctiontothesocial behaviour, social organization anti behavioural ecology of domestic and wild ungulates. Applied aspects of behaviour in livestock production and wildlife management are also covered. Recom- mended:BIOL.510orPSYC306. [2-2; 0-0] (3) Comparative Nutrition- Qualitative and quantitative differences in nutritional requirements of terrestrial and aquatic species. Comparative physiology of digestion, metabolism and excretion. Efficiency of nutrient utilization. Nutrient sources and availability in the food supply of various species. Prerequisites: HUNU 305 and 307 or ANSC 321 and 322; a course in biochemistry; a course in physiology. [0-0-0; 3-0-21 (2-6) c Directed Studies- On an approved problem, (1) Avian Diseases- Common diseases of poultry, game birds and selected wild avian species. Disease prevention, with emphasis on the importance of proper management procedures in dealing with specific diseases. Prerequisite: ANSC 417. [0-0; 1-1*] (3) Avian Physiology- Growth and reproduction, response tt) environmental factors, recent advances in endocrinology related to avian species. Prerequisite: ANSC 320. [0-0; 3-2] (1) livestock Diseases- Common diseases of livestock and selected species of wild animals. Disease prevention, with emphasis on proper management procedures in dealing with specific diseases. Prerequisite: ANSC 417. [0-0; 1-1*] (3) Swine and Poultry Production- Application of biological principles to the breeding and management of poultry and swine. [3-2; 0-0] (3) Beef and Dairy Production- Application of biological principles to the breeding and management of beef and dairy animals under extensive and intensive conditions. [0-0; 3-2] (3) Intensive Fish Production- Management of finfish throughout the life cycle; broodstock, egg, larvae and juvenile. Control of environmental factors, including pathogens, for maximum productivity at all life stages. Prerequisite: ANSC 320 or equivalent. [3-2; 0-0] (3J Fish Nutrition- Physiology of digestion and excretion, nutrient requirements, sources of nutrients, diet formulation, feeding management. Prerequisite: ANSC 322. [0-0; 3-0] (3) Fish Breedingin Aquaculture- Applications of animal breeding and genetic manipulation techniques for the improvement of domesticated fish species for aquaculture. Techniques for control of sex determination and differentiation. Prerequisite: ANSC 313. (0-0; 3-2] (1) Fish Diseases- Common diseases of cultured and wild fish. Preventive programs in the control of disease will be emphasized in dealing with specific diseases. Prerequisite: ANSC 417. 10-0:1-1*] (3) Undergraduate Essay- Preparation of a comprehensive and analytical review of an approved topic under the supervision of a faculty member. Prerequisite: Approval ofthe Head of Department. Consult before the end of classes in third year. (6) Undergraduate Thesis- Design and execution ofan experimental/analytical research project leading to preparation of a thesis. Prerequisite: Approval of the Head of Department. Consult before rhe end of classes in third year. 284 Animal Science 500 (3) Graduate Seminar- Participation in this couise is compulsory for all graduate students in Animal Science See Graduate Studies section for details. |2-0: 2-0| 505 (3-6) c Reproductive Patterns in Domestic Animals- Seminardiscussions of selected topics on advanced studies in reproductive physiology (Not offered ever)' vear. i 806 (3) Advances in Poultry Development and Physiology - Recent advances contributing to the understanding of embryonic development; the role of hormones in macromolecular syntheses, hormone production, effect of teratogenic compounds and mechanism of action, nutrient requirements and metabolic changes occurring during development. (Not offered every year) |2-3: 0-0] 813 (6) Quantitative Genetics- Concepts and recent research in quantitative inheritance, behavioural and evolutionary genetics. (Not offeied every year.) [3-0; 3-0] 51a (6) ApplicationsofQuanlilaiireGenelies- Population genetics, polygenic systems and selection theory as applied to animal populations. (Not offered every year.) !3-0: 3-0j 518 (3) Environmental Physiology of Domestic Animals- The influence of environmental factors on growth and reproduction. (Not offered even-year.) 819 (5) Mineral Metabolism and Utilization in Domestic Animals- Requirements, metabolism and toxicology of macro and micro minerals. Credit will not be given for both ANSC 519 and HUNU 517. (Not offered every year, s 520 (3) Nutritional Physiology cf Domestic Animals- Current topics in the study of nutrient metabolism in domestic animals; metabolic disorders. (Not offered even'year.) 521 (3) Animal Energetics- Bioenergetics and growth; energy metabolism, utilization and requirements in domestic animals. (Not offered every year.) 522 (31 Protein Metabolism and Nutrition in Domestic Animals- Recent advances in the metabolism, utilization and requirements of proteins and amino acids in animals. Credit will not be given for both ANSC 522 and HI INU 511 (Not offered every year.) 523 (3) Vitamin Metabolism and Utilization in Domestic Animals- Requirements, metabolism, toxicology and utilization of vitamins in domcsticaninials. Credit will nut be given for both ANSC 523 and HUNU 515. (Not offeretl even-vear. i (2-6) d Advances in Comparative Nutrition- Qualitative and quantitative differences in nutritional requirements of terrestrial and aquatic species. Recent advances in the physiology of digestion, metabolism and excretion. Prerequisite: ANSC :i25. (2-6) c Directed Sludies tl-b i c Topics in Wildlife Behaviour. Managemenl and Conservation 5-i9 02) Master's Thesis 880 (3) Advanced Topics in Fish Culture- An interdisciplinary seminar course, involving disciplines of importance to fish culturists. 581 (3) Fish Diseases- Common diseases offish. Epidemiology, zoonotic potential, prevention and treatment of tiiseases. (vi. Ph.D. Thesis Anthropology ANTH Department of Anthropology and Sociology, Faculty of Arts 528 5,30 833 100 103 140 201 202 204 205 200 213 Notes A ANTH 100, 103, FiO, 201,202.201.205, ZOS, 21t- 21 i. 215. 217. 21S, 220. 221, Mil. 525. and.{29 are general mioses open to all studenls. AVTH100 is a prerequisile to all other ihirtl- and fourth- year courses, unless permission ofthe instruclor is oh lamed. Some courses have additional prerequisites, as 218 220 listed in Ihe descriptions. 'Addilional Field Trip fees are charged for this course. See Index "Pees-Special Fees". (3) Iniroduction lo Cultural Anthropology- Basic ci incepts anti methods ol anthropology culture and race; comparative studv oi social systems, religion, symbolism, arc and other institutions. Examples are drawn from a variety of cultures. [3-0| (3) liilrodiiclion It • .W.ihropologk al Archaeology- Survey of world preiiolnrv. irom die emergence of humankind to the beginning of civil izai ions, set in a framework of the principles o'' anthropological archaeology and cultural-historical research. [3-0| (3) Introduction to lhe Study of Human Evolution- A macroevolutionaiy view of development ofthegenus Homo, examining fossil series of hominids with emphasis on the [ire-Pleistocene precursors ofthe genus, and the morphology and behaviour of other primates, A neo-Darwiiiian, evolutionary perspective will be stressed. Not open to students in the Life Sciences in the Faculty of Science, j.5-0] (5/0) d Ethnic Relations- An introduction to the study ofthe relations between ethnic groups and of lhe interplay between ethnicity and other social factors. The course examines such concepts as: ethnicity, racism, prejudice, discrimination, assimilation, and multiculturalism. Ordinarily the course deals with ethnic groups in British Cn- Ittmbia. and:studenls are expected to canyout eiementan' research projects. (Same <.ourse as SOCI 201.) I3-0| or [3-0, 3-0] (3/6) d Conlemporary Social Problems in Africa, latin America, or Asia- Cultural background to contemporary events; problems of nationalism and tribalism, economic and social development, religion ami revolution. The area will ordinarily change each year. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-l)| (3) Iniroduction lo Classical Archaeology- Same course as CIST 204. (3) Iniroduction loHislorical Archaeology- The studv of medieval and modern culture, with emphasis on Canada, using archaeological evidence to illustrate the principles, aims, and techniques of historical archaeology and related disciplines. (Also listed as HIST 208) [3-0] id! Iniroduction lo Southeast Asia ASIA 206. (3'h) d Women in Comparative Perspective- An exploration of tonics from Anthropology and/or Sociology focusing on explanations, in current and historical per spective, for variations in the situation of women (Same course as SOCI 213o [3-<)| or] J 0:3-0] (3/6) d The Family in Cross-Ciiiiural Perspective ■ A cross-cultural comparison oi i.imih and kinship to [trovide an understanding ofvariations in the structure and meaning of marriage relations: forms of domestic organization: and fhe sexual division ot labour, property, anil inheritance. (Same course as SOCI 214 ) 13-0] or [3-0: 3-0] (3/6.) d Iniroduction to Japanese Society- Survey of contemporary Japanese life, with a incus on social i irgani /ation and cultural patterns. Topics may include faniilv. kinship, rural and urban conriirions, economic oi'ganiza- rion, class and other inequalities, ethnic relations, and introduction of Western culture and value systems. (Same course as SOCI 215.) (5-01 or j.3-0, 3-tlj (5) Culture and Cninmunicaiion- The study ol com- inii'ii; alion; the relation between comniuniralion and its cultural coiitexi with emphasis on language folklore myth, ritual, and their so'iai expression. [3-0] (3) Statistical Methods: I Organizing, displaying, and summarizing data. Inductiveinferemchasedoncleineraaiv probability models an lulling estimation and hypothesis testing. This course, taught by the Department of Statism s is identical wiihS'I'A'l'205 Prerequisite: Algebra 11. [3-01 (3) Native Peoples if British Columbia: Cultures and Resources \ snub of traditional lands and cultures. 221 (3) Native Peoples of British Columbia: Art and Urlii Traditional arts and myths, using the collections ofthe Museum of Anthropology. ANTH 100 is recommended a preparation for this course. [3-0[ 500 (3/6) d Social Organization- The study of selected areas and communities drawn from around the world vc'i an emphasis on problems of cross-cultural comparison and on theoretical issues of current importance to the discipline. |3-0| or [5-0:5-0] 301 (3) Native Peoples of British Columbia: Contemporary Issues- An examination ofthe relations between Native Peoples and non-Native Peoples cultures, with special leferenre lo current Native Peoples situations aiiii thee anthropological background. Not for credit towards the Major or Honours degree. ANTH 100 is recommended :r preparation for this course. |3-0| 302 (3/6) d Ethnography of South Asia- A specialized Maris of ethnographic and theoretical problems relating to South Asia. j.3-()| or [3-0; 3-0] 305 (3/..) d Ethnography of Special Areas- A '-peciaiiziii study of ethnographic and theoretical problems in one area Different culture areas or regions may be selected each term. Consult the Depanmenl for this year's ollerings I3-0| or [3-0; 3-0] 50a tin Ethnography of the Nnrunvcsl Coat- Spo laii/ed studs' of ethnographic anil theoretical problems ol die region, j.i 0: .3-0] 305 (OS Therm' in Archaeology- Explores models ol mi ture change and culture used by prehisiorians, wnh em (ihasis i in formuiatii in of research designs in order to work on spccilii problems in culture history, .settlement, cioi- ogy, evolution, and lechnological change. The course view's an iiaeologi!.-ai theory in relation to anthropologic!! theors in general. Prcieuuisitc: ANTH 105, ]5-0, 5-0| 300' iju Slimmer Field Praiunigin Archaeology- Intensive training in excavation techniques and inlet'preiaiiou, including mapping procedures, recording, preliminary analysis, and reporting Students will participate in an excavation for the summer session and will use this excavation as a basis for lectures, discussions, and reports. "Additional field Trip Fees are charged ior this course. Sec index "Fees — Special Fees'. Prerequisite ANTH 505 or permission of lhe instructor, |.3-3j 510 (5/0) d Urban Aiilhropoiogv-- Structure, oigaiiizaiioi;, and development of non-western urban areas in their own (unrest .irv.l in cross-cultural perspeirive. Eielrivork dsia lollecliim in such sellings. Evolution of non-western i titcs. urban process in relation to economic development, tun !i tion and change in urban social organization; patterns o! urhan growth; problems o! rapid urbanization: strjiifica- tion.mot'ilio and urban development: political pi'oicssanri change in urban development.. |8-0j or ]3-0; 3-0! 312 15'bi d (lender Iteiaiious The nature of genriei iiJ.i lions, their social and cultural expression, and theories oi genriei ineqaalilv itrawii irom anthropological or souoiogi ca! researi'i. ,S:imeeoii!scasSOC13I2o j.ilj or fi- 0: 8-0; 515 (5,0i d Japanese Citliure and Soclely - An intensive-,, animation ol modern iiiiltislnaljapan, includingsuiTi topic- ,is:demograpiilt i haraitcrisiics,classstructureaiidtneii'i,if ite, industrial organization, political structure and conilii i ethnic relations, value systems, urban anti rural traditions, and cultural baikgrotind of current events. Major theories of lapane.se culture and eionomic development wili ce studied, (Same course as St K.l 318,1 [5-0! rr ii 0; 3-0] 310 i8 (,) d Polilical Anthropology- Compaiatwc suit!-,' ol primitive and tribal political organization, leadership anil non-i cniralizetl and centralized political syslems 15-0] or 1.3-0; 3-0' Anthropology 285 317 (3/6) d Linguistic Anthropology- Asurveyoftheethno- graphic uses of language data and the techniques of linguistic analysis. An introductory course in linguistics is recommended as preparation for this course. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 318 (3) Old World Palaeolithic Archaeology- The archaeology of early human evolution, spanning the period from the emergence ofthe first tool-using hominids to the end of the Upper Palaeolithic and Mesolithic periods. Topics to be covered include: Lower and Middle Palaeolithic archaeology, adaptations of early hominids, emergence and spread of modern humans, Upper Palaeolithic technology and symbolism. Prerequisite: ANTH 103 or permission of the instructor. [3-0] 319 f.3) The Emergence of Old World Civilizations- A survey of the archaeological evidence and theories for the origins and spread of settled village life, food production systems, and complex social and political organization. Begins with the Early Neolithic period andcontinues through to the appearance ofthe old world civilizations. Prerequisite: ANTH 103 or permission of the instructor. (3-0J 321 (3) The Canadian Ear West in Prehistory- A survey of prehistoric archaeology west of the Rocky Mountains. Reconstruction of prehistoric cultural developments from the earliest migrations up to historical contact. Prerequisite: ANTH 103 or permission of the instructor. [3-0] 322 (3j Archaeological Foundations of East and Southeast Mian Civilizations- Survey of the archaeology of East and Southeast Asia, with an emphasis on the beginnings of the economic, social, political, and artistic traditions and systems of the great civilizations, and the conditions in which they arose. Theories of cultural developmenlemphasizingNeolithic andstate-levelsocietieswillbediscussed. Prerequisite:ANTH 103 or permission of the instructor. [3-0] 323 (3j Archaeological Foundations of New World Civilizations- Asurvey of the archaeology of Mesoamerica and Andean South America, concentrating on the origins and development of complex society. Theories on the evolution of civilization will be compared with the archaeological evidence. Prerequisite: ANTH 103 or permission ofthe instructor. [3-0] 328 (6j Introductionto Physical Anthropology- Originand development ofthe hominids. Interaction between culture i and hominid biology. Comparative primate anatomy of the Pleistocene fossil record. Anthropometric techniques for describing fossil and living populations. Topics in human genetics, especially population genetics. [3-0: 3-0] 329 (6) Native Peoples of Canada- Survey of Canadian Indian and Inuit cultures and the history of their colonization and integration Reference may be made to such topics as administrative policies, research and development programs, and emergent native movements. ]3-0; 3-0] 330 (3/6) d Peasants and the Third World- A comparative study of peasant society; relation of peasants to the national policy; social and cultural inhibition of development programs; the cultural bases of revolutionary action in the Third World. (3-0] or [3-0; 3 0) 3.31 (3/6) d Anthropology of Art- Anthropological perspectives on artifacts and symbolic forms: their production, use, and function in relation to technology, ecology, social organization, and cognitive structures. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 332 (3/6) d Oral Tradition- An ethnographic perspective on the dynamics of oral tradition in various oral and literate cultures; the characteristics and roles of oral genres including folktale, genealogy, oral history, autobiography, and myth in these societies; and the relationship between orality and literacy. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 333 (3/6) d The Analysis of Myth- The analysis of myth as performance and text; the relation of myth to social structure, symbolic analysis, comparative studies of myth, and the analysis of the structure of myth. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 341 (3/6) d An Introduction lo Museum Anthropology -Society in relation to its material furnishings, arts, and crafts including both traditional and contemporary forms, based upon the slide and artifact collections of the Museum of Anthropology Particular cultures or regions will be emphasized each term, [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 350 (3/6) d Ethnography of the Pacific Islands: Polynesia and Micronesia- Major cultural groupings in Polynesia and Micronesia, emphasizing both traditional cultures and the incorporation ofthe region into modern international institutions. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 351 (3/6) d Ethnography of the Pacific Islands: Melanesia- Major cultural groupings in Melanesia, emphasizing both tradil ional cu Itures and the incorporation ofthe region into modern international institutions. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 352 (3) Ethnography of East Asia- Major cultural groupings and traditions of China, Japan, and Korea, [3-0] 353 (3) Ethnography of Latin America- indigenous peoples of Latin America, emphasizing both pre-Columbian cultural traditions and socio-economic and cultural changes from the Colonial period to the present. [3-0] 400 (3/6) d His'ory of Anthropology- The development of the major approaches in anthropology in their institutional contexts. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 401 (6) Native Peoples of North America- Native cultures of the United States and Canada; linguistic and cultural relationships; the culture of reserves and the reserve systems in both countries. [3-0; 3-0] 402 (3/6) d Ethnography of China- Advanced studies in the ethnography ofChina, premodern and contemporary. Topics may include Kinship, mral and urban social structure, stratification and mobility, religion, national power structures, and social change in Chinese society. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 403 (3/6) d Ethnography of Special Areas- An advanced study of ethnographic and theoretical problems. A different region may be studied each term [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 406 (3/6) d Analytical Techniques in Archaeology- Asurvey of methods ancl techniques in the interpretation of archaeological data; practical experience in processing and analyzing archaeological materials by means of a research pre ject. Students will prepare manuscripts, drawings and photographs for publication, and will learn the basics of lit lie and faunal analyses. Prerequisite: ANTH 305 or permission of the instructor. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 407 (3) PrinciDles of Field Work- An examination of field work as the basic setting for ethnographic research. Survey of field techniques and research design; the assessment of evidence for ethnographic conclusions. [3-0J 408 (3) Field Uethods- Intensive examination and application of selected methods of ethnographic data-collection, e.g., anthropological! interviewing, genealogies, ethno- * graphic semantics, life histories, oral traditions. Prerequisite: ANTH 407. [3-0[ 409 (3/6) d Topics in Applied Anthropology- Advanced study of the theory and practice of applied, action, and consultancy anthropology. Topics may include the application of anthropology to education, medicine, development, women anti development, tourism, native land claims, and other social issues. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 410 (3/6) d PrehistoryofaSpecialAreainAsiaorOceania- Analysis of the prehistory' ofa selected area, including a summary ol the literature and the discussion of relevant problems. The course will provide background for students in a"ea studies such as Oceania and the Far East. Prere misite: ANTH 305 or ANTH 321 or permission of the instructor. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 411 (3/6) d Prehistory of a Special Area in the New World- Anaiysis ol the prehistory ofa selected New World area, including a summary of the literature and discussion of relevant problems. The course will provide background for students in North, Central, and South American area studies. Typical offerings include the prehistory of Mesoamerica, the Southwest, North America, and the Mayan areas. Prerequisite: ANTH 305 or ANTH 321 or permission ofthe instructor, [3-01 or [3-0; 3-0] 413 (3/6) d Family and Kinship- A cross-cultural survey of ways of defining family relationships and kinship organizations, including theoretical analysis as well as case studies. (Same course as SOCI 413.) (3-0) or [3-0; 3-0) 414 (3/6) d Economic Anthropology- Comparative analysis of primitive and tribal systems of production and distribution; relationships between economic and social systems, particularly in the context of modernization. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 415 (3/6) d Religion and Society- Comparative study of religious beliefs, practices, and movements; relations between religious, social, and political institutions; religion as a force for stability and change; anthropologial/sociological theories of religion. (Same course as SOCI 415.) [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 416 (3/6) d The Ethnography of Japan- Through an analysis of contemporary ethnographic accounts ofjapan, this course addresses the interplay of cultural predispositions with modern organizational structure, differences in rural/urban lifestyles, family relationships, gender roles, health, aging, and Japan'sinternational role. (SameasSociology416.) Prerequisite: One ofthe following: ANTH 215, SOCI 215, ANTH 315, SOCI 315, or permission of instructor. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 417 (3/6) d Language and Culture- The relationships between linguistic and cultural phenomena; how language affects normative and cognitive systems of thought and behavior. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-01 418 (3/6) d Social Statistics- Primary emphasis on applications of statistical techniques to quantitative and qualitative data in both Anthropology ancl Sociology. Prerequisite: ANTH 218 or SOCI 318, or permission of the instructor. [3-0[ or [3-0; 3-0] 420 (3/6) d Archaeology of British Columbia- An advanced study ofthe prehistoric archaeology of coastal and interior Native Peoples. A critical analysis of the archaeological evidence and interpretations of prehistoric cultural developments from the earliest migrations up to historical contact. Prerequisite: ANTH 305 or ANTH 321 or permission ofthe instructor. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 422 (3) Modes of Subsistence- The nature of subsistence systems antedating or alternative to modern commercial systems. Introductory survey with basic readings; focus on problems such as the development of complex cultures without agriculture, the ambiguity of hunting and gathet- ing, agricultural and other "intensification," "orchestration" ofthe use of adjacent microenvironments. Of interest to students of archaeology, anthropology, and cultural geography. Same as Geography 422. |3-0] 424 (3/6) d Applied Archaeology- A review of the history and current practices of cultural heritage resource management. Includes legislative background and governmental organization as well as current practices in resource assessment and in salvage archaeology. The relationships between governments, consultants, sponsors, and Native Peoples bands are explored with emphasis on recent developments. Prerequisite: ANTH 305 or permission of the instructor. [3-0] or (3-0; 3-0] 425 (3/6) d Behavior and Social Relations in Non-Human Primates— Survey of the order Primates, exclusive of humans, with regard to ecology, behavior, and social organization. Particular attention will be given the Superfamilies Cercopithecoidea (Old World monkeysfand Hominoidea (greatapes). Prerequisite: ANTH325. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 426 (3) Anthropometry and Osteometry- Methods and techniques to describe morphological variability in living human populations and skeletal material. Techniques of measurement and statistical description and reconstruction of the morphology of the living person from skeletal features. Muscuk. skeletalanatomyw-iUbereviewed. Prerequisite: STAT 203 or equivalent, or permission of the instructor. [3-0] 42'7 (3) Topics in Medical Anlhroplogy- Anthropological perspectives on health, illness, and disability as represented by classic and contemporary research in selected topics in medical anthropology including disease and human evolution, illness ami human ecology, culture and epidemiology, 286 Anthropology ethnomedical systems, the relationship between folk and bio-medicine, and the cultural construction and social organization of health care, illness, and disability. Specific content will vary from year to tear. Consult the department brochure. Prerequisites: ANTH 100 or SOCI 100. [3-0] 430 (6) Theory and Programs of Social Change- General theory of cultural evolution anti social change. Changes among tribal and folk programs of welfare and development. [3-0; 3-0] 13) (3/6) d The Care of Cultural Property- Care and cataloguing of collections utilizing the facilities ofthe Museum of Anthropology. Theoretical issues discussed in combination with laboratory projects. Special attention paid to the management of politically sensitive cultural property. Prerequisite: ANTH 341 or permission of the depanmenl [2-2] or [2-2; 2-2] 432 (3/6) d The Anthropology of Public Representation- The public presentation and interpretation of anthropological concepts and materials utilizing the programs and facilities ofthe Museum of Anthropology. Prerequisile: ANTH ,3a I or permission ofthe department. |2-2] or [2-2; 2-2] 43.3 (3/6) d Directed Studies- General reading and/or a research undertaking, with the agreement, and under the supervision, ofa Department faculty member selected by the student. No more than 6 credits of Directed Studies may be taken for credit towartl the Major or Honours degree. 449 (6/12) d Honours Tutorial- Will usually require the presentation of at least one research paper. 450 (3/6) d Formal Anthropological Theories- The logic underlyinganthropological theory; methods and assumptions required for describing a theory formally and deducing consequences. Applications and examples from anthropology and related fields [3-0] or (3-0; 3-0] 451 (3/6) d Conservation of Organic Materials- Principles and elementary techniques for conserving organic ethnological and archaeological materials. Recommended for students intending to work with cultural materials. Open to Major and Honours students; other studenls bv permission ofthe instructor. [3-2] 452 (3) Conservation of Inorganic .Materials- Principles and elementary techniques for conserving inorganic ethnological and archaeological materials. Recommended for students intending to work with cultural materials. Open to Major and Honours students; other students by permission ofthe instructor. [3-2] 460 (3/6) d Cultural Ecology and Cultural Evolution- Social organization in the context of the theoretical approaches of cultural evolution and cultural ecology with particular emphasis on primitive societies: kinship, political organization, warfare, economic organization, peasant societies, religious movements, underdevelopment, and social change, [3-0] or [3-0: 3-0] 470 (3/6) d Topics in Contemporary Theoiy- Selectedtopics in contemporary social and cultural theoiy which contribute to anthropological analyses. Topics may include Marxist anthropology, critical theon; theories of cult tire, phenomenology, behavioural ecology, structuralism, hermeneutics, formal theory, and examination of specific social theorists. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 495 (3/6) d Advanced Sludies in Anthropology- An intensive examination of selected topics in Anthropology Consult the Department for this year's offerings. [3-0] or [3-0:3-0] 500 (6) History of Anthropological Thought- This couise will consider various approaches to anthropology, from classical to contemporary. 501 (2-6) d Social Structure and Kinship 502 (2-18) d Advanced Ethnography of a Special Area 505 (2-6) d Religion and Society 506 (3/6) d Current Research in Anthropology- The relationship between current theoretical issues and research methods. 520 525 527 510 (3-6) c Comparative and Developmental Sludies in Archaeology 511 (2-6) d Psychological Anthropology 512 (2-6) d Language and Culture 513 (3-6) d Advanced Sludies in Feminist Anthropology- Feminist approaches to ethnography, theory, methodology; current issues in feminist anthropology; gender relations; feminist anthropology and postmodernism 515 (2-6) d Cultural Evolution and Cultural Ecology 516 (3) Qualitative Methods in Anthropology- A discussion of selected methods used to observe, describe, and interpret cultural phenomena and social organization The course will consider such techniques as panicipant observation, interviewing, ethnographic semantics, liie histories, componenualanalysis, and photography. Attention will also he given to ethics in anthropological research and writing, and to such analytic matters as the nature of description, conceptualization, generalization, and content analysis. 517 (3) Archaeological Methods - A discussion of selected basic data-gathering methods in their relation to the development of ideas about the archaeological record. 818 (3) Museum Methods- Analyticalapproachesiothcstudv of museums and collections. Methods of field collecting, collections research, laboratory procedures, visitor studies, social organization of museum and related cultural industries, exhibit and program evaluation techniques, ancl the ethicsofmuseumresearchandpractice Prerequisite:ANTH 4.31 or permission ofthe inslructor. (2-6) c Advanced Prehistory of a Special Area (2-6) d Analysis of Myth (3) Advanced Archaeological Methods- An intensive review of analytical approaches to the study of archaeological data and their applications. Includes research design; sampling strategies; analytical lab procedures; classification and typology; and multivariate analysis and other statistical procedures. Prerequisite ANTH 517. 528 (3) Advanced Quantitative Methods■■■- The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the anthropological application of a variety of quantitative techniques. Specifically there will be sections on sampling designs, analysis of variance and regression, multi-way contingency tables, and multivariate analysis. Topics will be presented initially in a series of lectures which will outline the logic and exhibit applications which have been made. Students will then he expected to generate their own application and make a presentation. Access to data files specific to the substantive field—cultural anthropologv; archaeology, physical anthropology — will be provided. Prerequisite: ANTI I 418. 5.30 (2-6) d Social Change 531 (2-6) d The Anthropology of Development. 532 (2-6) d Field Methods 5.3a (2-6) d Special Advanced Courses 540 (2-6) d Advanced Seminar 541 (2-6) d Advanced Seminar and Workshop on Museum Sludies- Prerequisite: ANTH 431. 545 (2-6) d Graduate Research Seminar 548 (0) Major Essay 549 (6/12) c Masler's Thesis 551 (3/6) d Cultural Studies in Communication and Interpretation- History, theories, principles and techniques of communication and interpretation of cultural materials. Topics include examination of how various media (script, objects, film, video) are used to interpret histories, society, and culture in museums, an galleries, historic sites, and related areas; and how communication programs are planned, implemented, ancl assessed. Prerequisite: ANTH 431 or permission of the instructor. 649 Ph.D Thesis Applied Science Faculty of Applied Science APSC 110 (Oi Co-operative Work Placemen!I- Supervised, technical work experience in an established company or organization for a minimum ol 3-5 months during First Year Applied Science. Technical report. Restricted to .studenls meeting the requirements of the Faculty of Applied Si icm e and the Co-operative Engineering Education Program 121 (1) Society and The Engineer- fhe course deals with the social ancl cultural context within which engineering is practiced. Specific topics may van' from year to vear but typically ind tide engineering ethics, professionalism, employment equity, multi-culturalism, gender, First Nations and environmental issues. [1-0-0; 0-0-0] 122 (0) Introduction lo Engineering- Non-credit course designed to introduce students to Engineering, Information on the Facully. the Profession ancl the particularskiiis and type of work done bv practising Engineers in riilfci em disciplines, [0-0-0: 1-0-0] 161 (,5i Computer-Aided Engineering Graphics- Orthographic projection, technical sketching, development of the ability to visualize in three dimensions. Standards and conventions of engineering drawing, graphical presents- . tion of engineering dala Micro-computer based graphics aitls. Engineering geometry and the solution of space problems 11-0-1: 0-0-0] or [0-0-0; 1-0-_J 201 (3) Technical Communication Written and oral cont- ^^uiiiication in engineering. Report preparation, business correspondence and oral presentation of technical material. Prerequisile: 3 credits of first-year Knglish. Cretin will be given for onh' one of APSC 201 and ENCI. 301. [1-0- 2:0-0-0] or]0-0-0: 1-0-2! 210 (0i Co-operative Work PUuemeM II- Supervised, technical work experience in an established company or organization for a minimum of 35 months during Second Year Applied Science Technical report. Restricted to students meeting the requirements ofthe Faculty of Applied Science and the Co-operative Engineering Education Program 211 (0i Year Round Co-operative Work Placement IIA The first supervised, technical work experience in an approved company or organization for a minimum of 3 8 months during Second Year Applied Science. Technical report. Restricted to students meeting the requirements ofthe Facully of Applied Science and a year-round Engr neering Co-operative Fducarion Program. 212 (0) Year-Round Co-operative Work Placement lilt The second supervised, technical work experience in an approved company or organization fora minimum ol 3 5 months during Second Year Applied Science. Technical report. Restricted to students meeting the requirements of the Facuitv ot Applied Science and a vear-round Engineering Co-operative Education Program. 2d 1 (5) technology and Society I- The course deals with the influence of technology on the social, political, economic, and environmental aspects of society; The specific subject matter varies from year to vear Examples of subjects considered include, resources, energy, nuclear power, tec h- nology, the effects of technology on the family, education, agriculture international poiirvand others. |2-0-l; 0-0-0 j 2(>2 t5) Technology aud Society II- The course deals with the influence of technology on the social, political, economic and environmental aspects of society. The subject matter varies from year to year and differs from APSC 261. It mav be taken as a continuation of APSC 261 or taken independently; Examples of subjects considered include pollution, work place health hazards, social impact of computers, problem solving, green revolution, technology and the third world, engineering ethics ancl others. [0-0-0; 2-0-11 278 (5) Engineering Materials- Atomic bonding; crystal structures and imperlections; properties of meials, ceramics, polymers, wood, concrete and fibre composite Architecture 287 marerials; selection of materials; corrosion; mechanical testing and heat treatment. [3-2-0; 0-0-0] 310 (0) Co-operativeWork Placement 111- Supervised,technical work experience in an established company or organization for a minimum of 35 months during Third Year Applied Science. Technical report. Restricted to students meeting the requirements ofthe Faculty of Applied Science and Ihe Co-operative Engineering Education Program. .311 (0) Year-Round Co-operative Work Placement Ill-A- The first supervised, technical work experience in an approved company or organization for a minimum ol 35 months during Third Year Applied Science. Technical report. Restricted to studenls meeting the requirements ofthe Faculty of Applied Science and a year-round Engineering Co-operative Education Program 312 (0) Year-Round Co-operative Work Placement lll-B- The second supervised, technical work experience in tin approved company or organization for a minimum of 3.5 months during Third Year Applied Science. Technical report Restricted to students meeting the requirements ofthe Faculty of Applied Science and a year-round Engineering Co-operative Educatiem Program. 380 1,8) Introduction to Microcomputers- An introductory course intended for potential users of microcomputers in real time or non-computational engineering applications. Topics include; perspective on applications and costs; basic microcomputer hardware; principles of microcomputer operation; introduction to mic. computer programming and software design tools; input-output devices including transducers, analog-to-digital converters, digital- to-analog converters; input-output methods and interface characteristics; selected case studies such as direcr digital controllers and sensor-based systems, i limited enrolment. Restricted to engineering students not taking Electrical Engineering.) [0-0-0; 2-3*-2*] or |2-3*-2*; 0-0-0] 410 (0) Co-operativeWork Placement IV- Supervised, technical work experience in an established company or organization for a minimum of ,3.8 months during Fourth Year Applied Science. Technical report. Restricted to students meeting the requirements ofthe Faculty of Applied Science and the Co-operative Engineering Education Program. ■til (0) Year-Round Co-operative Work Placement IV-A- The first supervised, technical work experience in an approved company or organization for a minimum of 3.5 months during Fourth Year Applied Science. Technical report. Restricted to students meeting the requirements of the Faculty of Applied Science and a year-round Engineering Co-operative Education Program. 412 (0) Year-Round Co-operative Work Placement IV-B- The second supervised, technical work experience in an approved company or organization for a minimum of 3.5 months during Fourth Year Applied Science. Technical report. Restricted to students meeting the requirements of the Faculty of Applied Science and a vear-round Engineering Co-operative Education Program. i80 |2) Professional Engineering Practice- Legislation affecting the practice of engineering; ethical principles and responsibilities. Management of engineering enterprises; labour relations, safety and environmental legislation. Restricted to engineering undergraduate students in the final vear of their degree program. [2-0-0; 0-0-0] 459 (5i Engineering Physics Project I - Projects designed to give students research development ancl design experience. Projects provided by research faculty in Science and Engineering and from local industry. [1-3-0; 0-6-1] 4^9 tt) Engineering Physics Project ll- Projects designed to give students research development and design experience. Projects arc provided by research faculty in Science and Engineering and from local industry; Prerequisite: APSC -t59. [0-5-1; 0-2-1*] 480 (3) EngineeringPhysicsProjectslU- Anoptionalcourse for those students wishing to continue their project work beyond the deve opmerit in APSC i79. Prerequisite: APSC 479. [0-0-0; 0-5-1] 510 (4) Advanced Technology Internship- Work in a technological setting on commercial and managerial aspects of an industrial project. A required internship to be taken at the end ofthe first year ol the M.Eng. (Advanced Technology Management) program. 511 (2) Advanced Technology Management Colloquium- Student reports on internship, guest speakers from industry, preparat on of group projects, joint study of industrial reports. Required of students enrolled in the M.Eng. (Advanced Technology Management) program. 530 (6) Principles of Design of Biomedical Devices- Concepts, design and manufacturing methods applied to biomedical devices A supervised long-term project involving the design of a medical device lor specific diagnostic or therapeutic function, and an engineering report, are required. 550 (3) Biomedical Measurements and Biomaterials- Biocompatible materials for measurement and therapeutic purposes. Irinciples and technology of measuring temperature, di >placement, motion, force, pressure, flow, ions, dissolved gases and bio-electric potentials in living organisms. [;-3*-0; 0-0-0] 552 (2) ClinicalEigineeringSeminar- Topicscoveredwill vary somewhat Torn year to year but include principles i if pharmacology, drugs as therapeutic agents, principles of chemotherapy, principles of hospital safety, ultrasonics, cptics, legal and managerial aspects of Clinical Engineering, student reports on internship projects. [0-0-2; 0-0- 2] 554 (6) Directed Studies in Clinical Engineering- Supervised work on s ;veral clinical engineering projects in local hospitals. 556 (3) Ciinical Engineering Practice- Principles of professional clinical engineering practice, functions, organization and ope ration of hospital-based: clinical and biomedical engineering departments. 597 (6j Project for M.Eng, Program in Pulp and Paper Engineering- Project on an assigned topic in student's Held of special zation. literature search, evaluation, mill visit to collect data, analysis of data and project report, Arabic ARBC Department of Religious Studies, Faculty of Awts 300 16) Iniroduc'ion lo the Grammar and Vocabulary of k Classical Aralic- Open to first- and second-year students with the permission ofthe instructor. [3-0; 3-0] 400 (6) Intermeaiale Classical Arabic- Second yearof Classical Arabic with extensive reading of poetiy and prose drawn from religious and historical texts. Prerequisite; ARBC 300 or equivalent. [3-0:3-0] Archaeology See Faculty o - Arts Architecture ARCH School of Architecture, Faculty of Applied Science "Additional fees are charged for these courses. See Index "Fees — Special Fees". The bracketed [ / 400-level course numbers are applicable lo students admitted i rider the B Arch degree program and lo undergraduate studenls taking courses open to studenls outside the School of Ai chiteclure. The 400-level course numbers will be discontinued September 1,1999 The 500-level course numbers are applicable to students admitted under the M.Arch. and M.A.S.A. degree programs and to graduate students aking courses open lo non-Architecture sludents. 407 (3) Research Methods for Architects- Qualitative and quantitative investigative and evaluative tools and techniques appropriate for designers during various stages of project implementation. 408 (3) Social Aspects of Architectural Space- Development of design principles and applications of specific social theory in architecture, including N- and P- spaces, overloadandspanofsocialcontrol, variety and monotony, privacy and crowding, proxemics, front- and back-stages, defensible space and territoriality, and environmental knowing, lectures, graphics, student presentations. 410 (3) Workshop: Architectural Graphics- Study and explanation of drawing and other graphic media as a means of communication and expression in architecture. all (0) Computer Workshop- A non-credit six-hour workshop to introduce architectural students to the computing environment, to comprehend basic operating and logical principles, to become familiar with the School's computing system, and to appropriate potential applications. 4.30 (3j Architectural Acoustics- This course will review and reinforce basic theon and concepts, including human response to sound. The emphasis of the course will be placed on the control of noise and vibration in buildings and in the achievement of optimum listening conditions for speech and music. Prerequisite: ARCH 452. 450 (3) Design Management- Review of factors that are the basis for the change of scale of architectural projects and the greater mechanization of the building industry'. Architectural design as resource management and the optimization of design solutions within different contexts are discussed. The design and development process will be reviewed to include significant concepts and approaches which determine the quality of architecture. The topics will include: design methods, energy standards, life-cycle costing, design-build, construction management, and project planning, etc. Prerequisite; ARCH 42.3. 451 (3) Process and Practice of Architecture 2- Expansion ofthe professional role ofthe architect; management and business aspects of practice. Prerequisite: ARCH .23. 500 |a00| (9) Architectural Ftesign IA- Studies and exercises using the project method as a means of problem- solving in the area ofthe man-made environment. Stimulation of creative ability and the development of skills important to the architect. Prerequisite: ARCH 802 [406]. 501 [4011 (9) Architectural Design IB- Description as for ARCH 500 [400|. 502" [406] (2) Workshop- Experiments in specially selected environmental situations. Usually carried out during an extended field trip in order to emphasize a mutual faculty and student 'living and learning' experience. Architects and others in related fields are invited to lead a series of discussions and to participate in various projects. The workshop is usually offered during the last two weeks of August. It is required that students attend the workshop before being admitted to ARCH 500 [400] in the Fall. (A non-refundable fee will be charged to cover expenses.) 503 [413] (3) Iniroduction lo Issues and Ideas in Architecture- lectures and discussions about issues and ideas in architecture intended to dispel misconceptions about this field, and to provide insights into what it is and the context within which it is realized. First-year students take it concurrently with ARCH 500 [400], Arch Design 1A. 504 [404] (3) Architectural History la - Origins of contemporary architectural thought. A survey ofthe theories, technological and social changes which have influenced architecture and related fields since the 18th century. 505 [-4051 (3) Architectural History lb- Developments in modern and contemporary architectural thought. Critical analysis ofthe contribution ofthe 20th century producers of architecture, engineering, and industrial design. 509 [a09] (3) Introduction to lhe Behavioural Basis of Design- A survey of man-environment relations, human factors, social theory and research for architects. 288 Architecture 511 [426] (3) Architectural Technology 1- Introduction to architectural technology considering design objectives and requirements for building structures, environmental conditions and enclosure systems. Study of building materials, including properties, applitations and performance. 512 [416] (3) Architecture Structures I- Introduction to the "structural problem" through investigation ofthe interrelationships between force, geometry and material and their effects on structural elements. Expansion of these effects on individual elements, into the context of the structure as a system and their relation to the form, safety, and economy of the structural system. Development of a quantitative analysis and design of simple beams and qualitative expansion ofthe ideas into more complex elements. The intent ofthe course is to allow the student to create a context for the knowledge of and feeling about structures and their role in architecture. Prerequisite: ARCH 511 [426] 513 |452] (3) Environmental Syslems and Controls 1- Building form and fabric considerations to assure appropriate thermal, luminous, sonic, and atmospheric conditions within buildings. 515 |4I2] (2) Techniques Workshop- Lecturedcmonstra- tions and assignments which will assist students in the design tutorials io master skills and techniques relevant to the design process. Topics vary according to need. 51" fir] (3) Computer Applications in Architecture I- Inst ruction in three major topic areas: ComputerGraphics (fundamentals, data organization and interac five systems); Project Management (scheduling, resource allocation and cost control); and Space Planning (programming, utilization and design). Computing facility developed in context through hands-on experience and access to program libraries. Prerequisite: ARCH 411 520 [420] (9) Architectural Design 2A- Studies and exercises using the project method as a means of problem- solving in the area of the man-made environment. The stimulation of creative abilities and the further development of skills important to the architect. 521 [421] (9) Architectural Design 2B- Description as for ARCH 520 [420], 522 [446] (3) Current Issues in Architecture- A seminar examining current issues in Architecture, based on reading assignments, papers and presentations. Enrolment is limited to facilitate discussion. 523 |4-45] (3) Current Theories of Architecture- A seminar covering current theories of architecture, based on reading assignments, papers and presentations. Enrolment is limited to facilitate discussion. ' 824 [424] (3j History of Urhan Form- A survey of the physical forms of cities and their relationship to the cultures with which they are associated. Open to students outside the School. 525 [425[ (3) Workshop: History of Urban Planning- Exploration of 19th and 20th century theories of planning and urban form. The workshop format will allow students to experiment with these ideas in model form. The relevance of these theories and ideas to the form of modern cities will be evaluated. Open to students outside the School (see also School of Community and Regional Planning listing). 526 [448] (3) HistoryofTheories of Architecture- An advanced seminar in architectural history concentrating on detailed study of the literature on selected architectural theories which have had an effect on twentieth century architectural form. 527 [4711 (3) Meaning in Architecture- Issues pertinent to architectural meaning including: environmental perception, cognition, and evaluation; meaning, communication and signification; cognitive mapping;archetypal place, urban comprehensibility ancl morphology. The significance of these issues to the design process and the generation of form in the built environment. 528 [472] (3) Meaning and Behaviour in the landscape- Selected topics from the literature of other disciplines per taining to the design and interpretation of the landscape. 529 [474] (3) Introduction to Facilities Programming- Examination of the pre-design process employed to clarify project objectives, define client/user requirements, test alternative organizations, generate space-planning schemata, involve users in the development of design parameters and critical environmental and technical performance criteria. Prerequisite: ARCH 841 [423]. 530 [447] (3) Urban Design Workshop- This course will survey the techniques involved in the process of architectural analysis and design at urban scale. Also included will be studies of design strategies for the implementation of design policies, guidelines and bylaws related to city form, image and aesthetics. Lecture, seminars and student papers. Limited to 15 students. 531 [427] (3) Architectural Technology2- Primary-building elements characteristic of traditional North American building construction as well as aspects of more complex building technology. Materials and methods will be considered in the context of performance requirements, building regulations and contract documents. 532 [436] (3) Architectural Structures 2- Utilizing the basic principles established in ARCH 512 [416] develop an operational facility in designing wood frame structures for general loading such as are found in residential construction. Quantitative investigation and comparison of wood, steel and concrete elements and structural systems with emphasis on horizontally spanning elements. Qualitative study of other structural elements such as walls, columns, foundations, etc. Introduction to earthquakes and lateral forceforresistingsystems. Prerequisite;ARCH 512(416], 533 [454] (3j Environmental Systems and Controls 2- Mechanical and electrical setvices of buildings and their integration with architectural form and fabric. Prerequisite: ARCH 513 [452]. 534 [431] (3J light, Colour and Space- A quantitative examination of light and colour in spatial perception. The tools, techniques and quantities used in lighting design together with their application to specific problems. Lectures, laboratories and seminars. Prerequisite: ARCH 513(452], 535 [455] (3) Energy and Building Design- Lecturecourse which explores the factors leading to the design of energy efficient buildings. Course covers heat transfer concepts, internal planning, site planning, form implications, fabric- implications, predictive techniques. Prerequisite: ARCH 5131452], 537 [419] (3) Computer Applications 2- Individual investigation and development of computer applications to selected topics in architectural practice. Prerequisite: ARCH 517 [417] or permission of instructor. 538 [461] (9) Study of Architecture Abroad- Apre-arranged program concerned with a particular locality in which a unique quality of architecture and specific architectural problems are to be found. The program will cover fields of study, the contents of which would in ordinary circumstances be advanced by the faculty had they remained in Vancouver. Accordingly, credit for 539 (460) and 538 [461] are together equivalent to one term's work in Vancouver, and credit for 538 [461] will be accepted in lieu of three, three- credit courses, while credit for ARCH 539 [460] will be accepted in lieu of credit for ARCH 501 (401), 520 [420], 521 [421] or 570 [440]. The problems undertaken in 539 [460] will be project-oriented and related to the locale. The course ARCH 5.38 [461] will consist of lectures, seminars, individual research, and field trips. Students electing to participate in the program must be prepared to meet additional expense. This program will be arranged according to academic need within the Schcol and current opportunities for travel. The program is not available to students in their first year. 539 [460] (9) Architectural Design Abroad 540 [440] (9) Architectural Design 3A- Studies and exercises ofa nature related to problems in man-made environment. Such studies and exercises aim at understanding the environment, of human responses to it and the means the architect may use for defining and solving problems 541 (423) (3) Process and Practice of Architecture I - Kn overview of the complex processes by which architecture is realizedandtheprofessional role of the architect within them 542 [422] (1) Project Costing- This short course provides an overview of how project costs are determined, and how relative costs of various alternative elements, components, or configurations can provide a useful basis for design decisions. 543 [442] (3) Housing and Community- Investigations into the inter-relationships between housing and urban form; examination ofthe relevant theories and their consequences in terms of architecture. 544 [458] (3/6) d Architectural Seminar- An explanation of selected topics in architecture. Course enrolments will be restricted. Permission of instructor required. 545 [459] (3/6) d Directed Sludies- An exploration of selected topics in Architecture. Available to individual students with the agreement of a member of the faculty available to supervise the work. 548 [498] (3) Graduation Design Project—Part F Projei I Report Preparation- An in-depth exploration ofa social, urban or environmental problem leading to the definition . of parameters foran architectural design solution brought to resolution in the form ofa major Report as preparation ■ for ARCH 549 [499]: Part 2. Graduation Design Project 549 [499] (9) Graduation Design Project — Pari 2- The development and resolution of the design project set out in Arch 548 [498] Graduation Design Project: Part 1. Project Report Preparation, to be carried out under the direction of a Committee of faculty and outside professionals. 562 (3) Advanced Theory- Relationship between environmental issues and issues of 'place' How environmental issues are seen as both a responsibility, and as a powerful vehicle for redefining a sense of place. Prerequisite: ARCII 513[452], 565 [458] (3/6) d Planning tbe Residential Environment Studies of the principles of physical development of residential sites in metropolitan areas ancl their architci tural ramifications. Field trips included. 568 [467] (3) Research methods in Architecture--Methiids for research in architectural design, cross cultural factors, history and theory, physical sciences and environmental issues. 571 (3) Advanced Seminar on Building Technology-ilisii iri- cal development of building enclosure, new materials and construction methods, design-construction process, failure evaluation, and current research issues. Prerequisites; ARCH 512 [416], 513 [452], 531 [427|, 572 [456) (3) AdvancedSlructures-Hxpknuonsofhistini- cal structures, structure in current architectural theoiy. .rC vanced structural technologies, and behaviour of spei ific structural materials and systems. Prerequisite; ARCH 512141 ,|. 573 [485] (3) Sfrecial Topics in Architectural Technology•-- Exploration of aspects of architectural technology and advanced techniques in building. Prerequisite: ARCH 811 [426],531 [427], 513 [452], 512 [416]. 577 (3) Seminar in Advanced Computer Applications 580 (0) Architecture Seminar- A forum for the exchange of ideas and presentation of papers by faculty, students and visitors. 583 (3/6) d History of Architectural Theory and Philosophy- The exploration and analysis of theories and philosophies of architecture and design, and the ways in which they affect architectural form, 584 (3/6) d ProgrammingforBuilding Users- Examination of theories related to value-laden and probabilistic decision-making in architectural programming. Prerequisite ARCH 529 [474] or equivalent experience with architectural programming or management. Asian Studies 289 585 (3/6) d History of Housing- Segments of the history of housing. Selected according to facuitv availability anti student interest. 586 (3/6) d Facilities Programming- Individualand/orgroup study of advanced facilitiesprogrammingfor complex projects. 887" (3/61 d Urban Design Sludies- Individualand/orgroup design exercises to develop architectural strategies within the context and scale of urban developments. 688 (3/6) d AdvancedBuildingScience- Study of scientific technique applied to the design and appraisal ofthe built environment and its performance. 59_ (3/6) d Special Topics- Individual or small grout) studv of special topics 598 (12) Thesis for lhe M.A. S.A. Degree Archival Studies ARST School of Library, Archival and Information Studies, Faculty of Arts 510 (3) Tbe Nature of Archival Materials- The characteristics of archival documents, their genesis, forms, aggregations, and their relationships with the facts, acts, and events embedded in them. 812 (3) /rcdtacmg-Theory and application of techniques such as vocabulary' control, indexing languages, thesauri, design of access points, and precision/recall devices to provide intellectual access to information. Same as LIBR 512. 815 (3) Arrangement and Description of Archival Materials- The methods of identification of archival fonris, principles and methods ol arrangement and description: standards of description; preparation of finding aids. 516 (3) Records in Office Systems- Structure and characteristics of integrated office systems; design ancl implementation of records classification and scheduling; legal, security; and access issues. 517 (3) Record Keeping- An historical examination ol practices in the making and keeping of records and of the nature of record repositories in different societies from antiquity to the present. 519 (3j History of Archival Concepts- Origins and develop- mcntofarchival concepts, principles,and methods through an examination of laws, literature, and instruments of archival practice internationally. Same as LIBR 519. 520 (31 Selection and Acquisition of Archival Documents- The formation of society's documentary heritage; the concepts of selection and acquisition and their evolution; acquisition policies; principles ancl methods of evaluation; means for establishing physical and legal control over accessions. 530 (3) The Juridical Context of Canadian Archives- Canadian legal principles and administrative structures related to the creation, maintenance, control, use, and communication of public and private archival documents. 540 (3) Archival Public Services- Organization and provision of reference service; user needs ancl types of use of archives; legal and security concerns; methods of increasing accessibility of archival materials, public programs. 551 (3) Access and Retrieval Systems- Principles of content analysis and representation; documentary languages; process of design and implementation of systems for storage and retrieval of information; authority control; all in the context of archival information systems. 555 (3) Management of Electronic Records- Information capture, processing, storage, and communication technologies in recordkeeping; the role of standards in supporting integrated systems; methods for the maintenance and disposition of electronic records Same as LIBR 555. 570 (3) Management of'Libraries and Archives- An iniroduction to contemporary management theory and irs application in the administration of libraries and archives. Same as LIBR 570. 573 (3) Archival Systems and the Profession- A comparative analysis of the statutory basis, organization, policies, and traditions caf contemporary archival institutions and programs. The responsibilities, values, and culture ofthe archival profession and its roic in developing archival systems. 587" (3) Preserve! ton- Characteristics of storage media for documents; environmental, biological, and technological factors in thei - deterioration and methods of counteracting them; management of preservation programs. Same as LIBR 587. 590 (3) Research Methods in libraries and Archives- Principles and met! ods of research and investigation and their application to various sanations in libraries and archives. Same as LIBR 590 592 (3-61 c DirccV'd Research Project- Prerequisite: 891! 593 (3/6) d Semii ar- Topics in the administration or use of archives. 594 (3-6) c Direct ed Study 595 (3) Internship- Practical work of at least one month's duration in a recognized archival repository under the supervision o a senior archivist and ottering experience of the basic arcfival functions. 598 (0) Major Essay 599 (12) Thesis Art Education Faculty of Education ARTE 303 (6) Ceramics in Ail Educalion- Exploration of ceramic techniques, including hand building ancl basic throwing. Prerequisites ETNA 181 and six credits of art histoiy. |1-3;1-3] 305 (6] Design in Art Education- Exploration of design, particularlyir relation to textiles. Prerequisites: FINA 181 and s.x crediis of art. history, [T-3.1-3] 314 (4) Curriculum and Instruction in Are Secondary- Curriculum organizalion in art; principles and methods of instruction applied to teaching art Prerequisite: a completed conce itration in art or permission of lhe 1 lead; co- requisite; EDUC 311 {2-4; 0-0] 320 (2) Curriculum and Instruction in Art. Elemenlaiy- Curriculum organization in art; principles and methods of instruction applied to teaching an. Prerequisite: EDUC .310. [0-0; -2] 321 (3) Microcomputers in An and Music Education- Computet skills i i art and music, and their application in a model sturiic set!ing. Lectures, tutorials, and studio work. (Same course as MUED .321.) [L-i] 322 (3) Advanced Microcomputer Applications in Music- arid Art Education- Application of skills and experience with music and graphics software and hardware to creative multimedia p 'ojecls, exploring relationships between reaching and learning models. lectures and studio work (Same couoe as ML ED 322.) Prerequisite: ARTE 321. | l-i] 400 (2-12) d Sli dies in an Art Education Studio Area- Directed stuclie: in an area re levant to leaching in an elementary orsccondarys cbool Offered in ceramics, drawingaird painting, graphics, sculpture, textiles, and photography. Prerequisile: 18 credits of,ut Education ot Fine Aits studio courses. 428 (3) Explorations in the Peaching of Art lo Children - A laboratory b.seel ait education course in which students work with eiementan' aged children Prerequisite: ARTE 314 or 320. [0-0: l-3|or[l-j;0-0[ 4-41 (3l Art Edicalion Theory and Research— An Education theory and research is studied relative to school practice. Prerequisites: Art Education as a major or minor field and completion of a practicum in Art Education. |3-0; 0-0]or ]()-(): 3-0] 508 (3-12) c ReviewofResearch in An Educalion Methods- Studies of recent research bearing on arr education practice. 541 (3) Perspectives, Practice, and Curriculum Issues in Contemporary Art Education- Emphasis is placed upon the foundations and conflicting conceptions of curriculum in art education. Theory/practice issues in the development, implementation, and evaluation of art programs are explored. 542 (5) Historical' andSocial FoundationsojArtEducation- Historics of art education are examined. Social and cultural implications for art education (past and present! are explored. 543 (3) Psychological Foundations of Art Education- Psychological considerations specifically related to cognitive development in an, are explored. Implications for arr educalion theory and praclice are drawn. 561 |3-12) c laboratory Practicum 885 (3/0) d Special Topics in An Education 580 (3-12) c Problems in Education- Investigation and report ofa problem. 590 (0) Major Paper 598 (3-12) c Field Experiences- Forthose on Master's. Doctoral and Diploma Programs. 599 (6/12) c Master's 'thesis 601 (3-12) d Doctoral Seminar Arts One See Faculty of Arts ARTS Arts Studies Faculty of Arts ASTU 201 (3) Canada, japan and the Pacific Cultural Studies-- An interdisciplinary introduction to the cultures of Canada and Japan, anc! the interrelations between them Specific topics vary from year to year but will include themes such as constructing the pasl; nationalism: self-perceptions; cross- cultural perceptions; multicuituraiistn in Canada and Japan: images in architecture, film and literature; mythologies. [0-0; 2-1] 202 (3) Canada. Japan and Ihe Pacific: Political. Economic and Geographical Perspectives- An iiiterdisciplinaiv introduction to political, economic and geographical interactions between Japan and Canada, the links between these countries and other Pacific Rim nations, and the historical origins of these connections. Specific: topics will van' from year ro year, hut will include themes such as economic integration in the Pacific region; the role of resource economies such as Canada's: security relations in the Pacific; the role of Japanese investment in the Asia-Pacific region [0-0:2-1J 400 (3-6) d Interdisciplinary Sludies in Arts- For upper division students in the Faculty of Arts. Topics announced annually. 401 (3-6) d Special Topics in Arts Studies- For upper division sludents in die Faculty of Arts offered bv a distinguished visitor lo the campus for one or two terms. Asian Studies Department of Asian Studies, Faculty of Arts Asian Languages ASLA 300 (6) Studies in an Asian Language (Basle Course)- Introduction to lhe fundamentals of an Asian language not normally taught in the Department. Not given every year. Consult the Department for details. [3-1; 3-1] 400 (6) Sludies in an Asian Language (Intermediate Course)- Prerequisite; ASIA 300 or permission ol the instructor. 290 Asian Studies Asian Studies ASIA 105 161 Iniroduction io East Asia - Geographical, ethnic, and historical backgrounds of China, Japan, and Korea. Stiivev of iwentieth-ccniiirv East Asian History. Same as HIST f.3-1): 5-0] 206 321 3rd 3iS (61 Introduction lo Soulh Asia- Geographical, cult mail, and historical backgrounds to India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, and Sri lanka. Problems of political, economic:, anti social development since 19-C. Same as HIST 111. [8-0; 3-0] (6) Iniroduction lo Southeast Asia- Geographical, cultural, and historical backgrounds of Indonesia. Malaysia, Singapore, Brunei, Burma, Thailand, Kampuchea, bios, Vietnam, and the Philippines, Problems of nationalism, foreign policy, economicandstxialdevelopment since 194 i. Open to first vear students. Same as AMI! 2l)ti. [3-0; 5-0] i,(41 IntroductiontoJapaneseCulliire Literature.theatre, cinema, painting, religion, traditions, customs, festivals, and crafts: their miirual relationships, die relationship between material and non-material culture. Not offered every year. [5-0:3-0 ito Modem China and ihe Wes!-- Same as HIST 2"0. [2-1; 2-1j (6) Chinese Lileralure In Translation- An introduction to Chinese literature from ancient limes to i. I.llll [3-H; 5 !i| pi) Elision of Chinese Civilization■--■ A sunev of Chinese history ancl culture from ancient times to 18 id, with emphasis on the period up to A.D, 1000. Same as HIST 382, [3-0; 3-0| (6) The (Utilization of late Imperial China- Evolution of Chinese civilization fromc; 11)00 to 1600. The cultural ancl political legacy of the Sung period; the impact oi the period of Mongol domination; the Ming period. Cultures of peoples who ruled part or, ill of China will be touched upon. Not i iffcrcd evere vear. Same as HIST 381 [5-0: 3-0] (6) History of Korean Civilization The evolution of a distinctive Korean civilization within the East Asian cut rural sphere. Primary focus on cult ural, social, and political developments from the earliest times lo the iiineteenih century; Same as HIST ,3S(,. [3-li: 3-0] (3) Contemporary Korean Culture- An introduction to the literature, drama, music, and an of Korea today. Particular attention will he paid to the continuing influence of traditional themes and forms. No prerequisites [3-il] toi Hislorv of Chinese Thought - The development of Chinese philosophy and ethics from their beginnings through the nineteenth century; with emphasis on Confucianism. Taoism, and Buddhism. Attention will be given both to ideas themselves and to th eir relationship with the cultural context. Aiso listed as PHIL 5~1. [3-0: 3-0] (5) Hislorv of Korean Thought An examinalion of Korean religions, philosophical, and scientific thought from lhe earliest vvriucn records to the present clay, with pai- iicular focus on the in!miction of Shamanism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and, in die present century. Christianity. No prerequisites. |3-0| (6) History of Japanese Civilization- Japanese polilical social, and cultural hislorv from die earliest limes to 1,868, Same as I (1ST 385. [34); 3-0] (6) Traditional Japanese lileralure In Travslation- An introduction to Japanese literature from die earliest times to mid-nineteenth century; J8-0: 5-0] id) History oj Indian Civilization-- Polilical and cultural history from the earliest times to the Medieval period. Same as HIST 58a, (.-5-0; 3-0] (6) Indian Lileralure in Translation A survey of classical and modern literature in translation. [3-0: 5-D| (6) Performance Traditions of South Asia- Classical and lolk forms of music, dance, theatre, and cinema in their literary, religious, and social contexts. [3-0; 5-0] 380 (ii) Tbe Mythological Literature of South Alia in Translation- The lexts will be selected so as to present the stages in the history i if South Asian literatures, the types ol South Asian myths, and the variety of literary- representation that mvlbs cniov in South V,;u Not given cverv vear 13-0:5-11] 355 (0) Philosophical Tradition of India- Introduction lo various sfhiK ils ol Indian philosophy Irom Ihe .standpoint of analytical philosophy; Evading ol i,ii articles ant! books in English siii-vi'oriii du s,-, iifii , oniponon! in the Indian philosophical! i adit ion. and di) English translations of Sanskrit texts discussing cpistcmological and oniologica! issues, incf.iding iho.se lexts which resiize the relevance oi language in discussing these issues. Not given every year. Also listed as PI III. y2. [3-0.5-6] 88" (6) Iheltiudu Re/igiousTradilioii - -Formation of Hindu- ism through ihe various periods of its fusion' in interaction with indigenous movemenls and foreign religions. An overview ol philosophical schools, religious doctrines, rituals, myths, and religious organizations. Same as RELG 38 r 13-ti: 3-0| 360 (61 The Sikhs: Histoiy, Religion and Society- A fusion cal study of the social and cultural iorcesrharhelped shape Slid) religious beliefs and ritual practices overt he pasl four icnuu'ics In dealing with the cvnluliou ol Sikh identity, due aitemioii will be given to Sikh ideals, sori.il organization, relkaous institutions, and sacred literature. Same as HIST 589 ]3-i);3-i)] 5(i2 16) Histoiy of Indonesian Civilization- A historic a! survey of i he li idonesIan archipelago from the twelfth \ cm tuy to the present. Attention will be given lo the rise of commercial cities the development ofbureauc rain, states and the elaboration oi major religions, all ofwhich bridged the cultural divcrsliv of the islands. In the second rei'm the emjihusis will be on twentieth century' Indonesia. [5-6: 8-0j 368 (3! I taoisl (Taoisl) Religion aud Ils Philosophical Back- gruutid A study of the Daoist religious traditions fri >mtheir begiunings m lhe second century C.E, in their cultural, intellect ual and social contexts. Same as RELG 368. [3-0,0-0[ 3d(i (31 Buddhism in China- History, thought and practices ot Chinese Buddhism from its beginnings until the twentieth century. Same as REI.G 366. [0-0: 3-D 36,8 (3) Common Religious Traditions in China- A studv ol i he religious practices and belief's shared bv the great major- il vol people in I rutin iona! Chinese cull: ire, incliiriingances- iorwocsh i] i,seasonal festivals, offerings to i lei I ies, exorcism of harmful forces. Same as REI.G 568 lii-ti; 5-(i| 'oO (6) Sludies in the History- of a Major Asian Civilization- St ui.lv of an Asian cull lire area different from those covered in existing courses Not given every yeai- Consult nepartment for details. [3-0:3-0] J"5 (to A Specific Asian literature la 'translation- Intro due tion to the literature ofa linguistic area of Asia not covered in exisiing courses, Nol giver, every vear. Consult Ihe Department for details, j.3-0; 3-0j 580 (to Modem Chinese History since IIS ill Same as 111ST 580. 588 (6) Histoiy if India since 1H00 same as HIST 888 SfC (3) Medieval India- The history, culture, and social and ec oni inuc organization of South Asia Irom the decline of the classical Hindu empires through the Sullanato period, rsamcas HIST58".) [M] 8*8 t.3l Mughal India- History ol the politics, economy, society, and culture of South Asia from die Great Mughals tothcBruish ci inquest 'S-.imeas IflST.SSR.) \l- \ j |05 id) Communist Moi emails in East Asia- A suivey of ttie growth, organization, iiieoiogv and programs of Communis! Parries in Fa.st Asia since I ;|20. '.villi special emphasis Pcoiiie'.- Repubiii No, ohoo-d everv voir, [3-0 5-0! 115 iii) Modem Chinese Fiction in Translation-- Reading of selected novels and stories written between l75ti and the present. Not given every year, [5-0; 3-0] ■il" (6i Chinese Polilical Thought and Institutions- Chinese theories and practices of government and administration from earliest times to I9-i9 Same its POLI i2i 12-1. .Mi ■lit! (6i Coutemporaiy Soulh Asia- Problems of model in- z.ation and external relations of India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, and Sri Lanka since 19-t". [3-0. 3-0[ 111 i6i Modern Japanese Hlslon since WOO- Samcas ills'l t22. j3-ii. 5-ii[ vis (J;,! d individualism in Mo-deru japan- Theindiviclu.il in oonfiiii with tradition and the state in the late nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [3-0j or |3-0. 3-0 \lr (3-6) d Topics in Classiml Japanese lileralure- Selected topics in classical Japanese literature in iran.slauon locussing on individual genre, works, periods or move- menis. Offered alternative years. Prerequisite: ASIA 355 (0011, oi consent ofthe instructor [3-OJ oi [5-0: 3-u] i.54 on History tJSoittheasl Asia since U500- SaineasllfST t.ii. [3-11.3-11] ■t.35 it;) Modem Japanese Novels hi Translation Annual examination of representative works in Japanese fi'iiou ^from LSoS io the present. [5-0:8-0| 4.38 (3) Problems in Iniernational Relations- Soulh Asian States in World Affairs - See International Relations. Fai nllv oi Arts, |3-0| a iS (to Modem Soulh Asian Fiction- Ninclecnth and oven lieii) cent uiv novels and short stories, in English transitu n m. or the original English, Given in alternate years. [5-0, 5-0 [ 4-i7 t,3i Modem Drama o/India- Nineteenth and oven'3on len'uirv plays, in lhe context of South Asian theatric, u trail lions All lexis in English Given in alternate years, j.S-ir ISO (In Hislorv of Rural Societies in Asia- A study o! ihe historical structures and transformations of rural societies in Eastern. Southeastern, and Southern Asia. Irom the eighteenth ceniup., Same as HIST 182. J3-0; ,3-Oj i80 ii'o Economic and Social History of Modern China io Fi-i'l- Same as HIST aSO. [3-0:3-11] 501 (.3,6, (I Research Methods and Source Materials in Classical Chinese Studies- Xote: Courses with a maximum of 18 crediis iiiav not he laken lor more than six credits in any one topic. 802 (3.■ 61 d Modern Chinese Fiction and Western Crilh ism (Cross-listed as Comparative Literature 5()6.Ai 50,3 15 0; d Problems in lhe Hislorv ofthe Chinese language 801 (3-IH.i d Sludies in Chinese Paleography 508 (5-18) d Eopiis in Pre-modern Chinese Histoiy rind lu- stiliilions SO; i8-18i d Aspects of Chinese Popular Thought and Religion 811 (5 18: d Readings in Chinese RetigiousTe.xls- Selected readings from primary lexis in Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism, and popular religion Prerequisite: CHIN Snl or euuivaicnt Same as REI.G 8|| 812 i,3 -18) d Advanced Readings tu Classical Chinese I'io requisite: CHIN 400 or equivalent. 813 t5-'(u d Topees In Classical Chinese lileralure 81 a (5-L8i d topics In Modern Chinese literature 518 13-IK) d Topics in Early Vernacular Modern Chinese lileralure 821 (3<'6) d Research Methods andSource Materials in japu //c'xe Sludies 512 i'5do d hilroducltoiilokunilutiikuiidoku- Prerequisite: JAPN 36! 52,8 ' 3-1. i d Iopics in ihe Hlslon and Structure of IheJapa- nesc language Asian Studies 291 528 (3-18) d Problems of Japanese Intellectual History 532 (3-18) d Topics in Traditional Japanese Literature 5.33 (3-18) d Topics in Modern Japanese literature 541 (3-18) d Research Methods and SourceMaterials in Soulh .•Mian Studies 543 (3-18) d Topics in the History and Structure of Indian Languages 546 (3-18) d Topics in South Asian lileralure 550 (3-18) d Topics in Early South Asian Civilizations 561 (3-18) d Problems of Modernization in Eastern and Southern Asia 570 (3/61 d Approaches to Asian Literature 581 (3-18) d Research Methods and Source Materials in Korean Sludies 599 (6,12) c Master's Thesis 699 Ph.D. Thesis (in Chinese, Japanese, or South Asian Sludies only) Chinese CHIN 100 (6) Basic Chinese- An introduction to the grammar and syntax of spoken and written Chinese. (First term.) Normally CHIN 100 and 101 will be taken in the same year. [6-2; 0-0] 101 (6) BasicChinese- Continuationof'CHIN 100 (Second term.) [0-0; 6-2] 180 (12) Intensive Summer Course t n Chinese- Equivalent to CHIN 100 and 101. 200 (6) Intermediate Chinese- Further study of the grammar and syntax of modern Chinese. Prerequisite: CHIN 100 and 101, or 180, or equivalent. |3-1;3-1] 201 (6) Intensive Modern Chinese To be taken in conjunction with CHIN 200. [3-1; 5-11 280 (12) Intensive Summer Course in Intermediate Chinese- Equivalent to CHIN 200 and 201. Prerequisite: CHIN 100 and 101, or 180, or equivalent. 300 (6) Advanced Modern Chinese- Modern Chinese with emphasis on readings of contemporary literature and newspapers. Only for students who do not have a good reading knowledge of modern Chinese before entering the University. Prerequisite: CHIN 200. [3-0; 3-01 301 (6) Classical Chinese I-- Introduction to Classical Chinese. May be taken in conjunction with CHIN 200 by permission of the Department. Prerequisite: CHIN 100 and 101, or 180, or equivalent. [3-0; 3-0| 302 (6) Advanced Chinese Conversation, Comprehension, and Composition- This course will provide an opportunity foradvanced students of Chinese to gain greater mastery over the vernacular language through discussion and analysis of selected topics in Chinese civilization. Prerequisites: CHIN 200 and 201, or equivalent, [3-0; 3-0| 305 (6) Readings in Twentieth Century Chinese Literalure- For students who have acquired a good reading knowledge of modern Chinese before entering the University. |3-0; 3-0] 342 (6) Reading Course in Chinese for Honours students 400 (6) Classical Chinese II- More advanced readings in Classical Chinese literary, historical, and philosophical texts. Prerequisite: CHIN 301 or equivalent. [3-0; 3-0] 405 (6) Readings in Pre-Modern Chinese Lileralure- Selected lexts from pre-twentieth century drama and fiction. For srudents who have acquired a good reading knowledge of modernChinesebeforeenteringtheUniversity. Prerequisite; CHIN 301 or equivalent. [3-0; 3-0] 410 (6) Twentieth-Century Chinese Authors- Selectednov- els, stories, and poetry. Onlv for students who do not have a good reading knowledge of modern Chinese before entering the University. Prerequisite: CHIN 300. (3-0; 3-0] 411 (6) Pre-modern Chinese Fiction and Drama- Selected passages from thirteenth-century drama and seventeenth- to nineteenth-century fiction. Only for students who do not have a good reeding knowledge of modern Chinese before entering the University. Prerequisite: CHIN 301. [3-0,3- 0] 413 :6) Reading: in Classical Chinese Poetiy I- Translation ancl analysis of selected works, especially from the pre-Han, North-South, and early Tang periods. Prerequisite: CHIN 301 or equivalent. [3-0; 3-0] 414 (6) Readings in Classical Chinese Poetry II- Readings In classical poetry from the time of Du Fu (712-770) to the end ofthe Qing dynasty. Not given every year. Prerequisite: CHIN 301 or equivalent, [3-0; 3-0] 425 (6) Reading:in ChinesePhilosophical Fexls- Selected readings from primary texts in the history of Chinese thought exclusive ol Buddhism Not given everv year. Prerequ sites: CHIN 501 and ASIA 325, or their equivalents. [3-0; 3-0 140 (3-18) c Supervised Study in the Chinese Language- Primarily for graduate studenls 442 (12) Tutorial in Chinese for Honours Students- This course will require the presentation of at least one research paper. Japanese JAPN 100 (6) Inletisivi Basic Japanese An outline of the grammar and syntax of the spoken language together with an int. idiic- tion to the Japanese script. (First term.) Normally JAPN 1(H) and 101 will be taken in the same year. [6-2; 0-01 101 (6) Intensive Basic Japanese Continuation of JAPN 100. (second term.) |()-0;6-2| 102 (6) Basicjapancse- Equivalent toJAPN 100, but spi cad out through the year. |3-1; 3-1] 103 (6) BasicJapanese- Equivalent toJAPN 101,Outspread out through Ihe year. Prerequisite: JAPN 102 or permission ofthe instructor. [3-1; 8-1] 10a (6) Basic Javanese Grammar- Emphasisongrammar, writing and reading. Intended for students with a hack- grourd in spoken Japanese. |3-1; 3-l| 180 (12) Intensive Summer Course in Japanese- Equivalent toJAPN 00 and 101. 200 (6) hilermediateJapaneseReadiiigandWriling- Reading and writirg of modem colloquial Japanese at an intermediate level Prerequisite:JAPN lOOand 101,or 102and 103, or 180. or equivalent. [3-l;3-l[ 201 (6) Intermediate Japanese Conversation and Compo- . silion- To be taken normally in conjunction with JAPN ► 200. Prerequisite: JAPN 100 and 101. or 102 and 103, or 180. or equivalent. |3-1;3-1| 280 (12) Intensive Summer Course in Intermediate Japanese- Equivalent toJAPN 200and 201. Prerequisite: JAPN 100 and 101, or 102 and 103, or 180, or equivalent. 300 (6) Advanced Moderttjapanese- Readings in Japanese prose. [3-6; 3-0] 302 (6) Advanced Conversation and Composition- Improvement ef speaking and wailing in modern Japanese through grammatical analysis, oral practice, conversation, and composition. Perequisite: JAPN 201 or equivalent. |3-0; M)| 310 (6) JapaiieseforSpecialislsof China- Readings in Japanese materia dealing with Chinese for students who have a reading knowledge of Chinese. Prerequisites: JAPN 100 and i 01, or i 02 and 103, or ISO, or equivalent, a reading knowledge < f Chinese. [3-0; 3-0) 3TI (3) Classical Japanese I (A)- Instructor's permission necessary. .312 (3) Classical Japanese 1 (Bi- Instructor's permission necessary. 315 (6) Japanese for Professional Life- Technical Japanese as it is used in business, commerce, industry', science, technology, law; etc. Emphasis on grammatical and syntactical features ol these special uses of the language and on specialized, current vocabulary. Prerequisite: JAPN 200 01-2(11 or 280, |3-0;3-0| 342 (6) Reading Course in Japanese for Honours Siudenis 400 (6) Readings in Modern Japanese Prose Mixlern es- savsandcnticistn;jounialislicai)dscholarlywriting. Prerequisite: JAPN 300, [3-0: 3-0] 401 (6) Classical Japanese II- Advanced reading in classical Japanese literary, historical, and philosophical texts. Prerequisite: JAPN 300 and 301, or equivalent. |3-0; 3-0] 402 (6) Readings in Japanese Poetry- Translation ancl analysis ol selected works from classical, medieval, and modern periods. Prerequisite. JAPN 306 and 301. or equivalent. [30; 3-0] 416 (6) Journalistic Prose- Theaimofihccoursewillheio develop fluencv in reading contemporary Japanese newspapers. Concentration on current and emerging vocabulary, evolving grammatical features, and style of presenilation. Not offend every vear, Prerequisile; JAPN 31)0, oi permission ol ihe instructor. |3-0; 3-0] 44(^^3-18) c Supervised Sludy in lhe Japanese language- Primarily for graduate students. 4(2 (12 j Tutorial in Japanese for Honours Siudenis- This couise will require the presentation of al least one re search paper. Korean KORN 102 (6) Basic Korean- Anintroduclionlotliegrammarand syntax of modern spoken and written Korean [8-1: 3-1 200 (6) Intermediate Korean- Readingand writing of modern colloquial Koreanat an intermediate level. Prerequisite; KORN 102 or equivalent. [3-1; 3-1] 300 (6) Readings in Korean Topics Readings in mixed script on aspects of Korean culture, custi mis, and contemporary file, along with .structured conversations based on those readings. Prerequisite: KORN 200 or equivalent, [3-0; 3-0] South Asian Languages Hindi HIND 102 (6) Introductory Hindi - An introduction lo spoken and written Hindi. |3-I; 3-11 110 (6) Accelerated Hindi- For students with knowledge of another North Indian language before entering the I Iniversitv. Equivalent to HIND 102 and 2(H). Prerequisite permission ofthe instructor. [3-0; 3-0] 200 (6) Intermediate Hindi- Furthcrsturivofthegrammar and introduction to the literature of Hindi Prerequisite: IILN'D 102 or permission of the instructor. Not open to students who have taken HIND 110. |3-1; 5-1] 405 (6) Medieval Hindi- Introduction In medieval Hindi grammar, and readings in medieval poetry (Tuisidas. Surdas. Kabir. etc). Prerequisite: HIND 200 or 110. |3-0: 5-0] 410 (6) Readings in Modem Hindi- Combines a survey of modern Hindi prose ancl poetry with advanced conversation and composition. Prerequisite; HIND 200 or 110 (3-0; 3-0] Indonesian INDO 102 (6) Introductory Indonesian- Spoken ancl written Indonesian. 1.3-1; 3-1] 200 (6) Intermediate Indonesian- Study of the grammar and introduction to Indonesian literature. Prerequisite: ENDO 102 or equivalent. [3-1; 3-1| 292 Asian Studies g. tornadoes. Prerequisite VI 8< lie as CEOC <60 , Credit cn; 6, TSC Jill). GEOG 20 t. Stnl,n Sid;, "" "" ~~ lhe large scaie sin,mure ol the universe veil he local.andmeso-scales Punjab' PUNJ discussed. Prerequisite: 8ix cieciiis of 'physics at lhe 2H0 for o! heat, mass am 102 (6) Introductory Punjabi- Spoken and wniten levi'i or above or permission ui'the Head oi the I'lc'iiart- mates near the Earth Punjabi. |3-l;5-l) ment AsiR 260 is reoaumended 18-'-i ' from those ,,f,i leaf ti 200 no Intermediate Punjabi- •Stucly :0 sfie iininiiouj- and nil <5: '-lei/ar e:n, ,;.6e„v •. ('bi-eai princip^;-deleriutr:- 'loniidan even mud, liiiroductiiinloPitnjtihililer.ttiire Prerequisite' PI'M 103 ing ties! or lev arc -.-C.lv ' sue, iivliidi;'.g the sun. ~''11 "' '-'■''■ }J -J,,|!- '^ oreqinvaleiit [3-1:3-1] Tiiiswiliincliirieii'ioic.iri-c ieu ., .KtiaiiU'iraiistcraiidthi give: im only oneo. Sanskrit SANS ,,iL> , y, ,\>„i, sieiia- Weoen, s - A lonn s course which M" '-" Aocsplieru Energetics - Eariiativciia 11)2 (hi Inlioduclory S/wsbri: B:i-,c ve-cahuiai-vaud most w iii discuss, ih\sicm i.uHe'-estol.itingoi-iinarilviotlifhjse iiioilviianui theon applied io the Earth-\li important gram mat teal ieaoucs o: ■ lassica! Sauskn;. Esc- mat tei u> :,puoe in, ooc, \e;. inGuifc die uiifrsiciiar !i'n3 Exchanges ot snort anc ,i ing-wave I'adr fill to students of'Soulh As hislorv, culture languages. medium gaseous con :i;;c cud both theimal and non- !'R' atmosphere and the surface. Behavio philosophies, and religions, arc' of liuguisii, ■- and ids- ihenn,6. kIi.iiii ,n |ircKesses in cuti- iv. numl cMerii.ti -'ihe- :i'"iM 'i;i' ''"'"'" '''a'^duv. mixing and th 'ue.. |3-0:5-O| ,,', Vrei'diuisileorcoieiiuisite PIIVS 268.501. " f'.tu 3'!Jhl3il"': IVrequiMtc: one,:. PHYS I56.2 256. ,Miiie.o.C.EOG 5111. i J5-0-2. il-ti-Uj 200 i;c) lulermeihalcSauskrii Advanceclgranirii.iiandse- i21 (1; Astronomical and Astrophysical Measurements- . , ,, leciecl readings. Prerequisile SANs io2 or equiva- Astronomical instrumentation lot satellite and ground- ''" '■■' .■■^'■■■■■■."'- = lent. [30.3-61 based optical and radio observations, theon.'ol measure ' '^ " ' '^'J' ' ^ >'" "^ ''' 5(«i tin Eurlher Readings in Sru o. >/; --S;.riiu.f-.eeoteitices men! of stcll.ii spectra anti laikumcilio. and appin am us ^ ,,,IAVih producing precipitation. Sever belonging tn a particular period leg Vetln ior represent- ," u '" lvj"'""g - e ma n„.ssc ,. c icpc .. u c., ,„.h, ,c. c inosnhe.-ic chemi.stiv. electricity optics ; inga specific branch ofkawa (poetic lueraiiiiei orsiisu;! ,!LL y ,5''''''- ' /.'.[''ll , '"' ',,,',- Croi-ooicsiie \f8( CCEOC J')I iSamc as ( iieciiiiical-philtisophica) litcralurro Prcieqiusiie; SANS 208, |3-0; 8-0] ispherk Science- Au ,jl (>, Astrovomiial laboratory - - i.xpcnmenis lit rile un' -' ■ ; Urdu URDU of base meaiuriiiginstniiiienis Mudv of sicilar spenra. '"."^'p1'!!'',1 till ;6i Readi'ues in Urdu- Iniroduclioti to ! rriu script, plain itiictni tec "ids, slan hups,,noo! id cut reflector ior . . u . , -. . . "-■■■';•■; ; 1 i . .- ,-,. -, ,s--,r .,, , .,-.,1,., "iclccn'f'(ogKaniain rieic'juisite.A] s( lUit in mo el nine nd readings in Urdu prose and poetry. Prerequisite- HIND 200or 110 13-0:5-61 163 6c c Pimlc, South Asian Languages SOAL ltd i5-18) c Supervised Study in Soiuh Asian languages liioS.iric.is GEOG 8636 [(1-6:2-2) ., -,, .,. i ,r ill i?i Atmospheric Dynamics- Applications ot dynaiui - i, , i.'.!„, i ito q. 'dn- -1 ," of ia' principles to motions in the atmosphere. Topii s in -' si il"-1 11—fits a thesis wJ re elude the planetary boundary layer, svnoptii -si ale mo- iions cvciogene:-;s and rile generai tan illation un;! n,, " ": '' ineiicai vveadicr prediction Prerequisite: PliYS 812 or Southeast Asian Languages SEAL 800 on PHihipiesoJ Modem tsireiiomv An intioductioii ViA-(1| ci:, J;Ui .vi'SCGEOC ,301, (Same as Of GV ill i nl! it-18) c Supervised Studv In Southeast Asian languages to lhe ptiysieil process--so, ( m ring in the stars, teenitcn i teji- en! __ „__ ______ ,sielia,mc:liU!ii,,inoii)o!ii'ov.,-,.i,idothci-g;!laxieso'l'o!irth- ' ' , - , . ~" "~ I-..-. o so'd.on- ni v •'• •'I a e-urs ■ w;ih sn ■ i'1 ''' '--' Ci-opinsiuii Fluid Dynamics lite hinriauienuii Astronomy ASTR ii.,,.oi.i,,.e,i..i-.., "'"'"'' ].". ''.'" .„-,,„,,, les gocenniig ihe ("lovv ofa density-stratified hai _ — . permissio:-io!iiic'ilc,!ilotihel)er',iiimenio Pieieiiuisites: i i ,. o Department of Geophysics and Astronomy, ' .u j:, ^ ,,„.„., r ,. ' | on j relating planet, with applications to the motions .,l FACULTY OF SCIENCE .h\ ,'"„,,',' .,'',',.' \\\ 'l.i.rn.' ''"' " ' thcoceaciandthc.iimosphcre. Prerequisite PHY.s 512 oi See also listings under "Ceopbvsi.s''and''Geoj,bvsics and As- ,(), '^TilZaoZalZonomv Cntnai discussioi, MAH! JI8, tsameiis OCCY ,1,,) [8-U: 0-6[ tronomy" .',- ' , ,.,,,,. .,, ; , .,,, n, . i .,, ,ii.,,.e, ,■„,,insirum •"•■< ''" '-*" Synoptic Meteorology- Iniroduction to Dieicoro 101 (5) Introductory Astronomy I- Basicastrophvsicaicon- lion lor astronomical observations in all spectral regions cepts and ohservatiouai teciiniques; recent observations Description ol meinernig engine, and reduction tech- logical .inahsis. Diagnosis of weaiher .syslems inelndiii;' iheir motion and development. Observing systems and chart analysis, cross-sectional ancl diagnostic analysis of synoptic systems. Emphasis on practical tulorial-Libo;;! ;: "3 ".".; , '"'7~\L'V:f'Df-:r'^:^flD':, ^{,i 3Z-,,! c suiaiAs.ronomv- luc-ueyoiuic^uumcoi lorveveriiscs. Prereciuisile. ATSC'CEOC did and 5uu Cn-tiitwiiliiotbegrantedtorhoiiiASfR h)i and ASTR 26(1, oeitii iru-oon-md sie!i-ir un'oseh'-ies md ihe nhvss":! , . , . ,- . , ■ , _„ . , ,, , ,-. stcn.it iiacnoi ,alio sic,i.u .,.,i.i)s.[.,„icsa,,ii un [,n,s p.iecin mav .not tie ohiamecl loi noth this ioun,e and ASTR 2Oil is recciiiinieiidcd foi stiKlerits vvno intenci to . .,.-,,.. ,„,,,,-,-:,,,.,,, ii„.m i>«- uie-'-nu'iinun ig sell ,r .■,-,-,.• ■-.-,' i „,,-. , i ■ ,, ,c . , ,,-,,--, 1 pieces...,, oceinng, ,in 'cm, i,ic une .pn.ianon o, sniiai c,E( )G s',i2 taior !o September 198«,i il-s;6-6; pursue studies in Astronomy |5-.,6-i|i I stiedia uucieosviiiliesis. cud .ciaicii problem-. 505 (2-i>) c Galactic Astronomy- The studv of the struc oi the Solar System: the Sun and fundamental properties the stars. Prerequisite: PHYS 11. Mathematics 12, s(u ;,.„, c sUia, Astronomy- Thcsltiri. oftlicstnieturev 11)2 (;'»: Introductory Astronomy II- An intiodut ttoti toas- Contemporaiy Developments in Synoptic Meleon, ogv - Satellite,i nd com iiiiter aided analysis and prog:,' Ironomv following on Irom Astronomy llW Topics in- ,,,,-,. ,-i,ioe-u-,iideio!iiiioii,,i'-,'-i-'i-o-noiondiei-o-il-lees '"' ' n '' ' c \' '" i i , , -„ ,' . . ,- . ,,.„ ,.„ tu^,con,c:i,.iiioi.yoiinioii,iio,,i-,, v i.!,ioo,iici„na,\ic-, o! syno|-iticsvs!enis. Prognosisof weather.svsleins ui; tal elude stellar evolution, tne struc lure of tne Mifkv VXav, including theMudt ol iheplivsinilpiocessesocturringin ' [iioperties of Galaxies; the large scaie structure of the I'inverse. Prerequisite: ASTR H) 1. Credit will not be granted for both ASTR 162 and AS I R 26U. ASTR 2:16 :s icioiii Hie interstellar itteaium anc gaiactn nuclei ng their motion and development. Objective analysis aumerieal weather prediction, forecasting techniques and 850 (2-6; c Dirtiied Sludies iii .'cirouomy forecast verification. Emphasis on practical iab< "'"',' :5'"" ''," """;'•"" -'"' ,_,,..,.,..,.., exercises. Pterettnisile: ATSC 4i0. [0-0: l-3j ended lor students wlio intend to pursue, studies in s3-i i2-n; c Sludies oi Siellar .siruclitre ' ' Vstrononiv !t)-6 i->i - ■- w ,-, i- - c, u \, i ell C-> Weather Seminar- Analysis and discussion .vsuonoiuv. |i,c,j-; ^j-, j2-6) c Sliitnes m Sleliar Almosvveres - . , • , no Astronomy- An introduction to many aspects ol .-^ .,.,.-, Q :/,fl.!-cs rf the Interstellar Medium uctroncimv, including: the earth, the solar svsicm. stellar ■ , , , - i , - i i- 837 - en c Slut if :>'le.-irn < idlacuc .Cirouomy s.iie lite iinagen Sludents share the respoiisif- sinicitirc ant evn iiticai, red giant and white dwarf stars .>.-.<- vnoptic .ind oi al wealhc'r for rhe preceding and loins lining weeks using surface and upper an chain .an , , . , , , , -,0 -i, c. ' - , ' attending weather briefings at the Vancouver VCeaiin'r •lc-iitron stars, blaik hole.-,, galaxies, quasars, losmologv ash i2-8: c Sotoes m • 0.01,010-, .... ^ ■ r ^ _, | ; t 1 ,-1-,-, 1... and radio astronomy. I'reicdnisite: PHYS 1HI. ill), i ISor - , ,,,, ,, ■ 1-, nee i-'-i c '-'.,'.",;'," "' ''■- , ,„ . , , ,, ,, ; . "' {l" " -' ' ' "' discussion, Prercnuisiic. Ai,s(, 4 id ((.redii mav not rn 20 iorcciiiivaieiiii. i3-D;3-tj| - ,.,.--„- >„.' - 61',) Pol) ine.-v-- obtained tot both this course and GEOG 865 |inot u ;3i Galactic Astronomy- basic oliservation.ii date ,t:nl _ -.._ _ Sen!ember. 1988 1 lii-'i-h; 0-2-iJ theoretical interpretation relating 10 the structure ot our A*~«_cr»_»«>»:.~ <ir,*.,:<-t> *Tcf> ,,.,,-,, , 1 1 , . , Atl-toSpneric acienCe «l»t» pi) on llonoucsPrrceci .'loniiurssiiidcntsniiistsiihinus gaiasv. logins include lhe gai.niic distance scale, die c._.„_„-_ e«,„„«c , ,' 1 1 ■ f-ACULTY OF S.CIEMCE graduating report br-eti one proiect undertaken vi it! n c- distribution and kincniatics of nie suns uiid gas in the gaiasv. starcliisicrs and stellar popttlat ions Prerequisites-. Six credits of phv-sics nl die 2!i(t-levei or above o( iCennis- , .. ... sion of Head of Department A>TR Hai rs recoiin jell gl.iba! soT;-- Ami. oieeiic-cere, montnrc and mo- ;,,,, .,2, .i;,„/erS /wo/. mended. 15-0] ,,<3''' veai.e; sv.-;e:ns, um. oniing anc gio.1,1. , ,1111.1,is 563 (5) Ex'ragalaclic Astronomy A topics cnunecnipiia- ,,.'.,n .,,.,,,,, ■ (■■ny ,. ,1, , j s -' -11-') 1 sizing basic physical processes which deterinine the oh- '' " seived chara'aerisucs ofexiernalgaliisies. inch,ding radio sun -Si iieor/i: ' ami Clvienc 11 Ac, I'ltiodueiinii in lhe galaxies and other,a inesvsh'tns CnMersotga'a vies and ;«'ii-e:-:e- o( cc ceo. or -.,, :.::e : luna: angy al 1'ie nu r >-. approval of ihe Chairperson of ihe Atmospheric sue; Program. Audiology 293 Audiology and Speech Sciences AUDI School of Audiology and Speech Sciences, Faculty of Medicine Note: All 600-level seminars are Ph.D. level courses and may not be offered on a regular basis. All may be laken more than once for credit. 400 (3) Iniroduction lo Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology- Frameworks from linguistics, psychology, and speech and hearing sciences as applied lo communication disorders, clinical populations and practices. Prerequisite; LING 200. |3-0; 0-0] 402 (3) Iniroduction to Neurolinguistics- Principles governing the understanding of the relationship between brain and language; brain organization including lateralization and localization; levels of language disturbance. Prerequisites: LING 300. .310. (0-0; 5-0] 501 14) instrumental Phonetics Study of instrumental methods in speech researcli, in particular, sound spectrography, speech anaivsis and synthesis. Lectures, demonstrations and laboratory work. [4-2; 0-0] 803 ti; AudiloiyFimelions—SelectedTopics- Critical study of current theories of hearing, psychoacoustics, recent advances in bioacoustics. [2-0; 2-0] 506 (3) Speech Perception - Critical review-and analysis of current theories and research in speech perception, including motor theory, analysis by synthesis, and categorical perception in relation to infant, adult and animal data. [3-0; 0-0] 510 (4) Advanced Clinical Audiology- Available only to second-year students, (a) Review of past and current literature important to development of special test procedures for diagnostic evaluation of auditory problems; and lb) review of past and current literature ■ ontributing to improvement of rehabilitation programs lor hearing impaired children and adults. Not offered 1994/98, 511 (4) Advanced Clinical Speech-language Palbology- Review of the literature pertinent to assessment and treatment of communication disorders; special topics in communication disorders. Open only to second year students. Not offered 1994/95. 513 (3) Acoustic rhonetics- Concepts of acoustics in their practical application to speech, voice and hearing problems, in both normal and pathological situations; the" source-filter theory. Prerequisites: UNO 3)5, Math 101. 13-0:0-0] 51- (3) AuditoryMechanismsI- The normal hearing process, including auditory physiology and psychoacoustics. Prerequisites: MATH 101. Recommended: PSYC. 313- |3-0; 0-0] 510 (31 Discourse Analysis- Speechacttheorvanddescrip- tioit; frameworks for describing discourse genres, structures and organization; overview of discourse development and disorders. Prerequisite: LING 350. [0-0; 3-0] 518 (5) Fundamentals ojAudiology- Causes, identification ancl assessment ol hearing impairment; hearing screening, basic audiologic test procedures, interpretation of i esulls, and rehabilitation options. Laband observations. Pre- or corequisites: AUDI 813, 514, 522. Open only to students enrolled in the School [2-2; 0-0] 520 (31 Developmental Phonetics and Phonology- Theories of speech sound development, with emphasis on English; analysis of methodology and research techniques; phonetic transcription. Lab. Prerequisites; LING 310, 315, 400. Recommended: LING 401. [2-2:0-0] 522 (31 Communication Disorders- Assessment and intervention- Principles for identifying, screening, evaluating and treating individuals with speech, language and hearing disorders; standardized and nonstandardized measures, case history interviewing, development of assessment and treatment plans, and report writing. Lab and observations Open onlv to students enrolled in tile School. |2-,; 0-0] 523 (31 ilxperin ental Phonetics- Acoustic phonetic and acoustic pros relic features observed in speech analysis, particularly in spectrographic displays, and their relation to production and perception; experimental findings and theories per'anting to the most important of these features Prerequisite; AUDI 513. (0-0; 3-0] 526 (3) Acquired Language Disorders- Language impairment resulting from acquired brain damage; aphasia and head injury; assessment, interpretation of results, intervention planning and procedures, family/client counselling. Lab, Pre-or corequisites; AUDI 402, 522. [2-2; 0-0] 528 (3) Aural Rehabilitation: Principles and Praclice- Current approaches to assessment ancl rehabilitation of communication problems arising from hearing impairment Lab. Prerequisite: AUDI 518. 12-2;0-0| 530 (2) Resean b Methods- Proceriuressuitablefor.spccch- language pathology, audiology, and speech, language and hearing sciences; includes experimental, quasi-experimental and descriptive paradigms; single-subject anti group analyses; culminates in research proposal. [0-0; 2-0] 543 (4) Advanced Clinical Praclice in Audiology- Designed for students concentrating in audiology in their second year, this course refines clinical skills through a varie-yof clir tea! experiences in diagnostic audiology and aural rehabil tation with children and adults. Not offered 1994/9.. 544 (4) Advanced Clinical Practice in Speech-language Pathology- Refinement of clinical skills through experience in assessing and treating a variety of communication disorders. Available only to second vear students concentrating in speech-language pathology. Not offered 1995/95. 545 (0) Issues ut Clinical Practice- Ethics, service delivery systems, practice considerations specific tothe workplace. 546 (1-9) d Sen.inarinAudiologyundSpeech-LanguageSci- enees- May be taken for credit more than once. 547 (1-9) c Directed Reading In Audiology and Speech Sciences- Mav be taken more titan once 548 (01 M.Sc. Graduating Essay 549 (6) M.Sc. Thesis 552 (3) Audiologic Assessment I- - principles and procedures of audiomeiric testing and calibration; emphasis on basic audologic and pediatric test procedures Lab. Prerequisites: AUDI 518, 822. 12-2; 0-0] 554 (3) Audili.ry Mechanisms II- Advanced treatment of the median sms of the auditory system; combines audi- ^ ton'physiology anc: psychoacoustics Prerequisite: AUDI 514 J0-0;3-0] 556 (3) Aural Rehabilitation. Instrumentation- Use of heating instruments in an aural rehabilitation program, including selection and evaluation. Lab. Prerequisite: AUDI 518,522. [0-0; 2-21 558 (3) Physiological Measurement of Auditory Function- Principles ind procedures of physiological measures of auditoty (unction, including evoked potentials and acoustic immittance. Lab. Prerequisites: AUDI 552. [2-2;0-0] 559 (2) Practicum in Speech-Language Palhology for Audiology Majors- Prerequisites: AUDI 522.526 Open only to students enrolled in the School. [Summer] 560 (3) Audiologic Assessment II- Principles and procedures of special audiologic tests; integration of etiologies of hearing loss, effects on die auditory system and audiologic test batten Lab. Prerequisites: AUDI 552, 55a Pre-or corequisite: AUDI 558, [2-2; 0-0] 562 (2) ChildnoodllearingDisorders- Advanced pediatric assessment and management,' etiology of childhood hearing loss; speech and language of children with hearing impairment. Prerequisites:3111)1520,552,LING350. [2- 0; 0-0] 564 (3) Advanced Hearing Science- Consideration of critical bodies ofdata, current theories, and recent advances in auditory physiology and psychoacoustics. Prerequisite: ALU) 554. [3-0; 0-0] 56" t.2-8,1 d Topics in Audiology and Hearing Science- May tic taken more than once for credit. 568 (6) Audiology Practicum I- Prerequisites: AUDI 8:8. 852. 55a, 586, Open only to students enrolled in the School [.Summer] 569 (3) Audiology Practicum ll- Prerequisites AUDI 828, 558, SCO, 568, and either 562 or 564 Open only to students enrolled in the Schooi. (11-0: (Mi] 570 i,3) Phonological and Phonetic Disorders- Nature, identification, assessment and treatment of disorders of phonology and phonetics; includes cleft lip and palate and other orofacial anomalies; assessment methodology and case management planning, lab. Prerequisites: Al DI 520, 822 [0-0; 2-21 871 (3) Developmental iMttgttagc Disorders- Nature of such disorders, principled strategies for assessment and inler- vention; language sample analysis, and critique of current approaches to language intervention Prerequisites: UNCI 350. PSYC .501, Recommended: PSYC 309. 33h, 38", [0-0; 2-2] 8"2 (3) Linguistic Aphasiology- History of linguistic aphasiology; anaivsis of current research in disturbances ol ihe .sound system, sentence production and sentence comprehension; relationships between the various levels of language disturbance in aphasia. Prerequisites: LING 310, 300. 400. AUDI 402. Recommended: LING 301. 401. 15-0: (1-0) 575 (3) Language Development andDisordersin the School Years- Demands on the language of schoolage children; classroom discourse; language and curriculum content; biiingualism and cultural diversity; description, identification, and management of language disorders related to academic performance. Prerequisites LING 350, AUDI 516. [3-0; IJ-0] 5~6 (3) Disordersof Speech Production- Identification, assessment and ireatmenl of individuals with voice, fluency or motor speech disorders; includes disorders in adults and children, and principles of augmenrative3aiteriiative communication. Lab. Prerequisites: LING 318, AUDI 522, [0-0; 2-2) 579 (2i Practicum in Audiology for Speech-language Pathology Majors- Prerequisites; AUDI 818, 522 Open only io students enrolled in the School [Summer! 580 (2; Developmental Speech Perception- Auditory, phonetic and developmental theories of the perception of speech and nonspeech signals; examination of data, methodologies and research techniques. Lab Prerequisites: AUDI 513, 520,523. [0-0; 2-0[ 581 (3) 'Communication: Special Populations- Acquisition and use of speech and language by people with lifetime challenges, including hearing or visual impairment, mental retardation, autism; management of ,.on- comitant communication disorders. Prerequisites: 1.1NG 350, PSYC 801, AUD! 520, Recommended. AUDI 522, 571. [3-0; 0-01 583 (3) Advanced Speech Science- Theories ancl models of speech pioduction, with particular emphasis on coarticuiatioii, timing control, invariance ancl motor equivalence. Prerequisite; AUDI 525 |3-0, 0-0] 588 (2i Determinates of Language Development- Critical examination of current theories of language acquisition: Implications for research andclinical practice Prerequisite: LING 350, |0-(); 2-0] 585 (8) Acquired Speech and Language Disorders- Treatment of aphasic head-injured and/or eh saithrie individuals: current approaches to intervention, their efficacy ancl practical application. Prerequisites: AUDI 826, 576,588, Corequisite: AUDI 572. [5-0, 0-flj 294 Audiology 588 1149 Will o"'t! 'i 8 o88 |V)I) (2-8) d Topics in Sjieech-Language Sciences- Mav be taken more than once for credit. th! Speech-language Pathology Practicum 1 - Prerequisites: AUDI 522, 826. 5"0, 5~q. 50i Open onh to students enrolled in the School. [Summer] (51 Speech-language Pathology Practicum II- Prerequisites: AUDI 888 and five ofthe following: 52,8, 5"2. 8T5, 581, 585, 586. Open onlv to students enrolled in the School, jl)-0; 0-b] 121 fundamentals of Audiology Jor Heaith aud Education Professionals- Same as AUDI 518. except does not include lab or observations. Cannot he taken lor credit by sunfents enrolled in the ..iiifioiogv and Speccn Sciences M.Se program, [2-0; 0-0] (b) PhD Thesis (i-9) d Seminar in Hearing Science I i-9) d Seminar in Developmental Phonetics and Phonology- Examination of current i-ccearch, roles ot theories in understanding the relationship between speech sound production and comprehension/ perception. Prerequisite: AUDI 8810 (1-9) d Seminar in Linguistic Aphasiology- Examination ol current research, roles of linguistic theories-, m understanding language disturbance in aphasia: development of single-ease studies. Prerequisite; AUDI 572. (1-9) d Seminar in Developmental language Disorders (1-9) d Seminar m language Development 11-9) d Seminar In Speech Science Biochemistry BIOC Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Faculty of Medicine, see programs in Faculty of Science 300 lb) Principles of Biochemistry A lecture course dealing with the structure, function and metabolic relictions ol proteins, carboh yd rates, nucleic acids, lipids and steroids; enzymology and bioenergetics; biochemical transfer of genetic information and protein synthesis: regulatory mechanisms; control of cellular activity. Credit will uoi be given for more than one of BIOC 3011. 302. or 305: refer also to RIOL 201. Prerequisite: CHEM 230 or 2 13 or ItijA (Students in the Faculty of .Science are advised not to take this course unless their standing in the prerequisite is at least 60"i)j. Note: This course or the equivalent (e.g. BIOL 201 [litis BIOC 302), is prerequisite to all other tOO-ievei courses in Biochemistiy. [3-0; 3-0] 501 (3) Biochemistry laboratory- A coutse to demonstrate die chemical and physical properties of tne fundamental components of cells and some of the techniques by which these properties are studied. BIOC 300, 302. or 803 must precede or be laken concurrently' with tilts course. [0-5- ! .11-3-1] 802 (.3) Biochemistry- A lecture ceiurse on the structure, function and metabolic reactions of nucleic acids, lipids and lipid metabolism, steroids, nucleotides ami amino acids. In addition, the biochemical iranster ol genetic information, protein synthesis and regulatory mechanisms will be covered. This course is in it intended for Majors and Honours students in Biochemistiy, Prerequisite: CHEM 250 i ir 213 or 203. and BIOL 201, Credit will not be given for more than one- of BIOC 300, 302, or 303, [3-0; 0-0] 803 (tu Biochemistry- Intermediary metabolism and the biochemical flow of genetic information will be covered. Emphasis will be placed on the rationale of key experiments. This course is designed for Honours and Majors in Biochcmislry- and cither life science Honeiurs students. Prerequisite: CHEM 230 or213 oi 208 unci BIOL 201. Credit will not be given for more than one of BIOC 300,302,01-303, (3-0,3-0| ■did i/i) Human Biochemistiy- A lecture course for medical students covering metabolism, molecular biology, and biochemical aspects of specialized tissues. Prerequisites: BIOC300orBlOL2dl plus BIOC 302 or,303and CHEM 2.80 or 213 or 208. Restricted to students in the Faculty of Medicine and others with permission of die Department Head, 402 t.5) Proteins Structure and Function- Structural components of proteins, classification by primary, secondary and tertian-struct tire, protein chemisirv and purification, peptide ancl protein synthesis, and three-dimensional structure determination using advanced techniques such as X-ray diffraction and NMR. Al least a 683) standing in BIOC 500. 502 01-505 is recommended. |3-0; 0-01 4(13 (3) Enzymology Kinetic analysis, mechanisms of ac- tion, and regulation of activity, case studies of well characterized enzyme systems. Prerequisite: BIOC 402. in which at least a 65% standing is recommended. |0-0; 3-0] 4(11 (3) Biochemical Methods- Lectures on advanced biochemical techniques and their application to biochemical problems. Restricted to Honours studenls in biochemistry or others wilh permission of Depart ment Head. [1-0; 2-0] iIO (3) Nucleic Acids —Structure and Function- Chemical, physical and biological properties of nucleic acids wiih emphasis on current topics related to the replication, transcription, translation and regulation of genetic material. Credit will not lie given for both BIOC 410 and 510. Prerequisite: BIOC 305 and [.101.335. Students who obtain less than (>5"(> in either prerequisite are strongly discouraged from registering in BIOC .10. [3-0; 0-0] -i20 (3) Adrunced Biochemical Techniques- Laboratory emphasizing biochemical techniques sueii as cell fractionation, protein purification, .spectrophotometry, electrophoresis, chromatography, and ultracentrifugat ion. Enrolment restricted to Honours studenls in Biochemistry and others with permission oft he Head of the Department. Coreqiiisitc: BKX, Kit. [()-(); (l-(l| 42) (8) Recombinant DNA Techniques - Advanced laboratory course emphasizing recombinant DNA techniques including transposon mutagenesis, restriction enzyme mapping, chemical DNA sequencing, Southern blol analysis and M 1.3 cloning and sequencing. Enrolment restricted to Honours students in Biochemistry and others with permission of die Head of die Department. Prerequisite; BIOC 110, [0-0: 0-n] 448 (3/6) c Directed Studies in Biochemistry- A library (8 creditsiora laboratory [irojert with written report (three or six credits) allowing a student to undertake an investigation i in a specific topic as. igreed upon by the faculty and student. Permission ofthe Department (lead is required. 449 (3''(y) c Llonours Thesis:-- A research problem under the direction of a facility member. Restricted to Honours students 801 (2-b) c .Advanced Biochemistry laboratory- A laboratory course in advanced biochemical techniques BIOC 404 or its equivalent is required Students are strongly recommended 10 take BIOC iO'i and BIOC 801 concurrently. Admission 10 BIOC 501 is limited and is by permission ofthe Head ofthe Depanmenl. 503 (2) Molecular Biochemistry A lee lure course in molecular biology: replication, transcript ion. translation, gene organization, gene expression. Credit will not be given for both BIOC 303 and 803. |0-0;3-0j 809 (4) Biochemistry of Membranes- Lectures and discussions on the biochemistry of membrane lipids and proteins, lite structure and assembly of membranes, the respiratory chain and electron transport, photophosphorylatiiin and transport across membranes. Given in alternate years. 510 (3) .Nuclei!Acids: Structure and'Function- The chemical, physical aud biological properties of nucleic acids with emphasis on current topics related to the replication, transcription, translation and regulation of genetic material. Credit will nol he given for both BIOC 410 and 510. Prerequisite: BIOC 303 or permission of instructor, [3-0; 0-0] 511 (5) Biochemical Aspects uf Cellular Regulation Ale,- ture ancl discussion course on the molecular basis of cellular regulation with special emphasis on mammalian cells. Mechanisms involved in the responses of cells lo adrenergic steroid and peptide hotmones and growth factors. Pegu lit ii 111 oi [he concentration and specific acne ilv i'l Lev enzvmes, tr.inspori: systems and structural pro tents. Given in alternate tears 511 (3) AdiaucedTopics in Protein Chemislry- Topii e.-oll include contemporary theoretical and experimental investigation of protein structurc-tuneiion relationships. Topics will can- [ii-d 3-iij 521 (8.1 Advanced Topics in Molecular Biology Picro |tu- .site: BIOG-ilOorSlO. [0-0:3-0] 530 (21 Seminar in Biochemistry— Attendance is required of all graduate students m Biochemistry. Normally each will present one paper on a topic approved bv his her research adviser or committee or on die results of his-'hor research 5a8 1.2-ro c DirectedSludies- In spec ial cases, wilh approou ol die Head of the Department, advani ed courses may 1 ic arranged for graduate students in attendance. 8a9 < J2i MSc Thesis (Mb Ph.D. Ihesis Bio-Resource Engineering Faculty of Applied Science BIOE 280 (3; Biosystems for Engineers- Basic concepts ol biosvsieins ancl how [heir rel.iiions to engineering I bo sti'iii lute ami properties of biosystems at the bioehcniio.il cellular, and organizational levels, with emphasis on their relevance to the solution of engineering problems. [2-11-2: 0-0-0] 251 (3) Biological Syslems Engineering- Concepts ni biosystems and their relations to engineering. The strut ture and properties of biological populations and communities and their application to the solution of engineering problems. Effect of engineering activities 011 various environments will he stressed Prerequisite: BIOE 2Se |(i-0-0-. 2-2:--2"] 258 (5) Principles of Energy Use in Agriculture- Sources flow requirements, .substitutions and conservation of cn ergv in relation to operations for farm mechanization, farm structures, feed and food processing, waste manage men!, aquaeuliure and water management, (lor non engineering siudenis.! [3-2-11; 0-0-0] 285 (3) Iniroduction to Bio-Resource Engineering Syslems Analysis-- The tools of systems analysis with scle, ice! applications to lhe primary renewable resource produc lion enterprises. Emphasis In presentation of wrntcn and oral reports. [11-0-0; 2-11-2] 300 (31 Principles of Pood Engineering 12) Units ana I di inensioiis. mass balance steady suite and liansienl boa; flow, thermodynamics, fluid flow, fluid handling and nieas- uremeui. (for non-engiiieciing students.! !2-2-0,i.-ll-i!| 303 (3) Introduction to Feed Technology- Introduction to unit operations of feed technology. Physical and nutritional properties of feed and ingredients in relation to processing, iaiit operations: size reduction (grinding, rolling), mechanical sorting, sifting and separation, mix ing of solids, pefletizing and cubing, weighing and meter ing, cooling and drying. Conveying, handling and transportation .systems. Process evaluation and qtialityconiiol Same as ANSC 3113, [2-23-2*: O-0-0J 306 (3) Functional Design of Aquaeuilural Operations Acjuaciiliure and us justification, functional specifications for performance, reliability and economy lot aquae ulturai production operations. Site selection, waicr qualitv criteria and physical and biological considerations of piant and animal species Not restricted to Applied Science students, [2-2"-2*; O-0-0] Biology 295 355 (3) Physical Properties of Plant and Animal Materials- Structure; physical characteristics: mechanical, theological, thermal, optical and electrical properties of agricultural products. Applications to harvesting, processing, storage and quality evaluation. [0-0-0; 2-2*-2*] 356 (3) Principles and Engineering Applications of Plant and Animal Physiology- Applications of the physiological principles of energy, water and nutrient acquisition and regulation in livingorganisms. Heat and mass balance analysis and productivity concepts. Engineering modifications and design of environments to optimize growth of selected organisms. |0-0-0;2-2*-2*| 360 (3) Irrigation and Drainage- Soil-water-crop relationships, different methods of irrigation and drainage. (For non-engineering students.) [2-2-0; 0-0-0] 361 (3) Soil and Water Engineering- An introduction to the fundamental principles governing the planning and design of irrigation and drainage systems. Examination of interrelations between drainage-irrigation and soil-water- crop systems. (0-0-0; 2-2*-2*| 376 (3) Applications of Heat, Mass and Momentum Transfer- Applications in controlled environments, food processing and waste treatment. Thermal design for biological systems. Mathematical modelling and computer simulation techniques. Prerequisite: CHML 351. [0-0-0; 2-0-2] 390 (3) Biological Waste Systems Design andManagement- Analysis and design of treatment systems with emphasis on wastes from the food production and processing industries. Waste characterization, biological kinetics, attached and suspended growth systems, land application. [2- 2*-2*; 0-0-0] 403 (3) Advanced Feed Technology - Handling, conveying and storage systems. Liquid feed processingand handling. Flow characteristics in bins and flow through orifices. Extrusion operation and systems. Process flow design. Feed plant layout and automation. Systems integration. Dust control filtering and exhausting systems. Explosion and fire prevention. [0-0-0; 2-2*-2*[ 456 (3) Design of Closed Environments- Dynamic energy balances, natural and forced ventilation design, solar radiation control and utilization. Greenhouse heating anc! cooling using conventional and alternate energy sources i Control systems and lighting design. Prerequisites: BIOE 1 366 and BIOE 376. [2-0-2; 0-0-0] 464 (3) Irrigation and Drainage Engineering- Drainage andirrigation design criteria development; design of drainage and irrigation systems; computer aided design and drafting; construction and maintenance of water management systems. Prerequisites; BIOE .361, CHML 251. [0-0-0; 2-2* -2*1 471 (3) Systems Design 1- Application of fundamental principles used in engineering design and development of soil-machine systems and bio-material machine systems with primary production case studies from agriculture, aquaculture, and silviculture. Emphasis on individual initiative and application of fundamentals. Term design project. Prerequisite: BIOE 288 |2-2*-2*: 0-0-0] 472 (3) Materials Handling Methods- Design and selection of materials handling equipment and devices useful for the secondary production systems for handling, processing and storage of food, feed, and fibre. Emphasis on individual initiative and application of fundamentals. Term design project. Prerequisites: BIOE 285, BIOE 471. [0-0-0; 2-2*-2*] 480 (3) Food Process Engineering- A study tif the unit operations pertaining to processing of food and agricultural materials. Cleaning, sorting, grading, size reduction, heating, cooling, freezing, drying and storage. Prerequisite: BIOE 376. [2-0-2; 0-0-0] 481 (3) Food Engineering- Heating, cooling and freezing of food materials. Heat exchange devices. Diffusional operations, physical separations Storage stability. Prerequisite: BIOE 430. [0-0-0; 2-0-2] 185 (3) Aquacultural Engineering- Study ofthe functional and technical aspects ol aquacultural primary'production systems for pi; nt and animal species in fresh and in marine waters. Consideration ofthe inter-relationships between the characteri tries ofthe species and the facilities, equipment and environment with the view of evolving a comprehensive [iroduction system. Prerequisite.- BIOE 306. |0-0-0; 2-0-2] 489 (2) Seminar- Papers, and discussions on recent bio- resource engineering developments. [0-0-2*; 0-0-2*] 190 (3) Advanced Biological Waste Systems Design and Management- Microbial growth kinetics in mixed systems. Analysis and design aspects of biological reactors. Processes ofd.ffusiori.advection, dispersion, and sorption Chromatograohyand fixed-film reactors. Design and management of la id application systems. Prerequisite: BIOE 390 or equivalent. [0-0-0; 2-0-2[ 498 (2-6) c Directed Sludies- Requires approval ofthe Department Hecd. 499 (6) Thesis- Research or design problem under the direction ofa s,aff member, [0-2-0; 0-4-0] 540 (3) Design :>j Aquacultural Systems- System analysis as a design process applied to intensive ancl extensive aquacultural ritilitrophic level fish and plant production processes in ;alt and/or fresh waters. 549 (12) Master's Thesis- For M Sc. degree, 554 (3) Inslrun.entalionfor Biomaterial Research- Instruments, theon; applications, methods and standards for measuring and recording temperature, How, pressure, humidity, tine, color, force, deformation and length. Application to problems in biomaterial research and food engineering. The purpose of this course is to familiarize the student with methods, techniques and problems of measurement. 555 (3) Load Response of Biomaterials- The response of biomaterials subjected to static, quasi-static, cyclic and impact loading conditions. Viscoelastic models of biological materials The relationship between tissue structure and tissue response. Cellular models. 560 (3) Small Watershed Systems Design- hydrologic design ot water management systems for the production of agricultural and other biological materials. Analysis and design of composite systems lor watersheds. 561 (3) AdvanvedDrainage- Theon of land drainage; horizontal and vertical drainage; hydrologic characteristics of drainage systems; drainage requirements of crop; salinity control. 562 (.3) Advanced Irrigation- Land preparation; irrigation planning and design; water supplies and control: crop growth and water quality 563 (3) Ctualit i of Water Supplies- Criteria of water quality related to its use. Factors affecting water quality due to desirable and undesirable processes 565 (2) Environmental Control for Food Resource Planning- Thermal, psychrometric and illumination control in food resource systems. Special problems associated with high population densities in plant and animal confined housing. 566 (2) Design of Food Production Systems-- Labour efficiency, material flow, economic criteria, control of natural hazards. 571 (2i Bio-Machine Systems- Theoretical analyses ol unit operations [ erformed by various agricultural and processing machines. Considtuation ofthe interaction between machine parameters and biological parameters 572 (3) Soil-Machine Systems- Soil dynamics as applied to tillageand traction. The effect of tillage on soil parameters. Tillage design to create an optimum environment for plant growth. 580 (2) Engineering Principles Applied to Pood Concentration- Thermodynamics of water sorption and clesorption. Permeability and diffusion of vapours and gases through tissues and protected interfaces. Moisture migration, capillary, slip and molecular flow. 883 (2) Viscous Propertiesof Foods- Pseutloplastic.dilateni. thi.xotropic and rheopectic properties ol foods. Model systems, food texture. 584 (2) Thermal Properties ofPlain and Animal Producls- Meihods of measurement of enthalpy, specific heat thermal diffusivity. Steady state and transient heating, cooling and freezing. Kinetics of thermal processing, 590 (2-4) c Waste Treatment in Agricultural and Food Industries- Design and evaluation of current agricultural and food processingwa.ste management praclice. Effect of physical properties, environmental factors and pollution potential on treatment methodology, 597 (2-6) c Topics in Bio-Resource Engineering- Lectures and special topics in the held of Bio-Resource Engineering may be arranged upon approval ofthe Head ofthe Department. 598 (2) Seminar- Presentation and discussion of current topics in Bio-Resource Engineering research 899 (l.i-12l c Thesis- For M.A.Sc. degree. Biology BIOL Departments of Botany and Zoology, Faculty of Science " Additional fees are charged for these courses See Index 'Fees—Special Fees" Note: Lhe following Biology courses have been renumbered (old numbers in brackets'): 602) .{il. ijlll) 3-h. (HI) Us. 6U).h<). (315)552 621)302. (322)303. 625i50i. (330)550 (335) 330. 656) 535, l.hlti 550, C22) 400. In addition, all undergraduate courses in Botany and Zoology have been transferred lo Biology (see headings for Botany and Zoology for specific changes). Note: BIOI. 120 lor 101 or 102 or 105 or equivalent) is prerequisite to all Biology courses, except BIOI. 153.3)3. .i-i-l.o'■»...)(>. and -Pity 'Primarily for First Year Students BIOI. 120 is a prerequisile for admission to Major or Honours options in the Biology Program. Studenls who receive a grade of at least HO";, in Biology 12 are encouraged lo enter BIOI. 120 directly. Other students will need to take either BIOI. 110 or 115 prior to registering in BIOI. 120. The course selected is determined by the lei -el of biology completed in high school as noted under course description. Sludents interested in meeting the entrance requirements of tbe Faculties, or Schools, of Agricultural Sciences. Dentistry. Forestiy, Family and Nutritional Sciences, Medicine, Pharmaceutical Sciences. Human Kinesiology, and Rehabilitation Medicine should consult the appropriate office lo determine lhe first-year Biology requirement. 11(1 (3) Cellular and Organismal Biology- An intioduciorv course emphasizing principles of wide application to all organisms, including cell structure and function, nutrition, energetics and physiology; and reproduction. Exain- (iles are drawn from both I he cellular and whole-organism levels of orgamzatii in. The laboratory will explore biological principles through a study of several local ecosystems; field trips during laboratory sessions will be mandatory Open only to students who have not received credit for Biology 12. Credit may be obtained for onlv one of BIOL 110 or 115. |.3-2.5-0,' 0-0-0) 115 (3) Organismal Biology- An introductory course emphasizing principles of wade application to all organisms. including nutrition, energetics, physiology, ancl reproduction Emjihasis is on the diversity of ways that organisms satisfy the basic requirements for life in a variety of environments. The laboratory will explore biological principles through a study of several local ecosystems; field trips 296 Biology 201 800 during laboratory sessions will be mandatory. Prerequisile: Biologv 12 Credit may be obtained for oniy one of BIOI. 115 or 110. [5-2.5-0; 0-0-0] (3; Gcnelics. Evolution and Ecology- An introductory ccuirse exploring topics in the mechanism of inheritance at the organismal and molecular levels, evidence ior and mechanisms of evolution, ecological relationships, and animal behaviour. The laboratory-will incltide several long- term investigations, including laboratory experiments cut organism-environment relationships and optional field wotk. Prerequisite: 80";) in Biology 12 or completion of BIOI, 110 or 115. Completion of BiOL 120 .satisfies the prerequisite for other Biologv courses [8-2.8-Oj or 18-2.5-Oj (6j Human Biology- 'lhe principles of biology with particulai' reference to the human body Laboratories will include an examination of fundamental tissues and selected experiments on organ physiology. Open onlv to students in tfie Schooi of Nursing. BIOI. 101 or 102 or 1(13 is not a prerequisite. [3-5: 3-3j OS! Cell Biology 1: Structural Basis- A study of the structure and function at ai! levels ofthe nucleus and cytoplasm of plant and animal cells, wilh consideration of some important dynamic processes ai the cellular level Topics considered include instrumentation, membrane models, cytoplasmic organelles, the cell cycle, and nucleocvtopiasiTiii interactions. Studenls are normally expected to take BIOI, 201 (tor which CHEM 230 or 213 or 205 are co-requisites) as a companion course Prerequisite; BIOI, 101 or 102 or 103. j3 0-2: 0-0-01 (5) Cell Biology IE Inlrodiiclion to Biochemistiy- An iniroduction lo structural and functional aspects of cell chemistry. Topics to be discusser! include biological tni- cro-and macromolecules and their relationships, protein structure and enzyme action, energy transfer selected metabolic sequences wilh leferenrc lo control mechanisms Prerequisites: BIOI. 101 or 102 or 103, BIOL 200 and concurrent registration in CHEM 230 or 213 or 208. Credit will be given for onlv one of" BIOL 201 or BIOC 30!!. [0-0-0; 3-0-Oj (3) Comparative Vertebrate Zoology- Introduction to lhe vertebrate phyla and their evolution, a comparative st inly ol vertebrate structure and lunciioii, with dissection of representative forms. [0-0: 3-3! (3) Comparative Invertebrate Zoology- An introduction to the invertebrate phyla. \5-5: 0-01 d (5) Non-Vascular Plants- A studv of fungi, algae, lichens and brv ophyies. integrating form and function as thev are related to adaptation to environment. [3-3: 0-0] (3) Vascular Plants- A comparative study of pteridophvies, gymnosperms and angiosperms. integrating form, function and ecology. [0-0; 2-31 (3) Biometrics- Introduction to statistical procedures for biological research. Topic, include estimation, he polhesis testing, goodness,-, of lit. analysis of variance, and regression. The laboratory introduces computers-and their use in graphical and statistical anafvsis. Prerequisites: MATH 100 and 101, and third year standing. Creditwill be given foronlvoneol'BIOf.SOllanii PLNT 321. \}-2; ()-()[ or |0-0; 3-2] (3j Biomaihematics- Introduction to uses of mathemaiics in the biological sciences, Succiai emphasis on experimental design ancl inorielimg of biological processes. Prerequisite; BIOI. 300 or permission of the instructor. Credit veil! lie given lor onlv one of BIOI 301, or PLNT 322, or FRS'L 4.80, or STAT 505 [0-0: .3-0] 15) Community aud Ecosystem Biologv Introduction (o lhe principles of ecology at t he com nitiniiy and ecosystem levels of integration. Topics include community strtic- in re and dynamics, prcxluctivitv. decomposition, and mineral cycling. Prerequisite; BIOI 30.3 is strongly recommended. [0-0-0; 3-0-1*] 320 321 80.3 (3) Population Biologv- Introduction to the studv of plant and animal populations anti their physical and biological environments. Topics include natural selection and inicroevoluiion, demography, population dynamics, competition and. predation. [3-0-1*; 0-0-01 305 (.3) Iniroduction lo Biological Oceanography- An introduction to descriptive biological oceanography covering lhe plankton community and its relation to the physical/chemical environment i if the sea. The practical importance oi biological oceanography to fisheries management and pollution problems will be emphasized Prerequisite: Third year standing required. Co-requisite: BIOL 302 or equivalent, or permission of Head of Zoology BIOL 305 and OCGY 316 are the same coutse. [3-0-1; 0-0-01 310 (8) lulroduition lo Animal Behariour- An introduction to the clhoiogicai approach to the studv of animal behaviour. Emphusis is placed upon social behaviour. Physiological mechanisms underlying behaviour are also considered briefly. There will be no formal laboratory sessions but students will be expected to attend tutorial sessions and to carry out a short project in the laboratory or field (see also BIOL 410). Prerequisite: completion of second vear Biology or permission of Head of Zoology. [5-0-2-, 0-0-Oj (3) Surrey of.Algae A survey ofthe algae, considering their morphology, life history, classification, and ecology. [0-0:3-51 (31 Structure and Ft vlulion ofthe Bryopbyla- A study of evolution, taxonomy and morphology of mosses, ii verworts and hoi nworis wilh em phasis on living piant sin their euviroinnen!. [0-0: 2-4] (3) Structure and Evolution of Ferns and Fern-allies- Anatomv, morphology and relationships of the ferns and fern-allies, with assessment of both fossil and extant taxa. |2-t; 0-0] 1 (3) Structure and Reproduction of Fungi- The evolutionary diversity of the lungi as shown bv their morphology and reproductive biology. [2-3; 0-0] (3) Iniroduction lo Seed Plant Taxonomy- Introduction to seed plant taxonomy emphasizing descriptive morphology ami identification. Each student will be re(]Uired to submit a plant collection. Same as PI.NT 258, [2-3. 0-0] (3) Iniroduction to Animal Mechanics and locomotion-- Comparative nspo ts ofthe functional design of skeletal systems and the mechanics of swimming, (lying and terrestrial locomotion, wilh particular reference to the vertebrates. |'M);3-0| (5) Biology of Invertebrates A comparative study of inveriebrat.es, with emphasis on marine forms. An investigation of structure and function, life histories, evolution, and ecology. Prerequisite: BIOL 205. Primarily for students in Third or Fourth Year. | l-i; ()-()[ (8) Introduction lo Entomology - A survey of the structure, classification and biology of insects, with an introduction to spiders, mites and ticks, [2-3; 0-0] i3i Introductory Parasitology- Classification, morphology, life histories of animal parasites affecting domestic and wild animals and man. |2-3; 0-0] (3) Principles of Cytology- Jiltiastructure, biogenesis and evolution oi bacierial and eukaryotic ceils and cell organelles, including their macromolecular basis. Prerequisite: BIOI. 200. |il 0:5-5! (5) TkTelopmentalBiology Animal development ancl lis underlying causal principles; introductory embryology Prerequisites: BIOI. 200, 201, BIOC 500 or 302 or 303 is recommended. [3-3; 0-0| (6.) Protistology— An introduction to the understanding of single cells as organisms, irrespective of plant or animal affinities. Special alien! ion is given to environmental at lapratkms.t Iteir significance ro ecosystems, and their possible, evolutionary implications. The diversity of mor- 525 326 phological types is surveyed in view of the ahove considerations. Prerequisite, BIOL200, [2-3,2-3] 333 (3) Microscopy and Histology- An introduction to the theory of microscopy, to micro-technique and to ihe tissues of plants and animals. Emphasis in the lectures will be placed on general histology, i.e., the structure, function, development, and location of tissues as well as a comparison between plant and animal tissues. Prerequisite: BIOL 200. (2-3; 0-0] 3.34 (3) Genetics I- First of an integrated pair of courses stressing fundamentals of Mendelian genetics, chromosome theory of inheritance, linkage, mutation, Hardy- Weinberg equilibrium, and inheritance and gene regulation in prokaryotes. Credit will be granted for only one i it BIOL 3.54 and AGSC 213 or FRST 302. Prerequisite BIOI. 200 and 201; CHEM 230 or 213 or 203. [3-0-2; ()-()-()[ 335 (3) Genetics II- Second of an integrated pair of courses emphasizing fundamentals of eukaryotic gene regulation and genome organization, organelle genetics, transpose ms, mechanisms of mutation, recombination and DNA repair, as well as the fundamentals of developmental genetics. Prerequisite; BIOL 334. (This course is the same as MICB 325.) [0-0-0:3-0-21 3,3" (3) Introductory Genetics Laboratory- A laboratory course demonstrating the fundamental principles of inheritance utilizing primarily Drosophila, Paramecium and the freeliving nematode, Caenorhabditis elegans. The experiments are designed to illustrate a variety of topics including Mendel's Laws, sex-linkage, genetic mapping, mutagenesis, chromosome structure, developmental, bu >- chemical and population genetics Prerequisite: B101334 (may be taken concurrently). [0-0; 1-4] 343 (3) Plants and Peoples- An introduction to the interactions of plants and human societies. The roles of people in the origins, evolution and dispersal of food, drug and economic plants and the influences of plants on the economic, cultural and political histories of human societies will be considered. Suitable for students ol third and fourth years in the Faculty of Arts. [2-2-1,0-0-0] 3(4 (3) Human Heredity and Evolution- A course which relates genetic and evolutionary concepts to man and to human populations. Primarily for students of third and fourth years in the Faculty of Arts. Credit will be given lor only one of BIOL 101/102/108 or BIOL 344. Not open to students in Departments of the Life Sciences. [3-0-2; 0- 0-0] or [11-0-0: 5-0-2] .345 (3) Human Ecology- A review ofecological theory and research methods as they pertain to problems facing human societies today; A group research project on a large-scale applied ecological problem is required. Not for credit in Life Sciences. [3-0-2; 0-0-0] or [0-O-0;3-O-2] .846 (3) Microbes arid Society- An elementary course in molecular biology primarily for Arts students. The historical development of and recent discoveries in molecular biology. Emphasis is placed on bacteria and viruses ancl their interactions with humans. The implication of research on microbes for human welfare is stressed. Special topics include microbial resistance to drugs, cancer, and genetic engineering. Credit will be given for one only of MICB 200 and BIOL 346 Not open to students in Departments of the Life Sciences. [3-0; 0-0] 347 (3) Principles and Methodology in Biological Research I- Contemporary research in the Botany and Zoology Departments: history and methodology of scientific discovery; seminars on current problems. Restricted to Honours students in Biologv. Not to be taken concurreniiy with BIOL449. [2-3; 0-0] or [0-0; 2-3] 550 (6) Cell Physiology- The physico-chemical basis foreel - lularactivity, with particularemphasis on: energy relationships, functions of cell parts, integration and interna! control of cellular activities, mechanisms of influence of external factors, and cell ontogeny. The laboratory work will emphasize the techniques and apparatus used io studv cell function. Primarily for students in the Life Biology 297 351 352 353 354 363 400 401 402 403 io, 405 406 Sciences but open to others with permission of the instructors. Prerequisite: BIOL200,201 and CHEM 230 or 213 or 203. [2-3; 2-3] (3) Plant Physiology I- Mechanisms and regulation of functional processes contributing to the assimilation, transport and utilization of water, mineral nutrients and carbon by plants. CHEM 230 is strongly recommended. (Same as PLNT 324 and FRST 311.) 13-2-0; 0-0-0] (3) Plant Physiology IF Plant Development- Introduction to the processes involved in growth and development. Topics include cell division, tissue culture, meristems, differentiation, and the modes of action of major plant growth regulators. CHEM 230 is strongly recommended. Credit can be obtained for only one of BIOL 352 and PLNT 325. [0-0-0; 2-3-1] (6) Vertebrate Physiology- Lectures in organismic physiology for Biology Majors with an emphasis on vertebrates; laboratories with an emphasis on animal physiology. Students from other programs may register by permission of Head. Prerequisite: CHEM 203 or 213 or 230. [3-3*; 3-3*] (3) Comparative Environmental Physiology- A survey of physiological adaptations of animals to different environments. Pre- or co-requisite; BIOL 35.3, or permission of Head of Zoology. |0-0; 3-0] (6) Vertebrate Physiology- Lectures in organismic physiology for non-Biology Majors with an emphasis on vertebrates; laboratories with an emphasis on human physiology. Does not satisfy physiology requirement for Biologv Programs. Prerequisite: CHEM 203 or 213 or 230 or permission ofthe Head of Zoology. [3-3"; 3-3*] (3) Microbial Ecology- Ecological and environmental significance of metabolic anil structural diversity in microbes; the effects of microbial activities in nature Interactions among microbes in soil, freshwater and oceanic- environments; interactions with plants, animals. Metabolic basis for applied uses of environmental bacteria in areas such as bioremediation, soil fertility and waste management. Prerequisites: MICB 200 or 417, and BIOL 201. (This course is the same as SOIL 311 and MICB 400.) [3-0; 0-0] (3) Ecology of Fungi- Environmental requirements of fungi, their role in various ecosystems, and their relation- i ships with other organisms in the habitat. Prerequisite: I BIOL 323. [0-0; 2-3] (3) Aquatic Ecology I- Theoretical and applied aspects of limnology. Consideration of the ecology of inland water organisms in relation to physical, chemical and biological factors affecting their interactions and production. One weekend field trip required. Prerequisites: BIOL 300. 302 and 303, or permission ofthe Head of Zoology. [2-4:0-0] (3) Biological Oceanographic Methods- A practical course in analytical techniques and field operations as used in biological oceanography. Pre- or co-requisite: BIOI. 305/OCGY 316 or permission of the Head of Zoology, BIOL 403 and OCGY 406 are the same course. [0-0-0; 1-4-1] (3) Ecological Methodology- Quantitative methods for estimating population density, sampling problems of field populations, and experimental design in ecological analysis. Application of computer techniques for the statistical analysis of ecological data. Prerequisites: BIOL 300, 302 and 303. [2-4; 0-0] (3) Marine Ecology- A study of the relationship of marine biotic communities to the environment, with emphasis on the intertidal area. Limited to students in Fourth Year. Prerequisites: BIOI. 205, BIOL 320, BIOL300 (may be concurrent), BIOL 302; or their equivalents. (0-0; 2-3] (3) Plant Ecology I- Plant community ecology including a consideration of the major approaches to sampling, analyzing and interpreting vegetation patterns. Instruction given in field work and computer analysis of field data. Prerequisite: BIOL 302; BIOL 324'is recommended. |3-3; 0-0| 407 (3) Plant Ecology II- Relationships between plants and their physical and biotic environment, including plant population dynamics, genecoiogy, ecology of reproduction and vegetation change. Studnts will carry out a short term project it the laboratory infield. Prerequisites: BIOI. 302 and 303. [0-0; 3-3] 408 (6) PrinciphisofApplied Ecolo/ff- Principles of animal and communi :y ecology applicable to the management of animal resources; application of statistical and computer techniques foi measuring, analyzing, modelling, and aim u- lating resource systems; problems of multiple resource use. Prerequisite: BIOL300. [2-2;2-2| 409" (3) Field Course in Animal Ecology- A two week intensive course in field methods used in animal ecology ihe course will be given in theautumn in the two weeks before the first term. Individual projects will be carried out in selected habitats of coastal and interior B.C. A fee will be assessed to neet living expenses. Pre-registration is required. Prerequisites: BIOI.302 and 303, and BIOL 500, BIOL 310 is recommended. 410 (3) Currem Topics in Animal Behaviour- Lectures and seminar discussions on selected topics in animal behaviour. Prerequisites: BIOI. 310 or permission oi the Head of Zoology. [0-0:2-0-2] 411 (3) Insect Ecology- Behavioral, population and community ecology of insects. Interactions between insects and plants and the application ofthe principles of insect ecology to biological control of insects and weeds. (Same as PLNT 431. Prerequisite: BIOL 205 or PLNT 331. [8- 0; 0-0] 412 (3) Phytogiograpby- Description and interpretation of present and rasi floristic vegetational patterns; integration of evolutionary, ei ological, and phytogeographica! concepts Terrestrial and aquatic plants are considered. Restricted to sludents of Third and Fourth Years. [3-0: 0-0] 413 (3) Zoogeography- Distribution of terrestrial and aquatic animals in space and time; restricted to students in Third and Fourth year [0-0; 3-0] 414 (3) Evolulim- A critical appraisal of the evidence for evolution; a i onsideraiion of lite basic principles of natural selection and the nature and origin of species and higher categories. Prerequisite: Third Year major or honours '_ Biolo'v or permission of Heat I of Zoology. [0-0; 3-0] 415 (3) Evoluti'jnary Processes In Plants- Experimental and comparative analysis of evolutionary processes, speciation, and phylogenctic patterns in plants. Prerequisite; BIOI.334, [0-0,3-0] 416 (3) Principles of Conservation Biology- The theon' and practice relating to the conservation of threatened organisms ar d their habitats. Topics covered will include; the genetics and demography of small and fragmented populations: global and local conservation problems: case histories of conservation uf endangered animalsand plants. Three compulsory weekend field trips. Enrolment limited. Prerequisite: BIOL 30,5. [2-0-2; 0-0-01 418 (3) Evolutionary Ecology- Ecological adaptation ancl evolutionary processes in contemporary populations. Topics include: natural selection; variation; optimization; foraging theory; -devolution; arms races; life histoiy theory; evolution of sex; sexual selection; evolution in managed populations. Examples from plants, animals, microbes. Px-requisite: BIOL 303. [0-0-0; 2-2-0] 419 (3) Ecolag'cal Parasitology- Asurveyofecologicalcon- cepls as the.' pertain to parasitic eukaryotic animals including lifeh story, population dynamics, community structure, disease transmission and evolution. Prerequisite: BIOI. 303 or BIOL 328. [0-0; 2-5] 420 (3j Plant Anatomy- Internal structure, organizalion and development of vascular plants from both theoretical and descriptive perspectives Emphasis is on conifers and angiosperms. Prerequisite: BIOL 210, BIOE 333, or permission ofthe Head of Botany. [0-0; 2-3] 421 (3) Paleobotany- A study of fossil plants, emphasizing structure, evolution, ancl paleoecology. Prerequisite: BIOL 210 or equivalent. Given in alternate years. |2-3: 0-0) 422 (3) Palynology- A study of plant microfo.ssils emphasizing their nature, distribution, recovery, and application to paieoecology Given in alternate vears. |2-3. 0-0] 424 13) Advanced Seed Plant Taxonomy- Current classification systems and the evidence on which die; are hased. This course emphasizes thcangiusperms. Given in alternate years. Prerequisite: BIOL 321 or equivalent |0-0; 2-3] 425 (3 i Biomechanics- An analytical appi'i inch to the study of skeietal mechanic s and animal locomotion. Selected topics in the structure and properties of biological materials, the functional design of skeletons for locomotion, anel the fluid mechanics of swimming and flight. Prerequisite: BIOI. 325. [0-0; 2-5] r26" (6) Biology of Fishes- Classification, identification, life histories and ecology of fishes, with an introduction to the study of their marine and freshwater environments. Prerequisite: BiOL 204, |2-,3; 2-3] 427" (3i Terrestrial Vertebrate Zoology- Tho natural history, behavioral ecology and conservation of terrestrial vertebrates (and marine mammals). The laboratory includes classification, life histories, and ecology, with particular attention to species from British Columbia. Prerequisite: BIOL 204 [0-0, 2-3] 428" CilMliivertehrale Aquacullure- The theon' and practice of culturing selected commercially important invertebrates. Prerequisite BIOL 205 or equivalent. Restricted to students in Fourth Year, [2-5; 0-0| 429 (3) Algal Aquaculture- The [heoryandpiycticeof growing micro- and macroalgae for common ial purposes. Includes historical aspects of algal aquaculture, cultivation principles, practical problems, end products, economics and current status ofthe industry. [3-0: 0-0| 4.80 (3; Evolutionary Genetics- Application of genetics and molecular biology to evolutionary problems. Emphasison using macromolecular sequence information to answer questions about phylogeny and population structure, ami on the evolutionary implications of recent discoveries in molecular genetics Prerequisite: BIO 1.335 [,3-0-0:0-u-0j ■1.51 (Ai Eukaryotic Developmental Genelics- An advance';! coverage ofthe following topics: organization of chromosomes, developmental control of gene expression, cpigenetic determination anil differentiation: control of growth; experimental partitioning of lhe influences ol maternal and zygotic genetic factors in the regulation of development; establishment of axial systems and pattern formation. Prerequisites: BIOI. 535 and one of BIOC 300, 302, or 30.3. BIOI. 3,31 is recommended. [3-0; 3-0] 4.82 (3) Advanced Problems in Animal Genetics- A study oi advanced problems and concepts on topics such as chromosome mechanics, genetic fine structure analysis, gene conversion, mutagenesis and hybrid dysgenesis. Prerequisite: BIOI. 335. [2-4; 0-0] 433 (.3) Plant Genetics- Current plant genetic research with emphasis on molecular aspects. Topics include: the ctruc- turc and regulation of plant genes; transposable elements in maize; cytoplasmic- inheritance, including molecular basis of male sterility and senescence; nitrogen fixation genes; transformation of plant cells and somatic hybridization; crown gall tumors, their formation and characteristics; genetic engineering of plant cells. Prerequisite: BIOL 335. |3-()-l: 0-0-01 434 (3) Population Genetics- Fundamental aspect.-, of population and quantitative genetics with emphasis on experimental observations and examples from natural populations. Sonic applications will be discussed The distribution of genetic variation in the human species is especially emphasized. Prerequisite: BIOL 33-r. AGSC 215 or FRST 302, or equivalent. (BIOL -i3-i/MEDG .34 are the same course.) j()-0; 3-0] 298 Biology 4.88 (.3) Cell Biology ofProtisls - Structure, feeriinganel food processing, cultural cycles, cell cycle events and their control and integration, morphogenesis, genetics, anc! the physiological basis of bchaciour in unicellular eukaryotes, Emphasison biology ol (filiates. Prerequisite; Third year standing in life Silences. BIOI. 852 suggested. Offered in alternate vears. [5-0: U-0] 430 i3.i Fundamentals of Cytogenetics- A comprehensive si udv ofthe cell biology cil the nucleus as the physical basis of heredity. Prerequisite: BIOL 385 or equivalent [11-0. 2-5] -i.-T (31 laboratory in Animal CellMolecular Biology- The use of recombinant DNA techniques to explore problems in animal developmental biologv; Prerequisites BIO I..33 L BI01.338. undone of either BIOL20I and BIOC 302 oi-303, or BIOC 300, ancl permission ofthe I lead, [2-1-0; u-il-0] i58 (3) Zoological Physics- Animal syslems viewed Irom a physicist's perspective. Topics include sensory systems, energy budgets, locomotion, interna! Hows, physical advantages of grouping. Prerequisite: Pi A'S 101 or 121 or equivalent, and BIOI. 325. Same as PHYS 1.88 [il-ll-O 3-0-0] ■i39 (ft) Plant Biochemistry- A comparative survey ol inier- mediaiy metabolism, including the t hemisttv; biosyni hesfs. distribution and biological function of organic com pou nils in die plant kingdom, Prerequisiies: CHEM 280 or 21.5 or 205 and either BIOI. 201 or BIOC 300, \2-5; 2-5] 111) IS 1 Functional and Comparalii e Histology of lhe Vertebrates- A functional and comparative study of vertebrate organ systems wilh particular emphasis on fishes amphibians ancl mammals, lor siudenis 111 die field oi Comparative Anatomy; Vertebrate /oology and Plivsiology. Prerequisite: BIOL 355. [!-i;0-U| nl (3) Animal Cell Biology- Analysis of cellular organelles and the intracellular traffic between them, concentrating on mammalian cell systems. Co-requisite: BIOL 380. 15-0; 0-Mj 111 (51 Techniques in Plant Molecular Biology - A labora- lon- course that includes techniques in purification and analysis of plan! nucleic acids, electrophoresis unci immunodetection of plan! proteins. Offered bv the Biotechnology Teaching laboratory in cooperation with fhe Department of Botanv. Rcstricied to Honours srurients with permission ofthe Head of Department. Prerequisite: BIOI. 335. Recommended co-requisite: BIOL i33, [()-~| ii5 (8) Bio-analysts The modeling and analysis of biological processes and experimental dala using computers. Consideration of the modeling of animal population characteristics; modeling ancl analysis of transport processes in physiology, reduction and analysis of biological dala, including speelral composition analysis, image analysis and analysis of instrumentation dynamic response -cltaraiteiisiics. Prerequisite: B1OI.301. [2-8; 0-0] rift id) Principles and History of Biology— Consideration ol scientific met heiciologv.hisioiy and philosophy. Prercciuisire: Fourth vear standing in any degree program. |3-0: 3-01 11" ;31 Principles and Methodology In Biological Research IV Seminars, debates, workshops and tutorials designed lo produce compele-nce in specific' incurs of Biologv Re- siricled to Honours studenls in Biology. Musi he laken cone urreniiv wilh BIOL 4 19. l-S.ii-t (3-12) c Directed Studies in Biologv A course designed to allow students to undertake an investigation on a specific topic as agreed upon liv the lacultv member and lhe student Permission of the I lead of Botany or/.oology, and die supervisor required. No more ihan six c redits of BIOL 148 may be taken with the same supervisee iiii Directed Biological Research A course designed 10 allow studenls to undertake a research proiect in soled ed fields. Open only to Honours siudenis in Biology. after consultation wit lithe Head of Botany or Zoology, and wirh permission of rhesupeniscr. Prcsciiialioii ofa thesis anil an oral examination are required Must be taken loiHuiremh with BIO! t-C. 450 (3i Molecular- Adaptation of Animals lo the Environment- Biochemical strategies in the adaptation of animals to their environments. Emphasis will be placed on the adaptations of animals at the molecular level to the problems posed bv iheii morphology physiology and environment. PrercqiUMtcs BIOC 300. 302 or 303; BIOI, -i5-i recommended [0-0, 5-0) ■|5I 1.31 Algal Physiology Environmental physiology of marine algae with an emphasis on physiological adaptations to environmeiiiai f.n tors. Lihoralorv tenures culruring o! algae and analytical techniques useful in measuring phvsr olcigicai response 10 environ mental changes Prerequisites: BIOL .320 and one of BIOL 850 or 581 (mac be laken concurrently). iSameasOCGi ils.) [()-(); 2-31 452 (5) Plant Development Molecular mechanisms involved in organ anil cell differentiation, the molecular basis for plant In irmoneaci ion. developmental genetics of plants, and light effects on development. The course will emphasize die hioiechnologicai methodologies responsible for recent advances in understanding developmental proi esses. Prerequisite: BIOI, 588, BIOL 582 recommended 12-5, 0-01 i53 (3/(i) c Animal Physiology laboratory Experiments in animal physiology using computer data acquisition and analysts. For 8 credits, studenls must complete 5 experr nienis; for (> credits, siudenis must complete 10 experiments. Prerequisite: BIOI. 555. Corequisite: one of BIOI. 85i, (50, 181. -m or i5d. or permission ofthe Head of Zoology. [0-0, ii-C'i |5 1 i.5) Animal Conipriratire Physiology- Selected topics in physiology emphasizing coniparistins be!ween diverse phylogenelic groups ol animals. Preicquisile: BIOL 553, P8.C 300, or BIOI, 550, or permission of the Head of /.oology, [0-h, 3-0j -(55 13) Comparative Neurobiology- .Seminar discussions of science! topes. Current approaches 111 neurobiology, from the cellular lot he behavioral level, are examined using representatives of vertebrate and invertebrate nervous systems. Prerequisite' BIOI.553, PS'VC 5i,0, orBIOI.550, or permission of the Head ol/oologv [3-0-2*; 0-0-0] 45(i (8) Comparalire Endocrinology A comparative studv ofvenebraieaiHlinvertebratcenriocriniilogy. Prerequisite: BIOI. 353, or permission ol die Head of Zoology. (0-0; 3-()| 45?" (5) Insect Physiology- Plivsiology of insect growth and rieveicipineiii with emphasis on insects ol economic importance, physiological liasisoi insect control. (Offered in alternate vears.1 Prerequisite: Pl.M 351 or BIOI. 52~. iSamea.sPI.M' i32o |ll-();3-ll 505 ! 31 Principles and ley bmqucs in Electron Microscopy I A lee lure course on the principles of construction and operation of lhe microscope; the techniques used in the preparation of materials lor examinalion. An introduction to biological applications. Open io qualified undergraduate .students Willi permission of inslructor. 5(14 (5) Principles and Techniques in Electron Microscopy II- A laboratory course in the operation ofthe electron microscope and the biological techniques in electron microscopy. Enrolment limited. Prerequisite: BIOL 503 8115 ('ii Comparative Biology- A lei I lire and seminar course on lhe bun hemical aspects ofa wide range of organisms wilh partial!;!; re'erruce to biochemical evolution, nature and coniro! ol' nieuibolicti! and lhe biochemistry of differentiation Preiequisites: BIOC 500 or 502 or 505. Recommend BIOI 330. BiOL ni. or PHYL 301 and 302, Open 10 Fourth year Life Sciences students, with permission ofinsirui tor. 808 (5) Print Iples <if Radlolracer Methodology in Biological Researcli- A coin prehensive survey, by assigned reading, tutorials and pruhlcm-.sulving, ol the principles of radioactivity and radiotracer tricihodology as applied lo researcli in the life sciences, first term. 50- l.Jl Biological Applications of Radiotracers- A laboratory course including projects and some seminars designed to cover a wide range of problems concerned with techniques, experimental design and interpretation, as well as the handling and disposal of living tissues. Prerequisite: BIOI. 506. Second term. 808 (fo Current Topics in Genetics- Recent papers in generics will be discussed with emphasis on topics concerning chromosomes and gene structure and function. Prerequisile: a genetics course or permission of an instructor. 509 (hi Advanced Biometrics- Topics in advanced slatisii- cal methods in relation 10 biological sciences. Experinicn- tit I design, multivariate analysis, sampling, theory of error, maximum likelihood estimation and special topics in current literature 510 (5) Ecological Genetics-- The genetic basis of ecological relationships, A review of basic population genetic s will provide the background for further investigations of reproductive strategies, influences of population structure, predator-prey ancl piant herbivore interactions, crop genetic variability, and cither topics on basic ancl applied ecological genetics. Lectures and discussions. Same as PINT 510, 522 (5/(1) d Topics in Marine Benthic Ecology- Critical renews of die literature and group discussions on topics of current interest in the field 548 (2-6) c Advanced Topics in Biology 5i9 (12-18) c Masler's Thesis (><i9 Ph.D. Thesis Biophysics Faculty of Science See ANAT-m, 505. 509 and PHYS 5,05, 405 Botany Faculty of Science BOTA All undergraduate courses in BOTANY are listed under BIOLOGY. The following courses hare been renumbered and transferred to BIOLOGY (old Botany numbers are shown in brack- 'etsl: 601)320. (500)521. (307)322, 608)323. (310)345, 6111 52i. 650)551352. ('102) -120. 609) 401. 615) 424. 615) 451. (420) il.K). (i2"vi(C. 1I.,0)i52. do's) -.'i.9, (437)433, 641) 121. 6i2) )22. 500 (2) Field Botany- A course designed for students proceeding to a graduate degree in Botany. Attendance maybe required at the discretion of the Department as .1 prerequisite to lhe degree. The course will last approximately one week and will be held immediately after the sessional examinations in April, A fee, payable to the Departmental secretary tin registration in September is levied 10 help defray expenses. Fieid studies will focus attention on the ecology, taxonomy ancl life histories ol representative plant groups. Written reports will be required as directed 501 (3) Seminar in Botany- This course is compulsory final! graduate sludents in the Department and should be taken as early as possible, usually in the first or second year of sludies, 502 ((it Thesis Seminar- Presentation oftheM.Sc. or Ph.D. thesis lo lhe Departure!!! in the form ofa seminar belore the defence of diesis examination and between September and April of the last vear of the graduate program, A required course which carries no academic credit: for all graduate students in the Department of Botany. 50(i 1.3) Reprodiiclire Biology of Vascular Plains- Pollination ecology, the function and genetics of pollination systems, mating patterns in plants. The significance of pollination svsiems ro evolution and systematics. Given in alternate years. Prerequisite; BIOI. .33 i and 324, 512 (4) Practical Marine Phytoplankton- A field project involving the collection, identification and distributional Chemical Engineering 299 assessment of a selected group of marine phytoplankton organisms. Prerequisite: OCGY 506. 515 (6) Advanced Mycology- Systematics.lifehistoriesand ecology of fungi. Emphasis on terrestrial groups in thefirsl term; aquatic fungi in the second term Prerequisite; a course in Introductory Mycology, 11-4; 1 -4j 520 Its) Advanced Phylogeograpby 526 (2) Advanced Plant Community Analysis 527 (3) Dynamics of Plant Populations- The processes responsible for the regulation of numbers and mass in plant populations from the seed to the reproducing adult. Prerequisite: BIOL 407 {or equivalent). 528 (3) CurrentTopicsin Plant Biochemistiy- Discussions of recent and important papers dealing with the biosynthesis and metabolism of secondaiy metabolites and proteins in plants and fungi. Attention will also be given to microbial degradation of natural products. First Term 529 (3) Chemical Plant Taxonomy- Discussion of the application of chemical and biochemical characters to problems of plant systematics. The usefulness of these characters will be examined with respect to problems at all taxonomic levels. 5.30 (3) Plant Metabolic Physiology- Studies of the processes and significance of photosynthesis, respiration, amd the metabolism of carbohydrates, nitrogen and lipid compounds in pianis. 532 (3) Regulation of Plant Growth and Development- Discussion of the processes of plant differentiation and their regulation by extrinsic and endogenous factors. 533 (31 Short Distance Ion Transporl- Discussions of the mechanisms of ion transport across plant ceil membranes. Topics will include the generation and regulation of electrical and chemical potential gradients across cell anti organelle membranes. 54.3 (6) RecentAdvancesinlheBiologyofPlantCells- This course will emphasize the integration of biochemical and ultrastructural studies at cellular and subcellular levels. Topics will include biological membranes, mitochondria, chloroplasts, nuclcocytoplasniic relations, control of cell division, differentiation, development and other dynamic i aspects of cells. 544 (3) Plant Molecular Biology laboratory- Techniques of purification, cloning, sequencing, restriction-hybridization analysis of plant nucleic acids, in-vitro labelling of plant nucleic acids and proteins, and electrophoresis and immunodetection of plant proteins. Offered by the Biotechnology Teaching Laboratory in co-operation with the Department of Botany. Admission to the course is limited and requires recommendation from the Head of Botany or the Director of the Biotechnology Laboratory. Same as PLNT 540 and FRST 503. Recommended pre- or co-requisite: BIOL.335. 515 (3) Plain GeneticEngineeringlaboraloiy- Techniques of vector preparation, electroporation, microprojectile bombardment, and Agrobacteriiim-mcdiated plana transformation, selection of iransformaiits, plan! regeneration and confirmation of gene transfer at the DNA, RNA anel enzyme levels. Limited enrolment: consent of instructors. Same as PLNT 514 and FRST 509. 10-0; 1-6] 540 (2-12) c Topics in Botany 5a9 (6 12) c Master's Thesis ban Ph.D Thesis Business Education BUED See Mathematics and Science Education, Business Education Offered by the Chair in Canadian Studies. Enrolment limited to students in the Canadian Studies Major program. [0-2] Canadian Studies Faculty of Arts CDST Clinical Dental Sciences See Dentistry CDSC Chemical Engineering Faculty of Applied Science (3) Mass ami Energy Balances- Introduction toChcmi- cal Engineering; units: stoichiomctry; phase equilibria; mass balance;; energy balances. [3-0-1; 0-0-0] 242 251 261 341 345 346 351 .353 356 357 358 359 (5) Senior Seminar in Canadian Sludies- The Canadian experience from a variety of disciplinary perspectives. (2) Chemicc lProcess Technology- Introduction to processes used in if ic chemical process industries; problems and lectures emphasize underlying physical and chemical principles. Prerequisite; CHML 241. [0-0-0; 2-0-1] (3) Transport Phenomena I- Fluid Mechanics. Momentum-transfer i i fluids in laminar and turbulent flow. Microscopic and macroscopic material, momentum and energy balances. Rhc ology. Dimensional analysis. Flow in conduits. Pumps. Fluid metering Prerequisite; PHYS 170. Corequisite: MATH 254 [0-0-0; 3-0-2*] (1) Chemical Engineering Lab I- Experiments chosen to illustrate principles, physical properties, fluid flow and processes underlying Chemical Engineering. Novel experiments. Field trips may be required. [0-0-0; 0-4*-0] (3) Diffusk rial Operations I- Principles and design of equipment forequilibrium and non-equilibrium stagewise separation b\ distillation, absorption, adsorption, extraction, etc. for binary and multicomponent systems using analytical, graphical and numerical methods. Prerequisite: CHML 241. [0-0-0:3-0-2*] (2) Applied Thermodynamics I- Basic concepts of thermodynamics laws of thermodynamics, entropy balance, thermodynamic properties of pure fluids, physical phase equilibrium, thermodynamic potentials, availability, conversion of heat into work by power cycles, refrigeration and liquefaction. Prerequisites: CHEM 251, PHYS 153. [2-0-2*; 0-0-0] (2) Applied Thermodynamics 11- Thermodynamic properties of mixtures, thermodynamic properties from volumetric data, lugacides in gas mixtures and liquid mixtures, calculation o'phase equilibria, psychromerry, heal effects, combustion, chemical reaction equilibria, thermodynamic analysis of industrial processes. Prerequisite: CHML .345. [0-0-0:2-0-2*1 (3) Transport Phenomena II- Heat and mass transfer: conduction tnd molecular diffusion: thermal and dilute material, cor vective transfer; thermal radiation; analogies between momentum, heat and mass transfer; prediction of transfer rates; heat exchanger design. Prerequisite; CHML 251. [3-0-2*: 0-0-0] (2) Mechanical and Thermal operations- Principles of comminution and screening; of fluo-solid operations including fill ration, sedimentation, classification, fluidiza- tion, and dilferemial wetting; and of thermal operauons such as evaporation and crystallization. Prerequisites: CHML 242, CHML 251. [2-0-2*; 0-0-0] (3) Process Control- Theory and application of automatic control in chemical processes; process dynamics; instrumenta ion. Prerequisite: MATH 255. [0-0-0; 3-0-0] (2) Interfacial Phenomena- Outline ofthe physics ancl chemistry o' interfaces; discussion of the part played by surface effects in technical processes. Prerequisite: CHEM 251. [0-0-0; 2-0-0] (2) Properties of Fluids- Prediction of thermodynamic and transpcrt properties of fluids. Behaviour of single and multi-phase systems. Prerequisite: CHML 348. [0-0 0; 2-0-0 i (3) Chem,cal Engineering Economics- Estimation oi capital and operating costs; interest calculations; taxes; 442 Ci economic comparison of alternatives, economic optimization. Prerequisite: CHMI.242. [0-0-0; 3-0-0] 362 (2) Chemical Engineering Laboratory II- Experiments to illustrate and use material presented in courses CHML 345, .351, 353, and STAT 251. Novel experiments. A major field trip is required with expenses to be borne by students. Prerequisites-. CHML 251, CHML 261. CHML Corequisite: CHML 55.3. [0-3-0, 0-0-01 363 (2) ChemicalEiigineeringLaboratoryiIII- Experiments to illustrate and use material presented in 300-level CHML courses. Novel experiments. Field trips may he required. Prerequisites: CHML 251. CHML 261. Corequisite: CHML 353. [0-0-0; 0-3-0] ,376 (2) Computer Floivsheetingin Chemical Engineering- Theory and practice of computet flowsheeting in chemical plant design. Hands-on use of modern process simulators ASPEN and CADS1M to evaluate chemical plant designs and critical evaluation ofthe results. [2-0-0:0-0-0), or [0-0-0;2-0-0[ (3) DiffusionalOperationslI- Principlesandequipment design for continuous-contact mass transfer operations including distillation, extraction, diving, humidification. etc. Prerequisites: CHML341,CHML3.1. [3-0-2*:0-0-01 (6) Process Design Project- The design and economic assessment of a major chemical engineering process. A directed-study type course in which the students use previous course material in the synthesis of a detailed design of a practical process. Contact hours are used for the presentation of progress reports and consultation with faculty and industrial advisers. Prerequisites: CHML,34b 346,351,353. 356 and 359. Corequisite: CHML 358. [0-0-3; 0-0-3] 455 (6) Chemical Engineering Reactor Design- Chemical reaction kinetics, catalytic processes, and reactor design. Prerequisites:CIIEM252,CHML35E [2-0-0;2-t-0] 457 (2) Process Synthesis- Strategy for conception and evaluation of chemical processes. Assessment of reaction pathways and separation methods. Development of process How sheets. Network analysis; computer-aided design; optimization ofchemical processes. Prerequisites; CHEM 250, 260; CIIML341, 359- [2-0-2*; 0-0-0] 464 (3) Chemical Engineering laboratory IV- Experiments in unit operations involving also instrumentation and control. Novel experiments. Field trip may be required. Prerequisites: CHML 362, 363. Corequisite: CHML 442. [0-6-0; 0-0-0] 470 12) Chemical Pulping Technology- Pulp processing with emphasis on topics related to chemical engineering, including wood chemistry, chemical pulping, chemical recovery, bleaching, chemical by-products ancl pollution. Prerequisite: Third year Chemical Engineering. [2-0-0; 0-0-01 471 (2) Mechanical Pulping and Papermaking Technology- Pulp and paper processing with emphasis on topics of general engineering interest, including mechanical pulping, stock preparation, papermaking, fibre and paper properties, energy, ancl project engineering. Prerequisite: Third year Chemical Engineering or Mechanical Engineering. '[0-0-0; 2-0-0! 472 (2) Hydrocarbon Processing - Conversion of hydrocarbons such as natural gas, crude petroleum and tar sands into fuels and chemical feedstocks. 'Topics include disi illation of complex hydrocarbon mixtures, tracking, hyrirotrearing, reiorming, alkylaticin and gas sweetening Restricted to fourth year chemical engineering students or by permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: Fourth year Chemical Engineering. [0-0-0; 2-0-0] 473 (2J WaterPollution Control - Legal, environmental and pliy.sicochemical aspects of industrial water pollution ancl its abatement will be surveyed. Current wastewater treatment processes and their industrial application wili be discussed. Corequisite: CHML 553. [2-0-0; 0-0-0] 300 Chemical Engineering (2-1) Process Conmol- Theory and design of i oulrol schemes lorcumpiex chemical nfants.- introduction to computer and optimal control .. ihcuical processes. Prerequisite. CILVI1. 55o. |2-l-u. 2i-'h (2. Modelling and Optimization m (ivmicai Engineer lug- Mathematical modelimg of chenvca! plants aud processes. Conipuiersimiilation, Inramucnoi! ..ommiencaf optimization techniques. Prereiiuisite.CHMi.5ii. iii-;-i:.!)il-i)! i2i Electrochemical Engineering Intro luihonioiber modvriamics and Kinetics of elec a rode processes conduc- uoniiiliquirfsaiiriniiiliiphasesvcteins currentdiMritiutior,. e'eatroch cmicai react ordesign, riant i.n oir o-ieccoiheinti,:! proicis technology. Restricted io i'ourih vear cocmicat or metallurgical engineering siudenis. PreiequiMtes' CHEM 2S> CHML 241, [2-0-0; 0-0-ill (2; Energy and Fuels- Basic coioicieraticiits::: thc'siu- plv and use of ftieis. Cimibusiiori,gasification. - urboni.--.i- rio-i and solvent refining, linergv conservation, dc*crip- iion. theon ancl [irobieni mateou. 12-0-i): (i-o-Oi i2i Chemical Engineering Aspects of (keupalioiud Health and Safety- Relationship between current engineering practice and worker health and safety Eiagiiicei'- ing analysis of inrinstiiat Lcahi) and safet; problems. Prerequisite: Third year Chemical Engineering jli-fl-6, 2-0-dj 12 -81 Hazardous Waste Processing I echnoiogy - Cha rae tenzation. treatment and final disposal of hazardous waste with emphasis upon chemical engineering principles. Topics lo include relevant legislation, in plant nunimi/auon i rearrnent options and clean-up ol contaminated sites. Case studies to be used for illustration. 12 ci-0: or [S-0-0; (1) Thesis Proposal- Literature searching, planning, equipment design, experimental design ior au iniiividnjl research proiect leading to a written proposal anti otai presentation. Prerequisites. CHML iol. 883 [U-2 ic O-ditj (5) thesis- Research proiect under the direction oi a staff member. Prerequisite CHML 40). ju-ii-0, o-S-ri] 12) Summer Essay or EmniiccniigRepori- This should he v;i iiten on some subject of scientific oi technical inn. r- e.M. based preferably on pciaoua! exiierieiice opecifica- tious ate issued bv lhe Department at the end uf Thud Vear Deadline for submission: .September 15. Pierequi- Mte: Third vear Chemical Engineering i J ? Industrial Process Engineering- Mas--, and energ; balances. Sloichioitieuv i'lov diagrams. Key ana operations for selected process industries in Yvcsieri! Canada with special attention to emission controls and hazards. May require field trips. Not open to Chemicai Engineering students. (3-4) d Industrial Kinetics- Topics vary from vear ro vearand mav include chemicai reaction kinetics, caialyic juocesses. heterogeneous am! fioiriogeocous reatiotis heai and mass transfer in indusl:;;;3 reactors; design of * aiaivtlc and iion-catalvric reir tors (2-4) d CbemicalE'iginecringThermodynamics- Pres- sure-voiumo-leinperaiure relaiions: ' heriuca! euuiSritin bv(iilii!s'meihiici;vapor-ii!.]ui<l equilibria: thermodynamic cak illationsfr, ihird lawandquantuin-siatistiiai methods; irreversible thermodynamics and iiitorm.tuoii theory. (2-|i d Optimization Methods- Mathematical and ec porimema! tei hmques for opdiiii/itt,; piocc'-so, (,o,i:se oiiiiieii! will varv from vear io vc'itr Oiit will he Mioson from; direct search techniques, uncimslraiued cpiuiu/;; rioit. Licobian and tagtarigianopiirniaiuion. riiarherriatc a programming, and variational calculus tei'bntcpao. tl n d Mathematical'Operationsin Chemical Kueiuei • 'ng- Tonicsvar, from veat'tevear,Amongst idesi-v-tHo" dtiiii'tisioiial analysis and mode': riicon; !i-i;uii;>.:il aid tnierpreiation of chemical engineeriny: data; fonniiiaiion and solution of differential ancl finite difference equ:!- tion.s. graphical, numerical anil statistical me'.hods d Momentum Heat mid Mass Iraiisfe iillne Iii in and ti id Gas Absorbtion- Ma lion. (2-4) d Flititl liyuamics- Topics include lehsor analysis; governing ccjuauons tor No.-io!i:,nt fluids, exact and numerical solutions io NavierStokes ecjuations: creeping (low; 11 ov through porous media; incompressible bonnd- ;2-i) d Process Heal 'transfer- Steady stale and irar- sient st.iie sludies; calculation anc! design of induarial heal exchangers '2-6) d Topics in Chemica' Engineering- A discussion of some aspects of nn idem Cliemical Engineering. Subject ;2-iii d Biochemical Engineering- Kinetics of growth and (if bioiogitai reaitions: princiirles of agiiation; acra- iiO!i;steiiic:!cciiniq;;o;; prodtic i recoveo operations;sui- vev o! industrial fermentations (2-4 i d Parliculateand Multiphase Systems- Topics van- Eon; vear ui vear and include cleelrekindle colloidal phenomena, p;u Led beds; filirauou; sedimentation; two- ami three-phase fluidized beds; spouted beds; hydraulic and pneumatic transport: gas, liquid, and solid particle mechanics: multiphase hows. (2-6) <: Adranced Process Design Foiled-- Design and economic cssessmcnr of a chemica! engineering process using computer modelling and opimuzailoii techniques A tiiic'cfcri-study course in winch siudenis make use o! computational methods to aid in lhe design of practical processes tif industrial sign ificaiice. and io evaluate design alternates. Prrirquisucs. i.H:.!. Cu aid or CHML 852 or equivalent (may he taken concurrently with the permission of tiie inslructor,. tl'' AVv'icii lE'ierogene'sits Catalysis- Techniques for nraraoienzing -c.i!a!ya:, and their suriaees. Commercial uierhods of preparing catalysis. Chemistry of catalytic reactions ami lhe imparl of catalyst properties, meclia- ni.sins and kinetics nu reae tor engineering. Applications ol catalytic oxidant ms, hvdrogcriain ais.C-C bond formation, and c-rai king, 12-0-0, 0 (Mil or [U-'i-ti: 2-0-dj 151 Biochemical Engineering Iaiyoralory- - Modem bioreaeioi technology and downstream processing or biotechnology products. Pre- or co-requisite: MICB 518 or CHML 5(>0 or pei mission ofthe instruclor. Credit will not he given for both Cl (Ml. S6-_ and MICH i lb (2-0) d Process Control- Thcorv and design of control schemes for complex ctusiaial plains; introduction lo computer and cililim.i! coiurol of chemical processes; experimental projects involving digital computer coinrol of'a lihoraiory iearioic (3t topics ot Biochemical Eneiiieerlng- Anaivsis of rvrem engineering ami 'iioieciuiotogv research articles. Topics chosen from hmpre.css. biosensor and biomedical literature. Ptereqiiisite: POOL fill or equivalem. (2-(>i d Son Newtonian Fluid Behaviour- Selections Irom the following topics- kinentaiiis of deformation anel flow, dynamics ni i ohtunious media, constitutive cquatitms. phi sic;:! thcnuiai and mo'caula; aspects ol viscosity, engineering applications to pine flow; mixing, heal transfer. Handling of suspensions and polymers. 880 58! 586 (2-6) d Water Pollution Control- Water pollution control; methods of problem assessment from chemicai operations, leclinoiogv of control with special atieniion lo regional juablerns Emphasis varies from year to vcarwiili emphasis on industrial problems. (2-4) d Less Common Separation Methods- New processes, or developments in existing specialized separation methods Topics van from year lo year ancl mav im 'uric advances in chromatograiihic and ubsorpiiop, processes, cvciic operations such as parametric pumping, membrane separation processes, and interlace concentration methods. (2-ii d Pquilihriuin Propertieso,'Non ideal Mixtures Discussion of various methods of calculating vapoi-fiq ind, liquid-liquid equilibrium and thermal properties, including muleciilai thei morivnamics. Excess free-energy of mixing. Thermodynamic consistency tests Emphasis tin engineering applications and newer approaches. (2-4) d Air Pollution Control- Characteristics of various air poiliiuiuis, their behavioui in the atmosphere, monitoring pioblems. technology of particle roller'ion and control of pollutant gases. Particular problems of regional interest are discussed. i2at d All-pollution Projects- Advanced siucivauii de sign piojeus dealing with .specific problems in air pollution coniroi. Prerequisite; CHML 575 or equivalent, or jie'Ciifission o! inslructor, (2-n d Electrochemical Engineering- Thermodynamics iti;ri lunches of electrode processes; mass Iransfer in electrolytes; current distribution and scale-up problems: electrochemical reactor design. Applications from inorganic, organic and metallurgical processes and fuel cell rievclopmenr (2-4) d Coat I Itlizalion- Properiiesaffeclir.gutilizaiioii of coal; coal combustion: conversion of coal to gaseous, liquid and solid fuels, heterogeneous reae lions and chemicai kinetics in nai conversion processes; reactor design :ynri modelling of coal combustion, gasification and liquefaction processes; coal as a feedstock for chemicals: environmental aspects of coal conversion processes, (2-4) d F.twironmetitalProtection Control in the Pulp and Paper Industry- Environmental regulations, meas iirement of pollutants, environmental impacts, environ menial atidiis, an jioliution control technology, water polhuuon control techiiciiogy and sludge management and disposal. (21 Pulping Processes- Mechanical pulping theon' and Iiractice: groundwood, refiner, TMP; chemislry of major chemical pulping processes; chip quality; digester design and corurol; testing anc! evaluation of pulps, ;2) Pulping Recovery Engineering- Sodium cycle: oxidation of black liquor, evaporation theory and practice, black liquor burning. Calcium cycie; lime kiln; slaking recausiic izarion; mud washing. Suliihiie recover,' jiioi- (2) Blecv.hiiig Process Engineering- Chemistry of bleaching, chlormation, oxidation; extraction; Ideal hing sequences: washing; control of bleaching: chlorine iliov ide generation-, alternative processes, e.g. oxygen bleaching, peroxide bleaching and brightening. i2i Pulp Properties and Processing- Fibre and pulp jiropetues hle'ncfing .md mixing; beating anc! refining: screeniiig anil t leaning: consistency control i2) Papermaking Operations- Flow distribution to papei machine lieadboxes; drainage: pressing, diving, calendering: winding: finishing: coating: paper-making chemistry. (2> Rbeoiogy of Pulp and Paper- Eloceulation; flow of pulp suspensions, via web properties; paper structure; strengih and Oj>t tea! propertiesof pa per; pa perprintability, (2) PulpingTecbnologx laboratory- Cooking of chips in piltn digester under various controlled conditions; evaluation of pulp: pulp bleaching: pulp washing. Chemistry 301 58" 588 (2i PaperTeclmologyLaboratory- Piilpdisui!egraiion; flow of pulp suspensions, hand.sheei making; pressing, dning; paper testing (21 .Administration of Pulp and Paper Operations- A .survey of the Canadian and global pulp and paper industry, markets for forest products, economic factors, management practices, eommunicaiions, taxation, lorest man- .igemcait, labour relations, environment control laws and requirements, project management and maintenance piac- 889 i2s Modelling. Simulation and Process Control of Pulp and Paper Processes- Iniroduction to modelling and simulation of pulp and paper processes. Theory and design ot control schemes lor pulp and paper processes. 866 (Ot Engineering Report - Engineering report of'at least .3000 words on a researcli or design topic under the supervision ofa faculty member 808 seminar- Presentation and discussion of current topics in chemica! engineering research. A required course for graduate students in Chemical Engineering which carries no ac.idemic credit 599 (12; Thesis- For M.A.Sc. degree i'99 Thesis- For Ph. D degree Chemistry Faculty of Science CHEM Note: CHEM i 10 or 121 and 122 is the nor mat prerequisile for admission lo science programs These courses require MATH IOO rm MATH 120 plus a first year Physics course ascorequtsiles. CHEM 10] is NOT appropriate for siudenis in Facility ijf Science programs or those planning to enter the Facully of .Applied Science Note: CHFM 110 is open lo studenls who hare obtained credit fir Chemistiy II only whereas CHEM 121. !22 are open lo students with credit for Chemistry 12. CHEM 105 ts open to students from other Faculties wilh either Chemislry 11 or 1,2 credit * For students in the Faculty oj Applied Science. 105 Be, Genera'. Chemisirv- A study ol the fundamental principles of chemisirv including the moiecular structures of both inorganic and organic compounds, Not for credit in .Faculty of Science programs,. Spate is limited; students mav experience difficulty eiirulling in this course Prerequisites; Mathematics 12 (or MATH 111 or 1.3(1 concurrently); Chemistry 11 and Physics 11 or their equivalents are recommended. [3 3; 3-3] IH. d).i Principles of Chemistiy- Astudyofihciunriamen- lal principles of chemistry with particular reference to the nature of solutions, ihe solid state and lhe molecular structure of both inorganic and organic substances This course is intended for prospective Silence and Engineering spadems v,-ho have not taken Chemistry 12 This course is not open to students with credit for Chemisirv 12. This course is of equivalent standard to CHEM 121,122 and is>recoj;nized for credit in all pt'ORninisreciuiringa first vear Chemistry course but designed for students with a deficient background in Chemistry Prerequisites: Chemisirv il. Phi sirs ll. MATH juiiand (()] („r 12(1 and, 121i and a first year physics course must precede or be taken concurrently. [3-8-!; 8-3-lj 121 1.81 Structural Chemistry, wilh Application to Chemistry of the Elements- Fundamentals ol structural chemisirv of atoms, molecules and solids: descriptive chemistry of main group elements, with industrial and environmental applications. This is a required course ior all students in the Faculty of Science with credit in Chemistry 12. Prerequisites: Chemistry 11 and 12 Physics 11 MATH 100 (nr 120) must precede or lie taken ooncucremE' [8-5-0: (i-O-DI 122 (5) General Chemisiiy Princiiilesofcoorriiiiauonchemistry; equilibrium, chemical thermodynamics, and organic chemisirv. This course is prerequisite for all .subsequent courses in chemistry. Prerequisite: CHEM 121. MATH 100 (or 120) musi accede or he taken concurrently. MATH .01 (or 121) concurrently trecommended. [0-0-0,3-8-01 151* 1-6) Engineering Chemistry- Atomic and molecular structure; solid state chemistry; organic and inorganic chemistry; pro-."essesat surfaces: chemical thermodynamics; chemical equilibrium; electrolyte and non-electrolyte solutions; elcctrochemisin; process rales."For students n the Faculty (.1 Applied Science. Prerequisile: Chemistry 12. [3-.3*-0,5-0-l| 201 (3) hitroditition to Physical aud Analytical Chemislry- Introduc on chemical kinetics and rear tion mechanisms. Pnncip es of chemical thermodynamics. The laboratory will illustrate physical chemistry principles and include some experience with analytical chemistry techniques. This course is suitable for Honours students in all B.Sc. jirogtatms and for sludents in Major Chemistry or Biochemistry irogranis. Prerequisite: CHEM 110 or 120 or 122 MATH 101. (MATH20(iisstrongle recommended i jO-0-0; 2-4-ij 202 (3j PierganxandAnalyticalCbemisirv- Structure an;! reactivity of coordination compounds of the transition eieme its. The laboratory supplements the lecture material and includes experiments in quantitative chemical anaivsis. This course is suitable for Honours students in all B.Sc. programs and for students in Major Chemistry or Biochemistry programs. Prerequisite: CHEM 110 or 120 or 122. [2-4-1; 0-0-Dj 203 (6) Organic Chemistry- Fundamenialprincipie.soflhe chemistry of aliphatic; aromatic, alievciicanriheteiocu lie organ c compounds. This course is onlv ior prospective Honours (or Major) studenls in science. Prerequisites: CHEV IllJor 20 or! 22 at ni permission ofthe Head ofthe Depaitment. 13 8; 56} 205 (6) Physical. Inorganic ami'Analytical Chemislry- .Systematic inorg mie chemistry, properties of matter from a molecularslai idpoint, equilibria in sciiuiii in, physical chemislry useful in oioiogicai. mt-diral agricultural, and reined sciences. This course is not intended for Honours or Major in Chemisiiy Prerequisite CHEM 11!) or 120 or 122 (or 10.5 with Mantling of 68";,! MATH 10! is recommended Credi: will be given for only one of CHEM 201 and 202; or 205 or 208, [3-4:3-4] 208 (6) Physical and Inorganic Coordination Chemislry - Basic therm idynantics and kinetics, solution and phase equilibria, pli tse rule, i hcimochemistry; inorganic crystal and coorrimauon chemistry. This, course is intended for students in geological, metallurgical anil related si ienet's and is not intended for Honours or Major in Chemistry; Prerequisite CHEV! 110 or 120or 122 (or 10.3 with Standing of 688,|. Credit will tie given for only one of CHEM 201 aid 202: or 205 or 208. [3-4; 3a[ 213 (6i Orgam Chemisiiy- Fundamental principlesoi die chemisuv of,iliphatn, aromatic, alicyclic and hetei ocyclic organic compounds. This course in intended for students in Honours life Sciences program.. Prerequisite: CHEM 110 or 120 or 122 and permission of the Head cl the Depart ment. Credit will be given for only one of CHEM 20.3 or2'i5oi 250 iv.-V3.Ji' (6) Organic Chemislry- The fundamental principles of modern 01 aaiiir chemistry including a discussion of the main classes if organic compounds. Prerequisite: CHEM 103 cr 110 01 12(1 or 122. Credit will he given for onlv one 0fCi!EM28('O!'21,"nii-2(i3. [3-8; 3-3j (2) Inorganic Chemislry- Chemistry of selected groups of inorganic ompouniis. considered in relation to industrial [Uoeesw.s. Prerequisite': CHEM 181 or equivalent, ft)-')-!': 2 0-0] (8) Physical ChemVs'r; I - Principles of thermodynamics; c.aemical equilibrium; non-electrolyte solutions; phase equilibria; st rface chemisfv; Prerequisite; CHEM 151 or 122 or 120 o ■ 110. Credit, will not be given for bolh CHEM 251 and 261 [5-fl-l . d-O-Oi 255* 250 250 30 i 302 12) Physical Chemislry II- Chemie al kinetics and catalysis; electrical phenomena at interfaces and irreversible electrode processes. Prerequisite:CHEM251 [0-0-0; 2-0-1 "J (2) Chemistry laboratory ■■ - An integrated laboratory course designed 10 illustrate the principles of physical, organic and inorganic chemistry; Corequisite; CHEM 281), 251, 252 and 280, [0-4-0; 0-4-0) 260* a) Organic Chemisiiy for Engineers- A description of the properties and reactions of organic compounds with emphasis on compounds and reactions of industrial importance. [2-(i-0; 2-0-0[ 2b2* (3) Physical Chemistiy of Surfaces- Thermodynamic principles; interfacial energetics and thermodynamics: Eh-pli diagrams; reactions at liquid-solid interfaces and corrosion, interfacial electrochemistry electrical double layer anc! the /eta potential; surfactants; siabiliti and rheoiogvof'colloids and suspensions Prerequisite. CHEM 151 or 122 or 120 or 11.0. Credit will not be given for both CHEM 262 and 25 i, [0-0-0; 3-0-0! (3) Aqueous Environmental Chemistry- Introduction to properties am 1 conijii isition of. and equilibria in, natural waters, including gas and solid equilibria, pH, redox, complexation analysis, corrosion treatment, ion exchange, colloids and microbial lran.sformation.s of organic and inorganic materials. Prerequisite:CHEM201 and202,or205.01 2u8. (CHEM 203 or 213 or 23u recommended i [3-0-0, 0-0-Oj (31 Atmospheric Environmental Chemistry- Introduction io structure, composition and chemical processes occurring in Earth's atmosphere, including interaction;, wilh soiar radiation, stratospheric ozone layer, photochemical smog and acid rain. Prerequisite: Cl 1EM 201 i or 205 or 208,1. [0-0-0; ..-0-0] 304 (6) Physical Chemislry- Diffusion phenomena; ionic mobility; fundamental theories and selected applications of chemical kinetics; introduction to the thermodynamics of multictomponeni systems; phase equilibria, colligative properties and surface phenomena. Prerequisite MATH 200 or 255 ancl CHEM 201 (or 2:15 with permission) |2-4*-2*: 2-4*-2*l 505 16, Physical t.hemislry foi Biologist.-- Elementary thermodynamics, thermochemistry, and electrochemistn; chemical equilibria, chemical reaction rates, especiaif. enzyme kinetics and fast reaction techniques: colloid science, diffusion phenomena; methods for determining molecular weight, size, and shape of riiacronioieculcs in .solution. Prerequisite- CHEM 201 and 2li2:or205. MATH 200 is strongly recommended j.3-4*-2*: 3-!,-2*[ 310 (6) Inorganic Chemislry- A systematic treatment of the chemistry of the elements based rat the periodic classification, interpreted in terms of structure, mechanism, and theoretical principles. Prerequisite; CHEM 202 or, with permission, 205 Credit will not be given for lion CHEM 310 and 53S l2-4'*-l; 2- i*-l] 311 ill Instrumental Analysis- An introduction to instru- riientabiictli', .fsofciieiifie.iiauilvsisincludiiigdectiiKfiemicil uiclhotls. sjiecin cscojiic methods, mass spot tromeuv. radio- chemicahiicahocisanrichromatography. Prerequisite:CHEM 201 and 202 (or 208 or 2081. or jiermission of the Head 0,1ihe Depanmenl \l-'i'-t); l-O-Oj 812 (4; introdiiclio'i lo Quantum Chemislry and Spectroscopy- Introduction to a ave and matrix mechanics; angular momentum, magne'dc resonance, rotational, vibrational and electronic spectroscopy, and their use in determining molecular structure Prerequisite: CHEM 2(1 and 202 and MAT,'I 182 or 221. [2-0-1; 2-0-11 313 (61 Advanced (Irgainc Chemistry for the life Sctences- A description of the functional eiiemistiv of organic substances that have particular relevance to the life sciences. Prerequisites; CIIEM2.-<0c>r21 J or 203. Credit will be given tor onlv one of CHEM 513 and 530 |3-L 5-4 [ 3.80 (6) Advanced Organic Chemisiiy- A discussion of or aanic reactions that arc met in various natural and indu-.- 302 Chemistry trial processes. Laboratory-work: qualitative organic analysis and techniques of organic synthesis. Prerequisite: CHEM 230 or 21.3 or 20,3, Credit will he given for only i uie of CHEM 313 and 350 ;5a.5-i[ 355 (()) Introduction lo Bio-Inorganic Chemisiiy- A treatment oi those parts of inorganic chemistry which are of siiecia! imjiortance to living systems, togeihei vviih the' phvsicochendcal meihods used tn their investigation. Prerequisite: CHEM 250 or 215 or 205 and 20! and 202 (or 2i)Si. Credit will not be given for both CHEM 510and 355. [2-F"-l, >-i* if 552* (.3) Modem Analytical Methods- An introduction io modern methods of anaivsis including optical, electrochemical and radiochemical methods, mass spec ti'omet iv; magnetic resonance spectrometry and chromatography. [2-0 0; l)-i"-ii[ 401 (Si Quantum Chemistry Introduction to atomic and molecular wave functions, lliickel molecular orbital I heorv. Introduction to ligand field theeiry Elementary group theory Prerequisite: CHEM 312. [2-0-1; 0-0-0] -t02 (5) Diffraction Melhixh- Crystal structures: point and space groups; X-ray diffraction, neutron diffraction, electron diffraction ol gases and surfaces. Prerequisite-CHEM 202 (or 20Sor208i;CHEM312rcc-ommcneicei. [2-0-1:0-0-01 40. (3) Advanced Inorganic Chemislry- Structure, reactivity and bonding of com pounds coraaiiiing horn onuelcar bonds: cluster cliemlsi n of hi ith main groupi and transition elements. Chemistry of non-aqneoussolvents. Prerequisite: CHEM 51 (lor 335, [2-0-1; (MM); lOS c'li Biophysical Chemislry Interactions of macroniol- ecuies in solution: ligand, antibody and ion binding to macromolecules; thermodynamics o! pohiner solulioris; excluded volume effects; phase separation: partition in two phase polymer solutions. Prerequisite: CHEM 203 (or215 or 2.30): and ,5()4 lor 505) concurrentlv. [0-0-0: 2-0-1] iOO (Ti Polymer Chemistry- Structure and availability of monomers; Propagation mechanisms: synthesis of polymers wilh predetermined properties; measurement ancl interpre- lation of physical properrics of pofymeis. Prerequisite: CHEM 2.30 or 215 ot 203 or HP. and 501 tor 505 nr 252). 12-0-i: 0-0-01 ill" (5) .Applications oj Statistical Mechanics lo ChemFsliy- Introductory concepts of statistical mechanics and statistical thermodynamics. Application to chemistry with emphasison understanding chemical reactivity. Prerequisile: CHEM 30ior305, [2-0-1; 0-0-01 i()8 (2) Chemical Dynamics - Fast reactions; photochemistry and radiation chemistry; homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis, Prerequisile: CHEM 304. [0-0: 2-0! ■j 1(1 (8) Physical Chemistiy ofthe SolidStale- Introduction io lhe theory of electrons in solids, bands and zones Absorption of light and excilons. Vacancies, iniersiirials, electronic defects anci tiislotauons vvnii panicuku referent! c ui Ihe roles ol i'hese ivpes of defe-as in ehemicni reactivity. Prerequisite; CHEM 201 and 202, or 208 or 2(18. [0-0-il; 2-0-1! ■i 11 t.3) Synthesis and Chemislry of Natural Products- A discussion of synthetic methods and their application to natural ju-oducts, jiartirularh in hie areas of alkaloids, steroids and terpenes. Prerequisite: CHEV JJil or 313 [2-()-!;fi-0-(! 02 (3) Industrial Organic Chemislry- Theprnriunionand i ise of primaiv pen lichenlicais, |)1,isiic.s a: id.s'ciidte tic fibres. pharmaceutical agents; insecticides, herbicides and, insect i ihc'i'i iinonc's, lives, derc'iaeiits, jit'ifumes am! fiav ours; corii- nic-i-ciallyimporianl microbial a,union onions. Pivrecinisiie: CHEM 25(1 or 21,3 or 205 or 2'tii iS-tUial-il-hi 05 (5i Bio-Organic Chemistry Aritscussiotiofthcu henus- uvofcarhohyilraies, amino acids, proteins, and biologically imrioriani heterocvcJie syslems. An tiilroduition lo lire l-iiosv-nfhesisolmaiorgrintpt.olii.tntiaipi-odiii-ts Prerequisite 0,8 |2I) l5l Coordination Cnemislry— The" bonding, stability and stereochemistry of coordination compounds, and the mechanisms oi their reactions. Prerequisite: CHEM 510 Oi 555 t-iOl recommended) 10-0-0: 20-Sj (2-4) c Chemisirv iah'malory Integrated laboratory course designed to illustrate principles of modern analytical, inorganic. ornanic,inri physical chemistry. Prerequisite: CHEM 511 am! Sluioi OS l; |or 3 credits aiso need CHEM 301 (or 5'18, „ a 8 8 " or3'3 - 5 •■: I credits also need Cl IEM 501 lot'505) and -Hit to'-.jfh Students in Chemistry Honours must register ior i crediis. Siudenis in Chemistry Majonmist register for at feast 21 redils, specific ally in areas of analytical and inorganic chemistry. For a full four credits, eight hours of laboratory per week are required. (0-'8-0;0-8-0) (3i Physical aud Theoretical Organic Chemistry - 5ubsU!ui-ii!C'iiec!s,soivci!ie;iieius. energetics anc! cataiv- sis in organic reactions. Pcncvciii reactions. Prerequisite: CHEM 5i5 or 50). [0-0-0: 2-0-II (3i NuclearChemisirxandPaiiiocheniislry An introductory course. Basic- treatment ofthe nucleus, with analogy to concepts m chemisirv Nuclear stabiiiiies and associated radioactive clecav processes. Nuclear structure. Applications of radioisotopes in chemistry. The interaction of radial ion with matter. Prerequisite: CHEM 201 and 202 (or wit!; permission 208) jti-t)0: 2-0-1] (3) Orgaiiomelai'tieChemisirv- J'hei hemislrvulcom- poiiiicis coi Hani ing organic gnau |is directly bonded to metals and metalloids. Emphasis will be placed on the structure and bonding of fhe compounds and their use in synthetic chemistry Prerequisite: CHEM 301 |0-0-0:2-0-1) (3) Molecular Speclroscrjiy- A detailed study of rotational, vibrational and elei in iniospc'ciroscopy. Prerequisite: CHEM 512 or ITOS .Sin 10 !i i); 2-e I) (2i Advamed Instrumental Analysis laboratory- A laboratory course loiicerncii with the application of in- strumenta! nuuhoris io die analysis of natural substances and industrial products. Prerequisite: CHEM 811 or permission i .'the Head of lite Deparjmeiil. [0-4; 0-4] (3/6) d Developments in Coiilemporaiy Chemistiy- A review of modern developments in general chemistry to provide teachers 6 secondary School chemistry wilh background manca:! for their courses. The laboratory- exercises are designed to supplement the lecture material (Noi foe credit in lhe Faculty of Science.) Course is offered periodic ally inexiia-sessiutiai Winter and Summer sessions. (3.1 Bto-liiotganic Chemisirv - A discussion of the in- voivemeii! ol inorganic chetiiisin m biological svslems Chemisirv el cations, me lalioenzvmes.anrisimj-ilerm.ode! systems Reactions of coordinated liganris, chemistiy ol sulphur and phosphorus. Pierequisiie: CHEM 310 (or 335), and 80-! tor SOS;. Hi-Oaf 2-0-1] 1.5) Dlrecied Sludies in Chemisiiy Siudenis will undertake an iiivcstigaiioii ol a specific i'.i|)u: as.tyred 1 iijion by a siiiriciu anil her ills faculty co-sujiervisors. Normally available onlv al Cim'cniiv College of the Cariboo or ri9 Okanagan l8!oci--itv (6) Seminar and i quired lo take this seminai dealing wi;!' scienee nol noi-unllv addition, eaeii sialic researcli work on a i under the direction i who have saiisfactor mcthods, Ti CUES', 530or515 (or513 roiicurrenlly III-!)- -ii-n ■: At; I lonours studenls are re- e,e which consists of a weekly c'lojiinenis in modern chcnuiai 'ace! in cthei leciiiiecoursc'S. hi required to uncle-Hake original fan oi lUiiient ciienuca! interesi Liculiv member Major studenls ttle-iuic standing mav he permit altci tot i'li'ingtliejiei'missioitoi mil'. [I i> l-ty um tlechauics Review ofjiiiii- inc iiologlca! prnhloms bv nuitrrs ' of tjuaniiiin stales. Time inde- perti'irbaiion iheory. •teal Mechanics in Chemislry- 5()u 50" 508 509 815 8i() 518 519 526 radiation, spin systems, chemical equilibrium and chemical reactivity. ti) Relaxation Phenomena in Chemistry- Microscopic description of relaxation processes, introduction to stochastic processes, quantum time dependence and linear response theory, with application to chemical kinetii s, NMR. lasers and line shapes. (3/6) d Topics in Theoretical Chemislry (3'6i d Topics in Statistical Mechanics (3/61 d Topics in Physical Chemisiiy (3) Chemical Kinetics and Reaction Dynamics- Mac - roscopic and microscopic kinetics; transition state theory, collision theory and reaction cross sections, energy distributions, molecular beams and experimental techniques. (5) Electron and Photon Impact Phenomena - Iia.su asjiecrs ot collision phenomena. Mass spectroscoja; u.v. and X-rav photoelectrein .spectroscopy, Auger .spectroscopy; electron scattering, electron inijiaci spectroscopy, breakdown of molecules under particle.'ind photon impact, Penning ionization. (5) Scallering'Theoiy andQuantum Mechanics- Continuous energy spectra, transition rates and cross see lions. Many electron wave functions, semiempirical mcl finds. |3) Nuclear Chemisiiy Nuclear rotational and vibrational struct lire, angular correlation theon; nuclear reactions and scattering theory, nuclear synthesis and trans- iiranic elements, mesonic atoms and molccufes, muoninm chemistry. (3) Radiation Chemislry— The study of the interactions of ionizing radiations (and high energy particles) wilh matter lo produce physical, chemicai and biological changes, including a discussion of solvatecl electrons. (3) Surface Chemislry- Chemistry ofthe solid-gas interface; Modern methods for investigation of the stria lure of solid surfaces and interactions between solid surfaces and gases, Theon- of adsorption, surface reactivity and heterogeneous catalysis. (3) Crystal Structures- Crystal structures and structural anaivsis by the methods of X-rav diffraction and neutron diffraction (3) Photochemistry- The primary photochemical proi - ess, inclucling|)liotodissociation,photo!somerizatioii.fl!io- i-escence and phosphorescence; energy transfer processes: recent advances in the mechanisms of bolh steady- state and flash photochemical reactions, (3,(i) d Topics in Biophysical Chemistry (3/6) d Topics in Magnetic Resonance (3/0) d Topics in Molecular Spectroscopy (3/0) d Topics in Inorganic Chemislry (.5) Inorganic Reaction Mechanisms- Substitution reactions and electron tiansfer processes in inorganic and orgaiioiiieiaflic cliemisti'v. Catalytic processes involving metal hydrides, carbonvls, and organomeiailies. Proton transfer reactions. Photochemical reactions ol metal com lijexes. (3i .Applied Inorganic Chemistiy- Topics chosen from an jierc (inductors, fan enes. inel ceils, metal organ icchcm i- cal vapour deposition, inorganic polymers, laser isotope separalion. nuclear fuels, eiivironmcnial concerns (5) Chemistry of Organometallic Compounds- The ju'eparahtin. projrerties and struciures of organic cleriva lives of metals and metalloids \5) ItloliiorgauicChemi'stn' - Inorganic iispectsol hue logical chemistry: emphasis on the role of metal ions and me;;t.!loen/,v uies 15) Symmetry ana'Molecular Spectroscopy in Inorgank Chemistiy Crouj-i theory, and vibr.it iona! and eleci route spectroscopy (including optical rotatory dispersion and ournlar cfichrcrism) Civil Engineering 303 529 (3) Structural'Methodsin Inorganic Chemislry- NMR, ESR. mass spectrometry, photoelectron spectroscopy (Auger, UV, X-Ray), Mossbauerspectroscopyelcctrochemistiv. 531 (3) Analytical Spectroscopy- Fundamental and practical aspects of optical methotls for atomic ancl molecular analysis: frequency and intensity measurements; absorption, fluorescence, and emission techniques and instrumentation. 8,53 (3) Chemical Instrumentation and Statistical Data Analysis-- Experimental design; anahtica! instrumentation; chemical sensors; signal transduction; signals and noise; analytical figures of merit; significance statistics, data representations and transforms. 5.34 (.3) Chromatography and Mass Spectrometry - Cuts, liquid and supercritical fluid chromatography. Mass sjiectrometry; ionization |u'ocesscs, mass analyses, ion molecule reactions, fragmentation processes. 535 (5/6) d Topics in Analytical Chemistiy. 5iO (3) Seminar in Chemistry- Thiscourse is compulsory for ali graduate students in Chemistry. 5t,8 (Ot Research Conference- Atieiidance is compulsory for all graduate students in each yearof registration for the M.Se; or Ph.D. in chemistry. No credit value. 5c9 118) M.Sc Thesis 561 (5) Organic Chemistiy- Fundamentals of icaciiviiv and .stereoselectivity, including .stereoelectronic theory 562 (3) Advanced Organic Chemisiiy- Organic photochemistry, conformational analysis, stereochemistry of rhiral substances. 863 l.5i Advanced Physical Organic Chemistry - Discussion ofaciditv functions, photochemistryand reaenve intermediates in organic chemislry. Applications ot miilecular orhilal theoiy to organic systems. 56ii (3) Advanced Organic Synthesis ■ Discussion of modern synthetic methods am! applications to the synthesis of complex organic molecules, 56" (3i Heterocyclic Chemistry- The synthesis, reactions and properties of die principal families of heterocyclic compounds 568 (3/6i d Topics in Organic Chemisiiy 570 (3i Carbohydrates- Synthesis, reactions and chemica! properties ol mono- and oligosaccharides: applications of these concepts to the study of polysaccharide structures 573 (3 i Application of Spectroscopy to Organic Structural Problems- A problem solving course to illustrate the application of n.m.r., mass spectrometry. OKD, CD. etc. to elucidation of structures of organic ancl organometallic compounds. i-i-i9 Ph.D. Thesis Chinese CHIN See Asian Studies, Faculty of Arts Civil Engineering Faculty of Applied Science CIVL 208 jjj Municipal Water Supply and Waste Disposal- The engineering aspects of providing a i-ommuriiiy wilh an ariecruaie water supply; collecting stormvvaler, collecting and disposing of sewage, and managing its solid wastes. Emphasis will be placed on practical aspects of the problems facing Western Canada as well as the hydraulic requirements for the in-ground pipe systems. Prerequisile: CIVL 218 or equivalent. jO-0-0: 3-0-2] 215 )5l Fluid Mechanics I- fluid properties, hydrostatics, kinematics, and fluid dynamics, energy and momentum methods with applications. Dimensional analysis, modelling, introduction to flow in pipes and forces on immersed ohjects. Prerequisites: PilYS la), MATH 15t. 13-0-2: 0-0-0] 220 (5) Civil Engineering Materials I- Simple physical aspects of mater ials;sirui'turc of materials; mechanical properties of materials; test methods for determining mechani- cal properties. The emphasis of this course will be on the relationship 1 etween the structure of materials and their mechanical properties. Attention will also be focusseri on the experimental problem involved in determining mechanical pn perries. Pie-requisite: CHEM 151 Co- rerequisitei CIVL 2.80. ,5-1'1 -0;0-0-()j 221 (3) Civil Ergineering Materials II- The structure and properties of common Civil Engineering materials: aggregates, Portian 1 cement, conere1 e. asphalt cement ancl concrete, timber, metals and ceramics. The emphasis will be on the mechanical properties of these materials, and their behaviour u icier various loading and environmental conditions, frerequisiie; CIVT 220. jO-0-0;3-2"-0] 225 (3) Compiler Applications in Girl! Engineering- Introduction to computer graphics, interactive programming and use of numerical algorithms. Use of microcomputers, t'tpica! operating .svsrems and languages, peripherals, laforalory to provide practical experience with various systci is and devices. Civil Engineering applicai ions emphasized, 'rerequisiie: CPsC 152. jO-0-0; 1-3-0] 228 (3) Meebavicsin CivilEngineeringDesign- Basic principles of engineering mechanics with reference to civil engineering arablc-ms: equilibrium of rigid elements of engineering systems, free body diagrams, analysis of trusses, sheacand bending moments in beams, kinematics and kinetics of rigid bodies, singie degree of freedom vibrations. Prerequisite: PHYS 1T0. (3-0-1; 0-0-0] 230 (.3) Solid Mechanics I- Review of statics; beam forces, shear and it emeni diagrams; definitions of stress and strain; constitutive relations: stresses in elementary rods, shafts, beam, anti tanks; Molir's circle; deformations of beans and shafts; introduction lo indeterminate structures. Prerequisite: PHYS 11) MATH 154. Corequisite: CIVL 228. ,3-0-2: O-O-O] 231 (3) Solid Mechanics 11- A continuation of CIVf 230 with emphasis on beams anil columns: determinate and indeterminate beam deformations; asymmetrical bending: (irincipa moments of inertia: shear flow in thin walled open sectioi s; shear centres; torsion of open and closed sections; heckling; beam-columns. Prerequisite: CIVL 230. |0-0-(; 3-0-2*] 2.33 (3) Structural Design I- Structural systems, design codes, design loads. Timber design; bending, compression tension, and connections. Prerequisites: CIVL 22,8 and 230. Coiequisile; CIVL 281. 10-0-0; 3-0-lj 235 ti) Plane Surveying- Theory ancl application of plane r surveying meihods. Introduction to and use of compass, transit, tape, and level. Construction and topographic surveys. Redaction of field daia and construction of drawings. Demonstration of modern instruments, remote sensing methods and geogrraphical information systems (CIS). This course commences immediately after spring examinations and continues full time for two weeks, including Satuadays. Information on the exact dales, and regisira- tion airms. will be available in the Civil Engineering Office following publication of the final Examination Timeiable. 800 (3) Engineering Economic Analysis- Cost concepts; time value i f money operations; comparison of alternatives; depreciation and taxes: economic analvses of pro|ecis in the public sector; break-even sensitivity and risk analysis; decision models. Prerequisite: 3rd Year standing. 13-0-0; 0-0-0 501 (3) Ohiim zaliou aud Decision Analysis in Cl, il Engineering- A l introduction to the application of systems engineering optimization, and applied probability to the design ami operation of civil engineering systems. Prerequisites: CIVL 225; third-year standing. Corequisite STAT 25!. jO-ll-0; 5-0-Oj 305 (5i Water Treatmeul aud Waste Managemenl- Processes used in water and wastewater treat ment. Conditions which necessitate treatment i ifwaterorwastewater, water and wastewater treatment processes and plant design. Municipal services required and associated with solid waste management. Corequisite: CIV], 205. 10-0-0; 3-0-0] 310 (3) Soil Mechanics 1- Origin, nature and composition of soils; phase relationships; graiii shape, mineral composition and size distribution; soil structure; plasticity of fine grained soils: field identification and classification; compaction; permeability, capillary phenomena and frost heave; analysis of seepage in one and two dimensional How nets; principle of effective stress; stress distribution in soil masses; Terzaghi's one dimensional consolidation theory; primary, and secondaiy'consolidation; settlement analysis. Prerequisites: GIVE 2.80 or MECH 280. Core-requisites: GEOL 150 and one of CIVL 215. CHML 251 or GEOI. 342. 1,3-2*4); ()-()-()] 311 (5) Soil Mechanics IP- laboratory and field measurement of shear strength — direct shear, triaxial compression, vane shear and standard penetration tests; shear strength characteristics of tohcsionless and cohesive soils: drained and undrained strengths, critical void ratio, pore pressure parameters A and B; long term and short term stabflitv problems; application of shear strength in theories of lateral earth pressure and bearing capacity; introduction to design of shallow and deep foundations and analysisof slope stability. Prerequisite: CIVL 310. |0-0-0; 5-2s-0j 515 (3) Fluid Mechanics IT- Two dimensional How around immersed objects; velocity ancl pressure fields, lift and drag on cylinders and aerofoils; evaluation of wind ioads on structures; unsteady flow in pipes; frictionless waterhammer analysis; analysis and design of pipeline svstcms, pumps and turbines. Prerequisite; CIVL 215. Corequisite: MATH 25". (2-2*1; 0-0-0] 516 (5) Open Cliatinei Hydraulics- Steady open channel flow in rectangular sections; application of energy ancl momentum principles; non-uniform steady flow in open channels; lake discharge and control sections; unsteady open channel flow; f netionfe.ss theory; eiementarv gravii v wave theon; falling and rising tides in estuaries; applications to sluice gate operations, pumps in channels, dam burst; kinematic waves: hydrologic routing; and illustrative use of hydraulic models. Prerequisite: CIVL 215. Corequisite: MATH 257. |0-0-0; 2-2*-l] 321 i2) laboratory Project in Engineering Materials- An experimental investigation of any material property of interest. Studenls in groups of 2-4 will be expected io define a materials problem, develop a means of studying the problem experimentally, earn' out the experiment, and write a formal report. Each group will be supervised individually by a member of faculty. Lectures will include a discussion of occupational hygiene and safetv. Prerequisile; CIVL 221. [0-0-0; 1-2-0] 3.31 (3) Structural Design II- Introduction to limit states design ol steel components tor buildings. Use of microcomputers and commercial software (spreadsheets) for assignments in steel design. Prerequisite: CIVL 350. |!M)-0; 5-0-2' j 5,52 (5) Structural Analysis I- Introduction to indeterminate structural analysis methods: direct stiffness method; plane and space trusses, plant: I rames; virtual work; plasm collapse mechanisms; energy meihods. Prerequisites: CIVL 231, MATH 152. ]5-0-0: 0-0-0| 34(1 (3) Transportation Engineering I- The anaivsis and design of die elements of transportaiion facilities in development of transport technology, vehicle motion; vehicle" pavement interaction; elements of road design: principles of queueing and roadway capacity; rail transit performance and capacity analysis; economies as applied io transport. Prerequisite: GIVE 310 Corequisite: CIVL 302, ' {0-0-0; 3-0-2] 400 (3 i Construction EngliieeringatidManagement- Management of the firm: strategic planning; marketing: organizational slrueture and behaviour Project delivery systems: traditional; construction: management; [urnkev; 304 Civil Engineering project management. Network planning metliods. Activity planning, including construction methods selection. Estimating, bidding anc! bonding. Project control tools and procedures. Safely considerarions anti quaiiiv control Prerequisites: CIVL ,300. 501. [0-0-0; 3-d-O] 102 (2) Engineering l.aw aud Contracts in Civil Engineering- Aspects of law encountered in engineering, wilh emphasis on contracts and specificaiions. Contract documents, including preparation of an assigned specific aiion. Torts and independent contractor: sources of law anil major subdivisions, Companies: partnerships; mechanics liens; agericv; evidence: expert witness. Engineers Act and Code of Ethics; The Association ol Professional Engineers and Geoscientists of B.C.: industrial design and trade secrets; employment law for engineers, liability implicarions ot consulting engineering. Prerequisite foui-lli-year standing. [O-0-il: J-2-il] 405 (3) Environmental Impac: studies ■ A course to familiarize the studenl with environmental impact assessment legislation and to discuss design and construction cousiri- erauons useful in mininiizing and mitigating such impacts Description ofthe process of identifying ancl evaluaung impacts will be provided. However file major thrust of the course will deal with engineering solutions to problems identiliedandevaluatedbyotherdisciplines. Prerequisite CIVL 205. [3-0-0: 0-i)-0[ |(C (3) Basic Sanitary Engineering Concepts A laboratory course to familiarize the student with I fie test ing pro; e- clures used in water quality studies ancl in 'he operation of waieraiidwastewatertreaimeniplants. Prcrcnin ales:Cl\ I. 205, CHEM 151, [1-5-0. 0-H-0| tic) (5) Foundation Engineering 1- Design of spread lootings, rafts and pile foundations according to modern professional practice. Procedures lor estimation of hearing capacity and .settlements, hot ft immediate and long term. Design of .structures associated with foundation excavations anti site development such as braced oils. retaining walls and anchored sheet pile bulkheads. Strong emphasis on the role of geological hisiory, pciietraliou resting and simple index properties in prediction oi foundation performance. The principles oi design and cftarae tcrislios of field performanic are illustrated hy- suitable ease histories. Prerequisite: CIVL 811 [5-0-0 ■ill (3) Foundation Engineering II- Aspects of Geotechnical Engineering Design i onsiderarions illustrated by case histories pertinent io B.C. Topics include: site investigation, terrain analyses, nisi team,.:, groundwater problems, deep foundations, nc hack wails and bracing, tailings impoundments. Northern construction, ground ice, dikes and. dam engineering. Many case histories presented in pan bv prominena consulting engineers in BC, Prerequisite: CIVL311. iii-h-d: S-ii-U] t!5 (3) Earth Dams- Purpose and types of dams, design criteria, design const ruction sequence: cc ;m pactioiy seepage principles; seepage coiHroL filler design, fac iocs infill eneing the design section ol earih clams; stability anti deformation uncle;- sialic and eanht|tiake ioading: slope protection; field instrumentation. Corequisite CIVL 311. [0-0-(i:5-0-0[ lis 1.51 Water Resources Engineering- Planning and design of water resource projects, including the application of hydraulics, hydrology, economics and decision analv sis. Urban drainage, Rood control, hvc'ro-eieciric, dams, reservoirs and multi-purpose projects. Prerequisites: CIVL 516, STAT251. [0-0-0:8-0-0] a lu (3) Environmental Hydraulics- Application of hydraulic engineering principles to problems of environmental concern. Pollutant transport and dispersion. Mising in rivers ancl lakes. Theon- of jets and plumes, i resign of out fill diffuscrs. Prerequisite: CIVf. 5 he Ui-tt-U: 5-U-iij.,: |.5 0-0: 0-0-0) 11" 18 i Coastal Engineering Ceneiai ciise cession of waves linear wave theory, finite amplitude waves, st'anriiiigw'.tves seiches; harbour design; wave shinning, rcfracrion arte! diffraction: beaches and coasts: wave statistics, wave generation; wave lorees i in piics, walls and breakwaters; tides; instrumental ion ancl modeilingteehniques. Prerequisites CIVL 315. CIVL 5 P. fi-O-O-ar'l-Oj or 11141-0:5-0-0] Il8 (5i Hydrology I An miroriucloi-v course to civil engineering hydrology io include- weather and hydrology pas t pita I ioti 11 tea s't fen t'.-iii.nit leiiaraciei-isiics.srrc.'.nifiow measurement and characteristics, evaporation and snow moil, hvifiogmph tei hmques, reservoir and channel routing, precipitation and runoff, statistical techniques in hydrology, and hvciroiogie modelling in large basins Prcieq.iisiti" t..lVL8!5. i,iVI,51(i. jO-0-0; 3-d-OI |20 (3) ConcreV'Tocentoiogy' - Proper!icsofconcre'emak ing materials; Portland cement, aggregates, water, and admixtures: propoitioning of uincreie mixes and corn strut tion pi no iocs m is: mgu ran spur! ing. placing, and curving; properties of hardened corn teic; strength, fracture; fatigue, t reep. si-, rink age. and durability, inociern (level op- menis in eoncrcie leehnoiogv: and new materials and practice. Preieiiuisiie: I.IVI. 520 [0-0-0: 3-0-01 430 (8) Structural Design III- Design of concrete *truc- iures. including hcanis, columns, slabs and footings. Prerequisite- CIVL 550 am I 552. [S-0-0: li -ii-0] -t.s! (.8! Structural Analysis //-Column and frame buckling using energy meihoih; compiiier application of matrix .stiffness method: analysis and response el various types of siruts.uies, shear deformations, u.ihtiiiv functions. Prerequisile: CIV! 5Ci [5-t. n.U-Oilj 1.52 (51 Aclraticed Structural Steel Design Era me connections with higfi-sireitgif: fiol is,11 id welds, highway bridge loadings composite beams of steel and concrete, welded ste:e! plate girders Pieicqurno CIVL iP,C!VL332 \i- (i|), O-li-Oi i55 (5) Advartcea Coitcrele Design- Design of conrinu- otis reuifoi-t ed com rclc buikhicg Iranies and sli-iaum-a pie,-ei|:usi;c, C!\ i, i.di (.'-0-0. 8-0-0] 488 -;8i ShiiciitraiAnalysis ill tainipiiierimplcntenlarioii ol die liistiiacetiicn! niclliori Plane frames, iioiiliiie.tr effects, lateral siaiaiitv. inu-oduction to Ore finite eiemeiir method. Prcretiutsui . i IVI. c',1. [11-0-0: .< 0-0] ■1.6 6) Conceptual Structural Design Asiurivol the mci- irs (if various st cut tan! leu tus atu!!auctions; concept ricvei- opiticni cat Case si..idles, relation of concept to final design, C())-cic-q,ii-.iic" CIVL-!.):;. i.ii, t.32. 12-11-0; 0-0-0] 158 (3) Introduction to Seismic Design- seismicity, code lorees. riisiiibiaieiis iii shear and moments, dynamic ei- iects, diiclililv: seismic design in steel, concrete, and masonry; seismic analysis methods Prerequisite: CIVL iC'lr ml. t.32. Coreqiiisilc: CIV!. i.3.1 i55, ]0-0-0;5U II IK) i5l 'Transportation Engineering 11 Traffic operations and ncivvork anaivsis: iralfie suidies anc! dala design; traffic stream flow and I'oariwav anaivsis; weaving and interchange ramp analysis; iiiierseetion traffic lonuo! iiieasuresand eon- U'C'I design; progrcssice signal system design; flows prcriii- tion, road network simulation and assignment algorithms motor vehicle accident anaivsis, field exercises. Prerequisite CIVL 3 id [2-0-2 li-tl-uj rn- [0-oh;2-02j ill i3i 'Transportation i'lauitiitg Meihods- An iniroduo tit in io traasporhiuon svsiems planning riant needs, surveys and analysis, sampling tec hmques. trip generation, gravity concepisaiulnioricfsaiiocic split bvcieieiministic methods: tiitrodueiion to oh,.io,■ ihe-ois and models: roule assign ment bv shortcs; path algorithms: stochastic assignment; transports-,-.10111 evjtuat ion. Cm 11| rntcrand interactive graphic sap|-,lioi!i(,n Prerequisite: CIVL 3 id ]u li-li. 2-0-2J 448 (81 Engineering Tiesign and Analysis- Studenls will be esjiected 10, iliiher design and carry ran an experimenia! proiect, ii:c4;riiiig, where applicable, problem idcndlica- uon, puipose ant! scope oiospe'riinc'tiia! procedures, cquip- nttiii'ie-signatdi'titatncia; ton iH'ilot-manceiestiiig, data logging, tnteipieiaiion and anahacs. aud t onelusioiis, tlie pioys tmavbceiihei fiboraio'e ot'siieoi-ieiilechOr: cariYoui a project through the ilea. jnpmenl of conceptual, prelimi nary and final design, which might also include feasibility study, economic aspects, material selection and design, and construction scheduling. Comprehensive group report required 2 weeks before the end of classes. Croups of 2 lo ■1. Prerequisite: Fourlh-vear standing. [0-2-0; 0-4-0| 48O (2| Built Environment Sludies- A study of the per lonnance of enclosing envelopes as modifiers of nauirai ilimaie; user environment;!! preferences; day-lighting; acoustics: thermal studies. Prerequisite: -ith year .standing. [2-0-H; 0-0-01 495 (3) Case Studies oj Construction Methods- Examination of construction methods including factors affecting productivity anc! safety. Treatment of relationship between design and construction. Techniques for measuring ensile performance. Principles illustrated through case studies presented by guest speakers. Topics examined include excavation, formwork, blasting, prefabrication and modularization, heavy equipment, selection and materials handling. Prerequisite: 4th vear standing. 12-0-1; 0H0[ i98 (1-0) Directed Sludies- Requires approval of the I )e- p.irtment Head 502 (5) Structural Stability- Concepts of stability, elastic anc! clastic-plastic buckling of columns and beams, tor sional buckling, energy metliods and approximate sulu- ^ lions, frame siabifitv, buckling of plates and shells. 5('u (2) Seismicity and SeismicDesign Parameters- Causes ot earthquakes. Eauir mechanisms. Wave motions Magnitudes and intensities. Regional .seismicity and risk anaivsis. Attenuation of ground motion parameters wilh riisiartcc. Deveiopmen! of site specific ground motions Selection ui earthquake records and construction oi design spectra. 808 (ll Earthquake Resistant Structures I- Response of structures to earthquakes; concept of ductility; deveiop- meni of seismic design codes. Hierarchy of analytical tools; quasi-static, modal, and nonlinear analyses. Mode! ling of structures. Soil-st picture interaction. 81 id (2) Earthquake Resistant Structures 11- Design of steel, cone retc, masonry and timber structures. Assessment and retrofit ol existing structures 50" t.5) Dynamks of structures I- Fundamental analysis of structures subject to dynamic ioading; single and multi- degree 1 if freedom systems; free and periodic vibrations; earthquake response spectrum analysis; nonlinear response via numerical integration; introduction to continuous systems 80S 6) Dynamics of Structures IT- Multi-degree of irec- ci' im and continuous systems; general normal mode tho iiv with damping; forced vibrations with .special reference to the earthquake problem; introduction to random vibrations 809 18) Random and Nonlinear Vibrations- Stochastic processes. Powei ape-era! density. Gaussian processes. Random response of linear structural systems. Applications 10 discrete and continuous syslems. Introduction to nonlinear systems and chaotic response. 510 (31 ilehai tour of Steel Structures - Elastic response, elastic limit capacity design; non-elastic stability problems 1 if members and frames; plastic design and anaivsis; connection design for ultimate loads. 511 (.3) Advanced Topics in'Steel Structures- Seismic design of.steel buildings; composite design; welding of steel: corrosion protection; application of CAD in steel design. 813 13', Concrete Structures- Response of prestressed and non-prcstresseei concrete elements and structures; comparison of.niafvtical predictions and experimenialresulls; simplified design procedures. [5-0-0] 514 (5) Advanced Topics in Concrete Structures- Setsmn response of concrete structures; design of prestressed concrete hutkiings and bridges; concrete masonry st no - lines; plasticity in reinforced concrete. [3-0-0] Civil Engineering 305 544 546 547 548 551 554 555 515 (3) Bridge Design and Construction- Performance requirements, loads, conceptual and detailed design, approximate methods of analysis, erection methods, bridge and foundation types, case studies from recent designs. 516 (3) Behaviour of Timber Structures- Design problems in timber structures; effects of size; environment; duration of load; connections. 5V (3) Advanced Topics in Timber Structures- Behaviour of timber structural systems. Simulation of system response and structural reliability. Effect of quality controls. 518 (3) Reliability and Structural Safety- Probabilitytheoty and random variables. Performance functions and probability of non-performance: simulations and FORM/SORM methods. Applications. System reliability. Time-dependent reliability and introduction to stochastic processes. 520 (3) Construction Planning and Control--Planning of civil engineering projects using networking techniques and time space methods. Treatment of resources and cash flow. Activity planning. Concepts of control at the project and activity levels. Prerequisite: CIVL 490 or 400. 522 (3) Project and Construction Economics- Review of engineering economics; investor objectives; capital expenditure modelling. Project financing mechanisms and preparation of feasibility studies, with emphasis on civil engineering projects. Cost modelling and cost estimating relationships for design and construction decisions. Sensitivity analysis. Case studies. Prerequisite: CIVL 400. 523 (8) Project Management for Constructed Facilities- Perspectives of project management as it relates to civil engineering. Case studies are used to illustrate key issues. 52a (2) Legal Aspects of Project and Construction Management- Legal relationships in the construction industry Prerequisite: CIVL 402. 528 (2) Advanced Concrete Technology- Special topics in 556 concrete: creep and creep prediction; durability; corrosion of concrete; quality control; non-destructive testing; new types of concrete. Prerequisite: CIVL 420. 529 (5j Linear Elasticity- Stress and strain in three dimensions, fundamental field equations of linear elasticity: equilibrium, compatibility, Hooke's law; Papkovitch- Neuber solution, plane stress and plane strain; torsion, torsion of thin-walled members with warping restraint; i plate theory Same as MECH 561; credit will be given for ' only one of MECH 561 and CIVL 529. 531 (3) Analysisof Plates and Shells- Theory of thin plates and shells; numerical modelling. Limit analysis of plates. Stability and buckling. 533 (3) Energy Theorems of Structural Mechanics- Generalized coordinates and configuration space; formulation of the variational problem; virtual work and energy principles; classical energy theorems; stability; calculus of variations; direct methods; Reissner's principle; Hamilton's principle. 8.35 (3) Advanced Mechanics of Solids- Advanced topics in the theory of solid mechanics; wave propagation; viscoclasticity; plasticity; numerical modelling. 53"' (.3) Finite Element Method- Boundaryvalueproblems; review of finite differences; weighted residual methods, Galerkin; computer algorithms. Example applications, Laplace's equation, two-dimensional elasticity, plate bending. 558 t3i Advanced Topics in the Finite Element Method- Practical programming; numerical studies, applications in vibrations, shells, nonlinear material orgeometry, structutal timber systems, steel and concrete structures. Prerequisite: CIVL 537. 540 ;3) Waves and Wave Effects- Wave hydrodynamics: wave statistics and design wave selection; wave forces; wave effects on coastal and offshore structures. Note: Additional suitable courses in EngineeringMechan- ics are offered by the Department of Mechanical Engineering; MECH 550, 561, 502, 565, 566, 567, 568, 569. 541 (3) Environmental Fluid Mechanics- Analysis of density stratified flows with application to water quality problems in inland and coastal waters. 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 (2) Steady Ftow in Open Channels- Energy and momentum principles; uniform and gradually varied flow, backwater curves. Flow through transitions, bends and obstructions. (3) Sedimen'Transport- Mobile-boundary open channel flow. Design of unlined silt-stable channels; riverbed scour. Applicaion to the coastal environment. Beach transport processes. (2) Estuary Hydraulics- Estuary dynamics and estuary- classification; the effect: of engineering works on salinity intrusion; physics of estuary pollution and the use of computer and hydraulic models. (2) Coastal and Offshore Modelling- Laboratory and numerical modelling in coastal and offshore hydrodynamics: model laws; laboratory facilities; instrumentation; numerical techn ques; applications to wave-structure interactions, wave hindcasting, wave propagation, sedimentation problem; and mixing processes. (2) Advanced Hydrology- Modelling hydrologic runoff processes. Flow forecasting models for mountain watersheds. Estimation of design rainfall andsnowmelt. (2) Water Resource Management- Patterns of development. Management considerations for water resource systems, including comprehensive river basin development. Application of analytical techniques. (2) Analysi: of Civil Engineering Systems- Concepts and techniques of ojietations research, decision analysis, and systems engineering applicable to Water Resources and Transportation Engineering and Construction Management Prerequisite: CIVL 375 or 301. (2) Professional Decision Making- The application of decision analysis and risk analysis to professional decision making in civil engineering. Case studies are used for illustration. (2) Toxic and Hazardous Waste Treatment and Disposal- Enviionmental impact of disposal of toxic and hazardous wastes. Treatment technology for detoxification. Landfill disposal and self attenuation in landfills and underlying soils. Incineration with municipal wastes. (2) Water Resource Seminar- Directed case studies. Application of concepts, processes and techniques of water resource planning to specific problems. (2) Topics in Advanced Waste Treatment- Processes for removing wastewater impurities that are not effectively removed by secondary treatment; investigation of disposal prartices that make use of the impurities as resources. (3) Sanitaty Engineering Design- Design problems in water and sewage treatment, with emphasis on the hydraulic and sanitary engineering considerations. (2) Solid Waste Treatment Systems Design- Design of sanitary land3! lis, compost plants, recycling systems; incineration concepts. Environmental impact analysis of various treatment methods. Relative costs of system components. Course structure will be tailored to the student's background and areas of interest. (3) Environmental Contaminant Analysis Laboratory- A laboratory! course to familiarize the student with environmental engineering laboratory procedures, instrumental analysis, sampling techniques and data analysis. (3) Unit Operations and Unit Processes in Sanitary Engineering - Laboratory classroom and field assessments of sanitary engineering operations and processes. Prerequisite: CIVL 569. (2) Engineering Management of Solid Wastes- Characteristics cf solid wastes; introduction to solid waste collection, treatment and disposal. Evaluation of current practice and analysis of future potential of landfills, composting, combined treatment, recycle and re-use. 565 (2) Water Supply Engineering- An outline of water quantity and quality requirements of water users, and the development of possible courses of action for meeting these requirements. Costs of implementing schemes will be considered. 566 (3) Transport and Mixing of Pollutants in Aquatic Systems- Mixing and dispersion of pollutants in inland and coastal waters. Pollutants associated with pulp mills, waste treatment plants, mining operations and other sources. Natural processes (physical, chemical and biological) affecting the ultimate fate and impact of these pollutants. Corequisite: CIVL 416. 567 (2) Water Pollution Control Engineering- Industrial waste survey and design problems. Appraisal and analysis of existing water quality management systems. Water quality ancl effluent standards. 568 (2) Water Pollution Engineering and its Ecological Impact- The chemical and biological processes involved in the cycling, transformations and distribution of inorganic compounds (nitrogen, phosphorus, sulfur and trace metals) and organic compounds (pesticides, hydrocarbons and detergents) in polluted water environments. Either 7,001.404 , CIVL 567 or consent of instructor. 569 (4) Biological Waste Treatment- Development of the principles of secondary, biological treatment processes, with application to both municipal and industrial wtastewater treatment. Discussion of different treatment methodology, incorporating both aerobic and anaerobic- microbiological processes. Corequisite: MICB 417. 570 (3) Soil Mechanics - Soil composition and geological factors affecting engineering properties, stress and strain at a point, principle of effective stress, stress-strain relations; theories of primary and secondary consolidation, settlement; shear testing equipment, stress-strain and strength behaviour of soil under static and dynamic loading. 572 (3) Environmental' Geolechriique- Physical-Chemical principles of clays, clay mineralogy, structure and sensitivity of clays, engineering behaviour of compacted clayey soils, coupled fluid flow; ground-water pollution site investigation methods, in-situ and laboratory tests; design of remediation systems. 573 (2) Numerical Methods in Soil Mechanics- Applications of finite difference and finite element methods of analysis to the solution of stress, seepage, and consolidation problems. Foundation vibrations. Seismic analysis of earth structures. 574 (3) Experimental Soil Mechanics- Experimental studies of advanced aspects of soil behaviour; compressibility; shear strength; pore water pressure; dynamic tests; advanced instrumentation and measurement techniques, research reports required. Prerequisite; CIVL 570. 575 (2) Geotechnical Ocean Engineering- Submarine geotechnical investigations properties of seafloor soils, foundations for offshore structures, shallow foundations (gravity platforms), deep foundations (jacketed platforms), submarine slope stability; anchors and mooring systems. Prerequisite: CIVL 311. 577 (3) Soil Exploration for Engineering Design- Advanced methods of subsurface investigation; determination of stratigraphy and engineering properties by in-situ testing. Emphasis on field work and interpretation of results. 578 (2) Principles of Pavement Design- Review ofthe principal factors and methods involved in the design of rigid and flexible highway pavement structures: pavement structure and types; factors involved in pavement structure design; rigid pavement design methods; joints in rigid pavements; flexible pavement design methods: distress mechanisms in flexible pavements; pavement condition evaluation; and, strengthening existing pavements. 579 (2) Geosynthetics- Material properties; standard tests data; soil-geosynthetic interaction; design of reinforced soil structures (walls, slopes, embankments); design of 306 Civil Engineering filtration and drainage works, design of geomembrane- linedvvasiecontainmcni facilities: regulatoiy requirements; case history applications. 880 (2| Stress-Strain.Models for Soil- Stress and strain, linear elastic and the incremental linear stress-strain models; 211) stress dilatancv and riilatant elastic models: soi! behaviour and critical state concepts; concepts of plasticity: elaslo- plastic models based on critical stale; other stress-strain models. Prerequisile; CIVL 57(i. 581 (,.i Soil Dynamics- Seismic loading and its effcel on earth structures; dvnamic response of single, and multi- 301 degree of freedom systems and continuous svstems; behaviour of soil under dvnamic loading; pore pressure generation and liquefaction effects: .seismicity and seismic design parameters; dynamic analysis of earth structures; .seismic design of soil-structure svstems. 582 (3) Transportation Engineering Impacts- Methods to measure, predict and evaluate impacts of transportation 30.3 modes. Discussion of measures to reduce impacts. 5-83 (3) Urban Engineering Methods and Models- The application of urhan analysis methods and models to the 308 design of municipal and transportation engineering systems, 58. ti; Simulation and Modelling oj Civil Engineering Sys- 306 lems- Random models, queue modeis, and discrete event simulation in construction managemenl, urban and transportation engineering. 580 (3) Urban Transportation System Analysis Development and use of urban transportation models, Including 307 travel generation models, distribution models, mode choice models and system evaluation 58" (3) Transit Operations Engineering- Engineering analysis of public transit operations. Includes technological characteristics of operating svstems. scheduling, routing, operating costs, tare structure, techniques of conirol, 308 mode split analysis and the operational feasibility ol new transit modes. 588 (2) Transit Design Engineering- Design of bus ancl .510 fixed rail transit facilities including .supporting ways, stations, and analysis of system capaeiiv and costs. 889 i2l Traffic Flow Theory A discussion of the various traffic How distribution models, gap acceptance, queueing .311 processes, traffic flow simulation wilh applications to intersection design, signal system design and control of urban freeways, 51,11, itii Projectin Civil'Engineering- Comprehensive snub; preparation ofa report and oral presentation o! an assigned topic in civil engineering. To be clone under the joint supervision ofa facullv member and an industry3 .312 government representative, for M.Eng. students in the Professional Partnership Program only, 89" (iii Seminar- Pre'sentationsanddi.scussionsofi'iirrent research topics in various disciplines of cavi! Engineering 498 (h-12) c Topics in Civil Engineering - lectures and reaci- ings on specialized topics of current interest in the held of civil engineering. To he given on approval of die Head of die Department ^')9 i(i-12i c Thesis- For the M.A.Sc degree. U99 Thesis- For the Ph.D. degree Classical Studies CLST o, Department of Classics, Faculty of Arts Note: CLST 501 through 517 nol offered each year Consult Ihe Department of Classics. -HO 11l(l (in Iniroduction to Classical Civilization- The his ton; literature, art. and architecture of fifth-century Alliens and first-century Rome. Periinem readings in translation and modern texts. |2-l;2-lj 331 2(14 (8) Introduction lo Classical Archaeology- A selective survey ofthe materia! cultures ofthe pre-classica! and ciassica! civilisations of the Mediterranean with emphasis 315 on Italy, Greece, ihe Aegean, and Asia Minor, intended to illustrate the history, principles, aims, ancl techniques ol classical archaeology and ancillary disciplines. (Also listed as ANTI I 20 I. j [3-0] tu) Greek Thought- Asurvev ol Greek [thilosophv. si i- ence, ancl religion, given collaboratively bv members o! the Departments of Classics ancl Philosophy, The Presocraiics, Plato; Aristot legStoicism, Epic urcanisrn. Recommended as preparation for CLST 436 ancl PHIL 333 (Also listed as PUIL 210.) [2-1: 2-l| (3) The Technical Terms of Medicine and Biological Sciences-- Acquaints the studenl with the Greek ancl Latin elements from which most specialized terms of modern medicine are constructed. Intended primarily for students planning to enter the medical, pharmaceutical, or biological sciences. (Noi fort redil toward the B.A. degree.i [2-1] (3/6) d I ife and Society tu Classical Antiquity- Topics in Greek and Roman life and society, such as classical astronomy and ancient medicine. |3-0j or [3-0, 3-0) (6) Classical Myth and Religion - The major cycles ol Greek and Roman mvth; iheir assoilaiion with religion, cult, and society. 1.3-0; 3-0) (31 Applied Science and technology in Classical Antiquity- The origins and achievements of applied teclinoi- ogv in the Greek anc! Roman world from lhe Bronze Age lo late Antiquity, with special attention to archaeological evidence [3-0] (3) Greek law The study of Greek legal theory, practice, and institutions from theirorigin in self-help, through the early lawgivers and their codes, to the developed system of Athens in the fifth and fourth centuries. A variety of test cases from die works of the Greek orators will be explored. [3-0'j ;'3i Roman Law- The development of Roman private law (luring the classical period with special attention to family law, contract and delict. |3-0| (6,i Greek and Roman Lileralure- A study, through selected readings in translation, of t lie range and variety ol literary forms invented and developed by the Greeks and Romans Irom Homer to Apuleius. [3-0; 5-0] (3) [Vomcti In Antiquity . />i Bronze Age, Classical Greek, andllellenistiecultures- Women in Eastern Mediterranean cultures during 3 major periods of antiquity. The images projected in mythology, literature, and an are compared with the reaiiitcs ol women's lives insofar as they can be reconstructed from historical legal, and archaeological records j,8-0[ (3) Women lit.tittiqui/y: in Ihe Roman ttOrldofPepu'b- licanandlmperitil"times.PaganaiidChrislian- Women in die Roman world in the culture ofthe Republic and the Empire and in the Christian sub-culture of late Antiquity, literary, artistic, and mythological sources are compared anc! contrasted to historical, legal, and archaeological records, |3-0| ih} Classical Epic and Romance- The art of fictional narrative in classical anuqtiilv. Homer, Iliad and Orivssev: Virgil, AcneicLOcid. Metamorphoses; Pentiums, 8atvriio!i; Apuleius, Golden Ass: Longus. Daphnis and Chine; HcliodtiriKAe-ihiopica. Classical forerunners of the novel in translation, [3-0: 3-0] (tn Classical Drama- Studv of a wide range of plays, both tragedy,mil comedy. hythcGreek and Roman drama- lists, in translation |.3-(1; 3-(t| (di Greek and Roman Art- A study of the achievements of the Greeks and Romans in art and architecture from the Biotv.c Age lo the reign of Constanune. (Also listed as FIM 52't.i j 3(1. .3 0| Id) Ancient Elision - The rise of the Greek city-states; special emphasis on the political, economic, and cultural achievements of die fifth and fourth centuries BC; die growth of Rome and the development of her political institutions during the Republic; the social and economic history ofthe Empire; the transition from the classical io the medieval world. No prerequisite. [3-0; 3-0] 332 (6) The Roman Republic- A detailed studv ol' Rom" from the foundation to the Augustan settlement. The development of the constitution; the political system-, acquisition and growth of Empire; the political, social, am I economic consequences; lhe failure of the Republiian system. Prerequisite: CLST 331 or permission of the m sttuclor. [3-0:3-0] Hi (6) The Roman Empire- A detailed sturivofEom.iii imperial histoiy from 30 B.C. to the end ofthe fourth century Attention will he directed to the development ol Christianiiv and to lite problem of Church arid Slate. Prerequisite: 01,81 331 or permission of the instructor [3-0: .3-0] 33 i (3/l2i Problems in Greek Hislorv- This seminar will focus on selected problems in Greek hislorv and historiography from the Bronze Age lo the lielicitisiic Period. Topics will be announced each vear. Prerequisite CLST331. [8-11; 3-0! 335 (61 Siimmei Practicum in Classical Archaeology - Practical training in excavation techniques and interpret.itton including survey and mapping procedures, recording draw ing am! anaivsis of artifacts, and stud v< if comparative material Studenls will participate in the excavation ol a Greek or Roman site in Europe or the Middle East for die summer session. The course will include lectures and lielil- Bicursions relevant to [lie region and period ol die site -i29 (3/0i d Sludies in Ihe Art and Archaeology ojGrccie and Rome- Prerequisile: CLST 3.31LEL\'A329 or pcrino sion ofthe instructor. (Also listed as FINA i29.t 1.30 13) Topography and Monuments of Ancient Alliens A study of ihe ancient city with special attention to the archaeological sources. Prerequisite: CLST 350 TINA 51') or permission of the instructor. [3-0! 431 (3 i Topography and Monuments oj Ancient Pome A studv of tiie ancient city with special attention to die archaeological sources. Prerequisile: CIST3311 TINA 52') or permission of the instructor. (3-f)[ i36 Oi) Classical Thought- Intensive studi'old lie dev elop- menl of thought in the Greek and Roman world in the areas of moral and political theon; science, religion, anil mci.t phvsitsanilepistetniilogv. Topics vary Irom yeai lo yeat and the Department should, en insulted. Prerequisite:;! coin ,e in Classical Studies or Philosophy, or permission of the instructor [5-(l: 3-01 449 (6) Honours Essay 501 (3 i Topography and Monuments of Alliens ,\ si uriy t >l the topograph; and monuments of ancient Athens Irom the Bronze Age to Late Antiquity. Offered m tile first let r of alternate vears, 5U2 (5i Topography and Monuments of Rome- Asmdvot the topography and moniimenis o! ancient Rome in no the iron .Age to Late Aniiquilv, Offered in the second icrm of alternate years. 5ii.3 i3.t'i d Studies tu rireek Architecture- Selected iopii s in Greek ate liiteci tire. eg., religious, .secular, arid miinarv architecture. Si.)-! (3,'to d Sludies In Roman Architecture- Selected tup iisni Roman architecture, e.g., religious, military, domestic, and public secular architecture. 805 (.3.4i) d Studies in Greek Town Planning- The ricvel opment of Greek town planning from the Bronze Age lo the Hellenistic period S06 (5'ht d Studies iri Roman Town Planning- Theongins of tow ii planning in I nil vane! thedeveiopmen! of clues tn the Roman Empire 508 (5;8) d Studies tn Roman Painting and Mosaics So led ed topics in Roman paint ing. ind nn 'saics, e.g. .Campari, in wall painting, regional styles oi mosaic decoration. Commerce 307 509 (3/6J d Sludies in Greek Sculpture- Selected topics in Greek sculpture, e.g., development of kouros and kore. Hellenistic sculpture, sculpture of fifth-century Athens. 510 (3/6) d Studies in Roman Sculpture- Selected topics in Roman sculpture, e.g., imperial relief sculpture, portraiture, regional styles. 511 (3/6) d Studies in Greek Regional Archaeology- Study ofa particular area, e.g., Ionia, Sicily, Southern Italy. 512 (3/6) d Sludies in Roman Provincial Archaeology- Study ofa particular area, e.g., Gaul, Britain, Asia Minor. 5L3 (3/6) d The Archaeology of Greek and Roman Technology- Material evidence for the technological achievements ofthe Greek ancl Roman world. 514 (3/6) d Greek and Roman Minor Arts- Minor arts of the Greek and Roman world, e.g., coins, jewellery; terracottas. 516 (3) d Studies in Greek Black Figure Vase Rairiling- Selected topics in Greek painting, e.g., Athenian vase- painting, regional styles of vase painting, Hellenistic painting. 517 (3) d Studies in Greek Red Figure Vase Painting- Selected topics in Greek painting, e.g., Athenian vase painting, regional styles of vase painting, Hellenistic painting. 518 (3/6) Topics in Greek Archaeology. 519 (3/6) Topics in Roman Archaeology. 520 (3/6) Directed Studies in Greek Archaeology 521 (3/6) Directed Sludies in Roman Archaeology Classics Department of Classics, Faculty of Arts - See Classical Studies, Greek, Latin Commerce COMM Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration In general, prerequisites are not listed in the Commerce course section of Ihe Calendar. The required 200-level Commerce courses generally are prerequisite to 300-level and 400-level courses in tbe same option area. In each option, it is assumed that tbe required 300-level courses will be taken prior to the-lOO- level courses. Students should contact the Undergraduate Office for specific information about course prerequisites and' variations from normal program sequences. Ill (3,1 Business Applications of Calculus- Introduction to differential and integral calculus ancl their applications in business. Not offered in 1994/95. 241 (3) CanadianTransporlalion- An introduction to the basic characteristics of the transport industry and to the issues in corporate and public policy decisions in transportation. Not offered in 1994/95. 290 (5) Introduction to Quantitative Decision Maktng- Introduction to decision models in business, Basic Optimization, LinearProgramming, Probability, Decision Analy- sis, Random Variables and Simulation 291 (4) Application of Statistics In Business- Methods and applications of statistics in business; data analysis, descriptive regression; data generation; sampling distributions; hypothesis testing; confidence intervals; two sample problems; inference in regression. Prerequisite: COivIM 290. 292 (4) Managemenl andOrgaiiizalional Behaviour- Behaviour in organizations as it affects people as individuals, their relationships with others, their performance in groups and their effectiveness at work. 293 (3) Financial Accounting- Introduction to the construction and inrerpretation of financial reports prepared primarily for external use. 294 (4) Managerial Accounting- Introduction to the development anil use of accounting information for manage- mem -Manning and control and the development of cost information for financial reports. Problems in managerial accounting uiing spreadsheet tools. Prerequisite COMM 293 295 (3) Managerial Economics- Economic foundations managerial cbcision-making. Organization of the firm, demand theory, cost and production, market structure, competitive strategy, welfare-economic foundations of business regulation. Prerequisites; ECON 100, MATH Oil or their equivalents. Credit may be obtained for only one fo ECON 201 ECON 206 AGEC 295, COMM 295. 296 (2) Introduction to Business and Management- Introduction to the basic concepts ol' management and administration; the internal operation ofthe enterprise; the relationship between the enterprise and the business environment the analytical tools including computer literacy used in management. 297 (3) Capital Markets and Institutions- Economic environment in w hich business operates, including the role of the Bank of Canada, analysis of domestic and international money markets and institutions and the basic capital asset valuation models. 299 (1) Business Communications- Basic communication theoiy, communications in organizations. Includes written and oral practice in lab sessions. 306 (3) Urban land Economics- (For Graduate Students only.) Urban growth and development, urban land values and land use. housing markets, urban transportation, local government and land use regulation. ^ 307 (3) Urban land Economies- An introductory course which examines the economic: factors affecting the urban land market. Emphasison the determinants of urban land values, the housing market, urban transportation problems, and land use policies. 308 (3) Real Estate Investment Analysis- (Forgraduate students only). Analysis of real estate investment markets, the optimal "inancing decision, risk return relationships, portfolio decisions, ownership forms and lax strategies. 309 (3) Real Estate Finance- The role of mortgage markets, mathematical analysis of return and valuation isues and methods of dealing with lender and borrower risk exposure. Prerequisile: COMM 297, 397. 310 (3) Simulation Models in Business Deeision-Making- Computersimulation, simulation languages. Typical business applications in financial planning, waiting line problems and ot ter operating problems. 311 (3) Decisi in Analysis I- (For Graduate students only.) Quantitative methods such as decision analysis, mathematical pre grammingand introductory probability theory as applied to business problems. 312 (3) DecisimAnalysisII- (ForGracliiatestudentsonly.) The theory and use of statistics in business. Hypothesis testing, regiession anaivsis, estimation. 313 (2) Qualitative Methods-Analysis- (For Graduate students oily.) Theory ancl applications of basic mathematics anc calculus to business problems. 320 (3) Orgaiizalional Analysis- An analysis of organizational .structures and intraorganizaiional processes; effects of organizational factors on individual behaviour. Prerequisite: COMM 292. 323 (3l Human Resources Managemenl I- (For Graduate students oc ly.) Provides overview of the management of individuals, groups anc organizations in the absence and presence o labour unions. Deals with the functions of management and with issues suclt as conflict, efficiency, leadership, interpersonal relations and negotiation. 326' (2) Human Resources Management II- (For Graduate students or ly.) Managerial functions with special emphasis on labor relations, related issues and managerial skills. 327 (3) Research Meihods for Human Resource Management- Problems related to the collection of data within organizations to support changes in personnel policies: and practices Basic principles of scaling, experimental and quasi-experimental design and research ethics. Prerequisite; COMM 292. 328 (3) Administration of Collective Agreements- Grievance handling in collective agreements; the arbitration process; arbitral jurisprudence; substantive grievance issues .such as discipline ancl promotions. Prerequisite: COMM 392. 329 (3) Principles of Organizational Behaviour- An introductory examination of work organizations and the behaviour of individuals within them. Phenomena to be studied include organizational structure, organizational environments, group processes, individual motivation, perception, communication, power processes and leadership. (For non-Commerce students in 3rd and 4th year.) 330 (3) Topics in Business Law- (For Graduate students only.) Selected topics illustrate the interplay between the law and the business environment. Emphasis will be on the theoretical framework in which laws are developed and applied to commercial transactions. 3.35 (3) Information SyslemsTechnology andDevelopment- Introduction to information technology related to business use. Design, implementation and application of Information Systems Prerequisite: COMM 391 or CPSC 216. .3.36 (2) InformationSyslemsforManagement- (ForGradti- ate students only.) Introduction to information systems concepts for managers. Use of modern information technology by individuals, groups and organizations. Inter- organizational information systems ancl the role of information systems as an element of corporate strategy. 341 (3) Business Logistics- The role of logistics in marketing, production and corporate strategy. Methods and practice in the integration of transportation, inventory control and other distribulion functions. 342 (3) Transportation Policy- (For Graduate students only.) A study ofthe economic ancl institutional setting of transportation as a basis for examining policy development within transportation companies and government, and as a background to the role of transportation in business logistics. 349 (3) Transportation Management I- Introduction to transportation wilh emphasis on management decisionmaking for marketing, operations and labour relations. Cases are drawn from all modes of transportation. 351 (3) Financial Accounting- (For Graduate students only.) Astudy of basic accounting concepts and meihods; an examination of current principles and practices relating to published financial statements from the point of view of decision makers external to the firm. 352 (3j Managerial Accounting- (For Graduate students only.J An examinalion of accounting for management planning and control, including cost accounting, budgeting, accounting control systems, ancl use of accounting information in management decisions 353 (3) Financial Accounting — Intermediate I- An examination of accounting as a means of measurement and as an information system for external reporting purposes. Prerequisite: COMM 293, 294 354 (3) Cosl Accounting- The provision and analysis of cosl accounting information that will assist management in making operating decisions and in evaluating operational performance. The utilization of statistical analysis and linear models is included. Prerequisite: COMM 293, 294. 355 (3) Income Taxation- A study of income lax from the standpoint ofthe individual and of business enterprise. 357 (3) Tax and Estate Planning- Income tax and succession duty laws are examined against the background ofa number of cases designed to illustrate current estate plan- 308 Commerce mng practice. The value of lile insurance and alternative investments is considered and, several forms of properly interests aie discussed in detail. Prerequisite: COMM 388 3;d t-G Marketing Managemenl- (Foi'Graduate siudenis only.) Methods of analysis and strategic tone opts applied to tlie problems of product selection, distribution, promotional activities, pi icing aw '• markel research. The inana- geriai decision focus typical!; cnijilovs analyses of aciual complex cases drawn Irom consumer industrial service and; non-profit organizations. 882 i-it Consumer Behaviour The use of consumer research and theory in marketing and policy decisions. Psychological, sociological and economic theory and researcli relevant to consumer behaviour are considered Prerequisite: COMM 396. 5d5 (51 Marketing Analysis- Anaivtual methods applicable to marketing management deaisioii making; attention ic strategic considerations linking analysis of consumer data, corporate data, eiiviroiiinenta! factors, and compeii- live response. The course makes extensive use of micro computers. Prerequisite: COMM 391. 398. 864 ;8; Iniernational .Marketing- An analysis ofthe bases tif trade, international commercial pi Jin; and other env;- lotnnental factors which affccl iniernational marketing; followed bv an investigation ot the problems peculiar to the development ant! iifipiemcuiuiiiiu of market ing si mi eg; to serve international mark els. 585 (5; .'MarketingResearch- 1 he process of marketing research including topics such as problem/opportunity formulation, research objectives, data sources, research instrument design, sampling, data collec tion and processing and methods oi data analysis. Prerequisite: COMM 2N><:. 291.i9I,39i!. 3n(i 1.5) Marketing Research Proiriems- The application of research methods to problems in marketing. .-FI (3i Theory of Finance- Basic 'onoepts of corporaie finance, including security valuation and financial decisions by fhe corporation. Prerequisite: COMM 89". 3"3 (3i Business Finance- (For Graduate students unly.j The major financial decisions thai businesses face, die anaivtk a! approaches that are available to assist with these decisions; and the links between these decisions, and the finance!! communitv 8"*'i (3t Security Markets- Introduction to theories and evidence concerning the structure of security markets and tin- valuation of stocks, bonds options., and futures eon tracts, the role of portfolio managenieiil in inform alii mally efficient security markets. Prerequisite: COMM 59" re (.J) Financial Institutions I The iinancia! systems in Canada; the practices ofthe major financial institutions; and theories of financial processes, T '^ (J; iiiieriiational Financial Slarkcts and Itistiiulloiis- Suiieiure, nature and insuiuiions ot foreign exchange markeis, private including snot, forward, futures, opiions. and offshore currency markets Factors affecting effects of exchange rates on the firm. Prerequisite: COMM 397 5"8 tjri Risk Managemenl Insurance- Management oilier sunvil and business risk The insurance mechanism life and iion-life insurance, group benefits, iieusious and so- iial security. Prerequisite: COMM 116 y-'i is) Fuudameulals '-f Aciuarial Science- Actuarial methods, life eoniingencies. Introduction to insurance and pension inatheuiaries. Deicriiiin,ition of premiums and reserves. Valuation ol assets and mathematics Rulemaking. Prerequisite: COMM 65 or permission of inslructor. .d-d i5> Industrial Organization (For Graduate students onlv;) A survey ot ihe managemenl functions involved m establishing and operating a business with panicular re! crenee io manufacturing. 3. 5 (5i ProductiouiOpe'ationsMaitanemeii!- Proiiuctiun. planning and scheduling, mvciitorv control comm! ,-f 3,8-1 in Indus d V. coi em lulo. rlatiot make (5) /'. COMM , 'MM tale Investment An sk-retu in in, )MM ■ li-lf itioiisy miiiolo 120 (3,i Advanced Topics in Organizational Behaviour - Human behavioral processes and their eifens mi ttutt vidua! behavior in organized work sellings. Topics mav itti hide soia,tl comparison Irii.sli-.ition, power, sii;ii;'i, a Hon. anil attribution processes. Prerequisite: COMM 22. iii i.5i Cuilcc'ircBargaining Struaijral.heliavioi.iral.il.- g;f ancl suLsianiivc aspects of iabimr management rcic- itons and iliecotieeiivefiai'gaittmgpriHess Prerequisite: |22 i.i i Public So lor Industrial Relations Incf isiiia! reft iiotts m tlie i.ci.idian public sector .mi! the icq'tenem cof tin parties in dealing with these issues. Studies o| suhseetors sueh as cicii services, education and lieaiiit i,ce ;u; tetdertaken. Prerequisite-COMM 392 iln i-O OveuiVoitioiioiDoiclopiiien!- Thei.teiicsamLiiai- egic's for tttijtleit't'miiig cortsiritciive iiioriiflfapens m o gamzauoi-s Lnierpers.in.ii iclaiioii-. skiii buildup is '.;- piusi/ed in classroom activities, wliiie lectures ami assignments ext'it.ie applications in business and non-busiuc -,-- organizations. Prerequisite, COMM 292 i.H ti) t'er-ciiiielaiidHuman Resource Managemenl '■ Aittviiies, policies and [irac'ices reejutrec! for eficeiivc human resoaicc planning, estetnal iartois that influence hiini.m re si iiirre functions, and the fecrulimerieseici lion and asiiiuniiicur of personnel. The dual responsibilities of °i" ff -r- tau ■tpli.-i'-i/'CCt Prerequisite: COMM Sr. )28 11; Personnel and Human Resource Managemenl ii 'fJaimitg And deve'opmeui. perfcieiiiance appraisal and i:;reei management iriciequisiic; COMM 527 i8! co Lent of Business-Associations - The application of raoous siaiures io business entities including corporations partnerships, societies, co-operatives, credit unions, trust companies ami hanks; ihe conseiiuences of hankiuprv-m !ey,ii eimac. Piei-equisite: COMM 393 4.52 Mi Husiness and the Administrative Process An cv an anal ion c4 the impact oflheexercise ofstaiuiory power ci11 business activity, techniques for implementing public police afiecting commercial tr.msactions, rale siructii'i's. leguiai ion oi concert eel action, marketing boards, market - ttig scheuies subsaiics. patem polfe'v anc! rbe exercise o' (JisciC'liitaaiv power vested in siaiutoivauthorities 433 ti! Employment Uv.e~ Legal aspects oi the empltr ment reL.ticiiishlp. f opus inehirie: employment coi marts I'tittiiatr rights legislation, siandards of work legislation tlie labour codes. Workers' Compensation Ait and statute.-, dealing with related areas, eg. unemployment and pension benefus Tlie foi us ol fhe course cviii be on iuc statutes aud decisions ofthe courts and tribunals. Piercer uisite, COMM (us 48'i ;5) landliiir- Legal principles and concepts leiatiit; to real elate ami land development. Pi ereqiasitt". COMM st'l I mot computerize.! it iMM 591 ortOMM- Maineeemenilnfori , i.redit Comimerce 309 a41 (3) Advanced Business logistics- Analysis of complex logistic problems and the formulation of corporate logistic strategies. Prerequisite: COMM 341. 444 (3) Air Transportation- An integrative treatment of airline managemenl recognizing the particular economic feaiures of die industry, and the domestic and international legal and regulatory regimes under which the carriers operate. 445 (3i Shippingand International Logistics- Thecharac- leristics of shipping services and the role of shipping seiriees in the design ancl management of international logistics systems. 447 (31 Urban'Transporlation and Project Appraisal- Economic issues in providing urban transportation services including cost of alternate systems, demand analysis and impact assessment. Project appraisal and financial problems. +49 (3i Transportation Managemenl II- Problems in transportation management including demand and cost analysis, integrated service and pricing strategies, and operations design and control. Prerequisite: COMM 349. -t50 (3) Financial Accounting-Intermediate 11- Continuation of the examination of accounting as a means of measurement and as an information system for externa! reporting purposes. Prerequisite: COMM .353. 451 (3) Advanced Accounting Topics- Selected areas in accounting. 452 (3) Income and other Taxes- A study of advanced income tax topics; consideration of tax provisions and tax burdens in selected foreign countries; an examination c selected B.C. taxing statutes. Prerequisite: COMM ,355, f3) Financial Accounting-Advanced- An examination of advanced financial accounting. Prerequisite: COMM 38,3, 450, (3) Advanced Managemenl Accounting- Design of management planning and control svstems, including an analysis of the impact of investment project evaluation, information asymmetries, decentralized organizational structures and design of management incentive schemes. Prerequisite; COMM 35a. (3) Principles of Auditing- Principles of internal control, audit evidence, sampling anel testing; audit reports: standards; responsibilities oftheexternal auditor Prerequisites: COMM 353, 450. (5) Computer Audit Security and Control- Audit, security and control implications uf computer-based management information systems. (.5) Introduction to Financial Accounting- Financial accounting for business organizations; prinriples and problems of accounting measurements; forms of business organizations; financing of businesses. (For non-Commerce students in 3rd or 4th year only.) 453 454 -155 ■45(1 458 459 add 462 (31 Introduction to Managerial Accounting- Use of accounting data in decision making by businesses; financial statement analysis; cash flows; cosl behaviour patterns; methods of accounting for costs. (For non-Commerce studenls in 3rd and nil vear only.) Prerequisile: COMM 457 (3) Financial Statement Analysis- An examination of the uses of" financial statement information in business decisions. (3) PublicandNonprofilMarketingManagemenl- Examines the role, use, and application of marketing in government agencies anc! nonprofit institutions (3) Sales Management- Theon-and management of personal selling. Strategy, tactics, and. implementation of sales programs. (3) Promotion Problems- Campaignstrategy; planning, organizing, and controlling an advertising program; advertising research and anaivsis Prerequisite; COMM 302. 463 464 465 467 468 469 f 471 472 475 •78 ■483 188 489 490 491 492 i3) Institutional Marketing Problems- An investigation of current developments in both retailing and wholesaling fields and their application to marketing insiitu- :ions. (3) Sdeeted Topics in Marketing (3) Introduction to Marketing- Basic considerations affecting the iomesfic and iniernational marketing of goods and scr'ices. Prerequisites: ECON' 100. COMM t5~' or equivalent. (For non-Commerce students in 3rd and 4th vear only. (}) Industrial Marketing Problems- Managerial problems in marketing industrial products, services, and commodities; problem analysis ofpr(>durerg<.xls and specialized channels of distribution. (3) Markelitg Strategy Strategic marketing amibsis, product, communications, pricing ancl distribution strategies; and governmental regulation of marketing processes. Prereqi isites, COMM 362, 363. (3) Marketing Managemenl Applications- Applied marketing planning with emphasis or a major industrial analysis and lhe subsequent development ofa detailed marketing pi; n for an operating organization Pierequi- sites; COMM .562. 363, (3) InternaionalMarketing Managemenl- An anaivsis of the scof e and significance of contemporary international business operations with particular- reference to; he- marketing nn nagement problems encountered by firms with multinational branches unci subsidiaries. Prerequisite: COMM 396 (3) Financial Managemenl- Advanced problems of financial management, Debt policy and capital structure planning; capital costs, capital budgeting, dividend polu y. valuation, mergers and acquisitions. Prerequisite; COMM 397. (3) Quantialive Analysis of Financial Decisions- Application ofir odern quantitative techniques to the foi in illation of financial decisions under conditions of both certainty and uncertainty. Prerequisite; COMM 871. (3) Investment Policy- The management of security portfolios foi individual and institutional investors; relation of invest ment police- to money markets and business fluctuations. Prerequisite: COMM 374. (3) International Financial Managemenl- intcrna- liona 1 financing, hedging and investment activities. Sources of funds, asset pricing, bond markets, equity markets and capital budge ting. Topics include working capital management .financial control, transfer prices, taxation, ancl growth of multi-national corporations Prerequisite: COMM 3"". (6) Planril'igand Control Problems- Advanced problems in planning ancl controlling work operations with special emphasis on quantitative analysis. Case aud field work proble ns. (3) Public Sector Management- This course focuses on some of the distinctive aspects of managing in the pubic secto; (3) Topics in Policy Analysis and Public Policy- Current developments in the theory and practice of policy analysis applied to specific issues in tlie public and private sectors. (3/6; d Diiected Sludies in Commerce-- An investigation and rep >rt on a topic to be agreed upon by a member of the facult, and a senior student. (3) Policy Analysis I- The development of a framework for understanding and analyzing policy problems in die private anc! public sectors. Techniques from a wide variety of disciplines are examined. The process of policy anaivsis is illustrated In using situational problems and case studies. (3) Management Simulation- Student teams manage hypothetica firms in a comp ex simulation, coordinating production, finance, marketing and strategic planning in competitior with other teams 493 (3) BusinesslPublic Policy Project- Research-oriented .study of advanced business or public problem, culminating in formal written report and oral presentation 494 (3) Corporate and Industry Analysis- Agcnerai framework for the analysis of industries for lhe purpose of shaping corporate;strategy and public policy Focuses or, market structure, tlie conduct of firms and industry pen- formance. "fP (3) New Enterprise Development- The particulai proo- lems and experiences encountered in siarting, develi gang and managing new enterprises, Tne course includes he lutes, guest speakers, and case studies. 498 (31 international Business Managemenl- bevelop- ment of genera! environmental framework for interna, tional business sludies by drawing on international and development economics, researcli intogovernmeni-husi ness relations and studies in comparative socfo-cukui'a! svstem.s ancl pniilica! systems 509 (3-3li) d Study Abroad- A one in two term program of regular graduate studies at a foreign universily under an existing formal exchange program. 503 (3) Seminar in Housing Economics- Hcononnc characteristics of the housing market; organization o' ns p.ir- ticipanls, and die purpose and implicarions of govern ment housing policy. 504 (3,1 Seminar in Property taxation- Economic- of the property tax. Topics include property tax assessment, the capitalization of tax differentials, incidence and excess burden, anti property tax reform 5(15 i.3i Seminar in Urban Land Economics- Prom malefactors affecting location decisions. Topics include regional location theory, agglomeration economies, models of urban areas, industrial, retail, and office location 506 (3) Seminar in Real Estate Development- Role of di, private secloi in the process of pioperp develi nip ten from land assembly through subdivision, development, marketing and eventual redevelopment 807 (3) SeminarinRealEstaielnvestmeiii- Evaluating re;:! estate investments, including the measurement and management of risk and return on the individual propert;, and the performance of real estate in a mixed asset portfolio 508 (3) Seminar in Urban Public Economies- economics of local government. Teipics include clubs, iocs! puiilio goods, and Tieboul models, local government expenditures and taxes, community size ancl composition, and land use regulation 509 (3) Seminar in Mortgage Financing- Imparl of financing costs and availabifily on housing demand anaivsis of valuation and risk issues in residemial and commercial mortgage markets. 810 (3) Seminai in Production- Acourscwhichomsuies the significant new approaches to production planning and control Six typical production situations are studied in depth including batch environments, lobbing shops. process industries, flow line, assembly imeancf single umi assembly front die point of view of tie inaneifacuioitg manager. Case studies from implementations in both large and small business are used extensivelv 511 (3) Seminar in Business Applications of 'Management Science. 1- The principal topic of this course is ajiplica- tions of linear programming. Numerous case studies .ec uxeri and formulation anr! implementation are stressed along with d,e practical implicai ion of duality, parametric; and matrix generators. A course t<ii students interested in applications of linear programming rather than algorithmic development 512: (3) Seminar in Business Applications of Management Science. IP- This .-ourse deaf, with applications e)f dynamic programming, queueing models, inventor, theory simulation, Markov chains and other frequently used methods of Management Science (excluding linear program- mingi. Emphasis is on formulation and implementation A 310 Commerce wide range of case studies are presented concurrently with the theoretical developments. 513 (3) Computer Applications in Management Science. I- A course dealing with the computer as a tool for implementing management science techniques in business. Simulation, search techniques and management games are discussed. 514 (3) Computer Applications in Managemenl Science 11- A continuation of COMM 513 involving;! major simulation project and a critique of various papers on simulation. Prerequisite is COMM 813 515 (.3) EoundationsofOplimization- Linearandnonlinear programming models with selected applications in business. Prerequisites: a course in linear algebra and in calculus. 517 (3) Discrete Optimization, 1- Discrete optimization models, algorithms and applications Prerequisile: a course in linear programming. 519 (.3) Managing Business Risk- Methods for identifying ancl handling risk. Topics include perception and evaluation of risk, reponses to risk, expected utility analysis, organizational consequences of risk, and measurement of risk propensity. Applications tocorporateane! public policy decisions. 520 (3) Advanced Topics in Organizational Behaviour- Hunan behavioural processes and their effects on individual behaviour in organized work settings. Topics may include social comparison, frustration, power, stratification, andattributionprocesses. Prerequisite:COMM 323. 521 (3) Personnel/Human Resource Administration- Day to day techniques for the management of human resources. Topics include personnel techniques and transactions such as job analysis, job evaluation, employee recruitment and placement, human resource planning ancl employee-employer relations. 522 (3) Management of labour Relations- Negotiation and administration of collective agreements. Collective bargaining theories, preparation for bargaining, the negotiation process, the resolution of grievances and substantive issues of administering a collective agreement arc considered. Prerequisite: COMM 326. 523 (3) Selected Problems in Labour Relations- Contemporary problems in iabourrelationsand their implications for management ancl public policy. Topics include current issues in contract negotiation and administration, labour law, dispute resolution, bargHining structure, and responses of labour-management relations to technological and environmental change. Prerequisite: COMM 522. 524 (3) Organizational Change and Development- Tools, techniques, ideas and managerial skills that apply to change situations for individuals ancl organizations. 525 (3) Methodology of Organizational and Human Resource Management Research The study of alternative methodologies of gathering data from human subjects for organizational and personnel management research. Strengths ancl weaknesses of various methodologies are compared in an evaluative manner 526 (3) Corporate Reorganizations- Objectives, problems, management activities, organizational structures, and cor- porategovernanceduringandafler major reorganizatii ins. including corporate actjuisitioms. mergers and oilier consolidations, joint ventures, bankruptcies, and changes in diversification. 527 (.3) International and Comparative labour Relatioiis- An examination of labour management relations in several countries, using a tbeorelica! framework that inc! cicles the major varieties of industrial relations systems in the world. 528 (3) Advanced Topics in Human Resource Managemenl- Current problems and issues in die managemenl of human resources based on research and theon1. with methodological ancl jisvchometric concerns receiving special attention 529 (3) Organizational Analysis, Internal Power and Politics- An examination of models of how and why the siruciure of 'organizations is determined; strengths anc! weaknesses o! aiiicinativr suck tines; the role ol jiower anti politics in oiganiz.il ions, and development of skills for application io actual prolilemscncounieiec! by managers. 5.33 (3) User-Oriented Information Technology- Focus on lhe roleanc! impac! t,f loiiipuierhcsed systems within an organizalion, between competing organizations with an industry, and inter-industry linkages Intended foi graduate students not planning a specialization in M.I.S 5.3a (3) Developing Information Syslems- Design and implementation ol computer-based information systems, including data processing, decision support, executive support and expert systems, intended if ir those planning to specialize in M.I 8 53b (3.) Analysts andDesiguof in'formation'Systems- Methodologies and techniques for studying business syslems. defining requirements and generating specifications for information svstems. Prerequisite: COMM 5.33 or 5.34. 55"1 (3) Data Base Design and \dminisiralion- An anaivsis of the role til ihe dala base in an organization and functions oi tlie Data Base Ariminisiiator, Data management technology and theory are studied from a managerial point of new. Included are topics of current interest such as data base privacy, .security anel standardization. 538 (3) Administration a) Computerized Information Systems- This course covers rnajoi managerial issues which arise in the administration of computerized information systems including feasibility sludies, personnel and organizational iiiipliraiions, and die management and control of data processing. 5.39 (3) Technology Strategy and Policy- Formulation and implementation of business silatcgv in lechnology-inten- sive industries. Ptibiicpoiicv towards ice hnologica! change 541 (3) Logistics Syslems Analysts- The study of the firm's physical supply and distribution activities and their interrelationships. Course material iiiclucies: logistics svstems com ponenis ancle onsi minis, the role oi tra nsportation in logistics, appiicalions of quantitative techniques to logis- lies problems, anaivsis anc! control of inventories, information systems requ ire-men is in logistics and concerns of warehousing and traffic management. 544 (3) SeminarliiTransporlatiou Economics- Major topics in carrier managemenl and public policy analysis. including demand analysis and lorecasting, costing, pricing and capacity investment decisions 545 (3.1 Project Evaluation and Managemenl- The evaluation of public investments in transport facilities, including impact measurement and benefit-cost analysis. 546 (3-6) d Selected topics in Iniernational Business 547 (Oi MBA Major Essay 548 (3) DireetedStudv in Business Administration - M B.A students mav onlv lake 3 crediis of directed study in their program. 549 (6/12) c Masters thesis- A comprehensive lieatmcnt of some theoretical or instiiiiit'tna! problem. 550 (3) Seminar in Financial Statement Analysis 881 (8) Advanced Accounting Seminai - The examination ol selected areas in acoounung 552 0J Seminar in Income Determination- Astudy. from lire .standpoint of semor managcmeiii, of some of the varying concepts of iiiistiie'.ss income and sonic of the underlying reasons lor issues in t;s measurement and considerarion o! their iiiipltiatioiis for managerial and investor decision -making. 553 (5) Seminar in Accounting Standards- An examination and critique of financial statements and the ant mm ing si ai than is nit vvhi, h da vare iiascri. iJevelopmeni of a thorough tandersianding of financial .statements, from both the point of view of the accountant and the user leg investor). 55 I 0! Seminar in Information Analysis- Development and application ofa conceptual framework for evaluating alternative information systems 850 0) Seminar in Management Accounting- A smile of advanced topics in management accounting both Ir the point of view of the accountant and managemenl. 55" is) Seminar- in Taxation- A studv of taxation a- it affects individuals and business entities 580 15; iulerivliipiuArlsAdmtutslratioii- Amaioranahi!- ca! project to be conducted between lhe first and second academic years bv students in lhe Ans Administration Option ofthe MRA program 881 (3i late and the Ail: business law affecting lite m.t," iigemeii'oi j, able or po vate ans organizations. Picrcqiir site: COMM Sufi, Not available lo s'udents who Ii.ive taken COMM ,380. 882 (3) Marketing Strategy- An advanced course m mar Leung managemenl focusing on die (levclopineni and utilization of analytical approaches to marketing strategy formulation arid marketing mix decision making. Aieas covered include marketing mode-is. positioning, proiiui i portfolio analysts, ancl new products. Attention will be given to tlie environment within which marketing decisions are made and lo the variables which are controlled or influenced bv the manager. 565 0) Marketing for Industrial Operations- The irn-rii- ocis of marketing anaivsis and planning apjilied to pioci nets and services purchased bvorganizal ions. All strategic elements of die market ing mix are discussed as they appl y to industrial, government and reseller markets, with emphasis on sales management. .(31 (3) ConsumerBeliartourSeminar- An cxamtiialiou ol the n installer decision process and those cultural, social and institutional factors impinging upon ihe process. Lmpltasts is placed upon the utilization ofthe concepts of consumer behaviour in the develi ipineni of marketing strategy 868 0j Seminar in Markel Analysis- The economic and social determinants of demand, sales forecasting: market researcli methodology, the use of sampling, question nairc design, and slatislical inference in markering inves- :tgat ions, sources of market data, the design of markel ing investigations and the analysts of inhumation !or marker ing management. 586 (.5) Seminar in Iniernational Marketing- A study of the managemenl of international markering acttviucs as performed by lhe individual firm. The seminar will deal with die foreign markering of exporiec! [n-oducrs and or the products of overseas affiliates. P.mphasis is placet! on ihe poiici unci slrategv forntuintion foi' the firm's Intern,r lion.il markering efforts, ancl on lite organization ant! admimsiraiioii o! the firm's resources for accomplishim; ns international marketing objectives. 86"" (3) Eorecasliiigfor Planning anil Operations- Application of established forecasting procedures io planning unci operational problems ancl sales forecasting for new and existing products including boot strapping, Delphi ancl oilier forecasting procedures. Prerequisites: CC I.MM S! L 812 and 3d I. SUS 0; Seminai- in Inlerealtoual Business- A compaiu- iive siuciy of the business and markeiing systems employed m selei lea! nations ol ihe world. The seminar will tleal vviih ihe relaiionships lieiwcen business and m,u- ketmgpractice and. die socio-ei onomie eiivironmciiisoi ikiesc nations 5fi9 0i Marketing Management in Public and Nonproji! Oigaiiizaiious leiiiores rite role, use, and ajipjn aiion ot marketing til governine'iii agencies and noilpiofil ins:, in tions Develops a iramewefk I o analyze marked tig problem., out side die ootiicxit 4 the private film, examines Love Commerce 311 nonprofit organizations more effective ancl more responsive to consumer needs, and considers the social issues raised by the use of marketing in these contexts. 571 (3) Seminar in Financial Management- This course considers the application of financial theory to decision making within the firm in such areas as capital expenditures, mergers and acquisitions, leasing and capital structure decisions. Particular emphasis will be directed to the application of analytical tools to specific case situations. 572 (3) Advanced Theory and Quantitative Techniques in Corporate Finance- This course considers recent developments in the theory- of Corporate Finance and the application of quantitative techniques to corporate financial decisions. Deals with such areas as cash management, short- and long-term financial planning, investment programming and credit policy. 574 (3) Seminar in Security Analysis- Studies of recent research in principles ancl techniques of security analysis; valuation of securities; analysis of investment risks; use of statistical techniques in security selection. Review of theories on security price movements. 575 (3) Seminar in Investment Managemenl- Policies and practices of institutional investors. Quantitative analysis of security and real estate investments. Market behaviour 576 (3) Seminar in Financial Institutions- A study of the functional processes of monetary ancl non-monetary financial institutions participating in the market for financial assets. The seminar will deal with the implemental aspects of monetary policy and be concerned with the various attempts made to develop a theon of financial institutions. 577 (3) Seminar in International Finance- The organization ancl functioning of the international financial system; financial decision-makingand planning of multinational firms, 578 (3.) Iniernational Financial Management- The financial aspects of international business including financing and hedging activities of firms involved in international transfer of goods and services, and decision-making in connection with the asset management ancl financing of multi-national corporations. 579 (3) Seminar in Risk Management and Theory- Valuation of contingent claims- options, futures, forwards, , swaps, options, caps and Poors- ancl their use in risk | management and corporate hedging. Management of stock market, interest rate, exchange rate and commodity price risk, valuation models. Prerequisites: COMM 37,3 and 574, or consent of the Department. 580 (3) Business Statistics- Statistical techniques, including regression analysis, analysis of variance, forecasting, and logit ancl probit analysis. Credit not granted for both COMM 580 and 581. 581 (3) Statistical Methodology, I- Statistical techniquesand their application to business problems, especially linear statistical models. Creditgranted for only one of COMM 580 and 581. Prerequisite: STAT 305 or equivalent. 582 (3) Statistical Methodology, II- Multivariate statistical techniques and their application to business problems is developed. Topics include multivariate distributions, multivariate analysis of variance, discriminant analysis, canonical correlation, factor analysis, cluster analysis, scaling techniques, multivariate tests, and transformations for normality. Prerequisite COMM 581. 583 (3) Forecasting and Time Series Analysis in Business Environments- The methodology and practice of forecasting and time series analysis in business environments. Topics include: forecasting ancl model building for stationary time series. Box-Jenkins methodology and practice. Multivariate systems ancl techniques. Bayesian approaches and state-space formulations. Regression methods in time series contexts. Prerequisite: COMM 581. 585 (3) Applied Stochastic Processes, I- Astudyof stochastic- processes and their applications in modelling. Particular attention is given to Poisson, renewal, Markov; semi Markov, and regenerative preicesses and theirapplications lo queueing, inventory, arc! other business systems. 586 (3) Dynamic Programming and Stochastic Control— This course studies the control of dynamic systems under uncertaint/. Topics include stochastic finite horizon dynamic programming, control under imperfect information, infinite horizon Markov decision problems under discounted and average reward optimality criteria, and control of semi-Markov processes. Applications to inventory ar.d queueing control will be considered. 587 (3) Applied Stochastic Processes II- A continuation ol' COMM 585. Fxamining stochastic processes at a more advanced leve. 588 (3) Public Folicy Analysis and Management- Theories (.government intervention in the economy, methods of public policy analysis, public sector management techniques, and analysis of selected fields of public policy. 589 (3) Entrepreneurship and New Venture Creation— Problems an 1 experiences encountered in starting, developing and managing new business initiatives, with particular empha; is on "small"business. Lectures, guestspeak- ers, and cases 590 (3-9) Topics in Business Administration- Topics vary annually. 591 (3) Management Strategy and Policy- An integrative approach to s rategic planning and general managemenl 592 (3) Management Simulation- Sludent teams manage hypothetical firms in a complex ceimputer simulation, coord inating production, finance, mar setingand:strategic- planning in competition with other teams. 593 (3) CorporatePlanrungModels- Analytical technique^ in corporate planning, includes consideration of multiple objectives, planning under uncertainty and the competitive environment. Prerequisite: COMM 591. 594 (3) Business, Government and Society- Analysis of government intei ventionm business. Includes normative and positive approaches to government behaviour and the forces that in luence tine behaviour of government 595 (3) Energy Dolicy and Management- Advanced applications of policy tools to specific energy policy issues. Course emphasizes institutional structures and methodological issues in public policy ancl corporate strategy contexts. Prerequisite: Completion of the first year M.B. A. or consent of instructor. 596 (3) Managerial Decision-Making- This course surveys the basic concepts and theories of individual decisionmaking from a number of disciplines. Applications to k many differett managerial areas are studied. The topics covered inch de: problems diagnosis, alternatives, uncertainty, information, preferences, risk, multi-objectives, criteria, and dioice. 597 (3) Organizational Decision-Making- This course focuses on th; variables and theories particular to the decision belaviour of groups and organizations. Applications are made lo mail}' group ancl organizational decision cor texts including segmentation and specialization, risk, expertise, communication, teams, conflict and cooperation. Prerequisite: COMiM 596 or consent of instructor, 598 (3) Analysts of the Iniernational Business Environment- Development of general environmental framework for inte -national business studies by drawing on international and development economies, research into government-business relations and studies in comparative so- ciocultural systems and political systems. Prerequisite: ECON 355 (which may be taken concurrently). 599 (3/6) d Selected Topics in Policy Analysis 604 (3) Advan:ed Topics in Urban land Economics I- This seminar will cover advanced topics in real estate assel pricing, mortgage markets, housing demand and rationing mechanisms in housing finance. 605 609 611 612 616 618 625 626 628 684 035 636 643 644 649 651 659 (3) Advanced Topics in Urban Land Economics 11- This seminar will cover advanced topics in location theoiy, spatial pricing, optimum towns, housing, urban structure, and land development. Seminar in Urban Land Economics (3) Seminar on Theoretical Developments in Managemenl Science- A study of new theoretical developments in the field of Managemenl Science. Areas investigated may include Stochastic Models, Mathematical Programming, Inventory Theory, and Sequential Decision Processes, among others. Emphasis will be on the elucidation of the underlying theoretical framework for some area or areas. (3) Advanced Topics in Optimization- The topic anel content will vary Irom year to year. (3) Optimization Theory and Applications- Theory and methods of optimization and selected business applications. Prerequisite: a first course such as COMM 515. (3) Discrete Optimization, II- Discrete optimization models and algorithms, including advanced integer pro- grammingand network flow-models. Prerequisite: a course in discrete optimization such as COMM 517. (3) Micro-LevelOrganizationalBehaviour- Theoretical and researcli contributions from social psychology relevant to behaviour in business organizations. Emphasis on evaluation and synthesis of theories and related empirical evidence. (3) Seminar in Organizational 'theory- Deals with the major controversies concerning perspectives on action and levels of analysis, and how major theoretical schools approach these issues ihrough topics such as organizational design, technology and environment, politics and intergroup conflict. (5) Organizational Behaviour Research Seminar- A study of the process and methods ol research in organizational behaviour. The course will concentrate on the desfgn and execution of ongoing experiments, field studies and survey research, die selection or development of measuring instruments, problems of data collection and die qualitative and quantitative analysis of results. l3) Research Seminar in Managemenl Information Systems- Intended primarily for doctoral candidates. Forum for presentation, discussion and critique of current MIS research. (3) Advanced Topics in Managemenl Information Systems- Technology, techniques, methodologies, managerial and theoretical issues of management information systems. (3) Workshop in Management Information Syslems- A series of seminars given by invited or resident faculty and graduate students on current research issues in management information systems. (.3) Workshop in Transportation and I lililies (5) Advanced Topics in Transportation Ph.D. Thesis (3) Advanced Accounting Seminar- An examination of the scientific aspects of the accounting model. Attempts to formulate accounting postulates and testable accounting hypotheses. Special emphasis is given to the problems of measurement and valuation and the discussion of various systems ol micro- and macro-accounting. (3) Research Seminar in Accounting- Presentation of papers and researcli reports by graduate students in accounting, as well as by visitors and facullv members. Special permission for participation to lie obtained from the inslructor (3) Directed Studies in Accounting and Information Systems- Studies of special areas of accounting, information systems and related lields not offered in the regular 312 Commerce curriculum. These studies, under tutorial guidance, are designed primarily for Ph .14. students. 660 (3) Research Seminar in Marketing- A study of the research process and the methcxlological problems in undertaking research in marketing. Particular attention will be given to sampling problems, the design of measuring instruments, the design of experiments, problems of data collection, and the analysis of experimental results. 661 (3i Advanced Topics in Marketing- An investigation of the structure of the marketing svsl em and tliemstittitions that contribute to the distribution ofgoods and services; the constraining effect of the social, legal, competitive, and economic environment on marketing variables 662 (3) Seminar in Buyer Behaviour- Analysis of the factors influencing buyer behaviour. Methods of influencing demand are evaluated in relation to specific marketing objectives, 671 (3) Theory of Finance- Theories of decision making under uncertainty, valuation, continuous time models in finance, portfolio theon- and options. 672 (5) Advanced Topics in Theoretical Corfiorale Finance - Advanced analysis of decision making at (lie corporate level. Asymmetric- information, taxes and contractual enforcement costs in corporate decisions. Prerequisite: COMM 67 i. 673 (3) Advanced Topics in TheoreticalAsset Pricing- Theoretical asset pricing with an emphasis on continuous time asset pricing. Prerequisite: COMM 671 674 (3) Advanced Topics in'Empirical'Asset Pricing-Empirical analysis of the time series behaviour of asset prices. Prerequisites: COMM 671 anc an advanced level econometrics course (ECON 52" or equivalent). (65 (3) Research Seminar in Finance 682 (3) Advanced Topics in Stochastic Models- The topics and content will vary from year to year. 684 (5) Topics in AdvaneedBusinessSlalislies- Topics chosen from Advanced Econometric Methods including both Time Series ancl Cross-section techniques; analysis of Discrete data including Loglinear Models and Generalized Linear Models; Multivariate Analysis; Inference for Stochastic Processes Prerequisite: t.OMM 581 691 (3) Advanced Topics in Policy Analysis 692 (3) Research Seminar in Policy Analysis- Presentation, discussion, and critic ism of research work by faculty and advanced graduate students. 693 (3) Seminar in Research Methodology I- (Of Business Administration). An introduction to problems oi logic and epistemology peculiar lo the managemenl sciences, Km- pirical inference, theoiy construction and hypotheses testing especially under the impact of small confidence ranges. The philosophic background of modern decision theoiy. Economic problems of computerized knowlcclge creation. etc 694 (3) Seminar in Research,Methodology II- (Of Business Administration). The grounding of theories, the svstems approach as a methodological too!, instrumental reasoning in economics and the administrative sciences, location of value judgements; epistemological problems of designing and testing systems. Prerequisite COMM 693. 695 (3) Advanced Topics in Empirical Corporate Finance and Accounting- Econometric procedures for testing various restrictions delivered by competing theoretical models of corporate behavioui". Prerequisite: COMM 671. 696 (3) Applied Research in Policy Analysis and Strategy Prerequisite: COMM 691 69" (3) Organizational Decision-Making- Theories of the decision-making behaviour of groups and organizations wilh applications to many group and organizational decision contexts. Prerequisite: COMM 596 or consent oi Department. Community and Regional Planning PLAN Faculty of Graduate Studies i28 (.3) Urban Planning Issues aud Concepts- Evolution, practice and future ol urban planning and development, wilh emphasis on institutional arrangements, housing, transportation, urban design aixl development control. Forthirri- anriiourlh-ieai-iiiidcrgraduaicstudents interested in urban planning Prerequisite: I iK8T2!)0, or COMM 3(16, orGEOC 38(.i. or permission of I he instructor. 13-11; 0-01 800 (8) Fundamentals of Planning Practice- The design and use of problem-solving procedures. The effective leadership of planning groups, and the development of appropriate e. immunity planning processes. .Styles of public parricipariou 81)1 (3) Histoiy of Community and Regional Planning- The origins and evolution of modern urban and regional planning in North America anc! Kurope. emphasizing the changing role of government in die development of Cima- dian communities during this century; 8D2 (3) Pla.iiiuiigTbeorv- Historical and contemporary concepts ofthe planning process and its legitimacy. The role of the stale, public interest, and the responsibilities, ol professional planners Concepts and codes of professional ethics. 8(13 (3) PI anuingjtrr Coin m u> lily F.conomicDc velolrtiient- Theories of eomiiiimitv economic development planning. Concepts of community wealth, income, growth and development. Models of (he formal and informal conimii- iiitv economi SO-'- (3) The Ecological Context of Planning- A planning- oriented approach to ecosystems thi-oiv emphasizing die structural and functional properties of the biophysical e-ncironment. Definiiiou cd ihe urban-centered region in terms of interregional flows and ecological accounts. 80s (3) Community Dere/opmeni Planning- Evolution of development theory emphasizing the changing relation- shijis among comniuriilv, state and individuals. Development paradigms and alternative concepts of community. Slid 15) The legal Coiuex! oj Planning- legal principles affecting die administration efplamiiiig programs inclin!- ing the meaning and sources ofthe law, the separation of die functions of government, lhe Canadian Constitution and Charter o! Idgliis and freedoms, the 'aw of Canadian municipal corporations, natural resource law; the nature ancl control of administrative action, judicial review of discretionary power, and the drafting of legislation. SO" (3) Regional Deveiopmenl Planning- Origins, theon;, ancl practice of pfanning for regions in Canada and abroad Types of planning regions, insriiiirinn.a! forms for regional planning, regional disparities, and approaches lo regional analysis Re-source frontiers, urban, amenity, and rural regions provide the policy context, 81(1 (3) Computers m Planning- Application of computer programs to planning practice, including the integration of databases, sprearishceis, and graphics. (Graded cm a pass-fail hasis.i Sil (3j Quantitative Reasoning and Statistics for Planning- Research design and statistics for die analysis of empirical issues, in planning and police studies. 812 (3) Eorecasllngand Simulation Analysis ir,-Piautiing- Melhods of coiisirue'ring demographic- ancl economic projections. 81;, (3) Economic Impact and Eradiation for Planning - Topics include economic base, income-expenditure, infill! ouiimt, computer simulation, cost-benefit, goals achievement matrix .ind die planning balance sheet 81-i (3) imjiaclAitaiysisjoiPlanning- A planning-oriented ajipioacii io envnonmenial impac; asssessment emjiha- siziiig institutional, procedural and methodological issues. The concept!!,ti and systemic relationship among biophysical, social ancl economic impact assessment and the evolving relationship with community deveiopmenl planning. 818 (3) Dala for Planning Practice- Data collection anc! analysis in relation to professional practice and the scientific method. Questionnaire surveys and alternatives including secondan, analysis, unobtrusive measures and client participation techniques. 5-tO (3-12) d PlanntngProjeet- Croup preparation ancl presentation of a professional report. 8uS (3/6) d Planning Studies Abroad- An extended site visi I outside Canada to understand the cultural context for community and regional planning issues ancl the local institutional response. 818 (1-12) d Current Issues in Planning- Each year die school mav offer one or more courses on a topical issue covering recent advances in the field. 8-'t9 (6-12) c Master'sThesis- Research and preparation of a thesis on a topic in public policy or professional practice. 580 c 8 -12) c Directed Studies- In special cases and with the approval ofthe Director ofthe school, a student may study an advanced topic under lhe direction ofa faculty member. 860 (8) Iniroduction to Real Property Deveiopmenl and Planning- Theoretical and practical aspects of analyzing and forecasting urban development trends and patterns. 861 (3) Seminar in Real Property Development and Planning- Topics will vary. 868 (1-12; d Current Issues in Real Properly Deveiopmenl and Planning- Topics will van; 570 (3) Frhan Planning in Developing Countries - Policies concerning basic needs ancl poverty alleviation focusing on infrastructure. 571 (3! Housing Policy and Praclice in Cities ofthe Dei 'eloping World-1 lousing development and government pt ilirv in cities ol developing countries. 572 (3) Project and Program Design in Developing Asian Countries- Development theories, the role ofthe state, the importance of polilical and social contexts, and die influence of foreign planning models 573 (3) Shelter and Services in Developing Countries- Human settlements paradigm in international deveiopmenl, especially in relation to urban poverty and enablingstrategies, 5^4 (3) Urban Design in Developing Asian Countries- Appropriate socioeconomic and cultural urban forms, heritage and environmental conservation, sustainable urban environments, and the methods of implementing urban design policy. 575 (3) Iniernational'DevelojimetilPlanningSeminar- Topics, will vary. 579 (3) Microcomputers in Transportation Planning- The use of microcomputers in urban transportation planning Focus is on practical problem solving and forecasting. 580 (3) Urban Transportation Planning- Topics include the relationship between transportation and urban activity systems, analysis of supply and demand; accessibility and environment; institutional arrangements ancl public finance 581 (3) ' rban InfrastructurePianningandDevelojimetil Policy considerations in the provision of infrastructure including the legal framework, institutional arrangements, anil public finance. Planning considerations in drainage, waterworks, sewerage ancl waste management. 582 (.3/6) d Residential Site PlanningSludio- Evaluation of neighbourhoods and projects, site analysis, hou sing types and densities, provision of community facilities and services, and the design of site plans. 883 (8) Housing and Community Planning- The .social, economic, political and land use dimensions of Canadian housing in the context of demographic trends, housing de- Computer Science 313 mand and affordability. Recent trends in housing policy ancl the role ofthe public and private sectors in housing supply. 584 (3) Neighbourhood Planning- Concept of neighbourhood including theories of land use, social behaviour and urban economics. Public policy options for the formulation of local area plans. 585 (3) Housing Seminar- Prerequisite: PLAN 583. 586 (3) Gender and Planning- Analysis of women's dual roles as users and creators of built environments and the comparative roles of men and women. 587 (3/6) c Urban Design- A studio/seminar on the histoiy of the physical form of cities ancl theories of city design. Topics include social impacts, heritage and environmental conservation, urban revitalization, and the legal and administrative instruments for the implementation of city designs. 588 (3) Social Aspects of Urban Form- Exploration of how the urban built environment has been shaped by the actors in the development process. 589 (3) Influencing tbe Policy Process- The evolution of policies through the legislative, regulatory and bureaucratic- processes with an emphasis on the federal and provincial governments. 590 (3/6) c Public Policy and Urban Planning- Development of public policy in theory and practice. The impact of federal, provincial and local government policies on urban and regional planning. Exercises in policy making and documentation. 591 (1-3) d Contemporary Perspectives on Planning Law- Legal methods, institutional and administrative arrangements for the implementation of urban plans including control of land use, subdivision, aesthetics, building construction and advertising. Legal means for historic and scenic preservation. Expropriation and public land development. Problems in intergovernmental jurisdiction. Prerequisite: PLAN 506. 592 (3) Urban Restructuring- The determinants of urban restructuring, including emerging theoretical perspectives and case studies of Canadian and foreign cities. 593 (3) Resource Analysis for Regional Planning- An ecological approach to land use and resource analysis for regional planning covering inventory, classification, and alternative methods of analysis. 594 (3) Perspectives on Natural Resources Planning- Alternative economic, institutional, environmental, political, cultural, and ecological perspectives on natural resources planning. 595 (3) Planning and Negotiation in Natural Resources Management- Institutional structures for policy development and implementation. 596 (3) SeminaronEnvironmental-EconotnicSystems- Relationships between economic-activity and the biophysical environment. Topics include the assumptions and determinants underlying economic growth, market failure ancl traditional approaches to public intervention, lhe implications of alternatives such as the steady-state economy and sustainable development. Prerequisite: PIAN 504. 597 (3) Planning for Water Resources Management- The relationships among relevant bio-physical, socio-economic and institutional systems as applied to regional planning for watersheds, lakes, estuaries, coastal zones and international river basins. Water supply, waste disposal, fisheries, aquaculture, recreation, hydropower and Hood control 598 (3) Seminar-in Regional'DevelopmentPlanning- Prerequisite: PLAN 507. 599 (3) Environmental Policy Analysis- Determination of risks and values in environmental policy decisions. 601 (3) Research Methods Seminar. 602 (3) PlanningTheory Advanced Seminar. 603 (3) Ph.D. Colloquium. 649 Ph.D. Thesis Comparative Literature COML Faculty of Graduate Studies. See also Comparative Literature under programs in the Faculty ot Arts 500 (3/6) (1 Introduction to Comparative Literature 501 (3/6) d Studi-sin Genre 502 (3/6) d Studirs in Literary Movements and Periods 503 (3/6) d Studvjs in Myth, Theme and Tradition 504 (3/6) d Topics in Comparative Literature 505 (3/6) d New "roblems in Comparative literature 506 (3/6) d ComjiarativeSludiesinOrientalandOccidental Literatures 507 (3/6) d Advanced Seminar in Literary Criticism 547 (3-12) c Reading Course 549 (6/12) c Master's Thesis 649 Ph.D Thesis Computer Science Faculty of Science CPSC * For students in the Faculty of Applied Science. ** Additional fees are charged for these courses. See Index 'Fees — Special Fee.:". Note: Students wan ing a comprehensive introductiem lo Computer Science as a iiseijdine should take CPSC 124 and 126. CPSC 124 alone is not recommended. Students who already have creditfor CPSC lib or IIS may take CPSC 128 in place of CPSC 124 and 126 CPSC 100, III and 1 Hi are intended for students who do not plan lo pursue degree programs in Ihe Department of Computer Science. CPSC 114, 116andl5larciio longer offered. Creditfor CPSC 116 is equivalent lo credit for CPSC 118. Students may NOT obtain credit for more than one of CPSC 100, 111, 114,124,151 and 152. Consult the Depanmenl for further information. Some Electrical Eitiiineering courses may be used to satisfy prerequisites for Cc mpuler Science courses. The combination oj ELEC 256.md 251 is equivalent lo CPSC 218 as a prerequisite ELEC320 is equivah:nt to CPSC 220 as a prerequisite. ELEC i 15 is equivalent to CPSC 515 as a prerequisite Enrolment in Computer Science courses numbered above 200 is controlled by slrrigenl academic admissions criteria. Sludents should consu, I the Computer Science Department during the spring or suninwr to determine ihe criteria for admission. Studenls wilt] be den ied entry into thirdyear courses where only a minimum passbvsbeen obtainedin prerequisite second'year courses. 100 (3) Piemen's of Computer Science- An introduction to computer applications and programming. Fundamental computer concepts; programming; histoiy, siruciure, and social implic; tions of computers. Credit will be given for only one of CPSC 100, 111, 114, 121, 151 and 152. [3-3-1; 0-0-01 Of [0-0-0; 3-3-1] 111 (3) Introduction to FORTRAN Programming- A practical introetui tion to computer use. Aspects of the FORTRAN language and some common algorithms and applications. Suit ems will compose ancl implement several programs. Piogrammtng style will be emphasized. Sludents wantii g a mote comprehensive introduction to Computers, enceshouk! take CPSC 124and 126. Prerequisite: MAT1 100 or equivalent (may be taken concurrently). Creel t will be given foronly one of CPSC 100, 111, IM, 124, 151 and 152. [3-1; 0-0] oi [0-0; 3-1) 118 (3) Principles of Computer Programming- Systematic study of structured programming in Pascal; dala representation, algorithm design. Introduction to computer organizalion Prerequisite: MATH 100 (may be taken concurrently) an ! either Computer Science 12 (Provincial) or one of CPSC 100, 111, 151, 152. This couise is not intended fo' students who plan to pursue a degree program in tie Department of Computer Science. Credit will be given for onlv one of CPSC 118 and 126. [3-3-1; 0-0-0] or [0-0-0; 3-3-1 [ 124 (3) Principles of Computer Science I- Mathematical introduction to computer science, including procedural and data abstraction, and an introduction to program design methodology. This course is normally followed by CPSC 126. The sequence CPSC 124/126 is the intended prerequisite for advanced study in Computer Science. CPSC 12 (Provincial) is helpful Prerequisite: MATH 100 (may be taken concurrently). [3-3-1; 0-0-0] 126 (3) Principles of Computer Science II- Mathematical introduction to computer science, including models of computation, program design methodology, computer organization ancl compiling. This course normally follows CPSC 124. The sequence CPSC 124/126 is the intended prerequisite for advanced study in Computer Science. Students who complete CPSC 126 will not receive subsequent credit for CPSC 118. Credit will not be given for both CPSC 126 and 128. Credit for CPSC 128 is equivalent to credit for CPSC 126. Prerequisile: CPSC 124. (0-0-0; 3-3-1) 128 (3) Principles of Computer Science- Mathematical introduction to computer science, including procedural ancl data abstraction, program design methodology, models of computation, computer organization, and compiling. This course covers topics from CPSC 124/126 not included in CPSC 116 or 118. Credit will not be given for bolh CPSC 126 and CPSC 128. Credit for CPSC 128 is equivalent to credit for CPSC 126. Prerequisites: CPSC 116orll8. [3-3-1; 0-0-0] 152' (3) Principlesof Software Development- An introduction to the principles underlying the design and testing of software, using the Fortran and Pascal languages. Program design: types, variables, procedures; control structures; arrays, records, and other data structures; recursion. Program testinji. Intended for Applied Science students only. Prerequisite: 3 credits of first-year Mathematics (may be taken concurrently). Credit will be given for only one of CPSC. 100, III, 114 (no longer offered), 124, 151 (no longer offered) and 152. [3-2-1 ;0-0-0| or [0-0-0; 3-2-1] 216 (3) Program Design and Dala Structures- Introduction to techniques for designing ancl implementing programs of intermediate complexity. Program design methodology, especially object-oriented programming. Pro- grammingenvironments. Datastructures, especiallygraphs and trees. Algorithms for searching ancl sorting. Students will undertaken programming project. Prerequisite: CPSC 126 or 128. Credit will not be given for both CPSC 216 and KI.EC314. (3-2-1; 0-0-0] or [0-0-0; 3-2-1] 218 (31 Computer Organization- Overview of computer organization. Sequential and combinational circuits. Finite- state machines. Mierointcrpreters and microprogramming. Stack and register machine languages. Memory hierarchies. Processes. Prerequisite: CPSC 126 or 128. Credit will be given for onlv one of CPSC 218 ancl E1.F.C 259. [3-2-1; 0-0- 0] or [0-0-0;'3-2-I] 220 (3) Iniroduction lo Discrete Structures- An introduction to computer science applications of discrete mathematics. Sets; logic; functions and relations; induction; program correctness; mathematical rigour; algorithms and applications. Credit for ELEC 320 is equivalent to credit for CPSC 220. Prerequisites: CPSC 116,118,126 or 128 (CPSC 126 or 128 may be taken concurrently); MATH 101, [3-0-1; 0-0-0] or [0-0-0; 3-0-1] 298" (0) Co-operative Work Placement I- Approved and supervised technical work experience in the computing industry for a minimum of 3.5 months. Normally taken during the Winter term of the second year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Computer Science. Prerequisites: CPSC 216, 218. and 220. 299" (0) Co-operative Work Placement II- Approved and supervised technical work experience in the computing industry for a minimum of 35 months. Normally taken during the summer following the second year. Technical 314 Computer Science report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Computer Science. Prerequisite: CPSC 298 302 (3) Numerical Compulation for Algebraic I'roblems- Numerical techniques for basic mathematical |>rocesses involving no discretization, and their analysis. Solution of linear systems, includiriganalysis of roundoffcrrors; norms and condition number; introduction to iterative techniques in linear algebra, including eigenvalue problems; solution to nonlinear equations. Prerequisites: CPSC I IH or 126, MATH 200 ancl 221. [3-0; 0-0] .303 (3) Numerical Approximation and Discretization- Numerical techniques for basic mathematical processes involving discretization, ancl their analysis Interpolation and approximation, including splines and least squares data fitting; numerical differentiation and integration; introduction to numerical initial value ordinary differential equations. Prerequisites: CPSC 118or 120, MATH 200 and 221. [0-0; 3-0] 304 (3) File Systems- Tape and disk device characteristics. Blocking and buffering. Access methods and algorithms for sequential, indexed sequential, and direct access files Topics include B-trees, extendible hashing, secondary keys, multilist and inverted files. Sorting. Prerequisites; CPSC 216. 218. [3-1; 0-0] 310 (3) Software Engineering - Specification, design, implementation and maintenance of large, multi-module software systems. Principles, techniques, methodologies and tools for software development. CASE (computer aided software engineering); special topics such as hu- man-ccimputer-intertaces, reactive (including real-time) svstems, hardware-software interfaces and disuibuieri applications. Prerequisites: CPSC 210. CPSC 220 or ELEC 320. (ELEC 320 may be laken concurrently.) [3-1-0; 0-0- 0] or |0-0-0; 3-1-0! 311 (j.) DefirtitionofProgramminglanguages- Comparative study of advanced programming language features Statement types, data types, variable binding, parameter passing mechanisms. Methods for syntactic and semantic description of programming languages. Prerequisites: CPSC 216 and 220. [0-0; 3-1] 312 (3) Functional' and LogicProgramming- Principlesof symbolic computing, using languages based upon first- order logic and the lambda calculus. Algorithms for implementing such languages. Applications lo artificial intelligence and knowledge representation. Prerequisites: CPSC: 216 and 220. [3-1; 0-0] 315 (3) Iniroduction to Operating Syslems- Introduction to batch, multiprogramming and time-sharing systems. Process synchronization and communication Main memory allocation techniques including virtual memory. Process scheduling. Deadlock avoidance and prevention. File organization ancl device management. Prerequisites: CPSC 216 and 218. Credit can be obtained for onlv one of CPSC 3.18 and FI.FC 318. |3-i;U-0 or|0-();3-l| 818 (31 MachineStruelures- Machine organization and classification. Instruction formats ancl addressing, Input/Oni- put including bus protocols, memiti .-mapped I/O, direct memoiy access, and incemipts. Processor architectures inciucL ing instruction classes, instruction cycle, micropniguimming, representation of numeric ancl non-numeric cltta. Memoiv organization. Advanced computer architectures. Credit will be given for onlv one of CPSC 318, FLEC 476. Prerequisites: CPSC 21(i, 218, |0-0;3-l] 319 (3) Software Engineering Project The design, implementation, ancl test ofa large software system, using a team approach. Prerequisite; CPSC 310 (mav be taken concurrently). [1-0; 1-31 320 (3) Analysis of Algorithms- Astudy of lhe design and analysis of algorithms, illustrated irom various problem areas. Topics include: models of computation, choice of data structures, space anc! time efficiency, coinpiilationai complexity, algorithms for searching, sorting, and graph- theoretic problems, NP-mmplete problems. Prerequisites: CPSC 216, 220; MATH 221. [0-0; 3-0] 522 (3) Iniroduction to Artificial Intelligence- Problem- solvingand planning; staieuictionniodelsand graph searching. Natural language understanding. Computational vision. Applications of artificial intelligence. Prerequisites: CPSC 21(1 and 220, [8-0; 0-ll| 898" (0) Co-uperalirc Work Placement 111- Approved and supervised technical work experience in the computing industry for a minimum of 3,3 months. Normally taken during the summer following ihe third year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Computer Science Prerequisite: CPSC 299. 399" (0) Co-operative Work Placemen! IV- Approved and supervised technical work experience in the computing industry fur a minimum of 35 months. Normally taken during die fall term of tlie fourth year. Technical report required. Restricted to.students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Computer Science. Prerequisite: CPSC 398. 402 (31 Numerical Linear Algebra- Investigation of the practical techniques of computational linear aigebra. Orthogonal transformations and their application to the solution oflinear equations, the eigenprobiem ancl linear least squares. Complete solution of the symmetric eigenprobiem, including bisection and the QR method. Refinements of these techniques for sparse matrices. Prerequisites: CPSC ,302 and one of MATH 300, ,315 or ,320, [3-0:0-0] 403 (3) Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations- Investigation of practical computational methods for ordinary differential equations. Multistep and Runge- Kutta methods for initial value problems. Control of error and stepsize. Special meihods for stiff equations. Shooting, finite difference, and variational methods for linear and nonlinear hounriarv value problems. Prerequisites CPSC 303 and one of MATH 300, ,315 or ,320, [0-0: 3-0] 404 (3j Iniroduction lo Dala Base Managemenl Systems- Data Bases, File Structures for data bases. Data models — Relational, Hierarchical and Network; some languages of Data Base Manipulation. Structure of Data Base Management Systems, Integrity ancl Security in Data Bases. Prerequisite: CPSC 3(1) (may be taken concurrently). [3-0; 0-0] 405 (3) Modelling and Simulation- Numeric models of dynamic: syslems wilh emphasis on discrete stochastic systems. Slate description ol models, common mode! components and entities. A thorough description ofa common simulation language. Simulation using algebraic languages. Methodology of simulation: data collection, model design, analysis of output, optimization, validation. Elements of queuing theory and its relationship to simulation. Applications to models of coiiifHUer svstenis. Prerequisites: CPSC 216and STAT241. [3-0; 04)] 406 (31 .Algorithms for Optimization-- The study of algorithmic issues arising in die solution of fundamental combinatorial optimization problems and their applications. Topics include: implementations based on advanced data structures, heuristic algorithms .specifically branch and hound, approximation algorithms, complexity ancl sensitivity analysis. Prerequisites: CPSC 320; MATH .340. [0- 0; 3-0| 411 (31 Iniroduction lo Compiler Construction- A [iracti- cal introduction to lexicai analysis, sen lactic analysis, type- checking, code generation ancl optimization. This will be used to design ancl implement a compiler for a small Pascal-like language. Prerequisites: CPSC 218 ancl 311. 13-0; 0-0! or [0-11:3-0! il-t (3.) Computer Graphics- Human vision ancl colour; modeling, geomeiiie Iransformaiions; aigorlthms for 2-1) and 3-D graphics; hardware and system architectures; shading and lighting; animation. Prerequisites: CPSC 216, MATI1200 and 221. Credit will not be given for both CPSC: 414 and F.1.EC 478. [3-1-0; 0-0-0] 415 (3) Advanced Operating Syslems- Process synchronization and communication schemes, including message- passing and concepts of monitor and serializes Virtual memory systems management and the problem of information sharing in such systems. The working set principle. Traps and interrupt handling. Elementary queueing theon' and its applications such as process scheduling, system balancing and load control. File systems and < iper- ating syslem design methodologies. Prerequisite: CPSC 315. '[()-(): 5-0| alb (.3) Distributed Systems- introduction to distributed operating systems. Communication architecture and models for interprocess communication. Process migration, naming, distributed file systems, fault tolerance, and concurrency control. Prerequisite CPSC 315. CPSC 318 is recommended. [3-0; 0-01 417 (3) Computer Communications- layered protocols, packet switching, data communications, and queueing analysis. Data link controls. Virtual circuits, datagrams, network design, routing, flow ancl congestion control. Satellite ancipacket raclioiinks. laxalareanctworks. Prerequisites: CPSC 315 and one of STAT 241 or MAT! [ .302. Credit will be given for onh- one of CPSC 4T and ELEC 456. [3-0:0-0] 418 (3) Advanced Computer Architectures- Iniroduction to advanced processor architectures and taxonomical views; performance considerations. Introduction to parallel machine designs. Examination of pipeline organizations; pipelined ALU and control units; representative architectures. Exploratory non-von Neumann architectural models including: object-oriented, tagged, capability, dataflow and RISC designs. Prerequisites: CPSC 315 and 318. [3-1:0-0] 421 (3) Introduction toTbeoiy of Computing- Characterizations of computability (using machines, languages and functions t. Universality, equivalence and Church's thesis. Unsolvabie problems. Restricted models of computation. Finite automata, grammars and formal languages. Prerequisites: CPSC 216 and 220 CPSC 320 is recommended. [3-0; 0-0] 422 (3) Intelligent Syslems- Principles and techniques tin- deriving the design, implementation and evaluaiion of intelligent computational systems. Applications of artificial intelligence to natural language understanding, image understanding and computer-based expert ancl advisor systems. Advanced symbolic programming methodology. Prerequisites: CPSC ,312 ancl 322 [0-0; 4.30 (3) Computers and Society- Impact of computer technology on society; historical perspectives; social and economic consequences of large-scale information processing systems and automatic control; legal and ethical problems in compute!' applications. Computers ancl the inch vidua!: machine versus human capabilities, fact and fancy: problematic interface between man ami machine. Prerequisite 3 c redits of Computer Sciem e ancl at least Third year standing, [0-0; 3-0] 435 (3) Computer-based Image Analysis for Forest Inventory Systems- The digital processing of remotely sensed image data for forest inventory. Techniques for acquiring, calibrating, registering, enhancing and interpreting digital satellite data. Digitized planiinetric and topographic map data bases. Case studies of existing forest inventory syslems. Same as FRST i38. Prerequisite: CPSC 216. [0-0-0; 2-0-21 448 (3/6) c Directed Sludies lit Computer Science-- Open ordinarily to I lonours students m Computer Science, will] the permission ofthe Head ofthe Department. Tliecoiir.se mav consist ot supervised reading, participation in a seminar, and one or more programming projects, 449 (6) Honours Thesis and Seminar- Under supervision ofa faculty member, students investigate a research topic ancl prepare a thesis. Thecourse includes a seminar series where faculty members present their research areas and Computing Studies Education 315 where students describe their progress. Prerequisite; Permission ofthe Head. (Available to Honours students. Major students with satisfactory academic standing may also be permitted to enrol.) 499" (0) Co-operative Work Placement V- Approved and supervised technical work experience in the computing industry for a minimum of 3.5 months. Normaliv taken during the summer following the fourth vear. Technical report required. Restricted lo students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Computer Science. Prerequisite CPSC 399. Note; Not all graduate courses are offered eveiy year. Contact lhe depanmenl for current course offerings. 501 (3) Theory of Automata. FormalLanguages and'Computability- The scope and limitations of effective computation. General and restricted models of computation, formal languages ancl grammars. Relations between automata and formal languages Resource bounded somjiu- tation. Applications in parsing, pattern matching, and the design of efficient algorithms. Prerequisite: CPSC 421. 502 (3) Artificial Intelligence 1 An introduction to A! emphasizing various approaches to tlie representation of domain specific' knowledge ancl methods of reasoning using these representations. Typical applications to be discussed include natural language understanding systems, problem solving, deductive question-answering, production based expert systems and machine vision. Prerequisite Sufficient programming background (e.g., CPSC 310) and consent of instructor. 503 (3) Computational linguistics 1- Formal models for natural language; phrase-structure grammars, context-free grammars, context-sensitive grammars, transformational grammars; syntactic analysis by computer. Prerequisite: Sufficient programming background (eg, CPSC 310) ancl consent of instruclor. 501 (3) Database Design- Organizing information as relations. Information retrieval through qcieries against relations. Storing relations as data. Efficient storage and retrieval of data needed by queries. Reliability integrity anc! security- considerations in database design. Prerequisite: CPSC 41)4. 505 (3) Image Understanding I. Image Analysis- Image formation constraints and the processing of digital images | in order to extract information about the world being ' imaged. Computational models foranalysis. Prerequisite Sufficient programming background (e.g. CPSC 310) and consent of instructor. 506 (3) Complexity of Computation- Abstract complexity theon', time and space hierarchies, properties of complexity measures. Provable- intractable problems, reducibilities and complete problems. P = IMP question. Concrete complexity and algorithms design. Resource trade-offs. Prerequisite; CPSC 320. 508 (3) Operating Syslems- Principles and techniques for the design and implementation of operating systems, especially distributed operating syslems and operating systems for parallel computer systems. The concept of object model applied to operating svstem design. Prerequisite; CPSC 416. 509 (3) Programming Language Principles- Comparative study of language constructs; effects on implementation. 510 (3) Multigrid and Multilevel Methods- Numerical methods based on multi-level resolution for solving large, sparse systems with an appropriate local structure Practical ancl theoretical aspects investigated. Prerequisite: CPSC 302 511 (3) Implementation of Programming Languages- Advanced techniques for the implementation ol programming languages. Translator writing systems. Special classes of grammars of interest to compiler writers. Code optimization. Prerequisite: CPSC 411 512 (3) Architecture and Control in Artificial Intelligence— The interaction of computational architecture, control schemes and representational formalism in solving artifi cial intelligence problems. The concept ofa virtual machine. Language constructs for representation and control, logic programming, concurrent systems, object-oriented methods. Serial machines, parallel and distributed machines, course-grain to fine-grain parallelism. SIMIV MIMD control Applications to computational vision, robotics, reason: rig and diagnosis Prerequisite: CPSC 312. 513 (3) Integrated Systems Design- Integrating software wilh hardware Software engineering aspects of real-time and distribute' 1 systems Safely-critical systems. Reliability measures. System validation. Formal specification and verification. Cost estimation ancl scheduling. Students will undertake a pogramming project Prerequisites: CPSC 310. 3 U and ,18. 514 (3) Advanced Computer Graphics- Mathematics and algorithms — geometrical relationships between points, lines, and sur ace in homogeneous coordinates, hidden surfac a removal, scan c (.inversion illumination, and shading, textures, colour Geometric modelling—Bezier polynomials, B-sp incs: three-dimensional surfaces, parametric, Coons, Bezier, anel B-soline patches. Solid Geometry — Boolean 'egularizecl operations, representation schemes. (Th s course is the same as ELEC 593.) 516 (3) Computational Geometry— The design ancl analysis of algorithms for geometric problems including convexity, intersection, search, proximity and optimization. Lower bound irgumcnts, NP-completeness results, parallel algorithms, probabilistic algorithms, approximation algorithms, dynaniization techniques, effects of preprocessing ancl oilier issues applicable to geometric problems. Applications of geometric algorithms. Prerequisite: CPSC 320 517 (3) Sparse. tutrix Compulation- Algorithms for computational solution of basic numerical linear algebra proM lenis applied to large sparse matrices. Solution of large sparse linear systems by direct and iterative methods; application tc linear leasi squares problems; computation of eigenvalue; and singular values of la rge sparse matrices 518 (3) Compiler Syslems Performance Evaluation-- Basic computer performance evaluation techniques of measurement, sim tlation and mathematical modeling. Applications to performance improvement, computer selection, planning and compute!- design Prerequisite; CPSC 315. 519 (.3) logicPi-jgrammirigand Functional Programming- An introduction to the theory, applications and implementation of ogic programming languages and functional programming languages. Dataflow architecture to support logicandfunctionalprogramminglanguages. Prerequisite: CPSC 311,31! and 419. 520 (3) Numer cal Solution of Differential Equations- Fi- k nite difference ancl finite element methods for time-de- pendent part al differential equations. Explicit anel implicit schemes, stability and accuracy considerations, choice of Imtnclaty conditions, efficiencyofcornpulation,:special schemes for particular linear and nonlinear equations. Prerequisite CPSC 403. 522 (3) Artificial Intelligence II- Heuristic search and game playing. Problem solving ancl planning. Problem reduction, AND/CH trees, goal-directed behaviour. Expert, diagnosis, and advising systems. Knowledge-based syslems. Prerequisite: Sufficient programming background (e.g., CPSC 310) anc: CPSC 503, or consent of instructor. CSC 502 would be helpful, but is not essential. 523 (3) Computational Linguistics 11- Natural language processing by computer Modelling of dialogue ancl discourse. Appl cations in question-answering interfaces for large databases. Prerequisite: CPSC 503. 525 (3j Image Understanding IP. Scene Analysis- Computer-based techniques for image understanding. The development of ptradigms for knowledge representation and use in image understanding. Descriptive languages and picture grammars. Block world scene analysis. Control regimes. Pro ^ramming languages and systems for perception. Representing scene domain knowledge. Applica tions to various scene domains including remote sensing. Prerequisite; CPSC 505. 527 (3) Computer Communication Protocols- Fundamentals of computer communications and OSI lower level protocols. Higher level protocols: transport,,session, presentation ancl application layers. Introduction to formal techniques for protocol specification, verification ancl testing. Prerequisite: CPSC 417. 528 (3) Formal Techniques forCommunication Prolocols- Current development in higher level protocol standards. Formal description techniques (FDTs). Methods and tools for protocol implementation, testing, and verification/ validation. Prerequisite: CPSC 527. 529 (3) Definition of Programming Languages- Approaches todefining the syntax and semantics of programming languages. 530 (2-6) c Topics in Information Processing 531 (3-6) d Topics in Theory of Computation- Possible-topics: algebraic structure of automata, program schemata, recursive function theory, computability and logic, language theory. 532 (2-6) d Topics in Artificial Intelligence- Possible topics: current issues in representation and control, induction ancl learning, program synthesis, ancl robotics. 53.3 (2-6) d Topics in Computer Graphics- Possible topics, curve ancl surface modeling, including splines; computer animation: rendering techniques, including local and global illumination models, algorithms; modeling natural phenomena; user interface design; colour and human perception; high performance architectures; multimedia and hypermedia. 534 (2-6) d Topics in Database Design- Possible topics: sludies of particular database systems, design of special query languages, and studies of efficiency, reliability, and security in database. 535 (2-6) d Topics in Simulation and Optimization- Possible topics: simulation languages, Monte Carlo methods, construction of models of various natural and artificial systems, implementation of optimization algorithms. 536 (2-6) d Topics in Algorithms and Complexity- Possible topics: graph theon' — algorithms and applications, geometric complexity, combinatorial algorithms, advanced data structures, arithmetic complexity, circuit complexity, approximation and probabilistic algorithms. 537 (2-6j d 'TopicsinCodingandinformation'Theory- Possible topics: Properties of Shannon's information measure, source encoding discrete memoryless channels, the fundamental theorem of information theory, linear and cyclic error correcting codes; selected topics from the analysis of channels with memory and from algebraic coding theory'. 538 (2-6) d Topics in Computer Systems- Possible topics: advanced architectures; distributed systems; performance analysis; protocol and software engineering. 539 (2-6) d Topics in Programming languages- Possible- topics: formal aspects of translation; formal definition methods; extensible languages; correctness of programs. Applications of semantic methods to the design of language. 542 (2-6) d Topics in Numerical Computation— Various topics not covered in specific graduate courses in numerical computation. 549 (6/12) c Master's Thesis 589 (0) M.Sc. Major Essay 649 Ph.D. Thesis Computing Studies Education CSED See Mathematics and Science Education, Computing Studies Education 316 Counselling Psychology Counselling Psychology Faculty of Education CNPS 8~i 18) Career Planning and Decision-Making (ouiiseh 405 ling i'heorv, research, and practice of caieer [ilamiing and decision counselling. Pieiequisite- CNPS 868. 552 i5t Basic interviewing Skilly Develi, pn.-r.i inlose 5Zs ,//(,! ,• Ceuriseii'i'c ru-ories and Interventions I M,i- uuemewmg skills for counselling ancl guidance „,,■ ,-0.i,i.scl!iiij4 thi-ori-s. interventions for change, and .:-,-: 0-0j or 1(1-0: :)-3l rorrcsponning ske! ticveliipitteni. Prerequisiies: C'.SPS 5(i8 (J3 Career Counselling;- f iriciciil Siirvcv idCii-ccrc-cU-iii- ,J3 selling theon-and practice. [3-0. 0-01 or [0-0: S-tii 86-1 t.i) FcuiiiiyEdiiratioriandConsullalion - Lx.iminaiion oi itureiil theories and practices in fiunilv ecittcaiion ancl iiisi.iltation. 1.3-0; (1-01 i IriirodiictioiiloThi '4 liv Resc'ircVr'iiGiiiiianceSeri'ices Presentresciurees and services togellici with iet'l:nic|iies iif assessing ancl using available loiioii,: Workshop in character, requiring experiment;!' investigations itle nil! ilk'. assiuiiig stuiJems wilh edu. aiioiiai. dhciiutia:, and pet -on,,l pluming and decision-nicking l,l-i,; ,,i 8-0; si ,j, (he Persona! and Social Development ol the Adull- Ptisonal and social adjiistutent issues for i;roies:,i,i.;, c.iiiiisellors.has.cskiil, necessary for etlccttvegroupco-ur selling, [3-8; 0-0! or [0-0; 8-3] l-i ('ii PlomciitarvSchool'Counselling- Thesuv and piat Ore of elementary school counselling. 18 til-': c Reiietr,'/ Research in Educational Meihods Studies are marie of recent research bearing on ecluct iion.il practice Pa-requisite' Apni-.ipn.iie senior unriei graduate introductory or methods course. li ,3.i Counselling Adolescents- Theon. icsearcji am praence of counselling adolescents 25 i. b Counselling Theory ami lhe (ducutte Hard of Hearing StuderPs- The mipac; o ■ajan Counselling Adtdls- clevelopmenl, Sole tn ppn.pt :lervieiianilAoii-Slaudao.l:2 d Tests in Pupil l\ idSecRr Pan, iieelii Famiiy Conn ic approaclit. kiiovcieelgeotgroups aiiiiittttc io ootid id '•■en: tor u.ve :n counselling and guidaiiec services. (3/61 d Sjieciai Course in Subject Manor Pieid Courses m tarioussiihieet matter (ielcisejesigned 1.1 hung tein In-rs tin ui date in recent findings in eat!' heal 581! (5-12) c Ptohlcms in Education ■ Investigation and re- t'oit of :i UionirC'! 58) (3) Program Development it/Counselling- Designing, implementing, and assesi-mg counselling programs in schools, tolleges, universities, and other counselling settings. S8S (ti) Sitpcri'ised Training in Coiiusciiing- Initial coun- sclliiig espenc iit'e iineicr laittitv supervision in ilcjvtrl- meii! Iiiifiiiiig i i.'iiiies, sun (0i 51/tjor timer 5'ri cii Cross.-CiiUurul Goto/selling Critical analysts ol crciss-catltiiral t ourisellhtg theory, icseareh and praclice -"98 (3''12i c FieldEspetiences- f(>rO;oseon.Masler's,i)oi- ioial am! Dip'ouia IVogiams. 899 ('(■■.'Iii c Vasters I'kesis oOl !(i,12i c Doctoral seminar 61 (5; Theories'jVocaltoriailievei'tpmeul- Sociological and psychological aspects ,;| career planning, theories of vocational ileceiopnient. vocational choice 66 (6; Coiiuseltiug Theorc and Procedures 11- Theories and procedures ior cienisciling individuals witii special problems no levelopment requ i ring art luminal ami beiiav- lonral changes die counsellor's function in community liaison. iT9 (3) Information Systems in Guidance and Counselling- The application of automatic daia processing to guidance and counselling in student accounting, job placement, liiioiiiiatioii dissemination ancl in iiilervieviiig. InereqtiisitctCouiseniComjiiilerScience. 699 Dociorai Thesis 108 -i()9 ■110 ■ii4 aid a)9 Creative Writing Faculty of Arts CRWR 192 Note: For admission requirements for all courses see Creative Writing entry under Arts 202 (6) Crcati.ee Forms- Designed for beginning writers, in eluding lirst-ccat si ucients bv special permission. Shun story shorter play Hums, and verse. Instructors may also give assignments in other forms such as plays for screen, television oritiiiio ei iiiia.giiiaiive non-ficrionai pnise [0-3; '.1-31 801 (6) WtiiliiyTechiuques- Desigiiedlorb eginniiigwrii- crs and other students who have a particular interest in lhe uses of liioiarv techniques anil wavs of transferring these from one genre to another The course is verv suitable hit prospective teachers and writers from the Diploma in Applied Creative Non-fiction. Major emphasis is give;: to the siitcieius' own ivriiuig Perfoniiance iii workshop ti c, oopiiniinitv in respond to and evaluate oihcis' wot/.t tt'tcl cii tiiiiietslaiiciiiig of technique and basic print tuies in \cruing make up a minor poriion til the final evaluation td-.'i: IJ8[ -t(i;i (iii Writing oj Children's Literature- Techniques of writing for children in various aentes. Limitations as to the children sage group, iniigcnrcsio he set by the instructor Instruction given EUroiigh workshop anel individual tui- tioti, itM-'eii -pi-i !■•: I! '■it.ngni lic.ma .oul Features for Radio ui-yii-.o 49l 498 505 504 80S (6i Creative Forms and Techniques oj ' Noti-Eii lion The use of literary techniques in the writing of non- fictional torins such as personal essav and memoir, biography, autobiography, travelogue, popular history, and miscellany. Protects range in length from magazine article", to bonks. [0-3; II-.3] |6 > WritiugoJ Dramafor Screen andTelevision- Some studio work rnav be required. Focus is on wailing Stu- dents whdsei liief interest is film or TV production should icier to Thealre Depanmenl listings. [0-3; 0-,3( in) 'timing of Drama for the Slage- Studio work is required, and .some plays mav be given workshop proriiir- iicm. [11-3; 0-3| (6,i Writing o)'the Micella or Novel [u-5: 0-31 oj) Writing of Ihe Short Story [0-5; 0-31 (6) Wriling of Poelry [0-3:0-31 (Oi Theory' aud Praclice of Translation- Prcis que site: Lviric-nce of promise as a translator and proficiency in at ieast one iaiiguage odier than Knglish. (Where a language department is regularly consulted on a prujecl, the language adviser may assign marks equal to three credits of die course work, j [0-3; 0-3| (6) AppJied Creative Non-Fiction- The application ot lhe iorms and iiteraiv techniques of Creative Non-Fiction io writing ior a general audience in business, seiente industry, law. culture, medicine, and other major areas of lirofession.il interest. Students will be assigned to stones and taught the use of basic reseaich techniques such as ihe interview. Projects range in length from magazine aniclc's to books, [0-3; 0-3] Kit Play Deveiopmenl Workshop- An interdiseipiinsr, course, in co oiieration with the B.F.A. Ailing Directing Program in Theatre, emphasizing script development through scenework. character development, and stagecraft. Preicqciisite Manuscript submission or equivalent theatre experience [0-3; 0-3] (Ci) Special Pro/eels in Creative Writing [0-.3; 0-5 j id i Directed Reading- Tlie course will emphasize cur- rent irencisanci techniques rather than criiiral evaluation Nol offered every year. Kl-3; 0-5i |6i Tutorial in Writing of Children's Lileralure (oi students who receive departmental permission lo do special advanced work in this genre. [0-8: 0-3| (6) Tutorial in Writing of Non-Fictional Prose lot siudenis who receive i lepartniemal permission lo do special advanced work in this genre. [0-8; 0-31 ill) Putorial lu Writing of Drama and Features jor Radio- 1'or siurieiiis who receive cieparunenial |icinits sion to do special advanced work in this genre [0-5: 0-3] I'd) Tutorial In WrllingofDrama for Screen and Tela i- sion— For .siiule'iiis vim teccive riepartinenutl penins sion to do special advanced work in this genre. ["-3;li-3i (6) 1 ulorlal in Translation- Pi ir,students who leceivc- riejiarlmenlal permission lo do special advanced work tti translation. [0-3; 0-3] (ty) Tutorial in Poetry- For students who receive de part men Ial jiennissii at io do special advanced work nt tins genie. 10-8: 0-5] tii) Tutorial in Fiction- Foi" students who receive de- pa riiiiental permission todospecial advanced work in this genre. |ii-5;0-3j (6) 1'uloridl lu Drama For students who receive de (lartineiilai permission io do special advanced work in Ons genre, lu-8:0-3 (6) Advanced Writing of Children's lileralure 181 Aih ■aneed W 'riling of Drama aud Features for Radio tt-) Creative Forms arid Techniques of Non-licliou 'Advanced). Dentistry 317 500 5(F 508 509 510 515 516 521 559 5-i9 (6) Advanced Writing of Drama for Screen and Television (6) Advanced Writing of Drama for the Stage (to Advanced Writing of the Novella or Novel (6) Advanced Writing of Short Fiction ((it Advanced Writing of Poetry (6) Advanced Workshop in Translation (Where a language department is regularly consulted on a pioieel, the language adviser may assign marks equal :o 31 redils of t he coursework.) (6) Applied Creative Non-Fiction (Advanced) t n) Advanced Play Development Workshop- An interdisciplinary course, in co-operation wilh the Acting and the M.F.A. Directing programs in Theatre, emphasizing script development through scenework, character development, and stagecraft Prerequisite: Manuscript submission or equivalent theatre experience, ((■) Editing and Managing a Literary Magazine- Operation of a literary' magazine, editing and evaluating creative writing submissions. Prerequisite: Permission of the instruclor. (6) Advanced 1'rojecls in Creative Writing io) Directed Reading- Mav not be offered every year. (61 Thesis Dentistry Faculty of Dentistry DENT Clinical Dental Sciences CDSC See courses listed below under Clinical Dental Sciences, Dentistry, Dental Hygiene, Orai Biology and Oral, Medical ancl surgical Sciences. 401 (2! Denial Epidemiology- Flectivc. Preventive den ilsirv, oral epidemiology and the studv of special populations in dentistry. 11-0; 1-0] 410 pi) Operative Dentistry- An introduction to the basic- procedures involved in operative dentistry, (emphasis is on the integration of biological principles and technical skills in the approach to cavity preparation and design The properties of appropriate dental materials are discussed. ■ill (1; Introduction to Orthodontics- Deveiojnnent of harmonious craniofacial and dentai relations, aberrations involved in different types of malocclusions, ancl preparation and analysis of orthodontic records. 411 (3) ['retentive Dentistry- Introduction to the concept ot preventive dentistry as a philosophy of practice. Emphasis on the etiology of dental diseases and tlie measures available for their prevention with supporting material in nutrition, epidemiology, evaluation of dental literature and the development of dentistry as a heaith profession. 420 (3) Operative Dentistry- A preclinical and clinical course wnh specific emphasis on the technical aspects of cavity preparation and design, along with placement of temporary and permanent restorations. The principles and procedures necessary for successful clinical practice are stressed 421 (2) Orthodontics, Basic Principles- Fundamentals of different diagnosis, treatment planning, biomechanical principles, and appliance design and fabrication. 422 (2) Paediatric Dentistry- An introductory couise, including lectures, laboratory exercises and clinical paediai- rie dentistr,'. 423 (!) Periodontics- An introduction to theory ancl practice related to the diagnosis and treatment of diseases and conditions of the supporting tissues of the teeth or their implanted substitutes. ■12 i (2i Community Dentistry- Dental public health programs in Canada and current issues facing the dental firtifession. .25 1.4) Prosthodontics- The course comprises lectures, laboratory exercises and clinical demonstrations in fixed and removable prosthodontics. 480 (4) Operative Dentistry- A clinical program apple ing the basic principles of restorative dentistry. 1.31 (4i Orthodt'lilies, Principles and practice- Thecourse is designed 11 provide the student with a broad background and working knowledye of orthodontic classification, diagnosis, treatment planning ancl biomechanical principles, and treatment techniques. Clinical procedures are undertaken throughout the year. 432 (4) Paediatric Dentistry - A continuation of CDSC 122 with greater exposure to clinical paediatric dentistry. 433 (3) Reriodc nlics- lectures and clinical practice in periodontal tiler; py. 434 (2) Professional Deveiopmenl- Development of appropriate behavioural skills for working with dental patients and stuff Practical exercises fur improving communication skills and managing interpersonal conflicts 435 (4) Proslbcdontics- The course comprises lectures, laboratory exercises, clinical demonstrations and clinical practice in lived and removable prosthodontics. 440 (3) Operative Dentistry- Advanced clinical application ofthe princi lies of operative dentistry and their role in comprehen.s ve patient care. 441 (6) Cliniccd Orthodontics- Seminars on a wide range of topics rela ed to various malocclusions are coordinated yvith clinics fi ir the treatment of selected cases. The course is dei igned tc i prepare Ihe student for I he management of orthodontic iroblems in general practice -t42 (2) Paediatric Dentistry- A continuation of CDSC 4.J9 ia.3 (4) Periodontics- lectures, clinics and seminars in advanced techniques in the treatment of periodontal disease. Practical experience in the treatment of periodontal disease is undertaken. 444 (4) Com muttity Dentistry- A lecture and seminar course dealing will the socio-economic aspects of dentistry, included in the course will be ethics, jurisprudence, practice aianageaient and intra- ancl interprofessional relationships. 445 (8) Prostbcdonlics- Fixedandremovableprosthodoiitics and dental materials. 501 (3j Cell Biology oj Diseased and Healing Periodonlium- The major cellular and molecular alterations in periodontal destruction and regeneration. 700 Directed StudiesinOrlhodoulics- A comprehensive overview of orthodontic diagnosis and treatment planning for k the adult patient. Multidisciplinary approaches to case management are stressed. 701 Advanced Cinical Orthodontics - Clinical experience in orthodontic diagnosis and treatment planning as a pai t of periodontic-orthodontic therapy, complementary to the material covered in CDSC 700, 710 Periodontal Case Managemenl- A one-term didactic couise in tin first year it will consist o! a survey of modern periodontal therapy to provide general objectives early in the student's clinicai experience. 711 Clinical Periodontic:: (clinical practice)- The course runs consecutively throughout the program. It involves continuous activity in terms of the diagnosis and treatment i if peri, iriontal disease, this course also ii.ets as CDSC 721 and 731. 712 Collection and Analysis of Diagnostic and Treatment Records- This course encompasses the basic skills required in photography, charting, model collection, etc. It will also provide the student with sufficient knowledge and cxperieice to permit the selection and use of photographic equipment suitable for the photographing of patients, casts, instruments, radiographs and charts. The material get eratc-d following ihis course forms an integral part of various seminars m which ihe students participate. 713 Implant Therapy- Seminars and clinics on the biological basts for ancl treatment with dental implants. 714 Periodontal Treatment Planning Seminars- Seminars lo discuss prospectivcand comprehensive treatment planning for patients with periodontal disease. This course also lists as CDSD 72a and e34. 715 Periodontal Therapy Seminars- These seminars wili employ the case review method anel deal retrospectively with specific phases ot treatment of moderate to advanced periodontal disease. This course also lists as CDSC "28 and 7.38. 716 Guided Tissue Regeneration- Principles of periodontal tissue healing after conventional and guided tissue regeneration surgery, including properties, advantages and disadvantages of different regenerative membranes. 723 Prescription Periodontal Surgery- The course runs for one term. It provides concentrated clinical experience in periodontal surgery. Specific surgical procedures are performed hy the graduate student on a prescription basis for patients undergoing therapy in the undergraduate dental clinic 729 Hospiiai Denlistiy and Anaesthesiology- An intensive three-week anaesthesiology experience at the University Hospital (Acute Care UnitJ. Offered in the last year ofthe program. Dentistry DENT 400 (6) Current Issues in Oral Health Sciences- Seminar program of presentations and critical reviews relating to oral health care delivery, craniofacial development and oral disease processes, diagnosis and treatment. [3-0:3-0] 402 (8) Dental Hygiene Care I- Lectures, clinics ancl seminars in advanced techniques in the treatment of periodontal disease, including practical experience in periodontal therapy. [3-3; 3-31 404 (6) Denial Hygiene CareII- Externships involving administration, teaching or deliver)-of care in institutional settings such as hospual or allied teaching programs. [3-0; 3-0] 106 t(ii Guided Study in Denial Hygiene- Guided study enables pursuit of an area of pan icular interest. Designed in consultation with a faculty member with expertise in the chosen area. [3-0; 3-0] 461 (i) Periodontal Seminars I- Detailed and critical reviews of selected topics in periodontology, [2-0: 2-0] 162 (a) Periodontal Semi nars ll- Detailed and critical reviews of selected topics in periodontology. [2-0: 2-0 j 800 (3-6) Advanced Topics in Oral Microbiology- Including processes involved in microbial growth, transport, energy metabolism ancl immunology. 801 (3-6) Advanced Topics In Oral Physiology- N'euromuscular control of mastication, occlusion, oral sensory mechanisms and salivation. 802 (3-6) Recent Advances in Oral Biochemistry- The chemistry ancl biochemistry of mineralized tissue, orai tissues, ancl saliva; biochemical mechanisms of plaque formation, calculus, malocioranil other not-nial and patho- logical changes in oi-.il fluids and tissues are considered. 810 (3) Advanced Topics in Periodontology- Basic scientific concepts relating to cause and development of the various diseases which mac- affect the periodontal complex, along with scientific assessment of principles ancl techniques involved in their recognition and treatment. 530 (3-6) Physiology and Mechanisms of Tooth Supjiort- Studies on the inter-relationship between anatomical characteristics of ihe periodontal complex ancl its response to force application, with particular reference to the phenomenon of orthodontic tooth relocation 850 (3-6) Advanced 'Topics in Restorative Dentistry- The course will develop the physical, chemical, functional ami morphological principles underlying restorative dentai treatment. Of particular emphasis will be plan- 318 Dentistry mng of treatment arising from the understanding ofthe disease processes leading to restoration, and die constraints placed by the oral environment. Each .subsection of restorative dentistry such as Prosthodontics. Periodontics, Endodontics, Fixed Prosthetics and Dental Materials will contribute bin a candidate will be encouraged to develop deeper understanding in one or other subsection. Laboratory assignments aiid clinicai cases of relevance will be undertaken. 560 (2-6) Research Seminars in Denial Science■- Recent advances, experimental methorisanri methodology, anda critical review of literature in the life sciences, as they apply to the dental sciences. 56! (3) Directed Studies in Denial Sciences I 502 (3) Directed Sludies in Dental Sciences II 599 (12) Master's Thesis 710 Clinical Dentistry- Management of the medically compromised patient. Experience in endodontics, geriatric dentistry, oral medicine, oral pathology, oral and maxillofacial surgery, operative dentistry, periocloniics and removable prosthetics. 111 Specialty Rotations- Periods of two to four weeks unspent exclusively in anaesthesiology and plastic sui-gery willi limited experiences in maxillofacial prosthetics, diagnostic imaging and laboratory medicine. "12 Emergency Patient Managemenl- Emergency treatment ranging from treatment of basic toothache to reduction of jaw fractures 713 Seminars on'Hospital Dentistry- Current topics relating to the practice of hospital dentistry including charts ancl records, endodontics, hematology, hospital protocol, medical laboratory testing, oncology, oral medicine, oral and maxillofacial surgery, plastic surgery, physical diagnosis and radiology. Residents will he required to review recently published denial lileralure related to hospital dental practice, and to review treated clinical cases. 714 Directed Studies in Hospital Dentistry' Research papers on approved projects or case presentations. Dental Hygiene HYGN 400 (6) Current Issues in Oral Health Sciences- Seminar program of presentations and critical reviews relating to oral health care delivery, craniofacial development and oral disease processes, diagnosis and treatment. [8-0; 3-0) a()2 (8) DenialHygiene Care I- Lectures, clinics and seminars in advanced techniques in the treatment of periodontal disease, including practical experience in periodontal Iherapy. [3-3; 3-3] aO-i (6) Dental Hygiene Care II- Externships involving administration, teaching or delivery of care in institutional settings such as hospital or allied teaching programs. j.3-0;3-0] i()6 (6) Guided Study tn Denial Hygiene- Guided study enables pursuit of an area of particular interest. Designed in consultation with a faculty memnber with expertise in the chosen area. •Kyi (4) Periodontal Seminars I- Detailed and critical reviews of selected topics in periodontology. [2-0; 2-0] 462 (-t) Periodontal Seminars II- Detailed ancl critical reviews of selected topics in periodontology. [2-0; 2-0] Oral Biology ORBI ■I 10 (5) Oral Embryology and Oral Histology:-- A lecture and laboratory course on the developmental, structural and functional aspects of tissues in the orofacial region 411 (3) Chemistry of Oral Tissues- A course consisting of lectures and demonstrations of selected topics on chemical composition, function anc! properties of oral tissues and cellular elements wilh emphasis on biochemical processes associated with various oral conditions. 412 (2) Dental Morphology- Cross anatomical morphological features ofthe teeth and supporting tissues. Emphasis is placed on technical terminology and ability to recognize and identify individual teeth, with particular reference to those special features of importance in occlusal function f 13 1,2) Introductory Biomaterials Science- Principles of bioniaicrials science relevant lo the studv of dental materials 420 (3) Principles of Occlusal Function and Articulatioii- A course ol lectures, demonstrations and laboratory- exercises concerned with lhe function of the teeth and associated structures, the principles of articulation, and occlusal considerations in clinical Ireatment. Instruction is provided by members ol the Departments of Oral Biology and Clinical Dental Sciences. 42.3 (2) Denial Materials Science- Relationships between structure .ma properties of the major classes of denial materials; bioeoinpalibililv -1.30 (2) Oral Biology lectures, .seminars and laboratory clemonsirauons clesigiieel lo illusirale and emphasize the relation between the biomedical sciences and clinical practices. Topics covered include oral neurophysiology, evaluation of experimental denial researcli. microbial evaluation of caries risk. 'i 1(1 (2) Oral Biology- Lectures, studenl seminars anel directed laboratory investigations designed to familiarize ihe student wilh contemporary research in l he biomedical sciences related to dentistry. 148 (2-6) Directed Research An elective laboratory project taken will) the permission of ihe appropriate supervisor and the Head of the Department. The results are to he presented in a written report. Open to undergraduate and graduate sludents registered in the faculty of Dentistry. Course may be taken in 1st, 2nd or both terms. 500 (0) Research Seminars in Oral Biology- A course on die evaluation of experimental dental research. Topics covered include the i haracterisiics of and access to the research liieraiui'e. scienlilic met hods, experimen ial strategies and measurement in Oral Biology. Students will be required lo -present a researcli seminar based on their diesis project. 501 (6) Craniofacial Biology The course examines the principles and factors, involved in the formation, development anel growth of craniofacial tissues. It explores form and function in the region, emphasizing the role ofthe jaw ancl tongue uniscles. stress distribution and its influence upon cranioiacial growth. 502 (6) Biology of Oral Tissues- _ review of current researcli in Oral Biology. Topics, include the microbiology, immunology, cell biology, ami biochemistry ofthe oral cavity. Special emphasis is given to the periodontium. 50.3 (2-3) Occlusion A.study of occlusion, masricaioryfune lion anaivsis. occlusal adjustment and treatment of oixiusally related di.sea.se. Course restricted to students enrolled in tlie Graduate Periodontics Program or its equivalent. Credit will not be given for both ORBI 501 and ORBI 503. 561 (2-6) Directed Sludies in Oral Biologv (i49 PhD. Thesis Oral Medical and Surgical Sciences OMSS 421 (2) Endodontics- This course covers basic endodontic theon-, diagnosis and clinical technique, i22 (I) Principles of Medicine and Physical Diagnosis- Pathophysiology anil subsequent clinical manifestations of diseases of lhe iitaior systems anel organs of the body. Emphasis is on ihe iniporiance of these diseases in rela- iion to dental therapeutics. |04): 0-21 423 (f) Oral Diagnosis An introduction io the diagnostic process: history-taking, physical examination, collecting and interpreting information, and treatment planning. Clinical participation is included. [1-3.0-31 425 (2) Denial Pathology- Lectures, slide presentations, ancl laboratory liistopahcilogv covering the basic prmci- ples of dental pathology as an introduction io pre-clmic al and clinicai dentistry. Emphasis is placed on the c|ii<lcmi- ologv. etiology, pathogenesis, and histopathology of carious and nun-carious lesions of teeth, pulp ancl periapical disease and diseases affecting the periodontal tissues. An endeavour is made to relate ihe altered physiology and clinical chemistiy with various lesions comprising these disease entities, [1-1; 0-0] u2(i tl) Oral Radiology- A course in ihe theoiy and put; lice ol licnta) radiography and an introduction io the principlesof radii ilogiial interpretation Clinical parlioipa tion is included. 42": (1) Local Anaesthesia- Didactic and clinic sessions designed to familiarize the student with the concept ol pain ancl the administration of local anaesthetic agents. Rclaicri anatomy pharmacology, clinical considerations anil nisi neal experience are included. 1.31 (I i Endodontics- Acliiiicalprogramapplvingthebayii principles of endodontics. 4,83 (3i Orai Medicine and Oral Diagnosis- Didactic instruction in the diseases aflecting the oral .structures, including their nature, diagnosis, ancl Iroainient. Climial participation is included. -13-1 (5) Introduction to Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery- Didactic and clinical instruction in the basic principles ol oral and maxillofacial surgery. Students will participate in seminars and clinics and perform uncomplicated surgical procedures. ■1.35 (4) Oral Palhology- Lectures, slide presentation and laboratory histopathologv covering the basic general pathologic principles underlying the discipline of Oral Palhology. Emphasis is placed on lhe epidemiology, etiology, pathogenesis, and histopathology ot lhe diseases affecting the oral anti paraoral structures. An ai tempi is macie io correlate the various disease entities wit It actual clinical situations as an introduction to diagnostic and ireatment principles. This course interfaces, where appropriate, with courses in Oral Radiology and Oral Medicine. |1-1; 1-1] 4.50 (I) Oral Radiology - A continuation of instruction in radiographic techniques and radiological interpretation Exi moral lechniques are emphasized, ancl the rail iologit al features of lesions relevant to Oral Diagnosis and Oral Medicine are considered. 46 (2) I'ain and Anxiety Control- Lectures, tutorials and ciinical practice in tlie recognition, understanding and treatment of both pain and apprehension, all (2) Endodontics-- A continuation of OMSS 4,31 with greater exposure to clinical endodontic dentistry. 44,3 (11 Oral Medicine and Oral Diagnosis- A continuation of OMSS 43.3. including didactic and clinical instruction on the nature, diagnosis, and treatment oi diseases atfecting [he oral structures. 4)4 (2t OralandMaxillofacialSurgery- Didacticanriclini- eal instruclion in oral and maxillofacial surgery. Students participate in seminars and clinics and perform oral and maxillofacial surgery within the scope ofthe general prat - ticc of dentistry. Advanced lechniques and procedures are discussed and demonstrated and observation of spec ialiy practice is provided. 44(1 (1) Oral Radiology- This course is designed to improve competence in radiographic techniques and to extend die student's scope in radiological diagnosis. 4-18 (2) Hospital Dentistry— An assigned externship with an affiliated Hospital Deniai Service providing bolh cliclatiit and clinical experience. The dental student is introduced to dentistry in the hospital setting with emphasis on hospital protocol and procedures, physical examination, diagnosis, ancl treatment of ihe medically compromised dental patient, pain and anxiety control, and emergency care. Economics 319 513 (6) Oral Medicine I- A review of literature and current concepts applied to the clinical management of patients with oral mucosal disease, facial pain and lemporomandibulardlsorders, and the special care patient. 516 t2) Oral Radiology- Providesknowledgeofandskillsin radiographic technique and oral radiological interpretation. SP (di AdvancedOral Radiology- Interpretation of diagnostic images in relation to disease classifications, imaging similarities, and patient presentation. 523 ti) Oral Medicine II- A continuation of OMSS 513 reviewing the literature and current concepts applied lo die clinical management of patients with oral mucosal disease, facia! pain and temporomandibular disorders, and the special care patient. 5i5 (2) Oral Pathology- The clinical and histopathological features of oral and para-oral diseases. Lectures, labs and seminars. 70.3 Dental and Medical Specialities- Seminars and clinics to acquaint the student with other dental specialities, ancl with relevant medical specialities, to an extent which will facilitate the prescription, production, and interpretation of appropriate imaging procedures. 706 Forensic Odontology- The application of imaging procedures as an aid to forensic identification "12 Oral Surgical Pathology- Daily reviews of current diagnostic biopsy problems. Diagnostic and therapeutic implications are discussed. 713 Clinical Oral Medicine- Rotations through specialized clinical services in the Faculty of Dentistry and University affiliated teaching hospitals. Clinical experience will include the Clinic for Oral Mucosal Disease, the TMJ/Facial Pain Clinic, dentistry under general anesthesia, Oncology Service, Head and Neck Tumor Clinic, Oral Pathology Biopsy Service and Pediatric Oral Medicine Service. "15 Oral Radiographic Technique- Provides knowledge of and skills in radiographic technique. Relevant physics and biological effects of radiation are included. 716 Oral Radiology- Seminars, tutorials ancl clinics to provide knowledge of radiographic technique and oral radiological interpretation. 71" Oral Radiological Interpretation- Interpretation and reporting of radiographs. 719 Photography- Experience in photographic technique to provide the necessary knowledge and skills in clinical photography and the reproduction of diagnostic images. "20 Review of Oral Radiology Lileralure "34 Cbnico-Pathological Conferences- Multidisciplinary conferences reviewing surgical, medical, radiological and pathological aspects of oral and para-oral disease. "50 I lead and Neck Oncology- Weekly rotations in the i lead and Neck conferences at the British Columbia Cancer Agency (Vancouver). Students will attend at rounds and gain experience in evaluating patients with head, neck ancl oral malignant disease. "60 .4 Reriew of Cytology Techniques and Oral Mucosal Cytology Early Childhood Education ECED Faculty of Education 333 (3) Prekindergarten Curriculum- The development of prekindergarten programs with reference to recent researcli, theories of early learning, and curriculum trends ancl practices, [3-0; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-0} 3.54 (3i Home, School, andCotnmunityRelations- Philosophy, history, and problems of the parent-teacher partnership; development of effective cooperation through individual parent-teacher conferences ancl parent-group discussions; examination of community services and interprofessional relationships on behalf of children. [3-0; 0- 0] or [0-0; 3-0) 3-L3 405 415 425 336 (3) History of Early Childhood Education- Political and social facto . which influenced movements and trends in early childhood education in North America, prekindergarten through primary. [3-0; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-0] (3) Prekinde'garten instruction- Planning and implementing prekindergarten learning experiences; resources, materials, guidince, curriculum integration, evaluation, scheduling, anc classroom design. |3-0; 0-0| or [0-0; 3-0] (3) introduction lo Curriculum Development in ihe Primary Program- An introduction to curriculum development in the primary program with reference to recent research, curriculum trends, social and cognitive development, and issues in primary education. [3-0; 0-0) or [0-0; 3-0] (3) Introduction to Instruction in the Primary Program- An inttoduction to planning and implementing learning experiences in the primary program: resources, materials, guidince, curriculum integration, evaluation, scheduling, classroom design, ancl management. [3-0: (i-01 or [0-0; 3-0] (3) Advanced Sludies in Curriculum Development- Non-Graded Primary Programs- The development, organization, and implementation of non-graded integrated primary programs with an emphasis on the individualization of instruction and the continuous progress of students. Implica ions of recent research on non-graded programs are considered in the context of educational practice. Prerequisite: ECED 405. (3-0} (3) Kindergarten Curriculum- The development of kindeigarten programs with reference to recent research, theories of eatly learning, curriculum trends ancl practices, and the place of kindergarten in contemporary education. |.-0: 0-0| or [0-0: 5-0] (3) Observation and Recording- Methods of observing and recording children s behaviour in early childhood settings. |3-C; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-0] (3) Kindergarten Insiruciion- Planning and implementing kinde -garten programs with reference to learning experiences, resources, materials, instruction, curriculum integrition, evaluation, scheduling, and classroom design. [3-0; 0-0] or [0-0, 3-01 (3-12) c Review of Research in Educational Methods- Studies are made of recent research bearing on educational practice. Prerequisite: Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or methods course. (3-12) c Labo'alory Practicum 565 (3/6) d Specie I Course in Subject Matter Fie Id- Courses in various subjt ct matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. (3-12) c Prob ems in Education- Investigation and report ofa problem. (3-6) d Advanced Seminar on Research in Early ChildhoodEducation- Prerecuisites: Any 12 credits of ECED 333,334,336. (0) Major Paber (3-12) c Field Experiences- ForthoseonMaster's.Doctoral and Diploma programs. (6/12) c Mast :r's Thesis Economics Faculty of Arts ECON 433 438 443 508 561 580 585 590 598 599 Earth Science Faculty of Science ERTH 100 (3) Introduction to Planet Earth- Discovering the surface, interior and hislorv ofthe Earth through the observations which I ave revealed them. The principal physical, chemical and biological processes which determine the dynamics of our planet's sub-systems and their interactions on a wiee range of space and time scales. Earth Systems scienc;, Gaia and Global Change. Credit may not lie obtained for both tins course and GEOL 100, GEOP 120, GEOG 101 orC EOG 102. Co-requisites: MATH 100, PHYS 101, and CHEN. 110or 121. [0-0-0; 3-3-0] Note: Many courses in Economics have a Mathematicsprerequisite of Mathematics 140 (or equivaletttlandior Mathematics 141 (or equivalent) Courses equivalent lo Mathemaiics Fill as a prerequisile are Mathematics 100, 111. 120 and 155 For Malhematics Ml lhe equivalents are Mathematics 101,121 and 154- 100 (6) PrinciplesofEconomics- Theinsliuitionsandpreic- esses involved in the production and distribution of wealth: the functioning ofthe markel, monetary and fiscal policy, anel international trade theoiy. The course also provides an introduction to Canadian economic institutions and policy (e.g.. labour unions, the Hank of Canada, anti- combines policy, tariffs, the Government's budget, taxation ). ECON 100 is a prerequisite ofal! courses in Economics except ECON 308 and 309. and is a required course li ir all students taking a Major or Honours in Economics Students in iheir third or fourth year who want a survey course in Economics are advised to take ECON 309. [3-0: .8-0] 201 (3) Intermediate Microeconomics I- Consumer behaviour, exchange, production and cost, equilibrium of the firm under different market structures, industry equilibrium. Prerequisites: ECON 100 and MATH 140 or equivalent. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 201 and 206. [3-0] 202 (3) Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis- Income ancl employment theory, monetary theory, the open economy, economic fluctuations and growth. Prerequisites: ECON 100 and MATH 140 or equivalent. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 202 and 307. [3-0] 206 (3) Intermediate Microeconomics I- Consumerbehav- iour, production and cost, behaviour ofthe firm under different market structures, industry equilibrium. An intensive version of ECON 201. Intended primarily for prospective honours and other qualified students. Prerequisites: at least 65'3, in ECON 100 or 309, and an average of at least 65% in MATH 140 and 141, or their equivalent, or permission ofthe Department. Credit mav be obtained for only one of ECON 20land 200. [3-0] 301 (3) Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis- Consumer behaviour, production, exchange, theory of the firm under different market structures, factor markets, welfare economics. This course is intended for graduate .students primarily in the Facully of Commerce and Business Administration. Other graduate students may be admitted with the permission ofthe instructor. Nol open to undergraduates. [3-0] 302 (3) Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis- income ancl employ-mem theoiy', moneiary theoiy, the open economy, economic fluctuations and growth. Thiscourse is intended for graduate students primarily in the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration. Other graduate studenls may be admitted with the permission of the instructor. Not open to undergraduates. [3-0] 303 (3) Intermediate Microeconomics II- Factor markets, general equilibrium, uncertainly and information, contraei theory', externalities, public goods, welfare. Prerequisiies: ECON 201 or 20b. and MATH 1*1 or equivalent. |3-0| 306 (3) Intermediate Microeconomics II- Factor markets, general equilibrium, uncertainly and information, contract theory, externalities, public goods, welfare. An intensive version of ECON 30.3. Intended primarily for prospective honours and other qualified students. Prerequisite: ai least 653'6 in ECON 206, or permission of die Department. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 303 and 306. [3-0! 307 (6) Macroeconomic Analysis- Incomeandemplovment theory, monetary and fiscal theory the ojien economy economic fluctuations, inflationandunempliivmeiit, growth theory, macro dynamics, rational expectations, and macro policy analysis. Intended for qualified students pursuing an Honours elegree in Economics. Prerequisile: at least 658, in 320 Economics ECON 100 or 509; and an average of at least 65% in MATH TlOand 141, or their equivalent. Co-requisite (lo be taken in the fall term if not completed earlier): ECON 201 or 206. This course is normally taken in the third year. Credit may he obtained for only one of ECON 202 and 307. [3-0; 3-0] 308 (3) Principles of Microeconomics- An introduction to the functioning of the market system; concepts of supply and demand; behaviour of the consumer and the firm; the role of prices. Particular emphasis will be given to applications of theory to contemporary issues. Open to students in the Master of Health Administration program and to other graduate students with permission of the instructor. Credit mavbe obtained for only one of ECON 100,308, and 309. [3-0; 0-0] 309 (6) Principlesof Economies- The scope of this course is approximately the same as that of ECON 100. It differs in that it deals with fewer topics in greater depth, relating theory to contemporary economic issues. It is open only to third- and fourth-year students. Prerequisite: third- or fourth-year standing. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 100. 308 ancl 309. [3-0; 3-0] 312 (3) Political Economy of Capitalism- An intellectual history of the evolution of the capitalist system and its institutions; a selection of defences and criticisms of capitalism and its alternatives in the writings of leading social and political philosophers from the 18th to the 20th centuries. Prerequisite: ECON 100 or 309. [3-0] 313 (3) Marxist Economies- Marxist critiques of capitalist systems and Marxian alternatives. The origin of exploitation; feudalism and capitalism; exploitation ancl profits; the morality of exploitation; the emergence of class; historical materialism; Marxist theories of imperialism; and public ownershipof the means of production. Prerequisite; ECON 100 or 309. [3-0] 3I7 (3) Poverty and Inequality- Economic inequality in Canada ancl other countries; measurement and causes. Inequality in the distribution of wealth; redistribution of income and wealth; notions of distributive justice. Prerequisite: ECON 100 or 309. (3-0| 319 (6) History of Economic Thought- The development of economic analysis from ancient to modern times, including some description ofthe changing environment in which economists wrote. Selections from the classics in the field from Aristotle to Kevnes. Prerequisite; ECON 100 or 309. |3-0; 3-0] .320 (3) Introduction lo Mathematical Economics- Application of single and multivariable calculus to economics. Includes comparative static analysisof household and firm behaviouraswellas simple-dynamic models. Prerequisites: ECON 100 or 309; also MATH 140 and 141, or their equivalent. [0-0; 3-0] 325 (3) Iniroduction to Empirical Economics- Essentials of probability and statistics forapplied work in economics. Topics include descriptive statistics, probability, estimation, hypothesis testing, ancl analysis of variance. (See the Probability & Statistics' course listings in the calendar for credit restrictions with respect to ECON 325) Prerequisites: ECON 100 or 309 (may be taken concurrently); also MATH 140 and 141, or their equivalent. [3-2;0-0] 326 (31 Meihods of Empirical Research in Economics- Tcehniques of empirical economic research. Topics include simple and multiple regression, time series analysis, and simultaneous equation estimation. Students will be required to undenake applied work. Prerequisite: ECON 325. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 326 and STAT 306. [0-0; 3-21 334 (8) Economic History of Modern Europe- Economic growth and development in Europe mainly since 1750. Empirical study of important changes in social and economic institutions; examination of their significance for structural change and the process of industrialization; analysis of growth, change, and fluctuation in the major western economies until recent times. Prerequisite: ECON 100 or 309. [3-0; 3-0] 3.36 (6) Economic History of Canada- The growth of the Canadian economy in relation to development of natural resources, changing market conditions, industrialism, communications, and technology. Prerequisite: ECON 100 or 309. [3-0; 3-0] 339 (3) Economics of Technological Change- Application of economic analysis to technological change; the impact of technological change on the growth and distribution of income; economic influences on the invention and diffusion of technology; the interaction between technology, work, skills, and education; public policy toward technological change. Prerequisite: ECON 100 or 309. [3-0] 341 (3) Economic Development of Asia- Economic development under colonialism, the colonial legacy, population, trade and development, land reform, the Green Revolution, industrialization strategies, distribution ofthe gains from development. Each topic is discussed in the context of an Asian country. Prerequisite: ECON 100 or 309 [3-0] .342 (3) The Economy of China since 1949- The Maoist strategy of development, the commune system and rural development, the pace and pattern of industrialization, management and planning, incentive policy, economic lessons from China. Students who wish to contrast different approaches to development may find it useful to take ECON.341and342asasequence. Prerequisite; ECON 100 or 309. |3-0] 343 (3) The Economic Development of Modem Japan- An Economic analysis of thegrowth and structural changes of the Japanese economy from the Meiji Restoration to the Second World War. Sources of growth, the development of new economic institutions, agricultural development, international trade and early industrialization, the emergence ofa dual economic structure, war preparation, and the drive towards heavy industrialization. Prerequisite: ECON i 00 or 309. [3-0] 345 (6) Money and Banking- Financial markets and financial institutions in theory and practice; structure and development of the Canadian financial system; development and theory ofthe regulation ofthe financial system; process of monetary control; theory and history of central banking and monetary policy; the international financial system. Prerequisite: ECON 100 or 309. [3-0; 3-0] 350 (3) Public Finance Policy Topics- Examination of two or three selected policy problems from areas of taxation, income security, and public expenditures. Topics to be selected each year from areas of current or recent policy debate. Examples include public pension policy, privatization and public services, income tax or sales tax reform, federal-provincial cost sharing programs, tax incentives versus direct expenditures, welfare reform. Prerequisite: ECON 100 or 309. [3-0] 351 (3) Women in the Economy- Economic analysis of markets and policies particular)- affecting women. Selected topics drawn from economic discrimination; educational, occupational, and work choices; pay and employment equity; allocation of work time and consumption within the household and in the market; economics of marriage and fertility; poverty; taxation; income security and pension policies; and historical perspectives. Prerequisite: ECON 100 or 309. [3-0] 355 (3) Iniernational Economics- Introduction to international trade and finance, with an emphasis on international economic policy. Topics include the determinants of trade, balance of payments, and selected policy issues (which may vary' from year to year) such as tariff and non- tariff harriers to trade, bilateral and multilateral trade disputes, trade liberalization, trade and development, capital mobility, political economy of protection, and exchange rate policy. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 355 and 455 Prerequisite; ECON 100 or 309. [3-0] .360 (3) Labour Economics- Astudy ofthe Canadian labour market. Labour supply, the allocation ofthe time among work and non-market activity, participation in the labour force, education and training. The demand for laboui The determination of wages and employment. The effect ol unions on wages and employment. The wage structure, wage differentials by occupation, industry, race and sex Unemployment. Prerequisite; ECON 100 or .3(19. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 360 and 460. [3-01 361 (3) Economics of Industrial Relations- Econoinii aspects of industrial relations in Canada. Why workers join unions. The theon' of trade union behaviour The labour movement in Canada, Wage determination under collei live bargaining. The causes of strikes and lockouts. I unions and the wage structure. Prerequisite; ECON 100 or 309. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 301 and 401. [3-0 365 (3) Topics in Canadian Industrial Organization and Regulation Policy- Current topics in industrial organization and regulation with emphasis on Canadian federal and provincial policy. The content will differ from year to year. Possible subjects include the regulation of transportation and communications, environmental regulation, marketing boards and other forms of agricultural regulation, competition ancl anti-combines policy, industrial organization and trade policy, and issues in consumer protection. Prerequisite: ECON 100 or 309. [3-0] 367 (3) Economic Analysis of law- The economics of market failure, equity and efficiency. Property rights, the economics of accident and contract law. economic theories i if law enforcement. Prerequisite: ECON 100 or 309. |3-(ij 370 (3) Benefit-Cost Analysis and the Economics ofBrojec I Evaluation- Techniques and problems in benefil-cosi r analysis of public projects. Examination of aitername approaches to public decision-making such as cosi-ellci tiveness analysis and multiple-objective frameworks. Case studies of projects in the areas of natural resources, the environment, human resources, public services, and transportation. Prerequisite: ECON 100 or 309. |8-0] 371 (3) Economics of the Environment- Economic analysis applied to various environmental issues, including sustainable development, quality of life, and environmental impacts of specific industrial ancl consumption activities. The design and implementation of government policies. Global environmental effects of human economic activity. Prerequisile: ECON 100 or 309. [3-0[ 374 (3) Land Economics- Economic analysis applied In problems of land use. Rent theory-, land valuation land conservation. Techniques for assessing economic efficiency of land use. Effects of institutions and public policies on land use. Prerequisite; ECON 100 or 309. |3-0[ 384 (3) Economic Analysis of Health Services Microeconomic theory of resource allocation with emphasis on the applications of optimizing models of health service markets. Analysis of Canadian problems m health service supply. Models of the consumer/patient, the physician/entrepreneur, the not-for-profit hospital/firm, anil the third-party regulatory- and payment agency Prerequisite: ECON 308.100 or 309. [3-0] 387 (3) Tbe Soviet Economy- Pre-revolutionary economic development, industrialization debate, economic deveiopmenl under Stalin. The centrally planned system the role of plan and prices, resource allocation, sectoral problems (agriculture, foreign trade). Thegrowth reoird, eco- nomic reform, management and innovation, imported capital. Prerequisite: ECON 100 or 309. [3-0] 406 (3) Topics in Microeconomics- Selected topics in advanced microeconomic analysis. Prerequisites: ECON 20! or 206 or 301. and 303 or .306. [3-0] 407 (3) Topics in Macroeconomics- Selectedtopics in advanced macroeconomic analysis. Prerequisites: ECON 201 or 206, and 202 or 307, and 303 or 300. [3-0] 417 (3) Welfare Economics Therrileriaforevaluatingeco nomic performance with special reference to the problems of justice in the distribution of income and economic efficiency. Topics include social evaluation functions, pareto-optimality, compensation criteria, and consisiein y Economics 321 420 421 425 426 440 447 450 451 of collective decision making. Prerequisites: ECON 201 or 206 and 303 or 306, [3-0] (3) Optimization andF.conomicTheory- An introduction to static and dynamic: optimization methods with 455 economic applications. Prerequisites: ECON 201 or 200, and 303 or 306; MATH 200 and 221; or permission of the instructor. [3-01 (3) Topics in Mathematical Economics- Selectedtopics in mathematical economics such as general equilibrium theory and game theory. Prerequisite: ECON 420 or permission ofthe instruclor. [3-0| (3) MathematicsforEconomists- Provides the required preparation in mathematics for the study of graduate economic theory. Solving systems of simultaneous equa- ■ tions; unconstrained and constrained maxima; elementary theory of difference and differential equations. Restricted to students taking graduate economic theory- courses. [3-0; 0-0] (3) Introduction to Econometrics- Theoretical and n applied issues in statistics and econometrics. Statistical distributions, sampling theory, maximum likelihood methods of estimation and hypothesis testing, generalized least squares, measurement errors, non-normal errors, systems of equations, discrete-choice models, outliers, regression 460 diagnostics, and model selection. Prerequisites: ECON .325 and 326. [3-0f (3) Econometric Analysis- Further topics in econometrics including such areas as nonlinear estimation, distributed lag models, time-series analysis, time- varying parameters, multivariate analysis, simulation and forecasting models, Monte Carlo experiments, duration models, large econometric models, Bayesian statistics. 461 asymptotic theory', and ergodic theory. Prerequisite: ECON 425. [3-0] (6) Economic History of tbe Untied States- An economic analysis of basic issues in the development ofthe United States from the Colonial Era to the present. Examination of some ofthe recent challenges to the orthodox interpretation of U.S. economic growth. Prerequisites: ECON 201 or 206, and 202 or 307: or ECON 3.34 or 530: Major and Honours students in History' who do not meet 465 these prerequisites may be admitted with permission of the instructor. (3-0; 3-0| (6) Economic Development and International Poverty- Theories of economic development wilh particular ^ reference to underdeveloped economics; explanations for persistent poverty; problems of carrying out development programs; relationships between rich and poor countries. Prerequisile: ECON 201 or 206. [3-0:3-0] 466 (3) The Contemporary Japanese Economy- An economic analysis of selected issues in contemporary Japan. The postwar growth record, economic management and planning, industrial policy, labour market and industrial relations, foreign trade and investment, rapid industrialization and its consequences, external economic relations. Prerequisite: ECON 201 or 206, [3-0[ 471 (3) Monetary Theory— Theoretical analysis eif economies that use money. Topics may vary' from vear to year and may include the emergence of money from barter; the roles of money in the economy; models of money demand; the optimal quantity of money seignorage and inflation; monetary policy and macroeconomic- stability; monetary policy issues in an open economy. Prerequisites: 472 ECON 201 or 206, and ECON 202 or 307. (3-0] (3) Economics of Taxation- The economic: analysis of taxation. Equity and efficiency; optimal taxation theory: partialand general equilibrium analysisof incidence; analysis of taxes such as the personal and corporate income taxes, sales and excise taxes, payroll taxes and property tax. Prerequisite: ECON 201 or 206. [3-0] 480 (3) Economics of Public Expenditures- The role of government in the economy; efficiency and economic justice. Theory of public goods; applications to topics such as education, medical care anil social services. Pricing and investment ruli -s for public enterprises. Prerequisites: ECON 201 or 200, an 1303 or 800. [3-0] (31 Iniernational Trade- International trade theory and policy, primarily using general equilibrium analysis. Topics incltid-- the role of relative costs, factor proportions, returns o scale and imperfect competition in determining the pattern of trade: ef iciencv and distributional effects of trade; theoretical and empirical analysis of trade policies; and ; n analytical approach lo current problems and issues in international trade. Credit may be obtained for only one of ECON 355 and 455 Prerequisite: ECON 201 oi 206. [3-0] (3) Iniernational.Macroeconomics and Finance- Balance of payme its; market for foreign exchange; mechanism for adjusting t ic balance of payments; internal vs. external stability; current problems and issues. Prerequisile- ECON 202 or 30- [3-0] (.3) Sentinel-- in Iniernational Economic Relations- Selected topics focussing upon various issues arising in international economic relations. Open only lo fourib- vear student! in the Major program in Iniernariniial Relations. Prerequisite-ECON 100 or 309. [3-0] (3) Ecoiv.m ics of Labour Markets- The theory of la hour supply a id demand foi -individuals, households, and firms. Policy implications for Canada of guaranteed annual incomes, tax.'s on income, unemployment insurance Canada Pension anc! other benefit programs. Employee selection, hiiing, and promotion. Prerequisites: ECON 201 or 206, and 202 or 307. and ,303 or 806.. (Credit mav not be obtained for both ECON 500 and .60.) |3-0] (3) Economies oj Trade I iitions- The sources of union power. Union wage and employment policy. Bargaining theor. The influence of unions ■ in relat tve wages. The effect of unions on t ie general level of prices and wages. InlJati; in, unemployme il, and trade unions, industrial disputes, 1 he theon- of thin l-partv settlement of industrial disputes: conciliation, mediation, and arbitration. Prerequisites: ECON 201 o r 206, ar d 202 or 30", ancl 503 or 306. (Credit mav in it be obtained fir bolh ECON 361 and -ihl.j 13-0] (3) Market Structure- Market struoure and social welfare, theory of price discrimination, equilibrium in oligopolistic markets, entn' and exit decisions, product differentiation and spatial models, theories of hierarchical organization, agency problem in the modern corporation, vertical integration and control, market structure and technical progress. Prerequisites: ECON 201 or 200, and 303 cr 306. [3 0] (3) The Economics of Government'Regulation oj'Business- Norm Hive anc, positive theories of government regulation of business. Topics include natural monopoly, socially optin ial monopoly pricing, regulation of muliilirm industries, competition policy. Selected empirical studies. Preicquisites: ECON 201 or 206, and ECON 303 or 306, or permission of the instructor. [3-0] (3) Economics of Nonrenewable Resources- Application of eccnomic analysis to the management of nonrenewabe natural resources. Emphasis is placed on the economics of alternative energy sources. Other topics include mineral economics, criteria for the optimal use of resources, and measuremeni of resource .scarcity. Prerequisite: ECON 201 or 206. |3-0| (31 Economics of Renewable Resources- Application ol economic analysis to the management of renewable resources. Special attention is given to criteria for the optimal use of depleting resources such as forests and water Other topics include public policy with regard m environmental quality, conservation, and outdoor recreation Prerequisile: ECON 201 or 206. [8-0] (3J Transportation- Economic characteristics ofthe provision of transportation services, both passenger and freight; the markel structure of the industry and die economic impact ofthe vary ing degrees of public regulation and ntc motion within the industry: the role ofeco- 490 492 495 499 800 502 514 515 516 517 5!8 519 520 521 522 826 527 528 529 530 531 5.32 541 5a2 540 ',47 550 551 560 501 domic analysis in resolving problems of Canadian policy. Prerequisites: ECON 201 or206; also328and326. or COMM 290 and 291. [,8-0[ (3J Comparative Economic Systems- Economic analysis of non-niarket/non-price systems of resource allocation Economic analysis of central planning, co-ordination problems in hierarchical organizations, ancl the role ol" quantity restrictions, quotas, standards, etc. in regulating economic behaviour. The Soviet system of economic planning is used throughout as an example of the issues discussed. Prerequisile: ECON 201 or 206. [3-0[ (6) Applied Economics— The application of economic analysis to selected problems and issues. Restricted to economics Majors in fourth year, for whom it is compulsory. Prerequisites (which may not he taken concurrently): ECON 201 or 206, and 202 or 307. and 303 or 306; also ECON 325 and 326. [3-0; .3-0] (3/01 c Directed Reading (6) HonoursSeminar- Reports and group discussions of selected topics. Open only lei Honours studenls in Fourth Year. [2-0.2-0] (Oi Honours Essav- Essav on some theoretical, applied, oi institutional problem. Open only to fourth-year Honours students. (31 Microeconomics l3i Macroeconomics {Si Information and Incentives (5) Special Topics in Microeconomic 'Theory (3J Special Topics in Macroeconomics (3) Social Evaluation, Social Choice and Economic Performance 13) Histoiy of Economic .Analysis I (3) Hislorv of Economic Analysis II (3) Mathematical Economics i (31 Mathematical Economics il (3) Economic Applications of Game Theory (3) Probability and Statistics for I 'se in Economics (3) Econometric Methods of Economic Research (3) Econometric Theoiy (8) Topics in Theoretical Econometrics- The course content will vary from year to year, and may include, for example, lime series models (both the RIMA anti ARMAX models), spectral analysis, time varying parameters, the econometrics of rational expectations, latent variables, and random coefficients models. Prerequisite; ECON 527 or equivalent (3) 'Topics in Applied Econometrics- The course content will vary from year to year, and may include, for example, issues involved in the formulation and estimation of macroecoriomjc models, consumer demand models, labour supply functions, and cost and profit functions. Siudenis will complete a major empirical project. Prereeiuisite; ECON 527 or equivalent. (3) Economic History of Modem Europe (3) Economic History of North America li) Economic Development I (3) Economic Development 11 (5) Monetary Theory and Policy I (3) Monetary Theory and Policy 11 (5) Goi'crnmettt Finance: Exjienditures 6) Government Finance: Revenues l3j The Economics of Income Security (5) Iniernational Economics I (3) Iniernational Economics II (3 i Economics of labour (3) Topics in lnduslrial Relations 322 Economics 5o5 i 31 Markel Structure and Business Behaviour 566 (3) Business Performance and Public Policy 56 if) Organization Theoiy andNonmarketAllocation - Internal organization and reasons lor existence oi firms; vertical integration: separation of ownership and control in the modern corporation; stock-market takeovers: in- complete contracts; liierarcliial and oilier forms of organization; employer/employee relations |3-0| 5" I (51 Economic Analysis and Natural Resources I 572 (5 j Economic Analysts and Nalural Resources 11 57-1 13! Special Topics in the Economics of Resource Use 580 i.3i Social and Economic Measurement 881 (5) Cost-Benefit Analysis- Techniques and problems in cost-benefit analysis. Tlie cvalution of puhlii and pric ate projects. Topics mav include shadow pricing, discounting and present-value calculations, surplus measurement, valuation of non-marketed goods and bads, value judgments in social cost-benehi analysis, and the evaluation oi projects involving uncertainty, loss of life, and/or population change, [8-0[ SS" (31 Comparative Economic Systems 8()(J c 2-o i d Special Advanced Course 892 (2-01 c Directed Reading 59i (oi Ajjjilied Economics 595 (01 Major Essay 599 id. 12) c Masler's Thesis tiOil 6) Microeconomics I otil (3) Microeconomics II 002 15) Macroeconomics I 003 (3) Macroeconomics 11 Old (3) Ph.D. Research Seminar- Open to qualified sludents working primarily Inward a thesis prospectus. Studenls will present regular progress reports on their research. opo (2-0) d Workshojis in Economics- Workshops on current research topics will be tillered lit several fields in economics each year. Advanced graduaie sludents may enrol in workshops for credit with permission of the workshop chairman. A list of workshops offered each year is available from the office of the Depanmenl. o99 PhD. Thesis Education Faculty of Education EDUC See also: Adult Education Art Education Counselling Psychology Education Curriculum and Instructional Studies Early Childhood Education Educational Administration Educational Psychology and Special Education Higher Education Human Kinetics Language Education: English Education Modern Languages Education Reading Education Teacher Education Mathematics and Science Education: Business Education Computing Studies Education Home Economics Education Mathematics Education Science Education Technology Studies Education Music Education Social and Educational Studies: Educational Studies Social Studies Education III) (5t Introduction lo Native Indian Sludies- Selected issues affecting HI Indians: the cultural and historical aiiiecedenis lo ritese issues; Indian yie'cypoints towards these issues 'the coi use draws from various disciplines as well as bom tiie knowledge oi Indian resource people [8- (I; 0-0| or jO-0, 3-lij Ial (51 Cultural Studies The .study ofa native Indian cul- niral group wiill ait emphasis on ii-ariitional calucs and practices reined tocriitci'tion. (EorsUiiients in the Native Indian Teacher Education Program only.) [8-0: 0-0] li3 (Oi Seminar and School Observation- Group guid ance, counselling, and oneniation lo leaching, including halfd.n. oli si-nutton in schools. [U-2; 0-2] 2 id (3) /.voices in Native Indian Education Selected issues in I nriianctktrat ion: lhe relation t if these' issues in ihe past; Indian viewpoints towards ihe.se issues; intiodiic- lion to the evaluation and ariapiation oi ion lung resources related to native Indians. [0-0; 3-OJ 2 it (0) Seminar and'Classroom Observation- Implications of cultural studios for classroom organi/ation anc! practices. Orientation lo Indian educational praclice, including some half dac schooi observation and a 3 week Mav practicum. [0-2; 0-21 300 (3) Curriculum and Instruction in Health Education School health promotion programs and policies; child andadole.se-cm health knowledge, attitudes, and behaviors; curriculum planning; leaching meihods and strategies lor grades K-12. 8-ti 3-0] 310 (J) Princ ijiles of'Peachtiig: P.lemenlarv- Introduction to principles ancl instructional procedures relaleillo classroom management, instructional planning, and the assessment of learning as applicable across grade levels and subtest matter fields, [2- t: 0-0; 311 (i) Principles oj Teaching: Secondary- Introduction lo principles and instructional | in n edcires related to classroom management, instructional planning, and ihe assess mem eif lea rn ing as appl it -able, ici-oss grade levels a nil subjecl mailer lie'ltis. 2- i. 0-0] 31-1 (4) Curriculum and Instruction in Physical Education: Secnittiary Curriculum cirgaaii/ation in physical education; principles and metliods of instruction applied lo teac h ing ph vsii alei liioti ion Prerequisite; a completed concenrt-ation ni physical education or permission ofthe Head, Corequisite: EDUC 511. |2-i:()-0 .315 (0) Pre-jiraclicum Experience- Observation and instruction in educational settings [tl-1: 0-0] 516 (3) CommuiticaliouSkiilsiuTeaching- Siuclvaniipractice of communication skills in educational settings. Can- clicialcs will he icquueri lo cleiiioiisirale salisfae lore oral communication abilities. 11-3: t'l-i)| or [0-0; 1-8] 319 (0) Orientation School Experience. Secondaiy- Atwo- weck sequence of oiiseivanons ancl aisirnciional assignments in a.sciccic'riscconi lace si hoof Coiciiuisiie: EDI C5! 1 820 (2) Curriculum and Insiruciion in Physical Education Elemeniary- Cunieuiutn organization in physical educalion; prim iplcs anil metiioris oi instruction applied io teaching physical education Pi-creqiiisile: EDPC 810. [0-0. 1-2] 321 (0) Orientation School Experience: Elemeniary-- Atwo- week sequenc e o! observations and iii.siriu iional assign- nienls m a selected elemeniary school. Prerequisite; El H.:C 5 lu. 326 (5i Elemettlan School Physical Education Curriculum- Ph visual e< iuc al ii in id uric ilia (or elenieiilary school grades with refeiein c- to research, resources, ancl curricii- lum iremls ancl practices Pi-erequisne: liDCC 830 18-0; d-()j or jO-ii; 8-Oj 52" (3) Elemeniary School Physical Education: Instruction- Teaching approaches in elementary school plus! cal education; philosophy planning, implement,ition. and evahiatioii: resources ancl resource managciiic'iil; issues and research. Prerequisile: EDPC 520. [3-0: (l-ti! or [0-0;3-0[ 329 (I8i Extended Practicum: Secondary Aricveloptiicu- tal program of teaching practice, normally in one Ei.C secondary school Candidates will leach die siibjcels foi which thev have heen academically and peclagogualh prepared. Prerequisite; Ail requirements set for Term I, [0-11:0-Id: 56> (Si Canadian Sludies in lhe School Curriculum De signed to miprovc leaching annul Canada bv integrating materia! Irom several disciplines. Criteria for se-ie-riioc; content, male-rials, and teaching approaches. Examina tionoi'significani leaching issues. Prerequisite; IHiieilils of senior course work Irom the Facully ol Ans hsi in Canadian Studies. [3-D; 0-0| or 10-0; 3-0j 3-i2 id) Teaching Natit'e languages In Eletiiciila>yAcb::ois Strategics, materials anc! programs for leaching Nairn- Indian languages as first ancl second languages. Prerequisite one of ENED |80, LING 200 or iOO, Recommended pm ot co-requisite: ENED 480,1.1NC i53. [3-0: ,5-0| ,345 tilt Native Curriculum HeldExjrerieiice - Participation in (he development and imp!_rneiitation of Native Indian curricula. Experience with appropriate inijilemenialioii sk ill sand si raiegies. I'll is thrce-evec'k May assign men! Is to B\ school or oilier Native educational setting. Orientation to [his assignment during a weekly seminar [0- hull 380 !.3t Teaching Adventure Activities in the'Outdoors An interdisciplinary focus will be used in methodology and program planning for teaching adventure activities in an ouidoorcn vinti in icm. field trips will provide opporltintlv foi' jiracttcal experience. ! 1-1; 0-0] or |04); I tj 395 (3/0i d Regional Field Studies in Education- Direi toi study of a particular aspect of education in other rouii! ries and other cultures. Each field studi' will consist nf a balanced piogram of study, iravel. ancl community expe rienie. Nol offered on a regular basis. Prerequisite 12 crediis of course work approved by lhe Associale Dean (Teacher Education) as being appropriate to the panii it lu- sillily 899 rip Fieid Exjierience and Practice- Eortlio.se undertaking postgraduate study in Education. 412 (.5! Curriculum for Career Programs- Career-on- ciifec! curricula and curriculum design: ihe role ol ihe tcai her in implementing and supervising work expert encc' programs j8-0| lis i I8i Extended Practicum-Elementary Atievelopiiicn la! program of teaching practice, normally in one ill. eiementan school. Candidates evil! teach all siibjei r in tile elemeiit,trv tiii-;-!cii!um.l'heass!gnnieni( overs Die fill si liool leint. Prerequisite: al! reciuircmenrs set lo pre cede this practicum. 10-0: 0-40J |20 (2j School Organization in Its Social Context lite organr/aiion aud admiiiisiralitiii o(schools, including issue's in goicrnance. finance, and community anc! piole, sionai control and influence. [0-0: 2-()| i52 i5.'l)t d The S/tjJcrrtslirii of'Touching Receni reseate! on teaching eifee uveness. The analysis ol teaching. Clinical supervision ol ic'iu lung Enrolnien! limited lo persons villi len lung or supervising experience |8-0; ti-U[. ni) i8.'ti d Special study tu a Subject Matter Field- fopii s in ,t suhtec! iie'lc! reievaui Io secondary leaching anil not eovereri m [-treeions unclei'giacluaiewoik. TeacherEclin.t iiuii Office approval is requited. (Open only lo second.uv siudenis atfmiited vith an iuailemic deficiency.) Noi lor ercdi', iow.ut! a gi-;ic!uaie degree or tor undergraduate ecetii! in an academic subject J'he sulijecis arc; algeitf.i s5i, art 6v inology i8), botany (3). Canadian siudies t -■; chemislry t5t cloihing (3) computer science (3i, earth Educational Psychology and Special Education 323 and space science (3), family life (3), foods (3), geography (3j, geometry (3), histoiy (3), industrial education internship (6), physics (3), social studies (6), zoology (3j. 441 (3) Interdisciplinary Studies in FirsI Nations Education- Historical, sociological, philosophical, and anthropological perspectives impacting First Nations education. [3-01 442 (3) Pedagogy of First Nations Education- Pedagogical principles and practices suitable to First Nations students; methods of enriching the curriculum by including the cultural background of First Nations students [3-0] 449 (3/6) c Supervised Study- This course is available onlv to outstanding students approved bv the Associate Dean (Teacher Education) in their senior years to undertake a research investigation into a particular problem. 490 (3/6) d Special Studies in Education- Topics in education not covered in a course. A pilot course may be offered under this name for only one year and with permission ol the Associate Dean (Teacher Education) 492 (6/12) d Critical Analysis of Teaching- A combined clinical and research-based examination iifteaciiingwhich seeks to help teachers determine what kinds of teaching activities are appropriate to the context in which they are- involved. Teaching practice in a public elementary or secondary' school is an integral part of this course. 495 (4-18) c Teacbingl'racticum (Elementary)- Supervised teaching in a B.C. elementary- school. For qualified teachers wishing to strengthen or expand areas of teaching competence and for those not enrolled in a full program of teacher education but requiring between 3 and 15 weeks of current teaching practice. Prerequisite: completion of recent elementary teaching metliods courses in the subjects to be taught. [0-40; 0-0] or [0-0; 0-40] 496 (4-18) c TeachingPraclieum (Secondaiy)- Supervised teaching in a B.C. secondary- school For qualified teachers wishing to strengthen or expand areas of teaching competence and for those not enrolled in a full program of teacher education but requiring between 3 and 15 weeks of current teaching practice. Prerequisite; recent completion of secondary teaching methods courses in the subjects to be taught. |0-4(); 0-0] or [0-0; ()-4()[ 497 (0) Elementary Program (One-year Graduate Transfers and B.Ed. (Special Education) sludents). Seminar and Student Teaching- Seminars as arranged. Periods of teaching practice in the first and second terms plus a minimum of three weeks post-sessional practicum in elementary schools. Demonstration lessons ancl field trips as arranged. Individual assistance from faculty adviser 508 (3-12) c Review of Research in Educational Melhods- Studies are made of recent research bearing on educational practice. Prerequisite: Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or methods course. 566 (6) Principles of Secondary Education- Recent thought on classroom procedures, provisions for individual differences, discipline. The place of various school subjects in total education, and remedial education in Canada and other countries. 001 (6/12) c Doctoral Seminar 699 Doctoral Thesis Education Curriculum and Instructional Studies EDCI Faculty of Education 363 (3) Interdisciplinary/Integrated Curriculum and In slruclion- Theory and practice of interdisciplinary' and integrated studies; instructional meihods, materials, and plans; evaluation stralegies. The specific curricular focus may vary. [3-0] 396 (3-12) d Curriculum Development and Eualuation- Practical and conceptual issues of developing anel evaluating elementary- and/or secondary' school curricula will 487 488 508 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 580 590 598 599 001 699 be discussed ;n relation to concurrent classroom pre- service or in-service experience. [6) Recent Developments in Elementary Curriculum and Instruction- An examination of recent changes in :he organization and curriculum of elementary schools. [3-0; 3-0] (3) Key Curricular Orientations: Progressivism- Kev concepts ancl practical implications of Progressive curricular orientations. 1.3-0] (3-12) c Review of Research in Educational Methods - Studies are made of recent research hearing on educational practica. Prerequisite; Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or methods course. (3-12) c laboratory Practicum (3) Foundaiionsoj Curriculum- History and development ofthe curriculum emphasizing tine underlying perspectives that inform curricula!- choices and activities; principles ant issues related to organizalion, development and evaluation. (3) Curriculum Evaluation- An examination of various concepts and methods pertinent to the evaluation of curricula. Prerequisite; EDO 5o2 (3) Curriculum Deveiopmenl- An examination of contemporary issues and research problems related to planned curriculum change and development. (3/6) d SpecialCourse in Subject Matter Field- Courses in various subject master fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. (3) Curricu'um Change and Implementation— Theories of educational change, current research literature, and principle, for planning ancl evaluating curriculum implementation. (3/6) c Problems and Issues in Elementaiy Education- Recent clevel apments, current issues, anaivsis and evaluation of resea ch in elemeniary education. (3) Currieuh: in 'Their Historical Context- An examination of selected topics in the history'of the curriculum in Canada and e sewhere (Same as EDST 503) (3/6) d Adve need Seminar in Curriculum- Examination of curret t theories ancl practices in die curriculum field emphasizing factors affecting decision-making. The emphasis ofthe seminar will vary according to faculty and student interests and students will he encouraged to investigate an area of personal concern ancl presenl their findings. PreiequisiteTiDCI 562, 563 or 564. (3-12) c Proolems in Education- Investigation and report ofa prollem. >(0j Major Puper (3-12) c EieliExperietu.es- For those on Masler's, Doctoral and Diploma Programs. (6/12) c Ma: ter's Thesis (3-12) c Doctoral Seminar Doctoral Thesis Educational Administration EADM Faculty of Education 460 (6) An Introduction lo Educational Adrttiitislralion- Historical,sc cial and conceptual views of administration, admiristrative theory, purposes, function.- and tasks [3-0; 3-0] 500 (3) Tbe Sluly oj Organizations and Administrative Behaviour in lhe Educational Context 501 (.3) Researe b and Research Traditions in Educational Administration 502 (3) Problem Analysis and Formulation Skills for Administrators 505 (3) lhe Work of the Schooi Principal 507 (3) Personi el Administration in Educational Organizations 508 (3-12) c Review of Research in Educational Methods- Receni research bearing on educational practice'. Prerequisite; Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or methods course. Note: Maximum total credits for all Department 508 courses: 12. 510 (3) The Politics of Institutional Governance in Education 511 (3) leadership in Educational Organizations 517 (3) Supervision of Insiruciion 520 (3) Advanced Topics in the Study of Organizations and Administrative Behaviour in Ihe Educational Context 522 (5) Advanced Problem Analysis and Formulation 553 (6) Seminar and Group inquiry in Educational Administration 554 (3) Administration and Educational Policy Development 555 (3) Educational Finance 556 (3j Administration of the Educational Program 560 (3) School law 561 (3-12) c Laboratory Practicum 565 (.5/6) d Special Course in Subject Mailer Field- Courses in various subjecl matter fields designed lo bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field 5(r (3) Computers and Educational Administration- Administrative applications of computers and their organizational implications in educational administration. 580 (3-12) c Problems in Educalion- Investigation and report ofa problem. 590 (01 Major Paper 598 (3-12; c EieldExperiences- EoithosconMaslcrs.Diic- toral and Diploma Prograins. 599 (6/12) c Master's Thesis 099 Doctoral Thesis Educational Psychology and Special Education EPSE Faculty of Education 301 (3) Iniroduction lo Educational Psychology [3-0; or 3-D] 30.3 (3) Introduction to Teaching the Gifted and Creative - This course is designed to help the teacher understand gifted and creative students and iheir special needs. Emphasis is placed on the identification, appraisal, principles and desirable conditions relating lo the education of the gifted and creative student. [3-0:0-0] 300 [ly Education during Ihe Adolescent tears- Deu'lop- inenial characieristics ol persons from preschool age through adulthood. Physical, social, cognitive, moral, and emotional growth of both normal ancl exceptional children in grades 8-12. The teacher's role in assisting such studenls to deal with major developmental issues and problems [2-0; 0-01 312 (3) Iniroduction lo the Sludy of Exceptional (hildren- An examinatiiin of all groups uf exceptional children in terms of definition, incidence, characteristics, diagnosis and treatment. (Prerequisite to most other couises in Special Education. Can be taken concurrently with several oilier introductory courses in Special Education i [3-0:or.8-0| 813 (3.) Educational Application of Developmental Theories- Theories of human development; physical, social, cognitive, moral, and emotional develojiinetnal characieristics ircini infancy to adolescence; implications (eireiluca- ii< malpractice evil h si uilents ol different age and developmental status during the elemeniary school years, [8 01 314 (3) Introduction to the Education of lhe Visually Impaired- An i ii! rod uclciry'it iur.se reviewing die idem ificta- tion and educalion ofblind and partially-sighted children. Designed to aid leachers io accommodate visually im- 324 Educational Psychology and Special Education paired children in the regul.it class setting. Pre- or co- 3<t. (5i Working wilh Parents of Children wilh Disahiti- teacher a practical knowledge ofthe alphabet of s.iun.:. requisite: EPSE 312. [3-0: 0-0] ties- The needs ancl problems of families with children the mechanisms used in the production and articulation 315 (3) LanguageDisordersofExceptioiialChildren- The wlth 'labilities; the role of the family: the role of the of speech sounds, ant! their application to the speech course deals with severe language disabilities in children. le'R her'" rl'lation U) bmiilics; services provided foi par problems ol children. ,8-0: 0-0] or [0-0; 3-tij Emphasis is placed on theories of language acquisition as a'lly- 1'iU'enis'organizations and support groups. [3 1] ,^ (1| !mniit,^ Measurement and Teaching- I'licu-ics applied to assessment. Pre- or ru-requisile: EPSE 512 or 300 (3 -0; d Special Topics A study of innovative practices. of learning and instruction; principles and practice- tit lie ■ .817. [.3-0] ideas, unci tlicoi;es tn special educalion. The specific assessment of classroom learning; special aiientioi: ,- 810 (5! Specific learning Disabilities- An iniroduction to topics mac < hangc-cu 8 torcHem hanging prioriiiesanc! givcuiiureaearehonmutivatiiin.i-elention.traiisfeeii-uh the identification and assessment ol basic motor, percep- interests in spec ial ediie aimn.,md thevpui ilic inie.cst and lenisohiiig.anriionceptdevelopmeni. Pivrcquisiic ll'sf tual, ancl other disabilities in children. The course is coinpcicneirsulyisMiiie.iiiriregiil.il iaciiltv Prerequisite: 308,822, or 32.5. Credit will liegiven iurunly une ol El'sf, directed toward children who have no readily-apparent l3l'Sl3 3I~ oi jr anil ",n:"'3I "'l!'"' ''isiruclur. [3-0] a2! and i2J. [0-0: 8-0] learning disability but who are still not learning in school. 599 (5i Sign language .seminar Development of basic ill i3i The stimulation of language Development in Ex. Pre:-or co-requisite: EPSE 812. [8-0, 0-0] receptive and expressive skills ni Amerii an Sign Language, cef.iional Children- The course is designed i> i,;rqu,iiui S\' (J) Development aud Exceptionality in Ihe Regular hngerspelling. Pidgin Sign English, anil manually codec! teachers with die variety of approaches, prograins. ,uri Classroom- The teacher's role in dealing wilh major l["^h- Consideration of issues related to rieainess and metliorisiurthcrriiieriiaiionolseverelanguagcdisi.. k-r, developmental and special educational issues and prob- deal cnllure. Participation in actimies ui thedeatcuintiiti- m . lutdien. Prerequisile EPSE 515. [ti-'i, 5-l!| leans within the regular classruum prograni including nuv- tll;0-0] .^s. , -,. Piovisionsin the Education of lhe Visually I Ittiv.l/ working with supportive sen ices, parenis, and ciimmuni- iOI i'3i Instructional Design- Print :ples of iiistniriiiin.:! capped - Provisions.tiiuieriuresanrimelhtiriuiogi mike ties Designated sections will focus on early childhood. design and t heir applications die development anaiv sis teaching oi .specific curiiculuni forthe blind and vsuaiiv middle childhood, or adolescence. Pre-orco-reqinsite: and evaluation of instructional plans lor selected sellings. impaired, file skills and adjusiinent to blitidiics i\s6 EPSE 506 oi 313, [3-0] instructional formats, and age groupings of learners. 13- able onh to lull-rime students in 1 he Diploma Program at 518 (31 Education ofAdolescculsivtih Disabilities- A studv ,i: "r d-"i ™*'M<- i'Visualiv Impaiied Children.', |. ,...u; ofthe physical, psychological and sociological character- 103 (3) DeielopmentatDisabilities ■ chain* lerisncsoicliii- 126 (5) Principles oj "Teaching the Hearing Impaired cat istics of adolescents with disabilities and their inipiica drenwilhiiC'veiopmentairiisabiiitiesaiiel. irseriuusrievel- iniiuduitoiy couise reviewing methods of leaching, .ui lions for prograni developnicni anil iinplcrnen tat ion Pre- optnenial cielavs: oveiviewol metiiiai legal, ciciiic-uik mui iniiiisirictiii.aiiilorg.iiii/atitiiioiilieedui.iiion.ii piogriin or co-requisite: EPSE 312 or 317, 13-0] and social provisions. Pre or co-rcquisitc; EPSE 312 or ^ fur the hearing impaired Pre- eir eo-iecjijlsite EP8P 812 320 15) Teaching Concepts to Siitdetils with Visual Impair- ^ '■ l^""l "r-*'1 '-'!"!! merits- Academic readiness .ind master, eif academic sub- -tOti (.8) Education of Atypical lit/ciuls: ai/d Children Tim i2H (5' Menial ileal:')) in lhe School- Appraisaloi, -, 5 r i.-ni iccts bv blind and other visually impaired children. Special ('fleets of a range of individual ciisahiluies on growth, ctineeplsol menial healih. Mental health hazards, tin et n currie ula and methodologies designed to compensate foi deveiopmenl, and learning, principles and practices ol ^ nun .ind treatment. Rules uf the icachei -and oilier si Jit tot deficits in spatial and uther visual [v based cc nice pts. Devel- eariv intervention,parentiiivuivemeni,anc! (lureiit c-cfiie o- [icrsomie! :5-(). oi 8-0! upment and application uf, uiiiciilum materials in class- tiun Pre-urn. requisite: EPSE 512 oi 31". 13-0] lJ9 ,<, gpncaliov ol Children with Mild Develo'mm via! room settings in conjunction Willi leaching practica. i.Tliis ,,„,, ,,, pln,,-,,,,,mim, for ,he aped and Creative- Plan- Problem,- \n examination of meihudulugies eutplotori course is resincled tu siudenis enrolled in a program Mr r|]|l, suiuh|,. c,|UGlli„lial p,-„,,r;l„,s a, |„„h elementary ,;: assesstiteu; and educ aii.m uf siudenis u ith nnltl ilovel Education ot Visually Impaired Children ortho,ewh,i hold ,„|(, ,n,,mLirv ,or!, ,-,„ vaxiA amt creaiive oumemTau;!, u, learmngprublems. pre-orco-requiM.i Ihe Diploma or its equivalent., [5-0:3-0] siudenis. Prerequisite. EPSE SOT jO-0; 3-0] ElMi 312m 51", [8-ti] 3(2 .3) Field Experiences with Individual Atypical Chih (|() ,,, y,icroampu,er T'chnolo'ey ,„ Special Editcaiion -is! (3t Programming ior children with Specific ■ leucine.' dren- Experience in working wilh several atypical clul- and Rehabilitation- Tee use oi'mieiiitomputers. adaii- Disabilities- MethorisanrioiogramsloHcarmuecliscoei dren on an individual basis ior a lerm under (he super, i- tivcMcihtiuiogv and souvuie across age level, anil areas it, sure reviewed. l.acuca! experience in ihrrievcloitittcui sion ut iaciiltv and educational personnel in a community o( exiepii.inati.v' t„ sue. ial critt, ition and health iaie and eceeution of a remedial nnuuaiii r selling. Diagnosing needs, planning programs anil une- M.,(jn„y riVK,)ll!M;c. yysy. 512 ui .51" Pre .,r c<t-ivepo- required. Pp-icquisiiei EPSE 810, [0-0, 3-D! grating instruction and materials on an individual basis. she ( SED ill' i For degree and diploma prograins in Special Education.! [1-9] 8ti3 (3t Materials in Special Education: Develojnng Per- ik'signedto. siudeitisvhoaiebliiido; visuallv■ impaired, c... nlicn tnriei isionteachiiigthatenahlcteai hersauri, Waives- Focuses on lhe critical examination oi pull compulcrs. eleclionit reading devices, and closed circuit to unerase iheir ellc'e tiveness in .he lished materials for use with exceptional children. Students iclevision. iTh.scou.-sei, resinned to siudenis enroled ma < iassroom. prerequisile: lii'Sli 501 or-123. 3 0.->r s 0 will be expected to investigate, analvse and adapt materials ,,.,.,,,,.. a.,-is c,..,;..,.,,cue.,.,!!, i„,,-,,,.-,.,i< t-.|fv,,--, ,■ tl-, ...,■ ,„.-„:,.- ',.,.„ „„v,w,-,.„„,o:„-„-„, tt ,, piugan i„ l.cls.aionuloSti.iJvtmpaniiH.itJiai, o,,hosc iy, ,<, ,l;ired„a,o„ to the Sludy o/ Individuals and 43-i tl (ri c Precision Teaching and Behaviour Manaye Technology forthe Visually Imjiaired Preparation ment Asturic c>f tiicraiii uiule for prc'cisii >n n.-.u fiuo liti of teaeltei-s tu work with a variety oi lechnuiogieal elevtces rievclopi'icni u! skills tu measuremeni and [ilaiimng nu to suit special educational circiinislances. ]3- Diii 3-n 15) Programming in Special Education-. Develojnng .M ,<, ,'areerandAllemawe EducationalProeramsfoi lhe classniuni and uther groups. Perspectives- An examination ol the range ol eriucalu ma! Students wilh Disabilities A .eel, cc o! nr, im-ams ai tf lodologies and teaching procedures and a discussion of iheir implications forthe establishment of programs useful ch ilev-eio oi la! ami carccri'clatori -.Kilts 'orariuicsccnis and ariu roups An exploration ot self awareness in refitio IFF or UO! 130 (3) Bciiiii'ioiir Disorders in Children- liriw alton.t p!ie;t!nitisitfi!ie'psvc!iu-sot-!aln-a!ad|iistincn'ofclii!ca-|-i „, vvorking will, exceptional, hild,-e,n-heco„i-sec-oi„,„ises ^tZiAelj .i-ic'ino'i,' fi'sr tl^yi 66 arioiescciiis. Pi-ooreo-rcquisiic IPSE 512 or.ir. i3-ti[ a tiractica! examinatiun and a detailed comparison of lhe Ti~ i5t Teaching Maladjusted Children- Tei finiqucts tot maim-special criiicaOunal methuriulugies. [311 C3' i5' iniroductionu, speed:andCoiiimnincaiionDtsor- eduiatiiii'iitalaciusteibiuldren. Pre-or, o-icxiuisii, I IN deishit'lnidieii .t •!:;-■-.!, i, ,m iculn-r (ineiueil mii vcw ol ;..,. >,-- • ,y, 8-!5 oil A Critical Revivw oj Research in Sjiecial Educa- ihcriaiiirairicvrluimi.-ii'.tilspeoi !,aiit! latieu.n'Cisahasis '"" '' ' lion- Designed tu assist the special education teat her in f()|. r(li otM11/llll, ^',,1 uiiiiei-standiiig deviations from the ',S ''': Tlncaitcii oj i 'vjltiren with Multiple Disabilities the process of critically reviewing the research lileralure normal I're ca to-i-icuc-iii" EPSl'Vl' 'ir 8T7 [3-f!1 The course espkircs a varielyol leaching nielhodologic- in iheareasofdevelopmenialand f.-arningdisaiiili ries anti , ctestgtict: to tJitliiic-ii who combine sensoiy will: ttoitii hehaviourabeniotiDiial problems |3-ll i2" (3' BduciPioii el'ihtidieiitciih Moderate Dei elopmeu- .,,,,, ,,, -,-,,,.,,.,,;,,,,„ -odc-aliilit'c- Prc-oro. requisite I IM ' Ial Disabilities ' ,-..i,i...... 8 id (3 j Academic Curricula m .special Education: Devel- 512 or 317 :5-lil assessment and education of siudenis wilh muderaie oping Perspectives- Based un a practical examination of t!ev'!u'"it"it| ij (|jt ,| ,:j;-,,,-. pri "« p,-,, ,,,- (-, i-reimisii'' ''"''~' '-^ Inlroiiuclion io Orientation and Mobility for the curricula used in special edi icai ion If icussing un huth lung c,,-,. ..'j ,, ,..,, - < rl,s ,,,,-] ' Bit nil- Aims tcia, uitaint leacher.s wiill an linderstaiidiii'., anri short term goals. Provisions wiil be marie to accom- ^ ,, oi iiie pun ess of teaching independent iravel to biini! muriate a student's special interest area in the study of ''-' '■'•' -is-scsita-m o, caiitiny Eq.uuiocs ihcores o, studenls and -.ii.si.si teachers to incorporate oneiuatiun exceptional children [3-C ie,irmiigaiidtnsti-;i,t;,iii.pii!i. iple.saiidiirjclicesotdiagno- and mohilnv skills in school, iThis course is lestm let n sis and asses--tm-ui, ■.rHcetuI otie-t it it ui lo research on moi iva- 34^ (5) Field Experiences wilh Groups oj Atypical Children- An i ntensive experience m vs :rk ing wilh a group ol snidents with learning and'or developmental problems enroled tt; a program tor Education ol Vi: (>n, re:..-iiti,in.!i.!iisiei-.pio|-.|ei!i solving, ancl coiiiepi tie- Impaired Children or those who hold die Diploma . .a t u-ri iiuiMIc. EPSE i.'5. |2-2; these resile ui studenls with ecliuaiioi i-e!evani '.pc'ti.tticcetis i'tc'icaiupae: i:i)SI:8i2or3l" c Cecil tinder the supervision of faculty in a community selling. w||j j1(. ,.ljr„ for(.ri,, , „,,. ,,j ]-psp .,i\ ,m\ yiy u.(j| mi i'ii c Ediualional Diagnosis and Remedial lusO [1-9| ' lion- Inierpreiiitioii uf informal and siiindardi/.ed i -l22 (3t Phonetics and Voice Science An mli-udiKtion to ph'iiieik alphahei di signed to give lite liasstut edtn.iiiitna! diagnosis; estitttaies ui at tti.il ,c;t Educational Psychology and Special Education 325 optimum levels of individual achievement; individual differences as factors affecting performance; methods of encouraging the optimum achievement of individuals; methods and practice materials for remedial teaching, Sludents intending to take both EPSE 461 and READ .391/ 392 ot 472/474 should take READ 391/392 or 472/4^-t prior io EPSE 461. [3-0,3 0] 462 (3/6) c Human Development in Education-- Investigates selected concepts of developmental theory in terms of their influence upon instructional practice. Particular emphasis is placed on social and intellectual development. Prerequisite: EPSE306or313. j3-0;3- Olor [3-0; 0-0] 481 (3) Introduction to Research in Education- The nature ol scientific study and essentials of suivey, experimental and other empirical research designs. Designed for students proceeding to graduate work. |3-0: 0-0[ or [0-0: 3-0[ 482 (31 Introduction to Statistics for Research in Education- Basic concepts and principles of descriptive and inferential statistics. Designed for students proceeding to graduate work involving quantitative methodology. Prerequisite: Proficiency in modem high school algebra. [3-0; 0-0] 183 (3i Statistics in Education- Topical survey of various statistical methods used in research in Education. Designed to prepare students to read literature of empirical research. May not be used as prerequisite lo EPSE 592. |3-0; ()-0| 484 Mi Nonparametric and Related Statistics- Distribution-free statistical techniques for analysis uf ranked data, ancl anaivsis of discrete observations. Prerequisite; EPSE 482. [0-0:3-01 501 (3' Educational.Applicationsof Cognitive Psychology- Theory and research on cognitive approaches io learning, knowledge representation, memory, metacognition and problem solving. Applications to education in general and to specific school subject areas. Prerequisites: One < if EPSE 301, 421, 423, PSYC .309, 310. May be taken concurrently with EPSE 48!, 482 or EDUC 508. 502 13) Cognition and Language Processes in Educalion- - Theories of cognition and language with specific reference to education. Concepts of mind unci mental proc- t esses, knowledge representation; and the acquisition and cognitive correlates of text processing skills. Pterequisites: EPSE 501 and 592. 503 (31 ConceptualLeamirigandInstruction - Critical examination of theories ancl resean h on concept learning and reasoning preicesses, as involved in concept acquisition, thinking and problem solving. Laboratory exercises and practice in deriving implications for instruclion. Prerequisites: EPSE 501 and 592. 505 (3/6) c Special Topics in Human Development and Instruction- Investigates a range of developmental topics and their curricular implications, including: stage models of social ancl cognitive development, competence in children and adolescents, die development uf conceptions uf space, time, number, causality and the developmental components of individual differences, etc. Prerequisite- A senior course in human development (eg, PSYC 301. 4i4 or EPSE 300, 313), or demonstrated competence in developmental theory 506 (3) College and Cniversily 'Peaching- Designed primarily for graduate siudenis preparing for post-secondary teaching. Study uf issues and problems In college anc! university teaching from the standpoint of research ana. theoiy in educational psychology. Principles of learning technology in instruction, test construction, analysis ancl use of test results; evaluation ol college teaching and resource materials in these fields will receive special consideration. Emphasis will vary depending upon current needs and interests of participants but will include provision for supervised experiences in organizing and evaluat Ing Instruction 507 (3j History cf Special Education- A historical reviewof programs ir special education in Europe and North America. Prerequisite: EPSE 312. 508 13-12) c Review of Research in Educational Methods- Studies are made of recent research bearing on educational practice Prerequisite: Appropriate senior undergraduate intro luctory or methods course. 509 (3) Organization of Special Education Services and School Psychol ygicalConsultations- Organization of special services a id school psychological interventions for children and yuuth in school, home and community settings. Theory of and research in consultation; application of consultation in school settings; methodology for the evaluation of outcomes; psychological and special services delivery in schools. Prerequisite: EPSE 312 or 317. 510 (3-6) d Advanced Seminar in Microcomputer: ApjAiea- tions in Special Education and Rehabilitation- Review of application if theory, current research, and technological developme nt in microcomputer application and rehabilitation ot i idividuals across age levels and areas of exceptionality Prerequisite: EPSE 410. 512 (3) Problems and Issues in Special Education - Anael- vanceri seminar to examine selected trends, divergent . perspectives ind controversies in the field of special education. Prerequisite: At least 24 credits of special education course:!. 513 (3) Seminar in tbe Education of Children wilh Developmental Disabilities- Reviewof recent educational, psychological, art; medical research in tlie field of menial retardation. Prerequisite: EPSE 420 or 429. 515 (3) Seminar on Behavioural Disorders and School- based Inlervcnlions- Theoretical foundations of classical and instrumental conditioning for learning, memory and Iransfer, i lehaviourand cognitive behaviour modification, behavioural programming, and direct interventions in classroom:, for students with emotional or learning problems. Pterequisilcs: EPSE 4.36 and 437 and consent ofthe inslructor. 510 (8) seminir ui Ihe Educationof the Creative and Gifted Learner 517 (3) Acoustic Environments and Amplification in the Classroom- Consultative ami collaborative models for audiologists and educators planning rehabilitation programs for deaf and hard of hearing sludents. Individual and group amplification, cochlear implants, and acousiic environnient;, Pre- or co-requisites: AUDI 510 or 511. [3-0;C-0| 518 (3; 'speech 'levelojmient oj Deaf and Hard of Hearing Studenls- A; sessment and program development associ- * aleci '.villi speech .sound discrimination and production. Pre-or to-requisites: EPSE51"3. 13-0:0-0] 519 (3) Deveiopmenl cf English Language Skills oj Deaf and Hard oj Hearing Students- The effects of hearing loss en devel ipmem of Knglish language skills; effects of varied linguistic input considered through reference to theories ol Itnguage acquisition. Pre- or co-requisites: EPSE 518. Recommended Studv: LING 350. [3 0;ii-()[ 520 (3) Curriculum Development m Ihe Education of Deaf and Hard of 'tearing studenls Individual different, es in comr iiinicattv e competence, social interaction and learning styles; relevance to c jrriculuin adaptation. Pre- or co- requisite: EPsE519. |3-0;0-()| 521 t.3i Psycho, ncial Mjiecis of Hearing loss- Effects of hearing loss un cognitive and social/emotional development uf deal and hard uf hearing children, [3-0:0-()j 522 (3) Design'ng English language Programs, for Deaf and Hard of Hearing Sludents - Assessment of English language ski Is, strategies for teaching linguistics skiils; consultative and collaborative models for educators and speech, pathologist,-, planning language programs. Pre- or co-requisite EPSE 519 [5-(i;0-O[ 52a (3) Practicum in Speech Development with Deaf and Hard of Hearing Sludents- Sirategies and techniques for teaching discrimination and production of speech to deaf and hard of hearing sludents; supetvised practicum. [0 0,3-01 525 (31 Sludies in Sign Language- Properties uf sign language systems and sign language acquisition and breakdown; relevance to current theories of memory and cognition. Educational implications of sign language research. Pre- or co-requisite: EPSE 519. [3-0;0-0] 526 (5) Seminar in Specific Learning Disabilities- An advanced seminar on specific Icarningdisabilities. The course stresses research findings in learning disabilities as they apply to description, diagnosis and programming. Students registered in this course are expected to be familial' with, basic theoretical positions ancl methodologies concerning learning disabled individuals. Held work in applied research will be a course requirement. Prerequisites. EPSE 4.41 and 536 (EPSE 533 is also recommended) 527 (3i Practicum in English Language Development wilh Deaf and Hard of Hearing Siudenis- Strategies and techniques for teaching English language u i deaf ancl hard of hearing students; supervised practicum. Pre- or co- requisite. We 822. [0-0;2-2] 528 (5) Basic Prineililes of Measurement- Test theory, including reliability, generalizabilitv, validiiv and older psychometric topics Prerequisite: EPSE J82 or 183, plus introductory course in measurement. 529 (5) Test Construction- Measurement and scaling principles, ancl their applications in lhe construction and validation ol measuring instruments (ability, interest, attitude, etc.). Prerequisile. EPSE 528, 530 (8) Seminar in Education of lhe Hearing Impaired- Keview of recent educational, psychological and audio- logical research and intervention lechniques in the field of hearing impairment. Prerequisite: EPSE -t23. 5.33 (8j Psvcbohigy of Handicapped Children- Physical, mental, social, and emotional characteristics of handicapped children (backward, crippled, hard-of-. earing, etc.). Prerequisite; EPSE 512. 354 (3) Assessment and interpretive Processes in School Psychology: Academic Assessment- Measures ancl techniques for the evaluation of educational and learning problems in children and adolescents. Prerequisite: EPSE 528 and consent of instructor, 5,38 (3; Assessment aud Interpretive Processes in School Psychology Social and Emotional Assessment- Measures and lechniques for die evaluation of social and emotional functioning in children and adolescents Prerequisites. EPSE 528 and consent of instructor. 536 (3/6) d Individual Intelligence Tests- Issues concerning the naiure and measurement of intelligence with emphasis on lhe administration, scoring and interpieta- tion of intelligence testis used in psycho-educational assessments. The 6-ciedit course provides instruction on the Stan.lord-Binet IV, WPPSI-R, W1SC-3 ancl WAIS-R, The .''-credit course provides instruction on the Wechsler or StanfolcllJine! anil oilier current measures, reflecting student needs and faculty interests. Pre-orco-iequisites EPSE 828 ancl admission io the School Psychology graduate program. 55 7 (i I Seminar in lhe Education of Children wilh Multiple Disabilities kesearch anile un ent practice in tlie education of children with multiple disabilities. Prerequisites: EPSE 448, 513 oiiav he concurrent). 558 (31 seminar in Orientation and Mobility forthe Blind- Tiieories of body image development and construction of spatial concept and applications to the teaching of orientation and mobility to blind persons. 5.89 (3 i Seminar in the Education ofthe Visually Impaired- Review of educational and developmental research studies of visually handicapped children. Prerequisite: EPSE514. 326 Educational Psychology and Special Education Sat) (5! Seminarin Low Vision- The course will develop an understanding of the cognitive aspects of vision and renew theories of visual perception and their application to individuals with impaired sight. 5u6 (3) International Trends inA/ic'cial Education - Aproh- lem orientation approach to ihe organization, legislative support, historical antecedents, prevailing theoretical orientation and practices of special educalion and their relationship to Ihe general education system in developing and developed countries 3d 1 (3-12) c laboratory:Practicum 565 (3/6) d Special Course in Subject Mailer Field- Courses in various subject matter fields designed to bring teac hers up to date in recent findings in each field. 5n,8 (8) Special Educalion of Children wilh Neuropsychological Dysfunctions- Current theories of neuropsychological functioning and clinical ancl classroom intervention techniques for atypical children; focus t?ii mental retardation, language dysfunction, learning disabilities, hyperactivity and autism. Prerequisites: EPSE 512or3T3aiKl431 5" I i'5/6',i c Seminar in Research in Educational Psychology and Special Education- Prerequisite: EPSE 801 or approved senior course. 5~3 (5! Advanced Seminar In Research on Exceptional Children- Review of research related to special education and its application to the field. Normally taken late in the student's program. 580 {5-12) c Problems in Education Investigation and report ofa problem, 881 (8/0) d Special Topics in Research Design anil Analysis- 'Topics vary depending on students' needs, and the special interests and competencies of facully. Includes laboratory and other practical experience. Prerequisites: EPSE-nS I and 482. 881 (51 Mutilation in Education- Cogiiitively based theories of motivation and nietaiognition as well as attribution theories. Affective factors in [earning and development. Prerequisites: EPS!'. 313. 501 anel 505(5), 5,85 ,5) Social-emotional Learning and Development in Educalion- Theoretical foundations of (he study of learning and development in groups. Competitive and cooperative learning; group interaction; peer modelling. Applications to the classroom as a social system. Prerequisite: EPSE 58-4. 500 itii Major Paper 592 (51 Design and Analysis in Educational Research 1- Anaivsis of variance and covariance with one covanale. including various analyses via linear cot'.trasis. Prerequisite: EPSE |82 -T'ii (8) Design and Analysis in Educational Research II- Corrclation, including partial, multiple, ancl curvilinear; regression methods in testing linear hypotheses: extended iiciitnentofunalysis of variance, ind covariance. Prerequisite. HI'sE 592 SO- ;it Factor Analysis and ils Vpptication to Behavioural Sciences- liiiderstandingufriata reduction methods with liitiirivariaicobservations, me.iningtul interpretation oi e.x- tiacied factors in the urea of behavioural research, laboratory exercises will be required. Prerequisite; EPM: 596. 898 :3-l2) c FieldExj.erieitces ForthuM.on Master's, Dot- torn! and Diploma Programs. 89U -o 121 c Masler's Thesis iti)'. -,6:. Doctoral Seminar mil ic'U; d Special Topics in Learning. Deveiopmenl and Insiruciion- Selectedlupicsincluding: dumamsuflearning (eg., problem solving, thinking, computer assisted ieai-ningliisu-iictiim, etc.); individual differences, .idvaiiceii developmental and instructional modcis Prerequisites: EPSE 51)2, 505 ami 505 ;8) or equivalent. 630 (3) Advanced Human I.earningand Instruction- Systematic examination of theory and research findings in applied human learning. A seminar couise for advanced graduate students. May be taken concurrently with an individual research project; this course is designed as a test laboratory' lor dissertation proposals. Prerequisites: EPSE 502 and 503. EPSE 682 recommended. 682 (3) Multivariate Analysis in Behavioural Research- M ultivariate analysis i ii variance and covariance, discriminant analysis and canonical analysis. Prerequisite; EPSE 592 and familiarity wilh matrix algebra. 699 Doctoral Thesis Educational Studies See Social and Educational Studies 315 Electrical Engineering Faculty of Applied Science ELEC *Not open to students in Electrical Engineering 251 (3) Circuit Analysis I- The fundamentals of analysis of hunped linear lime-invariant circuits; network theorems; first ancl .secondorder circuits; transfer functions. Co- requisite: MATH 255. (2-0-2) 253 (3) Circuit Anaivsis 11- Phasoranaiysis; resonance phenomena; poles anil zeros; transfer function representation, two-port parameters; applications ol Fourier series and Laplace transforms to circuit analysis. Prerequisite; Ei.EC 251. [2-0-2) 254 (3) Electronic Circuits I- Semiconductor fundamentals; modelling olelecironic devices including diodes ancl transistors; design and analysis of non-linear electronic cireuils including [lower supplies, wave shaping circuiis. waveform generators and logic circuits. Prerequisite; ELEC 25i [3-0-i; ' 25n (3) Digital Logic Design- An iniroduction to Boolean- Algebra and logical cireuils. Realization of simple sequential machines and their use in digital systems. Elemeniary computer architect lire. [2-0-2 [ 259 (3t Introduction to Microcomputers- Organization and operai ion ol micrucump liters, memory addressing modes, representation oi information, iiislruction sets, machine and assembly language programming, svstems programs. I/O slrutiures, I/O interfacing and I/O programming, introduction to digital system design, using microcomputers. Prerequisite; EI.EC 256. Credit given for onlv one of CPSC 215 and EI.EC 25'), [2-0-2] 2(31 (31 EngineeiingElectromagnelics- Electrostatics, elec- tric currents, dielectrics, capacitance, electrostatic potential, inagiietostalics, [8-0-1 j 265* (3) Basic Circuit Analysis— Ideal passive elements and sources; Kirehbotf's laws; D.C. circuiis; natural, forced and complete res|ionsc ol Kl.C cuciiits; impedance', phasors- complex powei, rcsonancec!'Nol ojien to siudenis in Eleciricai Engineering. Prerequisile: MA'I'il 255. [2-2--l| 280 12) Electrical laboratory I Introduction to oscilloscopes, signal generators and electrical measuring in- siriiinenls. Experitiicnls in analog anc! digital logic circuits, [0-5-0! 281 (2) Eleciricai Laboratory' 11- Experimerns involving electronic devices and circuits, electromagnetics and microcomputers. Prerequisile: E1EC 280, [0-5-0] 3Ti (3,t System Sojtivare Toigjiieertitg- Introduction to C anc! l/MX. information strut lures and processing foi- systems sufiwaie. real time and systems sultware design, application examples .selected from industrial systems Prerequisites. EI.EC 259 and une < if CPSC 118 or CPSC 128, ElT.(: 8 Iu mav nut replace Cl'SC. 216 as a prerequisite lor Compiiler .Science couises. Students Alio intend to register ior additional computer science eourses must take CPSC 2 In. [3-0-1! 320 351 356 .559 300 3(14 366* 3"0 380 (3) Introduction to Operating Svstems- Introduction to batch, multiprogramming and time-sharing syslems Processing synchronization and communication. Main memory allocation techniques including virtual memory Process scheduling. Deadlock avoidance and, prevcniii m File organization and device management. Prerec|iiis!ies CPSC 218 and one of CPSC 218, or Ei.EC 259. Credit given for onlv one uf EI.EC 315 and CPSC 315. [5 0- i | (3) Design of Discrete Structures- Coinjiuler and dig ital logic applications of combinatorics, graphs, irees. sets and propositions: introduction to formal languages, analysis: design and hardware implementatiuii algorithms. Prerequisites: EI.EC 256 and CPSC I2;~: Corequisite: EI.EC 259. [2-0-2| (3) Physical Microelectronics- Scniiconducior 'uiiria mentals, physics of pn junction diodes, bipolar iiint nun transistor and MOSFE'f transistor operata m and anaii sis. introduction lo VISE Prerequisites: El-EC 251 and 201. [2-0-2] (3) Electronic Circuits 11- Studv of anaivsis and design of electronic circuiis. Single and multistage amplifier-.. tuned amplifiers; feedback amplifiers and oscillators, i ip erationa I amplifiers. 1.in illations of circiii! comiionciitsuit circuit performance. Prerequisites: E1EC 25.8. EI.EC 251. 12-0-21 115) Signals and Communications-- Fourier iiansluuii, signal modulation; sampling and multiplexing; analogue and j-ailse modulation and detection in the present c 'il noise: liiscreue time systems respunsc and filiering. Prerequisite: EI.EC 255 [3-0-11 (3) Syslems and Control- Modelling and linear system response: stability; simple feedback control svstems; state variables: discrete time control systems; iionlineai systems. Prerequisite; EI.EC 25,3. [3-0-11 (4) ElectromagneticEteldsandWares- Maxwell'sequa tions: field calculations: plane waves; TEM iransmissiun lines; guided waves; cavity resonators; radiation and propagation. Prerequisite: EI.EC 261. [3-0 2j (3) .AppliedElectronics andElectromechanics Com acteristics nf semiconductor devices, analog circuiis: I, inland torque production, motor principles and totqiie-speed characteristics: principlesof piiwcrelectronits Prerequisites- ELEC 263 or ELEC 251, \2-2*-r>\ (4) Electronics Theon and Applications- Modelling of solid stale devices: analysis and design of pulse- and digital circuiis. linear amplifiers, and operation.!! aniplih ers inciutlingA/D and D/A conveners; eiecti'onic systems introduction to micro-computers. [3-2*-2*j 15) E/eetftcalMeasurenieu Is and Eleclroitic lust rumen lallon- Measurement of voltage, current, iittiiedatt' ;■ power, and frequency. Theory of measurements Anaivsis uf waveiurms Characteristics and apolii drion <>! cf - tronic instruments. Analysis of measurement svsieins Fault tracing. Prerequisites: EI.EC 255. 25a. 256. iff 01 (5i Eleciricai Machines and Pouer Trausiniseo/i A si ud v of the basil- ivpecs ofclechic minors and general ui transformers, reel Piers and inverters: electrical power nn .,•■ uremeiiis: distribution of electrical energy. Prcrcquis.ir EI.EC 2(>5 or EI.EC 251 l-2'"-!*[ Cii PoiiCi Circuits riii'i Dei ices- Magnen; cm ni,.- ties ign a tot.ii a; 8 sis ul't rans; unnersj nil.u turners, item;,!! -quisrc: EI.EC 283 anil une ; J p-it.ij (5; Rotating Machines - iiesign auc! anaJvsis tit dc, n election .itii! synchronous ma: nines Use ul steppt-t tutors, hiti-iiriucuenioniachineconii-ola. Prerequisite El I e (4) Electrical lahoraloiy III- Experiments invniviug phvsicai eiecironics. elecarunic and powxa device. .rC circuiis, signals and communications. Prerequisile- El Ec. 281 |D-i,-0i system 1 'iiree nha: power tc tiivcners EI.EC 261 or PIIVS Electrical Engineering 327 381 (4) Electrical Laboratory TV- Experiments involving electromagnetics, rotating machines and control systems. Prerequisite: ELEC 380. [0-6-0] ,382 (t) Electrical laboratory 1IIA- Experiments involving physical electronics, electronic devices ancl circuits, signals and communications, and microcomputers. (For Computer Engineering Option students only.) Prerequisite; EI.EC281. [0-6-0] .389 (31 Software Engineering Project- Project involving application ofthe knowledge and tools covered in CPSC 310 to an engineering application. Prerequisite: CPSC 310. Credit will be given for only one of ELEC 389 or CPSC 319. [1-0-4] 450 (3) Economic Analysis of Engineering Projects- Time- money relationships; economic analysis of alternatives including the effects of interest rates, inflation, depreciation, taxation and uncertainty; cost estimation and budgeting; financial analysis of engineering operations. [3-0-0] 452 (.3) Electrical Engineering Materials- Elementary aspects of structure and properties of materials relevant to device applications. Dielectrics, ferroelectrics, ferrites, metals. Prerequisites: ELEC 351 anel one of ELEC 261 or PHYS 251. [2-2*-2*l 455 (6) Communication Systems- Formulation ofthe communication problem, signal characterization, transformation of signals by systems; detection and estimation of signals in noise, performance calculations and optimization uf amplitude, angle, and pulse modulation systems, signal multiplexing. Prerequisites: ELEC 389, STAT 251. [2-0-2[ 456 (3) Computer Communications- Analysis, design and implementation of computer networks and their protocols. Queueing analysis, cfata link ccintroi, network design, routing, flow and congestion control. Satellite ancl packet radio networks. Local area networks. Prerequisites: MAT1 l/'STAT 205 or STAT 251, one of ELEC 259, ELEC 315 or CPSC 315. Credit will be given for only one of CPSC 417 and ELEC 456. [3-0-1] 457 (3) RE Electronics- Introduction to radio communication systems; frequency selective networks; small- and large- signal high frequency amplifiers; oscillators; phase locked loops; modulators and demodulators; AM, FM, SSB and digital transceivers. Prerequisite; ELEC 356 and EI.EC 359. |2-0-2] 460 (31 Control Systems- Relationships between system parameters and system responses for linear ccintroi systems Design specifications for thalamic and steady-state performance and realization by use of feedback and compensation networks. Design of PI, PD and PID analog and digital controllers. Prerequisite: EI.EC 360. [2-0-2] 461 (3) Non-Linear and Optimum Systems- Phase plane analysis of on-off motor and temperature controllers. Controller non-linearities and limit cycles. Controller linearization by pulse-rate and pulse-width modulation. The minimum principle and its use in ihe optimum control of systems. Applications to time-optimal and fuel- optimal systems. Prerequisite: ELEC 360. [2-0-2] 163 (6) Power Systems Analysis- Power plants, synchrunoiis generators, overheadlines, underground cables, transformers. Automatic generation control, control of voltage and reactive power. Power-flow and short-circuit solutions High voltage direct current transmission. Prerequisite: EI.EC 372. [2-0-2] 464 (3) MicrojmicessorSystemsDesign-isvstemdesign strategy, role and application of high level languages, I/O interfacing methods — programmed, interrupt-driven, direct memory-access, parallel/serial; real-time interrupt- driven programming; design of microprogrammed cum piners and special-purpose controllers; microcomputer memory system design; data acquisition and computer controlled systems. Prerequisites: ELEC 259, or I he combination of ELEC 256 and CPSC 218. [2-0-2] 466 (3) Digital Signal ProcessingSyslems- This course covers the design of digital signal processing systems and implementation in current LSI components such as microprocessors. Digital filter fundamentals and design techniques (impulse invariant, bilinear transform, windowing, E;T methods) are described. Prerequisite: ELEC 359. [2-0-2| 468 (3) Digital(roeess Control- Discrete systems, /-transform; samplec. data sys terns; process control algorithms; multivariable control; state space meihods; response to stochastic inputs, Wiener and Kalman filtering: least squares paraneter identification. Prerequisite: EI.EC 360. [2-0-2] 469 (3j Microwave Engineering- Advancedtheoryoftrans- mission lines end waveguides, microwave passive devices and circuit theory. Prerequisites: ELEC 3d t or PHYS .351 for Engineering Physics students. ]3-0-0] 470 (3) Microwave Circuits- Transmission lines; microwave integrated circuit lines; passive microstrip devices; microwave solid st; te control devices and circuiis. amplifiers, oscillatorsand frequence conversion circuits. Prerequisites: EI.EC564orPl YS.381 forEngineeringPhysicssuidents. [2- 0-21 472 (3) Transducers, and Advanced Instrumentation and Measurement - Performance and construction of trams, ducers Princ t pies of analog and digital measuring instruments. Precision measurement of electrical parameters. Measuremen standards. Measurement of force, pressure, displacement, flow and other physical and chemical paramete s. On-line handling of measurement data. Signas in th; presence of noise. Interface standards. Calibration, 're-requisites:ELEC.351,359,360,367,EI.EC 452 (concurrent). |2-5*-l] 474 (4) Instrun enlatiou Design Laboratory- Theory and practice of electrical measurements and electronic instrumentation. Pterequisite: ELEC 381 or ELEC 382. [1-4-0] 475 (4) Project laboratory - Project in electrical engineering, involving experimental or simulation work, as se lecteel from a list of topics supplied by faculty members. Prerequisite: ELEC 381 or ELEC 382. 476 (3) Introduction to Computer Architecture— Control unit structure and microprogramming, memory organization, input-output lechniques, microprocessors. Introduction to supercomputer and beyond-Von Neumann architectures. Prerequisite: one of El.EC 259, EI.EC ,315, or CPSC 315. Credit will he given for onlv one of CPSC 318 or ELEC 476. [3-0-1] 478 (31 Computer Graphics- Physical and virtual graphics I/O devices. Ihe GKS standard. Interactive graphics. Transformations, noddling, rendering algorithms for 2-1) and . 3-D graphics Curves and surfaces. Prerequisite: CPSC 216 P or EI.EC 314. Credit will not be given fur both CPSC -ill and ELEC 471 [3-0-0] 479 (3) Integrated Circuit Engineering- Overview uf die silicon MOS integrated circuit design methodology, including: CMOS process technology, simulation of MO.S devices anel :.Cs, basic building blocks for gate arrays and custom designs. Prerequisites: ELEC. 256 and EI.EC 351. [2-0-2| 480 (3) Semiconductor Devices- Theoiy of operation and technology! f fabrication of silicon and III-V semiconductor devices of current interest; e.g., short-channel Si MOSFETs, CaAs MESFETs and high-mobility transistors, homo- and betero-jurictton bipolar transistors, III-V light- emitting die des ancl lasers. Prerequisite; ELEC 351 or Physics equivalent. (2-0-2] 482 (3) Optical Waveguides andPhotonics- Planar dielectric: waveguides; single mode optical fibers; integrated optics waveguides ancl devices; semiconductor lasers; optical detectors; optical communications links. Prerequisites; ELEC 351 and ELEC 364. [2-0-2] 483 (3) Antennas and Propagation- Basic antenna concepts; antennas for low. medium and high frequencies; terrestrial aid satellite propagation links; environmental effects on electromagnetic radiation. Prerequisites: ELEC 364 or PHYS 351 for Engineering Physics students. [2-0-2] 485* (3) Digital Instrumentation for Mechanical Systems- Design of microcomputer-based controllers ancl instrumental ion; basics of digital and analog computer interface hardware; processor structure and function; high-level ancl low-level languages and system design-related issues, Labciratory experiments in basic logic elements, computer interface control, and sensor-based soflware control oi various devices. . Prerequisites: CPSC 152. ELEC 565, Credit wiil be given for only one uf EI.EC n85 or APSC 3H0, [2-3*-2*| 486 (3) Optimization Methods for Systems Design- Numerical methods for the optimization of nonlinear objective functions of one and several variables, wilh and without constraints. Iiiuoiliiciioii 10 lineai programming. Applications to system design in Electrical Engineering. [2-0-2 [ 487 6) Introduction lo Robotics - Common manipulator configurations, actuator and sensor technology. Efficient representations and computational methods for real-time microprocessor-based implementation uf robot control algorithms. Advanced robot control methods, network equivalents and applications to impedance control and bilateral (force-reflecting) teleoperation. Implementation aspects. Prerequisites: PHYS 170 and EI.EC 3(i0, [2-0-2 490 (3) Topics in Electrical Engineering I- Lectures on subjects of current interest by Visiting Lecturers. 12-0-2] 491 (5) Topics in Electrical Engineering 11- Lectures on subjects of current interest by Visiting Lecturers. [2-0-2] 493 6) Power Electronics AC-DC, DC-DC, DC-AC, AC-AC Converters. Analysis of idealized circuits with generalized loads. Introduction lo applications of practical devices — diodes,thyristoi-sqiovvertransistoisandFETs. Prerequisite: EI.EC 253 or ELEC 2ti... [2-3*-2"| i9'i (3) Real-Time Digital System Design- Multi-tasking; interrupt-driven systems; task scheduling; task inter-communication and synchronization; memory management for real-time systems; performance measurement; hardware/software integration; hardware/software tradeoffs Prerequisite: ELEC 315 ancl EI.EC 46a. [2-0-2] 498 (4) Industrial Drives- Analysis of typical loads. Characteristics and analysis of dc: and ac drives. Commercial choices oi drive for various applications. Dvnamic response of ac ancl dc drives. Microprocessor-based controllers. Prerequisites: E1EC 372 or EI.EC 370. [2-3*-2*l il) Engineering Reports- Copies of specifications are issued by the Department and are available from the Department Office. Prerequisites: ENCI. 301 or APSC 20'. and -ith Year standing or permission ofthe instructor. (Oj Major Essay- For students in M.Eng. Program (2) Topics in Power Electronic Design- New devices and applications in power electronics. Prerequisite: ELEC 493. 551 (31 Applied Electromagnetic Theory- Basic relations, concepts and theorems; Green's functions: transverse electromagnetic waves; transmission lines, cylindrical and surface waveguides; jiroblems involving plane-wave, cc- lindrical-wave.mil spherical waive functions; pertiirbaiioniil and variational techniques ancl applications: radiation. 552 (2) Wave Propagation in Multiconduclor Transmission Circuits- Application to power systems, microwave ancl communication circuits. Matrix form of telegraph equation; physical interpretation of solution through use ol matrix calculus. Characteristic impedance, admittance, ancl propagation coefficient in matrix form. Steady-state application. Transient analysis through the use of the Fourier transform. 553 (3) Advanced Power Syslems Analysis- Computer-oriented analysis of electric power systems with regard to multiphase line constants, steady-state analysis of single anil parallel cireuils. lightning and switching surges; large- 498 549 550 328 Electrical Engineering scale solution of power-flow problems; optimal real and reactive power iliiw, 551 ',5) Advanced Power System Control and Dynamics- Svnchrunoiis machine modelling; excitation and speed governor systems; enhancing power system damping through excitation or governor control; linear optimal stabilization of power systems; load shedding, generator dropping and other emergency measures; asynchronous operation and re-synchronization; nonlinear stability; power-frequency control. 558 (2) Optimum Filtering and Control- The minimum principle, calculus of variations, and dynamic programming. The minimization of algebraic and functional quadratic forms. Applications to optimum filtering for state and parameter estimation and to the optimization of dynamic systems, 55~ i-i) Non-linear Syslems Analytical and graphical techniques applied to non-linear and time-varying systems. Stability via I.iapunov's Direct Method. Applications lu engineering problems. 858 (3) Switched Mode Rower Supply Design- Survey ot cliiferem configurations, Cht lice ufcumponents. Magnetic component design. Buck converter Boost converter Flyback converter. Cuk convener. Resonant converter. Con vertcr modelling and analysis techniques. Stability. Electromagnetic interference pr, ihiemsanc! shielding. Includes project work. Prerequisile- EI.EC 493 or equivalent. 560 (,5i Network Analysis and Simulation- Solution of lumped and distributed networks. Time-domain solutions, discretization and integration rules, Freiiiiencv-do- main solutions. FFT and windowing tei hmques. Svstems uf linear equations, reduction and sparsity techniques. Nonlinear elements. Compiiier-aided simulation. 8u2 (2| Network Design- Realization of lumped ancl dis- uibuteri networks. Analogue .mil digilal network synthesis. Sensitivity. Approximations in time and frequency domains. Passive and active filter implementations. VLSI designs. 88.3 (3) Wireless Communication Syslems- Characterization of fading channels such as land-mobile, mobile-satellite, cellular and indoor; modem design and performance on lading channels, diversity techniques, carrier and bit synchronization: effects of neiniinejni icsancl interference on syslem performance, and remedies; software and hardware system designs; system archileitures I FI.MA.TDMA, CDMA), cellular systems — frequency allocation, .spectrum efficiency ancl channel assignment straiegies; spread spectrum systems. am (3) Detection and Estimation oj Signals and Patterm^k Parameter detection and estimation, characterization of signals and message sources, linear mean square estimation of random signals, detection of deterministic signals and patterns in noise, realization of detection and pattern recognition syslems, 565 lA) DalaCommunicalions Analysis and design of data networks for electronic information services ancl compu- ler communications. Queueing analysis of data link response times; circuit, message and packet switching; multiplexing alternatives; mudems, effects uf data link capacity, link flows and topology un network pciform- ance; network operation and management via daia link controls, error control, routing and How ccintroi. 566 (5) Communication and Information Theoiy- Definition of information, encoding of discrete and continuous message sources, coding for noisy channels, design of modulators and demodulators, optimization ofone-wav and feedback communication systems, 5(u (2; Privacysand Security in Dala Communication Networks Introduction to cryptography and cryptanalysis. information, theoretic approaches io secrecy, N'BS dala Encryptiun Standard, applications uf encn-ption in data communication .systems for privacy and authentication. public key cryptosystems. fraud and counter-measures in data communication networks. 568 (2) Control Systems- State-space analysis of continuous anil discrete multivariable systems. Controllability and observabiliiv. Sensitivity considerations. Stability of linear ancl nonlinear systems. 569 (2) Digital System Applications for the Pulp and Paper Industry- A laboratory course restrict ed to .students taking ihe M.Eng. program in Pulp and Paper Engineering. Topics covered include: microcomputer interfacing for instrumentation and coin ro!; high-level programming languages; data logging and signal conditioning; sequential control; process control 570 (2) Advanced Industrial Process Control- Discrete time models; process control algorithms; control of systems with, process delay; minimum variance control: parameter Identification; Kalman filtering. For students in Pulp and Paper Engineering and other specializations using process control. 571 (1-4) c Eleciricai Engineering Seminar and Special Problems 5^2 (2) c Advanced Topics in Control'--■ Studies in areas of current research interest, with written problem assignments. 573 (2) Process Control Abdications in lhe Pulp and Paper Industry Control of paper machines, digestersand other pulp and paper process units 57/t (2) SelfTiiniiigConlrol- Adaptivecontrol;.systemidentification; sella lining control; design ancl implementation considerations: algorithm convergence and stability: industrial applications. 575 (2) Image and Multidimensional Signal Processing- Analysis and characterization of multidimensional signals; linear anc! non-linear processing of images for enhancement, storage and transmission; data compression techniques; applications to engineering; introduction to medical imaging; sjieeia! teipics 576 (2) Semiconductor Theory: for Device Applications- A treatment of the .structure and electriinic properties of semiconducting materials; energy bauds; carrier transport mechanisms, .scattering processes, amorphous semicon- ductois. Defects in crystals and ionic transport processes. 577 (2) SolidStaleElectronic andPholonic Devices- Solid- state devices of current interest (eg lieterostructure transistors and lasers, very high speed silicon bipolar., .short- channel MOSFETs) and their application in high-speed circuits 578 (3i InlegratedCirciillDesign- Computeraideddesign, layout and circuit simulation of ICs. Logic simulation. Testability. Architecture of VLSI systems. Process technologies used in IC fabrication and their influence on IC design rules. Sludents will design ICs which will then be falirieaiecl bya silicon foundry. Ineliides three-hourvveekly laboratory. 579 (2i Topics in VLSI Design- A course in VLSI design with emphasis on triicrojirocessor design, Top-down structured design methodology a nil lhe use of CAD tools will be illustrated through a class project. Prerequisite: EI.EC 47ti or equivalent. 580 (2) EahricationTechviologyofSemiconduclorDeviees- Theoiy and operation of high vacuum systems, vacuum deposition techniques, chemical deposition techniques, thermal riiffusiiin. ion iiiifiianiatiomoxidaticiii, metal-semiconductor contacts, integrated circuit technology, thin film, thick film, hybrid microelectronics. 581 (1) Optical Solid State Devices- Electro-and acousto- optie deflectors unci modulators. Hologram storage materials Image storage and processing devices. Display devices. Optical properties uf materials. 582 (2) Optical Fibers and Devices - Ray optica! methods; rayiiiatnces.ic'Ciangulat and circulardiclectric waveguides: loss and dispersion, Gaussian beam transmission and radiation; optical resonators, modulators, sensors; grating multiplexers. 58.3 (4) Microwave Measurements and Techniques- Theory and techniques for the measurement of wavelength and frequency, impedance, attenuation, Q-faa tor, power, receiver and transmitter characteristics, antenna characteristics and properties of materials. 584 (21 Eleciricai Communications and Power Cables Cable materials; design of cables; electrical insulation characteristics; partial discharges in cable insulation; cable manufacturing technology; cable testing ancl installation practices. 585 (2) Antennas and Diffraction- Antenna analysis by Kirchhoff diffraction theory with applications; near and far field radiation patterns; rigorous diffraction theory, the geometrical theory of diffraction and its application to antennas. 586 (3) High Voltage Engineering I- Generation of high dc, ac and impulse voltages and high impulse currents in research and test laboratories. Measurement techniques for high voltages, currents and electric fields. Transient voltages in distributed electrical networks. Diagnostic testing of high voltage apparatus. 587 (3) High Voltage EngineeringII- Introduction to gasc- . ous discharges. Electrical insulation of high dc, ac and impulse voltages in gaseous, liquid and solid media. Failure modes in practical insulation systems. Diagnostic techniques in electrical insulation research. 588 (2) Biomedical Signals and Systems Analysis- Modelling and analysis of biological control systems and prostheses. 589 (2) System Design for Robots and Teleoperators- Requirements and methods for computer control of manipulator systems; computer simulation of mechanical linkages and actuator systems Computer architectures suitable for manipulator control in robots and teleoperators Prior taking of MECH 563 is recommended. 590 (2) Speech Analysis and Synthesis- Analysis and characterization of speech signals. Microprocessor techniques for analyzing and synthesizing speech waveforms; speech recognition. 591 (2) Applied Digilal Signal Processing- Fundamental theory of DSP (Digital Signal Processing); applications in estimation, convolution, spectral analysis and digital filtering; radar signal processing; demonstration of algorithms with MAT LAB; modern DSP hardware; recent DSP chips; high-speed DSP systems. 592 (2) ArchitectureforLearningSyslems- Symbolic methods used in conventional Ah knowledge representation, search strategies, inference mechanisms in expert system shells. Neural-network methods;.system identification and pattern recognition issues, basic paradigms and their promises and limitations Unified approaches using both symbolic ancl neural-network methods. Implementation issues using microcomputers in specific application domains, e.g. adaptive control and man-machine communication. 593 (3) Advanced Computer Graphics- Geometric modelling, curves and surfaces (Bezier, B-splines). Solid modelling, representation schemes, CSG, B-rep. Volumetric modelling, quadtrees ancl octrees. Prerequisite: ELEC 478 or equivalent. 594 (2) Real-time Digilal Systems Software- Real-time system modelling, data models; behavioural models; control models; structured methods; timing constraints; implementation constraints; implementation transformations; and process and resource control; synchronization metliods; deadlock issues, storage management; application to engineering examples. 595 (2j Parallel Processing and Advanced Computer Architectures- Identification of parallelism, optimal and sub-optimal concurrency scheduling,deadlocks, Petri networks and other models of parallelism, data flow ma- English 329 596 597 599 699 chines, systolic arrays, pipeline and array processors, other parallel architectures, interconnection networks, intelligent memory systems. (2) Optical Signal Processing- The optical system as a two-dimensional linearsystem. Diffraction theoiy. Optical systems for image formation, data processing and interferometry. Holography and some of its engineering applications. (6) Project in Pulp and Paper Engineering- Project report on assigned topic of specialization. For students registered in the M.Eng. program in Pulp and Paper Engineering, where project is supervised by a faculty member ofthe Department of Electrical Engineering (12) Thesis- For M.A.Sc. degree. Thesis- For Ph. D. degree. English Faculty of Arts ENGL Note: Attainment ofa satisfactory language Proficiency Index score isprerequisitetoregistration in 100-level English courses. See calendar index under language Proficiency Index. 110 (3) Approaches to Literature- Studyof.selected examples of poetry, fiction, and drama. Essays are required. [3-0] 111 (3) Approaches to Non fictional Prose- Study of a selection of prose texts ranging in length from the essay to the book, with emphasis on writing of the twentieth century. Essays are required. [3-0] 112 (3) Strategies for University Writing- Study and application ofthe principles of university-level discourse, with emphasis on expository and persuasive writing. Essays and exercises are required. [3-0] 120 (3) Literature and Criticism- Enriched study of selected works of literature from a number of critical perspectives. Open to students with a mark of A in English 12 or Bain English Literature 12. Essays are required. [3-0] 121 (3) Introduction to Literary Theory- Study of various theories of literature. Open to students with a mark of A in English 12 or B+ in English Literature 12. Essays are required. [3-0] 201 (6) Major Authors to 1914- A survey of the major i English writers, focusing on Chaucer, Shakespeare, and ' Milton in the first term, and in the second term on at least 6 later writers, including two novelists. Essays are required. Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English or Arts One. [3-0; 3-0] 202 (6) Iniroduction to Canadian Lileralure- The major types of Canadian writing: novel, short story, poetry, non-fictional prose, and humour. Essays are required. Prerequisite: Six credits of first-vear English or Arts One. [3-0; 3-0] 203 (6) Biblical and Classical Backgrounds of English Literature- The main biblical texts and classical myths, and their use in English works. Essays are required. Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English or Arts One. [3-0; 3-0) 204 (3) Short Fiction- The short story and novella in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, with some material from earlier periods. Essays are required. Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English or Arts One. [3-0] 205 (3) Introduction to Poetry- Principles, methods, and resources for developing an appreciation of poetiy. Essays are required. Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English or Arts One. [3-0] 206 (3) Introduction to Drama- Principles, methods, and resources for developing an appreciation of drama. Essays are required. Prerequisite; Six credits of first-year English or Arts One. [3-0] 207 (3) Introduction to the Novel- Principles, methods, and resources for developing an appreciation of the novel. Essays are required. Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English or Arts One. 13-0] 208 (6) Introduction to American Lileralure- The major types of American writing: novel, poetry, drama, short story, and non-fictional prose. Essays arc- required. Prerequisite: Six credits of first-vear English or Arts One. [3-0; 3-0] 210 (6) An Introductionto English Honours - For prospective Honours: tudents accepted by the English Honours Committee on the recommendation of the instructor Students permitted to take this course must take ENCI, 211 concurrently. Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English or Arts One. [3-0; 3-0] 211 (6) Seminai for English Honours- An introduction to practical criticism; required of anel open only to students of ENGL 210. A limited number of texts from a range of genres and feriods will be chosen for close critical analysis. [3-0; 3-0j 301 (3) Technical and Business Writing- Study of the principles of written communication in general business and professional activities, and practice in tbe preparation of abstracts, proposals, reports, and correspondence. This course is closed to first- and second-year studenls in Arts. Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English or Arts One. [3-0[ 302 (3) Advanced Practical Writing- Library research in the student's iroiessional field; the writing of articles and research papers; detailed preparation of icrm or graduating essays required in a number of departments and faculties. Attention will be given to appropriate style as well as correct expression. Prerequisile: ENGL 301 or permission ol course chair. [0-0: 3-0] 303 (6) Intermediate Composition- Study of the principles and extensive practice in the writing of effective prose, from arrangement and punctuation to various stylistic strategies May be taken in the second year. Prerequisile: Six credits of first-year English or Arts One. [3-0; 5-0) 304 (6) Advanced Composition— Special emphasis on rhetoric, with a focus on audience, authorial voice, and range of style, [3-0; 3-0] 306 (ci) History and Theory of Rhetoric- Major theories of rhetoric: studied chronologically with particular emphasis on the relationship between traditional and modern theories. [ i-0; 3-0] .307 (3-121 d Studies in Rhetoric- Topics in rhetorical theories and theii application. [3-0] or 3-0; 3 0] 308 (3) The I'h >,ory and Application of Rhetorical Critv m asm- A stuc y of literary-- texts from a rhetorical perspective, a critical point of view that defines the literary work as a structured nstrument for the communication ofa specific message. [3-0] 310 (6) Classic: of European Literature- Aspects of the Western liter iry tradition from its beginnings to the twentieth century Major representative texts in translation and their relevance to English literature [3-0; 3-0] 311 (6) Literature of Ihe Bible- Origins and backgrounds of biblical literature; the principal translations ofthe Bible into English; an examination of the chief literary- forms of the Bible: poetry, drama, biography, short story, etc.; iifluence of the Bible on English language and literature. [3-0; 3-0] 312 (3-12) d Studies in Poetry- Critical studies of representative English poems grouped according to form and conlent. [8-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 313 (.8-12) d Studies in Drama- One-iermorfull-yearcour.se on particular periods, topics, or dramatic genres, focusing on close reading of appropriate texts. Specific topics will be announced each year [3-0J or [3-0; 3-0] 31a (3-12) d Studies in Fiction- Special topics involving thematic, generic, or foimal approaches, to fiction, [3-0] or (3-0 3-0] 315 (3-12) d Sludies in Non-Fictional. Prose - Special topics such as types of non-fictional prose, the prose of individual periods, ordevelopments in prose si'vle. |3-0] or 13-0; 3-0] 316 (3-12) d Sludies in Literature and Ihe Other Ans- Stays in which writers and artists in other media deal with common themes; problems in iorma! and stylistic relationships between literature and otherarts Specific topics wili be announced each year. [3-0] or (3-0; 3-0] 317 (3-121 d Studies in Comparative Aspects of English Lileralure- Relationships between different national literatures in English; perhaps also thematic and formal influences of other literatures upon literaturein English. Specific- topics will be announced each year. [3-0] or [3-0: 3-0| 318 (8) Children's Lileralure- A study of selected works from children's literature ofthe last three centuries: connections between children's literature anil the adult cultural tradition. [3-0j 319 (8-12) d Sludies in Ibe Intellectual Backgrounds of Literature- Special topics in the history of ideas, with particular reference to ideas that illuminate or are embodied in literature. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 320 (6) Historyof Ihe English Language- Development ol the English language from West Germanic to the present: phonology, morphology syntax, and vocabulary. [3-0; 3-0] ' ' ■ 321 (3) English Traditional Grammar- Traditional grammar from ils origins to its codification in modern English grammars. [3-0] 322 (3) Stylistic Variation- The application of linguistic theon and method to the stylistic anaivsis of English literary texts. Prerequisite: ENGL 329. [3-0; 0-0] 323 (3) Dialectal Variation- Geographical and social variation in English, and ihe representation thereof in liter-arc texts. Prerequisite: ENGL 320. ]0-0; 3-0] 324 (3) Literary Semantics- The relation and application of semantic principles to literary theory and interpretation. An introductory course in linguistics or English language is recommended. [3-0] 328 (3) History ofthe English language- For Honours students. [3-0] 326 (3-12) d Sludies in lhe English Language- Intensive study of some topic or aspect of English language. Specific topics will be announced each year (.3-0) or [3-0; 3-0] 329 (6) The Structure of Modern English- A description of English phonetics, phonology, grammar, and vocabulary Open to second-year students. [3-0; 3-0] 3.30 (3/6) d Practical Criticism- Exercises in criticism involving various critical approaches to literature. A limited number of texts will he examined closely. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 331 (6) History of Criticism- Exploration of seminal statements abocil the purpose, scope and methods of literary criticism, and the nature anel interrelationships of liicrarv theme, form, and genre. [3-0; 3-0] 332 tin Modern Critical Theories- A review of modern trends, with some emphasis on practical criticism. ]3-0; 3-0] 3,3.3 (3) Canadian Criticism and Theory- Developments in Canadian criticism and literary theon'. [3-0] 3.38 (3-12) d Sludies in Major Authors- The works of no more than two significant . titers will be examined. Specific topics wili be announced each year. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 336 (3-12) d Studies in Criticism and Bibliography- Topics in these fields, includingcriticism in individual periods, individual critics, and bookmaking and documentation. |8-0] or |3-0: 3-0] 3.37 (3/6) d The Lileralure of Fantasy- A study of fantasy in fiction, drama, and poetry, which mav include topics such as science fiction, the gothic novel, and Utopian literature. |3-()]or]3-(i;3-0] 330 English 3 4(1 3a8 380 382 383 888 386 380 3d 3 (81 Iniroduction lo Old English- Old English grammar with readings in the prose of die period. 13-0; 0-01 (8i Old English Poetry- A survey with emphasis on Beowulf Prerequisite: EN'GL.JaO !0-()-,3-(|{ (3) Old English- For Honours students. [3-0] tin A Survey of Middle-E.nglish Lileralure Excluding Chaucer ],3-(): 3-OJ (3-12) d Sludies in .Middle-English Lileralure- Special studies of individual themes, genres, and authors, (3-0[ oi [8-0; 3-0] (8) Middle English-- Tlie forms and development ofthe language. [8-0] (3) Early English Drama- The development of English drama in the Middle Ages. |3-0| (ti) Chaucer- A detailed studv of Chaucer's major works. [3-0:3-0] (3) Chaucer- For Honours students. |.3-0| id) Sixteenth-Century Literature to Kill- The English Renaissance; ils literature and some of its lormative ideas. [3-0; .3-0] (3) Spenser- The work of Edmund Spenser with emphasis on The Faerie Qiteene. [3-0] id) Tudor and Smart Drama - English drama from the reign of Henry VIII lo the closing ofthe dieatres in 1642; emphasis on Elizabethan and Jacobean playwrights. [3-0; 3-0] i li i Shakespeare- Lectures on various aspects of Shakespeare's art. Detailed study of eight plays, |3-0; 3-()| (3-12) d Studies In Shakespeare- Examination of particular aspects of Shakespeare's writing. Speiific topics will be announced each year, (.3-0] or [8-0; ,3-0] (31 Shakespeare— intensive study of at leasi six plays. For Honours students. |,3-0] 16) Seventeenth-Century Literature— Prose and poetry, exclusive of Milton Emphasis upon ihe ideas, forms, and styles as an expression ofthe educational, religious, moral, and political controversies of the age. [3-0; 3-0] (31 Poetry of the Earlier Seventeenth Century— Examination of one or more of die major trends in poetry before ItiiiOt Donne ancl the metaphysical style; Jonson and the classical style; lhe Cavalier poets. (3-0| 1,3) Seventeenth-Century Prose- The work of one or more of die prose writers from Bacon to Tillotson wili be studied in relation to the period and the development of prose style. [3-0] (6) Milton- The work of Milton with special emphasis on Paradise Tost [3-0; 3-0] 3~n 380 (3) Milton- For Honours .students 13-01 SSI (6) Eighleciiih-cenluiy Lileralure- The age of Pope and lhe age of Johnson, including studies of represenla- livc authors such as Swift, Gray. Goldsmith, Burns, and Blake. [3-0:3-0] i.G Poetry of lhe Age of Dryden and Pope [S4I] (31 Poetry of the Middle and late Eighteenth Century Developments in poetry from the death of Pope to the end ofthe century. [3-0! (3) Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Drama |3-0] i3) The English Novel in the Eighteenth Century- The beginnings of the realistic novel am! ils cl eve! opment from Defoe to Jane Austeii. [Sal] i 3-12 i d Sludies in Eighteenlh-i 'eulury Thought and lileralure- Term or full-year course in which systems of thought or other elements of t he culture of the period will he studied as thev contribute to the interpretation ancl evaluation of literature. Topics will vary from vear lo vear (3-0] or 13-0: 3-01 390 391 392 (6i 89a ■iOO 408 ■i 10 4ll 413 420 421 ■123 i2(i 129 i.30 481 u.33 1.34 (6) English lileralure of ihe Nineteenth Century- The main movements of prose, poetry, and drama. The Roil iaiitic Revival and Romanticism.is a continuing force. |3- 0:3-01 (()) Romantic Poetiy- Blake. Wnrifsworih, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats, [3-0:3-0] cloiiatt Poelry intensive study of major and minor Victorian poets, 13-0; 3-til (3) The Viclorlau .Voce/ Developments in the novel from Dickens tn Thomas Hardy [3-111 16) Early Modern British Lileralure- I lardy. I Icipkins, Butler vi'llde. Wells, Shaw, and Conrad. The background of ideas and social forces, especially as revealed by the literature ofthe period 181M9I r (3-0; 3-0] C.3t Modern British Poetry - Astinh ofmajorpoelsand poetic movements Irom 191(1 to the Second World War [3-0] (3) Modern British Drama- A study of major movements and dramatists from the late nineteenth century to the Second World War. ]3-0] (3) The Modem British Novel- Developments in die novel up to the Second World War. j,3-0| (01 Twentieth Cvnluiy British lileralure Major figures and trends in British lileralure since 1911 Eliot, Yeats, lovce, lawrenee'. Pursier. Waugh, Orwell. Auden,Thomas, ancl others. [3-0: 3-01 (3) Conlemporaiy British Poetiy A study of major poets and poetic movements from the Second World War to the present. [3-0] (8; Conlemporaiy British Drama- A study of niove- tneius and iiiajur dramatists since die Second World War, |3-0] 1.3) /7ie Coiitemj'oriiry British Acute/- Tlie novel irom the Second World War lo the present, |3-0| (3/(1) d Twentieth -Century Irish lileralure- Irish literature in English since the Irish Literary Renaissance. [3- I or [3-ti; 3-01 (8) Canadian Literary' Genres An overview of the range and variety o! wi iling in Canada. [3-0j (3) Canadian Poelry- Formal and historical developments in English Canadian poctrv. [3-0] (3) The LougPoem in Canada- Forms ofthe long poem in English. [3-llj (3/6) d Canadian Drama Canadian drama in English wilh some attention to French-Canadian drama in iransla- tion. [.3-0[ or 1.8-0: 3-0) (3) Canadian A'orcl- Formal ami historical developments in the Canadian novel, |3-0| (3) Canadian Shorl Tic lion Formai anc! historical developments in Canadian short fiction. |3-0| (.3-12) d Sludies in Canadian Literature- Special lollies which may include particular periods, individual authors, or material nol coveiecl in oilier courses, Specitic teipics will be announced each year, [3-(l| of [8-0; 3-0[ (3-12) d Sludies in Tirsi NaliotisWriling Special studies of it .dividual authors on if themes. 3-0] or |3-0;3-0[ (3/0) d Backgrounds of Canadian Lileralure- A study of selected luernry texts in relation to the vvork of essayists, Icilervntcrs. cue, whose writings have contributed to the creation of Canadian literature. [3-0] or [3-0: 3-0] tit) .4 Surrey oh American Lileralure Major wallers and themes from the colonial period lo the 1920's. [3-0,3-0| (.3; American Poetry lo FIDO [3-0] (3) American Drama- Drama in the United States, with emphasis on the major playwrights ofthe twentieth century [3-0] (3) American Fiction to P1//0- Emphasis on the writings of Irving, Poe, Hawthorne, a.nd Melville. [3-0] 1.38 (3) American Fiction tu the FirsI Half of the T'wenlielb Century- Major movements and writers. [3-0| -136 (3-12) d Studies in American lileralure- Special sludies of individual periods or authors or themes. |8-0] or j.3-0; 3-0] ■i3~ (8! American Fiction from Mid-'I'wenlielh Century w Ihe Present '3-0| 4,38 (8-12) d Comparative Studies in Canadian and American Literature- The study of two national literatures in relation to each other [3-0J or [3-0: 3-0] 440 (6) literature of the Commonwealth- A comparative study ol ihe traditions of English literature outside England, particularly ot thegrowth of indigenous literatures (in Englishi in the countries of the. Commonwealth. 13-0:3-0; 1 ti) )3-12i d Studies in literatures ofthe Commonwealth Special lupus, varying from year io year, including sludies of individual authors, genres, and nations. [3-0] or [3-ti: .3-0] 48(1 (hi A Critical History of English literature- A su rvcv < if movements and writers from Chaucer lo the early twentieth century. This course is not open to students who have taken ENGL 201, 210 or equivalent. [3-0; 3-0] 48! (3-12) d Sludies in Literary Movements- Such literary movements as Naturalism, Realism, lmagism, Impressionism, Voriicisni, and Modernism (3-0] or [3-0: 3-0| 460 (3) American Poetiy ofthe First Half of Ihe Twentieth Century [3-0] i(i i (.31 American Poetry from lhe Mid-Twentieth Century tit the Present |3-U] Note: 480-19') are for Honours students only. 480 (31 Studies in Medieval English lileralure t81 (31 Studies in Renaissance English Lileralure 13-0] 482 (8) Sludies in the Eighteenth Century |3-0] •183 (.3) Studies in tbe Nineteenth Centuiy [3-0 j ■iS-l (3) Studies in British Lileralure of lhe Twentieth Gen titty |3-0| 488 (3) Studies in American and Canadian lileralure of the Twentieth Ceiituvy [3-0] -i8(> (3) Studies In Criticism [3-0[ ■t,3" (.3) Studies in Drama |8-0) i88 (3) Studies in Poetiy [8-0] 489 (3) Studies in the Novel ]3-0] 490 (8) introduction toMetbodsoflileraiy Research- Pre requisite: ENGI. 211. [3-0] 491 tin Third Vear Honours'Tutorial [.3-D: 3-D] 492 td) Fourth Vear Honours Seminar [3-0; 8-0| i96 (6) Readings in English Lileralure ■r6 (61 Readings in English lileralure ■199 (Oi Honours Essay 800 (8) Research Fools and Meihods- Required of all grailu- aie studenls in thesis prograins, 801 (3-12) d Studies in Bibliography 802 (3-12) d Sludies in Criticism 503 (3-12) d Sludies in Prose 504 (3-12) d Studies in Drama 505 (3-12) d Sludies in Fiction 506 (3-12) d Studies in Poetry 507 (3-12 i d Sludies in the Histoiy of lhe English Language 508 (3-12) d Sludies in the Structure of the English Ian guage 509 (3-12) d Studies in Rhetoric and Theory oj'Composition 510 1.3-12) d Studies In Old English Family Science 331 Sll 512 514 515 519 520 525 5.30 535 8.39 540 5-il 5-l5 5-(6 547 548 549 553 555 (i-19 (3-12) d Chaucer (3-12) d Middle English Sludies (3-12) d Studies in lhe Renaissance (3-12) d Shakespeare (3-12) d Studies in Ihe Sixteenth Century (3-12) d Studies in the Seventeenth Century (3-12) d Studies in the Eighteenth Century (3-12) d Studies in Ihe Romantic Period (3-12i d Studies in ihe Victorian Period t.5-12) d Sludies in the Twentieth Century (3-12 i d Studies in American lileralure lo 1890 (3-12) d Studies in American Literature Since 1890 1532) d Studies in Canadian Lileralure (.3-12) d Sludies in Commonwealth literature (3'6) c Directed Reading (0) Major Essay (6-12) c Master's Thesis (3-12) d Sludies in Literary Movements (3/6) d Practical Criticism- Close reading and analysis of .selected literary texts. (3-12) d Sludies in Literary Theoiy (3-12) d Studies in Lileralure and lhe Other Arts PhD. Thesis English Education See Language Education, English Education Environmental Studies ENVR Faculties of Arts and Science 200 (3) Environmental Studies I- Ah introduction, in seminars and field trips, to the major global and local (Southwestern B.C.) environmental issues facing human societies. Enrolment restricted to, and required of, sludents registered in the Second Year of the B.A. Honours program in Environmental Studies and the B.Sc. Honours program in Environmental Sciences (0-0-0; 0-6*-2] 300 (3) Environmental Studies II- Critical reviews of a number of environmental impact studies or assessments will be undertaken. Small interdisciplinary teams of students will choose a topic of environmental concern and present a proposal for its investigation. Required of students registered in the Third Year of the B.A. Honours program in Environmental Studies and the B.Sc. Honours program in Environmental Sciences. Prerequisite: KNVR 200. [0-0-0; (1-0-31 400 (6) Environmental Studies III- Students collaborate in interdisciplinary teams to execute environmental studies defined in ENVR 300. A substalial report is required. Required of students registered in the fourth year of the B.A. Honours prograni in Environmental Studies and the B.Sc. Honours program in Environmental Sciences. Prerequisite: ENVR 300. [0-4-0; 0-4-0) Family Practice Faculty of Medicine FMPR 401 (4) Iniroduction to Family Practice- Correlation of basic medical anti behavioural sciences to the Family Practice setting. Principles and skills of patient inter, icw- mg, histoiy taking, physical examination are practised under supervision in office, home, hospital and community settings. Role of Family Physician in comprehensive patient care. t2(i Rural Family Practice Experience- As apprentices of family physicians in rural communities students will par- licipate in the professional and social/societal activities of doctors and their associates. Enrolment may be limited to posts available 451 (3) Seminar: in Family Medicine- An examination of the content oi Family Medicine including practical sessions on seleced clinical problems encountered in the office, home 0" institutions. Third year elective. 480 (3) Occurrence, Diagnosis and Management of Athletic Disabilities. Musculoskeletal and Sense Organs - Mechanisms underlying injuries to bones, joints, muscles and tendons during sport and recreational physical activity; infections and injuries involving skin, eyes, ears, nose and throat. Prerequisites: ANAT 390 or ANAT 400 or equivalent, plus PHYL 301 or BIOL 353 or equivalent or admission lo course at discretion of the Department of Family Practice. [4-0] 481 (3) Occurrence, Diagnosis and Management oj Athletic Disabilities II. Internal Organs-Disorders of function of respiratory, cardiomusctilar. hematological, gastrointestinal, genitourinary, endocrine and central nervous systems arising from sports and recreational physical activity. Effects of environment, heat, cold, pressure, (altitud: and diving) and nutritional factors on athletic perfo-mance; mechanisms ot adaption to these externa] influences. Prerequisites: ANAT 390 or ANAT 400 or equiva ent, plus PHYL 301 or BIOL 353 or equivalent, or admission at the discretion of the Department of Family Practice. [4-0] 562 (3) Health Promotion and Disease Prevention in Family Practice- Identification of preventive strategics in different age groups and their implementation in Family Practice. Examination of health belief models in caregivers and patients which inhibit or facilitate preventive measures. Admission to course at discretion of the Department of Family Practice. Prerequisite: HCEP 502. 700 Bedside Conferences- The bedside review of case histories ancl phys cal findings in cases with primary responsibility and those referred for specialist care. Discussion of pathophysiology and treat ment at all levels of care throughout tie normal lifespan is emphasized 701 Resident Seminars- The preparation and presentation of formal paper: on specialized topics in Family Practice, by- each membei of (he resident staff. The paper is criticized by a membe ■ of the clinical teaching team. One hour weekly. 702 Office Practice- Technical procedures and patient care — three to twenty hours per week under supervision and instruction related to ambulatory, primary, patient care office diagnoitic procedures and ongoing management. 703 Family Practice Rounds- Lectures, seminars and reviews of clinical problems related to family practice. One hour weekly, 704 Seminars on Patient Counselling- Personal and group interaction. One hour weekly 705 Medical Economics- A series of seminars, demonstrations and discussions on aspects of medical economics, office practic: and personal security given by a number of experts in th ? various fields. 706 Community Practice- An opportunity is offered for residents to experience the role and function of community helping agencies; as often as possible by following their own patient through the function of each specialized service. Family Science FMSC School of Family and Nutritional Sciences, Faculty of Agricultural Sciences 200 (6) Introduction to Family Science- A life span developmental approach, focusing on individual development in families, internal dynamics of family life, and the place ofthe family in North American society. [3-0; 3-0] 312 (3) Parent-child Relationships- Parent-child interaction as affected by family structure and social conditions. Impact of social change on parent-child interaction. Prerequisite: FMSC 200 or PSYC 100 or 200 or 206. [3-0[ 314 316 .320 .324 .326 3.38 .340 3u2 .350 364 4()4 410 414 (3) Development of Relationships- The empirically based study of the development, course, and decline of personal relationships over the life span. Emphasis will be on the internal dynamics of dyadic relationship development. Prerequisite: FMSC 200 or PSYC 100 or 200 or 206 or SOCI 240. [3-0] (3) Human Sexuality- An examination of research and theoiy on selected topics in human sexual development and behaviour throughout the life span. Prerequisite: FMSC 200 or I1MF.C 310 or permission of the inslructor |3-0] (3) The Contemporary' North American Family in Societal Context- The contemporary North American family and marriage viewed from the developmental perspective. Transactions between the institution ofthe family and other societal institutions over the life span ol the family. Prerequisite: FMSC 200 or SOCI 200. [3-0| (3) Marital and Family Interaction in North America- Interaclional processes within the family; special emphasis on marital interaction and its effects on children. Prerequisites: FMSC 200 or SOCI 200. [3-111 (3) The Development of Family Careers- The paths Canadians follow through the life span and the relation ships between family career, educational career, and occupational career. [3-0] (3) Communication in the Family- Historical overview; theoretical ancl methodological issues in the study of communication in family settings. [3-0| (3) Family Resource Management- Conceptual models of management; resource managemenl concepts as related to family careers and to different family types. 13-0| (3) Family Financial Management- Major financial alternatives available to families during the various periods ofthe family career; financial decisions of families and their impact on family and individual well-being; use of current and future income (credit); purchasing of goods and services; providing financial security; organizations and laws which affect family financial decisions. [3-0] (3) Family Consumer Patterns- Role and function of consumers in contemporary market economics; consumer socialization; factorsaffectingconsumerchoiceas ii varies at various periods of the life span for different family types. Prerequisite: ECON 100 or 309, or six credits of Psychology or Sociology. [3-0| (3j Clothing and Human Behaviour- Human needs and the cultural factors which influence clothing consumption and use. Application of sociological and psychological theories that help to explain clothing behaviour of an individual, as a unique being and as a member ofa group. Prerequisite or corequisite: 12 credits in Sociology or Psychology. [2-1] (3) Housing For Ihe Family- A study of the physical, social and economic aspects of housing. The course includes: housing as an economic asset; national housing needs and conditions; personal and social needs of families; housing and the family income; government's role in Lousing, community [ilanning. Prerequisite or corequisite: ANTH/SOCI100 or permission ofthe instructor. [3-0] (3'6) d Family Sciences Seminar- Current clevelop- menls in selected areas of Family Sciences, Open to third- and fourth-year students with permission ofthe instruclor. |0-3| (3) The Family Context of Human Deveiopmenl- The influence of family structure and dynamics on human development studied from a multi-disciplinary, theoretical perspective Prerequisite: FMSC 200 or PSYC 30.1. ]3-0] (3) Aging and the Family- The family during the later stages ol its career; topics include changing familydvnaniics, marital satisfaction, intergeneraiuma! relations, widowhood, grandparent hood, and 332 Family Science remarriage- Prerequisite; FMSC 200 or PSYC 100 or 200 or 206 or ANTH/SOCI 214. (3-0] 420 (3) Conlemporaiy Theories in Family Analysis- Major theoretical approaches to the study of the family. Each approach is assessed for its strengths and weaknesses on the basis of empirical dala. Prerequisite: FMSC 200 or SOCI 200. |3-0] 422 (3) Family Research - Introduction to the types of research methods used in the study of the larnily, their special problems and applications. Techniques for bolh conducting and evaluating research. Prerequisites: FMSC 200 and STAT 205. [3-0] 436 (3) Family Life Education Over the Life Span Examination of programs which educate individuals for present and future family roles; rationale, implementation, and evaluation of such programs; issues in training. Prerequisite: FMSC 200 and HMEC 31'3 or FMSC 312. |0-3| ■i 10 (3) Families in the Canadian Economy- Fi nie, in the Canadian economy which have an impact on families: inflation/recession, taxation, social assistance, and employment policies as lliese affect family income generation, adequacy, and security. Prerequisite: ECON 100. [3-0] 4i2 (3) Economic Roles of Women- Past ancl present economic roles oi women; factors affecting participation in the labour force; occupational segregation, inequality, and discrimination; job satisfaction; women as volunteers and as consumers; labour torec participation related ni oilier roles of women. Prerequisite: six credits I'rurn FMSC 200 or WMST 222 or SOC) 2C'0 ot PSYC 100 or 2l!ii [3-0: Kit 13,b) d Special Problems in Family Science- Current topics in a specific area of Famih Science, based on original laboratory or field research. C4 (3) DirectedSludy in Family Science- Investigation ol a problem, requiring a written or oral report ot findings. Prerequisite: salisiaciory standing and permission of facility members supervising the investigation. Fourth-year Family Science sludents onlv. Family Studies FMST School of Family and Nutritional Sciences, Faculty of Agricultural Sciences 31)4 (3-9) d Current Topics in Tdmily Sludies 520 ,3; Theories About ihe Family - An examination of contemporary theories ofthe family (3-01 I 521 (.3) Formulating Theories .About ihe Family- Funda mental issues and techniques m formulating theories about, the family. Prercciiiiintc:FMST320i)rper:Ti:ssiC)iie)t instructor. [3-0] 322 (31 Research Meihods in Family Sludies- Designing reseaich and nnieciiiig (lata for studying families. Picrequlsite: FMSC t22oi equivalent 13-0] 32,s pi .Analyzing Data in Family Sludies- Data analysis issues anil computer applications in the study of families. Prerequisite: FMSC i22 or equivalent. ]3-l] 32i (3) Family Development An examination of research and theory-'on the timing and. sequeiii ing of die course oi famiiy life in North American families, [3-0] 32S i3) Interaction In Ihe Family Selling - Selected aspects ttf martial, parent;;! and uuea-geueraitoiiai uuei-ae- iutii, [3-d| 338 (.31 Family Resources Conceptual and empirical per speclives on family resource management. [3-0] ■i-i" (3-ti) c Directed Sludies s-i'> oi 12; c Thesis Film Studies FILM Department of Theatre and Film, Faculty of Arts 230 (6) Introduction lolllm and Television- An introduction to the development, the techniques, and the social and artistic iunctions of film and icievision. Lectures, demonstrations and discussions of lhe technology, history and ia iticisni of these media anti of selected films and television productions jt-2; 2-2[ 2.33 (3) Introductory hum and Video Production- A he- ginning couise designed ior studenls wilh no previous experience in product ion. The course will familiarize i hem with hasii- equipment and tools, and introduce them to lhe elementary principles of production. Preference given to those who have taken or are Inking FILM 230 anil permission ol the insttuctor jl 2] 330 (6) Histoiy of Film- Study nf the development of film from its origin to the present, including the pre-hisiorvof fiim, silent film, the introduction of sound, fhe major movements and film makers of die lasl ninety-years. (Also listed as FINA.393.) |2-2;2-2| 331 (3) Studies in Film Theoiy- A seminar introducing the many theoretical approaches to film lorniaiist, historical, Marxist, psychoanalytic, scniioticand siiiicturalisi. (Open onlv to 3rd year Film Majors) 3.32 (3) Studies in Genre or Period- A seminar examining one or more genres or periods, such as die Western, Film Noir, Science Fiction. Films ofthe 1930's. Also includes Mtidy of national cinemas. Prerequisite- FILM 2.30 or FILM 330 and permission of die Instructor 333 (6) Intermediate Film Production- Practical Iflm-mak ing course, with instruction in die use of llunm film and halt-inch videotape formal. By application with portfolio to hie Department. Students are responsible for proline tion costs, ]2-3;2-3] 334 ((ii Animation 'itislo... titeorv, iechniqiie, and design of animated films Prerequisite: FILM 230 and permission ofthe insti-jcior. 12-3: 2-3] 1,30 i3i Sludies In Aiilenrism A seminar examining tiic work ofonc or more tilt;clues, such as John Ford, Francois Truffaut. Denvs Arcand, Margaret he ion Trotui; or ofa screen writer over ma ny films Prequisitc FILM 230 or FILM ,330 and permission of ihe insiriietoi. 432 (3) Sludies In Film Forms- A seminar examining one or moie of the following film Iornis: ihe animated film, the due; lineman film, and the experimental film. Pi-ercquisilc: FILM 230 or FILM 330 and permission oftiioinsuucloi. 433 tii) Advanced Film Production- Advanced iiistnii lion in professional him production techniques. Prerequisite: Fot Film mu|tirs onlv. Si ui ieni saie responsible toi- j trod uc - tion costs. [3-1; 3-l[ 1.3 a (3/C42i d Studies In Film A seminar cicioicd to a topic of eiitien! nucicst in Dim. Topic will ch.inge from year lo vear Mac be repc-med ior reedi! when topics differ. Prerequisites; FILM 230 or 330 and permission of Ihe instruclor (3-0, 3-0; 43S (3) Directing Script development and analysis scene and shot design, working with actors, working with crew, preparation ol shunting script.,. [0-31 437 (3) Camera. I'(gating ami Sound Recording- Instate- tion in ti.imm synch sound camera operauon, advanced film lighting lechniques, location and studio sound re- cording and rc-iecoriiiug techniques [0-3j 439 ;3) Post -product ion Techniques- Instruclion in aei- vancccl post product ion ic-i hniqucs including pin lire ami son rid ei in ing, iiuson with lite labaint oi her him services, prcparsuons for sound iiiixsng UM] 300 (3) BlbliogiajCvy and Research Meihods. 331 (3/6 i Seminar: Styles in Film- Sludies ami experimentation in styles or graves iii iilm such as the documentary, the narrative hint, the m iemiiic film, the ethnographic film, the experimental film. etc. Topics will vary from year to year 3.32 (3/(i) Seminar: Study ofMajor Film Artists- Investigations into tlie biographical, smial, and national haik- grounds of two or three majorartists, with attention ti 11 lie specific nature of their work in its historical, psvchologi cal, and cultural contexts. Topics will vary from year to vear. 333 ('3/6) Advanced Problems in Film Production Advanced production techniques. The studenl will be expected to master advanced production techniques in such areas as souncl mixing, colour cinematography, special effecls. synchronous dialogue editing, scripiiug, ami directing. 331 13/6) Seminar in Film Sludies- Topics to be arranged So (3/61 Directed Studies in Film. 3u9 |.,T2/18i Master's Thesis Fine Arts Faculty of Arts FINA 100 (6) Iniroduction lo An Hl'orestryislory- The Iornis. concepts, issues, and language of analysis ior the understanding of an in context, using examples of painling, sculpture, architecture, and other arts from the history of 12s (tn HistoryofWeslernArt- Thchistorc ofaichiicciurc. sculpture, and painting oi die Western World from An item Egypt and Mesopotamia to the present. Offered Eura-Sessionallv onlv Credit will not be grained for built FINA 12S and FINA 223 and 'or 226. [2-1:2-1] 181 (61 Basic Studio Practice- An introductory study of visual forms, conducted through weekly lectures and studii 1 work. The c 1 mrse focuses mainly upon drawing and explores its relationship to other kinds of art praclice Enrolment restricted; priority given to prospective Fine Arts B.A. Major and Heinours, H.A, in Studio Arts, and B.F.A, students. [1-3: 1-3] 223 i.31 Art m Europe to the Sixteenth Century- A selective survey of painling, sculpture, and archiiecture. Cretin will nt be granted for both FINA 123 and FINA 223 anil or 22(i, I2-1.0-O] 226 (3) An in Europe and North America from the Sixteenth Century lo Ihe Present- A selective survey oi painting, sculpture, and architecture. Credit will not In: granted fur both FiNA 123 and ETNA 223 anduir 22<> (0-0:2-!] 231 (3) Asfieclsoj Asian Art- A selective introduction Iodic arts of the civilizations of India, China, ancl Japan, villi stress upon their diverse characteristics. [3-0| 2o I (3) Nance Arts of the Americas- General themes and trends in New World art. [3-0] Admission to line Arts 281-200 requires an evaluation oj a jiorlfolio of works and. normally, an interview This should be arranged with tbe Department of Fine Arts no later than March 51 ofthe jireeediiigaeademicyear. Students must registerfor 12 crediis ofthe jiilioiringcourses. amongwhieb musl he TINA 281 Sludents wishing feu er courses may register only at the end ol the regisiraiion jteriod and oil a "space available" basis. 281 (.3) Drawing- Basil skills in drawing, including life drawing. Required course for all studenls in the B.A, prograni in Studio Arts, and for aii prospective BE,A, students. Prerequisites: FINA 181 and six credits of an fusion Available bolh terms, [0-3| 2S2 (3) Paii'iing- SoiiiC'hasiiqiaiiiiingconctenis. Prei-euuisiirs FINA 181 and six credits of an history. [0-3] 28.3 (3i Etching liiiagiio and relief priming, cspccialh mei.il-plate elchtng Emphasis on the development til imagery in relationship to technique. Prerequisites: FINA 181 and six crediis of art history, [0-31 284 Cii Silksereeii- The use of hanil-ciii, photographic, anil othersilkscreen-pniiiingtechniques. Prerequisites:TINA 151 and u\ cieclils of ,ttt history. [0-.3; Fine Arts 333 329 it 331 285 (3) Sculpture I- The use oi malleable materials to explore ideas of sculptural volume, mass, and shape. Prerequisites: FINA 181 and six credits of art history. [0-3 i 28n (3i Sculpture II- Composing with rigid or pre-formed materials. The application of machine technology to sculpture. Prerequisites: FINA 181 and six credits of an history. [0-3 i 28^ ('3i Two-Dimenstonal Studies- Techniques for panning, prinimaking, or oilier two-dimensional media Prerequisites: FINA 181 and six credits of art history. Not offered every year, emphasis varies [0-3] ' 288 (3) T'lree-Dimensional Sludies- Technical methods and the technology of sculpture and related three-dimcn- sionai art forms. Prerequisites: FINA 181 ancl six credits of art history. Not offered every vear; emphasis -.aries wilh instructor. [0-3 i 289 (3) Photography- An iniroduction to photographic techniques and picture making. Emphasis on camera and lighting techniques with some darkroom instruction. Prerequisite.';: FINA 1,81 anel 6 credits of an history. [0-3) 290 (3) Lithography- The theory and practice of fine-art lithography with attention to die history of lithography in the fine arts. Prerequisites: FINA 181 and six credit; history [0-3] 32" (in Archaeology oj the Ancient Near East (Also listed as REI.G 300.) (0-2; 0-21 Greek and Roman Art- Emphasis on lhe architecture, sculpture, painting, ami decorative arts of Greece and Rome. (Also listed as CI.S'1 330.) [3-0: .3-01 tin Early Medieval Art- The transformation ol Roman Imperial art into the medieval Christian arts ofthe Byzantine Empire and the Western European kingdoms, AT). 100-1000, Offered in alternate years. (Also listed as KEi.G 32n.) [2-1; 2-1! tin Architecture ofthe High Middle ;\ges- A sun hi if the principal monasteries, ind cathedrals of Western Europe i c. 101)0-1300), will) a view io understanding their technical, aesthetic, and ideological dimensions as well as ihe role of contemporary institutions in their creation. Offered in alternate years. (Also listed as KE1C, .32"' , [2-1,2-1) Hi) Art of Ihe Italian Renaissance from Giotto lo Michelangelo- Asurvey ofthe principal works of art Irom the use ofthe city-states 0 . 1250) io the phenomenon of Mannerism in the 16th century; topics include the new conception ot the artist and lhe changing role ofthe patron as well as the transformation of traditional artistic genres. [2-1; 2-Ij (hi Art of Western Europe. Eill'-IBOO- Manifestations in art of Catholicism as a European power; die absolutism of l.onisXIV and Versailles; the bourgeoisie in Holland and Restoration England; and the urbanity and rationalism of ltStb-cciitury- France, England, and Venice. 12-1; 2-1] nil The Emergence of Modern Art- The relationships hi 'tween art and social change in mi the French Revolution to 1900; discussion ofslyles and movements includes iieo- classicism, romanticism, impressionism, symbolism, and others. |2-1;2-1| itii Directions in Twentieth-Century An- A survey ol tlie arts of Europe and the ! anted Stales since the turn ol lhe century: an examination of major artistic movements, the achievements of seminal artists, and the modernist phenomenon will provide keys for tlie understanding ol today's art ]2-l;2-l| 3t,3 (i-'i Art in Canada- Art, artists, and art institutions from the establishment of the French ancl English colonies to the present; indigenous developments with particular attention lo locales rcgionaiand national vs. international issues, [2-1:2-1] 34" (6) Modernism in European Architecture- Architectural design in comine'iia! Europe ancl Great Britain from die Enlightenment lo ihe present; major movc- 339 3i0 338 ments and architects with particular attention to the antecedents aid formulation of Modernism. Offered in alternate years. [2-l;2-l| 348 (6) TheRiseo'NorthAinericanArchileclure- Theenier gence of a distinctive architecture from the early traditions of French Canada and the English colonies to the present; the growth of public and private patronage and contrasts between fashion and individual creativity. Offered in alternate years. [2-1; 2-1] 331 (6) History ofEarly Chinese Art- Traditions of Chinese art from the etrliest historic ages through the Han and Tang Dynasties (c, A.D. 900). with stress on the importance of recen archaeological discoveries; the impact of Buddhism. Oflered in alternate years. [2-1; 2-1] 352 (6) History of Chinese Painting- Paintings and painters from c. A.D. 800 to 1800, with stress upon both traditions and significant Iran formations, of style and approach Offered in alternate years, [2-1: 2-1] 353 (6) Buddhis Art of Japan- The development of Buddhist art tradit ons in the ancient capitals ofjapan from the 6th to the iilh century, with reference to Buddhist art traditions in East Asia. Offered in alternate years, [2-T2-1] if art .354 1(1) Japanese Painling Traditions- Changing modes of artistic pen eption in the art of painting in Japan, wilh emphasis on narrative landscape, ancl genre painting traditions from the 12th to the 19th century. Offered in alternate year,. ]2 1:2-1] (6) Early South and Southeast Asian Art- An and architecture from tae Indus valley civilization, ca. 2300 B.C., to the 12th century, with an emphasis on Buddhism and Hinduism in India and their spread to Southeast Asia, Offered in alternate vears. (6) later Soulh and Southeast Asian Art- Art and architecture from the advent of Islam in India in the late 12th century to the present Topics include the relationship of Mughal impei ial architecture and painting to those ofthe Hindu Rajput courts. Hindu revivalism, and lhe colonial period. Offered in alternate years. 359 if.) Islamic Art rend Archaeology- A studv of the artifacts of Islam as an exinessioa of Islamic beliefs (Also listed as KEIO ,5 11.) " '0-2:0-2] 363 (6) Arlsof tie,Aztecs and their Predecessors - The historical develc pment and symbolism of lhe architecture, monumental sculpture, mural painting, and funerary arts ol the Aztec and their predecessors including Olmec, 'feotihuacan, and Toiler in ancient Mexico. Offered in alternate yeats, [2-1; 2-1] .365 (6) Dynastic Arts: ofthe Classic Maya - Mayan art anc! architecture in Mexico and Central America, with emphasis on the dynastic cult during the Classic: Period (A.D. 200- 900), recent disccneries. and new interpretations, with discussions ofMayan astronomy and hieroglyphic writing. Offered in alternate years. [2-1, 2-1] ,369 (61 North American Indian Art- A survey otitic an and architecture of the indigenous peoples of the United States and Canada irom pre-historic times lo the present. [2-1; 2-1] .373 (3; The Literature of Art I Bibliography i- Introdui lion to lib -arc- resources for pzimarv anel secondary research hi an history. [0-3; 0-6 375 (3) Approaches to An History- Theories and problems in die study of art history [()•(): 0-3] 380 (6) studio Theory- A seminar in problems in conlemporaiy art pre nice and related theory. Required course for all B.F.A. students. Km try restricted to students enrolled in the P'.F.A, program. [0-3; 0-3] 381 (6) interm xliale Di awing- Drawingasaconcemrated study. Analyt cal and perspective drawing. Entry restricted to students enrolled in die B.F.A. program. Prerequisile; FINA 281. [0-3; 0-3] 382 (6) Intermediate Painting- Development of personal style in painting technique. Entry restricted to students enrolled in the B.F.A, program. Prerequisites: FINA 281 and 282. [0-3: 0-31 .383 (6) Intermediate Printmaking- Fine-art printmaking techniques and imagery. Editioning, formal print quality, and exploration of multimedia printmaking. Entry restricted lo students enrolled in the B.F.A program. Prerequisites: FINA 281 and one of 283, 284, or 200. [0-3; 0-3] 384 (6) Intermediate Sculpture- Investigations of three- dimensional form through both plastic and structural means. Wood, metal, anti other materials wili be utilized. Entry restricted to students enrolled in the B.F.A. program. Prerequisites: FINA 281 and one of 285 or 286. [0-3: 0-3! 385 (6) Special Sludies- Intermediate tutorial. Restricted to students enrolled in the B.F.A. prograni, by permission of and arrangement with the Department. Prerequisite; FINA 281. [0-3; 0-3] 386 (6) Intermediate Photography- An investigation of ap- proaciies to photography and its meaning in thecontext of contemporary art. Restricted to sludents enrolled in the B.F.A. prograni. Prerequisite; FINA 289. .387 16) Stuelio Media: Painting and Drawing- Exploration of basic drawing and painting concerns. Priority given io studenls enrolled in B.A. in Studio Arts, and B.A. Major and Honours students in Fine Arts. Prerequisites: FINA 181 and six credits of art historv. [0-3; 0-3] 38.3 id) Studio Media: Printmaking- Introduction to intaglio and relief printmaking with emphasis on melal-plale etching; othei methods may also be considered. Priority given to siudenis enrolled in B.A. in Studio Arts, and B.A. Major and Honours students in Fine Arts. Prerequisites: FINA 181 ancl six credits of art history. [0-3; 0-3] 389 (ft) Studio Media: Sculpture- Basic sculpture, including both plastic and structural approaches to form; assemblage-technique; particularattentiontoartirulationcifsjiace. Priority given to students enrolled ttn B.A. in Studio Arts, and B A. Miijoranclllonourssludents in Fine-Arts Prerequisites: FINA 18] and six credits of art history. [0-3, 0-3] 390 (6) Studio Media Photography- Exploration of basic approaches to photography in the coniext uf contemporary art. Priority given to students enrolled in the B.A. in Studio Arts, and the B.A. Major and Honours students in Fine Arts. Prerequisites: ETNA 181 and 6 credits of art history. [0-3; 0-31 393 (6i Histoiy of tbe Film- Study uf the development of film from its origin to the present, including the prehistory of film, silent film, the introduction of sound, the major movements and film makers ofthe last ninety vears, (Also listed as THTR 3.30.) [2-2; 2-2] 397 (6) Directed Study Abroad (Summer School) u29 i3'i) d Sludies in Ihe Art and Archaeology of Greece and Rome- (Also listed as CLST 429.) Prerequisite; CLST 330 or permission of the instructor Note: lhe complementary ihird-year course is a prerequisite for UNA 431 through _69. Most of these seminars are normally offered in alternate years. 4.31 (6) Seminar in Early Medieval Art [0-3:0-3] 433 (6) Seminar in Medieval Art [0-3; 0-3] 435 (6) Seminar in I5lb and Ibtb Century An ]0-3;0-3( -1.3"3 (6) Seminar in 6th and 18th Century Art |0-3; 0-3[ Seminar in 19th Century Art [0-3; 0-3] Seminar in 20th Century Art [0-3; 0-3] Seminar in Canadian Art [0-3; 0-3] Seminar in North American Architecture [0-3; 0-31 1 hi Seminar in Chinese Painting [0-3; 0-,3[ 4,39 (6) -t40 (hi -)43 (61 448 (6) 451 334 Fine Arts u53 ■lis 403 Ki5 169 183 (61 Seminar In Japanese Art (0-3; 0-5 ( (ft) Seminar in lhe Art of Intli a and Southeast Asia 10-3; 0-31 td! Seminar in Aztec An ]d-5; 0-3| tii) Seminar in Mayan Art ji.i-3: 0-3] ((i) Seminar in North American Indian Art ] 0-3; 0-5] to) Adi-anced Seminar- Required course lor all B.F.A. students. Readings in art theory and criticism. Entry restricted to students enrolled in the B.F.A progiam. [0-3; 0-31 |9) Advanced Drawing Entry restricted to students enrolled in the B.F.A, program id 6: O-tij (9) Advanced Banning Entry lestricted lo ,students enrolled in the B.E A. program, Iti-U; O-ol (9i Adrarued Printmaking- Entry restiicted lo studenls enrolled in the B.F.A. program. [O-li; U-oj ;9i AdvancedSculjititre- Entry restricted io students enrolled in the B.F.A. program, i0-6, 0-uj '9! Advanced Special Studies- Entry lestricteti io sttt- ilenls enrolled in the B.F.A. program. |0-ft; 0-61 t1!) Advanced Photograjihv- Eniiy restricted to siu- iletits enrolle-d in die B.F.A, program. [0 6, 0-ft| i 6) Tutorial in Studio- Prerequisite" one of FINA 38T 388. 389 or .390. 10-3; 0-5 ;tt) Honours Essay i s.'hi d Studies lu Early Medieval Art (3/6) d Studies in Medieval Art i 3/6) d Studies in lhe Art ofthe Renaissance (3 ■■'()) d Studies in 17lb and 18th Century Art 15/(o d Studies in Pith Century Art iitii) A Studies in 20lb Century Art (3/6) d Studies In'Canadian Art 13 ()) d Studies in North American Architecture (5/ftl d Studies in Chinese .\rt 6:6 d Studies in Japanese An (3/6) d Studies In South and Southeast Asian Art (5/6) d Sludies m Buddhist An (5'6) d Studies in lhe Indigenous Arts oj the Americas Oil 7'/)i' Methodology of Art History- Required of all an history graduate students (3/6) c Directed Reading (Iti Major Essay- (M.F.A, only,) (12) Studio V- Special course tor siudenis enrolled In the first year ofthe M.F.A. prograni (12) Studio VI— Special course for sludents enrolled in tint second year of the M.F.A. program tui Master's Thesis Ph D Thesis Fire Protection Engineering FPEN Faculty of Applied Science 501 (.3.1 Combustion I- Fundamentals of combustion in- eiinling maieriai and energy balances. chemical thetmo dynamics, kinefic.s. prcmise-i! anil Cititusive tur-iiing Ad \ anied topics in the theory of combustion, flame propagation, efficiency of combustion as veil as the physico- chemical properties ot combustible material 502 ;5; Combustion II- Fire dynamics from ignition through heal transfer to growth anil spread of fires and irieir siippression. Faclors such as containment and its role in the dynamics of fires and explosions. Pt .requisite- FPEN 501 sti,3 Ifti Supjrression Syslems- Principles of tire .suppression using water and oilier extinguishing agents Analysis uni design oi liviii-.iiilic sesU'tiis in meef established per- 5,33 53S 5 1.3 518 551 553 S55 55ti 5. I) 58! formance criteria. Design of systems using specialized extinguishing agents. 50-1 (3) Tire and life Safely Analysis - Eire testing and fire resistance of materials and structural assembles; smoke yields and toxical v. 'Flic role oi i oinpaitmentatiein. smoke control, lire detection and suppression systems in actual structures. Principles ol safe egress and evacuation time. Codes and standards as illustrations of fire and life safety provisions. Modelling iceiuiiqnes for predicting fire behaviour. 505 (3i Eire Detection and Control Syslems Instrumentation- Priin iples of lire detection devices; heat, photo electric, ionization, flame and other detectors. Fire alarm control system design lor computer-based data gathering and data transmission; zoned and addressable systems Integration o! such deuces inn.) coiiijiletc tire protection svsiems lor commercial, indusinai and municipal applications. 50(i (3) Eire Protection Management - Fire statist ics, codes and regulations, Hie prevention and lire protection strategies and emergency planning, Cosi-henefil analysis for fire proteclion solutions and tire protection management 5(17 (3) Fire Protection Case Studies - Examinalion of industrial .ind commercial facilities with respect to ha/arils and fire protection provisions. Study of lire loss investigation and loss reports vvnh sue visits. Ilazarei analysis, fault tree analyses and failure predictability for assessment of industrial processes. Physiological effects ol exposure to file. 508 (6) EireProlcc!Ion Engineering ProjecilRcjiort- Prejia- rauon oi a comprehensive analysis/design or report concerning fire and fire safely ofa community or a specilic indusinai commercial iacihiv Food Science FOOD Faculty of Agricultural Sciences 258 (3) Exploring Our Food Changing pattern of world food supply and needs; chemiiai and physical properties of our food, issues ois.iiclv, ivatiitivc value anel eonsu in er acce'l'tutbitttt. ;)i i\,{,e,-, giiveniuient regulations in relation to food quality and safely; fabrication and processing of food. Ibis iiinrse is in'i'iiilcti primarily for non-Food Science majors !0-(i; 5-01 259 (5) Introduction lo Food Svsiems A study of thechar acteiistics tii animal and plan! tissues and fluids that are ^iniporiam ui li'tcir iiansiorrnauon inio food products. [0-0; 3-2] ,501 (3) hood Chemislry- Constituents of food and their properties including carbohvdralcs, proteins, lijiids. pigments, flavours and vitamins. Prerequisile: CHEM 203 or 230 [3-2. 0-0] .302 (3i Analytical Meihods- Principles and procedures for lhe analysis of food products. (0-0: 2-5| 305 (33 Quail iv Coin ro! SlaiidardsaudEraluatioir- laws anc! regulations governing food composition, grading and quality; statistical quality control. Prerequisile: PI.NT ,321 or equivalent. 10-04); 2-2-1 j 308 (,3i Principles of E'lod Process Science I- A study of preservation of tissue anc! Iluirl food syslems by thermal processing, cooling and Ireeaing wilh emphasis on product-process inieractions, [5-2; 0-1J J 31W (3) I'r.'uciptes of Pood Process Science II- A study of presentation oi tissue and fluid food svstems hy selected physic;'.! and elleiiiit ai ii-e:itnients with emphasis on product process interactions. ]()-(); 5 2] 401 (3) Tood Process science—Food Fabrication- Computer-aided techniques of optimization ancl multivariate anaivse.s. i hciuisirv of looc! ingredients. [2-2: 0-0[ 4(12 C3) Food Process, vtence-Nulrilive .Aspects- The theory and praeiii e of modification and evaluation of die mil nthc properties and;safety of preserved and fabricated food systems. Picrcqutsiie. ANSC 322 or HUNT; 203 or 30S [0-0:5-2] 40a (3) Food Analysis: Physical and Sensory Methods- Evaluation of physical and sensory attributes of food systems, including colour, odour, taste anel texture; physiological basis of sensory perception;:sensory analysis methodology. [3-2:0-0] -t()5 (3) Seafood Process Science- Chemical, microbiologi caf physical and sensory factors important in the conversion of liiifish, shellfish and crustaceans to food products On-boarcl handling of seafood resources. Post-mortem muscle changes. Low temperature and thermal preserva lion. Further processing of seafoods. Quality assessment methods forseafoods. Prerequisite: CHEM 2.30. [0-0,3-2] ill) (3) Chemisiiy of Food Systems- Physico-chemical aspects ol sol-gel ancl liquid-solid transformations; chemistry of iiiulii-pha.se food systems. [3-0; 0-0] itii (5) Applied Microbiology Microbiological culture n-ih- niques ior lhe production of materials of significance in Food Science, Prerequisile, MICB 200, '{2-2. (]-()] •lib (3) Environmental Bromatology and Public Health Implications- Dynamic interaction between cnviornmental components and food systems. Intrusion of micro-organisms and toxic compounds into food sys terns. Sanitation methodology. Sirategies in food safety inspection. Physical and chemical protection of food. 13-2; (Ml| 418 (3: 'Toxicants lu Tood Syslems- Chemical, physic a I ami biological properties of toxicants in food .systems. Degradation ol toxic ants during food processing. 10-ti, 3-0] i23 (2) Undergraduate Seminar 430 (2-6) c Directed Studies 499 16) Fndergradiiale Thesis- Design and execution ol an experimental/analytical research project leading to preparation ofa thesis. Consult with the Head ol the Department before the end of classes in third vear 500 (2i MSc Seminar 501 (2) Food lipids- Chemical and physical properties ol food lipids. Chemical alteration of food lipids during processing and storage; hy'drcigenation. crystal polymorphism, hydrolysis, thermal degradation and autoxidatioii. Offered in alternate years. 502 (3) Food Pigments andColorimeliy- Deterioration ol food pigments and synthetic food colours during proi ess- ing; colour perception and instrumental analysis. Offered in alternate years 503 1.2) Chemislry of Food Proteins- Chemical and physical properties of food proteins. Offered in alternate years 504 (2) MolecularBasisofCbemoreceplion- Chemical and physical processes underlying the sensory properties ol food. Offered in alternate years. 505 (21 T'oodSusjiensious.EmulsionsandFoams- Physico- chemical concepts of food suspensions, emulsions and Icianis: surface-active agents, hydrophile-lipophilehaiani o eunilsifiers, emulsion stability, foaming ancl aniifoaming agents, foam siability. and rheology of these food systems Offered in alternate years. 50ft (31 Structure and Chemislry of Food Myosysleins Structural and chemical aspects of myosystems as related to fundamental properties and quality attributes of muscle as a foochvuh emphasison texture and flavour. Offered in alternate fears. 507 (2) Food Carbohydrates- Chemical, physical ancl si rm - rural aspects of simple sugars and polysaccharides such as siarch granules, gums and, pectins. Concepts of carbolic (Irate alterations during food processing and storage; nonenzyinic browning reactions, starch granule- gelatuii- /ation and retrogradatioii, clcqiolymeri/uition ol polysaccharides, and polysacchande-protein interactions in food. Offeree! in alternate vears. 508 (3) Btorbeologv- Rheology of complex biological systems; biorheometry, rheological studies of selected bio- Forestry 335 logical tissues with emphasis on food systems. Offered in alternate years. 509 (2) Food Enzymes- Chemicalandphysicalpropcriiesof food enzymes; mechanisms of enzymic action; utilization of enzymes in food processing. Offered in alternate years, 512 (2) I.owTemperalure Preservation oj Food- Structure and properties of water and ice in food systems. Water activity of food. Metabolic: processes and quality deterioration in fresh commodities during refrigerated storage. Physico-chemical and quality changes in frozen food. Process techniques for the chilling ancl freezing of food Dynamics of freeze-drying Prerequisites: FOOD .301 and 308 or permission of instructor. Not offered every year. 513 (3l Advanced Food Fermentation— Current advances in food fermentation Prerequisite: FOOD il i.Offered in alternate years. 516 (2i Advanced Environmental Bromatology- Lectures and seminars dealing with mechanisms of biological intrusion into and degradation of food svstems Current theories on chemicai, physical and biological control of microbial activity in food syslems and on food contact surfaces. Current advances in detection of pathogenic and physiologically-injured microorganisms in food systems. Prerequisites: MICB 200, FOOD aid. Offeied in alternate years. 518 (2) Food Toxicology and Assessment- Source, properties and formation of toxicants in food; detection metliods; processes for removal from food; risk assessment. Prerequisites: FOOD 301; FOOD tl8. Offered in alternate vears. 530 (2-6) c Directed Studies 549 (121 Master's Thesis 600 121 Ph.D Seminar 649 PhD. Thesis Forest Operations See Faculty of Forestry Forestry Faculty of Forestry See courses below under Forest Operations, Foresliy. Natural Resources Conservation, and Wood Science and Industry. Forest Operations FOPR 260 (3) EoreslF.ngineeringEconomic.s- Detailed meihods of planning and analysis of economic problems encountered in harvesting operations Corequisite: ECON 100. [2-2; 0-0] 262 (3) Forest Operations I- Introduction to svstems and analyses used in forest operations. Topics include harvesting system design, forest operations as an integral component of silvicultural syslems, elementary' road design ancl location, and planning forest operations to meet integrated resource objectives. Prerequisite; FOPR 205. [2-3; 0-0[ 26.3 (2) Basic Forest Surveying- An introduction to the basic techniques of surveying with emphasis on lores; harvesting. This course should he laken in the week preceding lectures in second vear 352 (21 Harvesting Field 'Diji- A 5-day Field trip immediately prior to the fall term of third year io demonstrate current harvesting practices and their implications on silviculture, management, protection ancl utilization in representative torest types. A substantial written report is required as part of the course. Fees will he assessed to meet expenses. (See Index—Fees 'Special Fees") 359 (3) Cable Mechanics- Engineenngaspectsofcablelog- ging systems. Calculation of tensions, load carrying capability and load paths of common cable systems. Analysis of guvline tensions and anchor loads. Application of comput ers to cable design and layout. Prerequisite: PFIYS 170. [2-2;0-l[ ,362 (3) Forest Operations 11- Detailed analysis ofthe engineering, economic, environmental, and aesthetic factors influencing iciest operations planning. Topics on advanced forest road location, slope stability, harvest unit design, har.es scheduling in an integrated resource framework are centered around practical planning projects. Preiequisites: FOPR 262. ]0-0; 2-2] 36.3 (.5) Forest Engineering I- Soil properties; soil classification; site investigation; cut and fill classifications: compaction; capillary phenomena and frost heave; principle of effecti ;e stress; soil strength; bearing capacity; geosynthetics, road design; soil stabilization. Prerequisite: FOPR 26!, PHYS 171. 10-0; 3-21 459 (3) Analyse of Harvesting Operations- Industrial engineering asp lets of the planning anc! control of harvesting operaiiors. Desktop computer applications in geographic information systems, digital terrain modeling, setting analysis, c ala-base management ami analysis, statistical analysis, and operations research methods applied to harvesting systems. Prerequisite: FOPR 362. [0-0; 2-2] 463 (3) Forest Engineering II- Design and construction of structures for forest roads including retaining walls; piles; bridges; culverts; analysis of slope stability. Prerequisites: FOPR 353. CIVL 2.30 or WOOD 3~6. [3-2; 0-11] 46- (3) Forest Transportation Systems- Technical, economic and environmental aspects of forest transportation methods. Topics include vehicle performance and design, transporiatioa network anaivsis, facilities location and materials handling processes Prerequisite-. PHYS 170 and FOPR 261. |0 0; 2-2] Forestry FRST 100 (2) Introdt ctiou to Forestry- An overview of forestry. History of l< re.strv and the forestry profession,present FOPR status and ro e of forestrv, forest policy and future trends in use of forest resources. [2-0; 0-0] 111 (6) Dendrology- Development.anatomy,morphology, FRST function and tutecoiogv of trees. Prerequisile: Biologv 12 or BIOI. 101 >r 102 (corequisite). [3-2;3-2[ 202 (3) Forest Ecology- The ecosystem concept; energy biomass and nutrient cycling; the physical environment; population ;:nd community ecology; ecological succession. Introdi ction to the biogeoclimatic classification of B.C.. and sot ic coastal ecosystems. A plant herbarium of 50 vascular p ants and 1(1 mosses required. Corequisites: FRS'I 111; SOIL 200 or SOU. 300. GEOG 20-1 strongly recommended. [3-2; 0-0] 20.3 (3) Silvia of Forest Trees of Western Canada - Ecological and si vical characteristics of forest trees of western provinces; assessment of ecological site quality; application of silvic:, in silviculture. Prerequisite: FRST 202. |0-0;,5-2] 2.51 (3) Introductory Biometrics for Forestry- Basic theories of probtbility and statistics. Sampling distribution, methods of estimation and hypothesis testing; goodness of fit and tests for independence; analysis of variance, regression and correlation. Corequisite: MATH :()() or 111 orT-4). [3 2; 0-01 2.32 (3) Compiler .Applications in Forestry- Techniques involved in solving forestry- problems with microcomputers using word processing, spreadsheet, procedural language, and cata base managemenl tools. [0-0; 3-2| 237 (3) Inlrolucliou lo Forest Mensuration and Photogrammetry- Measuring and estimatingtreevolunies, form and laper. Timber scaling and grading. Computer applications Basic pliotograiiimetry, mapping for photography and [ hoio-based inventory systems. Prerequisite; FRST 2.31. 2:2. [(l-0;3-2| 238 (5i Forest Mensuration- Forest inventory metliods. Growth am yield prediction. Applications of multiple line; r regressions ancl sampling techniques. Regeneration and residue surveys. Introduction to multiple resource inventories. Prerequisite; FRST 2.3"; MATH 101 or 141. [3-2; 0-0] 252 (2-6) d Field Study'Tour- Directed field experience for first or second year students in one ofthe majot forest- producing regions of the world. A post-tour report is required. 290 (3) Recrcalion Resource Administration and Managmenl— Study ofthe nature of management and conservation of wildland recreation resources: forest, wilderness and park resources. Basic elements of recreation land use planning. Recreation in forest management plans on public: lands. Tools of recreational land managment. [2-2; 0-0] 292 (3i Recreation Site Planning- Fundamentals of recreation site selection, site planning and conservation of non-timber values in wildland seltings. Inventory of recreational features and related habitat, visual, heritage and subsistence resources. Analysis of sensitivity of wildland recreation areas lo environmental degradation and formulation of management-related mitigations. Site investigations. [2-2; 0-0] , 300 (6) Principles of Forest Sciences and Management- Introduction to the biology underlying Iree and stand growth and development, silvics and silviculture and techniques for managing the forest for a diversity of products and benefits. Topical forest management issues will be discussed to illustrate the principles described. (Noi available for credit to undergraduate forestry students; no prerequisites.) |3-0; 3-01 302 (3) Forest Genetics- Population genetics and conservation of genetic resources: principles of genetics and their application lo forestry. [0-0, 2-2] 305 i'3i Silviculture I- Silviculture concepts and principles; artificial regeneration and stand establishment: principles of forest tree improvement, seed handling, nursery practices, site preparation and vegetation managemenl. Prerequisites: FRST 203: FRST 351 recommended. [3-4*; 0-0] .306 (3) SilvicultureII- Natural regeneration requirements and stand tending practices; stand density management. pruning and fertilization, Silvicultural systems:,silviculture guides and development of prescriptions; elements of decision making, monitoring and control .systems; connections to foresl level planning. Prerequisites: FRST ,305. [0-0; 3-4*] 308 (2) Foresl Entomology- An iniroduction to insects which cause damage to forests and forest products; how insects live; life cycles and attack symptoms of representatives of major groups of inserts; principles for control and managemenl [2-2; 0-0] 309 (2) Forest Pathology- Biology and management of foresl tree diseases. Prerequisite: FRST 203. [0-0; 2-4*| .311 (3) Plant Physiology I- Mechanisms and regulation of functit inal processes contributing to the assimilation, transport and utiliation of waicr, mineral nutrients and carbon by plants. CHEM 230 is strongly recommended (Same as BIOL 351 and PENT 324,i ' [3-2:0-0] 312 (3) Forest Soils- Forest soil properties, processes, and fertility; forest soils in relation to resource management. (Also offered as SOIL 403.) Pieiequisite: SOIL 200 |3-2;0-0) .319 (3) Principles of Forestry Economics- Introduction to the economics of production, distribution and consumption of goods and services produced by, and dependent on, the foresl resource. Prerequisite: ECON 100. [3-1: ()-()[ 327 (2) Foresl Eire Science and Management- Ecological effects of fire; fire behaviour; fire danger rating; principles of fire managemenl and prescribed fire use. Prerequisites: SOIL 200, FRST 202, (2-4*: 0-0] 332 (3j Introduction to Applied Mathematical Program mingfor Foresliy- Decision analysis, linear programming, 336 Forestry and computer simulation applied 10 forestry problem.. Prerequisites: MATH 101. FRST 231. 232. [04I;'3-T! 34. (2) Forestiy Technical Essav- S'udents entering Third Year are required io submit an essav of not less than 2000 words. It shall be a technical description of tlie work on which the student was engaged during the summer, or ol anv scientific or professional wok villi which the student is familiar An essav outline musl besubnnttcd to lite Dean by mid-September. The final copy is ducearh November. Detailed instructions with appropriate dates are available from the Forestry office. 551 (3) Interior Field School- Seven working days of field study' at a southern interior B.C. location immediately prior to the commencement of thud year. This course-, which is required of all forestry students in the Forest Resources Managemenl and Forest Science Major pro- grains before they enter the third vearof die program, will focus on land use, management and silviculture in the stud; area. Fees will be assessed io meet the expenses. (See Index—Fees "Special Fees".) 367 (3) Fores! Hydrology. Watershed Management and Forestry-Fishery interaction- Application ofthe principles of forest hydrology to watershed management; forest harvesting impacts on die recreational and commercial fishery. [0-0; i-l\ 392 (3) Recreation and Resource Planning- Liu Hires aud demonstrations outlining concepts, and component elements of regional recreation planning in theoiy- and in practice: planning process anc! rclaied decision processes: recreation demand analysis, supply analysis, resource' and visitor inventory meihods. evaluation of resource potentials; methods of acquisition and financing recreation development. [0-0; 2-2] 395 (.3) Forest Wildlife Ecology and'Managemenl- Biology ofimportanl bird and mammal species resident in forested regions, with particular emphasis on ihe influences of silvicultural and logging practices. [0-0; 5-2! 399 (4) Research Meihods- Lectures and seminars in re search philosophies and the scientific method, with special emphasis on field research. 2-0; 2-0 [ t0.3 (3) The Sustainability of Production in Managed Foi est Ecosystems- The functional and dynamic charac (eristics of forest ecosystems and their response to forest management. Assessment of ihe sustainability of net primary production and yield under c hanging management, soils, and, climatic regimes using ecosystem-level micro computer simulation, models. Prerequisite: FRST 203. '\5-2; 0-Oj it!') (-)) AdvancesinSilvicullure- Fundamental silvicultural problems; the application ol research findings to the practice of silviculture. Prerequisite: FRST .305, 306 [0-0; 4-0| ■i()5 (3) Foresl Ecosystems- Ecosystem classification of B.C. forest land, 'lire biogeoclimatic classification ol B.C. as a basis for forest land management. [ 2-2; 0-0j iOO (3) Advanced Foresl Pathology- Hereditary, [ihvsiologi- cal. anatomical, environmental, and microbiological factors influencing forest tree diseases. Prerequisite: FRST 509 (Given alternate years;, [2-2: 0-0] i')"3 (1) Vegetation Managemenl-- Theory ol plant competition and vegetation dynamic s; ihe biology of weedy and in vasive species; assessment of vegetal ion problems; principles and techniques of foresl vegetal ion council — fire. mechanical scarification, manual slashing, chemical appli- cation, use of livestock and other biotic agents; impacts of vegetation management tneiliocis un ecosv siem productivity, biodiversity, non-timber values and human health. Prerequisites: FRST 305. or PINT 501 or 33-6. or BIOI. 502 or .303. [0-0; 1-0] 4(i- (3) Problems of Foresl Entomology Decision-making in the protection of forests from insects. Insect problems viewed from other disciplines of forest it. Bases oliiiologi- 449 451 cai ancl economic evaluation, and choice of control meth- 4.39 Oils [!)-!); l-2\ ill (3) Free Physloiogy The physiology of growth, development and respiimrs of woody plants with particular lonsiileraiion ofthe inilcicn.es of environment and genetic lactates on physiological responses: die con.se- qucnecs ol siivn ti-itirai practices on physiological r-i2 processes Prerequisites. FRST.5I I orBiO!.,35l or PLNT 52-r [O-'i: 5-2i 415 (2) Forest Policy The deveiopmenl, implementation and analysis of loiest policy. Prerequisite: P'E.ST.506- 319 4-4,3 or FORH 2<ni. Corequisite: ERST 325. [0-0; 2-1] 418 (51 EcoiiommsofSilviculture The economic analysis of individual silvicultural practices and silvicultural regimes; capital huiigeiing in forest triauagcinent: the ei onomic im- pact of Luge scale reforestation anc! sitvicitllural programs; 14S insiiiuiion.il incentives and disincentives for silviculueru! invesimcnts. Prerequisites: ECON 100,, FRST 519 or FORH 260, FRST 505. Corequisite. FRST 506, [0-0-: 3-0[ 419 (3i Economics of Ihe Foresl Sector— Coverage of the basic economic constructs used to analyze such key features ol lhe foresl sector as product prices, input prices, production levels, trade patterns and aggregate leveis of forest product consumption. Prerequisites: ECON 100; MATH Kill or Ut). [0-0: .3-01 i2ti (5) Foresl Environmental Management-- Forestry impacts upon environment; man's relationship Ui the forest; interactions of industrial forest practice with other resource uses, their economic implications and relevance; approaches loam! problems ol maintaining environ mental qualms [2-2, ill)! 42! (3) lulegialeil Resources Managemenl? Introduction io the quantitative uiofs necessary lor effective forest management 4 pplii aliens ot decision theory, linear programming, simulation, and geographic information systems to the integrated management ol various loresi resources. Introduction 10 the fundamentals of forest planning. Prerequisile: FRST 1SS. 5Do. 319, 532. |3-2; 0-01 i22 (3) kind Information Systems- Philosophy and methods of da lac oiicn ion. analysis ancl classification of lane! lot multiple uses. Latioratonesemphasize Geographic Information Svstems, (This course is die same as SOIL 41 ".1 [0-0:2-41 t24 (3) Integrated Resources Managemenl II- Tne design of forests wuli respect to the availabiiitv of an array of values across time and across the geographic area ol the forest. Prerequisite- FRST u21, [0-0. 2--t[ 12" (3i Alliances in Forest Eire Science and Managemenl - Eire in ecosystems; forest fire management policies; advanced tire managemenl and use of prescribed fire; the application of research findings to lire management. Prerequisite: FRS'Ftt.S [0-0; 2-4| 430 (3) Advanced Biometrics- Analysis of variance, multiple regression and analysis of eovariance De-sign and analysis of experiments. Prerequisile: FRST 231. |5-2;0-0] j^; 431 (3 i SamjiTiugMelhods Tbeoryand design of sampling lechniques villi emphasis on application to natural resources, Prerequisile: FRST2313 [0 0:3-1) (SS (31 Computer based Image Analysis lor Foresl hiren- toiy Systems- Tlie digilal proe essing < if rcmolciv sensed image dala Fir loresi iincntorv 'fee hniquesloi acqt ii ring, calibrating, tegisiering. enhancing anil interpreting digital satellite dala Digitized plaiiimelrii and topographic map ■if: data Eases, Case studies ot existing forest inventory systems. Pii'ii'uuisue: FRS1 23", (Same as CPSC 4.35.) [0-0; >->) 4,36 (5) Growth and Yield- Techniques of growth and yield proiection and (lisenssion ofmodcHingapproachcs. Exploration o! 'stand dynamics, quaiititauveimj/iicafionsof man- t!)8 ageiiieni ircilntents and enviroiiiiienia! limilations io iree and stand growth. Prerequisite: ERST 23«. [14-0: 2-2] 186 490 (3) Iniernational Forestry- The socio-economic, biological ami technological aspects of forestry within the international frame, in both the developed and developing world. Regional studies and the role of national and iniernational agencies. (Non-forestry students must have insirucior s permission/) [2-2; 0-0] (3) Photo-Interpretation of Forest Lands- Landform identification aud terrain analysis from air photographs, application 10 forest and agricultural land mapping. This couise is the same as SOIL 442. [2-2; 0-0] (3) Remote Sensingin Forestry and Agriculture- Basic biological concepts related to interpretation of remote sensing data for land management, including the use of films and filters, and interpretation of air photographs, and other imagery. (Same as SOIL 4-i3j [2-2; 0-0] (1 j Seminar- Oral presentation and discussion of current forestiy topics; reviews of important papers in foresl periodicals. [0-1; 0-1] (1-6) c Directed Studies in Forestry- In special eases and with the approval of the instructor concerned, a student mav carry on directed st udies of specific problems in forestiv, (6 i Field Work in Han 'esling, Silviculture and Mensuration- Eighteen field days of study at the University Research Forest are required of all forestry students preceding their final year at the University Fees will be assessed to meet the expenses. (See Index—Fees "Special Fees") Individuals with extraordinary experience mav applv to the Dean for exemption from the whole or part of FRST451 (2-6) c Regional Field Sludies in Forestry and Foresl Products- Directed field experience in one ofthe major forest-producing regions of the world. Pre-tour seminars and post-tour reports arc required. (3 i industrial Forest Management- The relationships, interattiiiiis, functions, and objectives ofthe companies, governments, unions, and associations which make up the forest industry. [2-2; 0-0] (2i Foresl Watershed Managemenl- Effects of land man- agemeni on quality, quantity and timing of water flow. Prerequisite: FRST 385. [2-2:0-0] (5) Forestry WaterQuality.andFish- Physical,chemical, and biological quality of aquatic ecosystems and die impacts of forest industry ancl forest managemenl practices on water quality and fish. Given in alternate years commencing I98H-89. Prerequisites: FRST 385,386. [2-3: 0-0] (31 Visual Resource .Management- Study ofthe theon-, practice and history of visual resource management Covers methodologies for analysis, design and management of ihe visual guidelines; operational policies of resource extraction industries; and the implication on multiple land use management. Specific case studies are examined and problems in visual resource management are undertaken by the sludent. (Same as LARC 3-iO.j [0-0; 2-2\ (31 Biological Diversity and Forest Managemenl Study of tlie principles, problems, and practices of managing forests and nature reserves for biological diversity. Integration of forestry and wildlife with particular emphasison diversity of all life forms. Class field studies designed to examine diversity in managed forests wilh subsequent data anaivsis anel technical report writing. Prerequisite; ERST 20.3, [2-2:0-0] (2) Graduating Essay or Technical Report- An essay or technical report of not less than 4,000 words The subject must be selected from students' area of concentration. The report can he a technical description of a .scientific or professional study or a detailed literature review of a given subject area. Prerequisite; FRST 348. f(i) B.Sc Thesis tn Forestiy- An independenr study or reseaich project of a subject of special inlerest to the st.udeni under the direction of a,staff member. The subject must be appropriate to tlie student's area ol concentration. Prerequisite; FRST 348. Forestry 337 499 (6) B.S.F. Thesis- An independent study or research project ofa subject of special interest to the student under the direction of a staff member. The subject may be scientific or technical but must be appropriate to the student's area of concentration. Prerequisite: FRST 348. 500 (2-6) c Sludies in Forest Tree Physiology- Principlesof plant physiology as applied to problems in growth and development of tree species. 501 (3) Forest Tree Improvement- Identification and utilization of genetic variation in forests and forest trees. Prerequisites: FRST 302, 430. Offered in 1987/88 and alternate years. 502 (2-6j c Sludies in Forest Genetics- Problems associated with forest tree improvement; analysis of variation in tree quality. 503 (3) Plant Molecular Biology laboratory- Techniques of purification, cloning, sequencing, restriction-hybridization analysis of plant nucleic acids, in-vitro labeling of plant nucleic acids and proteins, and electrophoresis and immunodetection of plant proteins. Offered by the Biotechnology Teaching laboratory in cooperation with the Department of Forest Sciences. Admission to the course is limited and requires recommendation from the Fiead of the Department. Recommended pre- or co- requisite; BIOL 335. Same as PLNT 540 and BOTA 544. (2-6) c Silvics and Silviculture- Directed study in silvical characteristics of forest trees; silvicultural systems. (2-6) c Advanced Studies in Forest Ecosystems- Directed studies in the energetics and biogeochemistry of forest ecosystems including studies on the ecological impact of forest land management practices. (3) Advanced Forest Pathology- Hereditary, physiological, anatomical, environmental, and microbiological factors influencing forest tree diseases. (Given in alternate years.) (2-6) c Problems in Forest Protection (3) Forest Insect Ecology- Interactions between insects and forests; evaluation of current approaches to research in forest entomology; examination of theories and axioms; application of ecological principles in pest management, (3) Plant Genetic Engineering /.„_ oratory-Techniques , of vector preparation, electroporation, microprojectile I bombardment, and^gro-ac termm-mediated plant trans- ' formation; selection of transformants, plant regeneration and confirmation of gene transfer at the DNA, RNA and enzyme levels. Limited enrolment; consent of instructors. [0-0; 1-6] 510 (2) Forest Tree Seed- Seed production, collection, provenance, testing, treatment, and the application of these to the practice of forestry. 511 (2) Advanced Topics in Forest Regeneration- Ecological, physiological, and silvicultural problems in forest regeneration. 512 (2-6) c Problems in Foresl Soils and Tree Nutrition- Directed studies of forest soils and tree nutrition (see also SOIL 503). 513 (3) Biotechnology in Tree Improvement- Advanced research topics and their application to forest genetics. Emphasis on molecular genetics and experimental protocols. Prerequisite: BIOL 335 or consent of instructor. Offered in alternate years. 514 (2) Seminar in Forest Biology- Advanced topics in biology as related to forestry and wood sciences. 515 (2-6) c Studies in Forest and Land Use History 517 (2-6) c Studies in Forest Policy 519 (2-6) c Advanced Studies in Forest Economics and Finance- Economics of reforestation, forest land management, harvesting, manufacturing and marketing. 520 (3) Land and Forest Resource Economics— Applications of advanced theory and quantitative analysis to problems in forest resource and land economics; multiple land 504 505 506 507 508 509 use; institutions for sustainable land use; optimal management and polk y. (Same as AGEC 520). [0-0; 3-0] 521 (2-6) c Studies in Forest Development Planning- Silvicultural, managerial, and manufacturing methodology for development with particular regard to the developing nations 523 (2-6) c AdvancedStudiesinForestManagement- Problems in forest and land management planning and development of forestry or forest industry programs. 525 (2-6) c Problems in Forest Land Management- Directed studies in varii )us aspects of forest management including forest-level modelling, valuation of resources and economic considerations. 527 (2-6) c Studies in Forest Fire Science and Management- Directed studies in forest fire science and management. 529 (2) Seminar in Management of Forest Resources- Objectives and rc ethods for integration and improvement of management jnd use of forests and associated wildlands. 530 (3) Multiple Regression Methods- Matrix algebra; algebra and infere nee of multiple linear and multiple curvilinear regressions for solution of problems in forestry and related fields. Non-linear regression Methods of least squares for analysis of variance and covariance. Given in alternate yeai s. 531 (3) MultivanateStatisticalMethods- Multivariate analysis of variance cluster, principal components, factor, canonical and discriminant analysis. Theory and conceptual background t re presented but emphasis is on selection of appropriate i nalysis and interpretation of results. Examples from forestry and related fields are analysed by computer prograi ns available at UBC. Given in alternate years. 532 (2-6) c Data Processing in Forestry- Selected readings and problems in the collection and analysis of data in forestry. Use of electronic computers for special forestry and forest research problems. Prerequisite: Agood working knowledge of a programming language, preferably FORTRAN. 533 (2-6) c Problems in Statistical Methods- Directed studies in probler is of advanced statistical techniques as a tool in forest research. 536 (2-6) c Advanced Studies in Forest Mensuration- Development aid analysis of forest inventory systems; sequence and patterns of tree growth; analysis of crown developmen.; improvement of stand growth and yield; methods of biomass analysis. 539 (2-6) c Proulems in Forest Sampling 542 (2-6) c Advanced Studies in Forest Photogrammetry- > Problems in photo-interpretation, photo mensuration and forest la id classification. 543 (2) Selected Topics in Remote Sensing- A weekly two- hour seminar series in applied aspects of remote sensing pertaining to natural resources topics; included are uses of remote sensing in forest appraisal, forest recreation, wildlife and ;oils. 545 (2) General Forestry Seminar- Selected topics in Forestry and Wood Sciences, (Note: Either FRST 545 or 584 will be required for the firstyear of all graduate students in Forestry. One or more of FRST 514,529,546 and 584 to betaken concurrently, or subsequently) 546 (4) Research Methods- Lectures and seminars in research philosophies and methods with special emphasis on field and applied research. [2-0; 2-0] 547 (2) Seminar in Forest Harvesting- Selected topics in forestry and harvesting. 548 (0) Major Essay- For non-thesis Master's Degree Programs. 549 (6/12/18) c Master's Thesis 555 (6) Dynamic Programming in Resource Allocation- Mathematical background, classical optimization methods, princip e of optimality in one, two, and three dimensions; dimer sionality reduction; feedback mechanisms; ex amples from Forestry- and Natural Sciences. Prerequisites: linear algebra, calculus, probability theory, or consent of instructor. 559 (2-6) c Operations Research in Forestry- Directed studies in the application of O.R. techniques to the diverse problems ofthe forest environment and forest industries. 560 (3) Advanced Analysisof HarvestingOperations- The application of advanced analytical methods to problems in harvesting. Development of proficiency in problem formulation, commercial software, and interpretation of results. Topics include linear, integer, non linear, and dynamic programming; classical optimization; simulation; bounding and search techniques. 561 (3) Modeling and Simulation of Harvesling Operations- Principles ancl methodology for performing simulation experiments. Emphasis is placed on building, running, and analyzing network-based simulation models applicable to many harvesting operations. 562 (2-6) c Microcomputer Applications in Forest Engineer ing- Directed studies in analyzing microcomputer applications related to the planning, analysis and design of harvesting operations. 563 (2-6) c Problemsin Foresl Engineering- Directed studies in planning and control of logging systems; special design problems of forest roads, bridges, cableways and associated structure. 564 (3) Research Methods in Forest Harvesting- A lecture and laboratory course covering the major research methods applicable to the study of forest harvesting operations. Topics covered include experimental design, production studies, and economic analysis. 565 (3) Transportation Network Planning- Determination of optimal road spacing, road standards under assumptions of irregular cutting boundaries, non-uniform timber volumes, non linear cost functions, and multiple stand entries. Examination of large scale transportation network optimization. 566 (3) Mechanics of Ground Vehicles- Analysis of forces influencing the payloads and mobility of wheeled and tracked vehicles. Ground pressures and dynamics ofthe wheel-soil interface. Mechanics and energy transfers for engines, torque converters, transmission, differentials, and planetary gears. 567 (3) Advanced Cable Mechanics- Advanced topics in cable mechanics, including multispan systems, yarder mechanics, spar and tail-tree analysis. 570 (2-6) c WoodScience- Research in basic wood and fibte properties; anatomy, chemistry and physics; analysis of variation in wood qualities; chemistry of wood extractives 571 (3) BiodeteriorationandWoodProteclion- Recent advances in understanding the factors influencing the performance of wood in service. Topics will be selected from: bacterial and fungal degradation of wood, novel application technologies, accelerated testing of preservatives, factors influencing preservative performance. Prerequisites: WOOD 371, 372, and 473. 572 (2-6) c Energy Transfer Mechanisms in Wood and Related Products- Response of high polymers to energy- sources with special reference to chemical and physical effects on wood and related products: cross-linking, copolymerization and degradation reactions; ionizing radiation. 573 (3) Wood-fluids Relationships- A lecture and laboratory course in the relationships between wood moisture content and environmental, electrical and thermal properties. Theories of moisture sorption, hygroscopic swelling and shrinking, thermodynamics of moisture sorption. Steady-state, unsteady-state, isothermal and non-isothermal transport phenomena. Prerequisites: MATH 200, WOOD 372. 574 (2-6) c Rheologieal Behaviours of Wood Base Materials- Time-dependent phenomena of the wood matrix 338 Forestry and wood fibre webs; relation of polymer constructions with emphasis on wood molecular architect lire; features of viscoelastie memory systems. Corequisites: WOOD 3~5 and MATH 300. 575 (2) Wood and Industry- Cellular nature of wood; the ultrastructural characteristics ofthe woody cell wall and tree growth in relationship io wood properties. Timber supply, production, markets and industry trends of the forest products industry-. [2-0| s76 (.3) Advanced Wood Mechanics- Analysis and design of structural wood products, influences of material inhomogeneity and variability; creep and time dependent fracture phenomena; structural performance of wood products such as panel products, lumber, glued laminated timber and I-Beams, Impact of codes on marketing of structural wood products. ST! (2-6) c Origin of Wood Pulp rrojjerlies- Exploration of basic interrelationships between wood characteristics, chemical and mechanical processing and wood pulp behaviours. Corequisites: WOOD 3"7 and 473. 578 (2-6) c Advanced Sludies in Wood Products- Research in the properties of solid and reconstituted wood products. 579 (3) Forest Products Biotechnology - Uses of microbiology, enzymology and immunology to enhance the processing and value of forest products. 580 (2-6) c Problems in Forest Products- Directed study in problems associated with the forest industries; utilization; integration; developmental^ marketing of forest products, 581 (3) Forest Products Marketing/Management- Options available to the forest products industry with emphasis i in methods of strategic: analysis .Industry structure, business environment limitations; a practical market assessment. Prerequisite: WOOD 461. 582 (4| Chemical and Biological Asjiecls of Wood- The chemical nature of wood; the chemical aspects of protective treatments and the fundamental interactions between bacteria/fungi and wood. The application of micro-organisms and enzymes to wood porcessing. Lectures and a laboratory component. Prerequisites: CHEM 230 or equivalent organic chemistry course and one of: BIOI. 200 or 201, or MICB 200 or equivalent course 583 (3) Wood'Physics andmechanics- Wood -water interactions: thermal and elecncal pri ipcities and heal transfer in wood; stress-strain relationships; fracture mechanisms (static and dynamic); the influence of material variability, changing resource characteristics, temperature, time and moisture content on mechanical properties and structural use of wood. [3-0] 584 (3) Wood and Pulp Science Seminar- Presentation and critical review of topics and problems relating to w< nid properties and manufacturing processes. [2-0; 2-0] 585 (4! Research Meihods in Bores! Hydrology- Methodology and technique of studying tlie terrestrial components of the hydrologic- cycle, in relation to forest hydrology. 586 i.3i Wood Products Processing- Mechanical processing principles applicable to the conversion of logs to forest products including: lumber processing and control svstems. wood composite classification and manuiatturiiig concepts, presentation processing technology and fiberlo pulp conversion. 58" (2) Wood Composites- Relationship of bulk ancl surface properties of wood to ccmiposiie formation; influence of adhesive chemicai and physical properties on bond performance. Processing strategies to enhance strength and durabilitvol wood composites. Prerequisite: WOOD 487. 580 (2-6) c Problems in Forest Watershed Management 501 (2-6) c Research Methods In Foresl and Wildland Recreation S93 (2-6) c Problems in Forest and Wildland Recreation- Anaivsis of and solutions to problems in aclniinisirafion and management of recreation resources in forests, wildlands and non-urban parks. 59i i.S) Landscape Ecology and Management - Ecological aspei ts of i he development, form, and fuclion i if landscapes. 595 (2-6! c Research Meihods in Foresl Wildlife Sludies 59" (2-6; c Problems in Direst Wildlife Managemenl 599 (cr 1-2 18) c M.A.Sc Thesis 6)9 Ph.D. Thesis Natural Resources Conservation CONS 200 (3) Foundations of Conservation and Natural Areas Managemenl- Concepts of conservation and wilderness preservation. Principles of natural area managemenl for biological diversity, hahilai conservation and recreation. \2-l; 0-0[ 299 (0) hiiernsbip I A summer oi field work combining academic studv and practical, supervised, professional experience. 320 (3) Natural Resource Communications- Concepts and techniques for communication wilh various constituencies in the natural resources arena. Principles of public relations, conflict resolutions and public participation in resource planning and decision making. Business and professional speaking. [2-2; 0 0] 330 (3) Introduction lo Conservation Biology- Overview of approaches to the maintenance of biodiversity. Review of contnhutions of dillerent disciplines to conservation biology. ]0-0:2-2] 399 (0) Internship II- A summer of field work combining academic study and practical, supervised, professional experience. i30 (31 Management of Problem Wildlife- I'rinciplc. ofman- aging problem wiidhle in fores! and igigrierilttir.il envrionnients. Habitat manipulation and design, resilient v of populations, principles of integrated management, ecological control methodology. Class Held trips tostudv problems in develi ipmemolellective integrated management ol problem wildlife. Prerequisite: FRST 395, CONS 33b or equivalent course in animal ecology. [2-2; 0-0] ill) (.3) Recreation and Conservation Policy Policy formulation ancl anaivsis for recreation and conservation 'Tne roots of policy in ulililariau eonscTviiiion. romantic: preservation and attitudes towards nature, institutional orgin.s in fores! sea-vie e and paiks services. Emergence ol wilderness policy and its expansion. Recent policy developments in British Columbia and Canada [3-0: 0-0] ■181 (3) Protective Areas Planning - Tools and techniques used to develop resource coiisei-va',ion plans, interpretive semcc pians and recreation ricvelopnieni plans for pro- tected areas. 12-2: 0-1)| 491 (2) Issues in Recreation. Natural .Areas Managemenl and Resource Conservation A seminar on issues in resource-based recreation anil related liiunsm, wildlife ancl nalural heritage consercal ion in ihe governance of lands and e-oaslal resources, ana! ysis t if recrea! ii in and reiated tourism, wildlife and nalural heritage policies: the application oi researcli findings to natural heritage including wildlife conservation and recreational land inanagement. Pre'reciuisitC'.ERS'l 290 or CONS 200. [0-0; 2-0[ i98 (-a) Thesis or Special Project- An independent stutiyor rcscarch proiect of a siibiect ot special interest to the student under the supervision ofa staff member. The subject musl be appropriate to the student's area of concentration. 5()0 (i) Seminar in BitJogical Couserralion- Topics in conservation biologv with uppiieaiiiiii to current issues and particular reference to (hut riot limited to) forested ecosystems. ].M; 2-1 ] Wood Science and Industry WOOD 280 (3) Wood Anatomy- Macroscopic and microscopic anatomy and identification of gvmnosperiii and atigios|ierm wood and bark: cell u all iiltra-siruci lire, iv ft nl quality. Prerequisite: ERST 111. [3-3; IM)| 500 (0) Cooperative Work Placement I- Supenisee! work experience in an approved organization for a minimum of four months during the first term, third ycarol the Wood Science and Industry Cooperative Education Program. 310 (Oi Coojieralire Work Placement II- Supervised u"'k experience in an approved organization for a minimum of three mom Its (luring (he summer term bet ween the third and fourth vears of the Wood Science and Industry Coop- etative Education Program. 335 (3t Quality Improvement-- Modern leihniqucs foi improving Cjualily in the workplace with particular emjihasts on the forest products industry. Topics include quality ccintroi management, cuntroi charting, continuo! is inipr re- mem ancl analysis of variance recliniques. Prerequisites FRST 231 or equivalent. [DO: .3-1] 35.5 {2) Mill Site Visits- One week of on-site study < if lot est products manufacturing plants immediately following Spring examinations of Seeonil or Third Year. Representative sawmills, plywood mills, retnanufaciuriiig plants, narticlelioird manufacturers, pulp mills, laminated I iniliei plants and wood preservation facilities in die Iiitertoi unstudied Fees wiil fie assessed io meet expenses (Set; Index—Fees 'Special Fees",) 3"! (31 Wood Deterioration and Protection- Dcsmicinc effects of fungi, insects, marine borers, lire, and weathering oi 1 wood products in senice Prevention and i out toll liroiigh sanitation, proper utilization anc! construction [irai tires and preservative treatments. Decay and pathogens iii living trees and consequences for utilization. Prerequisite's WOOD 2811 and 5~2 [0-0:3-2] .372 (3) Wood Physics- Properties related to anatomy, vaii- abiiltv in behaviour, processing and use of wood ancl pulp wood-moisture relations growth characteristics: aiiisoirnpv, thermal electrical and acoustical properties; application oi these principles to practical situations. Prerequisite: WOOD 280. [0-l);2-2| 37-i (3) Manufacture and Properties oj Wood Products An overview ol lhe conversion of wood and mauulaciiire into major products bv various mechanical, chemica! ant! reconstituiion |)rocesses. Mechanical, chemical ancl plu.si- cal properties cn composites: formation of wood pulp. preservative treatment and (Irving of wood products [5-r0-0j 476 (3) Mechanics of Wood Products- lmroriuctioii lothc stceiigtlioi ma lerk! is villi emphasis on the bending, shear compression and column buckling behaviour of struct uial wood products, effects of material variability, temperature moisture anel time-clepenclcn! behaviour on tin' elastic properties and ultimate strength of wood am! wood priiclucls. Prerequisites: PHYS TU and WOOD ,v2. ](i-i): 2-2] 3~~ (3) Microscopic Analysis ofWood- Histological metliods; light and electron microscopic techniques for wood observation. Prerequisite: WOOD 280. j0-0; I-|[ -till) (0) Cooperative Work Placement III-Supervised work experience in an approved organization for a minimum ol four months during tlie second lerni. fourth year <;( the Wood Science and Industry Cooperative Educalion Prograni. 448 (3) Summer Work Report- Technical report on relevant wood industry experience. Faculty advice (luring the summer and preparation of the report required ior style and contents. till (5) WoodProducts. Marketing- Industry structure, nun- peiilivc environment and strategic options ol major segments of die North American wood products inciiisiiv: French 339 examination of major North American companies. Prerequisite: ECON 100. [3-2; 0-0] 470 (3) Commercial'TimbersoftheWorld- Systematic-study of commercial tree species, their identification, wood structure, properties and utilization. Survey ol Europe, Latin America, Africa, Asia, and Oceania by plant families. Prerequisites-. WOOD 280 or 475. Not offered in 1993/94. [0-0; 2-2] 473 (4) Wood Chemislry and Chemical Ftilizalion- Wood chemicai composition; cellulose, hemirelluloses. lignins and extractive struciures. reactions and responses in wood, pulp, and derivatives processing; wood as energy- source. Prerequisite: CHEM 253 or 230. [0-0; 3-4] 475 (3) Wood Properties, Identification and Uses- Elementary chemical, physical and mechanical properties of wood and their variations in relation to structure; identification by hand lens features; manufacture of lumber, pulp and composite wood products. (Not available for credit 10 Wood Science and Industry students.) Prerequisite: FRST 111. [3-2; 0-0] 476 (.3) limber Structures and Design- Design of engineered structural elements using limit states and working stress design principles with emphasis on wood, load duration, stress grades, sawn and glued laminated members, deflection, elastic instability, combined loads, timber joints, fastenersand light-frame systems. Prerequisites: WOOD 376 or CIVL 230. [2-2; 0-0| 482 (2) Wood Drying and Finishing- Principles and methods of seasoning of forest products; principles of finishing wood. Prerequisite: WOOD 372. [0-0; 2-21 484 i3l Sawmilling Systems- Principles for lhe design and operation of sawmills from the log sorting yard to the green lumber stage. Emphasis on designing and coordinating sawmill machine centers in the context of marketing requirements and raw material availability. Introduction to sawing optimization systems and process control. Prerequisite: FRST 332. [2-3;0-0| ■487 (3) Glued Wood Products- Physical, chemical and mechanical variables involved in cold, hoi ancl non-conventional adhesive bonding of wood; preparation and characteristics of adhesives: plywood, composite wood panels, hardboard, medium density fibreboard and laminated wood manufacturing processes; important physical and chemical prci|ierties of products; methods of prefinishing Prerequisites: WOOD 280 and 3:2. [0-0; 2-3] 488 (3) Analysis of Sawmill Operations- Principles of log and lumber grading and measurement. Introduction to methods for estimating production rates and yield of lumber and residue; cost accounting investment analysis; marginal log analysis; micro-coniputerapplieaiiiins of sawmill simulatorsandotheranalvtiralsoftware. Corequisites: FRST 332 and 333. Not offered in 1993/94. [2-2; 0-0] French Faculty of Arts 100 (12) Beginning French—Intensive Course- Grammar, composition, reading, and oral practice. Not available to students with prerequisile for FREN 110. [5-2; 5-2] 105 110 122 (6) Beginning French- Grammar, composition, reading, anel oral practice. Not available to students with prerequisite for FREN 110 [3-1; 3-1] (6) First-Year French- Prerequisite: FREN 11 or FREN 105. Nol available for credit to students with French 12 or FREN 100, [3-l;3-l| (3) Contemporary French language- Preparation for first-year university French, for students with Grade 12 who are not at the level required for FREN 122. Prerequisite: French 12 and assessment based on departmental placement test. [3-1] (3) Contemporary French Language and Lileralure I- Prerequisite: French 12, FREN 100 or 110, and placement test, or FREN 121. [3-1] 123 (3) Contemporary French Language and Literature II- Prerequisite; -'REN 122 or assignment based on placement test. [3-1] 215 (6) OralP'r <ncb Practice- Course designed to provide opportunities for studenls already well-grounded in grammar to impiove their oral skills. Prerequisite: FREN 123. |3-1; M] 220 (6) An Intioductioii lo Lileralure Written in French and :o Textual Analysis- To be laken by all students intending to proceed to the Major or Honours program. Pr requisite: FREN 12,3. [3-0; 3-0] 222 (3) Sludies in French Language and Style 1- Grammar, vocabulary, composition, language in context. To be taken by all studeits intending to proceed to the Major or Honours prcgram. Prerequisite; FREN 123 or assignment based on placement test. [3-1 ] 223 (31 Studies in French language and.Style II- Grammar, vocabulary, composition, language in context, 'lobe laken by all studeits intending to proceed to the Major or Honours pre gram. Prerequisite: FREN 222 or assignment based on placement les:. [3-1] 300 (3/6) d Meihods of Literary Analysis- A systematic inquiry into problems and methods of literary criticism. Emphasis on the application of various analytical techniques to texts chosen from different genres. Six credits required for third-year Honours students specializing in literature; open to all studen s with FREN 220. (3-0[ or [3-0; 3-0] 320 (3) French literature from the Middle Ages lo 1100 in its Historical end Cultural Context— Prerequisile: FREN 220. [3-01 321 (3) French Literature jrom 1700 to lhe Present in its Historical and Cultural Context— Prerequisite: FREN 220. [3-01 3.30 (3/6) d French-Canadian Lileralure- Characteristic works, from its origins to ihe present. Prerequisite: FREN 220. [3-0; 3-0] 33-1 (6) FrencbCivilization- AthematicapproachtoFrench literary wjrks considered in a broad cultural conicxt. Prerequisite: FREN 220 or FREN 223 or permission ofthe Department. [3-0; 5-0] 3.35 (6) French-Canadian Civilization- A thematic approach to French-Canadian literary works considered in a broad cultural context. Prerequisite: FREN 220 or FREN 223 or permission of the Department. [3-0; 3-0) 3i0 (6) French for Reading Knowledge. I- This course provides studeits having little or no previous language instruction ir French with a basic knowledge of French grammar ar d vocabulary sufficient for the understanding ' of scientific and scholarly works. Classwork and outside assignment; consist mainly of oral and written translation into English of texts from the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. Intended primarily as a FREN service course for un; versity departments requiringa read ing examin; tion in their advanced programs, this course is not available for credit toward a Major or Honours program in French and does nol satisfy the language requirement of the Faculty af Arts. Not available for credit to students with French 12, FREN 100, FREN HO.orequivalenr. [3-0; 3-0] 341 (6) French for Reading Knowledge, II— This course- provides sti idt-nts having some basic knowledge of French with a revew of French grammar and vocabulary, to improve their ability to understand scientific and scholarly works. Classwork and outside assignments consist mainly of oral and written translation into English of texts from the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. Intended primiarilyasaservicecour.se for university departments requiring a reading examination in their advanced p rograms, this course is not available for credit toward a Major or Honours program in French. Available to student: with French 12. FREN 100, FREN 110, FREN 123 or equivalent. Not available lo sludents with FREN 223 or equivalent. [3-0; 3-0] 342 (6) FrenchPracticefor Non-Specialists- French grammar, oral expression, reading skills, and short written compositions. Not available for credit toward a Major in the Department of French. Prerequisite: FREN 123 and at least third-year standing. Credit will not he granted for both FREN 223 and 342. |3-1; 3-l[ 344 (6) Techniques of Oral Expression in French- Intensive workshop designed to strengthen skills in formal oral presentation in French, emphasis on structured expression as well as effective oral delivery. Prerequisite; second-year French course (second-class standing or better recommended in FREN 215). [3-1; 3-1 ] 346 (3) Business French- The essential vocabulary and style of French commercial correspondence and business texts. Not available for credit toward a Major or Honours program in French. Prerequisite; FREN 223 or FREN 342. [3-OJ 351 (3) Corrective French Phonetics- Theory and practice of French pronunciation, corrective phonetics; foundation for the phonetic transcription of international French. Prerequisite: FREN 220 or 223. [2-2] 353 (3) French Grammar- Systematic study of the fundamental principles of French grammar. Prerequisite: FREN 223 or equivalent. [3-0] 355 (31 French Composition I- Development of essay writing skills in French. Prerequisite; FREN 22.3 or equivalent. 13-0] 357 (3) Translation I- Comparative study of French and English through translation. Prerequisite: FREN 22.3 or equivalent. [3-0] 370 (.3) Introduction to French Linguistics- A survey of basic terminology, methods, problems, and theoretical trends in French Linguistics, specifically designed to provide students wilh a foundation for advanced language study in the Departmcni of French. Prerequisite: FREN 22.3.' [3-0] 400 (6) ASurvey of French Literature in'Translation- Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English or Arts One and at least second-year standing. Not available for credit toward a Major or Honours program in French. [3-0; 3-0] 401 (6j Fourth-Year Honours Seminar- Toll etakeninthe Fourth Year by all Honours students specializing in literature. Prerequisite: FREN .300 or permission ofthe Department. [2-0; 2-0] 402 (3/6) d An Introduction lo French Poslslruclitralist 'Thought (in English)- Key texts by writers such as Foucauli, Derrida, Lacan, Kristeva, (axons and Irigaray will be read in translation, with assignments and discussion in English. Open to all students in third year and up. Not available for credit toward a Major or Honours program in French |3-0] or 13-0:3-01 403 (6) Survey of French-Canadian Literature in Translation- Prerequisite: Six credits of first-year English or Arts One and at least second-year standing. Not available for credit toward a Major or Honours program in French. [3-0; 3-0] 407 (3/6) d Medieval French literature- Representative literary texts from the eleventh to the fifteenth century. Topics and authors may include the epic. Tristan texts, Arthurian texts, the short narrative, satirical texts, religious drama, secular drama, lyric poetry, didactic poetry-. Francois Villon. Prerequisite; FREN 220. [3-0| or [3-0:3-0| 408 (3/6) d Literature of the Sixteenth Century- Topics may include works by Rabelais, Montaigne, Sieve. Labe, Ronsard. and Du Bellav. Prerequisite: FREN 220. [3-0] or |3-0; 3-0] 409 (3/6) d Literature of the Seventeenth Century- Representative authors. Topics may include works bv Corneille, Racine, Moliere, Descartes, Pascal, La Fontaine, and Mmede la Fayette. Prerequisite: FREN 220. [3-0] or (3-0; .3-0] 410 (.3/6) d Lileralure of lhe Eighteenth Century- The drama, the novel and representative writings of Voltaire, 340 French Diderot, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: FREN 220. 1.3-0] or 1.3-0; 3-0] ■il I (3;(i) d Poelry and Drama of Ihe Nineteenth Cenluiy- Representativevvorksand.significant trends Prerequisite: FREN 220, [3-0] or [3-0: 3-0] 412 13/6) d The Nineteenth-Century Novel- Significant historical, social and cultural trends Representative authors mav include Stendhal. Balzac, Flaubert, and Zola, Prerequisite: FRF.N 220. [5-0] or [3-0: 3-0] 414 (3/6) d Twentieth-Century Drama Tlie themes and ihe codes of modern drama as written by authors such as Ciauciek Sartre, Beckett, Ionesco, and Genet. Topics may include the theatre of alienation, the theatre of the absurd, and the staging ofthe theatrical illusion itself. Prerequisite; FREN 220. [3-0] or 13-0: 3-0] 4)5 (3 iii d Tbe Twenlielh-Cenluvy Nine!'■- Tlie aesthetics of i he novel and the develi ipmcnt of narrative techniques; the historical background i if (he period and the writing nf lhem.es such as alienation, authenticity, commitment, representation of sexuality, and textual se!f-reflexiviiy. Prerequisite; FREN 220. li-Oj or 11-0: 3-0] 'Co ;3''ti) d 'Tiventieth-CeiilitryrieiichRoe/iy- Representative works and significant trends. Prerequisite- FREN 220. |3-(l| or |3-0: 3-tij ■I IH (5/6) d African aud Caribbean lileralure in French An iniroduction to representative works. Topics include Negriiude, the evoiution of piisi-citioma! iitetautre. and lhe socio-hisiorica! context oi each work. Prerequisite: FREN 220, |3-0| or |3-0:.<-nj 419 i3 o) d Women's literature in France and French Canada- Representative French women writers iron) the Middle Ages lo die present; contemporary women writers in French Canada Prerequisite FREN 220 14 0] or |3-0; 3-0] e'U (5-;>! c Fiencbl.ilcraiure- Scieaetbtipics. Pre cqi trite. PRE. ■ 220. ■i22 (3-6 i d Women Writers oj France andFrench Canada- Selected texts bv French and francophone Canadian- Quebecois vvomen writers. Taught in English, using texts in translation. Assignments in English Not available to- wan! a Major or Honours program in French. Siudenis may noi receive credit for bolh FREN tl'-) and FREN t22 [3-0j or [3-0; 5 ()[ 425 (3,(ii d Children's Lileralure of ihe Freiich-Sjicakiiig World- Topics may inc hide discussion oi fairy tiles legends, moral tales, adventure stories, picture books and coimes, from socio-political, psychological and aesthetic perspectives; [iroriiiciiori and reception throughout the centuries; special attention io the contemporary corpus Prerequisite- FREN 220. ;3 ()[ or [5-0; 3-01 a lit (5: :>iag/rtg'/'hei;/(rc',t>;/->i't!c/!---J'!iestiielvaiiclpriidi.]Ctic)r, ol a play in French, All student.-, will be expected io he involved in some aspect of die proctut lieui, and lo com piece written assignments on the play and/iir the author. Prerequisite: FEFN 12A FREN .Juti highly recommended. 13-ii] 'i.'jil (4'tii A French-Canadian Literature- Seiccieii topics Prerequisite: FREN 350. (5 0i or |5-0, 4-iij nil (3) Computer Applications for French- This course is an imrotiiiCiiori io the use of computers in French lan- gu.ige and literature studies, and to the immediate pracii- ,-;ii and theoretical irniilicatiorts of t orupuiationa! approaches. No experience with eompuiers is required ;3'ri] ut if) ComputerApplicationsjorTrenth. II- This ceiurse is olieree! to students who would like lo appiv computational techniques to their own liierarv or linguistic research project. The course will develop both die medi- udological and lhe theoretical implications ofthe ciiiiipu- laiionai approach in the context of ihe student s projects. Possible propels include literary ic_iha.se design, juio- n„uie thematic tagging, aimimatii witting, and conipuier assisted quantitative linguistics. Prerequisile: FREN •HO. |3-0] |53 (3) French Stylistics- Prerequisite. FREN 553 or 555 or 357. 13-0] 155 (3) French Conijiosilion IE Viork.shop in creative writing, fiction and non-Oction. Prerequisite: FREN 355, [3-0] i5" (3j Translation II-- Advanced traioianoii Prerequisite; FREN 35", [3-D] itii (3) Historical Phonetics and Phonology of Trench - Phonetic evoiunoi! from hum to modern French, Em- phase, on the I aim oi northern Gaul anti die origins ofthe phonology of modern French Prerequisite: FRF.N 551 and310 [5-0] lie' (31 Historical Morphology and Syntax qjFrench- ! )c- velopmeni o! grammatical formsfroin latin, through medieval French, a i ihe mi idem ianguage Prer"c|itisile:FREN 3Tl [3-0] lilt (3: liisioruu! lexicology of French- Popular vocabulary, loan-words; relationships between lexicon ami eui- iura! hi-uorv; ihe sf ages in the assimilation ol neologisms; changes in meaning Prerequisite: EREN370. [54:1 165 (3) Iniroduction io Old French- An introduction lo lhe phonetics, grammar and vocabulary of major Old French dialects; corpus of various literary texts tPtl; liiii c.) Prcrequisito: FREN 353. Ivti] i/'O (.3-6 i c French language- Selectcdiopus. Prerequisile: at least FREN 12!\ but there may be others depending on lire toon selected ■el (5i Advanced French Phonetics-- Descriptive phonet- ics; advance cl lealures tn phonetic st npi anil intoiiaitoii. socioiiiiguis.i an nd regional variation, presentation oleof 11- P'llcr-assisiei! speech analysis. Prerequisite: FREN t_2 (33ii) d Merpliology of the 14-euch language- Themor- juioiogica! mailings ol' Ficnch (gender, liiniiber, tense, iiioile. |ic'i'so!i. 'Ci,. 1 iitii! ;heir tiiirierhing se-iiianiic systems Prerequisites' FREN .355 and .-TO (FREN 5:<5 and 3"'0 may lie taken coricuiicullvwitiithc n enuissioriik the instructor! [3-0] or [SO; 3 0] r'."3 (3/61 d Syntactic Description ofthe licncb Language- The syntactic markings of French (word order, agreement, prou(!imii.i!isali'ii) elei anil their underlying semantic systems. Prerequisites: FREN 454 and NO (FREN 35,5 and 3"30 niav be laken concurrently wilh the permission of tile instructor). [3-0j oi 1.5-0, 3-'l[ i"4 (3) Synchronic Lexicology- An nil induct ton to ihe studv of lhe vocabulary of modern Fsent'ii, focusing on basic principles in lexical semantics, lexicology phraseology lexicography tci-niniologc anc! neve leclinoiogies, neology. Prerequisites; FREN 55/ am!;."(' 13-0) i"S (3/6) d Canadian Freud: A Descriptive Api'roacb- The phonetics, phonology lexii on and symax of siiokc-ii anil written Canadian Fremli I'rc'iftjuisues' FREN .351. 455 and 3"0, iFRFN 551 mav bf taken concurrently with the periiiission of 'lie msirtieier ) j5-(1] or [3-0: 5-0] ed (3) The Pronominal Approach and the Description oj Sj'okett French- A lortria' analysis o[ syntactic strut lures based on examples 1 >l spoken French. Prerequisite.; FREN 555 And 5"0( FREN5- J at 1,! /"tiuia;,, betaken loricuireiith with the permission of ihe insinntort. [3-0! 4"8 (hi Romance linguistics fhe Indo-European hack- ground; Classical anc Vulgar iaiui. ttie origin, deveioi) rneniand spreaitoi ilieRtMiiancelanguages: ihcai v 1 ;taba (arc, phonology morphology, syntax, vernacular latin texts and Romance lexis. Prerequisite: two years'si tidvol each ot iwo Romance languages or iwo years ut one Romance language and one year of lalin. iAIso listed as LING 320 and RMS!' 4 No. |>u. TO! iSO (6) Comparaipe Eieucij and English Slylistics- !)e- 48-1 ■I. 9 ■i<>9 51)0 5iil 503 SOS sll-l 505 506 50" 50H 5(» 099 lish forms uf expression. Available only to students enrolled in the Diploma program inTranslation. [3-0; ,-n| di) Advanced Translation: Trench lo English- this course is intended to give a wide-ranging and thorough foundation in both literary and technical translation from French to English Must be taken concurrently with FRF.N 41.4. Available only to students enrolled in the Diploma program in Translation, [3-0; 3-0.1 (ui Advanced Translation: English to French- Ihis course is nitenderi to give a wide-ranging and thorough femndaiioii in both literary and technical translation in mt English 10 French. Must tie laken concurrently with FRF.N |S2. Available onlv to studenls enrolled in the: Diploma prograni in Translation. [5-0, 3-OJ (ei Seminar in Advancea Translation- Available onlv lu students enrolled in the Diploma program in Translation. !54/3-0i (hi Translation proiect- A major practical exercise in translation: French to English or English to French -V.ait- ,ib!e tilth' 'it stuclcrtls eiirollec! in the Diploma program in Translation. (6-12) c HonoursPsstiy (5) Metliods oj Bibliography and Research t.5:<y': c similes tn the Literature of Medieval France 1,3/(1) c Studies in Sixieeiuh-Ceulurv literature (3, (11 d Studies In Seveiileenth-Ceuliiiy Literature (3/61 d Studies 111 the Seventeenth-Century .Voce/ t ,3ti' d Studies in Seventeenth-Century Drama (3. (11 d Sludies 111 the Eighteenth-Ceutuiy Not el \.5:ci) c Studies in ihe French Eiillgbieiiineiil (3,ti) d Studies in French Romantic Dler-ilure (3/'.i! d Sludies in Posi-Remanlic Mneteeiilh-cenlury literature i5/'! d Bauiielairc and ihe Symbolists (5, (it d Studies in Conlemjiorarv French lileralure 15 ■'!') d Sludies in literary Criticism (5/tii d similes in French-Canadian literature (.5-6) d Problems Relating to the French Novel (.ii)) c THe Language and Literature oj Old Proreueul (5-12) d Smtilcs in French lileralure 1,3/11) d Studies lu lhe Ilileralure oj the French-Speaking W arid (3/61 d Sludies lu French and Comjiaralive Stylistics id) .tie/o) Essay (5-12i d sludies tn French language (.3 ni d Studies hi French Phonetics and Phonology 66) d Siiuiies in French Morphology 1.5/bi d Studies in French Syntax 156: d Studies intrench lexicology (3,-.i 6 Studies in French Semantics 1.510) d Studies in Canadian French (3/6) d Similes In Gallo-Romance Dialectology i.'./i d sludies ui Romance Philology tiii Musics Thesis Ph.D. Thesis Genetics GENE Faculty of Graduate Studies. See also courses listed uhpeb "medical genetics" 501 (3l (.ienelics- 5 ie'tine series intended to acqnaiui graduate genetics students and those in related areas wi'P adv anccs u, genetics anc! an overview of genetics in a varieiv ofsvstems .'fhe emphasis is on molecular genetics .Require'' ofs!i,i'enis,'i'Jicgr:iiiu.]!cgeneticsr'rogram Pi-erciti.n-.itC" Geography 341 BIOL 334 and 335 or equivalent and a third year course in Biochemistiy. 502 (3) Genetics- Alectureseriesintendectoacquainlgradu- ate genetics students and those in related areas wii h advances in genetics and an overview of genetics in a varieiv of systems. The emphasis is on eukaryotic genetics. Required olstuelenisinthegradiiategeneticsprogram. Prerequisites'. BIOC 334 and 335 or equivalent and a third year course in Biochemistry. 549 (6/12) c M.Sc. Thesis 649 PhD Thesis Geography Faculty of Arts GEOG 1. Studenls registered in the B.Sc. program in Geography may receive Arts credit for no more than two of Ihe following courses: GEOG 250, 290 (formerly HO), 521,327.32B 329,350. 360, 562. and 363- These are the only Geography eourses that will be considered as Arts eleciives for the BSc degree in Geography. 2. The following Geography courses may nol be used for either ArtsorScience designated'credit: GEOG210.310,315.3lb, 317. 370. 371, 3i'h J/5, 410, 115. -ir, 4in. -en- * Courses which have Science credit are followed by an asterisk. JOT* (6) Iniroduction to Physical Geography- An introduction to the physical environment. The basic physical principles and processes that govern cllmate-landform-veg- etation-soil systems on the surface ofthe earth. Natural and human-induced changes in environmental systems through time. Laboratory exercises cover techniques of measurement, representation, ancl analysis of environmental characteristics, and include map construction map and air photo interpretation, and field observations. [3-2; 3-2] 102* (3) Introduction to Climate and Blogeography- Basic physical principles and processes governing atmospheric circulation, climate and the water cycle. Natural and human-induced environmental change Laboratory covers lechniques of representation and analysis, including map construction and analysis. Credit will he given Ior only one of GEOG 101 and 102. [3-2; ()-()[ 103* (3) Introduction lo Terrestrial Physical Geograjjhy- Basic physical principles and processes governing landform . and landscape development, including soil systems and the hydrologic, biogeochemical and denudation cycles. Natural and human-induced changes in environmental systems through time. Laboratory covers techniques of measurement and analysis, including map construction, map and air photo interpretation, and field observations. Credit will be given foronly one of GEOG I01 and 103. ]0-0; 3-2] 121 (3) Geographical Change in the Modernizing World I- An introduction to the human geography of the modernizing world, i\ Ti50-19't5, including; power, space and die geography of agrarian societies; tlie formation of a European world system; geographies of industrialization, urbanization and eoloni/at ion: geopolitics of wars and revolutions Credit will be given for onlv one of GEOG 121,120 (no longer offered), and 220 (no longer offered). [5-1; 0-0] 122 (3) Geographical Change in the Modernizing WorldII- An introduction to the human geography of die modern world since 1945, including: t he emergence of global interdependence in economic geography, geopolitics, and cultural geography; consequences of modernization, including demographic patterns, urbanization, and environmental effects; regional ease studies, reactions lo modernization. Continuation of GEOG 121. but may be taken separately Credit will begiven for only oncofGEOG 122,120 (no longer offered), and 220 (no longer oflered). [0-0;5-l ] 200* (5) Weather and Climate I- An introduction to the principles of meteorology and climatology at the synoptic anel global scales. Atmospheric energy, moisture and motion. Weather systems, forecasting and global climates. Prerequisite:,: GEOG 10:. or 102 or the lirst year ofa B.Sc. program (san e as ATSC 200). [3-2: 0-0] 204* (3) Forest a'idAgricultural Climatology- Basic principles and processes of climatology. Energy and water balance concept:. Motion and weather systems. Microclimate of soils, crops forests, and animals. Microclimate modification and air pollution. Climate classification and land capability. (Sanies SOIL 20a ) Credit may not be obtained for both this coui se anc! ATSC/GEOG 200 or 500. Forestry, Ans and Science s.udents register in GEOG 20'!. [5-2; 0-0j 205* (3) Iniroduction lo Hydrology- Principles of hydrology al site, watershed, and larger regional scales. Introduction to te.'hniques of measurement and analysis. Emphasizes surface waler hydrology of western North America. Prerequisite: GEOG 10! or 102, GEOG 200 recommended. [0-0; 3-2] 207* (5) Geography of Ecosystems- Landscape ecology, emphasizing the vegetation component oi ecosystems; their spatial distiibations and interactions; the effects of disturbance and management Data sources, including historical records.Regie naiexampleswillbeeinphasized. Prerequisite: GEOG 101,0-102 and 104. [5-2] 210 (3) IntroductionloSxiely-EiivironmenlSystems- The interrelation ,hips between humans and the major natural and modifier physical environmental systems. Credit will be given for only one id GEOG 210 and its predecessor GEOG HO [3-1:0-0] or [0-0; 3-11 200 (3 i Geogrephy of Economic Activity— Description and analysis of the location of resource production and processing, trade, aid service centres, and of urhan and regional development: with emphasis upon Canada in its North American anJ worid set ing. |3-T0-()i of [0-0; 3-1] 290 (3l Introd action to the Geographv of Canada- Selected topic, in human geography focusing on the regional distribution ot natural resouices. population, urban systems, and economic activities. Credit will be given for only one of GEOG 290 ancl ils predecessor GEOG 190. [3-1; 3-0) 300* (5) Weather and Climate II- An introduction to ihe principles o: meteorology and climatology at ihe micro-, local, and meso-scaies. Processes associated wilh the i rans- fcr of heat, mass and momentum and the resulting climates near :lie Earth s surface. Microclimates on scales from those oi a leaf to those ofa large valley; locai winds, boundary la er cloud, log, tornadoes Credit will be given foronlvone >fATSC300,GEOG204,300orSOl!.20i. Prerequisites- - TSC 200 or GEOG 200. (Same as ATSC 3n(l.i [0-0: 3-0[ 301* (5) Atmospheric Energetics - Radiative transfei and thermodynamic theoiy applied lo the Earth-Atmosphere system. Exchanges oi short and long-wave radiation between the atmospiere and tlie surface. Behaviour of dry anil moist air Static stability, mixing and thermodynamic diagrams 1 rerequisile One ;ifPHYS 156,203. 213, GEOP 230. (Same as ATSC 30.1 i [3-0-2. 0-0-0] 302* (3) Almos'ihene Phenomena- Physical basis of cloud, precipiiaiio i, anci cnUe: atmosphere pnenciniena Cionci dynamics and microphi sirs. Processes of droplet.'ic e particle growth producing precipitation. Severe weather. Atmospheric chemistry, electricity, optics and acoustics. Prerequisite: ATSC/GEOG .301. (Same as ATSC 302 ) 10-f. 3-0[ 303* (5) Methods in Atmospheric Science-- An iiurocluctioii to instrumentation usee! in monitoring the state ofthe atmosphere: a brief survey of metliods of anaivsis of meteorological dala. Prerequisite: ATSC/GEOG 200. CPSC, 111 (Sameas ATSC '0.5.) [0-0; 2-2] 306* (3) Principles of Geomorphology- Morphological, physical and historical anaivsis of landforms at various lime and since Stales; structure, process ancl stage as ianriform controls: landforni assemblages as; indicators of clinate history; regional geomorphology of Canada, Pr .Tellurite GEOG 111! or 103 or GEOL 100 Credit will be given for onlv one of GEOG 30. and its predecessor GEOG 213 3-2i 0-0| 308* (3) Quaternary and Applied Geomorjiholoey Land scape development during die Quaternary Eta emphasizing the histoiy of glatiation with special reference in western North America; applications ofgcomorphi if igicai information in resource development anci 'and management, emphasizing interpretation of Quaternary, mated als. Students will he required to attend weekend field trips. Prerequisile SOIL 200, GEOG 3lK or GEO! 551. [0-0:3-2| 309" (3) Physical Geography Field Course Field practice, sun-eying techniques, field instrumentation, and .napping of elements ofthe physical environment. The c ours.; will include two hours of lectures perweck and Iwo week'/ residence at a field camp immediately li illowing the Spring examinalion perkxl of die third year. A fee, to be paid bv January 31, wili be charged io cover the cost of accomnio'ia- tion and tood; (See hides ior Fees "Special Fcee'v sttaients will lie responsible ior transportation to and irom the lielti camp and for liability insurance. Students shouli! register for thecourseal die beginning of Iheu third year Prerequisite-. GEOG 200 (or 204) and 205, [0-0; 2-21 .10 i5) Environment and Resources- Concepts uf environment and resouicc; the role of phvsiea! geography :n understanding the interaction of humans and the cr, vit citi- nieiit; intrix.lin.tion to Ihe managemenl of eiiviro';i)s.rii;- resource systems. Pieretjuisite: six credits from GEOG 101. 102 (or 200 or 20-D. 103.205,207. [3-0; 0-0] or iO-ti CO] 515 (3) EnvironmentalInuciituryaiidClassifieation- (las sifii-ation and inventory of those biophysical e'et'ients which irifluemc people's use of air land, and. water. Prerequisite: SixcreeiiistinmGEOG till. 102. 103 20(1 or 20-r 205 and 207. [1.5-1.5] 31(i (4) Geography o] Nalural'Hazards lla/aidsrc'ului'g from In iman interaction with the lithosphere, hydrosphere, atmosphere and liiospheie. The roleofgeoph'-sicatcvenis aspects oi human ecology, environmental perceptI; ai ant! worid social and political order in explaining the risk til natural disasters. Assessment of acceptable risk, approaches to disaster relief and reconstruction, and eonirasis between developed and developing nations. Prerequisite. GEOG 101 or GEOG 102 and 103. [5-0] 315 (3) The Physical Environment of British Columbia- The biophysical processes winch are shaping am1 have shaped British Columbia The characteristic associations between landforms. climate, soil, and vegetation, biophysical constraints on air, land and water use in the province. Prerequisite: Six credits from GEOG 102 (or 200 or 20-D, 101, 103, 205, and 207. [ii-ll: 5 0] 520 (5) Cultural Geography of North America - Content. poran-landscapes and land uses considered in relation to tiie economy, technology, and values of Canada and rce tinited States, Prerequisite: GEOG 121 or i22 or ,:9(i indie former 120 or 22ti (.3 Cl; 0-0! or [O-il: * 0] 321 (3) Hi.sloriCiltleiigraphviifl'rbaiiiZiiii'ot!■■- Geugrat,ns persperrives tin she grownr til urban rcgnaie pfe-iti'lts- tiui cities, urban growth during industriali/ation. arii- inbaii reaction. Prerequisile: GFOG 121 or 2u0 iu the former I20iir22(), ]5-0; 0-0] or 10-lii 5-0] 322 (3) FieldCour.se in Human Geography- Asanuoiitired by lhe riepartmeni a year in advance Prerequisite, 'he relevant core course or courses 327 (3) Historical Geography of Canada, i Canada Heiore 1850- Canada from lhe beginning of European conn; ie. trie mid 19th century, stressing the c hangingge, igrsphica! patterns of settlement, economy, and culture [4-1): 0 e] 52B (51 Historical Geography of Canada. II Canada Aj'er :B50-- The spread of settlement, tlie growth ol mwus. ancl (tee rieveiopntem of ec in a Canada iiicieasiit tion, [0-0:5-0[ onoiit . and coi red bv tiiai reel 342 Geography 329 (3) Iniroduction lo Political Geography- The heritage of political geography; the spatial structure of political organi/ation including notions of territoriality ancl hierarchy, centralityand nodes, boundaries and frontiers, global structures. Prerequisite: GEOG 120 or 2dO or the former 220; also open without this prerequisite to Major and Honours students in History, International Relations, and Political Science. [0-0; 3-0| 330" (6j Our Natural Environment- Human impact on (he atmospheric and surface environments: surface and subsurface hydrology: stream channels and floods; landslides and avalanches; glacial processes; solar energy; climate and climatic change; ecosystems; people as ecosystem controllers. Interactions among climatic, hydrologic/ geomorphic, and biotic factors in selected North American environments. For third- and fourth-year siudenis. Not available for credit to sludents registered in either Science or Applied Science, nor lo students who have taken or who are required 10 take GEOG 101, 102 or 10,3. |3-0; 3-0] 350 (3) Introduction to Urban Geography- Cite- systems and theories of urban location; internal spatial structure of ihe city; commercial and industrial location; social areas; mobility patterns; neighbourhood and land use change; urban trends, land use problems, and public policy. Prerequisite; GEOG 121 or 122 or 2(i0 or the former 120 or 220 or URST 200. [3-0; 0-0) or [0-0; 3-l)j 352 (3) The Geography of Third World Urbanization- Urbanization in the developing countries of Latin America, Africa, and Asia; lhe role of tines in the development process and the features and problems of rapid uriianiza- tton. [3-0; 0-01 35" (5) Introduction to Social and Behavioural Geography- The development of social and behavioural geography; focus on such topics as environmental perception and microgeography, approached from institutional and inleraclionist perspectives. Prerequisite: GEOG 121 or 122 or 210 or the former 110 or 120 or 220. [0-0; 5-01 500 (3) Geography of Retail. Wholesale, and Service Activities- Contemporary patterns of economic activity. The geographical and policy factors which shape them. Introduction to spatial analysis of consumer demand and industrial organization and policy. Focus on such topics as the location of shopping centres and office complexes. Prerequisite; GEOG 260. [3-0: 0-0| 302 (3) Geography of Economic Develojimetil- Geographical approaches to economic development; models of economic deveiopmenl and spatial change: influences on spatial economic change; case studies from the developed, third, and socialist worlds. Prerequisite: GEOG 122 or 260 or the former 120 or 220 [(.)-(); 2-1] 3(1.4 (3) TheGeographyof ResourceIndustries- Geographical analysis of selected resource industries of importance to Canada Each year a selection will he made rrom the agriculture, forestry, fishing, mining, energy, and recreation sectors which will be dealt with in international ancl national contexts. Prerequisite: GEOG 122 or, preferably. 200. [3-0:0-0] 5"0 03) Geographic Dala Analysis- Introduction to geographic techniques. Thecourse will cover the majorso lines of geographic data and their storage, manipulai ion. analysis and display. Restricted to Major am! 1 lonours siudenis in Geography. Prerequisites: Six credits from GEOG Itii. 102. 103. 200. 205, and 20"3; and six credits from GEOG 121,122,210,260,290 and (lie former GEOG 120 [2-2: 0-01 or [0-0; 2-2| ,371 (.3) Research Techniques in Geography- Methods lor observing, recording anci analyzing data; research methodologies with emphasis on behavioural research in geography. Prerequisite or corequisite: GEOG .370 or permission of the Head of the Department. [0-0; 5-0] 3""2* (3) Cartography- Cartographic meiiieiris.-deveiopmenl of cartography: projections; claia ordering, compilation and sy'iiibohzanon; cartography design, map 37.3* .37-4 375 380 385 .390 39-4 395 401' 4)1* i0.5* ■il)5* -tOd* reproduction. Prerequisite: six credits from GEOG 101, 102.10.3,200or 204.205 and 207. [2-2; l)-0| or [0-0; 2-2] (3) In I roductoiy Remote Sensing- Aerial photography; measurement from aerial photographs; photo-interpretation in geographic analysis: remote sensing of the ean h 's surface and atmosphere. Prereqiusiic or eorequisiic: GEOG 370 or completed sea mil year of a Geography- B Sc. degree ill: 0-0j (3) Statistics in Geovraph" I- Introduction 10 statistical leclitiiques and their application to geographical ptoh- lems, Prereqiusiic or corequisiie: GEOG ,37!) or perniis sion otitic Head ofthe Department. [3-0; 0-0] (3) Spatial Dala Analysis- Introduction to computer programming and statistical techniques for managing, analyzing, and mapping spat ial data, survey of topics coniniemeiucri by assignments using backagc computcr programs and get igbiptuca! informa 1 ion systems. Pieieq- uisite or corequisiie: GFOG,370 or permission of the Head ofthe Department. ]0 0; 2-2\ (31 Iniroduction lo the Geograjihy of Monsoon Asia- A comparative regional analysis stressing the historical deveiopmenl and changing cultural, economic, and political paliems ofthe area. Special reference to India, Indonesia. China, and Japan. ]3 (!) (3) Geography of China- An iniroduction to the changing cutim-al, social and economic gcograph' of China, Prerequisite: GEOG 121 or the former !3ti 01 220. [3-0;0-0| (3/6) d Geography of Selected Regions- A geographical analysis of selected re-gions 110; regularly included in (tie Department sufferings in regional geography (e.g. tropica! Africa, Europe, Oceania). Students should consul! the Department regarding regions to be covered. [3-0!or[3-0;5-ti|B (3) Geography of lhe Soviet Fuieu and lis Successor Nations: Thematic Analysis Physical environment and natural resources; distribution oi population and economic activities: tlieir historical origins, and (he impact of Soviet rule, and i tineiil evolution, j3-0; O-llj (3) Introduction lo the Geograjihy of Latin Ameriea- Physical environment, current demographic and cultural patterns in Middle and South America, trends in die settlemen! anc! resource use from earliest en'ries to the present; North American comparisons. [3-0: 0-0! (5) I'rban Meleorology- The impact of urbanization upon atmospheric processes and climates. The energy ancl vvaler balances of cities. Meicorolngii'ale'ffectsi urban heal island, prccipiiaiion motiiiicatiou, eie' ; and their significance. Models ofthe urban atmosphere. Prerequisite: ATSC 3G FOG 300 [(Ml; i-0| (3) Air Pollution Meleorology lhe nature of atmospheric pollutants. The at .lily of the atmosphere 10 disperse, transform unci remove [iolliitanis Air pollution dispersion models. Air quality iiionuoring. criieria .end .standards Prerequisile ATSG-GFOe 2ti!) and 301), [2-2; ()-()[ C,5) Global Climate and Climate Change- Flic global climate syslem. Climates over the geological, historical and instrument periods Theories ofclim.uii change. Monitoring and modelling the dim:tie system. Impacts oi change on enviririiuenralandstt, lo-ecrtiiiinnesysieiiis, Prcrcquisifes: ATSC41EOG 200 and .mo 10-ti 3-0] (3j Tluvlal tieoniorphoiogy- introduction to open channel flow and se'iiimcnt iraiispear River morphology and channel tvpes. Pa!acohvrito!ogyr The development of channel networks i i04. lOu given in alternate- years,) Picn-titiisiie: GEtKi iOty |0-0;2-2| (5) Hdlsloj/e Geomorphology llilislope processes and their rates oi" operation. Spectrum of geoiriorphic events on slopes, and phenomena resulting from instability on soil and snow siopes. Sic que evolution over long periods (405/406 given In alleruate years.) Prerequisite: GEOG 306. [0-0; 2-2[ 408' 410 418 (3/4) c DI reeled Sludies in Physical Geograjihy A course for fourlh-vear students in Geography designe I to permit them to undertake an investigation ofa lojiieli die- agreed upon by a member of the faculty and thesturCni Permission of the Head of the Department and of ihe supervising faculty member is required. Credit wili lie given for oniv one ol GEOG .IP and 4-18. (3) Snow aud lee Processes- Formation of snow and re masses and their evolution including snowjarks. glaciers and sea tee. Relationships between snow, ne and climate including avalanche forecasting. Weekend field trips. Pre requisite. GFOG 204, !.;-2i()-0j (5) Geograjihy ami Resource Analysis- Geographical analysis o! society-environment systems. Relates resource allocation, use, and development to changing demand technology, policy, institutional arrangements, and social values, Piereqiusiie'GEOG 510, [3-0[ (.3) Environmental Quality and Impels 1 Assessment Environmenta! qualiiv from the standpoints of human perception, governmental standards, methods of measurement, impact assessment, and strategies for tlie enhancement of qualiiv. Case studies are drawn prunaiilv from Norih America. Prerequisile: GEOG ,310. (3-0 :5) Physical Environment of the City- The impact of iirbanizatii in upon the nat lira! env'ii-onmen land vie evcisa Aspects of urban climate, soils, hydrology, physiography, vegetation, and wilcllile. Urban metabolism, pollution, wasic management, and naiunil hazards. Past, prosrin, and future, urban environments. Prerequisite: GEOG 510, [0-11:3-0"! 13l Environmental Change- Changes in die physical environment in terms of long term (e.g. climatic change), short term (eg. river c haniiei changes), imermitieii! teg landslides and avalanches) ant! sequential (eg. piant successions; eiivironiiienia! changes. Emphasis on the role oi anci impacts on people. Prerequisile:: GEOG 310. 1.5-ti. ()-()[ (3; Modes oj Subslslcuce The nature ol subsistc-it'e systems antedating or alternative to modern common in! systems. Introductory .survey with basic readings: fin to, m problems such as the development of complex cultures without agriculture, the ambiguity of hunting and gal her ing, agricultural and other intensification,' "ori'liesita- iion" of ihe useoiariiaccnt microenvironmcms. Ot unci esi l< 1 students of archaeology, anthropology, and culiui.il geography. Same as Anthropology -ill. |3-()| (3) Altitudes Toward the Environment- An examination of aiiiiudes ihai have influenced land use and euvr ronmeiiia! change 111 die past and present. Prerequisite: GFOG 510 [5-0] (3) Historical Geograjihy of China- China from lhe Neolithic, stressing the beginnings and changing goo graphical patterns of various technologies and economies, insulations, anci cultures. [0-0; .5-0] (3) Historical rreograjihy of British Columbia, I- Social cultural, aud economic geographies of native and unnu- grani soi ieiics io 1930. Prerequisile: GEOG 32" ami ,52s aie recomiiicnrie!1 Fins course is noi open to .students wlio iiave rikrn GEOG t>~ [2-1:0-0] (3) Historical Geograjihy of British Columbia. IL Re search seminar Approaches to research in fusion::' geography Field trip participation recon;mended bul eo: require-c! Prerequisites: GEOG 426 and one of GEOG 31 i ,32", 328. + is. HIST (04.ANTH304,5.32, or420. Thiscoiir-.t- is not open io students who have taken GEOG 127. [.untied enreilmeni fui non-Geography majors. [0-0; 0-3] (31 Geographic Though! and Practice- An overview 14 piuii iscipliicai unci rncihoiiiiiogica! quest ii ins in iweiiiielh- ccniury-geography: the enipiovinent oi geographers. En - viriesiicontex! in which so place other geograjihy coi uses. Open It) Geography majors and Geography concent r,i lions in Education. \2-2: 0-0] Geological Sciences 343 4a8 (,3) Directed Studies in Geograjihy- For fourth-year students in Geography to permit investigation of a topicuo be agreed upon by a member of the faculty and the student. Prerequisite; Permission ofthe Head of the Department and of the supervising faculty member Credit will be given for only one of GEOG 407' and 448. 449* (3/(i) d Honours Essay- Carries 6 credits Arts credit for sunlents in the Faculty of Arts and 6 crediis Science credit for students in the Faculty of Science, except lor I lonours Climatology studenls, who will receive only 3 credits Science credit, 450 (3) Urban Analysis- Geographic analysis of selected problems of the internal structure of cities and urban systems. Prerequisiie: GEOG 350 or permission of ihe instructor [0-0; 3-0j 45.3 (3) Political Geographic Analysis- Analysis of the polilical organization of space at. selected geographic scales (international to urban); development of political polity, organization, and behaviour, and their locational consequences: decision making and conflict resolution. Prerequisite: GEOG .329 or .550. [0-0; 3-il] 457 (3) Social and Behavioural Geograjihy- - Traditions in social geography; the French school; the concept of place; social space; class, caste, and spatial behaviour; urban perception; controlling urban space: territorial groups; urban behaviour settings; decision-making worlds in the city; urban microstudies in North America and Europe; the meaning of the city. Prerequisite: GEOG 350 or 357. [0-0: 3-OJ (60 (3) Geography of Manufacturing- Industrial location theory; factors in the location ofthe firm; manufacturing and regional development. Case studies Field trip. Prerequisite: GEOG 260, [0-0; 3-0] 461 (3) Geography, Public Policy aud Regional Development- Analysis of regional development policies in Western. Socialist, and Third-World contexts: theoretical foundations, problems of implementation, and consequences. Regional impact of national economic policies and political-economic structures. Prerequisite; any ot GEOG 360 to 363. ]0-t); 3-0] 464 (3,i Spatial Interaction- Thcconcepisofdistanceand accessibility; theories relating to diffusion, commodity flow, and human travel behaviour, and their application to I economic activity anaivsis. Prerequisite'. GEOG 350 or' 360. [0-0; 3-01 468 (3) Geography of International Economic Systems- Canada and the Pacific Basin- An introduction to the study of international economic systems illustrated by the study of Canada's relations with the countries located in the Pacific Basin. [2-1:0-0] 4~2* (3) Geographic Information Systems- Cartographic modelling, digital terrain models, spatial interpolation, automated cartography, and other theoretical aspects of Geographic Information Svsiems. limited enrolment. Prerequisite: GEOG .370 or completed second year ofa Geographv B.Sc. degree. [2-2; 0-0] 481 (5) Geography of Japan A critical analysis of significant human adaptations to changing ecological conditions in tlie Japanese archipelago Prerequisite: GEOG 122 or the former 120 or 220. [()-(); 3-0] 484 (31 Geography of Southeast Asia A critical analysis of significant human adaptations to changing ecological conditions in the region, wilh particular reference to the Malay World. Prerequisite: GEOG 122 or the former 120 or 220. [0-0; 3-0) 493 (3) Geography of Eastern Eurojie- Physical environment and natural resources; distribution of population anil economic- activities: present-day patterns and their historical origins; current problems of regional development. The region is taken to comprise the former COMECON countries (excluding die Soviet Union) plus Yugoslavia and Albania. [0-0; 3-0] a94 (3) Geography of tbe Soviet Union and its Successor Nations: Regional Analysis- Principles and practices of Soviet regiona development, and their present-day legacy; selected current problems, regions examined vary Irom year 10 year Prerequisite: GEOG 39-'*. [0-0; 3-0] 495 (3) Selected latin American Habitats- Physical environment, inl abitants, and livelihood systems along transects from densely settled uplands to tropical lowlands n Midel e and .south America; aaiiudinal interrelationships; changing human-land interaction from earliest entries to the present ancl associated changes in landscape. [0-0: 3-0] 497 (3) Geography of lhe Canadian Arctic- The patterns of physical an .1 human geography in Canada's northiand; the impact o the physical environment on the human occupancy ot the north; exploration, trade, ancl settlement; northern resources; current economic and social problems, 3-0; 0-01 499 (3) F.conon ic and Social Geograjihy of Canada - An examination of the political economy of regionalism 111 Canaca. Geographical attributes of selected contemporary issues. Prerec ursite: GEOG 290 and either GEOG 526 or GEOG 328.0 ion to fourth vear students only. |0-0: 3-0j 500* (3) Physical Geography Contemporary research trends in physical geography. Description and identification ofenviro lmental systems Appropriate measurement and sampling designs in physical geography. 501* (3) Process:>s in Geomorphology- Theoretical and empirical analyses of the major processes of landscape evolution with paricular emphasis on fluvial anci glacial processes ancl mass movement. 502* (31 ISoundcrv-l.ayerMeteorology- Theoretical anci empirical analysis of the atmospheric boundary layer with particular en phasis on energy and mass exchanges near the Earth's surface. 503* (3) Copies,n Geomorj.hology and Hydrology- Topics (chosen to fit student needs :in anv given year) include: experimental methods and scale problems in geomorphology and hydrology; runoff, sediment, and solute source analysis: watershed mass balance and management. 504* (3J Topics it Climatology- An introduction to the historical comet, theory, and methods associated, with current researcli topics in climatology. Topics chosen 10 fit the needs of the students in any given year 505* (3) Permafrost- Occurrence and characteristics ol frozen ground, with particular reference to ground ice. Climatic: and other environmental determinants of k geoct-yological phenomena. Theory of ground ice forma- lion. Pattern ;d ground. 507* (3-6) c Di reeled Sludies in Physical Geographv 508* (3/6) d Adtanced Seminar in Geomorphology 509* (3/6) d AdiancedSeminar in Climatology 510 (3/6) d Sjcatial and Cttrtograjihic Techniques- Analysis of spatial data involving statistical methods, mathematical modelling, and computer mapping, with emphasis on cartographic analysis and display of data. 51S* (.3) Salellile Remote Sensing Applications to Oceanography and .Meleorology- A review of lhe in anv saielliie- sensed data products used in hotli research ancl operational aspects of oceanography and meteorology. (Same as Oceanogriphv 526.) 516 (3) Ativan :ed Geographic information Syslems- The structure of geographic data bases. Evolution of cartographic data structures. Applications in geography. 517 (3) Environmental Sustainability- Environmental sustainabilit' is examined through conceptual literature and empiric tl examples. Emphasis on links between the natural and social sciences. Case studies are used lo discuss appropriate scales of development, potential limits to growtl, and geogiaphii distribution of benefits and costs associated wilh resource allocation and development. 520 (3) Human Geograjihy- Themes and interpretive issues in modern human geography. 521 (3) The Conduct of Geographical Inquiry- Methodological concepts and problems in scientific and humanisi ic geographv. 530 (3) Urban Social Geography- An examination oi empirical research in social urban geography, including such topics as the geography of social problems, the quality- of life, the geographv of minority groups, migration, tourism, and die experience ol place. 5.31 (3) Urhan Syslems in Developed Countries Analysis ol changing urhan systems, with examples drawn primarily from Canada, lhe United Stales, and the United Kingdom, 5.32 (3) Urbanization inDeviTopingCountries- Problems of urbanization in developing countries as illustrated by Asian case studies. 533 (3) Urbun Political Geography The .spatial structure of local government in urnan areas; location conflict; voting patterns; environmental qualiiv and urban policy making. 53-1 (5/6) d Economic Geograjihy- Rei ent literature onthe spaiial organization of economic activity. 535 (5) Geography of Regional Dei elopmeiil- Theories of the geography of economic development. Examples of regional economic development and development police from Europe and North America. 556 i5/()i d Cultural Geograjihy- Fhcones of culture and methods of cultural geography applied either to die cultural ecology of subsistence systems or to the geography of advanced societies. 53" (3) Historical Geograjihy of NewWorld Societies- Geographical issues associated with the European setilement of the New World: an evaluation of the literature and of research strategies. 5.38 (3) Historical Urhan Geograjihy- Social anil economic geography of early Canadian and American cities. 5.39 (3/6) d Topics in Human Geograjihy 5i8 id) Major Essay 550 (5,6) d Di reeled Reading in Human Geograjihy 555 (3/6) d Advanced Seminar in Regional Geograjihy 556 (3/h) d Advanced Seminar in Human Geograjihy 599 (12) Masler's Thesis 699 I'h.D. Thesis Geological Sciences Department of Geological Sciences, Faculty of Science Note: Geology 130 is a co-reijitisitefor GEOI'.200 whereasJor all other Geology courses, except Geologv.ilt), Geology IDOor 150 is prerequisile Siudenis taking courses in Geological Sciences may be requ tied lo participate in field trips. '"'Additionalfees are charged lor these courses See Index "Fees — Spree Ial T'ees / Geology GEOL 100 (3) Iniroduction lo lhe Ecu th- Origin and structure of the planet; plate" tectonics as the driving force of voicanisri, earthquakes, mountain bells and movement of continents, shaping ofthe surface by erosion and sediiuenri- iion; geologic aspects oi environmema! concerns and material hazards, lab topics include cr.'stais, minerals, rocks, and field study. [3-2; 0-0] or [IMF 3-21 150 (3) Earth Science for Engineers- Focuses on the intelligent interaction between society ancl die geologic environment, locating, assessing and developing natural resources; understanding and preparing for nalural hazards; design ol structures and waste disposal sites. For Applied Science ancl Forestry students only. [5-2-0; 0-0-0] 344 Geological Sciences 200 (3j Introductory Mineralogy- Introduction to crystallography, physical and chemical properties of minerals. Recognition ancl identification nf common minerals. Prerequisites:CHEM 110.120or 151; PHYS 110, 115.120 or 15.3. Pa--or co-requisite: GEOI. 100 or 150. |2-3:0-0| 202 (3) Introductory Petrology- Classification, textures, mineral associations and origins of igneous, metamorphit and sedimentary rocks [0-0; 2-3] 205 (3) Geological Time- Measuring geological time and understanding Earth history using stratigraphic principles, paleontology and radioactive decay. Prerequisite: GEOL 100 or GEOL 150 ora standing of at least 15- m GEOP 120 or GEOG 101. [0-0; 2-2 j 2.35" (3) Field Techniques- Introduction lo the tec uniques of geological mapping and the interpretation of field data Includes three one-day field trips on weekends plus a seven-day field school after Spring examinations. A fee is to be paid by January .31. Prerequisite: GEOL 100, Corequisites: GEOL 202, 205 [0-0; 2-2*] 251 (3) Geomorphology- Study ofthe processes and principles of land formation; types of land forms and their distribution; applications in engineering and resource development. Prerequisite: GEOI. 100 or GEOG 101. [3-2; 0-0] 256 (3) Stratigraphy and Sedimentology- Introductionto stratigraphy, sediments and sedimentary rocks; facies and correlation, diagenesis, introductory petrology of sedimentary rocks; sedimentary mineral deposits and energy resources. Prerequisite: GEOL 100. 150 or GEOG 101. [0-0; 2-2*] 301 (3) Sedimentology- Origin.diagenesisandgeochemistrv of sediments and sedimentary rocks. Prerequisite; GEOL 256, or 202 and 205. [0-0; 2-21 302 (3) Principles of Igneous Processes- Aquantitativeand laboratory based examination of the chemical and physical processes which constrain the origins and nature of igneous rocks. Involves computer-aided problem solving, paragraphic examination of rocks and fluid dynamic experimentation. Prerequisite: GEOI, 202. GEOP 2.30. [2-3; 0-0] .30.3 (3) Metamorphic Petrology- Nature and origin of the common metamorphic rocks. Prerequisite: GEOL 201. [0-0-0; 2-3-0] 307 (3) Structural Geology I- Analysis and interpretation of natural deformation. Prerequisites: GEOL 202. 205. 23A [2-3; 0-0) 308 (3) Iniroduction lo Mineralogy and Petrology- The common minerals and rocks, and t he processes that formed them. Not for credit for students in Geological Sciences or in Geological Engineering. Credit will not be given for GEOL 308 and 200. [2-3; 0-01 309 (2) Experimental Methods in Mineralogy- Introduction to the crystal cheiiiisny of minerals, and to X-ray diffractometry (powder and single-crystal), scanning and transmission electron microscopy, electron probe microanalysis, and spectrometric methods. Prerequisites; GEOL 200; CHEM 208. [0-0:2-3) 310 (6) The World Geologic Environment- The development of the atmosphere, oceans, rocks and life; volcanoes, earthquakes, oil and gas, mineral resources, gold, gemstones, meteorites and meteorite impacts, fossils, extinctions, pollution, caves, ground water and landslides The geologv of world tou risi areas. Suitable for students in arts, education, forestry and science with no previous geology courses, but not offered for credit in Earth Science departments and thus not acceptable as "Earth Science .300 or above" credit in (he Facility of Science- Genera! B.Sc. Program. [3-0; 3-0] .312 (3) EnvironmentalGeology- Interactions between people and geological aspects of the global environment. Earth system histoiy and its bearing on contemporary environmental issues. Not for credit for students in the Faculties of Science and Applied Science. [0-0-0; 3-0-1 ] 315 (3) Geological Analysis- An introduction to the use of mathematical techniques in geology: geostatistical analysis, mathematical simulation of geologic processes. Prerequisite-: MATH 200; STA'F 200; GEOI. 200 and one of 205 or 25(i. [0-0; 3-2] 323 (3) litlroductory Geochemistry- Origin, distribution and cycles oi elements in the ea rib; evolution of I he ocean ancl atmosphere; introduction to low temperature aqueous solution geochemistiy, Pierequisites: GEOI. 200; CHEM 208. 12 2. 333 (3) Analytical Geochemistiy- Application of chemical and instrumental methods to the analysis of silicate rocks and minerals; sampling problems in geochemistry'. Prerequisite: GEOL2U0. [0-0; 2-3] 3.55" (3) Field Geology- Metliods of observing, recording, and correlating geological dala in die field Held in the 3 weeks immediately following die Spring examination period of the 'fluid year. Transportation to ancl from the Field School is the responsibility ol the Student. A fee is to be paid bv January 31. The Department provides room, board and transportation in the field. Fourth Year students who require crediis from this course for graduation might not graduate at the Spring Convocation. Prereeiui- sites: GEOL 235, 251 and 302, Corequisite: GKOL307. 342 (3) Groundwater Hydrology- Introduction to theory of groundwater flow; flow nets; regional groundwater resource evaluation; well hydraulics; role of groundwater in geologic processes. [2-2*-23'; 0-0-0] 35'i (.3) Structural Geology- Introduction to descriptive structural geology with applications to ore controls. Not for credit for students in Geological Sciences or Geological Engineering. Pierequisites: GEO! 200 or .308, 10-0-0; 2-5-0[ 358 (5) Ore Microscopy for Mineral Engineers- Application of the reflecting microscope to the examination ol oresaiic! mill products.Fur students in Miningaiid Mineral Process Engineering onlv. Prerequisite: GEOL 308. [T3-0:04)-0| 368 (3) Mineral Exploration and Mining Geology- Principles underlying tile search for and exploration of mineral deposits; introduction to economic geology, applied geophysics and applied geochemistry. Not for credit for sludents in Geological Sciences. Prerequisite: GEOL 200 or 308, [2-2-0; ti-0-()| 403 (.3) Theoretical Petrology- Application of physical and chemical principles to the origin of igneous and metamorphic rocks. Topics covered include crystallization from viscous melts, heat transfer partial melting, fractional crystallization, heat How during metamorphism, and metamorphic and iiic'lasomatic phase equilibrium. Prerequisite: GEOL ,303. ]0 0-0; 2-5-OJ 405 (.3) Geomalbemalical .Models and Computer Applications in Geology- Applications of mathematical modelling and geostatistical procedures to practical problems with a geological context. Prerequisites: STAT 20(1 and MATH 200, 221 or 253, and a knowledge of computer programming. Not offered every vear. [0-0; 2-2] 406 (3) AdvancedSedimeulology- Description and interpretation of ancient and modern sediments, with emphasis on the origin, composition, textures, structures, diagenesis and chemisiiy of terrigenous sediments Prerequisite: GEOL 201 and one of GFOI. 225 or 2s(-,. Offered iii alternate years. [2 2,0-0| i07 (,31 Structural Geoiogy IP- .Sludies of nalural deformation using advanced techniques. Prerequisile. GEOI. 30T [0-0; 2-3] i 15 (3) Carbonate-Chert Sedimentology- Origin and environment of limestone, dolt unite, chert, jasper and organic silica rocks; study of their textures, structures, eomposi- tion, geochemistry, organic constituents, diagenesis, contribution to the geological record, economic exploitation and use. Laboratory .studies ol thin sections, insoluble residues, staining and peels. Prerequisites: GEOL 201. 419 ■120 -21 426 428 4,36 -i.38 321, or permission of the Head. Offered in alternate years. [0-0; 2-2) (3) Mineral Deposits I- Classification, genesis ancl distribution of magmatic, pegmatitic, vein and porphyry- deposits. Fluid inclusion and stable isotope constraints and deposit models relevant to mineral exploration are emphasized. A field trip is mandatory. Corequisite: GEOI, 30". [2-5: 0-0] (3) Mineral Deposits!!- Classification, genesis and distribution ofskarn. volcanogenic, SEDEX, carbonate hosted, and elastic hosted deposits. Stable and radiogenic isotope constraints and deposit models relevant to mineral exploration are emphasized. A Field trip is mandatory. Prerequisite: GEOL ul9. [0-0:2-3] (3) Paleontology- Assessment of the geological impact of life both before and after the advent of hard skeletons Eossilization processes; skeletal composition and structure; numerical taxonomy; bioerosion; biostratigraphy; and paleobiogeography in the context of plate tectonics. Prerequisite: GEOL 205. Given in alternate years. 10-0; 2-31 (3) Geologic Evolution of North America- An overview of the tectonic evolution of North America with emphasis on the Phanerozoic orogenic belts, especially the Cordillera; comparison and contrast of Phanerozoic and Precanibrian orogens, interrelations of sedimentation, deformation, metamorphism ancl magmatism; interpretation of the tectonic story in terms of plate tectonic ■recesses. Prerequisite: 12 credits of Earth Science [0-0; 3-0) (31 Marine Geologv- Histoiy and methods; morphology and plate tectonics of ocean basins; heatspots and seamouii! chains; processes at mid-oceanic ridges; relations between oceanic circulation and sediments, continental margins. Prerequisites: GEOL 302,304. [2-3; 0-0] (3) Ore Petrology- Mineralogyoforedc|iosits using optical microsco|)yandelectron beam tathniques. Prerequisile: GEOL.302 or 305, [2-3; 0-01 (3) Sedimentary Basin Analysis- Cratonic and Marginal Basins: tectonics and basement structure and composition; se-dimentary and thermal histories of basins, with emphasis on the Western Canada sedimentary basin; oil and gas reserves. Prerequisite: GEOL 445 or permission of the Head of the Department. [0-0-0; 2-3-0] (3) Water-Rock Interactions- Introduction to irreversible mass t ransfer between aqueous solutions and rocks as applied to problems in weathering, groundwater geochemistry, ocean geochemistry, environmental contamination, diagenesis, hydrothermal ore formation and geothermal systems. Prerequisites; CHEM 208, GEOL323. Not offered even' year [0-0; 2-2) i ■: (3) Groundwater Contamination- Introduction to principles of groundwater chemistry; chemical evolution in natural groundwater flow systems; sources of contamination; mass transport processes; hydrochemical behaviour of coniaminants; nuclear waste disposal Prerequisile; GKOL3-2. [0-0:2-2] 143 (3) Groundwater Geoehemislry-Qmntitstivespprmelyes to practica: groundwater geochemistry problems. Equilibrium thermodynamit:s, kinetics, complexation, oxidation- reduction, cation exchange, sorption and partitioning of organics. Case Studies. Prerequisite: GEOI. 323 or CHEM .301. [0-0; 2-2] iua (3) Groundwater Remediation- Methods for containment and remediation of subsurface contaminants; in eluding groundwater control groundwater extraction, and in situ treatment. Experience with common design approaches. Corequisite: GEOL 442. (0-0-0; 2-0-2] H5 (3) Petroleum Geology- The origin, geochemistry and distribution of petroleum. Principles of exploration, evaluation and development of petroleum reservoirs and unconventional sources of petroleum. Prerequisite: GEOI. 25(io!-.301, 12-2; 0-0| Geophysics 345 447 (3) Coal Geology- Origin, geochemistry and distribution of coal deposits; methods of coal exploration and evolution; geology as applied to coal mining and determination of coal quality; introduction to coal petrology. Prerequisites: GEO!. 301 or 256. Offered in alternate years. [0-0; 2-2] 448 (3/6) c Directed Studies in Geology- Investigation ofa topic to be agreed upon by a member of the faculty and the student. Permission of an undergraduate adviser and of the supervising faculty member is required before registration. 449 (6) Thesis- All Honours students are required to submit a thesis involving original research on a subject approved by the Department. Restricted to sludents in the Honours program. 452 (2) Geotechnical Engineering Practice- Application of the principles and techniques of geology, geophysics, soil mechanics and rock mechanics at engineering sites. Analysis of projects and problems on a local and regional scale. Case histories. Prerequisites: GEOI.342, CIVL310. MMPE 303. [0-0-0; 2-0-0] 462 (3) Principles of Geological Engineering- Role of geology and hydrogeology in siting, design, and construction of engineering structures, synthesis of rock mechanics and soil mechanics methods in various geological environments; introduction to computer applications in geological engineering. Prerequisites: GEOL 342, CIVL 310 and 311, or permission of the Head of the Department. [2-2; 0-0] 499 (6) Thesis- For B.A.Sc. degree- Topic to he approved by the Department. [0-3-0; 0-3-01 500 (2) Advanced Mineralogy- Crystal structure, chemistry, origin and paragenesis of major rock-forming and ore minerals. 504 (3) Geodynantics- A review of plate tectonics: geometry, processes, causes and geologic consequences. 506 (3/6) d Marine Geology and Sedimentology- The development of ocean basins and of the sediments contained within them. Modern processes are emphasized and used as examples in the interpretation of ancient deposits. 509 (3) Advanced Experimental Methods in Mineralogy- Scanning electron microscope, electron microprobe. X- ray powder and single crystal, diffraction, and other experimental instruments and methods. 510 (3) High Pressure Mineralogy- The physical and chemical properties of minerals as they relate to their geological and geophysical behaviour. Current techniques for determining relevant properties of minerals at high pressure and temperature. 512 (3) Glacial Geology and Quaternary History- Seminar. Characteristics, environments and histories of glacial ancl proglacial deposits; floral, faunal and climatic indices; isostatic and eustatic shifts in sea levels. Prerequisite; GEOI, 308. 513 (3) Geochronometry- History, theory, techniques, applications and interpretations of geochronometry, using naturally occurring radioactive isotopes. Radiogenic isotopes as tracers of geological processes. Discussion of current research problems involving the Canadian Cordillera, other geological examples, dating of ore deposits, evolution of oceans and continents, and results on lunar samples and meteorites. Given in alternate years. 516 (3) Problems in Carbonate Geology- Lectures, seminar and laboratory-. Problems of the origin of carbonate bodies in different climatic environments. Identification of cold water and warm water carbonates and of shallow water and deep water carbonates and their associations. Given in alternate years. 521 (3) Problems in Paleontology- Seminar; principles of paleontology, taxonomy and evolution applied to selected pre-Cenozoic metazoan invertebrate groups. 523 (4) Advanad Geochemistry- Seminar and problems. Given in alternate years. Prerequisites: GEOL 573 and 583. 526 (6) Mineral Deposits— Seminar; character, origin, and structure of u ineral deposits, with emphasis on ore deposits. 528 (3) Explora'ion Geochemistry- Distribution of elements in relation to mineralization; application of geochemical techniques to mineral exploration 531 (3) Advanced Micropaleontology- Application of microfossils 11 biostratigraphy and paleoecology; morphology and systematics of various microfossil groups. 5.34 (3) Mechan'cs of Natural Deformation- Lecturesantl laboratory problems. 536 (3) Problems of Stratigraphy- Serninarand laboratory. Problems of clastic, nonclastic and volcanic-sedimentary deposition. Stratigraphic paleontology. Emphasis on the stratigraphic associations of the eugeosynclinal or volcanic belts. Given in alternate years. 541 (3) Paleobotany- Origin and history of plants through geologic time Paleozoic, Mesozoic and Cenozoic floras. Techniques of collecting, preparation and identification of fossil plan s and pollen. The use of fossil plants as indicators of geological age and ecology. 544 (3) Characterization of Porous Media- Nature of porous media on the microscopic and molecular scale; measurement of physical properties; interpretation of mechanical and transport properties. 547 (3) Advanced Coal Geology- The origin and character of coal and associated strata. Petrology, chemistry and physical properties of coal. Sedimentology of peat, biochemical and geochemical stages of coalifteation and oxidation of coal Use of organic matter as a geothcririonieter and in basinal analysis. Structural analysis and character of coal deposits Analytical methods applied to coal. 549 (6-12) Mast >r's Thesis 551 (3J Permafrost Engineering- Geomorphic and geotechnical cngineeringaspec's of permafrost and ground ice. Prerequisites:CiVI..311,andGEOG306orGEOF351. 552 (3) Advanc.d Geoteehnics- Advanced topics in engineering geolcgy. Emphasis will be on the physics of geological failures and tlie mathematical modelling of such failures forthe purposes of analysis, prediction ancl design at engineering sites. Prerequisite: GEOI. 452. 553 (3) Advanc'd Igneous Petrology- Lectures, seminars and laboratoties on ihe application of physical chemistry to the origin of igneous rocks; crystallization processes in silicate magnas; melt physical properties, heat transfer and fluid flow. 554 (3) Structure and Properties of Crystals and Crystal Aggregates- Seminar and laboratory. 558 (6) TheoryofOreSeareli- Lectures, seminars, and problem sessions in the selection and evaluation of areas of search for ec inomic mineral deposits; appraisal of geological, geophysical, geochemical methods and data; economic consid nations. Case histories. Prerequisite: MMPE 351 (or conce rrently), GEOL 419 and 420, or with permission ofthe instructor. 562 (3) Advancid Groundwater Hydrology- Finite-difference models of steady-state and transient groundwater flow m the saturated and unsaturated zones; applications to regional groundwater flow, groundwater recharge, subsurface contributions to streamflow, and aquifer evaiu ition. Prerequisites: GEOL 342 and MATH 316(11-256, 563 (3) Advaiic'dMetamoijrhicPelrology- Thecharacreri- zation of me amorphic processes using mineral assemblages, miner tl compositions, i hermodynamics, and mass conservation equations. 564 (3) Transport Processes in Porous Media- Transport of mass and Feat in groundwater flow systems; modelling 565 566 583 589 593 595 599 649 699 techniques including an introduction to the finite-element method; modelling of groundwater contamination. Prerequisites: GEOI. 342,442, MATH 256 or 316, or permission of the instructor. (3) Theory of Flow in Porous Media- Mathematical principles of groundwater flow; detailed study of the equations of flow in confined and unconfined aquifers. Prerequisites: GEOI. 342, MATH 256 or 316. Given in alternate years. (2) TopicsinGrouudwaterHydrology- A,survey of the principal literature. (4) Geological Phase Equilibrium- Seminar and problems. (4) Equilibria in Mineral Systems- Seminar and problems. (0) Major Essay (3) LaboratoryTechniquesin Experimental Petrology- Instruction and practice in the use of high pressure, high temperature experimental apparatus for phase equilibrium studies of silicates and oxides. Pressures up to 35 kilobars (4xl()"Pa) and temperatures up to 1500C. (3/6) d Directed Sludies in Geology- Advanced studies under the direction of a staff member may be arranged in special cases with the approval of the Head of the Department. (6-12) Thesis- For M.A.Sc. degree. Thesis- For Ph.D. degree (Science). Thesis- For Ph.D. degree (Engineering). Geophysics GEOP Department of Geophysics and Astronomy, Faculty of Science. See also listings under "Astronomy" and "Geophysics and A stronomy" 120 (3) Physics ofthe Earth System- Origin, evolution,,structure, and processes of l he planet earth. Structure of the core, mantle, lithosphere, hydrosphere, atmosphere, and magnetosphere. Energy and mass transfer processes; seismology, geomagnetism and solar-terrestrial relations. Emphasis on earth as a complex system in which interactions play a decisive role, e.g., plate tectonics, vol canism and the development of atmospheres and oceans. Corequisite; MATH 101. Recommended corequisite: PHYS 101. 10-0-0; 2-2*-] j 230 (3) Geophysical Fields and Fluxes I- Application of classical theory of scalar and vector fields to geophysical sciences. Gauss' theorem. Conductive, convective and radiative energy flux, fluid flow and flow in porous media, sediment flux, biogeochemica! cycles. Prerequisites: one of PHYS 101, 121, 110, 115, 120; Corequisite: MATH 200. [3-0; 0-0) 231 (3) Geophysical Fields and Fluxes II- Gravity, electrical, and magnetic fields as applied to earth system problems. Stokes theorem, Maxwell's equations. Prerequisites: GEOP 230. [0-0;3-0| 232 (3) Iniroduction to Experimented Geophysics- Physical properties of surficial materials (thermal conductivity, resistivity, magnetic susceptibility, fluid permeability, acoustic impedance). Geophysical exploration methods (gravity, resistivity, electromagnetics, seismics, heat flow). Prerequisile; GEOP 230. [0-0; 2-3} 300 (3) Environmental, Geotechnical, and Exploration Geophysics I— Principles of geophysical survey design, data acquisition, processing and interpretation with emphasis on near surface problems. Magnetic, seismic reflection/ refraction, electromagnetic and ground penetrating radar surveys. Case hislorv' analysis of environmental and geotechnical problems. Prerequisites; MATH 200 or 253; third-year standing or higher in Science or Applied Science.' [2-2-l;0-0-0] 346 Geophysics 401 tl) Environmental, Geolechiucal andExploration Geophysics ii Geophysical techniques for near surface and deeper structure. DC resistivity, induced polarization, gravity and electromagnetic surveys. Case history analysis of environmental, geotechnical ami exploration problems. Prerequisile: GEOP 5'0. 4)0-0:2 2 ij 420 (3) Introduction io Theoretical Geophysics- Tensor calculus, concept of continua. stress and strain, conservation and com inuiiv equations, introduction 10 linear elasticity anci fluid dynamics with geophysical applications. Prerequisites-GEOP 25(1.30 or MVI'll 201. [5-0; 0-0 521 i5) Seismology- ilooke's law for isotropic continua. c'l.Nic wave equation, relic, lion and refrai tion metliods nit imaging die Earth's nileiiia! sinaaure', plane waves in an infinite medium anil uiterac'tiim will-] boundaries, hociv wave seismology, inversion of travel (1 me curves, get let,il - ,.':.-(! ray theory, crustal seismology, surface waves, and earthquake source studies. Prerequisite: GEOP 520. [0-0:3-3*1 522 1,3.1 Analysis of Geophysical Time Series ■ Continuous ant! discrete Foi;nertriinsfiirms. correlation and conioiii- iion. spectra; estimates, optimum least-squares filters, (lec'tiiiviiliitlori anci prediction, frcqueucv-wa' e number filtering. A practical course un computer techniques applied lo to the analysis ofa wide range uf geophysical phenomena. Prerequisites-CPSC 111 orequiva ent, MATH 415 toricinciirrently 1. [5-2-ti: 0-0-0 i2ti ;3i Potential Meihods The ilicorv and quantitative interpretation of potential field methods in geophysical exploration. Topics include gravity magnetics, eleciricai am ieleca n unagnetic techniques Prerequisites: PHY320i or 511, MATH Sin ior PHYS 512 [3-0; 0-0| ■|2I (6) Applied Geophysical laboratory- Advanced techniques in geophysical dala acquisition and interpretation including theoretical basis Fields surveys ancl laboratory exix'riments involving gravity, magnetics, electrical, elec - i: om.ignciic. anci radiometric methods. Com pit tec modelling, case histories, and inieg rated gcologicalge'ophvsicai interpretations. Prerequisile: GFOP 230 or equivalent: Corequisite; CHOP (20. [2 5-0.2-5-0) 424 (51 Geomagnetism and Space Plasma Physics Fundamentals of plasma dynamics, analysis of the geomagnetic held, dynamo iheorv, the solar wind and the magnetosphere, whistlers ami geomagnetic micriipulsations, ionospheric currents and transient geomagnetic variations Prerequisites: Six crediis of physics.!! orabove 1 lie 200 lev el, six crediis o! mathematics at the 200 level, including MATH 2110 or equivalent. [5-0! i2tt 6) stdvancedPhysicsoj'lheEarth Quantitative metliods for determining the physical properties and structure ui tile earth. Basic inversion inierpreralion 1 cehniqties for gravity niagueue. se'ismie. jialetiiuagnciic, radiometric rticilioils. J'hcnnal history anil tile evolution ol liieearlh Pre or i<irec(iusiU'S.MAJ'l ISIS.mil PHYS 512 (or MA'I'll MO) [0-!l;5-ilj 1 iii titn c Directed Sludies- A 1 muse ilesignecl io pe'inti! students to undertake an investigation ofa topic to be agreed upon by a member of the faiuity ami the student. Permission ol I lie Ileal! ui the iteptutiiieiil anil thesupct- vising faeiiilv meiriber is reciutrci! ■it. iti) Thesis- This course is available onlv to students enrolled in Honours Geophysics programs. iUU id; Thesis jor It A.Sc decree- 'Forte 10 he approved bv the Department. [0-3-0; U-*-0| 702 rn Principles oj 'Earth science- Adeiailed discussion of geologic evidence bearing on graduate researcli in ihe Geophysics Department. sty (3) Linear lurcrsc Theory- Model eousiriictinii, ap praisal ol iinniniiqueness, and interenie in imear iiroh lettis. 'I'oinographic inversions lanoiis, instrumentation, dala analysis and interpretation. 512 |2-I) c Geomagnetism andAeronomy- Description of the geomagnetic field, rival. 11110 iheoiv of 1 he origin ofthe geomagnetic fieid, ira.nsicnt magnetic varialions, magnetic storms and ionospheric disturbances. 514 (2-4; c Geojihysical Analysis Lectures and seminars on applications ol statistical communication theory to analysis olgeopiivsii ab lai a .time series analysis, optimum linear svsiems, anc) .let rsion iheorv 51h (2-4) c Theoretical Glaciology i.ec lures anil seminars on theoretical aspects of glacier mechanics; flow, siress anci temperature fields, sliding theory, flow instabilities. 5T (2-4) c Nonlinear Inverse'Theory Model construction. appraisal ot noiiiiniqueness, and inference in nonlinear pruNems. Stochastic inverses, coiislraincil optimization, joint inversions and image processing 520 (2-0) c Directed Sludies in Geophysics 521 (2-0i c Studies in A'pjilieil tieophyshs 515 11-0, c Information Processing of Geojihysical Dala 52-1 (2-0) c Studies in Glaciology 525 (5) Ruck Phvsics- 'topic's include the material properties ol pilous rocks: ihe vIseti-elastic behaviour o! rocks; elastic wave propagation ant! itlteniialions. and eleciricai properties 52d (3) Theon of Ihe Earth - A quantitative approach to understanding the cia ill iihroiigh clastic iiv and anelassiciiv, Ihei'iiioiivitiiinii s, geocheinislry. am! geomagnetism. Spe cilic topics include Iree ost illations, gcodynainics, evolu- iion o! die e'arih, am! uiagrietohvdriiilvnainics wilh iiv iianio iheorv, 527 (2-61 c Iheorv and Methods in Seismic Inlerjirelaliou - Topics lo beseiet led bom the following: (''iirwarcl mod elling, anaivsis and inversion procedures as used in multichannel reflection, viiic-angie reflection and refraction studies ol tlie lithosphere. Velocity analyses, wave equation migration, ill)) moveoui, one-dimensional svn- ihciic seismograms. lau-p mellioiis, waveform inversion, two-dimensional ray-tracing and synthetic seismograms, tomographic inversion. 5-i9 112) .i.CSc. TbcsA 500 (12) MA.Sc Thesis n-i'i Ph.D. "Thesis Geophysics and Astronomy GEPA Department of Geophysics and Astronomy, Faculty of Science See also listings under "Geophysics" and Kinder "Astronomy" .510 (Hi ExpioringlbeUiiirerse Mi idem topics of astronomy' and geophysics without the use of advanced mathematics. (losiittif igv,galaxies,c|uas,iis siejliii-evoliiiion,pulsars,bliick holes, origin of the solar system, age of planets, space exjiioraiion. ear: h's gravity anti magnetic fields, seismology and earthquakes, cntiiinc-nial drill, ice ages. This course is open onlv to students not registered in the Facility of Science- or in Engineering No background in science or in.i! hematics is ns it tired .(Same as ASTR .310.) This course is not open 1.1 iisi ve.tr sititienis O-ll, 5-!)| 30; cit The Solar syslem Inirodui tioti toihesun,planets, ,tnil stit,it!''! hotiics, an filling iormaiion, e'voluiion and ity nanucsol the-oft t'st si cn) Prerct pushes: Sixcri'iiirsoi gcopitv-n s tn pity te s ai the 21 tl I Ic ve! or above, (same as ASTR <ir-1. tsuj 51" c-i The Phtneis Aiiiiosiiheies, ttiteriors, anil snriaces 0! lite platic'is .tiii! fuge tnooris. will) eiuphasis on similarities, differences and evolution of planetary atmospheres ant! siii-laces.f1!,! net,itva uigiieiieileli Is and m,ignelosphei'e's. Prereqntsiies: Sis ; ieiitts til geophysics or phvsics ai the 2()fi ieveioi ahove, 1 Mine a,-. ASTR 31". 1 15-ti| Germanic Studies Faculty of Arts See also listing under "Scandinavian" German GERM 100 ((1) Beginners' German- Introduction to the language Ability 10 communicate accurately in a variety of everyday situations, speak about pasr events and express ideas am! hypotheses in German (See also GEKM 104 anil t30, [ l-i); 1-0; 101 (12) Intensive Beginners' German- Accelerated couise. Competence and fluency in everyday situations, ability to report and narrate past events fluently unci to express opimuiis. familiarity with contemporary issues in iheGci- man-spoking societies. Covers GERM 100 ami GFflM 2110. ' I "-(I; "•-()[ 110 (()) First-Year German- For students with previous uniuiorceS ex|!i)siirc to German. Emphasis on granimati ca! st run,ires. Competence and fluency in everyday sn nations, ability ro repeiri anil narrate past events fluent Iv at id accurately and 10 express opinions accurately, familiarity wilh contemporary issues in the German-speaking societies. [ 1-0; 1-0] 200 ((1) Intermediate German- Competence and fluency in everyday .situations, ability to report and narrate past ^■'vcnls fluently and to express opinions, familiaiilv wilh ■ontemporarv issues in the German-speaking societies ^'rercqiiisite: German 11 or 12 or GERM 100, [-i-(): 4-0 2(11 (4) The Cultures of Ihe German-sjieaking Peojiles tin English) An introduction 10 the cultural history ol ihe German-speaking peoples as reflected in iheir lite-rat lire1. an, and music Recommended for Major and Honours students. N'o! offeree! each year; consult depanmenl. [5-0j 202 (3t Great Viorks of German lileralure lu Translation Major vvoiks of German literature from tbe medieval period to the present in their European context. Possible works or authors to be discussed: Tristan, Faust. Thomas Mann, Kaflvu, Brecht, Caneiti. N'ot offered each vear; consult department. [3-0J 20 i (12) Intensive Intermediate German■■-Accelerated course. Fluency tn many relevani sanations, competence in ihe most important areas of cultural life, familiarity with study resources and study skills, ability to participate in discus sions ot 1 onrroversia! issues ancl io write essays on selec led iopa s in German. Covers GERM 200 and GERM .500, Prerei \- uisite: German 11 01 12 or GERM 100, ["-(); 7-01 210 (()) Second-Year German- Emphasis on the review ol grammatical structures. Fluency in many relevant .sanations, competence 111 ihe most important areas oi cultural lite, familiarity with study resources and study skills, ability to participate in discussions ol controversial issues and io write essays on selectee! tojiies in German. Prercqiusite GERM 1II). [3-0; 3-0j 300 (til Advanced German 1- Fluency in many relevani siuia lions, conipeiencc in the mosi imporiaiii areas 0! culltirai life, famiiiarilv with stuck resources ancl stink skills, abilily to panic ipale in discussions of controversial issues anil lo write essays on selected topics in German. Prerequisite: GERM lil,oi-200or2HI, [.3-0; 3-0] 301 (5) Twenlielh-Ceitliiiy German lileralure in Translation- Reading ancl discussion of selected works agamsi 1 he background of literary,.si iciai, and political developments 111 twentieth-century Germany wilh special emphasis on plays anci novels dealing wilh I he FirsI World War and Nazism Nol offeree! each year; consult the department |5-0| ,402 (5) Conlemjiorary tierman lileralure In Translation Reading and discussion of selected literary works froni Vvest, East, ancl the united Germany, as well as from Austria and Switzerland. Not offered each year Consult depart inenl. |..ti| c EaribquaKeSelsiiio S-.isniicsourrtutieorv ; .inelasticity, freeoseil- Health Care and Epidemiology 347 310 (6) Advanced German 2- Near-native competence and an advanced understanding of contemporary Issues; fostering of study skills. Prerequisite: GERM 204 or 300. |3-0;3-0| 320 (3) German Lileralure from Ihe Post-Romantic Period to 1900- Major literary trends and representative figures. [3-0] 321 (3) German Literature from 1900 to the Present- Major literary trends and representative figures. [3-0| 339 (6) Third-Year Honours Tutorial [0-2;0-2| 350 (31 Enlightenment and Classtelsrn Representative works with emphasis on I.essing, Goethe and Schiller [3-0] 351 (3) The Romantic Period- Principal Romantic writers and their contemporaries. [3-0j -tOl (3) The Cult of Ihe Hero and ils Parody in German Lileralure- The glorification and satirizaiion of heroes and heroism in a variety of genres and periods. Works and authors to be studied might include Nibelungenlied, Faust, Grvphius, Kleist, Fontane, Brecht, Remarque. Not offered each year; consult the department [3-0] 402 (3; Words and Music in German Lileralure- Studv of individual works ami of genres in which words and music have achieved symbiosis. Emphasis will heon thewords, but the works as a whole will also be studied. Possible works and authors or composers: Lutheran hymn, Volk.slied, Bach, cantata, Romantic/./W, '/auberflote. Richard Strauss, Brecht songs. The scope maybe expanded to include musicand the musician as a subject in literature. Mot offered each year; consult the department. [3-0J 403 (3/6) d Studies in Modern German Culture (in English)- Topics of special interest, varying from year to year. [3-0[ or [3-0; 3 0| •tOl (3) The Former German Democratic Republic and ils Lileralure- This course explores through literature the historical circumstances that led to the foundation of the GDR. its self-justification and ideology, the critical views oi ils opponents, its crises and eventual dissolution. A variety of genres is studied by authors such .is Brecht, Berber, Scghers, H. Kant, Ch. Wolf, Hacks. Plenzdurf, Kunze, Kunert. Not offered each year; consult the department. [3-01 405 ii) The Literature of Growing Social Corisciousness- Concentratingon the nineteenth-century, this course traces the reflections in lileralure of changes in politics, society, ideas, and spiritual values. Readings drawn from a variety of genres by authors such as Heine, Biichner Hebbel, Grillparzer, Nestroy, Schnitz.ler, Keller, Storm and Fontane. Not offered each vear; consult the department. [301 406 (5,3) d Selected Topics in German Lileralure- A study in cle|ithofonc)topici,ifs|)eciai!iiiercsl,vaiv'ini!fri)niveartciye'ar depending on interests of faculty and students. Possible topics: literature and film, ihe image of tlie outside world in German literature, individualism and conformism. Not offered each year: consult the department. [3-D] or [3-0: .3-0] ■il)7 (3) The German Lyric from Goethe lo the Present- Reading and discussion of selectee! lexis against ilieircuitural social anil political background Not offered each year consult department. [5-0] ■HO ((ti Advanced German 3 Neai-native conipeience and an advanced and iransferrable iinclersiancliiig of coii.tcnipo- raiv issues. Piciequisiie: GEIvM 310 [..(); 3-0[ 450 (iii German for Reading Knowledge- This coutse aims to develop a i calling know!ei.!e,c of German. siifficieii( lo enable students to understand seientitic anci scholarly male- rial It provides basic grammar ami practice in live translation of texts in the natural sciences, lhe social sciences, ami lhe humanities into English. This c< it;:, e is no! available for credit toward a Major or Honours program in German anci does not satisfy die language requirement ol the Faculty of Arts, [3-0; 5-0[ 439 (ft; Fourth-Year Honours Semi'ieie [() 2; 0-2[ 449 i'.'-'i Honouis Essay [0-2;0-2j 450 (5) German literature of She Middle .Ages [3-0[ 451 (3) German Literature of Renaissance and Baroque [3-0] 500 (3/6) d Reseat ch Methods 501 (3/6) c Critia, I Approaches to Literature 502 (3/6) (1 Histor t ofthe German Ixinguage 503 (3/6) (1 Introa uction to Middle High German 505 (3) The Acquisition- of German as a Foreign Language- Foundations, methods, anci findings 6 second-language acquisition research in the field of German as a foreign language. Taught in German. An introductory six credit course in linguistics is recommended as preparation for this course. 511 (3/6) (1 Studies in .MedievalLiterature 512 (3/6) d Sludie > in Renaissance Lileralure 51.3 (3/6; il Studies in Baroque Literature 514 (3/6) d Studies in the lileralure ofthe 18th Century 515 (3/6) d Sludie s in the Classical Period 516 (3/6) d Studies in Romanticism. 517 (3/6) d Sludies in lhe Literature of lhe P)lh Century 518 (3/6) d Studie s in Expressionism 519 (3/6) d Studie s in the Literature ofthe Early 20th Century 520 (3/6) d Sludies in Literature after 1945 531 (3/6) d Specie I Topics 532 (3/6) d Genre Studies 533 (3/6) d Studies in Individual Authors I 534 (3/6) d Studies in Austrian Literature ™ 547 (3/6) c Guided Research 548 (0) Major Essay 5u9 (6) Masler's 'Diesis 649 Ph.D. Thesis Greek , GREK Department oi Classics, Faculty of Arts 100 (6) Beginners'Greek-An introduction tothe-fundamentals of reading and writing classical Greek. (Credit will not he- granted for be th GREK 100 and GREK 125.) [3-0; 3-0] 125 (6) lutroduc'iou lo New Testament Greek - See GREK 100, |3-0;3-0| 200 {(i) Second-Year Greek- Prerequisite: GREK 100. [3-0;3-0| 301 (6j Greek Lite-alure of She Classical Period- Composition, Plato's Apoloy y, and a tragedy. Prerequisite: GREK 20(1. [3 0; 3-0] 402 (6) Greek Drama- IJcvelopmenl of Greek drama studied through representative ulays from die tragedians and Aristophanes. 3rerequisne or corequisite: GREK 301. [3-0; 3-0) 405 (()) Greek Epi; Lyric, and Elegiac Poetry-Selections horn Homer's Iliad and/or Odyssey; selections from lyric and elegiac poets. Prerequisite or corequisite: GREK 301. [3-0:3-01 4i)7 (6) (Irei'k Philosophy and Ora/c>rye- Se-lectioirs irony Plato and/or Aristctle and oratorical works. Prerequisite or corequisite: GREK 301. |3-0; 3-0] 108 (6) Greekllisioiy-.SelectionsfromXenophon, Herodotus, and'flrucvdides.Preiequisileorcorec|uisiieiGREK301 [3-0: 3-0] 410 (6) Advanced Composition- Obligatory for Honours students in the third or fourth vear. Prerequisite or corequisiie: GREK 301. 2-();2-"!| 521 (5/(i) £ Sludies in Greek Literature 525 (5/6) d Seminar in Greek Lileralure 730 (3/6) d Semi), ar in Greek Archaeology 535 (3/6) d Senilis ar in Greek Histoiy 540 (3/6) d Semti.ar in Greek Palaeography 545 (3/6) d Seminar in Greek Epigraphy 549 (6/12) c Master's Thesis 550 (3/6) c Directed Studies 649 Ph.D. Thesis Health Care and Epidemiology HCEP Faculty of Medicine 400 (5) Statistics for Health Research- Planned collection, numeric and graphic summarization, and elementary statistical analysis of data. Examples primarily from health sciences illustrate standard techniques for parametric ancl non-parametric hypothesis testing; regression and correlation; contingency tables. Also randomization, "blindfolding" and other specifically biomedical topics in statistics. Prerequisite: ability lo use high school algebra and simple graphs. Attendance requires permission of the instructor and class size may be limited. [3-0; 0-0] 450 Preventive Medicine- The principles and application of epidemiology to the prevention, control and measurement ol acute and chronic disease; occupational health and industrial medicine. (For Third year medical students only.J 451 (3) Epidemiology in Ihe PraeticeofMedicine- An introductory course emphasizing the uses of epidemiologic concepts and techniques in clinical investigation and community medicine. This course has been designed as a basic science eleclive for third year medical students. 452 Health Care- Social medicine, including the community approach to health care and environmental medicine and the principles of medical care for Third-Year medical students. 154 (3) Systems and Computer Applications in Medicine- An introductory course emphasizing the uses and potential value of both the systems approach and computers in medical science and practice. This course is a basic science elective for third vear medical students. (Not offered in 1994/95.) 155 (3) Introduction to Biomedical Engineering Tecbnology- An introductory lecture course introducing important technological aspects of health care including instrumentation concepts, physiological signals, systems concepts, prosthetics ancl life-support systems. This course has been designed as a basic science elective for third year medical students. (Not offered in 1994/95.) 475 (3/6) c Health Care- Social medicine, including the community approach to health care and environmental medicine and the principles of medical care (Not offered in 1994/95.) 500 (3) Canadian Health Services- A seminar on issues and problems in the delivery of health care in Canada. 501 (3/6) c Seminarin Health Policy Analysis- 1. An analytical study of social policy and Canadian health policy making. 2. Projects based on the learning in Part 1. Analysis of health policy making by Federal Government and the Provinces; social policies; interest group activities in policy making in Canada. (Pt. 2 not offered in 1994,(95.) 502 (3) .Measurement of lhe Health of Human Populalions- Si iiirces and uses of epidemiologic data for health services planning and administration including methods of data collection and study design. Permission of the instructor must be obtained before registration except for students in I leaith Care and Epidemiology graduate degree programs. 505 (3) Analysis of Health Care Organizations - Analysis of models uf organizational structures and processes in health care. Using open and closed syslems theories of organizations (contingency, rational-bureaucratic, human relations, resource dependency and population-ecology) as a framework, relevani organizational factors and intra-organiza- tional processes will be examined. Prerequisites: HCEP 540 or permission of instructor 504 (.3) Clinical Epidemiology- Principles and meihods of epidemiologyareappiiedtoclinical problems. Evaluation and design of laboratory and clinical tests and of therapeutic interventions. Prerequisites: HCEP 400 and 502 or equivalent. 348 Health Care and Epidemiology -)) Financial Management in Health Care- Capital, measurements in functioning Techniques for measuring istration. Prerequisites: completion of one vear of full-lime 'penning costs, sni'ilure. punning, valuation and tiudgei- i hence, such as rime trade-off, a standard gamble. Prerequi studv (or equivalent). t'U its,eius tor iit-i-!or-p,o5t irealili care orgamAiikiiis; sues. HCEP (On. 7112. 50i or peiniission of instructor ,.„ ((), HeaI,h Management Forum-9rese.ne.yViomhs-c limca 1 'Utt'tt-St .ticii a,,t.. cn tin!,, ini.iiv poiicn.s losfiiia, im.rh- -^ ^, Operations Research in Health Care- Management faculty on current topics, practices or advances in healtf t , i"v management control, program dcvelopnietit and decision making in care managemenl followed by discussion j2-0;2-0j ei -,i.;c s civ v„r, ,,, i ,c 11,, ,,. t ,,,c ae„.) pea Itii service adm mistral tor: measurement of perform '5) The Design and Analysis of Ciinical Dials- Ethical ance in iteaili; services: staffing and scheduling; personnel oi!s;iiei;:tions,iii>ention-io-ireal versusellicacv trials, prin- management, torciusting, man,tgeria! control and resource upuis oi sampling and exclusion, metliods of, iiiocation ant! allocation. techniques ol randomization, parallel versus uoss uvc design, monitoring ircjimcni outcomes, adverse effc-1: 5-15 (5) Seminar in Health Care Management- Assessment ol approaches and development of sound strategies (or addressing current problems and issues. Prerequisites: 11CFP 5 Id ancl 5-ni, 5 CM Gamer EpiaenuoLgy Collection anil analysis of epr s,- ,5MtesearchSeminar-iteouireciccynrscinl'iylt.progryni Topics of current interest will be presented and discussei Stic la on cancer; occupational anci c """I''"! '!;W"':"l:;i!;U',!f 'TiT^'o fecmrs: aMilivli'-' lt3l'hnl(Iucs ;ln<i maibetiiiu.ct! modelling 1,, s,u,deuts ami visitors i.„.u. s i,i u.c ,i-,it„iis-ti,eu. ,:. cn I..... ,,1,1... lelevaii; in oncology Pierenuisite. HCEP iOO aud 502 i,r i-uuisiie;iiCEi>7ii2,5iiittt-p.-iiiiissioiiofiisirui!or, ,.„,„'„- 5 iO 11 >y M.Sc Thesis Industrial Toxicology I- 'vie !i,i,,ism ofacuon ofiom- ^.(- ,,; selecied Topics in Epidemioioev Us senyin.yrs. sntl W (l)> MaJ<» essay- Required for all non-lhesis Master's i:-'C!ico:'(tieiC'Clo.eu|.a't,.nai:.!Vicaa,e!itv;tetevanie„l d,,(iil,,t „,jdmff. a,n.(in ,opvs (!f'am.m mv.K>x ,,,v programs, in depth. The choice of topics will be decided bv 049 Ph.D. Thesis and instructor, with relevance (0 thesis prepara- iiiduslnal Toxicology il- Erfects of individual toxic tion where appropriate. Enrollment liv permission of in aits on complete- organ -vs;cui; Oiobicms uf specific structor: previous work in epidemiology and statistics is i-lepi'le si. if ills! uiies. Pre .-. lilkltli (Postgraduate Residency Training Program) ~10 iiilrodueli'ru to Commuinly Medicine Practice'- An im cfuetorv survey to Community Meclicine. tins /- (:=,::',iitU.n;!i.isis;;t:i!ita(ii!,t! sy C5) Analytical Methods in Epidemiological Research- '" Held Experience- A series of visits 10 facilities and oig.im io isc- o'l-ariiz-tti'in of 01 010a- P-asn fiticta'citJut-'icdesiitiisasa fr-imework forconin___v rations related to Community Medicine Practice Directed used biosiaiisiic.-.i'techniiiiiessiicli as the Ma-nebl lacnszel. m hu'illu Al 1l'm lbur h(|IJ^, Pcr niomh- ti/ Critic-'1 -icvA-eis of I'tcJ,,,,',- ''hi suu.acil, Incur anci logistic regression, and stirvival^^ti2 Supervised tXeirk- A weeklyreview byFaculty of the work ieilti- pi-en- 'in'sti"" (E'lp-'O'lof analysis Computer paekagc's will be available for compuia- carried out by the resident with discussion on the objection ol assignments Prerequisites: HCEP 400 and 502, or tives, planning, method of operation anci outcome. Tim their eciuiv.itt'iiis. hours per week. "Cher,;:,;.;, and Biological Haz ti ..•:<:■ t'l'vt ,;i ,:■ ,,1,'s 1,1,1 ■ „,- '-'3 'o' titvvsi! Decision Analysis -Methodology;!! anti appli- ,'5 Community Health Tutorials- Topics of Public Health ,|, ,|1() |( i i ' di i raiiiiityJi kin, al decision analysis AppliiatioiMiipreblciri iiiicrcstpfesefitcdiht-oughoutthevearbvp'aeulivandgucs! ;,,,).,. ' snlv nig ocrcc-nina or prevention program assessmenp lesl Icrfi iters Two hours pel month Oeciipitioiia/lhallhPolicvaiid'loihlaras-6s leeoue ehrcneicm trade - ift.s. ititfrpieting iinccrtaiu (iinical data. -H Commuuily Medicine Seminars- Seleaee loyirs ol'eur- 'inliiv Issue-, in 'iso-,"ti's m ii-i-innn-il h-tlp-- ilti'- *''' - ''' '''■'"!'"'j li,'""!!l "'■'-ni'n: nc-c (lesign, sutiiiecs, rein interest in Conimuiiitv.Medicine Practice or in its basn ;,-'„-, st'irii'-irels ivvarilii-u '■ore-: see .s>'ion AiHit-uio" oi net sea ,:c >,«...,« n.-ii.ue. aiis.is,,,, ,,,onk ,aoo..i,iiul,ition. sciences. Presented bv residents and discussed vvilh Fai ultv ,.,',!. r,,,i.„ .,. , , .i...„,i' '„...,,,', ,,r ,,,..,„,,„„ ,,,i ;, ,,,,i. i<ncsis.,„i,ueiivsis. v .issessi; rm mi lulling the i AIT. an(i lnvll,.(| guests. Three hours per month. •'"' ■""■■!• j- ' i'vv-•-!'ti. it, - ' .'it.i.aiH .Mt ,i--.i.in i'lensi :;-ii.". ii<.ii"-t':2 sin ul permission ofinslRicior iv (Noto'iered a) l')0.it3)5 i 715 lonriial Seminars- A monthly two-hour seminar on si- sjt) .'3, Im Di'lirer)o'i omniuml: llctti'l'Scrricos Prcseiiit'- Mlirmiu 1 aiorv Planning fir i intiigaclivinesin icctcti [oui'nal articles of Community Medicine interesi air presented by the residents and discussed wilh Facullv anil united guests, ■HCEP 50! ofli'i'ci! I'i WOi'tisl ~"''~' Research in Community Medicine or its Basic Sciences hy til lion bv te lure .uui seiittuarot [he various aspects of community hi alii, practice including problem assessment and Isiem making Pci mission < it instiii! toi-isicciuircd (No! ! Health Maiuigcm a Resident- I p to two days tier week. Supervised by -Faculty. , irtwun/cable Disease-- Fpidenuoiogv o! hroiigii the citii.t'lciic it ,1 a bonnece p:o;ec i v!|_; ;.a(,,.;, ih.,,;,, irasiiicinl'i (ions v iiliemoii tsison the ~'7 Inliiiduaion lo Occupational Medicine Practice- An m- litagciii, cndiiiiilc. iiiiln ideal faculty super- , ouirui'i: it.,-.ei.i(ectii.nsii; Inimau popiilations minium- Iroducioiv survey lo Occupational Medicine praclice. I'-"3-"3: ' "--'■' "' /cition jtrogniiits wiil b,- sti-,sst-d '"is) Fiindamciilals ol Clinical Epidemiology- Seminar series Modelling m Health Cuie- A snidco!'health ^;e ,y, 'iis.yiHiieiyt'i'r'rlmois Hcalbn' ire Fvimin itioiiand covering critical appraisal ol the medical lileralure and basic M.-tt'o-Js nf icscaicli methods for residents in any post-graduate train- •: Hraith Car ait!) care. Use •tilth professionals. mg program. tl- Health Care Ethics HCET iiv in-ec stm hasti! iiioticlttugiitiiittivirluaieiiioiinietstci '1"3 |^ .:',"",'.',' '.'""i"'.' -!"! '',"S ',''''',""i''|,"5'W', •'''', Division of Biomedical Ethics, Faculties of eici'tiiiuistic 'liows' cif health use luirtidiiruoit <e re:- ',,''',''T,"''',!,'''! .,',! '"^''] i'."V"! '' i'"'' .'"'i'!!;, !-!'1,<',y-'"r Medicine, Pharmaceutical Sciences and tarn system■. anil (nuiroi ihe.-c n.-pus. iNo! oii'ere,! in u-c nta-itetn o. .eisuii'iueiio.tnso.iii.'.ati, te,ali,c „c,r,ii DENTISTRY, Schools OF AUDIOLOGY AND lii'-tribi-tt'ti; di lest.citrn-s suet-ia! [ii.iblem-. ot cleveliiti"- -4 Speech Sciences, Nursing, Rehabilitation :llKl 3k'«'1"'"31 esmivocs. raiiad.an probien,', ,„ iioveriv SciBNCES iND Soc|AL WoRK .., cmi. ., anit liC'iillh 3'ic'tiit'iisti! tiuajir ing liesiith services, nioblcms ire serenes provided oi'disiiiiiiiiion. Ileaitii i -roifssiorials and semi-iirok-ssion- 1'lil -I Health Care Ethics- An interdisciplinary approach m eheiisive clinics and H,, , ■„,.,,,, -„-,,;,,„ ,,,,,,,1,,,,,, iiealth care ethics using case studies to illustrate a vanei vol amain. Flealih Sciehcs Research h iralualive Research- nines the i onrep! nl ev.if anion in liealili services anc! vatious '!i,!hoti,iii!g:t.!i approaches can he used in i.tiivc '.(utile- I'rc'rcs.actctcs'llvFP (UP and lit i.P 402 ethical problems. Intended for sludents in the health care and related disciplines. [3-0] Health Sciences See index 1 'in "h' li-'h se'vl -t-s Hebrew HEBR Department of Religious Studies, Faculty of Arts 505 (hi Elementary Hebrew (Biblical)- Elements of grammar liomic Ecdiua'ioii- ,,ii(i tfjusigH,,; ,,) prose and [)oeuy. Open to first and see-onef veaist in in as wilh iici-iiiission ofthe iiistrueior [5- tii sci-'uce iiiicivcntioiis am iiicihvijsaitd components ol (i s ,j, s: IX ['it intermediate Hebrew I/i/W/ce/.-Second year ol Mibli- cal llebrevv with emphasis on rapid reading of porta and I rose. Prcivquisiie. HE. _.5(i5. [5-ii;5-;)[ History 349 479 (3/12) c Supervised Study in Biblical Hebrew- Prerequisite: HEBR -(05. History Faculty of Arts HIST 215 Higher Education Faculty of Education HIED i93 510 521 522 530 5d0 561 565 790 59« (3) Introduction to the Study of Higher Education-- An iniroduction to the field ot higher education in Canada and to British Columbia in particular. Topics to be studied will include the objectives of higher education, its historical development and current issues such as diversity of offerings, enrolment, accessibility, finance, and governance of these institutions. (3-0; ()-()[ or [0-0; 3-(t[ (5) Foundations for lhe Study of Higher Educalion- The historical, philosophical and socio-cuitural factors which form the bases for the development of various institutions oi post-secondary education in Canada. (3,i Organization and Administration of Higher Education I- Organization theory applied to universities and colleges. (5, Program Planning ir,' Higher Education---Theoretic.al. conceptual and philosophical issues related to planning programs in institutions of Higher Educalion. various models of decision-making and factors which influence their theoretical and practical utility in different institutional contexts. (3i Current Issues in Higher Education- Selected problems in the administration of various post secondary educational institutions Prerequisites or corequisites: HIED 510, 511,512. 131 Organization and Administration cf Higher Education 11- Organization theon'applied to tlie ailminisi ration of universities and colleges. Development of topics beyond those of HIED 511 Prerequisite: H1EDM1. tii Human Resources in! Uglier Education - Policies and practices of developing and maintaining an effective faculty anil staff ir, universities and colleges (3) Community Service Function of she Community College- The community college as a iesource for tlie economic, social, cultural and political development of the communities which thevserve. The historical and philosophical roots of the community serai e orientation anc! means usee! to promote community deveiopmenl (.. I The Community College ("c-nce/i/ - A study of the history, philosophy and development of lhe community college idea in Canada, with particular reference' to British Columbia. (3) Coinniunil) College and Institute Programs- The theoretical bases for program develi ipment in colleges and institutes v, ith particular reference toacadeniic. technological and vocational programs. t.5i Institutional AnalysisuudPlanning in Post-secondary Institutions. (3/12) c laboratory Practicum iSh) dSj/eeial Course in Subjec: Mailer Field - Courses in various subject matter iielris designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. (.1/12,1 cPirjbleiiisinTdiicatliiti -\ri\'csiigmi:n.:nily-epi>rl ofa problem. (0l M Ed Major Essav (3.il)c Field Experiences and Diploma Programs. ((-.'121 c Master's Thesis For ilioseoti Master's, Doctoral Hindi HIND See Asian Studies, Faculty of Arts South Asian Languages. Hispanic and Italian Studies See Italian, Italian Studies,Romance Studies, Spanish and Portuguese; Faculty of Arts 101 (6) Europe from the Fall of Rome to the Reformation- The evolution of medieval Europe emphasizing structures and their changes: the ordering of society, the economy, beliefs and ideas, the organization of communities and their political development. [2-1:2-1] 113 (43) Introduet 'on to History and Philosophy of Science- An interdisciplinary- introduction to the nature of science and technology; tieir place in modern culture Will focus on several issues their historical cievelopmentand philosophical significance. The issues will van' from vear to vear. (Same as PHIL US.) [2-1:2-1! 120 (6) Europear, History from the Renaissance to the Present— A survey of continuity and change in the economic and social founda ions, and ir. the | 'olitical administrative, and military spheres, as well as some of the accompanying scientific, phi osophicai, literary, artistic, architectural, ancl othet cultural achiever tents ancl styles i if European civilization. [2-1;, l-l] 122 (6) Introduc ion to Modern European History- The civilization of Eurt ipe between the late Middle Ages and the First World War. N , attempt will be made to natrate or othenvise capture the completestoiy. Different issues, limited in lime, place, or scope, yet characteristic and revealing oi the whole, will be taken up in different years. [3-0; 3-0)^ 123 (6) MainCurentsin Tuenlieth-CenluryElistory-Imperialism, the mad to Worid War I, ihe uncertain peace, fascism. Nazism, appeasement, lhe Second World War, communism in thc-U.S.S.K. and China, the Cold War, tlieTiiird World, the welfare state, [2-1; 2-i 135 (fi) 1'ie History of Canada- Some of the principal events in Canadian history and the various interpretations of them. [2-1 2-1) 170 (<i)/i;JfcicfocH»/ii!iii',iJbAv7'a--(jeogra|)iiical,cullur;!l,and historical bai kgrounds io India, Pakistan, and Bangladesh. Problems of political, economic, and social development since 1947. (v.ime as ASiA ] 17.) [3 ti; 3-()| 171 (6) introduction lo East.Asia- Geographical, ethnic and historical bai kgrounds oi China, Japan, and Korea, Survey of twentieth-xaiiurvEusi Asian history (Same as ASIA 103.) [30; 3-0] 201 (6) Ihe (lolo'tial iixjierieuee in Ihe .Americas - Aconyary.- tive study ol selected colonial societies from their foundations into tin- 19th reniury. [2-i; 2-1] 202 (6) Modernization in Historical/'ers/iert/'re-Explores the transition frc m pre-industrial to modern society in western k Europe from 1700 to the iirescat, will; seinic examination of lhe impact o this process on Asia. Africa, and Latin America in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, [2-1; 2-l| 203 ('u Major Topics in British History- British Constitutional History. Development ib'.hc principal constitutional institutions of England and Great Britain from Anglo-Saxon beginnings ti contemporary times, with special reference to the influe ice of that development on Canadian institutions. [2-1 2-i] 205 (3) Introduction lo Historical Archaeology- An introduction to the study of medieval and modern material culture, with special emphasis un Canada, using archaeological evident e io i lustrate t he principles, aims, and techniques of historical ar'haeolog.' and related disciplines. (Same as ANT ii 205.1 [Ml| 2'it t.]) Piety and Dissciil In the 1 ligb Alidale Ages- Vornveyoiv, sin cesses, failures oi, .tin! n-anion.- to rural ant! urban religious instiiutiiins ."mm the twelfth to the fourteenth century. |M| 208 (3) Medieval Trade and Towns- Business methods and institutions developed during lhe high Middle Ages, wilh emphasis oi urbani/at ii n. especially in Italy and lhe Mediterranean b; sin. 2--I I 250 2"'0 2~1 302 303 306 310 31.3 Mi 515 ,41(1 (6) Technology in History- An introduction to the history of technology and society from antiquity to the present. [2-i; 2-1] (6) Major issues in American History- A general course, from the colonial period to the modern, examining the political syslem, slavery and the Civil War, manifest destiny and the frontier, urban and industrial America, and American foreign policy in the twentieth century. [2-1, 2- i ] (6) latin American History- A general course designed to show, by discussion of the major issues of the last two thousand years, how the modern society and culture of Latin America tame into being. [3-0,3-0] (6j Modem China and ihe West- The invasion of (.tuna since the IdOO'.s by western civilization; the impact of Chinese culture and ofthe modern Chinese revolution on the West, Canadian relations with China included. Open to students with no previous knowledge of China. (Same as ASIA2-0.1 [2-i: 2-11 (3) japan and tbe West since IMF A thematic study oi Japan's international relations from the early modern period to the present within the changing balance of world power Focus on the characteristics of great-power states within a Japanese context and how thev have differed from those of China and the West. [2-1) tii) Hisiorv of the Native Peoples of Canada- The natne people (status and non-status) of Canada from coniact to the present. Topics include native involvement in the fur trade and later economic developments, the emergence 14' the Metis, the treaty making process, and the evoiutii tn of government policies for native peoples. [3-0; 3-0] (0| Hislorv ofthe Canadian West- Selected topics ;n the history of the Canadian West with an emphasis on the prairie west: the Indian anc! the fur trade, Louis Rid, prairie settlement . ant! western si iciai, and polItical pn itest, [2-1; 2-1 j 161 History of France, 1461-1715- The development of absolute monarchy in France, with emphasis on: change and conflict in French society; spiritual and intellectual "crisis": (lie place of Erance in the emerging European start: system; and opposition to the monarchy [3-0. 3-0; (.(>) Fiencb North America to 1803- A historical hacs- grottnd for understanding the French speaking peoples of North America, Acadians, Eranco-Quebccois, French-Cam clians. ancl Cajuns. It deals extensively wilh French-Amerindian relations and introduies (he student to the historiography of French North America. [3-0; 3-01 (6i British Imjierud History- Rationales arid criticisms it empire: economic- svsiems; new societies ancl nationally, movements; representative individual empire builders. Covers late fifteenth century to the present with emphasis on the nineteenth and twentieth centuries [3-0; 3-0] (6) The Renaissance- The interplay between new and traditional ideas, slyies and institutions from the fourteenth to the mid-sixteenth century, primarily in Italy, with empha sis upon the relationship of social, economic, and polilical factors ro intellectual and cultural change. [3-0; 3-0] (3) Hisloiy of West Africa- Pre-colonial, colonial and contemporary [3-0[ (0) Histoiy and Social Reialious of Science- Focuses on the Scieni ifir Revolution (1300-1700) and its consequences for modern life. Topics include: science transformed from natural philosophy io technology; theories of nature and human nature, science ant! objectivity; the social is. e of the scientist; the intelleciua! authority of science. [2-1, a tin European Social Hislorv- A studv of (he changes ti; economic activity, social structure, famiiy life, religious attitudes, anc! popular behaviour which accompanied the transformation of Europe from a pre-industrial to an industrial society. [3-0; 3-0| (3) History of Southern Africa- I're-colonial, colonial, and contemporary. stressing South Africa. [7 (i| ;()) Histoiy of Moilem Poland- The- niterplav between iniernalioi ial and national factors ir; die political social, am I 350 History 321 322 324 323 326 328 329 3.30 331 333 3.3t 337 33.3 .371 332 cultural history of the Polish people, from the Partitions in the eighteenth century to the Solidarity Movement. Attention is also given to the Jewish and Ukrainian communities. [3-0; 3-0] (12) Honours Tutorial [0-2;0-2[ (12) Honours Tutorial [0-2, 0-21 (6) History oj'East Central Europe in the 19lh and JOlh Centuries- Covers ihe region between Germany and Russia as well as Southeast Europe, Emphasis on comparisons with Western Europe and features that make the area significant to Europe as a whole. [3-0; 3-0] (3) Germans and Slavs in Ihe Early Modern Period- The political, social, economic, military, and cultural relations of Germans and Slavs, as well as other peoples of Eastern Europe. [3-0] (6) The British North American Colonies. 17-19-18^3- A comparative study of the British North American colonies that became provinces ofthe Di amnion ol Canada. Regional distinctions as well as shared characteristics are examined in the light of literature, folklore, social structure, art, architecture, and politics. [3-0. 3-0[ (3) American Colonial Histoiy, 26-7/76.)'-Acomparativ-e study ofthe social, economic ancl polilical characteristics of the thirteen colonies as they changed from small European outposts to more mature societies. [3-0] (3) The American Revolution and Ihe Formation oj the United Stales, 1705-1812- A study of die revolutionary origins ofthe United States and, ofthe establishment ofthe American republic. [3-0] (6j Canadian Social Histoiy - -A.study of.selected topics in the histoiy of Canadian society, including frontier settlement, rural life, religion, social and institutional structures, immigration and ethnicity, social movements, ideology, family life and life cycle, demographic change labour, industrialization, and urbanization. (3-0; 3-0] (.3) The United Stales, 1812-1805- Political deveiopmenl in the new American nation, with special emphasis on expansion, regionalism.Jacksoniandemocracy, social reform,ancl the Civil War [3-0) (3) The Untied Stales, 1805-189(1- Political and social development in Post-Civil War America, with special empire sis on Reconstcuction, indusirialization, and die Gilded Age 13-0) ((!) Third-Year Honours Seminar |0-2;0-2| (6) Europe in the 19th Century- An investigation of main themes in European history from die French Revolution to the beginning of the 20th century. Topics of particular importance are; domestic politics; the interaction of states; the formation of new states; social and economic transformations affecting the whole civilization; major cultural expressions ofthe century. [3-0; 3-0] (ti) Gender, Politics, and Culture in Modem Europe- Relationships between changing gender roles and other historical processes - from tlie French and industrial revo- luiions to iuifierialism, nationalism, and the rise of consumer cultures - in Europe from iheeighteeiilh cennirv lo tlie present. (6) Fhe UnitedSlalesin thedlilb Century- American history from the First World War to the 1970s. While foreign affairs are treated in some depth, the course focuses primarily on the domestic scene. Economic developments, the current oi ideas, social and political change receive special attention, [3-0; 3-u[ (3.i Family and'Community' in latin America- The role of family and community from the colonial period io die- present. Emergence of the nation stateafTecting community anti family structures. [3-0[ (3) Class and Cullure in lalin .Mneric a- The relationship between culture and class formation from the late colonial period to tlie present. [3-0] 373 37a 370 372 ( .380 381 382 383 38-1 386 38" 388 389 iOO iOI (3) Politics and Society in Nineteenth-Century Latin America- The changingstructureof power in latin America 1820-191-, emphasizing the factors which prevented the establishment of viable political systems. Fi icusesmainlv on Argentina. Brazil and Mexico. [3-0j (3) Politics and Society in Twentieth-Century Lalin Americef-Thc'changiiigsiructiireofpovver in latin America since 1900. focusing on die political movements that have challenged the status quo. Concentrates on the experience of Mexico, Cuba, Brazil and Chile. [3-OJ (6) Social and Economic History of Medieval Europe— A general survey of .social organization, ofthe development of public and private institutions, and of major changes in the economy and economic organization [2-1; 2-1 ] 6) Ideas and Institutions of Ihe Middle Ages- Studies in medieval political ideas and the institutions of government and law. ' j.3 0;3-0| (6) Modem Chinese History Since ISiO- An anaivsis of changes in institutions anel ideas in China from the late Imperial Period to the most recent developments ofthe Chinese Revolution. Approaches are thematic, by periods, and by problems, (Same as ASIA .380.) |3-0;3-0] (6) The Civilization of late Imperial China- Evolution of Chinese civilization Irom c. 1000 io 1600. The many-sided cultural and polilical legacy of the Sung period; the impact of the period of Mongol domination; the Ming period. Cultures of peoples who ruled pan or all of China will be touched upon. Not offered everv vear, (Same as ASIA 321.) 13-0; .3-01 (6) History ofC.hinese Civilization- A survey of Chinese histoiy from ancient times to 1840. with emphasis on the period up to A I). 1000. i Same as ASIA .320) [3-0; 3-0! (6) Hislorv ofjujianesc Civilization- Japanese political, social, and cultural histoiv from earliest times to i808. iSametis ASIA 3.3(1.) 13-0:3-0] (6) Histoiy oj Indian Civilization- Political ancl cultural history from the earliest limes io the medieval period, (Same as ASIA 3uO.i [3-0.3-0] (6) History of India since 1800- Developments in Indian society and culture under lhe British Raj, the origins and growth of the freedom struggle, the emergence of independent stales in ihe sub-continent, and problems of nation-building and modernization since 194". (Same as ASIA 387.) [2-h 2-1) (ti) History of Korean Civilization- (Same as ASIA .322. i (3) Medieval India- The histoiy, culture, and social and economic organization of South Asia Irom i lie decline of the classical Hindu empires through thc-Sultanate period. (Same as ASIA 3tT. i [2-11 (3,i Mughal India- History of tlie politics, economy, society, audi ulnae of South Asia from iheCie.it Mughals tothe British concjuest. (Sameas ASIA.388.) |2-l[ (6) The Sikhs. Histoiy. Religion and Society- A historical study of the social and cultural lorees that helped shape Sikh religious beliefs and ritual practices over ihe pasl iour cent uries. In dealing with ihe evolution of Sikh identity due attention will be given to Sikh ideals, social organizalion, religious institutions, and .sacred literature. Same as ASIA 360. j.3-0; 3-0] (6) Intellectual Hislorv ofModern Europe- Concentrates on selectee! problems in ihe histoiy oi European social, political and general philosophical thinking from the seventeenth century The course emphasizes lhe careful reading of primary texts. [3-0; 3-01 (ti) French Canada from the End oj'the 18th Century to lhe Present Examines the rci.iiiuiis between ihe English anc! the Canadians prs ir io ihe Rebellions of 18.37-.38, die emergence of the''state ofsiege" mentality alter 1840, the impact of industrialization in Quebec, the Quiet Revolution, and independence movement. [3-0: 3-0) (3) Problems in Iniernational Relations Diplomacy and lhe Origins of Wars- snub of ttie relationship of the diplomatic factor to other (actors in the origins ofthe First and Second World Wars. This seminar is open only lo fourth- year students in the Major program in International Relations. ]()-2] 403 (3) Seminar hi Ihe History of International Relations - Selected topics such as the role of diplomacy anel its relation to other factors in international affairs, Canadian external relations, third-world international politics, Cold-War hi.storiogr.iphy. and area studies. Open only to (otirih-vear sludents in the Major program in Iniernational Relations. [0-21 4(1- (6) British C.'o/ttW-/«--Selected themes in the history oi die region, primarily- during the post-confederation years. Topics will emphasize changes in the economic, social, and institutional .structures ofthe province. [2-1; 2-i| 107 (6) Russia Before 1917- Beginning with the medieval period, (lie course will concentrate on the era from Peier the Great to lhe 1917 Revolution, emphasizing domestic developments, particularly the tensionslx-1 ween continuity and change in this epoch of transformation, crisis, and revolutionary movements. [3-0; 3-0] 406 if) llislory of Fraiwe since 1715- In a given year, thecourse mav emphasize a specific theme or period, e.g., Frenili society, politics, and thought in the eighteenth century; Revolutionary France P8^-J8^1: France from the Pails Commune to the crises of 1968, [3-0; ,3-0[ 407 (6) Histoiy of Modern Germany- The polilical, social and intellectual history of modern Germany from 1789 lo die present, with some emphasis on the preceding ccuiiii- iies. 13-0; 3-0] i()8 (3) Histoiy of the Habsburg Monarchy- An examination of the growth and development of the monarchy with emphasis on the eighteenth ancl nineteenth centuries. Some discussion of the successor states after 1918, [3-ti| 413 (6) Reformation Europe- An examination of European history, 1430-1630. which places bolh the Protestant Reloi ination and the Catholic Reformation in the broader context of the political social, cultural, and economic changes during the early modern era, [2-1; 2-1 [ 4.13 (6) Early Modern Britain- A study of the social, economic political, religious, cultural and intellectual histoiy of Britain between the Reformation and the Industrial Revolution with special reference to lhe rise of modern indiistital society 419 (6) Victorian Britain-- An examination of tlie social and cultural changes in Britain from the late eighteenth to the early twenl ieth century. Emphasis will he placed on lhe ways that institutions, families, social groupings, and religious, aesthetic and other values responded to and influenced i lie- changes which produced the world's first industrial, urban society. [2-1; 2-1] .21 (12) I lonours Tutorial [0-2: 0-21 ill (di Modern Japanese History Since 1800- The building ti! a modern slate, its crisis in the 1930's, and its postwar recoveiv; topics include business institutions, polities, im perialisui, inteiiectuai syncrensm, social change, and Japan s growing influence in the world. (Same as ASLA 422, i [3-0; 3-0] -i23 (()) Economic and Business History oj Modern Jajiun Irom 1800 io ihe present: emphasis on tlie business strai- egies iif.lapan's largest companies: aiienlion also to broaden economic topics such as international trade, government policy, social impact of industry, business and politics, labctur. and posi pel niulti-nationaiism. |3-0, 3-01 425 (Cu War and .Society- Continuity ancl change in tlie rein tions of w.ir iiiid socieiv, lhe connections between the economy, society, the militant, and government in peacetime as well as war not a course in military history. [3-d; 3-0] u2(i (ti) Twentieth-Century Canada- A survey of die political, social, and economic developments which have shaped contemporary Canada. [3-0; 3-0| History of Medicine and Science 351 4.31 4.32 4,3.3 i3'i 4.33 428 (61 Intellectual History of Ihe United Slates from the Colonial Period lo lhe Present Day- Examines the evolution ofthe American mind from the Colonial period to the present, with emphasis on patterns of thought that have developed in response to American conditions. [3-0; .3-0] -)30 (0) Development of Canadian External Policy since Confederation- Examines the histoiy of Canada's external relations since Confederation with particular emphasis on Canada's changing international status and role in the twentieth century. [3-0; 3-0] (fit Population In Histoiy- Examines selected demographic themes in world-wide historical perspective, the history- of the family, urbanization, overpopulation, pojiula- lion growth and industrialization. Malthusian theon', and related problems of Third World countries. [3-0; 3-0) (ti) Iniernational Relations of Ihe Great Powers in Ihe Twentieth Century- The iniernational relations ofthe great powers from the end ofthe First World War to the end ofthe Cold War |3-0:3-0[ (6) Fourth-Year Honours Seminar [0-2; 0-21 (6) History' of Southeast Asia Since 1800- The modern hislorv of Vietnam, bios, Cambodia. Thailand, Malaysia. Indonesia, ancl the Philippines. Special attention to the revolutions in Vietnam, and Indonesia. (Same as ASIA (34.) 13-0; 3-0] (6) Communist Movements in Eastern'.Europe since I90IF- Emphasis on the smaller countries of the Communist orbit. Deals with the Soviet Union for background ancl for comparative perspectives. (Same as POI.l 423.) [3-0; 3-0] ■i3_ tin The American Imparl on Canada- An examination of the influence of the United States' rise to continental, hemispheric, and world power on Canada in the areas of economics, culture, defence, and foreign policy [2-1:2-1] 1.38 tin History ojlhe Soviet I ition- Tlie roleof the Communist party, the evolution of Soviet society, the transformation of tlie Soviet economy, and the techniques of government under Lenin, Stalin, ancl Khrushchev. [2-1; 2-l| 441 (3) Anti-Semitism andNatiori-Building-1'\ye}ewisiy experience from the end of tlie nineteenth century to the creation of (he State of Israel [3-0] 143 (6) The Family in Western History- The family as a social form in Europe and North America from 1700 to 1930, , including family structure and economy, gender and intergenerational relations, sexuality, social roles, the life cycle, and the relationship oi the family to other institutions. [3-0; 3-()[ -i44 (3) Siave Societies in the Americas- A comparative analysis ofthe institution of chattel slavery, its growth, its effects on slaves and masters, its relatii in to tlie larger society, ant! the causes of its decline, in die various cultures of the Americas [2-1] 445 (3) American Foreign Policy: 18~0-I9-i>- Selected topics in political a.nd economic-aspects (/American foreign policy, from 1870 to 19i5. |3-0[ r)6 (3; American Foreign Policy. PD5 to present- Selected topics in the histoiy of American foreign policy, lOas io the present. [3-0] 4-i7 (6) Seminar tn American History- Offers the opportunity to study in depth some of the major problems in United Slates history. Areas ol concentration, depending on trie- instructor's interests, will include the American Revolution, ante-bellum reform movcmenis, the settlement of the West, and urbanization in modern America. Prerequisite; HIST 23" or its equivalent. [0-2:0-2] t48 (3) DiplomacyandConflict in lhe.Middle East PTitiloIhe Present- International relations in tlie Middle East with special emphasis on die conflicts between Israel and her neighbours. [3-0 [ ■WO 111) Honours Essay [0-2; 0-2] 450 (3/6) d Selecta I Topics in latin American History- Astudy in depth of one major tofiic (such as the Cuban Revolution or Peronismo) in tne recent histoiy of latin America. |34); .3-01 451 (3) Selected Topics in the Histoiy oj Brazil- Examines the formation of the largest, most populous nation in latin America, the establishment and rapid growth of its industrial economy. [3-01 452 (3) Selected Topics in the History oj Mexico- Examines a major theme n Mexican history such as Spanish-Indian contact, church-state relations. Mexico's integration into the world ecoiomy. struggles for land and social justice, state formalin i, and the role of ritual, myth and cultural values in Mexi:an history. |3-0] 460 (6) Britain in lhe Twentieth Century- Changes in class structure; priv He vs. public education; decline of lhe imperial economy; impact of two world wars; impact of the depression; end of empire and its effects; racial conflict in Britain; nationalization ofindustiy; balance of payments; the welfare state; cutty into the Common Market. [2-1; 2-1 [ •i70 (6) Seminar in Medieval History- Annually changing topics of medieval studies with special ai lention to research methods on primary sources. [0-2; 0-2] 480 (6) Economic and Social History of Modern China to 194')- An examination of die effects of population pressure, agricultural and commercial growth, initial industrialization, urbanizal ion, government policies, and popular rebellion upon fam ly ancl kinship, voluntary associations, social stratification, migration, and social practices in late imperial and republic;! i China. i Same as ASIA 480.) [3-0; 3-0) 482 (6) History of Rural Societies in Asia- A study of the historical structures ancl transformations of rural societies in eastern, sot theastern, and southern Asia, from the eight- eenih century. (Same as ASIA 450.) [3-0; 3-0| -486 (i) Korea ir, the 20th Century- History of the Korean people in the 20th century; the traditional cultural histoiy; Japanese colonial rule: tlie Korean war; the two Korean states; economic, social, and cultural change. [2-1] 490 (3) Seminar for History Majors- The course will explore selected prob ems and issues in the theory and practice of historical wore For seminar topics each year, consult the department. Open to majors with the permission of the deparment. [3-0J 500 (3) Readings in Canadian Histoiy- This coursealso lists as HIST 501-501. 505 (3) Seminar i i Canadian Hislorv- This coutse also lists as HIST 506-504 510 (3) Readings in American History- This course also lists as HIST 511-514 515 (3) Seminar pi American Histoiy- This couise also lists as HIST 516-51) 520 (3) Readings in British Hislorv- This course also lists as FIIST 521-521. 525 (3j Seminar in British History- This course also lists as HIST 526- 52). 5.30 (3) Readings in Imperial-Commonwealth Histoiy- This course also lists as HIST 531 and 532. 533 (3) Seminar in Imperial-Commonwealth History- This course also lists as HIST 534, 535 (3) Readings :nMedievalFlistory-Thaeourseirisolysys-is HIST 536 and 537. 538 (3) Seminar ,n.Medieval History- This course also lists as HIST 539, 540 (3J Readings in Renaissance-Reformation Histoiy- This course also Hits as HIST 541 and 542. 543 (3) Seminar in Renaissance-Reformation History- This course also lilts as HIST =44. 545 (3j Philosoph y of History and Canadian Historiograjrhv- Introduction t o the philosophy of histoiy and to the dominant 'hemes in Canadian historical writing. This course normally is restricted to those students registered in the Master of Archival Studies program. 546 (3) Contemporary Canadian Historiography- Selected themes in contemporary Canadian historiographyand upon the preparation of an historiographicai evaluation of the literature in an area of particular interest to the individual student. 547 (.3) Readings: Special Topics in Histoiy 5a8 (3) Historiography 519 (12) Master's Thesis 550 (3) Readings in French History- This course also lists as HIST 75 land 552. 553 (3) Seminar in French History- This course also lists as HIST 554. 555 (3) Readings in German History- This course also lists as HIST 556 and 55" 558 (3) Seminar in German History- This course also lists as HIST 559. 560 (3) Readings in Russian and East European History-TAils course also lists as HIST 561. 562 (3) Seminar in Russian and Easl European History- This course also lists as HIST 563. 564 (3) Readings in Modern European History- This coutse also lists as HIST 565 and 566. 567 (3) Seminar in Modem European History- This course also lists as HIST 568 and 569. VO (3) Readings in Comparative Asian History 571 (3) Readings in Chinese History 572 (3) Readings in Japanese History 573 (3) Readings in Southeast Asian History 574 (3) Readings in Soulh Asian History 575 (3) Seminar in Comparative Asian Hisloty 576 (3) Seminar in Chinese History 577 (3) Seminar in Japanese History 578 (3) Seminar in Southeast Asian History 579 (3j Seminar in Soulh Asian History 580 (3J Readings in Intellectual Elistory- This course also lists as HIST 581. 582 (3) Seminar in latin American History 583 (3,1 Readings in lalin American History 584 (3) Readings in Economic and Soc ial History- This course also lists as HIST 585. 58^ t3j Readings in Diplomatic Histoiy- This course also lists as HIST 588. 589 (.3) Seminar in Diplomatic History 590 (3) Readings in Ecclesiastical History- This course also lists as HIST 591. 593 (31 Readings in Military History- This course also lists as HIST 594. 595 (3) Oral History and Genealogy- Emphasis on research and collecting techniques. Review of existing programs concerned with collecting oral history. Admission limited to students in the Master of Archival Studies degree program, or in special cases by permission ofthe insttuctor 596 (3) Readings in Comparative History- This course is also listed as Histoiy 597. 649 Ph.D. Thesis History of Medicine and Science MEDH Faculty of Medicine Note: MEDH 400 and 401 are elective courses in the Faculty of Medicine bul are highly recommended for all Medical sludents who are not enrolled in special programs approved by lhe Faculty. They are also listed by Ihe Depanmenl of History for 352 History of Medicine and Science credit in a History Major, and are recommended humanities elect ii es in lhe Facully of Science. 400 (3) History of Medicine to Ihe end of the Nineteenth Century- A study of the main ideas in medicine and health care from primitive times to the threshold of scientific medicine. Second term. Prerequisite: BIOI. 101 or 102. [0-0-0; 2-1-0] 401 (3) History ofthe Health Sciences in the Twentieth Century- A study of the main developments in the health sciences in the modern era, including the social history of health care and the development of scientific health care. Second term Prerequisite: RIOL 101 or 102. (Not offered 199.3-94.) [0-0-0; 2-l-0| 501 (3/6) c History of Medicine- Course of directed study in topics selected by the students in consultation with the professor. (Not offered 1993-91.) [0-3-0; 0-3-0] Home Economics HMEC School of Family and Nutritional Sciences, Faculty of Agricultural Sciences 100 (3) Introduction lo Home Economics- Home Economics as a distinct field integrating knowledge from the social, physical, and biological sciences; relation to other helping professions. Limited to students ofthe HMEC Comprehensive or Specialization programs and in the Facully of Educalion Home Economics Major and Concentration programs. [3-0] ,300 (3) Elements of Professional Practice- Introduction to theories of praclice; overview of appropriate means of Uelivering professional services for a variety of groups in different settings. Limited to students in the Dietetics and 1 lome Economics programs. [2-3] 352 (3! Introductory Textile Science- Textile performance concepts. Interrelationships of fibres, yams, fabric construction, dyes and finishes with a focus on consumer apparel and household textile products. Textile legislation. Prerequisite; CHEM 103. [3-0] .351 (3) Apparel Analysis and Assembly- An introduction to garment assembly including analysis of ready-to-wear apparel and garment industry techniques. [2-3] 356 (3) Consumer and Economic Aspects of Clothing and Textiles- The structure ofthe clothing and textiles industry from fibre to the consumer. The effect of government policies, legislation, the industry's production, and marketing practices on the family as consumers. Includes the implications ofthe retailing of fashion goods on patterns of family consumption. Prerequisite: ECON 100. [3-0] 360 (3) Design Fundamentals- Visual elements and principles of design, the nature of aesthetics and the influence of design on our physical environment [2-3] 366 (3) Textile Design- Design, structures, and techniques of decorative textiles; influence of historic textiles on contemporary fabrics; textile design techniques of selected cultures. Prerequisite: HMEC 360. [1-3] 40(i (3/6) AHomeEconomicsSeminar- Current developments in selected areas of Home Economics. Open to third- and tburth-year.student.s with permission ofthe instructor. [0-3] u50 (3) History of Costume- A survey of the aesthetic, economic, cultural, social, ancl political significance of costume in history from ancient Egypt to contemporary times. [3-0] 452 (3) Advanced Textile Science- A study of the molecular structure and chemical properties of fibres, including physical testing and assessment of textile performance. Prerequisite: HMEC 352 [2-31 454 (3) Apparel Design I- Aesthetic theories and principles of garment design with a focus on the flat pattern method as used in the garment industry. Analysis of ready-to-wear techniques and garment assembly. Prerequisites: HMEC 354 and 360. [2-3] 456 (3) Apparel Design II- Emphasis on such design techniques as draping and tailoring. Further study of the fashion industry and prominent designers. Prerequisites: HMEC 354,360 and 454, or permission of instructor. [2-3] 466 (3/6) d Special Problems in Home Economics- Current topics in a specific area of Home Economics, based on original laboratory or field research. 476 (3) Directed Study in Home Economics- Directed investigation ofa problem, requiring a written or oral report of findings. Prerequisite: satisfactory standing and permission of faculty member supervising the investigation. Fourth- year Home Economics students only. Home Economics Education See Mathematics and Science Education, Home Economics Education Human Kinetics HKIN School of Human Kinetics, Faculty of Education 097 (0) Aquatics- Performance competency course. 098 (0) Individual Sports- Performance competency course. 099 (0J Team Sports- Performance competency course. 103 (3) Conditioningfor Sport and Physical Activity- Physical fitness and exercise; conditioning methods, exercise techniques and fitness appraisal. [2-2] 110 (3) AnalysisofIndividual Sport and Dance Petformance- Analysis and appreciation of movement patterns in sport and dance performance. [2-2] 161 (3) Social and Managerial Aspects of Leisure and Sporl- An introductory examination ofthe political, economic and social basis of leisure and sport; concepts, theories and problems. [3-0] 163 (3) Biodynamics of Physical Activity- An introductory examination ofthe mechanical, anatomical and physiological bases of human physical performance. [3-0] 164 (3) Dynamics of Motor Skill Acquisition- An introductory- examination of motor skill acquisition, the variables which influence the learning and performance of motor skills, and the relationship between skill acquisition and growth and development. [3-0) 200 (3.) Analysing Performance in Team Sports- The role of analysis in developing effective team sport performance. [2-2] 252 (3) Contemporary Health Issues- Examination of health issues, relevant to contemporary lifestyle, physical activity, and careers in the health and fitness field. The development of skills in critical thinking and consumerism as they relate to health anti fitness. Prerequisite: completion of first year. [3-0] 261 (3) leisure and'Sport in Canadian .Sot. .(jr-The Canadian leisure and sport delivery system and related policies. Prerequisite: HKIN 161. [3-0] 280 (3) The Rise of Modem Sport- Selected topics in the growth of modern sport from 1800 to the present, with an examination of developments in Britain, the United States, and Canada. Prerequisite: HKIN 161. [3-0] 281 (3) Sociological Aspects of Sport- Selected aspects of spon examined in relation to modern social structures and cultures. Prerequisites: HKIN 161. [3-0] 284 (3) Physical Growth and Motor Development- Characteristics of physical growth and motor development related to physical activity; factors affecting, and measurement of, physical growth and motordevelopment. Prerequisite: HKIN 164. [3-0| 292 (3) Leisure and Sport Event Management- Issues and strategies of leisure ancl sport event management are examined. Prerequisite: HKIN 161. [3-0] 293 (3) Planning, Provision and Management of Facilities- Planning, provision and management of leisure and sport facilities including policies, funding, design and technological development. [3-0J 300 (3) An Introduction lo Professional Studies in Physical Education- An introduction to the profession of physical education, including its evolution, the responsibilities of professionals in physical education, and the relationship between theoiy and practice. Prerequisite: completion of Second Year. [3-0] 303 (3) High Performance Conditioning in Physical Activity and Sport- Conditioning methods, exercise techniques and appraisal methods for fitness in high performance physical activity and sport. Prerequisites: HKIN 103,390anil 391. [3-0] 310 (3/12) d Performance Analysis of Selected Individual Sports and Activities- Specific individual topics to be announced each year Prerequisites: HKIN 110 and completion of First Year. [2-2] 320 (3/12) d Performance Analysis oj'Team Sports and Activities- Specific topics to be announced each year. Prerequisites: HKIN 200 and completion of First Year. [2-2] 340 (5) Popular Dance and Culture- A thematic approach to dance in varied socio-culturai contexts which focuses on style, celebration, identity, and gender. Prerequisite: HKIN 110. [3-0] 343 (3) Dance jor Children- The development of dance irom ages 3 to 12. Play, imagery and dance from representational tosymbolic interpretation, assimilation of rhythm and movement patterns; the folk tradition; the growth of technical skill; fundamental elements of dance composition. Prerequisite: completion of First Year. [2-2] 353 (3) Human Body Composition- Examinalion of lechniques for measuring the amounts of adipose tissue, m use Ic- and bone in the body, and factors affecting body composition, with particular emphasis on physical activity. Prerequisite: completion of Second Year. [3-0] 355 (3/6) d Field Experience- Analytical observations and supervised professional practice in physical activity and leisure settings as required for each specific program of.studv See Undergraduate Advising Office for specific prerequisites for each section. Students must take the section relevant to their programs of study. Prerequisite: completion of Second Year. [1-0-2) 360 (3) International Perspectives on Leisure and Sport- Eeisure and sport systems, policies and programs in selected countries. Prerequisite: HKIN 261 and completion of Second Year. [3-0) 361 (3) Introduction lo Athletic Training- Recognition, prevention, and first aid treatment of common sports injuries. Laboratory sessions emphasize principles and techniques ofbasic protective tapingand strapping. Prerequisites; HKIN 390 and 391. [2-2] 362 (3) AdaptedPhysical Activity- Adapted physical activity for disabled and handicapped people of all ages; developmental approach to programming; fieldwork. Prerequisite: completion of Second Year. [2-0-21 363 (3) Mechanics and Kinetics- An introduction to the physical laws of nature and an interpretation of those laws as applied to human movement observed in athletic skills. .An examination of the biomechanical systems ofthe human body with respect to forces developed. An analysis of various specific athletic performances and an introduction to the research tools of kinesiology. Prerequisite: HKIN 16.3. Pre- or Co-requisites; HKIN 390 and 391 or ANAT 390. [2-2] 364 (3) Human Behaviour in Sport and Physical Activity - Current issues, research and practical considerations in the study of human behaviour associated with performance management and participant satisfaction in sport and physical activity- Prerequisites: HKIN 164 and completion of Pi rst Year. [3-0] 365 (3) Foundations of Coaching- Methods of athletic conditioning, planning the program, psychology of training and coaching, athletic evaluation Prerequisite: completion ot Second Year. [3-0J Human Kinetics 353 366 (3) Movement Experiences for Young Children- Tne design and implementation of movement experiences for children in early childhood years. Prerequisite: completion of Second Year. [3-0] 367 (3) Leisure and Disabled Persons- Leisure opportunities and policy issues for disabled and mentally handicapped persons. Prerequisite: completion of Second Year. [3-0] 368 (ijMotorSkillLearningandPerformance-'l'hepriiKiplcs, of motor skill acquisition, application to learning and instruction in sport and physical activity programs. Prerequisites: HKIN 164 and completion of First Year. [2-2] 369 (3) Instructional Analysis and Design in Sporl and Physical Activity Programs- Instructional design and technologies applied to sport and physical activity programs. Prerequisile: completion of Second Year. [2-2] 370 (3) Introduction to Measurement in Sport and Physical Activity- An introduction to the theoiy and practice of physical fitness appraisal, motor skill evaluation and test construction relative to sport and physical activity. Prerequisite: completion of Second Year. [2-2] 371 (3) Introduction to Statistics and Research Melhodology- Descriptive statistics, norms, normal probability curve; concepts of correlation, reliability and validity; statistical inference. Principles of research methodologies used in the study of sport and physical activity Prerequisite: HKIN 3"U [3-0] 372 (3j Research Applications in Leisure and Sport Management- An introduction to research methodologies commonly used in social and managerial studies in leisure and sport. An emphasis will be placed on qualitative methods. Prerequisites: HKIN 281 and completion of Second Year. [3-0] 374 (3) Perspectives on Play- Play theories and behaviour. Prerequisite: HKIN 161, [3-0] 382 (3) Meaning and Values in Sport- An analysis of the experience of sports activities. Prerequisites: HKIN 261 and completion of Second Year. [3-0] .383 (3) The Olympic Games Ancient and Modem- Prerequisite: completion of Second Year. [3-0] 390 (3) FunctionalAnatomy andAppliedPhysiologyl-Neuro- Muscular and Skeletal Systems- A study of the structure and function of the neuromuscular and skeletal systems of the human body. Special emphasis on movement analysis ' ancl the physiological effects of exercise on these systems. Prerequisite: HKIN 163. [2-2] 391 (3) Functional Anatomy and Applied Physiology II- Support Systems to Human Movement (Digestion, Endocrine, Urinary, Circulation, and Respiration- A study of the structure and function of the systems of Digestion, Endocrine, Urinary, Circulation and Respiration. As well as the anatomy and physiology of these systems, special emphasis will be placed on exercise physiology. Prerequisite: HKIN 390. [2-2] 392 (3) The Leisure and Sport Industry-Emnonric wrl financial issues in the leisure and sport industry. Topics include entrepreneurship, economic impact, commercialization, patterns of ownership and control, and selected financial practices. Prerequisite: COMM 457. |3-0| 400 (3) Planning Physical Education, Sport and Exercise Programs- Processes, techniques and considerations in the planning, implementation and evaluation of physical education, sport and exercise programs in both public and private agencies. Prerequisite: completion of Second Year. [3-0] 420 (3/12) d Coaching Effectiveness in Selected Sports and Activities- Specific topics to be announced each year. Prerequisite: appropriate 300-level Performance Analysis course. [3-0] 448 (3/6) d Dance Choreography- Term 1: foundations of choreography; Term 2: (optional) advanced concepts in choreography for stage and film production. Prerequisite: HKIN 310A or HKIN 31013 |2-2;2-2] 456 461 462 463 464 455 (15) Field Work and Field Research Practicum- Field work anda field research project will be undertaken concurrently in a coo .crating leisure, sport or other agency over one term in fo trth year (30 hours per week). Students will also attend weekly seminars to discuss field work and the field research f rojects respectively. Prerequisites: HKIN 372 or equivalent; nd approval from Program Coordinator. (3j Directed s'udies Abroad-A program of lectures, seminars, visits and directed study of selected topics on site in a foreign country. Prerequisite: Completion of Second Year. (3) Preventicn of Sports Injuries I- Training and safety strategies for tl e prevention of injuries tothe musculoskeletal system and sense-organs. Prerequisites: HKIN 361,363,390, 391. Corequisite: HKIN 463. [3-0] (3) Skeletal Muscle Adaptability to Exercise and Fatigue- The mechanism's) underlying skeletal muscle adaptation to physiological overloads as with physical activity will be discussed.The etiology o* muscle fatigue resulting from exercise will h.- discussed in light of substrate supply, end- product accumulations and protein functions particularly at the cellular lev d.Prerequisites: HKIN 390.391.463. [3-0] (3) Physiology of Exercise- Study of the acute ancl chronic effects of exer rise on body systems: and relationship of the functional capacity of individual systems to maximal human perfotmance. Prerequisites: HKIN 390 and 391 or ANAT 390 ancl BIOI. 353. [2-2 (3) Health Promotion and Physical Activity- Current perspectives on health promotion and health educalion; design and implementation of health promotion strategies in a variety of irenas, particularly health promotion/education sirategie; aimed at encouraging physical activity. Prerequisite: HKIN 252. [3-0] (3) PhysicalActivityandMentally■ Handicapped Persuns- Adevelopmei ital approach to physical activity programs for mentally hanc icappecl people of all ages: fieldwork. Prerequisite: completion of Second Year, [2-0-21 (3J Human Motor Performance- Acquisition, performance and control of skilled movements. Processes and underlying m xhanisms involved in learning and performing motor stills. Prerequisite; completion of Second Year. [2-21 469 (3) Exercise Prescription- Theory and methods of fitness appraisal and exercise prescription for normal and special populations. :'re- or corequisites: HKIN 370 ancl 46.3. [3-0J 471 (3) Prevention of Sports Injuries II- Training ancl safety strategies for the prevention of injuries or disorders of internal orgai ,s and central nervous syslem. Environmental and nutritional factors in conditioning and pre-cvcnt preparation. Prcrec uisite; IIK1N 46! [4-0! 373 (3) Human Biomechanical Analysis- Advanced quantitative analysis of human motion Prerequisite: PHYS 110 or HKIN 363. [3-0] 481 (3) Sjiort Marketing and Communication- A seminar on the application of social science theories and methods to sport market ng and communication. Prerequisite: COMM 465 or 396. [3-0[ 489 (3/6) d Seminar- Current topics ancl research in specific areas. Prereq jisite: completion of Third Year. [3-0; 3-0] 492 (3) Human Resource Development in Leisure and Sjiort Agencies- Human resource development issues ancl strategies are examined in leisure and sport environments. Prerequisite: COMM 329 [3-0] 499 (3) Projects i n Human Kinetics- Provides opportunities to perform research pertaining to a chosen area of human kinetics. Prer :qi.iisite: completion ofThird Year and permission of facult j adviser. 500 (2-6) c Grad rale Seminar 530 (2-6) c Direr ted Studies- Topics selected by the student, with the app 'oval of the Graduate Advisor, can be studied under the supervision ofa member of tlie facuitv. 467 468 551 (3.) Mathematical Applications in the Study of Sport and Physical Activity- A selection of topics from: Stochastic models applied to the study of motor learning, involvement in sport, socialization through sport, etc.; the assessment of change; analyses of scoring systems and playoff procedures used in various sports; game theoiy. 560 (3) Models of Sport Organizalion- An analysis and comparison of models of sport organization in selected countries. 562 (3) Bioenergetics of Physical Activity- Basic energy systems ol the human body; primarily concentrating on the bioenergetics of the skeletal muscle cell, recovery from muscular work, substrate utilization, muscle fiber types, strength, endurance and the physiological assessment of maximal performance. 563 (3j Measurement of Human Motion- A critical evaluation of research tools used lo measure and assess human motor performance including electromyography, anthropometry, crgometers, indirect ealorimetry, cinematography, and indirect dynamics. 564 (3) Psycho-Social Asjiects of Physical Activity- Selected psycho-social considerations in sport: initial and continuing involvement in the competitive sport environment. 565 (4) Physiological Aspects of Physical Activity- Survey of research regarding the physiological aspects of activity; the effects ol altitude and environmental temperature on man's performance in exercise and sports. 567 (3) Human Motor Performance- Processes underlyingthe ability to learn and perform motor skills. 568 (3) Seminar in Human Motor Performance- Reports and discussions of research literature concerning theories and findings in human performance. Special emphasis is given to understanding the basic mechanisms underlying motor performance within the framework of man as a component system. 570 (3) Research MethodsIn Human Kinetics-■ Research methods applied to the study of sport and physical activity, the nature of scientific inquiry, the design of experiments, the survey as a research medium, the historical and philosophical methods of inquiry, the writing ofthe researcli report 571 (3) Developmental andAdapted Physical Education-Tint theory and practice of adapted physical education. Programs of general class activities, special adapted physical education and recreation for the disabled, handicapped and aged. The laboratory period affords practical experience in individual and group methods for conducting developmental conditioning and corrective exercises. 573 (3) Seminar in Mechanical Analysis of Human Movement- An investigation of human movement using cinematographical and other research methods. The case study approach will be used to examine kinesiologies concepts and principles. 574 (3) Seminar in Health Promotion Fhrough Physical Activity- The relationship of new concepts in health to the promotion of health through physical activity; the application of research findings from a number of disciplines to the identification, selection, and targeting of health promotion/ education strategies related to physical activity. 580 (3) Seminar in Current Problems in Human Kinelics- Objectives; programs; leadership; history and trends; professional status; community organizations ancl auspices; attitudes and philosophy, 581 (3) Sport, Leisure and Popular Culture- Sport, leisure and popular culture viewed in the context of theoretical debates about mass society, consumer culture, leisure and work, ideology and the state. 582 (3) Seminar in Canadian Sport History- Selected topics in Canadian sport history, emphasis on the twentieth century, 583 (3) Physical Education, Sport and Exercise Programs- The development of curricula, implementation and evaluation techniques in physical education, sport ancl exercise 354 Human Kinetics programs: relationships of programs in schools, community centres and other institutions. 58J (3) Physical Growth and Motor Deveiopmenl- The process of human physical growth and the relationship bet ween growth/maturation and physical activity: sequential development of lixiomotor and manipulative skills and lhe application of critical period/optimal period literature to developmental skills, 585 (3) Coaching Science I- lhe application of research lliiei- ings Irom exercise physiology human growth and motor cleveiopment, biomechanics and spoil medicine, to the coaching of athletes, 586 (3) Coaching Science II- The application of research findings from sport psychology, sport sociology,ind human motor learning, to the ci inching of athletes. 590 (3) Seminar in Research on Teaching in Physical Education- Development, methods anc results of research on teaching physical education. 59! i.3) SeminarIntheOrgaiiizaliouaFtiialyslsojleisureand Sjiori- Sclecicc! topics in organizaiiiina! theory as appliedio the analysis of leisure and sport organizations 795 (01 Master's Major Paper 598 (3i Directed Field Sludies in Sporl and Physical Activity .tgeucies 599 (12) .Master's Thesis ()01 15 121 c Doctoral Seminar ti'W (Oi Ph.D. Thesis Human Nutrition HUNU School of Family ano Nutritional Sciences, Faculty of Agricultural Sciences "Courses wilh science credit are.followed by an asterisk. Note: HTNIUOE) may betaken for AnsereditasaListli (second yearl elective and III Nl 603 and 551 may he taken for Arts credit as a 'course from another facully or degree program' (Seefront section ofthe Faculty of Arts entry in this Calendar). Otherwise III Nl' courses may not he laken for Arts credtl. 201 {':» Food Fheory and Applications- Composition, .structure and properties of foods. KITcctuf physical and chemical environment, bib iiratoiy work applies scientific principles and theories lo practical problems of li Hid preparation. The approach is both experimental ami practical in nature Prerequisites: CHEM 103 or 111) in 120, and BIOI. 101 or 102. [3-3; 3-3[ 203 (3.) Introductory Nutrition- Principles of nutrition. Emphasis on the dietary sources of nutrients, their physiological availability and metabolic utilization for the- prevention of specific nutritional diseases and maintenance of health Studenls cannot receive credit for both HUM' 203 anil the combination of III AT! 305 and 30" Prerequisite; CHKM 25(1 [3-0] 205 (3) Community Nulrilion and Public iHealth- Application of concepts of adequate diet for the improvement of health in all stages of human life. Emphasis on the evaluation and improvement of food habits and nutritional status; identification of problems connected with public health- nutrition in Canada. Discussion of conimiiuili nutrition programs and sources of reliable nutrition information. Prerequisite: HON!! 203 or 209. L5-0] 2IIU is) Nulrilion- The function of nutrients in lhe body, the changes resulting from nutritional deficiencies, the ilisiii- bution of nutrients in the diet, and ihe die! an-requirements forvarious nutrients. Prerequisite: Chemistry 11; Chemistry 12 or CHEM 103 strongly recommended. [5-01 211 (3) Perspectives In Nutrition - Introduction lo the stiicJy of nutrition ancl its application to dietetic problems in a. modem society. Prerequisite; at least one course m cheniisiiv and one course in biology. Credit will not be "rained for bolh HUNT' 211 and either 111 IN! I 2115 or 205. 15-tii 301 (3) Consumer .Asjieels of Food- How food choices in the market place and patterns of consumption are influenced bv economic, physiological social culiural, and environ- meiiiai laciors. legislation governing food; food markets and merchandising techniques; criteria for food selection Prerequisites' III.. II 210, and 2115 or 211, [5-3] 311.5 (3) World Problems In Nutrition- Conceptualization and scientific analyses olglubai problems in food and nutrition. Complexities of food habits and malnutrition in various cultures around (lie- work! wiil lie- examined. 13-1)] 305' (5) Macroniurienls and Energy - Ocllularani! organismal features of nutrition with an emphasis on energy metabolism and on tlie biochemical ancl physiological roles of carbohydrates, lipids,, and proteins in maintaining health and prevent ing disease. Credit cannot he-obtained for both llliNLI 203 and the combination iti UI Nl. 305 and 30" Credit granted for onlv -one of lil'Vti .505 am: ANSC 522 Prerequisite or uirequisiie: BIOC .400 or 302 and BIOI 3u3. |3-0] 3tO (31 Vitamins and Minerals- A coiiiiiui.itii in of HI :NU 5ti5 to include discussion of vitamins anil minerals anc! their interrelations in metabolism. Prerequisite: HUNT: 505. Credit will not hi-given lor both HUNT'203 and ihe'onibi- nationo! Ill IN 17. 17 and 5(1", Creclil granieii lor onlv one of III INI I 3(1" am I ANSC 322. |3-0] 309' (3) Human Nutrition Labor aloiy- Characteristics of nutrients, including proteins, lipids, carbohydrates, vitamins, anil minerals, anil methods used lo study their role in human iiutriiion. Prerequisite or ctue'ijuisiie; iil'NO .5115 anil 307 Credit will not be given for both HUNT ,3tW and either ANSC 31 lor .323. [0-5:115] 52! (,3i Food Service Systems- Planning, organization anci manayicmeiii of institutional ii ii id.scTvieeiniluilina, computer applications, and field trifis lo the communilv. Prerequisile: COMM 329, Not available for cretin lo students in the Facultyof Science. |3-3] 551 cii Human Physical G von thai ul Dei'elopiiiciil- A review of lhe field of Human Biologv from the aspect of physical development, covering pre- and postnatal growth and <ie- velopmciu and die toric'cpis ol niaiiiisiion anc! aging Emphasis will he- |i!at etl on norma! vanaiions in these factors, ancl their consequences in the population. Not available to students in Home Economics. Nol available for credit lo students in the Faculty ol Science. [5-0| ill! (.3; Advanced Foods - Evaluation of foods for nutrient c onteni ant! iiiariicic'ris! ic s ol accepiiihiliiv- Variaiii ins i if foi id selection with ethnic" hae-kgroiiiiii and periods ol t!ic- lifespan Prcrequisire-Oiii-il-orlourlh-vearsianiliiiginNiitniiiiii or Dieiclic's prog-am oreonsen! i if instructor. ]2-3] |05 15,'til d Selected lopics in Human Nutrition- A seminar on current developments in Human Nutrition. A different theme will he selected each year B.Sc Human Nuuiiion students may onlv receive 3 credits and B.Se. (Dietetics) students may receive a maximum of U crediis. jli-,51 -iO"7 (ni Nutrition anil Disease- Tlie role of nutrition in the prevent ion. etiology anil ircaiiiicni of disease in lhe lighl ol known disease processes. Emphasis on lhe role ofthe dietitian as a member ol (he heaiih care team and on the application of therapeutic diets. Prerequisites: HONE 3(ti and .5(1" [3 3.5.5] ill.' c5; Derelojmienlal Nulrilion The inllne-ncc of 111111111011 ongrovvlhaiHltievciopmeiit of animals tin ring prenatal a mi earlv postnatal life. The approach will be largely from ihe siaiiiipoiiii of ilieavailahiliit anr! utilization ol nuuicnis ior letai and early postnatal metabolism, and the relationship between maternal and fetai mil rii ii m. Prerequisites: I KIN I' 507 am! 4U'-. ji-it; ill (3i Human Nulrilion (wer lhe life Sjiau- Niiiriiional requirements anil tiielarv paucrris of liealiliv iniiiciiluals through mi tneiite span Prerequisites: 11 I'M'305and30" or eeinsen! o! instruri>a 15-OJ • 14 (5i Assessment if Nutritional Slants- The usciifiiietan. ;!ii!h|-i)nomrnic, inot le'iiut a! aiiii reined inform.uion for rhc assessment of nutritional status of individuals and populations, laboratory assignments will demonstrate data colleetioii and processing procedures, including compuici processing ol dietary and biochemical data. Prerequisites. llCNU505anil50" [2-51 421 (3) Quantity rood Managemenl- Management responsibilities in quantity food production with emphasis i in menu planning, purchasing anc! service. Includes planning anil equipping fix id service. Noi available for credit to students in the Faculty of Science. [3-0] Ii9 (li) Honours Thesis -iti" (3/d) d Special Problems in Human Nutrition - Current topics in a specific area of Human Nutrition, baseil on original laboratory or field research. fo" (.31 Directed Study in Human Nutrition- Investigation of a problem requiring a writ ten or oral rcpon oi findings. Prerequisite: satisfactory standing and perrnis- sion of faculty mcniherssu|X'rvisingthe investigation. Point h- vear I liimaii Nutrition or Dietetics students only. 500 (5) Research Methods in Human Nutrition -lixperinieuia! design, meihods of survey researcli, nutritional cpiclemiol ogy, clinical researcli, and laboratory animal research Is sues such as animal models, ethics in animal ancl hum,in research, statistical methods, and preparation of written ^ repi iris and manuscripts, etc. will be addressed. Required. >! all grailiiaie siiidc'iits in Human Nutrition, [3-0 51 i i2i Currenl topics In Prolelu and Am/no Acid Nutrition A combined lecture and seminar course dealing with recent nivalin's in protein and aminoaeiil nutrition Ainu naie veins. [0-0; 2-0) 5!5 (2i Currenl Copies tit lipid Nutrition- A combined lei - lure and seminar course dealing with receni advances in lipid nuiuiion. Altcrnaie years, [0-0; 2-0| 515 ill Currenl Tojiies in Vitamin Nutrition- A combinril lecture anil sc-ntin;ir ceiurse- ccincc-rnc-c! with uclvunci-t! loincs in vitamin metabolism and function. Aliernaie years, \1 0] 51" (2) Currenl Topics in Mineral Metabolism- A combined lecture am! seminar course dealing wilh recent advances in mineral am! trace elemenl metabolism. Altcrnaie years, IJ-iiJ 521 i5i .[deduced'CommunityNutrition- Eaclorsinfiueneing foi id availability and consumption and resulting n urnuonol health populations. Discussion periods will focus on legislation inlliieneing loot! police ancl on various publii agencies vvhicli serve groups lacing nutritional risk. Alierriair cears. Prerequisite: Permission ofthe instructor 52,3 foi Practicum in Community Nutrition- The planning, implementation, and evaluation ofa representative mini- non progiam. Each stuileni's proiect will be comlui lot! under the aiispic-es of a local health agency anel will loins on a group facing potential nutritional risk. Alternate years. Prerequisite: HUM; 521 527 (Si Currenl Topics in Nutrition' Education- Analysis,nu! iiiicrprelaiion of currenl research. Techniques lot plaining, coiitiucting and evaluating e-clucaiional programs Alteinaic vears. 55! ill Nutrition Seimnar Siiiclcnis, otguesis jirese:i: seminars on current topics in nutrition. Required of all first-year grailiiaie siucieitis in Human Niiirition After the first year. giadnaic siudenis are expected to attend without credit. Sf" (2-6) c DirectedSludies- In special cases, clirecleii studies onceitainaspei! s of nut ill ion may be ai-tangeci for graduate siuclv-nis ni ariendanee. I'h.D. lb, Indonesian See Asian Studies, Faculty of Arts, South Asian Languages Landscape Architecture 355 Industrial Education See Mathematics And Science Education, Technology Studies Education, Faculty of Education Interdepartmental Faculty of Medicine INDE 401 (4) Clinical Skills I- Principlcsofpatientinterviewingand introduction to physical examinalion of the normal individual. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. -103 ID Medical Ethics- Ethical issues in medical practice; physician's code of responsibility towards patients unci society. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. 421 (Oj Clinical Skills II- Physical examination of patients under supervision; elicitation of abnormal physical signs relevant to organ systems in patients. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. t27 Addiction Medicine and Intercollegial Responsibility I- Core knowledge and attitudes of addiction medicine. 450 (6) Directed Studies- Advanced study in an approved medicallyrelevant basic science orclinical discipline. Electives for third year medical students. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. 475 fob Professional Dimensions in Medicine- Overview of ethics, jurisprudence, medical office procedures, physician well-being in relation to professional practice of medicine. Introduction to clinical procedures. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. 47^ Addiction Medicine and Intercollegial Responsibility II- This course is integrated throughout the four years of the medical program to prepare students to diagnose and treat substance usedisorders in patients, families and colleagues. Final course evaluation in fourtli vear Interdisciplinary Faculty of Graduate Studies 549 (6/12) c Master's Thesis 6<i9 Ph.D. Thesis Italian ITAL Department of Hispanic and Italian Studies, Faculty of Arts Note: Students with Italian II or 12 should consul! the Department for placement in appropriate courses. 100 (ii) First-Tear Italian- Grammar, reading, and oral practice for beginners. [4-0; 4-01 101 (6) First-Year Italian- Grammar, reading, composition, and oral practice for beginners with previous exposure to Italian or any Italian dialect. [4-0; u-0| 105 (12) Intensive Italian- An accelerated course. Grammar, reading, composition, with special emphasis on the spoken language. This course is equivalent to ITAL 100 and 200. [6-0; 6-0] 200 (6) Second-Year Italian- Reading, writing, and oral practice, with constant ancl systematic reference to the grammatical structure ofthe language. Prerequisite: ITAL 100 Of permission ofthe Department. [4-0; 4-0] 201 (6) Second-Year Italian- Iniermcdiategrammar, reading, ancl composition. Prerequisite: ITAL 101 or permission of the Department. [4-0; 4-0] 300 (6) Advanced Composition. Translation, and Stylistics [3-0; 3-0] 302 (6) Iniroduction to Italian for Senior Siudenis- An intensive course aiming to impart a reasonable degree of proficiency in spoken and written Italian. Basic grammar, conversation, progressive reading of literary texts. Prerequisite; proficiency in another Romance language or hitin. [3-0; 3-0] 303 (6) Italian Lit rrature from ihe Origins lo the Romantic Period- A thematic approach to Italian literary works considered in a bioad cultural context. Alternates with ITAl. 304. [3-0; 3-1 [ 304 16j Italian Lite "attirefrom the end ofthe Romantic Period iothe 1960s- 4 he development cifmodern Italian literature against the background of social and historical events. .Alternates with ITAl 303 [3-0; 3-0] 400 ;6) Advaneei' Studies in Italian Language and Style - Intensive training in translation and free composition with special empha: is on the stylistic analysis of literary texts, [3-0; 3-0| 401 (6) Italian Literature oj the Middle Ages- Dante, Petrarch, Boccaccio, anc the minor lyric poets. 13 0; 3-0] 405 (3/6) d Topics • n Ihe Lileralure ofthe Italian Renaissance- Thc topics in my year mav be selected from the following: Italian Human sni; Machiacelli and Ariosto; Tasso and the Literature of he Late Renaissance; Italian Renaissance Drama. [3-0 or [3-0; 3-01 406 (3/6) d Topics in Italian Literature of lhe Baroque Beriod and the Eighle 'nib Century- The topics in any year mav be selected from lie following: scientific prose; seventeenth- century drama; eighteenth-century drama; the Arcadia and the Italian Enlightenment. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-()| 407 (3/6) d Topic in Italian Lileralure Romanticism- The topics in any year may be selected from the following: ihe Romantic deb; te; neoclassic and Romantic poet iv; Man/.oni and the novel: literature oi the Risorgimento. [3-0] yr [3-0; 3-01 ■108 (3/6) d Topics in Modem and Contemporary Italian Lileralure- T he topics in any year may be selected from the following: fron i "Neo-realismo" to the "Avant-garde"; Croce's role ir the pceiics of twentieth-century Italian literature; Cardura, Pascoli, D'Annunzio, and the crisis of poetical language; the -volution ofthe modern Italian novel: Vcrga, INDS Tozzi, Pirande lo, Svevo, etc.; Pirandello ancl the revolution of Italian draria; Italian poetry ofthe twentieth century", from Gozzanc to Montale [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0) 415 (6) History of the Italian language [3-0; 3-0] 420 (3/12) A Special Topics tit Italian Language and Literature— A maximum of six credits is available in any one topic. 449 (6/12) c Honours Essay 500 (6) Bibliogra, >bic Sun ey of Italian Lileralure 501 (3/6) d Dank ■ The Minor Works 502 (3/6) A Dank: The Divine Comedy 505 (3/6) d Sludk s in lhe Literature ofthe Renaissance 506 (3/6) A Studie s in the Baroque and Eighteenth Century 507 {3/6} d Studies in Romanticism 508 (3/6) d Studies in Modern Italian Literature 515 (3/6) d Topic: in Italian Language 520 (3/12: A Italian Language and Lileralure- A maximum of six credits is a 'ailable in any one topic. 548 (0) Major Es: ay 549 (6/lDc Mastitis Thesis Italian Studies ITST Department o: Hispanic and Italian Studies, Faculty of Aiits Note: ITST330, 431 and 452 do nol count toward lhe Major or Honours program. ITST530 is however, recommended as an elective for 'hose pr -igrams. 310 (6j The Divine Comedy tii Translation (3-0; 3-0) 330 (6) Introduction to Italian Civilization- Tbe development of ltali; n culture from its origins to the present. In English. [3 0; 3-0| 431 (3/6) d Lileralure of lhe Italian Renaissance in Transla- /ioh [3-0] or [3-0; 3-01 432 (3/6) d I'wentieth-Cenlury Italian Film and Lileralure (in translation) [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] Japanese See Asian Studies, Faculty of Arts Korean See Asian Studies, Faculty of Arts Landscape Architecture LARC Faculty of Agricultural Sciences " Additional fees are chargedfor these courses See Index "Fees - Special Fees" 199" (li Introductory Workshop- An introduction to landscape architecture immersing the studenl in a variety of design and landscape issues related to selected local environments. All incoming students are required to attend this late summer workshop prior io enrolling in their first-vear 1ARC courses. Restricted to B.LA. sludents. 205 (6) Iniroduction to landscape Design I- This studio is concerned with design thinking and drawing and the creation of landscape space using landform, plants and landscape structures to create meaningful and useful outdoor places. Restricted to B.L.A. students. [2-"7 0-0] 206 (6) Introduction to landscajie Design II- This studio concentrates on the modes of thought used by landscape architects for determining the best use anci final form for a site using quantitative and qualitative* methodologies. Prerequisite PARC 205. |()-0:2-7] 22(1 (3) Landscajie Architectural Hisloiy- History, principles and theory of landscape architecture in Europe, Asia and America from antiquity to the present day. The influence of cultural attitudes and societal change upon the natural environment, town planning and design. Open to non- landscape architecture students with permission of the instructor [3-0:0-01 221 (3) Landscape Architecture. Nature and Society- Using case studies the discipline's various activities as well as ideas about landscape meaning anel function are explored. [3-0; 0-01 251 (3) Iniroduction lo landscajie Technology- Studies and exercises using the proiect method in the technology of landscape architecture. The language and techniques of die landscape architect, elementary surveying, manipulation of land forms, grading, drainage and the preparation and interpretation of plans. Restricted to B.LA. students. [0-0; 2-3 254 (1) Professional Practice I- This course iniroduces the legal, economic, jiolitical, and ethical coniext within which the activity of changing the landscajie occurs. Open to non- B.1..A studenls with permissionofthe instructor [0-0 1-01 305 |6) Intermediate Design I- Students apply the models, meihods, ancl precedents of sustainability lo a series of tiiban design, site planning, landscape management, ant! multiple-use projects. Prerec|uiste IARC 206 |2-": 0-0] 306 (Oj Intermediate Design 11- Principles and skills gained in IARC 305 are applied first at the intermediate scale and i hen at the large scale of the region. Open space systems are studied and designed. Prerequisite". IARC 305. [0-0: 2-"| 320 (3) Design Thinking- The study of design methods anil theories including types ol design knowledge, idea generation, visual-visual ancl verbal-visual transformations, design preigramming, and proiect evaluation methods. Open to non-iandseapcareliilecture sludents with permission of 1 he instructor [2-2; 0-0] ,340 (3) Visual Resource Management- Study of the theoiy, practice and historyof visual resource managemenl. Covers melhodologies foi' analysis, planning, design and managemenl ofthe visual landscape; legislative anel public agency guidelines: operational policies of resource extraction industries; and the implication in multiple-use land management. Specific case studies are examined ancl problems in 356 Landscape Architecture visual resource management are undertaken bv the student. I Same as FRST 490.1 [2-2; 0-0] 551 (5) Structures and Materials- lhe theoiy ancl principles involved in the construction of latulscapeeiements. The use and properties of construction materials. Exercises will involve the detailing of landscape elements and the development of construction drawings. Prerequisite; IARC 251. [0-0:2-3] 355 (31 Iniroduction lo Computers in landscajie Architecture- Introduction to DOS and the use ancl application of various computer-aided Design and Geographic Information System programs for design and planning issues in landscape architecture. Open to non-landscape architecture students with permission ofthe Program Director. [Li; 04 fj i05 (6) Advanced Landscape Design- Students explore the design of lhe urban landscape fiom both a eulturai and ecological perspective. Students use physical and cultural informants present in the landscape lo guide their designs for new communities. Prerequisite: lARC 300. |2-"7 0-0] 421) (3) Theories in Experience and Place- An advanced course in lhe exploration of design knowledge focusing on lhe examination of place and ibc systems, attitudes anc! ideas that influence the design oi place. Open to non- landscape architecture .studenls villi permission of the instructor J2-2; ()-()) 430 (3/0) c Directed Studies in Analysis and Programming ■ Kestiictecl to third and fourth vearuneiergraeliiate students and graduate studenls. Nine; No more than six i redits of directed studies will be counted inwards the rei juiremenls for a B.L.A. degree, (.31 i.S'di c Directed Sludies hi Design Theoiy- Restricted Io third and fourth year undergraduate students and graduate .students. Note: No more than six credits of directed studies veil! he counted towards the requirements fur a B.LA. degree. ■itti (5) landscajie Planning- Examines in lecture ancl bv case study the ecological, recreational, anil resource concerns related to the design-planning ol lhe larger landscape. Restricted to students with a design-planning background and study focus, with permission of the instructor. [2-5: 0-H! 451 (3.1 Advanced landscajie Technology- Study of advanced theories in landscape technology Emphasis is placed on the resolution of multiple lechuii a! issues using case study sites ancl the development of comprehensive contract drawings necessary to implement planning and design solutions. Prerequisite: LAKC 351. [2-3:0-0] ■)54 (5) Professional Practice II- An extensive review ol the practice of landscape architecture in Canada using case studies and precedents to explore the specific: ethical and legal responsibilities of the landscape architect to tlie client, the public and the profession. Open lonon-B.l.A. students with the approval ofthe instructor. [0-0; .3-2] 199 (ii) Research Project- The proiect is usually undertaken over the two terms of lhe fourth vear and. in some cases, over the preceding summer. Studenls must consult a Far- uliy Adviser prior to the end of classes in tlie ibircl vear. Approval forthe project must be obtained from the Director of ihe Landscape Architecture Program and thei lead ofthe Department before its initiation, and in anv event, not later than October 1. 500 (0) landscajie Architecture Seminar- A forum for tlic- exchange of ideas .mil the presentation of papers by facullv', students, ancl visitors. 510 (5/ni d Advanced Studies tn Landscajie Arehiteeture- Problcms in landscape architecture involving field investiga- tion, emphasizing the changing landscape and our role in protecting, preserving and upgrading tlie environment through site design and landscape planning. 520 (51 .AclvancedDesign .Methodsand Tbeorics-l'ieAgyy learning, place theoiy, the relationship of theory and practice, design criticism, design typologies and other aspects of design thinking; discussed in the i oniext of society's i ur reni design/planning activities. Prerequisites: IARC 320anc! 420, or equivalent. Open to non-landscape architecture indents with permission of (lie instructor 550 (5/e: d Directed Sludies 5"i(l (3) Environmental Analysis for Sue I'luiiuiug-linviroiv mental parameters relevant to site planning and design for urban, rural, forest, anil wildland sellings. Prerequisites: IARC 301 and till, or equivalent. Open to nonJandscape architecture students with permission of instruclor. 599 (I2i Masler's Thesis 3ti Language Education Faculty of Education See eourses listed below under English Education. Modern Languages Education, Reading Education, and Teacher Librarianship. 3-1-1 English Education ENEO 206 (4-n) (1 language Field Experience- Guided individual 345 and group projects related to concurrent sludies. Ficiii- It'.sciI assignments related to language study Co -requisite: ENED 22n. |,„, 226 (ii Iniroduction lo Language Across the Curriculum Understanding lexl.structure within, and language diversity among. suli'isi areas, Anaivsis of oral anci vvriiien language: from various curriculum areas in which English is the me- 5 iO clium of instruction, implications lor learning and instruction [1-2, i-2] .51.3 )4i Curriculum and Instruction in Thealre: Secondaiy^^ Curriculum organization in theatre; principle-sand melh- .5". odsofiiisti-iiction applied io leaching theatre. Prerequisite: a completed concentration in theatre oi permission ofthe Head Corequisiie FIH'C 511, [2-i;(i-0j 31-i Hi Curriculum and Instruction in English: Secondary- Curiii'iilricn otgani/alion In English: iirincijiles and ini'ib alii i ids cifinsinic lion applied lo teaching English. Prerequisite: a ccimpleieei cuiiieiiliation in English or permission of 'he Head Corequisiie ED! 4, 311. |2-1; d il] 320 il) Curriculum and instruction in language Arts: Elementaiy Cuirii ulum organization in fiiiguagcartsqiiiii- ciples and methods of instruction applied to teaching Ian- )2!> guagc ails Pieivquisiic; READ 510. [0-0; 1-2] 353 6) P'-lmarr Drama- A pi actual anil theoretical study of the role of dramatic play in young children's education; prim iples and methods oi insiruituiii applied lo leaching drama in kindergarten lo grade .4; (he application of drama to learning in ilie primary c uriiciiluii; iCieclit mav no! be (55 obtained for bolh ENED 5sL;iiii 355. i 1.3-0: 0-0] or |(l-0;3-ilj 3.5) (5) lnlertriediale Drama- A practical unci theoretical study of [lie use of drama in grades r" as both a medium of ins!an;-tii in and a performance art The application ui'drama i i9 ro i earning across the intermediate en itii uium. ICrei la mav mil be obtained for both ENED 45) and 557,) [5-(l: l)-ll| or jti-li, 5-iij 355 (Ol Drama in Education A practical and theoretical rti sliictv ot etii.it'a'iona! elrama involving improvisation, creative movement, role-pi.ring and participatory drama. The application ol drama io learning across the school curriculum (Credit mav nol be obtained ior bolh ENED 3.35 and THTR 3111. j 111:111 .S.i"3 1.5; Remedial Insiruciion in the language Arts- iiistruc- 48(1 tiona! principles, materials and methods for teaching students whose liicraci achievement isaia low level (5-ti; d- II] or [ll 0;5-ll] 5,58 '31 Teaching Wrilteti Composition- Principles and practices in ihe leaching of written composition in all subject areas in elementaiy and .secondary schools. [3-0; 0-0) or 181 10-0; 5-U] 3-ti) (3) I sing Canadian Children's lileralure in the Classroom Canadian ciuklrcu's literature, both English and French tin translation), appropriate for use in schools; methods of using the ciihuni! elements u!'sue h lileralure. Credit will be given for onlv one of ENED 340 and MILD 340. [3-0: 0-0] or 10-0; 3-0] (3) Iniroduction to Teaching Children :sliterature- Methods of leaching literal lire to children. The appraisal oi 'booke anr! authors for children, ]3-0: 0-01 or [0-0, 3-lij (5) Trends and Issues in leaching Children s Lileralure Coniro'.ersial issues and new directions in children's iiieratuie. Prerequisite: ENED.3il ]5-O;0-0j or [0-0.3-0] (3) Teaching Folklore tn Ihe Elementaiy Classroom Tin role of folklore in language acqutstion, psychological development, ston-patterning, imagination development, a ware- nrssuf literary motifs, anil appreciation of Canadian r till urn! heritage. Pierequisiie: ENED 341. [5-0; 0-0] or |0-U 3-iij (3) Multicultural Children's Literature in the Elementaiy classroom- Using children's literature of various cultures in Canadian seiioois. implications forinslructiiiii Prerequisite: ENED 5 il, 1.3-0; 0-0] or [0-0: 3-0] 1.3; Poetiy in Education- The educational rulcol poeuv in t fie dev c'liipnicni of language anci iinaginai ion. Ing il icai it ins I'm instruction. ]3-(l] (3) l'ecichiiigivilhllhi::traled5hitericits-A'y.ric>\is:y\)\yrtcM he. io classroom use of visual representations of fieiion anil noi; fit iitiii for vol ing people.!.-! 2. Prerequisile: FN!:! '5 i i of sal 1.3-0] (31 Teaching Literature for the Adolescent- Characteristics <>nitcr:mirr written for and i>f.special inlet'ccst load ties cciiis, K Icvaii! research, and implications foi ins'iin fti.iii. ;5-0; 0-1)1 or jiUf.LI)! (3) The iducalion of Immigrant Siudenis An cxamina- lion of ihe cultural backgrounds of major e-ihnic group- Instructional techniques ior meeting the needs of imnii gram siuilenis in ilie regul;;i classroom with resjieit id uilinreariti language. 15-0: 0-0] or |0-0; .3-0] (5.(11 c Mvaiwed Speech 'communication- The pi inn pies. aims, anil componenisol various types oforalcomiuu men Ion such a,sit in versatit in. group discussion, oral imei preiaiion, choral speaking, snip.' telling, and publi' speaking in instructional sellings. Not all topics will be studied each term. [2-1.0-0] or ]0-il: 2-1 [ or |2-l;2-l] (4) Diiigiiage.-terossihesiirrieuluiiiiSvcondaiy Understanding lhe demands ol tlie language diversity ol Ore classroom and ofthe subtect areas within the secondaiy school curriculum. Analysis ol orai and written ianguiigc- fromvaiii 11s curriculum areas: implications for learnmgai id insiruciion. [0-0; 2-i) 1O1 Advanced Sludies in Dramaln-Educalioit- Kcocui advances in the uses of drama as a medium oi learning am i in tile development of classroom programs. Liboratoiv experiences in n ile drama. Prerequisite: ENED 5,33.6 1 < >i 535. ill: 61} !5'0) c Supervised Study- Investigation ofa pari, ular problem in ENED, Supervised bv a facuitv member chosen by Ihe student. Agreement of supervisor and approval oi tlie ileai.1 rcc|uiretl. id) Introduction to Teaching English as a Second Language- The application 1 if linguistic insights lo lhe efiei- (ive leaching of English as a second language. Meihoils of teaching Practice leaching. Prerequisite; one of ENED Cl. ENCI. 519 !l\'0 2liti. i20. May be corequisite. witlu i inseiii ofthe inslructor. j.3-2: .3-2] 15:0; c Advanced Sludies in Language Education- Topics will be si'leciec! irom rreauve expression, poctry-wiiiing, appreciaiiun. reading, grammar, spelling, and other areas related to English language Education. Credit will be given foronly u crediis of ENED -ISO and MI.ED 180, J.3-0; ()-lil or |0-d; 3-U] or 1,3-0: 5-0] (3) Integrating Comjiulers in language Arts Programs Ajiplicaiions of computers and associated iiilorniauiin technologies to support pupil learning ofthe language are in pnm.i!"', anil ;ntcrmc .ii.ue programs, including lhe scic-i tion arid inaiiagemciii ol soft iv are for coinpuici-assixici! learning, written expression, inioniiation juocessing, Ic-xi Language Education 357 analysis, reading development and classroom publication. Prerequisite: CSED 402 or experience with computers. [3-0] 486 (3) Oral language Development- Classroom activities for extending children's ability to express themselves orally. Diagnostic and remedial procedures for children with limited language competence [3-0; 0-0] or [0-0:3-0] 489 (6) .Applied Linguistics for Teachers- Basic theories of linguistics and their application to classroom practice. [3-0; 3-0J 500 (3/6) c Research in Teaching of Children's Literature. K- 12- Theory- and research in teaching children's literature with application to elementary ancl secondary methodology ancl curriculum development. The place of children's literature in school curricula. 508 1.3/12) c Review of Research in Educational Melhods- Studies are made of recent researcli bearing on educational practice. Prerequisite: Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or methods course. 534 (6) Theory and Research in Teaching Written Composition- Implications for teaching; the relationship of written composition to other aspects ofthe Knglish program For graduate studenls with experience in teaching Knglish in elementary, secondaiy, or post-secondary institutions. 743 (6) Theory and Research in 'Teaching English as a Second Language- Critical examination of theories anel research in current educational practices in English as a second language/English as a foreign language. Implications for teaching in elementary', secondary ancl post-secondary institutions. Prerequisite; ENED 478 and a senior course in linguistics. 550 (oi Tbe.Application of'FheotiesofSecond language Acquisition lo Curriculum and Instruction in Teaching Second Languages- Pedagogical implications of language acquisition theories such as sequential vs. simultaneous acquisition, the optimal age hypothesis, jiidginizaiion, and the identity hypothesis. Prerequisite: LING 350 or equivalent course in Linguistics. 561 (3/12) c laboratory Practicum 565 (5'b) ASpecial Course in Subject Mailer Field- Courses in various subject matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. 580 (3/12) c Problems in'Education- Investigation ancl report ofa problem. 588 (.3/6) d Seminar in Child Language in Education- Curricular and instructional applications of theory and research in child language studies. Prerequisite: LING 350 anci senior course work in verbal learning or human development. 589 (3) Theoiy and Research in Early Literacy- Theories and research relevant to early literacy development. Implications for curriculum in the language arts, instruction and evaluation Same course as READ 589. 590 (0) Major Essay 598 (3/12) c Field Experiences- For those on Master's, Doctoral and Diploma Programs, 599 (6/121 c Master's Thesis 699 Doctoral Thesis Modem Languages Education MLED 311 (2) Curriculum and Instruction in Chinese: Secondary- Ctirriculum organization in Chinese; principles and methods of instruction applied to teaching Chinese. Prerequisite: a completed concentration in Chinese or permission of the Head; co-requisite EDUC 311. [ 1-2; 0-0] 312 (4) Curriculum and Instruction in French: Secondary— Curriculum organization in French; principles and methods of instruction applied to teaching French. Prerequisite: u completed concentration in French or permission of the Head; co-requisite EDUC 311. [2-4; 0-0] 3T5 i2) Curriculum and Insiruciion in German-. Secondary- Curriculum organization in German; principles and metii- 314 315 316 318 3u0 393 394 396 ■w9 480 489 508 ods of instruction applied to teaching German. Prerequisite: a complete :1 concentration in German or permission of the Head; co-requisite EDUC 311. [1-2; 0-0] (2j Curriculum and Instruction in Italian.- Secondary— Curriculum organization in Italian; principles and methods of instruction applied to teaching Italian Prerequisite: a completed corcentration n Italian or permission of the Head; co-requi -ite EDUC 311, [1-2; 0-0] 12) Curriculum and Insiruciion in Japanese: Secondary- Currictclum ori anizatiiin in Japanese; principles and methods of instruct cm applied to teaching Japanese, Prerequisite: a completed concentration in Japanese or permission ofthe Head: co-requisite EDUC 311. [1-2; 0-0] '11) Curriculum and Instruction in Russian: Secondary— 'Curriculum organization in Russian, principles and methods of instructi in applied to teaching Russian. Prerequisite; a completed concentration in Russian or permission ofthe Head; co-requisite EDUC 511. [1-2; c>-0] il) Curriculur, and Instruction in Sjianish: Secondaiy- Curriculum organization in Spanish; principles ancl methods of iastructi unapplied to teachingSpanish. Prerequisite- a completed concentration in Sjianish ot permission ofthe Head; ro-requ sile EDUC .411, [1-2: 0-0] (2) Curricub, m and Insiruciion in Modern Languages: SecoflciYHT-Curriculum organization in Modern Languages; principles and methods of instruction applied to teaching Modern Langiages. Prerequisile: a completed concentration in Chinese, Cerman, Italian, Japanese, Russian, or Spanish or permission o" the Head; co-requisite EDUC 311. [1-2; 0-)| (3) I sing Canadian Children's lileralure in tbe Classroom- Canacian children's literature, both French and English (in trtnslation), appropriate for use in schools; methods of u: ing the cultural elements of such literature. Taught in Frei ch. Credit will be given foronly one of ENED 34(1 and MI.EI i 340. [3-0; 0-0] or ji.l-0; 3-0J (3/(i) A T'eaclring French in Elemeniary Schools- Strategies, techniqi es, and materials for and administration ol Elementaiy Fi ench core programs. Prerequisite: FRF.N 202, 220, crapprcnal of advisers in Modern languages Eciuia- lion. [3-0] (3/6) d leaching French in French Immersion Schools- Strategies, lechniques, ancl materials for and administration of French Uriguage Immersion Programs. Prerequisile: FREN 202 or .120, ancl satisfactory performance in oral and written Frenci proficiency tests |3-0] (3) Principles- and Practice oj French Program Development- Tlie deveiopmenl and practice of French Immersion. Program Cadre, unci French as a Second language Programs for preschool, elementary, secondary, or adult groups. Prerequisite; One course in methodology of teaching French ind one year of experience in leaching French, j.3-4; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-0! (3/6J c SupeTised Studies- Investigation ofa particular problem in Modern Larigjages Education. Supervised bv a faculty memb er chosen by the student. Agreement of supervisor anci apr roval of the Head required. (3/6) c Advanced Studies in Language Education- Topics will be selected from creative expression, poetry-writing, appreciation, reacting, grammar, spelling, anci other areas related to French language Education. Taught in French. Creditwillbegivenfiironlv6creriit.sofENED480andMl.ED 480. [3-0; li-0[ or [0-0: 3-0| or [3-0, 3-0] (5! Applied I inguisticsjor Teachers cf French- Pedagogical applications of some descriptions of French. The cirgani- /iaiio i ol leaining actiiitJes based on theories of language atqu sitiein. I rerec]iiisite; FREN 202 and 220. [3-0; 0-0] or [0-0: 3-0] (.3/12i c Review of Research in Educational Meihods- Suiii es are n ade of recent research bearing on educational practice. Prerequisile: Appropriate senior undergraduate introilucton or methods course. 561 (3/12) c Laboratory Practicum. 565 (3/6J d Special Course in Subject Matter Field- Courses in various subject matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. 577 (3) Bilingual Education: Theoiy and Praclice- Theoretical and practical dimensions of bilingual education with specific reference to Frenc h language educalion m Canada. 580 (3/12) c Problems in Educalion- Investigation and report ofa problem. 590 (0) Major Paper 598 (3/12) c/ue/e/SpCT/'ena's-For those on Master's, Doctoral and Diploma Programs. 509 (6/121 c Master's Thesis Reading Education READ 310 (3i Introduction to Elementaiy Reading and language Arts Insiruciion- Curricula, metliods. materials, and evaluation in the teaching of Reading ancl Language Arts. Co- requisites: EDUC 510 and 315. (1-2; 0-0] 32 391 .392 449 472 -(73 (2) Curriculum and instruction in Reading Elementaiy - Curriculuin organization in reading; principles and meihods of insirucl ion applied to teaching reading. Prerequisite: READ ,310 |0-0; 1-2] (3) Theory and Praclice in Reading Instruction—Inexirctl- cal fouiulauons or reading instruction ancl methods which relate to the theories. 13-0: 0-0| 131 '/ rends and Issues in Reading Insiruciion- New trends in reading instruction and curricula ancl issues relating to these theories. Prerequisite: READ 391 or 310 and 320 [0-0; .3-0] (3/6) c Sujien'ised Study - Investigation of a particular problem in Reading Education. Supervised bv a faculty member chosen by the student. Agreement of supervisor and approval of lhe Head required. (5.1 Reading in Ihe Content Areas- Reading instruction; implications forteachiiiginterniediateanihsecoiiriarvschool subjects. |5-0; 0-0] or ]0-0; 3-0] (3) Materials of Reading Insiruciion- Analysis and evalua- ticiii of materials for reae ling inslaictionwithspeci.il emphasis on the materials for use in British Columbia. Prerequisite: READ 310 and 320 (formerly READ 305), oi 391. |3-0] 474 (3) Reading in Ihe Secondary School Classroom Theoretical Principles - The reading process as it relates to the teaching of secondary-school subjects: instructional planning, evaluation, motivation, development of interests, school program development. Prerequisite. RFAD a"2. [0-0:3-0[ ■65 ,'.3i Corrective Reading- Identification and instruction of children needing corrective teaching in reading in the regular classroom Iriteiisiveiaboratoiyqii-iticum. Prerequisite-READ ,310 and ,320 (formerly READ 305), or .391. [2-2] 476 (li) Remedial Reading- Individual diagnosis and treatment of reading difficulties. Intensive laboratory practicum. Prerequisite: R_AD..1i)yncl 320 (formerly READ 305), or .391; anclat least one school vear of teaching experience. [2-2: 2-2| 477 (3/6) d Special Topics in Reading- ln-clepth study of selected topics in reading. Prerequisite: READ 310 and 32u I formerly READ .305), or 391. [3-01 508 (3/6) c Review of Reading Research-Examines a variety of research questions and methodologies in the field of reading education. Considers historical trends and issues in reading research. 544 (3) Theoretical Basesfor Reading Research and Praclice- Examines the contributions of cognitive psychology, psvchoiinguistics. soeiolingnisiics, linguistics and education to tlie understanding of reading processes and pecla- gogv. Prerequisite: READ 310 and 320 (formerly READ305). 391 or -Cl. 545 (3) Theoretical Foundations of ESI./EFI. Reading Peda- gogy- Reading i henries and methodoioyiies appropriate for the design of English as a Second hinguage/English as a 358 Language Education 560 50) 580 589 790 598 599 001 699 Foreign Umguage. Prerequisite; a three-credit course in linguistics and a three-credit course in reading education. (.3/61 d Assessment in Reading and Other Language Arls- Techniques in the assessment and leaching of severe reading difficulties and/or difficulties in spelling, writing, and oral language, READ 561 must lie taken concurrently. Prerequisite; READ 47b, or permission ofthe instructor. (2) Practicum in Assessment tit Reading and Other Language Arts- Intensive laboratory practicum. To be taken aiong wilh READ 560 ! 5/6) d Special Course in Subject Matter Field- Courses in various subject matter fields designed to bring teachers up to elate in recent findings in each lie-Id. (0) Sujiervisionof Reading- Curriculum analysis and planning. Implications for the administrator, tlie consultant and supervisor of reading. (302) c Problems in Education Investigation ancl report ofa problem. 131 Theory and Research in Early literacy- Theories and research relevani to early literacy development. Implications for curriculum in the language arts, instruction and evaluation. Same course as ENED 589. (Oi Major Paper (3/12) c Field Experiences— For those on Masler's, Doctoral and Diploma Programs. (6/12) c Master's Thesis (5/12) d Doctoral Seminar Doctoral Thesis Teacher Librarianship LIBE 381 (3) Administration ofIheSchoolLibrary Resource Centre— The role, philosophy, and management of school library resource centres in elementary and secondary schools. 13-0; 0-0] 582 (3) School Library Resource Centre Programs- Cooperative program planning; workshop strategies and communication techniques. [0-0; 3-0] 383 (3) Selection of Learning Resources I- Basic principles of selecting learning resources to support the instructional program in tlie school. [3-0; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-0] 5j3-t (3) Selecllouoj'Learn ing Resources II- -An in-depth anaivsis of selection criteria for curriculum-related resources. Prerequisite: LIBE 383. [0-0; 3-0) 385 13) Organization of Learning Resources- Tlie organization, classification, and cataloguing of school library resource centre materials. [3-0, 0-0] 386 (3) ClassificationandCalaloguingofl.earningResources- Aelvanced organization of learning resources including computer applications of original cataloguing. Prerequisite- LIBE 385. |()-(l.3-0] 58' (5; injoriitalion Sereiees I- Basic principles ot the reference process and types of resources usee! in school library resource centres. [3-0; 0-01 or 10-0; 3-()| 388 (J) Information Services 11- Recent developments in ace ess to information retrieval and their implications for tlie instructional process. Prerequisite; I.111E $81. [0-0; 3-0] 389 (5 i Resource-Based Peaching- Principles and practices of teachers and teacher-librarians cooperatively planning anc! teaching the curriculum through a knowledge ol school library [3-0; 0-0] or (0 0: or 3-0] 'tub (.5/01 c Supervised Sliidy- Investigation ofa particular problem, in library Education. Supervised by a faculty member chosen by the student. Agreement of supervisor and approval of the Head required. a"7 (5/61 d Special Topics in Teacher librarianship- In-depth studv of selected topics in library educalion. [3-0; 0-0] or |0-0:3-0] 708 (3/121 c Review of Research in Educational Metbods- Studies are made of recent research bearing on educational practice. Prerequisite: Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or methods course. 527 (3/6) d Seminar in Teacher Librarianship- Research and its application for school library resource centres. 561 (.3/12) c laboratory Practicum 565 (3/6) d Special Course in Subject Mailer Field- Courses in various subject matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field 580 (3/12) c Problems in Education- Investigation and report ofa problem. 590 (0) Major Paper 598 (3/42) cFieldExperiences-forVnoseon Master's. Doctoral ancl Diploma Programs. 599 (6/12) c Master's Thesis Latin LATN Department of Classics, Faculty of Arts Students with any high school latin who wish to pursue the study of Latin further should consul! the Department of Classics 100 6) First-Year Satin- For students with no previous knowledge of hitin, [3-0; 3 0| 200 (6) Second-Year latin- Prerequisite: LATN 100. [3-0: 3-0[ 205 (12) Intensive Intermediate lalin- An intensive course in the structure of the language and practice in reading designed to enable students with only one yeat of Latin to acquire a competence in the language sufficient to qualify1 them toenter senior courses. Prerequisite, at least second- class standing in LATN 100. [5-1; 5-1] 300 (6) Introduction lo latin for Senior Studenls- An intensive course in the fundamentals of Latin grammar ancl syntax. Designed for students who need io acquire a knowledge of basic latin in one vear for background in their own discipline or who plan to proceed to latin 305. Not for credit towards a Major or Honours degree in (/lassies. Sludents may not receive credit for both IATN 100 ancl 300. (3-0; 3-0] 301 (6) latin Literature of lhe Classical Period- Readings in the major latin authors in prose and verse. Prerequisite: latin 12 or IATN 200. ]3-0;3-0| 305 (6) .Medieval Latin- Introduction to Medieval latin language and literature Deveiopmenl ofa reading knowledge of Medieval latin through selections from major authors and genres after 400 A.D. latin Major and Honours students require special approval oftiiedepartmental adviser. (Same us RELG 320.) Prerequisite: IATN 200 or 300. 14-0:-1-01 403 (6) Latin Poelry- Lyric and elegiac poetry; Ovid. Prerequisite: IATN 200, 205 or 301. [3-0; 3-0] 404 (6) Comedy and Satire- Plaiitus, Terence, Horace. Juvenal. Prerequisite: IATN 200, 205 or 301. [3-0; 3-0] 405 (6) Lucretius and Vergil- Selections from Lucretius and from Vergil's Eclogues, Georgics, ancl Aeneid. Prerequisite: LATN 200, 205 or 301. ] 5-0; 3-0] 41,17 (01 The Roman Historians- Livy, Tacitus. Prerequisite: IATN 200, 205 or 301. [3-0:3-0] 408 (li) Prose of the Roman Republic- Cicero, Caesar, Saliust. Prerequisite: LATN 200. 205 or 301. [3-0; 3-0| 410 (6) Advanced Conijiosilion- Obligatory for Honours students in the third or fourth year Prerequisite: IATN 200, 205 or 301. |2-0; 2-0] 521 (3/6) c Studies In Lalin literature 525 (3/6) A Seminar in Latin Lileralure 530 (3/6) d Seminar in Roman Archaeology 535 (3/61 A Seminar in Roman Histoiy 5-tti (3/6) d Seminar in Latin Palaeography 545 (3/0) A Seminar in Latin Epigraphy 549 (6/12) c Master's Thesis 550 (3/6) c Directed Studies 649 Ph.D. Thesis Law Faculty of Law LAW 201 (u/5) d Perspectives on Dav- Selected legal theories anil their contribution to the understanding of law and legal institutions, [2-0; 2-0] 203 (1/5! A Legal Institutions of Canadian Goi ■ernmenl Tlie development of law through the institutions of government in Canada, including legislatures, government departments, administrative hi idles, quasi-judicial tribunals, and scli-gov- erning professions. [2-0: 2-0] 205 (5/6) d Criminal law and Procedure- Bases of criminal responsibility; principles and objectives ofthe criminal law and procedure; pre-trial procedure. [2-0; 3-0] 207 ((1-7) d Torts- A study of the bases of civil liability for intentionally and accidentally caused harms. [3-0. 3 u] 209 66) A Com rae ts- Historical development; formation and enforceability of contracts; parties; contractual terms; changes of circumstances; remedies for breach. [3-0; 3-0 j 211 (6-7) A Real Property- Historical and conceptual analysis of interests in land, future interests, the Torrens system ol land registration. [3-0,3-0] 21.3 (0) legal WrilingandMool Court- Each First Year sludent will be assigned to a small group for one First Year course. Part o! tlie final mark for that course will be based < in grades received for assignments on legal writing and research, given from time to time throughout the year. Credit li ir the course will include the additional one credit shown in ilie variable credit designation of first year courses. In addition, cad) studenl will be required lo participate in one or more moot court or other practice .simulation exercises. Except for any related written work that forms part of tlie legal writing program, these exercises will be evaluated on a pass/ fail basis. Each student must achieve a satlsiactory level oi performance in these exercises in order to receive c redil for the year, 300 (2) Moot Court- This course consists of ivvojians, both to be completed in second tear; (a) preparation ofa lactam and presentation of oral argument at a moot court field in the Firsi term-, (b) either 0) acting as a judge, winch includes wrilinga judgment, font first year moot, held in tlie Second term; or (ii) with Facuitv approval, doing an independent piece ol legal research, equivalent toil Law Review note, on .1 particular aspect of legai practice. A student's mooting performance will he entered on the record maintained by lhe Facully although no entry will appear on the official University transcript beyond one indicatingthal the course has been completed sat isfaciori ly Students who do not perform adequately in their own nn ml will lie required to re-moot in the second term of sc-ioni! year or in third year until a satisfactory performance is achieved. Note: A studenl win i participates in any one ofilie following moo! competitions will be deemed to have sails i'ied bolh pans of thecourse: the Grand Moot, the Wcsiein Canada Moot Competition, the B.C. !«iw Schools Competitive Moot, or tlie Jcssup international htvv .Moot Court Competiuon. 301 (3) Canadian Charier oj Righls and Freedoms 'Unconstitutional protection of civil liberties in Canada, with primary emphasis upon the Charter of Rights and Freedoms. [3-0[ 302 (3) Administrative law- Consideration oi tlie system oi legal coniioi exercised Ihrough non-judiciai agencies anil ihe relationship of the courts to the administrative pro ess [3-0] 303 (3) Municipal Due- The municipality as a legal entity: as creation, operation and powers, bylaws and their validity, contractual liability, judicial review; business regulation; expropriauon and land use control [3-0] Law 359 304 306 307 .308 309 .310 311 312 313 31a 316 319 32; 325 (2-3) d land Use Planning- The legal and administrative aspects of the regulation of land use and development, focusing primarily on planning, zoning and subdivision control. Recommended: IAW303 Municipal Law. [2-0] or [3-0[ (2) Advanced Criminal Law- An examination < if selected topics relating to the substantive criminal law. The course- will concentrate on topical problems, including the evaluation ofthe legislative policy expressed in the Criminal Code- in the light of proposals for reform and modern research, the examination of specific offences ancl categories of offences, defences to criminal charges, and the mentally-ill offender. The course will be designed to provide comprehensive coverage of the topics selected. [2-0[ (2) Advanced Criminal Procedure- Selectedtopics relating to procedural law and practice in criminal matters, [2-0] (6) Canadian Constitutional Law- The general principles of Canadian constitutional law; the nature of Canadian federalism, with emphasis on the division of powers; the protection of civil liberties, with primary emphasis upon the Charter of Rights and Freedoms. Credit will be granted for only one of 301/309 ancl 308. 13-0; 3-0] (31 Canadian Federalism- The general principles of Canadian constitutional law, the nature of Canadian federalism, with emphasis on the division of powers. |3-0] (3) Commercial Transactions- The law of sale of goods, bills of exchange, promissory notes, anci cheques. 13-0] (3) Secured Transactions- The problems involved in the creation of security interests in personal property. |3-0| (4) Commercial and SecuredTransactions- 'fhe process by which risks associated with sales transactions and payment mechanisms are allocated in the distribution of goods, services and credit. The regulatory framework governing the behaviour of suppliers of goods, credit and services including competition, consumer protection, and trade practice legislation. The regulatory framework determining priority disputes among competing ownership claimants in sales ancl lending transactions. Credit will be granleci for onlv one of 310/311 or 312. (3) Real Estate Transactions- The law relating to the sale and purchase of land, real estate agencv, and mort- I gages. [3-0[ (2) landlord and Tenant- Astudy ofthe law of landlord and tenant. [2-0] (2) Insurance Law- The general legal principles of life, automobile, fire and other types of insurance; the regulation ofthe insurance industry. [2-0] (3) Creditors' Remedies- Remedies ofan unsecured creditor; fraudulent conveyances ancl preferences; builders' liens; bankruptcy. Recommended: LAW 311 Secured Transactions; LAW310 Commercial Transactions; or LAW 312 Commercial and Secured Transactions. [3-0] (2) Consumer Protection- Relation ofthe legal process to the marketplace; history of market practices; appraisal of how the political process treats consumer proposals; the overcommitted debtor; adequacies of government services for the consumer. Recommended: LAW 310 Commercial Transactions; LAW 311 Secured Transactions; or LAW 312 Commercial and Secured Transactions. [2-0] (3) Law of Valuation- The legal principles and procedures relevant to the valuation of real ancl personal property in both private and public law. Specific: topics will include the valuation of ships, cars, trees and "unique" chattels, anc! the valuation of expropriated interests. Also included is an examination ofthe appointment, legal responsibilities and liabilities of the non-judicial valuer, arbitrator, or expert witness, 13-0] (4) Business Associations I - The law of partnership and corporations, including the rights and duties of directors and shareholders. |2-0; 2-0] or [4-0; 0-0] 326 (3) Business Associations II - Selected topics such as equity and del t financing, corporate reorganization and liquidation. Prerequisite: LAW 325 Business Associations I. Recommended: 1AW 335 Legal Accounting. [3-0] 328 12) Securities Regulation- The law relating to the distribution of securities. Continuous and timely disclosure require- mentis and civil liability. Recommended: IAW 325 Business .Associations I. [2-0] 330 (3) Taxation I- Asurveyofthelawandpracticeofincome and capital gains taxes. Recommended: LAW 335 Legal Accounting or equivalent course. [3-0| 3.31 (2-3) d Taxation IT- This course is designed to follow the basic Taxation ourse (LAW 330) and will cover the taxation of corporations, the taxation of shareholders, and the tax implications o' the creation, financing, amalgamation and dissolution of corporations. [2-0] or [3-0] 333 (2) Estate Planning- Financial ancl tax planning tor an individual dur ng lifetime and on death. Prerequisite: LAW 3.39 Successior; IAW,330Taxaiion 1; IAW338 Trusts, Sludents cannot receive credit for LAW 3.33 and COMM 35". [2-0] 3.35 (2) Legal Aecmnling- (Students who have taken an accounting couise for credit cannot take this course.) An introduction t i basic accounting theory'; statement analysis, valuation, anc specific applications of accounting to legal problems. [2-0] 338 (3) Frusts- history anc. nature of trusts; express, resulting, implied and constructive trusts; charitable and purpose- trusts, administration of trusts; breacli of trust. [3-0] 3.39 (2) Succession- The law of wills and intestate succession, variation of wbls, principlesof probateand administration of estates. Recommended: LAW ,538 Trusts. [2-0] 341 CL) Eijuitabk Remedies- The histoiy and development of equitable rem .-diessuchas specific performance, injunctions, declarations, i elief against toileiture, and tracing. [2-0] 343 (2) Restitution- The theoiy of unjust enrichment as the basis of civil liibility; comparison with trends in English and American lav relating to restitution; common law quasi- contractual claims; equitable remedies ancl defences, including chan ;e of position, constructive trust, accounting for p-ofits, tricing and subrogation; consideration of historical origin i of restitutionarv principles. [2-0] 345 (3) Industrial and Intellectual Properly- General principles of law. policy and practice relating to copyright, patents, trade m irks, industrial design ancl various competitive torts such as passing-off and breach of confidence. [3-0] 348 (3) Family law- The law of marriage, divorce, maintenance, custcdy, matrimonial proper-v, and related mat- k tens. [3-01 350 (3) Childre i and the law- The civil and criminal law affecting juveniles; custody, guardianship and adoption. Recommended: LAW 348 Family Law. [3-0| 353 (3) labour Law-- Union-management relations; tlie collective barga ning processes; t lie-collective agreement, arbitration and conciliation procedure. The relationship between the union and its membership. Recommended: LAW 302 Administrative law. [3-0] 356 (2-3) d Natural Resources- A foundation course dealing with legal pr ibleins common to the managemenl of natural resources such as fisheries, mines ancl minerals, petroleum, forests, and water resources. |2-0] or [3-0] 358 (2) Forest L-jw- Acquisition of timber interests; development, financing and organization of timber companies; regulation of exploitation industry interests; management taxation Recomnended: LAW350 Natural Resources, [2-0] 359 (2) Miniuglaw- Acquisition of mineral interests; development, financing and organization of mining companies; regulation ol exploitation industry interests; management taxation. Recom nended; :!AW 376 Natural Resources. [2-0] 361 (2-3) A Regulation of Ihe Petroleum Industry- A study of governmen regulation through legislative ancl administrative techniques. Recommended: IAW 356 Natural Resources. 2-0] or [3-0] 362 (2) Water Law- The law relating to the acquisition and protection of water rights: appropriation and tipananism; law relating to public management and planning for water use; constitutional, administrative and policy problems; legal aspects of water qualiiv and conservation. Recommended: IAW 356 Natural Resources. [2-0] 367 (2) Native Peoples and the law- Histoiy and present status of lhe legal relationships between Canada's native peoples anc! the state, including the concept of aboriginal tide to land and resources; the legal effect of treaties; native hunting, fishing and trapping rights; the role ofthe Indian Act and tlie nature ofthe legal regime governing the administration of Indian reserve land; the negotiation and settlement of native claims; alternate forms ofconfede ration and the constitutional entrenclimenl ofthe distinctive lega! and political rights of native people. In addition loan examination of legal issues, an assessment in a more detailed wav than is possible in other courses, of the interface between lawand culture. [2-0] 368 (2) Immigration law- Special inquiries; deportation: extradition; citizenship; practice ancl procedure before immigration tribunals ancl the courts. [2-0] , 370 (3) jurisprudence—Contemporary Jurisprudential Problems- A study of some of the theoretical issues — such as the nature of judicial decision, the relationship of law ancl morality, and the existence of fundamental rights — which often arise in the course of litigation. [3-0] 371 (3j Jurisprudence -Fundamental Concepts of law- A study of some of the fundamental principles ancl ideas that cut across many areas ofthe substantive law, including such concepts as fault, intent, legal personality possession, ownership, justice, and causation, [3-0] 373 (3) Jurisprudence -Introduction lo legal Theory- An examinalion of tlie principal schools of jurisprudential thought. Particular attention will be given to the nalural law tradition, legal positivism, legal realism, sociological jurisprudence, and contemporary rights theories. [3-0] 374 (3) Jurisprudence-Legal Process- A critical examination ofthe legislative and/or judicial processes. The processes by which various interests become translated into legal rules. The relationships between these processes and the broader social, historical, and polilical processes ofwhich they form a part. [3-0| 376 (3) Jurisprudence- The Western Idea of Law- The evolution of Western law from its origins in mythology and patriarchy through lo the present time. The impact of the Judaic-Christian, I lellenic and Roman legal traditions will be stressed. Particular attention will be focused on the relationship of law ancl stale, and the dynamics of liberty domination, and equalitananism. The course will have a comparative and interdisciplinary emphasis. [3-0] 379 (4) Evidence- The admissibility and use of evidence in litigation. [2-0; 2-0] or ]-i-0| 380 (2) Civil litigation- Problems in the conduct of civil litigation including: ethical considerations; substantive problems such as notice, pleading and discover)'; and selectee! procedural problems. [2-0] 383 (2) Professional Responsibilily- A study of tlie ethical responsibilities of ihe lawyer and a critical examination of the changing role ofthe lawyer in society. [2-0) .386 (3) Public International law- (Students who have taken POLI 465 cannot take this course.) The history, sources and evidence of iniernational law ancl its relation to municipal law; international personality; state jurisdiction; and treaties. |3-0| 387 (2) International Organizations- Astudy of current in- tc-rnationa! organizations including the United Nations, international economic and social organizations and the institutional aspects of the European Communities. Particular attention is paid to the law-creating role and processes of these organizations. 12-0] 388 (2) Law of ihe Sea- Iniernational law relating to the oceans, including the regimes of inland waters, territorial 360 Law seas, continental shelves, exclusive economic zones, high seas and the deep sea-bed. Issues affecting Canada, such as fisheries, maritime boundaries, the Arctic seas, ancl offshore drilling. [2-Oj 390 i3) Conflict of Laws- A study ofthe legai problems arising in cases in which the relevant facts cut across provincial or national boundaries. Consideration is given to the rules concerning jurisdiction of tbe courts, choice of appropriate domestic lawand recognition of foreign judgments in such fields as marriage, divorce, nullity, legitimacy, contracts, torts, properly, administration of estates, ancl succession. Recommended: to be taken in Third Year [3-0] 391 (2) Maritime Law- The law relating to admiralty and marine jurisdiction, carriage of cargo and passengers, rights ancl duties of seamen and othet maritime workers, general average, collision, limitation of liability, salvage, towage, maritime liens, dinnerparties and other topics. [2-0] 303 (2-3) A Japanese law- An introduction to the Japanese legal .svstem from a comparative perspective [2-ti] or [3-0] 505 il) legal History- ThehistoryoftheF.nglishcommonlaw-. The course will focus on those aspects of legal history which furnish a background fora better understanding of contemporary law, procedure and tlie court system. [3-0] 307 (2-3) A Economic Analysis of Dm- An economic analysis ofa range of legal issues which may in a given year include; property rights, contract., regulation of the economy, criminal law, expropriation, family law. company law, taxation and civil and criminal procedure-. [2-0] or [3-0] 398 (2) Competition Policy- The law and policy relating to the regulation of competition in Canada and other jurisdictions. [2-01 599 i2) law Review Credit- Study and praclice of law journal editing and business operations. (For students acting as senior editors or the business manager for the UBC Law Review, the Canadian Journal of Family law or any other equivalent legal journal based in the Faculty of Law). iOO (II) ClinicalFcrm- Openioalimitednumberofstudents in second and third year. The clinical experience will be designed to explore the functioning of the legal system in relation to members of society who are socially, economically or politically disadvantaged. Under the supervision of Faculty and Staff lawyers, students will act for clients in a range of legal matters and can expect to represent clients before courts and tribunals. Studenls will also work with community-based organizations that are active in addressing the needs of the disadvantaged. The program also includes a significant classroom component, and students are required to submit a paper on some aspect of the legal system as it relates to the disadvantaged, see IAW ifll Clinical Term: Paper. Prerequisite: LAVC'379 Evidence. (May be taken concurrently, with permission.) (01 6) ClinicalTerm-. Paper- The graded component of LAW 400 Clinical Term. i02 tin Clinical Criminal Law- The aim of the course is to teach a basic familiarity with the skills required for the practice of criminal law. Students will represent defendants in summary conviction cases under supervision of an experienced lawyer Students may ni it enrol in both 400 Clinical Term and thiscourse. Prerequisites: IAW 379 Evidenceand LAW 307 Advanced Criminal Procedure. [6-0] -i!)3 (6) Clinical Family law- Study ofthe practical aspects of Family Law. Students will work under lhe supervision of practising lawyers and will appear in court on behalf of clients Students may not enrol in both LAW 40(1 Clinical Term and this course. Prerequisites: IAW 379 Evidence, LAW .348 Family Law. [6-0] 41)5 (3> Trial Advocacy- Techniques of advocacy in civil and criminal cases including interviewing, pre-trial preparation, tactical analysis, development of facts, direct ancl cross examination and various ethical considerations. Students may not enrol in both IAW 400 Clinical Term and this course. Prerequisite; lAw'3"9 Evidence [4-ti] 40(3 (3) Appellate AdvocacySeminar- A seminar on appellate practice in British Columbia. Restricted to sludents in the Faculty's competitive mooting programs |3-0] 407 (.3) The lawyer as Counsellor- Interviewing, counselling anil negotiating from an interdisciplinary perspective. Students mav not enrol in both IAW 400 Clinical Term and this course. [3-0] •i 12 (2-4; d Topics in Public law- Advanced work in this area. May be taught as a course or seminar [2-0] or [3-0J 413 (2-4) d Topicsin Constitutional law- Advanced work in this area. May be taught as a course or seminar [2-0] or [3-0] 414 (2-4) d Topicsin Administrative Law- Advanced work in this area Mav be taught as a ceiurse or seminar. [2-0] or 13-0] 410 6i Communications Law Seminar- A.study of the regulation of the communications industry. [3-0] 418 (4) Seminar in Government Regulation of Business- A study of the uses and limitations of legal techniques of economic control. Areas of concern include the conservation of natural resources, combines legislation, government marketing boards, public utility regulation, merchandising and advertising (including trademarks, unfair methods of competition, frauds on consumers, public health and trading stamps), customs, excise and quotas, governmental licensing, and public ownership. Recommended; IAW302 Administrative law. |3-0) 420 (2-4) d Topics in Municipal and Planning Law- Advanced work in this area. May be taught as a course or seminar. |2-0| or |3-0] 422 (2-4) d Topics in Criminal law- Advanced work in this area. May be taught as a course or seminar [2-0] or [3-0] 424 (4) Seminar on Administration of Criminal Justice- A study of the criminal law in operation; police practices; prosecutorial discretion; victims of crimes; status crimes; drug offences; civil liberties; non-police functionaries inthe ordinary system; trial by newspaper. [3-0] 426 (2-4) AT'ofiics in Private Late- Advanced work in this area. May be taught as a course or seminar. [2-0] or [3-0] 427 (2-4j d Topics in Tort law- Advanced work in this area. May be taught as a course or seminar. [2-0] or [3-0] 428 (2-lj d Topicsin Commercial law- Advanced work in this area. May be taught as a course or seminar. [2-0] or [3-0] 429 (lA)ATopicsinCorporaleandTaxLaw- Advancedwork in this area. May he taught as a course or seminar. [2-0[ or 13-0] 4.30 (2-4) A Insolvency Law, Receivership and Bankruplcy- The law relating to the establishment ofthe legal status of bankruptcy, from tlie initial inability of a debtor to pay through tlie appointment of receivers ancl receiver-managers, to the distribution of the debtor's assets to various classes of creditors. The role ofthe various parties involved in ihis process. [2-0] or [3-0] 4.31 (4) Close Corporations Seminar- The corporation, taxation, accounting, insurance and estate planning aspects of the close corporation, the formation of corporations, the compensation of executives, the sale or purchase of businesses with reference to the closely held corporation. Prerequisite: LAW 325 Business Associations I- [3-0] 433 (2-4) d Topics in Reed Properly- Advanced work in this area. Mac- be taught as a course or seminar. [2-OJ or [3-0] 135 (4) Real Estate Development Seminar- Astudyofthelegal aspects of the development of real estate projects such as shopping centres, sports centres and condominiums. The specificprojecistuclicdw4llvaiy-froniyc_rtoyear. Prerequisite; IAW 313 Real Estate Transactions. [3-0| 437 (2-4 j ATopics in'.Trusts andEstates- Advanced work in this area. May lie taught as a course or seminar. [2-0] or [3-0] 439 (2-4j A Topics in Industrial and Intellectual Projierty- Advanced work in this area. May be taught as a course or seminar. [2-0| or [3-0[ 454 455 441 (2-4) ATopics in Family law- Advanced work in this area. May be taught as a course or seminar. [2-0] or [3-0] 444 (2-4) ATopicsin Labourlaw- Advanced work in this area. May be taught as a course or seminar. [2-0] or [3-0] 446 (4) labour Law Seminar- Selected problems in the area of labour law and industrial relations. Recommended: IAW 353 Labour law. [3-0] 448 (4) Labour Arbitration Seminar- Labour arbitration and collective agreement negotiation and interpretation. Recommended: LAW 353 Labour Law. [3-OJ 450 (2-4) d Topics in Natural Resources- Advanced work in this area. May be taught as a course or seminar. [2-0] or [3-0] 452 (4) Environmental Law Seminar- Study ofthe effectiveness of private law remedies. Various alternative administrative schemes for controlling environmental degradation will be investigated. Particular emphasis will be placed on legal aspects of air and water pollution control. Recommended- IAW 302 Administrative Law. [3-0J (2-4) d Topics in Civil Liberties and Human Rights- Advanced work in this area. May be taught as a course or seminar. [2-0] or [3-0] (2) Copies in Native Selj-Government- The assumption of . control by Bands through bylaw enactments, membership rules, and negotiated self-government agreements. Special attention will be given to questions of jurisdiction, drafting, and the enforcement of such instruments, and to an examination of similar frameworks and plans in use elsewhere. [2-0] 456 (4) Native Claims Seminar- The legal context for the negotiation and settlement of native claims. Prerequisite or corequisite: IAW 367 Native Peoples and the Law. [3-0) 458 (4) SeminaronWomen andthe Law- Histoiy-of the legal status of women, present status of women under the legal system, including criminal, labour, family, property, contract, commercial and human rights law, and the penal system. [3-0J 461 (2-4) d Topics in jurisprudence- Advanced work in this area. May be taught as a course or seminar. [2-0] or ]3-0] 463 (2-4) d Topics in Procedure and Evidence- Advanced work in this area. May be taught as a course or seminar. [2-0] or [3-0] 465 (2-4) d Topics in Litigation and Dispute Resolution- Advanced work in this area. May be taught as a course or seminar. [2-0] or [3-0] 467 (4j Civil Litigation Seminar- Pre-trial problems in civil procedure. May involve some simulation work and an examination of practical solutions. [3-0] 469 (4) Negotiation and Dispute Resolution Seminar- Negotiation and bargaining; formulation of general principles governing the negotiation process; negotiation in legal practice; alternative means of dispute resolution. [3-0J 472 (2-4) d Topics in International Law and Transaclions- Advanced work in this area. May be taught as a course or seminar. [2-0] or [3-0] 474 (4) International Law Problems Seminar- A research seminar in which selectedproblems of international lawand organizations are investigated. Prerequisite: LAW 386 Public International law or IAW 387 International Organizations. [3-0J 476 (2-4) d InternationalBusiness Transactions- The lawand policy of international trade and investment. Recommended; IAW 386 Public International Law or IAW 387 International Organizations or equivalent. [2-0] or [3-0] 477 (4) Seminar in International Economic Law- Current issues relating to the international and national regulation of trade in goods and services, ancl foreign investment. [3-0J 478 Q.-A)ATo(iiainComparativeLaw- Advanced work in this area. May be taught as a course or seminar. [2-0] or [3-0] Library and Information Studies 361 480 (2-4) A Civil Law- An introduction to French and Quebec- law. A comparison with the common law system in fields such as contracts, tort and property. May be taught as a course or seminar. [2-0] or [3-0] 481 482 486 490 492 493 494 495 496 497 500 501 510 (2-4) d Chinese Law- An introduction to Chinese Law emphasizing the role of law in the revolutionary society of the People's Republic, of China. Attention will be given to developing a critical understanding of the Canadian legal system through a comparison with the Chinese system. May be taught as a course or a seminar. [2-0] or [3-0] (4) Trade and Investment in The People's Republic of China- The legal regime in The People's Republic of China governing trade and foreign investment. May be taught as a course or a seminar. [3-0] (2-4) d Topics in Legal History- Advanced work in this area. May be taught as a course or seminar. [2-0] or [3-0] (2-4) d Computers and the Law- Selected topics illustrating applications of computer technology in the practice of law and special legal problems created by advances in computer technology, such as protection of privacy, computer crimes, and the legal protection of computer programs. May be taught as a course or seminar. [2-0] or ]3-0] (4) Legal Reasoning and Artificial Intelligence- Nature and structure of legal reasoning using techniques and technology for creating expert systems. May be taught as a course or seminar. [3-0] (4) Seminar on Law and Psychiatry- A study of psychiatric and psychoanalytic concepts, their relevance in relation to selected legal problems and the examination of certain problem areas in which the lawyer and psychiatrist come into contact. [3-0] (4) Criminology Seminar- An examination of particular offence categories such as drug abuse, prostitution, and juvenile delinquency from a criminological perspective. The focus will be on how legal rules become translated into the behaviour of victims, police officers, lawyers, judges, and correctional workers. [3-0] (4) Seminar on Methods of Empirical Research- An introductory course designed to help lawyers understand the significance of reports prepared by social scientists and the techniques used in their preparation. Consideration will be given to meaning and measurement in research, sampling; i questionnaire design; interviewing; the quantification of I data; statistical inference and proof; computer applica-" tions. [3-0] (2-4) A Directed Research- Enrolment restricted. (2-4) A Directed Research- Enrolment restricted. (2-4) A Directed Research- Enrolment restricted. (2-4) A Directed Research- Enrolment restricted. (3) Law for Teachers. Introduction to Legal Process- An introduction to law-related aspects of the school curriculum, including the nature and purpose of law, legal institutions, legal procedures, legal reasoning and skills in dealing with legal materials, such as cases and statutes. Offered extra-sessionally only. Not for credit in the Faculty of Law. (3) Law for Teachers. Introduction to Substantive Law- An introduction to areas of law such as family, constitutional, criminal, labour, contract, tort, and property law. Comparative, historical, economic and political aspects wili be discussed together with legal aspects. Offered extra- sessionally only. Not for credit in the Faculty of Law. (4) Current Legal Problems (2-6) A Directed Research- Students will be able to undertake advanced research into a topic approved by a faculty member, under the supervision of and in consultation with, that faculty member. (2-4) d Sentencing- Comparative sentencing structures; competing sentencing philosophies and principles; the exercise of discretion; sentencing law and practice; sentencing advocacy; aids to sentencing, such as computerized information systems; prescriptive guidelines; problematic- issues in sentencing, such as wife and child abuse. 511 (2-4) d Interna tional Criminal Law- Analysis of topics such as jurisdiction, immunity from prosecution, mutual assistance in penal matters, recognition and enforcement of foreign penal aws, and international police co-operation; examination ol selected offences such as war crimes, crimes against humarity, genocide, terrorism, illicit drug trafficking and torture. 512 (2-4) d Procee is of Crime- Criminal ancl civil law relating to the tracing, freezing and forfeiture of proceeds derived from crime; a comparative anaivsis of law from Canada, the U.S. and other jurisdictions; bilateral and multilateral Conventions dealing with issues such as muney laundering, bank secrecy and tan havens. 549 (20) Master's Thesis 610 (2) Doctora, Seminar I: Issues in D'gal Theory- This seminar will address issues salient of legal theoiy. Topics covered will ir elude feminism and the law; Marxism and the law; post-mod ernism and the law; social theory and the law; law and the state; legal liberalism and its critics; and othet jurisprudents 1 discourses. 611 (2) Doctoral Seminar IE Comparative and Interdisciplinary PerspectivesonLep,al Theory, this seminarwill address issues of legal theory in interdisciplinary and comparative perspective. Discussion will focus on the applicability of legal concept; in different cultures and societies, and the consequence:: forthe form and structure of law. Topics such as "the origins and development of legal ttaditions in Europe and Asia", and "the influence of religion in Asian and European legal systems" could he included. In addition, discussion wi 1 address the applicability of concepts drawn from fields ot tside of law to legal research and scholarship. Library and Information Studies LIBR Scmool of Library, Archival and Information Studies, Faculty of Arts 500 (3) Foundations of Information- Theories and principles of creating, d.sseminating, and using information; the concept of intellectual property in the private and public sectors: intelleciual freedom and censorship; the impact of physical and particularly electronic distribution systems on access and use; information policy; the role ofthe profession and its in stitutions in information access; ethical issues. 510 (}) Bibliograbbic Controlof'Information /-Basic practices of citation and bibliographic description in manual and automated n odes, and of subject analysis including classification. Introduction to the Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules, subject-headings lists, the Dewey Decimal Classification and the MARC format. 511 (3) Bibliographic Control of Information 11- Advanced bibliographic description; detailed study of the subject headings sysi em and classification scheme of the Library of Congress; aui hority control; applyingautomated techniques. 512 (3) Wfitt'flg'--Theory and application of techniques such as vocabulary control, indexing languages, thesauri, design of access points, and precision/recall devices to provide intellectual access to information. Same as ARST 512. 514 (3/6) d Top.cs in tbe Bibliographic Control of Information- Princbles and practices in applying international standards of description to a variety of document types including serials and audiovisual materials. 516 (3) Records Management- The generation, control, organization, storage, and retrieval of records. Records management in ielation to libraries. 518 (3) Historical Bibliography-Tnedevelopment ofthe book as a physical object of commerce and a social force. 519 (3) History oj Archival Concepts- Origins and development of archval concepts, principles, and methods through an examination of laws, literature, and instruments of archival practice internationally. Same as ARST 519. 520 (3) Collection Management- Developing and managing library collections to meet the information needs of users; sources and acquisition of materials; policies governing their use; networking and resource sharing. 522 (3/6) d Literature and Other Materials for Children- The development of children's literature from the fifteenth century to the present; analysis of world mythology and folklore; genres; audiovisual materials and electronic media for the young; trends ancl issues in the field. 524 (3 J Literature and Other Materials for Young Adulls- Survcy of materials of special appeal to adolescents; factors affecting reading interests ancl habits. 527 (3) Publishing and the Book Trade- Commercial aspects ofthe present-day information industries, from authorship through distribution. Special emphasis on issues of currenl Canadian interest and on issues most relevant to librarians e.g. copyright protection and its proposed extensions, the Canadian distribution system, sources of library supply. 538 (3/6) d Specialized literatures- The literature ofa specified discipline or interdisciplinary area viewed in the light ol" its structure and types of publication; its bibliographic com rol and the information-seeking behaviour of its users. 539 (3/6) d Specialized Materials- Selection, bibliographic control, storage, administration, anci use of a specialized category of material; archival materials, audiovisual materials, government publications, serials. 540 (3) Reference and Information Services I- Types of print and electronic information sources and their organization; question analysis and the reference interview; effective strategies for searching manual and machine-readable sources; reference work in libraries and other information agencies. 541 (3) Reference and Information .fera'ces//-Types of print ancl electronic information sources in various fields of knowledge in relation to the nature of communication and research in these fields; bibliographic instruction; document delivery; ethical issues; trends in administering information services. 542 (3/6) d Servicesfor Youth- Selecting materials, implementing programs and user advisory services, and administering services for youth, primarily in public libraries, 544 (3/6)d Servicesfor Adults- Guiding adults, as individuals and in groups, in their use of library resources ancl sen-ices in various types of library. Establishing and administering the policies and practices of such service. 545 (3/6) d Services for Groups with Specialized Interests- Designing. planning ancl administering services for definable user groups. 548 (3) Issuesin Reference and Information Services-Current trends and issues in public services, including circulation, reference and information services, interlibrary lending and document delivery, in various types of libraries. 550 (3) Systems Analysis and Design of Information Systems— Analyzing, developing, selecting, implementing, and evaluating computer-based information systems in libraries arc! related agencies. 551 (3) Design andManagemenlofTextual Databases-Record structures; developing and implementing various types of databases used in libraries ancl related information-based environments; using and modifying commercial software; interface design. 553 (3) User-Oriented Design of Information Retrieval Systems- Designing, using, and evaluating information storage and retrieval systems in libraries and related agencies based on the needs and perspectives of different types of users and information. 555 (3) Managemenl of Electronic Records- information capture, processing, storage, and communication technologies in recordkeeping; the role of standards in supporting integrated systems; metliods for the maintenance and disposition of electronic records. Prerequisite: LIBR 516. Same as ARST 555 362 Library and Information Studies 403 59a 594 5.. 509 (3/(i) d Topics in Computer-Based Information Systems- lectures ancl readings on specialized topics in information systems design, maintenance, ancl use. (3) Functions andServices oj Information-Based'Organizations- Mission, goals, activities, and history of libraries and related types of organization in the public and private sectors; tlie impact ot contemporary social trends and technological changes on their development. i S.ti) A Currenl Issues and 'Trends in Library Services and Information Science- Topics of current interest and concern 10 the profession. i5) Managemenl of libraries and Archires- An introduction to contemporary managemenl theory and its application in the administration of libraries and archives. Same as ARST 53). (3i Planning And Design Of Libraries- Programming of library buildings for efficient utilization; planning spacc requiremenis for new buildings and alterations; selection of library equipment. 13/61 d Topics in the Managemenl of libraries aud Ar- ehiees- I.ecturesand readings!in specialized tiqlies relating to the management of libraries anil archives. (3) Preservation- Characteristics of storage media for documents: environmental, biological, and technological factors in (heir deterioration and methods of counteracting them: management of preservation programs. Same as ARST 58". (3) Research Meihods in libraries and Archives- Principles and methods of researcli ancl investigation ancl their application to various situations in hhraric's and archives. Same as ARST 590 13) Topicsin Research Meihods (3/6) c Directed Research Project- Prerequisite: 590. (3/6) d Seminar- Special problems in library service. (Sin cDirectedStudy (0) ./hc//c-w»?--A practicum 1 ifat least tvvo weeks duration which offers an overview of basic library functions, taken in a library under lhe supervision ofa professional librarian, 1.5) Professional Exjierleiice- Project-based experience undertaken with a faculty associate occupying a minimum of ten hours a week for 12 consecutive weeks or the equivalent ifa student is nol simultaneously taking other course work in the program. Prerequisite: completion of 24 credits in the program and 595, ill) Major Essay ill) Thesis Linguistics Faculty of Arts LING (iii Introduction to General linguistics- The nature of language; the major language families of the world. Linguistic change; languages and dialects; history of language. Universal features of language': typology and the comparative study of languages. Sound systems; writing systems; iheories of grammar; dictionaries: lhe study of meaning. Language and the individual language .1 nil society Applica- 110ns of linguistics. [3-0; 3-0[ (6,1 General Linguistics Phonology and Grammar- Part 1 -- introduction to phonetics and phonology; [raining in the iclenrificar ion anti product ion 0! speech sounds: principles and methods for describing and writing the sound svsiem ofa language: phonological iliei >rv wilh reference to selected languages: laboratory praclice,Part II — Introduction to grammatical analysis- morphology and syntax; synchronic analysis and description wilh illustrations Irom various languages. [3-h 3-OJ (3) SludiesinGrammarl- Generative theories as applied to morphology, syntax, and semantics. Throughout this course the data will be laken from Lngiish Prerequisites: I.IN'C; 200 or 420 or KNGL 329. |3-i); ti-0] 301 (3) Studies In Grammar 11- More advanced studies in the areas covered in LING 300, including a critical examination ofcurrcnt contributions tosymactic theories. Prerequisite: LING .300. 10-0; 3-0] 310 (3) Phonetics Practicum- Practice in the discrimination, production, and description of sounds 111 a varieiv of languages. Prerequisite: LING Kill or 200 or 120 or ENGL 329. [0-0; 3-0| 312 (5i Introduction to Phonetics- Organs of .speech. Articulator) phonetics. Phonetic alphabets. Training in ihe identification and production of speech sounds. Not available for credit toward a Major or Honours program in linguistics. [3-0; 0-01 316 (3) S/iecch Production Mechanisms- Anatomy and physiology ofthe speech production mechanism. Introduction to physiological phonetics. Coordination of different systems; coariii illation anc! inter-articulator timing Prerequisile: LING 200, Recommended: PSYC 20! anil 202 or PSYC 260. |3-0] 317 (3) Acoustic Phonetics- Acoustics relevant to speech and hearing. Source-filter theory: acoustic cues in vowels and consonants. Limited discussion of speech perception. Prerequisites: LING 2011, 316. Recommended: PSYC 201 and 202 or 260, PSYC 31.3. [3-2| 319 (0) Comparative and Historical linguistics- The nature anel deveiopmenl of language; the history of alphabetic writing: the diachronic and diatopic stuck of language; linguistic change; [lie classification of languages with par- ucuiar stress on the hido-liuropean group. Prerequisite: LING 200 or 420. [3-0:3-0] 320 (3/6) d Romance linguistics- Tlie intlo-fiuropcan background; Classical and vulgar Lai in; ihe origin, development, and spread of the Romance languages; their vocabulary, phonology, morphology, syntax; vernacular Latin texts and Romance texts. (Also listed as RMST r 8 and FREN 478.) [3-0| or |3-0; 3-0] I 350 (6) language Acquisition in Children- Introduction to the study of language acquisition in children: linguistic anaivsis of phonological syntactic, ancl semantic stages o! deveiopmenl. Other topics Include babbling, bilingualism, and environmental influences. Prerequisite: LING 200 or 420. |3-0; 3-0] 100 (3) Studies iii Phonology I- Introduction to phonological analysis and tlieoi-v, wilh :i sirong emphasis on description and analysis of data from a wide variety of languages. Prerequisite: I.LNG 2001 ir u20 or KNGL 329. [3-0; Oil] 401 (3) Studies in Phonology 11 - A more advanced study ol the phonological issues introduced in linguistics 400. Critical examinalion ami application of recent theotetical developments Prerequisite: LING 400. [0-0: 5-0] i()5 (S/uiAMorjibologv- Analytic problem-solving and discussion of theoretical questions concerning the deveiopmenl and presem sun us of morphological theory. Topics include: problems in the identification and classification of morphemes, the analysis of morphophoncmicalternation, It em and Arrange-meni as opposed to Item ancl Process descriptions, principles governing tiie word-formation processes of infiecuon, derivauon, ami compounding, and discussion of tlie form, place, and function ofa nu)r[)ho!ogu:al component within grammar l3-0[ or [3-0; 3-01 115 (3/6) d F.xjieriniented Phonetics- Introduction to the use of instrumenis for experimental phoneiic research ancl In the design of phonetic and phonological experiments. Prerequisites: LING 310 ancl 315, or riermis- sion ol the insirucior [ill or [ l-i; l-i[ 420 (ui Introduction to linguistics- General background to linguistic sun lies; the ilifferenl approaches to lhe analysis of languages; synchronic, diachronic, and diatopic linguistics; phonetics, phonology morphology, syntax, and semantics Not available fur credit loward a Major or Honours program 111 fiuauistics. |3-(); 3-0| 425 (3/6) d linguistic Theories of Translation- Modern linguistic theories concerning translation; the evaluation of these by the study of samples of translation in various languages with emphasis on written translation; linguistic concepts relevant to oral translation; critical assessment of machine translation. It should be noted that this course docs not include practical training in the translation of anv specific language or languages, [3-0] or ]3-0; 3-0] 427 (3.6) d Introduction to Semantics- Part 1 — lexii al anaivsis; the linguistic sign, language and thought, semantic fields and componential anaivsis, basic semantic relationships.Part 11 —■ Syntax and semantics: propositions ancl semantic cases, anaphora, negation, quantifiers, semantic interpretation in current syntactic theories. Offered in alternate vears. Prerequisite or corequisiie: LING 300. [3 0] or [3-0:3-01 4.30 (3'6) AHonoursSeminar in linguistics- Research papers on general linguistic topics to be read ancl discussed. [3-01 or [03; 0-31 431 (3) Field Methods: Phonology- Elicitation, transcription, organization, and analysis ol phonological data from a native speaker ol a language not commonly studied. Practical experience in the use of conventional field work ecjuip- menl Offered in alternate years. Prerequisites: LING 510 anci 400. [3-0: 0-0] t32 (3i Field Methods: Morphology and Syntax- Elicitation. transcription, organization and analysis of morphological and syntactic data from a native speaker of a language not commonly' studied. Practical experience in the use of conventional field work equipment. Offered in alternate vears. Prerequisites: LING 310 and 300. [0-0; 3-0] 4)3 (5) liative languages of North America- Survey ol tlie indigenous languages of North America. Study of the basis of genetic classification of these languages anci area! similarities among them The structure of representative languages will be presented and contrasted. The present slat us of American Indian languages will be considered 13-0; 3-0] 434 (3) Nativelanguagesof Canada- Classification and structure ol the indigenous languages of Canada. Survey of their present status, native language programs, and efforts 10 preserve and maintain them. [0-0; 3-0| 435 (3/6) A Language Tyjiologv and Universals- Introduction to the typological ancl contrastive study of languages - phonology morphology, syntax, and semantics; the relation berween ivpologvancl universals; the role of universals in linguistic theory. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 4.4_ (3/6) d language of the Year- The structure of one ol the world's thousands of languages will be investigated in linguistic terms. The language chosen will vary from year to year, depending on expertise available. The primary pur- post' of lhe course is to understand the natureand structure of the language, not to achieve communicative conqietence. Prerequisite: LING 200, 440 (3/6) d Regional Linguistics- Introduction to the diatopic studv of language at the level of dialect; linguistic surveys, linguistic aliases. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 445 (3/6) ASociolinguislics- The systematic study olianguagc as a social phenomenon; language and social change; the social coniext of speech and the function of language varieties from the speakers' point of view; language use, language attitudes, and language norms in small group interaciions as well as in large sjieech communities, including multilingual situations. The material will be treated primarily from a linguistic point of view. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] ■y-C (3/6) d Topics in Linguistics [3-0[ or [3-0; 3-0] 448 (3/6) d Directed Sludies- Supervised by a faculty member chosen by the student. Agreement of Supervisor and approval of I lead required. [5-0! or [3-0; 3-0] 4i9 (6) Honours Essay Mathematics 363 501 (3/6) d Syntactic Theory- Discussion and critical analysis of the literature on current issues in syntactic theory. Prerequisite: at least one year of syntax. 505 (3/6) d Issues in Morphological Theory and Analysis- Morphology from both historical and theoretical perspectives. Prerequisites: LING 301 and 401, or equivalent. 509 (3) Phonological Theory and Analysis I- Prerequisites: LING 400 and 401. 510 (3) Phonological Theory and Analysis II- Prerequisite: LING 509. 512 (3) Currenl Models of Phonology- Suivey of current phonological models such as autosegmental theory, metrical tree vs. grid theory, syllable structure, and alternative frameworks of segmental representation. Prerequisites: LING 509 and 510, or equivalent. 514 (3) Advanced Research Seminar in Phonology- Prerequisite: LING 512 or equivalent. 519 (3/6) d Problems in Comparative and Historical Linguistics 520 (3/6) d Problems in Grammatical Analysis 522 (3) Current Models oj Syntax- Survey (if current theories such as relational grammar, generalized phrase-structure grammar, and lexical functional grammar. Prerequisites; LING 501 and 520, or equivalent, 524 (3) Advanced Research Seminar in Syntax- Prerequisite; LING 522 or equivalent. 525 (3/6) d Problems in Semantics 530 (3/12) d Linguistic Problems In a Special Area 531 (3) Field Methods tn Linguistics I 532 (3) Field Methods in linguistics II- Prerequisite: LING 5.31. 533 (3/6) d Indian Languages ofthe Northwest 538 (3/6) d Seminar on language Acquisition in Children- Linguistic analysis of data from children learning a first language. Intensive examination ofa topic: that will vary each year dealing with advanced research into phonological, syntactic, and semantic aspects of language acquisition. 540 (3/6) d Problems in Dialectology 545 (3/6) d Problems in Sociolinguistics 546 (3/6) c Directed Reading in Topics related lo Linguistics ' 548 (0) Major Essay 549 (3/6/9) c Master's Thesis 649 Ph.D. Thesis Marine Science MRNE Biology program, Faculty of Science 400 (6) Directed Studies- A course of directed studies undet the supervision of a member of faculty. The study will involve a research project approved by the supervisor in the field of interest ofthe student, and will be designed to lake maximum advantage of the laboratory and/or field opportunities offered by the Marine Station. (Note: the member of facullv supervising the study may be a member of the teaching staff participating in the curriculum offered at the Marine Station; a member of faculty of WCUMBS spending the summer at the Marine Station as a research investigator; or the student may be indirectly undet the supervision ofa member of faculty at one of the members of WCUMBS.) 401 (6) Sjxcial'Topics in Marine Biology- This course will be offered, as opportunities arise, by distinguished scientists visiting at the Bamfield Marine Station. It is expected that the course will generally be i ifa specialized nature and be at a level appropriate to graduate or senior undergraduate students. a02 (3) Special Topics in Marine Biology- This course will be offered, as opportunities arise, by distinguished scientists visiting at the Bamfield Marine Station who are prepared to offer a course extending over a 3-week period. This course will he of a specialized nature and at a level appropriate to graduate or sei ior undergraduate students. 410 (6) Marine Iniertebrate Zoology- A survey of the marine phyla, with emphasis on the benthic fauna in the vicinity of ihe Marine Stat on. The course includes lectures, laboratory oeriods, field /ollection, identification and observation. Emphasis is pi; ced on the study of living specimens in the laboratory anci in the field. 411 (6) Compara'ive Invertebrate Embryology- A comprehensive study c f development of marine invertebrates available at the Bamfield Marine Station, including all major phyla and most of the minor phyla. Prerequisite: prior course in invei tebrates or embryology. 412 (6) Biology oj Fishes- Classification, physiology, ecology, behaviour and zoogeography of fishes with particular emphasis on thote in the marine environment of the British Columbia coast. Prerequisite: course in comparative verte- brateanatomy Credit will he given foronly oneofMRNE-12 and BIOL 426. 413 (6) Biology of Marine. Molluscs- Advanced course of selected topic; emphasizing functional morphology, ecology and evolttion. Field trips survey representative molluscs of the Bamfield region. Students are expected to complete an i --dependent field or laboratory study of selected molluscs. Prerequisites: MRNE 410 or equivalent. 420 (6) Marine Phycology- A survey of the marine algae, with emphasis on tie benthic forms in the vicinity ofthe Marine Station. The course includes lectures, laboratory periods, field collection, identification and observation. Emphasis is placed on the study of living specimens in the laboratory and in the fiel i 4.30 (6) Marine Ecology- An analytical approach to biotic associations in the marine environment. Opportunities are- provided for study of the intertidal realm in exposed and protected arei is, and of beaches and estuaries, in the vicinity ofthe Marine! itation; plankton studies and investigations of the subtidal ai id benthic environments by diving and dredging are envisaged. 433 (6) Introduc, ion to Biological Oceanography- An introduction to the biology of oceans, with supporting coverage of relevant pi ysics and chemistry. Emphasis will be placed on plankton liology, community structure and life histories, and influ :ncing environmental factors. Collections will be made from sheltered inlets, through Barkely Sound to offshore waters. The coarse will involve both field and laboratory studies of plankton organisms. Prerequisites: BIOI. 320,20'c, or their equivalents. Credit will be given for only one of- RNE 433 and BIOL 305. 440 (6) Biology of Marine Birds- Study of interrelationship of r birds and the marine environment. Census techniques and observation of birds in the field will be emphasized. Prerequisite: completion ofa course in vertebrate zoolog; or permission ofthe Insttuctor. 445 (6) Biology ofMarine Mammals- Survey course covering systematics a id distribution of marine mammals, their sensory capabilities and physiology, with special emphasis on the Cetacea. The course will involve an independent field study. Prerequisite: introductory vertebrate zoology. 446 (6) Compare live Ethology- Acomjiarativestudyofmarine animals (vertebrate and invertebrate) emphasizing behavioural descr ption, underlying physiological behaviour mechanisms the biological significance of behaviour and behavioural evolution. The course will include independent laboratory ar d field studies. 450 (3) Principles of Aquaculture- An interdisciplinary introduction to th; principles underlying the commercial cultivation of aquatic plants and animals emphasizing marine- systems. The course will include working site visits to a range of con mercial farms and R&D facilities. 454 (3) Special! opics in Aquaculture- An examination of the culture tech liques for selected groups of aquatic plants, animals or m cro organisms. Participants will be expected to complete a project which examines some aspect of applied science relevant to commercial culture. 460 (3) Special Topics in Aquacultural Applied Science- An examination ofthe principles underlying the application of selected areas of scientific information to commercial aquaculture. Participants will be expected to complete a written project. 470 (3) Directed Research in Aquaculture- Design and execution ofa research project in the field of aquaculture under the supervision of a scientist working at the Bamfield Station. A written report is a requirement. 500 (6) Directed Sludies- Research project approved by the supervisor in the field of interest of the student designed to take maximum advantage of the laboratory and/or field opportunities offered by the Bamfield Marine Station. 501 (6J Special Topics- 6 weeks. Offered, as opportunities arise, by distinguished scientists who are visiting at the Bamfield Marine Station. The course will be ofa specialized nature, 502 (3) Sjiecial Topics- 3 weeks. Offered, as opportunities arise, by distinguished scientists who are visiting al the Bamfield Marine Station. The course will be ofa specialized nature. Mathematics Faculty of Science MATH /. The first digit in the number ofa course is Intended to convey the level of mathematical maturity at which the course is con ducted rather than Ihe year in which il must be taken. 2. A student will be denied entry into a third year course should only Ihe minimum passing grade be obtained in a prerequisite second year course. .'. Students who expect lo follow an Honours Science [rrogram or one with a high mathematical content are urged to apply for admission lo MATH 120 and 121. u. *L'or Studenls in tbe Faculty of Applied Science 5. Continuing Sludies offers MATH 012, a refresher course in precalculus material. See Regisiraiion Guide. Non-Credit Courses 6. Prospective students who have completed or who are registered in aCalculuscourseinsecondaiy school should refer lo the Admissions section ofthe Calendar under the heading "Creditfor Secondary School Calculus Courses". 100 (3) Calculus I- Derivatives anci antielerivatives of the elementary functions. Applications of the derivative: graphing, max-min problems, and growth-decay problems. Prerequisite: At least a C+ standing in Mathematics 12. [3-l;0-0)or[0-0;3-l] 101 (3) Calculus II- Antidifferentiation; techniques of integration; definite integrals and applications (e.g. length, moments, etc.); series; Taylor expansions for tlie elementary functions. Prerequisite: MATH 100. Ill or 120. [0-0; 3-1 [ or [3-1: 0-01 111 (6) Elementaiy Calculus- Calculus; topics irom algebra, geometry, ancl trigonometry in the context of calculus. MAl'H 100 anci 111 are equivalent as prerequisites lo further courses in Mathematics. Credit will not be given for both MATH 100 ancl 111. Faculties that require Mathematics 12 for admission lo First Year will grant 3 credits only for this course toward a elegree. Prerequisite: Mathematics 11 or the equivalent. This course is not intended for students with recent credit for Mathematics 12 or equivalent. [3-1; 3-11 120 (3) Differential Calculus- Continuous functions, differentiation; graphing, mean value theorem, applications. Prerequisite: Mathemaiics 12 and permission of the Head of the Department. [3-1; 0-0] 121 (31 Integral Calculus—Tbe Riemann integral, techniques of integration, areas, volumes, infinite series, Taylor expansions.- Prerequisite: MATH 120, or MATH 100 and permission of the Head of the Department. [0-0; 3-1] 130 (6) Finite Mathematics- Intended primarily for students not in the Faculty of Science who wish to have some 364 Mathematics exposure to mathematical thinking. The course gives an introduction to probability, statistics, linear programming anti game theory. Areas of application are chosen in the main from ihe social ancl biologic al sciences. Prerequisile: Mathematics 11. Students who obtain credit for MATH 101, or STAT 105 or 203 cannot in the sameyear, or in later years, i ibiain credit for MATH 130. [3-0, 3-0] 1 -4(4 (3) Introductory Calculus I- Derivatives and rales of growth, exponential ancl circular functions, differentials, chain rule, implicit differentiation, maxima and minima, curve sketching. Not for credit in the Faculty of Science Credit will he given for only oiic of MATH: Kill, 111. !20or I tO. Prerequisite- Mathemaiics 12. [3-1:0-01 Jul (3) Introductory Calculus ll- The definite Integra!, techniques of integration, introduction to linear optimization and matrix algebra. Partial derivatives, maxima am! minima wilh lonsirainls. Nol for credit in the Faculti of Science Crc.lit will begiven for onlvoneof MATH: 101.121,141. Prerequisite: MATH 140, 111, or 100 [0-0; 3-lj i 52* (31 linear Algebra and Differential Equations- Vectors and matrices; dot and cross product; complex numbers; lieterminanis and eigenvalues: linear differential equations ami applications, Corequisite: MATH 15 I. [0-0-0; 3-0-0] 153* 1.3) Differential Calculus- Derivatives and analytic geometry, applications of differentiation lo graphing, optimization, growth-decay problems; nunierical applications: New- ton's method, tangent line approximation and error estimates. Prerequisile: Mathemaiics 12. [3-1-0; 0-0-0J IS-i* i,3) Integral Calculus- Anliiiifiereiiiialion and techniques of integration; numerical iiitegraiion. applications of definite integrals (areas, mass, work, first-order differential equations); Taylor series and applications. Prerequisite: MATH 173. [0-U-0; 3-1-0! 20u (3) Calculus III- Partial derivatives, total differentials. Chain rule and applications. Path integrals anc! path dependence. Double-arid triple integrals. Prerequisite: MATH 101 or 121. [3-0 0-0] or [O'.l; 3-ti 2U5 (3) Elementaiy Probability- I'rohnbility, conditional probability random variables, discrete and continuous probability distributions, expectation, bivariate distribution.-,, law of large numbers, ancl central limit ilieorem. Prerequisite: MATH 101, MATH 207 and STAT Tifi an tlie same |3-0; 0-0] or [O-O; 3-(>| 217 tii Elementaiy Differential Equations I- First-order equations: linear equations; linear syslems. traiectorv analysis of plane nonlinear systems. Applications i if these topic.-, will be emphasized. Credit will be .mien for onlv < me of MAT! 1 275 and MATH 215. Prerequisites. MATH 221 ior MATH 223;. and aeorequisite MATH 200 ioi-22(ii [5-0; 0-Oji 00-1.1.5-0] 220 (3) Analysis- Sequences and induction, conccritence of niiiiierical sequences and seiies. monotone convergence anri Cauciiv criterion; limits, continuity and differentiability in one variable. Prerequisile n i.U in MAT! ■ 101 or 121, i'U-il; 3-ti] or (3-6; 0-0] 221 (3) Matrix Algebra- Systems of linear equations, operations on matrices, lieterminanis. eigenvalues and cigenveciors. diagonah/tliiui ot svminciilc matrices. Prerequisite: MATH 101. 121 or 141, oral leasi 6 CJ, in MATH IOO, 120 or lutiiirativancciiciwiii '"orMAT! I 100, [3-0:00] or |0-0; 3-0] 223 (3,i I incur Algebra- Vector spaces, linear transformations, speeirai [henry linear systems, applications. Intended for I lonours students. Prerequisite's:!]!!'1,'. mMATH 101 or 121, Credit will be given for i inly one of MAT!! ] 72.11. "i, 224 [3-u.o-O] 22n (3) Adeanced Calculus I- Functions of several variable-,: limits, i tiiitinuity, differentiability im/ic it func tions. Taylor's theorem; extrema; Lagrange multipliers; multiple integration, Fubini'.sthc.ireni; improper integrals. Prerequisite-Al least 683, in MATH 121 or permission of the Head of the Department Curequisite: MAIH 221 or 223. Credit will be given for only one of MAT) I 206, lie. 25.3 (3-1); 0-01 227 (3) Advanced Calculus ll- Parametrizatioii of curves and surfaces; line ancl surface integrals; theorems of Green, Gauss. Stokes; applications ti i physics and/of introduction to differential forms. Pa-requisite: 68't, standing m MATH 226 or permission of the Head of the Department Credit will he given for onlv one of MATH .3 T, 22". 27 i, [0-0; 3-0] 253* (3i MiiiiivariableGaleulus- Pailial and directional derivatives; maxima and minima; Lagrange multipliers and 2nd derivative test; multiple integrals and applications. Prerequisite: MATH 15-t J3-0-0: 0-0-01 25-1* (3) Vector Calculus- Space curves and vector differentiation; vector fields; path integrals; surface integrals; lhe divergence theorem; the theorems of Stokes and Green. Prerequisite: MATH 25.3 [ti-0-0; 3-0-0] 255" (3) Ordiuaiy Differential Equations- Review of linear systems: noniinear equations anc! applications; phase plane analysis; Laplace transforms; numerical met finds, Prerequisile: MATH 152,15 i Corequisite. MATH 253. Credit will be given for only one of MATH 255 or 215. [3-0-0; 0-0-0] 25"* (5) Partial DifferentialEquations- Introduction to partial differential equations; Fourier series; tlie heat, wave anci potential equations: boundary-value problems; numerical methods. Prerequisite: MATH 255. Corec|iii.siie: MALI 1251 Credit will tie given for onlv one ol MATH 277 or 31n. [3-0-0, 0-041! or [0-0-0; 3-0 0| .300 (3) Iniroduction to Comjiiex Variables- Functions ofa complex variable, Caucfiy-Rieniann equations, elementary functions, Caliche's theorem and contour integration Hi incur series, poles anci residues. Corequisite: MATH 5!~ or 227 or 25 I. Credit will be given for onlv one of MAT! 1.300 or35(J. [5-'.!, 0-0[ or [0-0; 3-D! 501 (3) Ajijilleditnnlysis- inie-grafs mvoivint;mu!li-valued functions, conformal mapping and applications, analytic continuation. Laplace and Fourier transforms. Prerequisile: MATH 500 Corequisiie: MATH 316 or 27". Credit will be given loroniv MATH 301 or .350. (3-0: 0-0| or [0-0: 3-U] 302 (3) hilroduCiiouloPriJiaht'tily- Basic notions oi probability, random variables, expectation ancl conditional expectation, limit theorems. Prerequisite: MATH 200or226, MATH 302 and STAI" 302 are ihe same. A student mav noi obtain credit for more I hail one of MATH/STAT 207, MATH/STAT 302. 13-0; 0-0! or (0-0; 5-0] 3il.3 (3) Iniroduction lo Stochastic Processes- Discrete-lime Markov chains, Poisson processes, continuous lime Markov chains, renewal theory. Prerequisite: MATH 302. (3-0-11-01 or [0-0; 4-0] 3(C i,3) Appliedlinear.Mgebra- Dependence .-'independence, bases anc! orthogonality: iinear transformations from R1, to R'"; change oi basis; triangulari/anuii-, quadratic forms in n variables. Prerequisite: MATH 221 or 22.5. (3-0; 0-0] or 10-0: ,3-0] 3118 i.3l Fueliilc.'tin Geometry - Classical plane gcomcirv, solid geometry spherical trigonometry, polyhedra. linear and afhne transformations. Linear algebra proofs are used. Prerequisite: MAT! 1111 or 223, It is suggested that MAT! 1.7(0 be taken concur rentlv. 13-0: 0-0] ,300 (3) Topics lit I,eometiy- topics chosen bvllieiihtrin tor. These may include conic sect ions, projective configuration, convexity non-Fuciieieaiigetimc'liies. frai ial geonict re. combinatorial problems of points in the plane Prerequisile: MATH.50S, [0-0:4-01 ;312 (31 iutroduetloii lo Number Theoiy- Liiiiiclean algonihm congruences. Fcrmat s riie'circm, applications. Some dio|ihantine equations, Dislriliiiiion of tlie pniiie numbers Prerequisite: 12 credits of Mathematics courses 13-0-0-0] 31.5 (51 'Topics in Cumber Theoiy- 'i'opus chosen lie ilie inslructor. These might int hide: division algorithms, group iheoiv, i t.niiiiiieti fr.ieuitns. pnmaiiiv le-ling, .'adoring. PrcivquisiU' Veil 1,312, [mil: 5-tij 31-1 (5) Real Variables Ricinann integral, uniform comer- topics. Prerequisite: MATH 220. Credit will be given for oniv one of MATH 31 a and 320. (3-0; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-0] 316 (3) Elementaiy Differential Equations II- Laplace transform; power seiies methods (ordinary and regular singular points, Bessel's equation); boundary value problems anil separatain ol variables (Fourier series and other orthogonal series), applications to the vibrating string, heat flow, the vibrating membrane, etc. Prerequisite: MATH 215. Students Im king MATH 317 are strongly recommended to take MATI1.517 concurrently. Credit will be given for onlv one of MATH 27- or 316. [0-0; 3-0] or ]3-0; 0-0[ .317 (3) Calculus IV- Parametrizanons, inverse and implicit functions, integrals with respect to length and area; gratl, div, and curl, theorems of Green, Gauss, and Stokes. Prerequisite: MATH 200, Corequisite and recommended prerequisite.' MATH 221. [0-0; .3-0] 320 (51 Real Variables I- The real numbersysteui: real FiiiJiilean n-space: open, closed compact, ant! connected sets; Hi il/ano- Wcicr.sirass theorem, sequences and series. Continuity and uniform continuity Differentiability and mean-value theo- rems. Prerequisite: 68'4 overall standing in MATH 226 and ir, or in MATI I 200. 317 and 220. [3-0; 0-0] or ]()-(); 3-ti| 321 ii) Real Variables II- The Riemann or Riemann Stielt|es integrals Sequences anel series of functions, uniform convergence. Ajiprosimjtion of continuous functions bv polynomials. Fourier series. Function from R't'toR", inverse and implicit function theorems. Prerequisite: MATH ,520. Il-ti; 5-0j or (S-l); 0-ti] 322 (3: Fundamental Concepts of Algebra I- Groups, subgroups, quotient groups ancl hoinomorphisms, direct products, lhe Svlow theorems, groups of small order. Prerequisite: 684, in MAT! 1 223 or 221. (.3-0, 0-0] or [0-0: ,5-0] 525 t.3) Fiiridaiiienlal(JmceplsofAlgebraII-Rings.ipolyrionii- .lis, uleiils, unique laciorization; modules over principal ideal domains, vector spaces. Jordan forms, finitely generated abeliiiii groups; iniroduction to fields Prerequisite: MATH .522. [j-O; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-0] 331 (.3) Problem Solving- Intended for honours students. A seminar on the techniques and art of solving problems based primarily on the malhematics curriculum ofthe first iwo vears. Prerequisites; MATH 120/121 (or 100/101). 22,3 ior 221). 226 (iu-200). [0-0; .3-0] 3,55 i31 liitrotluctiou io Mathematics- Intensive course with required tutorial. Topics selected from combinatories, probability, geometry and elementaiy number theoiy. Creditwill nol he: given for both MATH 3,37 and MATH 130, Students who obtain creciii for MATI 1100,120. Oil), or 17,3 cannot in the same year or in later vears, obtain credit for MATH ,3,35. Grade 12 level mathematics strongly recommended [3-0-2: lJ-ii-0] or [0-0-0; 3-0-2] .340 (3) In/roiluctiou lo linear Programming- Linear programming problems, dual problems, the simplex algorithm, solution of primal and dual problems, sensitivity analysts. Additional topics chosen from: Karmarkar's algorithm, m >n- linear programming, game theoiy, applications. Prerequisite: MATH 221 or 223, 1.3-0-0. 041-0] or |0-0-0; 3-0-0] 3-i7 (3i Apjiiieil Malhematicsfor Continuous Syslems--Simple continuous spacetime mathematical models of nalural and social phenomena and the relevant methods of analysis arc studied. Model problems selected from planetary motion. Kulei buckling, economic growth, land use in urban planning, traffic How, water waves and cell cultures. Maiheinah- i al topics fiiclndc'caicuius of variations, meliiocisof charac (eristics, regular and singular perturbation, integral transforms and their asymptotic expansions. Prerequisite; MAUI 215. Coreiiiiishe: MATH 316 or 257, (0-0; 3-0J ,37(0 <5y Complex Variables and Ajjillcalions- AnalvEic fune- tions. Cauchy-Riemann equations Power series and la iirerii series. Iilcuicntarv (unci ions. Contour integrals. Poles anil residues. Introduction to conformal mapping. Applications of Analysis to problems in Physics and Engineering. Prerequisites: MATH 254. 255. Credit will not be given for MATI! genet, interchange .the. I Mathematics 365 370 if credit has been given for either MATI 1300 or 301. |3-0; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-0] 400 (3) Applied Partial Differential Equations- Laplace, wave, and diffusion equations. Conformal mapping with applications in fluid flow. Prerequisite: MATH 301. |3-0; 0-0] or [0-0; 5-0] 401 (3) Green's Functions andVariational Meihods- Green's functions for partial differential equations. Calculus of variations. Eigenfunction expansions. Rayleigh-Ritz and finite- element methods. Prerequisite: MATH 316 or 25/ 1.3-0; 0-0] or [0-0; .3-0[ 402 (3) Calculus of Variations- Classical variational problems; necessary conditions of Euler. Weierstrass, Legend.:-, anc! Jacob!; Erdmann corner conditions, transversality. convex Lagrangians. fields of extremals, sufficient conditions for optimality, numerical methods; applications to classical mechanics, engineering, anel economics. Prerequisite: 68% in MAIH 320 or in MATH 3ul |3-0; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-0[ 403 (31 Stabilization and Ojiltmal Control of Dynamical Syslems- Dynamical systems; stability by Liapunovs direct method; controllability and eigenvalue assignment lor autonomous linear systems; linear-quadratic regulator, time optimal control, Poniryagin maximum principle, dynamic programming; applications in engineering, economics, anci resource management. Prerequisites: 68% in MATI 1320 < >r in MATH 301. MATH 402 is recommended. [0-0; .3-0] or 1.3-0; 0-0] 40~ (3i Ajiplied Matrix Analysis- Norms am! condition numbers of matrices; orthogonal matrices; similarity and congruence- transformations; useful matrix decompositions involving orthogonal and triangular matrices; variational characterization of eigenvalues of symmetric matrices: perturbation theoiy lor linear equations and eigenvalues: bounds lor eigenvalues including Gerschgonn's theorem. Prerequisite: MATH 307. [3-0; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-0) tit (.3) Introduction lo Set Theoiy- Cardinality ordinals, set- theoretic construction of basic mathematical structures, introduction to axiomatic set theoiy. Prerequisite: 24 credits of Mathematics, [3-0; 0-0] or (0-0.3-0] H7 (3) Iniroduction Io Mathematical Logic- Predicate calculus, models, theories. Introduction to recursive functions The Goedel incompleteness theorem. Prerequisile: 24 credits of Mathematics. |0-0; .3-0] or |.4-0; 0-01 ■ilu (.31 Ordinary Differculial liquations-Esisyenccmchmiiiyie- ness. first order systems, stability, attractors, oscillation and comparison theorems, Suirm-I.iouville iheorv, solution of partial differential equations by separation of variables. Prerequisites: 68% in MATH 215 and MATH 521. [3-0; 0-0[ or ]0-0; 3-0] -ti" i3; Partial Differential Equations- Poisson. heat, ancl wave equations; uniqueness theorems, maximum principle, Green's function, existence for the Dirichlet problem. Caueliy problem for the ileal ancl wine equations, variational principles and generalized solutions, Fourier/ Calerkin approximations. Sobolev .spaces, spectral theorem, initial boundary value problems. Prerequisites: MATI I 116. or 6. . . standing In MATH 321 anc! consent ofthe instructor [0-0; 3-0[ or [3-0; 0-01 118 (3i Probability- Probability spaces, random variables, distributions, expectation, conditional probabilities, generating hmctions, convergence of random variables, generating and characteristic functions, weak ancl strong laws of large numbers, central limit theorem. Prerequisite: At least 68%, in MATH .521. [3-0; 0-0) or [0-0; .3-0) 119 ;3) Sloehasiic Processes- Random walks, Markov chains, branching processes, Poisson piocesses, continuous lime Markov chains, Martingales, Brownian motion. Prerequisite: MATH 118. [0-0; 3-0| or [3-0: 0-0] i20 (31 Real Analysis I- Lebesgue measure integration anel differentiation: I.p spaces. Prerequisile: At least 68% in MATH 321. [3-0; 0-0] or ]0-0; ,3-0] i21 eh Real Analysis II- Metric spaces, topological spaces. Banach spaces. Prerequisite: MATH i20. (0-0: 3-0] or 422 1.3-0; 0-0] (3) Algebra I- Advanced group theory, nilpotent and solvable group:,, composition series; field theory and Galois iheorv. Prerequisite: 68% in MATH 32.3. (3-0; 0-0] or [0-0: 3-0] 423 (3) Algebra IF Representation theory; topics chosen from standing algebraic curves, semi-simple rings, number fields. Prerequisite:. ATH a22 (0-0; 3-0] or ]5-0; 0-0] 42 i (3) Classical Differential Geometry- 'fhe differential ge- ometry of curve sand surfacesin three-dimensional F.uclidean space. Mean curvature and Gaussian curvature. Geodesies. Gauss's Theor-'ma Egregiiim Prerequisite: At least 68% in MATH ,321. 3-0: 0-0] or [0-0; 3-0) 425 (3) Introduction to Modern Differential Geometry- Riemannian manifolds, tensors and differential forms, curvature and getdesks. Prerequisite: MATH 424. [0-0; 3-0] or |3-0; 0-0] 426 (.3) Ituroduelnn lo Topology- General topology, combinatorial aipoiog., lundameinal group and covering spaces, topics chosen uv the instructor. Prerequisite: al least 68% in MATH 321 and .523. J3-0: 0-0] or 10-0; 3-0] 427 (3) Topics, in Tojiology- Homology iheorv, homotopy theon-, manifolds, and other topics chosen by the instructor. Prerequis te: MATH 426. [0-0; 3-0j or [3-0; 0-0] 428 (3) Malbema 'ical Classical Median ics /-Newton's equation, conservation laws, tlie Euler-Higrangeequation; Hamilton's princiile of least action, Hamilton's equations, Lagrangian mechanics on manifolds. PHYS .306 is recommended asaeimpanioncourse Prerequisite:PHYS206ancl MATH 215. Corequisite: MATH 320. |3-0; 0-0] (3) Mathenvitical Classical Mechanics II- Differentia] forms, sympl;ctic manifolds, canonical transformations, Hamiitoii-Jacobi equation, integrable systems, Liouvillc- Arnolcl theorem, perturbations of integrable systems. Prerequisite: MAH I -128. Corequisite: MATH 321.' [0-0; 5-0] (2-6) c Special Topics in Analysis- lhe student should consult the Mathematics Department for the particular topics in a gicen year. [3-0- ,3-0] (2-6) c Sjiecial Topics in Geometry- The student should consult the Mathematics Department for the particular topics offered in a given vear. |3-0; 3-0) a.32 (2-6) c Specal Topics in Algebra- The student should consult the da!hematics Department lor the particular topics offered in a given vear. (3-0; 3-0J 440 (.5) Complex Analysis- Tlie residue theorem, theargunient principle, cor formal mapping, tlie maximum modulus principle, harmoiic functions, representation of functions by k integrals, ser es, and products. Other topics at the discre- * lionoftheinaruitor. Pre requisite: MATH 300, [3-0; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-01 -i-il (3) ModellingofDiscreteOptimization ProWems-Formulation of real world optimization problems so thev may be tackled by siinelard techniques such as ; linear programming, netwirk flows, integer programming, dynamic programming. St ilution bv appropriate si rtware. Possible additional techniques: graph theoiy (eg travelling salesman problem, col' luringy quadratic programming, game iheorv. Prerequisite: MATH 340, \5-i); 0-0| or [0-(J; 3-0] 442 (3) Opiimiz'jlion in Graphs and Networks- Rasic graph theory, empaasizing trees, tree growing algorithms, and proof techniques. Problems chosen from: shortest paths, maximum flows, minimum nisi flows, matchings, graph colouring. Li tear programming duality will be an important tool. Prerequisite: MATI I 540. (3-0; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-0| iu3 l3i Graph Theoiy- lninxlucioiy course in mostly non- algorithmic topics possibly including: planariiv and Kuratowski': theorem, graph colouring, graph minors, random graph.-, cycles in graphs, Ramsey theory, extremal graph tile-! ny. Prerequ isile: At least 12 credits < if Math courses numbered 400 or above which can be taken concurrent!)'. \5-); 0-0] or [0-0; .5-0] 429 430 431 446 (3) Topics in the History of Malhematics I- Historical development of concepts and techniques in areas chosen from Geometry, Number Theory, Algebra, Calculus, Probability, Analysis. The focus is on historically significant writings of important contributors and on famous problems of Mathematics. Prerequisite: 27 credits in Mathematics. [3-0-0; 0-0-01 or [0-0-0; 3-0-0[ 44" (3) Topics in the History! of Mathemaiics IT- A continuation of MATH 4a6. Prerequisite: .MATH 446. [0-0-0; 3-0-0] 449 (2-6) c Honours Seminar- Independent reading by Honours students in Mathematics under the direction of a faculty member. 500 (3) Mathematical logic 501 (5) Algebra I 502 (5) Algebra II 503 (3) Algebraic Structures I 504 (3) Algebraic Structures II 507 (3) Measure Theon; and Integration 508 (3) Complex Analysis 1 509 (3) Complex Analysis II '510 (3) Functional Analysis 511 (3) Operator Theory and Applications 512 (3) Quantum Theoiy 513 (3) Statistical Mechanics 514 (3) Ordinary Differential Equations I 515 (3) Ordinary Differential Equations II 516 i3) Partial Differential Equations I 517 (3) Partial Differential Equations II 5 IS (3) Nonlinear Differential Equations 519 (.3) Fluid Mechanics 1 520 (3) Fluid Mechanics II 521 (3) Numerical Analysis I 511 (3) Numerical Analysis II 52.3 (3j Combinational Optimization 525 i.3) Differential Geometry I 526 (5) Differential Geometry II 527 (3) Algebraic Tojiology I 528 (3) Algebraic Topology II 529 (3) Differential Tojiology 530 (3) Geometric Topology I 531 (3,1 Geometric Topology II 551 (3i Algebraic Geometry I 535 (31 Algebraic Geometry II 53 i (.5) lie Theoiy I 535 (.5) lie Theoiy II 557 (3) Algebraic Number Theory 1 538 (3) Algebraic Number Theory II 539 (31 .Xiialytic Number Theory 1 5-tO (3) Analytic Number Theory 11 541 (3) Harmonic Analysis I 542 (3) Harmonic-Analysis II 5-i-i (3) Probability I 5i5 (3.1 Probability II 347 (3) Optimal Control Theoiy- Optimal control of systems governed bv ordinary differential equations. The control problem will be' carefully stated, and existence results and necessary conditions will he established. Hamiltoii-Jacobi- Reilman iheorv will be introduced 549 (6/12) c Thesis for Master's Degree 550 (3) Methods of Asymptotic Analysis- Special functions. Asymptotic expansions, Asymptotic evaluation of integrals. Methods of Laplace, sieepest descent and staiionaiv phase 366 Mathematics 771 ( 57,3 so I t.iiti mil nils ei)8 600 nil) nl! n 12 i)2(l Prereqiisites: Applied complex analysis (MATH 301 or equivalent) and ordinary differential equations. ,5) Perturbation Meihods for Differential F.ijualions- Singular differential equations Vv'KBJ method. Boundary layer theory. Multiple scales. Regular and singular perturbations. Matched asymptotic expansions. Prerequisites: Ordinary ancl partial differential equations (MATI 1 iOO or equivalent) and MATH 57(1 (.3) Iniroduction to Dynamical Systems- ideas, methods and applications of bifurcation theoiy and dynamical systems: differentia! and difference equations, local bifurcations, perturbation meihods, chaos. Prerequisites: MATH 517,.3ln, (.3) Advanced Dynamical Systems Topics from: hyperbolic invarian! sets and symbolic clvnaniics, global bilurca- ; ii ins. local bifurcations lor parua! differentia! equations, multiple bifurcations, bifurcations am! symmetry, applications. Prerequisite: MATH 552. 1.3) Syiumeliies and Differential Equations- l)ynycrisii)ir:il analysis, modelling and iiivarianee. Lie groups of iransfor- ma tii ins, infinitesimal transformations. Applications to ordinary and partial differential equations. Prerequisites: fil- eincniaiv courses in differentia! equations anci linear algebra. Mi knowledge of group liie'iio will be assumed 1.31 Linear and Nonlinear Waves- Classical anil receni re'SU lis in linea r and nonlinear waves, (ieomeirica lac (rustics and kinematic waves; latge amplitude waves in weakly si ratified media; small amplitude waves in strongly siratiiied media. Dispersive waves; group velocity; applications, Prerequisites; MATH 400 and some knowledge of either fluid mechanics or elasticity. 131 Mathematical Biologv 1- Mathematical methods in modeling biological processes, at levels from cell biochem- isuv io comniunirv ecology Prerequisites: Comjiletion of an undergraduate elegree in Hinlogie.il, Physical or Mathematical science, including basic training in mathematics anil statistics (eg. STAT 200) i.Jj Mathematical Biology II - Advanced techniques and models in mathematical biology, with applications. Prerequisites: Ordinary and partial differential equations; MATH 7(4). i Si Introduction to Mathematical Neurobiology- Cable theory Passive ami active membrane properties. Action potentials, llodgkin-llu .ley anti Fii/llugh-Nagiimo models. Bursting phenomena. Nonlinear waves in excitable media Prerequisites. Some background in ordinary and parliahlifferenria! equal ions ,\i> background m neurobiology is required. Permission of tlie insiructoi-. ,0c M.Sc Major Essay • Te) c Graduate Seminar- Presentation and discussion ol receni resulis in the mathematical literature 121 Graduate Seminar in Applied Mathematics il'-,) c 1'oplcs t it Algebra i.i-tt: c Topics In Analysis i2-ti c Tofilcs In Geometry i2-tii c Topics in Tojiology (2-ii) c Topicsin Optimization 12 li) c Topics in Apjilted .Mathematics i'1-f)) c To/iies in Differential Equations 12-cii c Topics lu Numerical Analysis 1,2-6) c Topics in Probability 12-0) c Topics in Mathematical Physics (2-6) c 'Topics in Pure Malhematics 1.2-6) c Topicsin Functional Analysis 1To i e I'opics in Mathematical Biology (2-6) c Directed Sludies In Malhematics- Advanced study under lhe direction ofa faculty member may he arranged in spectiii sanations. 6i9 Ph.D. Thesis Mathematics and Science Education See courses listed below under: Business Education Computing Studies Education Home Economics Education Mathematics Education Science Education Technologv Studies Education Business Education BUED 314 (4) Curriculum and Instruction in Business Education. Secondary Currie ilium organization in business education; principles and mclhocls ol"instruction applied to leaching business educat ion. lieicquisiieoicomplelcil concentration m husine.ss eciucauoii or permission ofthe Head. Co-reqiiisiie FD'eC 511. f'Z-4: 0-0] .574 (6) Office Organization and Injormation Processing- Ofiue organization, business communicaiion and office infonnation systems, [3-2; 5-2| ,37_1 i,3i Syslems of Dala Processing- Types and organization of business svstems: electronic methods of data processing; criteria ami procedures for software evaluation. Teach ing met in ids a nil iirojects tor sccondarv schools. Pre-or corequisiie-: liilii) lOI, 10-0:2-11 401 (5,) Curriculum and Instruction in Keyboarding I- Principles unci problems of instruction and skillbuilding on alphanumeric and len-kev kevboariis. [4-0] 402 (3) Curriculum and instruction in Keyboarding II- Prmc-ipk-s .me! problem:, of nis'ruction on business documents. Prerequisite: BIT!) -nil. l-i-0| 410 (6) Coojicrat.ii-e Programs in Career Education - Concepts of (a recr educat ion; lhe relai ion of work experience lo career education. The role ol the co-ordinator in designing iinel administering cooperative [irograms. Ml; 5-0] 508 (5-12 i c Review of Research in Educational Melhods- Studies are made of recent research bearing on educational praclice. Prerequisile". Appropriate senior undergraduate iniroituciorv or meiliods course 56! i3-12) c laboratory Practicum 565 (.5/6) A Speaali 'nurse in Subjecl Matter Field-- Courses in various subject matter fields designed lo bring teachers up to date in receni findings in each held. 3X0 (4-12; c Problems in Education Investigation and report ofa problem 590 (0) Major Pajier 596 (3-l2i c Field Experiences- I'orifio'iconMaster's.Doi- lorul ancl Diploma Programs. 599 (6/12) c Master's thesis Computing Studies Education CSED .314 (1) Currie/du in and hislrue/ton In Com jailer Studies: Secondary- Curriculum orgain/aiioii in compiiler science: principles anil methods of instruction applied to teaching computer science, Prerequisile: a conqileted conceniriiiiou in lonijiuier science' or permission ofthe Head. Corequisiie: Fill a .511. [2-1; 0-0] iOO (3) Computers in Education- Current research and praclice concerning uses of computers in education, including computer-assisted instruction and coraputer-aug- meineel Insiruciion, i.3-0: ()-()] or |0-0: .3-01 i02 13) Professional. I se of Microcomputers for leachers- Principles and lechniques of using microcomputers to improve teach ing | icrforniancc' and ciassroi im adminisl ration Students will use word-processors, spreadsheets, graphics utilities, data base programs, and other software useful io teachers. [5-1:0-0] or |0-0, 5-11, ■)20 (5) Computers for Insiruciion - Instructional applications of microcomputer programs in a variety of suhjei t areas; basic design and sequencing of educational software. Introduction to a programming language. [3-2! 422 t.5) Computers in the Elementary School - Thcoryaiul practice concerning the use of microcomputers in the eiementarv school. ii-Tl 424 (3) Computers in Ihe Secondaiy School - Theory and practice concerning the use of microcomputers in the secondary school, including software design and programming. [3-2| u5() (5) Development of Educational Software- The software development process; principles ancl techniques fur ef'l'eciivc communicaiion with a microcomputer; formative software evaluation. Students will design and develop an instructional package. Prerequisite: CSFI) i2(l[3 2j 508 (.3-12) c Review of Research in Computing Sludies Studies are made of recent research bearing on the applications of computers in education. 5t(i (.3) Seminar in lhe leaching of Computing Studies Curriculum, instruction and organization of computing studies courses in the secondary school. Prerequisile: CSF.D -itii or extensive experience with teaching comput ing sludies in the schools, 765 (3/6) d Special'Coursein SubjectMailer Field- Courses in various subject matter fields designed to bring leathers up to dun: in receni findings in each field 580 (5-12) c Problems in Computing in Education- Investigation and report of a problem from the area of Coni| lining Studies Education. 590 (0) Major Paper Home Economics Education HMED 51i (i) Curriculum and Instruction in Home Economics Secondaiy- Curriculum organization in home economics; principles and methods of instruction applied to teaching home economies. Prerequisite: a completed concentration in home economics or permission ol the Head: corequisite F.DUC 311. [2-4.0-0] ■ill (3) Curriculum and'Instruction in Home Economics - Curriculum development with an emphasis on reflect ion on practice and current curriculum issues. Prerequisile: HMFD.51t [3-0] 465 (.3-6) d Special Topics in Home Economics Education Advanced courses in specialized topics of curriculum, instruclion, and issues of practice. Prerequisite: IIMFI) 314 and some teaching experience. [3-0[ 708 1.3-12) c Review of Research in Educational Methods- Studies are made of receni research bearing on educational praclice Prerequisite; Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or methods course 31 -i (3) Curriculum and Instruction In Home Economics Advanced studies of curriculum ancl instruction theories, and research Prerequisite: HMED 414. 5(5 1,3) Foundations of Home Economics Education - A review and critical analysis of the history anc! philosophy of school home economics programs. 561 (.5-12) c laboratory Practicum 567 1.3/6) d Special Course in Subjecl Matter Field- Couises in various subject matter fields designed lo bring teachers up lo date in receni findings in each field. 380 (.3-12) c Problems in Education- Investigation and report ofa problem, 590 (01 Major Paper 598 (5-12) c Tieid Experiences For those on Master's. Dor torai and Diploma Programs. 599 r6.'42) c .Masler's Thesis Mathematics and Science Education 367 Mathematics Education MAED 314 (4) Curriculum and Instruction tin Malhematics- Secondary- Curriculum organization in mathematics; principles and methods of instruction applied to teaching mathematics. Prerequisite; a completed concentration m mathematics or permission ofthe Head; co-requisite EDUC 511. [2-4;0-0| 520 ■fl i«5 188 508 Curriculum and Instruction in Mathematics: Elementaiy- Curriculum organization in mathematics: principles and meihods of instruction applied to teaching mathematics. Prerequisite; EDUC 310. [0-0: 1-2] 372 (3) Malhematics Teaching: Problem Solving- Problem .sol vingstrategies, anci methods for teaching such.strategies in elementaiy' and junior secondary schools. Prerequisite; MAF.D 314 or 320. [3-0; 0-0] or [0-0; ,3-0] 37,3 (3) Mathematics Peaching: Geometry and Measurement'■■-■ Topics in geometry, and methods lor improving the learning ol geometry and measurement in elementary and junior secondary schools. Prerequisite; MAF.D 3 It or .320. 13-0; 0-01 <>r (0-0; 3-0] (3/61 d Diagnosis and Remediation in Elemeniary School Malhematics- A clinical course which includes task analyses of the major concept ancl skill hierarchies, taxonomies oi mathematical objectives, and the place of .standardized iliagnostictesiinginelementaryniatheniaiics. Prerequisite: MAED 320; or co-requisite; MAED .314. |,5-1; 1 -3] or [3-1; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-1] (.5) Malhematics History for 'Teachers- A study of the historical development of selected lopies from the mathematics curriculum of elementary anil junior secondary schools. Among others, the topics will include systems of numeration, methods of calculating, measurement systems. |3-0; 0-0] or [0-0; 5-0] (3) Malhematics Education lElemenlaiy)- An advanced course in curriculum anc! insiruciion Prerequisite: MAED 320. [3-0; 0-0] or [0-0; .3-0] (3/12) c Review of Research in Educational Melhods- Studies are made of receni researcli hearing on educational practice. Prerequisite: Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or metliods course, 5a5 151 Foundations oj Malhematics Education 5-C (3) Mathematics Teaching in the Elemeniary School- Recent theories and research Prerequisite or co-requisite: EDUC 508. 5-tS (.3) Mathematics 'leaching in lhe Secondaiy School- Recent theories and researcli. Prerequisite or co-rec]uisitc: EDUC 308. 549 (3) Malhematics Education (Secondaiy)- An advanced course in curriculum and instruction. Prerequisite: MAED 5 It. 561 i .5/12) c Laboratory Practicum 565 (3/6) ASpecial Course in Subjecl Mailer Field- Courses in various subjecl mailer lields designed to bring teachers up lo date in receni findings in each fieid. 580 (.3/12) c Problem in Education - lnvcstigaiionand report ofa problem. 590 00 Major Papier 598 (3/12) c Field Experiences- For those on Master's, Doctoral anel Diploma Programs. 599 i6''!2) c.Master's Thesis 601 (.5/12) c Doctoral Seminar 699 Doctoral Thesis Science Education SCED 190 (6; General Science- The ma jorieleasantl lechniques in lhe biological sciences (biology, botany zoology) and physical sciences (physics, chemistry, astronomy, and geology) While experience is provided in studying science in a sys tematic way, c incepts are interpreted ior use in teaching at the eiementan-school level. [3-2; 3-21 309 (.3) Biologic:il Science for Elementary School Teaehers- An advanced course in biological science with applications to eiementan- school science teaching Recent developments introdi ced. Prerequisite: SOT) 190 or six credits of first-year labo-an>ry science. [3-2; 0-0] or [0-0; .5-2] 310 (3) Physica Science for Elementaiy School Teachers- An advancec course in physical science with applications to elemental-' school science teaching. Recent developments introduced. Prerequisite; SCED 190 or six credits of first-year laboratory science. [3-2; 0-01 or [0-0; 3-2) 312 (2) Curriculum and Instruclion in AgriculturalSciences: Secondaiy- Curriculum organization in agricultural sciences; princ4 lies and methods oi instruction applied to teaching agricultural sciences Prerequisile: a completed concentration in agricultural sciences or permission of the l-ieact;coreqiisiteEDUC3ll. |l-2:(l-0| 313 (2) Cu.rria lum and Instruction in Biological Sciences- Secondary- Curriculum organization in biologicalscienccs; principles an I methods of instruction applied to teaching biological sciences. Prerequisite: a completed concentration in biolcgical sciences or permission of the Head; corequisite EDUC 311, [ L-2; 0-0j .314 (2) Curriculum and Instruction in Chemisiiy: Secondary- Curriculum organization in chemistry; principles and methods of instruction applied to teaching chemistry. Pi ereqtiisite:a completed concentration in chemistty or perm ssionoftlie Head;co-ccquisiteEDUC311. [l-2;0-0| 315 (2) Curriculum and Instruction in Earth and Sjiace Science Secondary- Curriculum organization in earl hand space science principles and methods of instruclion applied to teac ting earth and spare science. Prerequisite: a completed concentration in earth and space science or permission if the 1 lead: a irequisiie EDUC .511. [ 1-2; 0-0[ 316 (2) Curriculum and Instruction in General Science Secondaiy- Curriculum organization in general science: principles ard methods of instruction applied to leaching general science. Prerequisite: a completed concentration in agriculture 1 sciences, biological sciences, chemistry, earth and space science, or physics or permission of lhe Head; ci i- reqiii.siteED/IC.31!. 11-2.0-0] 3T (2) Currie ilum and Instruction in Physics: Secondaiy- Cuniculum organizalion in phvsics; principles and ineth- oclsof instruction applied to teaching physics. Prerequisite: a completed concentration in phvsics or permission oft he- Head; corequisite EDUC 311. [1-2; 0-0[ 320 (2) Curriculum and Instruction in Science: Elemen- " tary- Curri'iilum organization in science; principles and methods of instruction applied io teaching science. Prerequisite: EDUC 310 [0-0; 1-2] 380 (3) Outdo irEnvironmentalScienceEducalion- Direct learningcxp;riencesoiincerningoui physical environment, our adaptat on to it, aid our inevitable changing of it. Instructional techniques for working with children in outdoor siies. -'ielcl experiences are an integral part of the course. Trail spoliation unci living expenses will be borne bv the student,'. [1-1; 0-0] or [0-0; l-i] 409 (3/6) d Scie ice Education- An advanced course in problems of practice in four areas of leaching elementaiy science—aims and policy, organizalion and administration, curriculum, and teaching-learning. Problems are considered in their theoretical contexts. Prerequisite; SCED .420; and SCED 90 or six credits of first year laboratory science. [2-);2-2| 411 (3) Forest Flue at ion- Foresl studies in the science curriculum ; the forest environment as a teaching resource; selec tion of teaching r ites. Transpi irtatii in and living eosis for required fielc experiences will be borne bv the studenl. [3-0j 412 (3) Compiler-based Science Education- Integration of microcomp.iiers and related technology into .secondary science instruction. Apilirarions to experiments, lessons, activities, and demonstrations in biology, chemistry, general science, geoscience, and physics. Prerequisile: CSED 102, 120, or previous computer experience. [3-2] 506 (3) Research in School Health Educalion - Research in specific areas of school health educalion and theories on which health behavior changes are grounded. Prerequisile: EDUC .566 or equivalent 507 (3) Seminar in SchoolIlealthEducaliou- Currenttrends, problems ancl issues in school health education and the development of strategies for dealing with health education problems and issues in the schools. Prerequisite: EDUC ,306 or equivalent 508 (3/12) c Review oj Research in Educational Melbods- Stixlies are made of recent research bearing on educational praclice. Prerequisite: Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or methods course. 510 (3/6) d Problems in Curriculum Development in Science Education- Problems of practice in the development of science curricula. Special emphasis is given to science curricula in B.C. 517 (.5) Critical Analysisof Goals in School Sciences- A review of selected purposes of school scienceinlightof current ideas about the nature of science and its implications for scientific literacy. 518 (3) Theory and Research in lhe Social Context of School Science- Historical anel current social, political anci economic influences on science curriculum and science teaching. 520 (3) Science Learrilngiii Informed Environments- Theoretical perspectives and current research on science learning in contexts other than formal science classes, 544 (.3) Issues in the Teaching and Learning ofthe School Sciences- Conceptual and practical issues associated with contemporary cotislructivisi approaches lo educational iir quiiv in the schooi sciences. 545 (3) Research in the Teaehingand Learningof lhe School Sciences- Current models and meihods of inquiry in the school sciences, particularly using constructivist approaches. 565 (3/6) d Sjiecial Course in Subject Mailer Field- Courses in various subjecl matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. 580 (.3/12) c Problems in Education ■ Investigation and report ofa problem. 581 (3) Theory aud Research in Environmental Education - Research literature ancl theoretical issues in environmental education, 590 (0) Major Paper 598 (.3/12) c Field Experiences- For those on Masler's. Doctoral and Diploma Programs. 599 6111) c.Master's Thesis 601 (3/12) d Doctoral Seminar 699 Doctoral Thesis Technology Studies Education TSED .344 til) Curriculum and Instruction In Technology Education' Secondaiy- Curriculum organization in technology education; principles and methods of instruction applied to leaching technology education. Prerequisite: a completed majeir in technology education or permission of the Head; corequisite EDUC 511. [2 t; 0-0] 41-1 !336) d Curriculum Development in Technology Education- Curriculum and course design, with emphasis cm current practice. Prerequisite: TSED 3 Ft [3-0] alii 13/i-i) A Sjiecial Topics in Technology Sludies Educalion- Specialized topics in curriculum, instruction, and issues of practice. Prerequisite: TSED .3 lu. [3-0] ■i65 (5/12) c Technical Problem - This course gives students the i ipportunity to conduct directed study in an area within their technical field of specialization. Each directed study 368 Mathematics and Science Education 508 561 565 580 590 598 599 will culminate in a written paper. Prerequisites: Completion ofa technical specially or equivalent. (3/12) c Review of Research in Educational Vlelhods- Studies are made of recent research bearing on educational practice. Prerequisite: Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or methods course. (3/12) c Laboratory Practicum (3/6) d SpecialCourse in Subject Mailer Field- Courses in various subject matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. (3/12) c Problems in Education- Investigation and report ofa problem. (0) Major Paper OUT) c Field Experiences- For those on Master's, Doctoral and Diploma Programs. (6/12) c Master's Thesis Mechanical Engineering Faculty of Applied Science MECH 250 251 (1) Introduction to Engineering Software- Introduction to general applications software used in mechanical engineering: equation solvers, spreadsheets, data base management, computer-aided drafting. Prerequisites: MATH 152, 154; APSC 151. [0-3"-0; 0-0-0] (4) Iniroduction to Design Design methodology: the sequence oi steps leading from need recognition to a filial product Synthesis as the context of analysis and evaluation of mechanical systems. Case studies and design projects. |0-0; 2-0-3| 260 (4) Introduction to Mechanics of Materials- Statiially determinate frames and trusses; shear force ancl bending moment diagrams; theory of beam bending, moment-curvature relation, bending stress, shear stress; torsion of circular rods; transformation of stress and strain in two dimensions, Mohrs circle. Prerequisites: MATH 152, 154 and PHYS 170. [3-0-2; 0-0-01 265 (4) Rigid Body Dynamics- Dynamics of systems of particles. Kinematics of rigid bodies. Kinetics of rigid bodies in tw-o dimensions using equations of (notion, and energy and momentum principles. Engineering applications. Prerequisites: MATH 152,15-t; PHYS TO. M [0-0-0; 3-0-2] 270 (4) 'Thermodynamics- Energy resources: renewable a no non-renewable. First law of thermodynamics for control masses and control volumes. Thermodynamic propertiesof working fluids: state relationships for real ancl ideal fluids. Combustion, heat exchange, an conditioning, energy storage, anc! other applications of mass and energy conservation to steady and unsteady hows. Second law of (hemodynamics; concepr of enrropy as a property and the limits on natural processes. Application to simple power production and refrigeration evclcs Prerequisite: PHYS 173 13-0-2; 0-()-0| 271 (1) Thermodynamics hibiii-at(iiy--Hx|icriinentscv!iie-h illustrate typical applications of fundamental principles of thermodynamics and heat transfer, including the Otto cvcle, Rankine cycle, Brayton cvcle and heat pumps. Prerequisite: MF.CH 270. [0-0-0; 0-3*-0| 280 (4) Introduction lo Fluid Mechanics- Fluid properties; statics; kinematics, dynamics, energy, and momentum principles for one-dimensional flow, dimensional anaivsis anel similarity; laminar and turbulent flow; pipe flow; principles of turbo-machine flow; forces on bodies in flow. Prerequisites: MATH 152, 27,3; PHYS 17.3, TO. [0-0-0; 3-0-2] 3u0 (3) Statics of Marine Vehicles- Hydrostatic curves, transverse and longitudinal stability of surface ships and subniersibles. Flooding, damaged stability. Launching. Load clue to cargo and waves. Prerequisite- Second year Mechanical Engineering program. [3-0-0; 0-0-0] 3-i 1 (3) Ship Resistance and Brojiulsion- Elementaiy theoryof ocean waves, dimensional analysis, ship resistance and interference. Ship propulsion methods, propeller theory ancl design. Prerequisite: Second year Mechanical Engineering program [0-0-0; 3-0-0) 351 (10) Engineering Product Design- Review ot design methodology, application lo mechanical systems, generation of required motions by cam-, and four-bar linkages, design and selection of corn mon mechanical components, design for system dynamics. Majorclesign project. Prerequisites: MECH 251,260.' [3-2'*-.5;3-2*-3| 352 (4) design of Mechanical Components-Design of mechanical components lo resist static and fatigue failure. Design of welded, bonded ancl boiled joints. Computer-aided design tools. [0-0-0, 2-0-3] 360 (41 Mechanics of Materials I- Beam deflections, column buckling; Castigliano's theorem, statically indeterminate beams, Iramesand rings; bendingofcurved beams,bending of beams with asymmetric cross-sections, shear centre; principal stresses and stress invariants in three dimensions; yield and fracture criteria. Prerequisite: MF.CH 260 10-0-0, 3-3*-0| .365 (2) Machine Dynamics and Vibrations- Vibration analysis ol single degree-of-freedom systems, energy methods, harmonic, periodic and iraiisient excitation, application to engineering problems. Three-dimensional kinematics and kinetics of rigid bodies, including gyroscopic effects and balancing. Prerequisite: MECH 265 or PHYS 270. 12-0-0; 0-0-01 370 (3) Thermal Systems- Second law of thermodynamics for control masses and ccintroi volumes. Existence, evaluation and practical use of cniropj Determination of best possible performance of energy conversion devices. Availability, maximum useful work and chemical equilibrium. Application of .second law concepts to tlie analysis and design of compressors, pumps, turbines, heat exchangers, combus- tors. ami to Otto, dies cl. gas turbine, Sterling, and other engine cycles, |iower plain design. Prerequisite: MECH 270 or PHYS 156. |0-0-0; 3-0-11 5~s (3) Heal Transfer I- Steady and transient one-, two-, and ihree-dimensional conduction. Analytical and numerical solutions. Application to the design ol composite structures, extended surfaces. Radiation heal transfer; blackbodv laws, optica! propc'iiic-scrisurfaces, radiative heat exchange. Ci invective heat and mass transfer in pipes and from external surfaces; thermal boundary layers, analog between heat, mass and monieniuni transfer in turbulent Hows, Boiling and condensation heat transfer. Application of combined effects to the design of boilers, condensers and heat exchange equipment. Prerequisites: MATH 255; MECH 270 or PHYS 136. [3-0-1; 0-0-0| 380 (4) Fluid Dynamics- Review of principles, compressible flow, open-channel flow, potential How, simple laminar viscous flow, boundary layers, flow around bluff bodies. Prerequisites: MATH 254. 255, MECH 280. |3-2*-l; 0-0-0] 592 (2) ykiuiifacluriiigProeesses- Manufacturing characteristics of materials and their control. Meial forming processes, plastic deformations, rolling, forging, drawing, extrusion, sheet metal forming. Machining processes and machine- tools, turning, milling, drilling, grinding. Metal fabrication, welding and casting. An introduction to process planning. [0-0-0; 2-0-0] 398 (2) Engineering Report- An engineering report based on a suitable aspen of the summer work, as stated in the specifications issued bv tile Depanmenl at ihe end of Second Year. A fall term course Prerequisite: ENGL 100 credit arid-successful completion of the English Composition 'Test, t()5 (3) Acoustics and Noise Control- Wave properties; the decibel; hearing, deafness, and hearing protectors, noise criteria ancl regulations; sound measu rement sound-source characterisation: real noise sources, sound propagation 410 430 4,31 -til 443 451) ■t53 -i56 460 outdoors, in ducts and pipes and in rooms; sound transmission; silencers; sound absorbers; partitions. [0-0-0; 3-1-0] (2-6) A Sjiecial Topics in Mechanical Engineering- lectures ancl readings on specialized topics of current interest in Mechanical Engineering. (3) Engineering Data Analysis- The treatment of uncertainty in experimental results, error analysis, single-variable and two-variable experiments. [0-0-0; 3-0-0 (3) Engineering Economics- Discounted cash flows. Sources of funds, cost of capital. Effects of depreciation, taxes, inflation. Evaluation anci comparison of economic models for engineering projects. Replacement decisions. Public project analysis. Risk analysis. Project control, inventor)' analysis, simulation. [0-0-0; 3-0-0] (3) Computer-Aided Ship Design- Introduction tocompii- ter-aideel ship design; numerical procedures applied to form, curve fairing, stability, resistance, propulsion, motion manoevering and strength. Each student will complete a preliminary design ofa conventional ship or, wilh permission of the instructor, may undertake a preliminary design of a ship intended for special applications. Prerequisites: MECH 340,341. |0-0-0;2-2-0] (3) Ship Structures and Vibration- Structural theoiy ancl practice of ship structural design. Longitudinal and transverse strength of hull girder, bending moment, torsion in a seaway, plate theoiy, development of ship structural design, pressure hull design and ship building materials. Concepts of ship vibrations and their isolation. [3-0-1 ] (3) Experimental Naval Architecture- The course covers planning and execution of experiments related to marine vehicle resistance, propulsion, seakeeping, structural and hydroelastic systems. Vehicle hydrodynamics as well as experimental methods, data acquisition, processing and interpretation are stressed. Prerequisite: MECH 341 [1-2-1; 0-0-0] (3) Design I- Properties and selection of materials; stress concentration and fatigue; screws, fasteners and joints; mechanical springs; friction and wear. Prerequisite; MECH 350. [2-0-3; 0-0-0] (3) Design II- Rolling and hydrodynamic bearings; spur, helical, bevel and worm gears; gear trains; shafts; clutches, brakes and couplings; circuits; flexible machine elements. Prerequisite: MECII 450. [0-0-0; 2-0-3] (2) Friction, Wear and Lubrication- Tribology and its role in mechanical design; surface topography, static and dynamic contact mechanics, mechanisms of friction and wear of materials, lubrication mechanisms, liquid and solid lubricants. Prerequisites: MECH 360,375. [2-0-0; 0-0-0) (2) Fluid Film Lubrication- Physical properties of lubricants, hydrostatic and hydrodynamic lubrication, dynamics of bearings and rotor systems, viscous pumps, compliant surface bearing materials; wilh applications to design. Prerequisites: MF.CH 360. 375. [0-0-0; 2-0-0] (4) Mechanical Engineering Design Project I- Design project under faculty supervision, intended to provide experience in the design/development of mechanical devices For students in Co-operative Education Programs. MECH 435 cannot :ie taken concurrently with MECH 456. 10-4-0] (41 Mechanical Engineering Design Project II- Design project under faculty supervision, intended to provide experience in the design/development of mechanical devices For studenls in Co-operative Education Programs. MF.CH 456canncn he taken concurrently with MECH 455. [0-4-0] (81 Mechanical Engineering Design Project- Design project under facully supervision, intended to provide experience in the design/development of mechanical devices. Prerequisite: third-year Mechanical Engineering. 10-4-0, 0-4-0| (3) Mechanics of Materials II- Axisymmetric membrane- stresses in thin shells of revolution, stresses in thick-walled cylinders and rotating disks, beams on elastic foundations, axisymmetric bending of cylindrical shells, axisymmetric Mechanical Engineering 369 bending of circular plates. [0-0-0; 3-0-0| Prerequisite: MECH 360. 462 (3) Finite Element Analysis- Theory and element selection. Development of computer programs for simple problems. Utilization of existing computer packages. Application to mechanical engineering problems. Prerequisites: MATH 257, MECH 360, [2-2*-0; 0-0-0] or [0-0-0; 2-2*-0] 465 (4) Mechanical Vibrations- Response of multi degree of freedom and continuous systems. Approximate numerical methods. Frequency analysis. Measurement of vibration. Prerequisite: MECH 365. (3-3*-0; 0-0-0] 466 (4) Automatic Control- Process and system characteristics; transient response; the closed loop; block diagrams and transfer functions; control actions; stability; Nyquist diagrams; Bode diagrams; root locus methods; frequency response; system compensation; nonlinearcontrol systems; digital computer control. Laboratory experiments to support the lecture content. Prerequisites: MECH 365, ELEC 263. [3-2*-0; 0-0-0] 467 (3) Advanced Dynamics- Advanced topics in vibration analysis, self-excited oscillations, satellite librations, theory of stability, analysis of non-linear systems. Prerequisite: MECH 465. (3-0-0] 468 (3) Modern Control Engineering- Introduction to state space control methods for linear systems including modal control, controllability, observability, linear quadratic regulators, optimal control. Prerequisite: MECH 466. [0-0-0; 3-0-0] 469 (3) Dynamic System Modeling- Modeling of mechanical, electrical, fluid, and thermal systems; analytical models; model representations such as linear and bond graphs; response analysis; digital simulation. [0-0-0; 3-0-0] 470 (2) Thermal Power Generation- Steam power plant cycles, Rankine cycle, reheat and regenerative cycles, component selection Gas turbine cycles, Brayton cycle, intercooling, reheat and regeneration. Conditions for maximum cycle efficiency. Combined cycles and binary cycles. Nuclear power generation, reactor types and design. Boiler design and selection, boiler codes. Turbomachinery design and selection. Prerequisite: MF.CH 370. [2-0-1; 0-0-0) 473 (2) Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning- Principles of air conditioning; psychrometrics and refrigeration. , Heat transfer through building materials. Estimation of I heating and cooling loads. System design. [2-0-1; 0-0-0] 475 {2) Heat Transfer II- Conduction of heat in the unsteady state, periodic heat flow. Graphical and numerical solutions. Radiative heat exchange between gray surfaces. Gas radiation. Free convection from plates and cylinders. Boiling regimes and pressure drops. Mass transfer. Simultaneous heat and mass transfer. Heat exchanger design. Counter, parallel and cross flow heal exchangers. Effectiveness, NTU method. Boilers, condensers and cooling towers. Building heat transfer. Prerequisite: MECH 375. [2-0-1; 0-0-0) 481 ii) Aerodynamics of Aircraft I- Low speed aerodynamics of airfoils, wings, wind tunnels. Prerequisites: 2nd class average in 3rd year mechanical engineering program. [3- l*-0; 0-0-0] 482 (5) Wind Engineering- The special theoretical and experimental problems and methods of aerodynamics relevant to the nature of winds and their steady and oscillatory effects on structures and people; wind energy utilization. Prerequisite: MECH 380. [3-l*-0] 483 (3) Aerodynamics oj Aircraft II- High speed aerodynamics of airfoils and wings; oblique shock waves; method of characteristics. Prerequisite: MECH 481. [0-0-0; 3-l*-0] 484 (3) Aircraft Design-. Aerodynamics- Aircraft performance, stability and control, loading and air worthiness. Detailed example. [2-2-0; 0-0-0] 485 (3) Aircraft Design. Structures- Development of aircraft wing structure, moments of inertia for complex shapes, crippling loads, shear lag. (0-0-0; 2-2-0] 486 (5)FluidElow!nlndustrialEquipment- Reviewof pumps, turbines and hydraulic motors. Analysis of piping networks. Pneumatic and hydraulic circuits and components. Flow measurement devices such as flow meters and transducers for measuring velocity and pressure. [3-l*-0; 0-0-0] 490 (3) Production Engineering- Analysis and modelling of production piocesses, equipment and facilities with specific emphasis on machine tool operations, process planning, the econ amies of automation, and selected aspects of production/operations planning. Prerequisite: MECH 392. [3-0-0) 491 (4) Compute --Aided Manufacturing- NC programming and machining with MT and interactive graphic systems. Digital logic di :sign, interfacing and assembly programming for manufactt ring automation. Design principles of CNC machines, digital control of feed drive servos, real time linear and circular interpolator design techniques. Introduction to um nanned manufacturing. Supplementary tutorial laboratory!ixperiments. Prerequisites:MECH392,MECH 466. (0-0-0; 5-1*3)) 495 (5) Industria, Engineering- Man-machine systems. Work measurement. Plant location and layout. Quality control and maintenance. Value analysis. Information processing. Prerequisite: MECH 391. [3-0-0] 496 (3) Engineering Management- Organization structures. Management styles. Cost systems and control. Financial statements; accounting procedures. Budgets and performance control Project management. Human resources management. Prerequisile: MECH 391. [3-0-0] 501 (3) Thermodynamics- Thermodynamic principles, Maxwell relations, availability, irreversibility and equilibrium. Introduction to statistical mechanics. 502 (3) Fluid Mechanics- Governing equations; viscous incompressible flow, incompressible potential flow; incompressible boundary layers, stability and turbulence; compressible potential flow. 505 (3) Industrial Acoustics and Vibrations- Fundamentals of acoustics t.nri vibrations, physiologic effects, measurement, instrumentation, interpretation of data, industrial standards and control. For students in Occupational Hygiene; other graduate students may enrol with permission ofthe instructor. 510 (3) Computational Methods in Transport Phenomena I- Finite diffen :nce and control volume methods used in the solution of transient and steady state diffusion equations. Heat conduci ion associated with phase change. Computation of laminar flows. Coupling between momentum, heat, and mass transfer. The Marker and Cell methods and program presentation. 511 (3) Computational Methods in Transport Phenomena II- Transport equations in turbulent flows associated with heat and mass transfer. Discretization schemes. Treatment at boundaries. Flow chart and program, presentation. Examples of applic ition. Prerequisite: MECH 510 or equivalent. 520 (3) Control Sensors and Actuators- Review of control, instrumentation and design. Performance specification of control components, component matching, error analysis. Operating pr nciples, analysis, modelling, design considerations of control sensors and actuators such as analog sensors for moti an measurement, digital transducers, stepper motors, DC notors, induction motors, synchronous motors, and hyd aulic actuators. Control techniques pertaining to actuators. Applications. 540 (3) Marine Hydrodynamics- Fundamentals of model testing, ship factional resistance. Laminar boundary layer theoiy, turbt lent flow on a flat plate. Ship wave resistance. Thin ship theory. Direct measurement of wave resistance. 541 (3) DynamicsofMarineVehicles- Waterwaves, motion of a body in an inviscid fluid, concepts of added mass, damping, Uncoupl ed and coupled motion of platforms, irregular seaway, dynamic effects, motion, stabilization. 542 (3) Advanced Marine Vehicles- Design of advanced marine vehicle; such as air cushion vehicles, hydrofoils, au tonomous underwater vehicles, interfaced vehicles. Principles of operation, stability, powering, control and maneuvering. Individual or group design exercise. 549 (0) Major Essay- For students in the M.Eng. program. 550 (2-6) Special Advanced Courses- Special advanced courses may be arranged for a graduate- student upon the approval ofthe Head ofthe Department. There will not be more than 6 credits in any one such course. 558 (3) Engineering Apjilications of Statistical Distribution Theory- Classical and contemporary theory ofthe prominent statistical models employed in the Applied Sciences The Normal, Gamma, Beta, and Extreme Value classes of distributions. Estimation techniques and applications to engineering problems. Prerequisite: MECH 390 or STAT 251. 561 (3) Linear Elasticity- Stress and strain in three dimensions, fundamental field equations of linear elasticity; equilibrium, compatibility, Hooke's law; Papkovitch-Neuber solution, plane stress and plane strain; torsion, torsion of thin-walled members wilh warping restraint; plate theory. Same as CIVT 529; credit will be given foronly one of MF.CH 561 and CIVL 529. ►562 (2) Introduction lo Continuum Mechanics- Cartesian tensors, transformation and invariants of stress and strain, equations of motion and equilibrium, boundary conditions, constitutive equations for elastic, viscous and viscoeiastic materials, plastic yield conditions and associated flow rules. 563 (2) Robotics: Kinematics, Dynamics and Control- Definitions and classification. Kinematics: homogeneous transformations, manipulator kinematic equations, forward and inverse kinematic solution meihods, differential kinematic equations, motion trajectories. Dynamics: Iagrange-Euler formulations, Newton-Euler formulation. Control: methods of control, robot control hierarchy, control of single joint and multiple link manipulators, advanced control methods. 564 (6) Space Dynamics I- Dynamics ofsystems with variable mass, optimization of rocket performance; orbital mechanics, transfer of orbit and rendezvous; theory of patched conies for interplanetary travel; geometry of spatial orbit, orbit determination using Gauss, Laplace and Gibbs methods, introduction to gyrodynamics, theoiy- of stabilized platforms. 565 (2) Linear Vibrations I- Transient and steady-state response of lumped parameter systems; shock response; integral transform and energy methods; electrical analogies; approximate solutions; mechanical impedance and mobility; vibration measuring instruments and systems. 566 (2) Linear Vibrations II- Response of continuous elastic- systems such as rods, beams, frames, plates, shells; exact solutions; Rayleigh and Rayleigh-Ritz approximations; numerical and experimental methods. 567 (2) Nonlinear Elasticity- Fundamentals of tensor calculus, covariant differentiation of tensors of general order, applications to continuum mechanics. Stress and strain tensors, equations of motion for elastic materials and viscous fluids in general curvilinear coordinate systems. Solution of some special prohlems in finite elasticity. 568 (2) Theory of Plasticity- Yield conditions and flow rules; upper and lower bound theorems; elastic-plastic analysis oi circular disks, thick-walled cylinders and spheres; torsion; slip-line fields; rigid-plastic analysis of plates and shells, 569 (2/4) d Non-linear Vibration- Phase plane representation, singular points,exact solutions,equivalent linearization, perturbation method, averaging method, variation of parameters, forced vibration, self-excited vibration. 570 (6) Space Dynamics ll- Three body and multibody systems, stability of motion near Lagrange points; orbit perturbations due to Earth's oblateness and atmosphere, estimation of satellite lifetime; active and passive stabilization of space vehicles, environmental effects on satellite librations and station keeping. 370 Mechanical Engineering 5~I (2) 'Turbomachinery- Classification and performance of turbomachinery; momentum and energy transfer; 2-1) cascade theoiy and measurements; axial-flow turbines and compressors; radial flow machines; 3-D flow ancl unsteady How in jurbomachinerv. 5"*2 (3) Convection Heal Transfer- Governing equations for iaminar and turbulent flow. Forced convection in internal and external flow. Free, and combined free and forced convection. Heat transferal high velocities, in rarefied gases and in two-phase How. Mass transfer. "3 (21 Radiation Heal Transfer- Monochromatic ancl goniometric surface properties. Energy exchange of grey, non-grey, diffuse, directional or specular surfaces. Absorption coefficient and radiation intensity in gas radiation. Radiation between a gas and its enclosure. Radiation of luminous flames. 5"i (2) Special Topics in Solar Energy Flilizalion- Transmission of solar radiation through partially transparent materials. Focussing collectors. Solar thermal conversion. Modelling of solar heating of buildings and heating of industrial water Solar thermal storage; materials, systems and optimization. Prerequisite; MECH 4~4, CPSC. 350. 5"5 11 -3) c Sjiecial Topics in Heal and Mass Transfer. 576 (2) Combustion- Thermodynamics of combustion, stoichiometry, heat of formation anc! reaction. Equilibrium composition anel adiabatic flame temperature. Chemical kinetics of combustion. Flames in premised gases; laminar and turbulent flame propagation Diffusion flames, pollutant emissions and combustion in IC engines. 5"" (3) Applied Statistical Thermodynamics- Application of the concepts of quantum mechanics, statistical mechanics, and kinetic theory to the evaluation oi thermostatic and transporl properties ancl equilibrium constants. Investigation of the combustion phenomena from a microscopic point of view. Use of statistical thermodynamic metliods for evaluating the product distribution energy release, temperature and effective properties in high temperature combustion situations. 579 (1-3) c Engineering Solar Radiation- Measurement of the extraterrestrial spectral and tola! irradiance. Scattering and absorption of radiation by gas molecules and aerosols. Spectral and total solar irradiance under cloudless skies. Computation ot solar radiation entering buildings, greenhouses and solar energy collecting devices. Natural illumination of buildings. Spectral and total irradiance of animals and plants. Photosynthetic light. Topics to suit the special interests of students. 78(1 (3) Theoiy of Ideal Fluids- Topics selected irom the kinematics and dynamics of inviscid incompressible fluids in steady and non-steady motion; two-dimensional and axisymmetric potential flows; applications of conformal mapping; free streamline flows: vortex motions. 7,u5 (6! Aeroelasticity- Idealization of elastic systems; elastic- axis: influence coefficients; coupled ant! uncoupled modes of vibration; unsteady aerodynamics; static aeroeiastic phenomena; two-dimensional and three-dimensional flutter theory; solution of flutter stability determinant; buffeting andstall flutter; aspect raiioaiiil compressibility effects: flutter model and testing technique. 5s)6 (a) Turbulent Shear Flow- The basic equations of fluid motion; introduction to hydro-dynamic stability; Reynolds' equations; energy equations for turbulent motion, intermii- tency; similarity near a solid boundary ancl in free turbulence; approximate methods for predicting the growth ot turbulent boundary layersand free symmetrical shear flows, 7S" (3j Fracture Control for Design Transition temperature, linear-elastic and elastic-plastic theoiy, experimental testing metliods, fracture-resistant design methodology, application to mechanical and slriicturai components, 7,5.4 (3) Fatigue- Reviewof smooth-body fatigue; high-cycle; low-cycle; cumulative damage; cycle counting metheids; crackeel-biiriv fatigue theory; effects of load history ancl stress ratio; numerical crack-growih prediction models; application to components ancl structures; crack detection methods. 590 (3) Manufacturing Automation- Review of mechanics of metal cutting. Machine tool structures, static deformations, forced anc! self-excited vibrations anti chatter. Design principles of CNC machines; slate space and transfer function models of feed drivers, cl.c-. servo motors and amplifiers. Contouring anaivsis in miilu-axes machining. Unmanned manufacturing topics: Sensors, adaptive control and monitoring in metal-removing processes. 595 (2) Systems Modelling and Simulation- Modelling of discrete ant! continuous systems on digital computers. Application ol discrete simulation languages to the analysis and design of service and maniifai turingsvslems. Statistical concepts in analysis and validation. Application of continuous simulation languages to the analysis and design ol dynamic ancl control systems. Integration methods and algorithms, optimization and iterative- problems. 597 (6) Project for M Frig. Studies- Project on assigned topic of specialization. For students registered in the M.Fng. program whose project is supervised by a iacu! I v member in tlie department of Mechanical Engineering. 598 (2) Seminar- Presentation anci discussion ol currem topics in mechanical engineering researcli 599 (6-12) c Thesis- For M.A.Sc. degree. 699 Thesis- for Ph.D. riegec. Medical Genetics Faculty of Medicine MEDG .See also courses listed under Genetics " 410 (3) Immunogenetics- A lecture course covering current topics in immunogenetics including molecular genetics ol antibody diversity, genetics and evolution of the major hisiocompatibiliivcomplextimmunoileficiencydiseasesancl antigenic variation in human pathogens. Emphasis will be- on human immunogenetics. Prerequisites: IIIOL 334 or equivalent and MICB .302 or permission of the instnie- M [0-0; 3-0] 419 (5) Human Cytogenetics - A leciurecourse with laboratory demonstrations dealing with human chromosome variation as it relates io disease. Topics will include chromosome banding techniques, .structural and numerical chromosome anomalies, the etiology of chromosome errors and their effect on development, somatic aberrations and population cytogenetics. Prerequisite: 15IOI. .5.51 [3-0; 0-0] 420 (31 Human Biochemical and Molecular Genetics- Normal and pathological human variation. Detection, mapping, isolation and analysis of muiaiii human genes anci consequent disruption of normal biochemical processes. Prerequisites: BIOL 337 and BIOC. 300, or equivalent. [3-0.0-O| 421 (3) Biology andGenetics of Neoplasia- A lecture course reviewing a wide range oi topics related to cancer biology and immunology of minor cells, chemical and viral carcinogenesis, oncogenes and geneiie predisposition, mechanisms ot abnormal growth regulanon, prineijiles of cancer treatment Prerequisite: Biol 351. (0-0; 3-01 1.30 (6) Human Genetics- A course of lectures, seminars and directed studies related to tlie investigation of genetic variations in humans. Prerequisites: BIOL 33-t and permission ofthe instructor. Not offeree! 1993/04. [3-0; 3-il] 4.3-1 (3) Population Genetics- Fundamenialaspects of population and quantiiative genetics with emphasis on experinien- ial observation anil examples irom natural populations. The distribution ol genetic variance in the human .species is especially emphasized. Prerequisite: Permission of an instiuclor or BIOI. 331. AGSC 213. ERST 302. or equivalent (Sameas BIOI. i.Sii. [0-0,3-0] -iiO (3)MedlcalGenellcs- Acourseoflec'turesani!demonstrations outiining the (undainenial pniicipies of genetics as they relate to meclica! practice Reslrieleii to students in ihe Faculty ol Medicine and others with the permission of lhe Department Head. itS ('3/6) c Directed Sludies- Asupervised iniliviclnal program i if studv of a topic lo lie agrecii upon by a member of tu ulic and the siucleiit. Permission of lhe appropriate supervisor and tlie Head ofthe Depanmenl is required. 505 (3) Genome Analysis- Investigation ofgenetic informal ii in as ii is organized within genomes, genetic ancl physical map const ruction,.scc|uencingtedinologies, gene identification, database accessing anci integration, functional organi/at ion ofgenomes bom conlemporaiy, historical and evolutional. perspectives. Prerequisite: BIOL 334 and BIOI.30()<>r equivalent. 510 (3) Advanced Immunogenetics- Cell-cell interaction, inlraceiluanonti-ol mechanisms, analysis ofioinplcxplivsi ological systems using Iransgenic animals ancl molecular approaches. Same as MICB 502. |04); 5-0) 520 ii) Advanced Human Molecular Genetics Genetic variation, genome analysis, cloning of genes for diseases and normal functions, mutation detection, animal models of human geneiie disease. Prerequisite: BIOL .33-t [5-'); 0-0] 521 (3) Biology and Genelics of Neoplasia - Same as MEDG i21, with addilional seminars for graduate studenls ou current research topics. Same as PATH 531. Credit evil! be given for onlv one of MEDG u21. MEDG 721 or PATH 53! Prerequisite: BIOI, 3.3( and permission of iitsirue lor ]0-(i; 3-0) 5.30 (6) Adraiiced Human Genetics- Human cytogenetics. Mendcliaii and non-Menclc'lian inheritance, polvmi irphisn is, human population genetics, developmental genetics, our cer genelics, behavioral genetics, genetics and cvoliiiion, clinical applications of genetics Prerequisite: BIOI. 33 i. 13-0; 3-0] 5-i() (3i Seminar- .All seminars will be presented hy graduate studenls in tlie Department o! Medical Genetics. Although studenls will be encouraged to attend these seminars throughout their graduate studies, credit will i inly lie available for one vear, 11-0; 1-0] 5u8 (2-6) c Directed Studies- A series of laboratory sessions, directed readings ancl directed counselling interviews related to selected areas of Medical Genelics. This adviiiceii course mav be taken upon approval ol the Head ol the Depanmenl. 7u9 (12) M.Sc Thesis 550 (6) Concepts ill Clinical Genelicsjor Genetic Counsellor; Practical applications of medical genetics; principles, tins •- ries and application of counselling; the norma! deveiopmenl. structure ancl function ofthe anatomical systems ol the body, and tlie genetic conditions which can affect em 1 system: legal, ethical anil social issues as thev relate m geneiie counselling 560 (2) Genetic Counselling Seminar- Medical ami geneiie interviewing and famiiy history taking; decision making; family dynamics; impact of congenital defects, genetic dis ease, and i/ironic disease on iiielivicluals anil families: support groups and oilier community resources: compuler resources; cross-ciilturai issues. 567 i2) Advanced'Genetic Counselling Seminar- Patient am nicies toward geneiie counselling; lhe grieving process in response lo prcgnancc ioss, cieatli and disability; risk perception, altitudes toward prenatal testing, dealing with results of genetic testing, crisis counselling, giving had news: ethiia! ciiiemmas: legal anil professional issues 5"0 (3 i liilroducloiy Clin leal and'Laboratory Rotation- Clinical experience in prenaia! procedures and counselling; teratogen counselling. Clinically relevant experience in cytogenetics, molecular, biochemical disease anti embrvopaiiiologv laboratories 5"5 (IO) Advanced Clinical Rotation- hyilcpth clinical experience in general and prenatal genetic counselling. 649 (Oi Ph.D Thesis 702 Clinical Genetics Clinic- A rotation for three months through the Clinical Genelics Clinic dealing with the tccli- niciiies of diagnosis and counselling, and of ihe prenatal Medicine 371 diagnoses of genetic disease ancl genetic counselling relative to congenital malformations and failures of reproduction. Medical Microbiology MMIB Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, Faculty of Medicine 327 (6) Bacteriology, Mycology, Virology and Parasitology. -Descriptions of each group of human microbial pathogens according to biological attributes, clinical features, pathogenesis and pathology, epidemiology, immunological reactions, laboratory diagnosis, principles of antimicrobial therapy, preventive measures. For studenls in the Faculty of Medicine (B.M.I. Sc. stream). 417 (3) Microbial Infection in Humans- Consequences oi invasion ofthe human host by pathogenic bacteria, viruses, fungi or parasites, including mechanisms causing clinical symptoms, ancl rationale of antimicrobial therapy and prophylaxis. Prerequisite or corequisite: MICB 403. u27 18) Bacteriology, Mycology, Virology and Parasitology- All groups of microorganisms pathogenic for humans will be described as follows: Clinical features, pathogenesis and pathology, epidemiology, properties ofthe agents (bacteria, fungi, viruses and parasites), immunological reactions, laboratory diagnosis, therapy, preventive measures. Antibiotics. Defence mechanisms of the body. Sterilization. For students in the Faculty oi Medicine. 437 (3) Viral Infections in Humans- interactions between viruses and humans; prompt virological diagnosis; rationale for antiviral chemotherapy ancl prophylaxis. Co-requisite MICB 408. [0-0; 2-4] 447 Directed Studies— A special elective program of directed studies in clinical or molecular microbiology for students in their first medical year who have completed third year science courses in a major program in microbiology, subject to approval by the 1 lead ofthe Department. For students in the Faculty of Medicine. 457 (3) Clinical laboratory Microbiology- Selected clinical laboratory exercises plus seminars to illustrate the diagnosis and management of patients with microbial infections. Elective course limited to Third Year medical students. Departmental approval. 467 (3) Microbiological Basis for Infection Control- Lectures \ and practical exercises on recognition, identification, quantification, nosocomial transmission, prophylaxis of bacteria and viruses in hospitals and clinics. (Correspondence course now available) Prerequisite: MICB 153, or equivalent. |0-0;3-l] 509 (6) Vertebrate Virology- Range of virus infections for humans and other vertebrates; methods of spread; labora- tory diagnostic procedures; morphological properties; biophysical ancl biochemical aspects; virus-cell interactions. To be taken only with permission ofthe Head ofthe Division of Medical Microbiology. 523 (3) Principlesof Antimicrobial Chemotherapy- Classification, striictureandmodeotactionofantimicrobial agents. In-c!epth comparison oi factors affecting the activity- of antimicrobials in vivo and in vitro. Prerequisite: MICB 200. 524 (3) Microbial Pathogenicity- Determinants in host and microbe which affect the course and expression of disease in humans, emphasizing the relative importance ofthe host. 526 (3) ExperimentalNeurovirology- Etiology, pathogenesis and pathological anatomy of viral infections ofthe nervous system. Prerequisite: ANAT 510/PHYL 425. 527 (2-6) c Bacteriology, Mycology, Virology and Parasitology- Al! groujis of microorganisms pathogenic for humans. Clinical features, pathogenesis and pathology, epidemiology, properties of the agents, immunology, laboratory diagnosis, therapy, preventative measures. Requires permission of the Head of the Division of Medical Microbiology. 529 (2) Research Techniques in Medical Microbiology- Advanced laboratory course emphasizing techniques currently used in clinic tl microbiology research. For graduate students in Medical Microbiology. Permission ofthe Head of the Division cf Medical Microbiology is required. 535 (2) Seminai- Required of all M.Sc. candidates in the Division. 548 (1-6) c DirecPid Studies for M.Sc. Students 549 (18) M.Sc. Th'i.si.s 635 (T) Seminai- Requited for all Ph.D. candidates in the department. 648 (2-6) cc Directed Studiesjor Ph.D. Students 649 Ph.D. Thesis 720 Microbiological Diagnosis- Conduct oi bacterial, fungal, parasitologies 1, and viral laboratory tests relevant to the microbiological examination of patients. 721 Microbiological Research- Conduct of research on sonic aspect of din cal or basic microbiology. 722 Microbial lnfi ctions- Review in depth of syndromes caused by common 1 uman pathogenic bacteria, lungi ancl viruses including prir ciples of current laboratory diagnostic procedures ancl the rational use of antibiotics and prophylactic- agents. 723 Procedures a nd Interpretation in Clinical Mierobiology- This course" vill cover comprehensively the methods used for taking anil for processing patient specimens, and the interpretation of results. Cases will be discussed to emphasize and to illistratetheapplicabilityofdiagnostic microbiological techniques. 115 Histopathology of Infectious Diseases- Gross and microscopic changes associated with infections, and the pathophysiol jgyinvolvecin their development. The course includes seminars based on histological specimens. For Residents in Medical Microbiology, General and Anatomical Pathology, arcl Infectious Diseases. 726 Human Parasitology- Life cycles, pathogenesis, epidemiology, laborat ory diagnosis of medical parasites of man, with emphasison clinical features/diagnosis. Review and analysis of current cases. Medicine Faculty of Medicine MEDI See also courses listed under Anaesthesiology, An atomy, Biochem istry, Earn ily Praclice, Health Care and Fpidemi dogy, Health Sciences, History of Medicine. Interdepartmental, Medical Genetics, Medicine, Microbiology. Obstetrics and Gynaecology. Ophthalmology, Orthopaedics. Paediatrics, Pathology Pharmacology and Therapeutics, Physiology, Psychiatry, Radiology, Surgery. 425 (6) Clinical Diagnosis- The methods ancl application oi techniques of clinical history-taking ancl physical examination, coverec by lecture demonstrations and bedside clinics. Correlaton of disordered function and anatomical changes as well as analysis of.symptoms and signs. u50 (16) Principles of Medicine- 1. Systematic lectures are given by members ot ihe department in conjunction with members of other departments under the direction of committees arranging these presentations of disorders in the following groups—cardiovascular disease, dermatology, endocri lology and metabolic disease, gastroenterology, haemat liogy, neurology, renal disease, respiratory disease, rheumatic disease and allergy-immunology. 2. Bedside clinical instruction and individual work on the medical wards are undertaken in which students record case histories and examinations ot patients. 451 (3) Teaching in Medicine Educational concepts and principles re ative to planning and effectively conducting lectures, group discussions, case presentations, bedside clinics, and hi teaching. Elective for third-year medical students. 452 Laboratory Medicine- A course of lectures, laboratory periods and lemonstrations in which laboratory diagnosis in clinical medicine is studied The clinical application ancl significance of laboratory procedures are emphasized. First term. 453 (3) Introduction to Electrocardiography- Patterns of electrical activity of the heart in electrocardiograms of normal subjects using the vector approach, and their aberration by pathological states. Elective for third-year medical students. 475 (18) Medicine-Clinical Clerkship- This consists of a period of twelve weeks in which the student is attached to a clinical teaching unit. During this time the student will carry out under supervision clinicai activities of examination and study of [latients, and participate in the discussion and management ofthe problems they present. Opportunities for work in the outpatient department and emergency service is provided. Opportunity for election to work in a specialty field is afforded. (3) Molecular and Cellular Biology ofExjierimenlal Medicine-Cell and molecular function in normal tissues and in specific disease processes, including, genetic, viral, bacterial, immune, and physiological disorders. (3) Experimental Medicine Methodology- Laboratory experience with exjierimenlal models of human disease; critical reviews oi their relevance, laboratory rotations, oral presentations and written reviews. Registration requires permission of the Department (3) Nephrology- Mechanisms of regulation of acid-base balance, fluid and electrolyte content, excretion of proteins and organic substances in kidney disease; abnormal renal mechanisms in hypertension. (6) Health Sciences for Biomedical Engineers- Principles of anatomy anel physiology as applicable to biomedical engineering. (3) Gastroenterology- Pathogenesis ancl abnormal physiology in disease of the intestine and accessory organs; carcinogenesis; regulatory peptides; liver disease; inflammatory bowel disease; oesophageal dysfunction. (3) Research Seminar- Reviews of research in selected areas of experimental medicine, including presentation of student's own research results. (3) Advances in Neurology- Pathogenesis and immunological mechanisms in acute and chronic virus infections of the central nervous system; immunologicallyinduced noninfectious neurological disease. (2-6) d Directed Sludies in Experimental Medicine (12) M.Sc Thesis (3) Pulmonary Pathophysiology- (Same as PATH 518.J (3) Cardiology- Pathogenesis, abnormal physiology and therapeutic approaches in heart disease including cardiac- arrhythmia, heart failure, myocardial infarction, hypertension, atherosclerosis. (3/6) c Exjierimenlal Medicine: Infectious Diseases- Supervised individual program of directed studies in experimental aspects of pathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment of infeciiousdiseases, and mechanisms of host defence against microbial infections Prerequisite: PATH 427 or equivalent. (3) Molecular Regulation of Cell Growth and Differentiation- Cytokines and signal transduction mechanisms in the growth and differentiation of germ line, haemopoietic and other eukaryotic cells; actions of oncogene and tu- mour-sujijiressor gene products; molecular concepts derived from experimental model systems; molecular strategies of cytokine therapy. Prerequisites; MICB 302, BIOC 402, 403 or jiermission of course coordinator. 649 PhD Thesis 700 Medical Rounds- One hour weekly Departmental Grand Rounds at which educationally important cases or subjects are discussed in depth, both from the clinical and scientific- viewpoints, and also one hour weekly Ward Rounds at which problems or especially interesting cases are discussed under the supervision of the Head of the service. 701 Lecture Course- One hour weekly lecture presented by faculty members at which the knowledge of basic sciences 501 502 510 520 530 535 540 548 549 560 570 580 590 372 Medicine is applied tothe understanding of disease processes, in tlie field oi General Internal Medicine unci its subspecialties. 702 Seminar-Conference- Formal preparation and presentation of topics in small group discussions, one hour weekly 703 Directed Studies in Clinicai Medicine- Supervised investigative or academic work under a designated faculty member. "-10 Nephrology Rounds- Discussion of clinical and scientific aspects of educationally important cases six times monthly. 711 Renal Biopsy Rounds- Weekly correlation between clinical status and pathologic;]! findings in several patients. (Same as PATH 709.) 712 Nephrology Seminar- Forma! preparation and presentation of topics in small group discussions. 1 hour weekly. 713 Directed Sludies in Nephrology- Supervised investigative or academic work under a designated faculty member. 720 Clinical Geriatric Medicine- Clinical experience under supercision in the assessment and treatment of elder!)' patients in a Day Hospital setting, an in-patient assessment and treatment unit, and on an acute hospital geriatric consultation service. 721 Psychiatric Aspects of Geriatrics- Clinica! experience under supervision in the assessment and treatment of psychiatric problems of elderly patients in multiple health settings including inpatient and outpatient lonsultation .services, acute hospital in-patient units, short stay assessment ancl treatment units and specialty clinics such as the Alzheimer's Clinic, 722 long Term Care (Geriatric Medicine)- Clinical experience under supervision in the management of long term care of elderly patients emphasizing clinical care, interprofessional relationships, uni! interaction cvitii caregivers and community groups. "23 Geriatric Grand Ron nils- ie'cmre or case presentations of currenl topics oi advances in genai rit: medicine followed liv discussion. One hour iwice moiiihlv. 721 Geriatric journal Club- Review and discussion ol important problems in the care ol the elderly based on review and presentation of important current journal articles. One hour monthly, 725 Geriatric Seminar Topics Series- A scientific review of minor problems encountered in lire care of the elderlv including a literature review incorporating the most recent information as a basis for continuing discussion of these topics. Two hours iiaiiithlv. "26 Family practice Geriatric Rounds- Lecture or seminar presentations oi currenl geriatric medicine topics or case presentations and discussions oi interesting [latients which focus on principles of assessment and management of elderly patients. One hour weekly '27 Geriatric Orthopedic Rounds - Case presentation anc! clis- c ussion of orthopedic patients including brief didactic pres- cTilatiiins o! special problems as the, relale lo ilie care o' elderly orthopedic patients. One hour cveekic Metals and Materials Engineering MMAT Faculty of Applied Science Medieval Studies Faculty of Arts MDVL See Medieval Sludies under Programs in the Faculty of Arts for other acceptable courses 200 ((-.) Iniroduction :o the Middle Ages- Selectee! topk s (e.g. Age of Chailc'iiirsgne. TwclftiiCcntuo Renaissancei steici- ice! from an interilisiip-iiuaiy approach designed to inte griiie lhe major areas of history, literature, and art; topics varv from vear to vear: mleresici! uiu'enls siionlci consult the Medieval Studies adviser. Department ol 'History. 12- 1:2-11 wO (3 6i A Medieval Seminar |0-2or0-2:0-2| 449 (6/12) c Graduating Essay or Supervised Study 151 Co Pyroinetalliirgy I- Process flov sheets lor ienous anti non-ferrous metal extraction; mass and energy conservation; roasting and smelling, refractory properties, [0-0-0; l-S'-ll 263 (4) Trans/iorlPhenomena I- Fluid Mechanics; laminaranil lurhuiei-t liow; boundary layers: flow in conduits ancl lluid- ized lieils; llov measurements. Heat transfer; conduction through solids. (0-0-0; 3-0-21 280 !,3i Materials in Design- The process of materials '•election for different design criteria; [lie imporiance: of shape anil processing variables; the use of computer software in the selection process. |0-0-0; 2-0-31 350 (-!) Metallurgical Thermodynamics I- Thermodynamic and elect rod icmicalprinciplesappiied to metallurgical |iriK- esses; phase rule, heat of reaction, free energy', activity ihermoilvnaniic equilibrium: thermodynamics ot aqueous solutions 13-0-2:0-0-0] 55! (3) Process Metallurgy- Application of chemical principles io unit processes employed in metallurgical operations; technoiogv ; 4 base- metal production. A course' designed fornon-irieialliirgi siinienisie.g. MMPE). j2-0-2"; 0-0-01 552 (5) Process Metallurgy- Application ol chemicai princ i- ples to uni! processes, employed in metallurgical opera- lions; lethnologv o! base melai production. Prerequisite MMAT26I J2-3-2*; 0-0-01 360 (2) Ileal Transfer Fundamentals of heat transfer, (.■(induction through solids, furred and free convection, heat transfer coefficients, steady and unsteady state, furnace calciilaiions. heat exchangers, meiailurgical heat iransier pi-obiems. PiccquisiieCIlMIOS! i>rMECH28ti |2-0-0; 0-0-()| 561 (3i Ajijilicatiou oj Numerical Meihods lo Materials Engineering Selected examples in materials engineering will he employed loiieimnisii.lie the useofiiuineiic.il integration and differentiation: lhe use of numerical methods to solve non-linear, ordinal", and partial dillereiilia! equations which stem iroiii standard prank a! problems. A iwo horn problem session wiil jirovide lhe sludents wiill hands-on experience at programming algorithms. [0-0-0; 2-0-2] ,4ii2 ll) Mass'Transfer- I liliusion and mass liansterwilli chemical reaction; gas-liquid, gas-solid and liquid-liquid svsiems; analysis ol mass iransier processes in mciaiiuigicai operations; mixing in continuous and batch processes. Pi-icqiiisiie.CilMI.25l urMEC.IIJKO. [0-0-0; 2-0-0] 469 (2,1 Solidification- The sollciiiication process including nueleaiion, dendrite growth, soluiesegtegii! ion ancle i insii- luiioiiaisiiiieicooling.Soliiiic-aiiiin siruciiires in easi rneials. Continuous casting of steel, copper alloys and aluminum allocs St'gregauon, inijieifcctions and inclusions in eas:- ings, [2-0-0:0-O-lij S70 (3) Structure of Metals- Properties of x-rays, x-rav dilfrae- tion, crvsiai siruiiuie ilclcimiriaiiori: mechanical proper- lies ot metal crystals, introduction to dislocation theory. [2-3"-0; 0-()-0| 376 Cii Structure and Profieriies oj Sled- The relationship between strut iureaut! properties,!! Icrrousallovy; carbon, and allovsteels principle so! hc.iltrenimciii; high si rung! h steels. [3 COI; 0 0-11] .0" (li Etigti/eeiiug Alloys- The relationship hclween struc- [I'l'e anil properties in siamless sice! am! non-ierrous alloc svsii ins: aliov spec iiii.itioii.iiiii design criteria Prerequisile; MMAT-Tn IO-il-0: 2 0-tii 5~is Oi pieve I'rttusiiiriiiatiisi's- Pan-coiiirolling processes in soliiisiiiic iuin-Ji tini.iiii ins: tifinsc changes in steekcomposi- tion change and composition invariant reactions; tlie diffu sion equations and solution deveiopmenl for phase changes, carburizaiion and homogenizaiion. [0-0-0; 2-0-0] 380 (31 Structure and Propertiesof Materials- Strengthening mechanisms; heat treatment and properties of steel anil other alloys; metal failures. (A service course for Mechanical Engineering. I Prerequisite: APSC 278. [0-0-0:3-0-0! 382 (3) Ceramics I- Refractories and newer developments in ceramics Phase diagram applications to refrai tmy manufacture, use and problems. Properties of refractories. Thermal stress, high temperature su-uciuralapplications of iicwei ceramics, jti-0-0; 2-3*-0] 390 (hi Seminar I- Training and practice in public speaking and presentation oftechniial papers. [0-0-1; 0-0-1) 591 (2s Foiymersl- Thecheiiilca! siruclure of polymers; ihei- ma! properties; mechanical properties; processing of poly- liters, fabrication ficDC'esscs; design considerations ]2-0-0,11-0-0] 398 ill Engineering Rcji'.'ri- All students entering third year Metals and Materials Engineering arc required to write n.'.t i reports, one based on a field trip. Detailed information < in form, conient anci dares for submission of preliminary ,:uii final copies is available in the office of the Heat! of the Department of Metals and Materials Engineering, 450 i n Melaliuigieal'Thermodynamicsll- Theappiicaiiono! thermodynamics to meiailurgical proi esses rhcrniocliemisiisofgas mix! ures, solution ihernioc lien lisuv. iiiler-actit in paranietcTs.cheiiiica! potential anil free cneiev diagrams applied to metallurgical processes anti I hermoili- namicmodelling. Prerequisite; MMAT350 ]3-0-2; 0-0-0| 452 (2) Iron and Steelmaking- Technology and economics of iron and sicclniaking: direct reduction, basic oxygen pro; esses: are furnaces: process sequences; capitalization, sirur ture ant! economics of the industry Prerequisite: M.MAT 3<ti). [0-11-0; 2-0-0] 454 (2) Reactive Metal Processing- Extraction and refining ol reactive melais: aluminum, titanium, uranium anil rare metals; process chemistry, technology and economics. Prerequisite: MMAT i52. [0-0-0; 2-0-0] i4(i (2) Corrosion Engineering- Thermodynamics of corrosion (Pourbaix diagrams); kinetics of corrosion (polarization curve-;; practical aspects of corrosion. [20-0; (!-()-' D ■158 (2) Hydrometallurgy— Leaching, purification, precipitation, regeneration: thermodynamics and kinetics of sr pa ra- tioii sieps elect rochetnienl appiicallons. t'rcrequisiic-s MMAT352,111(145(1, ]fi-0-0; 2-0-0] 462 i2i Process Modelling- Mathematical modelling of melai iurgical processes using principles of heat, mass anil mo- meiiiiim ir.insfer. liiiiiieneai methods applied to process modelling; uiellingaiiii soluliflcatlon processes; coiitroHeii heating anil cooling operations. Prerequisites: M.MAT 5 and 362. [2-0-0. O-O-O] (66 (5) Meiailurgical Engineering Economics- Mc'ialhiigi' al flowsheet coils! iiii iii tie capita! cost and manpower estim:!- 'iion; discoiiiiiec! cash flow in process cosl estimation: ft o- noniics ofthe copper, magnesium, aluminum and sice! industry. Cost optimization. Prerequisite: MMAT352. [2- 0-33'. 0-0-0] in-8 {ly Thermodynamics Problems- Application of thermodynamics io metallurgical processes: slag chemistiy, 10-! diagrams, distribution ci lellii'ients in niatteconverting.tegii' lar soluiiuns, Cililis-fJuhem eciuauon am! rumple", equilibria. Prerequisite: MMAT-nO. [O-0-O; l-u-2j Cl 6: Welding and joining - Principles of fusion welding solid siaic welding, linizing, adhesive bonding, and oife'i processes for ji lining metals. Metallurgy of welding. Si res', es anci distortion in welding- welding design Prerequisile: MMAT3""!' ](i-0-ii; 2-3*(i] i"i (2i Mechanical Working- Effect of temperaliue, siraii; rate, state oi sircssaml strucuireon ihedeformaiion beh.iv ioiirof nicials and alloys at large strains. Criteria for work ability of mei als. Applications to the analysis of sue li hi it Ji id cole! working processes as flirgiiig, roihng. exirusion, ilc'cr; Microbiology 373 478 480 482 •183 484 488 490 492 493 494 495 498 499 550 drawing, wire and tube drawing. Friction and lubrication in metal working. [0-0-0; 2-0-0] (2) Electronic Materials- Materials aspects ofthe production of semiconductor and optical devices will be considered including bulk semiconductor crystal growth, epitaxial growth, crystal imperfections, impurity effects, ion implanting and fabrication. Characterization of the material by analytical, electron optic and optical devices. Tlie relationship of material characteristics and electrical properties. [0-0-0; 2-0-0] (2) Failure Analysis- Case studies of typical failures of engineering systems and com ponents from a pens peel ive of the fundamental properties of the metals and materials used. The importance of proper design and materials selection. Emphasis placed on failures in the pulp/paper, petroleum and marine service industries. Prerequisite: MMAT 377 or MMAT 380 [0-0-0; 2-0-0] (2) Fracture- Ductile and brittle fracture; creep; fatigue; stress corrosion; behaviour of composites; service failures of components and structures, and related topics. [0-0-0; 2-0-0] (3) Ceramics II- Crystalline non-metallic solids, silicates, amorphous phases, phase changes, microstruciure and properties such as thermal conductivity, thermal stress, electrical conductivity. [3-0-0; 0-0-0] (2j Processing of Ceramics and Composites- The techniques of processing ceramics and composites into finished products. Topics include raw materials, fabrication, testing and evaluation. [0-0-0; 2 0-0] (2) Refractory Praclice and Problems in Meiailurgical Industries- Deals with detailed refractory applications in metallurgical furnace requirements, specifications and causes of failure. Examples of problems and their solutions will be illustrated. New developments in refractory practice will be outlined. Prerequisite: MMAT 382. [2-0-0; 0-0-0) (1) Strengthening in Alloy Syslems- Solid solution hardening; precipitation hardening; strain hardening in metals and aliens; structural hardening in steels; thermomechanical processing. [2-0-0:0-0-0] (1 i Seminar II- Training and practice in public speaking and presentation of technical papers. [0-0-1; 0-0-1 ] (2) Powder Metallurgy- Production and properties of particulate metals; compaction and other shaping processes, sintering of single and multicomponent powder systems; liquid phase sintering and infiltration applications. [0-0-0; 2-0-0J (2) Quality Engineering- Modern quality concepts and trends; application of statistics; quality assurance management systems; ISO 9000 series interpretation; inspection and testing. [0-0-0; 2-0-0) (2) Composite Materials I- An introductory course dealing with fibres and resins; fabrication processes: properties of composites as laminae and laminates; designing with composites. [2-0-0; 0-0-01 (3) Metallurgical laboratory- Experiments and problems illustrating the principles ancl practice of chemical and physical metallurgy. (0-0-0; 0-7-0] (1) Engineering Report- All sludents in fourth year Metals ancl Materials Engineering are required to write two reports, one based on a field trip. Detailed information on form, content and dates for submission of preliminary and final copies is available in the office ofthe Head ofthe Department. (3) Design or Research Project- The student will have a choice between studying a selected problem in applied metallurgical research or in the analysis and design of a metallurgical process. [0-3-0; 0-3-0] (2-4) c Meiailurgical Thermodynamics- Application of advanced thermodynamic principles in metallurgical processes. Prerequisite; MMAT 430. (2) Advanced Solidification Processing- Structure and quality in casting processes Continuous casting of steel; direct chill c; sting of non-ferrous metals; near-net-shape casting; single crystal growth. Heat flow; fluid (low; development of cast: tructure; stress analysis. 554 (2/4) c Hydrometallurgy- Modern theories of comminution, leachinj;, purification and precipitation processes. Four credits will be given wtfien the student undertakes an extra project. 556 (2) Advanced Process Metallurgy- Topics in advanced process metallurgy including: metallurgy of rarer metals, vacuum and inert atmosphere processing, halide metallurgy, fused salt processes, iron and steelmaking. Prerequisite; MMAT 45-4. 557 (2/4) c Separ ition Science in .Aqueous Metal Proeessing- The theory of solvent extraction and ion exchange, membrane separations, chemical precipitation, electrochemical separations ardother techniques for aqueous metal processing will hedistusseri.N'umerousapplications from the melai processing literature will also be examined. Four credits will be given whe i the student undertakes an extra project, 558 (4) Corrosion- Modern theories relating to corrosion ancl corrosion protection of metals. Thermodynamic and kinetic phenou ena, corrosion measurements, inhibition and passivation, design for corrosive environments, stress corrosion cracking theory. Same as MMPE 574. Prerequisite: MMAT 456, 560 (<i) Metallurgical'Transport Processes- Principles of heat, mass and monentum transfer applied to metallurgical processes. Analysi; of processes using mathematical modelling and numerical anaivsis. Vacuum refining, continuous casting, blast furnace, gas-solid reactions. Prerequisites: MMAT 360 and 362. 562 (2) Finite Ehments in Heat Transfer- Application ofthe finite elemen method to heat transfer and solidification; steady state and transient heat conduction; latent heat evolution anc radiation. Prerequisite: CIVL 537. 570 (4) Structure of Metals 11- Nature and properties of lattice imperfections; dislocation theory and its use to describe work hardeni lg, creep, structure of grain boundaries and other phenomena. 571 (2) Solidification- Advanced topics in solidification. Theories of solidiii ation; eutectic and polyphase solidification; solid-liquid interface morphology; macrosegregation and inverse segregation in castings; microsegregation, homog- enizationofcistings. 573 (2) Topicsin Metals and Materials Processing- Current research topic; in the field of metals and materials processing. 574 (2) Topics in Physical'Metallurgy- Topics of metallurgical interest in the field of physical metallurgy to be selected for discussion. 575 (2) Phase Transformations in Solids- Mechanisms and modellingoft ansforniations associated with the heat treatment of Steele Prerequisite: MMAT 378. 577 (2) Failure Analysis- Procedures used in the analysis ol system and cc mponent failures in sen-ice. Identification of failure type and sequence. Corrective design procedures. Case studies jf failures with major emphasis placed on problems associated with the pulp/paper and oil/gas industries. I-.requisites: MMAT 380 or 380. 581 (2)Sintering'Theory- Drivingtcircefoisinteringitheoiyof sintering in tie solid state, and in the presence ofa liquid phase; currer t theory of hot pressing and reactive hot pressing. 582 (2) Advanced Ceramics- Complex silicate structures; ion exchange in si icates; kinetics of solid state reactions; kinetics of high temperature processes. 583 (2) Non-CiysPiltine Materials- The structure and properties of non-ciystalline materials. Chemistiy of inorganic glasses, phase separation and crystallization of glass, vitreous carbon, a norphous solids, glass-forming liquids. Emphasis on relaions between structure and properties. 585 (2) Topics ii Fracture Mechanics- The equations and concents oflin-arclasticfracturcuiiechanicsFraclure- tough ness testing, statistical theories of fracture and proof testing, stress corrosion cracking and static fatigue. Acoustic emission and other nondestructive testing methods. Case studies of large scale fractures of pressure vessels and structures. Iff) Electron Metallography- The principles of advanced research microscopy utilizing electron beams; transmission and scanning electron microscopy, electron diffraction. X- ray micro-analysis, electron energy analysis. (2-6) c Special Topics in Metallurgy- A special advanced course may be arranged on approval of the Head of the Department. (2) Composite Materials II- Mechanical behaviour of composite materials: tensile and compressive characteristics, toughness; fatigue; impact; environmental effects. Prerequisite: MMAT 494 598 Seminar- Presentation and discussion of current topics in metals and materials research. A required course for graduate students in metals and materials which carries no academic credit. H2) Thesis- For MASc. and M.Sc. Degrees— Research studies in chemical metallurgy, physical metallurgy, or ceramics. Thesis- 586 592 594 599 699 For Ph.D. degree. Microbiology MICB Department of Microbiology and Immunology, Faculty of Science Note: BIOI. lilt. 102 or 105 and MICB 200 are prerequisite to all courses in Microbiology- except MICB 153 and iP. 153 (3) Applied Microbiology- Alectureandlahcourseonthe general principles involved in the study of microorganisms and their relation to human health. The epidemiology of disease and the measures to prevent the transmission of pathogenic organisms will be emphasized. Open only to students in lhe School of Nursing. |0-0; 1-1] 200 (6j Introductory Microbiology- Fundamental properties of bacteria: structure, metabolic diversity, growth and genetics. Structure and characteristics of viruses. Immunology. Applied Microbiology. Medical Microbiology. Prerequisite: BIOL 101 or 102, or 103 Corequisite: CHEM 230 (or 203 or 213). [3-2:3-2] 302 (3) Immunology- Tissues,cellsandmoleculesofimmune system, innate immunity and complement, adaptive immunity, cellular and humoral immune responses, cytokines, T- cell activation, the major histocompatibility complex, antibody structure anel genetics, immune svstem and cancer, AIDS, autoimmunity, hypersensitivity. Prerequisite: MICB 200. [3-0-1; 0-0] 307 (3) Food and industrial Microbiology- A study of microorganisms with industrial significance. The role of microorganisms in food preservation, food spoilage, as indices of sanitation and in waste treatment will be discussed. [3-0,0-0] 309 (3) Food Microbiology- A study of microorganisms with industrial .significance. The role of microorganisms in food preservation, food spoilage, as indices of sanitation and in waste treatment will he discussed. This course is restricted to students regisiered in Food Science. Credit will not be given for both MICB 307 and MICB 309. Prerequisite: MICB 200. (3-2; 0-()| 318 (3) Biotechnology and Fermentation-Process Engineering- The technology of large-scale cultivation of microorganisms, ihe isolation and purification of products ancl their industrial application. Special emphasis wiil be placed upon recent applications of recombinant DNA and cell fusion in biotechnology and the use of novel host organisms such as mammalian cells. Prerequisite: MICB 200 or 417. |0-0;3-0| 321 (6) Microbiological Techniques- Procedures and principles associated with the metabolism, genetics and characterization of microorganisms; instrumentation is stressed Restricted to Majors and Honours studenrs in Microbiology. Prerequisites: MICB 200. BIOI. 20 land Cl 1EM 374 Microbiology 230 (or CHEM 213 or CHEM 203). Corequisites: BIOC 302, BIOI. 334, MICB 324, 325 (the requirements for BIOI. 201 and BIOC 302 can be replaced by BIOC 300, with the permission ofthe Head ofthe Department). [0-1-2; 0-4-2] 324 (3) The Molecular Basis of Bacterial Growth Regulation- The response ofa bacterial cell to a changing environment Tlie role of the cell envelope in energetics, transport and peptidoglycan synthesis. Regulation of gene expression, Biochemistiy and physiology of DNA replication. Post-trans- lationai regulation of bacterial physiology Prerequisites: MICB 200, BIOL 201. Corequisite; BIOC 302 (the requirements for BIOL 201 and BIOC 302 can be replaced by BIOC 300 with the permission of the Head of the Department). [0-0-0; 3-0-l| 325 (3) Genetics II- Second of an integrated pair of courses emphasizing fundamentals of eukaryotic gene regulation and genome organization, organelle genelics, transposons, mechanisms of mutation, recombination and DNA repair, as well as the fundamentals of developmental genetics Same as BIOL 335. Prerequisite: BIOI. 334. [0-6-0; 3-0-2] 400 (3) Microbial Ecology- Ecological and environmental significance of metabolic and structural diversity in microbes; the effects of microbial activities in nature. Interactions among microbes in soil, freshwater and oceanic environments: interactions with plants, animals. Metabolic basis for applied uses of environmental bacteria in areas such as bioremediation, soil fertility and waste management. Prerequisites: MICB 200 or 417, and BIOL 201. (This course is the same as SOIL 311 and BIOI. 400) [3-0; 0-0] 401 (3) Microbial Ecology and Diversity laboratory- The use of enrichment and selection techniques to isolate a variety of bacteria from soil and aquatic environments. The range of isolates examined include several types each of nitrogen- fixing bacteria, photosynthetic bacteria, anaerobes, lactic acid bacteria, xenobiotic-degrading bacteria, plant pathogens ancl bacteria that transform minerals. Prerequisites; MICB 200 or 417, and BIOI. 201. Corequisiie: MICB 400. [0-6; 0-0] 402 (3) Advanced Immunology- Current advances in immunology with emphasis on Tancl B cell deveiopmenl, generation of receptor diversity, immunogenetics, lymphocyte activation, and the major histocompatibility complex. Prerequisite; MICB 302 [0-0-0; 3-0-1] 40.3 (3) Molecular Bacterial Pathogenesis- Molecular studies of bacterial pathogens witli emphasis on those of greatest significance in our society Topics include bacterial virulence factors, host defences against pathogens and vaccines, and diagnostics and antibiotics as control measures. [3-0; 0-0] 405 (6) Bacterial Physiology- Selecleihopicsinbacteriaiphysi- ology and relevam methodology. laboratory projects stress instrumentation and the application of quantitative biochemical techniques to the study of microorganisms. Prerequisites: BIOI. 201, BIOC 302, MICB 321 (the requirements for BIOI. 201 and BIOC 302 can be replaced by BIOC 300 with permission ofthe Head ofthe Department). Not offered each year: consult Department or Faculty. [2-4; 2-4] 408 (3) MoleeularVirology- An introduction tovirusstructure and replication. Detailed examinalion of selected viruses including polio, HIV and cancer-causing retroviruses. Development of vaccines and anti-vital drugs, the use of virus vectors to cure genetic diseases. [3-0; 0-0] ■109 (3) Microbial Genetics and lis Applications- Genetic- maps; transposons in genetieanalysis; gene fusions; cloning vectors; physiology of heterologous gene expression; manipulation of metabolic pathways. Prerequisites: MICB 325 (or BIOL 335). [0-0:3-0] a 10 (3) Microbial Metabolism- Metabolic capabilities of bacteria, especially those of environmental relevance. Topics include anaerobic metabolisms, xenobiotics degradation, co- metabolisms, secondary metabolisms, and transformation of minerals and halo-organirs. Applied and theoretical aspects and the genetic basis of particular capabilities. Prerequisites; MICB 200, CHEM 230 and BIOL 201 [0-0; 3-0] 411 (3) Pathogenic Fungi- Morphology, physiology and immunology of fungi with special emphasis on pathogenic species. Not offered each year; consult Depanmenl or Faculty. [2-2; 0-0] 415 (3i Principles oj Pathogenic Microbiology— An introductory course for dental students. Basic principles of microbial structure, growth and genetics. Defence mechanisms ol the body, pathogenic properi ics of bacteria and viruses. Discussion of systemic microbial diseases withoral manifestations. Antibiotics. Fot students in the Faculty of Dentistry onh. 13-0:0-0] 417 (3) introduction to AjipltedMicrobiology- A first course in microbiology for advanced science and engineering students interested in the use of microorganisms for research and industry. Basic principles of bacterial structure, metabolic diversity, growth and genetics. Credit will not be given for both MICB tT and 200. |3-2i()-0| 418 (3) Physiology and Genetic Manijmlation of Industrial Micro-organisms- Thephysiological,genetic,developmental ancl morphologicai features o! micro-organisms and animai cells which make them usehil in industrial processes Pre- or corequisite; BIOL 335. [0-0; 3-0] 419 (3) Techniques in Microbial Technology— Modern fermentation technology and downstream processing of fermentation products. Prerequisite: MICB 318 and permission of lhe Head. |l-4;0-0]or|0-0; 1-41 421 (3) Advanced Microbiological Techniques- Techniques used in the identification and characten/ation of microorganisms emphasizing those of medical and commercial significance. Genetic manipulation of microorganisms. Prerequisite; MICB 321. Restricted to Major and Honours students in Microbiology. |0-i-2; 0-4-2] 425 (3) Oral Microbiology- Discussion of the oral microbial flora; characteristics of oral organisms; ecological determinants; pathogenic properties of cariogenic and periodontopathic bacteria. Plaque formation, metabolism and control of bacteria. Restricted lo students in the Faculty of Dentistry on idlers with approval oi tlie Head. (2-2; 0-0] 430 (6) Seminar in Microbiological literature- Student seminars on selected papers from the microbiological literature. Compulsory for Honours students. Major students may enrol with permission ofthe Head ofthe Department. u48 (3/6) c Directed'Research- A library- (.3 credits) or laboratory (bcrcdits) project in the linn! yearof the Major prograni witli the permission ofthe Head of (he Department. The results are presented in a written report to be reviewed bv oral examination. Prerequisite: MICB 321. 449 (6) Research Problem- In the Final Year of Honours, a laboratory investigation approved by tlie Head ofthe Department. The results are presented in a written report, to he reviewed by oral examination. Prerequisite; MICB 321. 502 (3) Advanced Immunogenetics- Cell-cell interaction, intracellular control mechanisms, analysis o! complex physiological systems using transgenic animals and molecular approaches Same as MEDG 510. Prerequisite: permission of Head. 503 (3) Bacterial Cytology and Genelics Morphology ancl functional significance of bacterial cell components. The role of nuclear material in determining heritable characteristics of bacteria, viruses and fungi. Spontaneous and induced mutations. Transfer of genetic information by processes of transformation, transduction ancl recombination. 505 (3) Molecular Microbiology- The cellular processes involved in microbial growth. Transport processes, energy- yielding mechanisms, bacterial protein synthesizing systems, conlrol mechanisms 506 (2-6) d Microbiological Research Procedures- The application of current research techniques to projects in immunology, bacterial physiology, virology, bacterial ecology and bacterial genetics. Required of all incoming graduate students. Normally taken in conjunction wilh MICB 530. To betaken only with permission ofthe Head ofthe Department. 507 (3) Topics in Molecular Pathogenesis and Immunology- Molecular biology of disease causing agents, including bacteria anci viruses, and cancers. 508 (3) Molecular Genelics of Plant-Microbe Interactions - Discussion of current research into the molecular genetics of microbial pathogenesis and symbiosis on plants. Anaivsis of plant-pathogen recognition and host response to interaction with viruses, bacteria and fungi. Same as PLNT 508 (Offered in alternate years.) 530 (3) Seminar in Microbiology 548 (ii) Directed Studies on an Approved Problem 549 (12) Master's Thesis 649 Ph.D. Thesis Mining and Mineral Process Engineering MMPE Faculty of Applied Science 202 (3) Basic Mining Methods and Equipment- Open pit and underground mining methods and equipment Development — drifting, raising, win/ing. shaft sinking Full anil partial-face boring machines. Drilling jumbos, raise-borers and raise climbers. Cutter selection for boring operations. Prerequisite; MMPE 290. [0-0-0; 3-3*-0| 290 d) Introduction lo Mining and'Mineral'Processing - The nature and scope of mining and mineral processing. Thecourse will include one afternoon field trip. [3-2-0; 0-0 Oj 293 (I) Seminar- Oral presentation of topics by studenls |0-0-l; 0-0-1] 295 (3) Computer ApplicalionsinMiningandMineral'Processing- Applications of computing in Mining. The theory anil use of numerical methods such as boundary element, finite element and displacement discontinuity are discussed with reference to modelling stress anel strain in underground and surface mines. Students are introduced to CAD and spreadsheet applications for mine planning, blasting, and scheduling. Open pit simulation of shovel/truck operations and the use of expert systems are demonstrated. Prerequisite: CPSC 152. |()4J-0, 2-1-1] 301 (4) Mine Services- Introduction to mine services- mine ventilation, drainage, air and water reticulation. Power supply. Noise anci lighting. Safety, fire prevention and rescue Mine maintenance. Prerequisite: MMPE290. |0-O-0;3-2-O| .30.3 (3) Rock Properties- Thestuclyofthemechanicalpropcr ties of rock materials at the laboratory and field level The relevance of such studies to common mining problems, geological and civil engineering problems. (0-0-0; 2-2-0| 304 (2) Rock Fragmentation- Theory and practice of nick fragmentation by drilling ancl blasting and bv machine boring and cutting. Review of less common rock breaking methods. Iniroduction to explosive types and strengths. Detonators; delay methods ol blasting. Charge sizing and choice of explosive; determination of burden. Smooth blasting and splitting methods. [2-0-0; 0-0-01 331 t'4) CnitOperations- Mmeralprocessingiinitoperahoiis- sampling. crushing, grinding, screening, classification, gravity separation, magnetic separation, electrostatic separation, concentraieriewaiering practices. Prerequisile; MMPE 290. [3-3-0:0-0-0] 333 (4) Flotation- Theory and technology of flotation processes, reagents used in dewatering practices. Prerequisite- MMPE 290, [0-0-0; 3-3-0] 351 (3) Iniroduction lo Valuation- Systematic exploration, sampling mineral deposits and estimating ore reserves, elements of valuation. Not for students in Mining and Mineral Process Engineering [0-0-0: 2-0-2] 393 (II Seminar- Oral presentation of topics by students Prerequisite: Third year standing in MMPE [0-0-1,0-0-1] 396 (3) Engineering Economics- Accounting principles, time value of money principles, depreciation and taxes, economic analysis of projects, sensitivity and risk anaivsis. Mining and Mineral Process Engineering 375 401 402 403 •131 432 ■133 434 461 -162 491 492 financing and cost of capital; optimization of product processes. Prerequisite: Third-year standing in engineering. 13-0-0: 0-0-0] or [0-0-0; 3-0-0] (31 Mineral Economics and Ore Reserve Estimation- Ore reserve estimation, graphical, statistical and geostatistical methods, mineral economics, supply/demandcutoffgrade, taxation, mineral price, feasibility project description. Mine modelling software and a case studv on ore reserve estimations. Prerequisite: third-year standing in Mining ancl Mineral Process Engineering, Metals and Materials Engineering, or Geological Engineering. [ 0-0-0; 2-0-21 (3) Mine Design, Maintenance and Operation- Advanced open pit and underground mining methods anel equipment. Selection of mining machinery. Mine planning and design. Equipment maintenance programs Mine managemenl; use of information systems. Mine support systems. The mine design study is part ofa realistic feasibility project selected in MMPE 490. Prerequisite: MMPE 396. [2-3-0; 0-0-01 (3) Aline Ventilation- Analysis and design of ventilation and air conditioning systems for mines and mills. Prerequisite: MMPE 290. [2-2*4j; 0-0-01 (3) Rock Mechanics- The principles ol rock behaviour as influenced by mining and excavation; influence of structural geology, groundwater and blasting on stability ground support systems ancl design, rock bursting underground, stability analysis, stabilization and monitoring to assess rock behaviour. [3-0-0; 0-0-0] (3j Plant Design, Maintenance and Operation- Engineering aspects of mineral processing plant design, as part of a realistic feasibility project selected in MMPE 490. Site selection, layout, flowsheet design. Laboratory studies for equipment selection, sizing anc! mode! construction. Infrastructure; maintenance; startup; operatingpractices, Prerequisile: Fourih year standing in MMPE. [0-0-0; 2-0-31 (3) Control of Mineral Processes- Application of automatic control lo mineral processing. Review of control strategies actually employed for crushing, grinding and flotation circuits. Evaluation of final control elements and primary sensors currently in use. Prerequisite: Fourth year standing in MMPE. |2-3-0; ()-()-()[ (3) Surface Properties- Basic characteristics of interfaces. Electrical effects at solid/liquid interfaces. Surfactants, adsorption and its effect on wettability. Utilisation of.surface properties in mineral engineering: flotation, selective flocculation and selective coagulation, oil agglomeration. Prerequisite: CHEM 262. [2-3-0: 0-0-0] (3) Processing Precious Metal Ores- Process alternatives and mineralogical considerations; physical and chemical recovery technologies; environmental protection; flowsheet studies. Prerequisites: MMPE 331. [-2-1-0; 0-0-0] (2) Coal Mining Technology!- Occurrence ancl properties of mineable coal Surface and underground coal mining methods. Selection of coal mining machinery. Methods oi personnel and material transport. Hazards of methane and coal dust. Use of coal mine explosives and electrical equipment. Methane drainage systems. Telemeieringand control of mine production, transport and ventilation systems. Prerequisite: MMPE 290. [0-0-0; 2-0-0] (3) Coal Preparation Technology- Review of coal classification systems. Metallurgical and thermal coals. Fundamentals of washahilitv data. Coal preparation unit operations. Benefieiation of coal fines. Surface properties of coals and their flotation. Performance characteristics of coal-washing equipment. Separation products dewatering and water circuits. Plant layouts and typical flowsheets. Prerequisite: MMPE 290. [2-3-0; 0-0-0] (2) Mining and The Environment- Environmental topics of importance to solid, liquid anel gaseous waste disposal from mining and metallurgical operations. [0-0-0; 2-0-0] (1) Field Trip- Held during the first week of September Mark based on the results of field reporting after the field trip scheduled for fourth year students. The Department provides for the cost of transportation while the student must cover the cost of room and board. Prerequisite: Fourth year standing n MMPE. 493 fl) Seminar- Oral presentation ofa technical nature. Use of closed circuit television for personal evaluation. Prerequisite: Fourth year standing in MMPE. [0-01:0-0-1.) 494 (6) Thesis/Report- Completion of thesis or engineering report based on work performed. Prerequisite: Fourth vear standing in MMPE. [0-3 0; 0-6-0J 495 (3) Syslems Analysis- Optimization in mining and mineral processing. Techniques ol operations research applied to mining uperat.ons and mineral processing. Assessment of individual and joint effects ol factor changes on concentrate- grade and reccveiy responses and development of quantitative descriptions. On-line optimization procedures are stucl- iedwithactualplantapplicationsasexamples. [0-0-0; 3-0-II 497 (3) Mineral 15 onomics and Ore Reserve Estimation- ()re reserve estiiintion, graphical, statistical ancl geosiatistii.il methods, mineral economics, supply/demand cut offgratlc, taxation, mine al price, feasibility project description. Mini- modelling soft ware and a case study on ore reserve estimations. Prerequ site: third-year standing in Mining and Mineral Process Etgineering, Metals and Materials Engineering, or Geclogical Engineering. [0-0-0; 2-0-2] 498 (3) Materials Handling- Basictheoiyanelpracliceofbulk solids and sluny handling. Case studies. Design with equipment selectior. Prerequisite: MMPE 231. (2-3*4); 0-0-0] 499 1.3) Industrial Expert Systems- The use of artificial intelligence to solve complex problems in industry. Topics covered include k lowlccige acquisition, knowledge representation, knowledge accumulation, conflict resolution. The mathematicso! fuzzy logirancl certainty factor inferenringare discussed. App ications include tutoring, diagnosis, advising, planning and [recess control. Sludents will design a prototype system as i major term assignment, [0-0-0; 2-2-0j 730 (2) Mining Aethods- A more advanced studv of some aspects of min ng methods. 551 (2) Applied Underground Rock Mechanics-- Selected Topics 552 (2) Geostali:tics Applied to Mining- Application of geostatistical techniques ti >.specific mining problems using lata obtained Irom active mining operations. 553 l2-4) cl Ojierclions Research- Production engineering, inear programming, queueing theory and applications, simulation, rel ability theoiy, game theoiy. dynamic programming. 554 (2) Mineral P'operty Evaluation- identification of variables pertinent to the assessment of mineral properties, the ititerrelationsh p and interdependence of such variables; influence of present value criteria, mining taxation, and sources of avai able finance 555 i)2) Rock Mech viics in Praclice- Case examples of investigation of roc< and uf design ancl construction in rock inclucliiiggeon eclianical engineering problems, evaluation and stabilization. 556 12) Rock Slope Engineering- Geologic investigations and field and labor, lory testing; detailed review of the mechanisms of rock >iope insiabilhy; die Influence of geology ground water a id blasting on rock slope stability; design of stable rock slopes; monitoring of rock slope behaviour: stabilization of rock slope failures. 557 (2) Underground Stability in Rock- Pock classification, geological investigations and in situ and laboratory testing feir underground development; stress conditions inn K.'k for various excava ion configurations and engineering purposes; excavathin techniques; monitoring geomeclianics behaviour and stabilization of underground rock failures. 558 (2) Tunnel Engineering- Stress conditions around tunnels at various deplhs ami for various rock conditions: site 2nd laboratory investigations: design ol' tunnels; support and construction techniclues: "cut and cover'' meihods cT construction; tunnelling machines; tunndlingin had ground; stabilization. 560 (2) Mine Ventilation- Mine air conditioning, ventilation network analysis, radioactivity in mining, case studies in mine ventilation and control of dust, fumes and ciiese! exhausts. 561 (2) Mine Shafts and Hoisting- Shaft lavout. guide and bunion selection. Moist rope properties and characteristics. Drum, reel and friction hoisting. Loading and dump arrangements, licaillrame lavout. Incline hoisting. Signalling and safety devices. Shall inspection and maintenance. Sinking hoists and singes. 562 ll) Equipment Selection- Methods of selecting equipment for underground and surface mining. Case studies and applications. 564 (2-i) d Mineral Economics- Mineral markets, mining finance, governmental regulations, taxation, feasibility sludies. Prerequisite: MMPE 396. 565 (2) Rock Fragmentation- Theory and praclice of drilling anc! blasting; explosive types and strengths. Blast pattern design for underground and surface operations. 566 (3) Advanced Goal Preparation- Thermal and meiailurgical coals. Desitphurizahon. Theoiy of coal benefieiation. Dense media separation. Coal .surface properties and their effect on fine coal processing by flotation and oil agglomeration; coalAviuer/sluiTies. Plain performance testing and instrumentation. 571 (■() Properties of Interfaces- Physical and chemical adsorption at various interfaces; thermodynamic models of adsorption isotherms; surfactants, insoluble monolayers, interactions at inteilaces and synergistic effects; electnca! effects a; interfaces; methods olcharaclcnzingsurface complexes— reflection spectroscopy, electron diffraction, eleclroanalysis, interferomeliv'. Applications of (ioiaiion, corrosion, emulsiiicatioii, tleiergency. lubrication, adhesion. 572 (2/4) d Processing of Mineral Fines- Particulate svstems. Role of particle size and interfacial phenomena in properties ol disperse systems. Stability ot colloids and suspensions. Di.VO (Dc|aguin-l.ainlau-Veiv'ey-Overbeek) theoiy. Benefieiation of mineral fines. Four crcdiis instead of two will be given when the student satisfactorily completes an approved extra project 573 (2) Treatment of Mineral Industry Effluents- Characteristics of mineral dispersions in gases and in water, dust suppression in milling and in mineral transport facilities; solid-liquid separations; removal of noxious chemicals; waste disposal systems. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 574 (i) Corrosion- Modern theories relating lo corrosion and corrosion protection of metals. Tnermodynamic and kinetic phenomena, corrosion measurements, inhibition and passivation, design toi' corrosive environments, stress corrosion cracking theoiy. (Same as MMAT 558.) 575 (3) Mathematical Modelling of Mineral Processes- Emphasis on crushing, grinding, screening, classification and flotation. 576 (3) Simulation and Optimization of Mineral Processes- Mineral process simulaiors including off-line opiimizaiion strategies; optima! How sheet design Prerequisite: MMPE 575, 577 (3) Processing of Precious Melai Ores- Advances in science and technology for recovering gold, silver and platinum group elements, 578 (3i Industrial Ex'perl Systems- Tlie use of artificial inielli- gence to solve complex problems in Inclicto'. 'topics include knowledge acquisition, knowledge representation, knowledge accumulation, and conflict resolution. 590 (2-6) cSpecial.AdvancedTojiics- Aspecia! advanced course may be arranged upon the approval ofthe I lead of the Department Prerequisile: Permission of insirucior. 592 (2/4; c Stability and Rheology of Mineral Suspeusious- Finc jiarticle svsiems in mineral processing. DI.VO (Dejaguin-Lanriau-Vcivey-Overbcek I theory-. I leave media 376 Mining and Mineral Process Engineering rheology. Effect of pulp rheology on wet grinding. Coal/ water slurries. Fine coal agglomeration during pipelining Four credits instead of two will be given when the student satisfactorily completes an approved extra project. 596 (0) Engineering Report- An engineering report on a research or design topic under the supervision of a faculty member. 597 (6) Engineering Project- A project involving laboratory, pilot plant or field work is to be completed in close collaboration with an academic adviser. For M.Eng. students only. 598 (2) Seminar- Presentation and discussion of current topics in mining and mineral process engineering research. Attendance of all students proceeding to graduate degrees in the Department is required during each year of residence. 599 Thesis- For M.A.Sc. degree. Research studies in mining or mineral process engineering. 699 Thesis- For Ph.D. Degree, Modern Languages Education See Language Education, Modern Languages Education Music MUSC School of Music, Faculty of Arts 100 (2) Theory oj Music I- Review of basic concepts and of rudiments of notation. The study of elementaiy diatonic harmony through work in bass realization and melody harmonization. Analysis of phrasestructures and small forms. Drills in score reading. Restricted to B.Mus. and H.A. in Music students. [3-0; 0-0] 101 (2j Theory of.Music II- Continued study of diatonic harmony, to include treatment of all diatonic triads and sevenths, principles of voice-leading, and techniques of contrapuntal expansion. Analysis of short movements in binary and ternary form. Drills in score reading. Prerequisite: MUSC 100. [0-0; 3-0J 102 (2) Class Strings- Group instruction in music performance (Restricted to B.Mus. students) [2-0; 2-0] 103 (3) Introduction lo Ihe Theory- of Music- Concepts of rhythm, pitch, timbre, and texture. Notation and aural recognition of rhythmic and pitch patterns. Basic princijiles of melody and form. This course is not applicable to the B.Mus. degree. [3-0; 0-0] 104 (3) Introduction to Diatonic Harmony- Triads, keys, ancl elementary harmony in Western music. Musicianship (sightsinging, dictation, and keyboard). Elements of form and orchestration. Students choose between a two-hour laboratory in musicianship and a one-hour laboratory in composition in historical styles. Students aiming at elementaiy teaching certification should take the musicianship laboratory. This course is not applicable to the B.Mus. degree. Prerequisite: MUSC 103 or permission of the instructor. [0-0; 3-1) or (0-0; 3-2] 105 (2) Aural Skills I- Deveiopmenl of aural perception in reinforcement of MUSC 100 and 101, which are taken concurrently with this course. Out-of-context recognition of intervals and chords. Melodic, two-part, and harmonic dictation, Sightsinging. Aural analysis of form andstructure. Restricted to B.Mus. and B.A. in Music students. [0-2; 0-2] 106 (3/6) d Introduction to Music Composition- Projects in music composition as exercises or extended pieces representing various styles and media of performance. Ability to read music is required. Not for credit toward the B.Mus. or BA. degree in Music. [3-01 or [3-0; 3-0] 107 (3/6) A Composition I- An introduction to musical composition. Prerequisite: permission ofthe Composition Division based on submission of scores. [2-0] or [2-0; 2-0] 112 (2) Class Brasses and Percussion- Group instruction in music performance (Restricted to B.Mus. students) [3-0; 3-0) 120 (3) Music in Society- Anintroductorysurveyofmustcand musical values in Western and selected non-Western societies through humanistic, cultural, historical, and musical- analytical perspectives. [3-0; 0-0] 121 (3) History of Music I- The development of European music- from Greek antiquity to circa 1600. [0-0; 3-0] 122 (2) Class Woodwinds- Group instruction in music performance (Restricted to B.Mus. studenls) [2-0; 2-0] 131 (2) ClassVoice- Group instruction in music performance. Required of all first-time secondaiy voice students. (Restricted to B.Mus. students) [2-3; 2-3] 133 (2) Opera Repertoire I- A musico-dramatic study and analysis of representative works in the international operatic thealre from 1600 to the present, through musical, literary and graphic sources. Each sequential year of study, the student is expected to show increased facility in musical and dramatic analysis as well as a greater understanding of the works under examination. Open io studenls outside the B.Mus. program by permission ofthe instructor. [2-0; 2-0] 1.36 (2/4) APiano Repertoire I- Performance and discussion of the repertoire for string-keyboard instruments essential to the performer and teacher. Special attention to matters of structure, style, and performance practices. Required of piano performance majors and open to piano concentrators, space permitting. First term prerequisite to second. |3-0] or (3-0: 3-0] 141 (2) Class Piano 1- Required of all first-time secondaiy voice students. [2-3; 2-31 149 (2) Keyboard Harmony and Transposition- Designedfor the keyboard performance major and keyboard concentrator in General Studies. [0-1; 0-l| 150 (4) Large Instrumental Ensemble - Symphony Orchestra or Wind Ensemble. Maybe repeated for credit in accordance with prograni requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. Open to other students by audition, with credit, as stipulated by their faculties. [0-4; 0-4] 131 (2) Universily Chamber Orchestra- May be repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. Open to other students by audition, with credit, as stipulated by their faculties. [0-4; 0-4] 173 (4) Universily Singers- May be repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. Open lo other students by audition, with credit, as stipulated by their faculties. [0-5; 0-51 154 (31 Universily Choral Group- Maybe repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. Open to other students by audition, with credit, as stipulated by their faculties. [0-4.5; 0-4.5] '155 (4) Universily Chamber Singers- May be repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for B.Mus. or B.A in Music. Open to other students by audition, with credii, as stipulated by their faculties, [0-4.5; 0-4.5] 156 (2) Instrumental Collegium Musicum Ensemble - May be repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. Open to other students by audition, with credit, as stipulated by their faculties. [0-4; 0-41 157 (2) Vocal Collegium Musicum Ensemble- May be repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. Open to other students by audition, with credit, as stipulated bv their faculties. [0-4; 0-4] 159 (2) Universily Chamber Strings- May be repeated for credit in accordance with prograni requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. Open to other students by audition, with credii, as stipulated by their faculties. [0-2; 0-2] 160 (2) String Chamber Ensembles.- May be repeated for credit in accordance wilh program requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. Open to other students by audition, with credit, as stipulated by their faculties. [0-4; 0-4] 161 (2) Piano Chamber Ensembles- May be repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. Open to other students by audition, with credit, as stipulated by their faculties. (0-4; 0-4] 162 (2) Wind and Percussion Chamber Ensembles- Maybe repeated for credit in accordance with program requirements for B.Mus. or B.A. in Music. Open to other students by audition, with credit, as stipulated by their faculties. [6-4; 0-4] 163 (2) Contemporary Players- Performance of contemporary music. An ensemble of variable size, including both instrumentalists and singers, will be formed to present several concerts of 20th-centurymusicduringthe academic year. (0-4; 0-4] 164 (2) Stage Band- Performance techniques and repertoire ofthe jazz ensemble. [0-4; 0-4] 165 (2) Asian Music Ensemble- Study of Asian music, with training in instrumental techniques and ensemble performance. The music of one major Asian civilization, often Chinese, will be emphasized. Students should consult the instructor for particulars. [0-2; 0-2] 166 (1) Intensive Chamber Ensemble- Intensive coaching in chamber ensemble for advanced players. Performance of works prepared is expected. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Co-requisite: any small ensemble: MUSC 160,161, or 162. [0-3] 169 (1) Intensive Specialized Chamber Ensemble- Intensive ^Reaching in specialized chamber ensemble for advanced players. Performance of works prepared is expected. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Co-requisite: any specialized ensemble: MUSC 151,156, 157, 159, 163, 164, or 165. [0-3] 170 (2) Lyric Diction- A study of the basic phonetics and accepted principles of lyric diction of the four languages most commonly used in concert and operatic repertoire: French, German, Italian, and English, [2-0; 2-0] 171 (2) Music Performance (Secondary)- Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. This course also lists as MUSC 271, 371 and 471. [0-.5;0-.5] 172 (4) Music Performance (Secondary)- Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. This course also lists as MUSC 272, 372 and 472. [0-1; 0-1] 173 (6) Music Performance (Secondary)- Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. This course also lists as MUSC 273, 373 and 173. [0-T5; 0-l.5[ 181 (2) Music Performance (Concentration)- Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. This course also lists as MUSC 281.381 and 481. [0-.5; 0-.5] 182 (4) Music Performance (Concentration)- Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. This course also lists as MUSC 282.382 and 482. [0-1; 0-1] 183 (6) Music Performance (Concentration)- Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. This course also lists as MUSC 283.383 and 483. [0-1.5; 0-1.5] 184 (8) Music Performance (Concentration)- Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. This course also lists as MUSC 284.384 and 484. [0-1.5; 0-1.5) 191 (2) Music Performance (Major)- Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. This course also lists as MUSC 291,391 and 491. [0-.5; 0-.5] 192 (4) Music Performance (Major)- Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. This course also lists as MUSC 292,392 and 492. [0-1; 0-1] 193 (6) Music Performance (Major)- Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. This course also lists as MUSC 293,393 and 493. [0-1.5; 0-1.5] 194 (8) Music Performance (Major)- Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. This course also lists as MUSC 294,394 and 494. 10-1.5; 0-1,5] 195 (10) Music Performance (Major)- Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. This course also lists as MUSC 295, Music 377 395 and 495. [0-1.5; 0-1.5] 200 (2) Theory of Music III- Chromatic and contrapuntal expansions of diatonic harmony, to include tonicization and modulation, conventional chromatic chords, sequential progression, and advanced voice-leading techniques. Analysis of sonata forms. Drills in score reading. Prerequisite; MUSC 101. [3-0; 0-0] 201 (2) Theory of Music IV- Continued study of chromatic tonal harmony, including further consideration of standard chords and devices. Study of works or section of works, e.g., development sections, of fluctuant tonal contents. Continued analysis of sonata form with consideration of other large- forms. Drills in score reading. Prerequisite: MUSC 200. [0-0; 3-0] 203 (3) Melody, Counterpoint, and Harmony- Formal, technical, and stylistic principles. Students choose between a two-hour laboratory in musicianship (sightsinging, dictation, and keyboard) and a one-hour laboratory in composition in historical styles. B.Mus. (General Studies: Elementary Education Stream) students should take the musicianship laboratory. This course is not applicable to the B.Mus degree. Prerequisite: MUSC 104 or permission of the instructor. [3-1] or [3-2; 0-0] 204 (3) Introduction to Chromatic Harmony and 20th-century Techniques- Formal, technical, and stylistic principles of chromatic tonal music and selected music ofthe 20th century. Students choose between a two-hour laboratory in musicianship (sightsinging, dictation, and keyboard) and a one-hour laboratory in composition in historical styles. B.Mus. (General Studies: Elementary Education Stream) students should take the musicianship laboratory. This course is not applicable to the B.Mus. degree. Prerequisite: MUSC 203 or permission of the instructor. [0-0; 3-1] or [0-0; 3-2] 205 (2) Aural Skills II- Development of aural perception in reinforcement of MUSC 200 and 201, which are normally taken concurrently with this course. A continuation of MUSC 105. Prerequisite: MUSC 105. (0-2; 0-2] 207 (3/6) c Composition II- Continuation of MUSC 107. Prerequisite: Completion of MUSC 107 and permission of Composition Division based on submission of scores. First term prerequisite to second. [0-1] or (0-1; 0-1] 220 (3) History of Music ll- The development of European music from circa 1600 to circa 1800. Prerequisite: MUSC 121. [2-1;0-0] 221 (3) History of Music III- The development of European music, and its offshoots in the Americas, from circa 1800 to the present. Prerequisite: MUSC 220. [0-0; 2-1] 225 (5) Masterworks of Western Music- A survey in one ofthe major genres of Western music. Not for credit toward the B.Mus. or B.A. degree in Music, [3-0] 233 (2) Accompanying on the Harpsichord I- Basic techniques and styles of continuo playing. Open to keyboard playetswithnopreviousharpsichordexperience. Prerequisite: MUSC 149 or permission of instructor. [0-2; 0-2] 235 (2) Opera Repertoire II- See MUSC 135. 236 (2/4) d Piano Repertoire II- Continuation of MUSC 136. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 241 (2) Class Piano 11- Continuation of MUSC 141. [2-3; 2- 3] 249 (2) Keyboard Accompanying I- Accompanying on the piano or organ. [0-1; 0-1] 300 (3) Theory of Music V- Techniques and theoretical concepts underlying major compositional developments from about 1890 to 1950. Exercises in analysis and composition. Continued training in related aural skills. Prerequisite: MUSC 201. [3-0; 0-0] 301 (3) Theory of Music VI- Techniques and theoretical concepts underlying major compositional developments from 1950 to the present. Exercises in analysis and composition. Continued training in related aural skills. Prerequisite; MUSC 300. [0-0; 3-0] 305 (2) Readings in Orchestral Repertoire- Alaboratorycourse designed prim arily for orchestral wind and percussion performance majc irs. Emphasis on reading a large cross-section of standard orchestral repertoire with further emphasis given to music currently being programmed by local professional orchestras. [0-1; 0-1] 307 (3/6) c Composition III- Continuation of MUSC 207. Prerequisite: Completion of MUSC 207 and permission of Composition division based on submission of scores. [0-1] or [0-1; (-1] 309 (2) Instrumt ntation- The study oi string, woodwind, brass and pen ussion instruments; orchestral sections and scoring forvar ous small ensembles. Activities include demonstrations of instruments, scoring projects, analysis and listening. For credit towards the B.Mus. and the B.A. in Music; not open to other students. Prerequisites; MUSC 201 and com aletion of the second-year piano requirement. [2-0; 1-0] 310 (2) Orchestration- The study of orchestration through the analysis of orchestral works, listening and scoring projects. Activi ties also include choral arranging and scoring for stage band and wind ensemble. Prerequisite: MUSC 309. [0-0; 2-3] 311 (4) Choral Conducting- Choral conducting techniques and practices. For credii: towards the B.Mus. and the B.A. in Music; not open to other students. Only one of the courses MUSC 311 and MUSC 312 may be applied for credit towards the B.Mus. and the B.A. in Music. Prerequisites: MUSC 201 and completic n of the second-year piano requirement. [2-0; 2-0] 312 (4) Instrumental Conducting- Instrumental conducting techniques and practices. Eorcredit towards the B.Mus. and the B.A. in Mu.iC; not open to other sludents. Only one of the courses MUSC 311 and MUSC 312 may be applied for credit towards he B.Mus. and the B.A. in Music. Prerequisites: MUSC 201 and completion ofthe second-year piano requirement. [2-0; 2-0] 319 (3/6) d Introduction to Electroacoustic Music- Study of acoustics, audio technology, and electroacoustic composition. Composition of original works using facilities of the UBC Electroacoustic Music Studio. Pterequisites: MUSC 201 and permission of inslructor. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 320 (3) Computer Music- The study of computer applications to music, focussing on digital synthesis techniques and languages, methods of algorithmic composition, and the design of musi .'editors. Prerequisite: MUSC 319 or permission of instructor. [3-0] 321 (i/GjAMusicAppreciattori, Twentieth-Century- Designed for students with little or no musical background. Not for credit toward i he B.Mus. or B.A. degree in Music. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 324 (3) Music and Civilization I- Development of music in relation to theother arts, science, philosophy, literature and history: Ancient Greece, the Middle Ages, and the Renaissance. Not for credit toward the B.Mus. or B.A. degree in Music. [3-0; 0-0] 325 (3) Music and Civilization II- A continuation of MUSC 324, dealing w th Europe after 1600. Not for credit toward the B.Mus. or l.A. degree in Music. [0-0; 3-0] 326 (3/6) d Music Appreciation- An introductory course for which previous musical background is helpful, but not required. Cements include a discussion of musical concepts, evolution of forms style, and media anci detailed study of selected works from the concert repertoire. Popular forms of music (jazz, folk, rock, etc.) not included. Not for credit towa. ds the B.Mus. or B.A. in Music degrees. [3- 0] or |3-0; 3-0J 327 (3/6) d Liturgical Music 1- Music of the Eastern and Western liturgies from earliest times to the Reformation. Prerequisite: MUSC 121. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 328 (3) WorldMwic Cultures- Introduction lo the principles of ethnomusic ilogy and an examination of two contrasting musical traditi ins (e.g., North American Indian and Japa nese) . For credit toward the B.Mus. and the BA. in Music but open to students not majoring in music with third-year standing. Non-music students should have some knowledge of music rudiments. [3-0; 0-0] 330 (3) Music inVancouver's Ethnic Communities- Examination of music within the ethnic context as found in the urban environment ofVancouver. The musics of several traditions (e.g., Chinesejewish, English folk) will be studied together with the social issues surrounding their preservation. For credit toward the B.Mus. and the B.A. in Music, but open to students not majoring in music. [3-0] 331 (2) Workshop in World Rhythm- Theoiy and practice of selected rhythmic systems of world music cultures, focusing on West African drumming, and including other systems such as Indian Tala and Peking opera percussion. Prerequisite: MUSC 201. [0-0; 0-3] 333 (2) Accompanying on the Harpsichord II- Continuation of MUSC 233 with emphasis on more advanced continuo and obbligato techniques. Prerequisite: MUSC 233- [0-2; 0-2] 335 (2) Opera Repertoire HI- See MUSC 135. 336 (2/4) d Opera Theatre Techniques- Designed to meet the needs of singers in opera and lyric theatre. Stage techniques associated with the musical theatre of various historical periods, and as conditioned by structural elements of mu- si«|2-l[ or (2-1; 2-1] 339 (3/6) A Opera Workshop I- Participation in performances by the School. Open also to students outside Music without credit, after audition. [2-3; 2-3] 345 (3) Aesthetics and Practice of Film Music- Not for credit towards the B.Mus. or the B.A. in Music. [3-0] 349 (2) Keyboard Accompanying 11- Continuation of MUSC 249. [0-1; 0-1] 350 (3/6) d Early Christian and Medieval Music- Early notations and musical developments from early Christian times to 1400. Prerequisite: MUSC 121. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 352 (3) Late Medieval and Early Renaissance Music- Sacred and secular music, vocal and instrumental. Prerequisite: MUSC 121. |3-0] 353 (3J Renaissance Music from 1500 to 1620- Sacred and secular music, vocal and instrumental. Prerequisite: MUSC 121. |3-0] 354 (3) Baroque Music- Prerequisite; MUSC 220. [3-0] 355 (5) Classical Music- Prerequisite: MUSC 220. [3-0] 356 (3) Romantic Music- Prerequisite: MUSC 221 [3-0] 357 (3) Twentieth-Century Music- Prerequisite: MUSC 221. |3-0] 363 (4) History and Repertoire of the Guitar and Related Instruments- A chronological survey, from the Renaissance to the present day, of music for the guitar and related instruments and of the development of the instruments themselves. Instruments considered include Renaissance and Baroque lutes, the vihuela, and early types of guitar as well as the modern six-string guitar. Musical forms and genres, national schools, and the works of principal composers of every period are explored and attention is given to national systems, continuo realization, historical ornamentation, and pedagogical svstems. Prerequisite: MUSC 221. [3-0; 3-0] 365 (2) Song Repertoire!- An exploration ofthe solo art song repertoire from 1600 to the Romantic period. Repertoire essential to the performer and teacher will be studied through live and recorded performance with special attention given to poetic content and musical style. Prerequisite: MUSC 221. [2-0; 2-0] 402 (3/6) c Special Projects- For fourth-year students who receive permission ofthe Director of the School of Music to do advanced studies in their Major field. [0-3] or [0-3; 0-3] 403 (3/6) d Selected Topics in Music- See School of Music schedule for description and prerequisites. Restricted to B. 378 Music Mus. and B.A. in Music students. i(16 (2'4i d Conducting II- Advanced, choral and orchestra! conciuctingtcchniqiiesand rehearsal practices. Prerequisite: MI'SC 31) or MUSC .312, and permission ofthe instruclor. (2-0] or |2-0: 2-0] 407 (3/6) c Composition IV— Continuation of MUSC 30c First term prerequisite to second. ]0-l| or [0-1. 0-1] (09 13/6) A jazz Theoiy and Arranging- Jazz scales, chord relationships, substitutions, iirciiesiranon. listening, and score anaivsis, Result: led to B.Mus, and B.A. in Music students. Prerequisite: Ml SC 201. [3-0] or [5-0: 3-0] 410 (3/6) d Sjiecial Topics in the Analysis of tonal Musw- Significant 20th-century coin epis and methods of analysis nf 18th-and 19th-century music, esploi'eii through selected readings and practical exercises. Prerequisite: Ml ISC 301 or permission of instructor Mai be repeated for credii. [3-0] 111 (3) llomojihoiilc: Forms-- Study u! harmonic ancl formal models Irom the lale Itilhanil !9t 11 centuries. Willi exercises ni composition. I .erceiuisilc; MUSC 201 or permission o! instructor. [3-0] 412 (3) lale Romantic Harmony- Study of harmonic concepts ancl devices of highly chromatic music, with exercises in composition. Prerequisite: MUSC 300 or permission of instructor. [3-0] (13 (3i Studies in Music P)i!UP-)n- Analytical techniques and theories of pitch and rhythm appropriate to various styles emergent in the first half of the 20th century. Prerequisile: MUSC 301 or permission of insiructoi-. (3-0] ill (4.) Renaissance Counterpoint Studv of tiith-ccntury coin rajiuntal procedures and lechniques, ancl melodic structure. Composition of representative iornis. Prerequisite: MUSC 201 or permission of instructor. |3-0] •t!7 (3) Baroque Counterjioiril- Studv of late Till-and early ISth-centuiy contrapuntal procedures and techniques, and melodic structure. Composition of representative forms. Prerequisite: MUSC 201 or permission ol instructor. [5-0] -i\~ i.Vti) A Musical Scoringfor Film- Addresses the practical aspects of composing music for film ilirciugh assignments of written scores. Precc(.|!iisiles: Ml 'SC 419, and permission of die instructor. 15-it 3-0] ■i27 13/61 A Liturgical Music II- Music of the Western liturgies from the Reformation to the present day, including a study of livinnologv. Prerequisite: MUSC 221. J3-0] or [3-0,3-0| ■|2X (3/6) A Area Studies in Filmic Musics- The histoiy, theory, style, organology, and forms of the music of a particular culture in its aesthetic and cultural context, e.g. music of China, or Japan, or Korea, or Indonesia, or Middle East. Students should consult the School as to which music cull lire will lie covered in a particular year. Prercquisiie: MUSC 328, |3-0| or 13-0; 5-0j (30 (3/6) d Major Comjiosers- The musical works of no more than two significant composers will lie examined. Specific lopics will be announced; mav he repeated for credii. Prerequisite: MUSC 221. [3-0] or [5-0; 5-0] 435 (2) Opera Repertoire l\>- Sec MI'SC 1,37. u.39 (3/6) d Ojiera Workshop II- A continuation of MUSC SJ9. |2-3|or|2-5;2-3| 11!) (2) Piano Teaching Methods and Materials [0-0; 2-0] 4l I {11 Vocal Techniques- A Much ol ilie sc ientific principles related io vocal performance-: acoiisiiea!, physiological anti psychological. Restricted to B.Mus, students. [2-0: 1-11 4 i2 (2/ii ASoiiglnlcipretatlonandAccompaniment- Survey ofthe literature for voice with keyboard accompaniment, with emphasis on performance problems. Open to piano and voice majors, and toothers bv permission of instructor. Restricted to B.Mus. students. [0-2; 0-2] 1(9 tii) Graduating Essay 4 50 (3/6) d Selected Topics lu Vocal or Instrumental Geures- Intensive study of one genre of music (e.g., orchestral music PWi-l8^9;theEieil in AuslriaandGermany) through analysis and the (iinsideralion i if cultural milieu and hisiori- cal development. Specific lopics will be announced. May be repeated for i redil lo a maximum of d credits. [3-0] or [3-'l; 5-0] 452 (31 Histoiy of Keyboard Music I- The development of keyboard music Irom 1.31)0 to 1800. Prerequisite: MUSC 220, |5-0| or [3-0. 5-0] -53 1.3] Hislorv of Keyboard Music IT Tlie deveiopmenl of keyboard music from 1800 to the present. Prerequisile: MUSC 221, j3-0| 454 (3i Histoiy of Ojiera I- Tlie development of opera between 1600 and 1800, Prerequisite: MUSC 220. ]3-0] ■155 (3) HisloiyofOjierall- Tliedevelojiiiient of opera between ISOIianil the present. Prerequisile: MUSC 221, [3-0] ids (2i SongRejierloireII A.sequel to MUSC,.405, exploring tlie solo art song repertoire from the Romantic era to tlie present. Prerequisile: MUSC 22 I. |2-0;2-0] 500 (3/6) A Seminar in Analytical Techniques- Prerequisite; ill leasi une of MUSC ulO-il.S. 50.1 (3l Tonal Analysis lit Ihe Twentieth Century 1- Exercises ancl selectee! readings !n Schenkerian analysis; Prerequisite; at leasi one of MUSC 410-412 or permission of instructor, 502 (3) Tonal Analysis lu lhe 'Twentieth Century IT - Studies in a variety of modern approaches io the anaivsis of tonai music Prerequisile: at least one oi.Ml'SC i 10-412 or permission ol'the instructor 503 (3/6) d Tol>ics in Ihe History of Music Theoiy- Practical and speculative topics in the development of music theory within the Western tradition. Theoretical works considered in their relations to one another, to musical practice, and to the hislorv nf ideas. Sludents should consult the School as to the areas oi locus in anv given term. 50-( (3/6) d Theoretical Sludies in Twentieth-Century Music- Stuclics in the theoretical literature pertaining to twenti- eth-centurv music, and analysis oi representative scores. 505 (3/6) d Instructional Goals and Meihods in Basic Music Theoiy (nlical evaluation i if goals and methods of training in music theoiy, and review of pertinent selected materials. Individual projects and practical exercises. Prerequisite-: at least one of MUSC 410-412 or permission of the instructor. 506 (2i Readings in Orchestral Rejierloire- Standard repertoire tor wind anil percussion players. See Divisional Coordinator for placement. 50" (3/6) c Composition- The composition of original music for conventional instruments and/or electronic media. 508 i.i'U) c Conijiosilion ■ A continuation of MUSC 5(1". Pre- reijiiisiie: MUSC 50"' or equivalent 509 f 3/61 c Mh -auccd Orchestration and Arranging. 512 (3'til c Directed Individual Studies- Approval hythc Director, Sciioiii ol Music, is required 520 (3/61 d Music Bibliography and Research Teehniques- Introduction to the principal resources of the research library with par! uuilar .mention to reference' tools and bibliographical repertoires. 521 (66 A Seminar In Performance Practices- Studies in tlie theoretica! anc! practical problems of musical inlerpreta- timi 522 (3/6) d Seminar in Solution of Polyphonic Music 523 (5/6) d Seminai in Medieval Music 521 (3/ti) d Seminar in Renaissance Music 525 (3/6) d Seminar in Baroque Music 52() (3/61 d Seminar ii: Classical Period Music 52" (3/6) d Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Music 528 (3/6) d Seminar in Iwenlielh-Cenluiy Music 529 (3) Iniroduction to Ethnomusicology- Preliminary sludies in the discipline of ethnomusicology, with an emphasis on history anci orientations. 5.30 (3) 'I'opics in Ethnomusicology- Topics involving methodology and fieldwork in non-Western traditions. Topics will vaiv and students should consult the School as to areas of focus in any given Icrm 531 (3/6) ASeminarin Ethnomusicology- Research studies in selected areas or regions of world music cultures. Prerequisite. MUSC 529. 532 (3/6) d Advanced Studies in Music History and Musicology' 53" 15/6) d Seminar in lhe lileralure of Ojiera- S] iecial topics related to the bibliography, history, repertoire and pedagogy of operatic music. Prerequisites: 221, 301, 451, '157 MUSC 720 (may be taken concurrently) 538 (3/6) A Staging and Directing Ojiera- Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 539 (6) Opera Production - Stylistic and technical studies and participation in the production of opera performances. Prerequisite: MUSC 439. 54" (5/(i) d Semltiar lu Ihe lileralure of Song- Special topics related to the bibliography, histoiy. repertoire and pedagogy of song. Prerequisites: 221,301.365,465; MUSC 720 (may be taken concurrently). 5-19 (0/12) c Master's Thesis 550 (ii Large Instrumental Ensemble Symphony Orchestra or Wind Ensemble. Open only to graduate students. 551 (2) University Chamber Orchestra- Open only to graduate students. 553 t'4) Universily Singers- Open only to graduate students. 55i (3) University Choral Union- Open only to graduate students. 755 (a) Universily Chamber Singers- Open only to graduate studenls, 556 (2) Instrumental Collegium Musicum Ensemble- Open onlv to graduate students. 55" (2) Vocal Collegium Musicum Ensemble- Open only to graduate students. 559 (2) ['rtiversity Chamber Strings- Open only to graduate students. 56(1 (2) String Chamber Ensembles- Open only to graduate students. 561 (21 Piano Chamber Ensembles- Open only to graduate students. 562 (2) Wind and Percussion Chamber Ensembles- Open only- io graduate students, 563 (2) Conlemporaiy Players- Open only to graduate students. 564 (2) Stage Hand- Open only io graduate students. 565 (2) Asian Music Ensemble- Study of Asian music, in include practical training in instrumental techniques and ensemble performance. The music of one major Asian civilization, often Chinese, will be emphasized 5(i6 (1) Intensive Chamber Ensemble- Intensive coaching. 569 (1) Intensive Specialized Chamber Ensemble- Intensive coaching. 5"! (2) Music Performance (Secondary)- Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Also lists as MUSC 671. 572 (4) Music Performance (Secondary)- Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Also lists as MUSC 672. 5"3 (6) Music Performance iSecondary)- Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Also lists as MUSC 673. 591 ll) Music Performance (Major)- Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Also lists as MUSC 691. Nursing 379 592 (4) Music Performance (Major)- Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Also lists as MUSC 692. 593 (6) Music Performance (Major)- Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Also lists as MUSC 693. 594 (8) Music Performance (Major)- Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Also lists as MUSC 694. 595 (10) Music Performance (Major)- Private instruction, vocal or instrumental. Also lists as MUSC 695. 606 (2) Readings in Orchestral Repertoire- Continuation of MUSC 506. See Divisional Coordinator for placement. 607 (3/6) c Composition- Further study for doctoral candidates in Composition. 609 (3/6) Advanced Orchestration and Arranging- Prerequisite; MUSC 509. 649 Ph.D. or DMA Thesis Music Education Faculty of Education MUED 106 (2) Music Curricula in Schools- Lectures, discussions, demonstrations, and observations of a range of music curricula. [1-2; 0-0] 302 (1/6) d Instrumental Techniques- Instruction in the playing and teaching techniques of strings, brasses and woodwinds. Prerequisite; MUED201 or MUSC 200. (2-0; 2-0] or [3-0, 3-0] 303 (4/6) d Choral Music- Principles and techniques of choral music. Prerequisite: MUED 201 or MUSC 200. [2-0; 2-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 304 (3) Classroom Instruments 1- Development of teaching techniques and materials, arranging, anel playing skills for guitar, recorder, pitched percussion instruments, ukulele, dulcimer, autoharp, and piano in traditional and contemporary (Music Learning Theory) contexts. [1-2] 305 (3) Classroom Instruments IT- Advanced development of teaching techniques and materials, arranging, and playing skills for guitar, recorder, pitched ancl non-pitched percussion instruments, ukulele, dulcimer, autoharp, and piano in traditional and contemporary (Music Learning Theory) contexts. Prerequisile: MUED 304. [1-2] 307 (5j Advanced Music Curriculum and Instruclion (Elementary)- Philosophy, objectives, curriculum, meihods, and materials for teaching music in elementary schools. Prerequisite: MUED 320. [0-0; 3-0] 308 (3) Elementary Choral Music- Foundations for choral singing; the child voice; methods and materials for elementaiy singers; choral and conducting techniques. Prerequisite; MUED 320 and ability to read music. [0-0; 0-3] 314 (4) Curriculum and Insiruciion in Music Seeondary- Curriculum organization in music; principles and methods of instruction applied to teaching music. Prerequisite: a completed concentration in music or permission of the Head; corequisite EDUC 311 [2-4; 0-0] 320 (2) Curriculum and Instruction in Music Elemenlary- Curriculum organization m music: [irinciples and meihods of instruction applied to teaching music. Prerequisite: EDUC 310. [0-0; 1-2] 321 (3) Microcomputers in An and Music Education- Computer skills in art and music, and their application in a model studio setting. Lectures, tutorials, and studio work. (Same course as ARTE 321.) |l-(] 322 (3) Advanced Microcomputer Applications in Music and Art Education- Application of skills ancl experience with music anc! graphics software ancl hardware to creative multimedia projects, exploring relationships between teaching and learning models. Lectures and studio work. (Same course as ARTE 322.) Prerequisite: MUED 321. | i-4| 332 (3) Instrumental Jazz Pedagogy- Teaching instrumental jazz in the secondaiy school (3-0; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-0] 333 (3) Choral Jazz Pedagogy- Teaching choral jazz in the schools. [3-0; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-0] 335 (3) Orff Basics- Introduction to the Orff approach to Music Educat on. Prerequisite: MUED 320. [1-2] 336 (3) Kodaly •- Introduction to the Kodaly approach to Music Educat on. Prerequisite: MUED 320.' [1-2] 339 (3) The Musical- Organization and production of school musicals. [7-0; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-0] 340 (3) Canadian Music in lhe Classroom- Aspects of Canadian music si. itable for elementary and secondary' school curricula. The interrelation between music and other subjects. [3-0; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-0] .345 (6) Education Through Music I- Musical elements, studied through the song-experience games of English language folk litei ature, as appropriate for Ki ndergarten- C rade 8. Rhwhm, mdody, harmony, and expressive musical elements. Application to movement and to social, linguistic, and cognitive growth of both children and adults. Aural musicianship, philosophy, and pedagogy. Prerequisite: MUEEI320. O'fered during Summer Session, Term 2 only. 401 (2) Arranging jor Chorus Band, and Orchestra- Arranging, instrumentation, and scoring for concert and stage bands and cho rs. Arrangingstyles and principles. Problemsof rhythm, metei, and chord structures ancl progressions. Pre- or co-requisite: MUED 302 and MUSC 309. [0-0; 1-2] . 405 (6) Electronic Music in the Classroom- Current practice in individual ai id classroom use of tape recording technique (Musique Concrete) and electronic synthesizers. 412 (5)MusicEduzationforCbildrcnwithFxceplionalNeeds~ Thejiractice mdtheoiyofmusicasusedfortheeducation of children wit h exceptional needs. Prerequisite; EPSE 312 or 317. [3-0 435 (6) Orff'Levrl I- The Orff Schulwerk curriculum: with attention to movement and to instrumental and choral music. Rhythm, melody, harmony, timbre, and form. Aural musicianship, philosophy, and pedagogy. Prerequisite; MUED 335 or music rudiments (Grade II, Toronto Conservatory; Grai 1e IV, Western Board; or equivalent). Offered during Summer Session, Term 2 only. 436 (2) Kodalyll- Advanced study of Kodaly methods, strategies, and curricula. Prerequisite: MUED 336. [0-0; 0-2] ■137 (6) Orjf level 11- The Orff Schulwerk curriculum with attention to increasingly more complex musical forms and approaches and to improvisation. Prerequisite: MUED 435. Offered during Summer Session, Term 2 only. 438 (6) OrffLevelril- AdvancedstudiesoftheOrffSchulwerk curriculum and pedagogy with peer practice teaching. Prerequisite: MUED 437. Offered during Summer Session, Term 2 only. 445 (6) Educatiot Through Music I I- Further studies of lhe song-experien :e games of English language folk literature. Piaget's theories of thinking and learning music in relation to language acquisition. Attention to vocal and instrumental literature of tie 18th and 19th centuries. Aural musicianship, reading and writing music, philosophy, and pedagogy. Prerequisite; M.UED 345. Offered during Summer Session, Term 2 oniy. 446 (6) Education Through Music III- Advanced studies of musical elements through the song-experience games of English language folk literature, focussing on the vocal and instrumental Hi eratureofthe 18th, 19th, and 20th centuries. Attention to aesthetic experiences as a foundation for education. Aural m isicianship, reading and writing music, analysis, philosophy, and pedagogy. Prerequisite: MUED 445. Offered during Summer Session, Term 2 only. 508 (3/12) c Review of Research in Educational Methods- Studies are made of recent research bearing on educational practice. Prerequisite; Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or methods course. 542 (6) Theoiy and Principles oj 'Music Education- Supervision and adm nistration of music education: Individual projects in sjiecial interest areas Prerequisite: a major in Music Education. 561 (3/121 c laboratory Practicum 565 (3/6) ASpecialCour.se in Subject Matter Field- Coursesin various subject matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. 580 (3/12) c Problems in Education- Investigation and report ofa problem. 590 (0) Major Paper 598 (3/12) c Field Experiences- For those on Master's, Doctoral and Diploma Programs. 599 (6/12) c Master's Thesis 601 (3/12) A Doctoral Seminar 699 Doctoral Thesis Natural Resources Conservation CONS See Forestry Naval Architecture Department of Mechanical Engineering, Faculty of Applied Science Neuroscience Faculty of Graduate Studies NRSC 500 (6) Neuroscience I- Comprehensive multidisciplinary course with lectures, seminars, and laboratory demonstrations encompassing molecular, cellular, systemic, and behavioural approaches to the study of nervous systems. Emphasis is on the physiology, pharmacology, and biochemistry of excitable cells and their synaptic interactions Permission of Neuroscience Chairman is required. (Normally to be taken in conjunction with NRSC 501.) 501 (6) Neuroscience II- Continuation of NRSC 500 with emphasis on the integrative functions of the brain, behaviour, and selected neural disorders. Permission of Neuroscience Chairman is required. (Normally to be taken in conjunction with NRSC 500.) 549 (12) Master's Thesis 649 Ph.D. Thesis Nursing NURS School of Nursing, Faculty of Applied Science Note: In the clinical nursing courses the ratio between class and supervised miring experience varies bul in the overall program it is apjiroximately T.3- The credit values jor these courses are based on both instruction and supervised nursing exjierience. 105 130 1.31 202 230 302 (2) Professional Nursing in Contemporary Society I- Beginning study ofthe nursing profession and characteristics of professional practice. [2-1-0; 0-0-0) (3) Introduction to Nursing Care 1- Beginning study of professional nursing praclice. using the UBC Model for Nursing (Individual). [2-0-3; 0-0-0] (4) Introduction 10 Nursing Care II- Study and application of selected concepts, skills and processes basic to the practice of nursing. Prerequisite: NURS 130. [0-0-0; 2-0-6] (4) Core Concepts in Nursing- Study of core concepts pertaining to the care of individuals experiencing critical periods in the life cycle. [3-2-0; 0-0-0] (6) Nursing Care of Adults- Theoiy and practice related to the nursing care of young and middle-aged adults in acute- care, ambulatory care and community settings. Prerequisite or corequisite; NURS 202. (2 0-12; 0-0-0] or [0-0-0:2- 0-12] ('») Nursing Care of Older Adults- Theoiy and practice related to the nursing care of older adults in acute care, ambulatory care and community settings. Prerequisite or corequisite: NURS 202. [2-0-12; 0-0-0] or (0-0-0; 2-0-12] (6) 'The Process oj Nursing I- Introduction to the UBC Model and related concepts, skills and processes basic to the practice of professional nursing. Students build upon previously acquired knowledge and skills with selected clients. Note: Registered nurse students only. [2-2-9; 0-0-0] 380 Nursing 408 i09 445 710 522 542 303 (4) Family and Community Nursing- Study of theories, concepts and processes basic to thenursingcare of families, with application in seminar settings and clinical practice. Prerequisite: NURS 302. Corequisites: NURS 333, 334 or 447 335. [0-0-0; 2-2-3] 304 (3) Iniroduction lo Nursing Research- Study of the research process and application) if research findings tonursing practice. It is strongly recommended that STAT 203 be taken prior to or concurrently with NURS 304. [0-0-0; 2-2-0] ^ 305 (2) Professional Nursing in Contemporary Society 11- Studv of the professional practice of nursing. Analysis of societal and health care contexts within which nursing has evolved and is practiced, (1-2-0; 0-0-0] ^.i 333 (6) Nursing Care of Children- Study and application of concepts, skills and processes basic to the nursing care of children experiencing critical periods. [2-0-12; 0-0-0] or j 0-0-0; 2-0-121 33-1 (d) Nursing Care of Individuals in the Childbearing Cycle- Study and application of concepts, skills and processes basic to the nursing care of individuals during the childbearing cycle. [2-0-12; 0-0-0] or [0-0-0; 2-0-12] 335 (6) The Process of Nursing II- Study and application of theory' and concepts related io the nursing care of clients experiencing critical periods in a variety of settings. Students will contract to meet own learning needs ancl develop communication and teaching abilities. Note: Registered nurse students only. Prerequisite: NURS 302. Corequisite: NURS 305. |0-0-0; 3-0-12] 340 ('()) Work-Study Experience- Supervised clinical experience in a health care agency. This is an optional experience restricted to students meeting tlie requirements of tlie School of Nursing and the individual agency. Studenls are required io pay a fee and enrollment is subjecl lo the availability of appropriate placements. 405 (2) Issues in Professional Nursing- Study ofthe nursing ^. pi oiession a nd its role in Canadian society. Analysis of issues related to the development ofthe profession. Prerequisite: NURS 105 and/or 305. jO-0-0: 1-2-0] ■Oil (3) Management in Nursing Praclh e- Study of theories, ^,i;i principles and skills related to planned change, management and leadership as they affei t the provision of nursing care. (3-0-0; 0-0-0| (3/6) c Guided Study in Nursing- A course o! study which enables the student to contract for pursuit of an area of ^(,, particular interest in nursing. To be designed in consultation with a fai uily member with expertise in tlie chosen area. Prerequisite: completion ol third year nursing courses. (3/6) c Clinical Nursing Elective- An opportunity to increase knowledge and skills in an identified area of clinical interest in nursing. Sludents yvork under the guidance of ^r-.y faculty witli expertise in the area. Prerequisite: Completion of third year nursing courses 426 (3) Nursing and the Health of Communities- Study of e-,,.: epidemiological concepts as they relate to (lie health of Canadian communities. Application of concepts to the plan- ningof health care programs Prerequisite; Tliii'd-orfourl h- year standing in Nursing Open to other health science students yvith permission of instruclor. 13-0-0; 0-0-0] ■1.32 (6) Nursing of Adults and Families with Menial Health Concerns I- Study unci application of theories, concepts, skills and processes in the tare of individuals and families with mental health concerns. Clinical practice in acute care, ambulatory care and community settings. Note: Generic sludents only. (2-0-12: O-0-II] or [0-0-0: 2-0-12] 410 (6) Nursing Care of Adults and Families Experiencing Acuteandlong-term Disabilities- Advanced nursing practice with individuals and families experiencing acme anti long-term disabilities. Application ui theories and concepts ^ in acute, ambulatory, long-term care and community settings, [2-0-12; 0-0-0] or [0-0-0; 2-0-12] 595 ■til (di Nursing Care of Older Adults and their Families- 599 Advanced nursing practice with older adults ancl their 580 5S8 families. Application of theories ancl concepts in acute, intermediate, long-term careand community settings. [2- 0-12; 0-0-0] or [0-0-0; 2-0-12] (6) Nursing Care of Adults and Families with Menial Health Concerns IF- Advanced nursing practice witli clients yvith mental health concerns. Application of theories and concepts in a variety of settings. Prerequisite Generic students onlv, NURS 432 [2-0-12; 041-0| or [0-0-0; 2-0-12] (6) NursingCarc of Children and their Families- Further study and application of concepts, skills ancl processes basic to tlie nursing care of children and families experiencing critical periods. [2-0-12:0-0-0] or (0-0-0; 2-0-I2] (6)NursingCareoJChildbearingI'amilies Furthei'sluiiv and application of concepts, skiilsand processes basic: to I lie care of childbearing families, with an emphasis on unpredictable events. [2-0-12; 0-0-0! or 10-0-0; 2-0-12] [{)) Extended Practicum in Professional' Nursing- A three- week (120 hours) practicum in nursing to be completed in April 'May prior to graduation. This practicum is designed to assist stucienis to consolidate knowledge and skills acciuirec! in previous theoiy and clinical courses and to facilitate socialization into the role of the baccalaureate prepared nurse. (3) Theoiy Deveiopmenl in Nursing- History, selected models and implications for the profession. (4 i Nursing Research- The researcli process and iis relationship to theory development in nuising. Prerequisite or corequisite: NURS 710 and a statistics course chosen in consultation with faculty adviser. (3) Critical Thinking in Nursing Practice Development of critical thinking and accouniahilin through a .systematic analysis and application ofa nursing model. Clinical experience will be in the student's area i if practice. Prerequisite or corequisiie: NURS 510. (3) Concepts in Clinical Nursing- Analysis of selected concepts within tlie context ol a conceptual model for nursing and exploration ol their relevance in nursing practice. Prerequisite: NURS5-I2. (3/5) c Nursing and the Delivery of Health Care- The structure and jirocess of health care delivery, social policy, political process, consumerism and bureaucratic influences in the Canadian health care system. A field experience is required for sludents taking tlie course for live credits. (3/(>) c Clinical Specialization I- The role of the clinical specialist and its development in health care systems. Itien- liiication ancl implementation oil he iheorv and skills fundamental to the student's clinical specialty. A practicum is reqtiireel for students taking the course for six credit.-,. Prerequisite or corequisite: NURS 710, 742, and 744. (Hi Curriculum Development in Nursing- Curnculum development as iiapjiliesto nui singCiriucauon. Prerequisite: NURS 710, (6/12) c Administration in Nursing- Organizational behaviour, management methods and administrative processes and their application to nursing service and nursing education A practicum is recjiiireri lor sludents inking the course for 12 credits. Prerequisites: NURS 510, 522, 542. 543, 546 ancl COMM 329, or equivalent. (6) Teaching in Clinical Nursing- Instructional design and its implementation in a variety <>feducational settings in nursing. A practicum is recjuireci. Prerequisites: NURS 510. 742. 5(3 and 50-1. (9l Clinical Sjieeializalion IT- Directed study in clinical nursing. Foe us of si inly determined ny studenl, dependent upon iactilty and climcal resources. Prerequisites: NURS sll. 742. 5 i3. M'c and SiH 13. in cDirectcd Studies in Nursing Prerequisites-NURS 522, 5-i2 7i5 anil set (0) MSN. Major Essay (6) Master's Thesis- Pit and Sys, CiOl (0) Doctoral Seminar 608 (6) Philosophy of Nursing Science- Constructs anci theories in nursing science, focusing on both theoretical analysis ancl empirical investigation. 623 (3) Advanced Concepts in Quantitative Research Methods- Application of selected quantitative methods to the discipline of nursing. Prerequisites: IIC.EP 400 or EPSE 592 Prerequisite or corequisite: EPSE 596 or EPSE 682 624 (3) Advanced Concepts in Qualitative Research Methods Application of selected qualitative methods to the discipline of nursing. 690 (3/6) c Directed Studies in Nursing 699 I'h.D. Thesis Obstetrics and Gynaecology Faculty of Medicine OBST ■125 -(50 6-i9 700 "01 -02 11) Introduction lo Obstetrics- A course of lectures encompassing anatomy ancl physiology of the reproductive tract, fertilization, implantation and development of;tic- embryo anc! placenta, maternal and fetal physiology. alts: NURS 710, 522. 5 i2 IS) PrinciplesofObstetricsandGynaecology- Obstetrics lectures on normal and abnormal obstetrics. Gynaecology: lectures on coiniiiun gynaecological disorders. Seminar ^ and patient-oriented teaching and demonstrations to small groups of students supplement lectures. ■US (12) Ohslelrics and Gynaecology Clinical Clerkship- Siv weeks' experience in two different hospitals. Patient care ' resjionsihilities are complimented by scheduled roiuiils and seminars. Gynaecology: Common problems in ambulatory care anil surgicai gynaecology. Obstetrics: Clinica! experience in tbe delivery of antenatal care including high risk conditions, as well as intrapartum and post-partum care 701 (3i Reproductive Endocrinology I- Neuroendocrine ccgu- iatiein o! reproduction, regulation oftheovarian .intl teste ii- lar (unction. 502 (3; Physiology of the Mother. Fetus and Newborn-- Finn ■ bona! development ofthe placenta and maior organ sys terns in the fetal and newborn period in man anc! animals 703 (3) Perinatal Physiology- (i) Fetal growth and development; (ni physiology and pathology of labour. 50i (3i Reproductive Endocrinology II- feelures and semi nars on cellular processes in hormone secretion, steroid biosynthesis, steroid transport anil metabolism, mechanism uf hormone action, prostaglandins in reproduction. 505 (6) Experimental Techniques in Reproductive Biology- faboraioiy course on; cell and organ cultures, radioimmunoassay of steroid and protein hormones and prostaglandins, in vitro fertilization, neuroendocrine tei li- niques, techniques to study fetuses, techniques for metabolic studies in newborn animals. 506 (3) Seminars in Reproductive Biology 5i9 (12) M.Sc. Thesis PhD Thesis Grand Rounds- Weekly presentation of case histories of current interest yvith discussion ofthe clinical problem and relevant literature. At these rounds, reports of clinicai research studies are presented anci outside guest speakers may present papers. One hour weekly. Seminar Series in Obstetrics and Gynaecology- A weekly two-hi'unly session, with consideration at a postgraduate level of appropriate topics in gynaecology and obstetrics and in those areas that interface with other disciplines. Clinical Genetics Clinic- An elective rotation three (lavs per week for three months through the Ciinical Genetics Clinic dealing with the techniques ofthe prenatal diagnosis of genetic disease and genetic counselling relative to congenita! malformations and failures of reproduction. Human Sexuality- An elective experience in the Division o! Sexual.Medicine in tlie Department of Psychiatry' lnstiui- tionininieiv'iewing. assessment, and treatniem of inilivulu- Oceanography 381 als and couples with problems in sexual function. Part-time rotation two days per week for three month period. "09 Intensive Care Seminar- Problems and possible pitfalls of the high-risk pregnancy and maternal and neonatal management, selected from current clinical problems in the Intensive Care Nursery Emphasis on possible neonatal consequences of maternal management and considerations io be communicated to the Obstetrician antenatally. The importance of differences in management according to the specialization of facilities is stressed. One hour weekly. 712 Perinatal Mortality Conference- Discussion of perinatal mortality cases for (lie month, with review of clinical couise, pathological findings and preventable aspects. Two hours monthly. 778 Gynaecological Oncology Rounds- Case presentation and discussion of current patients on the gynaecology oncology senice—weeklyone hourconiointrouridsoftheCC.A.B.C. radiotherapy staff and gynaecologists active in gynaccologi - cal oncology. oral report. 599 (12) M.Sc. Thsis Occupational Hygiene Faculty of Graduate Studies OCCH 401 501 50. 505 595 508 (3) Introduction lo Occupational Hygiene and Safety— Scientific basis for the recognition, evaluation, and ci intri il of chemical, physical, anc! biological hazards encountered in occupational settings, health and safety standards: exposure measurement methods; and evaluation strategies. Prerequisite: 3rd or 4th year standing in the Faculty of Applied Science, Science, or one of the health sciences; other upper ic-vel students mav euro! with the permission ot the instructor. Credit will he given for only une of OCCH (OI or OCCH m. |3-0; 0-0) (3) Introduction lo Occupational Hygiene and Safely- Scientific basis forthe recognition, evaluation, and control of chemical, physical, and biological hazards encountered in occupational settings. Epidemiological meihods for occupational and environmental exposures; heaith and safeiy standards; expusure measurement niethtxls; evaluation strategies. Credit will be given for only one of OCCH 401 or OCCH 501. 1.3-0-2*; 0-01 505 (31 Chemical and Biological Hazard Measurement - Industrial hygiene expostire monitoring, met! Kids, and ins! rti- mentation; theory of atmospheric and biological sampling and analysis; critical evaluation of hazard potential. Prerequisile: OCCH 5(11. |0-O:2-3] ' 5i Chemical and Biological Hazard Control- Design anc! evaluation of control strategies for occupational and environmental exposure. Engineering control methods; design of industrial ventilation systems; substitution and isolation strategies; administrative control measures; persona! protective equipment. Prerequisile: OCCH itii 10-0; 3-2*| 50a (51 Advanced Occupational Hygiene Issues- Toxicokinetics; physiologically-based pharmacokinetic models; biological markers of occupational and environmental exposures; exposure modelling; and ethics in the practice of occupational hygiene Pierecjoisites: llCfii' 507 and OCCH 502. 13-0; 0-01 (3) Ergonomics andSajety- Human factors in workplace design, anthropometry, work physiology; safety manage- mem,;systems analysis, accident investigation: collection of accident data; fault trees; total loss control. |3-0; 0-0] (3) OccupationalHygiene Bractlce- Application of occupational hygiene principles to actual worksites; using field investigations and interactive seminars on evaluation strategics, critical appraisal of results, ancl communication with labour and management. Prerequisite; OCCH 502 and 50.3. [2-3; 0-0| (0) Occupational Health and Safety Seminar- Current occujiationa! health and safety research; issues in hvgiene programme managemenl. [1-0; 1-0j (li) Project- Applied occupational hygiene proiect on approved topic based on practicum: requiring written ancl Oceanography Faculty of Science OCGY 308 (3) Introduction to Oceanography I- History and development of oec anography; methods; oc ean basin structure; properties of seawater; salinity, temperature and density distributions; circulation; waves and tides; acoustics, the oceans and clinate Prerequisite: completion of First Year Science. |3-1; 0-0] 309 (3) Introduction lo Oceanograjihy 11- Biological oceanography: phytoplankton: zooplankton, benthos; fisheries andaquacultii e, marine sediments; marine resources; pollution of the sea. Prerequisite; OCGY 308 or permission of lhe Head of tlie Department. Credit may be obtained for only one of OCGY 309 and 316. |0-0; 3-0] 310 (6J The Oceans- An introduction to the oceans for non- science students. The course provides a comprehensive review of oceanography, dealing with basic lopics, including the motion and o imposition of ocean waters, life in the sea, the age an I composition of the sea floor, and a history uf the exploration of the oceans and its impact on human culture Applie.l aspects such as; food from thesc-a; mineral ancl oil exploita lion, pollution; navigation; military-uses and the law of the; ea. are also included. Not open to students n the faculties of .Science and Applied Science This course- is not (pen to irst-veur siudenis. [30; 3-0| .316 15) Introductiem lo Biological Oceanograjihy- An iniroduction to descriptive biological oceanography, covering the plankton c immunity and its relation to the physical/ chemical environment ofthe sea The practical importance of biological oceanography to fisheries management and pollution problems will he emphasized. Prerequisite. Third vear standing required. Co-requisite: BIOI. 302 or permission of ihe Ilea 1 ofthe Department, iBIOI.305/OCGY316 ire the same e< cirst-i |2 0-1; 0-0-01 405 (3) Introductory Dynamical Oceanography- Physical properties of seawater, hydrostatics, continiiity.gcostrophic and wind-drive l currents, waves and tides. Prerequisile; OCGY 308. Students with strong backgrounds in Physical Sciences or Mathematics should utkeOCGY 414. Credit may be obtained for nilyoiieofOCGY4bi;mcii05. [3-0; Oil] ■406 (3) Biological Oceanograjibic .Methods- Analytical techniques and field operations as used in biological oceanography. Pi e-or corequisite: OCGY 5 hi/11101.305, or permis- s on of lhe He;" I of the Department. BIOL 403/OCGY i06 are the same coarse. [1-4-1; 0-0-0] a07 (3) Introduction lo Marine Chemistry and Geochemistry- filementa! abundance in seawater and marine sediments; solution chemis ry of seawater; chemical and mineraiogical composition ol sediments; the carbonate system, organic matter in the sea; gases, 'he nutrient elements; heavy metals: gcochei ileal balance in tlie oceans. Prerequisite: <ne of OCGY 3C8,316 or Cl 1EM 301. [0-0, 3-0] 408 hi) OceanographicMelhod:- Oceanogmphic instrumentation, methods ;>f study anc tlie anatisis of oceanographic data. A field trip may be required. Prerequisite; OCGY 308. Open to third an I fourth year.students in Oceanography, or with permission tif the Head ofthe Depanmenl. [0-0; 3-0] 409 (2) Waves and Tides- Arevievviifobservatioiisomandof ihe physccs uf the various kinds of oceanic waves, including tides, and their effects on coastal features. Co-requisite: OCGY 41 a or 404. [0-0; 2-0] ■lit) (3) .MarinePolli'llon- An inieriiiscipiinarysiudyofjsollu- tion, witli examj ties drawn from coasia! and oceanic environments, including areas officii! interest. Intended for third and fourth year .students with a background in the sciences. [2-0-1; O-O-O] 411 (3) .Atmospheric Dynamics- Applications of dynamical principles lo mot ons in theaimosphere. Topics include the planetary boui clary layer, synoptic-scale motions, cvclogenesis anc ihe general circulation and iuinieric;tl weather prediction. Prerequisites: PHYS 312 or MATH 316. and ATSC/GEOG 301. (Same as ATSC 411.) [0-0; 3-0) 412 (2) Marine Microbiology- Anintroductiontothediversity and activities of bacteria, yeasts, and filamentous fungi in coastal and oceanic ecosystems. Emphasis will be given to the roles of these microbes in nutrient cycling and as symbionts of marine organisms. Prerequisites: MICB 200or permission of the Head of the Department. [0-0; 2-0[ 413 (3) Estuaries- An interdisciplinary study of the features and the physical, chemical, biological and geological processes in estuaries. Prerequisites; OCGY308,309 and fourth year standing or permission of the Head of the Department. [3-0; 0-0[ 414 (3) Geophysical Fluid Dynamics- The fundamental principles governing the flow ofa density-stratified fluid on a rotating planet, with applications to the motions of the ocean and atmosphere. Prerequisite: PHYS 312 or MATH 316. (Same as ATSC 414.) [3-0; 0-0] 415 (3) Algal Physiology- Environmental physiology oimarine algae with emphasis on physiological adaptations to environmental factors. laboratory features culturing of algae and analytical techniques useful in measuring physiological response to environmental changes. Prerequisites: BIOI. 320and one ofBIOI.351,/352,BIO1.350orBIOI.20( (mav betaken concurrently). Same as BIOI. 451. [0-0; 2-3] 416 (3i Histoiy of Ihe Ocean Basins- Development of ocean basins over geological time; [laleoceanography and paleoclimaiology. Prerequisite: GEOI.42Acir permission of the Head ofthe Department. [0-0; 3-0| 420 (3) Introduction lo Fisheries: Science- An introduction to the ecology anil management of freshwater and marine fisheries. Topics include: population dynamics, species interactions, communities, environmental influences, stock assessment, economics and sociology of lisheries. Laboratories will consist of numerical analyses and .simulations. [0-0-0; 2-0-3] 448 12-6) c Directed Sludies- A course to allow siudenis to study a specific topic as agreed upon by a faculty member anci student with written permission of ihe Head of the Department ■149 (6) Oceanographic Research- Directed investigation based on field or laboratory studies requiring a written scientific report and final orai examination. For Honours students only. 501 (2-1.1 d Seminar in Physical'Oceanography- Oral presentations by students ol currenl research of their own or Irom ihe literature. Teipics chosen in consultation with facullv. 502 (2i Marine Geochemistiy- Geochemistry of manne sediments and geochemical cycles in the ocean 503 (2) Oceanographic Meihods- Oceanographic instrumentation, design of experiments, processing and anaivsis of dala. (For graduate students in Oceanography planning field programs.) Prerequisites; OCGY 308, and OCGY 414. .05 or 514. 50u (2 i Organic Chemicals in the Marine Environment-- The role of organic substances in the ocean. Deraiie-cl con -,idera- lion of man-made pollutants and naturally occurring materials. Chemistiy of ilie compounds and their synihesis bv organisms or by inclusrrv Chemical lability of the coin- pounifs and their environmental degradation. Ecological impact, oceanographic distribution and potential use of organic substances as oceanographic tracers. Trace metal- organic interactions. 505 (2-61 c Special Mlranced Courses- A special advanced course may be arranged for a student upon approval of the Head ofthe Department. 506 (3) Marine Phytoplankton Ecology- Emphasis on die biology of the organisms anc! the physiological ecology oi primary production by phytoplankton. OCGY 308 and 309 or 316 are recommended. Offered in alternate years. 5(0 (2) Zooplankton Ecology- Astudvofmarinezoopkinkton, the interrelationships of [lie species, their biologv and 382 Oceanography relationstotheenvironment. Prerequisite;OCGY308.Given in alternate years. 509 (2) Biological Oceanographic Mechanisms- A study of components in the pelagic food chain ofthe sea including factors affecting the production and consumption of marine organisms. Prerequisite; OCGY 308 511 (3) Inorganic Chemical Tracers in Ihe .Study of Marine Svstems— The chemica! composition of seawater. cvcles of gases, trace metals and radionuclides within the sea, chemical tracers in the study of water mixing, water movement and changes in ocean currents over lime. 512 (31 Inorganic Chemical Processes in the Marine Environment- The solution chemistry of seawater, chemica! speciation in natural waters, thermodynamic and kinetic modelling of marine chemical systems, 513 (1-2) cSeminar in Biological'Oceanography- A course to allow students lhe opportunity to present their own work, or (hat of others, orally Topics will be chosen in consultation with faculty. Students will be expected to present at least one seminar during the term and to participate in the discussion of other seminars Students in biological oceanography will normally take the seminar twice during their tenure at UBC. 51-4 (4) Dynamic Oceanograjihy- Dynamics of steady ocean circulation and low frequency fluid motion on a rotating earth. Corequisite: OCGY 308, Credit will not be granted for both OCGY 414 anil 514. 515 (3) Water Waves- Surface arid internal gravity waves; theory' and observations. Wave-wave and wave-current interactions; wind-wave generation; tidal theory-and prediction. Offered in alternate years. 516 (2) Advanced Physical Oceanography- Topics in waves, eddies and ocean circulation Prerequisite or corequisiie: OCGY 514. Offered in alternate years. 517 (4) Turbulence- A discussion of turbulent fluid motion, presenting both the empirical aspects and the development of statistical theories, including the spectrum of turbulence and similarity and equilibrium hvpot heses. Offered in alternate years. 518 (3j Dynamic Meteorology- Applications ofthe equations of motion on a rotating sphere to selected large-scale atmospheric phenomena. Topics include the genera! circulation, wave generation and propagation, barotropic and baroclinic instability, climate modelling and (lie role of the oceans. Offered in alternate vears 510 (3) Seminarin Marine Sediment Geochemislty- A reviewof selected areas of recent reseaich on the geochemistry of marine sediments. This course is intended for graduate students with qualification in chemistry or geochemistry. 526 (3) Satellite Remote Sensing: Applications to Oceanograjihy and Meteorology- A review of tlie satellite-sensed data products used in research and operational aspects of oceanography anci meteorology This course is die same as GEOG 515. 549 (6/T2JC3. Sc. Thesis 580 (0) M.Sc. Major Essay 649 Ph.D. Thesis Ophthalmology Faculty of Medicine OPTH 390 (1) Au Introduction to Dlseasesoflbe Visual System- This course is primarily' directed toward itinerant teachers of the visually disabled and will lie given as 15 hours of lectures. 425 (1) Introduction lo Ojihthalmology- Background skills of ophthalmologic;)! examination of patients 150 111 Ojihthalmology- Third year Medicine Students only: An introduction to Clinical Ophthalmology. Four morning sessions introducing the ihird vear Medical Students to basic ophthalmic histoiy, clinical symptoms, signs and patient management 700 Ophthalmology Rounds - Demonstration, review of signs and symptoms, etiology, pathogenesis and treatment of currenl general ophthalmic disorders. One and one half hours weekly. 702 Ophthalmic Microbiology- Supervised demonstration, diagnosis and discussion of microbiology problems, involving patients, slides anel cultures. One hour weekly. 703 Ophthalmic Pathology T- Supervised clemonsuaiion, discussion and tutorial of current ophthalmic pathological specimens. One and one hall hours weekly. 704 Ophthalmic Palhology II- Clinicopathological correlation of ophthalmic specimens One hour weekly. 705 Neuro-ojihlhalmology- lectures ami seminars to cover the important and common neuro-ophlhalniic disorders, emphasizing etiology, pathogenesis, treatment and investigation. One hour weekly, 706 Retina and Fluorescein Angiograjihy Tutorial- Lectures anddcnion.stration.sofretinaliliseii.se, study anci interpretation of fluorescein angiograms. One and one half hours weekly. 707 GlaucomaTulorial- U'cturesanddemonstrationstocover signs, symptoms, pathogenesis, etiology, investigation anel treatment of ocular hypertension One hour weekly 708 Ocular Motility littorial- lectures and demonstrations of motility problems, with clinicopathological correlations. One and one half hours weekly. 709 Ophthalmic Research- During the first year of ophthalmic training for those residents choosing this selective activity, 710 lecturesin anaesthesiology, radiology, radiolherajihyjilas- tic surgery, ear nose and throat, neurology, neurosurgery, diabetes, hypertension optics as they perlain lo ophthalmology- Two hours per week. Oral Medical and Surgical Sciences See Dentistry Orthopaedics Faculty of Medicine 425 (I) Iniroduction lo Orthopaedics- Introduction to tlie art and practice of history taking, ami ol physical examination ofthe musculoskeletal system. 440 Principles oj Orthopaedics- Clinical manifestations and principles of treatment of musculoskeletal disease in adults and children, both in Outpatient and Inpatient clinical settings. -i75 Orlhojiaeilie Clinical Clerkshiji- An elective two-week Clinical Clerkship in orthopaedics. Participation in preoperativeand postoperative |iatient care undersupervi- sion of an Orthopaedic Facuitv Member, On request the elective may be extended for a further period of 4 to 8 weeks, and may lie structured to allow special exposure to one or more sub-specialities in (he field of orthopaedics. 508 (2) Advanced Orthopaedies I- Selected topics in orthopaedic surgery and related basic sciences. Given in alternate years 509 (2) .Advanced Orlhojiaedies II- The second year of the above program which will be given in alternate years. 715 Orthopaedic Clinic- Evaluation ol new patients ancl diagnosis and treatment of. ipprcipiiale diseases. Basic .signs anc! clinical features are both stressed in tlie total management of the patient Two hours per week in the Outjiatient Deparlment under supervision olan Orthojiaedie Facuitv member. 716 Orthopaedic Redside Clinic- Evaluation oi orthopaedic diseases and injuries in patients at bedside. A review ol clinical leaturcs is cciirclateil with relevant physiology and pathology. 717 Orthopaedic Grand Rounds- Formal presentations by the orthopaedic residents, under the supervision of assigned facully members. Subject matter includes the whole spectrum oforthopaedics. 718 Rheumatology Conference- Patients with a variety of rheumutological disorders are presented for discussion and evaluation in this combined conference, winch rheumatokigists and onhopaedic surgeons who have a special interest in reconstructive surgery attend During each weekly two hour session, patients with difficult managemenl problems are presented for clinical evaluation and discussion of medical ancl onhopaedic treatment. 719 Orthojiaedie Surgical Anatomy- A course in clinica! anatomy as applied to orthopaedics. A regional approach involving surgical dissections in cadavers. Each session lasts one hour ancl is supervised by a Faculty member. Emphasis is on surgical anatomical approach. "20 Orthojiaedie Basic Science Course- Weekly lectures by onhopaedic faculty and guest faculty from other departments. Lecture topics includeapplied physiology, anatomy, and pathology as they relate to orthopaedic diseases, 721 Orthojiaedie Seminars- Aseriesof seminars isgiven weekly, ancl during each 1.5 hour session, a topic in clinical orthopaedies is reviewed. The subject matter includes the win ile spectrum of orthopaedics. One or more faculty members are in attendance at each seminar. 722 Paediatric Orlhojiaedies- Case presentation in paediatrie orthopaedics, stressing histoiy, physical findings and total management of tlie patient, including a review oi paediatric fractures with x-rays. "2,3 Orthojiaedie Surgen- The practical application oforthopaedics in the operating room with discussion oi techniques of surgery, anatomy, pathology, pathophysiology and complications of diseases. "24 Trauma Rounds- Orthopaedic traumatology is revieweif wilh emphasis being placed on applied basic science, surgical anatomy, diagnosis and definitive managemenl. These sessions are supervised by a faculty member and are held weekly, eaeli session lasting one and one half hours T25 p0ne Tumour Registry- A review of bone tumour and related problems with presentation of clinical and latiora- ORPA ton- information, radiographs and pathological materials One ancl one half hours monthly. 904 Seminar in Orlhojiaedies- A series of 60 .seminars in or- iliopaeclies anc! traumatic surgery given over a two-vein period — thirty sessions in each of the two vears One evening jier week throughout the winter session. For postgraduate studenls proceeding to Certilication and Fellowship of ihe Royal College of Physicians ancl Surgeons of Canada. Paediatrics Faculty of Medicine PAED 351 (6) Human Physical Growth and Development- An examination ofthe factors concerned with human physical growth and development from conception to maturity, their assessment and study, with emphasis on normal van ation and sexual dimorphism. A review of factors whii li niay influence growth and development adversely will be included, bin the major emphasis is on norma! patterns. Permission must be obtained for non-medical students (.Nol offered 199092.1 425 (2) Iniroduction lo Paediatrics- Fourteen hours of lectures anil seven four-hour clinicai sessions, which serve as an introduction to growth and development, clinical appraisal ofhealthyand handicapped children, understanding the mother-child relationship, history taking and physical exanunai ion, anci certain fundamentalaspects of chili i heal! ii care. ■(711 (8) Princijiles of Paediatrics- 1. This is a series of !o i ures and clinics devoted lo paediatrics. Students are as far as pi issibleiauglit in small groups. 2, Students are assigned io the Department ol Paediatrics for four days a week for a i ine- montfi period. This time is devoied primarily to met hi ids < it histoiv-takingand physical examination of infants and iiii! dren. Morning clinics of two hours a day are held for four Pathology 383 weeks. The students are encouraged to follow up theircascs insofar as time allows. 451 Paediatric Injection and Immunity- Pathophysiology of infection and the immune response in the young host. Third year elective. 452 (3) Health Problems in lhe Adolescent- A review with particular regard to application of Behavioural Sciences. Third vear elective. 475 (12) Paediatrics- Studenls are assigned to the Department of Paediatrics for 6 weeks. They are responsible for patient histories, physical examinations, participate in investigation and management, and follow patient progress under direct Resident and Staff supervision. They take part in daily' rounds of their ward and the Department. On evenings and weekends, students are on duty on a regular rotation to observe and participate, under supervision, in the care of newly-admitted patients. 700 Grand Rounds- Lecture or group presentation of current paediatric topics or advances in paediatrics followed by discussion. One hour weekly. 701 Case .Management Rounds- Case presentations and discussion of interesting patients, often ofa problematic nature, with a review of tlie currenl knowledge ofthe particular disease or malformation presented. One hour weekly. 702 Fundamental Princijiles of Paediatric Haematology- A review of encountered problems related to paediatric haematology, with particular reference to childhood anaemias and leukaemias and investigation thereof, "4)5 Seminars in Paediatric Nejihrology- A review of renal pathology and clinical manifestations of anatomical abnormalities and diseases ofthe urinary tract 704 Paediatric Neurology- A series of seminars, group discussions and ease presentations, Willi emphasis un neurological examination and Gesell testing of normal and abnormal infants and children. Common neurological problems are presented ancl discussed. 7(J5 Paediatric Emergencies and their Treatment- A course held twice weekly for two months, as an introduction to emergency' situations in paediatrics. 706 Paediatric Surgery- A clinically-oriented ceiurse with case- presentations of surgical conditions particularly related to childhood. One hour weekly. 7()7 Basic Science Seminars in Neonatology- A scientific review of problems encountered in the foetus or newborn infant. A literature review incorporating the most recent information is presenteeland a scientific-basis (brdiagnostic. preventive or treatment aspects is considered. One to two hours weekly. "OS Neonatal'Radiology'Seminar- An organized group of current case presentations based on radiographic films in which the diagnosis or evaluation of progress in a new born infant is discussed. The limits of diagnostic usefulness, and suggestions for subsequent investigation and management are explored. One hour weekly. ""11 Special Problems in Intensive Care- A group of special problems in Lhe Intensive Care Nurseiv are presenied anti discussed from the standpoint of etiology, diagnosis, management and ultimate outcome. One to two hours weekly "12 Perinatal Mortality Conference- Discussion of perinatal mortality cases for the month, with review of clinical ami laboratory findings, managementand pathology findings bv paediatric, obstetrical and pathology teaching staff Methods of possible prevention of foetal or neonatal death are discussed and recommended as hypothetical reasons for patentability, when appropriate. Two hours monthly. 713 Seminars in Biochemical Paediatrics- A series of discussions on ciinical problems which are chosen to illustrate tlie biochemical basis for the practice of paediatrics. 7pl Paediatric Palhology- Demonstration and dissection ol congenital hear lesions; correlation of cardiological and pathological data. One hour weekly. 715 Paediatric Cardiology- A review of cases investigated during the pre-ions week with demonstration ofthe investigative finding; and discussion of the plan of management. One hour weekly. Pathology PATH Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, Faculty of Medicine 300 16) Background lo Medical laboratory Science- Introductory lectures and laboratory sessions in clinical chemistry, haematology and blood banking, hospital microbiology, preparation ancl examination of tissue sections. For Medical laboratory' Science studenls without previous experience in hospital laboratories Prerequisites; BIOL2()0.201;CI1EM 205, 230; MICB 200. [3-4: 0-0] 301 (4) Introduction lo Medical Laboratory Science- An integrated appro-act to specific areas of the theoretical and practical aspect* of those physical and biological sciences relevant lo medical laboratory' science. Emphasis will be placed upon the application ofbasic science to those clinical disciplines praei ised by the medical laboratory scientist, e.g. histochemistry, clinical chemistiy, microbiology, haematology, etc 303 (4) Medical laboratory Science — Principles of Tissue Culture and Cy.ology- Tissue culture techniques in clinical diagnosis; cy [((logical techniques used in the diagnosis and control of cancer. Sex chromatin determination. 304 (4) Medical laboratory Science—Normal Human Histology- An advanced lecture and laboratory course in ihe uticroscopic structure ofthe human body necessary' for a complete understanding of histochemistry ancl histopathology. 305 (4) Modern Micoscojiy- A lecture and laboratory course in the theoretical and practical application of modern biological microscopes—corn pound, dissecting, comparison, dark ground, fluorescent, phase contrast, interference and electron microscopes. 300 (2j Nuclear Medicine jor Medical Laboratory Scienlists- Introductoiy Nuclear Medicine with specific reference to the Pathology laboratory. 375 Introduction to Human Pathology- A lecture-demonstration course designed to acquaint students in the allied health professior s with a basic understanding ofthe causes, natural history, mid pathophysiology of common disease preicesses. Prerequisite BIOI. 101 or 102, CHEM 103, 110 or 120, PHYL 30., BIOC 300, ANAT 390 and ANAT 501 or their equivalents 390 (4; BasicPatholciy- Alecturecourseforstudentsinallied health sciences designed to review basic pathologic processes involving v; rious body systems. [2-0; 2-0] 401 Principles oj Paihology- A lecture and seminar course designed for den al students and dealing with the understanding of human diseases. 402 (a) Medical Labo-atory Science—Haematology- A theoretical and practical examination of those modern concepts of haematology which relate to the practice of medical laboratory science. 404 (6) Diagnostic Histochemistry- A lecture and laboratory course that encompasses the theoiy and the practice of currently available histochemifal techniques. This course is to supplement thehistopathologieal technique course taken asa requirement lor CSLT(RT) certification. i()5 (2) Seminars in Current Topics- This seminar course is intended to train students in the oral presentation of scientific papers and make them critically aware of the current literature. They will be assigned, on a roiational basis, current issues of journals in the field of laboratory medicine. In consultation with facuitv [hey will select one or more- papers for review in a 15-20 minute presentation. The presentation will f e followed by a general discussion. 400 (6) Medical Laberaloiy Science - Clinical Chemistry- Toys couise will leview unci discuss tile methodology of clinical chemistry in order to put these analytical methods into the broad perspective of the pathophysiology of human disease and biochemistiy. 407 (4j Medical laboratory Toxicology—Analytical, Clinical and Forensic- A theoretical and practical examination of analytical and pathophysiological aspects of clinical and forensic toxicology. Prerequisites for students not registered in the Bachelor of Medical Laboratory Science program: BIOC 300, CHKM 311 and PATH 375 or their equivalents. 408 (5) Medical Laboratory-'Science—Laboratory Administration- Personnel management, staff management relationships, stock control, record keeping etc Medicolegal aspects of medical laboratory science. Theory' and practice of quality control. Use of computers in lite medical laboratory". 415 (2) Immunopathology- Immunological events causing tissue injury. 425 (1/2/14) d Human Pathology- This course covers the basic principles of general pathology and their application on a systemic basis as an introduction to the si tidy of clinical medicine. Emphasis is placed on the etiology, pathogenesis ancl nalural histoiy of disease. Disordered physiology and biochemistiy are correlated with the pathologic lesions that comprise organic disease. The course consists of lectures and correlated laboratory periods which include gross and histopathology, autopsy demonstrations, clinical biochemistiy, clinical pathological conferences, and student seminars. Two terms. -138 (2-6) c Medical laboratory Science — Directed Sludies- Investigation of a specific topic in Medical Laboratory Science. Permission ol the Head of the Department is required. 448 (2) Iniroduction lo laboratory Medicine- An elective course open to first year medical students who spend at least three consecutive hours each week in one ol [he- affiliated hospitals of iheDepartmcntcif Pathology, Vancouver General I lospital, under the joim supervision of a Senii >r Resident in Pathology and the Professional Staff of the following Divisions: anatomical pathology, clinical biochemistiy, haematology, paediatric pathology. Enrolment is limited. 450 Systemic Palhology- A series of Palhology discussions in conjunction with various clinical departments designed to illustrate the role of Pathology in the diagnosisand management of various diseases. 451 (3) Clerkship in laboratory Medicine- An elective course open to third-year medical students, designed to familiarize the student with various subspecialties of Laboratory Medicine, including Haematology, Clinical Biochemistry, and Nuclear Medicine. This elective may involve attendance at one or more affiliated hospitals. Registration requires < on- sent ofthe Department, and enrolment may be limited. 452 (3) Clerkship in Anatomic Pathology- An elective course open to third-year medical students, designed to familiarize lhe student with Anatomic: Pathology, including Surgical Pathology, Paediatric Pathology, Autopsy Pathology and Cytology. This elective may involve attendance at one or more affiliated hospitals. Registration requires consent of the Department and enrolment may be limited. 453 Clinical Laboratory Haematology- Correlative seminars based < in haematology case studies relating clinical features to laboratory investigations. Same as MEDI452. 475 Medical Jurisprudence- A general survey of medico-legal problems likely to be encountered by physicians. The role of forensic medicine and toxicology in t he administration of justice is emphasized. 500 (2-8) d General Principles of Pathology- General principles of etiology, pathogenesis, disordered physiology and anatomic pathology of common disease processes, with emphasis on experimental approaches, 501 (2-6) c Systemic Palhology- Diseases affecting the renal, genitourinary, cardiovascular, pulmonary, gastrointestinal, 384 Pathology 502 506 510 512 518 531 535 5u8 549 560 5(i 1 562 female reproductive, haematopoietic, endocrine, bone and joint, and central nervous systems will be described. (61 Hislochemislry in Palhology- A lecture and laboratory course that encompasses the theory and the practice of currently available histochemical techniques as applied to pathological material. A basic knowledge of Histology is preferable but not essential. (2) Ullraslruelural Pathology- A review of fine structure as seen in various pathological conditions. Prerequisite: a knowledge of Microscopic Anatomy and PATH 425 or 500. l-i) Analytical Methods in Chemical Pathology- Asurvey of the application of the principles of analytical chemistry to the investigation of disease. A knowledge of basic analytical chemistry is a prerequisite. (4) Chemical Palhology- A critical survey of current knowledge relating to the physiological ancl metabolic disturbances underlying disease. (8) Experimental Pathology- A lecture and laboratory course designed to develop laboratory skills particularly applicable in experimental pathology. Prerequisite: PATH SIX). (2-4) c Pulmonary Pathophysiology- A review of current topics in pulmonary pathophysiology at an advanced level suitable for graduate students majoring in pathology, medicine, surgery or anaesthesiology Topics will include lung -anatomy, ventilation, blood flow, gas exchange and fluid and solute exchange. Physiologic abnormalities caused by pathological changes willbeexarninedindetaii. Prerequisites: PATH 401.425. or 500, and PHYL 301,303 or 400, or equivalents. (•i) Recent Mivances in Biopathology- Aseries of lectures with related reading designed to cover new concepts in Biopathology with emphasis on functional ancl structural alterations in disease. Prerequisites; M.D. or D.M.D. degree or PATH 500. (6) Research Topics in Pathophysiology- A lecture and laboratory' course reviewing current areas of research in Pathophysiology. Registration requires permission of the Department. (2) Immunopathology- Same as PATH 415, with research assignment. Prerequisite: PATH 425 or 500. (3) Biology and Genelics of Neoplasia- Same as MEDC 521. Credit will be given for only one of MEDG 421. MEDG 521, or PATH 531. (2) Seminar- Attendance required of all M.Sc, candidates in the department. (3) Techniques in Molecular Biology and Experimental Pathology— Nucleic acid purification and characterization; restriction en/yme digests; northern and southern blotting: cloning; DNA sequencing; polymerase chain reaction technology; electron microscopy; fluorescein-activated cell sorting. 10-0; 0-6] (1-12) e Directed Studies M.Sc Sludents (18) .M.Sc. Thesis (4) RadiopharmaceuticalsinNuclear'Medicine- Ananaly- sis of practical and theoretical problems involved in the production and manufacture oi radioactive drugs used in the diagnosis and treatment of human diseases with particular emphasis on short-lived nuclides. Quality control, B.P and U.S.P. standards, sterility, stability, pyrogenicity, biological properties, tissue distribution, effective half life, radiation dose, health safety. Same as PHAR 560. (2) lu Vitro Assay Techniques in Medicine- Theoretical considerations concerning qualitative and quantitative in vitro assay techniques used in Nuclear Medicine. These include isotope dilution, competitive protein binding, radioimmunoassay, neutron activation analysis and gamma ray spectrometry (2) Clinical Nuclear Medicine- The clinical application in vitro and in vivo of radioactive visualization procedures in diagnostic ancl therapeutic nuclear medicine with emphasis on appropriate utilization of those procedures and their role in patient diagnosis. t75 (4) Forensic Pathology- Modern forensic practice for pathologists and others concerned with forensic sciences. Prerequisite: PATH 425. 635 (2) Seminar- Attendance required forall Ph.D. candidates in the department. 648 (1-6 j c Directed Studies for Ph.D students 649 Ph.D. Thesis 700 Pathology Conference- Review and analysis of current cases. Diagnostic and pathogenic significance of findings are assessed. One hour weekly. 701 Surgical Pathology- Five days per week one hour review of current diagnostic biopsy problems. Diagnostic and therapeutic implications are discussed. 702 Haematologic Pathology- Lectures and seminars on the pathology of haematological diseases. Two hours weekly. 703 Histochemical Pathology- A series of lectures and seminars to show current applications of histochemical techniques to contemporary pathological diagnosis. One hour weekly per quarter. 704 Haematologic Pathology- Analysis of pathology of bone marrow aspirates; taken in one half or whole year. One and one half hours weekly. 705 Clinical Chemistry- A series of lectures, seminars, tutorials and, laboratory tuition to demonstrate the use of chemical analysis in clinical medicine. Two hours weekly. 706 Neuropathology- Sectioning of necropsy material with clinicopathological correlation. One hour weekly. 707 Neuropathology, Clinical correlation- Pathology of central nervous system disease demonstrated to clinical staff, stressingcon-elationwithclinicaldiseises.Twohours weekly. 708 Dermatopathology- Clinicopathological correlation of dermal lesions. Discussion of pathogenesis, clinical course, and prognostic implications. One hour weekly. Renal Biopsy Rounds- Weekly correlation between clinical status ancl pathological findings in several patients. (SameasMEDI711.) Hepatic and Gastrointestinal Pathology- Clinicopathological correlation of hepatic and gastrointestinal biopsy material with discussions of pathogenesis, etiology and therapeutic implications. Alternate weeks, one hour. 711 Cytology- Daily review of cytopathology. Analysis of cervical and sputum smears and pleural, gastric and bronchial aspirates with discussion of significance to patients, taken in one quarter of year. 712 Perinatal Mortality Conference- Discussion of perinatal mortality cases for the month, with review- of clinical and laboratory findings, management and pathology findings by paediatric, obstetrical and pathology teaching staff. Methods of possible prevention of foetal or neonatal death are discussed and recommended as hypothetical reasons for preventability, where appropriate. Two hours monthly. 713 Seminars in Biochemical Paediatrics- A series of discussions on clinical problems which are chosen to illustrate the biochemical basis for the practice of paediatrics. 714 Paediatric Pathology- Demonstration and dissection of congenital heart lesions; correlation of cardiological and pathological data. One hour weekly. 7.30 Clinical Nuclear Medicine- See RADI 710. 731 Progress in Nuclear Medicine- See RADI 711. 732 Clinical Investigation/Research- See RADI 712. 733 Quality Correlation in Nuclear Medicine- See RADI 713. Pharmaceutical Sciences PHAR Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences 100 (4) Professional Practice I- An overview ofthe profession of pharmacy and contemporary standards of practice, with 709 710 emphasis on the role ofthe pharmacist as a provider of drug information. Laboratory work includes development of skills in compounding and dispensing and in interpersonal communications. Corequisite: PHAR 211. [2-3*-0; 2-3*-0] 200 (4) Professional Praclice II- Professional relationships; interactions with patients and with other health care providers. Patterns of medication use and abuse in society, the detection and resolution of medication problems Corequisite: PHAR 311. [2-3*-0; 2-3*-0] 211 (8) Drug Delivery Systems I- Principles of the design, preparation anci evaluation of oral drug delivery systems. (4-3*-0; 4-3*-0] 240 (3) Pharmacology for Nurses- Astudyoftheeffects, side- effects, mechanism of action and interaction of drugs. Primarily intended for students in second year nursing. [3-0; 0-0) 300 (2) Professional Practice III- Pharmacy law ancl regulations, ethical principles and responsibilities, statistics ancl research design, critical analysis of the pharmacy professional practice research literature, contemporary issues in ambulatory practice. Prerequisite: successful completion of all required courses in the first two years ofthe pharmacy curriculum. [1-3; 1-3] 301 (3) Self-Medication Products-A study of non-prescription medications for the self-medicating patient. The pharma- k cist's role in recommending safe and effective drug prcpa- M rations will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Successful coni- V pletion of all required courses of the first two years i if the pharmacy program. [0-0; 3-0] 311 (4) Drug Delivery Systems II- Principles of the design, preparation and evaluation of parenteral, intrapulmonaiy, dermal, ophthalmic, otic, nasal, rectal and vaginal drug delivery systems. [2-3*-0; 2-3*-0] 315 (4) Pharmacokinetics- Fundamental pharmacokinetic principles underlying the administration, absorption, distribution, metabolism ancl excretion of drugs administered as pharmaceutical dosage forms Prerequisites: PHAR 21 land 311. [4-0; 0-0) 325 (4) Pharmaceutical Analysis- An introduction to qiiality control methods used toanalyse drugs including: aqueous, non-aqueous, redox, complexiometric and potentiometnc, titnmetry: colorimetric, tluorometric, ultra-violet and infrared spectroscopy; paper, column thin-layer, gas-liquid, and high-pressure-liquidchromatography; biochemical tesisaiid the use of radioisotopes in Pharmacy. Prerequisites: CULM 230, registration in third year. [4-3; 0-3] 331 tj>) Introduction to Pharmacy Management- Fundamental behavioural and managerial principles applied to pharmacy operations. Prerequisite: ECON 100 is strongly recommended. [0-0; 3-0] or [3-0; 0-0] 360 (3) Introduction to Pharmaceutical Biotechnology- An introduction to recombinant DNA technology used in the designand production ofagents for the prevention, diagm >- sis ancl treatment of disease and a discussion ofthe ethic al, economic and societal issues associated with these agents, [0-0; 3-0] 370 (4) DRUGS: Chemistry, Pharmacology and Therapeutics I- Pharmacological, chemical and physical principles of defined groups of drugs; the relationship of chemical structure to biological activity; the treatment with these drugs i if diseases commonly encountered in pharmacy praclice Drug groups will include those affecting the autonomic nervous system, local anaesthetics and selected others. The role of the pharmacist in the resolution of drug-reiaied problems will be stressed. [0-0; 4-0] 380 (6) DRUGS Chemistry. Pharmacology and Therapeutics II- Pharmacological, chemical and physical principles of defined groups of drugs; the relationship of chemical structure to biological activity; the treatment with these drugs of diseases commonly encountered in pharmacy practice Drug groups will include; renal, cardiac, respiratory, endocrine and selected others. The role ofthe pharmacist in the resolution of drug-related problems will be stressed. [6-2*; 0-0j Pharmaceutical Sciences 385 387 4D3 u04 407 1(18 409 412 414 415 416 417 u25 (6) DRUGS: Chemistry, Pharmacology and Therapeutics III- Pharmacological, chemical and physical principles of defined groups of drugs; the relationship of chemical structure to biological activity; the treatment with these drugs of diseases commonly encountered in pharmacy practice. Drug groups will include: gastrointestinal, psychotropic, neurological disorders, analgesics and selected others. The role of the pharmacist in the resolution of drug-related problems will be stressed. |0-0; 6 2*] (6) Clinical Clerkship 1—Ambulatory- Evaluation of drug use in the ambulant patient; developing family drug record plans to review prescribed and self-seiected medication usage; comparative evaluation of non-prescription drug products within therapeutic classifications: methods of interprofessional and patient communication of above. Corequisite: PHAR401. [1-7; 1-31 (3) Clinical Clerkship II—Institutional- Pharmacy service in various types of hospitals ranging from acute to extended to specialty treatment objectives. Drug distribution methods, drug utilization control approaches, interprofessional relationships and specific patient drug therapy case studies are included. Corequisite: PHAR 401. |1-4| (4) Drug'Fherajiy'for the Pediatric Patient- introduction to the pediatric patient. Emphasis is placed on developmental pharmacology, pediatric disease states and their treatment, and drug therapy considerations specific- to the pediatric population. Limited enrolment; permission from instructor required. Graduate and undergraduate studenls from other Faculties may be admitted. 14-0: ()-0| (2-6) cProblemsin Clinical Pharmacy- Individual assignments involving library and clinical investigation of specific problems relating to drug utilization and information topics, [0-6; 0-6] (4) Clinical Pharmacokinetics- Lectures and discussion^ of topics on the application of pharmacokinetic principles and the use of therapeutic drug level monitoring in clinical pharmacy practice. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all required courses in the first three years ofthe pharmacy curriculum. Permission of instructor required. |4-0; 0-0] or [0-0; 4-0] (3) Drug Therapy for the Geriatric Patient- A combination of lectures and workshops is used to address topics such as: the social, individual, physiological anc! pharmaco- j logical aspects of aging; major disease states occurring in ' (he elderly and their respective drugand non-drug management;,specific communication difficulties encountered with the elderly and methods of minimizing their impact on patient education and compliance. Permission of inslructor required. [0-0; 3-0] (4) Sterile Pharmaceutical Products- A study of theoiy and methods of sterilization, and the considerations involved in the preparation of various types of sterile products. [0-0; 2-4] (6) Problems in Pharmaceutics and Biopharmaceutics- Individual assignments involving library and laboratory investigation of problems involved in the development of pharmaceutical dosage forms. [0-6; 0-61 (a) Topics in Pharmaceutics and Biopharmaceutics- A study of selected topics in the field of pharmaceutics and biopharmaceutics. (Registration restricted, permission of instructor required.) [2-0; 2-0] (4) Pharmaceutical Manufacturing- The formulation and production of pharmaceuticals including an introduction to selected pharmaceutical processes and plant protocol Laboratory includes some individual formulation problems. (Enrolment restricted. Permission of the instructor is required.) [1-6*; 1-6*1 (4) ClinicalPharmaceutics cifDermatologjc and Ophthalmic Products- A study of locally administered pharmaceu - tical products for the treatment and care of the skin and the eye. [2-0; 2-0) (6) Drug Testing and .Assaying- Modern analytical techniques applied to separation and analysis of pharmaceutical 300 301 702 70.3 preparations ind special methods employed in pharmaceutical research. Registration limited. [1-4: 1-4] 426 (6) Prohlen.s in Pharmaceutical Chemistiy- Research id. and library thesis projects related to problems in analytical and synthetic aspects of drugs and natural products, and molecular aspects of drug action. (Registration limited, i [0-6; 0-6] m 428 {IfAQSARApjiroacbloDrugDestgii- A detailed examination of substi: uent parameters ancl their use in quantitative structure-activity studies anci drug design. Other methods of rational dug design as well as receptor models and effector mecnanisms will be included. Prerequisite: permission of tin instructor j 20; 0-01 429 (21 Biochen leal and Cluneal Aspecls of Drug Metabolism— Astuih ofthe major enzyme^ anti i hereactii ins involved in lhe biotran iformatior if dings. Facte :rs affecting drug metabolism, en cyme induction and inhibition, as well as pharmacokinetic models and drug interactions wili be discussed. Prerequisite permission ofthe instructor |0-0; 2-0] 434 (6) Problem: in Pharmacognosy- individual library- unci laboratory in .'cstigations related to the isolation and the study of physical and chemical (iroperties of compounds derived from biological sources, [0-6; 0-61 433 (3) Pesticides- Chemistry, toxicology to target and nun target organi: ins, and usage of insecticides, herbicides anc! fungicides; metabolism, environmental fate and impact; regulatory, social unci legal implications. (Offered in alternate vears.) (Same as PLNT 135.J Prerequisite: CHIiM 230. ' |3-0; <-0| 4.3" (4) Topics in Pharmacognosy- Topics chosen from such areas as biosynthesis of natural producls, microbiological transformaticn products, isolation and purification methods, comma rial aspects of crude drug production and uther areas oi currenl interest. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. [24); 2-0j 440 (3) Pain Reseirchand'Therapy- A multidisciplinary course dealing with basic mechanisms ancl the clinical manage- 708 ment of acute and chronic pain. Prerequisite: PHAR 371) or permission o'instructor. [3-0; 0-0] tn (6) Problems in Pharmacology- Individual assignments involving library ancl laboratoiv investigation of certain aspects of drug action. (Enrolment restricted.) [0-6; 0-iij S10 448 (41 Environmental and Celtular'Toxicology- Toxicology of heavy meals, pesticides; mutagenic, teratogenic and carcinogeniceffectsofcirugs Prerequisites:B1OC300,PHYL 311 301 and .302, PHAR 3"0.380, 387, |(.)-0: -i-OJ u50 12-6) c Selected Topics- Thesis or Essay. 432 (3) Commun'ly Pharmacy Adminislralion-- Selected top- ics in die lied of pharmacy administration. Registration restricted, pe mission of instructor required. Prerequisite: PHAR 371. |0-0: 3-0] oi |3-0; 0-0] 473 (l-(i)eProble'iisinPbaniiacvMlmhtislration- Individual assignments involving library and field work investigations of problemsassociated with pharmacy administration, enrolment restr cted. Prerequisite: Suceesslul completion of the required i nurses ofthe first three years ofthe pharmacy curriculum. 434 (2) Hospital rharmacy Administration- Organization, staffing, hosp tal pharmacy services and their deveiopmenl, economics and purchasing, drug use control, specialized sen-ices, new trends and developments. [0-0; 2-0] ^q 435 (4) Community Health Services and Pharmacy Practice- Issues in health care, .immunity health services and pharmacy practice. [2-0: 2-tii ^ 438 (3) Marketing Applications in Pharmacy — A detailed examination, through lectures, case sludies and student projects, of marketing theory and practices as applied to y^ community, institutional and industrial pharmacy, and to pharmacy organizations. Prerequisite: PHAR 351. Graduate students and undergraduate students from other Faeul- ~>-"° 51-1 521 522 tics may be admitted to thecourse with permission irom the instructor [3-0; 0-0] or[0-0; 3-0| (O) Professional'PracticeClerkship- A I60hourc!crkship normally completed during a 4-5 week period in the summer immediately prior to entering the fourth year clinical Pharmacy courses. Corequisites: PHAR 300 and 351. (6) Drugs: Chemistty. Pharmacology and Therapeutics IV- Pharmacological, chemical and physical principles of defined groups of drugs; the relationship of chemical structure to biological activity; the treatment with these drugs of diseasescommonly encountered in pharmacy practice Drug groups will include: antimicrobials, chemolherapeutic agents and selected others. The role ofthe pharmacist in the resolution of drug-related problems will be stressed [b-1*; 0-0] 181 Pharmaceutical Reseaich Tecbiiieiues- Modern physical, chemical and biological techniques currently used in pharmaceutical research. Permission of instruclor required. |2-6; 1-6] (12) Adraneed Pharmacolherapeullcs-- Pharmaeotherapeutic intervention in selected acute and chronic diseases and disorders. Emphasis is on recomnier,- riations fnr and monitoring of drug therapy. Prerequisile: PHAR 401. Corequisite: PATH 425. I.3-6: 3-6] (41 Advanced Concepts In Pharmacokinetics- Models ol linear ancl dose-dependent systems in pharmacokinetics including sustained release, wilumes of distribution, drug clearance, metabolite kinetics, multiple dosing ancl computer modelling. Prerequisite; PHAR3IS. [4-0; l)-0| or [0-0: -HI] (2-12) c Graduate Clinical Clerkship- This course will consist of clinical rotations of 4-6 weeks' duration (20-40 hours per week, 2 credit/rotation) in selected specialty areas in medicine and clinical pharmacy. .Students will he- assigned in clinicians in the selected specialty who are members ol either the Faculty oiMedicine or Pharmaceutical .Sciences and who are appointed as clinical instructors for this course. Rotations will take place at the sitetsi where the majority of the clinician's prat-ice is conducted. li) Advanced AlijiliciitiiinsinCliniccilPharmaccikinelics- Pharmacokinetic applications in therapeutic dnig monitoring and patient care; specific drugs ancl disease states, effects of age and concomitant dnig administration. Prerequisite: PHAR 502. [1-0:0-0] or 10-0: 4-01 (2-6) d Advanced Pharmaceutics I— A study of physical and chemical properties of pharmaceutical systems with emphasis on formulation and preparative aspects. (2-6j d Advanced Pharmaceutics II- A study of problems in pharmaceutics wilh emphasis on biopharmaceutical aspects, (2) Adi ancedPharmaceutics III- A study of problems in pharmaceutics with emphasis on aspects of quality evaluation. tii! Advanced Drug Delivery Syslems- Controlled release and targeted drug delivery systems. Advances in delivery systems for peptide and protein drugs, j 3-0; 3 0] (31 Advanced Medicinal Chemislry I- A study of the unclertviiig physical anel chc-mica! jiarameters determining drug action in ie|iresentative classes of drugs. (2) Advanced Medicinal Chemislry 11— A study of the theories and kinetics of drug receptor interactions and reeeni advances in die molecular properties of drug receptors. (41 Advanced Pharmacognosy A detailed study of selected compounds ol biological origin useful in rhe fields ot Pharmacy and Medicine (242) c Clinicai Clerkships I- Required clinical rotations of i weeks' duration in selected specialty' areas in medicine and clinical pharmacy. (2-12) c Clinical Clerkships //-Elective clinical rotat ions of 4 weeks duration in hospital, office or clinic: locations. |2) Pharm D Seminar 386 Pharmaceutical Sciences 5(0 (2-U) i'l'ojiics in Pharmacology- Lectures and supervised sludies m selected areas of pharmacology. (Enrolment restricted ) 5 cl i3) Drug Metabolism and Toxicology - The biotransformation of drugs, pesticides, carcinogens and other foreign chemicals in animais ami humans. Tlie biochemical mechanisms responsible, particularly the cytochrome P-450 mono-oxygenases. wiil lie emphasized. The formation of toxic reae tie e metabolites and I heir effects will be discussed. lEnrolnicni restricted, i 4-t2 (,3i Central Nervous System Pharmacology- A course comprised o! lectures, assigned readings and reports on selected lopics dealing with drug actions in the central nervous system. Given in alternate years. (Permission of instruclor required.) 5i3 (31 Advanced laboratory in Pharmacology- A laboratory course giving iiisfruciion in ilie meihods and lechniques used in pharmacological research. Registration limited. [0- i); 0-6[ 5 it 1,3) Physiology andPharmacology'of The'Autonomic iNeir oils Syslem- A lecture and seminar course dealing wilh adrenergic, cholinergic and peptidergic transmission in site peripheral nervous system. Topics to be discussed will include mechanisms of .synthesis, siorage anel release of neurotransmitters and effects oi drugs on [liese processes (.uvt-niiialieriiateyeai-s.iPei-iiiissieificniisti-uiiorreciuireii.i S+5 (3) Cardiovascular Pharmacology - A course comjioseci of lectures, assigned readings and conferences dealing with aspect so! (bug actions and cardiovascular iunilion. Topics inc hide the role oi adenylate cyclase ui cardiac iunci ion. tlie role of calcium in myocardial contractility and the effect ol drugs on myocardial and vascular function. Enrolment re- siiicied. Given in alternaie vears 5u8 ill M.Sc Seminar- Attenilanceatregularscmiiiai, throughout the session and presentation of one or more papers on selected topics, 50 !fv'12i c Master's Thesis 550 12-6) c Directed Studies 551 :6) Pharmacy in Canada- Cultural, social, behavioural and organizational foundations and theories of pharmacy in ihe Canadian Health Care System. Open onh tc Pharmacy Administration graduate students. [3-0: 3-0] 552 tin Issues In Pharmacy .Administration Research- Research metliods applied to the studv of social and behavioural aspects ol health care and pharmacy practice. Open only lo pharmacy administration doctoral sludents who have completed graduate-level courses in statistics ami research design. [3-0: 3-0| 554 13) Advanced Hospital Pbarviacv Management- Institutional, professional and regulatory laeii irs that influence the planning, implenientation and control of pharmat-y setvices in hospitals. Permission of instruclor required. 575 (31 Hospiiai Drug Distribution Systems- Major types of clisiiihuiion syslems; regulaiorvand professional sianclarcls that govern the managers responsibility in the control of drug handling are explored in depth. Permission of instruc- ior required. 460 id Radlojiharmaceuticalslu NuclearMedicine- An anaivsis of practical and theoretical problems involved in lhe production and maniifaelure of radioactive drugs used in ilie diagnosis anci i real mem of lit mian diseases with particulai- emphasis on siion-liveci nuclides. Quality coniroi. HP and U.S.P. sianclarcls, steriiilc stability, jivrogeniciiv. bio- logical properties, tissue distribution, effective half life, radiation close, health saietv. fhe laboratory will consisi csi producing anci quality control testing many of the radioactive drugs used in nuclear medicine. Available lo senior undergraduate or gmcluaie science', pharmacy or medical students. Limited to 10 students. Fundamental knowledge ol physics, eiiemistiv and biologv is required. (Same as PAl'IIShO.) 5(41 il) In Vllin .Assay Techniques in Nuclear Medicine Theoretical considerations conceining qualitative and quantitative in vitro.issay techniques used in uiulearmecii- cine. These- inciiule isoiope' dilution, competilice pinion binding, radioimmunoassay. neiiU'onaci nation analysis ani! gamma ray spectronielrv.The laboratory will consist ofthe jictiorinau; e ol lite above ,is-„ic iciiuiiques iiv individual sliicleiils Avail;; hit- io senior uni It rgmii u.ue.o! pos!-grail u- aie silence charm.a v or mcdirai stiirieiils I imneci io 10 students. Fundamental knowledge of phvsics. chemistry and biology is required I'lliis coi use simc ,n PATH OiL; 5"0 (2) Physical Assessment- Principle s ol and clinical experience in physical assessment ol pauenls io( monitoring oi drug efficacy and toxical viinterprcial ii in of oiijeciivcpatiem data bv the clinical pharmacist. 12-0; 04)1 or [0-0: 2-0 ti-iS (2) Seminar (or Ph 1) Siudenis- Attendance a! regular seminars throng! ii >ul tile-session and prc-seniation oh ineoc more papers on selected topics. 649 Docior of Philosophy Thesis Pharmacology and Therapeutics PCTH Faculty of Medicine 500 (6i Inlroductiou lo Rbnrmacology - fhe eonccpls I.in- guage and techniques i ifscicnlifK'pharmacology. Intended primarily for Honours ami Major students in Pharmacology Pierequi'Ues H!OI.20i)and2111:CHIiM230 or215 or 205 and 2t) 1.202 tor 2U71; permission of ihe 1 le.ii! ofthe Department. ; Students are advised not to lake this course unless their standing ui tin: prerequisites is ai leas! fv0"„ i 13-5.5-5! 302 |5l lulroduclorv Pharmacology Laboralory A seiies of expetiineniai demonstrations and individual laboratory ex - penments illustrating the basic principles of pharmacology Corequisiie. PCTI1 3ll5. [1-3*; LP! 307 (6) BasicIhiniaii Pharmacology- Lectures and assigned rcai ling on ilie elf eels, mechanisms ot aihon. absorpiioi), distribution, lale and excrel ion oi major classes of ihc'iapeii- tic agents used in humans. Indications for the use of pa t'ticti- lar drugs will be iliscussecl in terms oi risk versus benefit li ir ihe individual and for society, Corequisites: WOO 302 ami PHYL 501 I.PI. 3-0| -ititi iiii Systematic Pharmacology- Lei lures in scieniifn pharmacology designed to he taken in con|unction with PCTI! 402. Aii aspects of die.study ofdrtigsvvil! he covered, hut the course will concenlrate on ihe scieniiiic as|'iec!s oi ihe pharniacnlngy of neiii'nhuirioral transmission and to ;t lesser extenl on ihe phaiiiiacoiogv of vinous oi-gans anci tissues Prerequisite: PCI 11 Sun, [5 ',;■)"'. J-ii-l" | i()2 Hi) Systematic Pbaitnacologv laboratory - A series of clemi ins! ratcel group, aniliniiiuiiu.illabt ial, irvexpc'iiiiicnls designed to illtist rate t he conccpi sand hypotheses of phar- macologv The i ourse is resiriciecl lo I It tiiours snujenis in Plianiiaeology.bul mav be taken I vc o! hersey iiii pei-mission ol lhe Head ol lhe Depanmenl, Prerequisile PCTH 3(11.) [0-9: D-"j lOi (31 Drug Assay and. Fharmacornelrics The lechniques used io tieie:-! anil mos'-iiie i on,vi;imiioiis .mii anions of endogenous or exogenous ijteniiiuh, using i heiinot! as says ancl hioassavs as appropriate. Enrolment limited lo iloni mis si uilenis in Pliainiacologvanii timers will: permission ofthe Head ofthe Department. Prerequisites: PCTH .3011 and BIOI ho [ i-ti 2-D| 125 IS) Medical Pharmacol'>gy A ieoure ami iahoraioiv ceiiirsecovcTiiigil lei nuclai no iial pharmacological,it i ion of drugs Bolh lerms 118 12-6; c Hirec Ceil sludies in Pharmacology Advanced investigation ot a s;;et ific lopn in f'liiriiiaeologv ■i4. ii'OldlTouoliis Thesis \ research priiiiieni directed he a faculty member. Restricted to Honours si intents. 451 (5) Review oj Clinical Pharmacology- A lecture and seminar course dealing v. ill) selected problems in liierapeti- elective tor thircl-xceir medical studenls. Dcpariiiicnla! an proval. (52 (31 Medical Aspects of Nutrition- A lecnire course ituer ing csseiuials of nutrition a.s related to metabolism and disease. This course has been designed as a basic science elective tor third-year medical students. Departmental approval. 05 '2i Therapeutics A lee'Iurc. assigned pioblem.s, and dis- iiission course dealing with practical aspects of iherapcu- iics. This course is designed in give iliirc! vear rneilita! siiidems some praiiica! experience in the science o! drug prescribing 500 (5) Molecular Mj<ecls oj Drug .Action al the Membrane level- Lecture's, discussion and assigned reading on Koepioc Kinetics; Occupancy and Rale Theories of Drug Action: Rerepior .Models; Approaches to Reee'iuor Isolation; effects of Drugs on Membrane Processes (Given in even numbered anti altcrnaie vears.i 5tii is; Slructnre-Actirilv Relationshtjis of Pharmacological .-ygetils- fee lures, discussions and assigned reading on phvsieot lien neal apjiioaclies io drug design- the rciauo:: ship between molecular sii-iieiurc unci phaim,icologK.il activity in various representative i lasses of drugs, t Given in even iiuiuheret! and alrernaic- years.i 462 i ti Drugs and Intercellular Communication iiiichuliu:' ^^ieiii-ojihormacology!- Leciures, discussions anti assigned reading on lhe aci ions of drugs on the production, release .liiilcellulareffeeisofhoi-monesanclnetirotraii.siiiittei-s, iCiwn in oriel niiinbeie-il anil alternate vears i 512 (5) ExperimeulalDesign andBioassay- 'ilie problems ol testing the efficacy ol thugs in animals and humans—eh,n lonsiiiuies atleiiiiaie controls and appropriate siatistical analysis. ■ i iiv en in odd numbered vears.) 715 iii Pharmacology of Anaesthesia- Advances in ihepii.u- maeoiogual aspects of anaesthesiology. Conferenies assigned reading and laboratory exercises demonstrating the actions of drugs a.s currently applied in the practice ol anaesthesiology. Prerequisite: PCTH -t25. 548 12-01 c Directed Simile's in Pharmacology- In spec ial cases, wi; in he. tppruv al of lhe Department 1 lead, advanced courses mav he arranged. 5i9 (12 i 1/, Se. Thesis (it. Ph.D. Thesis Philosophy Faculty of Arts PHIL 100 ttii Introduction to Philosophy- Some influential plnlo soiiiiical cc citings and dot nines, as an inlreniuction lo liii- problems anti methods of Philosophy. Sections of tins course varo riciaileti ciescriptions are gh-en in a hooklel obtainable from the Department. |3-0; 3-0| 115 tin IiiirtiiiuetioiiloItisioiyaudPhilosophyofseience An iniei-ilist i|ilin:ii-y inirodiieiion lo lhe nature of science' ind iccJiiiiilois. theii- |ilace m motion cniiiue. 'fhe coui-sc veil to-us on several issues, their historical development, and timiosdiiiieal significance'. Issues vaiv from voir io ci'ic. I Also listed as HIST I15.i 12-1:2-1! 120 1.4; Introduction lo logic and Critical 'Thinking- h i, c lor dealing eviih Iioih evc'ryiiav and more technical a-gu !iit-iiis::ni! eonecp's Analysis,mil re-siilnsioii ol ciiiilusions. amhigiiiiies, and fallacies. p 0} 125 c9 iuiroiiuciton to Scleulijic Reasoning- Praclice in cc ah i anng aigumeiiis bv examining the foundations of .seicniiti, reasoning; causal models anil evaluating can sal hypotheses models,,Iricosion making. [3-il] 2111 dc; Cni'i'V Tlioughl- A snivev of Greek philosophy st i ence', anil religion given collaboratively bv members ol tin Depart M on is'iff lassie sand Philosophy. The prc-Sot rata s PLi!o, .yristoile. Stoicism, Epicureanism. This couise: is 'lit omnicii! led as preparation im CtSTOiianci PHilOU). i \ho iisic-ilas! I.ST 211). i 12-1:2-1! Philosophy 387 220 230 240 310 311 312 31.3 314 315 320 323 324 330 337 (3) Symbolic Logic I- Sentential and predicate logic. The development of a system of deduction based on natural deduction. Translations of natural language into a formal language. [3-0] (3) Moral and Political Philosophy 1- Theories of obligation and value; moral reasoning; normative ethics, descriptive ethics ancl meta-ethics. Readings in classic and contemporary texts. [3-0] (3) Knowledge and Reality I- Topics in general philosophy including skepticism, theories of perception and justification, causation, induction, the mind/hody problem. Readings in classic and contemporary texts. [3-0] (3) Ancient Philosophy: A- Intensive study of a major ancient philosopher, school or movement. [3-0] (3.1 Ancient Philosophy B- For description, see PHIL 310. Prerequisite: PHIL 310 [3-0] (3) Medieval Philosophy: A- Survey of Western European thought, in its social ancl cultural setting, from Augustine to the twelfth century. Topics include: the interaction of Christianity and paganism: Augustine on the nature of man; Erigena and the Carolingian renaissance; Anselm; Abelard ancl the twelfth century renaissance. Primarily for students not specialising in Philosophy. Also listed as RELG 328. [3-0] (3) Medieval Philosophy. B- Survey of Western European thought, in its social and cultural setting, from the twelfth to the fourteenth century. Topics include: the rediscovery of Aristotle; the influence of Islam; the rise of the universities; scholasticism: Bonaventure, Aquinas, Scotus; Ockham ancl after. (Also listed as Religious Studies 329.) Prerequisite: PHIL 312. [3-0] (3) Early Modern Philosophy: A- The development of Continental European philosophy during the seventeenth century, with emphasis on the writings of Descartes, Spinoza, and Leibniz; the influence of religion and science on the philosophical thought of the period. [3-0] (3) Early Modern Philosophy: B- British philosophy in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, with emphasis on the writings of Locke. Berkeley, ancl Hume. Prerequisite: PHIL 314. [5-0] (3) Symbolic Logic 11- The continuation of PHIL 220. A system of deduction for predicate logic is selected for further study. Completeness of this system and other metatheoretic results are proved. Prerequisite: PHIL" 220. [3-0] (3) Induction and Decision- Formal methods relevant to the logic of decision. Decision theoiy, game theory, axiomatic probability theoiy and its interpretations, belief dynamics, simulation and modelling. Prerequisite; PHIL 220. [3-0J (3) Modal Logic- Logic of the modal operators "It is necessary that" and "It is possible that." Possible-world semantics and a method of derivation for this logic. Prerequisite: PHIL 220. [3-0] (3) Non-Classical Logics- One or more of conditional logic, deontic logic, epistemic logic, many-valued logic, systems of belief dynamics. Prerequisite: PHIL 220 [3-0] (3) Philosophy of Logic- Fundamental concepts and methods o: logic; the logistic method, syntax anci semantics; the conditional; entailment; nonsequence; modal logic; problems cuiracrning extensionalii) and intensiona'ity. Frege's distinction between sense and reference; R'- .sell's theoiy of definite descriptions; Tarski's definition of truth. Prerequisite; PHIL lib,. [3-0] (3) Mora! and Political Philosophy Il-The contimvAtion of PHIL lib- Theories of political anci icga' "h''g.:;:oii ami authority, legal reasoning, society and the state. Readings in clastic and contemporary texts. Prerequisite: PHIL 230. '3-01 (3) F„ bicai and Political Issues in Contemporary Science and Technology- Ethical, political, and otherphilosophi- cal issues arising from the interaction of science/technology with social institutions, [3-0] 338 (3) Philosophy of Law- Concepts of law, constitution and sovereignty; law and morality; natural law theories and legal positivism; obligation, responsibility, and punishment. |3-0] 339 (3) Philosophy of Art- Topics includeart ancl perception, art and realrv, imagination, expression, censorship, and the icile of an in human life. [3-0] 3-40 (3) Knowledge and Reality II- The continuation of PHIL 240. The nat ure of physical reality, substance, universals, primary and secondary Qualities, theories of truth, identity through tine, persona1 identity, free will. Readings in classic and contemporary texts Prerequisite: PHIL 240. |3-0] 349 (3) Philosophy of Religion- A critical and analytical examination ef arguments for ancl arguments against the existence of God. and other related topics. [3-0j 371 (6) History of Chinese Thought- The development of Chinese ph losophy and ethics from their beginnings through the nineteenth century, with emphasis on Confucianism, Taoism, and Buddhism. Attention will be given both to idea:, themselves and to their relationship with the cultural con ext. (Also listed as ASIA 327.) [3-0; 3-01 372 (6) Philosophical Tradition of India- Introduction to various scheols of Indian philosophy from the standpoint oiaralytiral philosophy Reading of(a) articles ancl books in English sc rveying the secular component in the Indian philosophic il tradition, ancl (b) English translations of Sanskrit texts discussing epistemological and ontological issues, inclu ling those texts which realize the relevance of language in discussing these issues. Not given every year. (Also listed is ASIA 355 ) [3-0; 3-0] 373 (3) Philosophy and Lileralure- Philosophical issues in works of literature or arising from theories of literary interpretation. Topics include issues relating to relativism, the nature of morality, freewill, personal identity, the nature of th: emotions [3-0] (6/12) c Ik nours Tutorial- For students in third-year Honours. |0-1;0-1| (3) Morals, "olitics and the Individual- Introduction to major themes in moral and political philosophy. Primarily for fourth-year and graduate students who have had no previous co irse in Philosophy. |3-0| (3) Knowledge, Explanation, and ihe Nature of Things- Introduction to major themes in epistemology and metaphysics. Primarily for fourth-year ancl graduate students who have had no previous course in Philosophy. (3-0] 410 (3) Topics it Ancient Philosophy- Advanced study of the pre-socratici, or ofa piilosopher such as Plato, or ofa school such as the Sceptics or Stoics. Topics vary from year to year. Preiequisite: PHIL 311. [3-0] 412 (3) I'opics in Mediei al Philosophy- Advanced study ofa medieval pf ilosopher such as Aquinas, or school. Prerequisite: PHIL 313. [3-0] 414 (3) Topics in Early Modern Philosophy- Intensive study of a major philosopher nr school from Hobbes and Descartes to Hume ancl Reid Prcicquisiie: PHIL 317 or PHIL 340. [3-0] 416 (3,1 Topics in Modern Philosophy- Study of Kant or ofa major nineteenth century philosopher such as Hegel, Mill orNietzscht .oisehouf such as German Idealism Prerequisite: PHIL 315 or 340. |3-0] 418 (3) I'opicsi'FEweritieth'-Ceniury Philosophy- Studv ofa major twenietli-centuiy philosopher or school ui philosophy. Prerequisile: PHIL 3 i0 |3-0| 419 (3) Philosophy of History- Concepts of history and historical explanation, historical progress, purpose, necessity, lawand causation. Hegel, Marx, Vico,Spongier, Pareto, ColLngwoori, Croce, and Tovnbee, as well as contemporary figures. Sludents will be expected to have an adequate knowledge • if ancient or modern history. [3-0] 390 400 401 420 (3/61 d Topics in Symbolic Logic- Formal semantics, proof theory, incompleteness and decidability, axiomatic set theory, independence results. Consult the Department as to which topics are offered in a given year Prerequisite; PHIL 220. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 423 (3l Philosojihy of language: A- Predication, definite descriptions, performative utterances, interpretation and semantic theory. Prerequisile: PHIL 340 [3-0] 426 (3) Philosophy of language: IT- The continuation nf PHIL 423. Prerequisite: PHIL 340. [3-0] 127 15) Philosophy of Mathematics- Such questionsas; would mathematics exist if there were no human beings) How does one decide whether a mathematical proposition is true? How is it that mathematics can be applied to the physical world? Readings from Frege, Russell, Hilben. Goeclci, Wittgenstein, Quine, and others. [3-0] 428 (31 Philosophical Issues in the Foundations of Mathematics- Topics including logicism, formalism, and constructivism. An investigation of claims that mathematics can be reduced to logic, or set theory, or category' theory, and of the implications of metatheorems such as those of Giidc-I and Church. Prerequisite: PHIL 320 or MATH 4IS. |3-0| 4.31 (3) Social and Polilical Philosophy- Central concepts and problems in political life and thought including obligation; the citizen, agent and representative; public purpose and good; justice; equality; civil rights ancl liberty; disobedience; the relationship between moral anci legal duty and between education and polities. [3-0] 4.32 (3) Ethical Theoiy- Classic or contemporary works in ethical theory Prerequisite; PHIL 330. [3-0] 433 (3) Bio-Medical Ethics- Moral problems arising in the health sciences, especially in medicine but also in biology, psychology, and social work. Teipics include abortion, death and euthanasia, genetic engineering, behaviour modification, compulsory treatment, experimentation with human beings and animals, and the relationship between professionals ancl their patients, subjects, or clients. No philosophical background is required. [3-0] -iri-4 (3i BusinessandProfessionalEthics- Moral problems in contemporary business and professional practice, general moral theory, the law, and policy formation. Corporate social and environmental responsibility, employee rights, prelerential hiring and affirmative action programs, conflicts of interest, advertising, "whistle blowing", and self- regulation. |3-0] 433 (3) Environmental Ethics- Moral problems arising in the context of human relationships to nature and to non- human living things, considered both in terms of general moral theory ancl policy formation. Topics include moral standing, animal rights, obligations to future generations, pollution, hazardous materials, the depletion of nature resources, and the treatment of non-human living things. [3-0] 440 (3) Epistemology- Analysis of the concept of knowledge: problems of justifying our ordinary and basic empirical beliefs. Prerequisile: PHIL 340. [3-0] ill (3,i Philosophy of Perception- The contribution of the senses to knowledge of the external world; problems about scepticism. Prerequisite: PI III. 340. [3-0] 430 (3) Metaphysics- Topics including ontology, universals and particulars, substance, determinism ancl indetermin- ism. identify over time, and theories of truth. Prerequisite PHIL 34(4 451 (3) Philo.sophyof.Mind- The concepts ofthe mental anci physical; pntbleiuo ol the relation between minds anci bodies; problems of determining the meaning of state- me-ntt .itiuui mental events. Prerequisite: PHIL 340. 13-01 452 (3) Philosophy of Action- Explanation of human actions, the conditions of responsibility; freedom ofthe will; the domains of rational and moral appraisal; the category of 388 Philosophy 460 ii.9 ■t.S 490 51(i 71H 720 725 72" 728 730 731 752 733 53-1 535 73d 739 7i() Soil 581 799 (>99 action and the individuation of actions. Prerequisite; PI 111. 340. (.3-01 (.3/6) d Philosophy of Science- issues common fo all sciences. Philosophical questions including then haiarier of scientific laws, theories and revolutions, the nature of scientific confirmation, causality, explanation and prediction, and the use uf logic and probability Difficulties in the interpretation of atomic physics and questions about relationships between biology ancl psychology. No philosophical background is assumed, [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] (3) Philosophy of Social Science- Topics in the philosophy of science uf special concern to the social and behavioural sciences; hypotheses ancl explanation, principles, theories, models; the formation of scientific concepts, the function of mathematics in social science, I.30] (3/6! A Sjiace and Time- Such topics as- Are space and lime continuous'' is motion always relative lo another body? Does time flow'' Is lime irreversible? Prerequisites: PHIL 340, or 12 credits of Malhematics or Science, [3-0] or |3-0; 3-0] 61b) d Topics in Philosophy of Science- Topics such as probability and induction: foundations of measurement; iheorv construction. Prerequisite; PI III. Hi) |3-O|or|3-0: .101 ' (3) Directed Reading- Also listed as PHIL 486-9 16/12) c Honours Tutorial- For students in fourth-year Honours. |0-1:0-I] (5-12) d Ancient Philosophy 13-12) d Medieval Philosophy (3-12) d Early Modern Philosophy t3-12.i A Modem Philosophy (.5-12) d Twentieth-Century Philosophy t3-I2i A logic (3-12) d Philosophy of language 6-11) A Philosophy of Mathematics (3-12) d Philosophical Issues in the Foundations of Malhematics (3-12) A Moral Philosophy (3 12) d Polilical Philosophy (3-12) Ethical Theoiy and Practice (3-12) Issues in Bio-Medical Ethics (3-12) Issues in Business and Professional Ethics (3-12) Issues in Environmental Ethics (5-12) Ethical Issues in Public Policy (3-12) d Aesthetics (3-12) d Ejiistemology (3-12) d Metaphysics 13.' 121 d Philosojthy of Mind i 3, 12) d Philosophy of Science 131 Problems- Also listed as Pi ill. 582-589. 112) MA'Fhesis Ph.D Thesis Physics Faculty of Science PHYS Note: Science students ivilh B.C. Secondary School Phvsics 11, but not Physics IJarerequired to lakesixeredllsofPhysics Vormatiy lb-is requirement is met by taking PIIVS Bit'/ and 101 lor 121). Science students with Physics Flare reuinred to take I credits of Physics ctnd this reqidreincr.t fsnorniauy liielliylaking PHYS Bi I orUFPhysicslOl, ItlJorlJl. UleonstitnteastandardJirstycui Physics program I'HYS W0 is intended pi.tino ly foi students whohave completed only Physics i I or ils equivalent, cretin u :ti not be given for PHYS 101) lo sludents with credii for Physics 12 PIIVS 101 normally requires Physics i2orPHYSlll()6:udenlsuiii: only Physics 11 bu! with a good mathematics background. after 203 206 consultation wilh an adviser, may omit PHYS 100 and enrol hi 170* PHYS 11)1, hut u ill still need lo lake six credits of Physics. Credit will be given for only one of PHYS 101. ill and for only one of PHYS 102. 122 Siudenis jJanuing to go into Physics or Ajiplied Science (and some other programs) are required to lake PHYS 102 (122) In addition lo RHYS Kit il2lr '"For Students In the Facully of.Ajijiiied Science * * Addilional fees are charged for these courses See Index "Fees -Special Fees". ' 2,l(1 1.00 (31 Introductory Phvsics- A course for students with a relatively weak background in Phvsics. An introduction to tundamen'al concepts such as force, energy, momentum, and the use of graphs and veclors m jiiivsics; geometrical optics; elecliiiiiv; laboratory exercises to familiarize 'lie student wilh both the phenomena and the basic laboratory instruments commonly used to measure them. Prerequisite; Mathematics 12: Physics I i required for first-year students, strongly recommended for cithers. Students with credit for Phvsics 12 mav nui olnain credit for this course, |3-2-l; 0-0-01 101 (3) F.lemenlaiy Physics 1 Tiirce-iiiiiiciisional kinematics and Newton's laves, conservation lavs, rotational motion; simple harmonic motion, fluids, waves and sound; temperature and heat; interference and diflraetion, laboratory ex- jieriments involving c|uaniit;iiive physit;s experiments with iluei-ecognitic)niifsvsieniaticanclrainlo(nerrors.Prere(]iii- site: PHYS 100 or Physics 12. Corequisiie: MATH I00 (120). [0-0-0, 3-3-11 or [3-3-l:(MI-0| 102 (3) Elementary Physics II- Coulomb's law, electric fields, Causs' law, eleciroslalic potential, cujicicitanee. current re- sistance; magnetic field, Lorcni/ lorce. Ampere's and Faraday's law wiill applications, iiiiiuciance, LC oscillations, translormers and AC circuits; quantum physics. X-rays, uncertainly principle, nuclear physics radioactivity, nuclear energy. Ltboraton-experimenis involving quantitative physics experiments, with clue recognition of systematic and random errors. Prerequisite. PI IYS Itii (121). Corequisite: 211 MATH 101 (I21i 10-0-0: 3-3*-l] oi 15-3*'-1; 0-0-0] 121 (3) Physics I- An enriched course dealing mainly with simple harmonic nu ition and wave phenomena. Students intending lo proceed in (he physical sciences are ciicour- agec! to take tins course. Prerequisites: an A in Physics 12 or Mathematics 12 anel 11 or better in the other, or PHYS 100 with A standing Corequisite: MATH 100 1120). |3-3-0;0- 213 0-01 122 (3) Physics IP- Conservation laws, angular motion rigid bodies, centripetal lorees Fleilriciiv and magnetism up to Maxweil s equations; electromagnetic waves. Intended leu- students planning to proceed in lhe physical sciences. Prerequisite: PHYS 121 or PHYS 101 with A standing 217 Corequisite; MATI 1101(121). |!l-tiO: 3-3-0] 140 tii) Available Energy Resources-- Some physical concepts in mechanical acoustical, electrical, chemical and thermal energy'. Consenanon of energy. Ileal anil the laws of ttier- ma! dynamics, im pan uf developing energy sources. Not for credit in tlie Facullv oi Sciem e. [3-0-1; 3-0-1] 216 1753' ;U) Flcnieiils of Physics Thcimomc'tiv, thermal properties of unlit a, la-ii. iisciliauons. waves, snund. wave optics (iconic; rica! 'ipiirs, eiemeiuarv electricity and magnetism, simplecl c.ancla.c.cm nils : cerequiSKe- i-i,;sies I) Cicilii willbegivenforiiiily one of PHYS 175 and 101/102 or 121/ 250 122. [3-0-1:3-5-1] 156* (2) Heriio-'iii-erei -.ionwic" ''.". -.iiomctiy, thermal properties nl matter; heat transfer bvcondui tion, convection and ratiiaiion; kinetic ti , ,,r\ oi gases anti gas laws; heal engines'; refrigeration: change of state; first and second laws of thermodynamics Prerequisites: one ol I'HYS !'-'/ i: c .:-!'' ! 15, i20, JUI, l-i, aim MATH itii or 15-1. [2-0-1; 0-0-0] 159* (1) Experimental Techniques- Basic experimental tech- luuues lu ;-,;;-';::'',':. -its ,',,ns -md pt-esemation of tlata Prereqii'siies. nne.it PIPis i-7 i'. My 111'- 121, 101 am! MATH 101 nr IS], ;!-v--i) ililiij (3) Mechanics I- Statics of particles, equilibrium of rigid bodies, rigid body statics ancl internal forces; kinematics: rectilinear motion; dynamics: Newton's 2nd law, friction, impulse, momentum, work and energy. Emphasis is placed throughout on tiieanalysis of practical mechanics problems using frecbody diagram techniques. Prerequisile: Phvsics 12 or PHYS 100, Not for credit in the Faculty of Science, [3-0-1: 0-0-0] or [0-0-0; 3-0-11 (3) Relativity and Quanta- Special relativity: Loreiitz transformation, dynamics and conservation laws. Quantum phvsics: the experimental evidence forqiianti/atioii; a qualitative disc ussioiuif the conceiitsofquantummechanicsaiiri their application to simple systems of atoms and nuclei. Intended air 2nd vear Honours or upper vear Major students. Prerequisites: MATH 101, one of PITY'S 110. 115. 120.102,01-122. 13-0-1; 0-0-0] (3) Thermal Physics 1- Lives of thermodynamics. Thermodynamic potentials. Applications to homogeneous and inhomogeneous equilibrium systems with particular reference to electric and magnetic systems. Non-equilibrium systems. Intended for I lonours students. Prerequisites: at least Ii8",1 in one of PHYS 110, 115, 120, 102 or 122. or permission from the Head Corequisite: MATH 200. [2-3-1:0-0-01 OR [0-O-0;2-3-l| (3) Mechanics-- Selected topics in classical mechanics including Kepler's problem, non-inertial reference frames and Iaigranges's equation of motion. Intended for Honours sludents. Prerequisites: MATH 200 ancl 221, at least 683, in one of PI IYS 120,122 or 102, or PHYS 216, or permission ih im the Head, jO-0-0: 3-0-l| (3) Intermediate Experimental Physics- Tlie response i if PLC circ nils ti i sinusoidal and transient signals; an introduction to digital electronics. Intended for Honours students. Prerequisites; at least 68% in one of PHYS IIII, 115, 120, 122 or 102. or permission from the Head Corequisite: MATH 200 ancl 221. [2-3-0; 0-0-0] (31 Melhodso,(Measurement- Basic laboratory techniques. Fxaniples of transducers from heat, light and sound. Data transmission and conversion. Computer interfaces, spreadsheets and statistical analysis and fitting of data. Prerequisiies: .MATH lOLoneofPHYS 110,115, 120,101 or 121 Corequisiies: PHYS 102. MATH 200 ancl 221 [2-3-l:0-0-0| (3! Thermodynamics- The laws of thermodynamics, ther- moclvnaniic potentials, phase changes, kinetic theory of gases, thermal properties of matter, eiementarv statistical physics. Prerequisites: one of PHYS 110. 115, 120, 101 or 121; MATH 101, Corequisite- MATH 200 (tall term), [3-0-1:041-0] (5) Electricity- AC circuits, steady-state and transient ic- sponse, resonant e ircuits. complex vector representation i if sinusoidal quaniiiies Lxperiments in voltage current and impedance measurements; RC, PL, and RCI. cireuils. coupled oscillators. Prerequisites: one of PHYS 110, 115, 120. 102 or 122, MATH 200, 221, [(1-0-0:2-3-1) (5) Mechanics- Review of kinematics, Newton's laws, angular momentum and fixed axis rotation. Rigid body motion, central forces, non-inertial frames of reference. Prerequisite:,. MATH 200, 221, one of PHYS 110. 115. 120, till or 121, [0-0-0.30-11 (3) Twentieth-Century Physics Topics will include quantum 3i\s,cs, iiiicieai energy rmd particle physics at a level suitable for science sludents not proceeding to a phvsics elegree. Prerequisites: MATH 100 and on. • of PI IYS J10. 115 120. It'! or 121. Not lor credit towards a B.Sc. degree in Physics. [3-0-0; 0-0-0] ; >i lutniili. '.on in "•■ iden;P'lysi: s "'a>.->panicles,duality ot matter, special relativity, processesm, mimic, nuclear and solid state and introduction to quantetm mechanical measurement devices anci lechniques. Prerequisite; one of i-HV3 I '■' LU 102. !__,,<- :'sS o :" -: y • i Physics 389 318 319 340 251' (4) Electric and Magnetic Fields- Electric and magnetic 314 fields, with applications; Maxwell's equations. Prerequisites: one of PHYS 110,115,120,102,122 or 153. [3-3-1; 0-0-0] 270' (3) Mechanics II- Statics: distributed loads, centroids, moments of inertia; dynamics: systems of panicles, kinematics and kinetics of rigid bodies (plane motion), 315 D'Alembert's Principle, energy and momentum meihods. Prerequisite; PHY'S 170. 13-0-1; 0-0-01 or [0-0- 0; 3-0-1) 298" (0) Co-operative Work Placement I- Approved and super- 317 vised technical work experience in an industrial research setting fora minimum of 3.5 months. Normally taken during the winter term of the second year Technical report required Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Physics. Prerequisites: PHYS 200, 203. 299" (0) Cooperative Work Placement II- Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial research setting foraminimum of 3.5 months Normally taken during the summer following the second year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Physics. Prerequisite: PHYS 298. 301 (3) Electricity and Magnetism- Electrical fields and potentials of static charge distributions, current, lields of moving charges, magnetic field, electromagnetic induction, Maxwell's equations. Intended for third-year Honours students. MATH 317 is a strongly recommended corequisite [3-0-1; 0-0-0| 303 (3) Thermal Physics II- Ensemble theory, application to classical and quantum gases. Boltzmann equation. Intended for Honours students. Prerequisites: PHYS 203, MATH 24, 200. [3-0-0; 0-0-0] 304 (3) Introduction lo Quantum Mechanics- The beginnings of quantum mechanics, wave mechanics and the Schroedinger equation, one dimensional potentials, the postulates of quantum mechanics, applications to three- dimensional systems. Prerequisite: MATH 215, PHYS 200. [0-0:3-0] 305 0) Introduction lo Biophysics- An introduction for physicists (assumed to have no background in biologyjto the basics of molecular biology, followed by selected examples where insights from physics and mathematics have helped solve important biological problems, intended for students with 3rd or 4th year standing in physics. Not for credii for students in the Life Sciences. Prerequisite: MATH 215. (3-0-0; 0-0-0] 306 (3) Theoretical Mechanics- Analytical mechanics of particles and rigid bodies. lagrangians and I lamiltonians, Ham ilton-Jacobi theory. Intended for Honours students. Prerequisite: PHY'S 200. |0-0-0; 3-0-0] 307 (2) Optics laboratory- Selected experiments in optics. Corequisite: PHYS 308. [0-3-0; 0-3-0] or [0-0-0; 0-6-0] 308 (3) Optics- Physical optics-polarization, Fresnel equation coherence, interference, diffraction, lasers, holography. Fourier optics. Prerequisite: PHYS 301 or 311. [0-0-0; 3-0-0] 309 (4) Honours Electrical Laboratory- Selected experiments in electricity, magnetism and electronics for Honours students. Prerequisite: PHYS 209 or PHYS 215 or equivalent. [2-3-1*; 0-3-1*] 311 (4) Electricity and Magnetism- Properties of the electromagnetic field using the concepts of divergence, gradient and curl; dielectric and magnetic materials; Maxwell's liquations and applications. Prerequisite: MATH 317, and PHYS 102 or 122 or GEOP 230. Corequisiie: MATH 317 (Fall term). [0-0-0; 3-0-1] 312 (3) Iniroduction lo Mathematical Physics- The application of ordinary and partial differential equations to physical ..qq problems; boundary and initial value problems associated with heat, wave and Iaplace equations. Fourier analysis, expansions in Besse! and Legendre functions. Prerequisite: MATH 215. Credit will be given for only one of PHY'S 312 and .MATH 316. |0-0-0; 3-0-0] 349 350' 351' 352' 353' 398' 399' (3) Fluids- Kinetic theoiy: Diffusion viscosity and sound waves. Intrude ction to hydrodynamics: Laminar How, capillary and gravit- waves, convection and turbulence. Dimensional analysis! Prerequisile: PHYS 203 or 213 or CHEM 201 or 205. Corequisite: MATH 215. [3-0-0; 0-0-0] (3) Physics oj Materials- Crystal structure, elasticity and phonons, elementaiy electronic transport, defects, alloys, liquid crystals and polymers. Prerequisite: PITY'S 203 or 213 or CI 1EM 2010 r 205. Ci requisite: MATI 1215. [0-0-0; 3-0-0] (3) Light- Radiation, photometry, illumination, colour, geometrical optics. Prerequisile: PHYS 110,115 or 120 and MATH 221. 3-3*0; 0-0-0) or [0-0-0; 5-3*-0] (3) Acoustics-- Acoustic oscillators (including loudspeakers), acoustic waves, and architectural acoustics. Prerequisite: PHYS209or215. [041-0;3-3*-0] or [3-3*-0: 0-0 0] (3) Eleciricai laboratory- Selected experiments in electromagnetism: computer data acquisition and control; amplification and .'cedbark; operational amplifiers; digital logic Corequisite: PTYS 211. Prerequisite: PHYS 215 or 209 [0-4-1*; 0-4-1* (6) Elements of Physics- A survey of the conceptual framework of physics for non-scientists who wish to master new paradigms am imagery. Mathematical language and problem-solving ar: de-emphasized. Topics include: classical laws of motion, gravitation, electromagnetism, relativity, quantum mechanics, elementary particles and "current events' in phys ics. Prerequisite: full standing in the Second or higher Year Not for credit in the Faculties of Science or Applied Science. [3-0-0; 3-0-Oj (3) Physics cf Music- An introduction to the physical principles important to the production, transmission ancl perception of nusical sounds. The treatment will be non- mathematical; yvith emphasis on demonstrations. Topics may include tl e description of sound waves, resonances, scales, physics of hearing, examination of specific musical instruments, e c. Not for credit in the Faculties of Science and Applied Si ience. [0-0-0; 3-0-01 (2-6) cDirectelStudies With approval ofthe Head ofthe Physics Depanment, studies under the direction ofa staff member may be arranged. Intended for 1 lonours anel Majot physics studen s. (2) Quantum Mechanics I- Postulates of Quantum Mechanics, Schroedinger equation, Dirac notation, barrier and tunneling phet omena, the hydrogen atom. [0-0-0; 2-0-0) (3) Applied Electromagnetic Theory- Maxwell's equations, magnetic materials, wave guides, radiation and antennae. Prerequisite: PHYS 251. [3-0-0; 0-0-0| (2) Uiborato.y Techniques in Physics- Musl be taken concurrently w ith PHYS 351. Some of the experiments will ye based on ihe lecture material for PHYS 351. Other techniques anil subjects well be covered, [0-3-0: 0-0-01 (3) Introduction to Atomic Physics- Electrons, photoelectric effect, Con pton effect, the Bohr atom, X-rays, Zeeman effect, T)e Brotyiie, Schroedintter equation, the hydrogen atom, electron spin and spectroscopy. Primarily for Flectn- cal Engineering students. [3-0-0; 0-0-0] ;2) Technical Report- A technical repoii preferably based on summer work and at least 2000 words long to be submit- ced to Ihe Dep irtment by November 15. (0) Co-opera'ive Work Placement III- Approved and supervised lee inical work experience in an industrial research setting f ir a minimum of .3.5 months. Normally taken during the summer following the third year. Technical report cequiret. Reslricied to students admitted to the Cooperative Educ; ition Prograni in Phvsics, Prerequisite: PHYS 299. (3) Introducth m to Elemeniary Particle Physics- Classification of elementary particles and the forces of nature. A discussion of t le most important models, i.e. quarks and symmetry groi ps. Prerequisite: PHYS 304 or corequisite 'HYSii2, jMi-0:0-0-uj 401 (3) FleclromagneticTheory- ThcapplicationofMaxwell's Theory to the propagation of electromagnetic waves. Prerequisite: PHYS 301. [0-0; 3-0| 402 13) Applications oj'Quantum Mechanics- Spin and angular nn imentum addition, perturbation methods and appli cations in the fields olAtomic, Molecular, Nuclear, anci Solid State Physics. Prerequisite: I'HYS .30.. [3-0; 0-0] 403 (3) Statistical Physics- Lives of thermodynamics and statistical mechanics; applications to modern physics. Prerequisite: PHYS 503 [3-0-0:0-0-0) 4IJ4 ti) Physical lechniques in Diagnostic Medicine- The emphasis is put on the physical principles involved and technical aspects of the inierpretations. Magnetic resonance imaging, nuclear medicine, ultrasound, computed tomography and optical microscopy. Prerequisile: third- or fourth-year standing in science. [3-0-0; 0-0-0] 407 (3) Radiation Biojihysics- Physical and chemical interactions of ionizing radiations and their biological effect sat the cellular, tissue and whole animal levels. Topics in radiation dosimetry, radiation jiroleetion, radiation carcinogenesis, anc! the treatment of malignant disease in humans will be included. Prerequisite- Third- or Fourth-Year standing in Science, or permission of tlie Head of the Department. Credit will be given for only one of PHYS 405 and 1.36. |0-0-0: 3-0-0] 406 (3) Continuum Mechanics- Mechanics of deformable bodies, equations of motion; stress and strain tensors Basic concepts for solids and liquids with elements of nonlinear mechanics applicable to macromolecular structures such us polymeric materials and biological tissues. Prerequisite; PI IYS 206 01-21(1 and MATH 316 or PHYS 312. Credii may be obtained for 1 inly one < if PHYS 1O6 unci GEOP 320. [3-0-0. 0-0-0] (2) Fluid Flow- Subsonic flow-of viscous and non-viscous fluids. Boundary layers, iaminarand turbulent How. Supersonic flow and shock waves, cavitation and capillarity Prerequisile: PI IYS 306 [0-0-O; 2-0-0] (2-6) c Exjierimenlal Physics- A laboratory course with a wide choice of experiments for fourth year Honours anil Major students. Topics include solid state, nuclear, classical. quantum, electromagnetic and low temperature physics For 6 credits, two weekly laboratory periods and completion ofa project in second term are required. Prerequisite: PHYS 309 or 319. [0-6-0; 0-6 0) (3) Electrodynamics- Maxwell's equations with emphasis on applications to guided waves, antennas, superconductivity, plasmas and other electromagnetic phenomena of current interest. Prerequisite: PHYS 301 or.311. |0-0-0; 3-0-0] (3) Atomic Physics- The major phenomena in the fields of atomic physics. Prerequisite: PI 14 S 200 and MATH 215 13-0-0; 0-0-0) a] 4 (31 Radioactivity/Nuclear Physics- A suivey of basic concepts oi nuclear jihysics with applications in jiower, medicine, geology, industry, archaeology, cosmology. Prerequisites: PHYS 200 and 511; MATH 215. [0-0-0:3-0-0) '•21 (3j Physics ofthe Atmosphere- Application of fluid dynamics ancl thermodynamics to medium and large scale atmospheric phenomena. Topics include general circulation, atmospheric waves and instabilities, turbulence, numerical modcllingand satellite remote-sensing. Prerequisite: PHYS 203 or 215; corequisite MATH 215. (3-0-0: 0-0-0] 4.36 1.3) Health PhysicsMeasurement and Control- Biological effects ol the physical ancl chemical interactions of gamma- ray, ultraviolet, infrared and microwave radiation. Instrumentation fiir monitoring of radiation, accident prevention and control strategy. This course includes both lecture and laboratory components. Prerequisites: Third or Fourih Year standing in Science or permission of the Director of the Oec npational Hygiene Program. Credit will be given for only one of PHYS 405 and yiil [0-0-0: 3-2*-0] 43,5 (3) Zoological Physics- Animal svstems viewed from a physicist's perspective. Topics include sensory systems, energy budgets.!) ic niiii ition, internal flows, physical advan- 408 409 411 412 390 Physics tages of grouping. Prerequisite: PHYS 101 ot 121 or equivalent. BIOL 325 is recommended. Not for credit towards a B.Sc. in physics. [0-0-0; 3-0-0] ii() tii) Receni Developments in Physics- This course is available for credit only in the Faculty of Education. It consists of lectures and demonstrations intended to review the latest developments in physics. Offered in some Summer Session Terms only. [3-0-0] 449 (6i Honours Thesis - A research project, undertaken under the direction of a faculty member culminating in a thesis. [0-6-1*. 0-6-l*| 152' (4) Quantum Mechanics- Spinangularmomenttim.Pauli spin matrices; addition of angular momenta; spin-orbit interaction; perturbation theory, Zeeman, Stark effects, optical transitions, magnetic resonance and other applications; iiuillielectron atoms; Hartree Fork; molecules; symmetries Prerequisite; PHYS 250. (3-0-0; 0-0-0) 155' (3) Statistical Mechanics- Introduction toquantum statistical mechanics and its application to systems of varying complexity from the simple ideal gas to the degenerate gas. Prerequisite: PHYS 156. [0-0-0; 3-0-0] 456' (31 Applications of Classical Mechanics- Review of principles. Particle mechanics: planetary motion, perturbation theory. Rigid body mechanics: Euler's equations, tops and gyroscopes, motion of the Earth tagrangian and Hamiltonian methods. Variational principles in optics and mechanics, liouville's theorem and statistical mechanics. The relationship between classical and quantum mechanics. Prerequisite: PHY'S 270. [3-0-0;0-0-0| u5H' (-il Applied Optics- Basic applications of'lasers, geometrical optics,fibreoptics.cliffractionuindFiiurieroptics. Prerequisite: PHYS 250, 251. [1-3*0; 2-3*41] ■t"3' (31 Applied Nuclear Physics- Radioactive decay and radiations, nuclear properties, interactions of neutrons, physical principles of power reactors, nuclear fusion, radiation monitoring ancl safety. Prerequisite: PHYS 250, 472. [3-0-1*; 0-0-0] i^-i' (3) Applied Solid Slate Physics- Symmetry'of crystal:structures, waves in lattices, hand theory, statistics, effective mass approximation, electrical conduction in metals and semiconductors, superconcluctivitvanelapplications. Prerequisite: PHYS 250, 452. [0-0-0; 3-0-0) -i~5' (3) Introduction lo Statistical Mechanics- Review of thermodynamics, fundamentals of statistical mechanics and its relation to classical thermodynamics; applications to thermal, magnetic and electrical properties of matter. Primarily for Electrical Engineering students. [0-0-0; 3-0-0) i7^' (3) Applied Plasma Physics- Introductory treatment, with emphasis onapplications. Properties of equilibrium plasma™ Measurement techniques. Astrophysical plasmas. Laboratory devices, including gaseous lasers. Thermo-nuelear fusion. Prerequisite; PHYS 250 [0-0-0: 3-0-0] 498" (0) Co-operative Work Placement IV- Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial research selling fora minimum of 3- 5 months. Normally taken during the fall term ofthe fourth year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Prograni in Physics Prerequisite: PHYS 399. 499" (Oi Co-operative Work Placement V- Approved and supervised technical work experience in an industrial research setting fora minimum of.3.5 months. Normally taken during the summer following the fourth year. Technical report required. Restricted to students admitted to the Co-operative Education Program in Physics. Prerequisite: PHYS 498. 500 03/6) c Quantum Mechanics- Non-relativistic quantum mechanics with applications to atomic, nuclear and particle physics. Elementaiy field-theory- techniques for many-body systems. The Dirac equation. Introduction to the quantum field theon' of electrons ancl photons Prerei [iirsite-1 me oi PHYS 402 or 452. 702 14 i Waves- The physics of dispersive wave propagation in eeintinous media, with illustrations derived from a variety of 503 505 physical systems ancl emphasis on recent discoveries on the behaviour of nonlinear waves. (2) Electromagnetic Fields in Matter- Thectassical theory of the interaction of electric fields with condensed matter. Prerequisite; PHYS 351, 401 or 411. 504 (3) Relativity and Electromagnetism- A review of special relativity, and a presentation of classical electromagnetism as a relativistic field theoiy. Radiation from moving charges, classical electron theory. Wheeler Feynman electrodynamics. Prerequisite; PHYS 401. (4) Nuclei and Particles- Genera! properties of the nucleus, two-body problem at low energies, nuclear forces, nuclear models, nuclear reactions, interaction of nuclei with electromagnetic radiation, beta-decay. Properties of elementary particles, classification of interactions, intermediate and high energy reactions. 506 (4) Quantum Theory of Solids- An elementary treatment of the theory of the structure and properties of solids: energy bands, lattice vibrations, phononand electron transport, dielectric and magnetic properties, imperfections. (4) Plasma Physics- Equilibrium theory of ionized gases, kinetic theon', transport coefficients Motion of individual charges, cyclotron radiation. Waves, Landau damping. Derivation of magnetohydrodynamic equations. (4/6) c Quantum Field Theory- Feynman diagrams and renormalization; quantum electrodynamics; calculation of fundamental processes; non-abelian gauge Iheories. Prerequisite PHYS 500. (2-1) d Theory of Measurements- Estimation of parameters from experimental measurements; maximum likelihood; least squares; tests of significance (x2, etc.). Noise- properties of common devices. Extracting signals from noise; signal averaging; auto ancl cross-correlation, etc. (2-3) d Stochastic Processes in Physics- Statistical ancl thermodynamic fluctuations in electromagnetic, mechanical and thermal systems. Fundamental limits of observation and measurement in classical and quantum systems. (2) Advanced Magnetism- Spin Hamiltonian, thetiry of ferro-andantifcrromagnetism, nuclear magnetic resonance, relaxation in spin systems. Prerequisite: PHYS 506. 512 (2-4) d Vibrational Spectroscopy of Solids- Symmetry of vibrations of isolated molecules; calculation of frequencies ancl normal coordinates of normal modes; vibrations of linear lattice, vibrations of molecular crystals, optical properties of solids. (2-4) d Topics in Advanced Spectroscopy (2-4) d Classical Field Theory- Classical field theory in flat space-time. Variational principles and conservation laws. Tensor fields and manifolds. The course is a preparation for study of relativistic gravitation anci quantum field theoiy. Prerequisite; PHYS 504. (2-4) ANeural Networks- Perceptions, theXOR problem; hidden units; back propagation; generalized delta rule; content addressible memories (1 iopfield model); extended Hopfield model; travelling salesman problem; model based on neurons that exhibii hysteresis; application of l.iapunov functions. (4) Statistical Mechanics- Ensemble theory (classical and quantum mechanical). Fluctuations. Response to external perturbations. Non-equilibrium statistical mechanics. Prerequisites: PHYS 455 or 403. Corequisite: PHYS 500. (2) Introduction to Low Temperature Physics- Cryogenic techniques and instrumentation. Some aspects of superconductors and liquid helium. (2) Iniroduction lo Superconductivity- Conventional theories: BCS and i-andau-Girisburg, Josephson effect. New theories of high TC. superconductivity. 519 (2) Surface Physics- Structure and electronic properties of solid surfaces, optical properties, adsorption phenomena, surface analysis, epitaxy. 50' 508 509 510 511 513 514 515 516 SU 518 521 (4) Group Theory Methods in Quantum Mechanics- Selected topics from atomic, molecular, solid state, nuclear and elementary particle physics treated by group theory methods Prerequisite: PHYS 501. 522 tii Intermediate Energy Nuclear Physics- Selected topics in low and intermediate energy nuclear physics. Prerequisites: PHYS 508 (maybe taken concurrently), 505. 523 (2-3) d Advanced Electronics- Advanced treatment ol problems in noise. Non-linear circuit theoiy and information theoiy. 524 (4) Non-equilibrium Thermodynamics- Recent developments in thermodynamics, with sjiecial emphasis on the stability of systems far from equilibrium 525 (2-4) A Advanced Solid State Physics- Theoriesofthcsolid state, with emphasis on electronic phenomena. Prerequisiies: PHYS 501 and 506. 527 (2) Theoretical Nuclear Physics- Seleeted topics from current nuclear theory. Prerequisites: PHYS 501, 505 528 (2/4) c Elementary Particle Physics- Selected topiis in high energy physics. Prerequisites; PHYS 508 (maybe taken concurrently), 505. 529 (2/4) c Advanced Quantum Mechanics- Selectedtopics in relativistic quantum mechanics, quantum field theory, and theories of eiementan' particles. Prerequisites will de- Apcnd on the topics to be discussed. Permission of (he I lead of the Department must he obtained. 530 (2-4) d Topics in General Relativity' Theory- Prerequisite: PHYS 514. 532 (4) Plasma Dynamics- The magnetohydrodynamic formulation of plasma dynamics including the effects of diffusion, viscosity, thermal conduction ancl ionization phenomena on plasma motion. 533 (2) laser Physics- IiiteraaionofEiM-radiationwithmatier, Gaussian beams and optical resonators, laser oscillators, specific laser systems, amplification in laser media, the electro-optic effect. 534 (4) Radiological Physics I- Principles of dosimetry of ionizing radiation with emphasis on applications to radiotherapy and radiobiology. 535 (4) Radiological Physics II- A continuation of PHYS 53-i, including an extension of the topics discussed in that course 536 (2) Advanced Radiation Biophysics- Interactions ol radiation with matter in living cells. Description ol events following ionizing irradiation; cell survival as a function of close; survival models. Students will be expected to present a seminar on a pre-selected topic, and participate in class discussions. 5.37 (3) Physics of Soft Organic Interfaces- Interactions in liquids, free liquid interfaces, surfactant assemblies, membranes of biological organisms, emphasizing the relation of chemical characteristics to structure and physical properties. Prerequisites: PHYS 303 or CHEM 304. 538 (31 Physical ProjieriiesofSynthetic and Natural Membram Interfaces- Permeability anel surface diffusion, electrical and chemicai potentials, mechanical and strength properties, colloidal interactions ancl adhesion, material stability and coalescence, technological applications. Prerequisite: PHYS 5.37. 544 (2) Magnetic Resonance Seminar- Selected topics in the recent developments of the theon- and applications ol magnetic resonance. 5i9 (12) Masler's Thesis 555 12-61 c Directed Studies in Physics- With approval oi liie Head ofthe Department, advanced studies under the direction of a staff member may be arranged in special cases 570 (2-4J c Radio Astronomy- Emission, propagation and detection of radio noise from lhe solar syslem, galaxy and extragalactic radio sources. 571 (2) Cosmic Physics- Reviews of radio, infra-red, optical, ultra-violet, X-rav. gamma ray and particle astronomy. Stud- Plant Science 391 ies of interstellar matter. Developments in theories nigra vi- tation and cosmology. 599* Thesis- For M.A.Sc. degree. 619 Ph.D. Thesis Physiology Faculty of Medicine PHYL Note: MATH 100 and 101 (or 120 and 121) and PHYS 110, US or 120 are prerequisite to all course in Physiology. In the Honours program the required second year courses, BIO1200.201. CHEM 205, or 201 and 202, 213 or 203. MATH 200 and MICB 200 must normally be completed prior lo enliy into the Ihird vear. 301 (6) Human Physiology- Alectiirecourseonbociyfunction with particular reference to mammalian and human physiology. Credii will normally be given foi only one of the following: PHYL 301 and 303 or BIOI. 353. Prerequisites: BlOk 101 or 102 or 10.3 and CHEM 213 or 203 or 230. [3-0; 3-0] 302 (3) Human Physiology laboratory- A laboratory course designed to illustrate physiological princijiles and to provide training in physiological lechniques. Must be taken in conjunction with PHYL 301. Enrolment limited. Available only to students in the Facuitv of Pharmaceutical Sciences. [0-3; 0-3) 303 (31 laboratory in Human Physiology (Honours) - Techniques and principles of human physiology. This course m ust be taken in conjunction with PHYL301. Restricted to Physiology and Pharmacology Honours studenls. [0-3; 0-51 400 (13) Human Physiology- A lecture ancl laboratory course on body function with particular reference to human physiology. The functions of muscle, nerve, metabolism, circulation, respiration, excretion, digestion, anel the endocrines are dealt with. Enrolment limited to Medical and Denial students. 422 (3) Mammalian Cardiovascular and Respiratory Physiology- Tlie control and integration ofcardio-pulmonaiy function in mammals. Intended for Honours students in Physiology or other Life Sciences. Prerequisite; PHYL 301 ancl permission ofthe Head ofthe Depanmenl. [3-0; 0-01 423 (3) Mammalian Renal and Gastrointestinal Physiology- Control of mammalian renal and gastrointestinal systems. Role in homeostasis. Intended for Honours students in Physiology or other Life Sciences. Prerequisite: PHYL 301 and permission ofthe Head ofthe Department. |3-0:0-0] 424 (3) Mammalian Endocrinology'- Hormonal control of homeostatic, metabolic and reproductive function. Intended for Honours students in Physiology or other Life Sciences. Prerequisile: PHYL 301 and permission of lhe Head ofthe Department. |0-0; 3-0| 425 (2) Elements of Neurophysiology- An introduction to the functions of the nervous system. ANAT 425 must be taken concurrently. [2-3; 0-0] 426 (3) Physiological Basis of Central Nervous System Function- An integrated study of the structural and functional organization of the central nervous system with special emphasis on neurophysiologica! mechanisms. Prerequisite: PHYL301 (or equivalent). [0-0, 3-0] 430 (b) Advanced laboratory in Physiology- A laboratory course giving training in the methods, techniques anci use of instruments required for physiological investigation (PHYL 303 and the consent ofthe Department are required and enrolment will be limited.) [0-6; 0-6] 448 (2-6) c Directed Studies in Physiology 449 (6) Graduating Essay- Prior tcigratluatii in, students inihe Honours course will be required io carry out an investigation approved by the 1 lead of tlie Department and to submit a satisfactory graduating essay based on this work. 453 (3) Topics in Human Physiology- Students will studv a selected topic under the supervision ofa Faculty member Topics will usually be areas of current interest in applied physiology. This course is designed as a basic science elec tive for third yt ar medical students. Departmental approval is required. 510 (3) Sensory-motor Integration- Elementsofstructiireand function ofthe central nervous system with special emphasis on median sms of sensory-motor integration. Intended for students registered in the M.Sc. program in the School of Audiology a id Speech Sciences. Not offered in 1994/95. 511 (2-6) c Seminar in Mammalian Physiology 521 (3) Advanced Topics in Renal Physiology 522 (3) Advances Tajiks in Cardiovascular Physiology 523 (3) Advancea 'Topics in Gastrointestinal Physiology 524 (3) Advancea Topics in Endocrinology 526 (3) Advancea Topics in Neurophysiology yV (3) Advancea Topics in Respiratory Physiology 530 (3) Muscle Biophysics- (Same as ANAT 52"".) 531 (3) Sensory Piysiology /.- Hearing and Vision- A lecture and seminar course intended as a research guide for students n science ancl medicine. Offered in even numbered vears. Prerequisite: PHYL 425 or equivalent. (Same as AUDI 512.) 5.32 (3) Sensory Physiology 11; Vestibular Syslem. Somatic Sensory System,Clemical Senses- Alectureand.seminarcour.se intended as a research guide for students in science and medicine. Offered in odd numbered years. Prerequisite; PHYL 425 or equivalent. 533 (3) Physiology of Thermoregulation- Comprehensive study of thermoregulatory-physiology and pathophysiology from molecule r to organismal levels in mammal and oilier vertebrates. 548 (2-6) c Ativan red Topics in Human Physiology 549 (12) .MSc. Thesis 649 Ph.D. Thesis Plant Science PLNT Faculty of Agricultural Sciences Note: BIOL 101.102 .. 103 is a prerequisite for cdl Plant Science courses except PINT 259, .1/5. ,,76,321,322, and 410. PENT 2V) is normally an additional prerequisile for all 300 and 400 level courses except PEN! 36.3-16- 521,322 and -tlO. 258 (3) Introduct, on to Seed Plant Taxonomy- Introduction to seed plant taxonomy emphasizing descriptive morphology and identification. Each student will be required lo submi: a plant collection. (Same a.s BIOL 324.) 12-3; 0-0] 259 (3) Introduction to Plant Science- introduction to the growth, development anc: utilization of cultivated plants, influences of cimate, soil, weeds, diseases ancl pests; cultural practices and systems plant improvement jO-ll; 3-2] .304 (3) Introduction to Range Managemenl- Ecology and management of rangeland. [0-0; 2-2J 315 (3) Herbaceous Plants in the landscape- Culture and identification i if herbaceous plant materials ancl their use in the landscape. (Suitable for students of oilier faculties and departments interested in landscape materials and their uses.) (Offered in alternate years.) [2-2; 0-01 316 (3) Trees ami Shrubs in the landscajie I- Culture and identification c ..landscape materials with emphasison woody plants Elementary principles of landscape composition. (Suitable for students of other faculties and departments interested in 1;; ntlscape materials and their uses, but priority given in Plant Science and B.L.A. students.; [0-0; 2-21 320 fi) Field Sludies and Practices hi .Agronomy, Horticulture, Crop Protection or Range Science- Summer field work under the direction of an approved plant scientist, supported by a icpori relative to some phase of the field operation Pei mission ofthe Head ofthe Department. 321 (3) Biometrics- Elementary principles oi the analysis presentation and interpretation of biological data. Prerequisite: First year Mathematics. [3-2; 0-0] 322 (3) Design of Experiments- Practical problemsand etiscus- sioimf experimental design and interpretation. Prerequisile: PLNT 32 lor equivalent. |0-0;3-2] 324 (3) Plant Physiology I- Mechanisms and regulation of functional processes contibuting tn the assimilation, transport and utilization of water, mineral nutrients and carbon by plants. Same as BIOI. 351 ancl FRST 311. [3-2; 0-01 326 (3) Meihods of Plant Analysis- A practical course in the techniques of modern plant analysis; samjile preparation; methods of analysis for inorganic and organic constituents. Prerequisite: CHEM 230. [2-4: 0-0) 3.31 (3) Economic Entomology- Identification, morphology, development and ecology of insects; insect-plant relations. Modern methods oi controlling insect pests, integrated pest management and related concepts. A collection of "0 species of inserts is required. Credit will not he given for both PLNT 33 land BIOL 32 u [3-2; 0-0] 335 (3) Plant-Microbe Interactions- introduction to the ecology and physiology of the interactions between plants and microbes. Prerequisites: BIOI, 201 [3-2; 0-0] 336 (3) introductory Plant Palhology- Studv ofthe ecology of plant pathogenic organisms, principles of disease development and control. 10-0; 3-2] 338 (3) Weed Science- Importance, identification, dissemination and biology ol weeds; preventive, cultural, biological anci chemical methods of control [3-2; 0-0| 401 ii) Field Studies in Rangeland Resources- Applications of rangeland management techniques and principles. Offered between third and fourth years. Prerequisite: PI.NT 504 Enrolment limited. A fee may be charged. 404 (3) Ecology and Managemenl of North American Range Plant Communities- Distribution, densities, succession and management of North American steppe communities, with particular emphasis on integrated management of grazing ecosystems in British Columbia, [3-2: 0-0] 408 (3) Agronomy- Management, production, conservation of agronomic crops. Emphasis is on agronomic crops used primarily for forage. Principles of production of food, oil anel fibre crops, seed production technology and the use ot agronomic ancl native species in revegetation and reforestation are also included (Offered in alternate years.) |3-2; 0-0| 409 (3) Turf Managemenl- Selection, cultivation anci management of specialized grasses and otherground covers for use- in residential and commercial landscaping, recreational and stiorts turf, golf ceiurses, road .sides and selected applications. (Offered in alternate vears.) [140; 3-0-21 410 (3) Nursery Production- Principle-sand practice-sol propagation, culture and protection of woody and herbaceous plants, with emphasis on the production and management of nursery stock. (Offered in alternate years.) j 0-0: 3-2] 411 (3) Temperate Zone Fruit Production- An inteciratecl approach lo technical anc! [iractieiil aspects ofthe production and protection of berry and tree fruit crops Cultivars propagation, management, jiruning, and haivc-sting. identification and control of weeds, pests and diseases. Co- or prerequisites: PLNT 331, 330, 338. (Offered in alternate vears.) \i-l-, 0-0] 41.3 (3) Plant Breeding and Biotechnology- Genetic basis anci methodology of breeding for improved crop and ornamental plants. Application of tissue culture ancl molecular biology lo plant improvement. Prerequisite: AGSC 213 and BiOL 201. (Offered in alternate vears. I [0-0:3-2] 415 (3) Structure. Form and Adaptability in Planting Deslgn- Lectures and exercises dealing with plants as structural elements in landscape. Plant associations. Horticultural adaptations. Planning in relation to subsequent. maintenance Prerequisite: PI.NT 3 id \1-T. 0-0] 392 Plant Science 118 423 i2i 1.33 1.35 198 499 508 510 (3) Frees and Shrubs in Ihe Landscajie IP- A continuation of Ihe study ol the culture and identification of woody landscape plant materials. Prerequisite: PLNT 31(i. [0-0:1-1] 6) Vegetable Crops-- Principles and practices of vegetable crop production; emphasis on morphology, growth processes, production, protection, harvesting, quality and com position. (Offered in alternate years.) [3-2; Otij (3) Greenhouse Crop Production- Principles and practices of flower and vegetable crop production ancl pn uee- lioii in greenhouse controlled environment systems. (Of fered in alternate years.) [0-0; 3-2] (2) Undergraduate Seminar (3) Crop Physiology- Physiological processes and tiieir integration during crop growth and development. Ccintroi of crop yield by environmental conditions ancl chemical growth regulators. (Offered in altcrnaie years,) Prerequisite: PLNT ..>■_ |0-0: 5-21 i2-(ti c Directed Studies (31 Insect Ecology- Behavioural, population and community ecology of insects. Interaction between insects and plants and the application of the principles of insect ecology io biological control of insects anel weeds. Prerequisites: Bit )1.205 or PINT 331. (Same as BIOL 111.) |3-0; 0-0] (31 Insect Physiology- Physiology of insect growth anel development with emphasis on insects of economic importance: physiological basis of insect control. Prerecjuisite PLNT 331 or BIOL 32" Same as BIOL -i5C (Offered in alternate years.) [0-0; 3-1] (3) Integrated Pest Management- Development ancl im jilcmentation of multi-disciplinary pest management programs in agricultutal crops. Offered in alternate vears. Prerequisites'Pi.NT 331, 336 and 358. |0-0;3-2] (5; Pesticides- Chemistiy, toxicology to target and non- target organisms, and usage of insecticides, herbicides unci fungicides; metabolism, environmental fate and impact: regulatory, social and legal implications. Pa-requisite: CHEM 230. Same as PHAR 435. (Offered in alternate years.) 15-0: 0-0] (3) Undergraduate Essay- Preparation o! a comprehensive ancl analytical review of an approved lopic under the siijienision ofa facuitv member PrcTequisilc Approval ol lhe Head of the Depanmenl. Students should consult a Faculty Adviser before the end of classes in third year, mi Undergraduate Thesis- Design and execution of an experimental analytical research proiect leading to preparation ofa thesis. For some projects, a course in experimental design may be required. Students should consult a Faculty Adviser during the first term of third vear. Approval of the proiect must be obtained from the Department prior to initiation, and in any event not later than October I of fourih year, (31 Princijiles and Methodology in Field Ecology- The philosophy, principles and methodology appropriate for conducting applied ecological field research with emphasis on rangeland ecosystems. (3i Molecular Genetics oj'Plant-Microbe Interactions- Molecular genetics of microbial pathogenesis and symbiosis implants. Analysisof plant-pathogen recognition ancl host response to interaction witli virusis. bacieria and fungi Same as MICB 508. (Offered in alternate vears. i (3) Ecological Genetics- The genetic' basis of ecological relationships. A review of basic population genetics will provide the background for further investigations of repro- il nctivesfrategies, influences of population structure, predator-prey and plant herbivore interactions, crop genetic variability, and oilier topics in basic and applied ecological genetics. Lectures and discussions. (Same a.s BIOL 510) (3) Advances in Fruil Crop Research - In-eiejith scucv oi specific fruit crops or aspects of fruit crop production. Prerequisile: PLNT ill. 527 530 531 513 (5/(i) c Alliances In Plant Breeding- Recent advances in plant breeding methodology. Novel meihods of gene transfer and the application of in vitro technology to breeding problems. Prerequisiies: PLNT415 and BI01.433 or equivalent. (Olferetl in altcrnaie years.) 714 (3) Plain Genetic Engineering /._-oratory-Techniques of vector preparation, electroporation. microprojectiie bom- liardinent, and.ycu-o. ric/ertii/iMnediateci plan! transformation; selection of transfonnants, plant regeneration ancl confirmation of gene transfer at the DNA. RNA and enzyme levels. Limited enrolment: consent of instructors. [0-0; 1-6] 517 (i) .AdvancedTopics in Vegetable Crop Production- Physical, biochemical, physiological ancl technical concepts of production of vegetable crops, with emphasis on critical review of currenl research. (Offered in alternate years.) (01 Graduate Research Seminar (3) Physiological Origins of Crop Yield- Crop growth anaivsis. Relationships among crop density, planting patterns, canopy structure and dry matter productivity. (Offered in alternate vears.) (2-6) c Directed Studies (3) Biological Control- Theory of biological control. Case- histories, Concepts of natural insect population regulation. Development of integrated control prograins and environmental manipulations. (Offered in alternate years.) 532 (5) MtrancedInsect Physiology- Recent advances in selected fields of insect physiology, emphasizing the neural and/or hormonal integration of metabolic activities. Prerequisite; PLNT 432. (Offered in alternate years, i 555 (3) Herbicide Biochemistiy and Physiology- Chemical structure anc! properties as they relate to the selectivity of herbicides, the mode ancl mechanism of herbicide action, and the lale ol herbicides in plants. (Offered in alternate years.) 5.34 (3) Vectors oil Hani Pathogens- Morphological ancl physiological specializations enabling insects and other arthropods, nematodes, fungi and higher plants to transmit piant pathogens. Mechanisms of transmission of viruses, mycoplasms, liactcria, fungi and toxins causing plain diseases. Laboi-aiories will emphasize pathogen transmission. Limited enrolment (Offered in alternate years.) [0-0; 2-3]^ 535 (5) Toj>icsin Plant Pathology- Advances in techniques for path igen detection, disease assessment and plant disease control. (Offered in alternate years J 53d 1.3) Plant Virology- Identification, structure, biosynthesis and control of viruses causing piant diseases, laboratories will emphasize instrumental techniques used in plant virus researcli. Limited enrolment. (Offered in alternate years.) [2-3: 0-0] 53" (3) Disease Physiology- Currenl research into the biochemical basis of plant pathogen reci ignition, pathogenesis and disease resistance. (Offered in alternate years.) Permission of instruclor. 538 li) Topics tit Weed Ecology The response of weed species to agricultural management practices will be considered within the context of ecological characteristics that make a species a weed. (Offered in alternate years.) (Same as BOTA 73S.) 55<) (5) Responses of Plains to Air Pollutants- Effects of air pollutants on the biochemistry, growth and yield of plants, involvement of cliniaioiogica! factors, methods of protection. (Offered in altcrnaie vears.) 540 (3) Plant Molecular Biology laboratory— Techniques of purification cloning, sequencing restriction hybridization analysis ol plant nucleic acids, in vitro labeling ol plant nucleic acids anil proteins, and electrophoresis and immunotleiection ot piant proleins. Offered by (he Biotechnology Teaching laboratory in cooperation with the Depanmenl of Plain Science. Admission to the course is limited and requires rec onimendaiion from the Head ofthe Department. Same as BOTA 544 and FRST 503 Recommended pre- or co-requisite: BIOL 335. 5t9 (12) Master's Thesis 649 Ph.D. Thesis Polish POLS Department of Russian and Slavic Languages and Literatures, Faculty of Arts lit) (6) Basic Polish- An introductory course, [3-1; 3-1] 210 (6) Second-Year Polish- Prerequisile: POLS 110. [3-1:3-1] 3i5 (3/6) d Introduction to Twentieth-Century Polish Lileralure- Readings and discussion of selected works of representative writers, Prerequisile: POLS 210 or equivalent. |3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] Political Science Faculty of Arts POLI 200 (3) The Government oj Canada- An examination of the institutions and processes of Canadian government. |3-0] 220 (3) Foreign Governments- A comparative analysis of foreign governments. Specific countries to be covered will vary according to section; consult the brochure issued by the Department. [5-01 240 (3) Introduction toPoliticaTThought- An introduction to some of the major political theorists and to the principal ideologies in the modern world. [3-0] 260 (3) Iniernational Politics- The analysis of the relations between states. Includes such topics as the evolution of international systems, East-West ancl North-South issues, the techniques of wielding international influence (through diplomacy, propaganda, foreign aid, subversion, and war) and the sources and nature of international conflict and cooperation. This course is strongly recommended for siudenis who will later take POLI 360-366. [3-0J 301 (3) Canadian Political Parties- The organization and operation of party politics and the systems of party competition in Canada. The focus is on national-level politics. Prerequisite; POLI 200. [3-0] 302 (3/6 j d Public Administration- The structure ancl organization olthe administrative branch of government in theory and practice. Administrative powers and policy-making in the modern state. Examples ofthe administrative processes are drawn from Canada and other countries [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 303 (3) Federalism in Canada- Theory and practice of federalism; cultural duality, social stresses, and problems of flexibility. The constitution and role of lhe courts. Prerequisite: POLI 200. [3-0] 304 (3) British Columbia Government and Politics- An examination ofthe party system, ancl other institutions and processes of the British Columbia political system. Prerequisite: POLI 200. [3-01 305 (3) Canadian Political Ideas- Political theories and ideologies in Canada. Prerequisite; POLI 200. [3-0] 306 (3) local Government and Politics in Canada- Local and regional political institutions and processes in Canada, with particuiar attention to those ofVancouver and other British Columbia localities. Prerequisite; POLI 200. [3-0] 307 (3) Quebec Government and Politics- The nature of politics and the conduct of government in contemporary Quebec. The course is open to sludents from fields other than political science. Prerequisite: POLI 200. [3-0] 320 (3/6) A American Government and Polities- The social context of American polities, voting behaviour, legislative process, executive powers, executive-legislative relations, judicial behaviour, and problems of policy: labour, commerce, civil rights, etc. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 321 (3/6) d Chinese Government and Politics- The political system of China, approached from a number of perspec- Political Science 393 tives: as a continuing development within the framework of Chinese history and culture; as a case study of political modernization; in the context of world Communist movements; as an object of comparison with other political systems. (3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 322 (3/6) d Japanese Government and Politics- The Japanese political system and political behaviour, with some coverage of neighbouring areas such as South Korea ancl Taiwan, with major emphasis on the period since 1945. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0| .323 (3/6) d South Asian Government and Politics- Comparative analysis of politics and government in India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, ancl Sri Lanka. Imperial legacies and nationalist movements; political institution-building amidst socio-cultural diversity; parties and interest groups; elections and leadership crises; military intervention; ethnic anci class conflicts; foreign policy. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 324 (5/6) A Southeast Asian Government and Politics- The political syslems of contemporary Southeast Asia. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 325 (3) Communist and Post-Communist Politics- An examination ofthe origins, development, and demise of Communist political systems, as well as the nature of post-Communist politics, with special emphasis on the Soviet Union and its successor states. [3-0] 326 (3) British Government and Politics- Nature of politics and conduct of government in contemporary Britain, including the problem of governmental reform and the making of foreign policy. Development of parliamentary democracy; electoral system and political parties; the executive and its relation to the legislature; the Crown, the Prime Minister, and the Cabinet; central departments; the Civil Service. [3-0] 327 (3/6) d African Government and Politics- A comparative analysis of state-building and statecraft in sub-Saharan Africa, with focus upon the new- African state: its origins in colonialism; the impact of traditional African political systems upon it; its conlemporaiy characteristics; state-society relations and conflicts; international relations of African statesqhedevelopmentanddecayofsuchstates. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 328 (3/6) d Topics in Comparative Politics- Topics will vary from year to vear. Consult the brochure issued by the Department. ' [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 340 (6) History of Political Ideas- An introduction to the political ideas of leading political philosophers from Ancient Greece to the 19th century. [3-0; 3-0] 342 (3) Modem Political Theory. Analysis ofa Selected Theorist- A detailed examination of an acknowledged masterpiece of modern political theoiy. The text and attendant literature vary from year to year. Consult the brochure issued by the Department. [3-0] 344 (3) Social and Political'Thought- An examination of some ofthe major concepts in political philosophy such as justice, equality, rights, obligation, liberty in the context of both classical and contemporary political thought. [3-0] 346 (3) Democratic Theory- An examination of both classical and contemporary theories of democracy. Representative democratic theory, participatory democratic theoiy, anci their relationship to twentieth century concepts of democracy. [3-0] 349 (3) Modem Polilical Philosophy: Concepts, Themes and Thinkers- An examination of theoretical issues in Political Science, Seminal concepts and philosophical themes are illustrated in the writings of leading political thinkers from the early modern era to the present Limited to Major and Honours students in Political Science. [3-0] 360 (3/6) d Strategic Studies- An analysis ofthe national security doctrines and policies ofthe major powers and Canada, the policies and politics of alliances, and problems of arms control and disarmament. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 361 (3/6) d International Violence and Its Control- Astudy of the nature of international violence from guerrilla to nuclear war; asurveyo Theories of the causes of interstate war; recent research findings on the causes of war and conditions for peace; a comparative, analysis of strategies for controlling violence thn hi th disarmament and the promotion of alternative means of conflict resolution. Students enrolling in this course should preferably have taken a second-year course in a subject in tin: social sciences. (3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 362 (3) The Great Powers and Iniernational Politics- An examination ef the changing nature of Great Power relations, including procedures and institutions for managing their conflicts, in the pre-Cold War, Cold War, and post-Cold War international systems |30] 363 (3/6) d Canaa Ian Foreign Policy- An analysis of Canadian foreign policy on important international issues since the 1960s and of tl e policy-making process. Issues may include defence conn fitments, economic relations, activities of international organizations, ancl relations with the U.S.. Europe, the L; S.S.R., Asia, ancl the Third World. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 364 (3/6) Alnterui'tionalOrgaruzation- Analysisoftheai tivi- ties and influence of modem international organizations in international security, economic,and social isstteareas The course will foci son organizations associated with the United Nations, butotierworldatid regional bodies will beanalyzcel as well. [3-0 or [3-0; 3-0] 365 (3/6) d Asian International Relations- Analysis of die foreign policies of one or more ofthe states of East, Southeast, and South Asia, it will focus on their relations wilh other states ir the region as well as with major outside powers. [3-C J or [3-0; 3-0] 366 (3) International Political Economy- An analysis of governmental policies and international political bargaining in regard to such ssues as international investment, trade, and monetary- relations ECON 100 or 309 are recommended. [3-D] 380 (3) Quantitative Methods in Political Science- An introduction to quantitative methods as utilized in the study of Political Science. Not available for credit in the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration. [3-0] 381 (3) Topics in Quantitative Analysis- Application of quantitative technicues to selected topics in Political Science. Topics vary fro n year to year. Consult the brochure issued uy the Departr tent. Prerequisite: POL! 380. [3-0] 385 (3/6) cl Political Behaviour- The study of political attitudes, public ipinion, voting and elections; the use of survey research. Prerequisite or corequisite: POLI 380 [3-0] o- [3-0; 3 0] 390 '12) Honours Seminar- An examination of the dimensions of Polilical Science anci the major debates within the discipline, [t -3; 0-3} 401 (3/6) d Canadian Provincial and Regional Politics- A seminar which examines political parties, processes, and institutions in the provincial political systems and regional arrangements between provinces. Prerequisites: POLI 200 plus one additional course in Canadian politics selected Irom 301-307. [0-2) or [0-2; 0-2| 402 I'i/d) APolitics ofthe'Canadian Constitutions- This seminar examines lhe creation and amendment of Canadian Constitutions; political aspects ofthe judicial system; political consequences of court derisions. Prerequisites: POLI 200 plus one- additional course in Canadian politics selected irom 301-307. [0-2] or [0-2; 0-21 403 (3/6) d Fhe Political Economy of Canada- A seminar devoted to the a nalysis ofthe interplay of economic and social factors in the shaping of Canadian politics: the major issues and si rains n the functioning of the Canadian polity. Prerequ sites: POLI 200 plus one additional course in Canadian politic s selected from 301 -307. [0-2] or (0-2; 0-2] 404 (3/6) d Public: Policy and its Administration- This .seminar examines pulitical and administrative aspects ol public policy, riarticuhrly in Canada. Prerequisiies: POLI 200 plus one additional course in Canadian politics selected from 301-307. [0-2] nr [0-2; 0-2] 405 (3/6) d Topics in Canadian Politics- This seminar examines in depth some ol the important issues in Canadian politics. Prerequisites: POLI 200 plus one-additional course in Canadian politics selected from .301-307. |0-2] or [0- 2; 0-2] 420 (3/6) d Advanced Topics in Comparative Politics: Wesl- em- A seminar devoted to comparative analysis of politics in the Anglo-American or European democracies, for specific content in a given year, consult the brochure issued bv the Department Prerequisites; Any two courses in Comparative Politics (POLI 220,320-323). |0-2| or [0-2; 0-21 421 t5/d | d Advanced Topics in Comparative Polities: Non- Western- A seminar devoted to comparative analysis of politics in non-western states. For specific content in a given year, consult the brochure issued by the Department. Prerequisites; Any two courses in Comparative Politics (POLI 220, 320-328). [0-2] or [0-2; 0-2] 422 (3/6) d Selected Problems hi Comparative Politics- A seminar devoted to intensive analysis ofa contemporary political problem from a comparative perspective, e.g.. ethnic politics, class politics, the politics of post-industrial society. For specific content in a given year, consult the brochure issued by the Department. Pierequisites: Any two courses in Comparative Polities (POLI 220. 320- 328). jil-2] or [0-2; 0-2] 423 (3/6) d Issues tn Comparative Government- A seminar devoted to comparative analysis of constitutionalism, authoritarianism, democracy, etc. For specific content m a given vear, consult tlie brochure issued by tlie Department Prerequisites. Any two couises in Comparative Politics (POLI 220. 320-328), J0-2I or [0-2: 0-2] ' 42-4 (0) Chinese Political Though! anti Institutions- See Asian Studies 4 P. 12-L2-I] l25 (6) Communist Movements in Eastern Europe since PXlti- See History 435 [5-0;5-0| 4'10 (3/6) d Conlemjiorary Political Theory- This seminar examines the political ideas of leading political philosophers ofthe twentieth centum Prerequisite: Anv six credits in Political Theory (P< )1124(15tfl-3'i9). j()-2| or [0-2:0-2] 4'l2 (3) Conlemjioraiy Polilical Theorists. Analysis of a Selected Theorist- This seminarexamines in detail lhe political ideas of an important political philosopher! if the twentieth century. The thei irist studied varies fri nn year to year. Consult the brochure issued by the Department. Prerequisite: Anvsix credits in Political Theory (POLI 2-t0.3*-3-i9). |0-2| I'll (3; Social Science and Political Theoiy- This seminar examines the political and social theories ofthe founders of modern social science through the relevant writings of such theorists as Tocqueville, Cciinie, Mil. Mara. Tnennies. Weber, and Durkheim. Prerequisite: Any six credits in Political Theory (Pf)Ll 240, 31(1-349), |0-2] 446 (3/6) d Topics in Political Thought- A seminar devoted to the intensive study of a concept, theme, or school in the history of political thought or conlemporaiy political philosophy. Topics van- from year ro year. Consult the brochure issued by the Department. Prerequisite: Any .six credits in Political Theory (POLI 240, 340-.3i9). [0-2] or [0-2; 0-2] 460 6/6) A Foreign Policy Analysis- A seminar devoted tothe analysis of the foreign policies of one or more states, a.s well a.s to lhe study of literature pertaining to foreign policy analysis. For specific conteni m a given vear, consult the brochure issued by the Department. Prerequisites: Any two courses in Iniernational Polities (POLI 260, 3n0- 366). [0-2] or [0-2; 0-2] 461 (3) Peace andConflicl Sludies- A seminar on a seieeied topic concerning the causes ol war and strategies tor [he- promotion of peace. For specific conteni in a given year consult the brochure issued by the Department. Pa-requisites: Anv Iwo courses in Iniernational Politics (POLI 2d0, 560-3(i()i |0-2| 394 Political Science 4(42 (3) International Relations Theory- This seminar examines some of the major theoretical approaches to the study of international relations. For specific content in a given vear, consult lhe brochure issued by tlie Department Prerequisites: Any two courses in Iniernational Polities (POLI 260, 36ll-36(n. |0-2] 4(i.3 (31 lulernalionallnlerdepeutieiice- Thisseminaranalvzes issues relating to the politics of international economic relations. For specific content in a given year, consult the brochure issued by the Department Prerequisites: Any two courses in Iniernational Politics (POLI 260. 360-366). F.CO.N 100 ur 309 are recommended. [0 2| lot (43(i) d Problems in international Relations- Content varies from vear to year and is describee! in the brochures issued by hie Department and I he program in hiicniatioi ial Relations, One section iuf5 credits) is resciv-clforfonrlh- vear sludents in the Major prograni in international Relations. [0-2] or |0-2;0-2| Ki7 i,51 Public Irilernational law- The nature, sources, ancl sanctions of international law; the notion of nationhood with particular reference to the status of the British Dominions: territorial ancl extra-territorial juri.sdirtii in; diplomatic and sovereign immunities; international delinquency: treaties; settlement of disputes: international organizations. This course is also offered as IAW 3<S(>. It mav not he taken foi credit in both Arts and Law. [3-0j i90 (in Honours Seminar- Research seminar in specific areas in Political Science related to the siudenis' interest ancl current facuitv research, jti-3: 0-3) I'd it)) Honours Essav 701 (,->! Canadian Government and Politics 702 (3i Canadian Polilical Institutions and Processes 703 (3) Canadian Political Parties and Participation 701 (3) Topics in Canadian Politics 511 (5; Comparative Government and Politics ill (51 Theories in Comparalire Politics: Political Deveiopmenl 515 (31 Theories in Comparative Politics: Cleavages and Integration iii Comparative Western Governments 6) Comparative Non-Western Governments i/ci Issues in Comjiaratirc Politics (3) Political Theory 15) Topics in Political Theoiy li) Political Thought (3) Public Administration 13J Topics in Public Administration t 51 Tallies in Public Policy i li i ytasier's Seiiituar i Co 121 c Masler's Thesis (3) Political Bebariour I 3) Research Seminar lu Political Behat 'tour (3) Topics in Empirical Theory i. 5 i Iniernational Relations (i 1 Topics in International Relations 13) International OrganIzalion (5) Research Seminar in International Relations 6) International law Problems- (see 1A\. 427) Prerequisite: POLI 4(45 or permission of the inslructor (5) Methods ty< Political Analysis 13) Quantitative Techrikptes oj Political .Analysis i,3,'ft) c Directed Studies PhD Thesis Sit 715 723 7.31 732 7i.7 5 it) 5t') 7(2 ni3 i a Shu ti t9 Portuguese Department of Hispanic and Italian Studies, Faculty of Arts. See Spanish and Portuguese Probability and Statistics See Department of Statistics, Faculty of Science See enlriesiinder.ANTH 11101. HCEP MATH, PCTH PHED. SOCI. WOOD 701/1/. ECON. EPSE. IRST GEOG. 'ID'S PINT POLI, PSYC RHME Psychiatry Faculty of Medicine PSYT 401 (2) Behavioural Sciences in Medicine- Lectures and (lis- cessions on tlie roie and significance of psychological, social, cultural and behavioural factors for health and for medical practice. Effects on occurrence, course ancl outcome of both physical and mental illness and on personal develi ipment over the life course. Role of cultural factors m shaping .symptoms and illness anil iheir implications for clinica! practice, 425 (3) Introduction to Psychiatry- (aiPsychopathologv: Lec- lures and clinical demonstrations. The principal signs anel .svmpinms of mental illness are described and demonstrated, ibilntcniewing lechniques: instruction as lo the elicitation unci recognition ofthe principal signs anil symptoms of psychiatric disorders. (cjEliology: Intrnduction to the basic concepts (dynamic, behavioural, biological) of symptom formation nil (S) Principles of Clinical Psychiatry' - A systematic inirii- (luction to clinical psychiatry is given through .seminars, videotapes, case vignettes, time for self-directed studv, anc! supervised clinical experience. i71 (5) Neurochemistry- The main objective of this course on neiirocheniistiv is lodescribc biochemical phenomena that subserve activity of the nervous system or are associated with neurological diseases. Lectures designed primarily for third year medical students a.s a basic science elective course Departmental approval. 172 (30 Seminars lu Behavioural Sciences- Weekly seminars dealing with behavioural science topics related to medical practice. Thud vear eleclive for Medical students. t"5 (12) Psychiatry Clinical Clerkship- Consolidation of material learned in previous years in psychopathology, etiology and psvelnKlynamics, and therapy in the development ofa diagnostic formulation and a treatment plan. Supervised treatment of selected adult in-paiienis ancl participation in mainienaiice ot the therapeutic milieu ofthe ward. Participation in out-patient treatment of adult patients, and families o! child psychiatric patients, anci assessment of couples witli sexual problems. Seminars on etiology' and therapy, addiction, psychopharmaeology, psychotherapy, violence. loi-cnsic:psvchiai!V, child psychiatry, com n mill lypsychiativ', sexual medicine, aging, and mental deficiency. 500 ;2i Fbe Hisloiy of Psychiatry- A series of lecuires and seminars given on alternate years in the second half of the vear and concerned with an historical review of psvchiai.ry Irom earliest times to the present 501 (2) Psychopathology- A series oi lectures and .seminars coiicenieil witii a presentation for lirsl-year gradual!' siu- cieiits ol signs, symptoms anil sviulromes in psychiatiy. Texts anil leadings are assigned 502 (2) The Interview and the Examination of Ihe Patient— lecture: dents cm skill lllClil ll'Vis ,[ i2l i'sycnoils um ewing is ace , for first year graduate slu- cpis, processes and clinical i a hi nh diagnosis and treat- ssignec! pies and praclice ot interpersonal and social management of general psychiatric patients in in-patient and ambulatory clinical settings. Didactic seminars with demonstrations and liratticuni. with audio-visual documentary recordings ior selt-stucly Assigned literature. 504 (2) Drugs and Somatic Treatments in Psychiatry- l.ec- lures ancl demonstrations concerned with a presentation of the rationale and use of drugs and somatic treatments. 'lexis and readings are assigned. Prerequisiies: PSYT 501 and 502. 505 11) Methods in Evaluation and Research- A couise of seminars anel demonstrations dealing with meihods and techniques for the evaluation of programs and treatment in Psychiatry, with research design and research procedures, ine hiding such problems, is the use of controls in psvchiauii research, the use and interpretation of statistics, etc. Texts anil readings to be assigned. 50(i (2) The Prorince and Functions Oj''Psychiatry- A course of lecuires ancl seminars dealing witli roles, responsibiliiies and functions assumed bv anci assigned to psychiatry in medicine and in the community. The course deals with the patterns by which care has been made available in the past wilh contemporary patterns now emerging, villi the assumptions underlying these developments, and with the problems anil issues that appear to be of relevance to psychiatry in the tenure. Given in alternate years. 507 (4) Psychotherapy IT- Couise of lectures, seminars and demonstrations concerned with the processes, techniques and concepts of individual psychotherapy. Includes initial assessment, ongoing evaluation of progress and assess- mem of outcome of patients undergoing reintegrative nr reconstructive psychotherapy. Ajireliminaiy-reviewofiiiaiiir si hoc ils and approaches to psychotherapy is given. Texts and readings are assigned. Prerequisites: PSYT 501, 502, 503 508 (2) Group, Milieu. Family, Marital Psychotherapies I This is an introductory course primarily for first vein psychiatric residents, to outline theoretical framework ol small social group in which the interpersonal processes can be conceptualized: to achieve an understanding of tlie function of tlie individual in the context of natural groups; to develop basic skills in observing patients' groups, paying balanced attention In individual members and the group as a whole; to demonstrate a variety of verbal ancl non-veriial techniques used in group, family and milieu therapy: residents' experiential group. SOU (2i Theories and Etiology- This course deals with the dynamics of human behaviour and the etiology of mental illness in a comprehensive manner at three levels of organization— -molecular and cellular, psychological ancl sol ial given in second and ihird vears. 510 (i) The Neurological Basis of Human Behaviour- Concerned with the structure, development and function i il the human nervous system ancl the relationship ol these io normal and abnormal human behaviour, thinking and emotions. Given through the second vear Texts and readings are assigned Prerequisiies: PSYT 501 anci 504 511 12) The Neurological Basis of Human Behat 'lour (laboratory)- Dissections ami demonstrations of the struct cue and iunctions of rhe human nei-vcius system. Prerequisite PSYT 71(1. 512 (2) Problems of Cerebral Function- A dissertation in a field relaied to the conteni ofPSYT 710. Prerequisite: PSYT I un liiiioiiiiefoiv course is conceptualized as a direct continuation of PSYT 502 (!) The Interview and the Examination ol the Patient. This is an litirt-icliiclon course which will locus i in the study of prim i- (2) PeliaiiourPhysiology- An advanced course of lei and seminars provided on an elective basis in the se hallo! the veai ancl concerned with a sitn-evofexperim work on tlie process of the nervous system undo normal and abnormal behaviour in humans and prin with special emphasis on the physiological correlai higher nervous activity'. Prerequisite: PSYT 501. Text readings in lie assignee!. (21 Neurochemistry- An advanced course provided i elective basis elaborating chemical princijiles nuclei mental functions. Current findings and theories on 11 lures mild ennil -lying laics; man icing Psychology 395 cal aspects of mental illness and certain neurological disorders are presented and discussed. Prerequisite: PSYT 501. 515 (2) Psychopharmaeology- An advanced elective course presenting current facts and theories relating the use of various drugs, experimental and therapeutic, tobasicchemi- cal and enzymatic processes in brain and nervous tissue, with special reference to mental illness and research in psychiatry'. Prerequisite; PSYT 501. Texts and readings to be assigned. 518 (2) Group. Milieu, Family, Marital Psychotherapies II- A course of lectures and demonstrations concerned with the theories of group functioning (psychodynamic, learning theories, social exchange, attribution theories) and working models of group and milieu therapy- (various psychodynamic models, psychodrama ancl sociometry, transactional analysis, behavioral approaches, T-group, etc.); working models for family and marital therapy; and indications for these modalities will be studied. The student functions as cotherapist in group, family, marital and milieu therapy. 520 (4) *SocialPsychiatry- A course of lectures and seminars dealing with the relationships between mental illness and a range of social ancl ecological variables, and with current epidemiological knowledge about the frequency and distribution of mental illness. Texts ancl readings are assigned. ♦Offered to second and third year graduates. 523 (4) Psychotherapy 111- An advanced course concerned with the processes, techniques as well as theories of individual psychotherapy. Ceincepts of major psychotherapy schools and their relationships to personality theories are critically reviewed and compared. Brief intensive psychotherapies, behavioral psychotherapy, hypnotherapy, crisis intervention, etc., are studied. Principles of psychotherapeutic management and ongoing evaluation of cases appropriate to these various modalities of psychotherapy are demonstrated and practiced. Readings will be assigned. Prerequisite: PSYT 507. 524 (4) Psychotherapy IV- An advanced course of lectures, seminars, demonstrations and practice, concerned with theoretical issues and practical approaches to the managemenl of difficult individual cases, e.g., personality disorders, psychotic states in remission, etc. The spectrum of therapeutic problems chosen for study will seek to integrate concepts of treatment of individuals of all ages, from the very young to the geriatric case. Texts and readings will be assigned. Prerequisites: PSYT 503, 507, 523. 528 (2) Group, Milieu, Family, Marital Psychotherapies 111- Advanced course of lectures, seminars and demonstrations in group, family ancl milieu therapies; with major emphasis on marital and family therapies. Differing orientations (e.g., focus on individuals or on a group; focus on here-and-now, as opposed to the historical approach), and controversial issues will be presented. Each resident will conduct group, marital and family therapy under supervision. Texts and readings will be assigned. Prerequisite: PSYT 518. 530 (4) Development and teaming- This course deals with individual development as related to personality growth, mental health, and mental illness. This is a required course for the second year. Texts and readings are assigned. 531 (2) Child Psychiatry- This course deals with diagnosis, prevention and treatment of mental illness and mental retardation in children. Prerequisite: PSYT 530. 5.38 (2) Group, Milieu. Family. Marital Psychotherapies TV- Advanced course of lectures, seminars and demonstra- tions of special problems (differentdiagnosticgroups, groups with specific goals, e.g. weight control, assertiveness, communication skill learning). Problems of indication, composition of groups, termination, etc. will be studied. Each resident will conduct group, family and marital therapy under supervision. Role of psychiatrist as a consultant to paramedical professionals in group, family and milieu therapy will he studied. Prerequisite: PSYT 528. Study materials wili be assigned. 540 (2) Psychological Measurement- This deals with the rationale and acministration of various psychological tests and measurements in the clinical setting, and with personality and other heories underlying their use. The course has been developed for both psychiatrists and clinical psychologists in training. Given in the first year. Readings and texts are assigned. 550 (6) Directed Sludies- This provides for a program of directed reading and study in such special areas as may be relevant to the student engaged in some particular field of study and research in Psychiatry. 700 Problem Patient Conference- .All residents on service attend. The resident outlines the particular problem presented, inter, ii iws the patient behind a one-way screen, and this is followed byadiscussion with the clinical supervisor and the other residents. Two hours weekly. 701 Ward Rounds- Attended by clinical supervisor, all residents and representatives of other members of the treatment team. Patients are presented, discussed, and diagnosis and treatment formulated. 702 Out-patient Supervision- The clinicai supervisor meets with each resident individually for one hour per week to discuss out-patients. 703 Ward Management Meeting- A meeting held once a week, attended by all staff (including the clinical supervisor), which focuses in staff conflicts which impair effective work relationships. 704 Individual Case Supervision- This is provided to two residents per v reek on an individual and rotating basis, and provides in-de ith supervision of selected in-patients. 705 Tutorial- Each student in the postgraduate program is assigned a tutor. These weekly two-hour sessions are devoted to discussion and study of long-term psychotherapy cases. 706 Departmental Conference- All residents are expected to attend these cc nferences. Presentations are made by faculty-, residents, and visiting speakers. One and one half hours weekly. 707 Group Therapy- Each resident is expected to carry, or participate in group therapy sessions. Supervision is available for this activity. Two hours weekly. 717 Human Sexuality- Clinical experience in the University sex therapy unit in the Department of Psychiatry. Instruction in intervie ving, assessment, and treatment of individuals and couples with problems in sexual function. Part-time rotation two cteys per week for a three-month period. 720 Child Psychiatiy Conference- Every two weeks, 1.5 hours k are spent by re iidents in Child Psychiatry under the super- i/ision ofa member of the Division of Child Psychiatry, either in the one-wai screen evaluation and subsequent discussion ofa family or in the seminar presentation ofa topic in the field of chi d psychiatry. 721 .AdolescentServices- Everytwoweeks,1.5hoursarespent in a case conference and 1-1/2 hours per month in a literature semi lar. Residents also spend 2-5 hours weekly, treating adoieicents and their families. Residents are exposed to, and lollow patients through, a spectrum of care; community, ou t-patient, day treatment and residential treatment. Reading assigned 722 Community Consultation- Residents have a supervised olacement wit i a community agency (e.g. school, child welfare agency juvenile court) to learn how to be a mental aealth consultant, optimizing the skills of primary professionals in contact with disturbed children (1-1/2 hours tier week). Reading assigned. 723 Services for Handicapped Children- Residents are exposed to the spectrum of care available for handicapped children, worki ng with and supervised by a faculty member. Residents also treat a family or families in which there is a handicapped c lild. (Three hours per week.) 724 Clinical Work and Supervision- Two hours are spent each week in the supervision of the clinicai work of resi dents in Child Psychiatry by a member(s) ofthe Division of Child Psychiatry'. During this time, the evaluation and treatment of cases are discussed in detail, generalizations are made about the clinical syndromes presented, and the relevant literature is introduced for discussion. At least ten hours of clinical w-ork per week form the basis of this supervised work. 725 Multidisciplinary Assessment of Seriously Disturbed Children- Each week, 2-3 hours are sjient in multidisciplinary case conferences concerning children admitted to E1A (an assessment unit for disturbed children at the Health Centre for Children at the Vancouver General Hospital). Further involvement may include following a family through intake ancl assessment (three hours per week), involvement with groups (two hours per weekj, or more intensive involvement (10-20 hours per week). Reading assigned. 726 Family Therapy- In addition to regular ongoing supervision of family therapy, there is a seminar series (two hours weekly) devoted to family theory ancl practice. Reading assigned. 750 Postdoctoral Iniemship in Clinical Psychology- A one- year program for clinical psychologists who wish to develop specified skills in mental health intervention. Supervised training at University affiliated hospitals by Department of Psychiatry- faculty includes; the behavioural approaches to maritakliscord.anxieiydisorders.reactivedepressioii,sexual dysfunction and habit disorders; the development of psychological assessment, consultation and treatment evaluation skills; the development of acute patient (i.e. inpatient) management skills; and the development of community- team and interdisciplinary interaction skiils. Prerequisites include a doctoral degree in clinical psychology. Psychology Faculty of Arts PSYC /. Unless otherwise specified. Ihe prerequisite for 300-level Psychology courses is PSYC 100. or 6 credits oj 200-level Psychology courses, or permission of tbe instruclor 2. Students registered in the B.Sc. Psychology program must elec! Facully of Arts coursesolher than Psychology to satisfy the Faculty oj Science requirement of 18 credits of .Arts. Credit will not be given for both Psychology 260 and 200, 260 and 201 or 202. ,366 and3I7or 318, or 360and304. In addition lo Psychology.hSand 448, all Psychology courses numbered 60 or higher in Ihe last two digits have Science credit but they cannot be used to satisfy the science requirements of the Faculty-' of Arts. 3 Students with feu 'er than .idjirei ious crediis may not take 300- level courses; studenls wilh 36-40previous crediis may lake up lo six credits oj 300-level courses. Third year sludents may not take 400-level courses, except 417. for which they m us! obtain permission ofthe instructor. 100 (6) Introductory Psychology- Emphasis on current research and the psychologist's approach to problems in the context of representative theories and issues in psychology Specific topics of study selected by individual instructors van- considerably from section to section, [3-0; 3-0] 201 (3) The Biopsychology of Behaviour- Included are the neural and hormonal substrates of motivated and emotional behaviour, the biopsychology of lea rningand memory, the adaptive nature of perceptual systems, and genetic- factors in behavioural differences. [3-0] 202 (3) Cognition and Perception- Major phenomena in attention, perception, learning, memory, language, decisionmaking, and problem-solving. Methods used to study these domains, as well as critical empirical ancl theoretical issues. [3-0] 203 (3) Personality and Social Psychology- Focuses on such topics as self-esteem, prejudice, anc! interpersonal attraction. Research findings are discussed, but there is no emphasis on research methodology [3-0] 204 (3) Abnormal and Health Psychology- Introductory survey of major topics in abnormal and health psychology, 396 Psychology including ihe role of psychological stressors in illness, ancl major models of psvchopathoiogy and their applicant >n. [3-01 2(10 Id) Experimental Psychology and laboratory- A detailed, introduction to expenmcnial and theoretical aspects ol sensation, perception, learning, and -nouvaiion. 'i'he lecture emphasis is upon conient with some attention lo simple problems of statistics and experimental design. The laboratory consists of familiarizing the student with the exfieruiientai procedures involved in acquisition and analysis ofdata in these subject areas. Prerequisites: completion of first year Science piogram or equivalent and permission of the Head ofthe Department. 13-2; i-l\ 300 (6) BehaviourDisorders- Thcdefinition. history, and scope ot deviani behaviour, with eiriphatis on ihe psychological leu tors that control its origin-, maintenance, anti modification. 15-0: 30! 302 (3) Infancy- Human deveiopmenl during infancy. Cognition, perception, motor, social, emotional needs, brain development and their interactions from hiitli until the emergence oi language. |3-0[ 50.3 13) Tests and Measurements I- Theory and practice of mental measurement, including units on lest reliability and validity, uses, administration, scoring and interpretation .4 ic-lv |3-0' 0-0j 3(11 (cu Brain and Behaviour A course on the physiological basis of behaviour lor non-psydioiogv majors or for psychology majors who are not in the B.5c progtam. The focus i it the course will be on what is known about brain processes involved in perception, motivation, aggression, emotions, psvchopathoiogy, and learning. [3-0 3-0j 3u3 ii-,) Theoiy of Personality- Approaches to the theon- of personality, principal theoretical problems, research theories oi personality as reiiresenred bv psychological system-, j,3ll;3-0| 50o (cp Principles of Animal Behaviour- An examination ol animal behavioui- from the perspective of evolutionary theory. Among tlie topics eoverec are an intioductioii tribe theory of evolution one! behavioural genetics; social svsiems as ecological adaptations; mating and pareu'a! strategies; learning, instincts, anil evolution; ant! the evolution of human behaviour. Credii wiil be given ior onlv one ol'B10l.510orPS'lC30(i. [3-0. i-ti] 307 tii) Motivation- An experimental analysis oi motivational processes such as hunger, thirst, exploratory and curiosity behaviour, maternal and reproductive behaviour, fixed action patterns, ami ".implex processes involved tn social motivation. [3-0; 5-0] ,30,4 (6) Social Psychology- Theory and research of individual social behaviour; social motivation, attitudes; group interaction; socialization; racial prejudice; and related topics. [3-0; 3-0] 309 Co Cognitive Processes- The ctiiiiiiriuiiiiii or cognitive pioeesses lo perception, attention, anci memory. An examination of cognitive development, language, thinking and creativity. 13-0: 3-0] 310 tin lean/tug A criucal survey cf tlie basic cxpeiinieui.il findings and theory of tlie ii arniiig yiroceis. with emphasis on the theoretical formulation of lhe necessary conduit ins for learning, retention, and transfer of training [3-0; 3-(l| 311 (if) Individual Differences- The nature and patterning of individual psychological iharacieristics, such .is, abilities and intelligence, altitudes, inicresIs, and personality'; their assessment anel measurement by means o! various psychometric instruments. [3-0,3-0] 312 io) Hislorv of Psychology- A sunc'v of lhe principal irenels cii psychological explanation anti e'vents in the- hist'iiv eif psychology from lhe earliest times to the present. Open only to Major i ir Honours si iiuenis i ir by permission or the instructor. [3-0; 3-0] .31,3 (6) Sensation and Perce j,tion- Historical origins of intcr- esi in sensation; sensory systems anil perceptual processes; [isychophvsics and neurophvsiologicai approaches. |3-0:3-0| 314 i3i Health Psychology- A critical survey of ihe basic research findings and theory on the relation between psychological factors i including behaviour, emotion, cognition, personality anc! interpersonal relationships) and health Topics include healiii-rei.ileii behaviours such as smoking and drug use. the effect of stressful events on health, met hods for roping with.stress, the impact of chronic illness on the family, anci social supper! svsiems, 13-0] 513 1.31 Childhood and Adolescence Human ilevelojutiem from the preschool period through adolescence. [3-0] .317 (3) Research Methods and Design iniroduction to research methods anil designs used in psychology. Types of data and basic data description procedures are discussed. Various experimental designs, including laboratory, field, and iliiierential reseaich methods are c< ivereci, as well as die basic mechanics of report writing. J3-0J 3 IS' (31 Analysis if Behavioural Data- Iniroduction to the anaivsis ol psychological ciala. The rationale and use of inferential statistics in psychology as well as conceptual interpretations of data. Various experimental designs, such as laboratory field, anil ififlerenlial reseaich methods, and the jiieseiiiaiioii ofdata analyses in cxperimenuil reports Prerequisite. PSYC .31". |5-(lj 5,19 (3) .Ajiplied Iicvclopiiicntal Psychology- The application of theories and researcli in developmental psychology to contemporary social issues. Topics mav include day care, chilli abuse, divorce anc! ren iiirriagc, substance abuse, sexuality [3-0 320 (6; Psychology of Gender An examination of physical, psychological, am! cultural influences. [3-0; 3-0] 321 (6) F.nviroiiinenlal Psychology- Psychological theory-and researcli on the interaction between organisms and the physical environment with empiiasis on applicaiiiins to tiie eiesign and management of c.onslructec! and nalural enci- roiimenis. 15-11; 3-0| 522 (3) Adulibriod and Aging Human development, (luring adulthood through old age. Provides a background in the basic issues, liiei nics. and psychological research regarding acfiililuHiil ami the aging pun ess, ]3-0[ 323 (ii'l'eslsarid Measurements 11- A survey of tests for assessing intelligence, abilities, pefsonalitv. motivation, and interests. Prerequisite PSYC 505 (0-0; 5-0] 325 (3) Socialization: Deveiopmenl in Context— Examines human development from the perspective of the context in Wfch it occurs, including ciiltuial. historical, technological institutional, and socio-economic, factors. [3-0| yiii i'3,i Memory:: Historical Clinical and Cognitive Perspectives- Representative topics include classical and contemporary metaphors lor memory and their impact on theory development: memory researcli in real-world settings; real- re monitoring; acnobiograp!iica! memory; lhe concept of repression, and nieinon impainiicnl.sassociai.ee! with multiple personality disorder. |3-0] 334 ti) Memory Biological, Developmenlai Social/Personal ily and Applied Perspectives-- Representative topics include: organic: amnesia; remembering c hildhood events; ilie self anci itcemoiv: and ihe problem oldistinguishing genuine front simulaied forgetting, j.3-0] 35<i (3) The Psychology of language I- The fundamental psychological anilines imileriving human language. Representative topics nu"hide animal versus human communication, language processing, lexical representation, and principles of on-line conversation. Prerequisite; PSYC. 100, or six credits of 200'level Psychology courses, or LING 100 oi 201.:. [3-0] 337 (3) The Psychology oj language II- The psychological foundations < if the human language capability. Representative topics include; the relation between language and thought, denying psychological principles from language universals, ihe psychology of literacy, dyslexia, multilingualism, and natural language processing Prerequisite: PSYC. 336 or permission ofthe instructor. |3-0] 340 (2-6) cDirectedStudies in Psychology- Directed investigation of a problem, requiring a written report of the findings. Prerequisite: satisfactory standing and permission of a facully member who is prepared to supervise the investigation. 3-i8 (1-6) c Directed Studies in Biopsychology- Directed investigation of an experimental problem requiring a written report of the findings. Prerequisite: satisfactory standing in PSYC 26(1 and permission of a faculty member who is prepared lo supervise the investigation, 555 (5) Fundamentals of Cognitive Science- Multidisciplinary study involving psychology, artificial intelligence, linguistics, philosophy, and neuro-science. Provides hancls-un experience with different research methods of cognitive science anc! examines how the goals of the contributing disciplines complement each other Co-requisite; PSYC 31" ]5-0] 361) 16 j Biopsychology- The relationship between the nerve uis system am! behaviour. The physiological basis of perception, motivation, learning, and memory. Prerequisite PSYC 260 or permission of the Head of the Department ] 3 0:3-0] .360 (iii Metliods in Research- A detailed coverage of basic research met hciils The design of experiments and statistical analysis. Methods will be applied in laboratory and project work. Prerequisite; PSYC 260 or in Honours program fli-T. 5-2] 401 6)Cbniccd Psychology- A critical review ofthe theoretical and research foundations of the processes of assessment and behaviour modification in clinical psychology. Prerequisite: PSYC 300 or permission of the instructor (3-0:3-0] 402 (6) Experimental Techniques in Personalily Research- Discussion and laboratory study of the methods used in personality research. Prerequisite PSYC 305 and 317 or 366. ]2-2: 2-2) alii (6) Human Emotion- Developmental, cognitive, and social psychological theories anel research on human emotion Prerequisite; PSYC 305, 308. 309. or 302 ancl 315. [3-0:3-0] 4(18 (6i Social Psychological Research- A detailed examination of representative theoretical and empirical studies on such lopics as attitudes, conformity, social motivation, and interpersonal relations Practice in the formulation of significant questions and the design and execution of relevant researcli. Prerequisite: PSYC 308 ant! either 317 or 366, or permission of lhe instructor. [3-2; 3-2] 412 (31 Cognitive Deveiopmenl- The development of fundamental cognitive abilities from infancy through adulthood, including traditional approaches to cognitive deveiopmenl as well as new areas of current investigation. Prerequisile: one of PSYC, 502,315, 319, ill. 325, [3-01 a 13 6) Social and Personality Development- A comprehensive overview ol lhe psychological processes in the social ami personality clcvelopmenr of infants, children, and adolescents. Prerequisite: one of PSYC .302, 315, 319, 322, 325, [3-0J 114 16) Research .Methods in Developmental Psychology- Review of principal rescarrh methods and designs in developmental psychology. Supervised research experiences exain- ining developmental processes in controlled laboratory situations and naturalistic settings. Prerequisite: PSYC 318 or 366 unci any two of PSYC 302,319,322,325 or permission of the instructor. [3-3; 3-3) ■i 15 (6i .Ajiplied .Social Psychology- The application of social psychological research and theoiy to the solution of social problems. Prerequisite: PSYC 308 and either PSYC 3D or 366. [3-0; 3-0] Radiology 397 417 (3/6) ASpecialTopicsin Psychology- An intensive-examination of selected topics anci issues in psychology. Prerequisite PSYC 317 or 366. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] ' 420 (6) Community Psychology- An examination ofthe issues and problems involved in the practice of psychology at the community level. Focus of the course will be on the contribution of psychology to the assessment anci change of community systems. Prerequisite: PSYC 300 or permission of the inslructor. [3-0:3-0] 430 (6) Forensic Psychology- The implications of theory and research in psychology for the criminal justice system. Topics will includerareview of thepsychological and biosocial correlates of criminal behaviour; the role of psychology in police selection, training, and operations; the role played by psychologists in the criminal justice process, including assessments for the courts, probation and parole services, and treatment of offenders. [3-0; 3-0] 440 (2-6) q Directed Studies in Psychology- Direciec! investigation of a problem, requiring a written report of the findings. Prerequisite: satisfactory standing and permission ofa faculty member who is prepared to supervise the investigation. 448 (2-6) c Directed Sludies in Biopsychology— Directed investigation of an experimental problem requiring a written report ofthe findings. Prerequisite; satisfactory sianding in PSYC 360 and permission of a facullv member who is prepared to supervise the investigation. 449 (6) Honours Seminar and Essay- Students will design and execute a research project ancl report the development of this proiect through a series of seminar reports. Students will alsodiscuss research reports by Departmental staff, with emphasis on choice of problems, research design, and data analysis. 460 (6) Hormones and Behaviour- A detailed examination of relations between hormones and behaviour. Hmphasis on the role of prepubertal ancl postpubcrlal hormones in sexual behaviour, aggression, learning, motor activity, and cognition; behaviour disorders ancl endocrine function; behavioural cyclicity; drug effects on hormone-regulated behaviour, and relations between hormones and neurotransmitters. Prerequisite: PSYC 304 or 360 or permission of the Head of the Department. Permission will normally be granted to students in third- or fourth-year life- sciences programs. [3-0; 30] 463 (6) Research in Sensation and Perception- Laboratory course with emphasis on the visual system. Lectures emphasize physical properties anci subjective experiences (e.g. colour) of stimuli. Field trips may be offered. Prerequisite; PSYC 313 or 360; PSYC 318 or 366'; or permission ofthe 1 lead ofthe Department. [2-3; 2-3] 464 (3) Advanced Research Methods in Ihe Behavioural Sciences- Advanced topics in research methods designed to prepare students for graduate work or other advanced research in psychology. Use of inferential statistics in psychology and advanced conceptual interpretations of data. Various experimental designs, including laboratory, field, and differential research methods are covered. The use of computers in analysis will also be covered. Prerequisile; PSYC 318. [3-0] 465 (6) Computers in Psychology- Laboratory course on the applications ol computers in psychological research and theon: Topics covered include: data analysis, computer- aided instruction, computer control of experiments, simulation of psychological theories, clinical diagnosis, testing, and therapv, and computers and thought. Students will learn to program a computer in a high level language Prerequisite: PSYC 318 or 366, or permission of the Head of lhe Department. [2-2; 2-2| 466 to) Research Methods in Animal Learning and Cognitiori- An examination, primarily through laboratory work, of learning, cognitive maps, memory, communication, and similar topics. Students will design and carry out individual research projects. Prerequisites: PSYC 117 or 366 and at least one of the following; PSYC 30-1, 306. 309, 310, 360, or BIOL310; orp emission oftheileadof the Department. 11- 3; 1-4] 467 (3/6) A Pby.sFilogical Psychology Laboratory- Laboratory methods foi studying the relation between brain anil behaviour. Prerequisite; PSYC 304 or 360 and PSYC ,317 or 366; or perm ssion ofthe Head oithe Department. |0-6] or [0-6; 0-6] 500 (3/61 d Histo ry of Psychology 50! (3/6) A Prose minar in Personality and Social Psychology 505 (di Psychomelrics 510 (6) Verbal Learning ill (6) Advancec I Meihods in Research 513 (3) Special Topics in Developmental Psychology 514 (i) .Advanced Topics in Biopsychology- Not offered each year; consult Department of Psychology. 515 ii) Animal Bihaviour 516 (5) Animal learning, Memory: ami Cognition- Not offered each year; consult Depanmenl of Psychology. 517 (3) Biopsychology of Motivation- Not offered each vear; consult Department of Psychology. 518 (3/12) ABiojsychologvSeminar 519 (3/6) A Mathematical Psychology 520 (3j Developm ental Biopsychology- Not i iffered each year consult Deiiatiment of Psychology". 521 (3/6) d Psych 'ilinguistics ill (i) Drugs and Behaviour- Not offered each year; consult Department of Psychology. 523 (3) Experime Hal Neurojisychology and Animal Models-, Not offered each year, consult Department of Psychology. 524 (3) Neural Models oj learning andMemory- Not offered each vear; consult Dejiartment of Psychology. 525 (i) Altitudes end Social Cognition- To be offered in alternate years on y. 526 (3) Individuals and Groups- To be offered in alternate years only. 527 (3) Interpersonal Processes- To be offered in alternate years only. 528 (3) Advanced Methods in Social Psychology and Personality- To be offered in alternate vears only. 529 (3) Special Tobies in Social Psychology- Not offered each vear; consult Department of Psychology. 530 (3) Assessmen t through Interviewing Techniques 531 (3j Behavioui -al Assessment 532 (3) Child Assessment 53.3 (3/6) d Currcnt Issues in Clinical Psychology 534 (2-12) e Professional Issues and Clinical Psychology Practicum 535 (3) Psychopat oology ofthe Adult 536 (3) Psychopat oology ofthe Child 540 (3/6) d St rate, >Je.s of Psychological Interi 'ciition 542 (3) CogiiiiiveilehaviouralInterventions 543 (3/6) d Specie I Topics in I'heoty 544 (3/6) A Patterns of Child-Rearing 545 tie Advanced Statistics I 546 (2/6) d Semin ar in Psychological Problems 547 (2-6) c Readir g and Conference 548 (2) Detiartme, Hal Seminar 549 (3/6) c Mastei's Thesis 550 (3/6) d Off'eiu 'ers and Their Victims 551 (3/6) d Psychology: and the Criminal justice Syslem - An examination o the roles psychologists play in police forces, the courts anci tlie correctional sen-ices. 552 (3) Ethics ami Professional Issues for Forensic Psychologists- A review of the ethical and professional issues psychologists face when working or doing research in the criminal justice system. 553 (3/6) d Advanced Topics in Forensic Psychology 555 (3) Advanced Topics in Cognitive/Behavioural Interventions 556 (3) Learning I 55^ (ii learningII 560 (3) Clinical Research Design 562 (3) Special i'opics in Community Psychology 563 (3) Program Evaluation 5(i6 (3) Theories oj Personality- To be offered in alternate years only, 567 (3) Personality Dimensions and Structure- To be offered in alternate years only. 568 (3) Personality Assessment- To be offered in alternate years only. 569 (3) Conlemporaiy Conceptual Issues in Personality- To he offered in alternate years only. ' 570 (3) Environmental Psychology I 5ZL(3) Environmental Psychology II 572 (6) Field Research in Environmental Psychology 573 l3.) Industrial Psychology- Selection, development, and appraisal of personnel, human factors and organizational principles in the workplace. 574 (3) Biopsychology I 575 (3j Biopsychology II 578 (5) Perceptual Processes I 579 (3) Perceptual Processes II 582 (3) Cognitive Processes I 583 (3 i Cognitive Processes II 586 (31 Developmental Psychology I 587 (3) Flevelopmenlal Psychology II 590 (3) Sumy of Social Psychology I 591 (3) Survey of.Social Psychology II 592 (SiNeuroethologv- Not offered each year; consult Depart- ment of Psychology. 793 (3) Neurophysiology and Cortical Plasticity- Not offered each year; consult Department of Psychology. 594 (3) Psyeboneuroeridocrinology- Not offered each vear, consult Dejiartment of Psychology. 595 (31 Psycbophysiologv- Not offered each vear; consult Dejiartment of Psychology. 596 (3) Strategies and Techniques of Studying Behaviour- Not offered each year, consul! Department of Psychology. 649 Ph.D. Thesis Punjabi See Asian Studies, South Asian Languages Radiology Faculty of Medicine RADI 465 (V) Principles of Radiological Diagnosis- A series of small group tutorial sessions to acquaint the student with the use oi X-ray in diagnosis 700 Physics and Technology for Radiology- During the first month of residency training, didactic instruction is given at tlie British Columbia Institute of Technology in the physics of Radiology and the fundamentals of radiographic technology (radiography). During ihis one-month residency period, ihe resident is trained in radiographic technology by working as a technologist at one of the affiliated hospitals fight hours daily. 398 Radiology "01 Continuing Instruction in Basic Sciences- During the lour years oi training in Radiology and/or Nuclear Medicine, scheduled ancl unscheduled instruction is given in physics lone hour per week) and |iathologvcorrelated with radiology tone hour per week) "02 Clinical Investigation or Research- Each resident is encouraged to complete an invesi igative proiect in each < lithe lour years in Radiology, under the supervision ofa faculty member, for possible presentation at an annual department meeting. Average 80 hours each vear. 1)3 Current Topics in Radiology- Approximately six internationally recognized authorities in Radiology anci two or three in Nuclear Medicine arc invited to visit this depanmenl each vear for one to five dav periods, during which lecuires. consultations and sma ""ID Instruction in Clinical Radiology- Daily ancl weekly departmental teaching sessions are held In addition, the department participates in ward rounds and seminars with other clinical .specialty departments. Might hours weekly, "05 Elective Periods- During the third and fourth years of Radiology for eight hours (iaiiv, elective periods of one to twelve months, as acceptable to the resident anci the Program Director, arcavailahlefonwour more of the radiologic subspeiialliesiiiclutlingcomputeci tomography, ultrasound, neuroradiology, paediatric radiology, nuclear medicine, angiography, interventional radiology and magnetic resonance imaging, "III Clinical Nuclear Medicine- Daily discussions of the clinical applications of Nuclear Medicine (See PATH ~30i. ~ 11 Progress hi Nuclear Medicine Weekly reviews of current liierature lopics in Nuclear Medicine. (See PATH ""31). 712 ClinicalInvestigatioitiReseareh- Participation m ongoing research projects within the Division. (See PATH "32). ^ 1,3 Audit in Nuclear. Medicine- Review of diagnostic Nuclear Medicine procedure. Correlation with otherdiagnosiic tests ancl final patient diagnosis. Also offered as PATH "33 Reading Education See Lancuage Education, Reading Education Rehabilitation Sciences School of Rehabilitation Sciences, Faculty of Medicine See courses below under Rehabilitaion Sciences, Occupational Therapy, and Physical Therapy Rehabilitation Sciences RHSC 201 l3) Kinesiology- Analysis of human movement in terms ofthe biomechanics, anatomy, and plivsiology (basis of kinesiology! as a foundation for the studv of abnormal performance, [1-1; 1-1] 207 il) Adaplire Equipment and 1'ecbutqiies ■ tise of techniques ancl equipineni to facilitate ada]ital ion to disability 11-2; 0-01 301 (6) Medical andSurgical Conditions- An introduction to medical ancl surgical conditions for therapists, (4-0; 2-0] 502 (3) Psychosocial Aspects oj 'Disability— Examination of cultural, psychological and social components associated with reactions to disability, illness anel dving. Si tidy of principles fundamental to effective relations for adjuslmcnt, conHici resolution and coping. Ifl-ll; 3-0] 311 (1) Interpersonal Communication'in Rehabilitation - Basic theories, principles and skills of interpersonal communication, including interviewing. [.5 1; 0-0] il)2 (3) Introduction lo Scientific Inquiiy- Introduction iodic principles of clinical research design, scientific writing and clinical data analysis j 1.5-0; 1 5-11] lOS ll) Managemenl and Policies in Health Care- Health osteins ancl managemenl ci incepts for rehabilitation providers [l-ii: 1-01 i20 •127 ;,, 50t 706 508 515 7i9 (6) ElemenlsofNeuroanatomy and Neurophysiology- An iniroduction io the structure and function ofthe human nervous syslem. ji-i; (!-!)] (6) Selected Problems in Rehabilitation- Individual and group studv of currenl problems, lopics, and trends in rehabilitation medicine. Includes field analysis, literature review, discussion and studenl projects. (1 fo d Rehabilitation Seminar- 'lopics based on the academic needs of participating sludents. Not offered each year Consult the School (5) Advanced Concepts for Rehabilitation Research- Issues relevani to clinical investigations in rehabilitation, iimphasis on research design, measurement issues, selection of analytical approaches, and relevani epidemiological conccpis Prerequisile; RHMK 402, or equivalent. iiiRebahilitatiuiTTheory-'c'lyclrlstoix. evolution and anaivsis of conceptual systems underlying practice in occupational therapy ancl physical therapy. (3/6) c Directed Studies in Rehabilitation- Review of an area ol' rehabilitation practice wilhin the student's designated area ol concentration under the supervision of the student's adviser. Open only to Rehabilitation Sciences graduate studenls. Corequisite: RHME 500. (3) Current Topics in Rehabilitation- (Elective.) Seminar (3) Cross-cultural Issues in Rehabilitation- (Elective.) Relationships between e ulture and health, illness and disability, and an evaluation of theoretical approaches and methods used in health ami rehabiliiatii in-related research within the Canadian context. (5i Disability Social Economic and Political Influences- (Requireel for .sludents in Chronic Disease and Disability", elective for other studenls.) Interrelationships between disability and the sue ial economic and political environ- nieni, with emphasis on factors shaping experiences of health and illness, and individual responses to disability. The social consequences ol disability in rhe context of family, community and workplace (3) Exercise Physiology and Exercise Metabolism In Injury and Disease- (Required tor students in Cardiopulmonary ancl Motor Performance; elective for oiher students.) Physiological facti irs underlying fatigue and recovery from injur and disease. Energy metabolism, substrate utilization, and the effects ol 'mining un skeletal musi le, anc! on respiratory anci cardiovascular svsiems in different patient populations during rehabilitation lo restore functional capacity. (3) Neurorehabililalion- 'Required for students in Neuromotor and Neurological Conditions; elective for other studenls. i Therapeutic approaches and strategies in physical and oeciipal iona! ihcrapv for persons wilh motor control problems resulting Ih nn central nervi ms system dysfunction. ((>) M.Sc. Thesis- I-'or M.Sc. Degree-. Occupational Therapy RSOT 207' (6) Theoiy and Praclice- Concepiual frameworks will be employed to solve problems of clients with motor, sensory, cognitive, pen c'jil ual and sir ial dysfunctions. The function/ dysfunction continuum will be utilized to analyse activities forclieiiisofailages, jl-t; hi] 235 (2) Clinical hielditorh Observation and supervised participation in physical disability and psvchiairic facilities during five weeks ot Ihe summer. 5(13 (1) Clinical Conditions m Psvchlalry Tlie etiology, epidemiology, nalural history, managemenl and treatmeni of psychiatric disorders of childhmid, adolescence and adulthood 12-11; 2-111 3(D (ii PsychosocialDyspiuciion Apjilicaiion oi a svsieinalic piohieiii-siikingappriiachioihcoccupationallherajivproc- essin mental health. An intruduclion to group therapy and ihe'Drv anil intervention straiegies employed in lhe Ireai- ment ami rehabilitation of psychosocial dysfunction. |1-2. 1-2] 312 (2i Tests and Measures - Selection, administration, recording and interpretation of tests and measures used in occupational therapy assessment. [1-0; 0-2] 322 CD Biomechanical Treatmeni Approaches- An introduction to problem-solving using biomechanical princijiles Includes theory ancl treatment strategies for clients of all ages with physical disabilities, as well as the design and fabrication of orthotic and remedial equipment 10-0; 1-1.5] 3.35 (6) Clinical Fieldwork- Observation and supervised participation in a variety of health care sellings in B.C. for fourteen weeks during the summer lid (3) Vocational Rehabilitation- Assessment and management of vocational problems with particular emphasis on evaluating work skills, developing work adjustment programs.anc! use of community resources. [0-0; 1-3] tlH (2j Assistive and Rehabilitation Technology- Application of technology to enable independent living by persons wilh disability. [.5-1: .5-1] 423 (3i Neurorehabilllation- The neurodevelopmenlal approach io occupational therapy for all age groups. Theon. assessment and ireatment strategies are included. [1.5-3:041] 42-1 (2) Program Design- Seminar sessions and self-directed - study requiring students to explore the occupational therapy program design process. [0-0; 1-2] 425 (1! Social and Professional Issues- A seminar addressing current sociopolitical, cultural and ethical issues influencing ^occupational therapy practice. (1-0; 0-0] 426 (3i Independent Study- Content is to be designed in consultation with a facuitv member. [.5-1; 1-2] 132 ti) Group Intervention- The thetiry and practice (if occupational therapy group interventions. [.5-1; 1-1[ i37 6) Clinical Fieldwork- SixweeksduringTerm lanricighl weeks during Term 2 for observation and supervised participation in institutional anil community health care settings throughout B.C. (or elsewhere in Canada — Term 2 only). ■1.36 (3) Ergonomics and Organization ofActivity - Application of theory and principles of ergonomics, task anaivsis and environmental adaptations for fulfilment of occupational, educational or vocational roles. [.5-1; 1-2] Physical Therapy RSPT 203 (21 Cardiorespiratory Clinical Skills- An introduction to the concepts of testing and measurement, followed by the principles and practice of physiotherapy for the cardiovascular and respiratory systems ofthe medically stable patient. [0-0; 1-2] 206 (3i Introduction lo Physical Therapy Procedures- The theory ancl practice of basic therapeutic exercise, massage techniques, introduction to patient handling and body mechanics. [1-4; 0-0] 208 151 Physical .Assessment of the Musculoskeletal Syslem- The thetiry and praclice of basic methods of physical assessment asapplied tothe musculo-skeletal system. | till; l-i] 2,30 (2i Clinical Fieldwork- Observation and supervised participation in a varieiv of health care facilities for four weeks during lhe summer. 304 (2) Managemenl of the Musculoskeletal Syslem- Tlie- application of assessment and treatment skills to problems as a result of musculoskeletal dysfunction. |0- i: 0-0] 305 ii) Electro and Hydrolherajiy- The clinical use of elec! r<>- therapy, hydrotherapy, selected conductive energy, eieiiromvographv. biofeedback and electrodiagnostu: pru- ci-dures. jl.5-1.5: 5-1,5] 305 il) Management of Musculoskeletal aud Neuromuscular Dysfunction- The cliiii! a! apiilication of principles iii'man agement to musculoskeletal and neuromuscular dysfunction in children and adults. [041; 1-2] Religious Studies 399 313 (2) Managemenl of Ihe Respiratory System- Assessment and treatment of common disorders of tlie respiratory system affecting individuals of all ages. 11-2; 0-0] 311 ii) Managemenl of lhe Neuromuscular System- The assessment and treatmeni of common disorders of ihe neiiriimiisciilarsystem affecting individuals ofall ages. |0- 0: 1,5-5] 330 (6) Clinical Fieldwork- Six weeks dining Term 2 ancl twelve weekseluringthesummcT for observation and supervised participation in health care facilities and agencies throughout B.C. ■t11 <1) Selected Topics in Physical Therapy- The applit anon of physical therapy management of scleclecl conditions. [1"2:0-()| 412 in Critical Care- The principles and practice ol physical therapy management of lhe high-risk, unstable, iriticaliv-ill patient with special reference to the patienl with cardiorespiratory dysfunction. [1-2: 1-2] 413 (h 1 Comprehensive Patient Management- A pit ihlem solving approach to the comprehensive management < if physical impairment, disability and maiiiieniince of Illness ofthe child and adult. [ti-Od-Ol 414 (0) Social and Professional Issues- The polilical. social, and cultural issues in the development of physical therapy as a profession. |l)-(l; 1-0] 415 (1-3 j c Independent Study- Content lo he deicrniinei I and credii value assigned in consultation with a faculty member u 19 (3) Exercise Physiology in Health ami Disease The response, control and adaptation oi tlie human hoilv to exercise. Nutrition, energy iransier, sysiemic and cellular response to exercise, and concepts of testing and training with special reference to diflerent pat icnl populations Iiii; O-O] 430 (in Clinical Fieldwork- Four weeks (luring Term 1 jncl eight weeks during Term 2 loriibscnalionarni supervised participation in institutional and community health care settings throughout B.C. (or elsewhere in Canada — Term 2 onh). nl ill A Manual Therapy Ajiproach lo the Assessment and Treatmeni of Individuals will) Musculoskeletal Dvsfiinc- iions oj'the Lumbar Spine and Rein's - An inirodueticiri io the field of manual physical therapy as applied to musculoskeletal dysfunction in Ihe lumbar spine ami pelvis [0-0; 0-2] ■t t2 111 Spinal Cord Injury: Issues oj Rehabilitation-- A coin- jiiehensive overview ol lhe physiotherapy management of persons with disabilities resulting irom a spinal con! inline [0-0; 1-0| 4i3 1.1) Sports Physical Therapy - An introduction to the prevention, evaluation and rehabilitation of common sports injuries, lectures and practical sessions will emphasize 'on-site" emergency managemenl of athletes, a.s well as ongoing clinical concerns related to sports physical therapy. [0-0; ,5-1J 1-15 (1) The Management of Children with Tierelopmeulal Disabilities- Physical '1'hei'apv assessuieni ami managc- menl ofthe child with a developmental disability. Emphasis on tamily involvement in goal-seating and treaiiiienl planning will he stressed. [0-0. 10] Religious Studies RELG Faculty of Arts, See also courses under Arabic, Hebrew. 100 (6) Religions of the World' - An introduction to ihe major religions of ihe world (including Judaism, Christianity, 1s- la.ni.fhiiduiSin.anilBuilcihiSiiiieitigeihciAiiiiiliCtiincepts used in understanding religion, fcti; 3-0] 202 (di Myths. legends and Scrtpiitrcs oj ihe Near East- An intioiluciioii to ancient .Near Lasiecn niviluilogv ancl io rhe Scripiiires ol'Judaism. Christianity unci Islam, [3-0; 3-0] 20i (6) introduclon lo Asian Religions- The religions of India, China, and Japan in their interactions and cultural contexts, inch ding Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, Sikhism, Taoism, Confucianism, ancl Shinto. [3-0; 3-0] 205 l6) History ofiheChrlstian Church- A stiivev of the historyof the Christian church from the close of lhe period ofthe New Testanie it to the present day. [3-0; 3-0| 300 (6) Archaeology oj The Ancient Near East- (Also listed as FINA 32"'.) [0-2:0-21 302 (51 Death anc Afterlife in Western Religious Traditions- A sun-ey of traclii iona! altitudes toward death and beliefs regarding human existence after clealh in Western religions. [3-0] 304 (3i Creation t<nd Covenant in A,icienl Israel- A cleiailed literary-historical Much' of the 'forah iPentateuch) against the background oi ancient Near F.astern creation myths. Students who laveiakcnKIiLG 303 before 1994 cannot take ihisioursc. [2-11 305 (3) Prophecy and Kingship lit Ancient Israel- An examination of Israelite prophecy and prophetic writings in their historical context. Sludents who have taken REI.G .303 before 199a e; nnol lake this course. 12-11 506 (3) Archaeology andlhe Bible- The impact ofarchaeologi- cal research on understanding the history and religion ol anciert Israel, 10-0; 0-2] 305 (6) lulroducli in lo Jewish History- A detailed study ofthe history and beliefs ofthe Jews, from the Hellenistic period to contemporary North America, includes an examination of Jewish teachings on selected issues, e.g. business and medical ethics, changii g gender roles, political power. [3-0; 3-0| 509 \i) Jews and Christians- Aspects of Jewish-Christian relations from the beginnings of Christianity to the present dav Emphasis on ihe sluclv of Christian and Jewish texts in translation, ]3-0| ' 310 (5) Jewish Responses to Catastrophe- Topics include the destruction of the .Second Temple, I he Crusades, the expulsions irom Sp. in and Portugal, and lhe Holocaust. A study of texts in translation [3-0] ,411 (51 Jewish Lt'erattire in Translation- A survey of Jewish literature- in medieval anel modern limes. J5-0] 312 (.5) Jews and Judaism in Canada- The history of the Jewish comm unity in Canada, from New France to tile present. Emphasis on the relationship between immigration ancl religious transformation. Jewish-Christian relations, the development of conununiiy structures. (Not offered every year.j f 3-0J 31-t (6) TbeOrig.mof Christianity- The lifeand teachings of Jesus of Nazarc ih; the histoiy. literature, and religion of ihe Christian communities lo.VD. 150 [3-0. 3-0] 315 (til History if Christian Thought- Selected lopics with special emphasis on doctrinal change and development, orthodoxy and heresy, tradition and authority, and Church and State in ill: I'.unslii. Medieval, Reformation, and Modern periods. [3-0; 3-0 520 (6) Medieval latin- Introduction to Medieval Latin language and litem lire Development ofa reading knowieclge of Medieval Latin [hough selections from major authors and genres after 400 A. I). Latin Major and I lonours students reijuire appro a! oi ihe cepaiimenia! adviser (Same as IATN ,-'(15.) Pre requisite: LAIN 20!) or 300. [ nl; 4-0] 521 tin Trojiheticl'igurestiiiheCbrislian Tradition- Exam- inecl in their hi: lorica! context and in lei ms of their continuing .significance. Selection will vary from year lo year, but may include Augusimc. Thomas Aquinas, Martin Luther, and Teresa of iivila. [5-0,5-0| 323 (di (.bristiaitily in lhe Modern World- The interaction -lelwecn I'.hnsi ianitv and the major intellectual, sue ial, and cultural clevelofimenls siuec- 16i8 with sjiecial attention to the expansion il Christianity and its encounter with urban indusliiai society. |3-0; )-0 320 ui) Early Mciteval Art- The' iruiisfofmaiion of Roman mpe'i-iaiarrlnioilicnictiicvalCiuistianaiisofiheBy/anline Umpire ancl the Western European kingdoms, A.D. 100- 1000. Offered in alternate vears. (Also listed as FINA 331.) |2-1;2-1[ 327 (6) Architecture of the High Middle Ages- A study of ihe principal monasteries ancl cathedrals of Western Europe (ca. 1000-1300,1, with a view to understanding their technical, aesthetic, and theological dimensions a.s well as the role of contemporary institutions in their creation. Offered in alternate vears. (Also listed as FINA 3.3.3.) [2-1; 2-11 528 (3) Medieval Philosophy— A survey of Western European thought, in its social anel cultural setting, from Augustine to lhe twelfth ceniury. Topics include: the interaction of Christianity and paganism; Augustine on lhe nature of man Erigena anci tlie Carolingian renaissance; Anselni; Abelarrl and the twelfth century renaissance. Primarily for students not specialising in Philosophy. (Also listc-d a.s PHIL 312.1 No prerequisiies |5-0; 0-01 529 (3) Medieval Philosophy B- Survey of Western European thought, in its social and cultural setting, from the twelfth io the fourteenth century. Topics include; the rediscovery ot Aristotle; the influence of Islam; the rise of the universities; scholasticism: Bonaventure, Aquinas. Scotus: Ockham ancl after. Primarily for sludents not .specialising in Philosophy (Also listed a.s PHIL 313.) Prerequisile; PHIL 373 or permission ol the inslructor. |0-0; 3-0] 340 (61 Heritage of Islam- A detailed study of the history, beliefs, institutions, and literature of Islam. Not given even vear [3-0; 3-0] 341 (61 Islamic Art and Archaeology- Astudvoftheartifarts of Islam as an expression of Islamic beliefs. (Also listed as FINA 359.) |0-2;0-2] 354 (()) The Hindu Religious Tradition- Formation of Hinduism through lhe various periods of its histoiy in interaction with indigenous movements and foreign religions. An overview of philosophical schools, religious doctrines, rituals, myths, and religious organizations. Same a.s ASiA 357. '[3-0; 5-0] .561 (3) Tbe New Religions oj Japan- A critical examination of hie new religions of Japan and their relation to traditional Japanese religions and to new religious movements elsewhere [3-0! 364 (3) Buddhism in India and East Asia - The historical development and spread of Kuddhism in its cultural contexts, from India ancl Central Asia lo China, Korea, and Japan. Atlention will be given to tlie whole scope of Buddhist beliefs and practices, including institutions, leadership, philosophy, and popular devotion. [3-0: 0-0| 367 (4) Daolsl (Taoisl I Religion and Ils Philosophical Background- AstiiclvoftheDaoist religiousiradititinsfrom their beginnings in lhe second century' C.E. in cultural, intellectual and social contexts Same as ASIA 3()5. [3-0; 0-0] 366 (3) Buddhism In China- I lisiory thought and practices of Chinese Buddhism from its beginnings until the twentieth century. Same as ASIA ,366. jO-0; 3-0] (31 Approaches to Zen- A critical examination of the historical and philosophical backgreiund of Zen. ilsconieiii- porary situation, literary and artistic expressions, and recent developments, [2-lj (3) Common Religious Traditions in China- A study i if the religious practices and beliefs shared by the great majority of people in traditional Chinese culture, including ancestor worship, seasonal festivals, ollerings to deities, exorcism oi harmful forces. Same as ASIA ,368, [0-0; 3-0} 570 (ii) Concepts and Meihods lit the Study of Religion- Requlred of Major ancl Honours sludents in their third year. Open to olliers by permission ofthe instructor |0-3; 0-5] 403 (3! Job and Ihe Problem of Suffering- A seminar i in the Book of Job and the histoiy of its interpretation. |0-2] 407 (3) Topics hi Early Judaism- Judaism and Hellenism, lhe rise of ihe synagogue. Jewish sects, the development of 5(e 368 400 Religious Studies Mishnah and Talmud. Not offered every vear (Consult the Departmental brochure for the topic) j(!-2] 408 (3) Topics in Medieval Judaism- The work of Mainionidesancl other Jewish philosophers, early developments inlewish mysticism, ihcjewsasa minorityciilliire in Islamic and Christian lands. [0-0; 0-21 il)9 (3) Topics in Modern Judaism- The Jews in thegheuo culture, llasidism. the Emancipation, Reform, Orthodox, ancl Conservative Movements. [0-0; 0-2] ill (3) The Gospels and the Historical Jesus [0-2;0-0] ■ils (3) The Life and Thought ofPaul ofTarsus |0-0:0-21 120 (6i Religion in Canada- An examination o! Canadian religious development with sjiecial reference to the separation of church anti state, the rise of denummationalism and religions pluralism, secularization and ecumenicilv, anc! rho emergence of new religious movements. [3-0 3-0) i.3l (5) The Buddhist Religious Tradition- Seminar on Ikiri- elhisi mvih and ritual, monastictsn: and meditation disciplines, and their influence on the culture of Buddhist peoples, Pieiequisite: REI.G 36-t. ]0-3; 0-0] 148 (3) Seminar in lhe History ofthe Religion oj Islam - A topic relevant to the studvof Islam as a religion: e.g., die text and doctrines ofthe Quran; ihe Haelith (or Traditions) of the Prophet: Islamic Law; mysticism in Islam: the Shi'ali ancl the Isma'ilis. Not offered even,- vear. (Consult lhe Departmental brochure for lhe topic lobe offered.) 111-2] ii9 (3) Seminar in lhe Histoiy of Muslim-Christian Relations- Topics in Muslim-Christian relations with special reference in the Middle Ages: e.g., the Crusades (with emphasis oil the Muslim point of view); Muslim Spain 1 with special reference to Christians and Jews as subjects), attitudes of Christiims anc! Muslims towards each otiier in ihcir literature. Not offered every vear, (Consult the Departmental brochure for the topic to be oflcreii.) [li-2; i52 (6) Readings in Hindu Religious Texts- Representative lexis, in translation, of lhe Veclic, Epic, Puranic, Classical, Medieval, anci Modern periods. Emphasis in ihe second term on texts of particular periods, movements, or seels, depending on the students' needs and interests. Th' ise with Ihe necessary preparatii in mav read si une texts in ihe original languages |5-0; 3-0] 4~5 (3/6) d Topicsin Religion- Not offered every year (Consult the Departmental brochure lor the topic.) ■i79 (3/6) cDirecledSludies- Rcaclinganil, whereaiipropriate. other lesearch on a lopie arising in the discipline, arranged bv agreement between the sludent and the inslructor i80 (3) Women and Religion- Asiuciv nf the roies of women in the literature ofone or more religious traditions [3-0 [ i99 ii-, 12) c Honours Essay 500 (3 6) c 'Topics hi Biblical Sludies- Sludies in ihe history. lileralure, canon and text, and the religious thought of lhe Old and New Testaments. This includes lhe s'uiiv of ihe cultural and religious milieu out ol'which iheseilocumenis arose. Such studies require a compeic-ncc in the canonical languages (Biblical Hebrew and/or Koine Greek), usually achieved by not less than two vents oi study 502 (3/d) c Topics in Judaism - Studies in tlie lexis on translation), history, and religious thought ot Judaism aftei ihe- close of the Biblical Period. 703 (3/6) c Topics in the Posl-Bibiicai Christian 'Tradition- Studies in post-Biblical hisinry, documents, ami religious ideas ofthe Christian tradition, Di-iienciing on ihe area of concentration, language requirements include cii her Litin or Greek and a reading knowledge of French or German 7 ID (3/6) c Topics in Selected Areas ofthe Religious Texts and Traditions, of South and East Asia- Sludies o lexis liis- toiv, and religious thought of the Hindu or Buclclhisi tradition. Depending on the area of coiiieiuraiion, a eompe- lence is requircci in Sanskrit, Chinese,Japanese, or Tiheian. usually achieved by nol less ilian (wo vears of siiiilv 5il (3/12) d Readings in Chinese Religious Lexis- Selected readings troiii pnmap lexis in Cnnlucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, ancl popular religion. Prerequisite: Chinese 301 or equivalent. (Same course as ASIA 51 hi [3-0: 3-0| 512 (3/6) c Topics in Buddhism-- Specialized studies in texts, history, anil religious thought of ihe Buddhist traditions. Depending, ui the area olcoiu ent raiion, language requirements include a knowledge of either Sanskrit, Chinese, Japanese, or libel.n, usually achieved bv nol less than two yearsol study. 511 (3/6) c Topicsin Islam- studies in iiie literature (in translation;', history, and religious thought of Islam in Wesiern Asia and Non h Africa from iis: inception to ihe rise ofthe Ottoman Empire. 531 (6) Graduate Seminar 5i8 (0) Major Essay ST) (642) e.Master's Thesis 631 iti/12) d Emblems and Meihods In Buddhist Sludies- An examination of the primary religious, philosophical, and histoiicai canonical lilc-raiure of Buddhism and of lhe e.x- egctical iitaierials in Western and Easiern languages dealing with this lileralure. Attention wiil be focused on identification oi religious pniiilems and the methods employed to solve lliese in secondary sources (i i. Ph.D. Thesis Resource Management and Environmental Studies RMES Faculty of Graduate Studies SOU (3.'12i d Resource and Environmental Workshop- Re- soiiice use- proiilems siiniieil ciinipichensivelv using com piitcr simulation techniques. Faculty and studenls from (iiflei'Ciil discipline"- act as an interdisciplinary team studying specific ic'.sciiiice problems wilh ecological, economic, demographic,mil si icialdimen.su«is. Techniques ancl meihods oi siiiiihaiiiin models ace emphasized io show their value in iiiiegraliiigKilowleclgc.cicfiiliiig policy and fatliilat- ing loinmiinuation Sc-vora! sections xvith different emphasis offered each year. Prerequisite: permission of the instruclor. 5!il I y, Perspectives on Resources aud Environment- Concepts of natural icsourcc's and environment; environment y,',\6 resource management,; loois oi' management: ease stucfies, 502 (3) Seniiiiiii-on Resources and Environment- Environ- uic'iil ancl rosoince maiiagcmc!)! goaisani! issues Stiiclenls enn iieil in the program will give two presentations. The first will outline spe'cil'ic research inicicsis ofthe students. The second will pn iviik a synopsis of research al a time when tlie student is Hearing eompleiion of ilie diesis. Faculty members and other speakers will also lie invited to participate and pec-sen! seminars. 79" 112i Masler's Thesis 69U Ph.D. Thesis Romance Studies RMST Department of Hispanic and Italian Studies, Faculty of Arts 420 (6) Sludies in Romance Languages and Literature 13-0:3-0] lo (6) Romais.ee linguistics The Indo-European tiais- gr( iiinii; Classical and Vulgar Lai in: iiie origin, deveiopmenl. ani! spread oi tin* lint-iince languages; their vocabulaiy. phonology, tiioipho'ngcscmax. vernacular latin texts and Romance lexis PieTeqiiisiie: iwo years' study of each of Iwo Romance languages or iwo years of one Romance language anti i i;c vear. >! Lain.! Afsi > listed as FREN 'Go' and LING 320, I ]5-U: i-i;j 52(1 (iii Sludies In Romance languages and literature 5.5 !(() Major Essay Russian RUSS Department of Russian and Slavic Languages and Literatures, Faculty of Arts. See also courses under Polish, Ukrainian and Slavic Studies. 100 (tii /-Yes/ Vear Russian- Iniroduction to contemporaiv Russian. Oral praclice,grammar, reading, writing. J3-L5-I] 101 (3) Basic Russian I- Introduction to contemporary Russian with emphasis on technical vocabulary. Oral practice, grammar reading and writing. Note; Students who intend to use Russian 101,102 and 200 to,satisfy the Facuitv of Ans language requirement must register for both RUSS 101 and 102 in the same year. [3-1:0-0] 102 ed HasieRussian IF- ContinuationofRCSS 101. |0-(); 110 (12) Intensive Russian- An accelerated course equivalent in RUSS hit) (or 101 and 102; anti 200. [6-2; 6-21 200 (ii) Second-Year Russian- intermediate oral practice, grammar, reading, composition. A special section may be provided lor Science students. Prerequisite: RUSS 100 or 102. |3-1: 3-11 206 13) Nineteenth-Century Russian Writers in Translalion- The writings, lives, and thought of selected authors. 15-0: il-0| 20" (51 Twentieth-Century Russian Writers ill Translation- ■The writings, lives, and thought of selected authors Ml<Tl, 3 0| 217 (5i Russian Practice- Emphasison oral jiracticc and reading, it is recommended that this course be taken concurrei it iv with Rl ISS 200, or the second term of RUSS 111). Prerequisile: Rt SS ItiOoi the first icrm of RUSS 110. |0-0; 3-0] 300 (iii Third-Year Russian- Intermediate oral practice, syntax and composition. Prerequisite; RUSS 200 or lit), and 2 T3 I3-O3-0] 503 (()) Introduction to Russian linguistics- Required lor Honours sludents in Russian anci recommended for Major siudenis. Prerequisile: RUSS 20ti. |3-0: 3-0| 305 (6) Readings in Russian literary Texts- Texts are selected from 19th and 20th. century sources. Prerequisile: RL:SS200or 1 Hlancl 217. [3-0:3-0] 306 (it) Russian Literature in Translation- A comprehensive historical and critical presentation with emphasis on ihe nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Not available tor credit toward a Major or Honours prograni in Russian Credit will not be given ior bolh this course and RUSS 206- 20", 13-0:5-0] 517 iC) Advanced Russian Praclice- Continuation of RCSS 21S. Maybe taken concurrently with RUSS 300. Prerequisite: RUSS 217. [i-(j] till) im Fourih) ear Russian- Advanced oral practice reading and composition. Prerequisites; RUSS 3ti() and 317 15-0:5-0] ■lOI (in Russian for Reading Knowledge- This course provides a reading knowledge of Russian, sufficient to enable siudenis lo uiicierslanci scientific and scholarly maieiial Basic grammar and praclice in the translation into English of lexts in ihe natural sciences, social sciences, and humanities. Not available for credit towards a Major or Honours progr.!!!] in Russian, lniended primarily for upper-year and grailiiaie stucicnts. [3 0; 3-0] itii (3 6i d Topics in Russian language and Linguistics- Special topics will be announced each year. Prerequisites RUSS 110 or 200 or Linguistics 200 and permission o! instruclor. (3-0) or [3-0: 3-0] ill" 1.5'fii d Sludies in Russian Poelry- For further details see Department. Prerequisile RUSS 300. [3-0J or ]3-0 5-11 lOH (5/6) A Sludies in Russian Prose - For further details see Department. Prerequisite. KISS 500. ]3-!)) or|3-0: 3-0] i09 i.Vin d Conlemporaiy Russian lileralure- See Department fnr luriherdetails Prerequisite: RUSS500. |3-o| or Social and Educational Studies 401 a 10 (5/6) AWomen andGender in Russian Literature- Analysis of translated texts by and concerning women from folklore to contemporary society. Not available for credit toward Major or Honours Program in Russian, [3-0] or 13-0:3-01 411 (3,6) d Selected Russian Authors in Translation- See- Department for details. Not available for credit toward a Major or Honours program in Russian. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 449 (6) Honours Essay Sanskrit See Asian Studies, South Asian Languages. Scandinavian SCAN Department of Germanic Studies, Faculty of Arts 301 (6) Elementary Swedish- Introduction to the language. [3-0; 3-0] 401 (6) Intermediate Swedish- Advanced grammar, reading practice, and oral work. Prerequisite: SCAN 301 or equivalent. [3-0; 3-0] 410 (3) Tbe Literatures of the Baltic in English Translation— An examination through literature of the historical, cultural, and ethnic elements thai have made the Baltic area the crossroads of northeastern Europe. The emphasis is on literature from the Germanic and Finno-Ugric languages. Authors to be studied include Strindberg, Tikkanen, Transtrbmer, Kapiinski, Grass, Bobrowski, Lenz. Not offered each year; consult department. [3-0] 111 (3) Scandinavian Drama and Film in Translation— Traces the explosive development of a provincial theatre into one of the seminal forces of twentieth-century drama and film. Emphasis on Ibsen, Strindberg, and Bergman. Not offered each year; consult the department. [3-0] 412 (3) The Northern European Epic inTranslation- Major prose works of the Scandinavian literatures with emphasis on the stylistic qualities of the Old Icelandic sagas and their transformation in the novels of modern Icelandic, Danish, Swedish, and Norwegian writers. Possible authors: I-axness, Bhxen. Hamsun, l.indgren Not offered each year; consult the department. [3-0] 501 (3/6) c Old Icelandic- Though 501 is usually taught as a six-credit course, students may elect to take the first term I only, "Introduction to Old Icelandic," for 3 credits. Science Faculty of Science SCIG 501 (2i Advanced Technology Management Colloquium- Student reports on internship, guest speakers from industry, preparation of group projects, joint study of industrial reports. Required of students enrolled in the M.Sc. (Advanced Technology Management) program. 502 (4) Advanced Technology Iniemship- Work in a technological setting on commercial and managerial aspects of an industrial project. A required internship to be taken at the end of the (irst year of the M.Sc. (Advanced Technology Management) program. Science One See Faculty of Science Science Education See Mathematics and Science Education Slavonic Area Studies See Programs in the Faculty of Arts under Department of Russian and Slavic Languages and Literatures Slavic Studies SLAV Department of Russian and Slavic Languages and Literatures, Faculty of Arts See also couises una er Polish, Russian, Ukrainian. Note: These courses do not require the knowledge of any Slavic language. 105 (6) Introduction to Russian and Slavic Culture- Cultural developments from the medieval period to the present. [30; 3-0] 307 (3/6) d Modem Slavic literatures in Translation- An introduction t) modern Czech, Polish, Slovak, South Slavic, and Ukrainiar writers, with emphasis on the interaction between polit cs and literature. Somth Asian Languages See Asian Studies, Faculty of Arts South East Asian Languages Southeast Asian Languages See Asian Studies, Faculty of Arts South East Asian Languages Social and Educational Studies Faculty of Education See course below under Educational Studies and Social Studies Education. Educational Studies EDST 314 (3) The Analysis of Education- Concepts, abilities, and procedures for assessing educational claims, policies, and practices. [3-0; 0-0] 425 (3) Educational Anthropology- Selected concepts from educational anthropology for teachers. Comparative study of scnool and classroom culture, school teaching, and multicultural education. [0-0; 3-0] • 426 (3) History of Education- An examination of selected topics in the History of European, Canadian and American education am 1 ofthe relationships between historical development and current educational policy. [0-0; 3-0] 427 (3) Philosophy of Education- An introductory course in which consideration is given to the philosophical foundations of education and to the practical bearing of theory upon currictlum content and classroom practice in our schools. LC-0; 3-0] 428 (3) The Social Foundations of Education- An application ofthe social sciences to the study of education. [0-0; 3-0] 429 (3) Educational Sociology- Selected theories of society and schooling applied to Canadian education. [0-0; 3-0] 468 (3/6) c Introduction to the Foundations of Values Education- Examination of the key concepts, knowledge and techniques [reduced by disciplines for the study of the k theory and practice of values education. Insights provided ' by history, philosophy, sociology and psychology will be studied. [;-0;3-0] 500 (3/6) c Reaa ings in the History of Canadian Educalion 501 (3/6) c Reaa ings in the History of Am erican Education 502 (3/6) c Reaa ings in the History of Childhood 503 (3) Curricula in Their Historical Context- An examination of selec :ed topics in the history of the curriculum in Canada and elsewhere, (Same as EDCI 568) 504 (3/6) c Reaa ings in the History of Educational Policy 505 (3) History c if North American Native Education- Principal themes in Native Indian education in Canada and the United State; from the first contact with Europeans to the present day. 507 (3/12) d Sen linar in the History of Education 508 (3/12) c Renew of Research in Educational Melhods- Studies are made of recent research bearing on educational practice. Prerequisite: Appropriate senior undergraduate int -oductory or methods course. 523 (3/6) d Com larative Education- Comparative analysis of thesocial, economic, and political determinants of theorgani- zation and idministration of selected foreign educational systems. Pre requisite: At least one of; EDST 426,427,429. 524 (6) Advanced Seminar in Comparative Education 561 (3/12) c Laboratory Practicum 565 (3/6) A Special Course in Subject Matter Field- Courses in various subject matter fields designed to bring teachers up to date in recent findings in each field. 570 (3) Seminar in Sociology oj Educalion- Examination of current research literature and thei iretical issues in the area of the sociology of education. Prerequisile: EDUC 429. 573 (3) Sociology ofthe Currieidum- Curriculum in its social, economic, polilical and institutional contexts. 574 (3) Schoolteaching: An Occupational Analysis- Examination of teaching as an occupation utilizing the sociology of work perspective. 575 (3) Seminar on Work and Educalion- Examination of the relationship between the organization of work and the organization of schools. Education and economic inequality, education and economic growth, vocational education, the transition from school to work and career awareness education. 576 (3) Seminaton Women andEducation- Analysis ofthe way education reflects and influences the position ofwomen in society. Representation and portrayal of women in the curriculum, the impact of feminism on educational research and practice, the role of women as teachers and mothers, sex role socialization and education for work. 577 (3) The Social Context of Educational Policy- Anexams- nation of selected educational policies and their relation to the social contexts in which they arise emphasizing Canadian society. 578 (3) Multiculturalism, Race Relations and Education- Theoretical frameworks from the social sciences as they pertain to public education; various national policy responses to ethnic and racial pluralism, with particular reference to ihe relationship between education, ethnicity and public policy. 580 (3/12) c Problems in Education- Investigation and report ofa problem. 587 (3) Social Philosophies and Education- Prerequisite: EDST 427,429. 590 (0) Major Paper 591 (3/6) d Epistemological Foundations ofthe Curriculum- An inquiry into the nature and organization of knowledge. Implications for curriculum construction and classroom teaching. Prerequisite: EDST 427 or a senior level philosophy course. 592 (3/6) d The Conceptual Foundations oj"Teaching- Analysis and study of the informal logic of teaching activities. Prerequisite: EDST 427 or PHIL 250 or 302. 593 (3/6) d Ethical Foundations of Educational Thought and Practice- Inquiry into the nature of moral reasoning and its place in education. Implications for moral education, and the formulation of policy statements. Prerequisite: EDST 427 or a senior philosophy course. 694 (3) Philosophy of Educational Research- Philosophical analysis of the conceptual stmctu res and research methodologies of current educational research programs. Prerequisite: EDST 427 or a senior philosophy course. 595 (3) Analysis of Educational Concepts- The theory and practice of conceptual analysis and its application in philosophy of education. Prerequisites: EDST 427 or a senior philosophy course. 596 (3/6) cI'hilosophyandEdueationalPolicy- Philosophical examination of educational policy issues and the grounds relevanttotheirresolution. Prerequisite;EDST426,427,429. 597 (3) Theories of Education- An examination ofthe theories of educalion of such theorists as Plato, Comenius, Pestalozzi, Herbart, Froebel, Dewey, Kilpatrick, Bruner. and Friere. Prerequisite: EDST 426,427, 429. 402 Social Studies Education 708 (.5/11) c Advanced Seminar In Philosophy of Education- Current trends in educational philosophy; social implications oi current educational theories. Prerequisile; EDST (2*. or a senior level philosophy course. 590 (6/121 c Masler's Thesis 601 (3/6) c DoctoralSeminar- Required of students in the first year ofa doctoral program. u02 (5/6) c Doctored Seminar- Required of students in ihe second year ofa doctoral pre igram. Prerequisite: EDST 601 (To be graded as pass/fail.) 699 Doctoral Thesis Social Studies Education SSED 312 li) Curriculum and Insiruciion in Social Studies: Secondary- Curriculum organization in social studies; principles and meihods of insiruciion applied to teaching social sludies. Prerequisite A completed concentration in one of tlie social studies disciplines or permission of ihe Head. Corequisite; EDUC 311. [2-t; 0-0] 3P (2) Curriculum Topicsin Social Studies: Secondaiy- Seiecteci topics in social studies insiruciion. Topics may include integration olsociai sludies wilh humanities, dealing yvith values, multicultural, and global education; ancl gender issues in social studies. Pre- or co-requisite: SSED 312. [l-2;0-0) 420 (21 Curriculum and Insiruciion in Social Sludies Elemeniary'- Curriculum organization in social studies; prin ■ e'iples and meihods of instruction applied lo teaching social studies. Prerequisite: EDI 'C 3 id. |0-0; 1-2] il i ii) Curriculum and Instruction in Canadian Siudies- Curriculum organization in Canadian Studies; principles and methods of instruction applied to teaching topics on Canada. Pre-orco-requisite:SSED312or320. 12-1:0-0] or [0-0; 2-1] 3ni (5i Iniroduction lo Curriculum and Instruction In law- related Education- The rationales and objectives, teaching and learningaclivities. and curriculum materials for law-related education in elementary and secondary schools (.5-0] i2l (3i Advanced Social Studies Curriculum: Elemeniary- Recent research and curriculum developments with particular reference lo the design of curriculum materials Prerequisite: SSED 320. [0-0; 3-0] i22 (31 Advanced Social Sludies Instruction: Elemeniary- Recent research in instructional techniques with particular emphasis on instructional design. Prerequisite: SSED .3211. [0-0; 3-01. i69 (5 6 i c Introduction to Current Practices m Values Education- Examination of recognized approaches lo values educalion, including strategies, curriculum materials, ra- lionaleand theory, and research evidence. Critical examination ancl practical applications of approaches will he emphasized |3-0; 3-0] 508 (5/12) c Review of Research in Educational Meihods ■ Siuclies are made of recent researcli hearing on eilma lional practice. Prerequisite: Appropriate senior undergraduate introductory or metliods course. 511 (3) Problems in Historical I''w/erstanrf/Hg- Recent controversies in North American historical literature anci implications for school curriculum in the light of research on teaching and learning histoiy. Issues include gender, ethnicity, environmental history, and the "objectivity" question. 565 (3/6) A Sjiecial Course in Subject Mailer Field- Courses i n various subjecl matter fields designee! lo bring leachers up to date in recent linelings in each field. 580 (3 12) cProhlemsinEducation•-- Investigation and report ofa problem. sup (0i Major Paper 568 (5 12l c Field Experiences- lor those on Master's. Doctoral ancl Diploma Programs. 596 (h 121 c Master's Thesis Social Studies Education SSED See Social and Educational Studies Social Work SOWK School of Social Work, Faculty of Arts 500 30 (6) Canadian ,v« ialPolicy I Historical rcviewanil analysis of Canadian social policy, social we'ifate programs and social work, including ihe constitutional, economic, legal, polilical, voluntary and governmem.il factors influencing theirclcveiopincii!am! ilistiiiiiiiioiial impact, Enroinieni is limited io studenl.', m the K S.W". programs. [3-0; ,3-0] 30. 305 (5; Social Weljare in (he Modern lira- An introduction to modern .social welfare orgaiii/aiion emphasizing ihe philosopliv, growth and legislative developments ol this sigmficani itemofjiubiie expenditure in industrialized societies. Tin- fmus is on the Canadian experience with some inleriialion.ii comparison. Available for credit to sludents in die Fm ultynf Arts. |3-i):U-n] (3! Family and Child Welfare in the Modem Era- This course incuses on social services to families anil children, a mapir activity within the broader social welfare field. Prerequisile; SOWK ,51)1. Available for credii to students in ihe Facullv ol Ans. |0-0;3-0] (6) Social Work Practice I- An examination of the foundation, km iw'ledge and compeienciC'siiinlerlviiiggcnoralisI social work praclice. luirolmeni is limited to students in the B.S.W. piogram |3 0; 3-0] 315 if) Practicum I- A supervised pun tit urn in an assigned social service, two ciavs a week throughout the program Enrolment is limited tostuclenis in the B.S.W, program/This course will be graded Pass, Fail' jO-2-li; 0-2 li| 320 (3) introduction to Social Work Research- Inirocluc- tion to theory-' and conduct of social research as applied to social yvelfaic and social yvork practice. The focus is on clevelo|imeni o! social work research questions unci design of studies. Enrolment is limited to students in lhe B.S.W. programs, except b\ permission of tlie School. 3.35 (5) Eiindameitlals of Social Analysis jor Social Work - Anintei-ifiseipliii.iiy .ipjiroarh to social analysis using iiieo- relical perspectives from lhe soc ial sciences and social philosophy. The course coveis iheones ot socieiy and ol human nature, ideologies, value perspectives and approaches to special work praclice using applied illustrations. 33(i (3) Theoretical Itiiiudnti'eir <>f Social W<'iii b- Iniroduction to critical and systemic theories in social work with reference to individual develi ijimeiu, families.,small groups, social nelevorks. organf/anons an! son.il movements. |3-o| 33" l.C Thmrelh al Foundations of Social WortMl - Analyses of.selected theories in si mal work in unci if lhe following interrelated areas: individual lamilv: small groups social neiyvork organi/al ions/social movements. Prerequisite: SOWK 136. 100 (31 Canadian Social Policy 11— Analysis oi race, gender, class anc! culture as tin tors in the distribution ancl delivery oIC in.itliun social benelils and soeiai scivices. [3-0] :i05 (hi Social Work Practice 11 This course examines lhe jirincipies ol opum.ii soei.ii work process with individuals, small groups, families and larger collcctii ities. [3-D: 3-0] 115 (3! Practicum ll - Asupervised practicum in an assigned social si nice, icvi >;lavs a week ihroiiuliou! ihe program year Enroinieni is iimiteci losinilcnts in iiie B.S.W. program This i ourse will be sfrailcil "Pass Tail/ ji) 2-1 r.ti-2-li] 420 (3) Ajiplied Social Work Research- An introduction to evaluation lesearcli in social work and other applied resell rrh met hoi is. Design iinil execution ofa re-sea rcti jiroiec! is required. Enrolment is limited 'o students in lhe B.S.W, |)i-ogram excel il bcpei mission! 4 ihe Si hint! Prerequisile: SOW K 320. -i30 i,3c6i Special Sludies in Social Work- Lectures, seminars and/or individual tutorials to develop knowledge and skills in relation to a defined theory, police or pun iiu- problem oi client population. Enrolment is limited lo siudenis in ihe B.S.W. program, except by permission of ilie School. |3-l.i] or [5-0. 3-0[ 435 (5) Behavioural and Social Issues m Social Work Practice- Examination of social, behavioural anil life eyrie issues ol relevance to social work practice, including violence, alcoholism, depression, homelessness, death and enuron mental quality. Prerequisile: SOWK 335 556 and 55". HO (3) Integrative Seminars in Social Work- A series oi seminars ofleiec! during the final term of studies whiih addres.s salient issues in social polio and social work jirac- tice ancl draw upon combined knowledge from social yvork and related disciplines. 511 (3/h I d Theoretical Foundations of Family and Child Weljare- Theories, perspet lives anci issues bearing upi m efiaiiges in limilv relationships anil functioning, anil rclar ing in preventive and remedial social work intervention. 512 lA'tii d Theoretical Foundations of Social Work in Ihe lleallh Field- Theories, pei-speclIves and issues relaungi" social yvork intervention and to changes in the health Held. 515 (.5/6! d Theoretical Foundations of Social Welfare Herd- opmeitl' - Currenl developments in the soeiai welfare: lit'iel witli sjiecial reference to issues, problems, unci changes in welfare atrangemcnis affecting administrative and planning practice in social work. The School should tie cuiisu'U'il regarding areas for study in a given veiir, 721 (3/6) A Social Policy and Program Plauittug: Family ami Child Welfare- Formulation and development of soi nil welfare policies and programs; iheir bearing upon lamilv Iiie anci the cue and protection ol children and (lie aged Critical analyses ofthe validity, relevance and cffeciiveness of selected policies anil programs. 522 (5/6 i d Social Policy and Program Planning in lhelleu.6> Field Analysis and assessment of policies, programs anil delivery svsiems in health services, wilh panic ularcmpliasis oninier-orgaiiizaiioiialandinier-iircifessionalarrangenie'.'iis and relationships and on health care financing and delivery in the conie.xi ut lonipiehcnsiye systems of social secuiily 523 (3 ti) d Social Policy and Program Planning- Sclecl'ti Fields- Analysis and assessment of methodologies in sin io economic polio formulation and related prograiiiiniiic;. with particular reference to lhe tlecelopmenl of social security and social .sen ice in inoiiern society, to lite role of various professional and olhcr interest groups ancl to lhe implications of polio options and alternative program lie- signs Topics will vary from vear lo year. 530 li/oASicialSeriicesManagemeul- Proeesscsaniltcrli- nicpic-s used lo design and aciniiiiisier social sc-iviee ceo grams including nielhoiinlogies io improve iheir nrgani/.i tion. i o-orilinai ion ancl delivery: aiidtlrayvinguponsysicur concepis. .uni coneepis irom various ilieories ol oig.iiii/.i lional behaviour, decision-making, pianninganc! communications 540 151 Comparative Theories of Social Work Practice- . c- lective .iiiihoi- romp.uuuvc study' of inieivenlioii thcoiiry and related practice. 541 (3/ti.i ASocial Work Practice with the Family- Comparative analyses ol social work practice meihodologies for ilie siiielv anil iteaimeni oil lie family. Prerequisite. SOWK ill), in equivalent. 542 13/6) d Social Work Practice with Individuals and Couples- Compauinve analyses of social work methoiieilogies fot ihe study of intervention with individuals and couples. Prerequisite: SOWK 411), or equivalent. 54.7 i isce A Social \t ork Praclice with Children- Comparative analyses of sen ial '.cork methodologies foi ilie siudv ol intervention with children. Prerequisite: SOWK ilti. or equivalent. Sociology 403 544 (3/6) d Social Work Practice with Groups- Models of social work practice with groups. Prerequisite: SOWK 410, or equivalent. 545 (3/61 A Social Work Practice in tbe Community- Comparative analyses of theories and methodologies for social work practice, yvith particular emphasis on social planning and other forms of planned action, whereby individuals, groups, communities and organizations seek to influence social policies and programs. Prerequisite: SOWK 415. or equivalent. 546 (3/6) d Methods for Popular Sector Organizing- The relationship of popular sector organizations to the Canadian state, their internal dynamics, objectives and strategies. 548 (0) Major Essay 5u9 (6/91 dMasler's Thesis 551 (3/6i d Social Weljare Programs and Policies — Research Techniques- Concepts and skills of program and policy evaluation, as applied in social work practice. Detailed examination of alternative approaches to evaluation and to research utilization in social work. Design and execution of a research project is required. Prerequisite: SOWK 320, or equivalent. 552 (3/6) d Social Work Practice and Methodologies — Research Techniques- Concepts and skills of clinical evaluation, as applied in social work praclice. Detailed examination of alternative approaches to evaluation and to research utilization in social work. Design and execution ofa research project is required. Prerequisite: SOWK 320, or equivalent. 553 (3/6) d Quantitative Methods in Social Work Research- Topics will vary from year to vear. Prerequisite: SOWK 551, or SOWK 552, or equivalent. 554 (3/6) d Qualitative Methods in Social Work Research- Topics will vary from year lo year. Prerequisite: SOWK 551. or SOWK 552, or equivalent. 555 (3/6) ASeminarin MethodologicalIssues in Social Welfare Research- Prerequisite: SOWK 551 or 552 or equivalent or permission of instructor 556 (3/6) A Seminar in Social Welfare Theory- Prerequisite: SOWK 521, 522, or 523 or the equivalent or permission of instructor. 557 (3/6) ASeminar inSocial'Work PracliceTheory- Prerequisite: SOWK 511,512 or 513 or equivalent or permission of instructor. 560 (3/4-1/2)ADirectedFieldStudiesinSocialWork- Planned field work for learning and testing a mode or modes of intervention, related to the method specialization in the student's MSW program concentration. 570 (3/6) d Directed Studies in Social Work 571 (3/6) A International Social Development- Study of social policy issues in an international context. Sociology SOCI Department of Anthropology and Sociology, Faculty of Arts 1. SOCI 100, 201, 210, 213 21i. 215. 240. 250. 260. 300, 301. 36. 332. -125. 165 and 466 do nol have prerequisiies. For all other courses in Sociology note theprerequisiteslistedafterlhe description of each course. 2. SOCI 100 for 300) is prerequisile to all other third- caul fourth- year courses, unless permission ofthe inslructor is obtained. 100 1.6) Introduction to Sociology- introduction to problems in the analysis of social structures and processes. Basic- sociological concepts will be introduced and their application demonstrated in various areas of sociology. The course includes a survey of research methods, major theoretical trends, and representative works of contributors to sociology. |3-0; 3-0| 201 (3/6) d Ethnic Relations- An introduction to the study of the relations between ethnic groups and of the interplay between ethnicity and other social factors. The course examines such coneepis us: ethnicity, racism, prejudice, discrimination assimilation, and multiculturalism. Ordinarily the -course c eals with ethnic groups in British Columbia, and students a e expected to carry oui elementary research projects. (Sam i course as ANTH 201.) [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 210 (3/6) d Canaaian Social Structure- Descriptive and analytic survey of such features as demographic characteristics, class structure, ethnicity, and regional variation in Canadian society as a basis for understanding current social issues. ' |3-0] cr [3-0; 3-0] 213 (3/6) d. Womet i in Comparative Perspective- An exploration of topics f 'om Anthropology or Sociology focusing on explanations, i i current and historical perspective, for variations in the s tuation of yvomen. (Same course as ANTH 213.) |3-0] cr [3-0; 3-0] 214 (3/6) d TheFamilyin Cross-Cultural Perspective- Across- cultural comparison of family and kinship to provide an understanding of variations in the structure and meaning of marriage relations; forms of domestic organization; and the sexual division of labour, property, and inheritance. (Same- course as ANT 1 214.) [5-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 215 (3/6) d Introd iction to Japanese Society- Survey of contemporary Jap; nese life, with a focus on social organization and cultural patterns. Topics may include family, kinship, rural ancl urban conditions, economic organization, class and other ineq aalities, ethnic relations, and introduction of Western culture and value systems. (Same course as ANTH 215.) |3-0| cr [3-0; 3-0] 240 (3/6) d Introduction to Social Interaction- A general introduction ti research on social interaction, with an emphasis on group (as opposed to individual) processes and behaviour Topics include; status, power and prestige, distributive jus ice, marginality and social control, authority relations, and group structure and membership, all to be studied in the c untext ofa variety of groups (such as families, formal organizations, communities, and friendship groups) and cultures. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 250 (3/6) d Crime and Society- Crime as a social phenomenon, with emphasis on ihcclianging definitions of crime in relation to sou il ancl political change in Canadian ancl other societies. The scope ancl nature ofthe crime problem, the growth of criminology as a science and profession, ancl relationships b itween components of stale criminal justice systems. [3-01 or [3-0; 3-0] 260 ;3/6) d Technology, Work and Society - The social forces responsible foi changing patterns of technological innovation and work irganization in modern industrial societies. Emphasis on tl e organization of work and the labour force. Topics may include division of labour, professionalization, labour movements, managemenl lechniques and bureaucracy, the social context of research and development initiatives, the effects of new technologies (e.g., automation i on the work place, and social aspects of technological development in the Third World. |3-0] or [3-0, 3-0) 300 (6) Principles of Social Organization- Thescopeoflhis course is simile r to that of Sociology-100, but it deals with fewer topics in greater depth. They may include, for example, soeializaticn, stratification, leadership, deviance, social control, conf'or nity, obedience toauthority, legitimation of norms, as well as research methods and theoretical trends. Prereq lisite; Third-year or fourth-year standing. Credit may be c ibtained for only one of SOCI 100 or 300. 3-0; 3-0] ' 301 (3/6) d Sociology of Deielopment and Tnderdeveloj)- ment- Processes of social change in the Third World and other eevelophg countries. Major themes stress the relationship between urbanization and industrialization; modernization and ethnic coii'lict; imperialism, neo-colonial- ism. ani I foreigi raid; and int ra-nalional modernization problems such as regional uncle-development in industrial societies. [3-0] ir |3-(); 5-0] 302 (3/6) d Ethnic and Racial Inequality— A critical examination i if classic a ancl contenporary theories and research evidence concerning ethnic and racial inequality a: the societal and interpersonal levels. Prerequisite: SOCI 100 or 300. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 310 (6) Canadian Society- Examination of selected features of the social organizalion of Canadian society which will include, for example, the relationships belween industrial organization and other social institutions and processes, such as family structure, welfare systems, crime rates, ethnic relations, and industrial and political conflict. Prerequisite: SOCI 100 or 300. |3-0; 3-0] 312 (3/6) d Gender Relations- The nature of gender relations, their social and cultural expression, and theories of gender inequality drawn from anthropological or sociological research. (Same course as ANTH 312.J Prerequisite: SOCI 100 or 300. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] .315 (3/6) Ajajianese CultureandSociety- An intensive examination of modern industrial Japan, including such topic's as: demographic characteristics, class structure and inequality, industrial organization, political structure and conflict, ethnic relations, value systems, urban and rural traditions, and cultural background of current events. Major theories of Japanese culture and economic development will be studied. (Same course as ANTH 315.) [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 328 (3/6) A Sociological Dala Analysis- The testing of sociological theories using quantitative data analysis techniques. Students will use microcomputer programs on numerical data from social surveys, experiments, and official statistics. Prerequisites: STAT 203. and either SOCI 100 or 300. 330 (3/6j d The Study oj Population- Basic concepts, lechniques, and theories in the analysis of population structure, change, and problems. [3-0J or [3-0; 3-0J j 350 (6) Theoretical and Methodological Problems in Sociology- Sociological iheories and their relationship to methodological issues in the discipline. The course examines procedures by which sociological explanations are made, problems of objectivity in sociology, and current topics in sociological theory. Prerequisite: SOCI 100 or 300. [3-0; 3-0] 352 (3/6) d Organization ojWork- The meaning oiwork and leisure. Properties of work organization: division of labour and specialization; technology and working knowledge; means of coordinating yvork, such as cooperation, authority, ancl exchange. Research problems concerning work in households, offices, and industry, division of labour by gender, industrial democracy, and the relation of work and social inequality. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 354 (3/6) A Community Sludies- Study of the organization of human communities; a focus upon collective activities including family, work, neighbourhood, and forma! and informal networks. Prerequisite: SOCI 100 or 300. [3-0] or |3-0; 3-0] 360 (3/6) d Sociology and Natural Resources- Sociological perspectives on property, resource development, resource communities, ancl resource industries. Social causes and consequences of changes in the social organization (e.g., ownership and ihe labour force); and social policies (e.g., land use, property rights) in industries such as agriculture, fishing, forestry, anci mining. The course may also include examination of social aspects of resource development in the Third World. Prerequisite; SOCI 100 or 300. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0) 361 (3/6) Social Inequality- Tendencies toward equalityand inequality; manifestations of inequality (occupation, education, gender, ethnicity, income, power) and their consequences; caste and class features of major stratification systems; theories of social class; stratification profile of contemporary industrial societies. Prerequisite; SOCI 100 or 300. |3-0; 3-0] 368 (6) Deviance and Social Control- An analytic frame- yvork for the study of the generation and control of deviant activities, yvith particular emphasis on societal processes directed to the recognition and organizational ireatment of "deviants" as a phenomenon. The course stresses theoreti- 404 Sociology 380 381 382 385 ■tOO 410 411 113 416 •il8 420 433 cal issues rather than social problems and their remedy. Prerequisite: SOCI 100 or 300. [3-0; 3-0] (3) Introduction to Social Survey Design and Analysis— Questionnaire design, interviewing, sampling, and analysis of" survey data. Prerequisite: SOCI 100 or 300. |2-1 J ti) Experimental Research in Sociology- The nature of experimentation. Various types of experimental design and of laboratory and field techniques. The advantages and limitations of experiments in sociological research. Some ethical questions regarding experimentation. Prerequisite-. SOCI 100 or 300. [2-1] (3) Socio-Elhnographic Research Methods in Sociology-. Meihods for studying the procedures by which people in everyday life achieve accountable results. Prerequisite: SOCI 100 or 300 [3-0] (3) Methods oj Historical and Comparative Analysis in Sociology- Methodological problems and research strategies associated with comparative cross-societal analysis and ihe interpretation of socio-historica! data; contributions of classical and contempciraiyapproachestoctimparativeanalv- sis and social histoiy. Prerequisite: SOCI 100 or 300. [3-0] (3/6) d Theoretical Issues- Issues central to the history, development and evaluation of sociological thought from various perspective;). Prerequisile: SOCI 100 or 300. |3-0: 3-0] l3/6) d Special Studies in Canadian Society - Selected areas of study relating to Canadian society such as B.C. Sludies; French Canada'sdemographic problems: rural communities; social welfare and community programs in Canada Coiisultthedepartmerafortiusyearsofferings. Prerequisite; SOCI 100 or 300. |3-0] or 13-0; 3-01 (3) Applied Sociology- The application of sociology by- individuals, groups, or organizations for purposes of understanding, management and control, and identifying reactions to both proposed changes and consequences of change Prerequisite; SOCI 100 or 300 [3-0] (3/6) d Family and Kinship- A cross-cultural survey of ways of defining family relationships and kinship organizations, including theoretical analysis as well as case studies. (Same course as ANTH 414 ) Prerequisite; SOC! 100 or 300. [3-0] or |3-0; 3-01 (3/6) A Feminist Theory- The emergence of feminist theory, its relationship to sociology, ancl the major theoretical schools of thought. The social basis and development of feminist thought from critiques of scholarsh ip and research to contemporary debates will be addressed. Prerequisile; SOCI 100 or 300. [3-0] or 13-0; 3-0] (3/(11 d Tbe Ethnography of Japan- Through an analysis of coniemjxirary ethnographic accounts of Japan, this course addresses the interplay of cultural predispositions yvith modern organizational structure, differences in rural/urban lifestyles, family relationships, gender roles, health, aging, and Japan's international role. (SameasAiithroi)ology4!6.) Prerequisite; One of the following' ANTH 217, SOCI 217, ANTH 315. SOCI 317, or permission of instructor 13-0] or [3-0; 3-0] (i/6) ASocial Statistics- Primary emphasis onapplications of statistical techniques to quantitative and qualitative data in both Anthropology and Sociology. Prerequisites: STAT 203, and either SOCI 100 or 300. ]3-0] or [3-0, 3-ti] (i/6) A Sociology of the Environment- Sociological approaches to the study of environmental conflicts, issues, movements, impact of changing technology, economic development on the environment. Prerequisile- SOCI luii or 300. (i/b) d Urban Sociology- Demographic, behavioural, and organizational aspects of urban smiciures and of urbanization in different societies ancl periods. [3-0; 3-0] (3/6) d Directed Studies- General reading anchor a research undertaking, yvith the agreement, and under the supervision, ofa Department faculiy member selected bythe student. Prerequisite; SOCI 100 or 300. 449 (12) Honours Tutorial- Requires the presentation of at least one research papc-r 460 (3/6) d Sociology of Special Geographical Areas- The description of areas lo be covered will be announced each year. Prerequisile. SOCI 100 or 300. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 461 (3/6) Apolitical Sociology- The social and economic bases of political power.,Mayinclude studies of the state and interstate relations, ideologyanri control, alienation andanomie, political movements and social revolutions, political violence and terrorism, and the political economy of world conflict. Prerequisite: SOCI lOOot-300. [3-0] or ]3-0;30] ■i62 (3/6) d Social Change- The interrelationships between modernization, political thought, and social structure; comparative survey of current trends in the institutional foundations of organized human activities; theories of social change. Prerequisite:SOCI 100or300. |3-0]or|3-0;3-0] 464 (3/6) d Social Movements- Astudy ofthe sources, stages, and effects of social movements in developing ancl modernized societies Prerequisite; SOCI 100 or 300 [3-0] or 13-0; 3-0] ■i65 (5/6) dSociologv of the Arts- An examinalion of the ails as social practices from the standpoint of lhe relationships among artists, critics, patrons, and public: and the social institutions through which these relationships are struc- itired. |5-0; 3-0| 466 (3/6) A Socialization and Education- Study of induction into social strut lures ancl the acquisition of membership in society. Includes the .structure and influence of educational and other socializaing institutions. [3-0] or (3-0:3-0] 470 (3/6) d Sociology of Crime and Justice- Critical examination of specific forms of crime and delinquency in relation to the criminal justice system including iacv. enforcement, and corrections. Issues selencd fi ir study evil! be further scrutinized within tlie cultural framework of ethics, morality, and social justice. Prerequisite: SOCI 100 or 300 [3-0J or |5-0; 3-0] 473 (6) Sociology of Menial Illness- - A sociological approach to the meaning of menial illness. Ihe organization of psychiatric treatment; probleniMn the rxplanatkinof the distribution of menial illness in a population. Prerequisite: SOCI 100 or 300. |3-ll; 3-0] 475 (6) Interpersonal Relations- A self-analytic seminar for the study of group interaction ami social conllict processes; interdisciplinary reading materials ancl assignments complement analysis of ongoing group and individual behaviour Prerequisile: SOCI 100 or 300. [3-0; 3-0J 481 (3/6) d Interaction in Small Groups- Analysis and discussion of small group research (laboratory and field studies, experimental and non-experimental work). Topics include status, leadership,groupcohesiveness, coalition formation, inter-personal evaluations, and reactions to deviant behaviour Prerequisites: SOCI 381, and either SOCI 100 or 300. [2-1 Jor 12-1; 2-1] 484 (5/6y A Sociology of Health and Illness- Sociological perspectives on health, illness, and health care as represented in classic ancl contemporary sociological studies of selected topics such as illness experience, social aspects of the practice of health professioiiab, training of he-aith professionals, and lhe social organization of health delivery- systems. Prerequisile SOCI lOOoMOO. |3-O]or]3-0;3-0] 495 (.3/61 d Advanced Sludies In Sociology- An intensive examinalion of seics led lopics in Sociology. Consult the department for this vear s offerings. Prerequisite; SOCI lOOor 300. i3-()]oi-l3Oi-i0] 501 (3) Fourulatioiis of Sociological Thoiighl- A critical survey ol (lissiial sci, j,iiogic.il iliougli! and the theoretical works which hive shaped die cHscipiine of sociology. 502 (3) Contemporary Sociological Theory- Theoretical trends, issues, and perspectives in contemporary sociology. 503 504 505 506 610 515 520 525 5.30 535 510 545 5a9 750 557 560 565 S^O 5" 580 785 790 595 596 597 598 599 649 including problems of theoiy formation and the relatii in of theory and research. (3) Methodology of Sociological Inquiry- The nature of sociological understanding and explanation, including a critical review of issues in ihe theory of methods. (3) Research Design and Techniques- Sociological research design ancl the analysis and interpretation ofdata (3/6) c Tutorial in Sociological Theory- Prerequisites: SOCI 501 and 502. (3/6) c Tutorial in Research Meihods- Prerequisiies. SOCI 503 and 501. (3/6) A Seminar in Community Sludies and Demography (i/6) c Tutorial in Community Studies andDemograpby- Prei-cquisite: SOCI 510. (3/6) d Seminar in Deviance and Social Control (3/61 c Tutorial in Deviance and Social Control- Prerequisite: SOCI 520. (5/6) A Seminar in Social Change and Deveiopmenl (3/6) c Tutorial in Social Change and Development Prerequisite: SOCI 530 (3/6) d Seminar in Social Inequality (i/6) cTulorialin Social Inequality- Prerequisite; SOCI 5-tO. k(6/12) c Master's Thesis ■3/61 d Seminar in Social Interaction (3/6) c Tutorial in Social Interaction- Prerequisite. S( )C1 550. (.3 hi d Seminar in lhe Sociology of Knowledge (.Ceil c Tutorialin the Sociology ofKnowledge- Prerequisite: SOCI 560. 13/6) ASeminar in Work and Industry (3/6) c Tutorial in Work and Industry- Prerequisite. SOCI 570. C33ii) A Seminar in Canadian Society (3/6) c Tutorial in Canadian Society- Prerequisite; S( )CI 580 (5/6) d Seminar in an Ethnographic Area (3/6) c Tutorial in an F.thnografihic Area- Prerecjuisae SOCI 590 (3/6) A Seminar in Political Sociology (3/6) cTulorial in Political Sociology- Prerequisite; SOCI 596. (3/6) c Directed Studies (3/6) d Special Topics Seminar Ph.D. Thesis Soil Science SOIL Faculty of Agricultural Sciences Note: Admission to undergraduate courses numbered303 or higher requires previous credii for SOIL 200 or consent of instruclor. 101 200 (2 i Environmental Management of land, Soil and Water- Environmental problems and problem-solving in a scientific, social and political context. Examples from agriculture, firestry and mining, as well as urban unci wilderness environments. |0-0:2-0] (3) Iniroduction to Sot! Science- Physical, chemical and biological properties of soils; soil formation, classification, use and conservation. Prerequisiies; phvsics, chemistry and biologv at Grade 12 or first-year university level (3-2: 0-0] anc! ]0-0; 3-2] (3) Forest and Agricultural Climatology- An irnri nI ui - lion to ihe basic principles and piocesses of climatology Energy and water balance concepts. Atmospheric million Microclimate of soils, crops, forests and animals. Microclimate Spanish and Portuguese 405 modification and air pollution. Climate classification and land capability. Same as GEOG 204. [3-2-0; 0-0-0] 300 (3) Soil in the Human Environment- Soil as an element ofthe environment and as a basic resource. The composition and properties of soil in relation to resource management and sustainability. This course is intended primarily for students in faculties other than Agricultural Sciences and Forestry. Credit will be given for only one of SOIL 200 or 300. [3-2; 0-0] 304 (3) Soil Chemistry- Principles of soil colloid and solution chemistry; nature and laboratory characterization of soil minerals and organic matter. Chemica! aspects of natural processes in the soil and reactions with soil environmental contaminants. Prerequisites: CHEM 201, 205 or 208 and consent of instructor. [3-2; 0-0] 308 (3) Quaternary and Ajiplied Geomorphology- Landscape development during Quaternary era, emphasizing the history of glaciations with special reference to western North America; applications of geomorphological information in resource development and land management, emphasizing interpretation of Quaternary materials. Studenls will he required to attend weekend field trips. Prerequisites: SOIL 200; and GEOG 213 orGF.Oi.351, or permission of the Head ofthe Department. (Same a.s GEOG 308.) [0-0; 3-2] .31.3 (3) Soil Physics- Application ofphysical principles to lhe soil system including description of constituents and structure; flow and retention of water, heat and chemicals in soil; evaluation of soil strength. Prerequisite: MATH 101. PHYS 110 or 115 or 120. [3-2, 0-0] 314 (3) Biometeorology- The physical processes determining the microclimate of soils, forests and agricultural crops. Topics include radiation, heat and water relations, diffusion and turbulent exchange of matter and the modification of the microclimate. Instrumentation and field measurement. [0-0; 3-2] 321 (3) Soil Biology- The diversity of soil organisms (bacteria, protozoa, fungi, animals, plains) in natural and disturbed ecosystems; roles in primary- production, nutrient cycling, decomposition and reclamation; interactions with other soil organisms and plants; responses to change ofthe physical and chemical environment. Prerequisites: BIOL loi, 102 or 103. [2-3; 0-0] 400 (3) Microbial Ecology- Ecological and environmental significance of metabolic and structural diversity in microbes; the effects of microbial activities in nature. Interactions among microbes in soil, freshwater and oceanic environments, interactions with plants, animals. Metabolic basis for applied uses of environmental bacteria in areas such as bioremediation, soil fertility and waste management. Prerequisites: MICB 200 or 417, and BIOL 201. (This course is the same as BIOL 400 and MICB 400.) [3-0; 0-0] 401 (3) Microbial Ecology and Diversity Laboratory-Hire use of enrichment and selection techniques to isolate a variety of bacteria from soil and aquatic environments. The range of isolates examined includes several types each of nitrogen- fixing bacteria, photosynthetic bacteria, anaerobes, lactic- acid bacteria, xenobiotic-riegrading bacteria, plant pathogens and bacteria that transform minerals. Prerequisites: MICB 200 or 417 and BIOL 201. Corequisite: SOII.-iOO. (This course is the same as BIOL 400 and MICB 400.) [0-6:0-0] 403 (3) forest Soils- Forest soil properties, processes, and fertility; forest soils in relation to resource management. (Also offered as FRST 312.) [3-2; 0-0] 415 (3) Soil Fertility- Principles underlying soil managemenl practices including nutrient supply, fertilizers and soil amendments; experimental methods and soil analysis. International and Canadian applications in crop production, environmental quality and reclamation. [0-0; 3-2] 416 (3) Pedology- Soil as a natural integration of the biophysical environment; weathering, soil formation, identifi cation, classil cation and distribution of major soils. [0-0; 3-2[ 417 (3) land Information Systems- Philosophy and methods ofdata cc illection, analysis and classification of land for multiple uses. Laboratories emphasize geographic information systems lpplications (This course is the same as FRST 422.) Prerequisile: SOIL 443. [0-0; 2-4] 422 (3) RootSymbiases- Interactionsbetweenplantrootsand soil microorganisms with emphasis on mutualism. Topics include mycoThizae, nitrogen-fixing nodules of legumes and non-legumes and rliizosphere associations. Prerequisite: SOIL 321 or permission of instructor. (Offered in alternate years.) [04:2-31 423 (2) Undergraduate Seminar 430 (2-6) c Dire-led Studies- Systematic work on approved problem. 433 (3) Soil and Water Conservation- Soil management for environmental problem-solving. Topics include erosion control, wait r conservation, behavioui and degradation of organic contaminants, sorption and transport of inorganic contaminant;, remediation ol contaminated soils. Prerequisites: SOIL 301,313 and 321. [0-0; 3-2] 435 (3) Soil Con! simulation and Remedialion-Cr'yycA review of recent literature and case studies on soil contamination problems, regulator)- approaches, remediation standards, and the nature, effectiveness and limitations of remediation methods. Prerequisite: third-year Soil Science or permission of the V end [0-0 2-2] 142 (3) Photo Interpretation Forest Lands- Landform identification anc terrain analysis from air photographs, application to foresi and agricultural land mapping. This course is the same as -'RST442. [2-0-2; 0-0-0] 443 (3) Remote Sensing in Forestry and Agriculture- Basic biological concepts retted to interpretation of remote sensing data for land management, including the use of films and filters, ancl interpretation of air photographs and other imagei v This course is ihe same as FRST 443, [2-0- 2; 0-0-0] 498 (3) Undergraduate Essay- Preparation ofa comprehensive and analytical review of an approved topic under the supervision i ifa faculty member. Prerequisite: Approval of the Head oi the Department. Consult before the end of classes in third year. 499 (6) Undergraduate Thesis - Design and execution oi'an experiment; l/analytical research project leading to preparation ofa thesis. Prerequisite; Approval ofthe I lead ofthe Department Consult before the end of classes in third year. 500 (2) Graduate Seminar 501 (2) Seminar in Soil Physics, Biometeorology, and Hydrology- Current research in agricultural and forest hydrology. Emphasis is placed on graduate student research problems 502 (2) Semin, ir in Soil Chemistry and Soil Fertility 503 (6) Foresl soils and Tree Nutrition- Advanced studies of soils in relation to tree nutrition and forestry. Prerequisite: SOIL 403. 504 (3/6) c Adianced Soil Chemistry- A study of research findings in : pecific phases of Soil Chemistry. (Offered in alternate years.) 512 (3/6) c Advanced Soil E-iology- Current research in root- soil interface. Prerequisites: SOIL 321 or permission of instructor (Offered in, alternate years.) 513 (3/6) c Adv meed Soil Physics- Infiltration and evaporation of water, flow and storage of heat and chemicals in soil, and interactions with the atmosphere. Emphasis on mathematical for nutation of problems and solutions using analytical and ni imerical methods. Prerequisites: SOIL313 and .314. 514 (i/6) cBioneleorology- Energy and mass exchange in the biosphere with emphasis on the interfaces between the atmosphere and soils, plants and animals. (Offered in alternate years.) 515 (3/6) c Topics in Soil Fertility- Discussions on special topics in soil fertility with emphasis on soil factors influencing nutrient availability and uptake, (Offered in alternate years.) 516 (3) Advanced Pedology'- Soil as integrator of the biophysical environment, soil genesis and formation, biogeochemical cycles, approaches to soil systematics and classification systems. Prerequisites; SOIL 416 and consent of instructor. (Offered in alternate years.) 517 (3) IxindandResourceEvaluation- Conceptsand methods for multi-purpose lane! evaluations and assessing resource development options; monitoring and modelling environmental systems using G1S techniques Prerequisite; SOIL 417 or FRST 422 or consent of inslructor. 518 (3) SoilClayMineralogy- Mincralsinsoilsandsedinieiits; wealhering, diagenesis and mineral cycles. Prerequisite: consent of insirm tor. (Offered in alternate years J 524 (2) Instrumentation for Kiometeorology- The theory, design and evaluation of instrumentation for biometeorological research. Consent of instructor. 525 (2) Techniques and Melhodsoj SoilChemistry and Fertility Research 530 (2-6) c Directed Studies 533 (3) Physical Processes in Soil and Water Conservaiion- The effects of tillage and mulching on soil thermal and moisture regimes. The control of soil degradation in agriculture and forestiy. 549 (12) Master's Thesis 649 Ph.D. Thesis Southeast Asian Languages See Asian Studies, Southeast Asian Languages Spanish and Portuguese SPAN Department of Hispanic and Italian Studies, Faculty of Arts 100 (6| Beginners'Sjianish- Grammar, composition, translation, oral practice. [a-l); 1-0] 102 (6) First-Year Portuguese- Grammar, composition, translation, oral practice. [3-1; 3-1J 105 (12) Intensive Spanish- An accelerated course. Grim- mar, reading, composition, with special emphasis on the spoken language. This course is equivalent to SPAN 100 and 200. j-i-3; 4-3] 110 (6) First-Year Spanish- Grammar, composition, translation, oral practice, readings. Prerequisite; C or P in Spanish 11 or pass-standing in SPAN 100. This course completes the Language Requirement for the Faculty of Ans. |3-i; 3-11 200 (6) Second-Year Spanish- Grammar, composition, translation, oral practice, readings. Prerequisite: A or B in Spanish 11 or first- or second-class standing in SPAN 100 [4-0; 4-01 202 (6) Second-Year Portuguese- Grammar, composition, translation, oral practice, readings. Prerequisite; PORT 102 or equivalent. [3-1; 3-1] 205 (6) Intermediate Spanish- Conversation, translation, and readings. Prerequisite: Spanish 12 or SPAN 110. Students with first- or second-class standingin SPAN 100 may take this course concurrently wilh SPAN 200. [3-0; 3-0] 220 (61 Introduction to Hispanic: literature- Basic leih- niques of literary analysis thmugh the study of selected texts from the literatures of Spain and Spanish America. Prerequisite for the Major or Honours program. [3-0; 3-(!| 300 (6) Sjianish language- Composition, translation, anc! oral practice The course places special emphasis on pro- nuncialion and syntax. [3-0; 3-0] 406 Spanish 305 (6) Spanish Language- Intensive grammar study, translation, and reading of literary lexts, for senior students with no previous knowledge of Spanish. Prerequisite; proficiency in another Romance language or Latin. [4-0; 4-0] 307 (6) Introduction to Portuguese for Senior Students- intensive grammar study, translation, and reading of literary texts for senior students with no previous knowledge of Portuguese. Prerequisite: proficiency in another Romance language or Latin. [3-1; 3-1] 311 (6) Spanish Literature inTranslation- Introduction for the non-specialist to the major works, authors, and literary movements of Spain from the Middle Ages to the present. Not available for credit toward a Major or Honours program in Spanish. [3-0; 3-0) 312 (6) latin-American Literature in Translation- Introduction for the non-specialist to the major contemporary Latin-American literary works and their cultural background. Not available for credit toward a Major or Honours program in Spanish. [3-0; 3-0] 330 (6) Introduction to Hispanic Civilization- History and culture ofthe Hispanic world. Elements of Hispanic Civilizations and Languages. Their transmission to the New World. The emergence of independent Hispanic societies. The physical, social, and intellectual conditions ofthe Hispanic countries in the contemporary era. Recommended, but not for credit toward the Major and Honours programs in Spanish. [3-0; 3-0) 355 (6) SurveyofSpanishLiteraturefromllOOtothePresenl [3-0; 3-0] 363 (6) Survey of Spanish-American Literature [3-0; 3-0] 392 (3/6) d Studies in Portuguese and Brazilian literature [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 400 (6) Advanced Studies in Spanish language and Style- Intensive training in translation and free composition, with special emphasis on the stylistic anaivsis of literary texts. [3-0; 3-0] 403 (6) History of the Spanish Language- The origins and development of Spanish; study of representative texts. The course will include an introduction to the histoiy of Portuguese. [3-0; 3-0] 407 (3/6) A Special Aspects of Peninsular and latin-American Linguistic Areas- Abrief introduction tosomeproblemsof dialectology and/or to other Romance languages spoken in the Hispanic world. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 427 (3/6) A Selected Topics in Medieval Literature- Study of medieval literature through the analysis of representative- texts and authors. {3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 435 (6) SurveyofSpanishliteraturefromitsOriginstonOO - Prerequisite: SPAN 300. [3-0; 3-0] 4.36 (3/6) A Cervantes and his Age- The writer and the bark- ground of his work and thought. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0J -i37 (3/6) d The Golden Age- Sixteenth- and seventeenth- century literature approached through lhe study of a genre: theatre, novel, poetry. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] u38 (3/6) d Selected Authors ofthe Golden Age- Study of the period through the analysis of representative authors' works. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 444 (i/6) d Hispanic language and Literature- Selected topics. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 4u9 (6/12) c Honours Essay 457 (3/6) d Studies in Spanish Literary Genres from 1700 lo the Present- Theatre, novel, poetiy, essay. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] u58 (3/6) d Selected Topics ofthe Eighteenth. Nineteenth, and Twentieth Centuries in Spain- Literary periods and movements or individual authors. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 464 (3/6) d Studies in Latin-American Literature [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 467 (3/6) d Studies in Spanish-American literary Genres- Theatre, novel, poetry, essay, short story. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0] 468 (3/6) d Selected Topics in Spanish-American Literature- Literary periods and movements or individual authors. [3-0] or'(3-0; 3-0] 507 (3/6) d Studies in Hispanic languages- Also lists a.s SPAN 508. 527 (3/6) d Selected Topics in Medieval Spanish Literature- Also lists as SPAN 528. 529 (3/6) d The Renaissance- Also lists as SPAN 530. 536 (3/6) d Studies in the Literature ofthe Golden Age- Also lists as SPAN 537 ancl 538. 541 (3) Bibliography and Research .Methods 542 (3) Sludies in Literary Criticism 543 (3/6) AGeneralStudiesinHispanicCultureandliterature 544 (3/6) d The Regional literatures of Spain 548 (0) Major Essay 549 (6/12) c Masler's Thesis 550 (3/6) A Studies in Eighteenth-Century literature- Also lists as SPAN 551. 553 (3/6) d Selected Topics in Nineteenth-Century Literaturc- Also lists as SPAN 554. 557 (3/6) d Selected Topics in Twentieth-Century literature- Also lists as SPAN 558. 564 (3/6) d Studies in Latin-American Lileralure- Also lists as SPAN 565. 567 (3/6) d Topics in Twentieth-Century latin-American Literature- Also lists as SPAN 568. 591 (3/6) d Studies in Luso-Brazilian Literature 649 Ph.D. Thesis Statistics Faculty of Science STAT Note: Introductory courses in probabilty and statistics are of- feredby many differentdepartmentsat UBC. Alislofthesecourses and details concerning restrictions on the number of credits students may obtain for such eourses are provided under the heading Probability and Statistics in the Courses of Instruction section of this Calendar. "For studenls in the Facully of Applied Science. 200 (3) Elementary Statistics for Applications- Classical, nonparametric and robust techniques for inferences about means, variances, and analysis of variance, with use of computers for statistical calculations. Emphasis will be on problem formulation, models and assumptions, and interpretation. Credii will be given for onlv one of STAT 105,200 and 203. Prerequisite: MATH 101. '[3-1; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-1] 203 (3) Statistical Methods I— Organizing,displayingand,sum- marizing dala. inductive inference based on elementary- probability models including estimation and hypothesis testing. Not for credit in Faculty of Science. Credit will be given for only one of STAT 105,200 and 203. Students who have taken MATH 100 are advised to take STAT 200 rather thanSTAT203. Prerequisite; Mathematics 11. [3-1-0; 0- 0-0] or [0-0-0; 3-1-0] 205 (3) Elementary Probability- Probability, conditional probability, random variables, discrete and continuous probability distributions, expectation, bivariate distributions, law of large numbers, and central limit theorem. Prerequisite; MATH 101. MATH 205 and STAT 205 are the same. |3-0; 0-0] or (0-0; 3-0] 241 (3) Introductory Probability and Statistics- Probability models, distributions of random variables and vectors, statistical estimation and testing theory, topics from regression, analysis of variance, goodness of fit, quality control. Credit will be given for onlv one of STAT 205, 241 and 251. Prerequisite: MATH 200 or 253. [0-0; 3-1] 251* (3) Elementary Statistics- Probability, discrete and continuous random variables, joint probability distributions, pointand interval estimation, hypothesis testing, additional topics from regression, analysis of variance, goodness of fit. Prerequisite: MATH 200 or 253. [3-1-0; 0-0-0] or [0-0-0; 3-1-0] 300 (3) Intermediate Statistics for Applications- Multi-factor analysis-of-variance and other experimental designs; multiple linear regression and regression diagnostics; analysis of covariance; categorical data and log-linear models; further topics in model fitting and data analysis, with statistical computing. Intended for students seeking additional exposure to statistical methodology, but not wishing to concentrate in statistical science. (Credit will be given for only one of STAT 300,306, and COMM 411.) Prerequisite; STAT 200. [3-1; 0-0] or [0-0:3-11 302 (3) Introduction to Probability- Basic notions of probability, random variables, expectation and conditional expectation, limit theorems. Prerequisites: MATH 200 or 225 (which may be taken concurrently if STAT 302 is being laken in the second term). MATH 302 and STAT302 are the same. Credit will not be given for both MATH/STAT 205 unci MATH/STAT 302. [3-0; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-0] 305 (3) Introduction to Statistical Inference- Review of probability theon-. Sampling distribution theory, large sample theoiy and methods of estimation and hypothesis testing, including maximum likelihood estimation, likelihood ratio testing anci confidence interval construction. Prerequisites; STAT 200 and MATH/STAT 302, or 65% in MATH/STAT 302 STAT 200 strongly recommended. [3-0; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-D] 306 (3) Applied Regression Analysis- Theory and application of regression analysis including residual analysis, diagnostics, transformations, model selection and checking, weighted least squares and nonlinear models. Additional topics may include inverse, robust, ridge and logistic regression. Prerequisites: STAT 200 and MATH 221. Corequisite: STAT 305. Credit will not be given for both STAT 300 and 306. [3-1; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-1] 335 (3) Statistics in Quality Assurance- Philosophy- of quality improvement and total quality control. Definitions of quality. Deming's principles, ishikawa's tools, control charts, acceptance sampling, continuous improvement, quality design. Credit eannol be obtained for both STAT 335 and WOOD 335 Prerequisile: STAT 200, or STAT 241 or 251. [3-1-0: 0-0-0] or [0-0-0; 3-1-0] 344 (3) Sample Surveys- Planning and practice of sample- surveys. Random sampling, bias and variance, unequal probability sampling, systematic, multistage and stratified sampling, ratio and regression estimators, post-stratification, establishing frame, pretesting, pilot studies, nonresponse, and additional topics. Prerequisites: STAT 200 and MATI 1/ STAT 302, or STAT 305. [3-1; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-1 ] 346 (3) Distribution Free and Robusl Statistics- Techniques based on signs, counts, ranks and order statistics. Probability plots, permutation tests, rank tests, Hodges-Lehmann estimates, rank correlation, goodness-of-fit and independence, confidence and tolerance limits based on order statistics, additional topics. Prerequisites: STAT 200 and 305. |3-1; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-1] 404 (3) Analysis of Variance- Theory and application ofthe analysis of variance for standard experimental designs. Single factor designs, fixed and random effects, block designs, hicrarchic.nl designs, multiple comjiarisons, Cochran's Theorem, factorial designs, mixed models, general rules for the analysis oi balanced designs, analysis of covariance. Prerequisites: MATH 221 and STAT .305 and either STAT 200 or STAT 306. STAT 306 highly recommended MATH HP recommended. [3-1; 0-0] or [0-0; 3-1] 405 (3) Design of Experiments- Construction and analysis of experimental designs, 2k and .3'factorial designs, confounding, fractional replication, split-plot type designs, incomplete blex'kdesigns.responsesurfacedesigms.optimaldesign theory, special topics. Prerequisite: STAT 404. [0-0; 3-1] Surgery 407 406 (6) Statistical Inference- A detailed th euretical development. Likelihood, Bayes, minimax and conditional inference. Statistical models, exponential families, sufficiency, completeness, properties of estimators, optimal tests and confidence intervals, elements of decision theory, additional topics. Intended fori lonours students. Prerequisite: MATH 321. STAT .305 strongly recommended. [3-0; 3-01 441 (3) MultivarialeStatislical'Methods- Extensions of methods of estimation, testing hypotheses, analysis of variance and regression to multivariate data. Introduction to the exploratory and descriptive use of canonical correlations, principal components, factor analysis, discrimination ancl classification lechniques, and cluster analysis. Emphasis will be on computer implementation and applications to the various sciences. Prerequisile: STAT itii. [0-0; 3-1] 442 (3) Statistical Methods for Categorical Data- Exact and asymptotic methods for 2x2 and rxc contingency tables, logistic regression models for binary response variables, log-linear models for multiway contingency tables, model selection, special topics. Emphasis will be on computer implementation, application in various sciences, ancl interpretation of the various models. Prerequisite: STAT 306. [3-1; 0-0] or |0-0; 3-l[ 445 (3) Iniroduction to Exploratory Dala Analysis- Methods for exploring and presenting the structure ofdata: one group of numbers, several groups, bivariate data, timeseries data and two-way tables. Data displays, outlier identification, transformations, resistant regression, several types of data .smoothing, comparisons with standard statisiical methods. Prerequisite: STAT 306. [3-1:0-0] or [0-0; 3-1] ill" (2-61 c Special Topics in Statistics- Students should consult the Statistics Department for the particular topics offered in a given year Prerequisile STAT 305, and permission of the instructor. 450 (3) Case Studies in Statistics- Readings and projects in areas of current statistical application including environmental science, industrial statistics, official statistics, actuarial statistics, and medical statistics. Prerequisite: STAT 306. |3-l-0; 0-0-0] or [0-0-0; 3-!-0| 519 (6) Theoretical Statistics- Designed to prepare the student for specialized sludies and research. Statistical decision problems, optimal decision rules, admissibility anci completeness, Bayes ancl minimax procedures, characterization of sufficiency, structure of exponcnlia! families, unbiased and invariant estimators, most powerful lests. symmetry and invariance. asymptotic theory, special topics. Prerequisites; STAT 406 ancl either MATH 418/420 or MATH 54-1. 520 (2-6) d 'Topics in Bayesian Analysis and Decision Theory 521 (2-6) d Topics in Multivariate Analysis 522 (2-6) d Topics in Asymptotic Theory and Statistical Inference 526 (2-6) d Topics in Smoothing Methods 550 (3) Bayesian Inference and Decision- Utility functions and subjective probability distributions, uninformative priors, inference for common models such as the inultivariate normal and regression models, hierarchical prior models, intersubjective statistical decision theory. Prerequisite: STAT 406. 5.31 (3) Reliability Theory— Probabilistic aspects of reliability theory. Classes of life distributions based on notions of aging, coherent systems, shock models, notions of dependence, multivariate distributions for dependent components, maintenance and replacement models. Prerequisites: MATH 303, 321 ancl STAT 307. 532 (3) Sequential Statistical Procedures- Sequential probability ratio test, fundamental identity, operating characteristics, optimality. Sequential tests for composite hypotheses. Sequential design of experiments. Raves sequential decision problems, numerical methods. Applications to statistical problems. Prerequisiies: MATH 41. and STAT 406. 533 [5) Survival Analysis- Basic coneepis. special distributions, censoring Parametric anc! nonparametric meihods. iroduet-liiniteuimator, log-rank test, goodness-of-fit. Models for depends nee on explanatory variables, residual ai iaiy- sis, time dejieidem covariates. Prerequisites: STAT 300 and itl6. 534 ;3) Statistics for Quality and Productivity- Graphical methods including lsliakawa's methods and control charts. Tagutti's philosophy. Designing qualiiv in acceptance sam- iling. Special 1 ipies. Prerequisile: STATu07. 535 :3) Siatislica' Computing- Numerical methods useful ior statistical research, and numerical analysis useful ior writing statistical software (e.g. numerical linear algebra, optimization, generation of pseudo-random numbers, .statistical graphic). The statistical language and computing environments for dala analysis Special research topics. Prerequisites: STAT 404. or broad exposure to statistics. 538 Ti) Ceneralized Linear lliiclels--i\-itiir:ylc:\pe>neiyyr.ili:v,ni- ties, moment generating functions, variance functions, dis- 'lersion models. The saddle-point approximation, asymptotic theory, ch i-square, [■'- and T-tcsts. Analysis of deviance, -esidual analys s, iterative least squares algorithm. Applications to positiv i, discrete, mixed, compositional ancl directional data. Spcrial topics. Prerequisite: STAT306 and u0(>. 541 (3) Applied Multivariate Analysis- Topics to be developed with motivation provided by examples from various sciences induce: multivariate normal distribution, assess- ing multivariate normality, Hotelling'sT3, multi. ariareanaiysis of variance an I covariance, multivariate regression, discrimination ami classification, cluster analysis, canonical correlation, principal components, and iaeloi analysis. Prere juisites: MATH 307 and STAT uOu. 542 (3) Analysis -.if Categorical Dala- A systematic treatment ofthe theoiy and use of log-linear and linear logistic models ior categorical response variables, Poisson, multinomial and product-multinomial sampling models, maximum likelihood estimation, existence of direct estimates, computational algorithms, adjusted residuals, asymptotic inference, approaches to model selection, special lopics. Prerequisite: STAT 404. 543 f.3) Time Series Analysis- Asystematictreainientol main ofthe techniques of the analysis of time series data. Topics include time dependence and randomness, trend. seasonality and error, stationarity, finite parameter models, Box-Jenkins techniques, spectral analysis, lhe Wienet- 1-ulmogorov approach., in univariate time series, cross-spei Iral anaivsis, 'final form'-type models, and Kalm.m filtering. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 544 i3) Theory of Sam'plirig- A comprehensive account of sampling tlieorc as it has been developed ior use in sample surveys. Topics include simple random sampling, stratified random samplng. ratio estimates, regression estimates, systematic sampling, cluster sampling, subsampling, double sampling, estimation of sample size, sources of errors in surveys. 545 (3) Data Analysis- Topics will include the philosophy oi exploratory claia analysis, indication and cross validation, displaying anci summarizing data, residual plotting, transforming data, a isessing uncertainty, the jacknife, multiway analysis, robustness, standardization, regression and curve lilting, the bootstrap and oilier computer-intensive methods. Prerequisite: STAT +04. 546 (3) Noriparamelric Statistical Meihods- Linear rank tests for one and tw-1 samples, sign test, rink sum test, normal scores test, Sac-age rest Rank tests tor k samples anci nonparametric egression. Permutation lests. Gooclness-oi- fit tests, Kolmogorov-Siiiirrovaiie! Crainer-von Mises tests. Power and e'ficienry of iiiiiiparameinc: methods. Nonparametr c estimation. Thetiry oi V statistics. Prerequisite: STATiOti. u49 (2-61 c Topics hi Statistics- Students should consult the Siatistics Department for the particular advanced topics olfered in a given year. (2-6; c Directed Studies in Siatistics- Advanced study under the direction ot a facuitv member mav be arranged in special situations (6/12) c Thesis for Masler's Degree (3) TecbiiiquesofStatisticalConsulting- Tiiebasicskilis i ifsiaustical consulting. Analysis of data sets, modelling, and statistical computing. Special lopics such as graphical methods and data reel nci ion lechniques. Readings on consul!ing and applying statistics. Prerequisite: STAT 405. (3) SlalisticalCoiisulting- Supervisedstaiistical practice- directed toward tlie solution of current problems posed by subject-area researchers. Prerequisite: STAT' 750 Ph.D. Thesis Surgery SURG Faculty of Medicine See course listed below under Surgery, Cardiovascular and Thoracic Surgery, General Surgery, Neurosurgery, Otorhinolaryngology, Paediatric Surgery, Plastic Surgery, Radiation Oncology, Urology, and Vascular Surgery *Note: Credii wiil not he given jor both SURG 5142 and 732, itii and 134. 565 and 7_ 5, v/_ and 738 (4) Introduction lo Surgery- Ascriesofleciiircsdesigned in illustrate the basic surgical principles bedside clinics illustrating the principles ol physical diagnosis are given in cooperation villi the Department ofMc'dicinc. Students ate given the opporttinilv io examine [laiients. 'fexlbooks: Dunphy and Way, Current Surgical diagnosis and treatment. I lamiilon Bailee', Physical Signs in Clinical Surgery: Dunphy and Boisfoi"d, Physical Kxamination of die Surgical Paucni. American Orthopaedic Association: Manual of Onhopaedic Surgery Second term. (2-ii) c Directed Sludies- A special eleclive program of directed sludies in clinical or laboratory experimental science related to surge-rv for siudenis enroileil in the first or seconci year of the Facuitv ot Medicine. ■148 450 (It) Principles of Surgery Lecuires and demonstrations in all aspects ol surgen' are given in ciinjunction wiih the other climcal departments as pan ofthe -syslems" lecuires in lined year. Clinital teaching is provided iiv the divisions of suigeiy (General Surgery, Cardiothoracic emphasis on bedside teaching in small groups, and supervised instructions in case writing and presentation. Surgical diagnosis is emphasized rather than surgical techniques. The teaching facilities of tlie vaiicoiivei General 1 lospii.il, St. Paul's Hospital, University Hospital Shaughnessy site anel UBC site, Children's Ilospnal. and iheB.C. Cancer Association IBCCAi arc used. Textbooks: Dunphy ancl Way. Current Surgical Diagnosis and Tteaimciu. I IS) Suigeiy- A 12 week clinical clerksitip in siugeiv. Suicients, wilh departmental guidance, if requested, should select those surgical services which inosi closely meet iheir individual requiremenis. haying in mind their undergraduate train ing am I their e.ireei interests, li i general surgc'iT ihe clinical clerkship roiaiion is olfour weeks duration wiiiie rotations in. iiiaestliesiologyccaidioilioraeicsiiiger.. nc'uro- surger.cciphihaliiiologc.cirihopac'dics.iitorhinolamigologv, plastic surgery, iiaeiliatnc surgery and urology are of two weeks duration. During these periods lhe studenl is an iniegral part ofiliese seiviees, attends the outpatieni .uii! emergency depannieiits and assists at operation in seleccei I eases. In addition i uSei vice Roui ids and Seminars, ihere a re oilier teaching activities wilhin lhe depanmenl during ihis 12-week peril icI.Duniig the Elective period the si aclem mav rotate through surgical specialties thai lie has missed, or If lic'liiisciecicleclouiicareei-iiianvparicular specially, he mav return toil fur further study in depth. The minimal duration ofa rotation during this eleclive period is four weeks. 408 Surgery 500 501 502- 504' 505' 510 511 512 513 514 548' 549 (4) Experimental Surgery- Lectures and seminars dealing with the selected application of surgical techniques in biological investigation. (4) Surgical Methodology in Research- Seminars with the laboratory preparation of advanced procedures used in modern physiological and surgical research. Courses 502 to 511 consist of a series of two-year courses common to all branches of suigeiy (core) plus lectures structured for selected major disciplines in surgery (2) Surgical Core- The scientificaspects of surgery common to all branches of surgery. (4) Advanced General Surgery I- Fundamental concepts in general surgery. Given in altcrnaie years, (4) Advanced General Surgery 11- The second year ofthe above program. Given in alternate vears. (2) Advanced Urology I— Selected topics in urology and related basic sciences. Given in alternate years (2) Advanced Urology It- The second year of the above program. (2) Advanced Neurosurgery I- Selected topics in neurosurgery and the related basic sciences. Given in alternate years. (ly Advanced Neurosurgery II- The second year of the above program. Given in alternate years. (2) Advanced Plastic Surgery I- Seminarand tutorial on selected topics of plastic surgery. Given in alternate years. (2) AdvancedPlasticSurgeiyIT- Theseconilyear course of the above program. Given in alternate years. (2-4) c Seminar in Surgery (6/12/18) cM.Sc. Thesis Cardiovascular and Thoracic Surgery 710 Cardiac Surgery Seminar- Weekly one-hour seminars of cardiac diseases are presented wilh a view to selecting patients for surgery. 711 Thoracic Surgery- Stress is laid on basic physiology and pathology plus a review of topical literature. Two hours weekly. 712 Death and Complication Rounds- A review of all deaths and complications which have occurred during the preceding month following cardiothoracic surgery, involvinganaly- sis ofthe possible causative factors with emphasis on prevention in the future. Four hours monthly. 713 Cardiothoracic Surgery- The practice of surgeiv including the basic anatomy, basic technical surgen-, cardie-respiratory pathology and pathophysiology, followed by early post-operative care, including intensive care technique 778 B.C. Cancer Association lung Cancer Conference- Neoplasia casesare presentedand management discussed, including diagnosis, surgical ancl non-surgical treatment, and the managemenl of recti rrenr cancer One hour weekly. General Surgery 700 Journal Conference- Residents meet with members of active staff three hours monthly to discuss recently-published surgical literature. 701 General Surgery Conference I- (One service per week). Presentation of clinical cases and problems. Discussion of management ofthe patient and pathophysioli igy. All active- staff members on service attend. One hour weekly. 702 General Surgery Conference II — Grand Rounds- One- hour per week. Presentation of cases, symposia, etc.. witli literature reviews emphasizing pathophysiology, and discussion of management of cases. 703 General Surgery- Residenisand Staff discuss disease process and management at the bedside—each of four wards daily. 704 General Surgery- Two hours per week in Iwo general surgery clinics and one hour per week in peripheral vascular ancl proctology clinics. 705 General Surgery- Practical operative application of general surgery. Anatomy, pathophysiology, surgical judgement, [ire- and post-operative care, complications ofthe disease anel surgery are stressed. 782'3 Surgical Gore- The scientific aspects of surgeiy common to all branches of surgenc 784* Advanced General Surgery I- Fundamental concepts in general siirgciv. Given in alternate vears. 785* Advanced General Suigeiy 11- The second year of lhe above program. Given in alternate vears. 788* Seminar in Surgery 903 Surgery Review- A thirty lecture-demonstration course in general surgery alternating with a similar series in specialty surgery. For post-graduate students proceeding to Certification or Fellowship ofthe Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada. One evening per week throughout the winter session. Neurosurgery 730 Correlative Clinical Neurosurgery Rounds- Residents meet witli radiology, neuropathology, anci active staff members for discussion of problem cases. One and one-half hours weekly. 7.31 NeurosnrgeryConference- Onetiiree-rioursessionweekly with a member of tiie active staff, conducted at the bedside or in conference room. Cases reviewed with emphasis on ihe proper application of diagnostic, meihods and the indications for operative management. 732 Neuroradiology- Sessions conducted by members ol the Department of Radiology in which case histories are reviewed and related to radiologieal investigation and interpretation. One iiour weekly. 733 Anatomy and Neuropathology in the Brain- Sessions conducted bv a neuropathologist, Department of Pathology. Atiended weekly bv neurosurgical resident staff. Two hours weekly. 734 Operative Neurosurgery- Techniqueof neurosurgical procedures. Anatomy, surgical judgement, pre- and post-operative care. From a general selection of neurosurgical procedures, approximately 950 major neurosurgical procedures per year are carried out under supervision Otorhinolaryngology "40 Otorhinolaryngology Rounds- Diagnostic problems of groups of patients with variations of a disease entity are presented ancl discussed by the residents, Otorhini ilaryngology,staff and invited specialists from other disciplines. One hour weekly. 711 Residents' Quiz- A one-hour quiz session with both basic science and clinical problems. A readingassigiimentisgiven one week prior to the quiz. 742 Residents' Seminar- A 30-minute paper is presented by one i if the residents. This is followed by a 30-minute discussion between the residents and attending otorhinolaryngology staff. One hour weekly. 743 Basic Science Seminar- Consists of a series of basic science lectures given by members of the otorhinolaryngology staff and members of the Medical School Faculty. These cover analomy, physiology, pharmacology, and pathology of ear, nose and throat, anci are held for two hours each week for foul months. "44 Olorhinularyugologv lecture Series- A basic course in clinical otorhinoianiigologv given bv members of the medical staff for two hours per week for eight months. "45 (;') Gross.stuaioinv Dissection- Consists of anatomical dissections of the lieai! and neck by olorhinolaryngology residents, undei siipenision of otorhinolaryngology and anatomc Facullv (111 Surgical Analomy- Anaiomieii dissection by the residents, Willi particular aiieiirion lo otorhinoian'ngologic'a! surgical procedures, siipen-i.sedbyotorhinolaryngcilogy staff. 746 Otorhinolaryngology Conference- Twice per month. This consists ofa series of lectures, primarily from related disciplines, providing instruction to the otorhinolaryngology residents and staff in general medical and surgical problems. The lecture period is one hour, followed by a one-hour period of discussion. 773 Olorhinolaryngology Operating Room- Techniques of surgical procedure are taught by otorhinolaryngology staff. 778 Ear, Nose and Throat Tumor Conference al the B. C Can- cer Association- New patients with tumours of the head ancl neck are presented to, and discussed by, the olorhinolaryngology residents and attending staff one hour weekly. Paediatric Surgery 755 Paediatric Surgery- A clinically-oriented course with case presentations of surgical conditions particularly related to childhood. One hour weekly. 756 PaediatricSurgery'Conference II- Onemember of attending staff discusses cases on bedside rounds for one hour weekly. Approaches to investigation and supportive care are stressed. ^5" Paediatric Surgery- Residents learn operative skills, judgement and supportive measures as applied to surgery ol children and neonates. 758 Advanced Paediatric Surgery- In-depth experience in all facets of paediatric and neonatal surgeiy for those who have made a career choice in the specialty, with particular reference to clinical decision making, specific operative techniques and postoperative care of paediatric patients. Plastic Surgery 750 Plastic Suigeiy Conference- Presentation of clinical cases witli discussion of the underlying pathophysiology as related to patient management. One hour weekly. 751 Plastic Surgery Seminar Course- A one-hour weekly seminar course spread over two years for discussion of embryology, anatomy, physiology and palhology relative to ihe specially of plastic surgery. These basic science aspects are discussed in relation to patient management. 752 Plastic Surgery. Operating Room- Techniques of surgery and the relative anatomy ancl pathophysiology are discussed. Radiation Oncology (B.C. Cancer Association) 770 Grand Rounds- Rounds are held each week and last one- hour. They consist of presentations by residents of clinical cases, with history and physical findings. Residents in radiation oncology with cither residents from the departments of medicine, surgen and gynaecology participate during periods of duties in the B.C.Cancer Association. General aspens of clinical oncology and management of patients are discussed eiiiically with all staff in attendance. 772 Staff Seminars- A series of weekly presentations, each of one hour duration, throughout the academic year. Invited outside speakers, as well as B.C. Cancer Association staff, cover a range of currenl cancer-related topics of broad interest, from basic science to clinical subjects. 7"3 Radiation Oncology- Residents are allocated to the service of one or two staff members on two-monthly rotations. On each service, they are personally supervised in ward management of patients and in addition, receive practical experience in the planning and execution of radiation treatments, using the gamut of radiation modalities. 7"i Basic Science Lecture—Physics- This course spans 18 months It occupies four hours of lectures each week in the evening plus one hour per week tutorial. In addition, practical laboratory experiments are undertaken. The course is supervised by the senior physicist. 775 Basic Science lecture— (i) Radiobiology— A series of nine lectures uf one hour each week, given inthe second year of Theatre 409 resident training, supervised by the Head ofthe Department of Biophysics. (ii)Tumour Pathology- A series of twelve weekly one hour lectures given bypathologists to the B.C. Cancer Association. These cover selected topics, augmenting clinical lectures. 776 Clinical Lectures- A series of didactic lectures spanning a two-year period. Lectures are of one hourduration, two per week, with emphasis on radiation oncology but also including chemotherapy and immunotherapy. Lectures are given by radiation and medical oncologists on staff. In addition, a series of "current concept reviews" is given by colleagues from the attending medical staff outside the discipline of radiation oncology. 778 Joint Interdisciplinary Oncology Clinical Conference- These clinical conferences are held throughout the course of each week by the permanent staff of the B.C. Cancer Association, in conjunction with members ofthe attending medical staff, with residents in attendance. Special conferences scheduled include: Sarcoma, Urology, Lymphoma, Gynaecology, ENT, GI, Lung, Skin and Breast, each of minimal duration of one hour. The format of these clinical presentations varies, some emphasizing evaluation of new and follow-up patients, others primarily comprehensive teaching clinical conferences illustrating selected aspects of malignancy in that site. The assessment of patients and the extent of disease, the selection of treatmeni method and management problems are fully discussed. Urology 760 Urology Conference 1- Presentation of clinical cases anci subject reviews. 761 Urology Conference II- This is held ai University Hospital Shaughnessy site and involves a review of clinical material and subject review. One hour weekly. 762 Urologic Radiology- Two hours per week spent on review of accumulated basics in radiology as well as current clinical material. This is supervised by urology and radiology staff members. 763 Paediatric Urology- Current clinical material review as well as subject review for two hours per month. 764 Urology Seminars- A weekly two-hour meeting with urology staff members on subject review and basic urology, physiology, and surgeiy. 765 Urologic Surgery- The application of urology with discussion of techniques of surgery, anatomy, pathology, pathophysiology and complications of diseases. Two hours weekly. 778 B.C. Cancer Association Rounds- Detailed discussion of urologic neoplasia with reference to management utilizing radiotherapy, chemotherapy, and general urology. One hour weekly. Vascular Surgery 735 Vascular Surgery Rounds- Presentation of ciinical cases by residents. Discussion of diagnosis, pathophysiology and management. Review of relevant scientific literature. One hour weekly. 736 Operative Vascular Surgeiy- The learning of operative skills, clinical judgement and supportive measures in the surgical management of peripheral vascular disease anci trauma to lhe vascular system. 717 Vascular Surgeiy Clinics- Residentsanci staff discuss cases ol 'ambulatory and hospitalized patients Preoperative as- si -ssn lent, i liagnt isis and i iptions of management are stressed. I ye, Vusiular Surgery Seminars- A systematic and in-depth Cindy nl vascular diseases in order to understand the p.iiliophysiiilogyolvasciilardiseases and the scientific basis ol iiianagi-iiiciii Two hours, once weekly from December lolniii- Teacher Librarianship See Language Education, Teacher Librarianship Technology Studies Education See Mathemat-is anci Science Education Theatre THTR Department of Theatre and Film, Faculty of Art;;, See also: Film Studies 120 (6) Introduction to Theatre- Theoryandpracticeofthe theatrica! arts; i he development of Western theatre; reading of representati ce plays. The plays presented by lhe Frederic Wood Theatre c luring its Winter season will be studied in this course; studen s must obtain season tickets. J3-0; 3-0] 150 (6) IntroducdontoTeehnicalThealre- Foundation studv oithe lechnica aspects of theatre production. Participation in departmental productions required. [2-2; 2-2] 160 (6) Introduction to Acting- Open to all students on audition. |2-2; 2-2] 220 (6) Play-Interpretation and Production-Analysis- Basic methods of interpreting dramatic texts and analyzing plays in perfornance. The plays presemed by the Frederic Wood Theatre luring its Winter season will be studied in t his course; studen :s must obtain season tickets. [3-0; 3-0]^ 250 (6) Technical Theatre 1A- The planning and execution of scenery, costumes, properties, lighting, and sound for the stage Prerequisile: THTR 150; corequisite: THTR 251, [2-3; 2-4] 251 (6) Technical Theatre IB- Theojierationandrunningof scenery, costumes, lighting, and sound for the stage. Participation in depar mental productionsisrequired. Prerequisite; THTR 150; corequisite: THTR250. [2-3: 2-3] 260 (6) Acting — The Rehearsal Process- Textual analysis and performar ce of short scenes. Prerequisite: THTR 160. Audition requ red. The plays presented in the Frederic- Wood Theatre during its Winter season will be studied in this course; students must obtain season tickets. Not open to B.FA, (Acting) students, [2-2; 2-2] 261 (6) Beginntig B.F.A. Acting- Astuclvoftheaetor'sbasic technique thrc cugh improvisation and textual analysis. The plays presented by the Frederic: Wood Theatre during its Winter season will be studied in this course; students must obtain season tickets. Prerequisite: THTR 160. Audition required. To be taken in conjunction with THTR 262. Open only to B.F.A. Acting) students. [2-3: 2-3] 262 (6) Beginning Speech and Movement- Deveiopmenl of the student's awareness ofthe voice and body as communicative instruments, and lhe beginning of the technical control of hot!. To be taken in conjunction with THTR 261. Open only to ll.F.A. (Acting) students. [2-2; 2-2) 263 (3) Voice and Speech- A course in voice-production, diction, and oial interpretation, designed to cultivate effective and expressive speech. Prerequisite; THTR 120 or 160 recommended. [2-2] 305 (6) Introduction to Design jor-the Thealre- The graphic skills and aesthetic principles involved in scenery anel costume design Prerequisite: permission ol the inslructor. [2-3; 2-5 ] 310 (6) History if the Theatre lo 600 [3-0; 3-0] 320 (6) History of Modern Thealre- The development of Western theatre since 1700, with emphasis upon the twentieth century. [3-0; 3-0] 325 (i/6) dHislor: of Canadian Theatre [3-0! or [3- 0; 3-0] 340 (6) History cl'lhe Oriental Thealre- Opentoallstudenis in third year and above. [3-0, 3-0] 345 (6) Theatric il Production- A suivey of the practical aspects of theatre production. Not open to students with THTR 150 or3 50. |2-2:2-2[ 350 (3) Scenery- Scenery construction, rigging, and systems. Prerequisite: permission of the inslructor. (2-2; 0-0] 351 (3) Slage Lighting- The principles and history of the optical, distribution, anel control systems used in stage lighting. Prerequisite; permission of lhe instructor. [2-2; 0-0] 352 (3) Scene Painting- Media,techniques,andtexturaltreat- menls used in scene painting. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor [2-2; 0-0] 353 (3) Costume- The construction ancl hislory of theatrical costume and accessories. Prerequisite; permission of the instructor. [2-2; 0-0| 354 (3) Stage Managemenl- Principles and procedures of slage management: organizations, systems, and operations. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor [2-2; 0-0] 360 (6) The Role-Interpretation and Characterization- Emphasis will be on externalizing the inner character in conjunction with work in textual analysis, improvisation and internal techniques. Prerequisite: THTR 260 and permission of the instructor. Not open to B.F.A. (Acting) students. [2-2; 2-21 361 (6) Intermediate B.F.A Acting- Character and styles in acting. Prerequisite; THTR 261 and 262. To be taken in conjunction with THTR 362 and 370. Open only to B.F.A. (Acting) students. (2-3; 2-3] 362 (6) Intermediate Speech and Movement- Thecourseis designed to develop the student's awareness ofthe expressive qualities of die voice and body and to begin learning techniques of control. Prerequisite; THTR 261 and 262. This course must be taken in conjunction with THTR 361 ancl 370. Open only to B.F.A. (Acting) students. 11-4; 1-4] 370 (6) Tutorial in Acting- Development of the student's talent and skiil through an intensive prograni of individual instruction. To be taken in conjunction with THTR 361 and 362. Open only to students in the B.F.A. (Acting) program. [2-2; 2-2j 400 (6) Direction and Staging- Prerequisite: THTR 160 and permission ofthe instructor. [3-2; 3-2 ] 405 (31 Scenery and Costume Design- Advanced study of design princijiles, history, and practice. Intensive deveiopmenl of student's portfolio. Prerequisite: THTR 305. [2-2; 0-0) 410 (3/6) d Forms of Thealre- An examination in depth ofa limited number of plays representative of the forms ol theatre that have had the most significant and enduring influence upon the development of theatre from the Greek era to the present. Prerequisite: THTR 310 or 320. [3-0] or [3-0; 3-0[ ■il5 (3/6) d Sludies in Women and Theatre/Film- A course dealing with women's involvement in and coniribution to various aspects of Theatre and/or Film. Topics will change from year to year. |3-0) or 13-0; 3-0] 430 (6) Theory ofDrama and Performance- The basic principles of dramaturgy and theoiy of performance. Historical and contemporary writing on theatrical theory and criticism and their relation lo theatrical practice. [3-0; 3-0] 449 (6) Supervised Study and Honours Essay 450 (3) AdvancedSceneiy- Technicaldirectioii; complex techniques and problems in scenery production. Prerequisites: THTR 305 and 350. [0-0; 2-2) asl (3) .Advanced Stage Lighting- Aesthetic principles, organizational methods, and graphic skills involved in lighting design for the stage. Prerequisites: THTR305and351. ]0- 0: 2-1] 452 (3) Advanced Scene Painting- Scenic art; emphasis on irompe I'oeil, selected historic styles, and large-scale drops, Prerequisiies: THTR 305 and 352. [0-0; 2-2] 45.3 (3) AdvancedCoslume- Complexprohlemsandselected historical studies in theatrical costume design and 410 Theatre coiiiuriirtion. Prerequisites- THTR 507 and 373, lll-ll. i7i i3) Advanced Stage Management - Complex problems in slage and production management: script analysis, crew supervision, management procedures. Prerequisites: Li il"R 507 and 3m. |li-ii:2-2| i59 iiii .Advanced Technical Practice- Direcied advanced work in acmal production. May invoice- prcieiuctiun miernships at oilier theatres. Open only lo fourih-vear De<ign. Technical B.F A students. [0-Ci; 0-!i| im) ifei Styles in Acting- An iniroduction to styles of acting in various historical periods. Prerequisite: TIITR 560and permission of tlie inslructor. Not open lo B.F.A. tActingi ■itii tin Advanced II.P.A Acting-- Performance and ciiarac- teri/alion in conieiiipcirai'v media and in leading anil suji- porling role's in full-leiiglh plays Prerequisite: THTR 5til and 362. Must be taken in c> injunciii in with Tl ITR Ki2 and rO. Open only 10 li.. .A. lAcliugj [2-3; 2-i] ■ibl tin Advanced Speech and Movement- The studenl will smdy speech anci move-men! as (hev tclate to social and theatric al history. Compiiri-ciis will lie drawn between the styles ol literature, cosiiinie. furniture and speech and movement. Prerequisite; Tl ITR 3u I and 362 and 370 Must lie taken in ci injunci ioi 1 wilh THTR to]unci rift )pen onlv let B.F.A. (Aclinic,! | l-i: l--l| ill (Iii Advanced Tutorial la Acting - Development oi the student's talent and skill through an intensive program of individual instrcieiion. Prerecjiiisiic; THTR .161 anci 362 anil 5'u). Musi be taken in conjunction wilh THTR 461 and 402. Open onlv to studems in ihe B.F.A. (Acting) \2-2:2-21 5()li 13) Bibliography and Research Meihods 70S in; Design Studio I- liiuMigatinn of colour, text lire, and light in scenery and cosl nine design. 7U(i (6) Design Studio II- Advanced sludio wort; in scenery and ciisitime design for iheure. opera, anil (lance. 510 :5'(ii A Seminar hi Coinparalire Dramatic literature 715 (3,'('i) ASeminar: Studies in Theatrical Style 720 (61 Direction and Produc lion 521 16) Styles in Directing- An advanced course in directing, detailed study of lhe major styles in the history oi production. Prerequisite: Til'f'R 5211. 725 ties) A Seminai: Study ofa Major I iramatist SS!) i'3.'i4) d Seminar: Relulioinvips Between Thealre and lhe (liberArts- Siuclies in a selected area ol theatre in relation io one or more of the other arts. 547 >:3''(!i d Directed Sludies In Thealre and Diama and hilm 'Television 5 i. id 12. 15) c Master's Diesis 550 (61 Sludies In tilsloric Design Seminar in theatre seen cry, costumes, and archiiecuire of selecied historical peri- ods. I'iv- or co-requisite. THTR 407. Shli (3 ii 1 A Simlies in Theatrical History Sc-, 1 (3/(i) d Studies in Dramatic literature 762 (336) d Studies in Dramatic Theory aud Criticism 01O Ph.D. Uresis Urban Studies Faculty of Arts URST Ukrainian UKRN Department of Russian and Slavic Languages and Literatures, Faculty of Arts ils (Ui basic Ukrainian |5-ti;3-0] 425 id) 'Advanced Ukrainian- Prerequisite: l.'KKN 527. fi (I; ,7(11 200 (61 Cities- An iiilioiluction to urhan patterns and processes from fhe pciqictlives of various disciplines. Guest lectures, discussion groups, field mips, [2-2; 2 2] 400 (.3) Seminar in Urban Sludies- A seminar for senior siudenis who are anxious 111 explore sonic common lopics oi iiiijioiiiincc lo urban simlies from the viewpoints of several disciplines. Prerequisite: permission of lhe instruc- Women's Studies Faculty of Arts WMST For other aceejilahle courses, see Index under Women s Studies. 112 (6) Iniroduction to Women's Sludies- An interdisciplinary exploration ofthe situation of women in various societies, bolh [lasi and present. Tlieoretical analyses, research, ami luerary sources air used 10 broaden uticierstancling of lhe ilcieimiiiaiils of women's experience. |3-0; 5-0] 22i (6) Women in literature- 'techniques of literary siuiiv, with emphasis on the ways in which women are represented in and I lave contributed 10 the literary tradition. [3-0; 3-0! .lull (3) Iniroduction to Gender Relations- An inierriiscipli- naiy exploration of gender, sexual identity, and gencler relations, emphasizing historical am! cross-cultural aspects and the social construction of masculinity and femimn- iiv li-0] 322 (6) Women's Studies in the Social Sciences- Historical anil current examination of feminist scholarship in the Social Sciences, with emphasis on explanatory systems, their relationship to meihods of inquiry, and policy implications Prerequisites: WMST 222 anil Is creiiiis of Social Science courses. {3-0: 3-0] 321 (6: Women's Sludies in the Humanities- Hisiorical and currenl examination of feminist scholarship in the Humanities, with emphasis on processes of representation in historic ui discourses, philosojihy, religion, language, ancl cui- uiral institutions. Prerequisites: WMST 222 and 6 credits of Humanities courses. [3-0; 3-0| i22 (.31 sVlvanced Research Seminar in Women's Studies: Social Sciences- Review of research methods in the Social Sciences, including supervised independent research project. Prerequisites: WMST222,322 and 324; enrolment limited to fourth year majors. [3-0j i2 i ;3,i Advanced Research Seminar in Women's Studies: llumaiiiiies Review of research methods in the Humanities, including supervised independent research jiioject Prerequisites: WMST 222,322. ancl 32u enrolment limited 10 fourth year majors. [3-0] ■i25 (5 6,121 d Special Topics lu Women's Sludies- Fxamina- llon iiuie'inil oi selected topics in Women's Studies. Consult the Women's Sludies Office for course offerings May he repeated for credit. Prerequisites: WMST 222 or 224, or jieimistiuu ot iiie instructor. ]5-0] |5() (5/o) d Directed Sludies- General reading and/or a re- searcli uiulci-iakiiig, wilh ihc-agreeinenuand under scijier- visi!in of a i.unite member selected by the student and approval iiv ilie I lead ofthe Facuitv Members Department anc! the Chair of Women's Sludies. A written |iaper or equivalcm wiil be required Wood Science and Industry See Forestry, Wood Science and Industry Urdu URDU See Asian Studies, South Asian Languages Zoology ZOOL Department of Zoology, Faculty of Science All undergraduate courses in ZOOLOGY are listed under BIOLOGY. Note: The following eourses have been renumbered and transferred to Biology: (old Zoology numbers in brackets): (203) 2111, (5031.63 60-ii 331. (305)326. 606)325 (ilCjJ&i, (311) 5,27. 616)505, 623) 510. 625)557. (60)347. (400)446 602) -114. (i03) -id), (1IIF1 -iOJ, (-ilij) lib. 606 ql)3 607) 431, (TOR) 47 f 1104) 6)0. (ill) -iJi. 1-112) ■tl3. 613)3211. (iii) 426. lilt,) -i27. (H7) DC. i/iP.» nl. 620) -1.6. 1)2!) uttV. 1)23) -HO, 6)25) 132. 1427) 60 ri2Si )5i. 62')) 155. II.M)) -Iff). 651)456. (HO) rr 5(1(1 Special Advanced Courses- Special advanced courses correlated with tlie work for the thesis mav be arranged for a graduate student upon the approval in writing of tlie 1 lead of the Department. There will not be more than six credits in anv one such ceiurse. 502 tin Adi'ttucedEcology- Current problems in theorem al and a|iiilicri ecology ui ilie level of the population community and ecosystem. 503 (6) Advanced Comparative Physiology - Semiiiardisnis- sion ol lopics 111 comparative animal physiology. Primarily for graduate students in Zoology. 504 (31 Ethology Seminar- Current problems in animal behaviour 505 (6) Cell Biology- Problems and recent advances in the study of mechanisms underlying the structure, feme 1 ion and differentiation of cells. 509 (5) Advanced Animal Population and Quantitative Genetics- A seminai-on advanced topics in animal populai ion ■mil quantitative genetics. Current problems ancl receni advances will he emphasized. Prerequisites: One of BIOI. 710. IT.NT 510, ANSC -H-i, BIOL u3-t, or an equivalent couise. (Offered in alternate vears.) 710 (5) Developmental Genetics- Recent advances in ihe study of mechanisms of the genetic control 1.if development. Offered in alternate years. 512 Hi Marine Invertebrate Zoology- Seminar discussion of selected topics in marine invertebrate zoology. Offered in alternate years. 515 (ft) Comparative Invertebrate Embryology- A studv of morphogenesis and developmental plivsiology' of representatives of tlie invertebrates with laboratory conceiilra- tion on lhe local marine forms. Prerequisite; BIOI, 205, Offered m alternate vears. 516 (6) Advanced Entomology— Lccluresanddircctetlsiuil ies of advanced entomological problems. Offered 111 alternate vears. 519 (di Parasitology- Seminar discussions of selected toji- ics. Basic [itoblems of parasitism, trends in current researcli. La bora lory procecl tires in parasitology; individual projects. Prerequisite: BIOI. 32:4 (Given as required.) 521 (6) Fisheries Elology and Managemenl- Astudy of world fisherzies that presently or potentially can be utilized; including consideration of sport and non-extractive use. World acjiiatie renewable resources are e.xjilored in a framework oi biological, technological and institutional factors. Theoretical and ,i|iplieii apiu'oachcs to management are examined in depth including techniques of anaivsis, synthesis and implementation. Prerequisite: Permission of lhe Insirucior. 522 tit) limnology Seminar- Current problems and recent advances in limnology, Prerequisite: ZOOL 502. Offered in aliernaie years 523 (6) Behavioral Biologv and Ecology of Fishes- Seminar iliseii-vsion ei! lojiics in fish biology with emphasis iijiciii ralmoniels 525 (5) Problems in Svslemalics and Evolution- Seminai discussions ol selecied topics. Offered In altcrnaie veins 527 (6) Theoretical Population Dynamics- Discussion of dynamics of exploited populations ancl related iheorelical ceoiogv. [emphasis will be placed on mathematical models and their application to population problems. Recommended to be laken in conjunction with ZOOL 302 528 (6) Adiuiieed Ichthyology A- A comprehensive survey ofthe morphology, phylogeny, palaeontology, life histories Zoology 411 and literature of primitive fishes, including Cyclostomes, Elasmobranchs, and the soft-rayed Teleosts. Lectures, seminars and laboratory dissection. 529 (6) Advanced Ichthyology B- A survey similar in treatment to ZOOL 528, but covering primarily the Perciform fishes.Note: ZOOL 528 and 529 may be taken in the reverse order. 530 (4) Vertebrate Reproduction- Reproduction biology of mammals and other vertebrates. Comparison of factors influencing reproductive mechanisms and performance in various vertebrate groups. Offered in alternate years. 531 (4j Ornithology- Phylogeny, morphology and biology of birds; factors affecting their abundance and distribution. Offered in alternate years. 532 (4) Mammalogy- Phylogeny, morphology, and biology of mammals; factors affecting their abundance and distribution. Offered in alternate years. 533 (4) Problems in Wildlife Population Ecology 549 (6/12/18) cM.Sc. Thesis 649 Ph.D. Thesis 412 Index Index Absence clue to Sickness and injury 13 Academic- Concession III Academic Dress 18 Academic Year 18 Acaileiim Year 1091/95 6-9 Accounting 117 Ailing UF Administrative, Adult and I Uglier Education 281. 157 Administrative Officers 11-12 Admissions 19-28 Appeals 19 Aiijiliciiiils for Tiansfer from a College oi tiniversitv in British Columbia 22 Transfer Policy 22 Applicants Transferring from Posl-Seccindaiv Institutions in Canada 22 Institutes of Technology anel Colleges of Applied Arts anc! Tecliiiologv 22 Universities and other Colleges 22 British Columbia/Yukon Secondaiy School Applicants 21 Adult Basic Education — Provincial Diploma 21 Concurrent Enrolment Policy 21 Iniernational Baccalaureate and Advanced Placement 21 Classification of Studenls 24 Credit for Secondary School Calculus Courses 20 Scheduled MATH 101)Sittings forl994'ti5 20 Currenl Specific- Program Requirements for 1994,95 25 English Language Proficiency Requirement 19 Cicner.il Policy 19 Graduate Studies 24 International Applicants 22-24 English Proficiency 22 Minimum Standing for Admission i:i terms of Educational Credentials 25 Language Proficiency Index (LPI) Examination 19-20 Deadline-, 19 Exemptions 19 Registration 19-20 Results 20 Scheduled I.PI Sittings lor 1994 20 Procedure 25 Registration 23 Registration Dcjiosii 24 Secondare School Apjilicants from other Canadian Provinces 22 Specific Program Requirements effective Summer Session 1995 r Student Declaration anci Responsibility 24 Siudenis with Disabilities 19 Transfer Credit or Placement 19 Undergraduate 19-24 Warning 23 Acluli lias ic Education. Pnivin. ial Di|iluma 2 1 Adult Education 281 Advanced Technology Management !57 Advancement Regulations 52 Alliliaied Theological Colleges 73-7i Age (Minimum! 14 Agricultural Economics 59-60. 281 Agric ultiirai Extension 177 Agricultural Sciences 7"-6-i. 1A2 Agricultural Economics 59-60 Animal Science 60 Fish Option 60 Liu-snick Option i;0 Poultry Option 60 Rangeland Resources Option till Wildlife Option Ml Bachelor of Landscape Architecture. B.L.A. 57-58 '~~ of Science in Agticuituie, B.sc. (Agr.) 7,8-62 se Engineering 60 Education Program 5"' "iation 63 'sl-61 Human Nutrition Program in Nutritional Sciences 63 Plant Science 61-62 Rangeland Resources til Enioinologv 61 Rangeland Resources 59. Soil Science 62 Vancouver Researcli Station 65 Veterinary Medicine 5" Agriculture Canada, .see Agricultural Sciences: Vancouver Researrh Station Alma Mater Society 51 Alumni Association 51-52 Anaesthesia 20", 282 Anatomy 157,282 Animal Biology 255 Animal Care. See Graduate Sludies Animal Science 60, 158, 283 Anthropology 86. 158, 284 Appeals Admissions 19 Senate Appeals on Academic Standing 29-30 Application Dates 7 Apjilication Deadlines, Special 5 Application Processing Fees 38 Applied Creative Nun-Fiction Diploma 92 Applied Elliics, Centre for 158 Applied Linguistics, Diploma in 101 Applied Mathematics, institute of 158-159 Applied Science 65-74, 286 Bachelor of Applied Science, B.A.Sc. 05-67 Curricula 67 Degree Requirements 66 Bio-Resource Engineering 67 Chemical Engineering 67-68 Civil Engineering 68 Co-operative Education Programs 66-67 Electrical Engineering 68-69 Computer Engineering Option 69 Honours Mathematics Option 69 Engineering Physics 72-73 Geological Engineering 69-70 Mechanical Engineering 70-71 Computer-Aided Automation Option ~1 Industrial Aerodynamics and Aircraft Option 71 Naval Architecture Option 71 Metallurgical Process Engineering, Centre for 73 Metals and Materials Engineering 71 Mining and Mineral Process Engineering 71-72 Professional Associations 67 Aquacultural Science See Zoology Arabic 28" Archaeology 86-87,287 ^Architecture 75-8(1,287 Bachelor of Architecture B.Arch. 75-77 Master of Advanced Studies in Architecture 159-160 Master ol Architecture M.Arch. "7-80, 179-160 .Archival Studies 1611.289 Master of 200-261 Archives 43 An Education 289 Art Histoiy Diploma 05 Ans 81-110 B.A. Degree Program Requirements 84-87 Arts One 8", 289 Arts Studies 87 Asian Area Sludies. See Asian Siuclies Asian Celine fV Asian languages 2se Asian Research, hwiuueof I ill) Asian Sludies 8"-<>n 16(1.28'; Asian Area Studies 88- 8" Chinese 8'u South A'.iai: ;..:uLi„;g'."- !-" sti Asiroiioim and GcojiiiVsiis Honours 252-253 Astronomy ant! Physics Combined Honours, See Physics Planeiary Sciences 252-253 Athletic, Intramural Sports ancl Recreational Programs 45 Atmospheric Science 160-161, 253,292 Meteorology, Diploma in 253 Audiology and Speech Sciences 111-114,161, 293 Doctor of Philosophy. Ph.D. 113 Master of Science, M.Sc. 111-113 Auditor 24 Awards and Financial Aid 39-10 B B.C. Research 52 B.C Studies 161 B.Sc. Degree and M.D Degree 206 Bio-Medical Sciences 162 Bio-Resource Engineering 60, 67, 162, 294 Biochemistiy 273-254. 294 Biochemistry and Chemistry Combined Honouts 254 Metabolic and Structural Aspects 254 Molecular Biology 254 Biochemist!, and Molecular Biology 161.294 Biology 251-258,295 Animal Biologv 257 Biology and Chemistry Combined Honours 257 Biologv and Oceanography Combined Honours. See Oceanography Cell and Developmental Biology 255 Cell Biology and Genelics 257 Conservation Biology 255 Ecology ancl Environmental Biology 256 General Biology 256 Genetics 256 Graduate Program 257 Interdisciplinary Program 161 Marine Biology 2" Marine Science 257-258 Plant Biology 257 Biomedical Engineering 161 Biophysics 298 Biotechnology Laboratory 52 Board uf Governors 10 Botanical Garden 48 Botany 162.258,298 British Columbia Cancer Agency 208 Business Education 299, 366 Canada Exchange Programs (CEP) 33 Canadian Journal of Family Law 197 Canadian Literature 47,162 Canadian Studies 90-91.290 Canadian Yearbook of International Law 47 Cancellation of Classes 18 Cardiovascular ancl Thoracic Surgery 408 Carey Hall su Cell and Developmental Biology 255 Cell Biologv and Genelics 275 Centre lor Labour and Management Studies 118 Chemical Engineering 6"-68. 162-163. 299 Chemistry 163. 258-259. 301 tiiochemisrrv and Chemisirv Combined Honours. See Biochemistry Biology and Chemistiy Combined Honours. See Biology Chemical Engineering - Chemislry Honeiurs 259 Chemistry ancl Another Subject Combined Honouis 258-259 Chemistry and Malhematics Combined Honours 259 Chemistiy ar.t! Oceanography Combined Honours. See Oceanography Chemistry and Phvsics Combined Honours. See Physics Child Care Facilities 42 Chinese 89.291, 303. See also Asian Studies Chinese Research, Centre for 163 Civil Engineering 68, 303 Classical Archaeology 164 Classical Studies 91,306 Classics 91-92.161.3(C Classification oi Stucleius Mature Siudenis 24 Senior Citizens 24 Climatology 261-262 Clinical Dental Sciences 299,31" Index 413 Co-operative Education Programs Chemical Engineering 66-67 Civil Engineering 66-67 Computet Science 258 Electrical Engineering 66-67 Engineering Phvsics 66-67,72 Mechanical Engineering 66-67 Physics 267 Wood industries la8 Coat-of-Arms of the University 17 Commerce and Business Administration I is-120, 164-165,307 Accounting 117 Bachelor of Commerce, B.Com. 115 Option Requirements 117-118 Program Requirements 116-117 Centre for Labour and Management Studies 118 Commerce and Economics 117 Entrepreneurship and Venture Capital (EVC) Research 118 Executive Programs 118 Finance 117 General Business Management 117 Industrial Relations Management 117 International Business 117 Management Information Systems 117 Marketing 117 Professional and Diploma Courses 118 Real Estate Courses 118 Professional Associations 118 Transportation and logistics 117 Urban Land Economics 117-118 Commerce and Economics 117 Community and Regional Planning 121-122, 165,312 Certificate in Site Planning 122 Master's Degree Program 121-122 Ph.D. Program 122 Community Medicine 207 Community Relations Office 46 Comparative Literature 92, 165-166,313 Composition 266 Computer Engineering 69 Computer Science 166,259-260,31.3 Computer Science and Mathematics Combined Honours 260 Computer Science and Physics Combined Honouts 260 Mathematical Sciences. See Mathematics Computer-Aided Automation 71 Computing Studies Education 315, 366 Concurrent Enrolment Policy 21 Concurrent Studies 24 Constituent Societies 51 Continuing Studies 43-44 Continuing Teacher Education 135 Correspondence Courses. See Distance Education Counselling Psychology 166,316 Courses of Instruction 279-411 Courses of Study and Degrees 17 Creative Writing 92, ltih, 316 Curriculum and Instruction, Centre lor the Studv of 167 Degree or Prograni Requirements 30 Dekaban Foundation 63 Dental Hygiene 125,318 Dental Science 167 Dentistry 123-128,317 Bachelor of Dental Science, Dental Hygiene 125 D.M.D. Degree Combined with the B.Se. Llegree 125 Doctor of Dental Medicine, D.M.D. 123-125 Post-Grariuate Training Programs 125-126 General Practice Residency Program 126 MSc. in Dental Science 126 Oral Medicine, Oral Palhology and Oral Radiology 125-126 Periodontics 125 Ph.D in Oral Biology 126 Design/Technical Theatre 107 Dee-eiopment Office 46 Dietetics lul Diploma in Education 135 Diploma in Translation 96 Disability Resource Centre 41 Distance Education 18 Early Childhood Educ Ecology. See Zoolog Economics 92-93, Education Abroad Pre Education Curricultin Education 129-138 Continuing Teach Diploma In Ec Elementaiy Teach 12-month pro 2-year prograi Applicants for Le programmi Native Indian' Graduate Progran 178,186 Initial Teacher Ed Academic Reg Licensing Ager Prior Program Programs for i lions 133 Non-Credit Cours Occasional Studei Secondare Teachi Applicants for Basic Program Le programmi Secondaiy Te, Technology E Educational Administ Educational Psychoid. Educational Studies Electrical Engineering Elementary Teaching Emeritus Staff 12-1 Engineering. See Apj Engineering Physics English 93-94, 168 English Education ; English language Insi English Language Pro Enrolment 1993/94 Entomology 61,27; Entrepreneurship ant Environmental Micro! Environmental Sciem Environmental Studie Establishment and Cc Ethnic Studies 94,16 Examinations 31-32 Exchange Programs ; Exchange Student 24 Executive Programs Exercise Science 192 Experimental Medicii ation 319 67,319 grams i EAP i 33 and Instructional Studies 323 157,166-168,178,186,322 . • Educalion 135 iication 135 ing Programs 130-131 ;ram 130 l 130 129 en francais 130-131 'eacher Education Program (NITEP) 131 is in Education 135-136,157, 166-168, ication 129-1.35 ations 132-153 ties and Professional Associations 133-1.34 133 Candidates Updating Teaching Qualifica- s and Programs 135 its 155 lg Program 131-132 129 131 : en francais 131 iching Field Requirements 134-135 lucation Programs 131-1.32 -ation 323 »y anci Special Education 168, 323 326, 401 1-69,168,326 Prograins 130-131 5 lied Science 72-73,168 329 131,356 itute 43-44 ticiencv Requirement 19 4-55 ' I Venture Capital (EVC) Research 118 liology. See Microbiology es 260-261 s 94 nstitution of the University 17 3 13 18 e 168-159 Faculties and Schools 3 Family and Nutrition; I Sciences 139-142, 169 Admission 139 Dietetics 141 Family Science 1-10 Home Economic.' 140 Human Nutrition 140 Family Practice 20", 331 Family Science 94, 140, 3.31 Family Studies 169 332 Fees 35-38 Alma Mater Socie :y Fees 36 Doctoral Degree Tuition Fees 37 Combined Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Medicine 37 Fees Payable i in Completion of Degree 37 Student fees 37 Due Dates 35 Graduate Society Fees 36 Graduating Class Fee 36 Guided Independent Study 38 Hospital Insurance 38 International Students 36 Master's Degree Tuition Fees Combined Master of Business Administration and Bachelor of Laws 37 Combined Masler's Degree and Diploma in Dentistry 37 Schedule A 37 Schedule B 3" Student Fees 37 Master's Degree Tuition Fees 37 Minimum Payments 35 Non-degree Students 38 Other Programs 37 Payment 35 Penalties for Non Payment and Overdue Fees 35 Financial Hold 35 Graduate Students 35 Interest Penalty 35 Late Registration 35 Undergraduate Students 35 Qualifying Students 37 Refund of Fees 36 Special Fees 38 Application Processing Fees 38 Calendar Fees 38 Field Trip Fees 38 Library - Extramural Services 38 TELEREG Transaction Fee 38 Transcript oi Academic Record 38 Student Activity Fee 36 Student Recreation Centre 36 Students on Formal Exchange Prograins 38 Summer Session 38 Unclassified Students, Qualifying Students and Auditors 36 Undergraduate Society Fees 36 Undergraduate Tuition Fees 35 Per-credit fees 35 Visiting Students 38 Western Exchange Graduate Students 38 Film 94,169,332 Film Studies Diploma 94 Finance 117 Financial Aid 39-40 Fine Arts 95,169,332 Art History Diploma 95 B.A. in Studio Arts 95 Bacheloi of Fine Ans, B.F.A. 95 Fine Arts Gallery 49 Fire Protection Engineering 169,334 First Nations House of Learning 41 Fish Biology and Fisheries. See Zoology Fish Option, Animal Science 6(1 Fisheries Centre 169-170 Fisheries Oceanography 266 Food Science 170,334 Forest Operations 146,335 Forest Resources Management 145 Forest Science 149 Forestry 143-150, TO, 335 Admission 143-145 Exchange Program with Canadian Faculties of Forestiy 144 Forest Operations 146 Forest Resources Management 145 Forest Science 149 Lectureships 149 Natural Resources Conservation 146-147 Nature Conservation. Wildland Recreation and Parks Management 147 Wildlife Management 147 Conservation and Nalural Resources Planning 147 Part-time Studies 144 Wood Science and Industry- 147-148 Co-operative Education Program 148 Business Management and Marketing 148 Industrial Process Technology 148 Science, Engineering and Biotechnology 148 Fraternities 51 414 Index French 95-96, PI), 339 Diploma in Translation 96 Freshwater Science 261 General Academic Regulations 29-34 Academic Concession 30 Academic Freedom 29 Attendance 30 Change of Registration 30-3 i Degree or Program Requirements 30 [•summations 31-32 Advancement Regulations 52 Examinalion Results 31-52 Grading Practices 31 Renlention of Sludent Records 32 Review of Assigned Scantling 32 Rules Governing Formal Examinatii uis 31 Supplemental Examinations 52 Transcript of Academic- Record 32 Viewing Marked Examinations i2 Exchange Programs 33 Canada Exchange Programs (CEP) 33 Education Abroad Programs (FAIti 35 Freedom from Harassment and Discrimination 29 Graduation 33 Letter of Permission 30 Office of Extra-Sessional Studies H Office of Guided Independent Study 33 Senate Appeals on Academic Standing 29-30 Appeal Procedure 29-30 Space in Courses 30 Sludent Discipline 33-34 Appeals .34 Offences 34 Penalties 54 Warning 34 Teaching Evaluation 29 Withdrawal 33 General Business Management IP Genera! Program (Arts) 85,96 General Science Program 252 Genelics ni--PI. 255, 276, 3 HI Geography 96-9", PI. 2M-262,3-H Climatology 261-262 Geography and Geology Combined Honours 262 Physical Geography 261 Geological Engineering 69—~0,171 — J 772 Geological Sciences 17?, 262-263, 3'i3 Geologv and Another Subject C< unbilled Honours 263 Geologv anel Geography Combined Honours. See Geography Geology and Geophysics Combined Honours 262-263 Geology and Oceanograjihy Combined i lonours. See Oceanography Geologv 343 Geophysics 263,545 Astronomy and Geophysics— Fi icus Planetary Science. See Astronomy Geology and Geophysics Combined Honours. See Geological Sciences Geophysics ancl Oceanography Combined Honours. See Oceanography Geophysics and Astronomy 172-17.3, 263,346 German 346 Germanic Sludies 9~, P3. 34i> Gerontology 173 Graduate Student Association. See Graduate Sludies Grailiiaie Student Centre (Society). See Graduate Studies Graduate Student Status. See Graduate Studies Graduate Studies 151-190 Animal Care 155 Degrees Offered 171 Gradiiaic Sludent Association 155 Graduate Student Centre (Society) 177 Graduate Student Status 154-155 Green College P3 Language of Study 151 I-anguage of Thesis 154 Masler's Degrees 153-174 Admission 153 CourseWork 17i Exaiiiinaiioii> and Thesis 15-1 Low .Scholarship 15. Program of Stud; 173-lSi Piogram Opiums 15t Ph.D.. D.M A. and Fd.I). Degrees Admission 151 -152 Course A ork P? Examine! i'no, anci Thesis 152-155 Low Scholarship 153 Program of Study 152 Supplementals 153 Pharm D Degree 153 Regisiraiion 155 Registration 93-.-4 156 Research Services 155 .Summer Session 15-1 CBC McGill 'loronio Exchange Agreement 155 Western Deans' Agreement 155 Greek P3.3-t~..Vce rt/xoClassics Green College- PI Guided Independent Studv. UBC. Access 18 Guitar 22" H Harassmeni anil Discrimination. Freedom from 29 Health and Fitness 162 193 Health Care and Epidemiology 173,347 a Health Care Eihics 34.8 Ilealili Promotion Research, Institute of 173-Pa Health Silences 5u Centre foe Heulih Services and Policy Research 56 Division of Biomedical Ethics 56 Division of Continuing Education in the Health Sciences 56 Division of Educational Support and Development 56 Hebrew 3 4 8 Herbarium 48 Highcc Education 749 Hindi 291.546. See also Asian Siuclies Hispanic and Italian Siuclies T-98, Pu, 349 ll-spamc Sun lies 6 Italian and Italian Studies T Romance Studios ancl Languages 98 Hislorv 98. P-i,3-i9 Histoiy of Medicine and Science 351 Home Economics 140. 352 Home Economics Education 352, 366 Honorary Degrees 18 Hospiiai Insurance 45 Housing 4? .Human Kinetics Pi, 191-19-1 Admission 191 Bachelor of Human Kinetics, B.H.K. 161-193 Exercise Science 192 Graduate Studies 193 Health and Fitness 192-193 Leisure ancl Sport Managemenl 193 Old Program I9S Physical Education 103 Human Nutrition 14(1, Pi-P", 35i Human Resouices 46 Human Settlements. Centre lot P5 Hydrology 175 Inimiinologv I '6 Indonesian 291. 554 See also Asian Studies Industrial Aeroclvnamics and Aircrafi 71 Industrial Education 357 industrial Relations Management 1 P iiiierileparuneiiia! .355 Interdisciplinary Studies 15), P5-P6, 355 international Applicants 22-23 [nternaiiisiial Baccalauieaieaiiil Advanced Placement 21 international Business IP Iniernational House 52 International Relations 99-101! Iniernational Relations, Institute of P5 International Student Centre al intramural Sports 45 Italian 0", ru. 155 Italian Studies U"-98. 355 Japanese 89.291.355. See also Asian Sludies lauanese Reseaich, Centre for P6 Korean 291,555. See also Asian Studies Korean Researcli, Centre lor P6 I.iboratoiyScience 208-209 Labour and Management Sludies. Centre for 118 Landscape Architecture 57-58. P6,355 language Education l"6. 556 Language Proficiency Index (LPI) Examination 19-2(1 Uitin 358. See also Classics Latin American Studies 100 Law Pn-P8, 195-198,358 Admission 195-196 Bachelor of Laws, LL.B. 195-19" Canadian Journal of Family Law 19" Discretionary Category 166 First Nations Applicants 196 Grailiiaie Studies 19" hiw Schooi Admission Test 195 Transfer anil Letter of Permission 196 I'BC Um Review 19" Uiw School Admission Test (LSAT) 195 leisure ancl Sporr Managemenl 193 Leliei'of Permission 30 Library u3 Library anel Information Sludies l"8,361 Library, Archival and Information Studies 199-202 Academic Regulations 199-21)0 Admission 199 Masler of Archival Studies. M.A.S. 200-201 Master of Library Science, M.L.S. 200 Library Orientation 45 Linguistics 100-101. 178,362 Diploma in Applied Linguistics 101 Livestock 6(1 LPI. See Admission: Language Proficiency Index (LPI) Examinalion LSAT. See law School Admission Test M M. Y. Williams Geological Museum -i^-AS MAGIC (Media and Graphics Interdisciplinary Centre) P8 Main Library i3 Management Information Svstems IP Marine Biology 257 Marine Science 25"-258. 363 Marketing 11" Master's Degrees. See Graduate Studies Mathematics 1(11-1(12, VS, 263-268.363 Applied Mathematics 265 Mathematical Sciences 264 Malhematics with Another Subject Combined Honours 265 Malhematics 10(1 Sittings 20 Malhematics ancl Science Education P8-179, .366 Mathematics Education 367 Mature Siudenis 24 Mechanical Engineering . 70—71,179.368 Media and Graphics Interdisciplinary Centre (MAGIC) 178 Medical ancl llospiial insurance 43 Medical Genetics 1"9. 370 Medical laboratory Science 208-21)9 Medical Microbiology 20", 3"l Medical Requirements for Re-gistration 43 Medicine (General) 207 Medicine 203-22-1.3"1 Awards and Financial Assisiance 209 Bachelor of" Medical laboratory Science. B.M.I. Sc. 208-209 Ilndex 415 Combined Programs 206 B.Sc, Degree and M.D. Degree 206 M.D. Degree and Ph.D. Degree 206 Continuing Medical Education, Division oi 206 Docior of Medicine, M.D. 203-206 Postgraduate (Residency) Training Programs 206-208 Anaesthesia 2(F Comniuniiy Medicine 20" Family Practice 20" Medical Microbiology 207 Medicine (General) 207 Nuclear Medicine 207 Obstetrics and Gynaecology 207 Ophthalmology 207 Orthopaedics 207 Paediatrics 208 Palhology 208 Psychiatry 208 Radiation Oncology (British Columbia Cancer Agency) 208 Radiology 208 Surgeiy 208 Resident Education 206 Medieval Histoiy 98 Medieval Studies 102, 3"2 Metallurgical Process Engineering, Cenire for "5 Metals and Materials Engineering 71. 179,372 Meteorology, Diploma in See Atmospheric Science Microbiology and Immunology 1"9 Microbiology 265-266, .P3 Environmental Microbiology 265-266 Microelectronics. Centre for Advanced Technology in 180 Mining anci Mineral Process Engineering 71-72.180.374 Modern European Studies 102-103 Modern Languages Education 35". 576 Molee ular Biology. See Biochemistiy Museum ol Anthropology a" Museum Sludies 103 Museums 47-48 Music Education 379 Music 103, 180, 225-232. .Pu Admission 225 Bachelor of Arts Degree 250 Composition 226 General Studies 226 Elementary Educalion Stream 226-22" Secondaiy Education Stream 227 Guitar 22" Music History and Liteiature 227-228 Music Theoiy 22,8 Opera 228-229 Orchestral Instrument 229 Organ 229 Piano 229-236 Voice 230 N Native Indian Teacher Education Program i.NlTEP) 151 Natural Resources Conservation 1.6-1 P. 338. 3"9 Naval Architecture '66') Neuroscience 180-181. 3"8 Neurosurgery ut)8 NITEP. See Native Indian Teacher Educalion Program Norman MacKenzie Cenire for Fine Arts 46 North F.i.si Pacific Culture Collection of Marine Phytoplankton 48 Nuclear Medicine 20" Nursing 181. 233-286, .379 baccalaureate Program 235-235 Four-Year Program 234-245 Graduate Studies 235 Two-Year Program ior Regisiereii Nurses 235 Admission 233-254 Nutritional Sciences 63, 266, See also Family and Nutritional Sciences Obstetrics and Gynaecology 181.20". 580 Occupational Hygiene 181,581 OccupationalTtieraiiv 2-si-2i5 Ocean Studies Council 181 Oceanography 181-182, 266-267, j8] Fisheries Oceanc graphy Combined Honours 266 Oceanography and Biology Combined Honours 266 Oceanography and Chemistry Combined Honours 266-267 Oceanography ai id Geology Combined Honours 267 Oceanography and Geophysics Combined Honours 267 Oceanography and Physics Combined Honours 267 Opera 228-229 Ophthalmology 20" 382 Oral Biology 182, 4I8 Ph.D. Program ir 126 Orai Medical and Suigical Sciences 318,382 Oral Medicine 125-126 Oral Pathology 125-126 Oral Radiology 125-126 Orchestral Instrument 229 Organ 229 Orthopaedies 20". 382 Otorhinolaiyngologi 408 Pacific Affairs 182 Pacific Educational Press 47 Paediatric Surgery 408 Paediatrics 208, 382 PAPRICAN. See Pub and Paper Research Institute of Canada Parking Regulations 45 Pathology 208,383 Pathology and Uiboiatory Medic ne 182 Periodontics 125 Pharmaceutical Sciences 182-183.237-2-12,384 Awards and Fina icial Assistai ice 239 Bichelor of Science in Pharmacy, B.Sc. (Pharm.) 237-239 Continuing Education 238 Graduate Studie, 239 Hospital Pharmacy Residency Program 239 Ridiopharmacy lesidency 238 Pharmacology 267- 268 Pharmacology and Therapeutics 183. 386 Ph.D., D.M.A., and Ed.D. Degrees. See Graduate Studies Philosophy 103-10-1,183,386 Physical Education 193. See also Human Kinetics Physical Etlt cation, lacheloi of. B.P.E 193 Physical Therapy 245 Physics 183-18-i. 2(8-269.388 Co-operative Ed tcation Program 268 Physics and Astronomy Combined Honours 269 Physics and Chenistiy Combined Honours 269 Physics and Computer Science Combined Honours. See Computer Science k Physics and Mathematics Combined Honours 269 Physics and Oceanography Combined Honours. See Oreanograp iv Physiology 184,269-270,591 Piano 229-230 Placement Services, UBC Student 42 Plagiarism 3-t Planning. See Community and Regional Planning Plant Biology 257 Plain Science 61-6.!, 184.391 Plastic Surgeiy 4(H Polai ancl Alpine Research 184 Polisi 392 Political Science 10i. 184-185,392 Portuguese 391. See also Hispanic and Italian Studies: Hispanic: Studies Pouli ry Science 60. 185 PRISM International 4" Probability and Statistics 270-272, 394 Program Requirements Currenl Specific Program Requirements fur 1994/95 25-26 Specific Program Requirements Effective Summer Session 1995 2" Psychiatry 208, 301 Psychology )05, 187 2"0. 365 Pulp and Paper Cenire 52 Pulp anci 1-ipct Lug rieering 185 Pulp and Paper Research Institute of Canada (PAPRICAN) 52 Punjabi 292, 397. See also Asan Studies. Q Qualifying Student Radiation Oncology 208,408 Radiology 208 Radiology 397 Rangeland Resources 59,60,61 Reading Education 357, 398 Real Estate Courses 118 Recreational Programs 45 Regent College 54 Registration 23, 43 Change of 30-31 Deposit 23 Rehabilitation Medicine 398 Rehabilitation Sciences 185, 243-246 M.Sc. Program 2)5 Occupational Therapy. B.Sc. (O.T.i 244-245 Physical Therapy, B.Sc.l P.T 1 2-i5 Related Organizations anci Agencies 51-54 Affiliated Theological Colleges 53-54 Regent College 54 St. Mark's College 5'i Vancouver School of Theology 53-54 Alumni Association 51-52 11.C. Research 52 Biotechnology Laboratory 52 Centre tor integrated Computer Systems Research 52 Degrees Conferred 1993 55 Diplomas Granted 1093 55 Enrolment 1993/. -1 51-55 International House 52 Pulp and Paper Centre 52 Pulp and Paper Research Institute of Canada (P.APR1 52 Residential Theological Colleges 54 Carey Hall 5a St. Andrew's Hall 54 Student Organization 51 .Alma Mater Society 51 AMS Student University Affairs Office 51 Constituent Societies 51 Fraternities and Sororities 51 Sludent Administrative Commission 51 Student Union Building 51 University Clubs and Associations 51 UBC Chaplains 53 University Religious Council 53 West-East Centre for Microbial Diversity 52-53 Religious Studies 105,185,399 Remote Sensing Council 186 Research Services See Graduate Studies Residency 206-208 Resident 24 Resource Managemenl ancl Environmental Studies 1,86, 400 Review of Assigned Standing 32 Rick Hanson National Eeilow Program 42 Romance Studies and Languages 98, 400 Russian and Slavic Languages ancl Literatures 105-106,4(1(1 Sanskrit 292,367. 61V See also Asian Studies Scandinavian 401 Scholarships 39-4(1 School ancl College Liaison Office 41 Science Education 367, 401 Science 247-276,40) Bachelor of Science, B.Sc. 247-251 Admission 247 Faculty Requirements 248-249 First Year Requiremenis 249 Minimum Requirements for Promotion 2i9 Pairing List 251 Second, Third and Fourih Year Requirements 249-251 Combined Programs B.Sc. and D.M.D. Degree Program 250 B.Sc and M.D. Degree Programs 250-251 General Science Program 252 416 Index Science One Program 249 Veterinary Medicine 251 Science, Technology and Society Studies 186 Science One Program 249 Secondaiy School Applicants. See Admissions Secondaiy School Calculus Courses, Credit for. See Admissions Senale 10 Senate Appeals on Academic Standing 29-30 Senior Citizens 24 Sexual Harassment Policy Office 42 Site Planning. Certificate in 122 Slavic Area Studies 106, 401 Social and Educational Studies 186,401 Social Sludies Education 402 Social Work 186,187, 277-278, 4112 Bachelor of Social Work, B.S.W. 2" Interdisciplinary Doctoral Studies 277 Master of Social Work, M.S.W. 2™ Social Work Students' Association 27" Sociology 106,187, 403 Soil Science 62,187,404 Sororities 51 South Asian languages 89-91.291, 292,401 South Asian Research, Centre for 187 Southeast Asian Languages 292, 401 Southeast Asian Research, Centre for 187 Space in Courses 30 Spanish 9"-98, 187 Spanish anti Portuguese 405 Speech Language Pathology 111-113 Speech Sciences. See Audiology and Speech Sciences, School of St. Andrew's Hall 5u St Mark's College 54 Statistics 187, 270-272,406 Mathematical Sciences. See Mathematics Mathematics and Statistics Combined Honours 271 Probability and Statistics 271-272 Student Administrative Commission 51 Student Declaration and Responsibility 24 Student Health Service 42-43 Student Organization 51 Student Placement Services 42 Studenl Resources Centre 41 Students wilh Disabilities. See Admissions Studies in Medieval and Renaissance History 47 Studio Arts. See Arts: Eine Arts SummerSession 18. See also Graduate Sludies Supplemental Examinations 32 Surgen- 187,208,407 Sustainable Development Research Institute 187-188 Teacher Librarianship 358. 409 Technology Education Programs 131-132 Technology Studies Education 36". 409 Telephone Numbers 4 Theatre and Film 107, 188, 409 Acting 107 Design .Technical Theatre 107 Theological Colleges 53-54 Transcript of Ac-ademic Record 32 Transfer Credit. See Admissions Transfer Information. See Admissions: Applicants for Transfer from a College or University in British Columbia, Applicants Transferring from Post-Secondary Institutions in Canada Translation, Diploma in French 96 Transpcirlalion and Logistics 117 Transportation Studies, Centre for 188 TRIUMI7 See-Physics u UBC Access 18 UBC Fine Arts Gallery 49 UBC Law Review 197 UBC Press 46-47 UBC Student Placement Services 42 UBC/McGill/Toronto Exchange Agreement See Graduate Studies Ukranian 410 Unclassified Student 24 University Act 17 University Bookstore 44 University Food Services 46 University Library 43 University Services and Facilities 39-50 Asian Centre 49 Athletic and Sport Facilities 45-46 Aquatic Centre 45 Playing Fields 45 16 Student Recreation Centre 46 Tennis Centre 46 Thunderbird Stadium 45 Thunderbird Winter Sports Centre 45 War Memorial Gymnasium 45 Athletic, Intramural Sports and Recreational Progr 45 Awards and Financial Aid 39-40 Financial Aid 39 Graduate Students 39-40 International Students 40 Regulations Governing Graduate Awards 40 Regulations Governing University Awards 40 Scholarships 39 Undergraduate Students 39 Botanical Garden 48 Canadian Armed Forces Subsidization Plans 44 DOTP 44 MOTP 4-1 ROTP 4-i Child Care Facilities 42 Community Relations Office 46 Computing and Communications 43 Continuing Studies 43-44 English language Institute 44 Extra-Sessional Studies Credit Courses 44 Non-Credit Courses 43-44 UBC Access Guided Independent Study 44 University Writing Centre 44 Development Office 46 Disability Resource Centre 41 Services for Students with Disabilities 41 First Nations House of Learning 41 Human Resources 46 International Student Centre 41 Advocacy and Liaison Work 41 Facilities at International House 41 Summer Setvices to In-coming International Student 4 Year-round Services to International Students and 41 Museums 47-48 Herbarium 48 M. Y. Williams Geological Museum 47-48 Museum of Anthropology 47 Zoological Museum 48 Norman MacKenzie Centre for Fine Arts 49 North East Pacific Culture Collection of Marine Phytoplankton 48 Parking Regulations 45 Publications 46-47 B.C. Asian Review 47 Canadian Literature 47 Canadian Yearbook of International Law 47 Pacific Educational Press 47 PRISM International 47 Studies in Medieval ancl Renaissance History 47 UBC Press 46-47 Rick Hansen National Fellow Program 42 School and College Liaison Office al Sexual Harassment Polity Office 42 Student Health Service 42-4.3 Absence due to Sickness and Injury 43 Medical and Hospital Insurance 43 Medical Requirements for Registration 43 Student Housing 42 Off-Campus Accommodation 42 On-Caiiipus Accommodation 42 Residence Advisers '12 Student Resources Cenire 41 UBC Fine Arts Gallery 49 UBC Student Placement Services 42 4.3 43 -118 University Bookstore 44 University Food Services 46 University Library 43 .Archives 43 Branch Libraries 13 Extramural Services Library- Orientation Main Library 43 Services 43 Women Students' Office- Urban Land Economics 117 Urban Studies 10", 188, 410 Urdu 292, 410. See also Asian Studies Urology 409 Vancouver Research Station 6i Vancouver School of Theology 53-54 Vascular Surgeiy 409 Veterinary Medicine 57, 251 Visitor 24 Visual and Performing Arts in Education 188 Vocational Rehabilitation Counselling 188-189 Voice 230 w Western Deans' Agreement. See Graduate Studies Westwater Research Centre 189 Wildlife Management 60, l--_7 Wintet Session 18 Withdrawal 33 Women Students' Office 42 Women's Studies 107,410 Women's Studies and Gender Relations, Centre for Research in 189 Wood Science and Industry 14"-148.338,410 Zoological Museum 48 Zoology 189-190,272.410 Aquacultural Science 272 Ecology 272 Entomology 272 Fish Biologv and Fisheries
Titles in chronological order: Annual Calendar of the McGill University College of British Columbia (1909 - 1914) ; Calendar of the University of British Columbia (1915 - 1919) ; Calendar University of British Columbia (1920 - 1922) ; The University of British Columbia Calendar (1923 - 1964) ; UBC Calendar (1963 - 1968) ; The University of British Columbia 69/70 Fifty-Fifth Session ; The University of British Columbia 70/71 Fifty-Sixth Session ; The University of British Columbia Fifty-Seventh Session Calendar 1971/72 ; The University of British Columbia Fifty-Eighth Session Calendar 1972/73 ; The University of British Columbia Fifty-Ninth Session Calendar 1973-4 ; The University of British Columbia Vancouver, Canada Sixtieth Session Calendar 1974/5 ; The University of British Columbia Vancouver/Canada Sixty-First Session Calendar 1975-76 ; 1976-1977 The University of British Columbia Sixty-Second Session Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1977/78 Sixty-Third Session Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 64th Session 1978/1979 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 65th Session 1979/1980 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 66th Session 1980-1981 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 66th Session 1981-82 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 68th Session 1982-83 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 69th Session 1983-84 Calendar ; UBC 1984/85 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 71st Session 1985-86 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 72nd Session 1986-87 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 73rd Session 1987-88 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 74th Session 1988-89 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 75th Session 1989-90 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 76th Session 1990-91 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 77th Session 1991-92 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 78th Session 1992-93 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 79th Session 1993-94 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1994/95 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1995/96 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1997/98 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1998/99 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1999/2000 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 2000/2001 Calendar ; 2001/2002 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2003/04 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2004/2005 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2005/2006 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2006/07 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2007/08 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2008/09.
Periodicals
Vancouver (B.C.)
LE3 .B8
English
Vancouver : University of British Columbia Library
Vancouver : The University of British Columbia, Registrar's Office
Images provided for research and reference use only. Permission to publish, copy, or otherwise use these images must be obtained from The University of British Columbia Enrolment Services: direct inquiries to www.students.ubc.ca/calendar
Original Format: University of British Columbia. Archives
University of British Columbia
The University of British Columbia 1994/95 Calendar
Text